Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2022

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

D-Wave Quantum Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Certificate of Incorporation)

 

 

 

Delaware   7374   88-1068854
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (IRS Employer
Identification Number)

3033 Beta Avenue

Burnaby, British Columbia V5G 4M9

Canada

(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Corporation Service Company

251 Little Falls Drive

Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware

19808

Tel: (650) 560-4753 (Name, Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Alan Baratz

D-Wave Systems Inc.

3033 Beta Avenue

Burnaby, British Columbia V5G 4M9

Canada

Tel: (305) 857-5086

 

Adam M. Givertz

Ian M. Hazlett

Christian G. Kurtz

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton

& Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

10019-6064

Tel: (212) 373-3000

 

Steven McKoen

Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP

Suite 2600, 595 Burrard Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

V7X 1L3, Canada

Tel: (604) 631-3300

 

Alan I. Annex

Laurie L. Green

Thomas R. Martin

Greenberg Traurig, P.A.

333 SE 2nd Avenue

New York, New York 10174

Tel: (305) 579-0500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effectiveness of this registration statement and on completion of the business combination described in the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus.

If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.    ☐

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

  

Smaller reporting company

 

     Emerging Growth Company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2(B) of the Securities Act.    ☐

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)    ☐

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)    ☐

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information contained in this document is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This document is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, nor shall there be any sale of these securities, in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale is not permitted or would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such jurisdiction

 

PRELIMINARY PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS - SUBJECT TO COMPLETION,

DATED MARCH 15, 2022

DPCM Capital, Inc. 382 NE 191 Street, #24148

Miami, FL 33179

Dear DPCM Capital, Inc. Stockholder:

We cordially invite you to attend a special meeting (“Special Meeting”) of the stockholders of DPCM Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“we,” “our”, or “DPCM” and, following the closing of the Transaction (as defined below), “D-Wave Quantum”), which, in light of public health concerns regarding the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, will be held via live webcast on             , 2022, at     Eastern time. The Special Meeting can be accessed by visiting             , where you will be able to listen to the meeting live and vote during the meeting. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication. Please have your control number, which can be found on your proxy card, to join the Special Meeting. If you do not have a control number, please contact Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company, the transfer agent.

On February 7, 2022, DPCM, D-Wave Quantum Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of DPCM (“D-Wave Quantum”), DWSI Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum (“Merger Sub”), DWSI Canada Holdings ULC, a British Columbia unlimited liability company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum (“CallCo”), D-Wave Quantum Technologies Inc., a British Columbia corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of CallCo (“ExchangeCo”), and D-Wave Systems Inc., a British Columbia company (“D-Wave”) entered into a Transaction Agreement (the “Transaction Agreement”) relating to a business combination between DPCM and D-Wave (the “Transaction”). If the Transaction is completed (i) Merger Sub will be merged with and into DPCM (the “DPCM Merger”), with DPCM surviving such merger as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum, with the stockholders of DPCM receiving an aggregate of 42,500,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in the DPCM Merger, which shares are being registered under the registration statement of which the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus forms a part; and (ii) immediately following the DPCM Merger, pursuant to a statutory plan of arrangement under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (the “Arrangement”), through a series of transactions described in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus, D-Wave will become a subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum, with the stockholders of D-Wave receiving, at their election, either D-Wave Quantum Shares or exchangeable shares in the capital of ExchangeCo (the “Exchangeable Shares”). The Exchangeable Shares are exchangeable for D-Wave Quantum Shares on a one-for-one basis.

Upon the closing of the Transaction (the “Closing”), the following will occur:

 

   

Shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive an aggregate of 35,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, assuming no redemptions. Unlike most other business combinations with other special purpose acquisition companies, holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock (“Public Stockholders”) that do not elect to redeem their shares in connection with the Transaction will share in a bonus pool of 5,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, subject to a redemption cap of 63.3%. As a result, non-redeeming Public Stockholders will receive between 1.1668611 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (assuming no redemptions by the Public Stockholders (the “No Redemption Scenario”)) and 1.4541326 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (assuming 63.3% redemptions by the Public Stockholders, which is the redemption level at which the minimum cash condition of $115,000,000 is expected to be met (the “Maximum Redemption Scenario”)) for each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock.

 

   

All outstanding warrants of DPCM will be converted into the right to receive warrants of D-Wave Quantum (“D-Wave Quantum Warrants”). Each such D-Wave Quantum Warrant will be exercisable for a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to an amount equal to the lower of: (A) 1.4541326; and (B) (1) (x) the Post-Redemption DPCM Share Number (as defined below), plus (y) 5,000,000 divided by (2) the Post-Redemption DPCM Share Number (the lower of (A) and (B), the “Exchange Ratio”), at any time commencing 30 days after the completion of the Transaction.


Table of Contents
   

The shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock (the “Founder Shares”), which are held by our sponsor, CDPM Sponsor Group, LLC, (the “Sponsor”) and DPCM’s current executive officers and current independent directors, as well as DPCM’s officers, other current directors and other special advisors (together with the Sponsor, the “Initial Stockholders”), will be converted into the right to receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain forfeitures contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, described below.

 

   

Immediately following the DPCM Merger, the Arrangement will be effected. The aggregate consideration to be paid to D-Wave Shareholders in connection with the Transaction is expected to be approximately $98 million D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and Exchangeable Shares, (assuming the No Redemption Scenario and excluding D-Wave Options and D-Wave Warrants), which shares are, in the aggregate, equal to a value of approximately $1.2 billion, less certain adjustments as described in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus.

 

   

D-Wave and DPCM will each be subsidiaries of D-Wave Quantum, which will be a publicly-traded company. D-Wave will be the operating company of D-Wave Quantum.

 

   

If the Transaction is completed, assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario, that all Exchangeable Shares have been exchanged for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and other assumptions described in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus, D-Wave Shareholders will hold approximately 79.2%, DPCM Public Stockholders will hold approximately 13.1%, and the Sponsor and other Initial Stockholders will hold approximately 2.9% of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. Assuming the No Redemption Scenario and other assumptions described in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus, D-Wave Shareholders will hold approximately 68.9%, DPCM Public Stockholders will hold approximately 24.6%, and the Sponsor and other Initial Stockholders will hold approximately 3.2% of the D-Wave Quantum Common shares.

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”) entered into subscription agreements (the “PIPE Subscription Agreements”) pursuant to which the PIPE Investors have committed to purchase a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (the “PIPE Shares”) equal to (x) the aggregate purchase price for all D-Wave Quantum Common Shares subscribed for by each PIPE Investor, divided by $10.00 and multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, for an aggregate purchase price of $40.0 million (the “PIPE Financing”). The purchase of the PIPE Shares is conditioned upon, among other things, and will be consummated concurrently with, the closing of the Transaction.

You are being asked to vote on the Transaction.

As described in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus, our stockholders are being asked to consider and vote upon the Transaction Agreement and the other proposals set forth therein. Each of the proposals is more fully described in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus, which we encourage you to read carefully and in its entirety before voting. Only holders of record of DPCM Class A Common Stock at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on             , 2022 are entitled to notice of the Special Meeting and to vote and have their votes counted at the Special Meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof.

The shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock and the units and warrants issued to the Public Stockholders (the “Public Units” and “Public Warrants,” respectively) are currently listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbols “XPOA,” “XPOA.U” and “XPOA.WS,” respectively. D-Wave Quantum has applied to list the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants on the NYSE under the proposed symbols “QBTS” and “QBTS.WS,” respectively, upon the consummation of the Transaction.

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “DPCM Charter”), we are providing the Public Stockholders with the opportunity to redeem, upon the consummation of the Transaction, DPCM Class A Common Stock then held by them for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit (as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Transaction) in the Trust Account that holds the proceeds of the DPCM IPO (including interest not previously released to DPCM to pay its taxes) (“Trust Account”). For illustrative purposes, based on the $300,183,322 balance of the Trust Account as of December 31, 2021, the estimated redemption price would have been approximately $10.00 per share. If the Transaction is not completed, these shares will not be redeemed. Public Stockholders may elect to redeem their shares even if they vote for the Transaction. Each redemption of DPCM Class A Common Stock by our Public Stockholders will


Table of Contents

reduce the amount in the Trust Account. In no event will we redeem DPCM Class A Common Stock in an amount that would result in DPCM’s failure to have net tangible assets equaling or exceeding $5,000,001. Holders of our outstanding Public Warrants do not have redemption rights in connection with the Transaction. Unless otherwise specified, the information in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus assumes that none of our Public Stockholders exercise their redemption rights with respect to their shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock. The Initial Stockholders, as well as our officers and other current directors, have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their shares of common stock in connection with the consummation of the Transaction, and the Founder Shares will be excluded from the pro rata calculation used to determine the per-share redemption price.

Currently, our Initial Stockholders own approximately 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock, including all of the Founder Shares. Our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote any shares of common stock owned by them in favor of the Transaction. Pursuant to the terms of a Sponsor Support Agreement entered into in concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, immediately prior to the Closing, the Sponsor has agreed to forfeit 1,196,663 Founder Shares (the “Forfeited Shares”), and to potentially forfeit an additional 906,563 Founder Shares depending on the Transaction-related expenses and amount of redemptions by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock in connection with the Transaction (the “Contingent Sponsor Shares”). The Sponsor will also subject 1,813,125 D-Wave Quantum Shares it receives in the Transaction to an earn-out based on the price of the D-Wave Quantum Shares, as described below.

We are providing the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus and accompanying proxy card to our stockholders in connection with the solicitation of proxies to be voted at the Special Meeting (including following any adjournments or postponements of the Special Meeting). Information about the Special Meeting, the Transaction and other related business to be considered by our stockholders at the Special Meeting is included in this proxy statement/prospectus. Whether or not you plan to attend the Special Meeting via the virtual meeting platform, we urge all our stockholders to read this proxy statement/prospectus, including the Annexes and the accompanying financial statements of DPCM and D-Wave, carefully and in their entirety. In particular, we urge you to read carefully the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 44 of this proxy statement/prospectus.

After careful consideration, our board of directors (the “DPCM Board”) has unanimously approved the Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated therein, and unanimously recommends that our stockholders vote “FOR” the approval of the Transaction Agreement and approval of the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Transaction, and “FOR” all other proposals presented to our stockholders in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus. When you consider our Board’s recommendation of these proposals, you should keep in mind that our directors and officers have interests in the Transaction that may conflict with your interests as a stockholder. Please see the section titled “The Transaction—Interests of Certain Persons in the Transaction” for additional information.

Your vote is very important. Whether or not you plan to attend the Special Meeting, please vote as soon as possible by following the instructions in this proxy statement/prospectus to make sure that your shares are represented at the Special Meeting. If you hold your shares in “street name” through a bank, broker or other nominee, you will need to follow the instructions provided to you by your bank, broker or other nominee to ensure that your shares are represented and voted at the Special Meeting. Unless waived by the parties to the Transaction Agreement, the consummation of the Transaction is conditioned upon the approval of the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal, and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal (the “Required Proposals”). If we fail to obtain the requisite stockholder approval for any of the Required Proposals, we will not satisfy the conditions to closing of the Transaction Agreement and we may be prevented from closing the Transaction.

If you sign, date and return your proxy card without indicating how you wish to vote, your proxy will be voted “FOR” each of the proposals presented at the Special Meeting. If you fail to return your proxy card or fail to instruct your bank, broker or other nominee how to vote, and do not attend the Special Meeting in person via the virtual meeting platform, the effect will be that your shares will not be counted for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present at the Special Meeting. If you are a stockholder of record and you attend the Special Meeting and wish to vote in person via the virtual meeting platform, you may withdraw your proxy and vote in person via the virtual meeting platform.


Table of Contents

TO EXERCISE YOUR REDEMPTION RIGHTS, YOU MUST DEMAND THAT WE REDEEM YOUR SHARES FOR A PRO RATA PORTION OF THE FUNDS HELD IN THE TRUST ACCOUNT AND TENDER YOUR SHARES TO OUR TRANSFER AGENT AT LEAST TWO BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO THE VOTE AT SUCH MEETING. YOU MAY TENDER YOUR SHARES BY EITHER DELIVERING YOUR SHARE CERTIFICATE TO THE TRANSFER AGENT OR BY DELIVERING YOUR SHARES ELECTRONICALLY USING THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY’S DWAC (DEPOSIT/WITHDRAWAL AT CUSTODIAN) SYSTEM. IF THE TRANSACTION IS NOT COMPLETED, THEN THESE SHARES WILL NOT BE REDEEMED FOR CASH. IF YOU HOLD THE SHARES IN STREET NAME, YOU WILL NEED TO INSTRUCT THE ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE AT YOUR BANK OR BROKER TO WITHDRAW THE SHARES FROM YOUR ACCOUNT IN ORDER TO EXERCISE YOUR REDEMPTION RIGHTS.

On behalf of our Board, I would like to thank you for your support of DPCM Capital, Inc. and look forward to a successful completion of the Transaction.

 

Sincerely,

 

Emil Michael

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES REGULATORY AGENCY HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THE TRANSACTIONS DESCRIBED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS, PASSED UPON THE MERITS OR FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION OR RELATED TRANSACTIONS OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE DISCLOSURE IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY CONSTITUTES A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

This proxy statement/prospectus is dated         , 2022, and is expected to be first mailed or otherwise delivered to DPCM Stockholders on or about         , 2022.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

No person is authorized to give any information or to make any representation with respect to the matters that this proxy statement/prospectus describes other than those contained in this proxy statement/prospectus, and, if given or made, the information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by DPCM, D-Wave or D-Wave Quantum. This proxy statement/prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities or a solicitation of a proxy in any jurisdiction where, or to any person to whom, it is unlawful to make such an offer or a solicitation. Neither the delivery of this proxy statement/prospectus nor any distribution of securities made under this proxy statement/prospectus will, under any circumstances, create an implication that there has been no change in the affairs of DPCM, D-Wave or D-Wave Quantum since the date of this proxy statement/prospectus or that any information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to such date.


Table of Contents

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF DPCM CAPITAL, INC. TO BE HELD         , 2022

To the Stockholders of DPCM Capital, Inc.:

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a special meeting of the stockholders (the “Special Meeting”) of DPCM Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (which is referred to as “we,” “us,” “our” or “DPCM” and, following the consummation of the Transaction, the “D-Wave Quantum”) will be held via live webcast on         , 2022, at Eastern time. The Special Meeting can be accessed by visiting             , where you will be able to listen to the meeting live and vote during the meeting. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication. Please have your control number, which can be found on your proxy card, to join the Special Meeting. If you do not have a control number, please contact Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company, the transfer agent. You are cordially invited to attend the Special Meeting to conduct the following items of business:

 

  1.

Transaction Proposal—To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the Transaction Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2022 (the “Transaction Agreement”), by and among DPCM, D-Wave Quantum Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of DPCM (“D-Wave Quantum”), DWSI Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum (“Merger Sub”), DWSI Canada Holdings ULC, a British Columbia unlimited liability company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum (“CallCo”), D-Wave Quantum Technologies Inc., a British Columbia corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of CallCo (“ExchangeCo”), and D-Wave Systems Inc., a British Columbia company (“D-Wave”), a copy of which is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A, and approve the transactions contemplated thereby, including, among other things, the merger of Merger Sub with and into DPCM, with DPCM (the “DPCM Merger”) with the stockholders of DPCM receiving D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in the DPCM Merger. As a result of the Transaction, DPCM and D-Wave will be subsidiaries of D-Wave Quantum (Proposal No. 1, referred to as the “Transaction Proposal”);

 

  2.

Equity Incentive Plan Proposal—To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan, including the authorization of the initial share reserve under such plan (Proposal No. 2, referred to as the “Equity Incentive Plan Proposal”);

 

  3.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal—To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including the authorization of the initial share reserve under such plan (Proposal No. 3, referred to as the “Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal”);

 

  4.

Adjournment Proposal—To consider and vote upon a proposal to allow the chairman of the Special Meeting to adjourn the Special Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies in the event that there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal or the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal (Proposal No. 4, referred to as the “Adjournment Proposal”).

Consummation of the Transaction is conditioned on the approval of each of the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal (the “Required Proposals”). The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal. If the Transaction Proposal is not approved, the other proposals (except the Adjournment Proposal) will not be presented to the stockholders for a vote. It is important for you to note that in the event that the Transaction Proposal does not receive the requisite vote for approval, then the Transaction may not be consummated. If DPCM does not consummate the Transaction and fails to complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, DPCM will be required to dissolve and liquidate the Trust Account that holds the proceeds of the DPCM initial public offering (including interest not previously released to DPCM to pay its taxes) by returning the then remaining funds in such account to the Public Stockholders. The proxy statement/prospectus accompanying this notice explains the Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, as well as the proposals to be considered at the Special Meeting. Please review the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus carefully.

Our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote any shares of DPCM Common Stock owned by them in favor of the Transaction. The record date for the Special Meeting is             , 2022. Only stockholders of record at the


Table of Contents

close of business on that date may vote at the Special Meeting or any adjournment thereof. A complete list of our stockholders of record entitled to vote at the Special Meeting will be available for ten days before the Special Meeting at our principal executive offices for inspection by stockholders during ordinary business hours for any purpose germane to the Special Meeting.

YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT, REGARDLESS OF THE NUMBER OF SHARES OF DPCM COMMON STOCK YOU OWN. Whether or not you plan to attend the Special Meeting, please complete, sign, date and mail the enclosed proxy card in the postage-paid envelope provided at your earliest convenience. You may also submit a proxy by telephone or via the Internet by following the instructions printed on your proxy card. If you hold your shares through a broker, bank or other nominee, you should direct the vote of your shares in accordance with the voting instruction form received from your broker, bank or other nominee.

After careful consideration, our of directors has unanimously approved the Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and recommends that you vote “FOR” the Transaction Proposal, “FOR” the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal, “FOR” the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal, and “FOR” the Adjournment Proposal (if necessary).

If you have any questions or need assistance voting your shares, please call our proxy solicitor Morrow Sodali LLC by calling (800) 662-5200, or banks and brokers can call collect at (203) 658-9400, or by emailing XPOA.info@investor.morrowsodali.com.

If you plan to attend the Special Meeting and are a beneficial investor who owns their investments through a bank or broker, you will need to contact Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company to receive a control number. Please read carefully the sections in the proxy statement/prospectus regarding attending and voting at the Special Meeting to ensure that you comply with these requirements.

 

By Order of the Board of Directors

Emil Michael

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

Miami, Florida

            , 2022


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ABOUT THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS

     iii  

FREQUENTLY USED TERMS

     iii  

TRADEMARKS, TRADE NAMES AND SERVICE MARKS

     ix  

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

     1  

SUMMARY

     20  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     40  

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

     42  

RISK FACTORS

     44  

SPECIAL MEETING OF THE STOCKHOLDERS OF DPCM

     100  

THE TRANSACTION

     106  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     108  

THE TRANSACTION AGREEMENT AND RELATED AGREEMENTS

     117  

DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGEABLE SHARES AND RELATED AGREEMENTS

     128  

REGULATORY APPROVALS RELATED TO THE TRANSACTION

     141  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     142  

COMPARATIVE SHARE INFORMATION

     153  

INFORMATION ABOUT DPCM

     154  

MANAGEMENT OF DPCM

     161  

DPCM MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     170  

INFORMATION ABOUT D-WAVE

     175  

D-WAVE MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     192  

D-WAVE EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     209  

MANAGEMENT OF D-WAVE QUANTUM

     217  

DESCRIPTION OF D-WAVE QUANTUM SECURITIES

     223  

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS

     234  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     240  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     242  

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

     247  

PROPOSAL NO. 1—THE TRANSACTION PROPOSAL

     251  

PROPOSAL NO. 2—THE EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL

     282  

PROPOSAL NO. 3—THE EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN PROPOSAL

     289  

PROPOSAL NO. 4—THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL

     292  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     293  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     295  

 

i


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   F-1

ANNEX A. TRANSACTION AGREEMENT

   A-1

ANNEX B. FORM OF 2022 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

   B-1

ANNEX C. FORM OF EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

   C-1

ANNEX D. EXCHANGEABLE SHARE PROVISIONS

   D-1

 

ii


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS

This document, which forms part of a registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission by us (File No. 333-            ), constitutes a prospectus under Section 5 of the Securities Act, with respect to the D-Wave Quantum securities to be issued to DPCM equityholders if the Transaction described below is consummated. This document also constitutes a notice of meeting and a proxy statement under Section 14(a) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to the Special Meeting of our stockholders at which our stockholders will be asked to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the Transaction by the approval and adoption of the Transaction Agreement, among other matters.

FREQUENTLY USED TERMS

In this proxy statement/prospectus:

2022 Plan” means the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex B.

Additional PIPE Financing” means a private placement or placements of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, other than the PIPE Financing, if any, consented to by DPCM and D-Wave.

Aggregate Transaction Proceeds” means an amount equal to (a) the sum of (i) the aggregate cash proceeds available for release at Closing to any DPCM Party (or any designees thereof acceptable to D-Wave) from the Trust Account in connection with the Transaction (after, for the avoidance of doubt, giving effect to the DPCM Stockholder Redemption and any restrictions placed on the use of such cash proceeds in connection with any backstop or other similar arrangements), (ii) other unrestricted cash on the balance sheet of any DPCM Party at Closing and (iii) the aggregate proceeds received from the PIPE Financing, minus (b) the Deducted DPCM Expenses and Liabilities.

Ancillary Documents” means the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, the Sponsor Support Agreement, the PIPE Subscription Agreements, the Transaction Support Agreements and each other agreement, document, instrument and/or certificate executed, or contemplated by the Transaction Agreement to be executed, in connection with the Transaction.

Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, to be entered into immediately prior to the Effective Time, by and among DPCM, D-Wave Quantum and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent.

CallCo” means DWSI Canada Holdings ULC, a British Columbia unlimited liability company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum.

Court of Chancery” means the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

Contingent Sponsor Shares” means the 906,563 shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock that Sponsor has agreed to transfer to DPCM (and forfeit) or other DPCM Stockholders, as directed by D-Wave in its sole discretion in accordance with the Sponsor Support Agreement, depending on the Transaction-related expenses and amount of redemptions by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock in connection with the Transaction, as described in the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements —Sponsor Support Agreement”.

Deducted DPCM Expenses and Liabilities” means an amount equal the sum of (a) the Unpaid DPCM Expenses (provided that to the extent such amount exceeds the Permitted DPCM Expenses and such excess has

 

iii


Table of Contents

been reimbursed by the Sponsor or the Sponsor has forfeited DPCM Class B Common Stock, in each case, pursuant to the Sponsor Support Agreement, such excess shall not be included) and (b) the Unpaid DPCM Liabilities.

 

D-Wave” means D-Wave Systems Inc., a British Columbia corporation.

D-Wave Equityholders” means the shareholders of D-Wave and the holders of other equity interests in D-Wave (including D-Wave Options and D-Wave Warrants).

D-Wave Expenses” means, as of any determination time, the aggregate amount of fees, expenses, commissions or other amounts incurred by or on behalf of, and otherwise payable (and not otherwise expressly allocated to a DPCM Party pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary document), whether or not due, by any Group Company in connection with the negotiation, preparation or execution of the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary documents, the performance of its covenants or agreements in the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary document or the consummation of the Transaction, including (a) the fees and expenses of outside legal counsel, accountants, advisors, brokers, investment bankers, consultants or other agents or service providers of any Group Company and (b) any other fees, expenses, commissions or other amounts that are expressly allocated to any Group Company pursuant to the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary document. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, D-Wave Expenses shall not include any DPCM Expenses.

D-Wave Option” means each option to purchase shares of common stock of D-Wave issued and outstanding under D-Wave’s 2020 Equity Incentive Plan.

D-Wave Warrants” means the warrants exercisable for D-Wave preferred stock that are outstanding as of immediately prior to the consummation of the Transaction.

D-Wave Quantum” means D-Wave Quantum Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of DPCM.

D-Wave Quantum Charter” means the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of D-Wave Quantum.

D-Wave Quantum Common Shares” means the shares of the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of D-Wave Quantum.

D-Wave Quantum Warrants” means the Warrants, following their assumption by D-Wave Quantum, which are convertible into D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

Deferred Discount” means deferred underwriting commissions of $10.5 million in the aggregate, which will be payable upon consummation of an initial business combination.

DGCL” means the Delaware General Corporation Law.

DPCM” means DPCM Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

DPCM Board” means the board of directors of DPCM.

DPCM Bylaws” means the Bylaws of DPCM.

DPCM Charter” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of DPCM, dated October 20, 2020.

 

iv


Table of Contents

DPCM Class A Common Stock” means the shares of DPCM’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

DPCM Class B Common Stock” means the shares of DPCM’s Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

DPCM Common Stock” means the DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock.

DPCM Expenses” means, as of any determination time, the aggregate amount of fees, expenses, commissions or other amounts incurred by or on behalf of, or otherwise payable (and not otherwise expressly allocated to D-Wave, its subsidiaries or any holder of D-Wave Shares, D-Wave Options or D-Wave Warrants pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary document), whether or not due, by a DPCM Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation or execution of this Agreement or any Ancillary Documents, the performance of its covenants or agreements in the Transaction Agreement or any Ancillary Document or the consummation of the Transaction, including (a) the fees and expenses of outside legal counsel, accountants, advisors, brokers, investment bankers, consultants, or other agents or service providers of any DPCM Party and (b) any other fees, expenses, commissions or other amounts that are expressly allocated to any DPCM Party pursuant to the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary document.

DPCM Governing Documents” means the DPCM Charter together with the DPCM Bylaws.

DPCM IPO” means DPCM’s initial public offering, consummated on November 17, 2020, through the sale of 30,000,000 Public Units at $10.00 per Public Unit.

DPCM Merger” means the merger of Merger Sub with and into DPCM.

DPCM Parties” means DPCM, D-Wave Quantum, Merger Sub, and CallCo.

DPCM Private Placement” means the private placement of the Private Warrants.

DPCM Stockholder Redemption” means the right of the holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock to redeem all or a portion of their DPCM Class A Common Stock as set forth in the DPCM Governing Documents.

DPCM Unit” means one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock and one-third of one Public Warrant, whereby each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share of DPCM Class A Common Stock, sold in the DPCM IPO.

Earn-out Shares” means the 1,813,125 DPCM Class B Common Stock (and following the consummation of the Transaction, the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares) that are subject to restrictions under the Sponsor Support Agreement and which will automatically vest and no longer be subject to forfeiture if following the Closing, at any time during the period following the Closing and expiring on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Closing Date, the last reported sales price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equals or exceeds an amount equal to (x)(1) $10.00 divided by (2) the Exchange Ratio multiplied by (y) 1.2, for any twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30) trading day period.

ESPP” means the 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex C.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Ratio” means an amount equal to the lower of: (A) 1.4541326; and (B) (1) (x) the Post-Redemption DPCM Share Number, plus (y) 5,000,000 divided by (2) the Post-Redemption DPCM Share Number. As a result, non-redeeming Public Stockholders will receive between 1.1668611 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (assuming the No Redempion Scenario) and 1.4541326 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario).

 

v


Table of Contents

ExchangeCo” means D-Wave Quantum Technologies Inc., a British Columbia corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of CallCo.

Excluded Shares” means each share of DPCM Common Stock held in DPCM’s treasury or owned by D-Wave or any other wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave or DPCM immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Forfeited Shares” means 1,196,663 shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock that Sponsor will irrevocably forfeit and surrender immediately prior to the Closing for no consideration as a contribution to the capital of DPCM, in accordance with the Sponsor Support Agreement.

Founder Shares” means the 7,500,000 shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock that are currently owned by the Initial Stockholders.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

Initial business combination” means a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination involving DPCM and one or more businesses.

Initial Stockholders” means the Sponsor, DPCM’s current executive officers and current independent directors, as well as DPCM’s officers, other current directors and other special advisors.

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

JOBS Act” means the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

Maximum Redemption Scenario” means that approximately 63.3% of the Public Stockholders redeem their shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, which is the redemption level at which the Minimum Cash Condition is expected to be met.

Merger Sub” means DWSI Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum.

NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Old DWSI” means DWSI Holdings Inc., a Canadian corporation and predecessor of D-Wave.

PIPE Financing” means the sale to the PIPE Investors of an aggregate number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in exchange for an aggregate purchase price of $40.0 million pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements.

PIPE Investors” means persons that have entered into subscription agreements to purchase D-Wave Quantum Common Shares pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements on or prior to the date of the Transaction Agreement, which include certain D-Wave Equityholders and certain Initial Stockholders.

PIPE Subscription Agreements” means those certain subscription agreements executed by PIPE Investors on or before the date of the Transaction Agreement in connection with the PIPE Financing.

“Post-Redemption DPCM Share Number” means the aggregate number of shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock outstanding (other than any Excluded Shares) after giving effect to the DPCM Stockholder Redemption.

Private Warrants” means the warrants held by the Sponsor that were issued to the Sponsor at the closing of the DPCM IPO, each of which is exercisable, at an exercise price of $11.50, for one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock, in accordance with its terms.

 

vi


Table of Contents

Promissory Note” means the promissory note issued to the Sponsor as consideration for a loan in an aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000 to cover expenses related to the DPCM IPO.

Public Shares” means the DPCM Class A Common Stock included in the Public Units issued in the DPCM IPO.

Public Stockholders” means holders of Public Shares, including the Initial Stockholders to the extent the Initial Stockholders hold Public Shares; provided, that the Initial Stockholders are considered a “Public Stockholder” only with respect to any Public Shares held by them.

Public Warrants” means the warrants included in the Public Units issued in the DPCM IPO, each of which is exercisable, at an exercise price of $11.50, for one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock, in accordance with its terms.

QCaaS” means quantum computing as a service.

Registration Rights and Lock Up Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, deemed to be entered into among D-Wave Quantum, certain holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock, and certain shareholders of D-Wave pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement.

Registration Rights Holders” means certain former holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock, and certain former shareholders of D-Wave.

Related Agreements” means, collectively, the Plan of Arrangement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Sponsor Support Agreement, the Transaction Support Agreement, the Lock-Up Agreement, the D-Wave Quantum Charter and the amended and restated bylaws of D-Wave Quantum.

Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Special Meeting” means the special meeting that is the subject of this proxy statement/prospectus.

Sponsor” means CDPM Sponsor Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Sponsor Support Agreement” means the letter agreement, dated as of February 7, 2022, by and among DPCM, the Sponsor, D-Wave and D-Wave Quantum.

Transaction” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, including, among other things, the DPCM Merger and the Arrangement, whereby DPCM and D-Wave will become subsidiaries of D-Wave Quantum.

Transaction Agreement” means the Transaction Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2022, by and among DPCM, D-Wave Quantum, Merger Sub, CallCo, ExchangeCo and D-Wave, which is attached hereto as Annex A.

Transaction Support Agreement” means the Transaction Support Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2022, by and among DPCM, D-Wave and the D-Wave Shareholders party thereto.

Trust Account” means the trust account of DPCM that holds the proceeds from the DPCM IPO.

 

vii


Table of Contents

Trustee” or “Transfer Agent,” as applicable, means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Unpaid DPCM Expenses” means the DPCM Expenses that are unpaid as of immediately prior to the Closing.

Unpaid DPCM Liabilities” means the DPCM Liabilities as of immediately prior to the Closing.

U.S. Tax Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Warrant Agreement” means the Warrant Agreement, by and between DPCM and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, dated as of October 20, 2020.

Warrants” means, collectively, the Private Warrants and the Public Warrants.

 

viii


Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS, TRADE NAMES AND SERVICE MARKS

DPCM, D-Wave, D-Wave Quantum and their respective subsidiaries own or have rights to trademarks, trade names and service marks that they use in connection with the operation of their business. In addition, their names, logos and website names and addresses are their trademarks or service marks. Other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this proxy statement/prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, in some cases, the trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus are listed without the applicable ®, ™ and SM symbols, but they will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights to these trademarks, trade names and service marks.

 

ix


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

The questions and answers below highlight only selected information from this proxy statement/prospectus and only briefly address some commonly asked questions about the Special Meeting and the proposals to be presented at the Special Meeting, including with respect to the proposed Transaction. The following questions and answers do not include all the information that is important to our stockholders. Stockholders are urged to read carefully this entire proxy statement/prospectus, including the Annexes and the other documents referred to herein, to fully understand the proposed Transaction and the voting procedures for the Special Meeting, which, in light of public health concerns regarding the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, will be held via live webcast on             , 2022, at             Eastern time. The Special Meeting can be accessed by visiting             , where you will be able to listen to the meeting live and vote during the meeting. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication. Please have your control number, which can be found on your proxy card, to join the Special Meeting. If you do not have a control number, please contact Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company, the transfer agent.

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT DPCM’S SPECIAL STOCKHOLDER MEETING AND THE TRANSACTION

 

  Q:

Why am I receiving this proxy statement/prospectus?

 

  A:

Our stockholders are being asked to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Transaction, among other proposals. We have entered into the Transaction Agreement, providing for, among other things, the merger of Merger Sub with and into DPCM, as a result of which DPCM will become a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum, with the stockholders of DPCM receiving D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. In addition, as a result of the Transaction, D-Wave will become an indirect subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum with D-Wave Shareholders receiving D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or Exchangeable Shares, as applicable. You are being asked to vote on the Transaction. A copy of the Transaction Agreement is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A.

This proxy statement/prospectus and its Annexes contain important information about the proposed Transaction and the other matters to be acted upon at the Special Meeting. You should read this proxy statement/prospectus and its Annexes carefully and in their entirety.

Your vote is important. You are encouraged to submit your proxy as soon as possible after carefully reviewing this proxy statement/prospectus and its Annexes.

 

  Q:

When and where is the Special Meeting?

 

  A:

In light of public health concerns regarding the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, the Special Meeting will be held via live webcast on             , 2022, at              Eastern time. The Special Meeting can be accessed by visiting             , where you will be able to listen to the meeting live and vote during the meeting. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication. Please have your control number, which can be found on your proxy card, to join the Special Meeting. If you do not have a control number, please contact Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company, the transfer agent.

 

  Q:

What are the specific proposals on which I am being asked to vote at the Special Meeting?

 

  A:

Our stockholders are being asked to approve the following proposals:

 

  1.

The Transaction Proposal;

 

  2.

Equity Incentive Plan Proposal;

 

  3.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal; and

 

  4.

Adjournment Proposal.

 

1


Table of Contents

If stockholders of DPCM (the “DPCM Stockholders”) fail to approve the Required Proposals, the Transaction will not occur. The consummation of the Transaction is not conditioned upon the approval of the Adjournment Proposal at the Special Meeting. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal. If the Transaction Proposal is not approved, the other proposals (except for the Adjournment Proposal) will not be presented to the stockholders for a vote.

 

  Q:

Why is DPCM proposing the Transaction?

 

  A:

We are a blank check company incorporated as a Delaware corporation on March 24, 2020 and incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (an “initial business combination”). Our acquisition plan is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating an initial business combination. However, we (a) must complete an initial business combination with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding taxes payable on income earned on the Trust Account and the Deferred Discount) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination and (b) are not, under the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of DPCM, dated October 20, 2020 (the “DPCM Charter”), permitted to effect an initial business combination with a blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

The prospectus for the DPCM IPO stated that we intended to use the following general criteria and guidelines to evaluate potential acquisition opportunities:

 

   

Whether the target is a disruptive technology-related business with high-growth potential that will benefit from our management team’s investments, experience and contacts.

 

   

Whether the target can benefit from being publicly traded and having access to the public capital markets.

 

   

Whether the target is a market leader, with established technologies and attractive financial metrics or prospects, where we believe that our industry expertise and relationships can be used to create opportunities for value creation.

 

   

Whether the target has established management teams and a strong growth trajectory that we believe could benefit from the experience and contacts of our management.

Based on our due diligence investigations of D-Wave and the industry in which it operates, including the financial and other information provided by D-Wave in the course of negotiations, we believe that D-Wave meets the criteria and guidelines listed above. Please see the section titled “The Transaction—Recommendation of DPCM’s Board of Directors and Reasons for the Transaction” for additional information.

 

  Q:

Why is DPCM providing stockholders with the opportunity to vote on the Transaction?

 

  A:

Under the DPCM Charter, we must provide all holders of Public Shares with the opportunity to have their Public Shares redeemed upon the consummation of our initial business combination either in conjunction with a tender offer or in conjunction with a stockholder vote. For business and other reasons, we have elected to provide our stockholders with the opportunity to have their Public Shares redeemed in connection with a stockholder vote rather than a tender offer. Therefore, we are seeking to obtain the approval of our stockholders of the Transaction Proposal in order to allow our Public Stockholders to effectuate redemptions of their Public Shares in connection with the consummation of the Transaction. The approval of the Transaction is required under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) and the DPCM Charter. In addition, such approval is a condition to the consummation of the Transaction under the Transaction Agreement.

 

2


Table of Contents
  Q:

Did the DPCM Board obtain a third-party valuation or fairness opinion in determining whether or not to proceed with the Transaction?

 

  A:

No. The Board did not obtain a fairness opinion with respect to the consideration to be paid in the Transaction. The officers and directors of DPCM and DPCM’s advisors have substantial experience in evaluating the operating and financial merits of companies from a wide range of industries and concluded that their experience and backgrounds, together with the experience and sector expertise of DPCM’s financial advisors, enabled them to make the necessary analyses and determinations regarding the Transaction. In addition, DPCM’s officers and directors and DPCM’s advisors have substantial experience with mergers and acquisitions. Accordingly, investors will be relying solely on the judgment of the DPCM board of directors and DPCM’s advisors in valuing D-Wave’s business.

 

  Q:

What will happen in the Transaction?

 

  A:

Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, on the date on which the Closing is completed (the “Closing Date”), Merger Sub will merge with and into DPCM, as a result of which DPCM will become a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum, with the stockholders of DPCM receiving D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. Immediately following the DPCM Merger, by means of the Plan of Arrangement, (i) CallCo will acquire a portion of the issued and outstanding D-Wave Shares from certain holders in exchange for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (the “D-Wave Quantum Share Exchange”), (ii) CallCo will contribute such D-Wave Shares to ExchangeCo in exchange for ExchangeCo Common Shares, (iii) following the D-Wave Quantum Share Exchange, ExchangeCo will acquire the remaining issued and outstanding D-Wave Shares from the remaining holders of D-Wave Shares in exchange for the Exchangeable Shares and (iv) as a result of the foregoing, D-Wave will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of ExchangeCo. The holders of the Exchangeable Shares will have certain rights as specified in the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement and the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement, including the right to exchange Exchangeable Shares for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

Unlike most other business combinations with special purpose acquisition companies, the Transaction is structured to provide holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock that do not redeem their shares with a pro rata right to a pool of an additional 5,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, subject to a redemption cap of 63.3%. These shares are being registered pursuant to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part, will be delivered by means of application of the Exchange Ratio and will be delivered as additional D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. None of the holders of the DPCM Class B Common Stock will get the benefit of the additional shares.

The holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock that do not elect to redeem their shares in connection with the Transaction will receive a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock equal to the Exchange Ratio between 1.1668611 (assuming the No Redemption Scenario) and 1.4541326 (assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario). In no event will the Exchange Ratio exceed 1.4541326, which is the Exchange Ratio that would result from redemptions of 63.3% by the stockholders of DPCM. See “The Transaction Agreement and Related Agreements—Conversion of Shares.

 

3


Table of Contents

A chart depicting the share bonus structure for non-redeeming Public Stockholders can be found below:

 

$ in millions except per-share amounts
Illustrative Redemptions

   —        10%      20%      30%      40%      50%      60%      63.3%(1)  

DPCM Class A Common Stock Non-Redeeming Shares

     30.0        27.0        24.0        21.0        18.0        15.0        12.0        11.0  

(+) Bonus Shares

     5.0        5.0        5.0        5.0        5.0        5.0        5.0        5.0  

Total Shares Issued to DPCM Stockholders

     35.0        32.0        29.0        26.0        23.0        20.0        17.0        16.0  

DPCM Class A Common Stock Non-Redeeming Shares

     30.0        27.0        24.0        21.0        18.0        15.0        12.0        11.0  

(x) Illustrative $10.00 Purchase Price

   $ 10.00      $ 10.00      $ 10.00      $ 10.00      $ 10.00      $ 10.00      $ 10.00      $ 10.00  

Initial Cost of DPCM Class A Common Stock Non-Redeeming Shares

   $ 300      $ 270      $ 240      $ 210      $ 180      $ 150      $ 120      $ 110  

(/) Total Shares to DPCM Stockholders

     35.0        32.0        29.0        26.0        23.0        20.0        17.0        16.0  

Illustrative Cost Basis to DPCM Stockholders

   $ 8.57      $ 8.44      $ 8.28      $ 8.08      $ 7.83      $ 7.50      $ 7.06      $ 6.88  

 

(1)

Represents the Maximum Redemption Scenario.

As a result of the Transaction, D-Wave and DPCM will each be subsidiaries of D-Wave Quantum, which will be a publicly-traded company. D-Wave will be the operating company of D-Wave Quantum.

 

  Q:

How has the announcement of the Transaction affected the trading price of the Public Shares?

 

  A:

On February 7, 2022, the last trading date before the public announcement of the Transaction, the Public Units, Public Shares and Public Warrants closed at $9.93, $9.80 and $0.42, respectively. On March 14, 2022, the trading date immediately prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, the Public Units, Public Shares and Public Warrants closed at $10.06, $9.88 and $0.62, respectively.

 

  Q:

Following the Transaction, will DPCM’s securities continue to trade on a stock exchange?

 

  A:

Yes. The Public Shares, Public Units and Public Warrants are currently listed on the NYSE under the symbols “XPOA,” “XPOA.U” and “XPOA.WS,” respectively. D-Wave Quantum has applied to list the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the proposed symbols “QBTS” and “QBTS.WS,” respectively, upon the consummation of the Transaction.

 

  Q:

Is the Transaction the first step in a “going private” transaction?

 

  A:

No. We do not intend for the Transaction to be the first step in a “going private” transaction. One of the primary purposes of the Transaction is to provide a platform for D-Wave Quantum to access the U.S. public markets.

 

  Q:

Will the management of DPCM change in the Transaction?

 

  A:

Following the consummation of the Transaction, it is expected that the current senior management of D-Wave will comprise the senior management of D-Wave Quantum, and D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors will consist of five members.

Please see the section titled “Management of D-Wave Quantum” for additional information.

 

  Q:

What will the DPCM Stockholders receive in the Transaction?

 

  A:

As a result of the Transaction, each issued and outstanding share of DPCM Class A Common Stock (other than any Excluded Shares and after giving effect to the DPCM Stockholder Redemption) will be

 

4


Table of Contents
 

automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive for each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock, a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the Exchange Ratio, following which each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock will no longer be outstanding and will automatically be canceled and will cease to exist by virtue of the DPCM Merger and each former holder of DPCM Class A Common Stock will thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to the DPCM Class A Common Stock.

The Exchange Ratio takes into account the bonus pool of 5,000,000 additional D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in which the holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock that do not elect to redeem their shares in connection with the Transaction will share. The holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock that do not elect to redeem their shares in connection with the Transaction will receive, for each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock, a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares between 1.1668611 (assuming the No Redemption Scenario) and 1.4541326 (assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario). In no event will the Exchange Ratio exceed 1.4541326, which is the Exchange Ratio that would result from redemptions of 63.3% by the stockholders of DPCM. See “The Transaction Agreement and Related Agreements—Conversion of Shares.

At the time at which the certificate of merger has been duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and has become effective in accordance with the DGCL or such later time as DPCM and Merger Sub may agree and specify in the Certificate of Merger pursuant to the DGCL (the “Effective Time”), each issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock (other than any Excluded Shares) will be automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive one D-Wave Quantum Common Share, following which each share of DPCM Class B Common Stock will no longer be outstanding and will automatically be canceled and will cease to exist by virtue of the DPCM Merger and each former holder of DPCM Class B Common Stock will thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to the DPCM Class B Common Stock, except as provided in the Transaction Agreement or by applicable law.

 

  Q:

What will D-Wave Shareholders receive in the Transaction?

 

  A:

Subject to the terms of the Transaction Agreement, the aggregate consideration to be paid to D-Wave Shareholders in connection with the Transaction is expected to be approximately 98 million D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and Exchangeable Shares (assuming the No Redemption Scenario and excluding D-Wave Options and D-Wave Warrants), with the final number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to (a) the sum of (a) $1,200,000,000, plus (b) the aggregate exercise price that would be payable to D-Wave in respect of all options to purchase shares of common stock of D-Wave issued and outstanding under D-Wave’s 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “D-Wave Options”) (whether vested or unvested) if all D-Wave Options were exercised in full immediately prior to the Effective Time (without giving effect to any “net” exercise or similar concept), plus (c) the aggregate exercise price that would be payable to D-Wave in respect of all D-Wave Warrants (whether vested or unvested) if all D-Wave Warrants were exercised in full immediately prior to the Effective Time (without giving effect to any “net” exercise or similar concept), less (d) D-Wave Expenses (as defined in the Transaction Agreement) in excess of $25,000,000, less (e) $38,033,370, less (f)(x) $10.00 multiplied by (y)(i) the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued in the PIPE Financing entered into concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement less (ii)(A) the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued in the in the PIPE Financing entered into concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement divided by (B) the Exchange Ratio (the “Adjusted Equity Value”) divided by (b) $10.00.

 

  Q.

What will holders of D-Wave equity awards receive in the Transaction?

 

  A:

Pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, the D-Wave Options will become exercisable for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. Each such D-Wave Option will be exercisable for a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the Per Share D-Wave Stock Consideration (as defined below).

 

5


Table of Contents
  Q:

What will holders of Warrants receive in the Transaction?

 

  A:

Pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the DPCM Merger and without any action on the part of any holder of a DPCM Warrant, each DPCM Warrant that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be automatically and irrevocably converted into one (1) D-Wave Quantum Warrant. Each such D-Wave Quantum Warrant will be exercisable for a number of D-Wave Quantum Shares equal to the Exchange Ratio, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing 30 days after the completion of the Transaction. If the Exchange Ratio increases, then the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable to holders of D-Wave Quantum Warrants after the Effective Time will also increase.

 

  Q:

What will holders of D-Wave Warrants receive in the Transaction?

 

  A:

Pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, the D-Wave Warrants will become exercisable for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. Each such D-Wave Warrant will be exercisable for a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the Per Share D-Wave Stock Consideration (as defined below).

 

  Q:

What equity stake will the current equityholders of DPCM and D-Wave hold in D-Wave Quantum after the consummation of the Transaction and what are the possible sources of dilution that the Public Stockholders that elect not to redeem their shares will experience in connection with the Transaction?

 

  A:

The following table illustrates the expected ownership levels upon consummation of the Transaction on a fully diluted basis, based on the outstanding equity as of March 1, 2022 and assuming various redemption levels by DPCM’s Public Stockholders and that all Exchangeable Shares have been exchanged for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. After the completion of the Transaction, Public Stockholders will own a significantly smaller percentage of D-Wave Quantum than they currently own of DPCM. Consequently, Public Stockholders, as a group, will have reduced ownership and voting power in D-Wave Quantum compared to their ownership and voting power in DPCM.

 

    0%(1)     20%(2)     40%(3)     60%(4)     63.3%(5)  
    (No Redemption)                       (Maximum
Redemption)
 
    Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %  

DPCM Public Stockholders

    35,000,000       19.4     29,000,000       16.5     23,000,000       13.5     17,000,000       10.2     15,983,342       9.6

Sponsor(6)

    4,242,713       2.4     4,242,713       2.4     4,242,713       2.5     3,336,150 (7)      2.0     3,336,150 (7)      2.0

Additional Holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock

    247,500       0.1     247,500       0.1     247,500       0.1     247,500       0.1     247,500       0.1

PIPE Investors(8)

    4,666,667       2.6     4,833,333       2.8     5,111,111       3.0     5,666,667       3.4     5,819,560       3.5

Current D-Wave Equityholders

    97,866,880       54.2     97,725,695       55.7     97,490,386       57.1     97,019,768       58.3     96,890,250       58.4

Shares Underlying Public Warrants

    11,666,667       6.5     12,083,333       6.9     12,777,778       7.5     14,166,667       8.5     14,541,326       8.8

Shares Underlying Private Warrants

    9,333,333       5.2     9,666,667       5.5     10,222,222       6.0     11,333,333       6.8     11,633,061       7.0

Shares Underlying D-Wave Options(9)

    14,283,274       7.9     14,262,668       8.1     14,228,326       8.3     14,159,641       8.5     14,140,738       8.5

Shares Underlying D-Wave Warrants(9)

    3,379,842       1.9     3,374,966       1.9     3,366,840       2.0     3,350,587       2.0     3,346,114       2.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(10)

    180,686,876       100.0     175,436,875       100.0     170,686,876       100.0     166,280,313       100.0     165,938,041       100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Assumes that no shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock are redeemed.

(2)

Assumes redemptions of 6,000,000 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock.

(3)

Assumes redemptions of 12,000,000 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock.

 

6


Table of Contents
(4)

Assumes redemptions of 18,000,000 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock.

(5)

Assumes maximum redemptions of 19,008,332 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock. Closing of the Transaction is conditioned on, among other things, the aggregate cash proceeds from the Trust Account, together with the proceeds from the PIPE Financing, equaling no less than $115.0 million (after deducting any amounts paid to DPCM Public Stockholders that exercise their redemption rights in connection with the Transaction).

(6)

Share amounts exclude (a) the 1,196,663 Founder Shares forfeited by Sponsor and (b) the 1,813,125 Earn-out Shares, the vesting of which are subject to the fulfillment of certain conditions following Closing, in each case, in accordance with the Sponsor Support Agreement.

(7)

Share amounts assume the transfer to D-Wave and forfeiture of an additional 906,563 Founder Shares pursuant to the Sponsor Support Agreement.

(8)

Assumes the PIPE Financing is consummated in accordance with its terms for $40.0 million with (i) 4,666,667 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued to the PIPE Investors assuming no shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock are redeemed as described in note (1) above, (ii) 4,833,333 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued to the PIPE Investors assuming redemptions of 6,000,000 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock as described in note (2) above, (iii) 5,111,111 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued to the PIPE Investors assuming redemptions of 12,000,000 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock as described in note (3) above, (iv) 5,666,667 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued to the PIPE Investors assuming redemptions of 18,000,000 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock as described in note (4) above and (v) 5,819,560 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued to the PIPE Investors assuming maximum redemptions of 19,008,332 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock as described in note (5) above. Includes D-Wave Quantum Common Shares purchased by Current D-Wave Equityholders and affiliates of the Sponsor in the PIPE Financing.

(9)

Includes the following amounts of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of D-Wave Options (vested and unvested) after giving effect to the Plan of Arrangement and D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of D-Wave Warrants (vested and unvested), respectively, (i) 14,283,274 and 3,379,842, respectively, assuming no shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock are redeemed as described in note (1) above, (ii) 14,262,668 and 3,374,966, respectively, assuming redemptions of 6,000,000 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock as described in note (2) above, (iii) 14,228,326 and 3,366,840, respectively, assuming redemptions of 12,000,000 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock as described in note (3) above, (iv) 14,159,641 and 3,350,587, respectively, assuming redemptions of 18,000,000 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock as described in note (4) above and (v) 14,140,738 and 3,346,114, respectively, assuming maximum redemptions of 19,008,332 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock as described in note (5) above. D-Wave Options and D-Wave Warrants do not represent legally outstanding D-Wave Quantum Common Shares at Closing.

(10)

Excludes remaining shares available for issuance pursuant to any existing or successor equity incentive plan.

For more information, please see the sections titled “Summary-Impact of the Transaction on D-Wave Quantum’s Public Float” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information.”

 

  Q:

What happens if I sell my shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock before the Special Meeting?

 

  A:

The record date for the Special Meeting is earlier than the date that the Transaction is expected to be completed. If you transfer your shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock after the record date, but before the Special Meeting, unless the transferee obtains from you a proxy to vote those shares, you will retain your right to vote at the Special Meeting. However, you will not be able to seek redemption of your shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock because you will no longer be able to deliver them for cancellation upon consummation of the Transaction. If you transfer your shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock prior to the record date, you will have no right to vote those shares at the Special Meeting or redeem those shares for a pro rata portion of the proceeds held in our Trust Account.

 

7


Table of Contents
  Q:

What vote is required to approve the proposals presented at the Special Meeting?

 

  A:

The approval of the Transaction Proposal requires the affirmative vote of at least (i) a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, voting separately as a single series. Failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person via the virtual meeting platform at the Special Meeting and broker non-votes will have the same effect as voting “AGAINST” the Transaction Proposal. Abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established and will have the same effect as voting “AGAINST” the Transaction Proposal. Our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote their shares of DPCM Common Stock in favor of the Transaction Proposal.

The approval of the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of our outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock represented in person via the virtual meeting platform or by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting. Accordingly, a stockholder’s failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person via the virtual meeting platform at the Special Meeting, as well as a broker non-vote with regard to the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal will have no effect on the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal. Abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established but will have no effect on the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal.

The approval of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of our outstanding shares of common stock represented in person via the virtual meeting platform or by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting. Accordingly, a stockholder’s failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person via the virtual meeting platform at the Special Meeting, as well as a broker non-vote with regard to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal will have no effect on the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal. Abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established but will have no effect on the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal.

The approval of the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock represented in person via the virtual meeting platform or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Special Meeting. Accordingly, a stockholder’s failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person via the virtual meeting platform at the Special Meeting, as well as a broker non-vote with regard to the Adjournment Proposal will have no effect on the Adjournment Proposal. Abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established but will have no effect on the Adjournment Proposal.

As further discussed in the section entitled “Other Agreements Related to the Transaction Agreement—Sponsor Support Agreement,” DPCM, D-Wave, D-Wave Quantum and the Sponsor have entered into the Sponsor Support Agreement, pursuant to which the Sponsor has agreed to vote shares representing 19.3% of the aggregate voting power of DPCM Common Stock in favor of the each of the proposals presented at the Special Meeting, regardless of how Public Stockholders vote. Accordingly, the Sponsor Support Agreement will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite stockholder approval for the Transaction and the transactions contemplated thereby. Because the Transaction Proposal requires the affirmative vote of (i) a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, voting separately as a single series, the affirmative vote of 15,000,001 Public Shares, which represents approximately 50% of the outstanding Public Shares, in addition to the Founder Shares, would be required to approve the Transaction Proposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, consummation of the Transaction is conditioned on the approval of each of the Required Proposals.

 

8


Table of Contents
  Q:

What happens if the Transaction Proposal is not approved?

 

  A:

If the Transaction Proposal or any of the other Required Proposals are not approved and we do not consummate an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, we will be required to dissolve and liquidate the Trust Account.

 

  Q:

How many votes do I have at the Special Meeting?

 

  A:

Our stockholders are entitled to one vote on each proposal presented at the Special Meeting for each share of DPCM Common Stock held of record as of             , 2022, the record date for the Special Meeting. As of the close of business on the record date, there are expected to be 37,500,000 outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock, consisting of 30,000,000 outstanding shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock and 7,500,000 outstanding shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock.

 

  Q:

What constitutes a quorum at the Special Meeting?

 

  A:

A majority of the issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock entitled to vote as of the record date at the Special Meeting must be present, in person via the virtual meeting platform or represented by proxy, at the Special Meeting to constitute a quorum and in order to conduct business at the Special Meeting. Abstentions will be counted as present for the purpose of determining a quorum. Our Initial Stockholders, who currently own approximately 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock, will count towards this quorum. In the absence of a quorum, the chairman of the Special Meeting has power to adjourn the Special Meeting. It is expected that as of the record date for the Special Meeting, 18,750,001 shares of DPCM Common Stock would be required to achieve a quorum.

 

  Q:

How will the Sponsor and DPCM’s officers and directors vote?

 

  A:

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, we entered into agreements with the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to vote any shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock owned by it in favor of the Transaction Proposal.

None of the Sponsor, directors or officers has purchased any shares of DPCM Common Stock during or after the DPCM IPO and, as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, neither we nor the Sponsor, directors or officers have entered into agreements, and are not currently in negotiations, to purchase shares prior to the consummation of the Transaction. Currently, our Initial Stockholders own approximately 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock, including all of the Founder Shares, and will be able to vote all such shares at the Special Meeting.

 

  Q:

What interests does the Sponsor and DPCM’s officers and directors have in the Transaction?

 

  A:

The Sponsor, certain members of our Board and our officers may have interests in the Transaction that are different from or in addition to (and which may conflict with) your interests. You should take these interests into account in deciding whether to approve the Transaction. These interests include:

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor, which is controlled by Emil Michael, the DPCM Chairman and CEO, has waived its right to redeem any of the Founder Shares and public shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

 

   

the fact that Emil Michael entered into a PIPE Subscription Agreement with D-Wave Quantum, pursuant to which Mr. Michael subscribed for and agreed to purchase on the Closing Date, and D-Wave Quantum agreed to issue and sell to Mr. Michael on the Closing Date, the number of PIPE Shares equal to $250,000, divided by $10.00 and multiplied by the Exchange Ratio on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for the Founder Shares which will convert into approximately 4.2 million D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement (giving effect to the forfeiture of the 1,196,663 Forfeited Shares, but no

 

9


Table of Contents
 

forfeiture of Founder Shares by the Sponsor in connection with the Sponsor’s earn-out-based, Aggregate Transaction Proceeds-based and DPCM Expenses-based forfeiture obligations, in each case, contained in the Sponsor Support Agreement) and such securities will have a significantly higher value at the time of the Transaction, estimated at approximately $              based on the closing price of $              per public share on the NYSE on            , 2022, which Founder Shares would become worthless if DPCM fails to complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022. As a result of the nominal price paid for the Founder Shares, the Sponsor and its affiliates can earn a positive rate of return on their investment, even if other stockholders experience a negative rate of return following the consummation of the Transaction;

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor has agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if DPCM fails to complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022;

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor paid approximately $8,000,000 for 8,000,000 Private Warrants, with each such Private Warrant being exercisable at $11.50 for one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock; if DPCM does not consummate an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, then the proceeds from the sale of the Private Warrants will be part of the liquidating distribution to the Public Stockholders and the warrants held by the Sponsor will be worthless; the Private Warrants held by the Sponsor had an aggregate market value of approximately $              based upon the closing price of $              per Public Warrant on the NYSE on             , 2022;

 

   

the beneficial ownership of Peter Diamandis, Denmark West and Desiree Gruber, each an independent director of DPCM, of 45,000, 37,500 and 37,500 Founder Shares, respectively, initially transferred to such individuals by the Sponsor, which will convert into 120,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement. All such shares would become worthless if DPCM does not consummate an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, as these individuals have waived any right to redemption with respect to these shares. Such shares have an aggregate market value of approximately $              based on the closing price of $              per public share on the NYSE on             , 2022;

 

   

the economic interests in the Sponsor of certain of DPCM’s officers and directors, which gives them an indirect pecuniary interest in the shares of DPCM Common Stock and DPCM Warrants held by the Sponsor, and which interest will be worthless if DPCM does not consummate an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, are summarized in the below table, the value of the DPCM Class B Common Stock and Warrants is calculated based on the price per share of DPCM Class A Common Stock and Warrants as of                 , 2022:

 

     Investment
Amount
     Number of Shares
of DPCM Class B
Common Stock
     Value of DPCM
Class B
Common Stock
     Number of
Warrants
     Value of
Warrants
     Value of
DPCM
Securities
 

Emil Michael

   $ 3,150,000        2,605,861      $                      2,874,640      $                    $                

Ignacio Tzoumas

   $ 0        167,354      $                      184,615      $                    $                

Peter Diamandis

   $ 0        100,412      $                      110,769      $                    $                

Denmark West

   $ 100,000        163,215      $                      180,050      $                    $                

Desiree Gruber

   $ 50,000        123,446      $                      136,179      $                    $                

Kyle Wood

   $ 0        167,354      $                      184,615      $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,300,000        3,327,642      $                      3,670,868      $                    $                

 

   

if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event DPCM is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to DPCM if and to the extent any claims by a third-party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which DPCM has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the

 

10


Table of Contents
 

Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case, net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses, except as to any claims by a third-party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under the indemnity of the underwriters of the DPCM IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act;

 

   

members of the DPCM Board are entitled to reimbursement for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them on DPCM’s behalf incident to identifying, investigating and consummating a business combination, but will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses to the extent such expenses exceed the amount not required to be retained in the Trust Account, unless a business combination is consummated; no such out-of-pocket expenses have been incurred to date and are not expected to exceed $10,000;

 

   

following the consummation of the Transaction, D-Wave will continue to indemnify DPCM’s existing directors and officers and will maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy for the benefit of such individuals; and

 

   

Emil Michael, the current Chief Executive Officer of DPCM, is expected to be a director of D-Wave Quantum after the consummation of the Transaction. As such, in the future Mr. Michael will receive any cash fees, stock options, stock awards or other remuneration that D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors determines to pay them.

These interests may influence our Board in making their recommendation that you vote in favor of the approval of the Transaction.

 

  Q:

What happens if I vote against the Transaction Proposal?

 

  A:

If you vote against the Transaction Proposal but the Transaction Proposal still obtains the affirmative vote of (i) a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, voting separately as a single series, then the Transaction Proposal will be approved and, assuming the approval of the other Required Proposals and the satisfaction or waiver of the other conditions to closing, the Transaction will be consummated in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement.

If you vote against the Transaction Proposal and the Transaction Proposal does not obtain the affirmative vote of (i) a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, voting separately as a single series, then the Transaction Proposal will fail and we will not consummate the Transaction. If we do not consummate the Transaction, we may continue to try to complete an initial business combination with a different target business until October 23, 2022. If we fail to complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, then we will be required to dissolve and liquidate the Trust Account by returning the then-remaining funds in such account to our Public Stockholders.

 

  Q:

Do I have redemption rights?

 

  A:

If you are a Public Stockholder, you may redeem your Public Shares for cash at the applicable redemption price per share equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Transaction, including interest not previously released to us to pay our taxes, by (ii) the total number of then-outstanding Public Shares; provided that we may not redeem any shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock issued in the DPCM IPO to the extent that such redemption would result in our failure to have net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Exchange Act) in excess of $5,000,001.

 

11


Table of Contents

Holders of our outstanding Public Warrants do not have redemption rights in connection with the Transaction. The Sponsor, directors and officers have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their shares of DPCM Common Stock in connection with the consummation of the Transaction, and the Founder Shares will be excluded from the pro rata calculation used to determine the per-share redemption price. For illustrative purposes, based on the balance of our Trust Account of $300,183,322 as of December 31, 2021, the estimated redemption price would have been approximately $10.00 per share. Additionally, shares properly tendered for redemption will only be redeemed if the Transaction is consummated; otherwise holders of such shares will only be entitled to a pro rata portion of the Trust Account (including interest not previously released to DPCM or to pay our taxes) in connection with the liquidation of the Trust Account, unless we complete an alternative initial business combination prior to October 23, 2022.

In addition, if a stockholder does not redeem their shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, but other Public Stockholders do elect to redeem, the non-redeeming stockholders would own shares with a lower book value per share. The more redemptions of DPCM Class A Common Stock, the higher or larger the Exchange Ratio. In other words, as the number of redemptions of DPCM Class A Common Stock increases, the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable in respect of each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock held by non-redeeming Public Stockholders also increases. For informational purposes only, please see the table below for an illustration of such increase. On a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2021, the basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to DPCM Class A Common Stockholders ranges from $0.04 per share assuming the No Redemption Scenario and $0.06 per share assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario.

 

Redemption Rate    0%      20%      40%      63.3%  

Trust Account Size (in millions)

   $ 300.2      $ 240.1      $ 180.1      $ 100.9  

Assumed Price Per Share of DPCM Class A Common Stock at Closing of Transaction

   $ 10.00      $ 10.00      $ 10.00      $ 10.00  

Remaining Public Shares (in millions)

     30        24.0        18.0        11.0  

Additional Shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock Available to Non-Redeeming Holders (in millions)

     5.0      5.0        5.0        5.0  

Exchange Ratio

     1.1668611        1.2083333        1.2777777        1.4541326  

Implied Price Per Share of DPCM Class A Common Stock

   $ 8.57      $ 8.27      $ 7.82      $ 6.30  

Implied Consideration Per Share of DPCM Class A Common Stock

   $ 11.67      $ 12.08      $ 12.77      $ 14.54  

For illustrative purposes only, assuming a price of $10.00 per share of DPCM Class A Common Stock at the closing of the Transaction, each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock would receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares with a value ranging between $11.67 (assuming the No Redemption Scenario) and $14.54 (assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario). Based on the closing price of $             per share of DPCM Class A Common Stock on the NYSE on             , 2022, each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock would receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares with a value ranging between $             (assuming the No Redemption Scenario) and $             (assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario).

 

  Q:

Can our Initial Stockholders redeem their Founder Shares in connection with consummation of the Transaction?

 

  A:

No. Our Initial Stockholders, officers and other current directors have agreed to waive, for no consideration and for the sole purpose of facilitating the Transaction, their redemption rights, with

 

12


Table of Contents
 

respect to their Founder Shares and any Public Shares they may hold, in connection with the consummation of the Transaction.

 

  Q:

Is there a limit on the total number of Public Shares that may be redeemed?

 

  A:

Yes. The DPCM Charter provides that we may not redeem our Public Shares in an amount that would result in our failure to have net tangible assets equaling or exceeding $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the Transaction Agreement. Other than this limitation, the DPCM Charter does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Agreement exceeds the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we may not complete the Transaction or redeem any shares, all shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate initial business combination.

Based on the amount of funds in our Trust Account as of December 31, 2021, and assuming the funding in full of all amounts to be provided pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements, 19,008,332 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock may be redeemed and still enable us to have sufficient cash to satisfy the cash closing conditions in the Transaction Agreement. We refer to this as the maximum redemption scenario.

 

  Q:

Why is D-Wave Quantum providing a pool of additional shares for non-redeeming holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock?

 

  A:

Although DPCM believes that its targeted valuation compares very favorably to other quantum computing companies, particularly given its degree of commercial traction, DPCM has decided to provide the holders of the Public Shares with an incrementally more compelling reason to invest during this challenging market environment. To facilitate this, D-Wave Quantum has established a pool of an additional 5,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be allocated the holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock that do not elect to redeem their shares in connection with the Transaction, subject to a redemption cap of 63.3%, the Maximum Redemption Scenario. See “The Transaction Agreement and Related Agreements—Conversion of Shares.”

This structure is designed to incentivize the holders of shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock to retain, and not redeem, their shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock. D-Wave Quantum has implemented a similar structure for the PIPE Investors with an additional pool of up to approximately 1.8 million shares, such that PIPE Investors will be afforded the same per share price as the DPCM Class A Common Stockholders.

 

  Q:

What does the bonus pool of additional shares mean for holders of shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock that elect not to redeem their shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock in connection with the Transaction?

 

  A:

The holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock that do not elect to redeem their shares in connection with the Transaction will receive a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock equal to the Exchange Ratio between 1.1668611 (assuming the No Redemption Scenario) and 1.4541326 (assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario). In no event will the Exchange Ratio exceed 1.4541326, which is the Exchange Ratio that would result from redemptions of 63.3% by the stockholders of DPCM.

 

  Q:

Will my vote affect my ability to exercise redemption rights?

 

  A:

No. You may exercise your redemption rights whether you vote your Public Shares for or against, or whether you abstain from voting on, the Transaction Proposal, or any other proposal described by this proxy statement/prospectus. As a result, the Transaction Agreement can be approved by stockholders

 

13


Table of Contents
 

who will redeem their shares and no longer remain stockholders, leaving stockholders who choose not to redeem their shares holding shares in a company with a potentially less-liquid trading market, fewer stockholders, potentially less cash and the potential inability to meet the listing standards of the NYSE.

 

  Q:

How do I exercise my redemption rights?

 

  A:

In order to exercise your redemption rights, you must (i) if you hold Public Units, separate the underlying Public Shares and Public Warrants, and (ii) prior to 5:00 P.M., Eastern time on                  , 2022 (two business days before the Special Meeting), tender your shares physically or electronically and submit a request in writing that we redeem your Public Shares for cash to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Transfer Agent, at the following address:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company 1 State Street 30th Floor New York, New York 10004 Attention: Mark Zimkind Email: mzimkind@continentalstock.com

Stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights and opting to deliver physical certificates should allot sufficient time to obtain physical certificates from the Transfer Agent and time to effect delivery. It is our understanding that our stockholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the Transfer Agent. However, we do not have any control over this process and it may take longer than two weeks. Stockholders who hold their shares in street name will have to coordinate with their bank, broker or other nominee to have the shares certificated or delivered electronically.

Stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name” are required to either tender their certificates to the Transfer Agent prior to the date set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the Transaction at the Special Meeting, or to deliver their shares to the Transfer Agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s (DTC) Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian (“DWAC”) system, at such stockholder’s option. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the Special Meeting ensures that a redeeming stockholder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the Transaction is approved.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC system. The Transfer Agent will typically charge a tendering broker a fee and it is in the broker’s discretion whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming stockholder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not stockholders seeking to exercise redemption rights are required to tender their shares, as the need to deliver shares is a requirement to exercising redemption rights, regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

 

  Q:

What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences of exercising my redemption rights?

 

  A:

The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the redemption depend on your particular facts and circumstances. Please see the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” You should consult with your tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of exercising your redemption rights.

 

  Q:

What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the DPCM Merger to U.S. holders of DPCM Class A Shares and/or Public Warrants?

 

  A:

As described more fully under the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations,” it is expected that the DPCM Merger, taken together with certain related transactions, should qualify as an exchange governed by Section 351 of the U.S. Tax Code such that the exchange of DPCM Class A Shares for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares pursuant to the DPCM Merger generally

 

14


Table of Contents
 

qualifies as a tax-free exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes (subject to possible gain recognition in respect of any D-Wave Quantum Warrants received, as described below).

It is also possible that the DPCM Merger will qualify as a “reorganization” under Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code. However, such qualification is uncertain because the requirements for qualification of the DPCM Merger as a “reorganization” under Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code are more stringent in certain respects than the requirements for qualification as an exchange under Section 351 of the U.S. Tax Code. If the transfer of Public Warrants qualifies as part of a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code, a U.S. holder (as defined under the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — U.S. Holders”) of Public Warrants generally should not recognize any gain or loss on any such transfer of Public Warrants.

If the DPCM Merger does not qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code, the exchange of Public Warrants for D-Wave Quantum Warrants may be treated as a transaction distinct from the exchange of DPCM Class A Shares for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares such that a U.S. holder of Public Warrants would be treated as exchanging such Public Warrants for “new” warrants in a taxable exchange. If so treated, a U.S. holder would be required to recognize gain or loss in such deemed exchange in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants held by such U.S. holder immediately following the DPCM Merger and the adjusted tax basis of the Public Warrants held by such U.S. holder immediately prior to the DPCM Merger. Alternatively, a U.S. holder of Public Warrants could be treated as exchanging its Public Warrants and DPCM Class A Shares for D-Wave Quantum Warrants and D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in an exchange governed only by Section 351 of the U.S. Tax Code (and not by Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code). If so treated, a U.S. holder should be required to recognize gain (but not loss) in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of gain realized by such holder (generally, the excess of (x) the sum of the fair market values of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants treated as received by such holder and the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares received by such holder over (y) such holder’s aggregate adjusted tax basis in the Public Warrants and DPCM Class A Shares treated as having been exchanged therefor) and (ii) the fair market value of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants treated as having been received by such holder in such exchange.

The summary above is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed discussion provided in the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” You should consult with your tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to you of the DPCM Merger.

 

  Q:

If I am a Public Warrant holder, can I exercise redemption rights with respect to my Public Warrants?

 

  A:

No. The holders of Public Warrants have no redemption rights with respect to such Public Warrants.

 

  Q:

Do I have appraisal rights if I object to the proposed Transaction?

 

  A:

No. Appraisal rights are not available to holders of DPCM Common Stock in connection with the Transaction.

 

  Q:

What happens to the funds held in the Trust Account upon consummation of the Transaction?

 

  A:

If the Transaction is consummated, the funds held in the Trust Account will be used to: (i) pay our Public Stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights; (ii) pay the Deferred Discount to the underwriters of the DPCM IPO, in connection with the Transaction; and (iii) pay certain other fees, costs and expenses (including regulatory fees, legal fees, accounting fees, printer fees and other professional fees) that were incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, including the Transaction, and pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Agreement. Any remaining funds will be used by D-Wave Quantum for general corporate purposes.

 

  Q:

What conditions must be satisfied to complete the Transaction?

 

  A:

There are a number of closing conditions in the Transaction Agreement, including the approval and adoption by the D-Wave Shareholders of the Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated

 

15


Table of Contents
 

thereby and the approval by the stockholders of DPCM of the Transaction Proposal. For a summary of the conditions that must be satisfied or waived prior to completion of the Transaction, please see the section titled “The Transaction Agreement and Related Agreements.”

 

  Q:

What happens if the Transaction is not consummated?

 

  A:

There are certain circumstances under which the Transaction Agreement may be terminated. Please see the section titled “The Transaction Agreement and Related Agreements” for information regarding the parties’ specific termination rights.

If we do not consummate the Transaction, we may continue to try to complete an initial business combination with a different target business until October 23, 2022. Unless we amend the DPCM Charter (which requires the affirmative vote of 65% of all then outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock) and amend certain other agreements into which we have entered to extend the life of DPCM, if we fail to complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, then we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem our Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest not previously released to us to pay our taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish our Public Stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be less than the initial public offering price per unit in the DPCM IPO. Please see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to DPCM, D-Wave Quantum and the Transaction.

Holders of our Founder Shares have waived any right to any liquidating distributions with respect to such shares. In addition, if we fail to complete a business combination by October 23, 2022, there will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our outstanding warrants, which will expire worthless.

 

  Q:

When is the Transaction expected to be completed?

 

  A:

The consummation of the Transaction is expected to take place on or prior to the third business day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions described below in the subsection titled “The Transaction Agreement and Related Agreements-The Transaction Agreement-Conditions to Closing of the Transaction.” The closing of the Transaction is expected to occur in the second quarter of 2022. The Transaction Agreement may be terminated by DPCM or D-Wave if the consummation of the Transaction has not occurred by October 23, 2022, except that such right to terminate the Transaction Agreement shall not be available to a party that has breached any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements under the Transaction Agreement and such breach is the primary cause of or has resulted in the failure of the Transaction to be consummated on or before such date.

For a description of the conditions to the closing of the Transaction, see the section titled “The Transaction Agreement and Related Agreements- Conditions to Closing of the Transaction.”

 

  Q:

What do I need to do now?

 

  A:

You are urged to read carefully and consider the information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus, including the Annexes, and to consider how the Transaction will affect you as a stockholder. You should then vote as soon as possible in accordance with the instructions provided in this proxy statement/prospectus and on the enclosed proxy card or, if you hold your shares through a brokerage firm, bank or other nominee, on the voting instruction form provided by the broker, bank or nominee.

 

16


Table of Contents
  Q:

How do I vote?

 

  A:

The Special Meeting will be held via live webcast on                 , 2022, at            Eastern time. The Special Meeting can be accessed by visiting                 , where you will be able to listen to the meeting live and vote during the meeting. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication. Please have your control number, which can be found on your proxy card, to join the Special Meeting. If you do not have a control number, please contact Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company, the transfer agent.

If you are a holder of record of DPCM Common Stock on                , 2022, the record date, you may vote at the Special Meeting or by submitting a proxy for the Special Meeting. You may submit your proxy by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy card in the accompanying pre-addressed postage paid envelope. If you hold your shares in “street name,” which means your shares are held of record by a broker, bank or nominee, you should contact your broker to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. In this regard, you must provide the broker, bank or nominee with instructions on how to vote your shares or, if you wish to attend the Special Meeting and vote, obtain a proxy from your broker, bank or nominee.

For additional information, please see the section titled “Special Meeting of the Stockholders of DPCM.

 

  Q:

How can I attend the Special Meeting?

 

  A:

If you are a registered stockholder you received a proxy card from the Transfer Agent. The proxy card contains instructions on how to attend the virtual Special Meeting including the URL address, along with your control number. You will need your control number for access. If you do not have your control number, contact the Transfer Agent at the phone number or e-mail address below. The Transfer Agent’s contact information is as follows: (917) 262-2373, or email mzimkind@continentalstock.com.

You can pre-register to attend the virtual Special Meeting starting            , 2022 at Eastern time.                     Enter into your browser, enter your control number, name and email address. Once you pre-register you can vote or enter questions in the chat box. At the start of the meeting you will need to re-log in using your control number and will also be prompted to enter your control number if you vote during the meeting. We recommend that you log in at least 15 minutes before the meeting to ensure you are logged in when the Special Meeting starts.

Beneficial investors, who own their investments through a bank or broker, will need to contact the Transfer Agent to receive a control number. If you plan to vote at the Special Meeting you will need to have a legal proxy from your bank or broker or if you would like to join and not vote the Transfer Agent will issue you a guest control number with proof of ownership. Either way you must contact the Transfer Agent for specific instructions on how to receive the control number. The Transfer Agent can be contacted at the number or email address above. Please allow up to 72 hours prior to the meeting for processing your control number.

If you do not have internet capabilities, you can listen only to the meeting by dialing (toll-free) outside the U.S. and Canada +1 (standard rates apply) when prompted enter the passcode             . This is listen-only, you will not be able to vote or enter questions during the meeting.

 

  Q:

What if during the check-in time or during the Special Meeting I have technical difficulties or trouble accessing the virtual meeting website?

 

  A:

If you encounter any difficulties accessing the virtual meeting during the check-in or meeting time, please call the technical support number that will be posted on the virtual stockholder meeting log in page.

 

  Q:

What will happen if I abstain from voting or fail to vote at the Special Meeting?

 

  A:

At the Special Meeting, we will count a properly executed proxy marked “ABSTAIN” with respect to a particular proposal as present for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present. For purposes

 

17


Table of Contents
 

of approval, a failure to vote or an abstention will have the same effect as voting “AGAINST” the Transaction Proposal, but will have no effect on the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal or the Adjournment Proposal.

 

  Q:

What will happen if I sign and return my proxy card without indicating how I wish to vote?

 

  A:

Signed and dated proxies we receive without an indication of how the stockholder intends to vote on a proposal will be voted “FOR” each proposal presented to the stockholders. The proxyholders may use their discretion to vote on any other matters that properly come before the Special Meeting.

 

  Q:

If I am not going to attend the Special Meeting via the virtual meeting platform, should I return my proxy card instead?

 

  A:

Yes. Whether you plan to attend the Special Meeting or not, please read the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus carefully, and vote your shares by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy card in the postage-paid envelope provided.

 

  Q:

If my shares are held in “street name,” will my broker, bank or nominee automatically vote my shares for me?

 

  A:

No. Under the rules of various national and regional securities exchanges, your broker, bank, or nominee cannot vote your shares with respect to non-discretionary matters unless you provide instructions on how to vote in accordance with the information and procedures provided to you by your broker, bank, or nominee. We believe that all of the proposals presented to the stockholders

at this Special Meeting will be considered non-discretionary and, therefore, your broker, bank, or nominee cannot vote your shares without your instruction on any of the proposals presented at the Special Meeting. If you do not provide instructions with your proxy, your broker, bank, or other nominee may deliver a proxy card expressly indicating that it is NOT voting your shares; this indication that a broker, bank, or nominee is not voting your shares is referred to as a “broker non-vote.” Broker non-votes will not be counted for the purposes of determining the existence of a quorum or for purposes of determining the number of votes cast at the Special Meeting. Your bank, broker, or other nominee can vote your shares only if you provide instructions on how to vote. You should instruct your broker to vote your shares in accordance with directions you provide.

 

  Q:

How will a broker non-vote impact the results of each proposal?

 

  A:

Broker non-votes will have the same effect as voting “AGAINST” the Transaction Proposal, but will have no effect on the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal or the Adjournment Proposal.

 

  Q:

May I change my vote after I have mailed my signed proxy card?

 

  A:

Yes. You may change your vote by sending a later-dated, signed proxy card to our Secretary at the address listed below so that it is received by our Secretary prior to the Special Meeting or attend the Special Meeting in person via the virtual meeting platform and vote. You also may revoke your proxy by sending a notice of revocation to our Secretary, which must be received by our Secretary prior to the Special Meeting.

 

  Q:

What should I do if I receive more than one set of voting materials?

 

  A:

You may receive more than one set of voting materials, including multiple copies of this proxy statement/prospectus and multiple proxy cards or voting instruction cards. For example, if you hold your shares in more than one brokerage account, you will receive a separate voting instruction card for each brokerage account in which you hold shares. If you are a holder of record and your shares are registered in more than one name, you will receive more than one proxy card. Please complete, sign, date and return each proxy card and voting instruction card that you receive in order to cast your vote with respect to all of your shares.

 

18


Table of Contents
  Q:

Who will solicit and pay the cost of soliciting proxies for the Special Meeting?

 

  A:

We will pay the cost of soliciting proxies for the Special Meeting. We have engaged Morrow Sodali LLC to assist in the solicitation of proxies for the Special Meeting. We have agreed to pay a fee of $            , plus disbursements, and will reimburse Morrow Sodali LLC for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and indemnify Morrow Sodali LLC and its affiliates against certain claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses. We will also reimburse banks, brokers and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries representing beneficial owners of shares of DPCM Common Stock for their expenses in forwarding soliciting materials to beneficial owners of DPCM Common Stock and in obtaining voting instructions from those owners. Our directors, officers and employees may also solicit proxies by telephone, by facsimile, by mail, on the Internet or in person. They will not be paid any additional amounts for soliciting proxies.

 

  Q:

Who can help answer my questions?

 

  A:

If you have questions about the proposals or if you need additional copies of this proxy statement/prospectus or the enclosed proxy card you should contact:

DPCM Capital, Inc. 382 NE 191 Street, #24148

Miami, FL 33179 Email: mkilkenny@hstrategies.com

You may also contact the proxy solicitor for DPCM at:

Morrow Sodali LLC

333 Ludlow Street, 5th

Floor, South Tower

Stamford CT 06902

Tel: Toll-Free (800) 662 5200 or (203) 658-9400

Email: XPOA.info@investor.morrowsodali.com

To obtain timely delivery, stockholders must request the materials no later than             , 2022, or five business days prior to the Special Meeting.

You may also obtain additional information about DPCM from documents filed with the SEC by following the instructions in the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

If you intend to seek redemption of your Public Shares, you will need to send a letter demanding redemption and deliver your Public Shares (either physically or electronically) to the Transfer Agent prior to the Special Meeting in accordance with the procedures detailed under the question “How do I exercise my redemption rights?” If you have questions regarding the certification of your position or delivery of your Public Shares, please contact the Transfer Agent:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company 1 State Street 30th Floor New York, New York 10004 Attention: Mark Zimkind Email: mzimkind@continentalstock.com

 

19


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus and does not contain all of the information that is important to you. You should read carefully this entire proxy statement/prospectus, including the Annexes and accompanying financial statements of DPCM and D-Wave, to fully understand the proposed Transaction (as described below) before voting on the proposals to be considered at the Special Meeting (as described below). Please see the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Unless otherwise specified, all share calculations assume (i) no exercise of redemption rights by our Public Stockholders; and (ii) no inclusion of any Public Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants.

The Registrant, D-Wave Quantum Inc., is a wholly-owned subsidiary of DPCM Capital, Inc. As a result of the Transaction, DPCM Capital and D-Wave Systems Inc. will become subsidiaries of D-Wave Quantum Inc.

DPCM

DPCM is a blank check company incorporated on March 24, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting an initial business combination with one or more target businesses.

The Public Shares, Public Units and Public Warrants are traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbols “XPOA,” “XPOA.U” and “XPOA.WS,” respectively. D-Wave Quantum has applied to list the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants on the NYSE under the proposed symbols “QBTS” and “QBTS.WS,” respectively, upon the consummation of the Transaction.

The mailing address of our principal executive office is 382 NE 191 Street, #24148, Miami, FL 33179.

D-Wave

D-Wave is a leader in the development and delivery of quantum computing systems, software and services, and is the world’s first commercial supplier of quantum computers—and the only company developing both annealing quantum computers and gate-model quantum computers. Its mission is to unlock the power of quantum computing today to benefit business and society. D-Wave does this by delivering customer value with practical quantum applications for problems as diverse as logistics, artificial intelligence, materials sciences, drug discovery, scheduling, cybersecurity, fault detection, and financial modeling. D-Wave’s systems are being used by some of the world’s most advanced organizations, including NEC Corporation, Volkswagen, DENSO, Lockheed Martin, Forschungszentrum Jülich, University of Southern California, and Los Alamos National Laboratory. With headquarters and the Quantum Engineering Center of Excellence based near Vancouver, Canada, D-Wave’s U.S. operations are based in Palo Alto, California. D-Wave has a blue-chip investor base that includes PSP Investments, Goldman Sachs, BDC Capital, NEC Corp., Aegis Group Partners, and In-Q-Tel.

Following the Transaction, D-Wave will become an indirect subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum.

The mailing address of D-Wave’s principal office is 3033 Beta Avenue, Burnaby, British Columbia, V5G 4M9 Canada.

 

20


Table of Contents

The Transaction

General

On February 7, 2022, DPCM entered into the Transaction Agreement with D-Wave Quantum, Merger Sub, CallCo, ExchangeCo and D-Wave. Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement and in connection therewith, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions contained therein:

 

   

On the Closing Date, Merger Sub will merge with and into DPCM, as a result of which DPCM will become a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum, with the stockholders of DPCM receiving D-Wave Quantum Common Shares;

 

   

Immediately following the DPCM Merger, the parties will proceed to effect the Arrangement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan of Arrangement and the Transaction Agreement or made at the direction of the Court in accordance with the Interim Order or the Final Order (as defined below), in each such case, with the prior written consent of DPCM and D-Wave, each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, (i) CallCo will acquire a portion of the issued and outstanding D-Wave Shares from certain holders in exchange for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in the D-Wave Quantum Share Exchange, (ii) CallCo will contribute such D-Wave Shares to ExchangeCo in exchange for ExchangeCo Common Shares, (iii) following the D-Wave Quantum Exchange, ExchangeCo will acquire the remaining issued and outstanding D-Wave Shares from the remaining holders of D-Wave Shares in exchange for Exchangeable Shares and (iv) as a result of the foregoing, D-Wave will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of ExchangeCo. The holders of the Exchangeable Shares will have certain rights as specified in the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement and the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement, including the right to exchange Exchangeable Shares for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchangeable Shares (the “Arrangement”);

 

   

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, the Sponsor, DPCM, D-Wave Quantum and D-Wave entered into a Sponsor Support Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, the Sponsor agreed to (i) vote in favor of the Transaction Agreement and the Transaction, (ii) a certain number of D-Wave Quantum Common shares becoming subject to certain vesting conditions immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the Closing, (iii) reimburse or otherwise compensate DPCM for an aggregate amount of fees, expenses, commissions or other amounts incurred by or on behalf of, or otherwise payable (and not otherwise expressly allocated to D-Wave or any of its subsidiaries (each a “Group Company”) or any holder of D-Wave Shares, D-Wave Options or D-Wave Warrants pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary document), whether or not due, by DPCM, ExchangeCo, D-Wave Quantum, Merger Sub or CallCo (together, the “DPCM Parties”) in connection with the negotiation, preparation or execution of the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary documents, the performance of its covenants or agreements in the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary document or the consummation of the Transaction, including (a) the fees and expenses of outside legal counsel, accountants, advisors, brokers, investment bankers, consultants, or other agents or service providers of any DPCM Party and (b) any other fees, expenses, commissions or other amounts that are expressly allocated to any DPCM Party pursuant to the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary document (“DPCM Expenses”) in excess of the sum of (a) $35,000,000 plus (b) an amount up to $100,000 to the extent paid by DPCM to the PIPE Financing placement agents in connection with the PIPE Financing plus (c) an amount equal to any fees payable by DPCM to the PIPE Financing placement agents in connection with the Additional PIPE Financing, if applicable (“Permitted DPCM Expenses”) and (iv) the forfeiture of certain shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock;

 

   

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, certain D-Wave Shareholders entered into a Transaction Support Agreement with DPCM and D-Wave (each such D-Wave Shareholder, a “Supporting D-Wave Shareholder”), pursuant to which each such Supporting D-Wave Shareholder agreed to, among

 

21


Table of Contents
 

other things, support and vote in favor of the special resolution of the D-Wave Shareholders and holders of the D-Wave Options in respect of the Arrangement to be considered at the meeting of the D-Wave Shareholders (the “D-Wave Arrangement Resolution”);

 

   

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, the PIPE Investors entered into subscription agreements (the “PIPE Subscription Agreements”), pursuant to which, among other things, each PIPE Investor subscribed to and agreed to purchase on the Closing Date, and D-Wave Quantum agreed to issue and sell to each such PIPE Investor on the Closing Date, the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the purchase price set forth therein, divided by $10.00 and multiplied by an amount equal to the Exchange Ratio, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein; and

 

   

At the Closing, D-Wave Quantum, Sponsor, the other holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock and each shareholder of D-Wave (each, a “D-Wave Shareholder”) party thereto will, pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, become parties to a registration rights and lock-up agreement (the “Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, each of Sponsor, the other holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock and D-Wave Shareholders (a) will agree not to effect any sale or distribution of certain equity securities of D-Wave Quantum held by any of them during the lock-up period described therein and (b) will be granted certain registration rights with respect to their respective D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

Unlike most other business combinations with special purpose acquisition companies, the Transaction is structured to provide holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock that do not redeem their shares with a pro rata right to an additional 5,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

In order to complete the Arrangement, in accordance with applicable laws and the interim order of the Supreme Court of British Columbia made pursuant to Section 291 of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (the “BCBCA”), in a form acceptable to D-Wave and DPCM, each acting reasonably (the “Interim Order”), the D-Wave Arrangement Resolution shall have been approved by at least (i) two-thirds of the votes cast by D-Wave Shareholders, in person or by proxy at the D-Wave Shareholders Meeting, and (ii) two-thirds of the votes cast by the D-Wave Shareholders and the holders of D-Wave Options, voting together as a single class, in person or by proxy at the D-Wave Shareholders Meeting, including any adjournment or postponement thereof in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement, that is to be convened as provided by the Interim Order to consider, and if deemed advisable approve, the D-Wave Arrangement Resolution (the “D-Wave Shareholders Meeting”).

Consideration in the Transaction

At the Effective Time, each issued and outstanding share of DPCM Class A Common Stock (other than any Excluded Shares and after giving effect to the DPCM Stockholder Redemption) will be automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive from the depositary, for each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock, a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the Exchange Ratio, following which each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock will no longer be outstanding and will automatically be canceled and will cease to exist by virtue of the DPCM Merger and each former holder of DPCM Class A Common Stock will thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to the share of DPCM Class A Common Stock.

At the Effective Time, each issued and outstanding share of DPCM Class B Common Stock (other than any Excluded Shares and after giving effect to the DPCM Stockholder Redemption) will be automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive from the depositary, one D-Wave Quantum Common Share, following which each share of DPCM Class B Common Stock will no longer be outstanding and will automatically be canceled and will cease to exist by virtue of the DPCM Merger and each former holder of DPCM Class B

 

22


Table of Contents

Common Stock will thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to the shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock, except as provided in the Transaction Agreement or by applicable law.

Immediately following the consummation of the DPCM Merger (the “Arrangement Effective Time”), pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, each outstanding D-Wave Share will be automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or Exchangeable Shares (the “Consideration Shares”) equal to, in the aggregate, (a) (i) the Adjusted Equity Value divided by (ii) $10.00, divided by (b) the sum of (without duplication) (i) the aggregate number of common shares of D-Wave (“D-Wave Common Shares”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time determined on an as converted basis (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the number of D-Wave Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the D-Wave Preferred Shares, other than the Class B3 Preferred Shares in the capital of D-Wave, based on the then applicable conversion ratio or conversion price thereof), (ii) the aggregate number of D-Wave Common Shares issuable upon exercise of all D-Wave Options, whether vested or unvested, and (iii) the aggregate number of D-Wave Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of all D-Wave Warrants, whether vested or unvested (the “Per Share D-Wave Stock Consideration”); provided that with respect to the Class B3 Preferred Shares in the capital of D-Wave, “Per Share D-Wave Stock Consideration” means zero Consideration Shares.

Unlike most other business combinations with special purpose acquisition companies, the Transaction is structured to provide holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock that do not redeem their shares with a pro rata right to a pool of an additional 5,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, subject to a redemption cap of 63.3%. None of the holders of the DPCM Class B Common Stock will get the benefit of the additional shares. The holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock that do not elect to redeem their shares in connection with the Transaction will receive a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock equal to the Exchange Ratio between 1.1668611 (assuming the No Redemption Scenario) and 1.4541326 (assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario). In no event will the Exchange Ratio exceed 1.4541326, which is the Exchange Ratio that would result from redemptions of 63.3% by the stockholders of DPCM. See “The Transaction Agreement and Related Agreements—Conversion of Shares.”

Conditions to Closing of the Transaction

The Transaction Agreement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain customary closing conditions, including, among others:

 

   

the D-Wave Arrangement Resolution shall have been approved by at least (i) two-thirds of the votes cast by D-Wave Shareholders, in person or by proxy at the D-Wave Shareholders Meeting, and (ii) two-thirds of the votes cast by the D-Wave Shareholders and the holders of D-Wave Options, voting together as a single class, in person or by proxy at the D-Wave Shareholders Meeting, as may be varied in accordance with the Interim Order;

 

   

the Interim Order and the final order of the Supreme Court of British Columbia pursuant to Section 291 of the BCBCA, in a form acceptable to D-Wave and DPCM, each acting reasonably, approving the Arrangement (the “Final Order”) shall have been obtained on terms consistent with the Transaction Agreement and shall not have been set aside or modified in a manner unacceptable to either DPCM or D-Wave, each acting reasonably, on appeal or otherwise;

 

   

D-Wave Quantum has notified the Minister of Innovation, Science and Industry of the Transaction (the “Minister”) and (i) the Minister has not sent to D-Wave Quantum a notice under subsection 25.2(1) of the Investment Canada Act (Canada) (the “Investment Canada Act”) within the prescribed time period and the Governor in Council has not made an order under subsection 25.3(1) of the Investment Canada Act in respect of the Transaction within the prescribed time period; (ii) if such a notice has been sent or

 

23


Table of Contents
 

such an order has been made, D-Wave Quantum has subsequently received (A) a notice under paragraph 25.2(4)(a) of the Investment Canada Act indicating that a review of the Transaction on grounds of national security will not be commenced, (B) a notice under paragraph 25.3(6)(b) of the Investment Canada Act indicating that no further action will be taken in respect of the Transaction, or (C) a copy of an order under paragraph 25.4(1)(b) authorizing the Transaction; or (iii) if the Minister determines that a notification is not required under sections 11 and 12 of the Investment Canada Act then 45 days have passed after notifying the Minister of the Transaction (the “Investment Canada Act Approval”);

 

   

no order or law issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental entity or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Transaction shall be in effect;

 

   

this Registration Statement / Proxy Statement shall have become effective in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act, no stop order shall have been issued by the SEC and shall remain in effect with respect to this Registration Statement / Proxy Statement, and no proceeding seeking such a stop order shall have been threatened or initiated by the SEC and remain pending;

 

   

DPCM shall have obtained the approval of each Transaction Agreement Proposal by the affirmative vote of the holders of the requisite number of shares of DPCM Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, whether in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting in accordance with the Governing Documents of DPCM and applicable law;

 

   

after giving effect to the Transaction (including the PIPE Financing), DPCM shall have at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Exchange Act) immediately after the Effective Time. receipt of approval for listing on the New York Stock Exchange the shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock to be issued in connection with the closing subject only to official notice of issuance;

 

   

the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds shall be equal to or greater than $115,000,000 (the “Minimum Cash Condition”);

 

   

in the event Aggregate Transaction Proceeds would be equal to or less than $130,000,000 as of the redemption deadline for the DPCM Stockholder Redemption based on elections by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock to redeem as of such date, and a good faith estimate of Unpaid DPCM Expenses and other amounts through Closing, the Sponsor shall have complied with, and consummated the transfers contemplated by the Sponsor Support Agreement; and

 

   

the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Transaction shall have been approved for listing on NYSE.

Related Agreements

PIPE Subscription Agreements

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, the PIPE Investors entered into the PIPE Subscription Agreements pursuant to which, among other things, each PIPE Investor agreed to subscribe for and purchase on the Closing Date, and D-Wave Quantum will agree to issue and sell to each such PIPE Investor on the Closing Date, the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the purchase price set forth therein, divided by $10.00 and multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein. See “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements —PIPE Subscription Agreements.”

 

24


Table of Contents

Sponsor Support Agreement

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, Sponsor, DPCM, D-Wave Quantum and D-Wave entered into the Sponsor Support Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things:

 

   

Sponsor has agreed to vote in favor and support of the Transaction Agreement and the Transaction including (i) the approval, consent, ratification and adoption of the Transaction Agreement Proposals (as defined below) and the Transaction and (ii) all other matters or resolutions that could be expected to facilitate the Transaction;

 

   

Sponsor has agreed that, following the Closing, 1,813,125 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares beneficially owned by Sponsor will be subject to an “earn out” pursuant to which such shares shall be forfeited by Sponsor on the fifth anniversary of the Closing unless, prior thereto, the closing price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equals or exceeds an amount equal to (x)(1) $10.00 divided by (2) the Exchange Ratio multiplied by (y) 1.2 for any twenty (20) trading days within any consecutive thirty (30) trading day period;

 

   

Sponsor has agreed that, immediately prior to the Closing, Sponsor will irrevocably forfeit and surrender the 1,196,663 Forfeited Shares to DPCM for no consideration as a contribution to the capital of DPCM;

 

   

Sponsor has agreed that, in the event Aggregate Transaction Proceeds shall be equal to or less than $130,000,000 as of the redemption deadline for the DPCM Stockholder Redemption based on elections by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock to redeem as of such date and a good faith estimate of Unpaid DPCM Expenses and other amounts through Closing, D-Wave shall be entitled to cause Sponsor to transfer the 906,563 Contingent Sponsor Shares to DPCM or other DPCM Stockholders, as directed by D-Wave;

 

   

If, immediately prior to the Closing, DPCM Expenses shall exceed Permitted DPCM Expenses, Sponsor will, at its election, either (i) reimburse DPCM an amount equal to such excess or (ii) irrevocably forfeit and surrender a number of Sponsor Shares, equal to (x) the amount of such excess divided by (y) (1) $10.00 divided by (2) the Exchange Ratio, to DPCM for no consideration as a contribution to the capital of DPCM; and

 

   

Sponsor will cause there to be no conversions of shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock such that there are an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock outstanding as of the Closing and, to the extent any such conversions nevertheless occur, Sponsor will transfer and/or forfeit DPCM Class B Common Stock in a manner that results in the other DPCM Stockholders and the D-Wave Shareholders being in the same position economically and otherwise as they would have been in, immediately following the Closing, had such conversions not occurred.

Transaction Support Agreement

On February 7, 2022, concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, DPCM and D-Wave entered into a Transaction Support Agreement with each of the Supporting D-Wave Shareholders, pursuant to which, among other things, such Supporting D-Wave Shareholders have agreed to (a) vote their D-Wave Shares in support and favor of the D-Wave Arrangement Resolution and (b) vote in favor and support all other matters or resolutions that could reasonably be expected to facilitate the Transaction. In addition, the Supporting D-Wave Shareholders have agreed to terminate the Shareholder Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2020 (as amended), the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2020 (as amended) and any rights under any letter agreement providing for redemption rights, put rights, purchase rights or other similar rights not generally available to the D-Wave Shareholders.

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

At the Closing, D-Wave Quantum, Sponsor, the other holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock and each D-Wave Shareholder (such stockholders, the “Registration Rights Holders”) will, pursuant to the Plan of

 

25


Table of Contents

Arrangement, become parties to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, D-Wave Quantum will be obligated to file a registration statement to register the resale of certain equity securities of D-Wave Quantum held by the Registration Rights Holders. The Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement will also provide the Registration Rights Holders with demand registration rights and “piggy-back” registration rights, in each case, subject to certain requirements and customary conditions. Subject to certain exceptions, the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement further provides for the securities of D-Wave Quantum held by the Registration Rights Holders to be locked-up for a period of time as set forth below.

D-Wave Lock-up Period. The D-Wave Lock-Up Period will apply to the shareholders of D-Wave who will receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Transaction Agreement and refers to the period ending on the earlier of (A) six (6) months following the Closing and (B) the date on which (x) the last reported sale price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30) consecutive trading day period commencing after the ninetieth (90th) day following the Closing or (y) the completion by D-Wave of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of D-Wave’s public shareholders having the right to exchange their D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for cash, securities or other property.

Founder Lock-up Period. The Founder Lock-Up Period will apply to the holders of shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock who will receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares pursuant to the Transaction Agreement and refers to (i) with respect to the Founder Shares, the period ending on the earlier of (A) one (1) year following the Closing and (B) the date on which (x) the last reported sale price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30) consecutive trading day period commencing after the one hundred and fiftieth (150th) day following the Closing, or (y) the completion by D-Wave of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of D-Wave’s public shareholders having the right to exchange their D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for cash, securities or other property, and (ii) with respect to the Private Warrants, thirty (30) days after the Closing.

Exchangeable Share Support Agreement

In connection with the Plan of Arrangement, D-Wave Quantum, CallCo and ExchangeCo will execute the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement which, among other things, will provide D-Wave Quantum and CallCo, in addition to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Exchangeable Shares (including, without limitation, the Retraction Call Right (as defined below)), the right to purchase Exchangeable Shares from the holders thereof (other than D-Wave Quantum and its affiliates) upon the occurrence of certain events, as specified in the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement. Further, the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement provides for the protection of the “economic equivalence” with respect to the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and the Exchangeable Shares and for D-Wave Quantum to use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued upon the exchange of Exchangeable Shares. Please see the section titled “Description of Exchangeable Shares and Related Agreement – Exchangeable Share Support Agreement.

Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement

The purpose of the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement is to create a trust for the benefit of the registered holders from time to time of Exchangeable Shares (other than D-Wave Quantum or affiliates of D-Wave Quantum) (the “Beneficiaries”). A trustee to be mutually chosen by D-Wave Quantum and D-Wave, acting reasonably, to act as trustee under the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement and any successor trustee appointed under the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement (the “Trustee”) will hold the Special Voting Share

 

26


Table of Contents

(as defined below) in order to enable the Trustee to exercise the voting rights attached to the Exchangeable Shares. Holders of Exchangeable Shares can direct the Trustee as to how to vote their Exchangeable Shares on an as-converted to D-Wave Quantum Shares basis. The Trustee will hold the Exchange Right and the Automatic Exchange Right (both as defined below) in order to enable the Trustee to exercise or enforce such rights, in each case as trustee for and on behalf of the Beneficiaries. Please see the section titled “Description of Exchangeable Shares and Related Agreement – Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement.

Organizational Structure

The diagrams below depict simplified versions of the current organizational structures of DPCM and D-Wave, respectively.

DPCM (Current Structure)

 

LOGO

D-Wave (Current Structure)

 

LOGO

 

27


Table of Contents

Post-Transaction Structure

The diagram below depicts a simplified version of D-Wave Quantum’s organizational structure immediately following the completion of the Transaction.

 

LOGO

Impact of the Transaction on D-Wave Quantum’s Public Float

It is anticipated that, upon the consummation of the Transaction:

 

   

the Sponsor and the other Initial Stockholders will obtain ownership interests of approximately 3.0% and 0.2%, respectively, in D-Wave Quantum;

 

   

DPCM’s Public Stockholders will obtain an ownership interest of approximately 24.6% in D-Wave Quantum;

 

   

PIPE Investors will own approximately 3.3% of D-Wave Quantum; and

 

   

the current D-Wave Equityholders will obtain an ownership interest of approximately 68.9% of D-Wave Quantum.

These levels of ownership interest:

 

   

exclude the impact of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares underlying the D-Wave Quantum Warrants following the consummation of the Transaction;

 

   

assume that no Public Stockholder exercises redemption rights with respect to its shares for a pro rata portion of the funds in Trust Account;

 

   

assume that all Exchangeable Shares have been exchanged for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

exclude the impact of the D-Wave Options that are outstanding as of February 7, 2022 and will remain outstanding in accordance with their terms and exercisable for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares following consummation of the Transaction (it being understood that as the outstanding D-Wave Options vest in accordance with their respective terms);

 

   

exclude the impact of the D-Wave Warrants that are outstanding as of February 7, 2022 (it being understood that as the outstanding D-Wave Warrants vest in accordance with their respective terms);

 

   

exclude (a) the 1,196,663 Forfeited Shares and (b) the 1,813,125 Earn-out Shares, the vesting of which are subject to the fulfilment of certain conditions following Closing, in each case, in accordance with the Sponsor Support Agreement;

 

   

assume that no shares are issued pursuant to the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2022 Plan”); and

 

   

assume that no shares are issued pursuant to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See the sections titled “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information,” “Proposal No. 2—The Equity Incentive Plan Proposal” and “Proposal No. 3—The Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal” of this proxy statement/prospectus for additional information.

In addition, the following table illustrates varying beneficial ownership levels in D-Wave Quantum, assuming the No Redemption Scenario and the maximum redemptions by DPCM’s Public Stockholders that could occur without a failure to satisfy the Minimum Cash Condition, in each case assuming that all Exchangeable Shares have been exchanged for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (but excluding potential dilution from Public Warrants and Private Warrants):

 

     No Redemptions(1)     Maximum
Redemptions (2)
 
Pro Forma Ownership    Number of
Shares of
D-Wave Quantum

Common Shares
     % of O/S     Number of
Shares of
D-Wave Quantum

Common Shares
    % of O/S  

DPCM Public Stockholders

     35,000,000        24.6     15,983,342       13.1

Sponsor(3)

     4,242,713        3.0     3,336,150 (4)      2.7

Additional Holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock

     247,500        0.2     247,500       0.2

PIPE Investors(5)

     4,666,667        3.3     5,819,560       4.8

Current D-Wave Equityholders(6)

     97,866,880        68.9     96,890,250       79.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Shares Outstanding(7)

     142,023,760        100.0     122,276,802       100.0

 

(1)

Assumes that no shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock are redeemed.

(2)

Assumes maximum redemptions of 19,008,332 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock. Closing of the Transaction is conditioned on, among other things, the aggregate cash proceeds from the Trust Account, together with the proceeds from the PIPE Financing, equaling no less than $115.0 million (after deducting any amounts paid to DPCM Public Stockholders that exercise their redemption rights in connection with the Transaction).

(3)

Share amounts exclude (a) the 1,196,663 Forfeited Shares and (b) the 1,813,125 Earn-out Shares, the vesting of which are subject to the fulfilment of certain conditions following Closing, in each case, in accordance with the Sponsor Support Agreement.

(4)

Share amounts assume the transfer to D-Wave and forfeiture of the 906,563 Contingent Sponsor Shares.

(5)

Assumes the PIPE Financing is consummated in accordance with its terms for $40.0 million with (i) 4,666,667 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued to the PIPE Investors assuming no shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock are redeemed as described in note (1) above and (ii) 5,819,560 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued to the PIPE Investors assuming maximum redemptions of 19,008,332 shares of

 

29


Table of Contents
 

DPCM Class A Common Stock as described in note (2) above. Includes D-Wave Quantum Common Shares purchased by Current D-Wave Equityholders and affiliates of the Sponsor in the PIPE Financing.

(6)

Excludes (i) D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of D-Wave Options (vested and unvested) after giving effect to the Plan of Arrangement and (ii) D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of D-Wave Warrants (vested and unvested). D-Wave Options and D-Wave Warrants do not represent legally outstanding D-Wave Quantum Common Shares at Closing.

(7)

Excludes remaining shares available for issuance pursuant to any existing or successor equity incentive plan.

We paid UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”), the underwriter in the DPCM IPO, an underwriting discount of $0.20 per unit offered or $6 million in the aggregate, and agreed to pay them deferred underwriting commissions of $0.35 per unit offered, or $10.5 million in the aggregate, upon the consummation of our initial business combination. These fees were fully earned at the time that the DPCM IPO was consummated. In the event that none of our stockholders elect to redeem their shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock in connection with the Transaction, these fees will be borne by all of our stockholders. However, in the event that the maximum number of our Public Stockholders choose to redeem their shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, the aggregate fees, which total $10,500,000, would be borne by the remaining Public Stockholders, PIPE Investors and D-Wave Shareholders. By way of example, the deferred underwriting commissions would represent approximately 3.5% of the amounts in our Trust Account if none of our Public Stockholders redeem their shares, or 9.5% of the amounts in our Trust Account after giving effect to redemptions if the maximum number of Public Stockholders redeem their shares.

D-Wave Quantum’s Board of Directors

Following the closing, it is expected that the current CEO of D-Wave, Alan Baratz, will become the CEO of D-Wave Quantum, and D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors will consist of five directors, which will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Alan Baratz and Eduard van Gelderen and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023;

 

   

the Class II director will be Emil Michael and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Steven M. West and             and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2025.

See “Management of D-Wave Quantum.

Special Meeting of the Stockholders of DPCM

Date, Time and Place of Special Meeting

In light of public health concerns regarding the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, the Special Meeting will be held via live webcast on             , 2022, at             Eastern time. The Special Meeting can be accessed by visiting             , where you will be able to listen to the meeting live and vote during the meeting. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication. Please have your control number, which can be found on your proxy card, to join the Special Meeting. If you do not have a control number, please contact Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company, the transfer agent.

 

30


Table of Contents

Proposals

At the Special Meeting, DPCM Stockholders will be asked to consider and vote on:

 

  1.

Transaction Proposal— A proposal to approve the Transaction Agreement, a copy of which is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A, and approve the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

  2.

Equity Incentive Plan Proposal—A proposal to approve the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan, including the authorization of the initial share reserve under such plan.

 

  3.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal—A proposal to approve the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including the authorization of the initial share reserve under such plan.

 

  4.

Adjournment Proposal— A proposal to allow the chairman of the Special Meeting to adjourn the Special Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies in the event that there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal or the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal.

Voting Power; Record Date

Only DPCM Stockholders of record at the close of business on             , 2022, the record date for the Special Meeting, will be entitled to vote at the Special Meeting. Each DPCM Stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of DPCM Common Stock that such stockholder owned as of the close of business on the record date. If a DPCM Stockholder’s shares are held in “street name” or are in a margin or similar account, such stockholder should contact its broker, bank or other nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares beneficially owned by such stockholder are properly counted. On the record date, DPCM expect that there will be 37,500,000 shares of DPCM Common Stock outstanding, of which 30,000,000 are Public Shares and 7,500,000 are Founder Shares held by the Initial Stockholders.

DPCM’s Initial Stockholders and its other officers and directors at the time of the DPCM IPO entered into a letter agreement to vote their DPCM Class B Common Stock and any public shares purchased during or after the DPCM IPO, in favor of the Transaction Proposal. As of the date hereof, the Initial Stockholders own approximately 20% of the total outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock.

Vote of DPCM’s Sponsor, Directors and Officers

DPCM entered into agreements with the Sponsor, directors and officers, pursuant to which each agreed to vote any shares of DPCM Common Stock owned by them in favor of an initial business combination. Pursuant to the Sponsor Support Agreement, the Sponsor has agreed to vote any shares of DPCM Common Stock owned by them in favor of the proposals to be presented at the Special Meeting.

Quorum and Required Vote for Proposals at the Special Meeting

The presence, in person (which would include presence at the virtual Special Meeting) or by proxy, of stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at the Special Meeting constitutes a quorum at the Special Meeting.

The following votes are required for each proposal at the special meeting:

 

   

Transaction Proposal: The approval of the Transaction Proposal requires the affirmative vote of (i) a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, voting separately as a single series.

 

31


Table of Contents
   

Equity Incentive Plan Proposal: The approval of the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting, voting as a single class.

 

   

Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal: The approval of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting, voting as a single class.

 

   

Adjournment Proposal: The approval of the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting, voting as a single class.

Under the Transaction Agreement, the approval of the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal are conditions to the consummation of the Transaction. The Equity Incentive Plan Proposal and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal are conditioned on the approval of the Transaction Proposal. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on, and therefore does not require the approval of, the Transaction Proposal to be effective. If our stockholders do not approve the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal, the Transaction will not be consummated.

Recommendation of DPCM’s Board of Directors

Our Board believes that each of the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal to be presented at the Special Meeting is in the best interests of DPCM and its stockholders and unanimously recommends that its stockholders vote “FOR” each of the proposals.

Interests of Certain Persons in the Transaction

Interests of DPCM Initial Stockholders and DPCM’s Other Current Officers and Directors

In considering the recommendation of the DPCM board of directors to vote in favor of the Transaction, DPCM Stockholders should be aware that aside from their interests as stockholders, the Sponsor and certain other members of the DPCM board of directors and officers have interests in the Transaction that are different from, or in addition to, those of other stockholders generally. The DPCM board of directors was aware of and considered these interests, among other matters, in evaluating and negotiating the Transaction, and in recommending to DPCM Stockholders that they approve the Transaction. Stockholders should take these interests into account in deciding whether to approve the Transaction.

These interests include:

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor has waived its right to redeem any of the Founder Shares and public shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for the Founder Shares which will convert into approximately 4.2 million D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement (giving effect to the forfeiture of the 1,196,663 Forfeited Shares, but no forfeiture of Founder Shares by the Sponsor in connection with the Sponsor’s earn-out-based, Aggregate Transaction Proceeds-based and DPCM Expenses-based forfeiture obligations, in each case, contained in the Sponsor Support Agreement) and such securities will have a significantly higher value at the time of the Transaction, estimated at approximately $             based on the closing price of $             per public share on the NYSE on             , 2022, which Founder Shares would become

 

32


Table of Contents
 

worthless if DPCM fails to complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022. As a result of the nominal price paid for the Founder Shares, the Sponsor and its affiliates can earn a positive rate of return on their investment, even if other stockholders experience a negative rate of return following the consummation of the Transaction;

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor has agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if DPCM fails to complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022;

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor paid approximately $8,000,000 for 8,000,000 Private Warrants, with each such Private Warrant being exercisable at $11.50 for one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock; if DPCM does not consummate an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, then the proceeds from the sale of the Private Warrants will be part of the liquidating distribution to the Public Stockholders and the warrants held by the Sponsor will be worthless; the Private Warrants held by the Sponsor had an aggregate market value of approximately $             based upon the closing price of $             per Public Warrant on the NYSE on             , 2022;

 

   

the beneficial ownership of Peter Diamandis, Denmark West and Desiree Gruber, each an independent director of DPCM, of 45,000, 37,500 and 37,500 Founder Shares, respectively, initially transferred to such individuals by the Sponsor, which will convert into 120,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement. All such shares would become worthless if DPCM does not consummate an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, as these individuals have waived any right to redemption with respect to these shares. Such shares have an aggregate market value of approximately $             based on the closing price of $             per public share on the NYSE on             , 2022;

 

   

the economic interests in the Sponsor of certain of DPCM’s officers and directors, which gives them an indirect pecuniary interest in the shares of DPCM Common Stock and DPCM Warrants held by the Sponsor, and which interest will be worthless if DPCM does not consummate an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, are summarized in the below table, the value of the DPCM Class B Common Stock and Warrants is calculated based on the price per share of DPCM Class A Common Stock and Warrants as of            , 2022:

 

     Investment
Amount
     Number of Shares
of DPCM Class B
Common Stock
     Value of DPCM
Class B
Common Stock
     Number of
Warrants
     Value of
Warrants
     Value of
DPCM
Securities
 

Emil Michael

   $ 3,150,000        2,605,861      $                      2,874,640      $                    $                

Ignacio Tzoumas

   $ 0        167,354      $                      184,615      $                    $                

Peter Diamandis

   $ 0        100,412      $                      110,769      $                    $                

Denmark West

   $ 100,000        163,215      $                      180,050      $                    $                

Desiree Gruber

   $ 50,000        123,446      $                      136,179      $                    $                

Kyle Wood

   $ 0        167,354      $                      184,615      $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,300,000        3,327,642      $                      3,670,868      $                    $                

 

   

if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event DPCM is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to DPCM if and to the extent any claims by a third-party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which DPCM has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case, net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses, except as to any claims by a third-party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under the

 

33


Table of Contents
 

indemnity of the underwriters of the DPCM IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act;

 

   

members of the DPCM Board are entitled to reimbursement for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them on DPCM’s behalf incident to identifying, investigating and consummating a business combination, but will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses to the extent such expenses exceed the amount not required to be retained in the Trust Account, unless a business combination is consummated; no such out-of-pocket expenses have been incurred to date and are not expected to exceed $10,000;

 

   

following the consummation of the Transaction, D-Wave will continue to indemnify DPCM’s existing directors and officers and will maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy for the benefit of such individuals; and

 

   

Emil Michael, the current Chief Executive Officer of DPCM, is expected to be a director of D-Wave Quantum after the consummation of the Transaction. As such, in the future Mr. Michael will receive any cash fees, stock options, stock awards or other remuneration that D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors determines to pay them.

These interests may influence our Board in making their recommendation that you vote in favor of the approval of the Transaction.

Redemption Rights

Under the DPCM Charter, DPCM must provide all holders of Public Shares with the opportunity to have their Public Shares redeemed upon the consummation of our initial business combination either in conjunction with a tender offer or in conjunction with a stockholder vote. For business and other reasons, DPCM has elected to provide its stockholders with the opportunity to have their Public Shares redeemed in connection with a stockholder vote rather than a tender offer. Therefore, DPCM is seeking to obtain the approval of its stockholders of the Transaction Proposal in order to allow is Public Stockholders to effectuate redemptions of their Public Shares in connection with the consummation of the Transaction. The approval of the Transaction is required under the DGCL and the DPCM Charter. In addition, such approval is a condition to the consummation of the Transaction under the Transaction Agreement. For a more detailed description of your redemption rights please see “Special Meeting of the Stockholders of DPCM—Redemption Rights.”

Share Bonus For Non-Redeeming DPCM Shareholders

Unlike most other business combinations with special purpose acquisition companies, the Transaction is structured to provide holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock that do not redeem their shares with a pro rata right to a pool of an additional 5,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, subject to a redemption cap of 63.3%. None of the holders of the DPCM Class B Common Stock will get the benefit of the additional shares. The holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock that do not elect to redeem their shares in connection with the Transaction will receive a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock equal to the Exchange Ratio between 1.1668611 (assuming the No Redemption Scenario) and 1.4541326 (assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario). In no event will the Exchange Ratio exceed 1.4541326, which is the Exchange Ratio that would result from redemptions of 63.3% by the stockholders of DPCM. See “The Transaction Agreement and Related Agreements—Conversion of Shares.”

Treatment of D-Wave Equity Awards

Pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, the D-Wave Options will become exercisable for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. Each such D-Wave Option will be exercisable for a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the Per Share D-Wave Stock Consideration.

 

34


Table of Contents

Listing of Securities

The Public Shares, Public Units and Public Warrants are traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbols “XPOA,” “XPOA.U” and “XPOA.WS,” respectively. D-Wave Quantum has applied to list the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants on the NYSE under the proposed symbols “QBTS” and “QBTS.WS,” respectively, upon the consummation of the Transaction.

Comparison of Stockholder Rights

There are certain differences in the rights of DPCM Stockholders and D-Wave Quantum stockholders prior to the Transaction and following the closing of the Transaction. Please see the section titled “Comparison of Stockholder Rights.”

Investment Canada Act Approval

There is no mandatory pre-closing review required under the ‘net benefit to Canada’ provisions of the Investment Canada Act with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement. Receipt of the Investment Canada Act Approval relates to the completion of a national security screen and (if required) national security review process under the Investment Canada Act, and is a condition to closing. Please see the section titled “Regulatory Approvals Related to the Transaction— Investment Canada Act Approval.

Accounting Treatment of the Transaction

While the legal acquirer in the Transaction Agreement is D-Wave Quantum, for financial accounting and reporting purposes under GAAP, D-Wave will be the accounting acquirer and the Transaction will be accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization.” A reverse recapitalization does not result in a new basis of accounting and the financial statements of D-Wave Quantum represent the continuation of D-Wave’s financial statements in many respects. Under this method of accounting, DPCM will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. For accounting purposes, D-Wave will be deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the transaction and, consequently, the transaction will be treated as a recapitalization of D-Wave (i.e., a capital transaction involving the issuance of stock by D-Wave Quantum for the stock of D-Wave).

Appraisal and Dissenters’ Rights

Appraisal rights or dissenters’ rights are not available to holders of DPCM Common Stock in connection with the Transaction. Dissenting D-Wave Shareholders are entitled to dissent pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement. See “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements — Plan of Arrangement.

Proxy Solicitation

DPCM is soliciting proxies on behalf of the DPCM Board. This solicitation is being made by mail but also may be made by telephone or in person. DPCM and our directors, officers and employees may also solicit proxies in person, by telephone or by other electronic means. DPCM will bear the cost of the solicitation.

DPCM has hired Morrow Sodali LLC to assist in the proxy solicitation process. DPCM will pay that firm a fee of $            , plus disbursements. Such fee will be paid with non-Trust Account funds.

DPCM will ask banks, brokers and other institutions, nominees and fiduciaries to forward the proxy materials to their principals and to obtain their authority to execute proxies and voting instructions. DPCM will reimburse them for their reasonable expenses.

 

35


Table of Contents

If a DPCM Stockholder grants a proxy, such stockholder may still vote its shares in person via the virtual meeting platform if it revokes its proxy before the Special Meeting. A DPCM Stockholder may also change its vote by submitting a later-dated proxy, as described in the section titled “Special Meeting of the Stockholders of DPCM—Revoking Your Proxy.”

Summary Risk Factors

You should consider all the information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus in deciding how to vote for the proposals presented in the proxy statement/prospectus. The occurrence of one or more of the events or circumstances described in the section titled “Risk Factors,” alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may harm D-Wave Quantum’s business, financial condition and operating results. Such risks include, but are not limited to:

 

   

D-Wave is in its growth stage which makes it difficult to forecast its future results of operations and its funding requirements.

 

   

D-Wave has a history of losses and expects to incur significant expenses and continuing losses for the foreseeable future.

 

   

If D-Wave does not adequately fund its research and development efforts or use research and development teams effectively or build a sufficient number of annealing quantum computer production systems, it may not be able to achieve its technological goals, meet customer and market demand, or compete effectively and D-Wave’s business and operating results may be harmed.

 

   

D-Wave depends on its ability to retain existing senior management and other key employees and qualified, skilled personnel and to attract new individuals to fill these roles as needed. If D-Wave is unable to do so, such failure could adversely affect its business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

   

D-Wave expects to require additional capital to pursue its business objectives, growth strategy and respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances, and it may be unable to raise capital or additional financing when needed on acceptable terms, or at all.

 

   

D-Wave’s industry is competitive on a global scale, from both quantum and classical competitors, and D-Wave may not be successful in competing in this industry or establishing and maintaining confidence in its long-term business prospects among current and future partners and customers, which would materially harm its reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

   

Any cybersecurity-related attack, significant data breach or disruption of the information technology systems, infrastructure, network, third-party processors or platforms on which D-Wave relies could damage D-Wave’s reputation and adversely affect its business and financial results.

 

   

Market adoption of cloud-based online quantum computing platform solutions is relatively new and unproven and may not grow as D-Wave expects and, even if market demand increases, the demand for D-Wave’s QCaaS may not increase, or certain customers may be reluctant to use a cloud-based QCaaS for applications, all of which may harm D-Wave’s business and results of operations.

 

   

D-Wave may in the future be adversely affected by continuation or worsening of the global COVID-19 pandemic, its various strains or future pandemics.

 

   

System failures, interruptions, delays in service, catastrophic events, inadequate infrastructure and resulting interruptions in the availability or functionality of D-Wave’s products and services could harm its reputation or subject D-Wave to significant liability, and adversely affect its business, financial condition and operating results.

 

   

D-Wave may be unable to obtain, maintain and protect its intellectual property or prevent third parties from making unauthorized use of its intellectual property, which could cause it to lose the competitive advantage resulting from its intellectual property.

 

36


Table of Contents
   

D-Wave’s patent applications may not result in issued patents or its patent rights may be contested, circumvented, invalidated or limited in scope, any of which could have a material adverse effect on D-Wave’s ability to prevent others from interfering with the commercialization of its products and services.

 

   

D-Wave may face patent infringement and other intellectual property claims that could be costly to defend, result in injunctions and significant damage awards or other costs. If third parties claim that D-Wave infringes upon or otherwise violates their intellectual property rights, D-Wave’s business could be adversely affected.

 

   

DPCM’s board of directors did not obtain a fairness opinion in determining whether to proceed with the Transaction and, as a result, the terms may not be fair from a financial point of view to the Public Stockholders.

 

   

DPCM’s Sponsor, executive officers and directors have potential conflicts of interest in recommending that stockholders vote in favor of approval of the Transaction Proposal and approval of the other proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

   

If the Transaction’s benefits do not meet the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of DPCM’s securities or, following the Closing, D-Wave Quantum’s securities, may decline.

 

   

The nominal purchase price paid by the Sponsor for the Founder Shares may significantly dilute the implied value of the Public Shares upon completion of the Transaction. In addition, the value of the Sponsor’s Founder Shares will be significantly greater than the amount the Sponsor paid to purchase such shares, even if the Transaction causes the trading price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to materially decline.

 

   

There are risks to DPCM Stockholders who are not affiliates of the Sponsor of becoming stockholders of D-Wave Quantum through the Transaction rather than acquiring securities of D-Wave Quantum directly in an underwritten public offering, including no independent due diligence review by an underwriter and conflicts of interest of the Sponsor.

 

   

Uncertainty about the effect of the Transaction may affect D-Wave Quantum’s ability to retain key employees and integrate management structures and may materially impact the management, strategy and results of its operation as a combined company.

 

   

Financial projections with respect to D-Wave may not prove to be reflective of actual financial results.

 

   

The historical financial results of D-Wave and unaudited pro forma financial information included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus may not be indicative of what D-Wave’s actual financial position or results of operations would have been if it were a public company.

 

   

Subsequent to the consummation of the Transaction, D-Wave Quantum may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, or D-Wave Quantum may be subject to restructuring, impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on D-Wave Quantum’s financial condition, results of operations and the price of D-Wave Quantum’s securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

 

   

D-Wave Quantum may be the target of securities class action and derivative lawsuits which could result in substantial costs and may delay or prevent the Transaction from being completed.

 

   

The stock price of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares may be volatile or may decline regardless of its operating performance.

 

   

D-Wave Quantum may amend the terms of the Public Warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Public Warrants.

 

   

D-Wave Quantum may issue additional D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or other equity securities without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests and may depress the market price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

 

37


Table of Contents
   

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of D-Wave Quantum (the “D-Wave Quantum Charter”) contains anti-takeover provisions that could adversely affect the rights of its stockholders.

 

   

DPCM cannot be certain as to the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares that will be redeemed and the potential impact to DPCM Stockholders who do not elect to redeem their D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

Selected Comparative Per Share Information

Comparative Per Share Data of DPCM

The following table sets forth the closing market prices per share of the Public Units, Public Shares and Public Warrants as reported by the NYSE on February 7, 2022, the last trading day before the Transaction was publicly announced, and on, the last practicable trading day before the date of this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

Trading Date    Public
Units
(XPOA.U)
     Public
Shares
(XPOA)
     Public
Warrants
(XPOA.WS)
 

February 7, 2022

   $ 9.93      $ 9.80      $        $ 0.42  

March 14, 2022

   $ 10.06      $ 9.88         $ 0.62  

The market prices of DPCM’s securities could change significantly. Because the consideration payable in the Transaction pursuant to the Transaction Agreement will not be adjusted for changes in the market prices of the Public Shares, the value of the consideration that DPCM Equityholders and D-Wave Equityholders will receive in the Transaction may vary significantly from the value implied by the market prices of shares of Public Shares on the date of the Transaction Agreement, the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, and the date on which DPCM Stockholders vote on the approval of the Transaction Agreement and the date on which the D-Wave Shareholders and the holders of D-Wave Options vote on the approval of the D-Wave Arrangement Resolution. DPCM Stockholders are urged to obtain current market quotations for DPCM securities before making their decision with respect to the approval of the Transaction Agreement.

Comparative Per Share Data of D-Wave and D-Wave Quantum

Historical market price information regarding D-Wave and D-Wave Quantum is not provided because there is no public market for D-Wave or D-Wave Quantum capital stock.

Market Prices and Dividends

DPCM

The Public Units, Public Shares and Public Warrants trade on the NYSE, under the symbols “XPOA,” “XPOA.U” and “XPOA.WS,” respectively. Each Public Unit consists of one Public Share and one-third of a Public Warrant. The Public Units began trading on October 30, 2020, and the Public Shares and Public Warrants began trading on December 11, 2020.

On February 7, 2022, the trading date before the public announcement of the Transaction, the Public Units, Public Shares and Public Warrants closed at $9.93, $9.80 and $0.42, respectively. DPCM has not paid any cash dividends on its Public Shares to date and does not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of the Transaction.

D-Wave Quantum and D-Wave

Historical market price information regarding shares of capital stock of D-Wave Quantum and D-Wave is not provided because there is no public market for D-Wave Quantum or D-Wave capital stock. Neither D-Wave Quantum nor D-Wave have paid any dividends on shares of D-Wave Quantum or D-Wave capital stock, respectively, and do not intend to pay dividends prior to the completion of the Transaction.

 

38


Table of Contents

Neither D-Wave Quantum nor D-Wave have paid any dividends to their respective shareholders. Following the completion of the Transaction, D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors will consider whether or not to institute a dividend policy. The determination to pay dividends will depend on many factors, including, among others, D-Wave Quantum’s financial condition, current and anticipated cash requirements, contractual restrictions and financing agreement covenants, solvency tests imposed by applicable corporate law and other factors that D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors may deem relevant.

 

39


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements in this proxy statement/prospectus may constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposes of the federal securities laws. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our, our management team’s, D-Wave’s and D-Wave’s management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: “believe,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “trend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “seem,” “seek,” “future,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “projection,” “continue,” “ongoing,” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. These statements involve risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our projections of the future, which are subject to a number of risks. Forward-looking statements in this proxy statement/prospectus may include, for example, statements about:

 

   

our ability to consummate the Transaction;

 

   

the anticipated timing of the Transaction;

 

   

the expected benefits of the Transaction;

 

   

the listing of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and the D-Wave Quantum Warrants on the NYSE;

 

   

D-Wave’s future growth and innovations;

 

   

the increased adoption of quantum computing solutions and expansion of related market opportunities and use cases;

 

   

the estimated total addressable market for quantum computing and expectations regarding product development and functionality;

 

   

the consummation of private placements conducted in connection with the Transaction;

 

   

the initial market capitalization of D-Wave Quantum;

 

   

the amount of funds available in the Trust Account as a result of stockholder redemptions or otherwise;

 

   

D-Wave Quantum’s financial and business performance following the Transaction, including financial projections and business metrics;

 

   

changes in D-Wave’s strategy, future operations, financial position, estimated revenues and losses, projected costs, prospects and plans;

 

   

the ability of D-Wave’s products and services to meet customers’ compliance and regulatory needs;

 

   

D-Wave’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees and management;

 

   

D-Wave’s ability to develop and maintain its brand and reputation;

 

   

developments and projections relating to D-Wave’s competitors and industry;

 

   

the impact of health epidemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic, on D-Wave’s business and the actions D-Wave may take in response thereto;

 

   

D-Wave’s expectations regarding its ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection and not infringe on the rights of others;

 

40


Table of Contents
   

expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

   

D-Wave’s future capital requirements and sources and uses of cash;

 

   

D-Wave’s ability to obtain funding for its operations and future growth; and

 

   

D-Wave’s business, expansion plans and opportunities.

These forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, and current expectations, forecasts and assumptions, and involve a number of judgments, risks and uncertainties and are not predictions of actual performance. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date, and we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements in deciding how to vote your proxy or instruct how your vote should be cast on the proposals set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus. These forward-looking statements are not intended to serve as, and must not be relied on as, a guarantee, an assurance, a prediction or a definitive statement of fact or probability regarding future performance, events or circumstances. Many of the factors affecting actual performance, events and circumstances are beyond the control of D-Wave, D-Wave Quantum and DPCM. As a result of a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, our actual results or performance may be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

Some factors that could cause actual results to differ include:

 

   

anticipated trends, growth rates, and challenges in companies, such as D-Wave, that are engaged in the business of quantum computing and in the markets in which they operate;

 

   

the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could delay the Transaction or give rise to the termination of the Transaction Agreement;

 

   

the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against DPCM following announcement of the proposed Transaction and transactions contemplated thereby;

 

   

the amount of redemptions by the DPCM Stockholders;

 

   

the failure to consummate the PIPE Financing;

 

   

the inability to complete the Transaction due to the failure to obtain approval of the stockholders of DPCM or to satisfy other conditions to the closing in the Transaction Agreement;

 

   

the risk that D-Wave Quantum Inc.’s securities will not be approved for listing on the NYSE or, if approved, maintain the listing;

 

   

the volatility in the price of DPCM’s securities;

 

   

the risk that the proposed Transaction disrupts current plans and operations of D-Wave as a result of the announcement and consummation of the transactions described herein;

 

   

D-Wave’s ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the Transaction, which may be affected by, among other things, competition and the ability of D-Wave to grow and achieve and maintain profitably following the Transaction;

 

   

risks related to the uncertainty of the unaudited prospective forecasted financial information;

 

   

risks related to the performance of D-Wave Quantum’s business and the timing of expected business or financial milestones;

 

41


Table of Contents
   

unanticipated technological or project development challenges, including with respect to the cost and or timing thereof;

 

   

the performance of D-Wave Quantum’s products and services;

 

   

the effects of competition on D-Wave Quantum’s business;

 

   

changes in the business of D-Wave, D-Wave’s market, financial, political and legal conditions;

 

   

the risk that D-Wave Quantum will need to raise additional capital to execute its business plan, which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all; the amount of redemption requests made by DPCM’s Public Stockholders; the risk that D-Wave Quantum may never achieve or sustain profitability;

 

   

the risk that D-Wave is unable to secure or protect its intellectual property;

 

   

costs related to the Transaction;

 

   

changes in applicable laws or regulations;

 

   

the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic, geopolitical events, natural disasters, wars, terrorist acts or a combination of these factors on D-Wave’s business and the economy in general;

 

   

the ability of D-Wave to execute its business model, including market acceptance of its planned products and services;

 

   

D-Wave Quantum’s ability to raise capital;

 

   

the possibility that DPCM or D-Wave may be negatively impacted by other economic, business, and/or competitive factors;

 

   

any changes to U.S. tax laws; and

 

   

other risks and uncertainties described in this proxy statement/prospectus, including those under the section titled “Risk Factors.”

In addition, statements that “DPCM believes,” “D-Wave believes” or “D-Wave Quantum believes” and similar statements reflect DPCM’s, D-Wave’s or D-Wave Quantum’s beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to D-Wave, DPCM or D-Wave Quantum, as the case may be, as of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, and while D-Wave, DPCM or D-Wave Quantum, as the case may be, believes such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and such statements should not be read to indicate that such party has conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

In this proxy statement/prospectus, we present industry data, information and statistics regarding the markets in which D-Wave competes as well as publicly available information, industry and general publications and research and studies conducted by third parties. This information is supplemented where necessary with D-Wave’s own internal estimates and information obtained from discussions with its customers, taking into account publicly available information about other industry participants and D-Wave’s management’s judgment where information is not publicly available. This information appears in “Information About D-Wave” and other sections of this proxy statement/prospectus.

Industry publications, research, studies and forecasts generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is

 

42


Table of Contents

not guaranteed. Forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from these sources are subject to the same qualifications and uncertainties as the other forward-looking statements in this proxy statement/prospectus. These forecasts and forward-looking information are subject to uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described under “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in any forecasts or estimates.

 

43


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

In this section, unless otherwise specified, the terms “we”, “our”, “us” and “D-Wave” refer to D-Wave Systems Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. You should carefully review and consider the following risk factors and the other information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus, including the financial statements and notes to the financial statements included herein, in evaluating the Transaction and the proposals to be voted on at the Special Meeting. Certain of the following risk factors apply to the business and operations of D-Wave and will also apply to the business and operations of D-Wave Quantum following the completion of the Transaction. The occurrence of one or more of the events or circumstances described in these risk factors, alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may adversely affect the ability to complete or realize the anticipated benefits of the Transaction, and may have a material adverse effect on the business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations of D-Wave Quantum following the Transaction. The risks discussed below may not prove to be exhaustive and are based on certain assumptions made by D-Wave Quantum, DPCM and D-Wave that later may prove to be incorrect or incomplete. D-Wave Quantum, DPCM and D-Wave may face additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to each entity, or that are currently deemed immaterial, which may also impair the business or financial condition of D-Wave Quantum following the Transaction. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes to the financial statements included herein.

Risks Related to D-Wave’s Financial Condition and Status as an Early-Stage Company

We are in our growth stage which makes it difficult to forecast our future results of operations and our funding requirements.

Near term, our ability to generate revenue will largely be dependent on our ability to continue to develop and produce annealing quantum computers and hybrid quantum-classical solvers that are able to solve customer business problems at scale. Longer term, our ability to generate revenue will also be dependent on our ability to develop, produce and commercialize gate-model quantum computers. We have commercialized annealing quantum computers, but we have not yet commercialized a gate-model quantum computer. Our product roadmap may not be realized as quickly as hoped, or at all.

Our ability to scale our business is dependent upon building referenceable quantum-hybrid applications. Additionally, we must accelerate sales cycles to meet revenue projections and our business depends on our ability to successfully upsell customers through our on-board process and move them into production applications.

The development of our scalable business model will require the incurrence of a substantially higher level of costs than incurred to date, while our revenues may not substantially increase until more powerful products are produced, which requires a number of technological advancements which may not occur on the currently anticipated timetable or at all. As a result, our historical results should not be considered indicative of our future performance. Further, in future periods, our growth could slow or decline for any number of reasons, including but not limited to failing to achieve targeted demand for our services, increased competition, changes to technology, inability to scale up our technology, a decrease in the growth of the overall market, or our failure, for any reason, to continue to take advantage of growth opportunities.

We have also encountered, and will continue to encounter, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties and our future growth are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results and our funding needs could differ materially from our expectations, and our business could suffer. Our success as a business ultimately relies upon fundamental research and development breakthroughs in the coming years and decade. There is no certainty these research and development milestones will be achieved for the costs we have forecast or as quickly as hoped, or at all.

 

44


Table of Contents

We have a history of losses and expect to incur significant expenses and continuing losses for the foreseeable future.

We have incurred net losses since inception and experienced negative cash flows from operations. We incurred net losses of $31.5 million and $10.0 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $325.3 million. These losses and accumulated deficit are a result of the substantial investments we have made to grow our business and we expect to make significant expenditures to expand our business in the future. To date, our primary sources of capital have been through private placements of our convertible preferred shares, revenue from the sale of our products and services and government assistance. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from sales of our Quantum Computing-as-a-Service (“QCaaS”) offering and our professional services, we expect to finance our cash needs through public or private equity or debt financings or other capital sources, including strategic partnerships. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements, when needed, on favorable terms or at all.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be, or could be, diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our shareholders. Debt financing and equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, or substantially reduce our quantum computing development efforts. On March 3, 2022, we entered into the Venture Loan and Security Agreement (the “Venture Loan Agreement”), by and between D-Wave, D-Wave US Inc., D-Wave Government Inc., D-Wave Commercial Inc., D-Wave International Inc., D-Wave Quantum Solutions Inc., and Omni Circuit Boards Ltd. (collectively, the “Borrowers”, and each a “Borrower”), as borrower, and PSPIB Unitas Investments II Inc. (“PSPIB”), as the lender. Under the Venture Loan Agreement, term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million will become available to us in three tranches, subject to certain terms and conditions. See “D-Wave Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Venture Loan and Security Agreement.

We have not yet achieved profitability on an annual or quarterly basis and we do not know if we will be able to achieve or sustain, if achieved, profitability. We plan to continue to invest in our research and development, sales, marketing and professional services efforts, and we anticipate that our operating expenses will continue to increase as we scale our business and expand our operations. We also expect our general and administrative expense to increase as a result of our growth and operating as a public company. We have determined that additional financing will be required to fund our operations for the next 12 months and our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon obtaining additional capital and financing, including through the consummation of the Transaction. Our expenses may be greater than we anticipate, and our investments intended to reach our technical targets and scale our business and make our technical infrastructure more efficient may not be successful. Our ability to achieve and sustain profitability is based on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. We may never be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability.

In addition, we may make decisions that would reduce our short-term operating results if we believe those decisions will improve the experiences of our customers or if we believe such decisions will improve our operating results over the long-term. These decisions may not be consistent with the expectations of investors and may not produce the long-term benefits we expect, in which case our business may be materially and adversely affected. See “Liquidity and going concern” in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of D-Wave Systems Inc. as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

45


Table of Contents

If we do not adequately fund our research and development efforts or use research and development teams effectively or build a sufficient number of annealing quantum computer production systems, we may not be able to achieve our technological goals, build sufficient systems, meet customer and market demand, or compete effectively and our business and operating results may be harmed.

To remain competitive, we must continue to develop new product offerings and reach technological milestones, as well as add features and enhancements to our existing platform and products. Maintaining adequate research and development personnel and resources to meet the demands of the market is essential. If we experience high employee or management turnover, or a lack of other research and development resources, we may miss market opportunities. The success of our business is dependent on our research and development teams developing a roadmap that allows us to achieve technical milestones for both annealing and gate-model quantum computing, including with respect to our hybrid solvers and our Leap and Ocean platforms, retain and increase the spending of our existing customers and attract new customers. The computing industry is quickly evolving and we may invest significantly in particular functionality or integrations that may become obsolete in the future, and any future product offerings, features or enhancements that we develop may be unsuccessful. The success of any new product offerings, enhancements or features depends on several factors, including our understanding of market demand, timely execution, successful introduction, and market acceptance. We may not successfully develop new features or enhance our existing platform and products to meet customer needs or our new products, features or enhancements may not achieve adequate acceptance in the market. Additionally, our improvements and enhancements may not result in our ability to recoup our investments in a timely manner, or at all. We may make significant investments in new offerings, features or enhancements that may not achieve expected returns. Further, many of our competitors may expend a considerably greater amount of funds on their research and development programs, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to our competitors’ research and development programs. Our failure to maintain adequate research and development resources, to use our research and development resources efficiently or to compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors could materially adversely affect our business.

Our estimates of the magnitude of the market opportunity, forecasts of market growth and our operating metrics may prove to be inaccurate and may not be indicative of our future growth.

Our estimates of market opportunity included in this proxy statement/prospectus may prove to be inaccurate and may not be indicative of our future growth or performance. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. While our estimate of the total addressable market included in this proxy statement/prospectus is made in good faith and is based on assumptions and estimates we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, this estimate may not prove to be accurate. Further, even if the estimate of our market opportunity does prove to be accurate, we could fail to capture significant portions, or any portion, of the available markets. Alternatives to our quantum computing products may present themselves and if they do, could substantially reduce the market for our computing services. Advances in classical computing may prove more robust for longer than currently anticipated and could adversely affect the timing of any quantum advantage being achieved, if at all. Any expansions in our markets depend on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with our products and services. In making such forecasts, we rely on data provided by industry sources and customers, among other things, that we have not independently verified and such data may not be accurate, and any inaccuracy will affect the accuracy of our forecasts. The accuracy of our forecasts may also be affected by human error in the interpretation of such data.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to manage growth effectively.

If we fail to manage growth effectively, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed. We anticipate that a period of significant expansion will be required to address potential growth. This expansion will place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources. Expansion will require significant cash investments and management resources. Such investments may not result in additional

 

46


Table of Contents

sales of our products or services, and we may not be able to avoid cost overruns or be able to hire additional personnel as required. In addition, we will also need to ensure our compliance with regulatory requirements in various jurisdictions applicable to the sale, installation and servicing of our products. To manage the growth of our operations and personnel, we must establish appropriate and scalable operational and financial systems, procedures and controls and establish and maintain a qualified finance, administrative and operations staff. We may be unable to acquire the necessary capabilities and personnel required to manage growth or to identify, manage and exploit potential strategic relationships and market opportunities. The growth we have experienced in our business places significant demands on our operational infrastructure. The scalability and flexibility of our platform depends on the functionality of our technology and network infrastructure and its ability to handle increased traffic and demand for processing and bandwidth. Any problems with the transmission of increased data and requests could result in harm to our brand or reputation.

Our growth has placed, and will likely continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. As we grow, we will be required to continue to improve our operational and financial controls and reporting procedures and we may not be able to do so effectively. Furthermore, some members of our management do not have significant experience managing a large global business operation, so our management may not be able to manage such growth effectively. As such, we may be unable to manage our revenue and expenses effectively in the future, which may negatively impact our gross profit or operating expenses. In managing our growing operations, we are also subject to the risks of over-hiring and/or overcompensating our employees and over-expanding our operating infrastructure. We intend to further expand our overall business, including headcount, with no assurance that our revenues will continue to grow. In addition, North America is currently experiencing one of the most competitive markets for human capital talent in recent times. Coupled with the incredibly complex nature of the quantum industry, we may face significant challenges and delays in hiring and challenges with employee retention.

If we fail to attract new customers and retain and increase the spending of existing customers, our revenue, business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects would be harmed.

Even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. Our success will depend upon our ability to expand our platform’s capabilities, scale our operations, increase our sales capability and successfully complete professional services projects, that may or may not progress to in-production applications.

Our growth is dependent upon our ability to successfully scale up manufacturing of our products in sufficient quantity and quality, in a timely or cost-effective manner, or at all. Unforeseen issues associated with scaling up and constructing quantum computing technology at commercially viable levels could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our growth is dependent upon our ability to successfully market and sell quantum computing technology. One of our marketing strategies is to drive traffic to our cloud-based services. We utilize various unpaid content marketing strategies, including customer events, seminars, webinars, blogs, thought leadership and social media engagement, as well as paid advertising and third-party event sponsorship, to attract prospective users of our cloud-based services. These unpaid or paid efforts may not attract a sufficient volume and quality of traffic to our cloud-based services and, in the future, we may be required to increase our marketing spend to achieve our volume and quality of traffic targets.

We depend on our ability to retain existing senior management and other key employees and qualified, skilled personnel and to attract new individuals to fill these roles as needed. If we are unable to do so, such failure could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our future performance depends on the continued service and contributions of our senior management, and other key employees to execute on our business plan, to develop our platform and products, to attract and retain

 

47


Table of Contents

customers and to identify and pursue strategic opportunities. The failure to properly manage succession plans, develop leadership talent, and/or the loss of services of senior management or other key employees could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our strategic objectives. From time to time, there may be changes in our senior management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. In addition, our ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain qualified personnel will directly affect our ability to maintain and grow our business, and such efforts will require significant time, expense and attention. The inability to attract or retain qualified personnel or delays in hiring required personnel may seriously harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel, specifically employees with technical and engineering skills and employees with high levels of experience in designing and developing software, will be critical to our future success. In addition, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that such personnel have been improperly solicited or have divulged proprietary or other confidential information. The loss of service of senior management or other key employees could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives. The replacement of any of our senior management personnel or other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs, and such loss could adversely affect our revenue, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business and growth are dependent on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

We depend on, and anticipate that we will continue to depend on, various third-party suppliers in order to sustain and grow our business. Failure of any of these suppliers to continue to provide products and services to maintain, support or secure their technology platforms or our integrations, or errors or defects in their technologies, products or services, could adversely affect our relationships with our customers, damage our brand and reputation and result in delays or difficulties in our ability to provide our platform. Our ability to produce and scale our annealing and gate model quantum computers is dependent also upon components we must source from the electronics and semiconductor industries. Shortages or supply interruptions in any of these components will adversely impact our financial performance.

Our platform and products depend on the ability to access and integrate with third-party cloud providers. In particular, we have developed our platform and products to integrate with certain third-party cloud providers and the third-party applications of other parties. If we choose or are required to change cloud providers, we will incur costs to port our platform and products to a new service and may experience service interruptions during a change of cloud provider. Generally, third-party cloud providers and the data we receive from the third-party cloud providers are written and controlled by the application provider. Any changes or modifications to the third-party cloud providers or the data provided could negatively impact the functionality of, or require us to make changes to, our platform and products, which would need to occur quickly to avoid interruptions in service for our customers. See “Our Quantum Computing as a Service (QCaaS) business is dependent upon our relationship with third-party cloud providers and any disruption of or interference with our use of such third-party providers would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Scaling our business is heavily dependent on our ability to build and maintain relationships with consulting and service partners and assist them in establishing or expanding their business by developing solutions that utilize our products and services. Solutions that utilize our products and services may compete with other quantum or classical-computing based solutions developed and/or marketed by other suppliers and our solutions may lose favour with our partners. Our current distribution partners may cease or reduce marketing our solutions with limited or no notice and with little or no penalty. Our distribution partners will generally have no obligation to maintain or renew their contractual arrangements with us and generally may terminate such arrangements with limited notice and/or transition periods. New distribution partners require extensive training and could take extended periods to achieve productivity. If any of our current or potential partners elect to not utilize our products or services, or reduce their current or potential use of our technology in favour of competing products, we may have to change our product strategies, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

48


Table of Contents

We expect to require additional capital to pursue our business objectives, growth strategy and respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances, and we may be unable to raise capital or additional financing when needed on acceptable terms, or at all.

We expect to seek additional equity or debt financing in the future to fund our growth, increase the capabilities of our annealing quantum computers, develop gate-model quantum computers, enhance our platform-as-a-service and other products and services, expand go-to-market functions and drive market demand, grow and manage our professional services offerings, respond to competitive pressures or make acquisitions or other investments. Our business plans may change, general economic, financial or political conditions in our markets may deteriorate or other circumstances may arise, in each case that have a material adverse effect on our cash flows and the anticipated cash needs of our business. Any of these events or circumstances could result in significant additional funding needs, requiring us to raise additional capital. We cannot predict the timing or amount of any such capital requirements at this time. If financing is not available on satisfactory terms, or at all, we may be unable to expand our business at the rate desired and our results of operations may suffer. In addition, any financing through issuances of equity securities would be dilutive to holders of our shares.

Currency exchange rate fluctuations may negatively affect our results of operations.

Our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars, while some of our operating expenses, including relating to employees, are incurred in Canadian dollars. As a result, our results of operations will be adversely impacted by an increase in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar. Exchange rate fluctuations may also affect our revenue growth rates as some of our customer agreements are priced in the local currency of the country in which the customer is located and is also expected to be denominated in that currency. As a result, we will be further exposed to currency fluctuations to the extent non-U.S. dollar revenues from our platform increase. The value of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar has varied significantly and investors are cautioned that past and current exchange rates are not indicative of future exchange rates.

Risks Related to D-Wave’s Business and Industry

The immature market for quantum computing may lead to us misreading market demand and the timeframes it will take to close customer contracts and grow revenue, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In order to grow our business, we will need to continually evolve and scale our business and operations to meet customer and market demand. Quantum computing technology has a limited history of being sold at large-scale commercial levels. Evolving and scaling our business and operations places increased demands on our management as well as our financial and operational resources to:

 

   

effectively manage organizational change;

 

   

design scalable processes;

 

   

accelerate and/or refocus research and development activities;

 

   

expand manufacturing, supply chain and distribution capacity;

 

   

increase sales and marketing efforts;

 

   

scale and manage our professional services;

 

   

broaden customer-support and services capabilities;

 

   

maintain or increase operational efficiencies;

 

   

scale support operations in a cost-effective manner;

 

49


Table of Contents
   

implement appropriate operational and financial systems; and

 

   

maintain effective financial disclosure controls and procedures.

We may not be able to scale our products and services as necessary to meet market demand. We have no experience in scaling our cloud services infrastructure or professional services globally. We may not be able to cost-effectively manage the scale of our cloud services infrastructure or professional services at a scale or quality consistent with customer demand in a timely or economical manner.

We are currently constructing advanced generations of our products. As noted above, there are significant technological and logistical challenges associated with developing, producing, marketing, selling and distributing products in the advanced technology industry, including our products, and we may not be able to resolve all of the difficulties that may arise in a timely or cost-effective manner, or at all.

Our technical roadmap and plans for commercialization involve technology that is not yet available for customers and may never become available or meet desired technical specifications.

Our current and planned products are inherently complex and incorporate technology and components that have not been used for other applications and that may contain defects and errors, particularly when first introduced. We have a limited frame of reference from which to evaluate the long-term performance of our products and services and we may be unable to detect and fix any defects in our quantum computers or cloud services infrastructure prior to the sale of products or services to potential consumers. Our products may contain defects in design, manufacturing and/or delivery that may cause them to fail to perform as expected or may require repair, recalls and/or design changes. We also cannot guarantee the consistency of our cloud services offerings. These could be affected by infrastructure downtime either within our own service or because of third-party service providers on which we are dependent. If our products or services fail to perform as expected, customers may delay orders or terminate further orders, each of which could adversely affect our sales and brand and could adversely affect our business, prospects and results of operations.

If we cannot evolve and scale our business and operations effectively, we may not be able to execute our business strategies in a cost-effective manner and our business, financial condition, profitability and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Building quantum computers requires advances in both science and engineering, and we may not have the ability to deliver those advances. The markets in which we operate are still rapidly evolving and highly competitive and the impact of rapidly changing science and engineering technologies could have an impact on the delivery of our technical roadmap which means that future generations of products both in quantum annealing and in gate model may be delayed or may never be delivered. We could also face the same challenges in our ability to scale our hybrid solvers to effectively meet commercial requirements. If this happens, our technical roadmap may be delayed or may never be achieved, either of which would have a material impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our business model includes a relatively new four-phase engagement model, with customers transitioning through the phases. If we cannot successfully convert customers through the phases to the extent or at the rate that we expect, our business will be negatively impacted and could fail.

Our success depends, in significant part, on our ability to engage our customers through all four phases of our engagement model (initial engagement, proof of concept, pilot deployment and full production) and collaboratively work with our customers and demonstrate the value of our technology. This engagement model was introduced in early 2021 and is a shift from our historical sales model. If our customers do not dedicate sufficient resources to each phase of our engagement model or their challenges or technology are not addressable by or compatible with our products and services, then our anticipated projections and revenues would be

 

50


Table of Contents

impacted. In addition, our products and services may not meet our customers’ functional, performance, technical or other requirements, which would have a negative impact on revenues. The market for our technology is still rapidly evolving and we may be required to change the duration, pricing, or structure of any or all of the phases of our model as we continue to develop our technology and deliver more engagement.

If our customers do not perceive the benefits of our technology, or if our technology does not drive continued progression of customers through the four phases, then our market may not develop as we anticipate or at all, or it may develop slower than we expect. If any of these events occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our industry is competitive on a global scale, from both quantum and classical competitors, and we may not be successful in competing in this industry or establishing and maintaining confidence in our long-term business prospects among current and future partners and customers, which would materially harm our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

The markets in which we operate are rapidly evolving and highly competitive. As these markets continue to mature and new technologies and competitors enter such markets, we expect competition to intensify. Our current competitors include:

 

   

large, well-established tech companies that generally compete in all of our markets, including Google, Honeywell, IBM, Microsoft and Amazon Web Services (“AWS”);

 

   

countries such as China, Russia, Canada, the United States, Australia and the United Kingdom, and those in the European Union as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus and we believe additional countries in the future;

 

   

less-established public and private companies with competing technology, including companies located outside the United States;

 

   

existing or new entrants seeking to enter the quantum annealing space; and

 

   

new or emerging entrants seeking to develop competing technologies.

We compete based on various factors, including technology, performance, platform availability, price, brand recognition and reputation, customer support and differentiated capabilities, including ease of administration and use, scalability and reliability, data governance and security. Many of our competitors have substantially greater brand recognition, customer relationships, and financial, technical and other resources, including an experienced sales force and sophisticated supply chain management. They may be able to respond more effectively than us to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, customer requirements and buying practices. In addition, many countries are focused on developing quantum computing solutions either in the private or public sector and may subsidize quantum computers which may make it difficult for us to compete. Many of these competitors do not face the same challenges we do in growing our business. In addition, other competitors might be able to compete with us by bundling their other products and services in a way that does not allow us to offer a competitive solution.

Additionally, we must be able to achieve our objectives in a timely manner lest quantum computing lose ground to competitors, including competing technologies. Because there are a large number of market participants, including certain sovereign nations, focused on developing quantum computing technology, we must dedicate significant resources to achieving any technical objectives on the timelines established by our management team. Any failure to achieve objectives in a timely manner could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

For all of these reasons, competition may negatively impact our ability to maintain and grow consumption of our platform or put downward pressure on our prices and gross margins, any of which could materially harm our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

51


Table of Contents

Our products and services are dependent upon our relationship with third-party providers and any disruption of or interference with our use of such third-party providers would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely upon third parties to operate our platform, third party facilities to house some of our systems and third parties to provide our services. Any disruption of or interference with our use of such third-party providers or locations would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. If these services provided by third parties become unavailable due to extended outages, interruptions, or because they are no longer available on commercially reasonable terms, we could experience delays in our ability to provide our solutions or run our business and our expenses could increase, our ability to manage finances could be interrupted, and our processes for managing sales of our platform and supporting our customers could be impaired until equivalent services, if available, are identified, obtained, and implemented.

We have experienced, and expect that in the future we may experience, interruptions, delays and outages in service and availability from time to time due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, website hosting disruptions and capacity constraints. Capacity constraints could be due to a number of potential causes including technical failures, natural disasters, fraud or security attacks. In addition, if our security, or that of our hosting provider, is compromised, our platform or products are unavailable or our users are unable to use our products within a reasonable amount of time or at all, then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. Our ability to conduct security audits on our hosting provider is limited and our contracts do not contain strong indemnification terms in our favor. In some instances, we may not be able to identify and/or remedy the cause or causes of these performance problems within a period of time acceptable to our customers. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our platform performance, especially during peak usage times, as our products become more complex and the usage of our products increases. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, either through our hosting provider or an alternative provider of cloud infrastructure, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. In addition, any changes in service levels from our hosting provider may adversely affect our ability to meet our customers’ requirements.

Any of the above circumstances or events may harm our reputation, cause customers to stop using our products, impair our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers, subject us to financial penalties and liabilities under our service level agreements and otherwise harm our revenue, business, results of operations and financial condition.

The design and manufacturing of our quantum computers are dependent on a number of critical suppliers and unknown supply chain issues that could delay the introduction of our products and services or cause a significant disruption in our supplier base could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are reliant our own manufacturing of components as well as on third-party suppliers for components necessary to develop and manufacture our quantum computing solutions. Factors that could have an adverse impact on the availability of these components include:

 

   

our inability to enter into agreements with suppliers on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;

 

   

difficulties of suppliers ramping up their supply of materials to meet our requirements;

 

   

a significant increase in the price of one or more components, including due to industry consolidation occurring within one or more component supplier markets or as a result of decreased production capacity at manufacturers;

 

   

any reductions or interruption in supply, including due to technological problems, equipment malfunctions, regulatory actions or disruptions on our global supply chain as a result of large scale public health restrictions or geopolitical factors, which we have experienced, and may in the future experience;

 

52


Table of Contents
   

financial problems of either contract manufacturers or component suppliers;

 

   

significantly increased freight charges, or raw material costs and other expenses associated with our business;

 

   

a failure to develop our supply chain management capabilities and recruit and retain qualified professionals;

 

   

a failure to adequately authorize procurement of inventory;

 

   

a failure to adequately maintain our or our suppliers’ manufacturing equipment; or

 

   

a failure to appropriately cancel, reschedule, or adjust our requirements based on our business needs.

If any of the aforementioned factors were to materialize, it could cause us to halt production of our quantum computing solutions and/or entail higher manufacturing costs, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition and could materially damage customer relationships. Additionally, other factors beyond our control or which we do not presently anticipate could also affect our suppliers’ ability to deliver components to us on a timely basis.

We do not have the history with our solutions or pricing models necessary to accurately predict optimal pricing necessary to attract new customers and retain existing customers.

We may need to change our pricing model from time to time. As the market for our platform matures, or as competitors introduce new solutions that compete with ours, we may be unable to attract new customers at the same prices or based on the same pricing models that we have used historically. Our assessments of competitive pricing may not be accurate and we could be underpricing or overpricing our platform and services. Further, in the past we concentrated on selling the hardware needed for customers to run dedicated systems. We have now transitioned from selling systems to selling cloud services and have added professional services as well. Our limited history of selling cloud and professional services means we do not have long-term market data on the optimal method of pricing our services and maximizing the opportunities they represent. If we do not implement a services-based business well, our financial results may suffer. In addition, if the offerings on our platform or our services change, we may need to revise our pricing strategies. Any such changes to our pricing strategies or our ability to efficiently price our offerings could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, as we continue to expand internationally, we also must determine the appropriate pricing strategy to enable us to compete effectively internationally. Pricing pressures and decisions could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, losses or the failure of our platform to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could negatively impact our overall business, results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, larger organizations, which are a primary focus of our direct sales efforts, may demand substantial price concessions. As a result, we may be required to price below our targets in the future, which could adversely affect our revenue, gross margin, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.

Competitive pressures may put pressure on our pricing, which may require us to reduce our pricing in order to provide competitively priced access to our products and services.

We face competition in various aspects of our business and expect that such competition to intensify in the future as existing and new companies introduce and enhance existing services or create new services. The markets for our services in general are competitive. Competition in these markets may increase further if economic conditions or other circumstances cause customer bases and client spending to decrease and service provides to compete for fewer client resources. Our competitors may be able to undertake more effective marketing campaigns, obtain more data, adopt more aggressive pricing policies, make more attractive offers to potential employees, clients and advertisers, or may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies or changes in user requirements. If we are unable to retain clients or obtain new clients, our revenues could decline. Increased competition could result in lower revenues and higher expenses, which would reduce our profitability.

 

53


Table of Contents

The quantum computing industry is in its early stages and is volatile, and if it does not develop, if it develops slower than we expect, if it develops in a manner that does not require use of our products and services, if it encounters negative publicity or if our solution does not drive commercial engagement, the growth of our business will be harmed.

The nascent market for quantum computers is still rapidly evolving, characterized by rapidly changing technologies, competitive pricing and competitive factors, evolving government regulation and industry standards, and changing customer demands and behaviors. If the market for quantum computers in general does not develop as expected, or develops more slowly than expected, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

We have focused our efforts on the optimization market with our annealing quantum computers, and in the near term expect our business to grow from this market. If optimization does not require quantum computing or if other classical or quantum solutions perform better than our products and services, we could see a decrease in customer uptake and revenue.

In addition, our growth and future demand for our products is highly dependent upon the adoption by developers and customers of quantum computing, as well as on our ability to demonstrate the value of quantum computing to our customers. Delays in future generations of our quantum computers or technical failures at other quantum computing companies could limit market acceptance of our solution. Negative publicity concerning our solution or the quantum computing industry as a whole could limit market acceptance of our solution. While we believe quantum computing will solve many large-scale problems, we do not yet have evidence that quantum computers will be able to do so and such problems may never be solvable by quantum computing technology. If our customers do not perceive the benefits of our solution, or if our solution does not drive customer engagement, then our market may not develop at all, or it may develop more slowly than we expect. If any of these events occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If progress towards “quantum advantage” (as described below) slows relative to expectations, it could adversely impact revenues and customer confidence to continue to pay for testing, access and “quantum readiness.” This would harm or even eliminate revenues in the period before quantum advantage.

If our products and services fail to deliver customer value to a broader range of customers than classical approaches, our business, financial condition and future prospects may be harmed.

“Quantum advantage” refers to the moment when a quantum computer can compute faster than existing classical computers, while quantum supremacy is achieved once quantum computers are powerful enough to complete calculations that traditional supercomputers cannot perform at all. Broad quantum advantage is when quantum advantage is seen in many applications and developers prefer quantum computers to a traditional computer. No current quantum computers, including the D-Wave quantum hardware, have reached a broad quantum advantage, and they may never reach such advantage. Achieving a broad quantum advantage will be critical to the success of any quantum computing company, including us. However, achieving quantum advantage would not necessarily lead to commercial viability of the technology that accomplished such advantage, nor would it mean that such system could outperform classical computers in tasks other than the one used to determine a quantum advantage. Other companies, including some of our customers, are working on classical approaches that target similar use cases, increasing competition and risk of not capturing market share. As quantum computing technology continues to mature, broad quantum advantage may take decades to be realized, if ever. If we cannot develop quantum computers that have quantum advantage, customers may not continue to purchase our products and services. If customers decide to wait until broad quantum advantage is reached, this could impair the growth of our business. If other companies’ quantum computers reach a broad quantum advantage prior to the time ours reaches such capabilities, it could lead to a loss of customers. If any of these events occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. This is also true for our quantum-hybrid solvers in that they must also continue to deliver value compared to classical approaches.

 

54


Table of Contents

We use quantum-classical hybrid solutions to get the customer the optimal answer to their particular problem. Since quantum computing is a new form of computing, some customers may want to understand the details of how our products operate. However, because this is proprietary and trade secret information we cannot or may not want to share, we may lose customers as a result.

Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our products and services could materially and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and growth prospects.

The hardware and software underlying our platform and products is highly technical and complex. Our hardware and software have previously contained, and may now or in the future contain, undetected errors, bugs or vulnerabilities. In addition, errors, failures and bugs may be contained in our software utilized in building and operating our products or may result from errors in the deployment or configuration of QCaaS software. Some errors in our products may only be discovered after a product has been deployed or may never be generally known. In some instances, despite internal testing, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these problems or risks within an acceptable period of time. Any errors, bugs or vulnerabilities discovered in our products after it has been deployed, or never generally discovered, could result in interruptions in platform availability, product malfunctioning or data breaches. Since our customers may use our services for processes that are critical to their businesses, errors, and defects, security vulnerability, service interruptions or software bugs in our platform could result in losses to our customers and thereby result in damage to our reputation, adverse effects upon customers and users, loss of customers and relationships with third parties, significant expenditures of capital, a delay or loss in market acceptance, loss of revenue or liability for damages. In addition, provisions typically included in our agreements with our customers that attempt to limit our exposure to claims may not be enforceable or adequate and may not otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. Even if not successful, a claim brought against us by any of our customers would likely be time-consuming and costly to defend and could seriously damage our reputation and brand, making it harder for us to sell our solutions and retain our customers.

If we cannot successfully execute on our strategy, including changing customer needs and new technologies and other market requirements, or achieve our objectives in a timely manner, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

The quantum computing market is characterized by rapid technological change, changing user requirements, uncertain product lifecycles and evolving industry standards. We believe that the pace of innovation will continue to accelerate as technology changes and different approaches to quantum computing mature on a broad range of factors, including system architecture, error correction, performance and scale, ease of programming, user experience, markets addressed, types of data processed, and data governance and regulatory compliance. Our future success depends on our ability to continue to innovate and increase customer adoption of our products and services. If we are unable to enhance our products and services to keep pace with these rapidly evolving customer requirements, or if new technologies emerge that are able to deliver competitive products at lower prices, more efficiently, with better functionality, more conveniently, or more securely than our platform, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

A key application of our technology is for optimization problems which, while a very broad market, requires continued research and development in order for our products and services to fully address the optimization market, and if that research and development is not successful this may limit its adoption to a narrow range of customers. If we cannot successfully attract a broader range of customers to our quantum annealing technology, our business will be negatively impacted and could fail.

In addition, our planned quantum gate system, which is a strategic milestone for our technical roadmap and commercialization, is not yet available for customers and may not become available on the timelines we expect or at all.

 

55


Table of Contents

Even if we are successful in executing on our product roadmap and strategy and delivering increasingly more powerful quantum computing systems and services, competitors in the industry may achieve technological breakthroughs which render our products and services obsolete or inferior to other products and services.

Our continued growth and success depend on our ability to innovate and develop quantum computing technology in a timely manner and effectively market these products. Without timely innovation and development, our quantum computing solutions could be rendered obsolete or less competitive by changing customer preferences or because of the introduction of a competitor’s more advanced technologies. Any technological breakthroughs which render our technology obsolete or inferior to other products could have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Any cybersecurity-related attack, significant data breach or disruption of the information technology systems, infrastructure, network, third-party processors or platforms on which we rely could damage our reputation and adversely affect our business and financial results.

Our operations rely on information technology systems for the use, storage and transmission of sensitive and confidential information with respect to our customers, our customers’ customers, our employees and other third parties. A malicious cybersecurity-related attack, intrusion or disruption by either an internal or external source or other breach of the systems on which our platform and products operate, and on which our employees conduct business, could lead to unauthorized access to, use of, loss of or unauthorized disclosure of sensitive and confidential information, disruption of our services, viruses, worms, spyware, or other malware being served from our platform, networks, or systems; and resulting regulatory enforcement actions, litigation, indemnity obligations and other possible liabilities, as well as negative publicity, which could damage our reputation, impair sales and harm our business. Cyberattacks and other malicious internet-based activity continue to increase, and cloud-based platform providers of products and services have been and are expected to continue to be targeted. In addition to traditional computer “hackers,” malicious code (such as viruses and worms), phishing, employee theft or misuse and denial-of-service attacks, sophisticated nation-state and nation-state supported actors now engage in attacks (including advanced persistent threat intrusions). Cyberattacks may also gain publishing access to our customers’ accounts on our platform, using that access to publish content without authorization. Despite efforts to create security barriers to such threats, it is not feasible, as a practical matter, for us to entirely mitigate these risks. If our security measures are compromised as a result of third-party action, employee, customer, or user error, malfeasance, stolen or fraudulently obtained log-in credentials or otherwise, our reputation would be damaged, our data, information or intellectual property, or those of our customers and our customers’ consumers, may be destroyed, stolen or otherwise compromised, our business may be harmed and we could incur significant liability. We have not always been able in the past and may be unable in the future to anticipate or prevent techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or compromise of our systems because they change frequently and are generally not detected until after an incident has occurred. We also cannot be certain that we will be able to prevent vulnerabilities in our software or address vulnerabilities that we may become aware of in the future.

Further, as we rely on third-party cloud infrastructure, we depend in part on third-party security measures to protect against unauthorized access, cyberattacks and the mishandling of data and information. If these third parties fail to adhere to adequate data security procedures, or in the event of a breach of their networks, our own, our customers’ and our customers’ consumers’ data may be improperly accessed, used or disclosed. Any cybersecurity event, including any vulnerability in our software, cyberattack, intrusion or disruption or any failure or breach unrelated to our own action or inaction, could result in significant increases in costs, including costs for remediating the effects of such an event; lost revenue due to network downtime, a decrease in customer and user trust; increases in insurance premiums due to cybersecurity incidents; increased exposure to a risk of litigation and possible liability; increased costs to address cybersecurity issues and attempts to prevent future incidents; and harm to our business, financial results and our reputation because of any such incident.

We include limitation of liability provisions in our subscription agreements; however, such provisions may not be enforceable or adequate and may not otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with

 

56


Table of Contents

respect to any claim related to a cybersecurity incident or other potential claim referred to above. In addition, our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for cyber liability or errors or omissions may not continue to be available on acceptable terms or may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims and our insurer may deny coverage with respect to future claims. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, would harm our business.

Many governments have enacted laws requiring companies to provide notice of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data. In addition, some of our customers require us to notify them of data security breaches. Security compromises experienced by our competitors, by our customers or by us may lead to public disclosures, which may lead to widespread negative publicity. Any security compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived, could harm our reputation, erode confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively affect our ability to attract new customers, encourage consumers to restrict use of our platform, cause existing customers to elect not to renew their subscriptions or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, which could harm our business.

Market adoption of cloud-based online quantum computing platform solutions is relatively new and unproven and may not grow as we expect and, even if market demand increases, the demand for our QCaaS may not increase, or certain customers may be reluctant to use a cloud-based QCaaS for applications, all of which may harm our business and results of operations.

We derive substantially all of our revenue from our cloud-based quantum computing platform and professional services, which we expect to continue for the foreseeable future. As such, the market acceptance of our platform is critical to our continued success. It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our solutions and professional services, the entry of competitive platforms and service providers, or the future growth rate and size of our markets.

In addition, in order for cloud-based solutions to be widely accepted, organizations must overcome any concerns with moving sensitive information to a cloud-based platform. In addition, demand for our platform in particular is affected by a number of other factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include continued market acceptance of our cloud-based quantum computing platform and cloud-based QCaaS, the pace at which existing customers realize benefits from the use of our platform and decide to expand deployment of our platform across their business, the timing of development and release of new products by our competitors, technological change, reliability and security, the pace at which enterprises undergo digital transformation, and developments in data privacy regulations. In addition, we expect that the needs of our customers will continue to rapidly change and increase in complexity. We will need to improve the functionality and performance of our platform continually to meet those rapidly changing, complex demands. If we are unable to continue to meet customer demands or to achieve more widespread market acceptance of relevant solutions in general or our platform in particular, our business operations, financial results, and growth prospects will be materially and adversely affected.

Government actions and regulations, such as tariffs and trade protection measures, may limit our ability to provide products and services to our customers and obtain products from our suppliers, which could have a material adverse impact on our business operations, financial results and growth plans.

We currently offer our platform in more than 35 countries and our international sales are a substantial and critical part of our current business and future growth plans. Our international sales and the use of our platform in various countries subject us to risks that we do not generally face with respect to domestic sales within North America. For example, we may face additional risks relating to:

 

   

lack of familiarity and burdens and complexity involved with complying with multiple, conflicting and changing foreign laws, standards, regulatory requirements, tariffs, export controls and other barriers;

 

57


Table of Contents
   

difficulties in ensuring compliance with countries’ multiple, conflicting and changing privacy, data security, international trade, customs and sanctions laws;

   

differing technology standards; and

 

   

new and uncertain protection for intellectual property rights in some countries.

We may be unsuccessful in navigating such risks, which could have a material adverse impact on our business operations, financial results and growth plans.

If we engage in acquisitions, divestitures, strategic investments or strategic partnerships and fail to achieve favorable results, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

We may in the future make acquisitions, divestitures or certain investments. Any transactions that we enter into could be material to our financial condition and results of operations. The process of acquiring and integrating another company or technology could create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. Acquisitions and investments involve a number of risks, such as:

 

   

use of resources that are needed in other areas of our business;

 

   

in the case of an acquisition, implementation or remediation of controls, procedures and policies of the acquired company;

 

   

in the case of an acquisition, difficulty integrating the accounting systems and operations of the acquired company, including potential risks to our corporate culture;

 

   

in the case of an acquisition, coordination of product, engineering and selling and marketing functions, including difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy services and products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired company, as applicable, difficulties associated with supporting new products or services, difficulty converting the customers of the acquired company onto our platform and difficulties associated with contract terms, including disparities in the revenues, licensing, support or professional services model of the acquired company;

 

   

in the case of an acquisition, retention and integration of employees from the acquired company;

 

   

in the case of an acquisition, past intellectual property infringement or data security issues arising from the acquired company;

 

   

unforeseen costs or liabilities;

 

   

adverse effects on our existing business relationships with customers as a result of the acquisition or investment;

 

   

the possibility of adverse tax consequences;

 

   

litigation or other claims arising in connection with the acquired company or investment; and

 

   

in the case of foreign acquisitions, the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular economic, currency, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Acquisitions and investments may also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, which could adversely affect our share price, or result in issuances of securities with superior rights and preferences to our common shares or the incurrence of debt with restrictive covenants that limit our future uses of capital in pursuit of business opportunities.

 

58


Table of Contents

We may not be able to identify acquisition or investment opportunities that meet our strategic objectives, or to the extent such opportunities are identified, we may not be able to negotiate terms with respect to the acquisition or investment that are acceptable to us. At this time, we have made no commitments or agreements with respect to any such material transactions.

We may in the future be adversely affected by continuation or worsening of the global COVID-19 pandemic, its various strains or future pandemics.

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused, and may result in further, significant disruption of global financial markets and economic uncertainty. The COVID-19 pandemic has reached across the globe, resulting in the implementation of significant governmental measures, including lockdowns, closures, quarantines, and travel bans intended to control the spread of the virus. We have modified our business practices in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and we may take further actions as required by government authorities or that we determine are warranted. For instance, we have enabled our employees to work remotely, implemented travel restrictions for all non-essential business and shifted company events to virtual-only experiences, and we may deem it advisable to similarly alter, postpone or cancel additional events in the future. While we may ease these restrictions in response to evolving conditions relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, it is unclear what the extent of these restrictions will be in the future, and there is no certainty that any such measures will be sufficient to mitigate the direct and indirect effects of the virus, which could continue to adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, economic uncertainty as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic may cause our current or potential future customers to modify, delay or cancel plans to purchase our products and services.

The duration and extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our financial results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including: new information that may emerge concerning the severity and transmission rate of COVID-19 and any variants thereof; the continued rollout-of mass vaccinations for COVID-19; the extent and effectiveness of containment measures and vaccines; the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and related restrictions on economic activity and domestic and international trade during the pandemic and in the post-pandemic recovery period and the impact of these and other factors on our employees, customers, vendors and partners, including their respective productivity; and the actions taken by governments to curtail or treat its impact, including shelter in place directives, business limitations and shutdowns, travel bans and restrictions, loan payment deferrals (whether government-mandated or voluntary), moratoriums on debt collection activities and other actions, which, if imposed or extended, may impact the economies in which we now, or may in the future, operate.

Our limited operating history combined with the uncertainty created by the COVID-19 pandemic significantly increases the difficulty of forecasting operating results and of strategic planning. If we are unable to effectively predict and manage the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, our results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted.

System failures, interruptions, delays in service, catastrophic events, inadequate infrastructure and resulting interruptions in the availability or functionality of our products and services could harm our reputation or subject us to significant liability, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our brand, reputation and ability to attract, retain and serve our customers are also dependent upon the reliable performance of our platform, including our underlying technical infrastructure. Our systems and those of our third-party data center facilities may experience service interruptions, human error, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, natural disasters, power losses, disruptions in telecommunications services, fraud, military or political conflicts, terrorist attacks and other geopolitical unrest, computer viruses, or other events. Our systems are also subject to break-ins, sabotage, and acts of vandalism. Our platform and technical infrastructure may not be adequately designed with sufficient reliability and redundancy and our disaster recovery planning, which includes using geographically distinct and multi-region data centers, may not be sufficient to avoid performance

 

59


Table of Contents

delays or outages that could be harmful to the businesses of our customers and our business. Our disaster recovery plan stores some of our electronic data to a cloud back up system center in the event of a catastrophe, but such program may not be sufficient to recover all information or for all eventualities.

We have in the past experienced and may in the future experience service interruptions which disrupt the availability or reduce the speed or functionality of our platform. These events have resulted and likely will result in loss of revenue and could result in significant expense to remedy resultant data loss or corruption and/or recover from the interruption. A prolonged interruption in the availability or reduction in the speed or other functionality of our platform could materially harm our reputation and business. Frequent or persistent interruptions in access to functionality of our platform could cause our customers to believe that our platform is unreliable. If our platform is unavailable when our customers attempt to access it, or if it does not perform to expected levels, our customers may cease to use our platform entirely. Moreover, to the extent that any system failure or similar event results in damages to customers or their businesses, these customers could seek compensation from us for their losses, and those claims, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time-consuming and costly to address. While we have implemented measures intended to prevent or mitigate such interruptions, such measures may not be successful in preventing service interruptions in the future.

Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy, including uncertain geopolitical conditions, could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our results of operations.

Our results of operations may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on us or our customers and potential customers. Negative conditions in the general economy both in Canada, the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions, including conditions resulting from changes in gross domestic product growth, financial and credit market fluctuations, inflation, international trade relations, pandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic), political turmoil, uncertain geopolitical conditions, natural catastrophes, warfare, and terrorist attacks could cause a decrease in business investments, including the progress on development of quantum technologies, and negatively affect the growth of our business. In February 2022, Russia launched a large-scale invasion of Ukraine. The extent and duration of the military action, resulting sanctions and resulting future market disruptions, are impossible to predict, but could be significant. Although we do not have business operations or customers in Russia or Ukraine, sanctions, an increase in cyberattacks and increases in energy costs, among other potential impacts on regional and global economic environment and currencies, may cause demand for our products and services to be volatile, cause abrupt changes in our customers’ buying patterns, interrupt our ability to supply products to this or other regions or limit customers’ access. In addition, in challenging economic times, our current or potential future customers may experience cash flow problems and as a result may modify, delay or cancel plans to purchase our products and services. Many of our customers invest in quantum computing products and services as part of their medium to longer-term strategies to optimize aspects of their business, and significant global disruptions such as the COVID-19 pandemic or geopolitical conflicts may result in potential customers focusing on short-term challenges, resulting in a reduction in their investments in quantum computing. Additionally, if our customers are not successful in generating sufficient revenue or are unable to secure financing, they may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, accounts receivable due to us. Moreover, our key suppliers may reduce their output or become insolvent, thereby adversely impacting our ability to manufacture our products. Furthermore, uncertain economic conditions may make it more difficult for us to raise funds through borrowings or private or public sales of debt or equity securities. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown, instability or recovery, generally or within any particular industry.

If we fail to offer high-quality customer support, or if the cost of such support is not consistent with corresponding levels of revenue, our business, results of operations and reputation may be harmed.

Due to our innovative technology and our planned technical roadmap, our customers will require particular support and service functions, some of which are not currently available, and may never be available. If we experience delays in adding such support capacity or servicing our customers efficiently, or experience

 

60


Table of Contents

unforeseen issues with the reliability of our technology, it could overburden our servicing and support capabilities. Similarly, increasing the number of our products and services would require us to rapidly increase the availability of these services. Failure to adequately support and service our customers may inhibit our growth and ability to expand.

Our current customers rely on our customer support organization to respond to inquiries and resolve issues related to their use of our platform quickly and effectively. Our customer support relies on third-party technology platforms, which may become unavailable or otherwise prevent our customers and customer support team from interacting on a timely basis. Our response times to customers and prospects may be impacted for reasons outside our control, such as changes to software and computing services, which may interrupt aspects of our service to our customers. From time to time, we experience spikes in the number of customer support tickets that we receive, which may result in an increase in customer requests and significant delays in responding to our customers’ requests. Customer demand for support may also increase as we expand and enhance our operations and product offerings. Increased customer demand for our support services, without corresponding revenue increases, could increase our costs and harm our operating results. As we continue to grow our operations and support our global user base, we need to continue to provide efficient and high-quality support that meets our customers’ needs globally at scale. Our sales process is highly dependent on the ease of use of our platform and products, our business reputation and positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain a high-quality customer support organization, or a market perception that we do not maintain such levels of support, could harm our reputation, our ability to sell to existing and prospective customers and our business, results of operation and financial condition.

Risks Related to Litigation and Government Regulation

Changing Canadian and U.S. federal, state, provincial and foreign laws and regulations related to privacy, information security and data protection could adversely affect how we collect and use personal information and harm our brand.

We may receive, store and otherwise process personal information and other data from and about our customers, employees and from other stakeholders like our vendors. There are numerous federal, provincial, local and international laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, information security and the storing, sharing, use, processing, transfer, disclosure, retention and protection of personal information and other content, the scope of which is rapidly changing, subject to differing interpretations and may be inconsistent among; regions, countries and states, or conflict with other legal requirements. We are also subject to contractual obligations from our customers and other third parties related to privacy, data protection and information security, and disclosures and commitments made in our privacy policies. We strive to comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies and other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection and information security. However, the regulatory framework for privacy, data protection and information security worldwide is, and is likely to remain, uncertain for the foreseeable future, and it is possible that these or other actual or alleged obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices.

We also expect that there will continue to be new laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security proposed and enacted in various jurisdictions. The United States, Canada, the European Union, the United Kingdom and other countries in which we operate are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, information security and data protection laws and regulations that could have a significant impact on our current and planned privacy, data protection and information security-related practices, our collection, use, sharing, retention and safeguarding of customer, consumer and/or employee information, as well as any other third-party information we receive, and some of our current or planned business activities. New and changing laws, regulations, and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security may also impact the computing services and software industry platforms and data providers we utilize, and thereby indirectly impact our business. In the United States, this includes the California

 

61


Table of Contents

Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or CCPA which came into effect on January 1, 2020. In the European Union and the United Kingdom, this includes the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which came into effect in May 2018. In Canada, this includes Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, or PIPEDA and the Personal Information Protection Act in British Columbia. While we have taken measures to comply with applicable requirements contained in the GDPR, we may need to continue to make adjustments as more clarification and guidance on the requirements of the GDPR and how to comply with such requirements becomes available. Further, Brexit has created uncertainty with regard to the regulation of data protection in the United Kingdom including how the United Kingdom version of the GDPR will be implemented alongside its existing United Kingdom data protection regulations, and how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will generally be regulated.

Uncertainty in the laws and regulations affecting cross border transfers of personal data may affect the demand and functionality of our services. In the past, we have relied on a variety of adequacy mechanisms, including the European Commission Decision 2002/2/EC regarding the adequacy of Canadian law, Standard Contractual Clauses, and Binding Corporate Rules, to enable us to provide our services around the globe at scale. Different European data protection regulators may impose additional requirements or apply differing standards for the transfer of personal data or even prohibit data transfers to certain non-EU countries, like the United States and Canada. Such standards may be particularly targeted at the software companies with whom we work. This creates significant additional uncertainty regarding our ability to lawfully transfer certain personal data from the EU and we may need to implement substantial changes to our information technology infrastructure as a result, which could take time and be costly. In addition, the CCPA affords consumers expanded privacy protections and control over the collection, use and sharing of their personal information. The potential effects of this legislation are far-reaching and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply. For example, the CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and require deletion of their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The California State Attorney General began enforcing the CCPA on July 1, 2020; to the extent that we have not fully implemented the data processing practices and policies necessary to comply with the CCPA, the Attorney General may serve us with an enforcement notice under the CCPA and impose civil penalties for violations. The CCPA also provides for a private right of action for data breaches that may increase data breach litigation.

With laws and regulations such as the CCPA in the United States, the PIPEDA in Canada, and GDPR in the European Union imposing new and relatively burdensome obligations, and with substantial uncertainty over the interpretation and application of these and other laws and regulations, we may face challenges in addressing their requirements and making necessary changes to our policies and practices and may incur significant costs and expenses in an effort to do so. For example, the increased consumer control over the sharing of their personal information afforded by CCPA may affect our customers’ ability to share such personal information with us or may require us to delete or remove consumer information from our records or data sets, which may create considerable costs for our organization. In addition, any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, our privacy, data protection- or information security-related obligations to customers, users or other third parties or any of our other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection or information security may result in governmental investigations or enforcement actions, litigation, claims or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others, and could result in significant liability, loss of relationships with key third parties, or cause our users to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the laws, regulations and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our users may limit the adoption and use of, and reduce the overall demand for, our platform.

Additionally, if the third parties we work with, such as vendors or developers, violate applicable laws or regulations or our policies, such violations may also put our customers’ and their users at risk and could in turn have an adverse effect on our business. Any significant change to applicable laws, regulations or industry practices regarding the collection, use, retention, security or disclosure of such content, or regarding the manner

 

62


Table of Contents

in which the express or implied consent of such persons for the collection, use, retention or disclosure of such content is obtained, could increase our costs and require us to modify our services and features, possibly in a material manner, which we may be unable to complete and may limit our ability to store and process user data or develop new services and features. All of these implications could adversely affect our revenue, results of operations, business and financial condition.

We are subject to United States, Canadian and foreign anti-corruption, anti-bribery and similar laws, and non-compliance with such laws may subject us to criminal or civil liability and harm our business.

We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the United States, Canada and foreign jurisdictions related to anti-corruption, anti-bribery and similar laws, including governing cross-border and domestic money transmission, gift cards and other prepaid access instruments, electronic fund transfers, taxation reporting requirements, foreign exchange, privacy and data protection, banking and import and export restrictions. We are also subject to various anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (U.S.), the United States domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA Patriot Act, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and Proceeds of Crime Act 2002, the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada) and its regulations, and other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. Concern about the use of payment processing platform for illegal conduct, such as money laundering or to support terrorist activities, may result in legislation or other governmental action that could require changes to our platform. In addition, depending on how our customer base evolves, and as we expand into new geographies, we expect to become subject to additional laws in the United States, Canada, Europe and elsewhere. Any non-compliance with such laws may subject us to criminal or civil liability and harm our business.

We are subject to export and import controls and economic sanctions laws that could impair our ability to offer our products or make our platform available in some jurisdictions, or subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

As a result of our international operations, we are subject to a number of United States, Canadian and foreign laws relating to economic sanctions and to export and import controls which presently limit and could further limit our ability to offer our platform in certain jurisdictions or to certain customers. In addition, the export of our software in certain jurisdictions may require governmental authorizations. Various jurisdictions also regulate the import of certain technology, including imposing import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to offer our platform in those countries. Complying with export or import controls and economic sanctions may be time-consuming and result in the delay or loss of business opportunities.

Any change in export or import controls, economic sanctions or related legislation, or change in the countries, governments, persons, or technologies targeted by such restrictions or legislation, could result in decreased use of our platform by customers or in our decreased ability to offer our platform internationally, which would harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Furthermore, failure to comply with export or import controls or with economic sanctions may expose us to government investigations and penalties, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Governmental decisions with respect to perceived national security risks associated with quantum computing technology could impede the selling of our products and services.

Political challenges between the United States and countries in which our suppliers are located, including China, and changes to trade policies, including tariff rates and customs duties, trade relations between the United States and China and other macroeconomic issues could adversely impact our business. Specifically, United States-China trade relations remain uncertain and quantum computing has been designated as a technology with national security implications in many countries, including the United States and Canada. The United States

 

63


Table of Contents

administration has announced tariffs on certain products imported into the United States with China as the country of origin, and China has imposed tariffs in response to the actions of the United States. There is also a possibility of future tariffs, trade protection measures or other restrictions imposed on our products or on our customers by the United States, China or other countries that could have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent our technology is deemed a matter of national security, our business could be subject to increased restrictions or regulations, our customer and supplier base may be restricted, our total addressable market may be reduced and our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

We are subject to requirements relating to environmental and safety regulations which could adversely affect our business, results of operation and reputation.

We are subject to numerous federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, solid and hazardous waste storage, treatment and disposal, and remediation of releases of hazardous materials. There are significant capital, operating and other costs associated with compliance with these environmental laws and regulations. Environmental laws and regulations may become more stringent in the future, which could increase costs of compliance or require us to manufacture with alternative technologies and materials.

Federal, state and local authorities also regulate a variety of matters, including, but not limited to, health, safety and permitting in addition to the environmental matters discussed above. New legislation and regulations may require us to make material changes to our operations, resulting in significant increases to the cost of production.

Our hardware has operational hazards such as but not limited to hazardous operating temperatures and high voltage and/or high current electrical systems typical of large computer processing equipment and related safety incidents.

There may be environmental or safety incidents that damage machinery or product, slow or stop production, or harm employees or third parties. Consequences may include litigation, regulation, fines, increased insurance premiums, mandates to temporarily halt production, workers’ compensation claims, or other actions that impact our brand, finances, or ability to operate.

Risks Related to D-Wave’s Intellectual Property

We may be unable to obtain, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary information or prevent third parties from making unauthorized use of our technology, which could cause it to lose its competitive advantage.

Our intellectual property is important to our business. We rely on a combination of confidentiality clauses, assignment agreements and license agreements with employees and third parties, patents, trade secrets, copyrights, and trademarks to protect our intellectual property and competitive advantage, all of which offer only limited protection. The steps we take to protect our intellectual property require significant resources and may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. We may be required to use significant resources to obtain monitor and protect our intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our platform and our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our proprietary information may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. In addition, we may not be able to acquire or maintain appropriate domain names in all countries in which we do business or prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon, or diminish the value of our trademarks and other intellectual property. Furthermore, regulations governing domain names may not protect our trademarks or similar proprietary rights.

 

64


Table of Contents

We enter into confidentiality and intellectual property agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances. These agreements may not be effective in securing ownership of our intellectual property or controlling access to our proprietary information and trade secrets. The confidentiality agreements on which we rely to protect certain technologies may be breached, may not be adequate to protect our confidential information, trade secrets and proprietary technologies and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, trade secrets or proprietary technology. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors or others from independently developing technology that is substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and confidential information, and in such cases, we likely would not be able to assert any trade secret rights against such parties. Additionally, we may from time to time be subject to opposition or similar proceedings with respect to applications for registrations of our intellectual property, including our trademarks. While we aim to acquire adequate protection of our brand through trademark registrations in key markets, occasionally third parties may have already registered or otherwise acquired rights to identical or similar marks for services that also address our market. We rely on our brand and trademarks to identify our platform and to differentiate our platform and services from those of our competitors, and if we are unable to adequately protect our trademarks third parties may use our brand names or trademarks similar to ours in a manner that may cause confusion in the market, which could decrease the value of our brand and adversely affect our business and competitive advantages.

Policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property and misappropriation of our technology and trade secrets is difficult and we may not always be aware of such unauthorized use or misappropriation. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to use, copy or otherwise obtain and market or distribute our intellectual property rights or technology or otherwise develop services with the same or similar functionality as our platform and products. If our competitors infringe, misappropriate or otherwise misuse our intellectual property rights and we are not adequately protected, or if our competitors are able to develop a platform or product with the same or similar functionality as ours without infringing our intellectual property, our competitive advantage and results of operations could be harmed. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. As a result, we may be aware of infringement by our competitors, but may choose not to bring litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights due to the cost, time and distraction of bringing such litigation. Furthermore, if we do decide to bring litigation, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits challenging or opposing our right to use and otherwise exploit particular intellectual property, services and technology or the enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could delay further sales or the implementation of our solutions, impair the functionality of our platform, prevent or delay introductions of new or enhanced solutions, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our platform or injure our reputation. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to developing and protecting their technology or intellectual property rights than we do.

Our patent applications may not result in issued patents or our patent rights may be contested, circumvented, invalidated or limited in scope, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to prevent others from interfering with the commercialization of our products.

Our patent applications may not result in issued patents, which may have a material adverse effect on our ability to prevent others from commercially exploiting products similar to ours. The status of patents involves complex legal and factual questions and the breadth of claims allowed is uncertain. As a result, we cannot be certain that any patent applications we have or will file will result in patents being issued, or that our patents and any patents that may be issued to us will afford protection against competitors with similar technology. Numerous patents and pending patent applications owned by others exist in the fields in which we have

 

65


Table of Contents

developed and are developing our technology. In addition to those who may have patents or patent applications directed to relevant technology with an effective filing date earlier than any of our existing patents or pending patent applications, any of our existing or pending patents may also be challenged by others on the basis that they are otherwise invalid or unenforceable. Furthermore, patent applications filed in foreign countries are subject to laws, rules and procedures that differ from those of the United States, and thus we cannot be certain that foreign patent applications related to issued United States patents will be issued.

Even if our patent applications succeed and we are issued patents in accordance with them, it is still uncertain whether these patents will be contested, circumvented, invalidated or limited in scope in the future. The rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with meaningful protection or competitive advantages, and some foreign countries provide significantly less effective patent enforcement than in the United States. In addition, the claims under any patents that issue from our patent applications may not be broad enough to prevent others from developing technologies that are similar or that achieve results similar to ours. The intellectual property rights of others could also bar us from licensing and exploiting any patents that issue from our pending applications. In addition, patents issued to us may be infringed upon or designed around by others and others may obtain patents that it needs to license or design around, either of which would increase costs and may adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

We may face patent infringement and other intellectual property claims that could be costly to defend, result in injunctions and significant damage awards or other costs. If third parties claim that we infringe upon or otherwise violate their intellectual property rights, our business could be adversely affected.

The computing and software industries are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patents, copyright and other intellectual property rights. Third parties may assert that our platform, solutions, technology, methods or practices infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property. We face the risk of claims that we have infringed or otherwise violated third parties’ intellectual property rights. Our future success depends in part on not infringing upon or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others. From time to time, our competitors or other third parties may claim that we are infringing upon or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon or otherwise violating such rights. We may be unaware of the intellectual property rights of others that may cover some or all of our technology or conflict with our trademark rights. Any claims of intellectual property infringement or other intellectual property violations, even those without merit, could:

 

   

be expensive and time consuming to defend;

 

   

cause us to cease making, licensing or using our platform or products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

 

   

require us to modify, redesign, reengineer or rebrand our platform or products, if feasible;

 

   

cause significant delays in introducing new or enhanced services or technology;

 

   

divert management’s attention and resources; or

 

   

require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property.

Any royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. A successful claim of infringement against us could result in our being required to pay significant damages, enter into costly settlement agreements, or prevent us from offering our platform or products, any of which could have a negative impact on our operating profits and harm our future prospects. We may also be obligated to indemnify our customers or business partners in connection with any such litigation and to obtain licenses, modify our platform or products, or refund subscription fees, which could further exhaust our resources. Such disputes could also disrupt our platform or products, adversely affecting our customer satisfaction and ability to attract customers.

 

66


Table of Contents

Some of our intellectual property has been conceived or developed pursuant to government-funding agreements which impose certain obligations on us. Compliance with such obligations may limit our ability to freely transfer our assets without incurring substantial additional repayment obligations.

Our government-funding agreements may contain certain restrictive covenants that either limit our ability to, or require a prepayment, in the event we incur additional indebtedness or liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, add new offices or business locations, make certain investments, pay dividends, transfer or dispose of certain assets, liquidate or dissolve, amend certain material agreements and enter into various specified transactions. We, therefore, may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we obtain the consent required by these agreements. Furthermore, our future working capital, borrowings or equity financing could be unavailable to repay or refinance the amounts outstanding under any of these agreements.

On March 3, 2022, we entered into the Venture Loan Agreement, by and between the Borrowers and PSPIB, as the lender. The Venture Loan Agreement is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the Borrowers’ assets which restricts our ability to freely transfer our assets. Under the Venture Loan Agreement, term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million will become available to us in three tranches, subject to certain terms and conditions. See “D-Wave Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Venture Loan and Security Agreement.

In addition, we may also incur additional indebtedness in the future. The instruments governing such indebtedness could contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than those to which we are presently subject. Any such present or future restrictions may limit our ability to meet or business, financing or other goals which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

Our management has limited experience operating a public company, and thus its success in such endeavors cannot be guaranteed.

Our executive officers have limited experience in the management of a publicly traded company. Our management team may not successfully or effectively manage its transition to a public company that will be subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under U.S. securities laws. Their limited experience in dealing with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies could be a significant disadvantage in that it is likely that an increasing amount of their time may be devoted to these activities which will result in less time being devoted to the management and growth of the post-combination company. We may not have adequate personnel with the appropriate level of knowledge, experience and training in the accounting policies, practices or internal control over financial reporting required of public companies in the United States. This could impact our ability or prevent us from timely reporting our operating results, timely filing required reports with the SEC and complying with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). The development and implementation of the standards and controls necessary for us to achieve the level of accounting standards required of a public company in the United States may require costs greater than expected. It is possible that we will be required to expand our employee base and hire additional employees to support our operations as a public company, which will increase our operating costs in future periods.

If we are unable for any reason to meet the continued listing requirements of the NYSE, such action or inaction could result in a delisting of our securities.

If, after listing, we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of the NYSE (for example, the NYSE corporate governance requirements or the NYSE minimum closing bid price requirement), the NYSE may take steps to delist our securities. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of our securities

 

67


Table of Contents

and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our securities when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, actions taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements may not allow our securities to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our securities, prevent such securities from dropping below any minimum bid price requirement or prevent future non-compliance with the NYSE listing requirements.

If securities and industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume may suffer.

The trading market for our securities will depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Currently, we do not have any analyst coverage and may not obtain analyst coverage in the future. In the event we obtain analyst coverage, we will not have any control over such analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade the D-Wave Quantum Shares or D-Wave Quantum Warrants or change their opinion of the D-Wave Quantum Shares or D-Wave Quantum Warrants, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

There is a risk that we will fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls and our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be adversely affected. We may identify material weaknesses in our internal controls over financing reporting which we may not be able to remedy in a timely manner.

As a public company, we will operate in an increasingly demanding regulatory environment, which requires it to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the regulations of the NYSE, the rules and regulations of the SEC, expanded disclosure requirements, accelerated reporting requirements and more complex accounting rules. Responsibilities required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act include establishing corporate oversight and adequate internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent financial fraud. Prior to the Closing, we have never been required to test our internal controls within a specified period and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

We anticipate that the process of building our accounting and financial functions and infrastructure will require significant additional professional fees, internal costs and management efforts. We may need to enhance and/or implement a new internal system to combine and streamline the management of our financial, accounting, human resources and other functions. However, the enhancement and/or implementation of a system may result in substantial costs. Any disruptions or difficulties in implementing or using such a system could adversely affect our controls and harm our business. Moreover, such disruption or difficulties could result in unanticipated costs and diversion of management’s attention. In addition, we may discover additional weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business and results of operations could be harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

 

68


Table of Contents

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remedy this weakness or maintain an effective system of internal controls, then our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be adversely affected. We may identify additional material weaknesses in our internal controls over financing reporting which we may not be able to remedy in a timely manner.

In connection with the preparation and audit of our financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, a material weakness was identified in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Specifically, a material weakness was identified in our control environment related to our financial statement close process: we lacked sufficient accounting and financial reporting personnel with requisite knowledge and experience in the application of complex areas of GAAP and SEC rules to facilitate accurate and timely financial reporting and we lacked adequate accounting personnel perform sufficient review over certain areas including non-routine revenue transactions, equity and government assistance, which resulted in a number of material year end audit adjustments made prior to the issuance of the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

If this material weakness is not remediated, it could result in a misstatement of account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate this material weakness including adding additional qualified accounting personnel with experience with complex GAAP and SEC rules, engaging consultants to assist with the financial statement close process, and segregating duties among accounting personnel to enable adequate review controls. These additional resources and procedures are designed to enable us to broaden the scope and quality of our internal review of underlying information related to financial reporting and to formalize and enhance our internal control procedures.

The material weakness will not be considered remediated until our remediation plan has been fully implemented, the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period of time, and we have concluded, through testing, that the newly implemented and enhanced controls are operating effectively. We cannot predict the success of such efforts or the outcome of its assessment of the remediation efforts. Our efforts may not remediate this material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or additional material weaknesses may be identified in the future. A failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our consolidated financial statements that could result in a restatement of our financial statements, and could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, any of which could diminish investor confidence in us and cause a decline in the price of our common stock.

Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.

We will incur increased costs as a result of our operation as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time and resources to employing new compliance initiatives in order to comply with the regulatory requirements applicable to public companies.

If we complete the Transaction and become a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules adopted, and to be adopted, by the SEC and the NYSE. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, we expect these rules and regulations to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some

 

69


Table of Contents

activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits or incur substantially higher costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

General Risk Factors

Our business is exposed to risks associated with litigation and may become subject to litigation, investigations and regulatory proceedings including product liability claims, which could harm our financial condition and liquidity if we are not able to successfully defend or insure against such claims.

From time to time in the ordinary course of our business, we may become involved in various legal proceedings, including commercial, product liability, employment, class action and other litigation and claims, as well as governmental and regulatory investigations and proceedings. Such matters can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and resources and cause us to incur significant expenses. In addition, our insurance or indemnities may not cover all claims that may be asserted against us, and any claims asserted against us, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm our reputation. Furthermore, because litigation is inherently unpredictable, the results of such actions may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We may be subject to taxes by the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax authorities. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

   

allocation of expenses to and among different jurisdictions;

 

   

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

   

expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

 

   

tax effects of stock-based compensation;

 

   

costs related to intercompany restructurings;

 

   

changes in tax laws, tax treaties, regulations or interpretations thereof; or

 

   

lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other taxes by U.S. federal, state, and local and foreign taxing authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us may materially adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulation or ordinances could be enacted at any time, or interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us, any of which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance and operating results. In particular, presidential, congressional, state and local elections in the United States could result in significant changes in, and uncertainty with respect to, tax legislation, regulation and government policy directly affecting our business or indirectly affecting us because of

 

70


Table of Contents

impacts on our customers, suppliers and manufacturers. For example, the United States government has, from time to time, proposed and may enact significant changes to the taxation of business entities including, among others, an increase in the corporate income tax rate and the imposition of minimum taxes or surtaxes on certain types of income. The likelihood of these changes being enacted or implemented is unclear. We are currently unable to predict whether such changes will occur and, if so, the ultimate impact on our business. To the extent that such changes have a negative impact on us, including as a result of related uncertainty, these changes may materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to DPCM, D-Wave Quantum and the Transaction

The Sponsor and DPCM’s executive officers and directors have agreed to vote in favor of the Transaction, regardless of how the Public Stockholders vote.

Unlike many other blank check companies in which the founders, executive officers and directors have agreed to vote their Founder Shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the Public Stockholders in connection with an initial business combination, the Sponsor and DPCM’s executive officers and directors have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree), pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with DPCM and, in the case of the Sponsor, the Sponsor Support Agreement, to vote any shares of DPCM Common Stock held by them in favor of the Transaction. We expect that the Initial Stockholders (and their permitted transferees) will own approximately 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock at the time of the Special Meeting. Accordingly, it is more likely that the necessary stockholder approval will be received than would be the case if such persons agreed to vote their shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the Public Stockholders.

DPCM’s board of directors did not obtain a fairness opinion in determining whether to proceed with the Transaction and, as a result, the terms may not be fair from a financial point of view to the Public Stockholders.

In analyzing the Transaction, DPCM’s management conducted significant due diligence on D-Wave. For a complete discussion of the factors utilized by DPCM’s board of directors in approving the business combination, see the section entitled, “The Transaction — Recommendation of DPCM’s Board of Directors and Reasons for the Transaction.” DPCM’s board of directors believes because of the financial skills and background of its directors, it was qualified to conclude that the Transaction was fair from a financial perspective to its stockholders and that D-Wave’s fair market value was at least 80% of DPCM’s net assets (excluding any taxes payable on interest earned).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, DPCM’s board of directors did not obtain a fairness opinion to assist it in its determination. DPCM’s board of directors may be incorrect in its assessment of the Transaction and, as a result, the terms may not be fair from a financial point of view to the Public Stockholders.

DPCM’s Sponsor, executive officers and directors have potential conflicts of interest in recommending that stockholders vote in favor of approval of the Transaction Proposal and approval of the other proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus.

When considering DPCM’s board of directors’ recommendation that its stockholders vote in favor of the approval of the Transaction Proposal and the other proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus, DPCM Stockholders should be aware that the Sponsor and certain of DPCM’s executive officers and directors have interests in the Transaction that may be different from, or in addition to, the interests of the DPCM Stockholders generally. These interests include:

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor, which is controlled by Emil Michael, the DPCM Chairman and CEO, has waived its right to redeem any of the Founder Shares and public shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

 

71


Table of Contents
   

the fact that Emil Michael entered into a PIPE Subscription Agreement with D-Wave Quantum, pursuant to which Mr. Michael subscribed for and agreed to purchase on the Closing Date, and D-Wave Quantum agreed to issue and sell to Mr. Michael on the Closing Date, the number of PIPE Shares equal to $250,000, divided by $10.00 and multiplied by the Exchange Ratio on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for the Founder Shares which will convert into approximately 4.2 million D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement (giving effect to the forfeiture of the 1,196,663 Forfeited Shares, but no forfeiture of Founder Shares by the Sponsor in connection with the Sponsor’s earn-out-based, Aggregate Transaction Proceeds-based and DPCM Expenses-based forfeiture obligations, in each case, contained in the Sponsor Support Agreement) and such securities will have a significantly higher value at the time of the Transaction, estimated at approximately $             based on the closing price of $             per public share on the NYSE on         , 2022, which Founder Shares would become worthless if DPCM fails to complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022. As a result of the nominal price paid for the Founder Shares, the Sponsor and its affiliates can earn a positive rate of return on their investment, even if other stockholders experience a negative rate of return following the consummation of the Transaction;

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor has agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if DPCM fails to complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022;

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor paid approximately $8,000,000 for 8,000,000 Private Warrants, with each such Private Warrant being exercisable at $11.50 for one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock; if DPCM does not consummate an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, then the proceeds from the sale of the Private Warrants will be part of the liquidating distribution to the Public Stockholders and the warrants held by the Sponsor will be worthless; the Private Warrants held by the Sponsor had an aggregate market value of approximately $ based upon the closing price of $             per Public Warrant on the NYSE on             , 2022;

 

   

the beneficial ownership of Peter Diamandis, Denmark West and Desiree Gruber, each an independent director of DPCM, of 45,000, 37,500 and 37,500 Founder Shares, respectively, initially transferred to such individuals by the Sponsor, which will convert into 120,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement. All such shares would become worthless if DPCM does not consummate an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, as these individuals have waived any right to redemption with respect to these shares. Such shares have an aggregate market value of approximately $ based on the closing price of $             per public share on the NYSE on             , 2022;

 

   

the economic interests in the Sponsor of certain of DPCM’s officers and directors, which gives them an indirect pecuniary interest in the shares of DPCM Common Stock and DPCM Warrants held by the Sponsor, and which interest will be worthless if DPCM does not consummate an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, are summarized in the below table, the value of the DPCM Class B Common Stock and Warrants is calculated based on the price per share of DPCM Class A Common Stock and Warrants as of             , 2022:

 

     Investment
Amount
     Number of Shares
of DPCM Class B
Common Stock
     Value of DPCM
Class B
Common Stock
     Number of
Warrants
     Value of
Warrants
     Value of
DPCM
Securities
 

Emil Michael

   $ 3,150,000        2,605,861      $                      2,874,640      $                    $                

Ignacio Tzoumas

   $ 0        167,354      $                      184,615      $                    $                

Peter Diamandis

   $ 0        100,412      $                      110,769      $                    $                

Denmark West

   $ 100,000        163,215      $                      180,050      $                    $                

Desiree Gruber

   $ 50,000        123,446      $                      136,179      $                    $                

Kyle Wood

   $ 0        167,354      $                      184,615      $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,300,000        3,327,642      $                      3,670,868      $                    $                

 

72


Table of Contents
   

if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event DPCM is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to DPCM if and to the extent any claims by a third-party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which DPCM has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case, net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses, except as to any claims by a third-party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under the indemnity of the underwriters of the DPCM IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act;

 

   

members of the DPCM Board are entitled to reimbursement for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them on DPCM’s behalf incident to identifying, investigating and consummating a business combination, but will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses to the extent such expenses exceed the amount not required to be retained in the Trust Account, unless a business combination is consummated; no such out-of-pocket expenses have been incurred to date and are not expected to exceed $10,000;

 

   

following the consummation of the Transaction, D-Wave will continue to indemnify DPCM’s existing directors and officers and will maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy for the benefit of such individuals; and

 

   

Emil Michael, the current Chief Executive Officer of DPCM, is expected to be a director of D-Wave Quantum after the consummation of the Transaction. As such, in the future Mr. Michael will receive any cash fees, stock options, stock awards or other remuneration that D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors determines to pay them and any applicable compensation.

These interests may have influenced DPCM’s directors in making their recommendation that you vote in favor of the Transaction Proposal and the other proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus.

If the Transaction’s benefits do not meet the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of DPCM’s securities or, following the Closing, D-Wave Quantum’s securities, may decline.

If the perceived benefits of the Transaction do not meet the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of DPCM’s securities prior to the Closing may decline. The market values of D-Wave’s securities at the time of the Transaction may vary significantly from their prices on the date the Transaction Agreement was executed, the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, or the date on which the DPCM Stockholders vote on the Transaction, which may affect stockholder approval and the number of stockholder redemptions.

In addition, following the Transaction, fluctuations in the price of D-Wave Quantum’s securities could contribute to the loss of all or part of your investment. Currently, there is no public market for any series or class of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or D-Wave Quantum Warrants. Accordingly, the valuation ascribed to D-Wave may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the trading market following the Transaction. If an active market for D-Wave Quantum’s securities develops and continues, the trading price of D-Wave Quantum’s securities following the Transaction could be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond D-Wave Quantum’s control. Any of the factors listed below could have a material adverse effect on your investment in D-Wave Quantum’s securities and D-Wave Quantum’s securities may trade at prices significantly below the price you paid for them. In such circumstances, the trading price of D-Wave Quantum’s securities may not recover and may experience a further decline.

 

73


Table of Contents

Factors affecting the trading price of D-Wave Quantum’s securities may include:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in D-Wave Quantum’s quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to it;

 

   

changes in the market’s expectations about D-Wave Quantum’s operating results;

 

   

success of competitors;

 

   

D-Wave Quantum’s operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period;

 

   

changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning D-Wave Quantum or the industries in which D-Wave Quantum operates;

 

   

operating and share price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to D-Wave Quantum;

 

   

D-Wave Quantum’s ability to market new and enhanced products and technologies on a timely basis;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations affecting D-Wave Quantum’s business;

 

   

D-Wave Quantum’s ability to meet compliance requirements;

 

   

commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving D-Wave Quantum;

 

   

changes in D-Wave Quantum’s capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

 

   

the volume of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares available for public sale;

 

   

any changes in D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors or management;

 

   

sales of substantial amounts of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares by D-Wave Quantum’s directors, executive officers or significant stockholders or the perception that such sales could occur; and

 

   

general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, international currency fluctuations and acts of war or terrorism. See “—Risks Related to D-Wave’s Business and Industry

Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of D-Wave Quantum’s securities irrespective of D-Wave Quantum’s operating performance. The stock market in general, and the NYSE in particular, have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of D-Wave Quantum’s securities, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for retail stocks or the stocks of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to D-Wave Quantum could depress D-Wave Quantum’s share price regardless of D-Wave Quantum’s business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations. A decline in the market price of D-Wave Quantum’s securities also could adversely affect D-Wave Quantum’s ability to issue additional securities and D-Wave Quantum’s ability to obtain additional financing in the future.

D-Wave Quantum will qualify as an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if D-Wave Quantum takes advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, it could make D-Wave Quantum’s securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare D-Wave Quantum’s performance to the performance of other public companies.

D-Wave Quantum will qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, D-Wave Quantum will be eligible for and intends to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that

 

74


Table of Contents

are not emerging growth companies for as long as it continues to be an emerging growth company, including (a) the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements with respect to internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (b) the exemptions from say-on-pay, say-on-frequency and say-on-golden parachute voting requirements and (c) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements. D-Wave Quantum will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement, (b) in which D-Wave Quantum has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which D-Wave Quantum is deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which D-Wave Quantum has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act as long as D-Wave Quantum is an emerging growth company. An emerging growth company can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period and, therefore, D-Wave Quantum may not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Investors may find DPCM Common Stock less attractive because D-Wave Quantum will rely on these exemptions, which may result in a less active trading market for the DPCM Common Stock and its price may be more volatile.

The nominal purchase price paid by the Sponsor for the Founder Shares may significantly dilute the implied value of the Public Shares upon completion of the Transaction. In addition, the value of the Sponsor’s Founder Shares will be significantly greater than the amount the Sponsor paid to purchase such shares, even if the Transaction causes the trading price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to materially decline.

The Sponsor invested an aggregate of $8,025,000 in DPCM, comprised of the $25,000 purchase price for the Founder Shares and the $8,000,000 purchase price for the Private Placement Units. The amount held in the Trust Account was $300,183,322 as of December 31, 2021, implying a value of $10.00 per Public Share.

The following table shows the Public Stockholders’ and DPCM’s Initial Stockholders’ (including the Sponsor’s) investment per share and how these compare to the implied value of one D-Wave Quantum Common Share upon the completion of the Transaction. The following table assumes that (i) DPCM’s valuation is $300,183,322 (which is the amount DPCM held in the Trust Account as of December 31, 2021), (ii) no additional interest is earned on the funds held in the Trust Account, (iii) no Public Shares are redeemed in connection with the Transaction and (iv) the Sponsor forfeits the 1,196,663 Forfeited Shares and all remaining Founder Shares are held by the Sponsor, independent directors and special advisors upon completion of the Transaction, and does not take into account other potential impacts on DPCM’s valuation at the time of the Transaction such as (a) the value of DPCM’s Public Warrants and Private Warrants, (b) the trading price of DPCM’s common stock, (c) the initial business combination transaction costs (including payment of $10,500,000 of deferred underwriting commissions), (d) any equity issued or cash paid to D-Wave’s shareholders, (e) any equity issued to other third party investors, (f) the forfeiture by the Sponsor of Founder Shares in connection with the Sponsor’s earn-out-based, Aggregate Transaction Proceeds-based and DPCM Expenses-based forfeiture obligations, in each case, contained in the Sponsor Support Agreement or (g) D-Wave’s business itself.

 

Public Shares held by Public Stockholders

     30,000,000 shares  

Founder Shares held by the Sponsor, independent directors and other Initial Stockholders

     7,500,000 shares  
  

 

 

 

Total shares of common stock

     37,500,000 shares  

 

75


Table of Contents

Total funds in trust (1)

   $ 300,183,322  

Public Stockholders’ investment per Public Share(2)

   $ 10.00  

Initial Stockholders’ investment per Founder Share(3)

   $ 0.003  

Implied value per share of D-Wave Quantum common shares upon the Closing of the Transaction

   $ 8.00  

 

(1)

Amount held in the Trust Account as of December 31, 2021.

(2)

While the Public Stockholders’ investment is in both the Public Shares and the Public Warrants, for purposes of this table the full investment amount is ascribed to the Public Shares only.

(3)

The Sponsor’s total investment in the equity of D-Wave, inclusive of the Founder Shares and the Sponsor’s $8,000,000 investment in the Private Warrants, is $8,025,000. For purposes of this table, the full investment amount is ascribed to the Founder Shares only.

(4)

Investment per Founder Share reflects (i) the stock dividends with respect to DPCM Class B Common Stock of an aggregate of 2,875,000 shares and (ii) the Sponsor’s forfeiture of 1,125,000 Founder Shares upon the expiration of the underwriter’s over-allotment option.

Based on these assumptions, each D-Wave Quantum Common Share would have an implied value of $8.00 per share upon completion of the Transaction, representing a 20.0% decrease from the initial implied value of $10.00 per Public Share. While the implied value of $8.00 per share upon completion of the Transaction would represent a dilution to DPCM’s Public Stockholders, this would represent a significant increase in value for the Sponsor relative to the price it paid for each Founder Share. At $8.00 per share, the 7,500,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares that the Sponsor and DPCM’s independent directors and special advisors holding Founder Shares would own upon completion of the Transaction would have an aggregate implied value of $60,000,000. As a result, even if the trading price of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares significantly declines, the value of the Founder Shares held by the Sponsor and independent directors will be significantly greater than the amount the Sponsor paid to purchase such shares. In addition, the Initial Stockholders could potentially recoup its entire investment, inclusive of its investment in the Private Warrants, even if the trading price of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares after the completion of the Transaction is as low as $1.07 per share. As a result, the Sponsor and independent directors holding Founder Shares are likely to earn a substantial profit on their investment in DPCM upon disposition of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares even if the trading price of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares declines after the completion of the Transaction. The Sponsor and independent directors and special advisors of DPCM holding Founder Shares may therefore be economically incentivized to complete the Transaction, even if its terms are not in the best interests of the Public Stockholders, rather than liquidating DPCM. This dilution would increase to the extent that Public Stockholders seek redemptions from the Trust Account for their Public Shares.

There are risks to DPCM Stockholders who are not affiliates of the Sponsor of becoming stockholders of D-Wave Quantum through the Transaction rather than acquiring securities of D-Wave Quantum directly in an underwritten public offering, including no independent due diligence review by an underwriter and conflicts of interest of the Sponsor.

Because there is no independent third-party underwriter involved in the Transaction or the issuance of common stock and warrants in connection therewith, investors will not receive the benefit of any outside independent review of DPCM’s and D-Wave’s respective finances and operations. Underwritten public offerings of securities conducted by a licensed broker-dealer are subjected to a due diligence review by the underwriter or dealer manager to satisfy statutory duties under the Securities Act, and the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Due diligence entails engaging legal, financial and/or other experts to perform an investigation as to the accuracy of an issuer’s disclosure regarding, among other things, its business and financial results. The due diligence conducted by underwriters in an underwritten public offering is expected to provide additional assurance that the disclosure does not contain material misstatements or material omissions. Additionally, underwriters or dealer-managers conducting such public offerings are subject to liability for any material misstatements or omissions in a registration statement filed in connection with the public offering. While sponsors, private investors and management in a business combination undertake a certain level of due diligence, it is not necessarily the same level of due diligence undertaken by an underwriter in a public securities

 

76


Table of Contents

offering and, therefore, there could be a heightened risk of material misstatements or omissions in this proxy statement/prospectus.

In addition, because there are no underwriters engaged in connection with the Transaction, prior to the opening of trading on the trading day immediately following the closing, there will be no traditional “roadshow” or book building process, and no price at which underwriters initially sold shares to the public to help inform efficient and sufficient price discovery with respect to the initial post-closing trades. Therefore, buy and sell orders submitted prior to and at the opening of initial post-closing trading of D-Wave Quantum’s securities will not have the benefit of being informed by a published price range or a price at which the underwriters initially sold shares to the public, as would be the case in an underwritten initial public offering. There will be no underwriters assuming risk in connection with an initial resale of D-Wave Quantum’s securities or helping to stabilize, maintain or affect the public price of D-Wave Quantum’s securities following the closing.

In addition, D-Wave Quantum will not engage in, has not requested and will not, directly or indirectly, request financial advisors to engage in, any special selling efforts or stabilization or price support activities in connection with D-Wave Quantum’s securities that will be outstanding immediately following the closing. In addition, since D-Wave Quantum will become public through a business combination, securities analysts of major brokerage firms may not provide coverage of D-Wave Quantum since there is no incentive to brokerage firms to recommend the purchase of its securities. No assurance can be given that brokerage firms will, in the future, want to conduct any offerings on D-Wave Quantum’s behalf. All of these differences from an underwritten public offering of D-Wave Quantum’s securities could result in a more volatile price for D-Wave Quantum’s securities.

Such differences from an underwritten public offering may present material risks to unaffiliated investors that would not exist if D-Wave Quantum became a publicly listed company through an underwritten initial public offering instead of upon completion of the Transaction.

In addition, the Sponsor and certain of DPCM’s executive officers and directors have interests in the Transaction that may be different from, or in addition to, the interests of the DPCM Stockholders generally. Such interests may have influenced DPCM’s directors in making their recommendation that you vote in favor of the Transaction Proposal and the other proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus. See “—DPCM’s Sponsor, executive officers and directors have potential conflicts of interest in recommending that stockholders vote in favor of approval of the Transaction Proposal and approval of the other proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus,” “—The nominal purchase price paid by the Sponsor for the Founder Shares may significantly dilute the implied value of the Public Shares in the event DPCM completes the Transaction. In addition, the value of the Sponsor’s Founder Shares will be significantly greater than the amount the Sponsor paid to purchase such shares in the event DPCM completes the Transaction, even if the Transaction causes the trading price of D-Wave’s common stock to materially decline” and “—Certain of DPCM’s officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by DPCM and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Certain of DPCM’s officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by DPCM and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until DPCM consummates its initial business combination, it intends to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. The Sponsor and DPCM’s officers and directors are, and may in the future become, affiliated with entities (such as operating companies or investment vehicles) that are engaged in a similar business, including other special purpose acquisition companies with a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act.

DPCM’s officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to DPCM and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties.

 

77


Table of Contents

DPCM’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that it renounces interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as DPCM’s director or officer and such opportunity is one DPCM is legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for DPCM to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to DPCM without violating any legal obligation.

In the absence of the “corporate opportunity” waiver in DPCM’s charter, certain candidates would not be able to serve as an officer or director. DPCM believes it substantially benefits from having representatives who bring significant, relevant and valuable experience to DPCM’s management and, as a result, the inclusion of the “corporate opportunity” waiver in DPCM’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides it with greater flexibility to attract and retain the officers and directors that it feels are the best candidates.

However, the personal and financial interests of DPCM’s directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. The different timelines of competing business combinations could cause DPCM’s directors and officers to prioritize a different business combination over finding a suitable acquisition target for DPCM’s business combination. Consequently, DPCM’s directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in the DPCM Stockholders’ best interest, which could negatively impact the timing for a business combination. DPCM is not aware of any such conflicts of interest and do not believe that any such conflicts of interest impacted DPCM’s search for an acquisition target.

During the pendency of the Transaction, DPCM will not be able to enter into a business combination with another party because of restrictions in the Transaction Agreement. Furthermore, certain provisions of the Transaction Agreement will discourage third parties from submitting alternative takeover proposals, including proposals that may be superior to the arrangements contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

Covenants in the Transaction Agreement impede the ability of DPCM to make acquisitions or complete other transactions that are not in the ordinary course of business pending completion of the Transaction. As a result, DPCM may be at a disadvantage to its competitors during that period. In addition, while the Transaction Agreement is in effect, neither DPCM nor D-Wave may solicit, assist, facilitate the making, submission or announcement of, or intentionally encourage any alternative acquisition proposal, such as a merger, material sale of assets or equity interests or other business combination, with any third party, even though any such alternative acquisition could be more favorable to DPCM’s shareholders than the Transaction. In addition, if the Transaction is not completed, these provisions will make it more difficult to complete an alternative business combination following the termination of the Transaction Agreement due to the passage of time during which these provisions have remained in effect.

Deferred underwriting fees in connection with the DPCM IPO and payable at the consummation of the Transaction will not be adjusted to account for redemptions by the Public Stockholders; if the Public Stockholders exercise their redemption rights, the amount of effective total underwriting commissions as a percentage of the aggregate proceeds from the DPCM IPO will increase.

The underwriters in DPCM’s IPO are entitled to deferred underwriting commissions totaling $10,500,000 upon the consummation of the Transaction, such amounts being held in the Trust Account until the consummation of DPCM’s initial business combination. Such amounts will not be adjusted to account for redemptions of Public Shares by the Public Stockholders. Accordingly, the amount of effective total underwriting commissions as a percentage of the aggregate proceeds from the DPCM IPO will increase as the number of Public Shares redeemed increases. If no Public Stockholders of DPCM exercise redemption rights with respect to their Public Shares, the amount of effective total underwriting commissions due to the underwriters upon the consummation of DPCM’s initial business combination will represent 3.5% of the aggregate proceeds from the

 

78


Table of Contents

DPCM IPO retained by DPCM taking into account such redemptions. If Public Stockholders of DPCM exercise redemption rights with respect to 6,000,000 Public Shares, the amount of effective total underwriting commissions due to the underwriters upon the consummation of DPCM’s initial business combination will represent 4.4% of the aggregate proceeds from the DPCM IPO retained by DPCM taking into account such redemptions. If Public Stockholders of DPCM exercise redemption rights with respect to 12,000,000 Public Shares, the amount of effective total underwriting commissions due to the underwriters upon the consummation of DPCM’s initial business combination will represent 5.8% of the aggregate proceeds from the DPCM IPO retained by DPCM taking into account such redemptions. If Public Stockholders of DPCM exercise redemption rights with respect to 19,008,332 Public Shares, the amount of effective total underwriting commissions due to the underwriters upon the consummation of DPCM’s initial business combination will represent 10.4% of the aggregate proceeds from the DPCM IPO retained by DPCM taking into account such redemptions.

In connection with the Plan of Arrangement, registered holders of D-Wave Common Shares are entitled to dissent rights and if the number of Dissenting Shareholders (as defined below) is larger than expected, significant additional costs may be incurred.

D-Wave’s registered shareholders are entitled to dissent from the Transaction and to receive payment of the “fair value” of their D-Wave Shares following its consummation. See “Summary—Appraisal and Dissenting Rights” and “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements — Plan of Arrangement.” If the Transaction is completed, a registered D-Wave Shareholder who has duly and validly exercised their rights of Dissent pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, the Interim Order and the BCBCA shall be deemed not to have participated in the Transaction and will be entitled to the payment by CallCo in cash of the fair value of such dissenting D-Wave Shareholder’s D-Wave Common Shares as of the close of business on the day prior to the date on which the vote to approve the Transaction was taken, excluding any appreciation or depreciation, directly or indirectly induced by the proposed Transaction. If an agreement as to “fair value” cannot be reached, a statutory appraisal procedure is available to determine the “fair value.” While the “fair value” of a registered holder of D-Wave Shares as determined under this appraisal procedure could be more than or the same as the Transaction Proceeds, it could also be determined to be less than the Transaction Proceeds. DPCM and D-Wave cannot predict the number of D-Wave Shares that will constitute dissenting shares in the Transaction, the additional amount of cash that may be required to be paid following the Transaction with respect to dissenting shares, or the expenses that may be incurred in connection with addressing any assertion of dissenters’ appraisal rights. If substantial costs are incurred in connection with any assertion of dissenters’ rights, it could have a material and adverse effect on D-Wave Quantum.

DPCM or D-Wave may waive one or more of the conditions to the Transaction.

DPCM or D-Wave may agree to waive, in whole or in part, some of the conditions to the obligations to complete the Transaction, to the extent permitted by the governing documents of DPCM and D-Wave. For example, it is a condition to close the Transaction that certain of D-Wave’s representations and warranties are true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date, except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct, taken as a whole, does not result in a material adverse effect. However, if DPCM’s Board determines that it is in DPCM Stockholders’ best interest to waive any such breach, then DPCM’s Board may elect to waive that condition and consummate the Transaction. Further, it is a condition to D-Wave’s obligation to close the Transaction that the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds must exceed $115,000,000. If the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds do not exceed $115,000,000 and D-Wave elects to waive this condition and consummate the Transaction, D-Wave may have less capital to execute its business plan and growth prospects, which could have a material adverse effect on D-Wave’s financial condition following the consummation of the Transaction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain closing conditions may not be waived due to the parties’ charter or organizational documents, applicable law, or otherwise. The following closing conditions may not be waived: receipt of the requisite stockholder approvals, the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-4 of

 

79


Table of Contents

which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part, the issuance of the Interim Order and the Final Order (each as defined in the Transaction Agreement) by the Supreme Court of British Columbia on terms consistent with the Transaction Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement and the absence of any law or order that would prohibit the consummation of the Transaction. See the section “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — The Transaction Agreement — Conditions to the Closing of the Transaction” for further information.

The exercise of discretion by DPCM’s directors and officers in agreeing to changes to the terms of or waivers of closing conditions in the Transaction Agreement may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether such changes to the terms of the Transaction Agreement or waivers of conditions are appropriate and in the best interests of DPCM’s securityholders.

In the period leading up to the Closing, other events may occur that, pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, would require DPCM to agree to amend the Transaction Agreement, to consent to certain actions or to waive rights that we are entitled to under those agreements. Such events could arise because of changes in the course of D-Wave’s business, a request by D-Wave to undertake actions that would otherwise be prohibited by the terms of the Transaction Agreement or the occurrence of other events (including those that would have a material adverse effect on D-Wave’s business) and would entitle DPCM to terminate the Transaction Agreement. In any of such circumstances, it would be in DPCM’s discretion, acting through DPCM’s board of directors, to grant consent or waive DPCM’s rights. The existence of the financial and personal interests of the directors described elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus may result in a conflict of interest on the part of one or more of the directors between what they may believe is best for DPCM and DPCM’s securityholders and what they may believe is best for themself or their affiliates in determining whether or not to take the requested action. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, DPCM does not believe there will be any changes or waivers that DPCM’s directors and officers would be likely to make after stockholder approval of the Transaction has been obtained. While certain changes could be made without further stockholder approval, if there is a change to the terms of the transaction that would have a material impact on the stockholders, DPCM will be required to circulate a new or amended proxy statement/prospectus or supplement thereto and resolicit the vote of the DPCM Stockholders with respect to the Transaction Proposal.

Each of DPCM and D-Wave have incurred and will incur substantial costs in connection with the Transaction and related transactions, such as legal, accounting, consulting and financial advisory fees.

As part of the Transaction, each of DPCM and D-Wave are utilizing professional service firms for legal, accounting and financial advisory. Although the parties have been provided with estimates of the costs for each advisory firm, the total actual costs may exceed those estimates. In addition, D-Wave Quantum may retain consulting services to assist in the integration of the businesses, including but not limited to organizational decisions. These consulting services may extend beyond the current estimated time frame thus resulting in higher-than-expected costs.

The parties expect the aggregate transaction expenses as a result of the Transaction to be substantial. The per-share amount DPCM will distribute to Public Stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the transaction expenses and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming stockholders will reflect DPCM’s obligation to pay the transaction expenses.

Uncertainty about the effect of the Transaction may affect D-Wave Quantum’s ability to retain key employees and integrate management structures and may materially impact the management, strategy and results of its operation as a combined company.

Uncertainty about the effect of the Transaction on D-Wave Quantum’s business, employees, customers, third parties with whom it has relationships, and other third parties, including regulators, may have an adverse effect on D-Wave Quantum. These uncertainties may impair its ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel for a period of time after the Transaction. If key employees depart because of issues related to the uncertainty and difficulty of integration or a desire not to remain with D-Wave Quantum following the completion of the Transaction, its business could be harmed.

 

80


Table of Contents

Furthermore, the Transaction may require D-Wave Quantum to make changes and reconsider the executive roles that will be most beneficial to it as it integrates executives from DPCM. D-Wave Quantum may not be successful in completing these changes and the lack of proper management structures or suitable personnel may materially impact the management, strategy and results of its operation as a combined company.

Some of D-Wave’s relationships with third party intellectual property right holders and vendors may experience disruptions in connection with the Transaction, including as a result of existing agreements that contain change in control or early termination rights that may be implicated by the Transaction.

Parties which D-Wave currently does business with, or D-Wave Quantum may do business with in the future, including third party intellectual property right holders and vendors, may experience uncertainty associated with the Transaction, including with respect to current or future business relationships with D-Wave Quantum. As a result, D-Wave Quantum’s business relationships may be subject to disruptions if third party intellectual property rights owners, vendors or others attempt to negotiate changes in existing business relationships or consider entering into business relationships with parties other than us. For example, certain vendors and third-party providers may have contractual consent rights, transfer fees or termination rights that may be triggered by a change of control or assignment of the rights and obligations of contracts that will be transferred in the Transaction. These disruptions could harm D-Wave’s relationships with existing third parties with whom D-Wave has prior relationships and preclude D-Wave from attracting new third parties, all of which could have a material adverse effect on DPCM’s business, financial condition and results of operations, cash flows, and/or share price. The effect of such disruptions could be exacerbated by a delay in the consummation of the Transaction.

Financial projections with respect to D-Wave may not prove to be reflective of actual financial results.

In connection with the Transaction, the DPCM Board considered, among other things, internal financial forecasts prepared by, or at the direction of, the management of D-Wave, the key elements of which are set forth in the section titled “Proposal No. 1 — The Transaction Proposal—The DPCM Board’s Reasons for the Approval of the Transaction.” D-Wave does not, as a matter of general practice, publicly disclose long-term forecasts or internal projections of its future performance, revenue, financial condition or other results. None of these projections or forecasts were prepared with a view towards public disclosure or compliance with the published guidelines of the SEC, U.S. GAAP, IFRS or the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for preparation and presentation of financial forecasts. Neither DPCM’s independent registered public accounting firm nor D-Wave’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have audited, reviewed, examined, compiled nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the unaudited prospective financial information, and accordingly, they do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. These projections and forecasts are inherently based on various estimates and assumptions that are subject to the judgment of those preparing them. These projections and forecasts are also subject to significant economic, competitive, industry and other uncertainties and contingencies, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict and many of which are beyond the control of D-Wave. There can be no assurance that D-Wave Quantum’s financial condition, including its cash flows or results of operations, will be consistent with those set forth in such projections and forecasts, which could have an adverse impact on the market price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or the business, financial condition and results of operations of D-Wave Quantum following the Closing.

The historical financial results of D-Wave and unaudited pro forma financial information included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus may not be indicative of what D-Wave’s actual financial position or results of operations would have been if it were a public company.

The historical financial results of D-Wave included in this proxy statement/prospectus do not reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows it would have achieved as a public company during the periods presented or those that D-Wave Quantum will achieve in the future. D-Wave Quantum’s financial

 

81


Table of Contents

condition and future results of operations could be materially different from amounts reflected in D-Wave’s historical financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, so it may be difficult for investors to compare D-Wave Quantum’s future results to historical results or to evaluate its relative performance or trends in its business.

As a privately held company, D-Wave has not been required to comply with many corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a publicly traded company. As a result of the Transaction, D-Wave Quantum will be a public company with significant operations, and as such (and particularly after it is no longer an “emerging growth company”), will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company that D-Wave did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the requirements of Section 404, as well as rules and regulations implemented by the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the securities exchanges, impose additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. Compliance with public company requirements will increase costs and make certain activities more time-consuming. A number of those requirements require it to carry out activities D-Wave has not done previously. In addition, expenses associated with SEC reporting requirements will be incurred. If any issues in complying with those requirements are identified (for example, if the auditors identify a significant deficiency or additional material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting), D-Wave Quantum could incur additional costs to rectify those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect its reputation or investor perceptions. In addition, D-Wave Quantum will purchase director and officer liability insurance, which has substantial additional premiums. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt additional changes in governance and reporting requirements, which could further increase costs. The additional reporting and other obligations associated with being a public company will increase legal and financial compliance costs and the costs of related legal, accounting and administrative activities.

Similarly, the unaudited pro forma financial information in this proxy statement/prospectus is presented for illustrative purposes only and has been prepared based on a number of assumptions including, but not limited to, D-Wave being treated as the “acquiror” for financial reporting purposes in the Transaction, the total debt obligations and the cash and cash equivalents of D-Wave on the date the Transaction closes and the number of DPCM Public Shares that are redeemed in connection with the Transaction.

Accordingly, such pro forma financial information may not be indicative of D-Wave Quantum’s future operating or financial performance and D-Wave Quantum’s actual financial condition and results of operations may vary materially from the pro forma results of operations and balance sheet contained elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, including as a result of such assumptions not being accurate. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information.”

The Sponsor or DPCM’s directors, executive officers or advisors or their respective affiliates may elect to purchase shares from Public Stockholders, which may influence the vote on the Transaction and reduce the public “float” of DPCM Common Stock.

The Sponsor or DPCM’s directors, executive officers or advisors or their respective affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of the Transaction, although they are under no obligation to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of DPCM’s shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that the Sponsor or DPCM’s directors, executive officers or advisors or their respective affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from Public Stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the Transaction and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the Transaction, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of the Transaction that may not otherwise have been possible.

 

82


Table of Contents

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of DPCM Common Stock and the number of beneficial holders of DPCM’s securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of DPCM’s securities on a national securities exchange.

Public Stockholders will not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate their investment, therefore, Public Stockholders may be forced to sell their securities, potentially at a loss. 

Public Stockholders are entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only (i) in the event of a redemption to Public Stockholders prior to any winding up in the event DPCM does not consummate its initial business combination or its liquidation, (ii) if they redeem their shares in connection with an initial business combination that DPCM consummates or, (iii) if they redeem their shares in connection with a stockholder vote to amend DPCM’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of DPCM’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if DPCM does not complete its initial business combination by October 23, 2022 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to DPCM’s pre-business combination activity and related stockholders’ rights. In addition, if DPCM does not complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022 for any reason, compliance with Delaware law may require it submit a plan of dissolution to its then-existing stockholders for approval prior to the distribution of the proceeds held in the Trust Account. In that case, Public Stockholders may be forced to wait beyond by October 23, 2022 before they receive funds from the Trust Account. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to the funds in the Trust Account. Accordingly, to liquidate their investment, the Public Stockholders may be forced to sell their securities, potentially at a loss.

DPCM’s directors may decide not to enforce indemnification obligations against the Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to the Public Stockholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below $10.00 per Public Share and the Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, DPCM’s independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against the Sponsor to enforce such indemnification obligations. It is possible that DPCM’s independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If DPCM’s independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to Public Stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per Public Share.

DPCM’s ability to successfully effect the Transaction and D-Wave Quantum’s ability to successfully operate the business thereafter will be largely dependent upon the efforts of certain key personnel of D-Wave, all of whom DPCM expects to stay with D-Wave Quantum following the Transaction. The loss of such key personnel could negatively impact the operations and financial results of the combined business.

DPCM’s ability to successfully effect the Transaction and D-Wave Quantum’s ability to successfully operate the business following the Closing is dependent upon the efforts of certain key personnel of D-Wave. Although DPCM expects key personnel to remain with D-Wave Quantum following the Transaction, there can be no assurance that they will do so. It is possible that D-Wave Quantum will lose some key personnel, the loss of which could negatively impact the operations and profitability of D-Wave Quantum.

There can be no assurance that the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares will be approved for listing on the NYSE or any other exchange or that D-Wave Quantum will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of the NYSE any other exchange.

D-Wave Quantum has applied to list the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants on the NYSE under the proposed symbols “QBTS” and “QBTS.WS,” respectively, upon the consummation of the Transaction. D-Wave Quantum’s continued eligibility for listing may depend on the

 

83


Table of Contents

number of DPCM’s shares that are redeemed. If, after the Transaction, the NYSE delists the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or D-Wave Quantum Warrants from trading on its exchange for failure to meet the listing standards, D-Wave Quantum and its stockholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:

 

   

a limited availability of market quotations for D-Wave Quantum’s securities;

 

   

reduced liquidity for D-Wave Quantum’s securities;

 

   

a determination that the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares;

 

   

a limited amount of analyst coverage; and

 

   

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

DPCM may not be able to consummate an initial business combination within the required time period, in which case it would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and it would redeem the Public Shares and liquidate.

The Sponsor and DPCM’s executive officers and directors have agreed that DPCM must complete its initial business combination by October 23, 2022. DPCM may not be able to consummate an initial business combination within such time period. However, DPCM’s ability to complete its initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein.

If DPCM is unable to consummate its initial business combination within the required time period, it will, as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, distribute the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable, and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), pro rata to the Public Stockholders by way of redemption and cease all operations except for the purposes of winding up of its affairs, as further described herein. This redemption of Public Stockholders from the Trust Account will be effected as required by function of the DPCM Certificate of Incorporation and prior to any voluntary winding up.

For illustrative purposes, based on funds in the Trust Account of approximately $300.2 million on December 31, 2021, the estimated per share redemption price would have been approximately $10.00.

DPCM may face litigation and other risks as a result of the material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting.

Following the issuance of the SEC Staff Statement, DPCM’s audit committee concluded that it was appropriate to restate DPCM’s previously-issued financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from March 24, 2020 (date of inception) through December 31, 2020 (the “First Restatement”). As part of the First Restatement, DPCM identified a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting.

In light of recent comment letters issued by the SEC Staff, DPCM has re-evaluated its application of ASC 480-10-S99-3A to its accounting classification of its Public Shares. Historically, a portion of the Public Shares was classified as permanent equity to maintain net tangible assets greater than $5,000,000 on the basis that DPCM will consummate its initial business combination only if DPCM has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001. Pursuant to such re-evaluation, DPCM’s management determined that the Public Shares include certain provisions that require classification of the Public Shares as temporary equity regardless of the minimum net tangible assets required to complete DPCM’s initial business combination.

 

84


Table of Contents

Therefore, DPCM’s management and audit committee concluded that it was appropriate to restate DPCM’s previously-issued (i) audited financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, as previously restated, (ii) interim financial statements included in the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2021 and (iii) interim financial statements included in the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2021 (the “Second Restatement” and, together with the First Restatement, the “Restatements”). As part of the Second Restatement, DPCM identified a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting.

As a result of such material weaknesses, the Restatements, the change in accounting for DPCM’s Private Warrants, Public Warrants and Public Shares and other matters raised or that may in the future be raised by the SEC, DPCM may face potential for litigation or other disputes, including, among others, claims invoking the federal and state securities laws, contractual claims or other claims arising from the Restatements and material weaknesses in DPCM’s internal control over financial reporting and the preparation of DPCM’s financial statements. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus statement, DPCM has no knowledge of any such litigation or dispute. However, DPCM can provide no assurance that such litigation or dispute will not arise in the future. Any such litigation or dispute, whether successful or not, could have a material adverse effect on DPCM’s business, results of operations and financial condition or its ability to complete the Transaction.

The Public Warrants and Private Warrants are accounted for as liabilities and the changes in value of the Public Warrants and Private Warrants could have a material effect on DPCM’s financial results.

On April 12, 2021, the staff of the SEC issued a Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (the “SEC Staff Statement”). The SEC Staff Statement focused on certain accounting and reporting considerations related to warrants of a kind similar to those issued by DPCM at the time of its initial public offering and the exercises by the underwriters of their over-allotment options in November 2020. In response to the SEC Staff Statement, DPCM reevaluated the accounting treatment of the Public Warrants and the Private Warrants, and determined to classify the Public Warrants and the Private Warrants as derivative liabilities measured at fair value, with changes in fair value each period reported in earnings.

As a result, included on DPCM balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021 contained elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus are derivative liabilities related to embedded features contained within the Public Warrants and the Private Warrants. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815-40 provides for the re-measurement of the fair value of such derivatives at each balance sheet date, with a resulting non-cash gain or loss related to the change in the fair value being recognized in earnings in the statement of income. As a result of the recurring fair value measurement, DPCM’s financial statements and results of operations may fluctuate quarterly based on factors which are outside of its control. Due to the recurring fair value measurement, DPCM expects that it will recognize non-cash gains or losses on the Public Warrants and the Private Warrants each reporting period and that the amount of such gains or losses could be material.

Risks Related to Ownership of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares

D-Wave Quantum will have broad discretion in the use of its cash, cash equivalents and investments, including the proceeds of the Transaction, and it may invest or spend such amounts in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

D-Wave Quantum’s management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds of the Transaction, and its stockholders will not have the opportunity to approve how the proceeds are being used. If the net proceeds are used for corporate purposes that do not result in an increase to the value of its business, D-Wave Quantum’s stock price could decline. Pending their use, D-Wave Quantum, may invest its cash, cash equivalents and investments, including the net proceeds from the Transaction, in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

 

85


Table of Contents

Subsequent to the consummation of the Transaction, D-Wave Quantum may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, or D-Wave Quantum may be subject to restructuring, impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on D-Wave Quantum’s financial condition, results of operations and the price of D-Wave Quantum’s securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Although DPCM has conducted due diligence on D-Wave, this diligence may not surface all material issues that may be present with D-Wave’s business. Factors outside of D-Wave’s and outside of DPCM’s control may, at any time, arise. As a result of these factors, D-Wave Quantum may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure its operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in D-Wave Quantum reporting losses. Even if DPCM’s due diligence successfully identified certain risks, unexpected risks may arise, and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with DPCM’s preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and therefore not have an immediate impact on D-Wave Quantum’s liquidity, the fact that D-Wave Quantum reports charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about D-Wave Quantum or its securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause D-Wave Quantum to be unable to obtain future financing on favorable terms or at all.

D-Wave Quantum may be the target of securities class action and derivative lawsuits which could result in substantial costs and may delay or prevent the Transaction from being completed.

Securities class action lawsuits and derivative lawsuits are often brought against public companies that have entered into merger or business combination agreements. Even if the lawsuits are without merit, defending against these claims can result in substantial costs and divert management time and resources. An adverse judgment could result in monetary damages, which could have a negative impact on DPCM’s or D-Wave Quantum’s liquidity and financial condition. Additionally, if a plaintiff is successful in obtaining an injunction prohibiting completion of the Transaction, then that injunction may delay or prevent the Transaction from being completed, which may adversely affect DPCM’s or D-Wave’s or, if the Transaction is completed but delayed, D-Wave Quantum’s business, financial position and results of operations. We cannot predict whether any such lawsuits will be filed.

While DPCM and D-Wave work to complete the Transaction, D-Wave’s management’s focus and resources may be diverted from operational matters and other strategic opportunities.

Successful completion of the Transaction may place a significant burden on management and other internal resources of D-Wave. The diversion of management’s attention and any difficulties encountered in the transition process could harm D-Wave’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and D-Wave Quantum’s following the Transaction. In addition, uncertainty about the effect of the Transaction on D-Wave’s employees, consultants, customers, suppliers, partners, and other third parties, including regulators, may have an adverse effect on D-Wave Quantum following the Transaction. These uncertainties may impair D-Wave Quantum’s ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel for a period of time after the completion of the Transaction.

D-Wave Quantum may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

Following the Transaction, D-Wave Quantum’s share price may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities litigation, including class action litigation. D-Wave Quantum may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on D-Wave Quantum’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject D-Wave Quantum to significant liabilities.

 

86


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about D-Wave Quantum’s business, the price and trading volume of D-Wave Quantum’s securities could decline.

The trading market for D-Wave Quantum’s securities will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about D-Wave Quantum, its business, market or competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on D-Wave Quantum. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of D-Wave Quantum, D-Wave Quantum’s share price and trading volume would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts who may cover D-Wave Quantum change their recommendation regarding the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about D-Wave Quantum’s competitors, the price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover D-Wave Quantum were to cease coverage of D-Wave Quantum or fail to regularly publish reports on it, D-Wave Quantum could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause its share price or trading volume to decline.

Sales of a substantial amount of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in the public markets may cause the market price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to decline.

Pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, after the consummation of the Transaction and subject to certain exceptions certain DPCM Stockholders receiving D-Wave Quantum Common Shares as consideration pursuant to the Transaction Agreement will be contractually restricted from selling or transferring any of their shares.

However, following the expiration of the lock-up period, such equityholders will not be restricted from selling shares of D-Wave Quantum held by them, other than by applicable securities laws. As such, sales of a substantial number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. Pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements for the PIPE Financing, we will be required to register the resale of the shares issued to the PIPE Investors and D-Wave Quantum Common Shares received by certain shareholders as consideration pursuant to the Transaction Agreement. As restrictions on resale end and registration statements (filed after the Closing to provide for the resale of such shares from time to time) are available for use, the sale or possibility of sale of these shares could have the effect of increasing the volatility in D-Wave’s share price or the market price of D-Wave shares could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

The stock price of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares may be volatile or may decline regardless of its operating performance.

The market price of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond its control, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in its revenue or other operating metrics;

 

   

changes in the financial guidance provided to the public or D-Wave Quantum’s failure to meet this guidance;

 

   

failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of D-Wave Quantum, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow D-Wave Quantum, or its failure to meet the estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations, or principles;

 

   

the economy as a whole and market conditions in its industry;

 

   

rumors and market speculation involving D-Wave Quantum or other companies in its industry;

 

87


Table of Contents
   

announcements by D-Wave Quantum or its competitors of significant innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

 

   

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to its business;

 

   

lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events;

 

   

the expiration of contractual lock-up or market standoff agreements; and

 

   

sales of additional D-Wave Quantum Common Shares by D-Wave Quantum or its stockholders.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If D-Wave Quantum were to become involved in securities litigation, it could be subjected to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from its business, and harm its business.

D-Wave Quantum may amend the terms of the Public Warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Public Warrants.

The Public Warrants were issued in registered form under the Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and DPCM. The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the Public Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision but requires the approval by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Public Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. Accordingly, D-Wave Quantum may amend the terms of the Public Warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Public Warrants approve of such amendment. Although D-Wave Quantum’s ability to amend the terms of the Public Warrants with the consent of a majority of the then outstanding Public Warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the Public Warrants, convert the Public Warrants into stock or cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of warrant shares issuable upon exercise of a Public Warrant.

If the Transaction is consummated, the DPCM Stockholders will experience dilution.

Following completion of the Transaction, the Public Stockholders will own approximately 21.5% of the fully diluted common equity of D-Wave Quantum (assuming, among other things, the No Redemption Scenario). If any shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock are redeemed in connection with the Transaction, the percentage of D-Wave Quantum’s fully diluted common equity held by the current Public Stockholders of DPCM will decrease relative to the percentage held if none of the shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock are redeemed. To the extent that, following the consummation of the Transaction, any of the outstanding D-Wave Quantum Warrants are exercised for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, the Public Stockholders may also experience substantial dilution.

As the number of redemptions of shares of DPCM Common Stock increases, the number of shares of outstanding DPCM Common Stock decreases and increases the Exchange Ratio. If Exchange Ratio increases, then the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable to holders of D-Wave Quantum Warrants after the Effective Time will also increase. See “Questions and Answers — Questions and Answers about DPCM’s Special Stockholder Meeting and the Transaction — Do I have redemption rights?” and “—What equity stake will the current equityholders of DPCM and D-Wave hold in D-Wave Quantum after the consummation of the Transaction and what are the possible sources of dilution that the public stockholders that elect not to redeem their shares will experience in connection with the Transaction?

 

88


Table of Contents

The DPCM Warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

DPCM issued DPCM Public Warrants to purchase 10,000,000 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock as part of the DPCM Units offered in the DPCM IPO and, simultaneously with the closing of the DPCM IPO, DPCM issued to the Sponsor in the DPCM Private Placement an aggregate of 8,000,000 Private Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock at $11.50 per share. At the Effective Time, the DPCM Warrants will be assumed and converted into D-Wave Quantum Warrants and will entitle the holders to purchase D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. Such D-Wave Quantum Warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and reduce the value of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

As the number of redemptions of shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock increases, the number of shares of outstanding DPCM Class A Common Stock decreases and increases the Exchange Ratio. If the Exchange Ratio increases, then the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable to holders of D-Wave Quantum Warrants after the Effective Time will also increase. See “Questions and Answers — Questions and Answers about DPCM’s Special Stockholder Meeting and the Transaction — Do I have redemption rights?

D-Wave Quantum may redeem your unexpired Public Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your Public Warrants worthless.

D-Wave Quantum will have the ability to redeem outstanding Public Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date D-Wave Quantum gives notice of redemption. If and when the Public Warrants become redeemable by D-Wave Quantum, D-Wave Quantum may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding Public Warrants could force you (i) to exercise your Public Warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your Public Warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your Public Warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding Public Warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your Public Warrants. None of the Private Warrants will be redeemable by D-Wave Quantum so long as they are held by their initial purchasers or their permitted transferees.

D-Wave Quantum may issue additional D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or other equity securities without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests and may depress the market price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

D-Wave Quantum may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in the future in connection with, among other things, financings, future acquisitions, repayment of outstanding indebtedness, employee benefit plans and exercises of outstanding options, warrants and other convertible securities without stockholder approval, in a number of circumstances.

D-Wave Quantum’s issuance of additional shares of common stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank would have the following effects:

 

   

Public Stockholders’ proportionate ownership interest in D-Wave Quantum would decrease;

 

   

the amount of cash available per share, including for payment of dividends (if any) in the future, may decrease;

 

   

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share of DPCM Common Stock may be diminished; and

 

   

the market price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares may decline.

 

89


Table of Contents

See, “—DPCM Stockholders who do not redeem their shares of DPCM Common Stock will have a reduced ownership and voting interest after the Transaction and will exercise less influence over management.”

The D-Wave Quantum Charter contains anti-takeover provisions that could adversely affect the rights of its stockholders.

The D-Wave Quantum Charter contains provisions to limit the ability of others to acquire control of D-Wave Quantum or cause it to engage in change-of-control transactions, including, among other things:

 

   

provisions that authorize its board of directors, without action by its stockholders, to issue additional shares of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and preferred stock with preferential rights determined by its board of directors;

 

   

provisions that permit only a majority of its board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors or the chief executive officer to call stockholder meetings and therefore do not permit stockholders to call special meetings of the stockholders;

 

   

provisions generally eliminating stockholders’ ability to act by written consent;

 

   

provisions requiring a two-thirds super majority vote to remove a director; and

 

   

provisions requiring certain amendments to the D-Wave Quantum Governing Documents be made by a two-thirds super majority vote.

These provisions could have the effect of depriving the DPCM Stockholders of an opportunity to sell their D-Wave Quantum Common Shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of D-Wave Quantum in a tender offer or similar transaction.

The D-Wave Quantum Charter provides, subject to limited exceptions, that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit D-Wave Quantum’s stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with D-Wave Quantum or D-Wave Quantum’s directors, officers, employees or stockholders.

The D-Wave Quantum Charter requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that, unless DPCM’s consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of D-Wave Quantum; (b) any claim or cause of action for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of D-Wave Quantum to D-Wave Quantum or D-Wave Quantum’s stockholders; (c) any claim or cause of action against D-Wave Quantum or any current or former director, officer or other employee of D-Wave Quantum, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the D-Wave Quantum Charter or the amended and restated bylaws of D-Wave Quantum (the “D-Wave Quantum Bylaws”) (as each may be amended from time to time); (d) any claim or cause of action seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of D-Wave Quantum Charter or D-Wave Quantum Bylaws (as each may be amended from time to time, including any right, obligation or remedy thereunder); (e) any claim or cause of action as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (f) any claim or cause of action against D-Wave Quantum or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation, governed by the internal-affairs doctrine or otherwise related to the corporation’s internal affairs, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Subject to the preceding sentence, the federal district courts of the United States of America are to be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. However, such forum selection provisions do not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction or for which there is concurrent federal and state jurisdiction.

The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with D-Wave Quantum or its directors, officers, or other employees, which may

 

90


Table of Contents

discourage such lawsuits against D-Wave Quantum and its directors, officers, and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in the D-Wave Quantum Charter to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, D-Wave Quantum may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm D-Wave Quantum’s business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Because D-Wave Quantum has no current plans to pay cash dividends on D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

D-Wave Quantum may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and has no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends as a public company in the future will be made at the discretion of D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors and will depend on, among other things, D-Wave Quantum’s results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, D-Wave Quantum’s ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness it or its subsidiaries incur. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in D-Wave Quantum Common Shares unless you sell D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for a price greater than that which you paid for it. See the section entitled “Market Price and Dividend Information.”

Risks Related to the Redemption

DPCM Stockholders who do not redeem their shares of DPCM Common Stock will have a reduced ownership and voting interest after the Transaction and will exercise less influence over management.

Upon the issuance of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in connection with the Transaction, the percentage ownership of Public Stockholders who do not redeem their shares of DPCM Common Stock will be diluted. The percentage of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares that will be owned by Public Stockholders as a group will vary based on the number of Public Shares for which the holders thereof request redemption in connection with the Transaction. For an illustration of the potential ownership percentages of Public Stockholders under different redemption levels, see “Questions and Answers—Questions and Answers about DPCM’s Special Stockholder Meeting and the Transaction— What equity stake will the current equityholders of DPCM and D-Wave hold in D-Wave Quantum after the consummation of the Transaction and what are the possible sources of dilution that the public stockholders that elect not to redeem their shares will experience in connection with the Transaction?” Because of this, Public Stockholders, as a group, will have less influence on the board of directors, management and policies of D-Wave Quantum than they now have on the board of directors, management and policies of DPCM.

Unlike many blank check companies, DPCM does not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it easier for DPCM to consummate the Transaction even if a substantial majority of the DPCM Stockholders do not agree.

Since DPCM has no specified percentage threshold for redemption contained in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation, its structure is different in this respect from the structure used by many blank check companies. Historically, blank check companies would not be able to consummate an initial business combination if the holders of such company’s public shares voted against a proposed business combination and elected to convert or redeem more than a specified maximum percentage of the shares sold in such company’s initial public offering, which percentage threshold was typically between 19.99% and 39.99%. As a result, many blank check companies were unable to complete a business combination because the amount of shares voted by their Public Stockholders electing conversion or redemption exceeded the maximum conversion or redemption threshold pursuant to which such company could proceed with its initial business combination. As a result,

 

91


Table of Contents

DPCM may be able to consummate the Transaction even if a substantial majority of the Public Stockholders do not agree with the Transaction and have redeemed their shares. However, in no event will DPCM redeem Public Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon the consummation of the Transaction. If enough Public Stockholders exercise their redemption rights such that DPCM cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement, DPCM would not proceed with the redemption of the Public Shares and the Transaction, and instead may search for an alternate business combination. However, because the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds requirement provided in the Transaction Agreement may be waived by D-Wave, if DPCM did not proceed with the Transaction in such situation, it may be in breach of its obligations under the Transaction Agreement, which could have an adverse effect on its ability to consummate an alternate business combination.

DPCM Public Stockholders who wish to redeem their shares of DPCM Common Stock in connection with the Transaction must comply with specific requirements for redemption that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their redemption rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights.

Public Stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” must tender their certificates to DPCM’s transfer agent two business days prior to the Special Meeting, or deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using DTC’s DWAC System, at the holder’s option. In order to obtain a physical stock certificate, a stockholder’s broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and DPCM’s transfer agent will need to act to facilitate this request. It is DPCM’s understanding that stockholders should generally allot at least one week to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, because DPCM does not have any control over this process or over the brokers or DTC, it may take significantly longer than one week to obtain a physical stock certificate. While DPCM has been advised that it takes a short time to deliver shares through the DWAC System, this may not be the case. Accordingly, if it takes longer than DPCM anticipates for stockholders to deliver their shares, stockholders who wish to redeem may be unable to meet the deadline for exercising their redemption rights and thus may be unable to redeem their shares. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem Public Shares, its shares may not be redeemed.

Additionally, despite DPCM’s compliance with the proxy rules, stockholders may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem their shares.

DPCM cannot be certain as to the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares that will be redeemed and the potential impact to DPCM Stockholders who do not elect to redeem their D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

There is no guarantee that a DPCM Stockholder’s decision whether to redeem its shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock for a pro rata portion of the Trust Account will put the DPCM Stockholder in a better future economic position. DPCM can give no assurance as to the price at which a DPCM Stockholder may be able to sell its D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in the future following the Closing or its shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock following any alternative business combination. Certain events following the consummation of any initial business combination, including the Transaction, and including redemptions of shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock may cause an increase or decrease in the share price of DPCM or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable, and may result in a lower value realized now than a DPCM Stockholder might realize in the future had the DPCM Stockholder not redeemed its shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock. Similarly, if a DPCM Stockholder does not redeem its shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, the DPCM Stockholder will bear the risk of ownership of the shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock or D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, as applicable, after the consummation of any initial business combination, and there can be no assurance that a DPCM Stockholder can sell its shares in the future for a greater amount than the redemption price for shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock. A DPCM Stockholder should consult its own tax and/or financial advisor for assistance on how this may affect its individual situation.

 

92


Table of Contents

On March 14, 2022, the closing price per share of DPCM Class A Common Stock was $9.88. DPCM Stockholders should be aware that while DPCM is unable to predict the price per D-Wave Quantum Common Shares following the consummation of the Transaction (and accordingly it is unable to calculate the potential impact of redemptions on the per share market price of DPCM Class A Common Stock owned by non-redeeming DPCM Stockholders), increased levels of redemptions by DPCM Stockholders may be a result of the price per share of DPCM Class A Common Stock falling below the redemption price. We expect that more DPCM Stockholders may elect to redeem their DPCM Class A Common Stock if the share price of the DPCM Class A Common Stock is below the projected redemption price of $10.00 per share, and the DPCM expects that more DPCM Stockholders may elect not to redeem their DPCM Class A Common Stock if the share price of the DPCM Class A Common Stock is above the projected redemption price of $10.00 per share. Each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock that is redeemed will represent both (i) a reduction, equal to the amount of the redemption price, of the cash that will be available to D-Wave Quantum from the Trust Account and (ii) an increase in each DPCM Stockholder’s pro rata ownership interest in D-Wave Quantum following the consummation of the Transaction. In addition, in the event that more than 19,008,332 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock are redeemed, the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds condition as set forth in the Transaction Agreement may not be satisfied, and the Transaction Combination may not be consummated (although such condition may be waived by D-Wave).

If third parties bring claims against DPCM, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

DPCM’s placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against DPCM. Although DPCM has sought to have all vendors, service providers (other than its independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which it does business execute agreements with DPCM waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of the Public Stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against DPCM’s assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, DPCM’s management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to DPCM than any alternative.

Examples of possible instances where DPCM may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where DPCM is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with DPCM and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of the Public Shares, if DPCM is unable to complete its initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with its initial business combination, DPCM will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against DPCM within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per share redemption amount received by Public Stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors.

The Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to DPCM if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than DPCM’s independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which DPCM has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.00 per Public Share or (2) such lesser amount per Public

 

93


Table of Contents

Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay DPCM’s franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under DPCM’s indemnity of the underwriters of the DPCM IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. DPCM believes that the Sponsor’s only assets are securities of DPCM and, therefore, the Sponsor may not be able to satisfy those obligations. DPCM has not asked the Sponsor to reserve for such obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for DPCM’s initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per Public Share. In such event, DPCM may not be able to complete its initial business combination, and its stockholders would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of their Public Shares. None of DPCM’s officers or directors will indemnify DPCM for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

The ability of Public Stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of shares could deplete the Trust Account prior to the Transaction and thereby diminish the amount of working capital of D-Wave Quantum.

At the time the parties entered into the Transaction Agreement and related agreements for the Transaction, the parties did not know how many stockholders would exercise their redemption rights. The Transaction Agreement requires the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds to be at least $115,000,000. Based on the amount of approximately $300.2 million in the Trust Account as of December 31, 2022, and taking into account the anticipated gross proceeds of approximately $40 million from the PIPE Financing, up to approximately 19 million shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock may be redeemed and still enable DPCM to have sufficient cash to satisfy the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds condition in the Transaction Agreement.

In the event the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds exceeds the aggregate amount of cash available to DPCM, DPCM may not complete the Transaction or redeem any shares, all shares of common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and DPCM instead may search for an alternate business combination.

The above considerations may limit DPCM’s ability to complete the Transaction or optimize DPCM’s capital structure.

As the number of redemptions of shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock increases, the number of shares issuable under the DPCM Warrants will also increase.

As of the record date, there we expect that there will be shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding and 18,000,000 Warrants issued and outstanding, consisting of 8,000,000 Private Warrants and 10,000,000 Public Warrants. The holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock that do not elect to redeem their shares will share in a pool of 5,000,000 additional D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, based on the Exchange Ratio of between 1.1668611 and 1.4541326 depending on the number of unredeemed shares. As the number of redemptions of shares of outstanding DPCM Class A Common Stock increases, the number of shares of outstanding DPCM Class A Common Stock decreases, which results in the increase of the Exchange Ratio. If the Exchange Ratio increases, the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable to holders of D-Wave Quantum Warrants upon the Effective Time will also increase. The increase in the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable to holders of DPCM Warrants upon the Effective Time means that the Public Stockholders’ holdings in D-Wave Quantum will be diluted in comparison to those of the DPCM Warrant holders at the Effective Time.

 

94


Table of Contents

For illustrative purposes only:

 

   

In the No Redemption Scenario, the Exchange Ratio will increase to 1.1668611 and immediately prior to the Effective Time there will be 35,000,000 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock outstanding. Upon the Effective Time, the Public Stockholders will hold 35,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, and the holders of DPCM Warrants will have the right to hold 21,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

 

   

In the Maximum Redemption Scenario, the Exchange Ratio will increase to 1.4541326 and immediately prior to the Effective Time there will be 10,991,668 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock outstanding. Upon the Effective Time, the Public Stockholders will hold 15,983,342 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, and the holders of DPCM Warrants will have the right to hold 26,174,387 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

There is no guarantee that a stockholder’s decision whether to redeem its shares for a pro rata portion of the Trust Account will put the stockholder in a better future economic position.

We can give no assurance as to the price at which a stockholder may be able to sell its D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in the future following the completion of the Transaction or shares of common stock following any alternative business combination. Certain events following the consummation of any initial business combination, including the Transaction, may cause an increase in DPCM’s share price, and may result in a lower value realized now than a stockholder of DPCM might realize in the future had the stockholder not redeemed its shares. Similarly, if a stockholder does not redeem its shares, the stockholder will bear the risk of ownership of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares after the consummation of the Transaction, and there can be no assurance that a stockholder can sell its shares in the future for a greater amount than the redemption price set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus. A stockholder should consult the stockholder’s own financial advisor for assistance on how this may affect his, her or its individual situation.

In addition, if a stockholder does not redeem their shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, but other Public Stockholders do elect to redeem, the non-redeeming stockholders would own shares with a lower book value per share. The more redemptions of DPCM Class A Common Stock, the higher or larger the Exchange Ratio. In other words, as the number of redemptions of DPCM Class A Common Stock increases, the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable in respect of each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock held by non-redeeming Public Stockholders also increases. For informational purposes only, please see the table below for an illustration of such increase. On a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2021, the basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to DPCM Class A Common Stockholders ranges from $0.04 per share assuming the No Redemption Scenario and $0.06 per share assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario.

 

Redemption Rate    0%      20%      40%      63.3%  

Trust Account Size (in millions)

   $ 300.2      $ 240.1      $ 180.1      $ 100.9  

Assumed Price Per Share of DPCM Class A Common Stock at Closing of Transaction

   $ 10.00      $ 10.00      $ 10.00      $ 10.00  

Remaining Public Shares (in millions)

     30        24.0        18.0        11.0  

Additional Shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock Available to Non-Redeeming Holders (in millions)

     5.0      5.0        5.0        5.0  

Exchange Ratio

     1.1668611        1.2083333        1.2777777        1.4541326  

Implied Price Per Share of DPCM Class A Common Stock

   $ 8.57      $ 8.27      $ 7.82      $ 6.30  

Implied Consideration Per Share of DPCM Class A Common Stock

   $ 11.67      $ 12.08      $ 12.77      $ 14.54  

 

95


Table of Contents

For illustrative purposes only, assuming a price of $10.00 per share of DPCM Class A Common Stock at the closing of the Transaction, each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock would receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares with a value ranging between $11.67 (assuming the No Redemption Scenario) and $14.54 (assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario). Based on the closing price of $             per share of DPCM Class A Common Stock on the NYSE on                 , 2022, each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock would receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares with a value ranging between $             (assuming the No Redemption Scenario) and $             (assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario).

DPCM Stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against DPCM to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their Public Shares.

DPCM’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that DPCM will continue in existence only until 24 months from the closing of the DPCM IPO. As promptly as reasonably possible following the redemptions DPCM is required to make to the Public Stockholders in such event, subject to the approval of DPCM’s remaining stockholders and board of directors, DPCM would dissolve and liquidate, subject to its obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. DPCM cannot assure you that it will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against it. As such, DPCM Stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of the DPCM Stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of the date of distribution. Accordingly, DPCM cannot assure you that third parties will not seek to recover from DPCM Stockholders amounts owed to them by DPCM.

If DPCM is forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against DPCM which is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by DPCM Stockholders.

Furthermore, because DPCM intends to distribute the proceeds held in the Trust Account to the Public Stockholders promptly after expiration of the time DPCM has to complete an initial business combination, this may be viewed or interpreted as giving preference to the Public Stockholders over any potential creditors with respect to access to or distributions from DPCM’s assets. Furthermore, DPCM’s board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to DPCM’s creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and DPCM to claims of punitive damages, by paying Public Stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. DPCM cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against DPCM for these reasons.

If, after DPCM distributes the proceeds in the Trust Account to its Public Stockholders, it files a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against DPCM that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of the DPCM Board may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to DPCM’s creditors, thereby exposing the members of the DPCM Board and DPCM to claims of punitive damages.

If, after DPCM distributes the proceeds in the Trust Account to its Public Stockholders, DPCM files a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against DPCM that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by DPCM Stockholders. In addition, the DPCM Board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to DPCM’s creditors and/or having acted in bad faith by paying DPCM’s Public Stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors, thereby exposing itself and DPCM to claims of punitive damages.

 

96


Table of Contents

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to DPCM’s Public Stockholders, DPCM files a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against DPCM that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of DPCM Stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by DPCM Stockholders in connection with DPCM’s liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to DPCM’s Public Stockholders, DPCM files a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against DPCM that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in DPCM’s bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of DPCM Stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by DPCM’s Public Stockholders in connection with its liquidation would be reduced.

There is uncertainty regarding the federal income tax consequences to holders of DPCM Common Stock who exercise their redemption rights.

There is some uncertainty regarding the federal income tax consequences to holders of DPCM Common Stock who exercise their redemption rights. The uncertainty of tax consequences relates primarily to the individual circumstances of the taxpayer and include (i) whether the redemption results in a dividend, taxable as ordinary income, or a sale, taxable as capital gain, and (ii) whether such capital gain is “long-term” or “short-term.” Whether the redemption qualifies for sale treatment, resulting in taxation as capital gain rather than ordinary income, will depend largely on whether the holder owns (or is deemed to own) any shares of DPCM Common Stock following the redemption, and if so, the total number of shares of DPCM Common Stock held by the holder both before and after the redemption relative to all shares of DPCM Common Stock outstanding both before and after the redemption. The redemption generally will be treated as a sale, rather than a dividend, if the redemption (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of the holder’s interest in DPCM or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the holder. Due to the personal and subjective nature of certain of such tests and the absence of clear guidance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), there is uncertainty as to whether a holder who elects to exercise its redemption rights will be taxed on any gain from the redemption as ordinary income or capital gain. See the section entitled ““Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations— Redemption of DPCM Class A Shares.

Public Stockholders who redeem their shares of DPCM Common Stock may continue to hold any Public Warrants they own, which results in additional dilution to non-redeeming holders upon exercise of the Public Warrants.

Public Stockholders who redeem their shares of DPCM Common Stock may continue to hold any Public Warrants they owned prior to redemption, which results in additional dilution to non-redeeming holders upon exercise of such Public Warrants. Assuming (i) all redeeming Public Stockholders acquired Public Units in the DPCM IPO and continue to hold the Public Warrants that were included in the Public Units, and (ii) maximum redemption of the shares of DPCM Common Stock held by the redeeming Public Stockholders, 10,000,000 Public Warrants would be retained by redeeming Public Stockholders with a value of $            , based on the market price of $              of the Public Warrants as of             , 2022. As a result, the redeeming Public Stockholders would recoup their entire investment and continue to hold Public Warrants with an aggregate market value of $            , while non-redeeming Public Stockholders would suffer additional dilution in their percentage ownership and voting interest of D-Wave Quantum upon exercise of the Public Warrants held by redeeming Public Stockholders.

There may be tax consequences of the DPCM Merger that adversely affect holders of DPCM Class A Shares or Public Warrants.

Although we expect the exchange of DPCM Class A Shares for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares pursuant to the DPCM Merger to qualify as a tax-free exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the requirements for tax-free treatment are complex and qualification for such treatment could be adversely affected

 

97


Table of Contents

by events or actions that occur following the consummation of the DPCM Merger that are beyond DPCM’s control. If the DPCM Merger does not so qualify, a U.S. holder (as defined under the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”) of DPCM Class A Shares could be required to recognize gain in respect of the DPCM Merger.

The appropriate U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Public Warrants in connection with the DPCM Merger is uncertain and depends on whether the DPCM Merger, in addition to qualifying as an exchange described in Section 351 of the U.S. Tax Code, will also qualify as a “reorganization” under Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code. If the transfer of Public Warrants does not qualify as part of a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code, a U.S. holder of Public Warrants could be required to recognize gain in respect of the DPCM Merger.

The requirements for tax-free treatment are discussed in more detail under the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — U.S. Holders — The DPCM Merger.” If you are a U.S. holder exchanging DPCM Class A Shares in the DPCM Merger or holding Public Warrants at the time of the consummation of the DPCM Merger, you should consult with your tax advisors to determine the tax consequences thereof.

Risks Related to the Exchangeable Shares

The Exchangeable Shares will not be listed on any stock exchange.

The Exchangeable Shares are not expected to be listed on any stock exchange. Although each Exchangeable Share will be exchangeable at the option of the holder for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, there is no market through which the Exchangeable Shares may be sold, and holders may not be able to sell their Exchangeable Shares.

D-Wave Shareholders who elect to receive Exchangeable Shares will experience a delay in receiving D-Wave Quantum Common Shares from the date they request an exchange, which may affect the value of the shares the holder receives in an exchange.

D-Wave Shareholders who elect to receive Exchangeable Shares in the Arrangement and later request to receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in exchange for their Exchangeable Shares may not receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares until a period of time after the applicable request is received. During this period, the market price of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares may increase or decrease. Any such increase or decrease would affect the value of the consideration to be received by such a holder of Exchangeable Shares upon a subsequent sale of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares received in the exchange.

There may be a taxable event for an Eligible Holder as result of a transaction beyond his or her control.

A D-Wave Shareholder that is: (a) a resident of Canada for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Tax Act”) (and not exempt from tax under Part I of the Tax Act, (b) a partnership, any member of which is a resident of Canada for purposes of the Tax Act and not exempt from tax under Part I of the Tax Act or (c) Public Sector Pension Investment Board and its controlled affiliates (each an “Eligible Holder”) who (a) disposes of D-Wave Shares pursuant to the Arrangement and who receives, as part of the consideration, Exchangeable Shares, and (b) validly makes a joint election under subsection 85(1) or subsection 85(2) of the Tax Act in respect of such shares, may obtain a full or partial tax deferral of any capital gain that may otherwise arise on the exchange of such D-Wave Shares. However, an Eligible Holder will be considered to have disposed of Exchangeable Shares (i) on a redemption (including pursuant to a Retraction Request (as defined below)) of such Exchangeable Shares by ExchangeCo, and (ii) on an acquisition of such Exchangeable Shares by CallCo or D-Wave Quantum. Although each is a taxable event, the Canadian federal income tax consequences of the disposition will be different depending on whether the event giving rise to the disposition is a redemption or an acquisition.

 

98


Table of Contents

Prior to the Sunset Date (as defined below), ExchangeCo may choose to redeem Exchangeable Shares in limited circumstances, and ExchangeCo shall redeem the Exchangeable Shares on the Sunset Date (as defined below). In addition, an Eligible Holder (including an Eligible Holder who exercises the right to require redemption of its Exchangeable Shares by giving a Retraction Request) cannot control whether the Exchangeable Shares will be acquired by CallCo or D-Wave Quantum under the relevant call right or redeemed by ExchangeCo. Thus, an Eligible Holder may have a taxable event in a transaction beyond his or her control and may have no control over the Canadian federal tax consequences arising from such event.

Readers should consider possible Canadian federal tax implications and should seek independent advice from their own tax and legal advisors.

 

99


Table of Contents

SPECIAL MEETING OF THE STOCKHOLDERS OF DPCM

General

DPCM is furnishing this proxy statement/prospectus to its stockholders as part of the solicitation of proxies by the DPCM Board for use at the Special Meeting to be held on             , 2022, and at any adjournments or postponements thereof. This proxy statement/prospectus is first being furnished to the DPCM Stockholders on or about             , 2022 in connection with the vote on the proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus. This proxy statement/prospectus provides the DPCM Stockholders with information they need to know to be able to vote or instruct their vote to be cast at the Special Meeting.

Date, Time and Place of Special Meeting

The Special Meeting will be held via live webcast at             , Eastern Time, on             , 2022, at             , to consider and vote upon the proposals to be submitted to the Special Meeting, including if necessary, the adjournment proposal. The special meeting can be accessed by visiting             , where you will be able to listen to the meeting live and vote during the meeting. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication. Please have your control number, which can be found on your proxy card, to join the Special Meeting. If you do not have a control number, please contact Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company, the transfer agent.

Registering for the Special Meeting

Pre-registration at             is recommended but is not required in order to attend.

Any stockholder wishing to attend the virtual meeting should register for the meeting by             , 2022. To register for the Special Meeting, please follow these instructions as applicable to the nature of your ownership of DPCM Common Stock:

 

   

If your shares are registered in your name with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and you wish to attend the online-only Special Meeting, go to             , enter the 12-digit control number included on your proxy card or notice of the meeting and click on the “Click here to preregister for the online meeting” link at the top of the page. Just prior to the start of the meeting you will need to log back into the meeting site using your control number. Pre-registration is recommended but is not required in order to attend.

 

   

Beneficial stockholders (those holding shares through a stock brokerage account or a bank or other holder of record) who wish to attend the virtual meeting must obtain a legal proxy by contacting their account representative at the bank, broker, or other nominee that holds their shares and e-mail a copy (a legible photograph is sufficient) of their legal proxy to proxy@continentalstock.com. Beneficial stockholders who e-mail a valid legal proxy will be issued a 12-digit meeting control number that will allow them to register to attend and participate in the special meeting. After contacting Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a beneficial holder will receive an e-mail prior to the meeting with a link and instructions for entering the virtual meeting. Beneficial stockholders should contact Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company at least five (5) business days prior to the meeting date in order to ensure access.

Purpose of the Special Meeting

At the Special Meeting, DPCM is asking holders of its common stock:

 

   

To consider and vote upon the Transaction Proposal. A copy of the Transaction Agreement is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A;

 

   

To consider and vote upon the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal. A copy of the Equity Incentive Plan is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex B;

 

100


Table of Contents
   

To consider and vote upon the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal. A copy of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex C; and

 

   

To consider and vote upon the Adjournment Proposal, if it is presented at the Special Meeting.

Recommendation of the DPCM Board with Respect to the Proposals

The DPCM Board believes that the Transaction Proposal and the other proposals to be presented at the Special Meeting are in the best interest of the DPCM Stockholders and unanimously recommends that our stockholders vote “FOR” the Transaction Proposal, “FOR” the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal, “FOR” the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal, and “FOR” the Adjournment Proposal, in each case, if presented to the Special Meeting.

Record Date; Who is Entitled to Vote

We have fixed the close of business on             , 2022, as the “record date” for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of and to attend and vote at the Special Meeting. As of the close of business on             , 2022, there were 37,500,000 shares of DPCM Common Stock outstanding and entitled to vote. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote per share at the special meeting.

The Initial Stockholders and our other officers and directors at the time of the DPCM IPO entered into a letter agreement to vote their Class B Common Stock and any public shares purchased during or after the DPCM IPO, in favor of the Transaction Proposal. As of the date hereof, the Initial Stockholders owns approximately 20% of our total outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock.

Quorum

The presence, in person (which would include presence at the virtual Special Meeting) or by proxy, of stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at the Special Meeting constitutes a quorum at the Special Meeting.

Abstentions and Failure to Vote

With respect to each proposal in this proxy statement/prospectus, you may vote “FOR,” “AGAINST” or “ABSTAIN.”

If a stockholder fails to return a proxy card or fails to instruct a broker or other nominee how to vote, and does not attend the Special Meeting in person, then the stockholder’s shares will not be counted for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present at the Special Meeting. If a valid quorum is established, any such failure to vote or to provide voting instructions will have the same effect as a vote “AGAINST” the Transaction Proposal and no effect on the outcome of any of the other proposals in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established but will not count as a vote “FOR” or “AGAINST” any of the respective proposals. For purposes of approval, abstentions will have the same effect as a vote “AGAINST” the Transaction Proposal and will have no effect on the remaining proposals.

Vote Required for Approval

The following votes are required for each proposal at the special meeting:

 

   

Transaction Proposal: The approval of the Transaction Proposal requires the affirmative vote of (i) a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, voting separately as a single series.

 

101


Table of Contents
   

Equity Incentive Plan Proposal: The approval of the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting, voting as a single class.

 

   

Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal: The approval of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting, voting as a single class.

 

   

Adjournment Proposal: The approval of the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting, voting as a single class.

Under the Transaction Agreement, the approval of the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal are conditions to the consummation of the Transaction. The Equity Incentive Plan Proposal and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal are conditioned on the approval of the Transaction Proposal. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on, and therefore does not require the approval of, the Transaction Proposal to be effective. If our stockholders do not approve the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal, the Transaction will not be consummated.

Voting Your Shares

Each share of common stock that you own in your name entitles you to one vote. Your proxy card shows the number of shares of DPCM Common Stock that you own. If your shares are held in “street name” or are in a margin or similar account, you should contact your broker to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. There are two ways to vote your shares of DPCM Common Stock at the special meeting.

 

   

You Can Vote by Signing and Returning the Enclosed Proxy Card. If you vote by proxy card, your “proxy,” whose name is listed on the proxy card, will vote your shares as you instruct on the proxy card. If you sign and return the proxy card but do not give instructions on how to vote your shares, your shares will be voted as recommended by the DPCM Board “FOR” the Transaction Proposal, “FOR” the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal, “FOR” the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal, and “FOR” the Adjournment Proposal, in each case, if presented to the special meeting. Votes received after a matter has been voted upon at the Special Meeting will not be counted.

 

   

You Can Attend the Special Meeting and Vote at the Special Meeting. We will be hosting the Special Meeting via live webcast. If you attend the Special Meeting, you may submit your vote at the Special Meeting online at , in which case any votes that you previously submitted will be superseded by the vote that you cast at the Special Meeting. See “— Registering for the Special Meeting” above for further details on how to attend the Special Meeting.

Revoking Your Proxy

Stockholders may send a later-dated, signed proxy card to DPCM’s Secretary at the address set forth below so that it is received by DPCM’s Secretary prior to the vote at the Special Meeting (which is scheduled to take place , 2022) or attend the Special Meeting in person (which would include presence at the virtual Special Meeting) and vote. Stockholders also may revoke their proxy by sending a notice of revocation to DPCM’s Chief Executive Officer, which must be received by DPCM’s Secretary prior to the vote at the Special Meeting. However, if your shares are held in “street name” by your broker, bank or another nominee, you must contact your broker, bank or other nominee to change your vote.

 

102


Table of Contents

Who Can Answer Your Questions About Voting Your Shares

If you are a stockholder and have any questions about how to vote or direct a vote in respect of your shares of common stock, you may call Morrow Sodali LLC, our proxy solicitor, by calling (800) 662-5200, or banks and brokers can call collect at (203) 658-9400, or by emailing XPOA.info@investor.morrowsodali.com.

Vote of DPCM’s Sponsor, Directors and Officers

DPCM entered into agreements with the Sponsor, directors and officers, pursuant to which each agreed to vote any shares of DPCM Common Stock owned by them in favor of an initial business combination. Pursuant to the Support Agreement, the Sponsor has agreed to vote any shares of DPCM Common Stock owned by them in favor of the proposals to be presented at the Special Meeting.

DPCM’s Sponsor, directors and officers have waived any redemption rights, including with respect to any shares of common stock purchased in the DPCM IPO or in the aftermarket, in connection with the Transaction. The shares held by our Sponsor have no redemption rights upon our liquidation and will be worthless if no business combination is effected by us by October 23, 2022. However, our initial stockholders are entitled to redemption rights upon our liquidation with respect to any public shares they may own.

Redemption Rights

Public stockholders may seek to redeem the public shares that they hold, regardless of whether they vote for the proposed Transaction, against the proposed Transaction or do not vote in relation to the proposed Transaction. Any public stockholder may request redemption of their public shares for a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Transaction, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. If a holder properly seeks redemption as described in this section and the Transaction is consummated, the holder will no longer own these shares following the Transaction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such holder or any other person with whom such holder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13 of the Exchange Act) will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to 15% or more of the public shares, without our prior consent. Accordingly, if a public stockholder, alone or acting in concert or as a group, seeks to redeem more than 15% of the public shares, then any such shares in excess of that 15% limit would not be redeemed for cash, without our prior consent.

DPCM’s Initial Stockholders will not have redemption rights with respect to any shares of DPCM Common Stock owned by them, directly or indirectly.

You will be entitled to receive cash for any public shares to be redeemed only if you:

 

  (i)

(a) hold public shares or (b) hold public shares through units and you elect to separate your units into the underlying public shares and public warrants prior to exercising your redemption rights with respect to the public shares; and

 

  (ii)

prior to             , Eastern Time, on             , 2022 (two business days prior to the vote at the Special Meeting) (a) submit a written request to the transfer agent that DPCM redeem your public shares for cash and (b) deliver your public shares to the transfer agent, physically or electronically through DTC.

If you hold the shares in street name, you will have to coordinate with your broker to have your shares certificated or delivered electronically. Public shares that have not been tendered (either physically or electronically) in accordance with these procedures will not be redeemed for cash. There is a nominal cost

 

103


Table of Contents

associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) system. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $80 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming stockholder. In the event the proposed Transaction is not consummated this may result in an additional cost to stockholders for the return of their shares.

Holders of units must elect to separate the underlying public shares and public warrants prior to exercising redemption rights with respect to the public shares. If holders hold their units in an account at a brokerage firm or bank, holders must notify their broker or bank that they elect to separate the units into the underlying public shares and public warrants, or if a holder holds units registered in its own name, the holder must contact the transfer agent directly and instruct them to do so.

Any request to redeem public shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time until the deadline for exercising redemption requests and thereafter, with our consent, until the Closing. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivers its certificate in connection with an election of its redemption and subsequently decides prior to the Closing not to elect to exercise such rights, it may simply request that DPCM instruct our transfer agent to return the certificate (physically or electronically). The holder can make such request by contacting the transfer agent, at the address or email address listed in this proxy statement. We will be required to honor such request only if made prior to the deadline for exercising redemption requests.

If the Transaction is not approved or completed for any reason, then DPCM’s public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights will not be entitled to redeem their shares. In such case, DPCM will promptly return any shares previously delivered by public holders.

The closing price of shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock on             , 2022 was $            . As of             , 2022 was approximately $             or approximately $             per public share. Prior to exercising redemption rights, stockholders should verify the market price of shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock as they may receive higher proceeds from the sale of their shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock in the public market than from exercising their redemption rights if the market price per share is higher than the redemption price. DPCM cannot assure our stockholders that they will be able to sell their shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock in the open market, even if the market price per share is higher than the redemption price stated above, as there may not be sufficient liquidity in our securities when our stockholders wish to sell their shares.

If a public stockholder exercises its redemption rights, then it will be exchanging its redeemed public shares for cash and will no longer own those public shares. You will be entitled to receive cash for your public shares only if you properly exercise your right to redeem the public shares you hold, no later than the close of the vote on the Transaction Proposal, and deliver your public shares (either physically or electronically) to the transfer agent, prior to             , Eastern Time, on             , 2022 (two business days prior to the vote at the special meeting), and the Transaction is consummated.

Holders of our warrants will not have redemption rights with respect to the warrants.

Appraisal and Dissenters’ Rights

Neither DPCM Stockholders nor DPCM warrant holders have appraisal rights in connection with the Transaction under the DGCL, nor will they have dissenters’ rights in connection with the Transaction.

Proxy Solicitation Costs

DPCM is soliciting proxies on behalf of the DPCM Board. This solicitation is being made by mail but also may be made by telephone or in person. DPCM and our directors, officers and employees may also solicit proxies in person, by telephone or by other electronic means. DPCM will bear the cost of the solicitation.

 

104


Table of Contents

DPCM has hired Morrow Sodali LLC to assist in the proxy solicitation process. DPCM will pay that firm a fee of $            , plus disbursements. Such fee will be paid with non-Trust Account funds.

DPCM will ask banks, brokers and other institutions, nominees and fiduciaries to forward the proxy materials to their principals and to obtain their authority to execute proxies and voting instructions. DPCM will reimburse them for their reasonable expenses.

Potential Purchases of Public Shares and/or Warrants

At any time prior to the Special Meeting, during a period when they are not then aware of any material nonpublic information regarding DPCM, DPCM’s Initial Stockholders, DPCM and/or our respective affiliates may purchase shares and/or warrants from investors, or they may enter into transactions with such investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock or vote their shares in favor of the Transaction Proposal. The purpose of such share purchases and other transactions would be to increase the likelihood that the proposals presented to stockholders for approval at the Special Meeting are approved or to provide additional equity financing. Any such share purchases and other transactions may thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the Transaction. This may result in the completion of the Transaction that may not otherwise have been possible. While the exact nature of any such incentives has not been determined as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, they might include, without limitation, arrangements to protect such investors or holders against potential loss in value of their shares, including the granting of put options.

Entering into any such incentive arrangements may have a depressive effect on shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock. For example, as a result of these arrangements, an investor or holder may have the ability to effectively purchase shares at a price lower than market and may therefore be more likely to sell the shares they own, either prior to or immediately after the Special Meeting.

If such transactions are effected, the consequence could be to cause the Transaction to be approved in circumstances where such approval could not otherwise be obtained. Purchases of shares by the persons described above would allow them to exert more influence over the approval of the proposals to be presented at the Special Meeting and would likely increase the chances that such proposals would be approved. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, there have been no such discussions and no agreements to such effect have been entered into with any such investor or holder. DPCM will file a Current Report on Form 8-K to disclose any arrangements entered into or significant purchases made by any of the aforementioned persons that would affect the vote on the proposals to be voted on at the Special Meeting. Any such report will include descriptions of any arrangements entered into or significant purchases by any of the aforementioned persons.

The existence of financial and personal interests of our directors and officers may result in conflicts of interest, including a conflict between what may be in the best interests of DPCM and its stockholders and what may be best for a director’s personal interests when determining to recommend that stockholders vote for the proposals. See the sections entitled “Risk Factors”, “The Transaction — Interests of Certain Persons in the Transaction” and “Beneficial Ownership of Securities” for more information and other risks.

 

105


Table of Contents

THE TRANSACTION

The following is a discussion of the merger and the material terms of the Transaction Agreement among DPCM, D-Wave Quantum, Merger Sub, CallCo, ExchangeCo and D-Wave. You are urged to read carefully the Transaction Agreement in its entirety, a copy of which is attached as Annex A to this proxy statement/prospectus. This summary does not purport to be complete and may not contain all of the information about the Transaction Agreement that is important to you. We encourage you to read the Transaction Agreement carefully and in its entirety. This section is not intended to provide you with any factual information about DPCM or D-Wave. Such information can be found elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Terms of the Transaction

On February 7, 2022, DPCM entered into the Transaction Agreement with D-Wave Quantum, Merger Sub, CallCo, ExchangeCo and D-Wave.

For a discussion of the terms of the Transaction Agreement and its related agreements please see “The Transaction Agreement and Related Agreements.”

The DPCM Board’s Reasons for the Approval of the Transaction

DPCM’s board of directors, in evaluating the Transaction, consulted with DPCM’s management and accounting and legal advisors. In reaching its unanimous decision to approve the Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, DPCM’s board of directors considered a range of factors. For a more detailed description of the DPCM Board’s reasons for the approval of the Transaction, please see the section titled “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal—The DPCM Board’s Reasons for the Approval of the Transaction.”

Certain Projected Financial Information

In connection with the DPCM Board’s evaluation of the Transaction, D-Wave management provided to DPCM non-public, internal unaudited financial projections regarding D-Wave’s anticipated future operations for fiscal 2022 through fiscal 2026. For a summary of the information from such financial projections, please see the section titled “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal—Certain Projected Financial Information.”

Interests of Certain Persons in the Transaction

Certain entities and individuals that are party to the Transaction may have interests which differ from your own. For a more detailed description of these interests please see the sections titled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Risk Factors- DPCM’s Sponsor, executive officers and directors have potential conflicts of interest in recommending that stockholders vote in favor of approval of the Transaction Proposal and approval of the other proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus.”

Certain Engagements in Connection with the Transaction and Related Transactions

In addition to the interests of DPCM’s directors and officers in the Transaction, stockholders should be aware that UBS, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”) and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“Citi”) have financial interests that are different from, or in addition to, the interests of our stockholders.

UBS was an underwriter in DPCM’s IPO, and, upon consummation of the Transaction, is entitled to $10,500,000 of deferred underwriting commission. The underwriters of the DPCM IPO have agreed to waive their rights to the deferred underwriting commission held in the Trust Account in the event DPCM does not complete an initial business combination within 24 months of the closing of the DPCM IPO. Accordingly, if the Transaction, or any other initial business combination, is not consummated by that time and DPCM is therefore

 

106


Table of Contents

required to be liquidated, the underwriters of the initial public offering, including UBS, will not receive any of the deferred underwriting commission and such funds will be returned to DPCM’s public stockholders upon its liquidation.

UBS therefore has an interest in DPCM completing a business combination that will result in the payment of the deferred underwriting commission to the underwriters of the DPCM IPO. In considering approval of the Transaction, the DPCM Stockholders should consider the roles of UBS in light of the deferred underwriting commission UBS is entitled to receive if the Transaction is consummated within 24 months of the closing of the DPCM IPO.

Morgan Stanley was engaged by D-Wave to act as financial advisor to D-Wave in connection with the Transaction, and will receive a customary advisory fee in connection therewith. Citi was engaged by DPCM to act as lead capital markets advisor to DPCM, and will receive a customary advisory fee in connection therewith. In addition, DPCM engaged Morgan Stanley and Citi to act as co-placement agents with respect to a portion of its $40 million PIPE Financing pursuant to which the co-placement agents will receive customary fees and expense reimbursement in connection therewith. Morgan Stanley and Citi were not engaged for, involved in, or will receive any fees for the portion of the PIPE Financing that was conducted by D-Wave.

Morgan Stanley, Citi and UBS (together with their affiliates) are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, wealth management, investment research, principal investing, lending, financing, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. In addition, Morgan Stanley, Citi and UBS (together with their affiliates) may provide investment banking and other commercial dealings to DPCM, the Company and their respective affiliates in the future, for which they would expect to receive customary compensation. In addition, in the ordinary course of its business activities, Morgan Stanley, Citi and UBS and their affiliates, officers, directors and employees may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of DPCM, the Company or their respective affiliates. Morgan Stanley, Citi and UBS and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Public Trading Markets

The Public Shares, Public Units and Public Warrants are currently listed on the NYSE under the symbols “XPOA,” “XPOA.U” and “XPOA.WS,” respectively. D-Wave Quantum has applied to list the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants on the NYSE under the proposed symbols “QBTS” and “QBTS.WS,” respectively, upon the consummation of the Transaction. It is a condition to the consummation of the Transaction that the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be issued in connection with the Transaction shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject only to official notice of issuance thereof. D-Wave Quantum, D-Wave and DPCM have certain obligations in the Transaction Agreement to use reasonable best efforts in connection with the Transaction, including with respect to satisfying the NYSE listing condition. The NYSE listing condition may be waived by the parties to the Transaction Agreement.

 

107


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This section describes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations for beneficial owners of DPCM Class A Shares and Public Warrants (collectively, “DPCM securities”) (i) electing to have their DPCM Class A Common Stock redeemed for cash if the Transactions are completed, (ii) of the DPCM Merger and (iii) of the ownership and disposition of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants (collectively, “D-Wave Quantum securities”) acquired pursuant to the DPCM Merger. This discussion applies only to DPCM securities and D-Wave Quantum securities held as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment) and does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to holders in light of their particular circumstances or status, including alternative minimum tax and Medicare contribution tax consequences, or holders who are subject to special rules, including:

 

   

brokers, dealers and other investors that do not own their DPCM securities or D-Wave Quantum securities as capital assets;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations, qualified retirement plans, individual retirement accounts or other tax deferred accounts;

 

   

banks or other financial institutions, underwriters, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

 

   

U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons that own (directly, indirectly, or by attribution) 5% or more (by vote or value) of the stock of DPCM or D-Wave Quantum (except to the limited extent provided below);

 

   

partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or beneficial owners of partnerships or other pass-through entities;

 

   

persons holding DPCM securities or D-Wave Quantum securities as part of a straddle, hedging or conversion transaction, constructive sale, or other arrangement involving more than one position;

 

   

persons required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to DPCM securities or D-Wave Quantum securities as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement;

 

   

U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

 

   

persons that acquired DPCM securities prior to DPCM’s initial public offering or otherwise not on the public market;

 

   

persons that received DPCM securities or D-Wave Quantum securities as compensation for services; or

 

   

“specified foreign corporations” (including “controlled foreign corporations”), “passive foreign investment companies” or corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax.

In addition, this summary does not address any tax consequences to investors that hold (directly, indirectly or by attribution) hold equity interests in D-Wave prior to the Transaction, including holders of DPCM securities that also hold (directly, indirectly or by attribution) equity interests in D-Wave.

If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds DPCM securities or D-Wave Quantum securities, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the DPCM Merger and of holding the DPCM securities or D-Wave Quantum securities.

 

108


Table of Contents

This discussion is based on the U.S. Tax Code, its legislative history, existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated under the U.S. Tax Code (the “Treasury Regulations”), published rulings by the IRS and court decisions, all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. This discussion is necessarily general and does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation, including the effect of the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, or U.S. federal estate and gift tax, or any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws to a holder of DPCM securities or D-Wave Quantum securities. We have not and do not intend to seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the Transaction. There is no assurance that the IRS will not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the Transaction that are different from those discussed below, or that any such different positions would not be sustained by a court.

ALL HOLDERS OF DPCM SECURITIES SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DPCM MERGER AND CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF D-WAVE QUANTUM SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE EFFECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS.

U.S. Holders

The section applies to you if you are a U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of DPCM securities or D-Wave Quantum securities that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (1) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Redemption of DPCM Class A Shares

In the event that a U.S. holder of DPCM Class A Shares exercises such holder’s right to have such holder’s DPCM Class A Shares redeemed pursuant to the redemption provisions described herein, the treatment of the transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes will depend on whether the redemption qualifies as a sale of such stock pursuant to Section 302 of the U.S. Tax Code or whether the U.S. holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution. Whether that redemption qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of shares of DPCM Common Shares treated as held by the U.S. holder (including any stock constructively owned by the U.S. holder as a result of, among other things, owning warrants) relative to all outstanding DPCM Common Shares both before and after the redemption. The redemption of stock generally will be treated as a sale of the stock (rather than as a corporate distribution) if the redemption is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the U.S. holder, results in a “complete termination” of the U.S. holder’s interest in DPCM or is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the U.S. holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. holder takes into account not only stock actually owned by the U.S. holder, but also shares of DPCM Common Shares that are constructively owned by such U.S. holder. A U.S. holder may constructively own, in addition to stock owned directly, stock owned by certain related individuals and entities in which the U.S. holder has an interest or that have an interest in such U.S. holder, as well as any stock the U.S. holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which generally would include common stock that could be acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Public Warrants. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of DPCM’s outstanding voting stock actually and

 

109


Table of Contents

constructively owned by the U.S. holder immediately following the redemption of DPCM Class A Shares must, among other requirements, be less than 80% of the percentage of DPCM’s outstanding voting stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder immediately before the redemption. Because, prior to the DPCM Merger, the DPCM Class A Shares may not be considered voting stock, it is unclear whether this test could be satisfied by a U.S. holder. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. holder’s interest if either all the DPCM Common Shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder are redeemed or all the DPCM Common Shares actually owned by the U.S. holder are redeemed and the U.S. holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of stock owned by certain family members and the U.S. holder does not constructively own any other stock. The redemption of the DPCM Class A Shares will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if a U.S. holder’s redemption results in a “meaningful reduction” of the U.S. holder’s proportionate interest in DPCM. Whether the redemption will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. holder’s proportionate interest in DPCM will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority stockholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” A U.S. holder should consult with its own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of redemption.

If the redemption qualifies as a sale of stock by the U.S. holder under Section 302 of the U.S. Tax Code, the U.S. holder generally will be required to recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the amount of cash received and the tax basis of the shares of DPCM Class A Shares redeemed. Such gain or loss should be treated as capital gain or loss if such shares were held as a capital asset on the date of the redemption. Any such capital gain or loss will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for such DPCM Class A Shares exceeds one year. It is unclear, however, whether the redemption rights of a U.S. holder with respect to the DPCM Class A Shares may suspend the running of the applicable holding period for this purpose. If the running of the holding period is suspended, then non-corporate U.S. holders may not be able to satisfy the one year holding period requirement for long-term capital gain treatment, in which case any gain on a sale or taxable disposition of the DPCM Class A Shares would be subject to short-term capital gain treatment. Net short-term capital gains generally are taxed at regular ordinary income tax rates. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. holders may be taxed at reduced rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. A U.S. holder’s tax basis in such holder’s shares of DPCM Class A Shares generally will equal the cost of such shares less any prior distributions treated as a return of capital. A U.S. holder that purchased DPCM Units would have been required to allocate the cost between the shares of DPCM Class A Shares and the Public Warrants comprising the units based on their relative fair market values at the time of the purchase.

If the redemption does not qualify as a sale of stock under Section 302 of the U.S. Tax Code, then the U.S. holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution. Such distribution generally will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such U.S. holder’s DPCM Class A Shares. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the DPCM Class A Shares. Special rules apply to dividends received by U.S. holders that are taxable corporations. After the application of the foregoing rules, any remaining tax basis of the U.S. holder in the redeemed DPCM Class A Shares will be added to the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its remaining stock, or, to the basis of stock constructively owned by such holder if the stock actually owned by the holder is completely redeemed.

The DPCM Merger

The parties to the Transaction Agreement intend for the DPCM Merger, taken together with certain related transactions, to qualify (and expect that the DPCM Merger, taken together with certain related transactions, should qualify) as an exchange governed by Section 351 of the U.S. Tax Code. Assuming the DPCM Merger so

 

110


Table of Contents

qualifies, subject to the discussion below regarding Public Warrants, a U.S. holder that exchanges DPCM Class A Shares for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in the DPCM Merger should not recognize any gain or loss on such exchange. In such case, the aggregate adjusted tax basis of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares received by a U.S. holder in the DPCM Merger should be equal to the adjusted tax basis of the DPCM Class A Shares surrendered in the DPCM Merger in exchange therefor and the holding period of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares received by a U.S. holder in the DPCM Merger should include the holding period of the DPCM Class A Shares surrendered in the DPCM Merger in exchange therefor. If the DPCM Merger does not so qualify, then a U.S. holder that exchanges DPCM Class A Shares for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in the DPCM Merger generally should recognize gain, if any, in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (and, if such U.S. holder is also surrendering Public Warrants, D-Wave Quantum Warrants) received over (ii) such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the DPCM Class A Shares (and Public Warrants, if any) exchanged therefor.

It is also possible that the DPCM Merger will qualify as a “reorganization” under Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code. However, such qualification is uncertain because the requirements for qualification of the DPCM Merger as a “reorganization” under Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code are more stringent in certain respects than the requirements for qualification as an exchange under Section 351 of the U.S. Tax Code. For example, it is unclear as a matter of law whether a special purpose acquisition company such as DPCM can satisfy the “continuity of business enterprise” requirement under Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code. In addition, reorganization treatment could be adversely affected by events or actions, some of which are outside the control of DPCM, such the magnitude of DPCM Common Stock redemptions that occur in connection with the DPCM Merger. Accordingly, due to the factual uncertainty and the lack of authority, Greenberg Traurig is unable to opine with respect to the DPCM Merger’s qualification as a reorganization under Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code. If the transfer of Public Warrants qualifies as part of a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code, a U.S. holder of Public Warrants generally should not recognize any gain or loss on any such transfer of Public Warrants.

If the DPCM Merger does not qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code, the exchange of Public Warrants for D-Wave Quantum Warrants may be treated as a transaction distinct from the exchange of DPCM Class A Shares for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares such that a U.S. holder of Public Warrants would be treated as exchanging such Public Warrants for “new” warrants in a taxable exchange. If so treated, a U.S. holder would be required to recognize gain or loss in such deemed exchange in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants held by such U.S. holder immediately following the DPCM Merger and the adjusted tax basis of the Public Warrants held by such U.S. holder immediately prior to the DPCM Merger. Alternatively, a U.S. holder of Public Warrants could be treated as exchanging its Public Warrants and DPCM Class A Shares for D-Wave Quantum Warrants and D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in an exchange governed only by Section 351 of the U.S. Tax Code (and not by Section 368 of the U.S. Tax Code). If so treated, a U.S. holder should be required to recognize gain (but not loss) in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of gain realized by such holder (generally, the excess of (x) the sum of the fair market values of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants treated as received by such holder and the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares received by such holder over (y) such holder’s aggregate adjusted tax basis in the Public Warrants and DPCM Class A Shares treated as having been exchanged therefor) and (ii) the fair market value of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants treated as having been received by such holder in such exchange.

U.S. holders of Public Warrants are urged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the treatment of their exchange of Public Warrants for D-Wave Quantum Warrants in connection with the DPCM Merger.

 

111


Table of Contents

Ownership of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants

Distributions on D-Wave Quantum Common Shares

The gross amount of any distribution on D-Wave Quantum Common Shares that is made out of D-Wave Quantum’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) generally will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary dividend income on the date such distribution is actually or constructively received. To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds D-Wave Quantum’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), such excess amount will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in its D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain recognized on a sale or exchange of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

Dividends paid by D-Wave Quantum to a U.S. holder that is a taxable corporation generally will qualify for the dividends received deduction if the requisite holding period is satisfied. In addition, preferential tax rates may apply to dividends paid by D-Wave Quantum to a non-corporate U.S. holder, provided that certain holding period requirements and other conditions are satisfied.

Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants

A U.S. holder generally will recognize gain or loss on any sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of D-Wave Quantum securities in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount realized on the disposition and (ii) such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such securities. Any gain or loss recognized by a U.S. holder on a taxable disposition of D-Wave Quantum securities generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period in such securities exceeds one year at the time of the disposition. Preferential tax rates may apply to long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. holders. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Exercise or Lapse of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant

Except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant, a U.S. holder generally will not recognize gain or loss upon the acquisition of a D-Wave Quantum Common Share on the exercise of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant for cash. A U.S. holder’s tax basis in a D-Wave Quantum Common Shares received upon exercise of the D-Wave Quantum Warrant generally should be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the D-Wave Quantum Warrant exchanged therefor and the exercise price. The U.S. holder’s holding period for a D-Wave Quantum Common Share received upon exercise of the D-Wave Quantum Warrant will begin on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the D-Wave Quantum Warrant and will not include the period during which the U.S. holder held the D-Wave Quantum Warrant. If a D-Wave Quantum Warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s tax basis in the D-Wave Quantum Warrant.

The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant are not clear under current U.S. federal income tax law. A cashless exercise may be tax-deferred, either because the exercise is not a gain realization event or because the exercise is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In either tax-deferred situation, a U.S. holder’s basis in the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares received would equal the holder’s basis in the D-Wave Quantum Warrants exercised therefor. If the cashless exercise were treated as not being a gain realization event, a U.S. holder’s holding period in the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares would be treated as commencing on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants. If the cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares would include the holding period of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants exercised therefor.

 

112


Table of Contents

It is also possible that a cashless exercise of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant could be treated in part as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized. In such event, a U.S. holder would recognize gain or loss with respect to the portion of the exercised D-Wave Quantum Warrants treated as surrendered to pay the exercise price of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants (the “surrendered warrants”). The U.S. holder would recognize capital gain or loss with respect to the surrendered warrants in an amount generally equal to the difference between (i) the total exercise price for the total number of warrants to be exercised and (ii) the U.S. holder’s adjusted basis in the warrants deemed surrendered. In this case, a U.S. holder’s tax basis in the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares received would equal the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the D-Wave Quantum Warrants exercised plus (or minus) the gain (or loss) recognized with respect to the surrendered warrants. A U.S. holder’s holding period for the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares would commence on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants.

Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise of warrants, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise of D-Wave Quantum Warrants.

Possible Constructive Distributions

The terms of each D-Wave Quantum Warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for which the D-Wave Quantum Warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the D-Wave Quantum Warrant in certain events, as discussed in the section of this proxy statement/prospectus captioned “Description of D-Wave Quantum Securities.” An adjustment that has the effect of preventing dilution generally is not taxable. A U.S. holder of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant would, however, be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from D-Wave Quantum if, for example, the adjustment increases the holder’s proportionate interest in D-Wave Quantum’s assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares that would be obtained upon exercise of such warrant) as a result of a distribution of cash to the holders of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares which is taxable to the U.S. holders of such shares as described under “—Distributions on D-Wave Quantum Common Shares” above. Such constructive distribution would be subject to tax as described under that section in the same manner as if the U.S. holder of such warrant received a cash distribution from D-Wave Quantum equal to the fair market value of such increased interest.

Non-U.S. Holders

The section applies to you if you are a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement so characterized for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of DPCM securities or D-Wave Quantum securities that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a nonresident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States;

 

   

a foreign corporation; or

 

   

a foreign estate or trust;

but generally does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a taxable year. A holder that is such an individual should consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale or other disposition of DPCM securities or D-Wave Quantum securities.

Redemption of DPCM Class A Shares

The characterization for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the redemption of a non-U.S. holder’s DPCM Class A Shares pursuant to the redemption provisions described herein will generally correspond to the U.S. federal income tax characterization of such a redemption of a U.S. holder’s DPCM Class A Shares, as described under “—U.S. Holders — Redemption of DPCM Class A Shares,” above.

 

113


Table of Contents

If the redemption qualifies as a sale of stock by the non-U.S. holder under Section 302 of the U.S. Tax Code, the tax consequences for a non-U.S. holder of recognizing gain in such a redemption would correspond to the tax consequences of recognizing gain on a sale or other disposition of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares as described below under the heading “— Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants.”

If the redemption does not qualify as a sale of stock under Section 302 of the U.S. Tax Code, the non-U.S. holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution from DPCM, the tax consequences of which would correspond to the tax consequences of receiving a corporate distribution from D-Wave Quantum as described below under the heading “— Ownership of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants — Distributions on D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.”

The DPCM Merger

The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the DPCM Merger to non-U.S. holders generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax consequences described under “— U.S. Holders — The DPCM Merger,” above, except that, to the extent the DPCM Merger results in a taxable exchange of DPCM securities, the tax consequences for a non-U.S. holder of recognizing gain in such a taxable exchange would correspond to the tax consequences of recognizing gain on a sale or other disposition of D-Wave Quantum Securities described under the heading “— Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants,” below.

Ownership of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants

Distributions on D-Wave Quantum Common Shares

The gross amount of any distribution on D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to a non-U.S. holder will, to the extent paid out of D-Wave Quantum’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), constitute a dividend and will be subject to a U.S. federal withholding tax on the gross amount of the dividend at a rate of 30%, unless (i) such dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), or (ii) such non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and provides proper certification of its eligibility for such reduced rate (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable). To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds D-Wave Quantum’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), such excess amount will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in its D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, and thereafter as gain realized from the sale of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, the tax consequences of which would be the same as the consequences of recognizing gain on a sale or other disposition of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares as described below under the heading “— Sale, Exchange, Redemption or

Other Taxable Disposition of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants.”

Dividends paid by D-Wave Quantum to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) will generally not be subject to U.S. withholding tax, provided such non-U.S. holder complies with certain certification and disclosure requirements (usually by providing an IRS Form W-8ECI). Instead, the effectively connected income will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. A corporate non-U.S. holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate).

 

114


Table of Contents

Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants

Subject to the discussion below under “— Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “— FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes on any gain recognized on any sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of D-Wave Quantum securities, unless:

 

   

such gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States); or

 

   

D-Wave Quantum is or has been a “United States real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held the D-Wave Quantum securities and, if the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares are regularly traded on an established securities market, the non-U.S. holder has owned, directly or constructively, more than 5% of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held the D-Wave Quantum securities. There can be no assurance that the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares will be treated as regularly traded on an established securities market for this purpose.

Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. A corporate non-U.S. holder may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate).

With respect to the second bullet point above, D-Wave Quantum believes that it currently is not, and does not anticipate becoming, a USPRHC. Because the determination of whether D-Wave Quantum is a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of its “United States real property interests,” relative to the fair market value of its non-U.S. real property interests and other business assets, there can be no assurance D-Wave Quantum will not become a USPRHC in the future. If, contrary to expectations, the second bullet point above applies to a non-U.S. holder, gain recognized by such holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident. In addition, the transferee in the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 15% of the amount realized upon such sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition.

Exercise or Lapse of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant

The U.S. federal income tax characterization of a non-U.S. holder’s exercise of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant, or the lapse of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant held by a non-U.S. holder, generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax characterization of the exercise or lapse of a warrant by a U.S. holder, as described under “— U.S. Holders — Exercise or Lapse of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant,” above. To the extent a cashless exercise results in a taxable exchange, the consequences would be similar to those described in the preceding paragraphs for a non-U.S. holder’s gain on the sale or other disposition of D-Wave Quantum Warrants.

Possible Constructive Distributions

The characterization for U.S. federal income tax purposes of adjustments to the number of shares of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for which a D-Wave Quantum Warrant may be exercised or the exercise price of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant in certain events will generally correspond to the U.S. federal income tax characterization of such adjustments with respect to a U.S. holder’s D-Wave Quantum Warrant, as described above under “— U.S. Holders — Possible Constructive Distributions.” The U.S. federal income tax consequences for a non-U.S. holder of a constructive distribution would be the same as the U.S. federal income tax consequences of receiving a cash distribution from D-Wave Quantum equal to the fair market value of the increased interest in D-Wave Quantum’s assets or earnings and profits, as described above under “— Distributions on D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.”

 

115


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information reporting requirements may apply to cash received in redemption of DPCM Class A Shares, dividends received or deemed received with respect to DPCM securities or D-Wave Quantum securities, and the proceeds received on the disposition of DPCM securities or D-Wave Quantum securities effected within the United States (and, in certain cases, outside the United States), in each case other than in the case of U.S. holders that are exempt recipients (such as corporations). Backup withholding may apply to such amounts if the U.S. holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number (generally on an IRS Form W-9 provided to the paying agent) or is otherwise subject to backup withholding. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with, and non-U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding on amounts received in respect of their DPCM securities or their D-Wave Quantum securities, in transactions effected in the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the non-U.S. holder furnishes to the applicable withholding agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI, as applicable, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against the U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and a holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

FATCA

Sections 1471 to 1474 of the U.S. Tax Code (commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA”) impose a 30% withholding tax on payments of U.S.-source dividends (including amounts treated as dividends received pursuant to a redemption of stock or a constructive distribution), and subject to the discussion of certain proposed Treasury Regulations below, on the gross proceeds from a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of stock (including a redemption treated as a sale), in each case if paid to “foreign financial institutions” (which is broadly defined for this purpose and generally includes investment vehicles) and certain other non-U.S. entities unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied, or an exemption applies (typically certified as to by the delivery of a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN-E). If FATCA withholding is imposed, certain non-U.S. holders may be able to obtain a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). Non-U.S. holders located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of FATCA upon the redemption of their DPCM Class A Shares or the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of, or distribution (including constructive distribution) with respect to, the D-Wave Quantum securities.

The IRS released proposed Treasury Regulations that, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of stock (including a redemption treated as a sale). In its preamble to such proposed Treasury Regulations, the IRS stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

 

116


Table of Contents

THE TRANSACTION AGREEMENT AND RELATED AGREEMENTS

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Transaction Agreement. A copy of the Transaction Agreement is attached as Annex A to this proxy statement/prospectus and is incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus. You are encouraged to read the Transaction Agreement, including the exhibits attached thereto, in its entirety for a more complete description of the terms and conditions of the Transaction.

The representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Transaction Agreement were made only for purposes of that agreement and as of specific dates, were solely for the benefit of the parties to the Transaction Agreement, and may be subject to limitations agreed upon by the contracting parties, including being qualified by confidential disclosures made for the purposes of allocating contractual risk between the parties to the Transaction Agreement instead of establishing these matters as facts, and may be subject to standards of materiality applicable to the contracting parties that differ from those applicable to investors. You should not rely on the representations and warranties as characterizations of the actual state of affairs of DPCM without considering the entirety of public disclosure about DPCM as set forth in DPCM’s SEC filings. Moreover, information concerning the subject matter of the representations and warranties may change after the date of the Transaction Agreement, which subsequent information may or may not be fully reflected in this proxy statement/prospectus or in other public disclosures by DPCM.

Transaction with D-Wave

On February 7, 2022, DPCM entered into the Transaction Agreement with D-Wave Quantum, Merger Sub, CallCo, ExchangeCo and D-Wave.

The terms of the Transaction Agreement, which contains customary representations and warranties, covenants, closing conditions and other terms relating to the Transaction, are summarized below.

Closing and Effective Time of the Transaction

The Closing will take place electronically by exchange of the closing deliverables as promptly as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than the third (3rd) business day, following the satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waiver) of the conditions set forth in Article VIII of the Transaction Agreement (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction or waiver of such conditions) or at such other place, date and/or time as DPCM and D-Wave may agree in writing.

Directors and Officers of D-Wave Quantum

The size and composition of the D-Wave Quantum board of directors immediately after the Closing shall be determined by D-Wave in consultation with DPCM; provided, at least one director shall be designated by the Sponsor with the consent of DPCM (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). At least a majority of the D-Wave Quantum board of directors shall qualify as independent directors under the Securities Act and the NYSE rules.

Conversion of Shares

At the Effective Time, each issued and outstanding share of DPCM Class A Common Stock (other than any Excluded Shares and after giving effect to the DPCM Stockholder Redemption) will be automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive from the depositary, for each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock, a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the Exchange Ratio, following which, each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock will no longer be outstanding and will automatically be canceled and will cease to exist by virtue of the DPCM Merger and each former holder of DPCM Class A Common Stock will thereafter

 

117


Table of Contents

cease to have any rights with respect to the share of DPCM Class A Common Stock. If the Exchange Ratio increases, then the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable to holders of D-Wave Quantum Warrants after the Effective Time will also increase.

At the Effective Time, each issued and outstanding share of DPCM Class B Common Stock (other than any Excluded Shares) will be automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive from the depositary, one D-Wave Quantum Common Share, following which, each share of DPCM Class B Common Stock will no longer be outstanding and will automatically be canceled and will cease to exist by virtue of the DPCM Merger and each former holder of DPCM Class B Common Stock will thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to the shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock, except as provided in the Transaction Agreement or by applicable law.

At the Arrangement Effective Time, pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, each outstanding D-Wave Share will be automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or Exchangeable Shares equal to, in the aggregate, the Per Share D-Wave Stock Consideration.

Representations and Warranties

The Transaction Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and covenants of D-Wave and ExchangeCo, DPCM, D-Wave Quantum, Merger Sub and CallCo, (the “DPCM Parties”). These representations and warranties are subject to materiality, knowledge and other similar qualifications in many respects and expire at the effective time. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the Transaction Agreement.

In the Transaction Agreement, D-Wave makes certain representations and warranties (with certain exceptions set forth in the D-Wave disclosure letter delivered in connection with the Transaction Agreement) relating to, among other things:

 

   

Organization and Qualification

 

   

Capitalization

 

   

Authority

 

   

Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities

 

   

Consents and Requisite Governmental Approvals; No Violations; Permits

 

   

Material Contracts

 

   

Absence of Changes

 

   

Litigation

 

   

Compliance with Applicable Law

 

   

Employee Plans

 

   

Environmental Matters

 

   

Intellectual Property

 

   

Labor Matters

 

   

Insurance

 

   

Tax Matters

 

   

Brokers

 

   

Real and Personal Property

 

118


Table of Contents
   

Transactions with Affiliates

 

   

Data Privacy and Security

 

   

Compliance with International Trade & Anti-Corruption Laws

 

   

Reporting Issuer

 

   

Information Supplied

 

   

Investigation; No Other Representations

 

   

Exclusivity of Representations and Warranties

In the Transaction Agreement, the DPCM Parties make certain representations and warranties relating to, among other things:

 

   

Organization and Qualification

 

   

Authority

 

   

Consents and Requisite Governmental Approvals; No Violations

 

   

Brokers / Information Supplied

 

   

Capitalization

 

   

Restrictions on Transfer

 

   

SEC Filings

 

   

Trust Account

 

   

Transactions with Affiliates

 

   

Litigation

 

   

Compliance with Applicable Law

 

   

DPCM Party Activities

 

   

Internal Controls; Listing; Financial Statements

 

   

No Undisclosed Liabilities

 

   

Tax Matters

 

   

Investigation; No Other Representations

 

   

Exclusivity of Representations and Warranties

Conduct of Business Pending the Transaction; Covenants

D-Wave has agreed that, from the date of the Transaction Agreement until the earlier of the effective time or the termination of the Transaction Agreement in accordance with its terms, subject to certain exceptions, it will conduct its business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.

In addition to the general covenant above, D-Wave has agreed that, from the date of the Transaction Agreement until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of the Transaction Agreement in accordance with its terms, subject to certain exceptions, it will not, without the written consent of DPCM (which may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed):

 

   

issue, sell, pledge, dispose of, grant or encumber, or authorize the issuance, sale, pledge, disposition, grant or encumbrance of, any shares of any equity securities of any of D-Wave or its subsidiaries (together, the

 

119


Table of Contents
 

Group Companies”), or any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights of any kind to acquire any shares of such equity securities (including any phantom interest) of any Group Company other than (A) the issuance of D-Wave Options to employees in the ordinary course of business, (B) the issuance of equity securities upon the exercise of or settlement of D-Wave Options or D-Wave Warrants, (B) the issuance of equity securities to any lender in connection with a permitted incurrence of indebtedness and (C) (a) any direct or indirect acquisition, in one or a series of transactions, (i) of or with D-Wave or any of its controlled affiliates or (ii) of all or a material portion of assets, equity securities or businesses of D-Wave or any of its controlled affiliates, or (b) any equity or similar investment in D-Wave or any of its controlled affiliates, in each case, other than and with the consent of DPCM (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), any acquisition of equity securities of D-Wave or similar investment in D-Wave of up to $50,000,000 (each a “D-Wave Acquisition Proposal”);

 

   

declare, set aside, make or pay a dividend on, or make any other distribution or payment in respect of, any equity securities of any Group Company or repurchase or redeem any outstanding equity securities of any Group Company, other than dividends or distributions, declared, set aside or paid by any of D-Wave’s subsidiaries to D-Wave or any subsidiary that is, directly or indirectly, wholly-owned by D-Wave;

 

   

(A) merge, consolidate, combine or amalgamate any Group Company with any person or (B) purchase or otherwise acquire (whether by merging or consolidating or amalgamating with, purchasing any equity security in or a substantial portion of the assets of, or by any other manner) any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity or organization or division thereof;

 

   

adopt any amendments, supplements, restatements or modifications to any Group Company’s governing documents or the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan of D-Wave Systems Inc.;

 

   

incur, create or assume any indebtedness which would result in the Group Companies having aggregate indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $50,000,000 (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, intercompany loans between D-Wave and any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries);

 

   

(A) amend, modify or terminate any Material Contracts (as defined in the Transaction Agreement) (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any expiration or automatic extension or renewal of any Material Contract pursuant to its terms or entering into additional work or purchase orders pursuant to, and in accordance with the terms of, any Material Contract), (B) waive any material benefit or right under any Material Contract or (C) enter into any contract that would constitute a Material Contract, in each case, other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

   

except in the ordinary course of business, make any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or guarantees for the benefit of, or any investments in, any person, other than (A) intercompany loans or capital contributions between D-Wave and any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries and (B) the reimbursement of expenses of employees and consultants in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

   

except as required under the terms of any employee benefit or compensatory plan, program, policy or contract that any Group Company maintains, sponsors or contributes to, or under or with respect to which any Group Company has any liability, including, without limitation, those relating to employment, incentive, equity or equity-based, retirement, health and welfare, severance, change in control and retention, other than any plan sponsored or maintained by a governmental entity (each an “Employee Benefit Plan”), (A) other than in the ordinary course of business, establish, amend, modify, adopt, enter into or terminate any material Employee Benefit Plan or any other benefit or compensation plan, policy, program, or Contract that would be an Employee Benefit Plan if in effect as of the date of the Transaction Agreement, (B) materially increase or decrease any salary, bonus, benefit, incentive or any other compensation payable to any current or former director, executive officer or employee with an annual salary exceeding $500,000 of any Group Company, (C) take any action to accelerate any payment, right to payment, or benefit, or the funding of any payment, right to payment or benefit, payable or to become payable to any current or former director, executive officer or employee with an annual salary exceeding $500,000 of any Group Company or (D) waive or release any noncompetition, non-solicitation, no-hire, nondisclosure, noninterference,

 

120


Table of Contents
 

nondisparagement or other restrictive covenant obligation of any current or former director or executive officer or employee with an annual salary exceeding $500,000 of any Group Company;

 

   

make an entity classification election for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any of the Group Companies, enter into any tax sharing or tax indemnification agreement (except solely between or among Group Companies), or fail to pay any material Taxes when due (including estimated taxes) other than those that are being contested in good faith and for which sufficient reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP;

 

   

enter into any settlement, conciliation or similar contract the performance of which would involve the payment by the Group Companies in excess of $250,000, in the aggregate;

 

   

authorize, recommend, propose or announce an intention to adopt, or otherwise effect, a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction involving any Group Company;

 

   

change any Group Company’s methods of accounting in any material respect, other than changes that are made in accordance with PCAOB standards;

 

   

enter into any contract with any broker, finder, investment banker or other person under which such person is or will be entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the Transaction;

 

   

except in the ordinary course of business, make any success, change of control, retention, transaction bonus, severance or other similar payment or amount to any person as a result of or in connection with the Transaction Agreement or the Transaction;

 

   

terminate, hire or engage a director, executive officer or employee with an annual salary exceeding $500,000 of any Group Company; or

 

   

enter into any contract to take, or cause to be taken, any of the actions set forth above.

DPCM has agreed that, from the date of the Transaction Agreement until the earlier of the effective time or the termination of the Transaction Agreement in accordance with its terms, subject to certain exceptions, it will not, without the written consent of D-Wave (which may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed):

 

   

other than the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, adopt any amendments, supplements, restatements or modifications to the Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated October 20, 2020, between DPCM and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee, Warrant Agreement or the governing documents of any DPCM Party or any of its subsidiaries;

 

   

declare, set aside, make or pay a dividend on, or make any other distribution or payment in respect of, any equity securities of DPCM or any of its subsidiaries, or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or offer to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any outstanding equity securities of DPCM or any of its subsidiaries;

 

   

split, combine, reclassify, subdivide or consolidate any of its equity securities or issue any other security in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for its equity securities;

 

   

other than non-interest-bearing working capital loans provided by Sponsor to DPCM, incur, create or assume any indebtedness or guarantee any liability of any person (other than any DPCM Party);

 

   

make any loans or advances to, or capital contributions in, any other person, other than to, or in, DPCM or any of its subsidiaries;

 

   

other than the Additional PIPE Financing, issue any equity securities of DPCM, D-Wave Quantum or any of their respective subsidiaries or grant any additional options, warrants or stock appreciation rights with respect to equity securities of DPCM, D-Wave Quantum or any of their respective subsidiaries;

 

121


Table of Contents
   

enter into, amend, modify or renew any contract with any officer, director, employee, partner, member, manager, direct or indirect equityholder or affiliate of DPCM or the Sponsor;

 

   

engage in any activities or business, or incur any material liabilities of the DPCM Parties as of any determination time that are due and payable by the DPCM Parties as of such time, excluding (a) any DPCM Expenses, (b) any D-Wave Expenses or (c) any liabilities arising out of, or related to, any proceeding related to the Transaction Agreement, the ancillary documents or the Transaction, including any shareholder demand or other shareholder proceedings (including derivative claims) arising out of, or related to, any of the foregoing (the “DPCM Liabilities”), other than any activities, businesses or DPCM Liabilities that are either permitted under Section 7.9 of the Transaction Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any activities, businesses or DPCM Liabilities contemplated by, incurred in connection with or that are otherwise incidental or attendant to the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary document, the performance of any covenants or agreements hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the Transaction) or in accordance with Section 7.9 of the Transaction Agreement;

 

   

authorize, recommend, propose or announce an intention to adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution;

 

   

(i) make, change or revoke any material election concerning taxes or amend any tax returns, (ii) enter into any material tax closing agreement, (iii) settle, compromise or agree to the entry of judgment with respect to any proceeding related to taxes, (iv) enter into any tax sharing, tax allocation or tax indemnification agreement, (v) make a request for a tax ruling to any governmental entity, or (vi) consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to or relating to any material tax claim, assessment or reassessment, other than any such extension or waiver that is obtained in the ordinary course of business;

 

   

enter into any contract with any broker, finder, investment banker or other person under which such person is or will be entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the Transaction;

 

   

other than any shareholder demands or other shareholder proceedings (including derivative claims and the rights of dissent in respect of the Arrangement described in the Plan of Arrangement) relating to the Transaction Agreement, any ancillary document or any matters relating thereto, which is subject to Section 7.2(d) of the Transaction Agreement, commence, release, assign, compromise, settle or agree to settle any proceeding;

 

   

except as required by GAAP (or any interpretation thereof) or applicable law, make any change in accounting methods, principles or practices; or

 

   

enter into any contract to take, or cause to be taken, any of the actions set forth in Section 7.9 of the Transaction Agreement.

Additional Agreements

No Solicitation

Under the terms of the Transaction Agreement, from the date of the Transaction Agreement until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of the Transaction Agreement in accordance with its terms:

 

   

D-Wave shall not, and shall cause the other Group Companies not to, and shall cause its and their respective representatives not to, directly or indirectly: (i) solicit, initiate, knowingly encourage (including by means of furnishing or disclosing information), knowingly facilitate, discuss or negotiate, directly or indirectly, any inquiry, proposal or offer (written or oral) with respect to a D-Wave Acquisition Proposal; (ii) furnish or disclose any non-public information to any person in connection with, or that could reasonably be expected to lead to, a D-Wave Acquisition Proposal; (iii) enter into any contract or other arrangement or understanding regarding a D-Wave Acquisition Proposal; (iv) prepare or take any steps in connection with a public offering of any equity securities of any Group Company (or any affiliate or successor of any Group

 

122


Table of Contents
 

Company); or (v) otherwise cooperate in any way with, or assist or participate in, or knowingly facilitate or knowingly encourage any effort or attempt by any person to do or seek to do any of the foregoing. D-Wave agrees to (A) notify DPCM promptly upon receipt of any D-Wave Acquisition Proposal by any Group Company, and to describe the material terms and conditions of any such D-Wave Acquisition Proposal in reasonable detail (including the identity of the persons making such D-Wave Acquisition Proposal) and (B) keep DPCM reasonably informed on a current basis of any modifications to such offer or information.

 

   

The DPCM Parties shall not, and each of them shall cause its representatives not to, directly or indirectly: (i) knowingly solicit, initiate, encourage (including by means of furnishing or disclosing information), knowingly facilitate, discuss or negotiate, directly or indirectly, any inquiry, proposal or offer (written or oral) with respect to any direct or indirect acquisition (or other business combination), in one or a series of related transactions, by DPCM (a) of or with an unaffiliated entity or (b) of all or a material portion of the assets, equity securities or businesses of an unaffiliated entity (in the case of each of clause (a) and (b), whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, purchase or issuance of equity securities, tender offer or otherwise) (each a “DPCM Acquisition Proposal”); (ii) furnish or disclose any non-public information to any person in connection with, or that could reasonably be expected to lead to, a DPCM Acquisition Proposal; (iii) enter into any contract or other arrangement or understanding regarding a DPCM Acquisition Proposal; or (iv) otherwise cooperate in any way with, or assist or participate in, or knowingly facilitate or knowingly encourage any effort or attempt by any person to do or seek to do any of the foregoing. DPCM agrees to (A) notify D-Wave promptly upon receipt of any DPCM Acquisition Proposal by any DPCM Party, and to describe the material terms and conditions of any such DPCM Acquisition Proposal in reasonable detail (including the identity of any person or entity making such DPCM Acquisition Proposal) and (B) keep D-Wave reasonably informed on a current basis of any modifications to such offer or information.

Stock Exchange Listing

DPCM shall use its reasonable best efforts to (a) cause the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable in accordance with the Transaction Agreement (including the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable pursuant to the exchange or exercise of the Exchangeable Shares) to be approved for listing on NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance thereof, and (b) to satisfy any applicable initial and continuing listing requirements of NYSE, in each case as promptly as reasonably practicable after the date of the Transaction Agreement, and in any event prior to the Effective Time. D-Wave shall, and shall cause its representatives to, reasonably cooperate with DPCM and its representatives in connection with the foregoing.

Other Covenants and Agreements

The Transaction Agreement contains other covenants and agreements, including, but not limited to, covenants related to:

 

   

the parties using commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the Transaction

 

   

confidentiality and access to information

 

   

publicity relating to the Transaction

 

   

tax matters

 

   

preparation of this proxy statement/prospectus

 

   

the Special Meeting

 

   

the Exchangeable Shares

 

   

DPCM making appropriate arrangements for certain disbursements from the Trust Account

 

   

insurance and indemnification with respect to DPCM and D-Wave’s respective directors and officers

 

123


Table of Contents
   

the post-closing directors and officers of D-Wave Quantum

 

   

governing documents and incentive equity plan of D-Wave Quantum

 

   

D-Wave’s delivery of certain financial statements

Conditions to Closing

Mutual

The obligations of the parties to consummate the Transaction are subject to the satisfaction or, if permitted by applicable law, waiver by D-Wave and DPCM of the following conditions:

 

  (a)

the D-Wave Arrangement Resolution shall have been approved by at least (i) two-thirds of the votes cast by D-Wave Shareholders, in person or by proxy at the D-Wave Shareholders Meeting, and (ii) two-thirds of the votes cast by the D-Wave Shareholders and the holders of D-Wave Options, voting together as a single class, in person or by proxy at the D-Wave Shareholders Meeting (the “D-Wave Required Approval”) in accordance with the Interim Order;

 

  (b)

the Interim Order and the Final Order shall have been obtained on terms consistent with the Transaction Agreement and shall not have been set aside or modified in a manner unacceptable to either DPCM or D-Wave, each acting reasonably, on appeal or otherwise;

 

  (c)

the Investment Canada Act approval shall have been obtained;

 

  (d)

no order or law issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental entity or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Transaction shall be in effect;

 

  (e)

this Registration Statement / Proxy Statement shall have become effective in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act, no stop order shall have been issued by the SEC and shall remain in effect with respect to this Registration Statement / Proxy Statement, and no proceeding seeking such a stop order shall have been threated or initiated by the SEC and remain pending;

 

  (f)

DPCM shall have obtained the approval of each Transaction Agreement Proposal by the affirmative vote of the holders of the requisite number of shares DPCM Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, whether in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting in accordance with the Governing Documents of DPCM and applicable law (the “DPCM Stockholder Approval”); and

 

  (g)

after giving effect to the Transaction (including the PIPE Financing), DPCM shall have at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Exchange Act) immediately after the Effective Time.

DPCM Parties’ Conditions to Closing

The obligations of the DPCM Parties to consummate the Transaction are subject to the satisfaction or, if permitted by applicable law, waiver by DPCM (on behalf of itself and the other DPCM Parties) of the following further conditions:

 

  (a)

the representations and warranties of D-Wave shall be true and correct, subject to materiality and material adverse effect standards contained in the Transaction Agreement (“D-Wave Bringdown”);

 

  (b)

D-Wave shall have performed and complied in all material respects with the covenants and agreements required to be performed or complied with by D-Wave under the Transaction Agreement at or prior to the Closing (“D-Wave Material Performance”);

 

  (c)

since the date of the Transaction Agreement, no D-Wave Material Adverse Effect (as defined below) shall have occurred that is continuing; and

 

124


Table of Contents
  (d)

at or prior to the Closing, D-Wave shall have delivered, or shall have caused to be delivered, to DPCM a certificate duly executed by an authorized officer of D-Wave, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions specified in Sections (a), (b) and (c) above have been satisfied, in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to DPCM.

D-Wave’s Conditions to Closing

The obligations of D-Wave to consummate the Transaction are subject to the satisfaction or, if permitted by applicable law, waiver by D-Wave of the following further conditions:

 

  (a)

the representations and warranties of the DPCM Parties shall be true and correct, subject to materiality and material adverse effect standards contained in the Transaction Agreement (“DPCM Bringdown”);

 

  (b)

the DPCM Parties shall have performed and complied in all material respects with the covenants and agreements required to be performed or complied with by them under the Transaction Agreement at or prior to the Closing (“DPCM Material Performance”);

 

  (c)

the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds shall be equal to or greater than $115,000,000;

 

  (d)

in the event Aggregate Transaction Proceeds would be equal to or less than $130,000,000 as of the redemption deadline for the DPCM Stockholder Redemption based on elections by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock to redeem as of such date, and a good faith estimate of Unpaid DPCM Expenses and other amounts through Closing, the Sponsor shall have complied with, and consummated the transfers contemplated by the Sponsor Support Agreement;

 

  (e)

the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Transaction shall have been approved for listing on NYSE;

 

  (f)

since the date of the Transaction Agreement, no DPCM Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Transaction Agreement) shall have occurred that is continuing;

 

  (g)

DPCM shall have taken all actions necessary or appropriate such that the Class B Adjustment (as defined below) and certain number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares becoming subject to certain vesting conditions immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the Closing, with such shares thereafter subject to the vesting and forfeiture provisions set forth therein (the “Sponsor Share Adjustment”) shall take effect at or prior to the Closing; and

 

  (h)

at or prior to the Closing, DPCM shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to D-Wave a certificate duly executed by an authorized officer of DPCM, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions specified in the sections (a), (b) and (f) above have been satisfied, in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to D-Wave.

Termination

The Transaction Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated thereby abandoned at any time prior to the closing only as follows:

 

   

by the mutual written consent of D-Wave and DPCM;

 

   

by DPCM, if any of the representations or warranties set forth in ARTICLE V of the Transaction Agreement shall have become untrue and incorrect or if D-Wave shall have failed to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of D-Wave set forth in the Transaction Agreement (including an obligation to consummate the Closing) such that the condition to Closing set forth in either the D-Wave Bringdown or D-Wave Material Performance cannot be satisfied and the breach or breaches causing such representations or warranties not to be true and correct, or the failures to perform any covenant or agreement, as applicable, shall not have been cured or cannot be cured within the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is delivered to D-Wave by DPCM, and (ii) August 7, 2022 (the “Termination Date”); provided,

 

125


Table of Contents
 

however, that none of the DPCM Parties is then in breach of the Transaction Agreement so as to prevent the DPCM Bringdown or DPCM Material Performance from being satisfied;

 

   

by D-Wave, if any of the representations or warranties set forth in ARTICLE VI of the Transaction Agreement shall have become untrue and incorrect or if any DPCM Party shall have failed to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of such applicable DPCM Party set forth in the Transaction Agreement (including an obligation to consummate the Closing) such that the condition to Closing set forth in either the DPCM Bringdown or DPCM Material Performance cannot not be satisfied and the breach or breaches causing such representations or warranties not to be true and correct, or the failures to perform any covenant or agreement, as applicable, shall not have been cured or cannot be cured within the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is delivered to DPCM by D-Wave and (ii) the Termination Date; provided, however, that D-Wave is not then in breach of the Transaction Agreement so as to prevent the D-Wave Bringdown or D-Wave Material Performance from being satisfied;

 

   

by either DPCM or D-Wave, if the Transaction shall not have been consummated on or prior to the Termination Date; provided, that (i) the right to terminate the Transaction Agreement pursuant to this provision will not be available to DPCM if any DPCM Party’s breach of any of its covenants or obligations under the Transaction Agreement shall have proximately caused the failure to consummate the Transaction on or before the Termination Date, and (ii) the right to terminate the Transaction Agreement pursuant to this provision will not be available to D-Wave if D-Wave’s breach of its covenants or obligations under the Transaction Agreement shall have proximately caused the failure to consummate the Transaction on or before the Termination Date;

 

   

by either DPCM or D-Wave, if any governmental entity shall have issued an order or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the Transaction and such order or other action shall have become final and nonappealable;

 

   

by either DPCM or D-Wave if the Special Meeting shall have been held (including any adjournment thereof), shall have concluded, DPCM’s shareholders shall have duly voted and the DPCM Stockholder Approval shall not have been obtained;

 

   

by either DPCM or D-Wave, if the D-Wave Required Approval shall not have been obtained at the D-Wave Shareholders Meeting in accordance with the Interim Order;

 

   

by D-Wave, if the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds shall be less than $115,000,000 as of the date that is twenty (20) days following the Special Meeting (or the later date that the Special Meeting is reconvened following all adjournments permitted pursuant to Section 7.8 of the Transaction Agreement) or at any time thereafter; or

 

   

by DPCM, if copies of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group Companies as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and changes of equity of the Group Companies for the years then ended, together with the auditor’s reports thereon (i) prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated (except as may be specifically indicated in the notes thereto), (ii) fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position, results of operations, cash flows and changes of equity of the Group Companies as at the date thereof and for the period indicated therein, and (iii) prepared in accordance with the auditing standards of the PCAOB (collectively, the “PCAOB Financials”), shall not have been delivered to DPCM on or before April 30, 2022.

Effect of Termination

If the Transaction Agreement is terminated, the entire Transaction Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of the parties and their respective non-party affiliates except as set forth in the Transaction Agreement or in the case of termination subsequent to a willful material breach of the Transaction Agreement by a party thereto or in the event of fraud.

 

126


Table of Contents

Recommendation of the DPCM Board

THE DPCM BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE

TRANSACTION PROPOSAL.

Related Agreements

The material provisions of certain additional agreements entered into or to be entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement are provided in the sections referenced below, but such summaries do not purport to describe all of the terms thereof. The referenced summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the complete text of each of the agreements. The full text of the Related Agreements, or forms thereof, are filed as annexes to this proxy statement/prospectus or as exhibits to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part, and such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by the full text of such annexes and exhibits. Stockholders and other interested parties are urged to read such Related Agreements in their entirety prior to voting on the proposals presented at the Special Meeting.

Plan of Arrangement

For a description of the Plan of Arrangement please see the section titled “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements — Plan of Arrangement.

PIPE Subscription Agreements

For a description of the PIPE Subscription Agreements please see the section titled “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements — PIPE Subscription Agreements.

Sponsor Support Agreement

For a description of the Sponsor Support Agreement please see the section titled “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements — Sponsor Support Agreement.

Transaction Support Agreement

For a description of the Transaction Support Agreement please see the section titled “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements —Transaction Support Agreement.

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

For a description of the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, please see the section titled “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements —Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement.

 

127


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGEABLE SHARES AND RELATED AGREEMENTS

Description of Exchangeable Shares

The Exchangeable Shares will be issued by ExchangeCo and will carry, as nearly as reasonably practicable, equivalent economic entitlements to those of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, for which they are exchangeable. There are possible disadvantages or risks of holding Exchangeable Shares. See “Risks Factors — Risks Related to the Exchangeable Shares.”

D-Wave Shareholders who are Eligible Holders may wish to elect to receive Exchangeable Shares rather than D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in order to take advantage of a full or partial tax deferral available under the Tax Act. The Canadian tax consequences of receiving or holding Exchangeable Shares may differ significantly from the Canadian tax consequences of receiving or holding D-Wave Quantum Common Shares depending upon the particular circumstances of an Eligible Holder. Careful consideration should be given by Eligible Holders to the tax consequences in determining whether or not an election should be made to receive Exchangeable Shares. The following summary description of certain material provisions of the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Exchangeable Shares (the “Exchangeable Share Provisions”), is not comprehensive and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text thereof which forms part of Annex D to this proxy statement/prospectus.

Ranking

The Exchangeable Shares shall be entitled to a preference over the common shares of ExchangeCo and any other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares with respect to (i) the payment of dividends or other distributions, and (ii) the distribution of assets in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of ExchangeCo, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of ExchangeCo among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, in each case, as and to the extent provided therefor in the terms attaching to the Exchangeable Shares.

Dividends and Other Distributions

A holder of an Exchangeable Share shall be entitled to receive and the board of directors of ExchangeCo shall, subject to applicable law, on each date (a “D-Wave Quantum Dividend Declaration Date”) on which the D-Wave Quantum Board declares any dividend or other distribution on the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, declare a dividend or other distribution on each Exchangeable Share:

 

  (a)

in case of a cash dividend or other distribution declared on the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, in an amount in cash, payable in United States dollars, for each Exchangeable Share equal to the cash dividend or other distribution declared on each D-Wave Quantum Common Share multiplied by the relevant Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio on the D-Wave Quantum Dividend Declaration Date;

 

  (b)

in the case of a stock or share dividend or other distribution declared on the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be paid in D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, by the issue or transfer by ExchangeCo of such number of Exchangeable Shares for each Exchangeable Share as is equal to the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be paid on each D-Wave Quantum Common Share; or

 

  (c)

in the case of a dividend or other distribution declared on the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in property other than cash or D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, in such type and amount of property for each Exchangeable Share as is the same as or economically equivalent (as determined by the board of directors of ExchangeCo) and adjusted for the relevant Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio to the type and amount of property declared as a dividend or other distribution on each D-Wave Quantum Common Share.

 

128


Table of Contents

Such dividends or other distributions shall be paid out of money, assets or property of ExchangeCo properly applicable to the payment of dividends or other distributions, or out of authorized but unissued shares of ExchangeCo; provided that ExchangeCo may, in lieu of paying such dividend or other distributions, elect to adjust the ratio at which Exchangeable Shares may be exchanged for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, which ratio (the “Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio”) shall be equal to 1.00000 at the Effective Time and shall be cumulatively adjusted from time to time thereafter in the event ExchangeCo, in its sole discretion, determines that ExchangeCo would be liable for any unrecoverable tax as a result of paying any such dividend or distribution in cash. The holders of Exchangeable Shares shall not be entitled to any dividends or other distributions other than or in excess of the foregoing.

The record date for the determination of the holders of Exchangeable Shares entitled to receive payment of, and the payment date for, any dividend or other distribution declared on the Exchangeable Shares will be the same dates as the record date and payment date, respectively, for the corresponding dividend or other distribution declared on the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

If on any payment date for any dividends or other distributions declared on the Exchangeable Shares, the dividends or other distributions are not paid in full on all of the Exchangeable Shares then outstanding, any such dividends or other distributions that remain unpaid will be paid on a subsequent date or dates determined by the board of directors of ExchangeCo on which ExchangeCo shall have sufficient monies, assets or property properly applicable to the payment of such dividends or other distributions.

The board of directors of ExchangeCo is required to determine, in good faith and in its sole discretion (with the assistance of such financial or other advisors as the board of directors of ExchangeCo may determine), “economic equivalence” for the purposes of the Exchangeable Shares and each such determination will be conclusive and binding on ExchangeCo and its shareholders. In making each such determination, a number of factors set out in the Exchangeable Share Provisions shall, without excluding other factors determined by the board of directors of ExchangeCo to be relevant, be considered by the board of directors of ExchangeCo.

Certain Restrictions

So long as any of the Exchangeable Shares are outstanding, ExchangeCo shall not at any time without, but may at any time with, the approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares:

 

  (a)

pay any dividends or other distributions on the common shares of ExchangeCo or any other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares with respect to the payment of dividends or other distributions, other than stock or share dividends payable in common shares of ExchangeCo or any such other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares, as the case may be;

 

  (b)

redeem or purchase or make any capital distribution in respect of common shares of ExchangeCo or any other shares ranking equally or junior to the Exchangeable Shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of ExchangeCo, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of ExchangeCo among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs; or

 

  (c)

issue any Exchangeable Shares or any other shares of ExchangeCo ranking equally with, or superior to, the Exchangeable Shares, other than, in each case, by way of stock or share dividend to the holders of such Exchangeable Shares.

The restrictions listed in (a), (b), and (c) above shall not apply if all dividends or other distributions on the outstanding Exchangeable Shares corresponding to dividends or other distributions declared and paid on the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares shall have been declared and paid in full on the Exchangeable Shares and the Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio shall have been adjusted in accordance with the Exchangeable Share Provisions, prior to or as at the date of any such event referred to in (a), (b), and (c) above.

 

129


Table of Contents

Distribution on Liquidation and Associated Call Right

Subject to applicable laws and the due exercise by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo of the Liquidation Call Right (as defined below) (which shall itself be subject to the sale and purchase contemplated by the automatic exchange of Exchangeable Shares for D-Wave Quantum Shares provided for in the agreement made among D-Wave Quantum, ExchangeCo, CallCo and the Trustee (as defined below) in connection with the Plan of Arrangement (the “Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement”) (the “Automatic Exchange Right”), in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of ExchangeCo or any other distribution of the assets of ExchangeCo among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, a holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be entitled to receive from the assets of ExchangeCo in respect of each Exchangeable Share held by such holder on the effective date of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of ExchangeCo or any other distribution of the assets of ExchangeCo among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs (the “Liquidation Date”), before any distribution of any part of the assets of ExchangeCo among the holders of the common shares of ExchangeCo or any other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Share with respect to dividends or other distributions, an amount per share (the “Liquidation Amount”) equal to (i) the fair market value at such time, of that number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares multiplied by the Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio (subject to adjustment) plus (ii) the declared and unpaid dividends on such Exchangeable Share (the “Exchangeable Share Price”) on the last business day prior to the Liquidation Date, which price shall be satisfied in full by ExchangeCo delivering or causing to be delivered to such holder the Exchangeable Share Consideration (as defined below) representing the Liquidation Amount.

D-Wave Quantum and CallCo will each have the overriding right (the “Liquidation Call Right”), in the event of and notwithstanding the proposed liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of ExchangeCo or any other distribution of the assets of ExchangeCo among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs and subject to the sale and purchase contemplated by the Automatic Exchange Right, to purchase from all but not less than all of the holders of Exchangeable Shares (other than D-Wave Quantum or an affiliate of D-Wave Quantum) on the Liquidation Date all but not less than all of the Exchangeable Shares held by each such holder on payment by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, to each such holder of an amount per share (the “Liquidation Call Purchase Price”) equal to the Exchangeable Share Price (payable in the form of (a) one D-Wave Quantum Common Share multiplied by the Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio on the business day immediately preceding the date on which the Exchangeable Share Price being delivered is calculated; plus (b) a cheque or cheques payable at par at any branch of the bankers of the payor in the amount of all declared, payable and unpaid, and all undeclared but payable, cash dividends deliverable in connection with such action; plus (c) such stock or other property constituting any declared, payable and unpaid non-cash dividends deliverable in connection with such action; provided that: (i) the part of the consideration which represents (c) above shall be fully paid and satisfied by delivery of such non-cash items; (ii) in each case, any such consideration shall be delivered free and clear of any lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or adverse claim or interest; and (iii) in each case, any such consideration shall be paid without interest and less any tax required to be deducted and withheld therefrom (the “Exchangeable Share Consideration”)) on the last business day prior to the Liquidation Date. The Liquidation Call Purchase Price shall be satisfied in full by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo depositing or causing to be deposited with the registrar and transfer agent for the Exchangeable Shares as appointed by ExchangeCo from time to time (the “Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent”), on or before the Liquidation Date, the Exchangeable Share Consideration representing the aggregate Liquidation Call Purchase Price less any amounts withheld on account of taxes. In the event of the exercise of the Liquidation Call Right by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, each such holder (other than D-Wave Quantum or an affiliate of D-Wave Quantum) shall be obligated to sell all of the Exchangeable Shares held by the holder to D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, on the Liquidation Date on payment by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, to the holder of the Liquidation Call Purchase Price for each such share, and ExchangeCo shall have no obligation to pay any Liquidation Amount to the holders of such shares so purchased.

CallCo shall only be entitled to exercise the Liquidation Call Right with respect to those Exchangeable Shares, if any, in respect of which D-Wave Quantum has not exercised the Liquidation Call Right. To exercise

 

130


Table of Contents

the Liquidation Call Right, D-Wave Quantum or CallCo must notify the Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent, as agent for the holders of Exchangeable Shares, and ExchangeCo of its intention to exercise such right (i) in the case of a voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of ExchangeCo or any other voluntary distribution of the assets of ExchangeCo among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, at least 15 business days before the Liquidation Date, or (ii) in the case of an involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of ExchangeCo or any other involuntary distribution of the assets of ExchangeCo among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, at least five business days before the Liquidation Date. The Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent will notify the holders of Exchangeable Shares as to whether or not D-Wave Quantum and/or CallCo has exercised the Liquidation Call Right forthwith after the expiry of the period during which the same may be exercised by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo. If D-Wave Quantum and/or CallCo exercises the Liquidation Call Right, then on the Liquidation Date, D-Wave Quantum and/or CallCo, as the case may be, will purchase and the holders of the Exchangeable Shares (other than D-Wave Quantum or an affiliate of D-Wave Quantum) will sell, all of the Exchangeable Shares held by such holders on such date for a price per share equal to the Liquidation Call Purchase Price (payable in the form of the Exchangeable Share Consideration).

Retraction of Exchangeable Shares and Associated Call Right

Subject to applicable laws and the due exercise by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo of the Retraction Call Right (as defined below), a holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be entitled at any time to require ExchangeCo to redeem, or D-Wave Quantum to purchase (at the holder’s discretion) any or all Exchangeable Shares registered in the name of such holder and for an amount per share equal to the Exchangeable Share Price on the last business day prior to the Retraction Date (as defined below) (the “Retraction Price”), which price shall be satisfied in full by ExchangeCo delivering or causing to be delivered to such holder the Exchangeable Share Consideration representing the Retraction Price. A holder of Exchangeable Shares must give notice of a request to redeem or purchase, as applicable, by presenting and surrendering to ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable, at the registered office of ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable, or at any office of the Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent as may be specified by ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable, by notice to the holders of the Exchangeable Shares, the certificate(s) representing the Exchangeable Shares that the holder desires to have ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum redeem or purchase, as applicable, together with (i) such other documents and instruments as may be required to effect a transfer of the Exchangeable Shares under the BCBCA and the articles of ExchangeCo, as applicable, together with such additional documents, instruments and payments as the Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent and ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable, may reasonably require and (ii) a duly executed request (“Retraction Request”) in the form of Appendix I to the Exchangeable Share Provisions or in such other form as may be acceptable to ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable: (A) specifying that the holder desires to have all or any number specified therein of the Exchangeable Shares represented by such certificate(s) (the “Retracted Shares”) redeemed by ExchangeCo or purchased by D-Wave Quantum , as applicable; (B) stating the business day on which the holder desires to have ExchangeCo redeem or D-Wave Quantum (or if D-Wave Quantum so desires, CallCo) purchase, as applicable, the Retracted Shares (the “Retraction Date”), provided that the Retraction Date shall not be less than 10 business days nor more than 15 business days after the date on which the Retraction Request is received by ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable, and further provided that, in the event that no such business day is specified by the holder in the Retraction Request, the Retraction Date shall be deemed to be the 15th business day after the date on which the Retraction Request is received by ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable; and (C) acknowledging the overriding Retraction Call Right (as defined below) of D-Wave Quantum and CallCo to purchase all but not less than all the Retracted Shares directly from the holder and that the Retraction Request shall be deemed to be a revocable offer by the holder to sell the Retracted Shares to D-Wave Quantum or CallCo in accordance with the Retraction Call Right (as defined below) on the Retraction Date for the Retraction Call Right Purchase Price (as defined below) and on the other terms and conditions set out in the Exchangeable Share Provisions.

In the event that a holder of Exchangeable Shares delivers a Retraction Request, D-Wave Quantum and CallCo shall have the overriding right (the “Retraction Call Right”), notwithstanding the proposed redemption of

 

131


Table of Contents

the Exchangeable Shares by ExchangeCo or purchase of the Exchangeable Shares by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as applicable, to purchase from such holder on the Retraction Date all but not less than all of the Retracted Shares held by such holder on payment by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, of an amount per share equal to the Exchangeable Share Price applicable on the last business day prior to the Retraction Date (the “Retraction Call Right Purchase Price”), which price shall be satisfied in full by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, delivering or causing to be delivered to such holder the Exchangeable Share Consideration representing the Retraction Call Right Purchase Price less any amounts withheld on account of taxes. Upon the exercise of the Retraction Call Right by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo (provided that the applicable Retraction Request has not been revoked in the manner described below), the holder of such Retracted Shares shall be obligated to sell all of such Retracted Shares to D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, on the Retraction Date on payment by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, of the aggregate Retraction Call Right Purchase Price in respect of such shares less any amounts withheld on account of taxes.

Upon receipt by ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable, of a Retraction Request, ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable, shall immediately notify D-Wave Quantum and CallCo thereof and shall provide D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as applicable, with a copy of the Retraction Request. CallCo shall only be entitled to exercise the Retraction Call Right with respect to those Exchangeable Shares, if any, in respect of which D-Wave Quantum has not exercised the Retraction Call Right or in respect of which D-Wave Quantum has received the relevant Retraction Request and in respect of which D-Wave Quantum has not exercised its Retraction Call Right. To exercise its Retraction Call Right, D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, must notify ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable, and the Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent, as agent for the holders of the Exchangeable Shares, in writing of its determination to do so within five business days after ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable, notifies D-Wave Quantum and CallCo of the Retraction Request. If neither D-Wave Quantum nor CallCo so notifies ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable, within such five business day period, ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable, shall notify the holder as soon as possible thereafter that neither D-Wave Quantum nor CallCo will exercise the Retraction Call Right. Provided that the aggregate Retraction Call Right Purchase Price has been so deposited with the Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent, the closing of the purchase and sale of the Retracted Shares pursuant to the Retraction Call Right shall be deemed to have occurred as at the close of business on the Retraction Date and, for greater certainty, no redemption by ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum, as applicable, of such Retracted Shares shall take place on the Retraction Date.

A holder of Exchangeable Shares who has made a Retraction Request may, by notice in writing given by the holder to ExchangeCo before the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the Retraction Date, withdraw such Retraction Request, in which event such Retraction Request will be null and void and the revocable offer constituted by the Retraction Request to sell such Exchangeable Shares to D-Wave Quantum or CallCo pursuant to the exercise of the Retraction Call Right will be deemed to have been revoked.

If neither D-Wave Quantum nor CallCo notifies the Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent and ExchangeCo of its intention to exercise the Retraction Call Right in the manner and timing described above, each holder of Exchangeable Shares will, at the holder’s discretion, be entitled to demand (by way of notice given to ExchangeCo or D-Wave Quantum) that D-Wave Quantum exercise (or cause CallCo to exercise) the Retraction Call Right in respect of the shares covered by the notice.

Redemption of Exchangeable Shares and Associated Call Right

Subject to applicable laws and the due exercise by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo of the Redemption Call Right (as defined below), ExchangeCo shall on the Redemption Date (as defined below) redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Exchangeable Shares (other than Exchangeable Shares held by D-Wave Quantum and its affiliates) for an amount per share (the “Redemption Price”) equal to the Exchangeable Share Price on the last business day prior to the Redemption Date, which price shall be satisfied in full by ExchangeCo delivering or causing to be delivered to each holder of Exchangeable Shares the Exchangeable Share Consideration for each Exchangeable Share held by such holder.

 

132


Table of Contents

The “Redemption Date” is the date, if any, established by the board of directors of ExchangeCo for the redemption by ExchangeCo of all but not less than all of the outstanding Exchangeable Shares, which date shall be the later of (A) the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the Arrangement (the “Effective Date”) and (B) the date that the redemption of the Exchangeable Shares would not result in any holder of Exchangeable Shares being in violation of Canadian pension regulations that restrict it from owning more than 30% of the securities that vote for the election of directors of D-Wave Quantum (the “Sunset Date”) unless, prior to that time:

 

  (a)

the aggregate number of Exchangeable Shares issued and outstanding (other than Exchangeable Shares held by D-Wave Quantum and its subsidiaries) is less than 5% of the number of Exchangeable Shares issued on the Effective Date (as such number of shares may be adjusted as deemed appropriate by the board of directors of ExchangeCo in certain circumstances set forth in the Exchangeable Share Provisions) and provided that the exercise of such redemption right does not result in any shareholder being in violation of Canadian pension regulations that restrict it from owning more than 30% of the securities that vote for the election of directors of D-Wave Quantum, in which case the board of directors of ExchangeCo may accelerate such Redemption Date to such date as it may determine, upon at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the holders of the Exchangeable Shares and the Trustee;

 

  (b)

(i) any person acquires, directly or indirectly, any voting security of D-Wave Quantum, immediately after such acquisition, directly or indirectly owns, or exercises control and direction over, voting securities representing more than 50% of the total voting power of all of the then outstanding voting securities of D-Wave Quantum; (ii) the shareholders of D-Wave Quantum approve a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of D-Wave Quantum, other than any such transaction which would result in the holders of outstanding voting securities of D-Wave Quantum immediately prior to such transaction directly or indirectly owning, or exercising control and direction over, voting securities representing more than 50% of the total voting power of all of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction; (iii) the shareholders of D-Wave Quantum approve a liquidation of D-Wave Quantum; (iv) D-Wave Quantum sells or disposes of all or substantially all of its assets; (v) D-Wave Quantum undertakes a spin-out transaction involving businesses, securities or assets to 10% or more of D-Wave Quantum; or (vi) any similar transactions to those described above (each a “D-Wave Quantum Extraordinary Transaction”) is proposed, in which case, provided that the board of directors of ExchangeCo determines in good faith, that it is not practicable to substantially replicate the terms and conditions of the Exchangeable Shares in connection with such D-Wave Quantum Extraordinary Transaction or that the redemption of all but not less than all of the outstanding Exchangeable Shares (other than Exchangeable Shares held by D-Wave Quantum and its affiliates) is necessary to enable the completion of such D-Wave Quantum Extraordinary Transaction in accordance with its terms, the board of directors of ExchangeCo may accelerate such Redemption Date to such date as it may determine, upon such number of days’ prior written notice to the holders of the Exchangeable Shares and the Trustee as the board of directors of ExchangeCo may determine to be reasonably practicable in such circumstances;

D-Wave Quantum and CallCo shall each have the overriding right (the “Redemption Call Right”), notwithstanding the proposed redemption of the Exchangeable Shares by ExchangeCo, to purchase from all but not less than all of the holders of Exchangeable Shares (other than D-Wave Quantum or an affiliate of D-Wave Quantum) on the Redemption Date all but not less than all of the Exchangeable Shares held by each such holder on payment by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, of an amount per share (the “Redemption Call Purchase Price”) equal to the Exchangeable Share Price on the last business day prior to the Redemption Date. The Redemption Call Purchase Price shall be satisfied in full by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo depositing or causing to be deposited with the Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent, on or before the Redemption Date, the Exchangeable Share Consideration representing the aggregate Redemption Call Purchase Price less any amounts withheld on account of taxes. In the event of the exercise of the Redemption Call Right by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, each holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be obligated to sell all of the Exchangeable Shares held by the holder to D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, on the Redemption Date on

 

133


Table of Contents

payment by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, to the holder of the Redemption Call Purchase Price for each such share, and ExchangeCo shall have no obligation to redeem, or pay the Redemption Price, in respect of the shares so purchased.

CallCo shall only be entitled to exercise the Redemption Call Right with respect to those Exchangeable Shares, if any, in respect of which D-Wave Quantum has not exercised the Redemption Call Right, other than in the case where the Redemption Date is the Sunset Date (such redemption, the “Sunset Redemption”) with respect to which CallCo shall always be entitled to exercise the Redemption Call Right. To exercise the Redemption Call Right, D-Wave Quantum or CallCo must notify the Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent, as agent for the holders of Exchangeable Shares, and ExchangeCo of its intention to exercise such right (i) in the case of a redemption occurring as a result of a D-Wave Quantum Extraordinary Transaction, on or before the Redemption Date, and (ii) in any other case, at least 15 business days before the Redemption Date. The Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent will notify the holders of Exchangeable Shares as to whether or not D-Wave Quantum and/or CallCo has exercised the Redemption Call Right forthwith after the expiry of the period during which the same may be exercised by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo. If D-Wave Quantum and/or CallCo exercises the Redemption Call Right, D-Wave Quantum and/or CallCo, as the case may be, will purchase and the holders of the Exchangeable Shares (other than D-Wave Quantum or an affiliate of D-Wave Quantum) will sell, on the Redemption Date, all of the Exchangeable Shares held by such holders on such date for a price per share equal to the Redemption Call Purchase Price (payable in the form of the Exchangeable Share Consideration).

Change of Law Call Right

D-Wave Quantum and CallCo shall each have the overriding right (the “Change of Law Call Right”), in the event of any amendment to the Tax Act and other applicable provincial income tax laws that permits Canadian resident holders of the Exchangeable Shares, who hold the Exchangeable Shares as capital property and deal at arm’s length with D-Wave Quantum and ExchangeCo (all for the purposes of the Tax Act and other applicable provincial income tax laws), to exchange their Exchangeable Shares for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares on a basis that will not require such holders to recognize any gain or loss or any actual or deemed dividend in respect of such exchange for the purposes of the Tax Act or applicable provincial income tax laws (a “Change of Law”), to purchase from all but not less than all of the holders of Exchangeable Shares (other than D-Wave Quantum or an affiliate of D-Wave Quantum ) on the Change of Law Call Date (as defined below) all but not less than all of the Exchangeable Shares held by each such holder on payment by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, of an amount per share (the “Change of Law Call Purchase Price”) equal to the Exchangeable Share Price applicable on the last business day prior to the date on which D-Wave Quantum or ExchangeCo acquires the Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Change of Law Call Right (the “Change of Law Call Date”), which shall be satisfied in full by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo depositing or causing to be deposited with the Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent, on or before the Change of Law Call Date, the Exchangeable Share Consideration representing the total Change of Law Call Purchase Price less any amounts withheld on account of taxes. In the event of the exercise of the Change of Law Call Right by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, each such holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be obligated to sell all of the Exchangeable Shares held by the holder to D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, on the Change of Law Call Date upon payment by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, to such holder of the Change of Law Call Purchase Price (payable in the form of Exchangeable Share Consideration).

CallCo shall only be entitled to exercise the Change of Law Call Right with respect to those Exchangeable Shares, if any, in respect of which D-Wave Quantum has not exercised the Change of Law Call Right. To exercise the Change of Law Call Right, D-Wave Quantum or CallCo must notify the Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent, as agent for the holders of Exchangeable Shares, and ExchangeCo of its intention to exercise such right at least 15 business days before the Change of Law Call Date. The Exchangeable Shares Transfer Agent will notify the holders of Exchangeable Shares that D-Wave Quantum and/or CallCo has exercised the Change of Law Call Right forthwith after receiving notice of such exercise. If D-Wave Quantum and/or CallCo

 

134


Table of Contents

exercises the Change of Law Call Right, D-Wave Quantum and/or CallCo will purchase, and the holders of the Exchangeable Shares will sell, on the Change of Law Call Date, all of the Exchangeable Shares then outstanding for a price per share equal to the Change of Law Call Purchase Price.

Voting Rights

Except as required by applicable law and in respect of certain matters as further described in the Exchangeable Share Provisions, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall not be entitled as such to receive notice of or to attend any meeting of the shareholders of ExchangeCo or to vote at any such meeting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall not be entitled to class votes except as required by applicable law. Each holder of Exchangeable Shares shall have the right to instruct the Trustee to cast and exercise, in the manner instructed, the number of votes to which a holder of one D-Wave Quantum Common Share is entitled with respect to any matter, proposition or question for each Exchangeable Share divided by the Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio owned of record by such holder. See “Description of Exchangeable Shares and Related Agreements – Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement.”

Amendment and Approval

Any approval required to be given by the holders of the Exchangeable Shares to add to, change or remove any right, privilege, restriction or condition attaching to the Exchangeable Shares or any other matter requiring the approval or consent of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares in accordance with applicable law shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if it has been given in accordance with applicable law, subject to a minimum requirement that such approval be evidenced by a resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of the votes cast on such resolution at a meeting of holders of Exchangeable Shares duly called and held at which the holders of at least 10% of the outstanding Exchangeable Shares at that time are present in person or represented by proxy.

Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement

The following is a summary description of certain material provisions of the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement, is not comprehensive and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part.

The purpose of the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement is to create a trust for the benefit of the Beneficiaries. The Trustee will hold the special voting share in the capital of D-Wave Quantum which entitles the holder to that number of votes at meetings of holders of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the number of Exchangeable Shares outstanding at such time (excluding Exchangeable Shares held by D-Wave Quantum and its affiliates) divided by the Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio (the “Special Voting Share”) in order to enable the Trustee to exercise the voting rights attached thereto and will hold the Exchange Right (as defined below) and the Automatic Exchange Right in order to enable the Trustee to exercise or enforce such rights, in each case as trustee for and on behalf of the Beneficiaries.

Voting Rights

Pursuant to the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement, D-Wave Quantum will issue to and deposit with the Trustee the Special Voting Share to be held of record by the Trustee as trustee for and on behalf of, and for the use and benefit of, the Beneficiaries and in accordance with the provisions of the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement.

Under the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement, the Trustee shall be entitled to exercise all of the voting rights, including the right to vote in person or by proxy, attaching to the Special Voting Share on any matters, question, proposal or proposition that may properly come before the D-Wave Quantum Shareholders at a meeting of D-Wave Quantum Shareholders.

 

135


Table of Contents

With respect to all meetings of shareholders of D-Wave Quantum at which D-Wave Quantum Shareholders are entitled to vote, each Beneficiary shall be entitled to instruct the Trustee to cast and exercise, in the manner instructed, the number of votes to which a holder of one D-Wave Quantum Common Share is entitled with respect to such matter, proposition or question for each Exchangeable Share owned of record by such Beneficiary at the close of business on the record date established by D-Wave Quantum or by applicable law, divided by the Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio.

The aggregate voting rights attached to the Special Voting Share at a meeting of shareholders of D-Wave Quantum at which shareholders of D-Wave Quantum are entitled to vote shall consist of a number of votes equal to one vote per outstanding Exchangeable Share from time to time not owned by D-Wave Quantum and its affiliates on the record date established by D-Wave Quantum, divided by the Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio and for which the Trustee shall have received voting instructions from the holder of the Exchangeable Share.

The Trustee will exercise each vote attached to the Special Voting Share only as directed by the relevant holder and, in the absence of instructions from a holder as to voting, the Trustee will not exercise voting rights with respect to such Exchangeable Share. A holder may, upon instructing the Trustee, obtain a proxy from the Trustee entitling the holder to vote directly at the relevant meeting the votes attached to the Special Voting Share to which the holder is entitled.

The Trustee will send to the Beneficiaries the notice of each meeting at which the D-Wave Quantum Shareholders are entitled to vote, together with the related meeting materials and a statement as to the manner in which the holder may instruct the Trustee to exercise the votes attaching to the Special Voting Share, at the same time as D-Wave Quantum sends such notice and materials to the D-Wave Quantum Shareholders. The Trustee will also send to the holders of Exchangeable Shares copies of all information statements, interim and annual financial statements, reports and other materials sent by D-Wave Quantum to the D-Wave Quantum Shareholders at the same time as such materials are sent to the D-Wave Quantum Shareholders. To the extent such materials are provided to the Trustee by D-Wave Quantum, the Trustee will also send to the holders all materials sent by third parties to D-Wave Quantum Shareholders generally, including dissident proxy circulars and tender and exchange offer circulars, as soon as possible after such materials are first sent to D-Wave Quantum Shareholders.

All rights of a holder of Exchangeable Shares to exercise votes attached to the Special Voting Share will cease upon the exchange of such holder’s Exchangeable Shares for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

ExchangeCo Insolvency Event – Exchange Right

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of (i) the institution by ExchangeCo of any proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent or to be dissolved or wound up, or the consent of ExchangeCo to the institution of bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or winding-up proceedings against it, (ii) the filing by ExchangeCo of a petition, answer or consent seeking dissolution or winding-up under any bankruptcy, insolvency or analogous laws, including the Companies Creditors’ Arrangement Act (Canada) and the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), or the failure by ExchangeCo to contest in good faith any such proceedings commenced in respect of ExchangeCo within 30 days of becoming aware thereof, or the consent by ExchangeCo to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, (iii) the making by ExchangeCo of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission in writing by ExchangeCo of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or (iv) ExchangeCo not being permitted, pursuant to solvency requirements of applicable law, to redeem any Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the terms of the Exchangeable Share Provisions specified in a Retraction Request delivered to ExchangeCo in accordance with the terms of the Exchangeable Share Provisions (each an “ExchangeCo Insolvency Event”), the Trustee shall have the right (the “Exchange Right”) to require D-Wave Quantum or CallCo to purchase from each Beneficiary all or any part of the Exchangeable Shares from each or any Beneficiary, provided that the Trustee may exercise such right only on the basis of instructions received from each such holder. The purchase price payable by

 

136


Table of Contents

D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, for each Exchangeable Share purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Exchange Right will be the Exchangeable Share Price on the last business day prior to the closing of the purchase and sale of such Exchangeable Share, which price will be satisfied in full by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo delivering the Exchangeable Share Consideration representing such Exchangeable Share Price to the Trustee.

As soon as practicable following the occurrence of an ExchangeCo Insolvency Event or any event that with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be an ExchangeCo Insolvency Event, D-Wave Quantum and ExchangeCo will give written notice thereof to the Trustee. As soon as practicable after receiving such notice, or upon the Trustee otherwise becoming aware of an ExchangeCo Insolvency Event, the Trustee will give notice to each holder of Exchangeable Shares of such event and will advise the holder of its rights with respect to the Exchange Right.

D-Wave Quantum Liquidation Event – Automatic Exchange Right

Immediately prior to the effective date of (a) any determination by the D-Wave Quantum Board to institute voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up proceedings with respect to D-Wave Quantum or to effect any other distribution of assets of D-Wave Quantum among shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs; or (b) the commencement of any instituted claim, suit, petition or other proceedings with respect to the involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of D-Wave Quantum or to effect any other distribution of assets of D-Wave Quantum among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, in each case where D-Wave Quantum has failed to contest in good faith any such proceeding commenced in respect of D-Wave Quantum within 30 days of becoming aware thereof (a “D-Wave Quantum Liquidation Event”), each of the then outstanding Exchangeable Shares (other than Exchangeable Shares held by D-Wave Quantum and its affiliates) shall be automatically exchanged for one D-Wave Quantum Common Share. To effect such automatic exchange, D-Wave Quantum shall purchase all of the Exchangeable Shares outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the D-Wave Quantum Liquidation Event. The purchase price payable by D-Wave Quantum for each Exchangeable Share purchased pursuant to such exchange will be the Exchangeable Share Price immediately prior to the effective date of the D-Wave Quantum Liquidation Event, which price will be satisfied in full by D-Wave Quantum delivering the Exchangeable Share Consideration representing such Exchangeable Share Price to the holder thereof.

Exchangeable Share Support Agreement

The following is a summary description of certain material provisions of the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement, is not comprehensive and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part.

Pursuant to the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement, D-Wave Quantum has agreed that, so long as any Exchangeable Shares not owned by D-Wave Quantum or its affiliates are outstanding, D-Wave Quantum shall, among other things:

 

  (a)

not take any action that will result in the declaration or payment of any dividend or make any other distribution on the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares unless (i) ExchangeCo shall simultaneously, declare or pay, as the case may be, an equivalent dividend or other distribution economically equivalent thereto (as determined in accordance with the Exchangeable Share Provisions) on the Exchangeable Shares (an “Equivalent Dividend”), (ii) if the dividend is a cash dividend or other distribution, receive sufficient money or other assets from D-Wave Quantum (through any intermediary entities) to enable the due declaration and the due and punctual payment, in accordance with applicable law and the Exchangeable Share Provisions, of any such Equivalent Dividend, and (iii) if the dividend or other distribution is a stock or share dividend or distribution of stock or shares, have sufficient but unissued

 

137


Table of Contents
 

securities available to enable the due declaration and the due and punctual payment, in accordance with applicable law and the Exchangeable Share Provisions, of any such Equivalent Dividend; all provided that, if the board of directors of ExchangeCo so chooses, in its sole discretion, as an alternative to taking any of the actions described above, ExchangeCo shall adjust the Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio in accordance with the Exchangeable Share Provisions, provided further that the Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio shall only be so adjusted to the extent that the board of directors of ExchangeCo determines in good faith and in its sole discretion that ExchangeCo would be liable for any unrecoverable tax as a result of taking any of the actions described in this paragraph and determines to adjust the Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio in lieu of taking any such action;

 

  (b)

advise ExchangeCo sufficiently in advance of the declaration of any dividend or other distribution on the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and take all such other actions as are reasonably necessary or desirable, in cooperation with ExchangeCo, to ensure that the respective declaration date, record date and payment date for equivalent dividends on the Exchangeable Shares are the same as those for any corresponding dividends or other distributions on the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares;

 

  (c)

take all actions and do all things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to enable and permit ExchangeCo, in accordance with applicable law, to pay the Liquidation Amount, the Retraction Price or the Redemption Price to the holders of the Exchangeable Shares in the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of ExchangeCo, whether voluntary or involuntary, the delivery of a Retraction Request by a holder of Exchangeable Shares or a redemption of Exchangeable Shares by ExchangeCo;

 

  (d)

take all such actions and do all such things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to enable and permit the Trustee in accordance with applicable law to perform its obligations under the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement, including, without limitation, all such actions and all such things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to enable and permit the Trustee in its capacity as trustee under the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement to exercise such number of votes in respect of a meeting of D-Wave Quantum Shareholders as is equal to the aggregate number of Exchangeable Shares outstanding on an as-converted to D-Wave Quantum Shares basis at the relevant time other than those held by D-Wave Quantum and its affiliates;

 

  (e)

take all actions and do all things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to enable and permit D-Wave Quantum or CallCo, as the case may be, in accordance with applicable law, to perform its obligations arising upon the exercise by it of the Liquidation Call Right, the Retraction Call Right or the Redemption Call Right;

 

  (f)

take all such actions and do all such things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to enable and permit D-Wave Quantum, in accordance with applicable law, to perform its obligations in connection with a Retraction Request and the Sunset Redemption pursuant to the Exchangeable Share Provisions; and

 

  (g)

not exercise its vote as a shareholder of ExchangeCo to initiate the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of ExchangeCo or any other distribution of the assets of ExchangeCo for the purpose of winding up its affairs, nor take any action or omit to take any action that is designed to result in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of ExchangeCo or any other distribution of the assets of ExchangeCo among its shareholders for purpose of winding up its affairs, without the prior written consent of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares as long as any Exchangeable Shares are outstanding.

In order to protect the economic equivalence of the Exchangeable Shares, the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement provides that, so long as any Exchangeable Shares not owned by D-Wave Quantum or its affiliates are outstanding:

 

  (a)

D-Wave Quantum will not without the prior approval of ExchangeCo and the prior approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with the Exchangeable Share Provisions:

 

  (i)

issue or distribute D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire D-Wave Quantum Common Shares) to the holders of

 

138


Table of Contents
 

all or substantially all of the then outstanding D-Wave Quantum Common Shares by way of stock dividend or other distribution, other than an issue of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire D-Wave Quantum Common Shares) to holders of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (A) who exercise an option to receive dividends in D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire D-Wave Quantum Common Shares) in lieu of receiving cash dividends, or (B) pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan or scrip dividend or similar arrangement; or

 

  (ii)

issue or distribute rights, options or warrants to the holders of all or substantially all of the then outstanding D-Wave Quantum Common Shares entitling them to subscribe for or to purchase D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire D-Wave Quantum Common Shares); or

 

  (iii)

issue or distribute to the holders of all or substantially all of the then outstanding D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (A) shares or securities of D-Wave Quantum of any class (other than D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for or carrying rights to acquire D-Wave Quantum Common Shares), (B) rights, options, warrants or other assets other than those referred to in clause (a)(ii) above, (C) evidence of indebtedness of D-Wave Quantum or (D) assets of D-Wave Quantum,

unless, in each case, the economic equivalent on a per share basis of such rights, options, warrants, securities, shares, evidences of indebtedness or other assets is issued or distributed by ExchangeCo simultaneously to holders of the Exchangeable Shares including, without limitation, an adjustment to the Exchangeable Share Exchange Ratio in accordance with the terms of the Exchangeable Share Provisions.

 

  (b)

D-Wave Quantum shall not without the prior approval of ExchangeCo and the prior approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with the Exchangeable Share Provisions:

 

  (i)

subdivide, redivide or change the then outstanding D-Wave Quantum Common Shares into a greater number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares; or

 

  (ii)

reduce, combine, consolidate or change the then outstanding D-Wave Quantum Common Shares into a lesser number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares; or

 

  (iii)

reclassify or otherwise change D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or effect an amalgamation, merger, reorganization or other transaction affecting D-Wave Quantum Common Shares;

unless, in each case, the same or an economically equivalent change is simultaneously made to, or in the rights of the holders of, the Exchangeable Shares.

The board of directors of ExchangeCo will determine, in good faith and in its sole discretion (with the assistance of such financial or other advisors as the board of directors of ExchangeCo may determine), “economic equivalence” for the purposes of any event referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above and each such determination will be conclusive and binding on D-Wave Quantum. ExchangeCo agrees that, to the extent required, upon due notice from D-Wave Quantum, ExchangeCo shall use its best efforts to take or cause to be taken such steps as may be necessary for the purposes of ensuring that appropriate dividends are paid or other distributions are made by ExchangeCo, or subdivisions, redivisions or changes are made to the Exchangeable Shares, in order to implement the required economic equivalence with respect to the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and Exchangeable Shares as provided for above.

The Exchangeable Share Support Agreement provides that in the event that a tender offer, share exchange offer, issuer bid, takeover bid or similar transaction with respect to D-Wave Quantum Common Shares is proposed to D-Wave Quantum or its shareholders and is recommended by the D-Wave Quantum Board, or is otherwise effected or to be effected with the consent or approval of the D-Wave Quantum Board, and the Exchangeable Shares are not redeemed by ExchangeCo or purchased by D-Wave Quantum or CallCo pursuant to

 

139


Table of Contents

the Redemption Call Right, D-Wave Quantum and ExchangeCo will use reasonable efforts to take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit holders of Exchangeable Shares (other than D-Wave Quantum and its affiliates) to participate in such offer to the same extent and on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, without discrimination. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, D-Wave Quantum and ExchangeCo will use reasonable efforts in good faith to ensure that all holders of Exchangeable Shares may participate in such offer without being required to retract Exchangeable Shares as against ExchangeCo (or, if so required, to ensure that any such retraction, shall be effective only upon, and shall be conditional upon, the closing of such offer and only to the extent necessary to tender or deposit to the offer).

The Exchangeable Share Support Agreement also provides that, as long as any outstanding Exchangeable Shares are owned by any person or entity other than D-Wave Quantum or any of its affiliates, D-Wave Quantum will, unless approval to do otherwise is obtained from the holders of the Exchangeable Shares in accordance with the Exchangeable Share Provisions, remain the direct or indirect beneficial owner of all issued and outstanding common shares of ExchangeCo and CallCo.

With the exception of changes for the purpose of (i) adding to the covenants of any or all of the parties, (ii) evidencing the succession of successors to D-Wave Quantum and the covenants and obligations assumed by such successors; (iii) making such amendments or modifications not inconsistent with the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement as may be necessary or desirable with respect to matters or questions arising thereunder or (iv) curing or correcting any ambiguities or defect or inconsistent provision or clerical omission or mistake or manifest errors (provided, in the case of (i), (iii) and (iv), that the board of directors of each of D-Wave Quantum, ExchangeCo and CallCo are of the good faith opinion that such amendments are not prejudicial to the rights or interests of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares), the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement may not be amended except by agreement in writing executed by D-Wave Quantum, CallCo and ExchangeCo and approved by the holders of the Exchangeable Shares.

Under the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement, each of D-Wave Quantum and CallCo will not, and will cause its affiliates not to, exercise any voting rights which may be exercisable by holders of Exchangeable Shares from time to time with respect to any Exchangeable Shares owned by D-Wave Quantum or its affiliates on any matter considered at meetings of holders of Exchangeable Shares (including any approval sought from such holders in respect of matters arising under the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement).

Registration of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued upon exchange of the Exchangeable Shares

The D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be issued upon exchange of the Exchangeable Shares are subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Pursuant to the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement, D-Wave Quantum has agreed to use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement in order to register under the Securities Act the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued upon exchange of the Exchangeable Shares from time to time after the Effective Time.

 

140


Table of Contents

REGULATORY APPROVALS RELATED TO THE TRANSACTION

The transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, including the Transaction, are not presently believed to be subject to any additional U.S. federal or state regulatory requirement or approval.

Investment Canada Act Approval

Under the Investment Canada Act, certain transactions involving the “acquisition of control” of a “Canadian business” by a “non-Canadian” (all as defined in the Investment Canada Act) are subject to review and cannot be implemented unless the responsible Minister or Ministers under the Investment Canada Act are satisfied or deemed to be satisfied that the transaction is likely to be of “net benefit” to Canada. The transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement are not subject to these requirements.

The Investment Canada Act requires any person that is a “non-Canadian” (as defined in the Investment Canada Act) who acquires control of an existing Canadian business, where the acquisition of control is not reviewable under the net benefit to Canada provisions, to file a notification form with the Investment Review Division of the Canadian government. Under the national security regime in Part IV.1 of the Investment Canada Act, a review on a discretionary basis may also be undertaken by the federal government in respect of a broad range of investments by a non-Canadian to “acquire, in whole or in part, or to establish an entity carrying on all or any part of its operations in Canada.” A review on national security grounds is at the discretion of the federal government and may be initiated up to 45 days following the filing of a notification under the Investment Canada Act. The federal government may also decide to extend the timeline for deciding whether to initiate a national security review to 90 days from the filing of the notification, in accordance with the timeframes contemplated in Part IV.1 of the Investment Canada Act.

A notification was submitted to the Investment Review Division of the Department of Industry, Science and Economic Development and certified complete as of February 22, 2022. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, no further action has been taken by the federal government to extend the time for review beyond the initial 45 days. It is a condition to closing of the Arrangement that Investment Canada Act Approval be obtained.

Stock Exchange Listings

The Public Shares, Public Units and Public Warrants are traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbols “XPOA,” “XPOA.U” and “XPOA.WS,” respectively. D-Wave Quantum has applied to list the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants on the NYSE under the proposed symbols “QBTS” and “QBTS.WS,” respectively, upon the consummation of the Transaction.

 

141


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Defined terms included below have the same meaning as terms defined and included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. All dollar amounts are expressed in thousands of United States dollars (“$”), unless otherwise indicated.

Introduction

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are provided to aid you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Transaction (including the PIPE Financing).

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been prepared based on the DPCM historical financial statements and the D-Wave historical consolidated financial statements as adjusted to give effect to the Transaction. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet gives pro forma effect to the Transaction as if it had been consummated on December 31, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 gives effect to the Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2021.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been presented for illustrative purposes only and do not necessarily reflect what the combined company’s financial condition or results of operations would have been had the Transaction occurred on the dates indicated. Further, the pro forma combined financial information may not be useful in predicting the future financial condition and results of operations of the combined company. The actual financial position and results of operations may differ significantly from the pro forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of factors.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements have been derived from and should be read in conjunction with:

 

   

the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements;

 

   

the historical audited financial statements of DPCM as of December 31, 2021, and for the year ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus;

 

   

the historical audited consolidated financial statements of D-Wave as of December 31, 2021, and for the year ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus; and

 

   

the sections entitled “DPCM’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “D-Wave’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and other financial information relating to DPCM and D-Wave included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Description of the Transaction

On February 7, 2022, DPCM entered into the Transaction Agreement with D-Wave Quantum, Merger Sub, CallCo, ExchangeCo and D-Wave. Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement and in connection therewith, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions contained therein:

 

   

On the Closing Date, Merger Sub will merge with and into DPCM, as a result of which DPCM will become a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum, with the stockholders of DPCM receiving D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in the DPCM Merger;

 

   

At the Effective Time, (a) each issued and outstanding share of DPCM Class A Common Stock (other than any Excluded Shares and after giving effect to the DPCM Stockholder Redemption) will be automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive from the depositary, for each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock, a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the Exchange Ratio and (b) each

 

142


Table of Contents
 

issued and outstanding share of DPCM Class B Common Stock (other than any Excluded Shares) will be automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive from the depositary, one D-Wave Quantum Common Share;

 

   

Immediately following the DPCM Merger, the parties will proceed to effect the Arrangement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan of Arrangement and the Transaction Agreement or made at the direction of the Court in accordance with the Final Order with the prior written consent of DPCM and D-Wave, each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. Pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, (i) CallCo will acquire a portion of the issued and outstanding D-Wave Shares from certain holders in exchange for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in the D-Wave Quantum Share Exchange, (ii) CallCo will contribute such D-Wave Shares to ExchangeCo in exchange for ExchangeCo Common Shares, (iii) following the D-Wave Quantum Exchange, ExchangeCo will acquire the remaining issued and outstanding D-Wave Shares from the remaining holders of D-Wave Shares in exchange for Exchangeable Shares and (iv) as a result of the foregoing, D-Wave will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of ExchangeCo. The holders of the Exchangeable Shares will have certain rights as specified in the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement and the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement, including the right to exchange Exchangeable Shares for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares;

 

   

At the Arrangement Effective Time, pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, each outstanding D-Wave Share will be automatically converted into and exchanged the right to receive a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or Exchangeable Shares equal to, in the aggregate, the Per Share D-Wave Stock Consideration; and

 

   

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, the PIPE Investors entered into the PIPE Subscription Agreements, pursuant to which, among other things, each PIPE Investor subscribed to and agreed to purchase on the Closing Date, and D-Wave Quantum agreed to issue and sell to each such PIPE Investor on the Closing Date, the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the purchase price set forth therein, divided by $10.00 and multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

Forfeiture and Earn-out Shares

Prior to the Transaction, Sponsor was the beneficial and record owner of 7,252,500 shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock, or the Founder Shares. Pursuant to the terms of the Sponsor Support Agreement entered into in concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, immediately prior to the Closing, the Sponsor has agreed to forfeit the 1,196,663 Founder Shares, or the Forfeited Shares, and to potentially forfeit an additional 906,563 Founder Shares, or the Contingent Sponsor Shares, depending on the Transaction-related expenses and amount of redemptions by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock in connection with the Transaction. The Sponsor will also subject 1,813,125 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (the “Earn-out Shares”), it receives in the Transaction to an earn-out based on the price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares as follows:

 

   

Following the Closing, if, at any time during the period following the Closing and expiring on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Closing Date, the last reported sales price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equals or exceeds an amount equal to (x)(1) $10.00 divided by (2) the Exchange Ratio multiplied by (y) 1.2, for any twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30) trading day period, the Earn-out Shares shall automatically vest and no longer be subject to forfeiture pursuant to the Sponsor Support Agreement.

The Earn-out Shares have been classified as permanent equity on the balance sheet.

Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements were prepared in accordance with Article 11 of SEC Regulation S-X, as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786, Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses. Release No. 33-10786 replaces the historical

 

143


Table of Contents

pro forma adjustments criteria with simplified requirements to depict the accounting for the transaction (“Transaction Accounting Adjustments”) and present the reasonably estimable synergies and other transaction effects that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur (“Management’s Adjustments”). DPCM has elected not to present Management’s Adjustments and will only be presenting Transaction Accounting Adjustments in the unaudited pro forma combined financial information. The adjustments presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an understanding of the combined company upon consummation of the Transaction.

The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2021, was derived from the audited historical balance sheet of DPCM as of December 31, 2021, and the audited historical balance sheet of D-Wave as of December 31, 2021 and gives effect to the Transaction as if it had been consummated on December 31, 2021. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021, combines the historical statement of operations of DPCM for the year ended December 31, 2021, and the historical statement of operations of D-Wave for the year ended December 31, 2021, and gives effect to the Transaction as if it had been consummated on January 1, 2021.

Management has made significant estimates and assumptions in its determination of the pro forma adjustments. As the unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been prepared based on these preliminary estimates, the final amounts recorded may differ materially from the information presented.

The pro forma adjustments reflecting the consummation of the Transaction are based on certain currently available information and certain assumptions and methodologies that each of D-Wave and DPCM believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised as additional information becomes available and is evaluated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments, and it is possible the differences may be material. Each of D-Wave and DPCM believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all the significant effects of the Transaction based on information available to management at this time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma combined financial information.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information does not give effect to any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings, or cost savings that may be associated with the Transaction. DPCM and D-Wave have not had any historical relationship prior to the Transaction. Accordingly, no pro forma adjustments were required to eliminate activities between the companies.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presents two redemption scenarios as follows:

 

   

Assuming No Redemptions: This scenario, which we refer to as the “No Redemption Scenario,” assumes that no DPCM Public Stockholders exercise their right to have their DPCM Public Shares converted into their pro rata share of the Trust Account; and

 

   

Assuming Maximum Redemptions: This scenario, which we refer to as the “Maximum Redemption Scenario,” assumes that 19,008,332 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, the maximum redemption of the outstanding DPCM Class A Common Stock that could occur without a failure to satisfy the Minimum Cash Condition, are redeemed, resulting in an aggregate payment of approximately $190.0 million out of the Trust Account. Scenario 2 includes all adjustments contained in Scenario 1 and presents additional adjustments to reflect the effect of the maximum redemption.

The foregoing scenarios are for illustrative purposes as DPCM does not have, as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, a meaningful way of providing any certainty regarding the number of redemptions by public stockholders that may occur.

 

144


Table of Contents

Included in the shares outstanding and weighted average shares outstanding as presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are the shares of D-Wave Quantum to be issued to D-Wave stockholders under Scenarios 1 and 2 on the Closing Date, the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be issued to existing DPCM investors (as adjusted, where applicable, for the Maximum Redemption Scenario), the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be issued in respect of the Founder Shares (excluding the Earn-out Shares), and the PIPE Shares.

Upon the consummation of the Transaction, shares outstanding as presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements include the following:

 

     Scenario 1     Scenario 2  
     Assuming No Redemptions     Assuming Maximum Redemptions  

(Shares In thousands)

       Shares                  %                 Shares                  %          

D-Wave Stockholders

     97,867        69     96,890        79

PIPE Investors

     4,667        3     5,820        5

DPCM Public Stockholders

     35,000        25     15,983        13

Shares held by Sponsor

     4,243        3     3,336        3

Additional Former Class B Holder Shares

     248        0     248        0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total D-Wave Quantum Common Shares

     142,025        100     122,277        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial position would have been had the Transaction taken place on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of D-Wave Quantum.

The Public Warrants and the Private Warrants of DPCM have been reported as liability-classified instruments that will be subsequently remeasured at fair value in future reporting periods, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. The warrants of D-Wave have been classified as permanent equity. The Earn-out Shares have been classified within permanent equity.

On November 20, 2020, D-Wave entered into an agreement (the “SIF Agreement”) with the Strategic Innovation Fund (“SIF”), whereby SIF agreed to make a repayable contribution to D-Wave of up to C$40.0 million. The contractual repayment period is 15 years and commences in the first year in which D-Wave reports annual revenue of $70.0 million. Pursuant to the SIF Agreement, repayment of the SIF contribution could be triggered early upon default of the agreement, termination of the agreement or upon a change of control (as defined in the SIF Agreement) that has not been approved by the Canadian government. D-Wave has applied for approval of the Transaction from the Canadian government and is awaiting final confirmation of such approval. In the event approval is not granted, the drawn amount of the SIF contribution becomes repayable. The SIF contribution is reflected as non-current in these pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

Adjustment for Material Event

On March 3, 2022, D-Wave entered into the Venture Loan Agreement, by and between the Borrowers and PSPIB, as the lender. Under the Venture Loan Agreement, term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million will become available to the Borrowers in three tranches, subject to certain terms and conditions.

The first tranche in an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million was advanced on March 3, 2022. Subject to certain terms and conditions being satisfied, the second tranche in an aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million will be available to D-Wave prior to June 30, 2022 and the third tranche in an aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million will be available to D-Wave prior to November 15, 2022. This pro forma has been prepared based on D-Wave’s current assessment that the required terms and conditions will be met, and the total amount of the loan will be drawn.

 

145


Table of Contents

The term loans under the Venture Loan Agreement bear interest at a rate equal to the greater of either (i) the Prime Rate (as reported in The Wall Street Journal) plus 7.25%, and (ii) 10.5%. Interest on the outstanding advances is payable monthly, on the first business day of each calendar month through the earliest of December 31, 2022 and the closing of the Transaction (the “Maturity Date”).

D-Wave will pay a final payment fee of 5.0% of the aggregate amount of the term loans made under the Venture Loan Agreement on the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date; (ii) the date that D-Wave prepays all of the outstanding aggregate principal amount in full, or (iii) the date the loan payments are accelerated due to an event of default (as defined in the Venture Loan Agreement). In connection with any prepayment of less than all of the outstanding principal balance of the loans, D-Wave shall pay PSPIB an amount equal to five percent of the principal balance of the loans being prepaid.

The Venture Loan Agreement is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the Borrowers’ assets and contains certain operational covenants. As of the date of the proxy statement/prospectus, the Borrowers were in compliance with all covenants under the Venture Loan Agreement. The full text of the Venture Loan Agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part, and such description is qualified in its entirety by the full text of such exhibit.

No amounts under the commitment with PSPIB described above have been reflected in D-Wave’s historical consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2021. Upon consummation of the Transaction the debt will be fully repaid.

Accounting for the Transaction

The Transaction represents a reverse merger and will be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, DPCM, as a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum, who is the legal acquirer, will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes and D-Wave will be treated as the accounting acquirer. This determination was primarily based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

 

   

D-Wave’s existing stockholders will have the majority of the voting interest in the combined entity under both the No Redemption Scenario and Maximum Redemption Scenario as described above with an approximate 69% and 79% voting interest, respectively;

 

   

The combined company’s board of directors will have five board members consisting of one board member designated by DPCM, three board members retained from the D-Wave board, and one additional, independent board member. The D-Wave board members will control a majority of the governing body of the combined company.

 

   

D-Wave senior management will comprise all the senior management of the combined company.

 

   

D-Wave operations will comprise the ongoing operations of the combined company.

Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Transaction will be treated as the equivalent of a capital transaction in which D-Wave is issuing stock for the net assets of DPCM, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of DPCM will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Transaction will be those of D-Wave.

 

146


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2021

(in thousands)

 

                            Scenario 1     Scenario 2  
    Historical                 Assuming No Redemption     Assuming Maximum
Redemption
 
    DPCM
Capital,
Inc.
(1)
    D-Wave
Systems
Inc.
(2)
    Adjustment
for
Material
Event
          Pro Forma
Adjustments
          D-Wave
Quantum
Inc.
Pro Forma
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
          D-Wave
Quantum
Inc. Pro
Forma
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 125     $ 9,483     $ 24,825       (i   $ 300,183       (a   $ 305,130     $ (190,083     (h   $ 115,047  
            (10,500     (b           —    
            40,000       (c           —    
            (33,886     (f           —    
            (25,000     (j           —    
            (100     (c           —    

Trade accounts receivable, net

    —         421               421           421  

Receivable research incentives

    —         4,774           —           4,774       —           4,774  

Inventories

    —         2,114           —           2,114           2,114  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    176       1,116           —           1,292       —           1,292  

Deferred offering costs

    —         1,250           (1,250     (f     —             —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current assets

    301       19,158       24,825         269,447         313,731       (190,083       123,648  

Property and equipment, net

    —         3,249           —           3,249       —           3,249  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

    —         8,578           —           8,578       —           8,578  

Intangible assets, net

    —         272           —           272       —           272  

Other noncurrent assets

    —         1,353               1,353           1,353  

Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account

    300,183       —             (300,183     (a     —             —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

    300,484       32,610       24,825         (30,736       327,183       (190,083       137,100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Trade accounts payable

    —         2,109           (1,142     (f     967           967  

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    2,889       3,614               6,503           6,503  

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

    —         1,687           —           1,687       —           1,687  

Loans payable, current

    —         220       24,825       (i     (24,825     (j     220       —           220  

Deferred revenue, current

    —         2,665           —           2,665       —           2,665  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    2,889       10,295       24,825         (25,967       12,042       —           12,042  

Warrant liabilities

    10,787       —             —           10,787           10,787  

Deferred underwriting fee payable

    10,500       —             (10,500     (b     —             —    

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

    —         6,990           —           6,990       —           6,990  

Loans payable, noncurrent

    —         12,233               12,233           12,233  

Deferred revenue, noncurrent

    —         54               54           54  

Other noncurrent liabilities

    —         18               18           18  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    24,176       29,590       24,825         (36,467       42,124       —           42,124  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

DPCM Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

    300,000       —             (300,000     (g     —             —    

 

147


Table of Contents
                            Scenario 1     Scenario 2  
    Historical                 Assuming No Redemption     Assuming Maximum
Redemption
 
    DPCM
Capital,
Inc.
(1)
    D-Wave
Systems
Inc.
(2)
    Adjustment
for
Material
Event
          Pro Forma
Adjustments
          D-Wave
Quantum
Inc.
Pro
Forma
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
          D-Wave
Quantum
Inc. Pro
Forma
 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

                —             —    

D-Wave convertible preferred shares

    —         189,881           (189,881     (d     —         —           —    

D-Wave Common shares

    —         2,610           (2,610     (d     —         —           —    

DPCM Class A common stock

    —         —             —           —         —           —    

DPCM Class B common stock

    1       —             (1     (g     —         —           —    

D-Wave Quantum common stock

    —         —             47       (c     1,421       (11     (h     1,410  
            395       (g       11       (c     11  
            979       (d       (10     (d     (10

Additional paid-in capital

    —         146,240           39,953       (c     619,524       (190,072     (h     429,452  
            (100     (c       (11     (c     (11
            299,606       (g       10       (d     10  
            (23,693     (e       —           —    
            (33,994     (f       —           —    
            191,512       (d       —         (d     —    

Accumulated deficit

    (23,693     (325,268         23,693       (e     (325,443     —           (325,443
            (175     (j        
            —         (f           —    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    —         (10,443             (10,443     —           (10,443
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (23,692     3,020       —           305,731         285,059       (190,083       94,976  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 300,484     $ 32,610     $ 24,825       $ (30,736     $ 327,183     $ (190,083     $ 137,100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 

148


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

                Scenario 1           Scenario 2        
    Historical     Assuming No Redemption           Assuming Maximum
Redemption
       
    DPCM
Capital,
Inc.
(1)
    D-Wave
Systems
Inc.
(2)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
          D-Wave
Quantum
Inc.
Pro Forma
          Pro Forma
Adjustments
    D-Wave
Quantum
Inc. Pro
Forma
       

Revenue

  $ —       $ 6,279     $ —         $ 6,279       $ —       $ 6,279    

Cost of revenue:

    —         1,750       —           1,750         —         1,750    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total gross profit

    —         4,529       —           4,529         —         4,529    

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

    —         25,401       —           25,401         —         25,401    

General and administrative

    3,782       11,897       —           15,679         —         15,679    

Sales and marketing

    —         6,179       —           6,179         —         6,179    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    3,782       43,477       —           47,259         —         47,259    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

    (3,782     (38,948     —           (42,730       —         (42,730  

Other income (expense):

                  —      

Interest expense

    —         (1,728     —           (1,728       —         (1,728  

Government assistance

    —         7,167       —           7,167         —         7,167    

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

    27,913       —         —           27,913         —         27,913    

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

    116       —         (116     (aa     —           —         —      

Unrealized loss on marketable securities held in Trust Account

    9       —         (9     (aa     —           —         —      

Gain on investment in marketable securities

      1,163           1,163           1,163    

Other income (expense), net

    —         801       —           801         —         801    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

    28,038       7,403       (125       35,316         —         35,316    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss) before taxes

  $ 24,256     $ (31,545   $ (125     $ (7,414     $ —       $ (7,414  

Provision for income taxes

    (10     —         —           (10       —       $ (10  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

    24,246       (31,545     (125       (7,424       —         (7,424  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted

    $ (0.28       $ (0.05     (bb     $ (0.06     (bb
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net income per share, Class A common stock, basic and diluted

  $ 0.65                  
 

 

 

                 

Net income per share, Class B common stock, basic and diluted

  $ 0.65                  
 

 

 

                 

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    —         111,911,127           142,023,759           122,276,803    
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Weighted average shares outstanding, Class A common stock, basic and diluted

    30,000,000       —                  
 

 

 

   

 

 

               

Weighted average shares outstanding, Class B common stock, basic and diluted

    7,500,000       —                  
 

 

 

   

 

 

               

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 

149


Table of Contents

Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2021

The pro forma notes and adjustments, based on preliminary estimates that could change materially as additional information is obtained, are as follows:

Pro forma Transaction Accounting Adjustments:

 

  (a)

Reflects the reclassification of the cash and marketable securities held in the Trust Account to cash and cash equivalents, assuming no DPCM public stockholders exercise their right to have their DPCM Public Shares redeemed for their pro rata share of the Trust account.

 

  (b)

Reflects the settlement of $10.5 million in deferred underwriters’ fees incurred during DPCM’s initial public offering that are payable upon completion of the Transaction.

 

  (c)

Reflects the proceeds of $40.0 million from the issuance and sale of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares at a par value of $0.0001 in the PIPE financing pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements, and to record the fees associated to one PIPE Investor with the consummation of its PIPE financing in the amount of $100,000. Under the No Redemption Scenario, PIPE Investors will receive 4,666,667 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. Under the Maximum Redemption Scenario PIPE investors will receive 5,819,560 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

 

  (d)

Reflects the recapitalization of D-Wave through the contribution of all outstanding common shares and convertible preferred shares of D-Wave to DPCM and the issuance of 97.9 million (Exchange Ratio of 0.8743) and 96.9 million (Exchange Ratio of 0.8656) D-Wave Quantum Common Shares under the No Redemption Scenario and Maximum Redemption Scenario, respectively. As a result of the recapitalization, the carrying value of common shares of $2.6 million and non-redeemable convertible preferred shares of $189.9 million of D-Wave were derecognized. D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued as part of the recapitalization were recorded to common shares in the amount of $979,000 and additional paid in capital in the amount of $191.5 million under the No Redemption Scenario. D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued as part of the recapitalization were recorded to common shares in the amount of $969,000 and Additional paid-in capital in the amount of $191.5 million under the Maximum Redemption Scenario.

 

  (e)

Reflects the elimination of DPCM’s historical accumulated deficit.

 

  (f)

Reflects the pro forma adjustment to record the payment of preliminary estimated transaction costs incurred by DPCM and D-Wave for legal, financial advisory, accounting, auditing, and other professional fees. Costs directly attributable to the Transaction (excluding DPCM underwriter’s fees and PIPE fees described in (b) and (c), respectively) amount to $34.0 million and consists of $22.0 million relating to financial advisory fees and $10.3 million relating to legal, accounting, auditing, $750,000 relating to printing, $400,000 related to D&O insurance. $387,000 related to NYSE and other filing fees, and $123,000 related to other professional fees. Such costs are recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. Additionally, it reflects the reduction of Deferred Offering Costs by $1.2 million for transaction costs capitalized by D-Wave, Trade accounts payable by $1.1 million for transaction costs accrued by D-Wave.

 

  (g)

Reflects the conversion of 30,000,000 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock subject to possible redemption into 35,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (Exchange Ratio of 1.1666). Reflects the conversion of 7,500,000 shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock into 4,490,213 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (after giving effect to the forfeiture of the 1,196,663 Forfeited Shares and excluding the Earn-out Shares). D-Wave Quantum’s Common Shares issued as part of the conversion were recorded to common stock in the amount of $395,000 and additional paid-in capital in the amount of $300.0 million, which assumes no DPCM Public Stockholders exercise their redemption rights.

 

  (h)

Reflects the assumption that DPCM’s public stockholders exercise their redemption rights with respect to a maximum of 19,008,332 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock prior to the consummation of the Transaction at a redemption price of approximately $10.00 per share, or approximately

 

150


Table of Contents
 

$190.0 million in cash. Under the Maximum Redemption Scenario, 7,500,000 shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock convert into 3,583,650 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (after giving effect to the forfeiture of the 1,196,663 Forfeited Shares and the assumed forfeiture of the Contingent Sponsor Shares, and excluding the Earn-out Shares).

 

  (i)

Reflects the additional borrowings from PSPIB for $25.0 million net of the commitment fee of $175,000 as described in “Adjustment for Material Event” paragraph above.

 

  (j)

Reflects D-Wave’s payment of its short-term debt of $25.0 million with PSPIB (see (i)). This adjustment eliminates the short-term debt carrying value of $24.8 million and the unamortized debt discount of $175,000 that includes a discount due to unamortized debt issuance costs.

Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2021

The pro forma notes and adjustments, based on preliminary estimates that could change materially as additional information is obtained, are as follows:

Pro forma Transaction Accounting Adjustments:

 

  (aa)

Reflects the pro forma adjustment to eliminate the interest income earned and unrealized gain on marketable securities held in Trust Account held in the DPCM Trust Account.

 

  (bb)

Reflects the pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share amounts presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations based upon the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares outstanding at the closing of the Transaction, assuming the Transaction occurred on January 1, 2021. As the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations is in a loss position, anti-dilutive instruments were not included in the calculation of diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding (the anti-dilutive instruments are described below).

Pro Forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted is calculated as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2021  
     Assuming No
Redemptions
     Assuming
Maximum
    Redemptions    
 

(In thousands, except per share data)

     

Numerator:

     

Pro forma net loss

   $ (7,424    $ (7,424

Denominator:

     

Public shareholders

     35,000        15,983  

PIPE investors

     4,667        5,820  

Sponsor shares

     4,243        3,336  

Additional Former Class B Holder shares

     248        248  

D-Wave Shareholders

     97,867        96,890  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     142,025        122,277  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share(1)(2)

   $ (0.05    $ (0.06
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Because basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are the same in a net loss position, combined pro forma net loss per share excludes 10,000,000 Public Warrants and 8,000,000 Private Warrants of DPCM and 3,865,609 warrants of D-Wave.

(2)

The combined pro forma net loss per share excludes the impact of Earn-out consideration comprising of 1,813,125 shares of D-Wave Quantum, as the earnout contingency has not been met.

 

151


Table of Contents

D-Wave’s pro forma options and warrants are as follows based on an Exchange Ratio of 0.874336, assuming the No Redemption Scenario, and 0.865611, assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario:

 

     Scenario 1      Scenario 2  
(Shares In thousands)    Assuming No
Redemptions
     Assuming
Maximum
Redemptions
 

D-Wave Warrants

     3,380        3,346  

D-Wave Option

     14,283        14,141  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total D-Wave Quantum issuable to D-Wave (Dilutive)

     17,663        17,487  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

DPCM’s anti-dilutive pro forma Earn-out Shares and Warrants are as follows:

 

     Scenario 1      Scenario 2  
(Shares In thousands)    Assuming No
Redemptions
     Assuming
Maximum
Redemptions
 

Earn-out Shares

     1,813        1,813  

Public Warrants

     11,666        14,541  

Private Warrants

     9,333        11,633  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Dilutive Shares

     22,813        27,987  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

152


Table of Contents

COMPARATIVE SHARE INFORMATION

The following table sets forth the per share data of each of DPCM and D-Wave on a stand-alone basis and the unaudited pro forma combined per share data for the year ended December 31, 2021 after giving the effect to the Transaction (including the PIPE Financing with an aggregate commitment amount of $40.0 million) contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, assuming the following in the two pro forma scenarios presented:

 

   

Assuming No Redemptions: This presentation assumes that no DPCM Public Stockholders exercise their right to have their DPCM Public Shares converted into their pro rata share of the Trust Account; and

 

   

Assuming Maximum Redemptions: This presentation assumes that 19,008,332 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, the maximum redemption of the outstanding DPCM Class A Common Stock that could occur without a failure to satisfy the Minimum Cash Condition, are redeemed, resulting in an aggregate payment of approximately $190.0 million out of the Trust Account. Scenario 2 includes all adjustments contained in Scenario 1 and presents additional adjustments to reflect the effect of the Maximum Redemption Scenario.

The pro forma net loss information for the year ended December 31, 2021 was computed as if the Transaction contemplated by the Transaction Agreement had been consummated on January 1, 2021, the beginning of the earliest period presented.

You should read the information in the following table in conjunction with the summary of historical financial information included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, and the historical financial statements of DPCM and D-Wave and related notes that are included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. The unaudited DPCM and D-Wave pro forma condensed combined per share information is derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined loss per share information below is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent the earnings per share which would have occurred had the companies been combined during the period presented, nor earnings per share for any future date or period. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined book value per share information below does not purport to represent what the value of DPCM and D-Wave would have been had the companies combined during the period presented.

 

    D-Wave
(Historical)
    DPCM
(Historical)
    Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming No
Redemption)
    Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming
Maximum
Redemption)
 
(In thousands, except share and per share data)                        

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2021

       

Net loss

  $ (31,545 )     $ 24,246     $ (7,424   $ (7,424

Book Value per share (1)

  $ 0.03     $ (0.003   $ 2.01     $ 0.78  

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted (2)

    111,911,127       7,500,000       142,023,759       122,276,803  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share - basic and diluted

  $ (0.28   $ 0.65     $ (0.05   $ (0.06
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Book value per share = Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity divided by weighted average common shares outstanding.

(2)

Shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock are not presented as these do not participate in losses but rather only in the interest on the Trust Account. Refer to Note (2) of DPCM’s audited financial statements.

 

153


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT DPCM

General

DPCM is a blank check company incorporated as a Delaware corporation on March 24, 2020 for the purpose of acquiring, through a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, recapitalization, exchangeable share transaction or other similar business transaction with one or more operating businesses or assets.

Public Offering

On October 23, 2020, DPCM consummated its IPO of 30,000,000 units. Each unit consists of one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant, with each whole warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock for $11.50 per share. The units were sold at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000.

On June 22, 2020, DPCM issued 5,750,000 Founder Shares to Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share. On August 18, 2020, Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 80,000 Founder Shares to DPCM’s independent directors for their original purchase price. Subsequently, on August 27, 2020, Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 70,000 Founder Shares to certain of DPCM’s special advisors for their original purchase price. On October 2, 2020, DPCM effected a stock dividend of 1,437,500 shares with respect to DPCM Class B Common Stock, resulting in DPCM’s Initial Stockholders holding an aggregate of 7,187,500 Founder Shares. Following such dividend, on October 2, 2020, Sponsor transferred 18,750 Founder Shares to one of DPCM’s special advisors for their original purchase price.

On October 20, 2020, DPCM effected a further stock dividend of 1,437,500 shares with respect to DPCM Class B common stock, resulting in DPCM’s Initial Stockholders holding an aggregate of 8,625,000 Founder Shares. Following the expiration of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, on December 7, 2020 Sponsor forfeited 1,125,000 Founder Shares, so that DPCM’s Initial Stockholders continue to own 20% of DPCM’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock in after the DPCM IPO, described below.

On October 20, 2020, the registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-249274) relating to the DPCM IPO was declared effective by the SEC, and DPCM subsequently filed, on October 20, 2020, a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-249575) pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, which was effective immediately upon filing. On October 23, 2020, DPCM consummated DPCM’s initial public offering of 30,000,000 units, with each unit consisting of one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant, each whole warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. The units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating total gross proceeds of $300,000,000.

Simultaneously with the consummation of the DPCM IPO, DPCM consummated the private placement of 8,000,000 Private Warrants to Sponsor at a price of $1.00 per Private Warrant, generating total proceeds of $8,000,000.

A total of $300,000,000, comprised of $292,000,000 of the proceeds from the DPCM IPO (which amount includes $10,500,000 of the underwriters’ deferred discount) and $8,000,000 of the proceeds of the sale of the Private Warrants, was placed in a U.S.-based Trust Account maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account that may be released to DPCM to pay its taxes (less up to $100,000 interest to pay dissolution expenses), the funds held in the Trust Account will not be released from the Trust Account until the earliest of (i) the completion of DPCM’s initial business combination, (ii) the redemption of DPCM’s public shares if DPCM is unable to complete its initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the DPCM IPO, subject to

 

154


Table of Contents

applicable law, or (iii) the redemption of DPCM’s public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the DPCM Charter to modify the substance or timing of DPCM’s obligation to redeem 100% of DPCM’s public shares if it has not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the DPCM IPO or with respect to any other material provisions relating to stockholders’ rights (including redemption rights) or pre-initial business combination activity.

After the payment of underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the deferred portion of $8,050,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions, which amount will be payable upon consummation of an initial business combination if consummated) and approximately $1,000,000 in expenses relating to the DPCM IPO, approximately $1,000,000 of the net proceeds of the DPCM IPO and private placement was not deposited into the Trust Account and was retained by DPCM for working capital purposes. The net proceeds deposited into the Trust Account remain on deposit in the Trust Account earning interest. As of December 31, 2021, there was approximately $300.2 million in investments and cash held in the Trust Account and $124,720 of cash held outside the Trust Account available for working capital purposes.

Effecting a Business Combination

Fair Market Value of Target Business

Pursuant to NYSE listing rules, the target business or businesses that DPCM acquires must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the Trust Account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for DPCM’s initial business combination. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by DPCM’s board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation or value of comparable businesses. The DPCM Stockholders will be relying on the business judgment of DPCM’s board of directors, which will have significant discretion in choosing the standard used to establish the fair market value of the target or targets, and different methods of valuation may vary greatly in outcome from one another. As discussed in the Section entitled “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Satisfaction of 80% Test,” the DPCM board of directors determined that this test was met in connection with the Transaction.

Stockholder Approval of the Transaction

DPCM is seeking stockholder approval of the Transaction at the Special Meeting to which this proxy statement/prospectus relates and, in connection with such meeting, holders of public shares may redeem their shares for cash in accordance with the procedures described in this proxy statement/prospectus. Such redemption rights will be effected under the DPCM Charter and the DGCL. DPCM’s Sponsor and its directors and officers have agreed in a letter agreement with DPCM (i) to vote (A) the shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock (all of which are held by the Sponsor) and (B) any other DPCM Common Stock owned by the Sponsor or DPCM’s directors and officers, in favor of the Transaction; and (ii) to not redeem any public shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination, including the Transaction, or a vote to amend the provisions of the DPCM Charter relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity. If the Transaction is not completed, then Public Stockholders electing to exercise their redemption rights will not receive such payments and their shares will not be redeemed.

DPCM will complete the Transaction (or any other proposed business combination, if the Transaction is not completed) only if DPCM has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon the completion of the Transaction, after giving effect to payments to Public Stockholders who exercise their redemption rights. DPCM chose the net tangible asset threshold of $5,000,001 to ensure that it would avoid being subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

155


Table of Contents

Voting Restrictions in Connection with Special Meeting

DPCM’s Sponsor and officers and directors at the time of the DPCM IPO entered into a letter agreement to vote the DPCM Class B Common Stock and any public shares purchased during or after the DPCM IPO, in favor of the Transaction Proposal. As of the date hereof, the Initial Stockholders own approximately 20% of the total outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock.

At any time prior to the Special Meeting, during a period when they are not then aware of any material nonpublic information regarding DPCM, or not otherwise restricted under Regulation M under the Exchange Act, the Sponsor, directors and officers, the target companies and/or their respective affiliates may purchase shares and/or warrants from investors, or they may enter into transactions with such investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire DPCM Common Stock or vote their shares in favor of the Transaction Proposal. The purpose of such share purchases and other transactions would be to increase the likelihood that the proposals presented to stockholders for approval at the Special Meeting are approved or to provide additional equity financing. Any such share purchases and other transactions may thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the Transaction. This may result in the completion of the Transaction that may not otherwise have been possible. While the exact nature of any such incentives has not been determined as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, they might include, without limitation, arrangements to protect such investors or holders against potential loss in value of their shares, including the granting of put options.

Liquidation if No Transaction

Unless DPCM submits and DPCM Stockholders approve an extension, if the Transaction (or combination with another target business) is not completed by October 23, 2022, such condition will trigger DPCM’s automatic winding up, dissolution and liquidation pursuant to the terms of the DPCM Charter. As a result, this has the same effect as if DPCM had formally gone through a voluntary liquidation procedure under Delaware law. Accordingly, no vote would be required from the DPCM Stockholders to commence such a voluntary winding up, dissolution and liquidation.

DPCM’s Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock they hold if DPCM fails to complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the DPCM IPO or any extended period of time that DPCM may have to consummate an initial business combination as a result of an amendment to the DPCM Charter. However, if DPCM’s Sponsor or management team acquire public shares in or after the DPCM IPO, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such public shares if DPCM fails to complete an initial business combination within the allotted 24-month time period.

DPCM’s Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a letter agreement, that they will not propose any amendment to the DPCM Charter to modify the substance or timing of DPCM’s obligation to redeem 100% of the public shares if DPCM does not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the DPCM IPO or with respect to any other material provisions relating to stockholders’ rights (including redemption rights) or pre-initial business combination activity, unless Public Stockholders are provided with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, DPCM will only redeem DPCM’s public shares so long as (after such redemption) DPCM’s net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001. If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that DPCM cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement, DPCM would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of the public shares at such time.

 

156


Table of Contents

DPCM expects that all costs and expenses associated with implementing a plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $1,000,000 of proceeds held outside the Trust Account. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing DPCM’s plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the Trust Account not required to pay taxes, DPCM may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If all of the net proceeds of the DPCM IPO are expended, other than the proceeds deposited in the Trust Account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the Trust Account and any tax payments or expenses for the dissolution of the trust, the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders upon DPCM’s dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could, however, become subject to the claims of DPCM’s creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of Public Stockholders. The actual per-share redemption amount received by Public Stockholders may be substantially less than $10.00. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, DPCM’s plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against it to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before DPCM can make any distribution of remaining assets to stockholders. While DPCM intends to pay such amounts, if any, DPCM may not have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although DPCM will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than DPCM’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which it does business execute agreements waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of Public Stockholders, there is no guarantee such agreements will be executed or even if such agreements are executed that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against DPCM’s assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, management will consider whether competitive alternatives are reasonably available and will only enter into an agreement with such third party if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be in the best interests of DPCM under the circumstances. Examples of possible instances where DPCM may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. The underwriters of the DPCM IPO and the independent registered public accounting firm will not execute agreements waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to DPCM if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold, or a prospective target business with which DPCM have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under DPCM’s indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, DPCM has not asked the Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor has DPCM independently verified whether the Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and DPCM believes the Sponsor’s only assets are securities of DPCM. Sponsor may be unable to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for an initial business combination and

 

157


Table of Contents

redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, DPCM may not be able to complete an initial business combination, and Public Stockholders would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of public shares. None of the officers or directors of DPCM will indemnify DPCM for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, and the Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, DPCM’s independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While DPCM currently expect that the independent directors would take legal action on DPCM’s behalf against Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that the independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price may be less than $10.00 per share.

DPCM will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which DPCM does business execute agreements waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account. The Sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under the indemnity of the underwriters of the DPCM IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. DPCM will have access to up to approximately $1,250,000 from the proceeds of the DPCM IPO with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with DPCM’s liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). If after liquidation it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from the Trust Account could be liable for claims made by creditors.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of the Trust Account distributed to Public Stockholders upon the redemption of public shares in the event an initial business combination is not consummated within 24 months from the closing of the DPCM IPO may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of the Trust Account distributed to Public Stockholders upon the redemption of public shares in the event an initial business combination is not consummated within 24 months from the closing of the DPCM IPO is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution. If an initial business combination is not consummated within 24 months from the closing of the DPCM IPO, DPCM will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number

 

158


Table of Contents

of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining stockholders and the board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is DPCM’s intention to redeem public shares as soon as reasonably possible following DPCM’s 24th month and, therefore, DPCM does not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because DPCM will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires DPCM to adopt a plan, based on facts known at such time that will provide for payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against DPCM within the subsequent 10 years. However, because DPCM is a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from vendors (e.g. lawyers and investment bankers) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in the underwriting agreement, DPCM will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which it does business execute agreements waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account. As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the Trust Account is remote. Further, the Sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the Trust Account are not reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest withdrawn to pay taxes and will not be liable as to any claims under the indemnity of the underwriters of the DPCM IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

If DPCM files a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against DPCM that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in the bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, $10.00 per share may be unavailable to return to DPCM’s Public Stockholders. Additionally, if a bankruptcy petition is filed by DPCM or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against DPCM that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by stockholders. Furthermore, DPCM’s board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and DPCM to claims of punitive damages, by paying Public Stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. DPCM cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against DPCM for these reasons.

Public Stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only (i) in the event of the redemption of public shares if an initial business combination is not completed within 24 months from the closing of the DPCM IPO, (ii) in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the DPCM Charter to modify the substance or timing of the obligation to redeem 100% of public shares if an initial business combination is not completed within 24 months from the closing of the DPCM IPO or with respect to any other material provisions relating to stockholders’ rights (including redemption rights) or pre-initial business combination activity or (iii) if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of an initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the Trust Account. In the event DPCM seeks stockholder approval in connection with an initial business combination, a stockholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a stockholder’s redeeming its shares or an

 

159


Table of Contents

applicable pro rata share of the Trust Account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. These provisions of the DPCM Charter, like all provisions of the DPCM Charter, may be amended with a stockholder vote.

Employees

DPCM currently has three officers: Emil Michael, Ignacio Tzoumas and Kyle Wood. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to DPCM’s matters but they devote as much of their time as they deem necessary and intend to continue doing so until an initial business combination has been consummated. The amount of time they devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for an initial business combination and the stage of the business combination process. DPCM does not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the consummation of the initial business combination.

Facilities

DPCM currently maintains its executive offices at 382 NE 191 Street, #24148, Miami, FL 33179 executive offices are provided to DPCM by the Sponsor. The cost for this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee Sponsor began charging DPCM for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support commencing on October 20, 2020 pursuant to a letter agreement between DPCM and DPCM’s sponsor. DPCM considers DPCM’s current office space adequate for DPCM’s current operations.

Legal Proceedings

There are no legal proceedings pending against DPCM.

Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements

DPCM has registered its securities under the Exchange Act and has reporting obligations, including the requirement to file annual and quarterly reports with the SEC.

 

160


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF DPCM

Directors and Executive Officers

DPCM’s current directors and officers are as follows:

 

Name

  Age     

Position

Emil Michael

    49      Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Ignacio Tzoumas

    47      Chief Financial Officer

Kyle Wood

    45      Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

Peter Diamandis

    60      Director

Desiree Gruber

    54      Director

Denmark West

    51      Director

Emil Michael has served as DPCM’s Chief Executive Officer since DPCM’s inception and as DPCM’s Chairman since August 2020. He is one of Silicon Valley’s most highly regarded business executives having built three successful companies including Tellme Networks (sold to Microsoft in 2007), Klout (sold to Lithium Technologies in 2014) and Uber. Mr. Michael has extensive experience identifying high-growth, tech-enabled businesses with his investments spanning a broad range of companies including Bird, Codecademy, Docker, GoEuro, GoBrands, SpaceX, and Stripe. Mr. Michael has been the President of Technology and Management Consulting Services of M8 Enterprises LLC since January 2018. During his tenure as Chief Business Officer of Uber from July 2013 to June 2017, Mr. Michael led Uber’s efforts in China and Russia, which resulted in substantial market value creation. Mr. Michael played a pivotal role in raising nearly $15 billion dollars in capital from investors globally and led the merger of Uber’s China operations with key competitor in China, Didi Chiuxing. Additionally, he led the efforts to strike partnerships globally with companies such as American Express, AT&T, Daimler, Softbank, Tata Motors, and Toyota. Mr. Michael also led the Ottomotto acquisition that became the core of Uber’s Advanced Technology Group, responsible for autonomous vehicle development. He is also responsible for creating UberMilitary, a program at Uber for military veterans and their families. Prior to Uber, Mr. Michael served as Chief Operating Officer of Klout, where he played a pivotal role in growing the social media analytics company. Klout ultimately sold to Lithium Technologies for $200 million in 2014. Before joining Klout, Mr. Michael served as a White House Fellow working for the Secretary of Defense as a Special Assistant. During his tenure at the Pentagon, he ran projects in Afghanistan, Iraq and Pakistan as well as a department-wide budget cutting effort aimed at reducing overhead and bureaucracy. Mr. Michael was also part of the founding team of Tellme Networks, a pioneer in speech recognition technology and systems, that is highly regarded for weathering the technology bust of 2000 and for building a sustainable and profitable business. Mr. Michael helped Tellme Networks raise over $250 million in venture capital from investors such as Benchmark Capital and Kleiner Perkins. He also led Tellme Networks through its $800 million sale to Microsoft in 2007. Additionally, Mr. Michael has been a leadership coach and mentor to dozens of young CEOs over the years, giving him extensive exposure to early stage companies, technologies, and trends. He also serves as an advisor or investor in over 20 start-ups around the world, furthering his commitment to helping the next generation of entrepreneurs build and scale. He started his career at Goldman Sachs, where he was an Associate in the Investment Banking Division for a short period. Mr. Michael received his B.A. from Harvard University and his J.D. from Stanford Law School. Mr. Michael is well-qualified to serve on DPCM’s board of directors due to his extensive operating, investment and corporate finance experience, along with his public company leadership experience.

Peter Diamandis has served as one of DPCM’s directors since October 2020. He has been the Chief Executive Officer of PHD Ventures, Inc. since October 1993 which is his personal holding company for his writing, speaking and consulting activities. He is the Founder and Executive Chairman of the XPRIZE Foundation, a non-profit foundation which, since 1996, has designed and operated large-scale incentive competitions for the benefit of humanity. He is also the Executive Founder of Singularity University, a graduate-level Silicon Valley institution founded in 2010 that counsels the world’s leaders on exponentially growing

 

161


Table of Contents

technologies. Dr. Diamandis was a Founder, Vice Chairman and is currently a shareholder of Human Longevity, Inc. an advanced health diagnostic company committed to delivering data driven health diagnostics, he resigned from the board of directors in December 2018. Dr. Diamandis is the Vice Chairman and co-Founder of Celularity Inc., founded in July 2017, a commercial-stage cell therapeutics company delivering allogenic cellular therapies engineered from the postpartum human placenta Dr. Diamandis is also a founder and board member of Fountain Therapeutic Services, Inc. which was formed in November 2018 to increase lifespan and optimize healthspan by harnessing regenerative medicine technologies and integrating extensive wellness solutions. In March 2020, Dr. Diamandis co-founded and is the Vice-Chairman of Covaxx, Inc. a pharmaceutical company that has developed a COVID-19 lgG antibody test and a vaccine that is currently in clinical trials. Dr. Diamandis has also served as a director of two other special purpose acquisition companies, Software Acquisition Group Inc., which completed its initial public offering in November 2019 and its business combination with CuriosityStream Inc. in October 2020, and Software Acquisition Group Inc. II, which completed its initial public offering in September 2020 and announced a proposed business combination with Otonomo Technologies Ltd. in February 2021. Dr. Diamandis is also a director nominee for Software Acquisition Group Inc. III, a special purpose acquisition company currently in the process of completing its initial public offering. As an entrepreneur, Dr. Diamandis has started over 20 companies in the areas of longevity, space, venture capital and education. Dr. Diamandis also co-founded BOLD Capital Partners, a venture fund investing in exponential technologies, in 2015, and is a New York Times Bestselling author. Dr. Diamandis earned degrees in Molecular Engineering and Aerospace Engineering from MIT and holds an M.D. from Harvard Medical School. Dr. Diamandis is well-qualified to serve on DPCM’s board of directors due to his entrepreneurial experience in the and media industries.

Denmark West has served as one of DPCM’s directors since October 2020. He is a founding partner of Connectivity Ventures Fund, an early stage and mission oriented fund focused on innovations that transform the way we live and work, where he currently serves as Chief Investment Officer. Prior to Connectivity, Mr. West was an executive at Viacom, serving at BET as President of Digital Media, and at Viacom Media Networks as both EVP of Strategy and Business Development and Chief of Operations (EVP) for the Global Digital Media Group. During his tenure at Viacom, he launched Viacom’s first vertical ad network, first episodic web series (Webby nominated), and first mobile TV companion app. He led strategy for social media and video games, drove over $1B in M&A transactions, ran post-merger integration initiatives, and oversaw the e-commerce P&L. He also oversaw new online audience records every year while at BET, and supported the first event on Twitter to capture all Top 10 Trending topics simultaneously. Prior to Viacom, Mr. West worked at Microsoft in the Corporate Development & Strategy Group and as the Chief of Staff of Windows Client Division ($12B in revenues at that time). There he helped to incubate new businesses, notably Xbox and Windows Media. He supported joint ventures with Qualcomm, Softbank and Ford. He led strategy initiatives for the Microsoft CEO and the board of directors, respectively, around streaming media, software as a service, and open source software. He also led Corporate Venture investments in internet infrastructure companies including Akamai and supported over $12B in strategic investments and M&A transactions. Mr. West also has passion around and speaks on technology trends and financial markets. He has appeared on The Today Show, CNBC, Al Jazeera and CCTV. He also has been referenced in business books like Stealing MySpace, the New York Times best seller The Facebook Effect, and Leapfrog: The New Revolution for Women Entrepreneurs. He started his career on Wall Street with Smith Barney and Goldman Sachs. Mr. West is a strategic advisor to the USO and the National Basketball Players Association, the union for NBA players. He is an operating advisor to K1 Investment Management, a private equity fund focused on enterprise software with over $1B AUM. He is also a member of the board of directors for SOCAP Global, Questbridge, Culture Shift Labs, IDEA Initiative and Mirror Digital. Mr. West received both his A.B. in Applied Mathematics and his M.B.A. from Harvard University. Mr. West is well-qualified to serve on DPCM’s board of directors due to his extensive experience in the technology industry, expertise in corporate finance and operations, as well as his public company experience.

Desiree Gruber has served as a one of DPCM’s directors since October 2020. She founded and has been the Chief Executive Officer since inception of Full Picture, a brand accelerator, content production, communications, and consulting services company now in its 21st year, with a passion to help her clients more effectively tell their stories and launch new ideas into the world. Ms. Gruber continues to evolve her mission of shaping zeitgeist-

 

162


Table of Contents

defining moments and reimagining how brands delight and engage global audiences in her work as an entrepreneur, business strategist, and venture capitalist. Through DGNL, Ms. Gruber has embraced a preeminent role in developing and supporting female founders and C-suite executives. With a goal of creating real opportunities for women to achieve measurable success, DGNL invests in and architects transformational deals across the consumer, technology, and media spectrum in order to establish a legacy of female empowerment. Among Ms. Gruber’s many accomplishments to date is co-founding the Project Runway television series. In addition to her Peabody Award, as executive producer of the groundbreaking show for 16 seasons she has received a GLAAD Media Award and earned 14 Emmy nominations. A lifelong advocate for a more equitable and inclusive world, she proudly serves on the boards of UNICEF USA, Tech:NYC, and God’s Love We Deliver, and was the recipient of UNICEF’s 2018 Spirit of Compassion Award. She is also an advisor to leading organizations such as Anthos Capital, Pharrell Williams’ Something in the Water and Chegg. Ms. Gruber lives with her husband, Kyle MacLachlan, and their son, and splits her time between NYC and LA. Ms. Gruber is well-qualified to serve on DPCM’s board of directors due to her extensive experience in the financial and investment industries.

Ignacio Tzoumas has served as DPCM’s Chief Financial Officer since DPCM’s inception. He has extensive financial management experience through over 20 years in the financial services industry. He has been the Chief Financial Officer of Bolt Mobility since November 2018, Pishevar Family Foundation since February 2019 and The Edison Companies since April 2019 and the Vice President of Finance of Stara since November 2018. During his tenure at Pishevar Family Foundation, he has advised and directed investments exceeding $200 million in value and in his tenure at Edison, he has led venture capital and private equity financing efforts for transportation and communications startups resulting in over $10 million in investment. He is an expert at lean financial management and has created a sustainable business model for continuous research, design, and innovation. Additionally, he is an active angel investor and mentors emerging talent in various financial roles. Earlier in his career, Mr. Tzoumas was a founding partner of the quantitative trading group at Triton Global, and a macro hedge fund, The Mercury Fund. Mr. Tzoumas received a B.S. from the University of Pennsylvania.

Kyle Wood has served as DPCM’s Chief Legal Officer and Secretary since DPCM’s inception. He currently serves as Chief Legal Officer for Sofreh Capital LP and Pishevar Family Office since January 2020. He has over 15 years of experience in technology transactions focusing primarily on public and private financings and M&A. He has also drafted and negotiated billions of dollars of acquisitions for Fortune 100 clients, advised on intellectual property licensing and development strategies, and counseled buyers and sellers on corporate transactions. From October 2016 to December 2019, Mr. Wood was a partner in Perkins Coie’s Technology Transactions and Privacy Law practice, as well as head of the firm’s Blockchain Operations Team, Hiring Partner in the Dallas Office, and member of the Associate Compensation Committee. His prior legal experience includes counsel at Hunton Andrews Kurth from April 2014 to October 2016, technology associate at Jones Day, and working in the in-house legal team at Sun Microsystems (acquired by Oracle) and Nominum, Inc. (acquired by Akamai Technologies). Mr. Wood received his B.A. from the University of Virginia and J.D. from Santa Clara University School of Law.

Special Advisors

In addition to DPCM’s management team, DPCM is supported by the following special advisors. DPCM currently expects DPCM’s special advisors to (i) assist DPCM in sourcing and negotiating with potential business combination targets, (ii) provide business insights when DPCM assesses potential business combination targets and (iii) upon DPCM’s request, provide business insights as DPCM works to create additional value in the business or businesses that DPCM acquires. In this regard, DPCM’s special advisors fulfil some of the same functions as DPCM’s board members; however, they do not owe any fiduciary obligations to DPCM nor do they perform board or committee functions or have any voting or decision-making capacity on DPCM’s behalf. They also are not required to devote any specific amount of time to DPCM’s efforts. While certain of DPCM’s special advisors have ownership interests in Sponsor or purchased founder shares from DPCM’s sponsor, none of DPCM’s special advisors have any employment, consulting fee or other similar compensation arrangements with us.

 

163


Table of Contents

Shervin Pishevar is an accomplished entrepreneur and investor with over 20 years of experience. He is a co-founder of Sofreh Capital, the Manager of the Pishevar Family Office, and a Managing Member of The Edison Companies, LLC. Mr. Pishevar was the co-founder of Sherpa Capital, LLC, a leading venture capital firm, and served as the General Partner of its first three funds. Upon the close of the third fund, Sherpa Capital had $650 million under management and hundreds of millions more in co-investments and SPVs. Prior to Sherpa Capital, he was a Managing Director at Menlo Ventures where he helped consecutive funds return 3.0x Distribution to Paid-In Capital (DPI) and led key early investments in companies such as Uber (Series B), Warby Parker (Series A), Machine Zone and Tumblr. While at Menlo Ventures, he was a founder of the Menlo Talent Fund, a seed investment program that helped close over 35 seed investments including in companies like Parse (acquired by Facebook) and Scan (acquired by Snap). Through his investments from 2011 to 2018, he generated an average gross cash-on-cash multiple of 6.6x, returning 88.3% IRR and was ranked #93 on the Forbes Midas List Top 100 Venture Capitalists in 2017 (where he has appeared at least four times).

Dr. Eric Schmidt was the former executive chairman of the board of Alphabet, responsible for external business matters and advising their CEOs and leadership on business and policy issues. Prior to the establishment of Alphabet, Dr. Schmidt was the chairman of Google Inc. for four years. From 2001 to 2011, he served as Google’s Chief Executive Officer, overseeing the company’s technical and business strategy alongside founders Sergey Brin and Larry Page. Under his leadership, Google dramatically scaled its infrastructure and diversified its product offerings while maintaining a strong culture of innovation, growing from a Silicon Valley startup to a global leader in technology. Prior to joining Google, Dr. Schmidt was the chairman and CEO of Novell and Chief Technology Officer at Sun Microsystems, Inc. Previously, he served on the research staff at Xerox Palo Alto Research Center (PARC), Bell Laboratories and Zilog. Dr. Schmidt received his B.A. from Princeton University and his M.S. and Ph.D. from the University of California, Berkeley.

Betsy Atkins is a serial entrepreneur and the Chief Executive Officer and founder of Baja Corporation. Ms. Atkins has co-founded enterprise software companies in multiple industries including energy, healthcare and networking. Ms. Atkins is an expert at scaling companies through hyper growth and leading them to successful initial public offerings and acquisitions, including serving as the Chief Executive Officer of Clear Standards, Inc. during its acquisition by SAP in 2009. Ms. Atkins also co-founded Ascend Communications Inc., a Nasdaq-listed company that reached $5.4 billion in revenue prior to its acquisition by Lucent Technologies Inc. for $23 billion in 1999. At Baja Corporation, Betsy has built three early stage funds investing in enterprise, software, healthcare, and energy. Ms. Atkins is a corporate governance expert with an eye for making boards a competitive asset, currently serving on the boards of Wynn Resorts, SL Green Realty and Volvo Cars. Her corporate board experience is vast and covers multiple industries including: Technology, Retail, Financial Services, Healthcare, Hospitality, Auto, CPG, Manufacturing, and Logistics. Her expertise is emphasized by her third published book Be Board Ready: The Secrets to Landing a Board Seat and Being a Great Director. Ms. Atkins brings an operational perspective to corporate governance which focuses on taking friction out of the consumer experience, leveraging broad contemporary knowledge of digital technology to reduce costs and driving efficiency and productivity using AI machine learning analytics to streamline processes. Ms. Atkins received her B.A. from the University of Massachusetts, Amherst.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

DPCM’s board of directors consists of four members and is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to the first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Ms. Gruber, will expire at DPCM’s first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Mr. West, will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Dr. Diamandis and Mr. Michael, will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders. DPCM may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after DPCM consummates its initial business combination.

 

164


Table of Contents

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. DPCM’s board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in DPCM’s bylaws as it deems appropriate. DPCM’s bylaws provide that its officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Director Independence

NYSE listing standards require that a majority of the board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The board of directors has determined that Peter Diamandis, Denmark West and Desiree Gruber are “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules. The audit committee is entirely composed of independent directors meeting the NYSE’s additional requirements applicable to members of the audit committee. The independent directors have scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Officer and Director Compensation

No compensation will be paid to the Sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to or in connection with the consummation of an initial business combination. Commencing on the date that DPCM’s securities were first listed on NYSE through the earlier of the consummation of an initial business combination and liquidation, DPCM has paid an entity affiliated with Sponsor $10,000 per month for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to members of DPCM’s management team. Additionally, the Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on DPCM’s behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Independent directors will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to the Sponsor, officers, directors or DPCM or their affiliates.

After the completion of DPCM’s initial business combination, current directors or members of DPCM’s management team who become directors or members of the combined company’s management team may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to DPCM Stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. DPCM has not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to DPCM’s directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination because the directors of the combined company will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to DPCM officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on DPCM’s board of directors.

DPCM does not intend to take any action to ensure that members of DPCM’s management team become members of the management team of the combined company after the consummation of DPCM’s initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of DPCM’s officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements with the combined company. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements may influence DPCM’s management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but DPCM does not believe that the ability of DPCM’s management to remain with us after the consummation of DPCM’s initial business combination will be a determining factor in DPCM’s decision to proceed with any potential business combination. DPCM is not party to any agreements with DPCM’s officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

 

165


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

The board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee, and a compensation committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors, and the rules of the NYSE require that the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Each committee will operate under a charter that complies with the NYSE rules, will be approved by DPCM’s board of directors and will have the composition and responsibilities described below. The charter of each committee is available on DPCM’s website.

Audit Committee

The board of directors has established an audit committee. Dr. Diamandis (chair), Mr. West and Ms. Gruber are serving as members of the audit committee. Dr. Diamandis serves as chairperson of the audit committee. All members of DPCM’s audit committee meet the independent director standard under NYSE listing standards and under Rule 10-A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act.

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and the board of directors has determined that Dr. Diamandis qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

DPCM has adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

 

   

assisting board oversight of (1) the integrity of DPCM’s financial statements, (2) DPCM’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence and (4) the performance of DPCM’s internal audit function and the independent registered public accounting firm,

 

   

the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

 

   

pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm all relationships they have with DPCM in order to evaluate their continued independence;

 

   

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

   

obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (i) the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality-control procedures, (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the independent registered public accounting firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues and (iii) all relationships between the independent registered public accounting firm and DPCM to assess the independent registered public accounting firm’s independence;

 

   

meeting to review and discuss DPCM’s annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, including reviewing DPCM’s specific disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”;

 

166


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to DPCM entering into such transaction; and

 

   

reviewing with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and DPCM’s legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding DPCM’s financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Compensation Committee

The board of directors has established a compensation committee. Ms. Gruber, Dr. Diamandis and Mr. West serve as members of the compensation committee. Ms. Gruber serves as chairperson of the compensation committee. All members of the compensation committee meet the independent director standard under NYSE listing standards applicable to members of the compensation committee.

DPCM has adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

 

   

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to DPCM’s Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, if any is paid by us, evaluating DPCM’s Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of DPCM’s Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations on an annual basis to DPCM’s board of directors with respect to (or approving, if such authority is so delegated by DPCM’s board of directors) the compensation, if any is paid by us, and any incentive-compensation and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval of DPCM’s other officers;

 

   

reviewing on an annual basis DPCM’s executive compensation policies and plans;

 

   

implementing and administering DPCM’s incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

 

   

assisting management in complying with DPCM’s proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

 

   

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for DPCM’s officers and employees;

 

   

if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in DPCM’s annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as indicated above, other than the payment to an affiliate of the Sponsor of $10,000 per month, for up to 24 months, for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support and reimbursement of expenses, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of DPCM’s existing stockholders, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate the consummation of an initial business combination. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

The DPCM Charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for

 

167


Table of Contents

the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

DPCM has established a nominating and corporate governance committee. The members of DPCM’s nominating and corporate governance are Mr. West, Dr. Diamandis and Ms. Gruber. Mr. West serves as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

The primary purposes of DPCM’s nominating and corporate governance committee will be to assist the board in:

 

   

identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors and recommending to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of stockholders or to fill vacancies on the board of directors;

 

   

developing and recommending to the board of directors and overseeing implementation of DPCM’s corporate governance guidelines;

 

   

coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of DPCM; and

 

   

reviewing on a regular basis DPCM’s overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter also provides that the nominating and corporate governance committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of, and terminate, any search firm to be used to identify director candidates, and will be directly responsible for approving the search firm’s fees and other retention terms.

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

The guidelines for selecting nominees, which are specified in DPCM’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter, generally provide that persons to be nominated:

 

   

should have demonstrated notable or significant achievements in business, education or public service;

 

   

should possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to the board of directors and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and

 

   

should have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the stockholders.

The nominating and corporate governance committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE.

Director Nominations

The nominating and corporate governance committee will recommend to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of the stockholders. Prior to the initial business combination, the board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by holders of the Class B common stock during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at an

 

168


Table of Contents

annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Prior to the initial business combination, holders of public shares will not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to DPCM’s board of directors.

DPCM has not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of DPCM’s business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of the DPCM Stockholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of DPCM’s officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more officers serving on DPCM’s board of directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Corporate Governance Guidelines and Committee Charters

DPCM has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to its directors, officers and employees in accordance with applicable federal securities laws. A copy of DPCM’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be provided without charge upon request to DPCM in writing at 382 NE 191 Street, #24148, Miami, FL 33179 or by telephone at (305) 857-5086. DPCM intends to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

DPCM’s board of directors has also adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE that serve as a flexible framework within which the board of directors and its committees operate. These guidelines cover a number of areas including board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, roles of the chairman of the board, chief executive officer and presiding director, meetings of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning.

Copies of DPCM’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter are available on DPCM’s corporate website. The information contained on or accessible through DPCM’s corporate website or any other website that it may maintain is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

169


Table of Contents

DPCM MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

References in this section to “DPCM,” “we,” “our” or “us” refer to DPCM Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Overview

We are a blank check company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on March 24, 2020 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to as our initial business combination.

We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of our initial public offering and, if required, the private placement of our capital stock, debt or a combination of cash, stock and debt. We are incurring and expect to continue to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our acquisition plans, including in connection with the Transaction. We cannot assure you that our plans to complete the Transaction, or any other initial business combination, will be successful.

Transaction

Subsequent to the period covered by this report, on February 7, 2022, we entered into the Transaction Agreement with D-Wave Quantum, Merger Sub, CallCo, ExchangeCo and D-Wave relating to the Transaction with D-Wave.

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, we entered into (i) the Sponsor Support Agreement with D-Wave, D-Wave Quantum and the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to vote shares representing approximately 19.3% of the aggregate voting power of DPCM Common Stock in favor of the each of the proposals presented at the Special Meeting, regardless of how Public Stockholders vote and (ii) the Transaction Support Agreement with the Supporting D-Wave Shareholders and D-Wave, pursuant to which each such Supporting D-Wave Shareholder agreed to, among other things, support and vote in favor of the D-Wave Arrangement Resolution.

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, the PIPE Investors entered into the PIPE Subscription Agreements, pursuant to which, among other things, each PIPE Investor subscribed to and agreed to purchase on the Closing Date, and D-Wave Quantum agreed to issue and sell to each such PIPE Investor on the Closing Date, the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the purchase price set forth therein, divided by $10.00 and multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

At the Closing, D-Wave Quantum, Sponsor, the other holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock and the D-Wave Shareholders party thereto will, pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, become parties to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, each of Sponsor, the other holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock and D-Wave Shareholders (a) will agree not to effect any sale or distribution of certain equity securities of D-Wave Quantum held by any of them during the lock-up period described therein and (b) will be granted certain registration rights with respect to their respective D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein. See “The Transaction Agreement and Related Agreements.”

Previously Terminated Business Combination Agreement

On May 19, 2021, we entered into the Jam City BCA with VNNA Merger Sub, Jam City and New JC LLC, relating to the then-contemplated business combination with Jam City (the “Jam City Business Combination”).

 

170


Table of Contents

On July 23, 2021, we entered into Termination Agreement with VNNA Merger Sub, our sponsor, Jam City and New JC LLC, pursuant to which the parties agreed to mutually terminate the Jam City BCA effective as of July 23, 2021. As a result of the termination of the Jam City BCA, the Jam City BCA is void and there is no liability under the Jam City BCA on the part of any party thereto, except as set forth in the Jam City BCA, and each of the transaction agreements entered into in connection with the Jam City BCA, including, but not limited to, (i) the Sponsor Support Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2021, by and among our company, our sponsor, Jam City and New JC LLC, (ii) the Stockholder Support Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2021, by and among our company and certain stockholders of Jam City, and (iii) the subscription agreements entered into between our company and certain investors concurrently with the execution of the Jam City BCA, dated as of May 19, 2021, were automatically either terminated in accordance with their terms or of no further force and effect. Pursuant to the Termination Agreement, subject to certain exceptions, we and Jam City also agreed, on behalf of ourselves and our respective related parties, to a release of claims relating to the Jam City Business Combination. We intend to pursue the Transaction as described above.

Results of Operations

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities through December 31, 2021 were organizational activities, those necessary to prepare for our initial public offering and, since our initial public offering, our activity has been limited to identifying a target company for a business combination. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after the completion of our initial business combination. We generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account. We incur expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses in connection with searching for, and completing, a business combination, including the Transaction.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we had net income of $24,245,377, which consists of the change in fair value of warrant liabilities of $27,912,600, interest earned on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $115,883 and unrealized gain on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $8,962, offset by operating costs of $3,781,644.

For the period from March 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, we had net loss of $27,406,287, which consisted of formation and operating costs of $343,208, change in fair value of warrant liability of $26,740,000 and transaction cost allocable to warrants of $381,556, offset by interest earned on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $48,914 and unrealized gain on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $9,563.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Until the consummation of our initial public offering, our only source of liquidity was an initial purchase of founder shares by our sponsor and loans from our sponsor.

On October 23, 2020, we consummated our initial public offering of 30,000,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000. Simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering, we consummated the private placement of 8,000,000 private placement warrants to our sponsor at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant, generating gross proceeds of $8,000,000.

Following our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, a total of $300,000,000 was placed in the Trust Account. We incurred $16,977,876 in transaction costs, including $6,000,000 of underwriting fees, $10,500,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $477,876 of other costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, cash used in operating activities was $959,837. Net income of $24,245,377 was affected by interest earned on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $115,883, an

 

171


Table of Contents

unrealized gain on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $8,962, and the change in fair value of warrant liabilities of $27,912,600. Changes in operating assets and liabilities provided $2,832,231 of cash for operating activities.

For the period from March 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, cash used in operating activities was $462,567. Net loss of $27,406,287 was affected by interest earned on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $48,914, an unrealized gain on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $9,563, transaction cost allocable to warrants of $381,556 and change in fair value of warrant liabilities of $26,740,000. Changes in operating assets and liabilities used $119,359 of cash.

As of December 31, 2021, we had cash and marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $300,183,322 (including $183,322 of interest income and unrealized gains) consisting of U.S. Treasury Bills with a maturity of 185 days or less. Interest income on the balance in the Trust Account may be used by us to pay taxes. Through December 31, 2021, we have not withdrawn any interest earned from the Trust Account.

We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account (less deferred underwriting commissions and income taxes payable), to complete our initial business combination. To the extent that our capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

As of December 31, 2021, we had cash of $124,720 outside of the Trust Account. We intend to use the funds held outside the Trust Account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a business combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with a business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our directors and officers may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from the Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants identical to the private placement warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender.

We will need to raise additional capital through loans or additional investments from our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our directors and officers. Our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our directors and officers may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion, to meet our working capital needs. Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain additional financing. If we are unable to raise additional capital, we may be required to take additional measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, curtailing operations, suspending the pursuit of a potential transaction and reducing overhead expenses. We cannot provide any assurance that new financing will be available to us on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.

In connection with our assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 205-40, “Basis of Presentation – Going Concern,” management has determined that the expected shortfall in working capital over the period of time between the date the financial statements are issued and our estimated initial business combination date raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern until the earlier of the consummation of our initial business combination or the date we are required to liquidate. Based on the above factors, management determined there is substantial

 

172


Table of Contents

doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued. The financial statements do not include any adjustment that might be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern. Our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion, to meet our working capital needs.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2021.

Contractual Obligations

We do not have any long-term debt obligations, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations, purchase obligations or long-term liabilities, other than an agreement to pay our sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. We began incurring these fees on October 20, 2020 and will continue to incur these fees monthly until the earlier of the completion of our initial business combination and our liquidation.

The underwriter of our initial public offering is entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per unit sold in our initial public offering, or $10,500,000 in the aggregate. Subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement, (i) the deferred fee was placed in the Trust Account and will be released to the underwriter only upon the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) the deferred fee will be waived by the underwriter in the event that we do not complete our initial business combination.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and income and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have identified the following critical accounting policies:

Warrant Liabilities

We account for our warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 under which the warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, we classify the warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjust the warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in our statements of operations. The private placement warrants and the public warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available are valued using a binomial lattice model. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the public warrants from the units, the public warrant quoted market price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date.

Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

We account for our Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. Our Class A common

 

173


Table of Contents

stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, Class A common stock subject to possible redemption is presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of our balance sheets.

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Stock

Net income (loss) per common stock is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. We apply the two-class method in calculating income (loss) per common stock. Accretion associated with the redeemable shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock is excluded from income (loss) per common stock as the redemption value approximates fair value.

Recent Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, “Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity” (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current U.S. GAAP. ASU 2020-06 removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception and it also simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on our financial statements.

 

174


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT D-WAVE

References in this section to “D-Wave,” “we,” “our” or “us” refer to D-Wave Systems Inc., a British Columbia corporation.

Overview

As the Practical Quantum Computing Company, our mission is to unlock the power of quantum computing today to benefit business and society. We define “practical” as being focused on delivering quantum offerings and access, built to provide customer value for commercial use. We define “commercial” as customer use primarily focused on revenue-generating or cost-saving use cases. Our commercial-first approach brings quantum products to market that serve the needs of enterprise customers by solving their most complex and computationally intensive problems. We deliver this in real-time via cloud services. Today, customers can access our annealing quantum computer and quantum hybrid solvers, and we are developing a gate-model system with cross platform tools to help address a broader range of customer problem sets in the longer term.

We are a pioneer in the quantum industry. We were the first company to lease, deliver and install a quantum system (2010-2011). We were the first to enable early complex optimization applications on quantum computers, used by Volkswagen for taxi routing modelling (2017). We were the first to demonstrate peer-reviewed quantum mechanical effects within a quantum annealer (2018), as published in both Science and Nature. We were the first to deliver real-time quantum access via the cloud (2018), and we continue serving our customers via cloud-based offerings today.

We were also the first to deliver hybrid solver services, bringing quantum and classical resources together to run problems with up to one million variables (2020). Most recently, we were the first to deliver a 5,000-qubit system (2020) and the first to demonstrate a three-million-times speed-up over the best-known classical approaches—the latter published in Nature Communications (2021). Today, we are the only quantum computing company building commercial annealing quantum computing systems and developing gate-model quantum computing systems. All of these achievements have resulted in a blue-chip customer base, which now includes approximately 25 companies from the Forbes Global 2000.

Both our successful track record in running a quantum computing company—we’ve developed and delivered five generations of annealing quantum systems for practical use by customers—and our deep scientific and technical capabilities in hardware and software are key market differentiators. Delivered in the cloud, our real-time QCaaS (Quantum computing as a service) is available in 38 countries. Additionally, with our professional services-enabled application development, we are the only quantum computing company that supports business applications at production scale today.

Our differentiated approach focuses on controlling the entire production cycle, from fabricating the quantum chips that power our quantum computers to developing the associated software and open-source development tools for quantum applications. This full-stack approach, coupled with our real-time quantum cloud delivery of those products, yields a regular, rapid product-to-market benefit. It also provides our customers with a powerful platform to address complex problems that can benefit from quantum computational power.

We believe that this product delivery and product enhancement cadence, integrated with our services-enabled approach and three-pronged go-to-market model (across direct sales, re-sellers and developers), gives us first-mover advantage and sustainable competitive differentiation. Altogether, this also allows us to offer demonstrable and repeatable business value to our customers by identifying potential quantum use cases, piloting quantum hybrid applications, and working with customers to bring those applications into production.

While classical computing technology has delivered significant advancements, it has limitations. In classical computation, binary information is encoded in bits that can be in a 0 or 1 state. Classical processors manipulate

 

175


Table of Contents

and transform this binary information to run classical algorithms and perform computations. Still, many important and high-value problems remain problematic, which creates the irreplaceable demand for quantum computing capabilities. Our quantum computing systems harness the remarkable properties of quantum mechanics, in which quantum bits (qubits) can be both 0 and 1 simultaneously and can provide previously unavailable computational resources to enable new algorithms and applications and provide solutions that are outside the reach of classical computational computing systems.

The computational value of quantum computing underpins the promise of even greater societal and business impact, from the creation of new products and identification of new lines of business to solutions unimagined in drug discovery, weather modelling, global supply chain distribution, financial market optimization and new materials. As the only quantum computing company in the world building commercial annealing quantum computing systems and developing gate-model quantum computing systems, we can help customers benefit from a simplified, cross-platform experience that provides access to the full breadth of potential quantum applications. This dual-system approach is crucial to serving the full quantum total addressable market (“TAM”), as different types of quantum systems benefit different types of quantum applications: annealing systems are optimal for optimization problems, which today account for approximately 25 percent of the quantum TAM (as defined in “Our Growth Strategy” below); gate-model systems are best for differential equations, such as those in quantum chemistry; and both annealing and gate-model systems can solve linear algebraic and factoring problems, such as those in cryptography. And as use of quantum computers accelerates, we expect to find new, yet to be discovered, use cases that may be better suited for one or the other system.

By offering both annealing and gate-model quantum computers, we intend to impact the lifecycles of a broader range of use cases and serve as the only cross-platform solution for enterprise customers. For example, in the pharmaceutical sector, annealing systems are best suited for patient trial and supply chain optimization, as well as protein folding, while gate-model systems are best suited to assist with drug discovery. And both systems will likely play a role in quantum machine learning for toxicity mitigation. In manufacturing, new materials will be designed with gate-model systems, while factory automation improvements will be designed to deliver new products, built with those new materials, to market more efficiently using annealing systems. By providing both annealing and gate-model quantum compute capabilities, D-Wave will be able to address the entire use case rather than only a portion thereof, unlocking customers’ ability to use annealing and gate-model systems as a single-point solution.

Quantum computing enables our customers to find solutions to problems that couldn’t previously be solved or to arrive at optimal solutions far more quickly—both of which can significantly improve our customers’ profitability. In a 2020 report by 451 Research, an S&P Global market intelligence company, 31 percent of enterprises surveyed stated they abandoned complex problems because of the time they took to solve. The report also found that 39 percent of companies are currently experimenting with quantum computing and 81 percent plan to have quantum use cases within the next three years. All of this contributes to acceleration in the use of, and demand for, quantum computing. The need for quantum computing solutions is here today, and we believe D-Wave is well positioned to capture a significant portion of the commercial quantum computing market.

Our customer base reflects a highly diversified global portfolio of blue-chip enterprise customers, including Volkswagen, Save-On-Foods, DENSO, BBVA, NEC, Accenture, and Lockheed Martin. In addition, thousands of developers around the globe have built early quantum software applications on our systems in areas as diverse as resource scheduling, mobility, logistics, drug discovery, portfolio optimization and manufacturing processes, plus many more under development, demonstrating increased recognition of the benefits of quantum computing across industries.

We believe that most commercial quantum computation and successful application development will be hybrid, meaning that problems will be solved using both classical and quantum resources. Much like the value of a graphical processing unit in classical computation, quantum computers are accelerators. Our quantum hybrid approach offers customers the best of classical and quantum solvers, automatically determining which parts of

 

176


Table of Contents

problems are more suited to classical or quantum solutions and, in turn, enabling customers to see early quantum value on their current computational problems while preparing them to address more complex problems in the future.

We have already demonstrated important results. As noted in a recent peer-reviewed paper published in Nature Communications, our systems have demonstrated a three-million-times speed-up over the best-known classical approaches on an application in quantum materials simulation. This work illustrates that quantum computing provides superior outcomes for certain types of problems. Our customers have also been able to realize demonstrable value. For example, we worked with Save-On-Foods to create a quantum hybrid solution that saw time spent on grocery optimization tasks reduced from 25 hours to less than two minutes.

We believe that our hybrid quantum computing approach will accelerate the value of quantum computing for enterprises today, and our cross-platform offerings of both annealing and gate-model systems will provide access to the full quantum TAM. We are poised to disrupt and revolutionize the notion of computational power. In turn, this will enable business and society to harness the value of the technology.

We are more than our innovative products. We are an organization of professionals across many disciplines and boast distinguished domain experts with decades of experience in their respective fields. We believe the maturity of our technologies, our deep professional services expertise, our history of delivering both scientific advancements and new quantum products via cloud services, and our proven track record of building and growing new markets fully equip us to partner with customers on their quantum journey and to continue to capture a significant portion of the growing market.

All of our systems, tools and products are, and will continue to be, focused on providing an accelerated path to practical, real-world applications that deliver measurable value to our customers.

 

LOGO

Our Quantum Computers, Developer Tools and Quantum Hybrid Solvers Delivered via QCaaS

We believe we are uniquely positioned to serve the growing market for quantum computing solutions and services. Our revenue is derived from cloud-based QCaaS, which includes access to a quantum computer with

 

177


Table of Contents

more than 5,000 qubits and quantum-classical hybrid solvers that can solve problems with up to one million variables. We also recognize revenue by helping customers build quantum hybrid applications through our professional services offerings. Our offerings include:

Advantage quantum computers: We are at the forefront of providing annealing quantum computers. Today’s Advantage annealing quantum system was built for business and excels at optimization problems ubiquitous in real-world commercial applications, such as optimizing manufacturing processes and reducing waste. Advantage is available in the Leap quantum cloud service (see below) and through Amazon Web Services’ (“AWS”) Amazon Braket offering. Our planned scalable gate-model program will extend the Advantage platform to deliver gate-based quantum computing in a multilayer fabrication stack. And we’ll continue to invest in our Advantage annealing program with future generations of increasingly more powerful and connected quantum annealing systems.

Leap quantum cloud service: We are also at the forefront of providing real-time quantum cloud service offerings for production quantum use cases. Launched in 2018, and available in 38 countries and counting around the world, the Leap quantum cloud service was built to access state-of-the-art quantum computers and a quantum-classical hybrid solver service that can handle problems with up to one million variables. Users log in and immediately benefit from not only the quantum systems and hybrid solvers, but also a robust fully integrated development environment (“IDE”) and access to resources, tools and an emerging quantum developer community. Ocean developer tools: Offering a full suite of open-source programming tools, the Ocean software development kit (“SDK”) simplifies the process of building quantum hybrid applications while reducing associated time and cost.

D-Wave Launch on-board to quantum computing program: D-Wave Launch offers a phased approach to identifying and building in-production quantum hybrid applications. Across four distinct phases, our professional services team works with customers to help determine which problems would be most impacted by quantum solutions, develop quantum proofs-of-concept, pilot hybrid quantum applications and put those applications into production. Training and quantum computing access accompany the phases.

Customers and Applications

We categorize quantum use cases in two phases: pre-production and production. For more than 10 years, customers have been using our quantum computers for modelling, testing and research while also providing a feedback loop that has not only grown into a collection of examples of how the system can be used today but also provides insight into emerging use cases. This is the pre-production phase.

We’re now observing a shift in certain quantum use cases, notably optimization-based, that are beginning to move into production. In this phase, customers are identifying real business problems, developing quantum hybrid proofs-of-concept, piloting them, and beginning to run those use cases in production environments.

But this is just the beginning. As quantum annealing becomes more powerful and gate-model systems begin to come online over the next five to 10 years, other pre-production and production phases by use case are expected to emerge.

Pre-production phase: As of 2021, hundreds of user-built early applications have been developed to run on our quantum systems and in our hybrid solver service. Spanning a wide range of diverse industries, these applications include examples in airline scheduling, election modelling, quantum chemistry simulation, manufacturing optimization, preventative health care, portfolio optimization and logistics.

For example:

 

   

Volkswagen has investigated multiple use cases, including a commercial application that depended on live access to a quantum processor. During Web Summit 2019 in Lisbon, Volkswagen’s Quantum Shuttle project combined live Android data from buses, live traffic data and access to a D-Wave hybrid solver through Leap to optimize bus routes in real time.

 

178


Table of Contents

Production phase: Our annealing quantum computer runs an algorithm that natively solves optimization problems. As a result, the use cases emerging from the pre-production phase tend to fall into an optimization category. Applications include peptide design, employee scheduling, last-mile vehicle routing, paint shop scheduling, financial portfolio return optimization, farm-to-market food delivery, digital marketing, Organic Light-Emitting Diode materials development, financial risk reduction, marketing campaign optimization, shipping container logistics, ribonucleic acid folding and clinical trial optimization.

Examples include:

 

   

Save-On-Foods, a western Canadian grocery retailer, successfully used our hybrid solver service in Leap, which incorporates the Advantage quantum processing unit (“QPU”), to find solutions to optimization problems in grocery logistics. The company was able to reduce the time needed for one optimization task from 25 hours to less than two minutes per week. Although the gain solely from the time saving is impressive, the real value is in allowing this business optimization, previously done weekly, to be done in real time, providing optimal solutions to ever-changing inputs and conditions. Save-On-Foods is now looking to apply our hybrid quantum capability to other challenges across its business.

 

   

BBVA, a global financial institution, along with financial quantum applications partner Multiverse Computing, set out to identify management strategies that yield the highest Sharpe ratio—a metric reflecting the rate of return at a given level of risk. An algorithmic solver was used to find the optimal solution to a cost function equation that describes the risk, return and transaction costs associated with a given portfolio. Utilizing D-Wave’s hybrid solver service, BBVA was able to find the maximum value at the lowest risk in 171 seconds, even with 10382 possible portfolios. In comparison, tensor networks took an entire day and other classical solvers failed to find a solution.

 

   

Volkswagen identified a commercial optimization application, the binary paint shop problem, which was run on D-Wave’s hybrid solver service. The solver outperformed four purely classical methods on problem sizes at commercial scale (N=3,000). In a separate project, similar inputs were tested using a leading ion trap system, which failed to find any commercial solution.

We expect the movement of pre-production into production will continue as quantum technologies advance. Below is an example of how this is expected to impact pharmaceuticals, while other verticals like manufacturing, logistics, financial services, mobility, energy and telecommunications also stand to benefit.

 

   

Pharmaceuticals: Quantum annealing today is showing early promise in use cases, including protein folding and optimization in drug trials, supply chain and manufacturing. We consider these use cases to be moving out of pre-production and into production. For example, Menten AI used our quantum hybrid solvers to design peptide therapeutics that could potentially help fight COVID-19. Menten AI was able to solve protein design problems by finding better solutions than those of competing classical solvers for de novo (from scratch) protein design, which can create better proteins and ultimately enable new drug discoveries. Menten AI is now in wet-lab testing phase. As annealing quantum computers mature, we expect to see use cases emerge that will utilize quantum machine learning for objectives such as anticipating drug toxicity. And as gate-model systems become less “noisy” and more error-tolerant, we expect to see an emergence in quantum chemistry for new drug discovery.

Enterprises are beginning to see ongoing benefit from their initial use cases. Moreover, the accumulated quantum learning experience is expected to accelerate the addition of new use cases, both as new applications emerge and technologies mature. The cycle of moving through pre-production into production provides continuous learning and innovation. Providing tangible customer value is an important way in which we differentiate ourselves from other companies in the market, whose primary focus, out of necessity, is scientific discovery rather than the delivery of quantum products for business-scale commercial applications.

Scientific applications: Our focus on customer value notwithstanding, we’re also able to demonstrate excellence in scientific applications. Over the past several years, simulation of quantum magnetic systems has

 

179


Table of Contents

emerged as a promising application and better means of studying the dynamics of the QPU, realizing Richard Feynman’s original vision of programmable quantum systems. Responding to a 2021 Nature Communications paper on a simulation of topological phenomena in a quantum magnet using a D-Wave 2000Q system, Nobel laureate J. Michael Kosterlitz, who won the prize for his work on this topic, said: “This paper represents a breakthrough in the simulation of physical systems which are otherwise essentially impossible.”

The History of Building a Quantum Ecosystem

Building a quantum ecosystem of developers, talent, systems, software, tools, and users has been a core company focus. Throughout our history, we’ve demonstrated a successful track record of providing technology and innovation to customers. And we’ve gathered significant operational and commercial experience for running a quantum computing company at scale. Our hardware and software expertise provides us with a unique capability to address customer needs.

The early years of D-Wave were largely dedicated to research and development, leading to our first working qubits and scalable systems. In 2004, we made the critical and deliberate decision to focus on quantum annealing to deliver practical business value with quantum computing. By 2011, we’d officially moved our research and development into a new phase when we announced our collaboration with Lockheed Martin, allowing for outside scientists and engineers to work with quantum systems and to provide critical feedback on our continuing quantum system development. Since the Lockheed Martin engagement, our technology has been used for a variety of research and academic applications at companies and institutions including Google, the Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Los Alamos National Laboratory, Jülich Supercomputing Centre, NASA Quantum Artificial Intelligence Laboratory and University Space Research Organization. Through this early quantum access, we gained crucial feedback on how to improve quantum computers and make them more accessible for practical use. As a result, each generation of our quantum systems has enabled organizations to achieve dramatic improvements in performance.

In 2018, we removed barriers to access by launching Leap, which was the first real-time, publicly accessible quantum cloud service that allowed developers to access live quantum processors and create applications using Python, a high-level general-purpose programming language. D-Wave’s cloud approach facilitated and increased access to quantum computers, thereby allowing businesses, developers, and researchers to directly access our systems.

With thousands of developers active in Leap today, our focus on growing an ecosystem of quantum developers is paving the way for increasingly diverse quantum computing applications. As founding mentors of the Creative Destruction Lab’s quantum work stream, we’ve mentored companies using quantum computing, including OTI Lumionics, which is working on new material design; Menten AI and its drug discovery efforts; and Multiverse Computing, which is developing applications in the financial services space.

In 2019, our customers began to put application pilots into production. As previously mentioned, Volkswagen debuted the first-ever real-time quantum application in limited production, a quantum shuttle service that carried people between conference centers in Lisbon.

A year later, we released the Advantage quantum annealing computer, a 5,000-qubit system, along with new quantum hybrid solvers in the Leap quantum cloud service. This marked an inflection point that allowed far larger, more complex, business-scale problems to be solved on our systems. And in 2021, we released performance upgrades to the Advantage system and added a new hybrid solver to make it easier to solve problems with constraints. Business optimization problems use constraints, such as the distance a truck can travel before running out of gas (rather than assuming the truck can run indefinitely). By incorporating constraints, the new solver is valuable in addressing real business problems of current and future customers.

 

180


Table of Contents

In October 2021, we announced a preview of our next-generation quantum computing platform, which will include both annealing and gate-model quantum computers. With the expansion of our products and services to include gate-model systems, we believe we will be poised to provide the multiplatform computational power required to tackle a broad array of problems facing businesses.

Our Business Strategy and Differentiators

We are the Practical Quantum Computing Company for a reason. We have the longest track record of working with customers on real-world, computationally complex, optimization problems. We are the only company in the industry with operational and commercial experience running a quantum computing business at scale. We are leaders in the development of the intersection of quantum hardware and software, unlocking greater ease of use and quantum hybrid application performance for customers. We are the only quantum computing company building annealing and developing gate-model quantum computers. What’s more, our commercial-first approach focuses on building products delivered via cloud services that help enterprises solve complex business problems and drive business value today. Combined, this gives us a unique perspective on how to anticipate and address the needs of customers, with a goal to accelerate quantum computing market creation and adoption.

Full stack for the entire quantum journey: We are the only quantum computing company building annealing and developing gate-based quantum systems with a full-stack, cross-platform vision for the future. Our quantum-in-the-cloud offering comprises a complete portfolio of products and services that supports building in-production applications across broad use cases for businesses and developers. We currently deliver commercial annealing quantum systems via cloud services like our QCaaS, open-source application development tools and professional services that bring demonstrable business value to our customers. We’re also expanding into gate-model systems to provide coverage for a wider variety of customer use cases.

Cross-platform: Our platform-agnostic approach will help customers solve their toughest and most complex business problems without having to worry about which quantum technology approach or platform to use. Customers will not have to choose between annealing or gate-model systems, as our cross-platform open-source developer tools will enable them to invest in one tool and use it across multiple quantum systems.

Hybrid strategy: Some problems are solved with classical resources, others with quantum resources. But many are best solved with a combination of both. That is why our product strategy enables customers to tap into and harness the power of both quantum and classical resources to satisfy their given use case. Our hybrid solvers (part of our Leap quantum cloud service) offer a seamless way for end users to easily leverage both our quantum and classical resources via the cloud to run complex problems. Nearly 11 million problems have been run on the Advantage annealing quantum computer through hybrid solvers since its launch in September 2020.

Annealing for optimization: While our strategy encompasses both annealing and gate-model technologies, we are the only quantum computing company in the world that builds and delivers annealing quantum computers. Quantum annealing is uniquely effective at solving optimization problems, and this problem class makes up a significant proportion of the enterprise problem universe. Moreover, optimization use cases are suitable to a recurring revenue model, as many are repeatable, real-time (always-on) processes. Recent publications point to the fact that annealing is better for solving optimization problems both today and in the future. Conversely, the pre-processing overhead and lesser performance of current gate-model systems make them ineffective in solving optimization problems.

Practical quantum computing for accelerated time-to-value: We build products and services that help enterprises solve complex business problems and deliver business value today. All of our systems, tools and products are, and will continue to be, focused on providing an accelerated path to practical, real-world applications that deliver value to our customers.

 

181


Table of Contents

Cloud-first and enterprise scale: The Leap quantum cloud service provides real-time access to production-grade annealing quantum computers with enterprise class performance and scalability. Leap is engineered for high reliability and availability and provides the security and privacy measures needed for enterprises to go live with in-production quantum hybrid applications.

 

   

Professional services accelerate QCaaS: Our consumption and delivery models feature a professional-services-enabled approach for application discovery and proof-of-concept development, and a QCaaS model for recurring revenue as applications move to production. This model enables us to capture professional services revenue in the first half of the customer journey and recurring QCaaS revenue in the second half once the application has been built and validated.

Our Business Model

 

 

LOGO

 

   

Three-pronged go-to-market model: Our go-to-market model—across direct sales, re-sellers and developers—drives enterprise value and extends reach to scale.

 

   

Our direct sales strategy involves: (1) growing our existing customer base by accelerating the path from pre-production to in-production application deployment on Leap, our quantum cloud service; and (2) acquiring net new customers using D-Wave Launch, a services-enabled journey to the adoption of quantum technology.

 

   

Our partner strategy involves: (1) expanding our reach by providing D-Wave QPU access via cloud providers such as AWS’ Amazon Braket (available since its launch in 2020); (2) creating new markets and unlocking new use cases via systems consultants such as Accenture; and (3) building an ecosystem of global re-sellers such as NEC Corporation (“NEC”) and regional re-sellers such as Strangeworks and Sigma-i.

 

   

Our developer strategy involves: (1) providing access to a free trial of Leap, our quantum cloud service; (2) driving developer product usage, quantum application development and community engagement to maximize developer conversions (from free to paid); and (3) lead generation, i.e., engaging our developer base for potential new enterprise customer accounts.

 

182


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

 

 

LOGO

According to the Boston Consulting Group (“BCG”), the quantum computing TAM is projected to grow from $2 billion to $5 billion near-term to $450 billion to $850 billion longer-term with 20 percent of the overall TAM being available to quantum hardware, software, and service providers, with the remaining 80% of the TAM being the value captured by quantum computing end-users.

BCG estimates that combinatorial optimization problems, which are best suited for annealing systems, will represent approximately 24 to 26 percent of the TAM, which translates to $500 million to $1.2 billion near-term growing to $112 billion to $212 billion longer-term. The 20% of this that is expected to be available to quantum hardware, software and service providers is $100 million to $250 million near-term growing to $22 billion to $42 billion longer-term. This, coupled with the broad TAM for other emerging quantum use cases such as quantum chemistry, quantum machine learning and quantum cryptography that our annealing and gate-model systems will support, represents a significant and growing opportunity.

We believe our full-stack, cross-platform approach, alongside our go-to-market strategy, technical capabilities and product vision, positions us to capture a significant portion of the quantum TAM available to hardware, software and service providers.

Our overall growth strategy has three key focus areas: (1) build the business; (2) advance the science; and (3) improve the technology.

Build the business: We continue to build the business through a combination of QCaaS cloud services, professional services, and developer ecosystem growth. The key elements of this strategy are:

 

   

Win the fast-growing optimization market: Quantum annealing is uniquely suited for solving optimization problems and, as noted above, this problem class is anticipated to comprise $22 billion to $42 billion of the longer-term quantum computing TAM that is available to hardware, software and service providers. As the only company in the world offering quantum annealing, we’ll continue to leverage this competitive position and acquire additional customers with optimization use cases across multiple verticals, including financial services, manufacturing/logistics, mobility, and life sciences/pharmaceuticals.

 

183


Table of Contents
   

Direct sales, recurring revenue and expanding partner strategy: We’re pursuing multiple revenue streams from our three-pronged go-to-market model. Our main line of business—cloud service—has seen significant year-over-year growth, which we anticipate will continue through 2022 and beyond. Specifically, between 2018, when we introduced our Leap cloud service, and the end of 2021, cloud revenue has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 33 percent. We have two types of cloud revenue contracts: large, multiyear engagements and smaller, recurring contracts that are often multimonth in duration. We continue to acquire net new customers through the D-Wave Launch program and further drive recurring QCaaS revenue by moving existing customers from their pre-production journey into production applications. We recognize professional services revenue from Phase 1 and Phase 2 of Launch projects, many of which are contracted together. We’re seeing more than 80 percent of Phase 1 projects convert into Phase 2 projects, demonstrating early customer value and continued engagement and retention. We also intend to expand our channel partner and reseller relationships to identify new geographies, customers, and use cases, all of which could potentially utilize our products. We’ve also seen that as businesses identify and build use cases, customers learn more about quantum computing and begin to explore alternative use cases, yielding additional professional services and QCaaS revenues.

 

   

Grow our existing user base and developer ecosystem: Our developer ecosystem is a source of innovation for new quantum applications, extended brand awareness and new use case discovery. We plan to continue to drive developer community engagement and product adoption to grow the ecosystem.

Advance the science: We advance the science through the pursuit and creation of new knowledge in the quantum space, with the goal of demonstrating customer value and ultimately quantum advantage (i.e., a computational quantum outcome that cannot be achieved by any existing classical computation system) in a growing portfolio of problems. The key elements of this strategy are:

 

   

Demonstrate the power of our quantum technology through benchmarking: Our annealing quantum computers have outperformed the best classical computers in several specific use cases. As noted in a recent peer-reviewed paper published in Nature Communications, our systems demonstrated a solution to a problem three million times faster than the best-known classical approaches on an application in quantum materials simulation. In the context of real-world applications, our customers have shown material efficiency improvements in solving business problems (for example, up to 500 times faster for Save-On-Foods, as described above).

 

   

Pursue the cutting edge and push the boundaries of quantum knowledge: We plan to continue to create new knowledge in the quantum space that shows the power of our scientific and technological approaches and pushes the frontiers of quantum information science. We have an active research program that focuses on quantifying the increases in performance we achieve with increasingly coherent quantum systems. And we’ve seen promising new results on interesting physics problems, currently in peer-review, because of even greater coherence in our systems.

Improve the technology: We improve the technology through continuous innovation in quantum annealing and gate-model development, hybrid algorithm advancement and leveraging customer and market feedback to inform our product innovations and lifecycle. The key elements of this strategy are:

 

   

Continue to invest in our differentiated quantum annealing technology: As discussed above, while our technology approach encompasses both annealing and gate-model technologies, we are the only company that builds and delivers annealing quantum computers. Our extensive intellectual property (“IP”) portfolio around our annealing systems and 10-year head start in superconducting expertise give us a first-mover advantage, making it difficult for others to enter this space. Annealing is the only quantum computing model that, as part of the hybrid solver service, can efficiently solve large combinatorial optimization problems at enterprise scale, which make up approximately 25% of the addressable quantum market.

 

184


Table of Contents
   

Build and deliver a unified quantum platform that offers solutions for broad quantum use cases for customers: The intersection of systems, software, services and tools is familiar to us. We’re utilizing our integrated engineering expertise to build a cross-platform quantum service with both annealing and gate-model systems that we believe will be the first and only quantum computing offering to impact full product lifecycles across multiple industries.

 

   

Extend our track record of continuous innovation, execution, and operational excellence: We have a strong track record of innovation in building and delivering quantum annealing systems to market. From the D-Wave One, D-Wave Two, D-Wave 2X, D-Wave 2000Q, D-Wave 2000Q LN, Advantage and Advantage Performance Update to the forthcoming Advantage 2 system, we have shown a relentless pursuit of increased qubit count, coherence (qubit quality), qubit connectivity and performance. This has resulted in a rapid increase in the complexity of problems our customers are able to solve. We plan to continue this trajectory and focus on driving additional improvements in coherence and connectivity in our annealing systems to further expand the universe of solvable problems, while utilizing this expertise to build our gate-model system.

Our Technology Approach

Quantum computing technology landscape

 

 

LOGO

There are two primary approaches to building quantum computers:

 

   

Quantum annealing: Heavily inspired by physics and uniquely effective at solving challenging, ubiquitous optimization problems, quantum annealing is the first and only approach to date that delivers large-scale quantum computing and is a core of our product platform.

 

   

Gate-model computation: Heavily inspired by classical digital computation, gate-model computation replaces classical registers of bits with qubits and performs a series of single and multiqubit operations, or gates, on the registers to run a computation. This includes superconducting, ion trap and photonic approaches to quantum computing.

 

185


Table of Contents

Our quantum systems approach

In 2004, D-Wave made a singular strategic choice, guided both by analysis of the market for potential quantum applications and the state of available technology. Our decision to first develop a large-scale quantum annealing technology for optimization remains prescient today. Challenging optimization problems are found across all areas of business, and a growing body of theoretical and empirical evidence identifies quantum annealing as the best approach for solving them. Exploiting the natural tendency of systems to remain in ground or low energy configurations, this model of quantum computing is more error-tolerant than gate-model architectures and therefore easier to develop into a large-scale technology.

To quickly develop and scale a quantum computer based on quantum annealing, we built a Manhattan Project-style organization. We have a multidisciplinary team of scientists, technicians, software developers and engineers of all types working together on all aspects of the technology, systems, and software. We implement our qubits with superconducting circuits built in a multilayer integrated circuit process. Our fabrication is done with mature, proven, reliable and readily available industry-standard technology, processes, and components wherever possible. As a result, we can work with existing third-party foundries without the need to invest capital in a new fabrication facility.

At the same time, some critical elements of the technology are fabricated and tested with our own equipment, in our own facilities. We have an in-house team of superconducting application-specific integrated circuit designers, and we perform all our own superconducting circuit design. All testing and characterization of superconducting circuits is performed in-house at our facilities by a team of scientists trained in cryogenic characterization and operation of superconducting circuits and devices. By collocating, co-developing, and controlling both design and testing, we maximize speed of development and control product quality.

With our current product fabrication at Very Large-Scale Integration (“VLSI”), we also benefit from the ability to integrate on-chip superconducting control circuitry. This can serve to tune and control qubits and implement scalable readout. “Scalable” in this context means that many tens of thousands of devices can be controlled and read with only hundreds of wires—a characteristic rare in the quantum computing world. Our superconducting VLSI control circuitry has enabled us to scale our systems from a handful of qubits to the more than 5,000 in the current Advantage product.

Control electronics are an integral part of all quantum computing architectures, and we’ve designed and built more than seven generations of semiconductor-based electronics for control and readout of superconducting quantum processors. Co-developing the cryogenic superconducting and room temperature semiconducting-based electronics is essential to optimizing performance.

Our development philosophy emphasizes systems engineering to maximize customer benefit. This means that we must design the qubit, from the beginning, in a way that allows us to control, operate and read many thousands of qubits, not just tens of qubits.

 

   

Scaling the quantum system: In addition to the growing number of qubits and couplers, and the increasing complexity of problems our quantum computers can handle, other notable improvements we’ve made while transitioning from the D-Wave 2000Q to the Advantage quantum system (released in October 2020) include the following:

 

   

Increasing the number of qubits from 2,000 to 5,000 (2.5 times)

 

   

Increasing connectivity between qubits from 6 to 15 (2.5 times)

 

   

Increasing problem precision (the precision to which a problem can be posed) by two times

 

   

Reducing problem latency by 60 percent.

The increase in qubits and connectivity from the previous degree-6 topology to the degree-15 topology typically allows our Advantage processor to take inputs two to four times larger than those of the D-Wave 2000Q.

 

186


Table of Contents

In addition, the Advantage annealing quantum system performance update released in October 2021 included several key changes that boosted performance over the original Advantage release:

 

   

An updated processor design that increased problem precision

 

   

A refined fabrication process that lowered manufacturing spreads

 

   

An increased yield of qubits and couplers that allows more complex problems to be solved.

Expansion into gate-model: Our early focus on quantum annealing directly lends itself to our gate-model efforts. Many of the lessons learned in building a superconducting quantum annealing system are transferable to building a scalable superconducting gate-model quantum computer. Scale, superconducting chip fabrication, materials design, cryogenics, and IP are all necessary and relevant for delivering a commercial, scalable gate-model system to the market. Our deep experience and built-from-the-ground up commercial-scale design strategy, gives us a first-mover advantage over companies in the early stages of merely developing the building blocks of gate-model systems.

We believe the time is right to also pursue gate-model technology because:

 

   

Gate-model quantum computing (“GMQC”) theory has matured considerably since 2004.

 

   

Over the past 15 years, we have accrued considerable experience and IP in quantum systems engineering, including cryogenics, environmental control, input/output and filtering, and scalable control and readout of superconducting devices. This can be directly brought to bear on building scalable GMQC technology.

 

   

We have developed a mature superconducting VLSI design and manufacturing capability that can immediately be employed for our gate-model program. This is the only physical implementation of a quantum computing technology that can be utilized for both quantum annealing and gate-model computers.

While there’s still a need to further improve error-corrected GMQC theory to reduce overheads, both in physical circuit size and gate sequence depth and to the point where it can truly be practical to implement, we understand that a confluence of new theoretical developments, coupled with our practical quantum computing design experience, will ultimately be necessary to commercialize this technology.

 

   

Power consumption and refrigeration: Our quantum computers draw 12 kilowatts of nominal power and have used the same-sized dilution refrigerators for cooling since the 2010 release of the original D-Wave One system. The refrigerators’ cryocoolers require the bulk of this power to provide cooling to 4 kelvin. While the computational power of our systems has dramatically increased with each product generation, the power requirements have remained the same and are expected to do so for at least the next two product generations. This contrasts with competitors that are using and developing massive dilution refrigerators, which will require increasingly more power to continue with technology development.

D-Wave’s 20-plus years of reliable operation: We have been delivering commercial quantum computers for longer than many of our competitors have been in existence. Our experience allows us to operate a field-tested service and support organization that can anticipate many technical challenges of quantum system deployment. Our field systems have seen greater than 99 percent uptime in the last three years of operation, and our Leap quantum cloud service has experienced more than 99 percent uptime since it was launched in 2018.

 

   

Our software, tools and cloud services approach

 

   

Software development: Our software teams use Agile and Scrum methodologies to ensure customer requirements are met and that the highest priority features are included in each release to maximize the utility of our system. The development process for Ocean developer tools follows best practices for

 

187


Table of Contents
 

open-source products, and we use GitHub for all open-source code. As a result, developers can edit the code in their own repository and merge it with the original repository when it’s ready for release, and external users can contribute to the codebase.

Ocean software development kit: Available on the D-Wave GitHub repository, the Ocean SDK is a suite of open-source tools for solving challenging problems with quantum computers. The latest Ocean packages are also preinstalled in the Leap IDE. The Ocean software stack provides a chain of tools that implements the steps needed to solve problems on a D-Wave system.

Cloud services approach

Leap quantum cloud service: We are the first and only quantum computing company to offer secure, real-time access to quantum computers and quantum hybrid solvers via the cloud. Multiple QPUs are online, and Leap is multi-region, which means we have physical systems available in different geographical locations. In January 2022, we added to the quantum computers available within Leap by making public the 5,000-qubit Advantage quantum system at the Jülich Supercomputing Centre in Germany.

Secure access and data protection: We implement industry-accepted controls and technology and combine enterprise-grade security features with comprehensive audits of our applications, systems and networks to ensure customer data is protected.

 

   

Leap hybrid solver service: Launched in 2020, the hybrid solver service (“HSS”) within Leap provides a combination of quantum and classical computation resources and advanced algorithms to solve problems of enterprise scale with up to one million variables (and up to 20,000 variables for fully connected graph problems). Several hybrid solvers are available within the HSS today to support different problem formulations. Leap’s hybrid solvers enable customers to benefit from D-Wave’s deep investment in researching, developing, optimizing, and maintaining quantum hybrid algorithms. No other competitor offers a hybrid solver service.

Key Strategic Relationships

NEC: We entered into a strategic investment and subsequent global re-seller agreement with NEC in April 2019 and December 2021, respectively. The relationship includes reselling our Leap quantum cloud service in NEC’s core markets, primarily Japan and Australia.

Lockheed Martin: We have been working with Lockheed Martin since we leased the first commercial quantum computer to them in 2011. Since then, we have collaborated with Lockheed through the University of Southern California (“USC”)-Lockheed Martin Quantum Computing Center (“QCC”), hosted at the USC Viterbi School of Engineering’s Information Sciences Institute. We renewed the Lockheed contract in 2020, which has led to important upgrades at the facility. We’re now in the process of installing an Advantage performance update system with more than 5,000 qubits at the QCC, which will be the first Leap quantum cloud system physically located in the United States.

Jülich Supercomputing Centre: We completed the installation of the first Advantage performance update quantum system with 5,000-plus qubits and 15-way connectivity and made it available only to the Jülich users through the Leap quantum cloud service, at the Jülich Supercomputing Centre in October 2021—thus marking the cornerstone of the Jülich UNified Infrastructure for Quantum Computing lab. This quantum system is the first Leap installation outside of North America and provides cloud access to the first practically usable quantum computer for researchers, governments and enterprise customers in Europe.

AWS: We offer multiple quantum computers via the cloud in AWS’ Amazon Braket quantum cloud access system. This expands and extends the reach of our quantum computers to AWS’ broad customer base.

 

188


Table of Contents

Accenture: We work closely with Accenture on joint quantum development projects for customers in telecommunications, financial services and pharmaceuticals, among other verticals. We regularly create joint go-to-market programs for the acceleration of quantum computing within Global 2000 enterprises.

Competition

The quantum computing market is highly competitive. With new technologies and entrants into the market, we expect competition to continue to increase. Our competitive differentiators include being the only provider in the world building annealing and developing gate-model quantum computers, our longtime proven track record of delivering increasingly mature higher-performance quantum systems that scale, and our use cases with demonstrable business value.

In addition to being the only supplier of quantum annealing systems, we’re also pursuing gate-model quantum computing with the announcement of our Clarity product roadmap in October 2021. Other companies, including Rigetti Computing, IBM, Google, IonQ, Honeywell, PsiQuantum and Xanadu, are pursuing gate-model quantum computing, each using different technologies for the qubits and control, and each at different levels of technical maturity. Approaches include superconducting, ion traps, photonics, spin qubits and neutral atoms. A brief summary of a few of the approaches follows:

 

   

The superconducting gate-model approach uses the same basic underlying technology as that found in our qubits. Still, there are significant differences in the details of the implementations, levels of integration and the performance achieved to date, particularly in optimization and material simulation.

 

   

The ion trap approach uses the state of atoms trapped in electric fields that are manipulated by electric fields and lasers for qubits. Current ion trap systems are in the range of about 20 qubits. While technologies such as optical interconnects have been proposed to connect many ion trap QPUs with high connectivity, this level of integration has not yet been demonstrated at a large enough scale to be used for business-sized problems, and early customer comparisons suggest that such technology is not commercially viable.

 

   

The photonic approach uses photons of light for qubits. These technologies are in the development stage, with little detail available on their level of integration or roadmaps.

Our successful technological offering and trusted commercial readiness was made evident in 2018, when the Jülich Supercomputing Centre analyzed the quantum technology readiness levels (“QTRL”) across multiple quantum systems. Using a scale from one to nine, the centre rated our technology at QTRL 8 (scalable quantum computer qualified in test) and other superconducting providers from QTRL 4 to QTRL 5 (components integrated into small-scale systems without error-correction). Our technology was found to be the only one with current commercial applications, while all other competing technologies were considered to be experimental devices.

With respect to larger technology organizations versus pure quantum computing enterprises, quantum cloud access providers, including Amazon and Microsoft, do not currently have the full-featured benefits of D-Wave’s real-time Leap quantum cloud service and quantum hybrid offerings. While some providers plan to offer quantum systems as well, as of March 2022, no systems nor prototypes were available.

Competitive analysis of the quantum industry should be viewed through the lens of what advantage customers can realize with real-world commercial applications. With our extensive IP portfolio, record of commercial execution, peer-reviewed speed-ups on real-world quantum chemistry simulations and emerging use cases demonstrating practical value to enterprise customers, we believe we’re well positioned to compete, grow, and capture a significant share of the quantum computing market.

 

189


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

Development, know-how and engineering skills are an essential component of our business, resulting in the creation of our broad IP portfolio. We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, and trade secrets, as well as contractual provisions and restrictions, to establish and protect our IP and other proprietary rights in the United States, Canada and other jurisdictions.

We pursue patent protection when we believe it is consistent with our overall IP strategy and is cost effective. We have accumulated a broad patent portfolio that covers all the main aspects of our technology, including systems and software, and we intend to protect our innovative inventions.

Currently, we own all of our core intellectual property and do not license out any of our material intellectual property. As of December 31, 2021, we owned more than 200 issued U.S. patents, which will expire between 2022 and 2040, and more than 200 additional issued and pending patents worldwide. Our pending and issued patents target both the hardware and software sides of our business, including systems, qubits and other devices, fabrication, architecture, system software, cryogenics, hybrid quantum computing, and applications of quantum computing. Currently, we own all of our core patent portfolio. As of December 31, 2021, we owned four registered U.S. trademarks and seven registered foreign trademarks. We had also registered domain names for websites we use in our business, such as dwavesys.com, qubits.com, and similar variations.

In addition to the above, we also protect our IP and other proprietary rights by entering into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements (or similar agreements) with our employees, consultants, collaborators, contractors and other third parties.

Leadership

D-Wave is led by Dr. Alan Baratz, who became CEO in 2020. Previously, as executive vice-president of research and development and chief product officer, he drove the development, delivery and support of all of D-Wave’s products, technologies and applications. Dr. Baratz has more than 25 years of experience in product development and bringing new products to market at leading technology companies and software startups. As the first president of JavaSoft at Sun Microsystems, Dr. Baratz oversaw the growth and adoption of Java from its infancy to a robust platform supporting mission-critical applications in nearly 80 percent of Fortune 1000 companies. He has also held executive positions at Symphony, Avaya, Cisco and IBM, served as CEO and president of Versata, Zaplet and NeoPath Networks, and was a managing director at Warburg Pincus. Dr. Baratz holds a doctorate in computer science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

In addition, D-Wave has built an executive team that brings breadth and depth in diverse areas of expertise, including technology leadership, corporate strategy and go-to-market execution. In particular, our executive team excels at building product roadmaps, delivering leading-edge technology products through the development and commercialization of technology, enabling companies to achieve successful outcomes, driving technology adoption in the market, new market creation and growing revenue. Team members also draw from experience in taking companies public and scaling private and public companies. We’re proud to represent gender parity within our executive team, with a further 28 percent female representation across our broader leadership team.

Employees

Our employees are key to D-Wave’s success. As of December 31, 2021, we have more than 190 employees across our systems, software, sales, marketing and corporate teams. Approximately two-thirds of D-Wave’s employees are based near our research and development headquarters in Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada. We continue to grow D-Wave’s U.S. presence, primarily in the fabrication, software, professional services and go-to-market areas, and have a small presence in Japan and the United Kingdom. We also engage a small number of consultants and contractors to supplement our permanent workforce. A majority of our employees are engaged

 

190


Table of Contents

in research and development and related functions, with nearly 25 percent having earned a PhD, many from the world’s top ranked universities. And our go-to-market leaders have a track record of building and growing new markets, which we believe allows us to continue to build and capture the quantum computing market.

To date, D-Wave has not experienced any work stoppages, and none of our employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a labor union.

Facilities

We operate three facilities in North America. Our corporate headquarters is located in Burnaby, B.C., outside of Vancouver, where we lease approximately 42,000 square feet of space under an agreement that expires in December 2033. Most of the facility is used for research and development and manufacturing. We also lease approximately 7,000 square feet of space in Richmond, B.C., outside of Vancouver, under an agreement that expires in December 2022. That facility is used to develop and manufacture proprietary superconducting circuit boards for internal consumption, and for customer sales. And our in-house fabrication activities are performed in a facility in Palo Alto, California, where we lease approximately 6,000 square feet of space under an agreement that expires in June 2023. As well, we are committed to a lease for additional office space in Burnaby for a 9,100 square foot facility under an agreement that expires in June 2023. As it was not being fully utilized, the space was subleased to a third party in February 2020. We believe our current and planned facilities are adequate for the foreseeable future and plan to renew each of the terms of our offices in Richmond and Palo Alto for an additional five years. In order to accommodate anticipated growth and to recruit and retain top talent around the globe, we anticipate seeking additional facilities in various locations and anticipate that we will be able to obtain additional space as needed under commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. There are currently no pending or threatened legal proceedings or claims against us that, in our opinion, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Defending such proceedings is costly and can impose a significant burden on management and team members. The results of any future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, but regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

191


Table of Contents

D-WAVE MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. The discussion and the analysis should also be read together with the section of this proxy statement/prospectus entitled “Information about D-Wave” and the unaudited pro forma combined financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in the section of this proxy statement/prospectus entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information”). The following discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under the section titled “Risk factors” or in other parts of this proxy statement/prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future. In this section, unless otherwise specified, the terms “we”, “our”, “us” and “D-Wave” refer to D-Wave Systems Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. All dollar amounts are expressed in thousands of United States dollars (“$”), unless otherwise indicated.

Overview

D-Wave Systems Inc. is a commercial quantum computing company that provides customers with a full suite of professional services and web-based access to its superconducting quantum computer systems and integrated software environment through its cloud service, Leap (or “Leap”). Historically, D-Wave has developed its own annealing superconducting quantum computer and associated software, and its current generation quantum system is the D-Wave Advantage. D-Wave is a leader in the development and delivery of quantum computing systems, software and services, and is the world’s first commercial supplier of quantum computers—and the only company developing both annealing quantum computers and gate-model quantum computers. During the year ended December 31, 2021, D-Wave initiated the development of a gate-model quantum computing system. D-Wave was incorporated under the BCBCA and is headquartered in Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada.

D-Wave’s business model primarily centers on revenue generated from quantum computing systems made accessible via the cloud in the form of QCaaS products and on revenue generated from professional services associated with assisting our customers in identifying and implementing quantum computing applications.

We have generated revenue from our cloud and professional services of $6.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2021. We have incurred significant operating losses since inception. Our net loss was $31.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, and we expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in a number of research and development programs. As of December 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $325.3 million.

Following the Transaction, D-Wave will become an indirect subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum.

The Transaction Agreement and PIPE Financing.

On February 7, 2022, DPCM Capital Inc., a Delaware corporation (“DPCM”), and D-Wave entered into a definitive Transaction Agreement by and among DPCM, D-Wave, D-Wave Quantum Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of DPCM (“D-Wave Quantum”), DWSI Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum (“Merger Sub”), DWSI Canada Holdings ULC, a British Columbia unlimited liability company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum (“CallCo”), D-Wave Quantum Technologies Inc., a British Columbia corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of CallCo, pursuant to which, among other things: (a) Merger Sub will merge with and into DPCM, with DPCM surviving as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum, (b) D-Wave

 

192


Table of Contents

Quantum will indirectly acquire all of the outstanding share capital of D-Wave and D-Wave will become an indirect subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum, with D-Wave Quantum becoming a public company and a registrant with the SEC. D-Wave and DPCM believe that the Transaction and related proceeds will result in enhancing D-Wave’s leadership in commercial quantum computing.

While the legal acquirer in the Transaction Agreement is D-Wave Quantum, for financial accounting and reporting purposes under GAAP, D-Wave will be the accounting acquirer and the Transaction will be accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization.” A reverse recapitalization does not result in a new basis of accounting and the financial statements of D-Wave Quantum represent the continuation of our financial statements in many respects. Under this method of accounting, DPCM will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. For accounting purposes, D-Wave will be deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the transaction and, consequently, the transaction will be treated as a recapitalization of D-Wave (i.e., a capital transaction involving the issuance of stock by D-Wave Quantum for the stock of D-Wave).

Upon consummation of the Transaction and the PIPE Financing, the most significant change in our future reported financial position and results of operations is expected to be an estimated increase in cash (as compared to our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021) to approximately $115.1 million, assuming the Maximum Redemption Scenario, or to $305.1 million, assuming the No Redemption Scenario, including $40.0 million in gross proceeds from the PIPE Financing. Total direct and incremental transaction costs of DPCM and D-Wave are estimated at approximately $44.6 million, substantially all of which will be recorded as additional-paid-in-capital as costs related to the reverse recapitalization. For additional information refer to the section of this proxy statement/prospectus titled “Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.”

Upon the closing of the Transaction, D-Wave Quantum will become the successor to an SEC registrant and has applied to list the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “QBTS” and “QBTS.WS,” respectively. Being a public company will require us to hire additional personnel and implement procedures and processes to address applicable regulatory requirements and customary practices. We expect D-Wave Quantum will incur additional annual expenses as a public company for, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees and additional internal and external accounting, legal and administrative resources, including increased audit, legal, and filing fees.

COVID-19 Update

In March 2020, the COVID-19 outbreak was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization. There are many uncertainties regarding the current pandemic, and we are closely monitoring the impact of the pandemic on all aspects of our business, including how it will impact our employees, suppliers, vendors and business partners.

The pandemic has resulted in government authorities implementing numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, stay-at-home or shelter-in-place orders, and business shutdowns. These measures may adversely impact our employees and operations and the operations of our suppliers and business partners. In addition, various aspects of our business cannot be conducted remotely. These measures by government authorities may continue to remain in place for a significant period of time and could adversely affect our development plans, sales and marketing activities, and business operations.

The full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus. As such, the full magnitude of the pandemic’s effect on our financial condition, liquidity and future results of operations is uncertain. Management continues to actively monitor our financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry and workforce. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to D-Wave’s Business and Industry—We may in the future be adversely affected by continuation or worsening of the global COVID-19 pandemic, its various strains or future pandemics.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, D-Wave’s financial position, business, results of operation and financial condition were not significantly impacted due to the effects of the COVID-19 outbreak.

 

193


Table of Contents

Key Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We currently generate our revenue from QCaaS offerings, professional services including problem evaluation, proof of concept, pilot applications and training on our quantum computing systems and other revenue derived from the sale of printed circuit boards. QCaaS revenue is recognized on a ratable basis over the contract term or on a usage basis, which generally ranges from one month to two years. Professional services revenue is recognized based on the terms of the contract, or based upon the ratio that incurred costs bear to total estimated contract costs. Other revenue is not material and is recognized upon completion. Our contracts with our customers do not at any time provide the customer with the right to take possession of the software that runs our cloud platform.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue consists primarily of all direct and indirect expenses related to providing our QCaaS offering and delivering our professional services, including personnel-related expenses and costs associated with maintaining the cloud platform on which the QCaaS resides. Cost of revenue also includes depreciation and amortization related to our quantum computing systems and related software.

We expect our total cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods, corresponding to our anticipated growth in revenue and employee headcount to support our customers and to maintain the cloud offering, manufacturing, operations and field service team.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, general and administrative and sales and marketing expenses.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for personnel, fabrication costs, lab supplies, and cloud computing resources and allocated facility costs for our research and development functions. Unlike a standard computer, design and development efforts continue throughout the useful life of our quantum computing systems to ensure proper calibration and optimal functionality. Research and development expenses also include purchased hardware components, fabrication and software costs related to quantum computing systems constructed for research purposes that do not have a high probability of providing future economic benefits, and have no alternate future use. We currently do not capitalize any research and development expenditures.

We expect our research and development expenses will increase on an absolute dollar basis for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in research and development efforts to enhance the functionality of our cloud platform, improve the reliability, availability and scalability of our platform and access new customer markets. In addition, research and development costs could increase in absolute dollars if we do not receive government grants and research incentives, which historically offset a portion of these costs.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for personnel and outside professional services expenses including legal, auditing and accounting services, insurance, other administrative expenses and allocated facility costs for our administrative functions.

We expect our operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as a result of operating as a public company. In particular, we expect our legal, accounting, tax, personnel-related expenses and

 

194


Table of Contents

directors’ and officers’ insurance costs reported within general and administrative expense to increase as we establish more comprehensive compliance and governance functions, increased security and IT compliance, review internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and prepare and distribute periodic reports as required by the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. As a result, our historical results of operations may not be indicative of our results of operations in future periods.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for personnel, direct advertising, marketing and promotional material costs, sales commission expense, consulting fees and allocated facility costs for our sales and marketing functions. We intend to continue to make significant investments in our sales and marketing organization to drive additional revenue, further penetrate the market, expand our global customer base, and broaden our brand awareness. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future.

Other income (expense), net

Our other income (expense), net is primarily comprised of interest expense, government assistance, gain on settlement of warranty, gain on debt extinguishment, interest income (expense), net and other miscellaneous income and expense unrelated to our core operations.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the years presented (in thousands):

 

     Year ended December 31,     Change  

(In thousands)

         2021                 2020           Amount         % (1)      

Revenue

     6,279       5,160       1,119       22

Cost of revenue

     1,750       915       835       91
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

     4,529       4,245       284       7

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     25,401       20,411       4,990       24

General and administrative

     11,897       11,587       310       3

Sales and marketing

     6,179       3,714       2,465       66
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     43,477       35,712       7,765       22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (38,948     (31,467     (7,481     24

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     (1,728     (5,257     3,529       (67 )% 

Government assistance

     7,167       12,027       (4,860     (40 )% 

Gain on debt extinguishment

     —         3,873       (3,873     nm  

Gain on settlement of warrant liability

     —         7,836       (7,836     nm  

Gain on investment in marketable securities

     1,163       —         1,163       nm  

Other income (expense), net

     801       2,969       (2,168     (73 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     7,403       21,448       (14,045     (65 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (31,545   $ (10,019   $ (21,526     215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     15       (82     97       nm  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net comprehensive loss

   $ (31,530   $ (10,101   $ (21,429     212
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Percentage changes that are considered not meaningful are denoted with “nm”.

 

195


Table of Contents

Revenue

Revenue increased $1.1 million, or 22%, to $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in revenue was primarily driven by:

 

   

An increase of $1.5 million in revenue due to the growth of our QCaaS and professional services business; and

 

   

A reduction of $350,000 in other revenue mainly due to the completion of a customer contract during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue increased $835,000, or 91%, to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to $915,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily driven by:

 

   

An increase of personnel-related costs of $946,000 associated with providing services as a result of the growth of our professional services and our QCaaS offerings during the year ended December 31, 2021;

 

   

A reduction of $111,000 for the cost of other revenue during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
(In thousands)        2021              2020          Amount          %      

Research and development

   $ 25,401      $ 20,411      $ 4,990        24

Research and development expenses increased $5.0 million, or 24%, to $25.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to the completion of the Sustainable Development Technology Canada and BC Innovative Clean Energy (“SDTC”) project in 2020 that offset $7.4 million of our research and development expenses in 2020. The increase was also due to an increase of $2.4 million of personnel-related expenses, partially offset by a decrease of $1.2 million in stock-based compensation due to the recapitalization of D-Wave in 2020, a decrease of $3.4 million in fabrication costs due to lower fabrication activities, and a decrease of $474,000 in depreciation costs.

We expect our research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to develop new products and enhance existing services and technologies.

General and Administrative Expenses

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
(In thousands)        2021              2020          Amount          %      

General and administrative

   $ 11,897      $ 11,587      $ 310        3

General and administrative expenses increased $310,000, or 3%, to $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to a $300,000 increase in personnel-related expenses and an increase in IT services of $321,000, partially offset by a decrease of $286,000 in professional services from legal and accounting consultants and a decrease of $25,000 in other expenses. Overall, our general and administrative expenses are aligned with prior year expenses.

 

196


Table of Contents

We expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE, additional insurance costs, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services. As a result, we expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in future periods.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
(In thousands)        2021              2020          Amount          %      

Sales and marketing

   $ 6,179      $ 3,714      $ 2,465        66

Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.5 million, or 66%, to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $1.9 million in personnel-related costs, an increase of $197,000 in consulting fees to promote our cloud service offerings and an increase of $403,000 in conference expenses, trade shows and other marketing related events. The increase in personnel-related costs includes an increase of $107,000 in stock-based compensation as a result of additional head count to the sales and marketing team.

We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we hire additional sales and marketing personnel, expand our sales professional support and market our cloud service offerings to further penetrate the United States and the international markets.

Other Income (Expense), net

Interest Expense

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
(In thousands)        2021              2020          Amount          %      

Interest expense

   $ (1,728    $ (5,257    $ 3,529        (67 )% 

Interest expense decreased $3.6 million, or 67%, to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was largely driven by the retirement of our interest-bearing convertible notes in April 2020. See Note 2 included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus for details regarding the retirement of our interest-bearing convertible notes.

Government Assistance

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
(In thousands)        2021              2020          Amount          %      

Government assistance

   $ 7,167      $ 12,027      $ (4,860      (40 )% 

Government assistance decreased $4.9 million, or 40%, to $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was mainly driven by the deemed interest benefit associated with the Strategic Innovation Fund, or SIF, loan secured during the year ended December 31, 2020. See Note 2 included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus for details regarding the government assistance programs.

Gain on Debt Extinguishment

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
(In thousands)        2021              2020          Amount          %      

Gain on debt extinguishment

   $ —        $ 3,873      $ (3,873      nm  

 

197


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded $3.9 million in gain on debt extinguishment largely driven by the extinguishment of our 2019 convertible notes due to a modification of the conversion feature, which resulted in a gain on our convertible debt, and the forgiveness of our loan with the Technology Partnership of Canada. We did not record any gain on debt extinguishment during the year ended December 31, 2021 as all of our convertible notes were transferred to DWSI Holdings Inc., a Canadian corporation and predecessor of D-Wave (“Old DWSI”) in exchange of its common shares and they remained in existence under Old DWSI until the amalgamation on January 1, 2021 at which time they were automatically cancelled. See Note 2 included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus for details regarding the retirement of our interest-bearing convertible notes.

Gain on Settlement of Warrant Liability

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
(In thousands)        2021              2020          Amount          %      

Gain on settlement of warrant liability

   $ —        $ 7,836      $ (7,836      nm  

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded $7.9 million in gain on settlement of warrant liability largely driven by the transfer to Old DWSI of all then-outstanding warrants in exchange for its common shares and they remained in existence under Old DWSI until the amalgamation on January 1, 2021, at which time they were automatically cancelled. We did not record any gain on settlement of warrant liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2021 as no warrant conversion took place in 2021. See Note 2 included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus for details regarding the conversion of warrants.

Gain on Investment in Marketable Securities

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
(In thousands)        2021              2020          Amount          %      

Gain on investment in marketable securities

   $ 1,163      $ —        $ 1,163        nm  

During the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded $1.2 million in gain on investment in marketable securities based on the valuation of D-Wave’s recent $25 million financing. We did not record any gain on investment in marketable securities during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Other income (expense), net

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
(In thousands)        2021              2020          Amount          %      

Other income (expense), net

   $ 801      $ 2,969      $ (2,168      (73 )% 

Other income (expense), net decreased $2.2 million, or 73%, to $800,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was largely driven by a reduction of prior period government assistance received from SDTC and BC Innovation Clean Energy for our research and development initiatives of $2.4 million, partially offset by the net impact of foreign exchange gains and losses of $200,000.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred net losses since inception and experienced negative cash flows from operations. To date, our primary sources of capital have been through private placements of convertible preferred shares, revenue

 

198


Table of Contents

from the sale of our products and services and government assistance. During the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we incurred net losses of $31.5 million and $10.0 million, respectively. We expect to incur additional losses and higher operating expenses for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in research and development programs. We have determined that additional financing will be required to fund our operations for the next 12 months and our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon obtaining additional capital and financing, including through the consummation of the Transaction.

Our primary uses of cash are to fund our operations as we continue to grow our business. We will require a significant amount of cash for expenditures as we invest in ongoing research and development and business operations. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from sales of our QCaaS offering and our professional services, we expect to finance our cash needs through public or private equity or debt financings or other capital sources, including strategic partnerships. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements, when needed, on favorable terms or at all. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be, or could be, diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common shareholders. Debt financing and equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, or substantially reduce our quantum computing development efforts. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including those set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to D-Wave’s Business and Industry.”

Venture Loan and Security Agreement

On March 3, 2022, we entered into the Venture Loan Agreement, by and between the Borrowers and PSPIB, as the lender. Under the Venture Loan Agreement, term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million will become available to the Borrowers in three tranches, subject to certain terms and conditions.

The first tranche in an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million was advanced on March 3, 2022. Subject to certain terms and conditions being satisfied, the second tranche in an aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million will be available to D-Wave prior to June 30, 2022 and the third tranche in an aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million will be available to D-Wave prior to November 15, 2022.

The term loans under the Venture Loan Agreement bear interest at a rate equal to the greater of either (i) the Prime Rate (as reported in The Wall Street Journal) plus 7.25%, and (ii) 10.5%. Interest on the outstanding advances is payable monthly, on the first business day of each calendar month through the Maturity Date.

We will pay a final payment fee of 5.0% of the aggregate amount of the term loans made under the Venture Loan Agreement on the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date; (ii) the date that we prepay all of the outstanding aggregate principal amount in full, or (iii) the date the loan payments are accelerated due to an event of default (as defined in the Venture Loan Agreement). In connection with any prepayment of less than all of the outstanding principal balance of the loans, we shall pay PSPIB an amount equal to five percent of the principal balance of the loans being prepaid.

The Venture Loan Agreement is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the Borrower’s assets and contains certain operational covenants. As of the date of the proxy statement/prospectus, the Borrowers were in compliance with all covenants under the Venture Loan Agreement. The full text of the Venture Loan Agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part, and such description is qualified in its entirety by the full text of such exhibit.

 

199


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth our cash flows for the period indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Net cash (used in) provided by:

     

Operating activities

   $ (34,800    $ (29,287

Investing activities

     (1,999      (789

Financing activities

     24,913        43,144  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     34        (13
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (11,852    $ 13,055  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash Flows Used in Operating Activities

Our cash flows from operating activities are significantly affected by the growth of our business, and are primarily related to research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative activities. Our operating cash flows are also affected by our working capital needs to support growth in personnel-related expenditures and fluctuations in accounts payable, accounts receivable and other current assets and liabilities.

Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2021 was $34.8 million, resulting primarily from a net loss of $31.5 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $2.6 million in depreciation and amortization including amortization of operating right of use assets, $1.7 million in stock-based compensation, $1.8 million of other non-cash charges, and $1.1 million in working capital adjustments, which were offset by $7.1 million in government grants and $1.2 million in gain on investments.

Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $29.3 million, resulting primarily from a net loss of $10.0 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $2.7 million in depreciation and amortization including amortization of operating right of use assets, $3.0 million in stock-based compensation, $5.1 million in interest expense on convertible notes, $748,000 of other non-cash charges and $7.1 million in working capital adjustments, which were offset by $12.0 million in government grants, $7.8 million in gain on settlement of our warrant liability and $3.9 million in gain on extinguishment of debt from our convertible notes.

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2021 was $2.0 million, representing additions of $1.8 million in property and equipment primarily related to the development and upgrade of our quantum computing systems and additions of $225,000 in intangible assets related to the implementation of a customized product life cycle management and material requirement management planning software.

Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $789,000 representing additions of $736,000 in property and equipment primarily related to the development of our quantum computing systems and additions of $53,000 in intangible assets.

Cash Flows Provided by Financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2021 was $24.9 million, primarily reflecting proceeds received from SIF.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $43.1 million, primarily reflecting net proceeds from the issuance of Class B Preferred stock.

 

200


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our non-cancellable contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2021 and the effects that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow for future periods (in thousands):

 

     Payments due by period (2)  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1 - 3
years
     4 - 5
years
     More
than 5
years
 

Lease commitment (1)

   $ 16,356      $ 1,687      $ 2,563      $ 2,458      $ 9,648  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 16,356      $ 1,687      $ 2,563      $ 2,458      $ 9,648  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes operating lease liabilities for certain of our offices and facilities.

(2)

Excludes the Venture Loan Agreement entered into on March 3, 2022 by and between the Borrowers, and PSPIB, as the lender.

The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts. The table does not include obligations under agreements that we can cancel without a significant penalty.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have, during the years presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Credit risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We maintain cash and cash equivalents with major and reputable financial institutions. Deposits held with the financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided by the Canadian Deposit Insurance Corporation on such deposits but may be redeemed upon demand. We perform periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions. With respect to accounts receivable, we monitor the credit quality of our customers as well as maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments.

Concentration risk

Agreements which potentially subject us to concentration risk consist principally of three customer agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2021, 15% of our revenue was earned from a single customer, 13% was earned from a second customer and 12% was earned from a third customer. For the year ended December 31, 2020, 22% of our total revenue was earned from a single customer, 17% was earned from a second customer and 10% was earned from a third customer.

 

201


Table of Contents

Foreign currency risk

Our customers are primarily located in the United States, Japan, Germany and Canada; therefore, foreign exchange risk exposures arise from transactions denominated in currencies other than our functional and reporting currency (United States dollars). To date, a majority of our sales have been denominated in United States dollars and a significant portion of our operating expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars. We also purchase certain of our key manufacturing inputs in Euros. As we expand our presence in international markets, our results of operations and cash flows may increasingly be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To date, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements to minimize the impact of these fluctuations in the exchange rates. We will periodically reassess our approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in currency rates.

We do not believe that foreign currency risk had a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations during the periods presented.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented in our consolidated financial statements. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs, and our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements included in this proxy statement/prospectus have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We also make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and related disclosures for the periods presented. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ significantly. Additionally, changes in assumptions, estimates or assessments due to unforeseen events or otherwise could have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

The critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements we believe to have the most significant impact on our audited annual consolidated financial statements are described below. See Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus for additional information related to critical accounting estimates and significant accounting policies.

Government assistance

US GAAP for profit-oriented entities does not define government assistance; nor is there specific guidance applicable to government assistance.

During the years ended 2021 and 2020, D-Wave received various forms of government assistance including (i) government grants (ii) investment credits, and (iii) government loans, for research and development initiatives from Canadian government agencies.

D-Wave recognizes grants and investment tax credits relating to qualifying scientific research and development expenditures as a reduction of the related eligible expenses (research and development expenses) in

 

202


Table of Contents

its consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Grants and investment tax credits are recognized in the period during which the related qualifying expenses are incurred, provided that the conditions under which the grants and investment tax credits have been met. D-Wave recognizes grants and investment tax credits in an amount equal to the estimated qualifying expenses incurred in each period multiplied by the applicable reimbursement percentage. Grants and investment tax credits that are recognized upon incurring qualifying expenses in advance of receipt of grant funding or proceeds from research and development incentives are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as research incentives receivable. In circumstances where the grants received relates to prior period eligible expenses, D-Wave recognizes these grants as other income in its consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss in the current period.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, D-Wave recorded SDTC grants of $7.6 million, as an offset to its research and development expenses in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. D-Wave did not record any SDTC grants during the year ended December 31, 2021.

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, D-Wave recorded a Scientific Research and Experimental Development (“SR&ED”) investment tax credit of $1.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively, as an offset to its research and development expenses in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

D-Wave has received government loans under funding agreements that bear interest at rates that are below market rates of interest or interest-free. D-Wave accounts for the imputed benefit arising from the difference between a market rate of interest and the rate of interest charged as additional grant funding, and records interest expense for the loans at a market rate of interest. On the date that loan proceeds are earned, D-Wave recognizes the portion of the loan proceeds allocated to grant funding as a discount to the carrying value of the loan which is subsequently recognized as additional government assistance upon draw down of the qualified loan amounts. The valuation of the liability of the loans relies on a combination of valuation approaches that are dependent on several significant estimates and assumptions related to forecast of future revenues and the discount rate. Should projected revenue not be achieved as predicted, the adjustment to the fair value of the SIF loan could be material. The original fair value of the loan and the subsequent amortized cost value is highly sensitive to timing of loan payments and discount rate. A 5% decrease in projected revenue over the term of the SIF loan would decrease the carrying value by $157,000. At December 31, 2021, the carrying value of the loan approximates its fair value.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, D-Wave recorded the interest benefit on SIF government loans for $7.2 million, as government assistance in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. During the year ended December 31, 2020, D-Wave recorded the interest benefit on SIF and Technology Partnership of Canada (“TPC”) government loans for $12.0 million, as government assistance in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. See Note 8 – Loans payable for further details on government loans.

Revenue recognition

D-Wave recognizes revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and accounts for certain contract costs in accordance with FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs-Contracts with Customers.

The standard was adopted on a full retrospective method on January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASC 606 had no significant impact on D-Wave and as such there was no recorded transition adjustment. The core principle of ASC 606 is that an entity shall recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

 

203


Table of Contents

To support this core principle, D-Wave applies the following five step approach:

 

   

identify the contract with the customer;

 

   

identify the performance obligations;

 

   

determine the transaction price;

 

   

allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations; and

 

   

recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

D-Wave generates revenue through subscription sales to access its QCaaS cloud platform and from professional services related to the practical applications of quantum computing technology to solve its customers’ business challenges, to develop quantum proofs-of-concepts, pilot hybrid quantum applications and to put those applications into production. In addition, D-Wave also earns revenue providing training regarding quantum computing systems and building related applications. In arrangements with re-sellers of D-Wave’s cloud services, the re-seller is considered the customer and D-Wave does not have any contractual relationships with the re-sellers’ end users. For these arrangements, revenue is recognized at the amount charged to the re-seller and does not reflect any mark-up to the end user.

When D-Wave determines that its contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations, D-Wave allocates the transaction price based on the relative standalone selling price (“SSP”) method by comparing the SSP of each distinct performance obligation to the total value of the contract. D-Wave uses a range of amounts to estimate SSP for products and services sold together in a contract to determine whether there is a discount to be allocated based on the relative SSP of the various products and services. In instances where SSP is not directly observable, such as when D-Wave does not sell the product or service separately, D-Wave determines the SSP using information that may include market conditions and other observable inputs. Standalone selling price is typically established as a range. In situations in which the stated contract price for a performance obligation is outside of the applicable standalone selling price range and has a different pattern of transfer to the customer than the other performance obligations in the contract, D-Wave will reallocate the total transaction price to each performance obligation based on the relative standalone selling price of each.

The transaction price is the amount of consideration to which D-Wave expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods and services to the customer. Revenue is recorded based on the transaction price, which includes fixed consideration and estimates of variable consideration. The amount of variable consideration included in the transaction price is constrained and is included only to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.

D-Wave’s contracts with customers may include renewals or other options at fixed prices. Determining whether such options are considered distinct performance obligations that provide the customer with a material right and therefore should be accounted for separately requires significant judgment. Judgment is required to determine the standalone selling price for each renewal option to determine whether the renewal pricing is reflective of the standalone selling price or is reflective of a discount that would provide the customer with a material right. Based on D-Wave’s assessment of standalone selling prices, D-Wave determined that there were no significant material rights provided to its customers requiring separate recognition.

The timing of revenue recognition may not align with the right to invoice the customer. D-Wave records accounts receivable when it has the unconditional right to issue an invoice and receive payment, regardless of whether revenue has been recognized. Deferred revenue is primarily composed of fees related to QCaaS, which are generally billed in advance and recognized as revenue over the related subscription term. Unbilled receivables relate to revenue recognized for milestones completed under professional services contracts for which the related milestone billing has not yet occurred.

 

204


Table of Contents

In instances where the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of the right to invoice, D-Wave has determined that a significant financing component generally does not exist. The primary purpose of D-Wave’s invoicing terms is to provide customers with a simplified and predictable way of purchasing the services and not to receive financing from or provide financing to the customer. Additionally, D-Wave has elected the practical expedient terms that permit an entity not to recognize a significant financing component if the time between the transfer of a good or service and payment is one year or less.

Payment terms on invoiced amounts are typically net 30 days. D-Wave does not offer rights of return for its services in the normal course of business and contracts generally do not include service-type warranties that provide any incremental service to the customer beyond providing assurance that the services conform to applicable specifications or customer-specific or subjective acceptance provisions. D-Wave also excludes from revenue government-assessed and imposed taxes on revenue-generating activities that are invoiced to customers.

Revenue from QCaaS is recognized evenly over the contractual period, on a straight-line basis over the subscription term, beginning on the date that the service is made available to the customer. Professional services are recognized as they are earned based on the terms of the contract or based on the cost-to-cost method. Under the cost-to-cost method, revenue is recognized based upon the ratio that incurred costs bear to total estimated contract costs with related cost of revenue recorded as the costs are incurred. Each month management reviews estimated contract costs through a process of aggregating actual costs incurred and estimating additional costs to completion based upon the current available information and status of the contract. The effect of any change in the estimated gross margin rate for a contract is reflected in revenues in the period in which the change is known. Provisions for the full amount of anticipated losses on contracts are made in the period in which they become determinable.

Stock-Based Compensation

D-Wave measures its stock-based awards made to employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period using the straight-line method and is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. As such, D-Wave’s stock-based compensation is reduced for the estimated forfeitures at the grant date and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Stock-based compensation expenses to non-employees as consideration for services received are measured on the date of performance at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, whichever can be more reliably measured. Compensation expense for options granted to non-employees is remeasured each period as the underlying options vest.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions, which determine the fair value of share-based awards, including the fair value of D-Wave’s common shares, the option’s expected term, the price volatility of the underlying common shares, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of the common shares. The assumptions used to determine the fair value of the stock awards represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.

Common Share Valuations

D-Wave obtained third-party valuations to estimate the fair value of its common shares for purposes of measuring stock-based compensation expense. The third-party valuations were prepared using methodologies, approaches, and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting & Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (“Practice Guide”).

 

205


Table of Contents

In accordance with the Practice Guide, D-Wave considered the following methods for allocating the enterprise value across its classes of capital stock to determine the fair value of its common shares at each valuation date:

The Option Pricing Method (“OPM”) estimates the value of the common equity of D-Wave using the various inputs in the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The OPM treats the rights of the holders of common shares as equivalent to that of call options on any value of the enterprise above certain break points of value based upon the liquidation preferences of the holders of D-Wave preferred stock, as well as their rights to participation, and the stock prices of the outstanding options. Thus, the value of the common shares can be determined by estimating the value of its portion of each of these call option rights. Under this method, the common share has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event, such as a merger or sale. Given the common share represents a non-marketable equity interest in a private enterprise, an adjustment to the preliminary value estimates had to be made to account for the lack of liquidity that a stockholder experiences. This adjustment is commonly referred to as a discount for lack of marketability.

The Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method (“PWERM”) employs additional information not used in the OPM, including various market approach calculations depending upon the likelihood of various discrete future liquidity scenarios, such as the sale of D-Wave to a special purpose acquisition company (“SPAC”), as well as the probability of remaining a private company. The PWERM is typically used when the range of possible future outcomes and liquidity events for an enterprise, including a business combination such as a merger of D-Wave and a SPAC, has narrowed, giving the enterprise a higher degree of confidence in the achievement of a particular outcome. As such, the PWERM can give more weight to the likely liquidity scenarios as compared to the normative distribution of the outcomes in the OPM.

For financial reporting purposes, D-Wave also retrospectively assessed the deemed fair value of its common shares used for calculating and recording stock-based compensation charges after considering the fair value reflected on subsequent valuation reports and other facts and circumstances on the date of grant. D-Wave used a linear interpolation method to estimate the fair value between valuation dates. D-Wave believes that the linear interpolation methodology provides the most reasonable basis for the valuation of its common shares because D-Wave did not identify any significant events that occurred during the intervening periods that would have caused a material change in fair value.

In addition to considering the results of these third-party valuation reports, our board of directors used assumptions based on various objective and subjective factors, combined with management judgment, to determine the fair value of our common shares as of each grant date, including:

 

   

the prices at which we sold shares of non-redeemable convertible preferred stock and the superior rights and preferences of the non-redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to its common shares at the time of each grant;

 

   

external market conditions affecting our research and development industry and trends within the industry;

 

   

D-Wave’s stage of development and business strategy;

 

   

D-Wave’s financial condition and operating results, including its levels of available capital resources, and forecasted results;

 

   

developments in D-Wave’s business;

 

   

the progress of D-Wave’s research and development efforts;

 

   

equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; and

 

   

general market conditions and the lack of marketability of its common shares.

 

206


Table of Contents

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions that are subjective, such as those regarding D-Wave’s expected future revenue, expenses and cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact D-Wave’s valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of its common shares.

Leases

D-Wave adopted ASC 842, Leases (“ASC 842”) as of January 1, 2018. ASC 842 was adopted using the modified retrospective transition approach, with no restatement of prior periods or cumulative adjustments to retained earnings. Upon adoption, D-Wave elected the package transition practical expedients, which allowed D-Wave to carry forward prior conclusions related to whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, the lease classification for any expired or existing leases and initial direct costs for existing leases. D-Wave chose not to elect the use-of-hindsight to reassess lease term. D-Wave also elected not to recognize leases with an initial term of 12 months or less within the consolidated balance sheets and to recognize those lease payments on a straight-line basis in the consolidated statements of operation over the lease term. The new lease accounting standard also provides practical expedients for an entity’s ongoing accounting. D-Wave elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for all leases.

D-Wave determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and current operating lease liabilities and operating lease liabilities, net of current portion on D-Wave’s consolidated balance sheets. D-Wave recognizes lease expense for its operating leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

ROU assets represent D-Wave’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent D-Wave’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease. ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term. Operating lease ROU assets also include the impact of any lease incentives. Amendments to a lease are assessed to determine if it represents a lease modification or a separate contract. Lease modifications are reassessed as of the effective date of the modification using an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date. For modified leases D-Wave also reassesses the lease classification as of the effective date of the modification.

The interest rate used to determine the present value of the future lease payments is D-Wave’s incremental borrowing rate, because the interest rate implicit in D-Wave’s leases is not readily determinable. The incremental borrowing rate is estimated to approximate the interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar terms and payments, and in economic environments where the leased asset is located.

D-Wave’s lease terms include periods under options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that D-Wave will exercise that option in the measurement of its ROU assets and liabilities. D-Wave considers contractual-based factors such as the nature and terms of the renewal or termination, asset-based factors such as physical location of the asset and entity-based factors such as the importance of the leased asset to D-Wave’s operations to determine the lease term. D-Wave generally uses the base, non-cancelable, lease term when determining the ROU assets and lease liabilities. The right-of-use asset is tested for impairment in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment.

Income Taxes

D-Wave accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or in D-Wave’s tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statements and tax bases of assets

 

207


Table of Contents

and liabilities using the enacted tax rates and laws in effect for the years in when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred income taxes are classified as current or non-current, based on the classification of the related assets and liabilities giving rise to the temporary differences. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, D-Wave considers factors such as past operating results and expected future taxable income within each jurisdiction in which D-Wave operates.

To the extent that new information becomes available, which causes D-Wave to change its judgment regarding the adequacy of tax liabilities or valuation allowances, such changes will impact income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made. Interest and penalties, if any, related to accrued liabilities for potential tax assessments are included in income tax expense.

D-Wave follows the authoritative guidance under ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions recognized in the financial statements. ASC 740 provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits.

Net Income (Loss) per Share

D-Wave calculates earnings per share using the two-class method under ASC 260 Earnings Per Share.

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period, including potential dilutive shares assuming the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and of convertible preferred stock.

For periods in which D-Wave has reported net losses, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per share, since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Standards

A discussion of recent accounting pronouncements is included in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” may take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Therefore, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will not adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies. In addition, as an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. D-Wave Quantum will take advantage of these exemptions until such earlier time that it is no longer an emerging growth company. D-Wave Quantum would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which its total annual gross revenue is equal to or more than $1.07 billion; (iii) the date on which it has issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which it is deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

208


Table of Contents

D-WAVE EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information regarding the compensation of D-Wave’s named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(2)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
     Total
($)
 

Alan E. Baratz
President & Chief Executive Officer, Director

     2021        450,000        —          144,000        1,329        595,329  

John M. Markovich(4)
Chief Financial Officer

     2021        118,834        5,161,080        30,294        —          5,310,208  

Jennifer S. Houston(5)
Chief Marketing Officer

     2021        290,000        224,457        65,600        —          580,057  

 

(1)

In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards granted during fiscal year 2021 computed in accordance with ASC 718 for stock-based compensation transactions. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the named executive officer upon the vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options, or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock options.

(2)

Represents the annual bonus payable as determined by the compensation committee.

(3)

Represents a reimbursement to Dr. Baratz for tax accounting expenses.

(4)

Mr. Markovich commenced employment on August 20, 2021.

(5)

Ms. Houston was promoted to Chief Marketing Officer in May 2021.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2021 Fiscal Year End

The following table presents information regarding outstanding option awards held by the D-Wave named executive officers as of December 31, 2021. All awards were granted pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”). See the section titled “—Equity Incentive Plans – 2020 Plan” below for additional information.

 

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Alan E. Baratz

    

954,880

99,466

1,058,076

 

 

 

    

—   

19,894 

1,150,084 

 

(1) 

(2) 

   

0.81

0.81

0.81

 

 

 

    

5/5/2030

5/5/2030

5/5/2030

 

 

 

John M. Markovich

     140,633        1,546,969  (3)      0.82        8/20/2031  

Jennifer S. Houston

    

237,041

37,881

—  

 

 

 

    

40,471 

57,819 

210,000 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

   

0.81

0.81

0.82

 

 

 

    

5/5/2030

5/5/2030

5/6/2031

 

 

 

 

(1)

The remaining portion of the option vests in equal monthly installments on the 10th of each month through August 10, 2022.

(2)

The remaining portion of the option vests in equal monthly installments on the 1st of each month through January 1, 2024.

 

209


Table of Contents
(3)

The remaining portion of the option vests in equal monthly installments on the 20th of each month through August 20, 2025.

(4)

The remaining portion of the option vests in equal monthly installments on the 9th of each month through July 9, 2022.

(5)

The remaining portion of the option vests in equal monthly installments on the 5th of each month through May 5, 2024.

(6)

The option vests 25% on May 1, 2022, and then in equal monthly installments thereafter on the 1st of each month through May 1, 2025.

Employment Arrangements with Named Executive Officers

Alan E. Baratz. In January 2020, D-Wave entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Dr. Baratz which governs the current terms of his employment as D-Wave’s President and Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Baratz’s current annual base salary for 2022 is $450,000. Dr. Baratz is eligible to participate in our management bonus plan, with a target bonus percentage of 50% of his base salary, based on achievement of corporate objectives under our corporate bonus plan and personal objectives set by our board of directors. For 2021, D-Wave’s bonus plan achievement was based on objectives directed at providing stockholder value, with elements including product and technology development, financial metrics and customer sales, and taking into account both individual and company-wide performance. Dr. Baratz is also eligible to participate in D-Wave’s standard employee benefit plans and programs for D-Wave’s US-based employees, and is entitled to reimbursement of up to $7,500 per year for reasonable tax accounting expenses. Dr. Baratz’s employment agreement also provided for a grant of options, which are no longer outstanding as a result of the D-Wave 2020 recapitalization. Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Dr. Baratz’s employment is terminated by D-Wave without cause, he is entitled to receive 12 months’ base salary as a severance payment. In addition, pursuant to Dr. Baratz’s option award agreements, (i) in the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2020 Plan), the portion of the option that is scheduled to vest in the immediately succeeding 24 months shall immediately vest, and the vesting date for the remaining unvested tranches of each outstanding option shall accelerate by 24 months, and (ii) in the event of his termination by D-Wave without cause within the 12 month period following a change in control, the remaining unvested portion of his outstanding options shall fully vest. The completion of the Transaction will constitute a change in control for purposes of the 2020 Plan. The restrictive covenants in Dr. Baratz’s employment agreement include confidentiality, invention assignment and a 1-year non-solicitation of employees.

John M. Markovich. In August 2021, D-Wave entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Markovich which governs the current terms of his employment as D-Wave’s Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Markovich’s current annual base salary for 2022 is $325,000. Mr. Markovich is eligible to participate in any bonus plan that may be established for executive officers, with a target bonus percentage of 40% of base salary, based on achievement of corporate objectives under our corporate bonus plan and personal objectives set by our Chief Executive Officer. For 2021, D-Wave’s bonus plan achievement was based on objectives directed at providing stockholder value, with elements including product and technology development, financial metrics and customer sales, and taking into account both individual and company-wide performance. Mr. Markovich’s employment agreement provides for a grant of 1,687,602 options, with vesting terms as described above in the Outstanding Equity Awards Table. Mr. Markovich is eligible to participate in D-Wave’s standard employee benefit plans and programs for D-Wave’s U.S.-based employees. Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Mr. Markovich’s employment is terminated by D-Wave without cause (as defined in his employment agreement), he is entitled to receive 12 months’ base salary as a severance payment. In addition, pursuant to Mr. Markovich’s option award agreements, in the event of his termination by D-Wave without cause within the 12 month period following a change in control, the portion of his outstanding options that would have vested in the next 24 months shall fully vest. The restrictive covenants in Mr. Markovich’s employment agreement include confidentiality, invention assignment and a 1-year non-solicitation of employees.

 

210


Table of Contents

Jennifer S. Houston. In May 2018, D-Wave entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Houston (which has been subsequent amended most recently as of May 1, 2021 in connection with her promotion to Chief Marketing Officer). Ms. Houston’s current annual base salary for 2022 is $300,000. Ms. Houston is eligible to participate in any bonus plan that may be established for executive officers, with a target bonus percentage of 40% of base salary, based on achievement of corporate objectives under our corporate bonus plan and personal objectives set by our Chief Executive Officer. For 2021, D-Wave’s bonus plan achievement was based on objectives directed at providing stockholder value, with elements including product and technology development, financial metrics and customer sales, and taking into account both individual and company-wide performance. Ms. Houston’s employment agreement provided for a grant of options, which are no longer outstanding as a result of the D-Wave 2020 recapitalization (plus an additional 210,000 options in connection with her promotion to Chief Marketing Officer) with vesting terms as described above in the Outstanding Equity Awards Table. Ms. Houston is eligible to participate in D-Wave’s standard employee benefit plans and programs for D-Wave’s US-based employees. Pursuant to her employment agreement, if Ms. Houston’s employment is terminated by D-Wave without cause (as defined in her employment agreement) during the 12 month period following a change in control (as defined in the 2020 Plan), she is entitled to receive 6 months’ base salary as a severance payment. In addition, pursuant to Ms. Houston’s option award agreements, in the event of her termination by us without cause within the 12 month period following a change in control, the portion of her outstanding options that would have vested in the next 12 months shall fully vest. The restrictive covenants in Ms. Houston’s employment agreement include confidentiality, invention assignment and a 6-month noncompete.

Health and Welfare and Retirement Benefits; Perquisites

Each of the executive officers is eligible to participate in D-Wave’s employee benefit plans offered in their respective country of employment, including medical, dental, vision, disability and life insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of D-Wave’s other full-time employees. D-Wave generally does not provide perquisites or personal benefits to its named executive officers, except in limited circumstances, and except for annual tax preparation assistance provided to Dr. Baratz (described above), it did not provide any perquisites or personal benefits to its named executive officers in 2021.

Eligible US-based employees, including D-Wave’s U.S.-based executive officers, are eligible to participate in a defined contribution retirement plan that provides such employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible US-based employees may defer eligible compensation on a pre-tax or after-tax (Roth) basis, up to the statutorily prescribed annual limits on contributions under the Code. Contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. D-Wave currently does not make any matching contributions into the 401(k) plan on behalf of participants. Participants are always vested in their contributions to the plan. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan (except for Roth contributions) and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan. D-Wave currently does not offer a retirement savings plan structure to any of its Canada-based employees.

Equity Incentive Plans

Equity-based compensation has been and will continue to be an important foundation in executive compensation packages as D-Wave believes it is important to maintain a strong link between executive incentives and the creation of stockholder value. D-Wave believes that performance and equity-based compensation can be an important component of the total executive compensation package for maximizing stockholder value while, at the same time, attracting, motivating and retaining high-quality executives. Formal guidelines for the allocations of cash and equity-based compensation for D-Wave Quantum have not yet been determined, but it is expected that the 2022 Plan described in Proposal No. 2 will be an important element of our compensation arrangements for our executives and directors, and that our executives (including our named

 

211


Table of Contents

executive officers) will also be eligible to participate in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan described in Proposal No. 3. Prior to the Transaction, D-Wave granted equity-based compensation pursuant to its 2020 Plan, described below.

2020 Plan. The following summary describes the material terms of the 2020 Plan, which was adopted by the D-Wave board of directors in 2020.

Purpose. The purpose of the 2020 Plan is to provide eligible participants an opportunity from time to time to acquire a proprietary interest in D-Wave and to develop the interest of eligible participants in the growth and development of D-Wave, providing an incentive to eligible participants to further the success of D-Wave, attracting and retaining eligible participants, and rewarding eligible participants with the benefits associated with having a proprietary interest in D-Wave. Employees, officers, directors and consultants of D-Wave or its affiliates are eligible to participate in the 2020 Plan to the extent approved by the compensation committee of D-Wave (the “D-Wave Compensation Committee”) or the Board of directors of D-Wave (the “D-Wave Board”).

Administration. The 2020 Plan is administered by the D-Wave Board or the D-Wave Compensation Committee. The D-Wave Board or the D-Wave Compensation Committee may issue rules and regulations for administration of the 2020 Plan. The D-Wave Board or D-Wave Compensation Committee, as applicable, has the authority to implement and carry out the 2020 Plan, including without limitation, the authority to determine the participants to whom awards will be granted; determine the type or types of awards to be granted under the 2020 Plan; determine the number of shares to be issuable pursuant to (or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated in connection with) awards; determine the terms and conditions of any award, determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares, other awards, other property, net settlement, cashless exercise, broker-assisted cashless exercise or any combination thereof, or cancelled, forfeited or suspended, and the method or methods by which awards may be settled, exercised, cancelled, forfeited or suspended; determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, shares, other awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an award under the 2020 Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the D-Wave Compensation Committee; interpret and administer the 2020 Plan; establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the 2020 Plan; grant waivers, amend or modify an award, and correct any defect or reconcile any inconsistency with the 2020 Plan or an award; and make any other determination and take any other action that the D-Wave Compensation Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2020 Plan.

Grants of Awards. The D-Wave Board may, at any time, subject to the terms of the 2020 Plan, grant to a participant an award or awards in respect of the number of shares the D-Wave Board determines and the D-Wave Board may specify the grant date, exercise price, vesting timing and conditions, expiration date and such other terms and conditions of the award. The exercise price per share purchasable under an award is determined by the D-Wave Board at the time of grant, provided, that, except in the case of substitute awards, such exercise price shall not be less than the fair market value of a share on the date of grant of such award.

Share Reserve. Subject to adjustments for changes in capitalization, the maximum number of shares available for grant under the 2020 Plan and all other plans of a similar nature will not exceed 15% of the aggregate D-Wave Common Shares, on a fully diluted basis. If an award expires, terminates, is surrendered, is cancelled or otherwise becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full (a “Surrendering Event”), such shares will be available for future grant, the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of awards as well as the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options will not exceed 15% of the aggregate D-Wave Common Shares, on a fully diluted basis on the date of adoption of the plan, plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any shares that become available for issuance under the 2020 Plan as a result of a Surrendering Event. Any shares delivered pursuant to an award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or shares acquired by D-Wave.

 

212


Table of Contents

Options. The term of an option may be determined by the D-Wave Board, but in any event, subject to accelerated termination of an option and other early termination as provided for in the 2020 Plan or an award agreement, each option will expire on the earlier of the expiration date; and the tenth anniversary of the date that the shares become publicly listed for trading on a securities exchange, provided that the D-Wave Board may (but shall not be required to) provide in an award agreement for an extension of the expiration date of the award in the event the exercise of the option would be prohibited by law at the time of expiration pursuant to the terms of the award agreement or this 2020 Plan. Each option will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule as determined by the D-Wave Board. The D-Wave Board has the discretion to accelerate the date upon which any portion of any option may vest. The consideration to be paid for the shares to be issued upon exercise of an option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the D-Wave Compensation Committee. Such consideration may be paid by: (i) cash or certified check or combination thereof; (ii) net settlement or broker-assisted cashless exercise; or (iii) to the extent expressly permitted by the D-Wave Compensation Committee, (A) except for an award holder that is resident in Canada, other shares which have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares as to which said option shall be exercised; or (B) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of shares to the extent permitted by applicable laws.

Share Appreciation Rights (“SARs”). The exercise price or hurdle price per share under a SAR shall be determined by the D-Wave Compensation Committee; provided, however, that, except in the case of substitute awards, such exercise price or hurdle price shall not be less than the fair market value of a share on the date of grant of such SAR. The term of each SAR shall be fixed by the D-Wave Compensation Committee but shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant of such SAR. The D-Wave Compensation Committee shall determine the time or times at which a SAR may vest and/or be exercised or settled in whole or in part. The D-Wave Compensation Committee may specify in an award agreement that an “in- the-money” SAR shall be automatically exercised on its expiration date.

Restricted Shares. D-Wave may grant restricted shares in such number and at such times as the D-Wave Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine, as a bonus or similar payment in respect of services rendered by the participant for a fiscal year of D-Wave or otherwise as compensation, including as an incentive for future performance by the participant. The award agreement for awards of restricted shares shall specify the vesting schedule; the exercise price, which, to the extent required by applicable law, will not be less than the par value of a share; the consideration permissible for the payment of the purchase price of the restricted shares, which shall be satisfied in one of the following ways: (i) in cash at the time of purchase; (ii) by services rendered or to be rendered to D-Wave; or (iii) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the D-Wave Board; and transferability. Restricted shares shall be subject to such restrictions as the D-Wave Compensation Committee may impose (including any limitation on the right to vote a share of restricted shares or the right to receive any dividend, dividend equivalent or other right), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the D-Wave Compensation Committee may deem appropriate.

Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”). The D-Wave Compensation Committee may grant RSUs in such number and at such times as the D-Wave Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine, as a bonus or similar payment in respect of services rendered by a participant for a fiscal year of D-Wave or otherwise as compensation, including as an incentive for future performance by a participant. The award agreement shall specify the vesting schedule and the delivery schedule (which may include deferred delivery later than the vesting date). RSUs shall be subject to such restrictions as the D-Wave Compensation Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the D-Wave Compensation Committee may deem appropriate. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of RSUs, as the D-Wave Compensation Committee deems appropriate. Such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional RSUs by dividing (1) the aggregate amount or value of the dividends paid with respect to that number of shares equal to the number of RSUs then credited by (2) the fair market value per share on the payment date for such dividend. The additional RSUs credited by reason of such

 

213


Table of Contents

dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying RSUs to which they relate. A director that is not an employee and is subject to Canadian taxation shall not be entitled to receive RSUs.

Performance Awards. The D-Wave Compensation Committee is authorized to grant performance awards in such number and at such times as the D-Wave Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine, as a bonus or similar payment in respect of services rendered by the participant for a fiscal year of D-Wave or otherwise as compensation, including as an incentive for future performance by the participant. Performance awards may be denominated as a cash amount, number of shares or a combination thereof and are awards which may be earned upon achievement or satisfaction of performance conditions specified by the D-Wave Compensation Committee. In addition, the D-Wave Compensation Committee may specify that any other award shall constitute a performance award by conditioning the right of an award holder to exercise the award or have it settled or vest, and the timing thereof, upon achievement or satisfaction of such performance conditions as may be specified by the D-Wave Compensation Committee. The D-Wave Compensation Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions. Subject to the terms of the 2020 Plan, the performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length of any performance period, the termination provisions, the amount of any performance award granted and the amount of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any performance award shall be determined by the D-Wave Compensation Committee. Performance awards will be settled only after the end of the relevant performance period. The D-Wave Compensation Committee shall specify the circumstances in which, and the extent to which, performance awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of an award holder’s termination.

Other Share-Based awards. The D-Wave Compensation Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to participants such other awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, shares or factors that may influence the value of shares, including convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares, purchase rights for shares, awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of D-Wave or business units thereof or any other factors designated by the D-Wave Compensation Committee. The D-Wave Compensation Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such awards. shares delivered pursuant to an award in the nature of a purchase right granted shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods and in such forms, including cash, shares, other awards, other property, or any combination thereof, as the D-Wave Compensation Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other award under the 2020 Plan, may also be granted.

Treatment on Termination. If an award holder’s employment or service as a director or a consultant terminates for any reason, voluntarily or involuntarily, any part of an award that has not vested will immediately cease vesting on the termination date and the award holder will not be entitled to any compensation in respect of any part of an award that has not vested. In the case of employees: upon termination of their employment for cause, the award will expire immediately; upon termination of their employment generally for any other reason other than death, any vested but unexercised part of the award may be exercised until the earlier of 90 days following the termination date and the date its term expires, as applicable; upon termination of employment due to death, any vested but unexercised part of an award may be exercised until the earlier of 180 days following the termination date and the date its term expires. In the case of directors: if the director ceases to hold office due to removal in accordance with section 129 of the BCBCA or due to becoming otherwise disqualified to hold office as a director, the award will expire immediately upon the termination date; otherwise if the director ceases to hold office as a director for any other, all non-vested awards will expire upon the termination date and any vested but unexercised part of the award may be exercised until the earlier of 90 days (180 days in the case of death or disability) following the date the award holder ceases to be a director and the date its term expires, as applicable. If a participant’s services as a consultant are terminated for any reason, all non-vested awards will expire upon the termination date and any vested but unexercised part of the award may be exercised until the earlier of 90 days following the termination date and the date its term expires.

 

214


Table of Contents

Transferability. In general, awards are not transferable or assignable, and may not be made subject to any other alienation, sale, pledge, hypothecation, disposal, encumbrance, execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise than by will or by the operation of laws. During the lifetime of the award holder, an award is exercisable only by the award holder, and any elections with respect to an award, may be made only by the award holder.

Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Amalgamation, Dissolution, etc. The number of shares subject to an outstanding award, and the number of shares which have been authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan but as to which no awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the 2020 Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an award, as well as the exercise price for each such outstanding award, will be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares resulting from a share split, reverse share split, share dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, subdivision, consolidation, combination or reclassification of the shares, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares effected without receipt of consideration by D-Wave, and if the adjustment would result in fractional number of shares, the number of shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. In the event of an amalgamation or merger of D-Wave with or into any other company or companies (other than an amalgamation or merger with a wholly-owned subsidiary or a transaction in which there is no substantial change in shareholders of D-Wave) or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of D-Wave (and the right to do so is hereby expressly reserved), whether by way of statutory amalgamation, plan of arrangement, sale of assets and undertaking, or otherwise howsoever, then the successor corporation may assume, convert, replace or substitute any or all outstanding awards, which assumption, conversion, replacement or substitution will be binding on the holder of the award, with (i) equivalent awards or (ii) substantially similar consideration to the holder of the award as was provided to shareholders of D-Wave (after taking into account the existing provisions, restrictions and terms of the award). In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute an award, the award will fully vest and D-Wave will notify the holder of the award in writing in advance of the amalgamation, merger or sale that the award will be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the award will terminate upon the expiration of such period. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the dissolution or liquidation of D-Wave. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of D-Wave, D-Wave will notify each award holder as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The D-Wave Board, in its sole discretion, may provide for an award holder to have the right to exercise his or her award until fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the shares covered by the award, including shares as to which the award would not otherwise be exercisable.

Amendment and Termination. The D-Wave Board shall have the power to, at any time and from time to time, either prospectively or retrospectively, and without shareholder approval, amend, suspend or terminate the 2020 Plan or any award granted under the 2020 Plan; provided however that: (i) such amendment, suspension or termination is in accordance with applicable laws and the rules of any Securities Exchange on which the shares are listed; (ii) no such amendment, suspension or termination shall be made at any time to the extent such action would adversely affect the existing rights of an award holder with respect to any then outstanding award held by such award holder, as determined by the D-Wave Board acting in good faith, without the award holder’s consent; and (iii) the D-Wave Board shall obtain shareholder approval of the following: (x) such approval as may be required pursuant to D-Wave’s organizational documents and applicable law, including securities laws and the rules and policies of a Securities Exchange upon which the shares of D-Wave are listed; and (y) any amendment that would reduce the exercise price or hurdle price of an outstanding award (other than as provided above). If the 2020 Plan is terminated, the provisions of the 2020 Plan and any administrative guidelines and other rules and regulations adopted by the D-Wave Board and in force on the date of termination will continue in effect as long as any award or any rights pursuant thereto remain outstanding and, notwithstanding the termination of the 2020 Plan, the D-Wave Board shall remain able to make such amendments to the 2020 Plan or the award as they would have been entitled to make if the 2020 Plan were still in effect. The 2020 Plan is scheduled to terminate on April 14, 2030. The termination of the 2020 Plan will have no effect on outstanding awards, which will continue in effect in accordance with their terms and conditions and the terms and conditions of the 2020 Plan and award agreements.

 

215


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation.

During 2021, D-Wave granted 100,000 options to each of its three independent directors (V. Paul Lee, J. Haig Deb. Farris, and Steven M. West), such grants vesting 1/12th at the end of each month of active service as a director.

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of D-Wave’s non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

Name    Cash      Option Awards ($) (1)      All Other
Compensation
     Total ($)  

V. Paul Lee

   $ —          305,823        —          305,823  

J. Haig Deb. Farris

   $ —          305,823        —          305,823  

Steven M. West

   $ —          305,823        —          305,823  

 

(1)

In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards granted during fiscal year 2021 computed in accordance with ASC 718 for stock-based compensation transactions. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the director upon the vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options, or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock options.

The table below shows for each non-employee director who was serving, and held outstanding equity awards, as of December 31, 2021, the aggregate number of option awards (vested and unvested) held by each such non-employee director as of such date.

 

Name    Shares Underlying
Options Outstanding
(Vested) at Fiscal
Year End
     Shares Underlying
Options Outstanding
(Unvested) at Fiscal
Year End
 

V. Paul Lee

     224,319        66,667  

J. Haig Deb. Farris

     224,319        66,667  

Steven M. West

     284,002        66,667  

D-Wave’s board of directors expects to review director compensation periodically to ensure that director compensation remains competitive such that D-Wave Quantum is able to recruit and retain qualified directors. Following the consummation of the Transaction, D-Wave Quantum intends to develop a director compensation program that is designed to align compensation with its business objectives and the creation of stockholder value, while enabling D-Wave Quantum to attract, retain, incentivize and reward directors who contribute to the long-term success of D-Wave Quantum.

 

216


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF D-WAVE QUANTUM

Executive Officers and Directors After the Transaction

Upon the consummation of the Transaction, the business and affairs of D-Wave Quantum will be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. It is expected that the directors and executive officers of D-Wave Quantum upon the consummation of the Transaction will include the following:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Alan Baratz

     67      President & Chief Executive Officer and Director

John M. Markovich

     65      Chief Financial Officer

Jennifer Houston

     50      Chief Marketing Officer

Tanya J. Rothe

     50      General Counsel

Victoria Brydon

     48      Senior Vice President, People and Operational Excellence

Non-Employee Directors

     

Steven M. West

     67      Chairman

Emil Michael

     49      Director

Eduard van Gelderen

     57      Director

Executive Officers

Alan Baratz. Dr. Baratz became the CEO of D-Wave in 2020. Previously, as Executive Vice President of R&D and Chief Product Officer, he drove the development, delivery, and support of all of D-Wave’s products, technologies, and applications. He has over 25 years of experience in product development and bringing new products to market at leading technology companies and software startups. As the first president of JavaSoft at Sun Microsystems, Dr. Baratz oversaw the growth and adoption of the Java platform from its infancy to a robust platform supporting mission-critical applications in nearly 80 percent of Fortune 1000 companies. He has also held executive positions at Symphony, Avaya, Cisco, and IBM. He served as CEO and president of Versata, Zaplet, and NeoPath Networks, and as a managing director at Warburg Pincus LLC. Dr. Baratz holds a doctorate in computer science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

John M. Markovich. Mr. Markovich is a strategic financial leader with nearly thirty years of executive financial management experience working with rapidly growing private and public technology companies across all stages of development. He has directed the finance, accounting, tax, treasury, M&A, legal, operations, customer service, IR, HR, and IT functions for companies ranging from privately held pre-revenue startups to a NYSE-listed Fortune 500 multi-national company with over $1.2 billion in annual revenue. During his career, he has negotiated and closed over 150 debt, equity, M&A, and joint venture transactions exceeding $2.5 billion in value; over a dozen private placements; nearly a dozen M&A transactions; and several international joint ventures. Previously, Mr. Markovich held CFO positions with three public companies including Optical Coating Laboratories, Inc., Tickets.com Inc., and Emcore Corp, and several private technology companies including Auto-By-Tel.com, Inc., Energy Innovations, Inc., Veritone, Inc. and XANT, Inc. Mr. Markovich holds a BS in Business from Miami University and an MBA from the Michigan State Graduate School of Business.

Jennifer Houston. Ms. Houston is D-Wave’s Chief Marketing Officer, after serving as Senior Vice President of Global Marketing and Public Affairs. Ms. Houston, who has led D-Wave’s global marketing, public affairs, and communications strategy for the past three years, brings more than 20 years of experience in the technology and software industries. Prior to D-Wave, she was Vice President of Marketing at Apptio and a vital member of the senior leadership team who led the company to its IPO in 2016. Ms. Houston helped establish Pluck Disrupt, a marketing and communications consulting firm, and built the first digital marketing business at Waggener Edstrom Worldwide, an integrated communications and public relations agency known for its work with industry leaders like Microsoft.

 

217


Table of Contents

Tanya J. Rothe. Ms. Rothe is a member of the bars of California and British Columbia and is a registered patent agent and trade-mark agent. In 2016, she was recognized in The Legal 500 “GC Powerlist, Canada” as being an influential and innovative lawyer who is instrumental in driving the legal business forward. Her innovative approach to developing and protecting intellectual property was featured in Canadian Lawyer Magazine in January 2017. Through her leadership, D-Wave has developed a world-class patent portfolio, catching the attention of industry watchers. In 2012, D-Wave was added to the IEEE Patent Power scorecard for computer systems, ranked fourth, behind IBM, HP, and Fujitsu, each of which had more than fifty times the number of U.S. patents granted that year compared to D-Wave. D-Wave had the top score for pipeline growth, impact and generality out of all 18 companies listed. Since then, D-Wave has continued to appear in IEEE’s annual list of the “technology world’s most valuable patent portfolios”.

Victoria Brydon. Ms. Brydon is a seasoned business executive with 20 years of progressive and broad experience. Currently the Senior Vice President, People and Operational Excellence, she leads the development and execution of talent strategy for D-Wave, and works cross functionally to provide executive oversight to ensure business operational excellence. Prior experience includes Kasian Architecture, Sierra Systems, and PMC-Sierra. Victoria holds a Masters of Business Administration from Royal Roads University, and a Bachelor of Commerce from Queen’s University. Ms. Brydon is a Certified Executive Coach, and is on the board of directors of the BC SPCA where she serves as 1st Vice President and Chair of the Board Development and Nominating Committee.

Non-Employee Directors

Steven M. West. Mr. West is a 30-year veteran of the information technology and media marketplace. He is the founder and a managing partner in Emerging Company Partners LLC, a technology-consulting firm located in Incline Village, Nevada. Mr. West has held executive leadership positions in both large and early-stage information technology companies located in North America, Asia and Europe. His leadership positions have included President and CEO of Hitachi Data Systems in Santa Clara California, Group Executive and President of the Infotainment Business Unit for EDS in Plano Texas, and COO of nCUBE Video Technologies in Portland Oregon. As a partner in Emerging Company Partners LLC, Mr. West has completed consulting engagements with numerous companies specializing in early-stage firms. Mr. West’s public board experience includes Cisco Systems from 1996 to 2019. As a board director of Cisco, he was Audit Committee chair and a member of the Finance Committee. He also served as a board member of Autodesk from 1998 to 2018 and was member of the Audit Committee and chair of their Compensation Committee. He has also served on numerous private boards in the technology sector. Currently, Mr. West is a licensed Broadcast Engineer by the Federal Communications Commission. He also is an active member in the Society of Broadcast Engineers (SBE) and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).

Eduard van Gelderen. Mr. van Gelderen is Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer at the Public Sector Pension Investment Board (“PSP”) where he oversees the organization’s total portfolio and establishes the long-term investment portfolio strategy. He also heads the responsible investment, public policy, and government relations functions. Prior to joining PSP, Mr. van Gelderen was Senior Managing Director at the Office of the Chief Investment Officer of the University of California.

For information regarding our director, Emil Michael, please see “Management of DPCM–Directors and Executive Officers” above.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of D-Wave Quantum’s directors or executive officers.

Board Composition

D-Wave Quantum’s business and affairs will be organized under the direction of its board of directors. The board of directors of D-Wave Quantum will meet on a regular basis and additionally as required.

 

218


Table of Contents

In accordance with the terms of the D-Wave Quantum Bylaws, D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution. D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors will consist of five members upon the consummation of the Transaction, which will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Alan Baratz and Eduard van Gelderen and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023;

 

   

the Class II director will be Emil Michael and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Steven M. West and                and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2025.

As nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of its management or a change in control.

Prior to the consummation of the Transaction, the D-Wave Quantum board of directors will undertake a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning their background, employment and affiliations, it is expected that the D-Wave Quantum board of directors will determine that none of the directors, other than                 and                 , has any relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of the directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the NYSE listing standards. In making these determinations, the D-Wave Quantum board of directors will consider the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with D-Wave Quantum and all other facts and circumstances the D-Wave Quantum board of directors deems relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of securities of D-Wave Quantum by each non-employee director and the transactions described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”

Role of the Board of Directors in Risk Oversight/Risk Committee

Upon the consummation of Transaction, one of the key functions of D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors will be informed oversight of D-Wave Quantum’s risk management process. D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors does not anticipate having a standing risk management committee, but rather anticipates administering this oversight function directly through D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of the board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, the board of directors will be responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and D-Wave Quantum’s audit committee will have the responsibility to consider and discuss D-Wave Quantum’s major financial risk exposures and the steps its management will take to monitor and control such exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee will also monitor compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. D-Wave Quantum’s compensation committee will also assess and monitor whether D-Wave Quantum’s compensation plans, policies and programs comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Upon the consummation of the Transaction, D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors will reconstitute its audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee. The board of directors will adopt a new charter for each of these committees, which will comply with the applicable requirements of current SEC and NYSE rules. D-Wave Quantum intends to comply with future requirements to the extent applicable. Following the consummation of the Transaction, copies of the charters for each committee will be available on the investor relations portion of D-Wave Quantum’s website.

 

219


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

The audit committee will consist of                 ,                  and                 , each of whom D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors has determined satisfies the independence requirements under NYSE listing standards and Rule 10A- 3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chair of the audit committee will be                . D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors has determined that                is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of the audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment.

The primary purpose of the audit committee will be to discharge the responsibilities of the board of directors with respect to the corporate accounting and financial reporting processes, systems of internal control and financial statement audits, and to oversee the independent registered public accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of the audit committee will include:

 

   

helping the board of directors oversee corporate accounting and financial reporting processes;

 

   

managing the selection, engagement, qualifications, independence and performance of a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit the financial statements;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, the interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

reviewing related person transactions;

 

   

obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually that describes internal quality control procedures, any material issues with such procedures and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

 

   

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving, audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

The compensation committee will consist of                ,                and                  . The chair of the compensation committee will be                . D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is independent under the NYSE listing standards and a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

The primary purpose of the compensation committee will be to discharge the responsibilities of the board of directors in overseeing the compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to executive officers, directors and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of the compensation committee will include:

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation of the chief executive officer, other executive officers and senior management;

 

   

administering the equity incentive plans and other benefit programs;

 

   

reviewing, adopting, amending and terminating incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, profit sharing plans, bonus plans, change-of-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for the executive officers and other senior management; and

 

   

reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of the employees, including the overall compensation philosophy.

 

220


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of                 ,                  and                 . The chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee will be                . D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is independent under the NYSE listing standards.

Specific responsibilities of the nominating and corporate governance committee will include:

 

   

identifying and evaluating candidates, including the nomination of incumbent directors for reelection and nominees recommended by stockholders, to serve on the board of directors;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding the composition and chairmanship of the committees of the board of directors;

 

   

developing and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters, including in relation to corporate social responsibility; and

 

   

overseeing periodic evaluations of the performance of the board of directors, including its individual directors and committees.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the intended members of D-Wave Quantum’s compensation committee has ever been an executive officer or employee of D-Wave Quantum. None of D-Wave Quantum’s executive officers currently serve, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers that will serve as a member of D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Ethics

Following the consummation of the Transaction, the board of directors will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, applicable to all of D-Wave Quantum’s employees, executive officers and directors. The Code of Conduct will be available at the investors section of D-Wave Quantum’s website at                . Any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, are expected to be disclosed on its website to the extent required by applicable rules and exchange requirements. The reference to D-Wave Quantum website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through D-Wave Quantum’s website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this proxy statement/prospectus.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The D-Wave Quantum Charter limits a directors’ liability to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. The DGCL provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:

 

   

for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

   

for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

for any unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

 

   

for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

221


Table of Contents

Delaware law and the D-Wave Quantum Bylaws provide that D-Wave Quantum will, in certain situations, indemnify its directors and officers and may indemnify other employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any indemnified person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to advancement, direct payment, or reimbursement of reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding.

In addition, D-Wave Quantum will enter into separate indemnification agreements with its directors and officers. These agreements, among other things, require D-Wave Quantum to indemnify its directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of its directors or officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at its request.

D-Wave Quantum plans to maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which its directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers. We believe these provisions in the D-Wave Quantum Charter and the D-Wave Quantum Bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or control persons, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

222


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF D-WAVE QUANTUM SECURITIES

The following description summarizes the terms of D-Wave Quantum’s capital stock, as expected to be in effect upon the consummation of the Transaction. This description summarizes the provisions included in the D-Wave Quantum Charter and the D-Wave Quantum Bylaws. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section titled “Description of D-Wave Quantum Securities,” you should refer to the D-Wave Quantum Charter and the D-Wave Bylaws, which are included as exhibits to this proxy statement/prospectus, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Authorized and Outstanding Shares

The D-Wave Quantum Charter authorizes the issuance of 695,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of:

 

   

675,000,000 common shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and

 

   

20,000,000 preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

As of the record date for the Special Meeting, there are expected to be 37,500,000 shares of DPCM’s common stock outstanding, held of record by                holders of DPCM Common Stock, no shares of preferred stock outstanding and 8,000,000 Private Warrants outstanding, held of record by the Sponsor. The number of stockholders of record does not include DTC participants or beneficial owners holding shares through nominee names. D-Wave Quantum will be authorized, without stockholder approval except as required by the listing standards of NYSE, to issue additional shares of its capital stock.

Common Stock Following the Transaction

Voting Power

Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any certificate of designation for any series of preferred stock, the holders of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares possess all voting power for the election of our directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action. Holders of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares are entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by stockholders.

Dividends

Holders of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares will be entitled to receive dividends as and when declared by D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors at its discretion out of funds properly applicable to the payment of dividends, subject to the rights, if any, of shareholders holding shares with special rights to dividends. The timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends will depend on D-Wave Quantum’s financial condition, earnings, capital requirements and debt service obligations, as well as legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice and other factors that D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors deems relevant.

Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up

In the event of our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up, the holders of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares will be entitled to receive an equal amount per share of all of our assets of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders, after the rights of the holders of the preferred stock, if any, have been satisfied.

Preemptive or Other Rights

There are no preemptive rights relating to the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

 

223


Table of Contents

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

The outstanding D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, and the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued in the Transaction will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Election of Directors

There will be no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors will be in a position to elect all of the directors.

DPCM Common Stock Prior to the Transaction

DPCM is providing its the holders of DPCM Common Stock with the opportunity to redeem, upon the consummation of the Transaction, shares of DPCM Common Stock then held by them for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit (as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Transaction) in the Trust Account that holds the proceeds of the DPCM IPO (including interest not previously released to DPCM to pay its taxes). The per-share amount DPCM will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the Deferred Discount that DPCM will pay to the underwriters of the DPCM IPO or transaction expenses incurred in connection with the Transaction. If the Transaction is not completed, these shares will not be redeemed.

DPCM will consummate the Transaction only if (i) a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, voting separately as a single series vote in favor of the Transaction Proposal.

DPCM’s Initial Stockholders, including the Sponsor, have agreed to vote any shares of DPCM Common Stock owned by them in favor of the Transaction. Public Stockholders may elect to redeem their public shares without voting on the Transaction Proposal and irrespective of whether they vote for or against the Transaction.

Pursuant to the DPCM Charter, if DPCM does not complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, DPCM will:

 

  (i)

cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up;

 

  (ii)

as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and

 

  (iii)

as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under the DGCL to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be less than the initial public offering price per Public Unit in the DPCM IPO.

In addition, if DPCM fails to complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, there will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Public Warrants or the Private Warrants, which will expire worthless. DPCM expects to consummate the Transaction and does not intend to take any action to extend the life of DPCM beyond October 23, 2022 if DPCM is unable to effect an initial business combination by that date.

 

224


Table of Contents

DPCM Class B Common Stock Prior to the Transaction

The Founder Shares are designated as DPCM Class B Common Stock and, except as described below, are identical to the DPCM Class A Common Stock included in the units sold in the DPCM IPO, and holders of these shares have the same stockholder rights as Public Stockholders, except that (i) the DPCM Class B Common Stock is subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below, (ii) the Initial Stockholders have entered into a letter agreement with DPCM, pursuant to which they have agreed (A) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any DPCM Class B Common Stock and public shares they hold in connection with the completion of the initial business combination, (B) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any DPCM Class B Common Stock and public shares they hold in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to DPCM’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of DPCM’s obligation to redeem 100% of its public shares if it fails to complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, or with respect to any other material provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (C) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any DPCM Class B Common Stock they hold if DPCM fails to complete its initial business combination by October 23, 2022 or any extended period of time that DPCM may have to consummate an initial business combination as a result of an amendment to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any public shares they hold if DPCM fails to complete an initial business combination within such time period, and (iii) the DPCM Class B Common Stock is automatically convertible into DPCM Class A Common Stock upon the consummation of an initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described herein and in DPCM’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote their DPCM Class B Common Stock and any public shares purchased during, or after, the DPCM IPO in favor of the Transaction.

With certain limited exceptions, the DPCM Class B Common Stock is not transferable, assignable or salable (except to DPCM’s officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with the sponsor, each of whom will be subject to the same transfer restrictions) until the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of an initial business combination or earlier if, subsequent to an initial business combination, the closing price of the DPCM Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after an initial business combination, and (B) the date following the completion of an initial business combination on which DPCM completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of its stockholders having the right to exchange their DPCM Class A Common Stock for cash, securities or other property.

The holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock have also agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed initial business combination and (B) not to redeem any shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed Transaction.

Preferred Stock

The DPCM Charter provides that shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The DPCM board of directors is authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers and preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series of preferred stock. The DPCM board of directors is able to, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the common stock and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of the DPCM board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of DPCM or the removal of existing management.

DPCM has no preferred stock outstanding at the date hereof.

 

225


Table of Contents

Warrants

The following provides a summary of the material provisions governing the D-Wave Quantum Warrants. References in this section to the Warrant Agreement shall mean the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, to be entered into immediately prior to the Effective Time, by and among DPCM, D-Wave Quantum and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent.

Pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the DPCM Merger and without any action on the part of any holder of a DPCM Warrant, each DPCM Warrant that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be automatically and irrevocably converted into one (1) D-Wave Quantum Warrant. Each such D-Wave Quantum Warrant will be exercisable for a number of D-Wave Quantum Shares equal to the Exchange Ratio, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing 30 days after the completion of the Transaction. Consequently, if the Exchange Ratio increases, then the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable to holders of D-Wave Quantum Warrants after the Effective Time will also increase.

Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its D-Wave Quantum Warrants only for a whole number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. The D-Wave Quantum Warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Transaction, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

D-Wave Quantum will not be obligated to deliver any shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock underlying the D-Wave Quantum Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying D-Wave Quantum’s obligations described below with respect to registration. No D-Wave Quantum Warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of common stock upon exercise of a D-Wave Quantum unless the common stock issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a D-Wave Quantum, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless.

In connection with the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, D-Wave Quantum will agree that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days, after the consummation of the Transaction, D-Wave Quantum will use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants. D-Wave Quantum will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the consummation of the Transaction and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the Warrant Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if D-Wave Quantum Common Shares at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, D-Wave Quantum may, at its option, require holders of D-Wave Quantum Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event D-Wave Quantum does so elect, it will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but it will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

Redemption of warrants when the price per share of the common stock equals or exceeds $18.00. Once the D-Wave Quantum Warrants become exercisable, D-Wave Quantum may call the D-Wave Quantum Warrants for redemption:

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

226


Table of Contents
   

at a price of $0.01 per D-Wave Quantum Warrant;

 

   

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

 

   

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before D-Wave Quantum sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If and when the D-Wave Quantum Warrants become redeemable by D-Wave Quantum, it may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

D-Wave Quantum has established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and D-Wave Quantum issues a notice of redemption of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants, each warrant holder will be entitled to exercise its D-Wave Quantum Warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the common stock of D-Wave Quantum may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price as well as the $11.50 (for whole shares) warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

Redemption of warrants when the price per share of the common stock equals or exceeds $10.00. Once the D-Wave Quantum Warrants become exercisable, D-Wave Quantum may call the D-Wave Quantum Warrants for redemption:

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” (as defined below) of the common stock except as otherwise described below; and upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

 

   

if, and only if, the closing price of the common stock of D-Wave Quantum equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “—Warrants—D-Wave Quantum Warrants—Anti-Dilution Adjustments”) for any 20 trading days within the 30-trading day period ending three trading days before we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

The numbers in the table below represent the “redemption prices,” or the number of shares of the common stock that a warrant holder will receive upon redemption by D-Wave Quantum pursuant to this redemption feature, based on the “fair market value” of the common stock on the corresponding redemption date, determined based on the average of the last reported sales price for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of D-Wave Quantum Warrants, and the number of months that the corresponding redemption date precedes the expiration date of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants, each as set forth in the table below.

The share prices set forth in the column headings of the table below will be adjusted as of any date on which the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant is adjusted as set forth in the first three paragraphs under the heading “-Anti-Dilution Adjustments” below. The adjusted stock prices in the column headings will equal the stock prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a D-Wave Quantum Warrant.

 

227


Table of Contents

The values provided in the table below, including in the column headings, will be adjusted based on the Exchange Ratio in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement (as amended by the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement).

 

    Fair Market Value of Common Stock  
Redemption Date (period to expiration of warrants)   10.00     11.00     12.00     13.00     14.00     15.00     16.00     17.00     18.00  

60 months

    0.261       0.281       0.297       0.311       0.324       0.337       0.348       0.358       0.361  

57 months

    0.257       0.277       0.294       0.310       0.324       0.337       0.348       0.358       0.361  

54 months

    0.252       0.272       0.291       0.307       0.322       0.335       0.347       0.357       0.361  

51 months

    0.246       0.268       0.287       0.304       0.320       0.333       0.346       0.357       0.361  

48 months

    0.241       0.263       0.283       0.301       0.317       0.332       0.344       0.356       0.361  

45 months

    0.235       0.258       0.279       0.298       0.315       0.330       0.343       0.356       0.361  

42 months

    0.228       0.252       0.274       0.294       0.312       0.328       0.342       0.355       0.361  

39 months

    0.221       0.246       0.269       0.290       0.309       0.325       0.340       0.354       0.361  

36 months

    0.213       0.239       0.263       0.285       0.305       0.323       0.339       0.353       0.361  

33 months

    0.205       0.232       0.257       0.280       0.301       0.320       0.337       0.352       0.361  

30 months

    0.196       0.224       0.250       0.274       0.297       0.316       0.335       0.351       0.361  

27 months

    0.185       0.214       0.242       0.268       0.291       0.313       0.332       0.350       0.361  

24 months

    0.173       0.204       0.233       0.260       0.285       0.308       0.329       0.348       0.361  

21 months

    0.161       0.193       0.223       0.252       0.279       0.304       0.326       0.347       0.361  

18 months

    0.146       0.179       0.211       0.242       0.271       0.298       0.322       0.345       0.361  

15 months

    0.130       0.164       0.197       0.230       0.262       0.291       0.317       0.342       0.361  

12 months

    0.111       0.146       0.181       0.216       0.250       0.282       0.312       0.339       0.361  

9 months

    0.090       0.125       0.162       0.199       0.237       0.272       0.305       0.336       0.361  

6 months

    0.065       0.099       0.137       0.178       0.219       0.259       0.296       0.331       0.361  

3 months

    0.034       0.065       0.104       0.150       0.197       0.243       0.286       0.326       0.361  

0 months

    —         —         0.042       0.115       0.179       0.233       0.281       0.323       0.361  

The “fair market value” of the common stock shall mean the average last reported sale price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of D-Wave Quantum Warrants.

The exact fair market value and redemption date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the fair market value is between two values in the table or the redemption date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of shares of common stock to be issued for each D-Wave Quantum Warrant redeemed will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of shares set forth for the higher and lower fair market values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365- or 366-day year, as applicable. For example, if the average last reported sale price of DPCM Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading date prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants is $11.00 per share, and at such time there are 57 months until the expiration of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their D-Wave Quantum Warrants for 0.277 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for each whole D-Wave Quantum Warrants. For an example where the exact fair market value and redemption date are not as set forth in the table above, if the average last reported sale price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for the ten trading days ending on the third trading date prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants is $13.50 per share, and at such time there are 38 months until the expiration of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.298 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for each whole D-Wave Quantum Warrant. In no event will the D-Wave Quantum Warrants be exercisable in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.365 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares per D-Wave Quantum Warrant (subject to adjustment). Finally, as reflected in the table above, if the warrants are out of the money and about to expire, they cannot be exercised on a cashless basis in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, since they will not be exercisable for any shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock.

 

228


Table of Contents

No fractional shares of common stock will be issued upon redemption. If, upon redemption, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of shares of common stock to be issued to the holder.

Redemption Procedures and Cashless Exercise. If D-Wave Quantum calls the D-Wave Quantum Warrants for redemption as described above, D-Wave Quantum’s management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise its D-Wave Quantum Warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such an event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” (defined below) over the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average last reported sale price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for the ten trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants.

Anti-Dilution Adjustments. If the number of outstanding D-Wave Quantum Common Shares is increased by a share dividend payable in D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, or by a split-up of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such share dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable on exercise of each D-Wave Quantum Warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of common stock. A rights offering to holders of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares entitling holders to purchase D-Wave Quantum Common Shares at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a share dividend of a number D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the product of (a) the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares) multiplied by (b) 1 minus the quotient of (x) the price per D-Wave Quantum Common Share paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, in determining the price payable for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares as reported during the 10 trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of common stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

If the number of outstanding D-Wave Quantum Common Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable on exercise of each D-Wave Quantum Warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of common stock.

Whenever the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.

The D-Wave Quantum Warrants have been registered form under the Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, DPCM and D-Wave Quantum. You should review a copy of the Warrant Agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the D-Wave Quantum Warrants. The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but

 

229


Table of Contents

requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding D-Wave Quantum Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of D-Wave Quantum Warrants.

In connection with the Transaction, at the Closing, DPCM, D-Wave Quantum and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, will enter into the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, pursuant to which, as of the Effective Time, (a) each DPCM Warrant that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will no longer represent a right to acquire one share of DPCM Common Stock and will instead be automatically and irrevocably converted into one (1) D-Wave Quantum Warrant. Each such D-Wave Quantum Warrant will be exercisable for a number of D-Wave Quantum Shares equal to the Exchange Ratio, at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing 30 days after the completion of the Transaction and (b) DPCM will assign to D-Wave Quantum all of DPCM’s right, title and interest in and to such existing Warrant Agreement and D-Wave Quantum will assume, and agree to pay, perform, satisfy and discharge in full, all of DPCM’s liabilities and obligations under such existing Warrant Agreement arising from and after the Effective Time.

The D-Wave Quantum Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of D-Wave Quantum Warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of common stock and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. After the issuance of shares upon exercise of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants. If, upon exercise of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, D-Wave Quantum will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be issued to the warrant holder.

Private D-Wave Quantum Warrants

The private D-Wave Quantum Warrants (including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the private D-Wave Quantum Warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the closing of the Transaction (except, among other limited exceptions as described under the subsection of this proxy statement/prospectus titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies,” to the officers and directors of DPCM and other persons or entities affiliated with the Sponsor) and they will not be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. Otherwise, the private D-Wave Quantum Warrants will have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.

Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law

Special Meetings of Stockholders

The D-Wave Quantum Charter and the D-Wave Quantum Bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by a majority vote of D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors, by the Chairman of the board of directors, or by the chief executive officer.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

The D-Wave Quantum Bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, must

 

230


Table of Contents

provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be considered timely, a stockholder’s notice will need to be received by the company secretary at the principal executive offices not earlier than 120 days prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such meeting or the tenth day following the day on which D-Wave Quantum first makes a public announcement of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors to be elected at such meeting. Pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, proposals seeking inclusion in D-Wave Quantum’s annual proxy statement must comply with the notice periods contained therein. The D-Wave Quantum Bylaws specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

D-Wave Quantum’s authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of D-Wave Quantum by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Choice of Forum

The D-Wave Quantum Charter provides that, unless D-Wave Quantum consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) and any appellate court therefrom shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the following claims or causes of action under Delaware statutory or common law: (a) any derivative claim or cause of action brought on behalf of D-Wave Quantum; (b) any claim or cause of action for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of D-Wave Quantum to D-Wave Quantum or D-Wave Quantum’s stockholders; (c) any claim or cause of action against D-Wave Quantum or any current or former director, officer or other employee of D-Wave Quantum Bylaws, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the D-Wave Quantum Charter or the D-Wave Quantum (as each may be amended from time to time); (d) any claim or cause of action seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the D-Wave Quantum Charter or the D-Wave Quantum Bylaws (as each may be amended from time to time, including any right, obligation or remedy thereunder); (e) any claim or cause of action as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (f) any claim or cause of action against D-Wave Quantum or any current or former director, officer or other employee of D-Wave Quantum, governed by the internal-affairs doctrine or otherwise related to D-Wave Quantum’s internal affairs, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. However, such choice of forum provisions shall not apply to claims or causes of action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or other federal securities laws for which there is exclusive federal or concurrent federal and state jurisdiction.

Unless D-Wave Quantum consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions. In such instance, D-Wave Quantum would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of the D-Wave Quantum Charter. This may require significant additional costs

 

231


Table of Contents

associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions and there can be no assurance that the provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions.

These exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with D-Wave Quantum or its directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against D-Wave Quantum or its directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to find either exclusive-forum provision in the D-Wave Quantum Charter to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, D-Wave Quantum may incur further significant additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, all of which could seriously harm D-Wave Quantum’s business.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

D-Wave Quantum will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

   

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 662/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 of the DGCL defines a “business combination” to include the following:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 of the DGCL defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire D-Wave Quantum even though such a transaction may offer its stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price.

 

232


Table of Contents

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its certificate of incorporation. D-Wave Quantum will not opt out of these provisions, which may as a result, discourage or prevent mergers or other takeover or change of control attempts of it.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

The D-Wave Quantum Charter contains provisions that limit the liability of D-Wave Quantum’s current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

D-Wave Quantum will also enter into agreements with its officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification. D-Wave Quantum will purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures its directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures D-Wave Quantum against its obligations to indemnify the directors and officers.

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against D-Wave Quantum’s directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit D-Wave Quantum or its stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent D-Wave Quantum pays the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. D-Wave Quantum believes that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to D-Wave Quantum’s directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, D-Wave Quantum has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

233


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS

DPCM and D-Wave Quantum are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and the rights of DPCM and D-Wave Quantum stockholders are governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, including the DGCL. The rights of DPCM Stockholders are further governed by DPCM’s Charter and DPCM’s Bylaws. The rights of D-Wave Quantum’s stockholders are further governed by D-Wave Quantum’s Charter and D-Wave Quantum’s Bylaws.

As a result of the Transaction, DPCM Stockholder and D-Wave Shareholders who receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares will become D-Wave Quantum shareholders. D-Wave Quantum is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and the rights of D-Wave Quantum stockholders are governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, including the DGCL, the D-Wave Quantum Charter and D-Wave Quantum Bylaws. Thus, following the Transaction, the rights of DPCM Stockholders who become D-Wave Quantum shareholders will no longer be governed by the DPCM Charter or the Bylaws of DPCM (the “DPCM Bylaws”), respectively and instead will be governed by the D-Wave Quantum Charter and D-Wave Quantum Bylaws.

Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights

Set forth below is a summary comparison of material differences: (i) between the rights of DPCM Stockholders under the DPCM Governing Documents (left column), and (ii) the rights of D-Wave Quantum’s shareholders under the D-Wave Quantum Governing Documents (right column). The summary set forth below is not intended to be complete or to provide a comprehensive discussion of each company’s respective governing documents. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of DPCM Charter and DPCM Bylaws and the D-Wave Quantum Charter and D-Wave Quantum Bylaws, as well as the relevant provisions of the DGCL.

 

    DPCM    D-Wave Quantum
Authorized Capital Stock  

100,000,000 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, 10,000,000 shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock and 1,000,000 shares of DPCM Preferred Stock.

  

675,000,000 shares of Common Stock, and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.

Rights of Preferred Stock  

As authorized by the DPCM Board contained in the preferred stock designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State.

  

As authorized by the D-Wave Quantum Board contained in the preferred stock designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State.

Number and Qualification of Directors  

The number of directors is set by resolution of the board.

  

The number of directors is set by resolution of the board.

Classified Board of Directors  

DPCM’s board of directors is divided into three classes with each class (except for those directors initially appointed as Class I and Class II directors) serving a three-year term.

  

The D-Wave Quantum Board is divided into three classes with each class (except for those directors initially appointed as Class I and Class II directors) serving a three-year term.

Election of Directors  

Prior to the initial business combination, the holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock have the exclusive right to elect directors, and the holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock have no right to vote on the election of any director. The election of directors is determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon.

  

The election of directors is determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon.

 

234


Table of Contents
    DPCM    D-Wave Quantum
Removal of Directors  

Prior to the initial business combination, the holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock have the exclusive right to remove and replace any director, and the holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock have no right to vote on the removal or replacement of any director. Subject to the potential rights of Preferred Stock and the contractual rights of any stockholder, neither the entire DPCM Board or any individual director may be removed without cause. Any director or the entire DPCM Board may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

  

Subject to the potential rights of Preferred Stock, neither the entire D-Wave Quantum Board or any individual director may be removed without cause. Any director or the entire Board may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares.

Voting  

Except as required by law or provided in any preferred stock designation, the holders of common stock exclusively possess all voting power, and each holder of common stock has one vote for each share of stock held on the books of the corporation for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, with the holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock voting on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders together as a single class. Holders of common stock will not be entitled to vote on any amendments that relate solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock. Prior to the initial business combination, the holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock have the exclusive right to vote on the election, removal or replacement of directors, as discussed above.

  

Except as required by law or provided in any preferred stock designation, the holders of common stock exclusively possess all voting power, and each holder of common stock has one vote for each share of stock held on the books of the corporation for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders except holders of common stock will not be entitled to vote on any amendments that relate solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock.

Cumulative Voting  

No stockholder has cumulative voting rights.

  

No stockholder has cumulative voting rights.

Vacancies on the Board of Directors  

Vacancies, created either by a newly created directorship or the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause of a director may be filled solely and exclusively by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders). Any director elected in this way shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created.

  

Vacancies, created either by a newly created directorship or the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause of a director may be filled solely and exclusively by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders). Any director elected in this way shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created.

 

235


Table of Contents
    DPCM    D-Wave Quantum
Special Meeting of the Board of Directors  

Special meetings of DPCM’s board of directors (a) may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President and (b) must be called by the Chairman of the Board, President or Secretary on the written request of at least a majority of directors then in office.

  

Special meetings of the D-Wave Quantum Board may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware and called by the Chairperson of the D-Wave Quantum Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the D-Wave Quantum Board.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent  

Other than with respect to certain actions taken by the holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by DPCM Stockholders must be effected by a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be effected by written consent of the stockholders.

  

Any action required or permitted to be taken by D-Wave Quantum’s stockholders must be effected by a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be effected by written consent of the stockholders.

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation  

DPCM reserves the right under the DPCM Charter, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in the DPCM Charter, and any other provisions authorized by the DGCL may be added or inserted, in the manner prescribed by law.

  

D-Wave Quantum reserves the right under the D-Wave Quantum Charter, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in the D-Wave Quantum Charter, and any other provisions authorized by the DGCL may be added or inserted, in the manner prescribed by law; provided that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of D-Wave Quantum entitled to vote, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Article V (Management of the Business), Article VI (Limitation of Liability), Article VII (Exclusive Forum), and/or Article VIII (Exclusive Forum) of the D-Wave Quantum Charter.

Amendment of the Bylaws  

The DPCM Board is authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the DPCM Bylaws, without any action on the part of the stockholders, by the vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office.

In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock required by applicable law or the DPCM Charter (including any preferred stock designation), the DPCM Bylaws may also be adopted, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the shares of DPCM capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting as one class.

  

Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the D-Wave Quantum Bylaws by the Board requires the approval of a majority of the Board.

 

The stockholders also have power to amend the D-Wave Quantum Bylaws; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote.

 

236


Table of Contents
    DPCM    D-Wave Quantum
Stockholder Quorum  

Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the DPCM Charter or DPCM Bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of shares of outstanding capital stock representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series constitutes a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business.

  

Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the D-Wave Quantum Charter or D-Wave Quantum Bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of shares of outstanding capital stock representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series constitutes a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business.

Corporate Opportunity  

Under DPCM’s Charter, the doctrine of corporate opportunity does not apply with respect to DPCM or any of its officers or directors in circumstances where the application of any such doctrine would conflict with any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations they may have.

  

None.

Special Stockholder Meetings  

Special meetings may be called by Chairman of the DPCM Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the DPCM, or the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board. Stockholders may not call a special meeting.

  

Special meetings may be called by (i) the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors.

Notice of Stockholder Meetings  

Notice shall be provided to each stockholder entitled to vote at a stockholder meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting unless otherwise required by the DGCL.

If not for an annual meeting, the notice must also state the purposes of the meeting and the business to be transacted will be limited to the matters stated in the notice of meeting.

  

Notice shall be provided to each stockholder entitled to vote at a stockholder meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting unless otherwise required by the DGCL.

If not for an annual meeting, the notice must also state the purposes of the meeting and the business to be transacted will be limited to the matters stated in the notice of meeting.

Stockholder Proposals  

A stockholder’s notice to DPCM’s Secretary with respect to such business, to be timely, must be received by the Secretary not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the opening of business on the 120th day before the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting

  

A stockholder’s notice to D-Wave Quantum’s Secretary with respect to such business, to be timely, must be received by the Secretary not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the opening of business on the 120th day before the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of

 

237


Table of Contents
    DPCM    D-Wave Quantum
 

is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the meeting and not later than the later of (x) the close of business on the 90th day before the meeting or (y) the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made by.

  

stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 30 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the meeting and not later than the later of (x) the close of business on the 90th day before the meeting or (y) the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made by.

Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers  

DPCM has agreed to hold harmless its officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law.

  

D-Wave Quantum has agreed to hold harmless its directors to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Indemnification of Directors, Officers  

DPCM has agreed to indemnify its officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law.

  

D-Wave Quantum has agreed to indemnify its officers, directors, legal representatives or those serving at the request of D-Wave Quantum as a director or officer to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Anti-Takeover Provisions and Other Stockholder Protections  

DPCM’s Charter contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage takeover transactions.

DPCM has affirmatively elected not to be governed by the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

  

D-Wave Quantum’s Charter contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals. These provisions include the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage takeover transactions.

Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” (i.e. a stockholder owning 15% or more of D-Wave Quantum’s voting stock) for three years following the time that the “interested stockholder” becomes such, subject to certain exceptions.

Preemptive Rights and Share Transfer Restrictions  

There are no preemptive rights or transfer restrictions relating to the shares of DPCM Common Stock.

  

There are no preemptive rights or transfer restrictions relating to the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

Inspection of Books and Records  

Under the DGCL, any stockholder or beneficial owner has the right, upon written demand under oath stating the proper purpose thereof, either in

  

Under the DGCL, any stockholder or beneficial owner has the right, upon written demand under oath stating the

 

238


Table of Contents
    DPCM    D-Wave Quantum
 

person or by attorney or other agent, to inspect and make copies and extracts from the corporation’s stock ledger, list of stockholders and its other books and records for a proper purpose during the usual hours for business. The DPCM Bylaws permit DPCM’s books and records to be kept within or outside the state of Delaware.

  

proper purpose thereof, either in person or by attorney or other agent, to inspect and make copies and extracts from the corporation’s stock ledger, list of stockholders and its other books and records for a proper purpose during the usual hours for business.

Choice of Forum  

The DPCM Charter provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the DPCM, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the DPCM to the DPCM or the DPCM Stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the DPCM, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the DPCM Charter or DPCM Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the DPCM, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine subject to certain exceptions for (i) determinations of jurisdiction made by the Court of Chancery and (ii) claims brought under the Exchange Act, the Securities Act or where the federal government has exclusive jurisdiction.

  

The D-Wave Quantum Charter provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative claim or cause of action brought on behalf of the D-Wave Quantum, (ii) any claim or cause of action for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the D-Wave Quantum to the D-Wave Quantum or the D-Wave Quantum’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the D-Wave Quantum, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the D-Wave Quantum Charter or D-Wave Quantum Bylaws, (iv) any claim or cause of action seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, (v) any claim or cause of action as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and (vi) any claim or cause of action against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation, governed by the internal-affairs doctrine or otherwise related to the corporation’s internal affairs, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants.

 

This provision does not apply to claims or causes of action brought under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws for which there is exclusive federal or concurrent federal and state jurisdiction.

 

239


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon the Closing, D-Wave Quantum will be authorized to issue 675,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and 20,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Preferred Shares and based on the assumptions set out elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, up to approximately 142 million D-Wave Quantum Common Shares will be issued and outstanding, assuming no shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock are redeemed in connection with the Transaction. In addition, D-Wave Quantum is expected to have 21,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Warrants outstanding, each exercisable for a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the Exchange Ratio at $11.50 per share. All of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants issued in connection with the Transaction will be freely transferable without further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than by (i) D-Wave Quantum’s “affiliates” or DPCM’s “affiliates” with respect to their D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Common Shares underlying their Warrants, (ii) the deemed parties to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, and (iii) the PIPE Investors pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements. Sales of substantial amounts of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. Prior to the Transaction, there has been no public market for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. D-Wave Quantum intends to apply for listing of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants on the NYSE, but D-Wave Quantum cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants.

Lock-Up Provisions

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement. At the Closing, the Registration Rights Holders will, pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, become parties to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, D-Wave Quantum will be obligated to file a registration statement to register the resale of certain equity securities of D-Wave Quantum held by the Registration Rights Holders. The Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement will also provide the Registration Rights Holders with demand registration rights and “piggy-back” registration rights, in each case, subject to certain requirements and customary conditions. Subject to certain exceptions, the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement further provides for the securities of D-Wave Quantum held by the Registration Rights Holders to be locked-up for a period of time as set forth below.

D-Wave Lock-up Period. The D-Wave Lock-Up Period will apply to the shareholders of D-Wave who will receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Transaction Agreement and refers to the period ending on the earlier of (A) six (6) months following the Closing and (B) the date on which (x) the last reported sale price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30) consecutive trading day period commencing after the ninetieth (90th) day following the Closing or (y) the completion by D-Wave of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of D-Wave’s public shareholders having the right to exchange their D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for cash, securities or other property.

Founder Lock-up Period. The Founder Lock-Up Period will apply to the holders of shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock who will receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares pursuant to the Transaction Agreement and refers to (i) with respect to the Founder Shares, the period ending on the earlier of (A) one (1) year following the Closing and (B) the date on which (x) the last reported sale price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30) consecutive trading day period commencing after the one hundred and fiftieth (150th) day following the Closing, or (y) the completion by D-Wave of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of D-Wave’s public shareholders having the right to exchange their D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for cash, securities or other property, and (ii) with respect to the Private Warrants, thirty (30) days after the Closing.

 

240


Table of Contents

Rule 144. Generally, pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale. However, see “—Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies” below.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares or warrants for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the total number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares then outstanding; or

 

   

the average weekly reported trading volume of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company (including successors to a shell company). However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

 

   

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

 

   

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

   

the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and

 

   

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC, which is expected to be filed promptly after completion of the Transaction, reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

We anticipate that following the consummation of the Transaction, we will not be a shell company (having been the successor to a shell company), and so, once the conditions set forth in the exceptions listed above are satisfied, Rule 144 will become available for the resale of the above noted restricted securities.

 

241


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

DPCM Related Person Transactions

Founder Shares

On June 22, 2020, DPCM issued an aggregate of 5,750,000 shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock to the Sponsor (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, for which DPCM received payment for the Founder Shares on August 21, 2020. On August 18, 2020, the Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 80,000 Founder Shares to DPCM’s independent directors for their original purchase price of approximately $0.004 per share. Subsequently, on August 27, 2020, the Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 70,000 Founder Shares to DPCM’s special advisors for their original purchase price. These 150,000 Founder Shares are not subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised. On October 2, 2020, DPCM effected a stock dividend of 1,437,500 shares with respect to the DPCM Class B Common Stock, resulting in an aggregate of 7,187,500 Founder Shares issued and outstanding. On October 2, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 18,750 Founder Shares to one of DPCM’s special advisors. On October 20, 2020, DPCM effected a stock dividend of 1,437,500 shares with respect to the DPCM Class B Common Stock, resulting in an aggregate of 8,625,000 Founder Shares issued and outstanding. All shares and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share transactions.

The Founder Shares include an aggregate of up to 1,125,000 shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor to the extent that the underwriter’s over-allotment is not exercised in full or in part, so that the initial stockholders will own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of DPCM’s issued and outstanding shares after the DPCM IPO. On December 7, 2020, the underwriters’ election to exercise their over-allotment option expired unexercised, resulting in the forfeiture of 1,125,000 shares. Accordingly, there are 7,500,000 Founder Shares issued and outstanding.

Private Warrants

On November 30, 2020, simultaneously with the closing of the DPCM IPO, DPCM completed the private sale of an aggregate of 8,000,000 warrants to the Sponsor at a purchase price of $1.00 per Private Warrant, generating gross proceeds to DPCM of $8,000,000.

Each Private Warrant is exercisable for one whole share of DPCM Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Private Warrants to the Sponsor was added to the proceeds from the DPCM IPO held in the Trust Account. If DPCM does not complete a business combination by October 23, 2022, the Private Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Warrants will be non-redeemable for cash and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

The Sponsor and DPCM’s officers and directors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the initial business combination.

Related Party Loans

On April 8, 2020, DPCM issued an unsecured promissory note to the Sponsor (the “Promissory Note”), pursuant to which DPCM could borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $250,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest-bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2020 or (i) the consummation of the DPCM IPO. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Note of $250,000 was repaid subsequent to the closing of the DPCM IPO on October 26, 2020.

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a business combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain of DPCM’s directors and officers may, but are not obligated to, loan DPCM funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If DPCM completes a business combination, DPCM would repay

 

242


Table of Contents

the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to DPCM. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a business combination does not close, DPCM may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans, but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Warrants. To date, D had no borrowings under the Working Capital Loans.

Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement

On October 20, 2020, DPCM, the Sponsor and certain of DPCM’s securityholders entered into a stockholder rights agreement pursuant to which the holders of the Founder Shares, Private Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Warrants and warrants issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights requiring DPCM to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to DPCM Class A Common Stock). The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that DPCM register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of an initial business combination and rights to require DPCM to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration and stockholder rights agreement provides that DPCM will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. DPCM will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Administrative Services Agreement

DPCM entered into an agreement that provides that, subsequent to the closing of the DPCM IPO and continuing until the earlier of DPCM’s consummation of an initial business combination or DPCM’s liquidation, DPCM will pay to an affiliate of the Sponsor a total of up to $10,000 per month for office space, secretarial and administrative services.

The Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on DPCM’s behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. DPCM’s audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to the Sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates.

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

Contemporaneously with the Closing, D-Wave Quantum, Sponsor, the other holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock and each D-Wave Shareholder will enter into the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement. See “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements — Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement.”

Transaction Support Agreement

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, DPCM and D-Wave entered into a Transaction Support Agreement with each of the Supporting D-Wave Shareholders. See “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements – Transaction Support Agreement.”

 

243


Table of Contents

Sponsor Support Agreement

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, Sponsor, DPCM, D-Wave Quantum and D-Wave entered into the Sponsor Support Agreement. See “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal— Related Agreements—Sponsor Support Agreement.”

PIPE Financing

Emil Michael, the Chairman and CEO of DPCM, entered into a PIPE Subscription Agreement with D-Wave Quantum, pursuant to which, Mr. Michael subscribed to and agreed to purchase on the Closing Date, and D-Wave Quantum agreed to issue and sell to Mr. Michael on the Closing Date, the number of PIPE Shares equal to $250,000, divided by $10.00 and multiplied by the Exchange Ratio on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

D-Wave Quantum Relationships and Related Person Transactions

Below is a description of transactions since January 1, 2021 to which D-Wave Quantum was a party or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of D-Wave Quantum’s current or expected directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of D-Wave Quantum’s capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Venture Loan and Security Agreement

On March 3, 2022, D-Wave entered into the Venture Loan Agreement, by and between the Borrowers, and PSPIB, as the lender. PSPIB is an affiliate of Public Sector Pension Investment Board, a majority shareholder of D-Wave and an expected beneficial owner of greater than 5% of D-Wave Quantum’s capital stock. Under the Venture Loan Agreement, term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million will become available to the Borrowers in three tranches, subject to certain terms and conditions. See “D-Wave Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Venture Loan and Security Agreement.

PIPE Financing

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, the PIPE Investors entered into the PIPE Subscription Agreements, pursuant to which, among other things, each PIPE Investor subscribed to and agreed to purchase on the Closing Date, and D-Wave Quantum agreed to issue and sell to each such PIPE Investor on the Closing Date, the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the purchase price set forth therein, divided by $10.00 and multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein. The table below sets forth the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be purchased by D-Wave Quantum’s related parties in the PIPE Financing:

 

    D-Wave Quantum
Common
Shares
   

 

 
Stockholder   No
Redemption
Scenario
    Maximum
Redemption
Scenario
    Total
Purchase
Price
 

Public Sector Pension Investment Board (“PSP”) (1)

    3,500,000       4,364,670     $ 30,000,000  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC(2)

    583,333       727,445     $ 5,000,000  

Emil Michael(3)

    29,167       36,372     $ 250,000  

 

244


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Upon the Closing of the Transaction, PSP will beneficially own more than 5% of D-Wave Quantum’s capital stock.

(2)

Upon the Closing of the Transaction, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC will beneficially own more than 5% of D-Wave Quantum’s capital stock.

(3)

Upon the Closing of the Transaction, Emil Michael will be a member of the D-Wave Quantum board of directors.

See “Beneficial Ownership of Securities.”

Transaction Support Agreement

On February 7, 2022, concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, DPCM and D-Wave entered into a Transaction Support Agreement with each of the Supporting D-Wave Shareholders, pursuant to which, among other things, such Supporting D-Wave Shareholders have agreed to (a) vote their D-Wave Shares in support and favor of the D-Wave Arrangement Resolution and (b) vote in favor and support all other matters or resolutions that could reasonably be expected to facilitate the Transaction. In addition, the Supporting D-Wave Shareholders have agreed to terminate the Shareholder Agreement, (as defined below), the Investor Rights Agreement (as defined below) and any rights under any letter agreement providing for redemption rights, put rights, purchase rights or other similar rights not generally available to the D-Wave Shareholders.

Indemnification Agreements

The D-Wave Quantum Charter contains provisions limiting the liability of executive officers and directors and the D-Wave Quantum Bylaws provide that D-Wave Quantum will indemnify each of its executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. The D-Wave Quantum Charter and the D-Wave Quantum Bylaws also provide the board of directors with discretion to indemnify certain key employees when determined appropriate by the board of directors of D-Wave Quantum.

DPCM entered into indemnification agreements with each of its officers and directors to indemnify such individuals, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to certain limitations, against all liabilities, costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by such individuals in an action or proceeding to which any such individual was made a party by reason of being an officer or director of DPCM or an organization of which DPCM is a shareholder or creditor if such individual serves such organization at DPCM’s request. Such indemnification obligation will survive the Transaction. Additionally, prior to the completion of the Transaction, D-Wave Quantum intends to enter into similar indemnification agreements with each of its directors and certain officers.

Related Person Transactions Policy Following the Transaction

Upon the consummation of the Transaction, D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors will adopt a written related person transactions policy that sets forth D-Wave Quantum’s policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration and oversight of “related person transactions.” For purposes of D-Wave Quantum’s policy only, a “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which D-Wave Quantum or any of its subsidiaries are participants involving an amount that exceeds $120,000, in which any “related person” has a material interest.

Transactions involving compensation for services provided to D-Wave Quantum as an employee, consultant or director will not be considered related person transactions under this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director, nominee to become a director or a holder of more than 5% of any class of D-Wave Quantum’s voting securities (including the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares), including any of their immediate family members and affiliates, including entities owned or controlled by such persons.

 

245


Table of Contents

Under the policy, the related person in question or, in the case of transactions with a holder of more than 5% of any class of D-Wave Quantum’s voting securities, an officer with knowledge of a proposed transaction, must present information regarding the proposed related person transaction to D-Wave Quantum’s audit committee (or, where review by D-Wave Quantum’s audit committee would be inappropriate, to another independent body of D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors) for review. To identify related person transactions in advance, D-Wave Quantum will rely on information supplied by D-Wave Quantum’s executive officers, directors and certain significant stockholders. In considering related person transactions, D-Wave Quantum’s audit committee will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances, which may include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the risks, costs, and benefits to D-Wave Quantum;

 

   

the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

 

   

the terms of the transaction;

 

   

the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

 

   

the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties.

D-Wave Quantum’s audit committee will approve only those transactions that it determines are fair to us and in D-Wave Quantum’s best interests. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of such policy.

 

246


Table of Contents

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

The following table sets forth information regarding (i) the actual beneficial ownership of DPCM’s voting shares of common stock as of March 1, 2022 and (ii) expected beneficial ownership of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares immediately following the Closing, assuming that no Public Shares are redeemed, and alternatively 63.3% of the Public Shares, the Maximum Redemption Scenario, are redeemed by:

 

   

each person who is, or is expected to be, the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the issued and outstanding DPCM Class A Common Stock or DPCM Class B Common Stock or of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares;

 

   

each of DPCM’s current executive officers and directors;

 

   

each person who is expected to become an executive officer or director of D-Wave Quantum post-Transaction; and

 

   

all executive officers and directors of DPCM as a group pre-Transaction and all expected executive officers and directors of D-Wave Quantum post-Transaction.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2022.

The beneficial ownership of the DPCM Common Stock pre-Transaction is based on 37,500,000 shares of Common Stock (including 30,000,000 Public Shares and 7,500,000 Founder Shares) issued and outstanding as of March 1, 2022.

The expected beneficial ownership of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares post-Transaction, assuming none of the Public Shares are redeemed, has been determined based upon the following: (i) that no Public Stockholders exercise their redemption rights (the No Redemption Scenario), (ii) that none of the investors set forth in the table below has purchased or purchases DPCM Common Stock (pre-Transaction) or D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (post-Transaction), (iii) that 4,666,667 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares are issued to the PIPE Investors, including 666,667 Bonus Shares, (iv) that 35,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares are issued to the Public Stockholders, including 5,000,000 Bonus Shares, (v) that 7,500,000 shares of D-Wave Quantum are issued to the holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock, (vi) that 97,866,880 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares are issued to the D-Wave Shareholders in the Transaction, (vii) that the Sponsor will forfeit the 1,196,663 Forfeited Shares in connection with the Transaction (with no D-Wave Quantum Common Shares being issued therefore) but no forfeiture of Founder Shares by the Sponsor in respect of the 1,813,125 Earn-out Shares, in each case, contained in the Sponsor Support Agreement, and (viii) that there will be an aggregate of 143,836,885 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued and outstanding at Closing.

The expected beneficial ownership of D-Wave Quantum’s Common Shares post-Transaction, assuming the maximum number of public shares have been redeemed, has been determined based on the following: (i) that Public Stockholders exercise their redemption rights with respect to 19,008,332 Public Shares (maximum redemption scenario), (ii) that none of the investors set forth in the table below has purchased or purchases shares of DPCM Common Stock (pre-Transaction) or D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (post-Transaction), (iii) that 5,819,560 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares are issued to the PIPE Investors, including 1,819,560 Bonus Shares, (iv) that 15,983,342 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares are issued to the Public Stockholders, including 5,000,000 Bonus Shares, (v) that 7,500,000 shares of D-Wave Quantum are issued to the holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock, (vi) that 96,890,250 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares are issued to the D-Wave Shareholders in the Transaction, (vii) that the Sponsor will forfeit an aggregate of 2,103,226 Founder Shares (including the 906,563 Contingent Sponsor Shares) in connection with the Transaction (with no D-Wave Quantum Common Shares being issued therefore) but no forfeiture of Founder Shares by the Sponsor in respect

 

247


Table of Contents

of the 1,813,125 Earn-out Shares, in each case, contained in the Sponsor Support Agreement, and (viii) that there will be an aggregate of 124,089,927 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued and outstanding at Closing.

The beneficial ownership information below excludes D-Wave Quantum Common Shares expected to be issued or reserved under the Equity Incentive Plan or the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and assumes that all Exchangeable Shares have been exchanged for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares. Other than D-Wave Quantum Options and D-Wave Quantum Warrants exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2022 by a particular holder, which are reflected as described above, the beneficial ownership information below assumes no exercises of such D-Wave Quantum Options or D-Wave Quantum Warrants.

 

                                     D-Wave Quantum After the Transaction and
PIPE Transaction
 
     DPCM Before the Transaction and
PIPE Transaction(2)
    Assuming
No Redemption
    Assuming
Maximum
Redemption
 

Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Shares of
DPCM
Class A
Common
Stock
     %     Number
of
Shares of
DPCM

Class B
Common
Stock
     %     % of
Outstanding
Common
Stock(3)
    Number of
D-Wave
Quantum
Common
Shares
    %     Number of
D-Wave
Quantum
Common
Shares
    %  

CDPM Sponsor Group, LLC (4)

     —          —         7,252,500        96.7     19.3     15,389,170 (6)      10.0     16,782,335 (6)      12.4

Directors and Executive Officers of DPCM(1):

                    

Emil Michael

     —          —         7,252,500        96.7     19.3     15,418,337       10.1     16,818,707       12.4

Ignacio Tzoumas

     —          —         —          —           —         —         —         —    

Kyle Wood

     —          —         —          —           —         —         —         —    

Peter Diamandis

     —          —         45,000        *         45,000       *       45,000       *  

Denmark West

     —          —         37,500        *         37,500       *       37,500       *  

Desiree Gruber

     —          —         37,500        *         37,500       *       37,500       *  

All Directors and Executive Officers of DPCM as a Group (6 Individuals)

     —          —         7,372,500        98.3     19.7     15,538,337       10.1     16,938,707       12.5

5% or More Stockholders of DPCM:

                    

Glazer Capital, LLC (5)

     1,664,691        5.5     —          —         4.4     1,664,691       *       1,664,691       *  

Directors and Executive Officers of D-Wave Quantum After Consummation of the Transaction(7):

                    

Alan Baratz(8)

     —          —         —          —         —         2,869,921       2.0     2,841,297       2.2

John M. Markovich(9)

     —          —         —          —         —         245,921       *       243,469       *  

Jennifer Houston(10)

     —          —         —          —         —         267,567       *       264,898       *  

Steven M. West(11)

     —          —         —          —         —         301,692       *       298,683       *  

Emil Michael

     —          —         7,252,500        96.7     19.3     15,418,337       10.1     16,818,707       12.4

Eduard van Gelderen

     —          —         —          —         —         —         —         —         —    

All Directors and Executive Officers of D-Wave Quantum as a Group (8 individuals)

     —          —         7,252,500        96.7     19.3     19,804,205       12.6     21,160,832       15.1

Five Percent Holders of D-Wave Quantum After Consummation of the Transaction:

                    

Public Sector Pension Investment Board(12)

     —          —         —          —         —         57,620,574       40.1     57,945,455       46.7

BDC Capital Inc.(13)

     —          —         —          —         —         9,262,412       6.4     9,170,031       7.4

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC(14)

     —          —         —          —         —         7,671,224       5.3     7,744,642       6.2

 

*

less than one percent.

 

248


Table of Contents
(1)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is DPCM Capital, Inc., 382 NE 191 Street, #24148, Miami, FL 33179.

(2)

Interests shown consist solely of Founder Shares, classified as shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock. Such shares are convertible into shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment.

(3)

The shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock vote on Transaction Proposal (i) together as a single class, and (ii) the outstanding shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock separately as a single series. The shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock will vote together on all other matters at the Special Meeting as a single class.

(4)

The Sponsor is the record holder of such shares. Mr. Michael is the manager of the Sponsor, and as such has voting and dispositive power over the securities held by the Sponsor and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of such securities. Mr. Michael disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(5)

Based solely on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2022, on behalf of Glazer Capital LLC (“Glazer”) and Paul J. Glazer with respect to shared voting and dispositive over the shares. Glazer serves as investment manager of certain funds and managed accounts (the “Glazer Funds”) and Mr. Glazer serves as the Managing Member of Glazer with respect to the shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock held by the Glazer Funds. The business address of this stockholder is 250 West 55th Street, Suite 30A, New York, New York 10019.

(6)

Includes 9,334,888 and 11,633,090 shares underlying D-Wave Quantum Warrants issued to the Sponsor in exchange for Private Placement Warrants in the Transaction, assuming the No Redemption Scenario and the Maximum Redemption Scenario, respectively, which D-Wave Quantum Warrants are exercisable commencing 30 days following the Closing of the Transaction.

(7)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is D-Wave Systems Inc., 3033 Beta Avenue, Burnaby, BC V5G 4M9.

(8)

Consists of options to purchase D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued in exchange for 3,282,400 options to purchase shares of D-Wave and that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2022.

(9)

Consists of options to purchase D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued in exchange for 281,267 options to purchase shares of D-Wave and that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2022.

(10)

Consists of options to purchase D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued in exchange for 306,023 options to purchase shares of D-Wave and that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2022.

(11)

Consists of (i) D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued in exchange for 27,718 shares of D-Wave held by Emerging Company Partners, an entity controlled by Steven M. West, prior to the Transaction and (ii) options to purchase D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued in exchange for 317,335 options to purchase shares of D-Wave and that are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2022.

(12)

Consists of (i) D-Wave Quantum Common Shares held of record by the Public Sector Pension Investment Board (“PSP”) issued in exchange for 61,899,042 shares of D-Wave held by PSP prior to the Transaction and (ii) D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued pursuant to PSP’s $30.0 million investment in the PIPE. The business address for PSP is 1250 René-Lévesque Boulevard West, Suite 1400, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3B 5E9.

(13)

Consists of (i) D-Wave Quantum Common Shares held of record by BDC Capital Inc. (“BDC”) issued in exchange for 10,593,650 shares of D-Wave held by BDC prior to the Transaction. BDC Capital Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Business Development Bank of Canada which is itself wholly-owned by the federal government of Canada. Jerôme Nycz, Executive Vice-President, BDC, and Karl Reckziegel, Senior Vice-President, Direct Investments, BDC, have authority to vote and dispose of the shares held by BDC Capital. The business address of the foregoing persons is 5 Place Ville Marie, Suite 300, Montreal Quebec (Canada) H3B 5E7.

(14)

Consists of (i) an aggregate of 8,106,596 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued in exchange for shares of D-Wave held by Broad Street Principal Investments, L.L.C. (“Broad Street”), Bridge Street 2014, L.P., Stone Street 2014 Holdings, L.P., MBD 2014, L.P., and 2014 Employee Offshore Aggregator, L.P. (collectively, the “GS Entities”) prior to the Transaction and (ii) D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued pursuant to Broad Street’s $5.0 million investment in the PIPE. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, or GS, is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., or GSG. Affiliates of GSG are the general

 

249


Table of Contents
 

partner, managing general partner or investment manager, as applicable, of the GS Entities. Each of GS and GSG disclaims beneficial ownership of the equity interests and the shares described above held directly or indirectly by the GS Entities, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address of each of the GS Entities, GS and GSG is 200 West Street, New York, NY 10282.

 

250


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL NO. 1—THE TRANSACTION PROPOSAL

DPCM is asking its stockholders to approve and adopt the Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby. DPCM Stockholders should read carefully this proxy statement/prospectus in its entirety for more detailed information concerning the Transaction Agreement, which is attached as Annex A to this proxy statement/prospectus. Please see the subsection entitled “The Transaction Agreement” below, for additional information and a summary of certain terms of the Transaction Agreement. You are urged to read carefully the Transaction Agreement in its entirety before voting on this proposal.

The approval of the Transaction Proposal requires the affirmative vote of at least (i) a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, voting separately as a single series. Failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person via the virtual meeting platform at the Special Meeting and broker non-votes will have the same effect as voting “AGAINST” the Transaction Proposal. Abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established and will have the same effect as voting “AGAINST” the Transaction Proposal. Our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote their shares of common stock in favor of the Transaction Proposal.

The Transaction Agreement

For a discussion of the Transaction Agreement please see the section titled “The Transaction Agreement and Related Agreements.”

General; Structure of the Transaction

The Transaction is structured as follows:

 

  (a)

On the Closing Date, Merger Sub will merge with and into DPCM (the “DPCM Merger”), with DPCM continuing as the surviving company after the DPCM Merger, as a result of which DPCM will become a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum, with the stockholders of DPCM receiving D-Wave Quantum Common Shares;

 

  (b)

Immediately following the DPCM Merger, by means of a statutory plan of arrangement under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (the “Plan of Arrangement”), (i) CallCo will acquire a portion of the issued and outstanding D-Wave Shares from certain holders in exchange for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (the “D-Wave Quantum Share Exchange”), (ii) CallCo will contribute such D-Wave Shares to ExchangeCo in exchange for ExchangeCo Common Shares, (iii) following the D-Wave Quantum Share Exchange, ExchangeCo will acquire the remaining issued and outstanding D-Wave Shares from the remaining holders of D-Wave Shares in exchange for Exchangeable Shares and (iv) as a result of the foregoing, D-Wave will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of ExchangeCo. The holders of the Exchangeable Shares will have certain rights as specified in the Exchangeable Share Term Sheet, including the right to exchange Exchangeable Shares for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares;

 

  (c)

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, the Sponsor, DPCM, D-Wave Quantum and D-Wave entered into a Sponsor Support Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, the Sponsor agreed to (i) vote in favor of the Transaction Proposal, (ii) a certain number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares becoming subject to certain vesting conditions immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the Closing, (iii) reimburse or otherwise compensate DPCM for any DPCM Expenses in excess of Permitted DPCM Expenses and (iv) the forfeiture of certain shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock;

 

  (d)

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, each of the Supporting D-Wave Shareholders entered into a Transaction Support Agreement with DPCM and D-Wave, pursuant to

 

251


Table of Contents
 

which each such Supporting D-Wave Shareholder agreed to, among other things, support and vote in favor of the D-Wave Arrangement Resolution;

 

  (e)

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, the PIPE Investors entered into the PIPE Subscription Agreements, pursuant to which, among other things, each PIPE Investor subscribed to and agreed to purchase on the Closing Date, and D-Wave Quantum agreed to issue and sell to each such PIPE Investor on the Closing Date, the number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the purchase price set forth therein, divided by $10.00 and multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein (the “PIPE Financing”); and

 

  (f)

At the Closing, D-Wave Quantum, Sponsor, the other holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock and each D-Wave Shareholder party thereto will, pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, become parties to a registration rights and lock-up agreement (the “Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, each of Sponsor, the other holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock and the D-Wave Shareholders (a) will agree not to effect any sale or distribution of certain equity securities of D-Wave Quantum held by any of them during the lock-up period described therein and (b) will be granted certain registration rights with respect to their respective D-Wave Quantum Common Shares, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

DPCM Merger

At the Effective Time, by virtue of the DPCM Merger and without any further action on the part of the parties or any other person, the following will occur:

 

  (a)

To the extent any DPCM Units remain outstanding and unseparated, immediately prior to the Effective Time, the DPCM Common Stock and the DPCM Warrants comprising each such issued and outstanding DPCM Unit immediately prior to the Effective Time will be automatically separated and the holder of each DPCM Unit will be deemed to hold one (1) share DPCM Common Stock and one-third of one (1/3) DPCM Warrant. The DPCM Common Stock and DPCM Warrants held following such unit separation will be converted in accordance with the Transaction Agreement;

 

  (b)

At the Effective Time, each issued and outstanding share of DPCM Class A Common Stock (other than any Excluded Shares and after giving effect to the DPCM Stockholder Redemption) will be automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive from the depositary, for each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock, a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to Exchange Ratio, following which, each share of DPCM Class A Common Stock will no longer be outstanding and will automatically be canceled and will cease to exist by virtue of the DPCM Merger and each former holder of DPCM Class A Common Stock will thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to the DPCM Class A Common Stock;

 

  (c)

At the Effective Time, each issued and outstanding share of DPCM Class B Common Stock (other than any Excluded Shares) will be automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive from the depositary, one D-Wave Quantum Common Share, following which, each share of DPCM Class B Common Stock will no longer be outstanding and will automatically be canceled and will cease to exist by virtue of the DPCM Merger and each former holder of DPCM Class B Common Stock will thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to the DPCM Class B Common Stock, except as provided in the Transaction Agreement or by applicable law;

 

  (d)

Pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the DPCM Merger and without any action on the part of any holder of a DPCM Warrant, each DPCM Warrant that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be automatically and irrevocably converted into one (1) D-Wave Quantum Warrant; and

 

  (e)

At the Effective Time, each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Merger Sub that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will convert automatically into one (1) share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of DPCM;

 

252


Table of Contents
  (f)

Each share of DPCM Common Stock held in DPCM’s treasury or owned by D-Wave or any other wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave or DPCM immediately prior to the Effective Time (each, an “Excluded Share”), will be cancelled and will cease to exist, and no consideration will be paid or payable to any person with respect thereto.

Closing of the Transaction

The Closing will take place electronically by exchange of the closing deliverables as promptly as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than the third business day, following the satisfaction (or waiver) of the conditions set forth in Article VIII of the Transaction Agreement (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction or waiver of such conditions) or at such other place, date and/or time as DPCM and D-Wave may agree in writing.

Termination

The Transaction Agreement may be terminated and the Transaction may be abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

 

  (a)

by the mutual written consent of DPCM and D-Wave;

 

  (b)

by DPCM, if any of the representations or warranties set forth in Article V of the Transaction Agreement will have become untrue and incorrect or if D-Wave will have failed to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of D-Wave set forth in the Transaction Agreement (including an obligation to consummate the Closing) such that the condition to Closing set forth in either the D-Wave Bringdown or D-Wave Material Performance cannot be satisfied and the breach or breaches causing such representations or warranties not to be true and correct, or the failures to perform any covenant or agreement, as applicable, will not have been cured or cannot be cured within the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is delivered to D-Wave by DPCM, and (ii) the Termination Date, provided, however, that none of DPCM Parties is then in breach of the Transaction Agreement so as to prevent DPCM Bringdown or DPCM Material Performance from being satisfied;

 

  (c)

by D-Wave, if any of the representations or warranties set forth in Article VI of the Transaction Agreement will have become untrue and incorrect or if any DPCM Party will have failed to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of such applicable DPCM Party set forth in the Transaction Agreement (including an obligation to consummate the Closing) such that the condition to Closing set forth in either DPCM Bringdown or DPCM Material Performance cannot not be satisfied and the breach or breaches causing such representations or warranties not to be true and correct, or the failures to perform any covenant or agreement, as applicable, will not have been cured or cannot be cured within the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is delivered to DPCM by D-Wave and (ii) the Termination Date, provided, however, D-Wave is not then in breach of the Transaction Agreement so as to prevent the D-Wave Bringdown or D-Wave Material Performance from being satisfied;

 

  (d)

by either DPCM or the D-Wave, if the Transaction will not have been consummated on or prior to the Termination Date; provided, that (i) the right to terminate the Transaction Agreement pursuant to this provision will not be available to DPCM if any DPCM Party’s breach of any of its covenants or obligations under the Transaction Agreement will have proximately caused the failure to consummate the Transaction on or before the Termination Date, and (ii) the right to terminate the Transaction Agreement pursuant to this provision will not be available to D-Wave if D-Wave’s breach of its covenants or obligations under the Transaction Agreement will have proximately caused the failure to consummate the Transaction on or before the Termination Date;

 

  (e)

by either DPCM or D-Wave, if any governmental entity will have issued an order or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the Transaction and such order or other action will have become final and non-appealable;

 

253


Table of Contents
  (f)

by either DPCM or D-Wave if the Special Meeting will have been held (including any adjournment thereof), will have concluded, DPCM’s shareholders will have duly voted and the DPCM Stockholder Approval will not have been obtained;

 

  (g)

by either DPCM or D-Wave, if the D-Wave Required Approval (as defined below) will not have been obtained at the D-Wave Shareholders Meeting in accordance with the Interim Order;

 

  (h)

by D-Wave, if the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds will be less than $115,000,000 as of the date that is twenty (20) days following the Special Meeting or at any time thereafter (or the later date that the Special Meeting is reconvened following all adjournments permitted pursuant to Section 7.8 of the Transaction Agreement); or

 

  (i)

by DPCM, if the PCAOB Financials will not have been delivered to DPCM on or before April 30, 2022.

Effect of Termination

If the Transaction Agreement is terminated, the entire Transaction Agreement will become void and there will be no liability or obligation on the part of the parties and their respective non-party affiliates except as set forth in the Transaction Agreement or in the case of termination subsequent to a willful material breach of the Transaction Agreement by a party thereto or in the event of fraud.

Conditions to the Closing of the Transaction

Mutual

The obligations of the parties to consummate the Transaction are subject to the satisfaction or, if permitted by applicable law, waiver by D-Wave and DPCM of the following conditions:

 

  (a)

the D-Wave Arrangement Resolution will have been approved by at least (i) two-thirds of the votes cast by D-Wave Shareholders, in person or by proxy at the D-Wave Shareholders Meeting, and (ii) two-thirds of the votes cast by the D-Wave Shareholders and the holders of D-Wave Options, voting together as a single class, in person or by proxy at the D-Wave Shareholders Meeting (the “D-Wave Required Approval”) in accordance with the Interim Order;

 

  (b)

the Interim Order and the Final Order will have been obtained on terms consistent with the Transaction Agreement and will not have been set aside or modified in a manner unacceptable to either DPCM or D-Wave, each acting reasonably, on appeal or otherwise;

 

  (c)

the Investment Canada Act approval will have been obtained;

 

  (d)

no order or law issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental entity or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Transaction will be in effect;

 

  (e)

this Registration Statement / Proxy Statement will have become effective in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act, no stop order will have been issued by the SEC and will remain in effect with respect to this Registration Statement / Proxy Statement, and no proceeding seeking such a stop order will have been threated or initiated by the SEC and remain pending;

 

  (f)

DPCM will have obtained the approval of each Transaction Agreement Proposal by the affirmative vote of the holders of the requisite number of DPCM Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, whether in person or by proxy at the Special Meeting in accordance with the Governing Documents of DPCM and applicable law (the “DPCM Stockholder Approval”); and

 

  (g)

after giving effect to the Transaction (including the PIPE Financing), DPCM will have at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Exchange Act) immediately after the Effective Time.

 

254


Table of Contents

DPCM Parties

The obligations of DPCM Parties to consummate the Transaction are subject to the satisfaction or, if permitted by applicable law, waiver by DPCM (on behalf of itself and the other DPCM Parties) of the following further conditions:

 

  (a)

the representations and warranties of D-Wave will be true and correct, subject to materiality and material adverse effect standards contained in the Transaction Agreement (“D-Wave Bringdown”);

 

  (b)

D-Wave will have performed and complied in all material respects with the covenants and agreements required to be performed or complied with by D-Wave under the Transaction Agreement at or prior to the Closing (“D-Wave Material Performance”);

 

  (c)

since the date of the Transaction Agreement, no D-Wave Material Adverse Effect (as defined below) will have occurred that is continuing; and

 

  (d)

at or prior to the Closing, D-Wave will have delivered, or will have caused to be delivered, to DPCM a certificate duly executed by an authorized officer of D-Wave, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions specified in Sections (a), (b) and (c) above have been satisfied, in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to DPCM.

D-Wave

The obligations of D-Wave to consummate the Transaction are subject to the satisfaction or, if permitted by applicable law, waiver by D-Wave of the following further conditions:

 

  (a)

the representations and warranties of DPCM Parties will be true and correct, subject to materiality and material adverse effect standards contained in the Transaction Agreement (“DPCM Bringdown”);

 

  (b)

DPCM Parties will have performed and complied in all material respects with the covenants and agreements required to be performed or complied with by them under the Transaction Agreement at or prior to the Closing (“DPCM Material Performance”);

 

  (c)

the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds will be equal to or greater than $115,000,000;

 

  (d)

in the event Aggregate Transaction Proceeds would be equal to or less than $130,000,000 as of the redemption deadline for the DPCM Stockholder Redemption based on elections by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock to redeem as of such date, and a good faith estimate of Unpaid DPCM Expenses and other amounts through Closing, the Sponsor will have complied with, and consummated the transfers contemplated by the Sponsor Support Agreement;

 

  (e)

the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Transaction will have been approved for listing on NYSE;

 

  (f)

since the date of the Transaction Agreement, no DPCM Material Adverse Effect will have occurred that is continuing;

 

  (g)

DPCM will have taken all actions necessary or appropriate such that the Class B Adjustment (as defined below) and the Sponsor Share Adjustment will take effect at or prior to the Closing; and

 

  (h)

at or prior to the Closing, DPCM will have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to D-Wave a certificate duly executed by an authorized officer of DPCM, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions specified in the sections (a), (b) and (f) above have been satisfied, in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to D-Wave.

Representations and Warranties

The Transaction Agreement contains customary representations and warranties by the parties thereto.

 

255


Table of Contents

In the Transaction Agreement, D-Wave makes representations and warranties regarding itself and its subsidiaries, including relating to: organization, authority, non-contravention, required consents, capitalization, financial statements, litigation, compliance with laws, benefit plans, labor matters, taxes, insurance, compliance with permits, title to tangible assets, real property, intellectual property and information security, environmental matters, the absence of certain material adverse changes, brokers’ fees, this proxy statement/prospectus and international trade and anti-corruption matters.

In the Transaction Agreement, each DPCM Party makes customary representations and warranties regarding itself, including in relation to: organization, authority, non-contravention, litigation, required consents, Trust Account matters, brokers’ fees, DPCM’s SEC filings and financial statements and liabilities relating thereto, prior business activities, taxes, capitalization, DPCM’s listing on the NYSE, this proxy statement/prospectus and the absence of certain material adverse changes.

Fees and Expenses

Each party to the Transaction Agreement will pay the expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, investment bankers, experts and consultants) it incurred in connection with the Transaction Agreement and the Transaction, whether or not the Transaction is consummated, except that (a) if the Transaction Agreement is validly terminated, D-Wave will pay, or cause to be paid, all Unpaid D-Wave Expenses and DPCM will pay, or cause to be paid, all Unpaid DPCM Expenses and (b) if the Closing occurs, then DPCM will pay, or cause to be paid, all Unpaid D-Wave Expenses and all Unpaid DPCM Expenses.

Trust Account Waiver

D-Wave has (i) agreed that it does not and will not at any time have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (or distributions therefrom to DPCM’s public stockholders or to the underwriters of DPCM’s initial public offering in respect of their deferred underwriting commissions held in the Trust Account, in each case as set forth in the Trust Agreement), and has waived any claims it, and its equityholders and affiliates, had or may have at any time against or with respect to the Trust Account (or distributions therefrom to DPCM’s public stockholders) as a result of, or arising out of, any discussions, contracts or agreements (including the Transaction Agreement and the PIPE Subscription Agreements) among DPCM, on the one hand, and D-Wave on the other hand, and (ii) agreed not seek recourse against the Trust Account (or distributions therefrom to DPCM’s public stockholders or to the underwriters of DPCM’s initial public offering in respect of their deferred underwriting commissions held in the Trust Account, in each case as set forth in the Trust Agreement) for any reason whatsoever.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall continue to have the right to pursue a claim against DPCM pursuant to the Transaction Agreement for legal relief or for fraud against monies or other assets of DPCM held outside the Trust Account (other than distribution therefrom directly or indirectly to DPCM’s public stockholders), or for specific performance or other equitable relief in connection with the Transaction.

D-Wave Material Adverse Effect

Under the Transaction Agreement, certain representations and warranties of D-Wave are qualified in whole or in party by a material adverse effect standard for purposes of determining whether a breach of such representations and warranties has occurred.

Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, a material adverse effect with respect to D-Wave and its subsidiaries (“D-Wave Material Adverse Effect”) means any change, event, effect or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate with any other change, event, effect or occurrence, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (a) the business, results of operations, financial condition or assets of the Group Companies, taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of D-Wave to consummate the Transaction, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement.

 

256


Table of Contents

However, in no event would any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be, a D-Wave Material Adverse Effect on the business, results of operations, financial condition or assets of the Group Companies, taken as a whole:

 

  (a)

general business or economic conditions in or affecting the United States or Canada, or changes therein, or the global economy generally;

 

  (b)

any national or international political or social conditions in the United States, Canada or any other country, including the engagement by the United States, Canada or any other country in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence in any place of any military or terrorist attack, sabotage or cyberterrorism;

 

  (c)

changes in conditions of the financial, banking, capital or securities markets generally in the United States, Canada or any other country or region in the world, or changes therein, including changes in interest rates in the United States, Canada or any other country and changes in exchange rates for the currencies of any countries;

 

  (d)

changes in any applicable laws,

 

  (e)

any change, event, effect or occurrence that is generally applicable to the industries or markets in which any Group Company operates;

 

  (f)

the execution or public announcement of the Transaction Agreement or the pendency or consummation of the Transaction, including the impact thereof on the relationships, contractual or otherwise, of any Group Company with employees, customers, investors, contractors, lenders, suppliers, vendors, partners, licensors, licensees, payors or other third parties related thereto,

 

  (g)

any failure by any Group Company to meet, or changes to, any internal or published budgets, projections, forecasts, estimates or predictions (although the underlying facts and circumstances resulting in such failure may be taken into account to the extent not otherwise excluded from the definition of D-Wave Material Adverse Effect); or

 

  (h)

any hurricane, tornado, flood, earthquake, tsunami, natural disaster, mudslides, wild fires, epidemics, pandemics (including COVID-19) or quarantines, acts of God or other natural disasters or comparable events in the United States, Canada or any other country or region in the world, or any escalation of the foregoing;

provided, however, that any change, event, effect or occurrence resulting from a matter described in any of the foregoing clauses (a) through (e) or clause (h) above may be taken into account in determining whether a D-Wave Material Adverse Effect has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur to the extent such change, event, effect or occurrence has or has had a disproportionate adverse effect on the Group Companies, taken as a whole, relative to other participants operating in the industries or markets in which the Group Companies operate.

DPCM Material Adverse Effect

Under the Transaction Agreement, certain representations and warranties of DPCM are qualified in whole or in part by a material adverse effect on the ability of DPCM to enter into and perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreement standard for purposes of determining whether a breach of such representations and warranties has occurred.

Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, a material adverse effect with respect to DPCM (“DPCM Material Adverse Effect”) means any change, event, effect or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate with any other change, event, effect or occurrence, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (a) the business or financial condition of DPCM Parties, taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of any DPCM Party to consummate the Transaction, in each case, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

257


Table of Contents

However, in no event would any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be, a DPCM Material Adverse Effect on the business or financial condition of DPCM Parties, taken as a whole:

 

  (a)

general business or economic conditions in or affecting the United States or Canada, or changes therein, or the global economy generally;

 

  (b)

any national or international political or social conditions in the United States, Canada or any other country, including the engagement by the United States, Canada or any other country in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence in any place of any military or terrorist attack, sabotage or cyberterrorism;

 

  (c)

changes in conditions of the financial, banking, capital or securities markets generally in the United States, Canada or any other country or region in the world, or changes therein, including changes in interest rates in the United States, Canada or any other country and changes in exchange rates for the currencies of any countries;

 

  (d)

changes in any applicable laws;

 

  (e)

any change, event, effect or occurrence that is generally applicable to the industries or markets in which any DPCM Party operates;

 

  (f)

the execution or public announcement of this Agreement or the pendency or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the impact thereof on the relationships, contractual or otherwise, of any DPCM Party with employees, customers, investors, contractors, lenders, suppliers, vendors, partners, licensors, licensees, payors or other third parties related thereto;

 

  (g)

any failure by any DPCM Party to meet, or changes to, any internal or published budgets, projections, forecasts, estimates or predictions (although the underlying facts and circumstances resulting in such failure may be taken into account to the extent not otherwise excluded from the definition of DPCM Material Adverse Effect);

 

  (h)

any hurricane, tornado, flood, earthquake, tsunami, natural disaster, mudslides, wildfires, epidemics, pandemics (including COVID-19) or quarantines, acts of God or other natural disasters or comparable events in the United States, Canada or any other country or region in the world, or any escalation of the foregoing; or

 

  (i)

the matters set forth on Section 1.1 of the DPCM Disclosure Schedules;

provided, however, that any change, event, effect or occurrence resulting from a matter described in any of the foregoing clauses (a) through (e) or clause (h) may be taken into account in determining whether a DPCM Material Adverse Effect has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur to the extent such change, event, effect or occurrence has or has had a disproportionate adverse effect on the DPCM Parties, taken as a whole, relative to other participants operating in the industries or markets in which the DPCM Parties operate.

Extension; Waiver

At any time prior to the Closing, D-Wave may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of DPCM Parties, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the DPCM Parties or (c) waive compliance by the DPCM Parties with any of the agreements or conditions. At any time prior to the Closing, DPCM, may (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of D-Wave, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of D-Wave or (iii) waive compliance by D-Wave with any of the agreements or conditions. Any agreement on the part of any such party to any such extension or waiver will be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed on behalf of such party. Any waiver of any term or condition will not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement. The failure of any Party to assert any of its rights hereunder will not constitute a waiver of such rights.

 

258


Table of Contents

The Transaction Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part, only by a duly authorized agreement in writing that is executed by each of the parties to the Transaction Agreement.

None of the representations, warranties, covenants, obligations or other agreements in the Transaction Agreement or in any certificate, statement or instrument delivered pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, including any rights arising out of any breach of such representations, warranties, covenants, obligations, agreements and other provisions, will survive the Closing and will terminate and expire upon the occurrence of the Effective Time (and there will be no liability after the Closing in respect thereof), except for those covenants and agreements contained in (a) Sections 5.24, 5.25, 6.17 and 6.18 of the Transaction Agreement or (b) each covenant and agreement contained that, by its terms, expressly contemplates performance after the Effective Time will survive the Effective Time in accordance with its terms.

Related Agreements

Plan of Arrangement

At the Arrangement Effective Time, the parties will proceed to effect the Arrangement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan of Arrangement and the Transaction Agreement or made at the direction of the Supreme Court of British Columbia in accordance with the Final Order with the prior written consent of DPCM and D-Wave, each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The following description of the Plan of Arrangement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Plan of Arrangement. Capitalized terms not defined in this proxy statement/prospectus but used in this section shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan of Arrangement.

In order to complete the Arrangement, in accordance with applicable laws and Interim Order, the D-Wave Arrangement Resolution shall have been approved by at least (i) two-thirds of the votes cast by D-Wave Shareholders, in person or by proxy at the D-Wave Shareholders Meeting, and (ii) two-thirds of the votes cast by the D-Wave Shareholders and the holders of D-Wave Options, voting together as a single class, in person or by proxy at the D-Wave Shareholders Meeting.

Actions to Be Undertaken Pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement

The following transactions will occur and will be deemed to occur in the order in which they appear without any further act or formality, effective as at five (5) minute intervals (in each case, unless otherwise specified) starting at the Arrangement Effective Time:

 

  (a)

Cancellation of Other Securities. All securities of D-Wave, other than the D-Wave Shares, the D-Wave Options and the D-Wave Warrants, will be deemed to have been surrendered to D-Wave and terminated and cancelled by D-Wave on a basis that does not entitle the holders thereof to any consideration and, thereafter, neither the holders of any such security nor D-Wave will have any rights, liabilities or other obligations in respect thereof.

 

  (b)

Amendment of D-Wave Equity Incentive Plan. The equity plan of D-Wave will be amended to clarify that the term “merger” as it is used in the equity plan of D-Wave means “the acquisition or establishment, direct or indirect, by one or more persons, whether by purchase or lease of shares or assets, by amalgamation, arrangement or by combination or otherwise, of control over or significant interest in the whole or a part of a business of a competitor, supplier, customer or other person.” This amendment allows existing options to be exercisable for shares of D-Wave Quantum. Upon consummation of the Arrangement, each outstanding D-Wave Option will be exercisable for a number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equal to the Per Share D-Wave Stock Consideration.

 

  (c)

Dissenting Shareholders. The outstanding D-Wave Shares held by shareholders who have exercised their dissent rights pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement (“Dissenting Shareholders”) will be deemed to be transferred by the holders thereof to CallCo without any further authorization, act or formality by such holders, in consideration for the right to receive an amount determined and payable in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement, and

 

259


Table of Contents
  i.

such Dissenting Shareholders will cease to be the holders of such D-Wave Shares and to have any rights as holders of such D-Wave Shares other than the right to be paid fair value by CallCo for such D-Wave Shares;

 

  ii.

the names of such Dissenting Shareholders will be removed from the central securities registers of D-Wave Shares; and

 

  iii.

CallCo will be deemed to be the legal and beneficial owner of such D-Wave Shares so transferred, free and clear of all liens and will be recorded as the registered Holder thereof on the register of holders of D-Wave Shares, as applicable.

 

  (d)

Non-Electing D-Wave Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan of Arrangement (including proration to limit the maximum number of Exchangeable Shares such that, following the Effective Time, the aggregate number of Exchangeable Shares outstanding (other than Exchangeable Shares held by PSP) is equal to no greater than 19.9% of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares on a fully diluted basis), each outstanding D-Wave Share, other than D-Wave Shares held by (i) Dissenting Shareholders, and (ii) holders who have submitted a letter of transmittal and election form in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Arrangement and elected to receive Exchangeable Shares (collectively, the “Non-Electing D-Wave Shares”) will be transferred to CallCo without any further authorization, act or formality, in exchange for Per Share D-Wave Stock Consideration, and

 

  i.

the holders of such Non-Electing D-Wave Shares will cease to be the holders of such Non-Electing D-Wave Shares and to have any rights related to such Non-Electing D-Wave Shares other than the right to receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement;

 

  ii.

the names of such holders will be removed from the central securities registers for the Non-Electing D-Wave Shares; and

 

  iii.

CallCo will be deemed to be the legal and beneficial owner of such Non-Electing D-Wave Shares so transferred, free and clear of all liens, and will be recorded as the registered holder thereof on the central securities registers for the Non-Electing D-Wave Shares.

 

  (e)

CallCo’s D-Wave Shares. Each outstanding D-Wave Share held by CallCo pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, and any other D-Wave Share held by CallCo for any other reason, will be transferred by CallCo to ExchangeCo without any further authorization, act or formality by CallCo, in exchange for the issuance of shares of ExchangeCo’s non-par value common stock (“ExchangeCo Common Shares”) to CallCo, and

 

  i.

CallCo will cease to be the holder of such D-Wave Shares and to have any rights related to such D-Wave Shares other than the right to receive ExchangeCo Common Shares in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement;

 

  ii.

CallCo’s name will be removed from the central securities registers for the D-Wave Shares; and

 

  iii.

ExchangeCo will be deemed to be the legal and beneficial owner of such D-Wave Shares so transferred, free and clear of all liens, and will be recorded as the registered holder thereof on the central securities registers for the D-Wave Shares.

 

  (f)

Electing D-Wave Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan of Arrangement (including proration to limit the maximum number of Exchangeable Shares such that, following the Effective Time, the aggregate number of Exchangeable Shares outstanding (other than Exchangeable Shares held by PSP) is equal to no greater than 19.9% of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares on a fully diluted basis), each outstanding D-Wave Share held by holders who have submitted a letter of transmittal and election form in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement and elected to receive Exchangeable Shares with respect to such D-Wave Shares (collectively, the “Electing D-Wave Shares”) will be transferred to

 

260


Table of Contents
 

ExchangeCo without any further authorization, act or formality, in exchange for per share consideration in the form of Exchangeable Shares, and

 

  i.

the holders of such Electing D-Wave Shares will cease to be the holders of such Electing D-Wave Shares and to have any rights related to such Electing D-Wave Shares other than the right to receive per share consideration in the form of Exchangeable Shares in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement;

 

  ii.

the names of such holders will be removed from the central securities registers for the D-Wave Shares; and

 

  iii.

ExchangeCo will be deemed to be the legal and beneficial owner of such Electing D-Wave Shares so transferred, free and clear of all liens, and will be recorded as the registered holder thereof on the central securities registers for the D-Wave Shares.

 

  (g)

Documents in Support of Exchangeable Share Structure. Contemporaneously with the step contemplated in (f) above, (i) D-Wave Quantum, ExchangeCo and CallCo will execute the Exchangeable Share Support Agreement; (ii) D-Wave Quantum, ExchangeCo, CallCo and the Trustee will execute the Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement; and (iii) D-Wave Quantum, all holders of DPCM Class B Common Stock and all D-Wave Shareholders will be deemed to be parties to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement as if they had executed such agreement.

 

  (h)

Termination of the Shareholder Agreements. The Shareholder Agreement between D-Wave and certain of its shareholders, dated as of April 14, 2020 (as amended ) (the “D-Wave Shareholder Agreement”), and the Investor Rights Agreement between D-Wave and certain of its shareholders, dated as of April 14, 2020 (as amended) (the “Investor Rights Agreement”, together with the D-Wave Shareholder Agreement, the “Shareholder Agreements”) will be deemed to be terminated without any further act or formality on the part of the D-Wave Shareholders and each D-Wave Shareholder will be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally released and discharged D-Wave and its subsidiaries from any and all claims which such D-Wave Shareholder has now, or may have in the future, against D-Wave or any of its subsidiaries, relating to or arising out of the Shareholder Agreements existing up to and including the Arrangement Effective Time, other than any rights under the Transaction Agreement or the Plan or Arrangement. Certain confidentiality obligations of the D-Wave Shareholders under the D-Wave Shareholder Agreement will survive the termination of the Shareholder Agreements.

The Sponsor Support Agreement

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, Sponsor, DPCM, D-Wave Quantum and D-Wave entered into the Sponsor Support Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things:

 

   

Sponsor has agreed to vote in favor and support of the Transaction Agreement and the Transaction including (i) the approval, consent, ratification and adoption of the (A) the adoption and approval of the Transaction Agreement and the Transaction; (B) the adoption and approval of each other proposal that the staff of the SEC indicates is necessary in its comments to this Registration Statement/Proxy Statement or in correspondence related thereto; (C) the adoption and approval of each other proposal reasonably agreed to by DPCM and D-Wave as necessary or appropriate in connection with the consummation of the Transaction; (D) if necessary, all actions necessary to cause the shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock to convert into D-Wave Common Shares, including, any required amendments to the certificate of incorporation of DPCM (the “Class B Adjustment”); and (E) the adoption and approval of a proposal for the adjournment of the Special Meeting, if necessary, to permit further solicitation of proxies because there are not sufficient votes to approve and adopt any of the foregoing (such proposals in (A) through (E) collectively, the “Transaction Agreement Proposals”), and (ii) all other matters or resolutions that could be expected to facilitate the Transaction;

 

   

Sponsor has agreed that, following the Closing, 1,813,125 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares beneficially owned by Sponsor will be subject to an “earn out” pursuant to which such shares shall be forfeited by

 

261


Table of Contents
 

Sponsor on the fifth anniversary of the Closing unless, prior thereto, the closing price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equals or exceeds an amount equal to (x)(1) $10.00 divided by (2) the Exchange Ratio multiplied by (y) 1.2 for any twenty (20) trading days within any consecutive thirty (30) trading day period;

 

   

Sponsor has agreed that, immediately prior to the Closing, Sponsor will irrevocably forfeit and surrender the 1,196,663 Forfeited Shares to DPCM for no consideration as a contribution to the capital of DPCM;

 

   

Sponsor has agreed that, in the event Aggregate Transaction Proceeds shall be equal to or less than $130,000,000 as of the redemption deadline for the DPCM Stockholder Redemption based on elections by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock to redeem as of such date and a good faith estimate of Unpaid DPCM Expenses and other amounts through Closing, D-Wave shall be entitled to cause Sponsor to transfer the 906,563 Contingent Sponsor Shares to DPCM or other DPCM Stockholders, as directed by D-Wave;

 

   

If, immediately prior to the Closing, DPCM Expenses shall exceed Permitted DPCM Expenses, Sponsor will, at its election, either (i) reimburse DPCM an amount equal to such excess or (ii) irrevocably forfeit and surrender a number of Sponsor Shares, equal to (x) the amount of such excess divided by (y) (1) $10.00 divided by (2) the Exchange Ratio, to DPCM for no consideration as a contribution to the capital of DPCM; and

 

   

Sponsor will cause there to be no conversions of DPCM Class B Common Stock such that there are an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock outstanding as of the Closing and, to the extent any such conversions nevertheless occur, Sponsor will transfer and/or forfeit shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock in a manner that results in the other DPCM Stockholders and the D-Wave Shareholders being in the same position economically and otherwise as they would have been in, immediately following the Closing, had such conversions not occurred.

Transaction Support Agreement

On February 7, 2022, concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, DPCM and D-Wave entered into a Transaction Support Agreement with each of the Supporting D-Wave Shareholders, pursuant to which, among other things, such Supporting D-Wave Shareholders have agreed to (a) vote their D-Wave Shares in support and favor of the D-Wave Arrangement Resolution and (b) vote in favor and support all other matters or resolutions that could reasonably be expected to facilitate the Transaction. In addition, the Supporting D-Wave Shareholders have agreed to terminate the Shareholder Agreements and any rights under any letter agreement providing for redemption rights, put rights, purchase rights or other similar rights not generally available to the D-Wave Shareholders.

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

At the Closing, D-Wave Quantum, Sponsor, the other holders of the DPCM Class B Common Stock and each D-Wave Shareholder (such stockholders, the “Registration Rights Holders”) will, pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, become parties to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, D-Wave Quantum will be obligated to file a registration statement to register the resale of certain equity securities of D-Wave Quantum held by the Registration Rights Holders. The Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement will also provide the Registration Rights Holders with demand registration rights and “piggy-back” registration rights, in each case, subject to certain requirements and customary conditions. Subject to certain exceptions, the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement further provides for the securities of D-Wave Quantum held by the Registration Rights Holders to be locked-up for a period of time as set forth below.

D-Wave Lock-up Period. The D-Wave Lock-Up Period will apply to the shareholders of D-Wave who will receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares or Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Transaction Agreement and refers to the period ending on the earlier of (A) six (6) months following the Closing and (B) the date on which (x) the last reported sale price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as

 

262


Table of Contents

adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30) consecutive trading day period commencing after the ninetieth (90th) day following the Closing or (y) the completion by the D-Wave of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the D-Wave’s public shareholders having the right to exchange their D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for cash, securities or other property.

Founder Lock-up Period. The Founder Lock-Up Period will apply to the holders of shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock who will receive D-Wave Quantum Common Shares pursuant to the Transaction Agreement and refers to (i) with respect to the Founder Shares, the period ending on the earlier of (A) one (1) year following the Closing and (B) the date on which (x) the last reported sale price of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30) consecutive trading day period commencing after the one hundred and fiftieth (150th) day following the Closing, or (y) the completion by the D-Wave of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of D-Wave’s public shareholders having the right to exchange their D-Wave Quantum Common Shares for cash, securities or other property, and (ii) with respect to the Private Warrants, thirty (30) days after the Closing.

PIPE Financing

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, the PIPE Investors entered into PIPE Subscription Agreements pursuant to which the PIPE Investors have committed to purchase a number of PIPE Shares equal to (x) the aggregate purchase price for all D-Wave Quantum Common Shares subscribed for by each PIPE Investor, divided by $10.00 and multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, for an aggregate purchase price of $40.0 million. The purchase of the PIPE Shares is conditioned upon, among other things, and will be consummated concurrently with, the closing of the Transaction.

Background of the Transaction

DPCM is a blank check company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware and incorporated on March 24, 2020. DPCM was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. The terms of the Transaction were the result of extensive arm’s-length negotiations between DPCM’s management team, in consultation with its board of directors and financial and legal advisors, the Sponsor, representatives of D-Wave, in consultation with D-Wave’s financial and legal advisors, and certain D-Wave Equityholders.

The following is a brief description of the background of these negotiations, the Transaction and related transactions. The following does not purport to catalogue every conversation among representatives of DPCM, D-Wave and other parties.

After its initial public offering was consummated on October 20, 2020, DPCM commenced an active search for prospective businesses to acquire. DPCM’s efforts to identify a prospective target business were not limited to a particular industry or geographic region. DPCM’s management considered a variety of factors in evaluating prospective target businesses, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

financial condition and results of operation;

 

   

growth potential;

 

   

brand recognition and potential;

 

   

experience and skill of management and availability of additional personnel;

 

   

capital requirements;

 

   

competitive position;

 

   

barriers to entry;

 

263


Table of Contents
   

stage of development of the products, processes or services;

 

   

existing distribution and potential for expansion;

 

   

degree of current or potential market acceptance of the products, processes or services;

 

   

proprietary aspects of products and the extent of intellectual property or other protection for products or formulas;

 

   

impact of regulation on the business;

 

   

regulatory environment of the industry within which a target business operates;

 

   

costs associated with effecting a business combination;

 

   

industry leadership, sustainability of market share and attractiveness of market industries in which a target business participates; and

 

   

macro competitive dynamics in the industry within which a target business competes.

DPCM conducted due diligence to varying degrees on prospective targets, including review of such businesses’ management, business model, competitive landscape, and certain financials, in each case, to the extent available. In addition, representatives of DPCM were contacted by additional potential targets that they had not previously identified through their search process. Following DPCM’s initial public offering, representatives of DPCM, its advisors and the Sponsor:

 

   

developed a list of more than 70 potential acquisition candidates;

 

   

were contacted by or initiated contact regarding more than 40 business combination opportunities in the broad technology, media and telecommunications space;

 

   

entered into preliminary discussion with approximately 25 of those companies;

 

   

entered into non-disclosure agreements with approximately 25 target companies;

 

   

had in person, telephonic or email discussions with approximately 25 of those companies, of which approximately 6 were actively pursued (including D-Wave) by engaging in significant due diligence and detailed discussions directly with the senior executives and/or stockholders;

 

   

submitted indications of interest or letters of intent to 4 acquisition candidates (including D-Wave); and

 

   

discussed various targets at DPCM’s regularly scheduled board meetings.

Below is a summary of negotiations with three acquisition candidates (other than D-Wave) where DPCM submitted a term sheet or a letter of intent to the acquisition candidate:

On or about October 25, 2020, a representative of DPCM reached out to a health services technology company to see if it might be interested in a potential business combination. DPCM entered into a non-disclosure agreement with the target on October 31, 2020; and during the week of October 25, 2020, DPCM’s management team held an initial videoconference with the potential target’s management team to introduce the DPCM management team to the target and to learn more about the target. After the initial call, DPCM conducted further due diligence, which included industry research and review of company materials. After several more discussions internally and with the target, DPCM sent the target a draft letter of intent on or about November 1, 2020, which was negotiated by the parties until approximately November 30, 2020, when the target informed DPCM of the target’s intent to pursue a traditional IPO and that it would not be proceeding with DPCM’s proposal.

On or about October 30, 2020, a representative of DPCM reached out to a real estate title insurance and settlement company to see if it might be interested in a potential business combination. DPCM entered into a non-disclosure agreement with the target on November 3, 2020; and on December 2, 2020, DPCM’s

 

264


Table of Contents

management team held an initial videoconference with the potential target’s management team to introduce the DPCM management team to the target and to learn more about the target. After the initial call, DPCM conducted further due diligence, which included industry research and review of company materials. After several more discussions internally and with the target, the target sent DPCM a draft letter of intent on January 26, 2021, which was negotiated by the parties until approximately February 4, 2021, when the target informed DPCM of the target’s intent to pursue a business combination with another party.

On January 22, 2021, a third-party hosted an initial meeting with DPCM and UBS Securities LLC to discuss a potential SPAC acquisition of Jam City, Inc., a Delaware corporation and producer of mobile gaming entertainment (“JC”). From January 24, 2021 onward, the parties held numerous discussions and management meetings, and DPCM’s management team, the Sponsor and their respective financial and legal advisors conduced due diligence on JC. During this time DPCM’s management team and the Sponsor continued to search for prospective business combination opportunities. In connection therewith, DPCM’s management team and Sponsor met with Dr. Baratz and other members of D-Wave’s management, as detailed below. On February 24, 2021, DPCM and JC entered into a letter of intent providing for, among other things, a business combination between DPCM and JC, and DPCM discontinued discussions with other potential business combination partners, including D-Wave. On May 19, 2021, DPCM and JC, inter alios, entered into a definitive business combination agreement (the “BCA”).

On July 23, 2021, DPCM and JC jointly announced the termination of the BCA (along with all transaction documents entered into in connection with the BCA) due to market conditions.

After reviewing and considering the foregoing opportunities, DPCM continued to cull its list of prospects based on a core set of criteria including maturity of the business, size of the business, management team, public market readiness, and growth prospects.

On January 19, 2021, Emil Michael, Chief Executive Officer of DPCM, was introduced to Alan Baratz, Chief Executive Officer of D-Wave, by a third party via email.

DPCM’s management team and Sponsor conducted an introductory meeting with Dr. Baratz and other members of D-Wave’s management on January 27, 2021 and participated in a discussion regarding the quantum computing industry with Dr. Baratz on February 10, 2021.

On July 9, 2021, Dr. Baratz contacted DPCM’s management team to discuss renewing conversations regarding a business combination between DPCM and D-Wave.

On July 20, 2021, Dr. Baratz and other members of D-Wave’s management team gave a management presentation to DPCM’s management team, the Sponsor and certain of their respective advisors, addressing developments since previous discussions had terminated, financial projections, targeted cash needs, and the valuation of D-Wave. Also on July 20, 2021, representatives of Morgan Stanley in its capacity as financial advisor to D-Wave and at the request of D-Wave sent an initial draft of the letter of intent with respect to a potential business combination with D-Wave (the “LOI”) to DPCM.

From July 20, 2021 to August 3, 2021, DPCM’s management team and the Sponsor conducted further diligence on the quantum computing industry.

On July 23, 2021, DPCM and JC jointly announced the termination of the BCA (along with all transaction documents entered into in connection with the BCA) due to market conditions.

The potential targets that DPCM actively pursued during its initial search and following the termination of the BCA covered a variety of industries, including communications, media, fitness and medical technology, real estate and transportation. DPCM’s due diligence on potential targets included review of each business’s management, stockholders, business model, valuation, balance sheet and historical and projected financials, in

 

265


Table of Contents

each case to the extent made available, among other due diligence workstreams. The decision to pursue a business combination with D-Wave over other potential targets included, but was not limited to, one or more of the following reasons:

 

   

a difference in valuation expectations between DPCM and the senior executives or stockholders of the other potential targets, particularly in competitive processes where the potential target chose to pursue other bids;

 

   

the decision by the potential targets to pursue alternative strategic transactions or to postpone their review of strategic alternatives;

 

   

the maturity of the business of the potential target companies, the companies’ financial performance and other factors identified during DPCM’s due diligence review and the presence of other potential business combination opportunities that more closely met DPCM’s criteria and guidelines, including D-Wave;

 

   

the level of engagement by, and advanced negotiations and discussions with, D-Wave as compared to other potential targets where engagement was more limited and negotiations and discussions did not progress as rapidly or productively; and

 

   

DPCM’s and its board’s belief, based on their preliminary evaluation and the terms of the non-binding letter of intent, that D-Wave was the most attractive potential business combination target that met its key criteria in a target.

DPCM decided to pursue a combination with D-Wave because it determined that D-Wave represented a compelling opportunity, particularly due to D-Wave’s proprietary real-time cloud quantum computing systems, large total addressable market, large customer base comprised of multi-national organizations in various diverse industries, proprietary product pipeline, and intellectual property portfolio.

On August 6, 2021, DPCM circulated a revised draft of the LOI to D-Wave, which included, among other things, a proposed valuation range of $1.0 billion to $1.4 billion for D-Wave and $250 million for the minimum cash condition, a “lock-box” mechanism and changes to the Sponsor’s economics, including the proposed terms of the Sponsor’s earn-out.

On August 11, 2021, D-Wave circulated a revised draft of the LOI to DPCM reflecting, among other things, comments to the valuation of D-Wave, the Sponsor’s earn-out, removal of the “lock-box” mechanism and the addition of (i) a forfeiture of up to 50% of the Sponsor’s Founder Shares if the amount of available cash at Closing is less than $300 million with the number of forfeited shares being determined by a straight line interpolation between $150 million to $300 million of available cash and (ii) the Sponsor’s participation in the PIPE Financing.

On August 16, 2021, members of DPCM’s management team and the Sponsor held a meeting which was attended by representatives of Morgan Stanley, in its capacity as financial advisor to D-Wave and at the request of D-Wave, to discuss outreach to certain investors.

On August 18, 2021, DPCM circulated a revised draft of the LOI to D-Wave reflecting, among other things, reducing the valuation of D-Wave from $1.2 billion to $1.0 billion, the Sponsor’s earn-out, adding back the “lock-box” mechanism and removing the (i) forfeiture of Sponsor’s Founder Shares based on the amount of available cash at Closing and (ii) Sponsor’s participation in the PIPE Financing.

On August 19, 2021, D-Wave circulated a revised draft of the LOI to DPCM reflecting, among other things, increasing the valuation of D-Wave from $1.0 billion to $1.2 billion, removal of the “lock-box” mechanism and the addition of a cap on D-Wave’s transaction expenses.

On August 20, 2021, DPCM circulated the final version of the LOI to D-Wave, pursuant to which DPCM accepted D-Wave’s proposed terms.

On August 23, 2021, DPCM and D-Wave executed the LOI.

 

266


Table of Contents

On August 25, 2021, members of DPCM’s management team and the Sponsor held a meeting with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“Citi”) to discuss the quantum computing industry and D-Wave.

On September 8, 2021 and September 20, 2021, members of DPCM’s management team and the Sponsor held a meeting with the participation of representatives from Morgan Stanley, in its capacity as financial advisor to D-Wave and at the request of D-Wave, Citi, and D-Wave’s management team to discuss outreach to certain investors.

Morgan Stanley and Citi also provided D-Wave and DPCM with waiver letters describing their respective roles with D-Wave and DPCM in connection with the transaction. After carefully considering with their respective boards and legal counsel the potential benefits of engaging Citi and Morgan Stanley for their respective roles, (i) on September 23, 2021, DPCM and the Company formally engaged Citi as its capital markets advisor in connection with the Transaction, (ii) on July 8, 2021, D-Wave formally engaged Morgan Stanley as its financial advisor, with an effective engagement of June 22, 2021 and (iii) on September 23, 2021, DPCM formally engaged Citi and Morgan Stanley as placement agents in connection with the PIPE Financing. DPCM and D-Wave each consented to Morgan Stanley’s role as financial advisor to D-Wave and Citi’s role as capital markets advisor in connection with the Transaction and Morgan Stanley’s and Citi’s role as placement agents to DPCM in connection with the PIPE Financing, and waived any potential conflicts in connection with such dual roles. Morgan Stanley and Citi were not engaged for or involved in the portion of the PIPE Financing that was conducted by D-Wave.

From September 2021 through January 2022, members of DPCM’s management team, the Sponsor, D-Wave’s management team and members of D-Wave’s management team met regularly to discuss the marketing and structure of the PIPE Financing.

On January 6, 2022, an initial draft of the form of PIPE Subscription Agreement was circulated to potential PIPE Investors.

On January 9, 2022, Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, as counsel to D-Wave (“PW”), circulated to Greenberg Traurig, P.A., as counsel to DPCM (“GT”), the initial drafts of the Transaction Agreement and Plan of Arrangement.

On January 13, 2022, an updated draft of the form of PIPE Subscription Agreement was circulated to potential PIPE Investors, reflecting clarifications to the transaction parties and structure.

On January 18, 2022, PW circulated to GT the initial drafts of the Transaction Support Agreement, Exchangeable Share Term Sheet (“ESTS”) and Arrangement Resolutions (“AR”). Also on January 18, 2022, GT and DPCM’s management team held a telephonic conference call to discuss the initial draft of the TA.

On January 19, 2022, GT, Stikeman Elliot LLP, as Canadian counsel to DPCM (“Stikeman”), PW and Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, as Canadian counsel to D-Wave (“Blakes”), held a telephonic conference call to discuss key issues in the TA including, among other things, closing statement mechanics, certain closing conditions, termination, delivery of PCAOB financials, approval of the Transaction by the D-Wave Shareholders, a waiver of claims against DPCM’s Trust Account by D-Wave and the provision of information amongst the parties during the executory period.

On January 20, 2022, based on feedback from potential investors about the proposed transaction terms and following discussions by the parties, an updated draft of the form of PIPE Subscription Agreement was circulated to potential PIPE Investors, reflecting a purchase price of $9.00 per share.

On January 21, 2022, PW circulated to GT the initial drafts of the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement and the Company Disclosure Schedules (as defined in the Transaction Agreement). Also on January 21, 2022, GT circulated to PW revised drafts of the Transaction Agreement and Plan of Arrangement. The key issues reflected in the draft Transaction Agreement related to, among other things, the calculation of

 

267


Table of Contents

transaction proceeds for purposes of determining satisfaction of the minimum cash condition, the bring-down standard of certain representations to be made by D-Wave, the closing statements and payment spreadsheet mechanics, the substance of certain representations and warranties of D-Wave, certain interim operating covenants of D-Wave, including with respect to the issuance of equity and incurrence of indebtedness, the insertion of covenants relating to the delivery of PCAOB financials and a proposal for DPCM to have the ability to conduct additional PIPE financings during the executory period without D-Wave’s consent, and the insertion of a closing condition regarding the amount of indebtedness of D-Wave.

On January 24, 2022, PW circulated to GT a revised draft of the Transaction Agreement. The key issues reflected in the draft Transaction Agreement related to, among other things, the calculation of transaction proceeds for purposes of determining satisfaction of the minimum cash condition, the bring-down standard of certain representations to be made by D-Wave, the substance of certain representations and warranties of D-Wave, including with respect to materiality, material adverse effect and knowledge qualifiers, certain interim operating covenants of D-Wave, including with respect to the issuance of equity and incurrence of indebtedness, the removal of the ability of DPCM to conduct additional PIPE financings during the executory without D-Wave’s consent, the removal of the closing condition regarding the amount of indebtedness of D-Wave and a reduction of the minimum cash condition from $250 million to $150 million. Also on January 24, 2022, GT, Stikeman, PW and D-Wave held a telephonic conference call to discuss due diligence of D-Wave and Blakes circulated to GT and Stikeman a revised draft of the Plan of Arrangement.

On January 25, 2022, GT circulated to PW revised drafts of the AR, ESTS, Transaction Support Agreement, Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement. Also on January 25, 2022, GT circulated to PW an initial draft of the Sponsor Support Agreement.

On January 26, 2022, PW circulated to GT a revised draft of the Sponsor Support Agreement. The key issues reflected in the draft Sponsor Support Agreement related to, among other things, the insertion of earn-out targets if there is a change of control of D-Wave Quantum, the forfeiture of 325,000 of Sponsor’s Founder Shares and the insertion of a provision relating to the payment of cash or the forfeiture of Sponsor’s Founder Shares if DPCM’s expenses exceeded $35 million. Also on January 26, 2022, Blakes circulated to GT and Stikeman a revised draft of the ESTS and GT circulated revised drafts of the Transaction Agreement and Plan of Arrangement to PW. The key issues reflected in the Transaction Agreement related to, among other things, certain representations and warranties of D-Wave, including with respect to materiality, material adverse effect and knowledge qualifiers and certain interim operating covenants of D-Wave, including with respect to the incurrence of indebtedness.

On January 27, 2022, PW circulated revised drafts of the Transaction Support Agreement and Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement to GT. Also on January 27, 2022, GT and PW held a telephonic conference call to discuss the Transaction Agreement. Also on January 27, 2022, an updated draft of the form of PIPE Subscription Agreement was circulated to potential PIPE Investors.

On January 28, 2022, PW circulated a revised draft of the Transaction Agreement to GT and GT circulated a further revised draft of the Transaction Agreement back to PW. The key issues reflected in the draft TA related to among other things, certain representations and warranties of D-Wave, including with respect to materiality, material adverse effect and knowledge qualifiers and certain interim operating covenants of D-Wave, including with respect to the incurrence of indebtedness. Also on January 28, 2022, due to market dynamics and increased rates of redemption across SPAC transactions, management of DPCM, the Sponsor and D-Wave and their respective advisors held a call to discuss potentially implementing a bonus pool concept to grant additional D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to non-redeeming Public Stockholders and a corresponding pool of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to PIPE Investors. The parties discussed recent examples of the structure being implemented in SPAC transactions.

On January 29, 2022, PW circulated an updated draft of the Company Disclosure Schedules to GT.

 

268


Table of Contents

On February 1, 2022, PW circulated a further updated draft of the Company Disclosure Schedules to GT and GT circulated a revised draft of the Company Disclosure Schedules to PW as well as an initial draft of the SPAC Disclosure Schedules (as defined in the Transaction Agreement). Also on February 1, 2022, after reviewing various illustrative bonus pool sizes, the parties determined the size of the pool of bonus D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (with 5.0 million shares to made available to non-redeeming Public Stockholders and, assuming no redemptions, 0.7 million bonus D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be made available to PIPE Investors).

On February 2, 2022, PW circulated revised drafts of the Transaction Agreement, Sponsor Support Agreement, Transaction Support Agreement and Company Disclosure Schedules to GT, which included proposed amendments related to, among other things (i) the calculation of transaction proceeds for purposes of determining satisfaction of the minimum cash condition, (ii) the implementation of the bonus share structure, (iii) the forfeiture of 1,196,663 Founder Shares by the Sponsor, (iv) the forfeiture of 906,563 Founder Shares by the Sponsor in the event transaction proceeds are equal to or less than $130 million after deducting DPCM’s expenses incurred in connection with the Transaction and (v) the removal of a dual-target earn-out structure with respect to certain of the Founder Shares held by the Sponsor and implementation of a single-target earn-out structure with respect to such Founder Shares. Also on February 2, 2022, GT sent its preliminary legal due diligence memorandum to DPCM and circulated revised drafts of the Transaction Agreement and Sponsor Support Agreement to PW, which included, among other things, a reduction of the minimum cash condition value to $115 million.

On February 3, 2022, PW circulated further revised drafts of the Transaction Agreement and Sponsor Support Agreement to GT, which, among other things, included further amendments to the calculation of transaction proceeds for purposes of determining satisfaction of the minimum cash condition and reduced the number of the Sponsor’s Founder Shares subject to earn-out restrictions to 1,813,125. Also on February 3, 2022, GT and PW held a telephonic conference call to discuss the Transaction Agreement and Sponsor Support Agreement.

On February 4, 2022, an updated draft of the form of PIPE Subscription Agreement was circulated to potential PIPE Investors, implementing the bonus share structure described above, pursuant to which PIPE Investors would receive a number of bonus D-Wave Quantum Shares based on the number of non-redeeming Public Stockholders.

On February 5, 2022, PW circulated to GT a revised draft of the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement and GT circulated a revised draft of the Company Disclosure Schedules to PW.

On February 6, 2022, DPCM held a meeting of its board of directors to discuss the transaction documents and the transaction. At such meeting, DPCM and the board of directors reviewed the material economic terms of the transaction, including the PIPE Financing, the material provisions of the transaction documents, and the due diligence conducted on D-Wave in connection with the transaction.

On February 7, 2022, PW circulated a revised draft of the Company Disclosure Schedules to GT and, later that day, DPCM held a meeting of its board of directors to approve the transaction documents and the transaction. At such meeting, in addition to approving the transaction documents and the transaction, DPCM and the board of directors also reviewed additional due diligence conducted on D-Wave in connection with the transaction. Following such meeting, the Transaction Agreement and other ancillary agreements were executed and signature pages to the PIPE Subscription Agreements were released from escrow.

On February 8, 2022, the Transaction was announced to the public.

The parties have continued and expect to continue regular discussions in connection with, and to facilitate, the consummation of the Transaction.

 

269


Table of Contents

Certain Projected Financial Information

DPCM and D-Wave do not as a practice make public projections as to future revenue, earnings or other results. However, in connection with the DPCM Board’s evaluation of the Transaction, D-Wave management prepared and provided to the DPCM Board and DPCM’s financial advisors certain non-public, unaudited prospective financial information of D-Wave for fiscal 2022 through fiscal 2026. DPCM has included such unaudited prospective financial information in the table below to give its stockholders access to certain previously non-public information because such information was considered by the DPCM Board for purposes of evaluating the Transaction. Inclusion of summary information regarding the financial projections in this proxy statement/prospectus is not intended to influence your decision whether to vote for the Transaction.

Neither D-Wave’s independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, nor any other independent accountants, have audited, reviewed, examined, compiled, nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the accompanying unaudited prospective financial information contained herein, nor have they expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on such information or its achievability, and assume no responsibility for, and disclaim any association with, the unaudited prospective financial information.

The projections are forward-looking statements that are based on assumptions and estimates that are inherently uncertain and are subject to a wide variety of significant technology, business, economic, and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the unaudited prospective financial information, including, among others, risks and uncertainties, as described in the “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” The unaudited prospective financial information is subjective in many respects and is thus susceptible to multiple interpretations and periodic revisions based on actual experience and business developments. As a result, there can be no assurance that the unaudited prospective financial projections will be realized or that actual results will not be significantly higher or lower than estimated. Since the unaudited prospective financial information covers multiple years, that information by its nature becomes less predictive with each successive year. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the unaudited prospective financial projections are indicative of the future performance of D-Wave or that actual results will not differ materially from those presented in the unaudited prospective financial information.

Furthermore, the unaudited prospective financial information does not take into account any circumstances or events occurring after the date it was prepared and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this proxy statement/prospectus are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the unaudited prospective financial information.

The accompanying unaudited prospective financial information includes financial measures that were not calculated in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP measures are not necessarily calculated the same way by different companies and should not be considered a substitute for or superior to GAAP results.

D-Wave’s unaudited prospective financial information reflects numerous estimates and assumptions made by D-Wave with respect to industry performance and competition, general business, economic, market and financial conditions and matters specific to D-Wave’s business, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond D-Wave’s control, including, among others, risks and uncertainties set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” contained elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

The unaudited prospective financial projections were requested by, and disclosed to, DPCM for use as a component in its overall evaluation of D-Wave and are included in this proxy statement/prospectus on that account. Given the quantum computing market is emerging, D-Wave management made numerous material assumptions, in addition to the assumptions described above, regarding technology development, competition,

 

270


Table of Contents

customer adoption and many other uncontrollable external factors. Key assumptions were made based on available information and estimates, including:

 

   

An increase in the number of customers and revenue per customer each year, is based on the following assumptions:

 

   

the expected portion of the proceeds from the Transaction targeted for investing in go-to-market initiatives are available to D-Wave Quantum including for:

 

   

expanding D-Wave’s direct sales organization;

 

   

growing D-Wave’s network of re-sellers and channel partners;

 

   

building D-Wave’s sales pipeline through increased marketing efforts;

 

   

an increase in the number of quantum use cases to share and make available to customers, the average number of quantum-accelerated applications developed by customers and in the number of monetizable product offerings in the D-Wave QCaaS platform;

 

   

a gradual shortening of the sales cycle facilitated by an increase in the number of referenceable customer applications;

 

   

a gradual increase in QCaaS pricing enabled by the introduction of incrementally more powerful annealing computing systems capable of solving more higher-priced computationally complex problems;

 

   

an increase in the number of annealing quantum computing production systems necessary to support the growth in revenue while strategically locating such incremental systems geographically for market access;

 

   

The ability of each annealing quantum computing production system to support $20 million to $30 million QCaaS cloud services revenue;

 

   

D-Wave revenue during the relevant period is derived from professional services and QCaaS cloud services, with QCaaS increasing from approximately 45% of total revenue in 2022 to approximately 95% of total revenue in 2026, with such shift contributing to the growth in gross margins due to the higher proportion of higher margin QCaaS revenue; and

 

   

a gradual improvement during the relevant period in customer retention rates across the four phases of the professional services model.

 

   

The external maturation of the market and quantum computing ecosystem to increase customer adoption, based on the following assumptions:

 

   

the total available market (TAM) for quantum computing services growing in line with the BCG projections set forth in the section titled “Information About D-Wave—Our Growth Strategy”;

 

   

the total available market (TAM) for addressing combinatorial optimization problems growing in line with the BCG projections set forth in the section titled “Information About D-Wave—Our Growth Strategy”;

 

   

D-Wave’s annealing quantum computing systems being uniquely positioned to solve combinatorial optimization problems that represent approximately 25% of the total quantum computing TAM

 

   

D-Wave revenue during the relevant period being derived primarily from the combinatorial optimization problem portion of the TAM, but also deriving a portion of revenue from the linear algebra and factorization problems portions of the TAM;

 

   

an ecosystem of third-party quantum computing application developers and independent software vendors (ISV’s) that grows in line with the growth in the TAM for QCaaS cloud services; and

 

   

an ecosystem of third-party channel partners, including Global Re-sellers, regional and market-specific Value Added Re-sellers (VARs), Systems Integrators (SIs), consultancies and other indirect sales

 

271


Table of Contents
 

partners including Business Process Outsourcers (BPOs), Managed Service Providers (MSPs) and Cloud Service Providers to develop in line with the growth in the TAM.

Estimates of adjusted EBITDA exclude interest, taxes, depreciation, and stock-based compensation expense, which will vary, as applicable, based on borrowing requirements, available interest rates to D-Wave at the time capital is required, depreciation of assets and any estimates of stock-based compensation based on stock-price projections, all of which are unknown. A more comprehensive discussion of uncertainties is included in “Risk Factors.”

The unaudited prospective financial information included in this proxy statement/prospectus has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, D-Wave’s management. It was not prepared with a view toward public disclosure, nor was it prepared with a view toward complying with published guidelines of the SEC, the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for the preparation and presentation of unaudited prospective financial information, or GAAP. Neither DPCM’s independent registered public accounting firm nor the independent registered public accounting firm of D-Wave, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has audited, reviewed, examined, compiled, nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the accompanying unaudited prospective financial information for the purpose of its inclusion herein, and accordingly, neither of them expresses an opinion or provides any other form of assurance with respect thereto for the purpose of this proxy statement/prospectus. The PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP report included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus relates to the historical financial information of D-Wave. It does not extend to the unaudited prospective financial information and should not be read to do so.

Inclusion of the unaudited prospective financial information in this proxy statement/prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by D-Wave, DPCM, D-Wave Quantum or any other person that the results contained in the unaudited prospective financial information will be achieved, and should not be regarded as an indication that DPCM, the DPCM Board, or their respective affiliates, advisors or other representatives considered, or now considers, such financial projections necessarily to be predictive of actual future results or to support or fail to support your decision whether to vote for or against the Transaction. You are cautioned not to rely on the unaudited prospective financial projections in making a decision regarding the transaction, as the projections may be materially different than actual results. D-Wave Quantum will not refer back to the unaudited prospective financial projections in its future periodic reports filed under the Exchange Act.

D-Wave Quantum does not expect to generally publish its business plans and strategies or make external disclosures of its anticipated financial position or results of operations. Accordingly, neither DPCM, D-Wave or D-Wave Quantum intend to update or otherwise revise the unaudited prospective financial information to reflect circumstances existing since its preparation or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, even in the event that any or all of the underlying assumptions are shown to be in error. Furthermore, neither DPCM, D-Wave nor D-Wave Quantum intend to update or revise the unaudited prospective financial information to reflect changes in general economic or industry conditions. Additional information relating to the principal assumptions used in preparing the projections is described above. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of various factors that could materially affect D-Wave’s financial condition, results of operations, business, prospects and securities.

Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the unaudited prospective financial projections are indicative of the future performance of us or D-Wave or that actual results will not differ materially from those presented in the unaudited prospective financial information. Inclusion of the unaudited prospective financial information in this proxy statement/prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by any person that the results contained in the unaudited prospective financial information will be achieved.

Considering that the special meeting will be held months after the date the unaudited prospective financial projections referenced above was prepared, as well as the uncertainties inherent in any projected information, stockholders are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the unaudited prospective financial projections. This information constitutes “forward-looking statements” and actual results likely will differ from it and the differences may be material. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

 

272


Table of Contents

BY INCLUDING THE UNAUDITED PROSPECTIVE FINANCIAL INFORMATION IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS, NEITHER D-WAVE, D-WAVE QUANTUM NOR DPCM UNDERTAKES ANY OBLIGATION, AND EACH OF THEM EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY RESPONSIBILITY, TO UPDATE OR REVISE, OR PUBLICLY DISCLOSE ANY UPDATE OR REVISION TO, THE UNAUDITED PROSPECTIVE FINANCIAL INFORMATION TO REFLECT CIRCUMSTANCES OR EVENTS, INCLUDING UNANTICIPATED EVENTS, THAT MAY HAVE OCCURRED OR THAT MAY OCCUR AFTER THE PREPARATION OF THE UNAUDITED PROSPECTIVE FINANCIAL INFORMATION, EVEN IN THE EVENT THAT ANY OR ALL OF THE ASSUMPTIONS UNDERLYING THE UNAUDITED PROSPECTIVE FINANCIAL INFORMATION ARE SHOWN TO BE IN ERROR OR CHANGE, IN EACH CASE, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS. READERS OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO RELY ON THE UNAUDITED PROSPECTIVE FINANCIAL INFORMATION SET FORTH BELOW IN MAKING A DECISION REGARDING THE TRANSACTION PROPOSAL, AS ACTUAL RESULTS ARE LIKELY TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THE UNAUDITED PROSPECTIVE FINANCIAL INFORMATION. NONE OF D-WAVE, D-WAVE QUANTUM, DPCM NOR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, ADVISORS OR OTHER REPRESENTATIVES HAS MADE OR MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION TO ANY D-WAVE SHAREHOLDER, D-WAVE QUANTUM SHAREHOLDER, DPCM STOCKHOLDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON THAT THE RESULTS ANTICIPATED BY THE UNAUDITED PROSPECTIVE FINANCIAL INFORMATION, OR ANY OTHER RESULTS, WILL BE ACHIEVED. THE COMBINED ENTITY DOES NOT INTEND TO REFERENCE THE UNAUDITED PROSPECTIVE FINANCIAL INFORMATION IN ITS FUTURE PERIODIC REPORTS FILED UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT.

The key elements of the unaudited prospective financial projections provided by management of D-Wave to DPCM are summarized in the table below:

Financial Projections

 

$M    2022E     2023E     2024E     2025E     2026E  

Revenue (1)

     11       27       72       219       551  

% Growth

     119     135     166     206     151

Gross Profit (2)

     7       18       54       180       465  

% Margin

     57     66     75     82     84

Adjusted EBITDA (2)(3)

     (59     (83     (70     14       226  

% Margin

     n.m.       n.m.       n.m.       7     41

 

(1)

Gross Profit is equal to Revenue minus Cost of Revenue. Cost of Revenue includes System Cost Depreciation. System Cost Depreciation is added back in to calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

(2)

Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, excludes all future interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, as well as Stock Based Compensation expense.

(3)

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are non-GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP measures are not necessarily calculated the same way by different companies and should not be considered a substitute for or superior to GAAP results. We cannot reconcile Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, without unreasonable efforts because of the uncertainty around certain items that may impact net loss, including stock-based compensation expense and depreciation and amortization, that are not within our control or cannot be reasonably predicted.

Satisfaction of 80% Test

It is a requirement under the DPCM Charter and NYSE rules that we complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the Trust Account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination.

 

273


Table of Contents

As of the date of the execution of the Transaction Agreement, the balance of funds in the Trust Account was approximately $300.2 million, and DPCM had incurred $16,977,876 in transaction costs, including $6,000,000 of underwriting fees, $10,500,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $477,876 of other costs payable on the income earned on the Trust Account. In determining whether the enterprise value represents the fair market value of D-Wave, our board of directors considered all of the factors described in the section entitled “Proposal No. 1 — The Transaction Proposal — The DPCM Board’s Reasons for the Approval of the Transaction,” and the fact that the purchase price for D-Wave was the result of an arm’s length negotiation. As a result, our board of directors concluded that the fair market value of the businesses acquired was significantly in excess of 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account. In light of the financial background and experience of the members of our management team and the board of directors, our board of directors believes that the members of our management team and board of directors are qualified to determine whether the Transaction meets the 80% test. Our board of directors did not seek or obtain an opinion of an outside fairness or valuation advisor as to whether the 80% test has been met.

The DPCM Board’s Reasons for the Approval of the Transaction

As described under “—Background of the Transaction” above, DPCM’s board of directors, in evaluating the Transaction, consulted with DPCM’s management and accounting and legal advisors. In reaching its unanimous decision to approve the Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, DPCM’s board of directors considered a range of factors, including, but not limited to, the factors discussed below. In light of the number and wide variety of factors considered in connection with its evaluation of the combination, DPCM’s board of directors did not consider it practicable to, and did not attempt to, quantify or otherwise assign relative weights to the specific factors that it considered in reaching its determination and supporting its decision. DPCM’s board of directors viewed its decision as being based on all of the information available and the factors presented to and considered by it. In addition, individual directors may have given different weight to different factors.

This explanation of DPCM’s reasons for the combination and all other information presented in this section is forward-looking in nature and, therefore, should be read in light of the factors discussed under the section titled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Before reaching its decision, the DPCM board of directors reviewed the results of the due diligence conducted by our management, which included:

 

   

extensive meetings and calls with D-Wave’s management to understand and analyze D-Wave’s business and to understand D-Wave’s unaudited prospective financial information and projections;

 

   

consultation with financial advisors regarding competitive landscape, industry outlook and D-Wave’s business model;

 

   

consultation with DPCM’s legal and accounting advisors;

 

   

review of D-Wave’s material contracts and financial, tax, legal, accounting, environmental, and intellectual property due diligence

 

   

review of D-Wave’s financial statements;

 

   

research on comparable public companies; and

 

   

research on comparable transactions.

In approving the combination, DPCM’s board of directors did not obtain a fairness opinion. The officers and directors of DPCM have substantial experience in evaluating the operating and financial merits of companies from a wide range of industries and concluded that their experience and background, enabled them to make the necessary analyses and determinations regarding the Transaction.

 

274


Table of Contents

DPCM’s management also considered a comparable company analysis to assess the potential value that the public markets would likely ascribe to D-Wave, and this analysis was discussed with DPCM’s board. These companies were selected by DPCM as publicly traded companies having businesses that were considered, in certain respects, to be similar to the combined company’s business.

DPCM looked at potentially comparable companies in the computer processing industry. DPCM determined that based on D-Wave’s size and business model, and the implied enterprise value of $1,347 million of D-Wave, the D-Wave transaction represents an attractive discount relative to its peer group.

 

$M    Valuation      Enterprise
Value/
Revenue
    Enterprise
Value/
(Adjusted)
EBITDA(1)
 

NVIDIA Corporation(2)

     474,000        17.3x (3)      35.7x (4) 

Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. (“AMD”)(2)

     110,000        6.5x (3)      26.6x (4) 

D-Wave

     1,347        2.4x (5)      6.0x (6) 

 

(1)

EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, excludes all future interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, excludes all future interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, as well as Stock Based Compensation expense. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP measures are not necessarily calculated the same way by different companies and should not be considered a substitute for or superior to GAAP results. We cannot reconcile D-Wave’s Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, without unreasonable efforts because of the uncertainty around certain items that may impact net loss, including stock-based compensation expense and depreciation and amortization, that are not within our control or cannot be reasonably predicted.

(2)

Based on publicly available market data and market data from S&P Capital IQ and Refinitiv as of July 27, 2021.

(3)

Equals enterprise value divided by normalized 2022 revenue estimates sourced from Refinitiv.

(4)

Equals enterprise value divided by normalized 2022 EBITDA estimates sourced from Refinitiv.

(5)

Equals enterprise value divided by expected 2026 revenue. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward- Looking Statements” and “The Transaction–Certain Projected Financial Information.”

(6)

Equals enterprise value divided by expected 2026 Adjusted EBITDA. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward- Looking Statements” and “The Transaction–Certain Projected Financial Information.”

Although none of the selected companies reviewed in this analysis were directly comparable to D-Wave, the companies had one or more similar operating and financial characteristics as D-Wave. DPCM’s board considered this analysis and viewed D-Wave to be favorable compared to such other companies.

DPCM’s board of directors considered a number of factors pertaining to the Transaction as generally supporting its decision to enter into the Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Large and Growing Market Opportunity. DPCM’s management and board of directors considered D-Wave’s current and projected market opportunity, including the expected growth in the total addressable quantum computing market;

 

   

Complementary and Experienced Management Teams. DPCM’s management and board of directors believe that the complementary business, industry and investing experience of DPCM’s board members and D-Wave’s management team will help to accelerate the growth for the combined company. In addition, D-Wave has a strong management team with a successful track record of providing quantum computing systems, which is expected to remain with the Combined Company to seek to execute D-Wave’s strategic and growth goals;

 

   

D-Wave’s Business Model. DPCM’s board of directors and management considered D-Wave’s proprietary real-time cloud quantum computing systems, large total addressable market, large customer

 

275


Table of Contents
 

base comprised of multi-national organizations in various different industries, proprietary product pipeline, and intellectual property portfolio which the board of directors believes can provide strong growth prospects for the combined company;

 

   

Financial Condition. DPCM’s board of directors also considered factors such as D-Wave’s outlook, financial plan and capital structure, as well as valuations and trading of similar publicly traded companies;

 

   

Due Diligence. DPCM’s management conducted due diligence examinations of D-Wave, including discussions with D-Wave’s management. DPCM then had discussions with its financial and legal advisors concerning DPCM’s due diligence examination of D-Wave;

 

   

Other Alternatives. DPCM’s board of directors believes, after a thorough review of other business combination opportunities reasonably available to DPCM, that the proposed Transaction represents the best available business combination opportunity for DPCM based upon the process utilized to evaluate and assess other potential combination targets, and DPCM’s board of directors’ belief that such process has not presented a better available alternative; and

 

   

Negotiated Transaction. The financial and other terms of the Transaction Agreement and the fact that such terms and conditions are reasonable and were the product of arm’s length negotiations between DPCM and D-Wave.

In the course of its deliberations, DPCM’s board of directors considered a variety of uncertainties, risks and other potentially negative reasons relevant to the Transaction, including the below:

 

   

D-Wave may not be able to execute on its business plan or achieve or sustain profitability.

 

   

The potential benefits of the Transaction may not be fully achieved or may not be achieved within the expected time frame and the significant fees, expenses and time and effort of management associated with completing the Transaction.

 

   

The Transaction might not be consummated or completed in a timely manner or that the Closing might not occur despite our best efforts, including by reason of a failure to obtain the approval of our stockholders, litigation challenging the Transaction or that an adverse judgment granting permanent injunctive relief could indefinitely enjoin the consummation of the Transaction.

 

   

Competition in the quantum computing industry is intense and, as a result, D-Wave may fail to develop new products and identify and attract new customers, which may negatively impact D-Wave’s operations, its ability to generate revenue, achieve profitability, and its growth prospects.

 

   

Economic downturns and political and market conditions beyond D-Wave’s control, including a reduction in technology spending, changes in regulations applicable to the quantum computing industry, and potential economic effects of COVID-19, could adversely affect its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

   

DPCM’s public stockholders will experience dilution as a consequence of, among other transactions, the issuance of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares as consideration in the Transaction, and having a minority share position may reduce the influence that DPCM’s current stockholders have on the management of D-Wave Quantum.

 

   

D-Wave may be subject to litigation in the operation of its business and D-Wave’s insurance may not provide adequate levels of coverage against any claims. An adverse outcome in one or more legal proceedings or inadequate insurance coverage could adversely affect D-Wave’s business.

 

   

The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the SEC’s requirements regarding internal controls over financial reporting, may strain D-Wave’s resources and divert management’s attention, and the increases in legal, accounting and compliance expenses that will result from the Transaction may be greater than D-Wave anticipates.

 

276


Table of Contents
   

DPCM’s board of directors did not obtain an opinion from any independent investment banking or accounting firm that the consideration DPCM would pay to acquire D-Wave is fair to DPCM or its stockholders from a financial point of view. In addition, DPCM’s board of directors considered the limits of the due diligence performed by DPCM’s management and outside advisors and the inherent risk that even a thorough review may not uncover all potential risks of the business. Accordingly, DPCM’s board of directors may be incorrect in its assessment of the Transaction.

 

   

The risk factors associated with D-Wave’s business, as described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

After considering the foregoing potentially negative and potentially positive reasons, DPCM’s board of directors concluded, in its business judgment, that the potentially positive reasons relating to the Transaction and the other related transactions outweighed the potentially negative reasons. The DPCM board of directors recognized that there can be no assurance about future results, including results considered or expected as disclosed in the foregoing discussion.

The above discussion of the material factors considered by DPCM’s board of directors sets forth the principal factors it considered but is not intended to be exhaustive.

Certain Benefits of DPCM’s Directors and Officers and Others in the Transaction

In considering the recommendation of DPCM’s Board of Directors to vote in favor of the Transaction, stockholders should be aware that, aside from their interests as stockholders, the Sponsor and DPCM’s directors, officers and advisors and DPCM’s current owners have interests in the Transaction that are different from, or in addition to, those of DPCM’s other stockholders generally. DPCM directors were aware of and considered these interests, among other matters, in evaluating the Transaction, and in recommending to the DPCM Stockholders that they approve the Transaction. Stockholders should take these interests into account in deciding whether to approve the Transaction. These interests include, among other things:

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor, which is controlled by Emil Michael, the DPCM Chairman and CEO, has waived its right to redeem any of the Founder Shares and public shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

 

   

the fact that Emil Michael entered into a PIPE Subscription Agreement with D-Wave Quantum, pursuant to which Mr. Michael subscribed for and agreed to purchase on the Closing Date, and D-Wave Quantum agreed to issue and sell to Mr. Michael on the Closing Date, the number of PIPE Shares equal to $250,000, divided by $10.00 and multiplied by the Exchange Ratio on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for the Founder Shares which will convert into approximately 4.2 million D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement (giving effect to the forfeiture of the 1,196,663 Forfeited Shares, but no forfeiture of Founder Shares by the Sponsor in connection with the Sponsor’s earn-out-based, Aggregate Transaction Proceeds-based and DPCM Expenses-based forfeiture obligations, in each case, contained in the Sponsor Support Agreement) and such securities will have a significantly higher value at the time of the Transaction, estimated at approximately $                 based on the closing price of $                 per public share on the NYSE on                 , 2022, which Founder Shares would become worthless if DPCM fails to complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022. As a result of the nominal price paid for the Founder Shares, the Sponsor and its affiliates can earn a positive rate of return on their investment, even if other stockholders experience a negative rate of return following the consummation of the Transaction;

 

   

the fact that the Sponsor has agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if DPCM fails to complete an initial business combination by October 23, 2022;

 

277


Table of Contents
   

the fact that the Sponsor paid approximately $8,000,000 for 8,000,000 Private Warrants, with each such Private Warrant being exercisable at $11.50 for one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock; if DPCM does not consummate an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, then the proceeds from the sale of the Private Warrants will be part of the liquidating distribution to the Public Stockholders and the warrants held by the Sponsor will be worthless; the Private Warrants held by the Sponsor had an aggregate market value of approximately $         based upon the closing price of $         per Public Warrant on the NYSE on                 , 2022;

 

   

the beneficial ownership of Peter Diamandis, Denmark West and Desiree Gruber, each an independent director of DPCM, of 45,000, 37,500 and 37,500 Founder Shares, respectively, initially transferred to such individuals by the Sponsor, which will convert into 120,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement. All such shares would become worthless if DPCM does not consummate an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, as these individuals have waived any right to redemption with respect to these shares. Such shares have an aggregate market value of approximately $         based on the closing price of $         per public share on the NYSE on                 , 2022;

 

   

the economic interests in the Sponsor of certain of DPCM’s officers and directors, which gives them an indirect pecuniary interest in the shares of DPCM Common Stock and DPCM Warrants held by the Sponsor, and which interest will be worthless if DPCM does not consummate an initial business combination by October 23, 2022, are summarized in the below table, the value of the DPCM Class B Common Stock and Warrants is calculated based on the price per share of DPCM Class A Common Stock and Warrants as of             , 2022:

 

     Investment
Amount
     Number of Shares
of DPCM Class B
Common Stock
     Value of DPCM
Class B
Common Stock
     Number of
Warrants
     Value of
Warrants
     Value of
DPCM
Securities
 

Emil Michael

   $ 3,150,000        2,605,861      $                      2,874,640      $                    $                

Ignacio Tzoumas

   $ 0        167,354      $                      184,615      $                    $                

Peter Diamandis

   $ 0        100,412      $                      110,769      $                    $                

Denmark West

   $ 100,000        163,215      $                      180,050      $                    $                

Desiree Gruber

   $ 50,000        123,446      $                      136,179      $                    $                

Kyle Wood

   $ 0        167,354      $                      184,615      $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,300,000        3,327,642      $                      3,670,868      $                    $                

 

   

if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event DPCM is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to DPCM if and to the extent any claims by a third-party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which DPCM has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below: (i) $10.00 per public share; or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case, net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses, except as to any claims by a third-party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under the indemnity of the underwriters of the DPCM IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act;

 

   

members of the DPCM Board are entitled to reimbursement for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them on DPCM’s behalf incident to identifying, investigating and consummating a business combination, but will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses to the extent such expenses exceed the amount not required to be retained in the Trust Account, unless a business combination is consummated; no such out-of-pocket expenses have been incurred to date and are not expected to exceed $10,000;

 

278


Table of Contents
   

following the consummation of the Transaction, D-Wave will continue to indemnify DPCM’s existing directors and officers and will maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy for the benefit of such individuals; and

 

   

Emil Michael, the current Chief Executive Officer of DPCM, is expected to be a director of D-Wave Quantum after the consummation of the Transaction. As such, in the future Mr. Michael will receive any cash fees, stock options, stock awards or other remuneration that D-Wave Quantum’s board of directors determines to pay them.

The existence of financial and personal interests of our directors and officers may result in conflicts of interest, including a conflict between what may be in the best interests of DPCM and its stockholders and what may be best for a director’s personal interests when determining to recommend that stockholders vote for the proposals. See the sections entitled “Risk Factors”, “The Transaction — Interests of Certain Persons in the Transaction” and “Beneficial Ownership of Securities” for more information and other risks.

Certain Engagements in Connection with the Transaction and Related Transactions

In addition to the interests of DPCM’s directors and officers in the Transaction, stockholders should be aware that UBS has financial interests that are different from, or in addition to, the interests of DPCMs stockholders.

UBS was an underwriter in DPCM’s IPO, and, upon consummation of the Transaction, is entitled to $10,500,000 of deferred underwriting commission. The underwriters of the DPCM IPO have agreed to waive their rights to the deferred underwriting commission held in the Trust Account in the event DPCM does not complete an initial business combination within 24 months of the closing of the DPCM IPO. Accordingly, if the Transaction, or any other initial business combination, is not consummated by that time and DPCM is therefore required to be liquidated, the underwriters of the initial public offering, including UBS, will not receive any of the deferred underwriting commission and such funds will be returned to DPCM’s public stockholders upon its liquidation.

UBS therefore has an interest in DPCM completing a business combination that will result in the payment of the deferred underwriting commission to the underwriters of the DPCM IPO. In considering approval of the Transaction, the DPCM Stockholders should consider the roles of UBS in light of the deferred underwriting commission UBS is entitled to receive if the Transaction is consummated within 24 months of the closing of the DPCM IPO.

Anticipated Accounting Treatment

While the legal acquirer in the Transaction Agreement is D-Wave Quantum, for financial accounting and reporting purposes under GAAP, D-Wave will be the accounting acquirer and the Transaction will be accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization.” A reverse recapitalization does not result in a new basis of accounting and the financial statements of D-Wave Quantum represent the continuation of our financial statements in many respects. Under this method of accounting, DPCM will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. For accounting purposes, D-Wave will be deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the transaction and, consequently, the transaction will be treated as a recapitalization of D-Wave (i.e., a capital transaction involving the issuance of stock by D-Wave Quantum for the stock of D-Wave).

Exchange Listing

DPCM’s units (each consisting of one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock and one-third of one warrant), DPCM Class A Common Stock and Warrants (each to purchase one share of DPCM Class A Common Stock) are currently traded on the NYSE under the symbols “XPOA.U,” “XPOA” and “XPOA WS.” D-Wave

 

279


Table of Contents

Quantum intends to apply to list its D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants on the NYSE with the ticker symbols “QBTS” and “QBTS.WS,” respectively. It is a condition to consummate the Transaction that the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be issued in connection with the Transaction will have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject only to official notice of issuance thereof. D-Wave Quantum, D-Wave and DPCM have certain obligations in the Transaction Agreement to use reasonable best efforts in connection with the Transaction, including with respect to satisfying the NYSE listing condition. The NYSE listing condition may be waived by the parties to the Transaction Agreement.

Potential Purchases of Public Shares and/or Warrants

At any time prior to the Special Meeting, during a period when they are not then aware of any material nonpublic information regarding DPCM, DPCM’s Initial Stockholders, DPCM and/or our respective affiliates may purchase shares and/or warrants from investors, or they may enter into transactions with such investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock or vote their shares in favor of the Transaction Proposal. The purpose of such share purchases and other transactions would be to increase the likelihood that the proposals presented to stockholders for approval at the Special Meeting are approved or to provide additional equity financing. Any such share purchases and other transactions may thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the Transaction. This may result in the completion of the Transaction that may not otherwise have been possible. While the exact nature of any such incentives has not been determined as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, they might include, without limitation, arrangements to protect such investors or holders against potential loss in value of their shares, including the granting of put options.

Entering into any such incentive arrangements may have a depressive effect on shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock. For example, as a result of these arrangements, an investor or holder may have the ability to effectively purchase shares at a price lower than market and may therefore be more likely to sell the shares they own, either prior to or immediately after the Special Meeting.

If such transactions are effected, the consequence could be to cause the Transaction to be approved in circumstances where such approval could not otherwise be obtained. Purchases of shares by the persons described above would allow them to exert more influence over the approval of the proposals to be presented at the Special Meeting and would likely increase the chances that such proposals would be approved. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, there have been no such discussions and no agreements to such effect have been entered into with any such investor or holder. DPCM will file a Current Report on Form 8-K to disclose any arrangements entered into or significant purchases made by any of the aforementioned persons that would affect the vote on the proposals to be voted on at the Special Meeting. Any such report will include descriptions of any arrangements entered into or significant purchases by any of the aforementioned persons.

Sources and Uses of Funds for the Transaction

The following table summarizes the sources and uses for funding the Transaction. Where actual amounts are not known or knowable, the figures below represent DPCM’s good faith estimate of such amounts.

 

Sources

   No
Redemption(1)
     50%
Redemption(2)
     Max
Redemption(3)
 

Cash Held in Trust Account(4)

   $ 300.2        205.0        100.9  

Private Placement Equity Financing(5)

     40.0        40.0        40.0  

Rollover Equity

     1,200.0        1,200.0        1,200.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Sources

   $ 1,540.1        1,445.0        1,340.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

280


Table of Contents

Sources

   No
Redemption(1)
     50%
Redemption(2)
     Max
Redemption(3)
 

Uses

                    

DPCM Fees and Expenses

   $ 35.1        35.1        35.1  

D-Wave Fees & Expenses

     25.0        25.0        25.0  

Rollover Equity

     1,200.0        1,200.0        1,200.0  

Cash to Balance Sheet(6)

     280.0        184.9        140.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Uses

   $ 1,540.1        1,445.0        1,340.0  

 

(1)

Assumes that none of the holders of public shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock exercise their redemption rights.

(2)

Assumes that holders of 9,504,166 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock exercise their redemption rights.

(3)

Assumes that holders of 19,008,332 shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock exercise their redemption rights (representing the maximum amount of public shares that can be redeemed to satisfy the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds Condition).

(4)

Represents the expected amount of the cash held in the Trust Account prior to the Closing (and prior to any redemption by DPCM Stockholders), excluding any interest earned on the funds.

(5)

Represents the proceeds from the PIPE as of the consummation of the Transaction.

(6)

Represents the sum of proceeds from the PIPE as of the consummation of the Transaction, cash held in the Trust Account prior to the Closing and existing cash on the balance sheet less expenses.

Vote Required for Approval

The Closing is conditioned on the approval of the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Proposal and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at the Special Meeting.

The approval of the Transaction Proposal requires the affirmative vote of (i) a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of DPCM Common Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock, voting separately as a single series, broker non-votes and the failure to vote on this proposal will have the same effect as a vote “AGAINST” this proposal.

As of the record date, our Sponsor, directors and officers have agreed to vote any shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock owned by them in favor of the Transaction.

Recommendation of the DPCM Board

THE DPCM BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT OUR STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE TRANSACTION PROPOSAL.

The existence of financial and personal interests of DPCM’s directors and officers may result in a conflict of interest on the part of one or more of the directors between what she, he or they may believe is in the best interests of DPCM and its stockholders and what she, he or they may believe is best for herself, himself or themselves in determining to recommend that stockholders vote for the proposals. See the section entitled “The Transaction — Interests of Certain Persons in the Transaction” for a further discussion.

 

281


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL NO. 2—THE EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL

Overview

Our board of directors approved the D-Wave Quantum 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2022 Plan”), effective as of the consummation of the Transaction, subject to the approval of our shareholders. The purpose of the 2022 Plan is to (i) attract and retain individuals to serve as employees, consultants or directors by providing them the opportunity to acquire an equity interest in the Company or other incentive compensation and (ii) align their interests with those of the Company’s shareholders. We are seeking shareholder approval of the 2022 Plan (i) in order for incentive stock options to meet the requirements of the Code and (ii) in order to comply with the NYSE Listing Rules.

We believe that the 2022 Plan is essential to our success. Equity awards are intended to motivate high levels of performance and align the interests of our directors, employees and consultants with those of our shareholders by giving them an equity stake in the Company and providing a means of recognizing their contributions to the success of the Company. The Board of Directors of DCPM and management believe that equity awards are necessary to remain competitive in our industry and are essential to recruiting and retaining the highly qualified employees who help the Company meet its goals.

If approved by our shareholders, the 2022 Plan will become effective upon the consummation of the Transaction.

Summary of the 2022 Plan

Set forth below is a summary of the material terms of the 2022 Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the 2022 Plan, a copy of which is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus statement as Annex B. We urge our shareholders to read carefully the entire 2022 Plan before voting on this proposal.

Administration.    The compensation committee of our board of directors (or subcommittee thereof) will administer the 2022 Plan. The compensation committee will have the authority to determine the terms and conditions of any agreements evidencing any awards granted under the 2022 Plan and to adopt, alter and repeal rules, guidelines and practices relating to the 2022 Plan. The compensation committee will have full discretion to administer and interpret the 2022 Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable and to determine, among other things, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised and whether and under what circumstances an award may be exercised.

Eligibility.    Any current or prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors of the Company who are selected by the compensation committee will be eligible for awards under the 2022 Plan. The compensation committee will have the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an award under the 2022 Plan.

Number of Shares Authorized.    Pursuant to the 2022 Plan, we have reserved an aggregate number of                  shares of our common stock for issuance of awards to be granted thereunder, subject to an annual increase on January 1st of each year for a period of ten years commencing on January 1, 2023 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2032, in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 5% of the fully-diluted number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31st of the immediately preceding calendar year (inclusive of the share reserve under the ESPP and the 2022 Plan (or any successor to either of the foregoing)) and (b) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our board of directors. The number of shares that may be issued with respect to incentive stock options under the 2022 Plan is equal to                 . The maximum grant date fair value of cash and equity awards that may be awarded to a non-employee director under the 2022 Plan during any one fiscal year, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during such fiscal year, in

 

282


Table of Contents

respect of service as a member of the board of directors during such year will be $                 (or, $                 in the event such non-employee director is first appointed or elected to the Board during such fiscal year); provided that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to compensation approved by the other non-employee members of the Board to be provided to a non-employee member of the Board in respect of their service as an employee or consultant (including as an interim officer).    Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by, as applicable, the NYSE and its applicable rules and guidance, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2022 Plan. The following actions do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2022 Plan: (1) the expiration or termination of any portion of an award without the shares covered by such portion of the award having been issued, (2) the settlement of any portion of an award in cash, (3) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an award; or (4) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award. The following shares will be added back and again become available for issuance under the 2022 Plan: (1) any shares that are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (2) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an award; and (3) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award.

Change in Capitalization.    If there is a change in our capitalization in the event of a stock or extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of our common stock or other relevant change in capitalization (including a change in control, as defined in 2022 Plan) or applicable law or circumstances, such that the compensation committee determines that an adjustment to the terms of the 2022 Plan (or awards thereunder) is necessary or appropriate, then the compensation committee shall make adjustments in a manner that it deems equitable, including by: (i) adjusting the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2022 Plan, the number of shares covered by awards then outstanding under the 2022 Plan, the limitations on awards under the 2022 Plan, the exercise price of outstanding options, the strike price of outstanding stock appreciation rights or any applicable performance measures or criteria, (ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of awards under the 2022 Plan (iii) accelerating the delivery, vesting and/or exercisability of, lapse of restrictions and/or other conditions on, or termination of, awards under the 2022 Plan, (iv) providing for a period of time not exceeding ten (10) days for the exercise of awards under the 2022 Plan prior to the occurrence of such event (v) cancelling any awards under the 2022 Plan in exchange for consideration equal to value of the underlying award, or (vi) such other equitable substitution or adjustments as the compensation committee may determine appropriate.

Awards Available for Grant.    The compensation committee may grant awards of nonqualified stock options, incentive (qualified) stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, other stock-based awards, other cash-based awards, deferred awards or any combination of the foregoing. Awards may be granted under the 2022 Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines, which are referred to herein as “Substitute Awards.”

Stock Options.    The compensation committee will be authorized to grant options to purchase shares of our common stock that are either “qualified,” meaning they are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code for incentive stock options, or “nonqualified,” meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. All options granted under the 2022 Plan shall be nonqualified unless the applicable award agreement expressly states that the option is intended to be an incentive stock option. Options granted under the 2022 Plan will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. Under the terms of the 2022 Plan, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value (or 110% of the fair market value in the case of a qualified option granted to a 10% shareholder) of our common stock at the time of grant (except with respect to Substitute Awards). Options granted under the 2022 Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be

 

283


Table of Contents

determined by the compensation committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term of an option granted under the 2022 Plan will be 10 years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of a qualified option granted to a 10% shareholder), provided that if the term of a nonqualified option would expire at a time when trading in the shares of our common stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy, the option’s term may be extended automatically until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition (as long as such extension shall not violate Section 409A of the Code). Payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made in cash, by check, by cash equivalent, or by such other method as the compensation committee may permit in its sole discretion, including (i) by delivery of other property (including previously owned shares that are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) having a fair market value equal to the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes, (ii) if there is a public market for the shares of our common stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise mechanism or (iii) by means of a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares otherwise deliverable in respect of an option that are needed to pay the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes, based upon the fair market value of the withheld shares on the date of exercise. In all events of cashless or net exercise, any fractional shares of common stock will be settled in cash.

Stock Appreciation Rights.    The compensation committee will be authorized to award SARs under the 2022 Plan. SARs will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, in the form of either cash, shares or any combination of cash and shares, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time. An option granted under the 2022 Plan may include SARs, and SARs may also be awarded to a participant independent of the grant of an option. SARs granted in connection with an option shall be subject to terms similar to the option corresponding to such SARs, including with respect to vesting and expiration. Except as otherwise provided by the compensation committee (in the case of Substitute Awards or SARs granted in tandem with previously granted options), the strike price per share of our common stock underlying each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of such share, determined as of the date of grant and the maximum term of a SAR granted under the 2022 Plan will be 10 years from the date of grant; provided that if the term of a SAR would expire at a time when trading in the shares of our common stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy, the SAR’s term may be extended automatically until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition (as long as such extension shall not violate Section 409A of the Code).

Restricted Stock.    The compensation committee will be authorized to grant restricted stock under the 2022 Plan, which will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. Restricted stock is common stock that is generally non-transferable and is subject to other restrictions determined by the compensation committee for a specified period. Any accumulated dividends will be payable at the same time that the underlying restricted stock vests.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards.    The compensation committee will be authorized to grant restricted stock unit awards, which will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. A restricted stock unit award, once vested, may be settled in a number of shares of our common stock equal to the number of units earned, in cash equal to the fair market value of the number of shares of our common stock earned in respect of such restricted stock unit award or in a combination of the foregoing, at the election of the compensation committee. Restricted stock units may be settled at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned or at a later date selected by the compensation committee. To the extent provided in an award agreement, the holder of outstanding restricted stock units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments upon the payment by us of dividends on shares of our common stock, which accumulated dividend equivalents shall be payable at the same time that the underlying restricted stock units are settled.

Other Stock-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards.    The compensation committee will be authorized to grant awards of unrestricted shares of our common stock, rights to receive grants of awards at a future date, other awards denominated in shares of our common stock, or awards that provide for cash payments based in whole or in part on the value of our common stock under such terms and conditions as the compensation committee may determine and as set forth in the applicable award agreement.

 

284


Table of Contents

Deferred Awards.    The compensation committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to participants deferred awards, which may be a right to receive shares or cash under the 2022 Plan (either independently or as an element of or supplement to any other award under the 2022 Plan), including, as may be required by any applicable law or regulations or determined by the compensation committee, in lieu of any annual bonus, commission or retainer that may be payable to a participant under any applicable, bonus, commission or retainer plan or arrangement, under such terms and conditions as the compensation committee may determine and as set forth in the applicable award agreement.

Effect of a Change in Control.    The following provisions shall apply only in the case an award agreement specifically provided that they will apply. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, or any applicable employment, consulting, change in control, severance or other agreement between us and a participant, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2022 Plan): (i) if the acquirer or successor company in such change in control has agreed to provide for the substitution, assumption, exchange or other continuation of awards, then, if the participant’s employment with or service to the Company is terminated by the Company without cause (and other than due to death or disability) on or within 12 months following a change in control, then unless otherwise provided by the Committee, all options and SARs held by such participant shall become immediately exercisable with respect to 100% of the shares subject to such Options and SARs, and the restricted period (and any other conditions) shall expire immediately with respect to 100% of the shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units and any other awards (other than another cash-based award) held by such participant (including a waiver of any applicable performance conditions); provided that if the vesting or exercisability of any Award would otherwise be subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of such award that shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable shall be based on the assumed achievement of actual or target performance as determined by the compensation committee; (ii) if the acquirer or successor company in such change in control has not agreed to provide for the substitution, assumption, exchange or other continuation of awards, then unless otherwise provided by the Committee, all options and SARs held by such participant shall become immediately exercisable with respect to 100% of the shares subject to such options and SARs, and the restricted period (and any other conditions) shall expire immediately with respect to 100% of the shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units and any other awards (other than another cash-based award) held by such participant (including a waiver of any applicable performance conditions); provided that if the vesting or exercisability of any award would otherwise be subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of such award that shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable shall be based on the assumed achievement of actual or target performance as determined by the compensation committee; and (iii) in addition, the compensation committee may upon at least ten (10) days’ advance notice to the affected participants, cancel any outstanding award and pay to the holders thereof, in cash, securities or other property (including of the acquiring or successor company), or any combination thereof, the value of such awards based upon the price per share received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in the event (it being understood that any option or SAR having a per-share exercise or hurdle price equal to, or in excess of, the fair market value (as of the date specified by the compensation committee) of a share subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor).

Nontransferability.    Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative. No award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless the compensation committee permits the award to be transferred to a permitted transferee (as defined in the 2022 Plan).

Amendment.    The 2022 Plan will have a term of 10 years. The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2022 Plan at any time, subject to shareholder approval if necessary to comply with any tax, exchange rules, or other applicable regulatory requirement. No amendment, suspension or termination will materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or recipient of any award without the consent of the participant or recipient.

 

285


Table of Contents

The compensation committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award theretofore granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively; provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant with respect to any award theretofore granted will not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected participant. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, no shareholder approval will be required for any of the following amendments: (i) reducing the exercise price of any option or the strike price of any SAR, (ii) cancelling any outstanding option and replacing it with a new option (with a lower exercise price) or cancelling any SAR and replacing with a new SAR (with a lower strike price) or, in each case, with another award or cash in a manner that would be treated as a repricing (for compensation disclosure or accounting purposes), (iii) taking any other action considered a repricing for purposes of the shareholder approval rules of the applicable securities exchange on which our common shares are listed and (iv) cancelling any outstanding option or SAR that has a per-share exercise price or strike price (as applicable) at or above the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of cancellation and paying any consideration to the holder thereof.

Clawback/Forfeiture.    Awards may be subject to clawback or forfeiture to the extent (i) the participant engaged in or engages in activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the interests of the Company, including fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, (ii) the participant violates a non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement or non-disclosure covenant or agreement with the Company, (iii) the participant is terminated for Cause (as defined in the 2022 Plan), (iv) required by applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of NYSE or other applicable securities exchange, or (v) if so required pursuant to a written policy adopted by the Company or the provisions of an award agreement. In addition, the compensation committee will have full authority to implement any policies and procedures necessary to comply with Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any rules promulgated thereunder and any other regulatory regimes.

Summary of Federal Income Tax Consequences of Awards

The following is a brief summary of the principal United States federal income tax consequences of awards and transactions under the 2022 Plan. This summary is not intended to be exhaustive and, among other things, does not describe local, state or foreign tax consequences.

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.    A participant will not recognize any income at the time an NSO or SAR is granted, nor will the Company be entitled to a deduction at that time.

 

   

When a nonqualified option is exercised, the participants will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares received as of the date of exercise over the exercise price.

 

   

When an incentive stock option (“ISO”) is exercised, a participant will not recognize any income at the time of grant or exercise. However, the excess of the fair market value of the shares received on the date of exercise over the exercise price paid could create a liability under the alternative minimum tax.

 

   

If a participant disposes of the shares acquired on exercise of an ISO after the later of two years after the date of grant of the ISO or one year after the date of exercise of the ISO (the “holding period”), the gain (i.e., the excess of the proceeds received on sale over the exercise price paid), if any, will be long-term capital gain eligible for favorable tax rates.

 

   

If the participant disposes of the shares prior to the end of the holding period, the disposition is a “disqualifying disposition”. The participant will then recognize ordinary income in the year of the disqualifying disposition equal to the excess, if any, of the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the shares received on the date of exercise or (ii) the amount received for the shares, over the exercise price paid. The

 

286


Table of Contents
 

balance of the gain or the loss, if any, will be long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on how long the shares were held by the participant prior to disposition. If a participant recognizes ordinary income as a result of a disqualifying disposition, the Company will be entitled to a deduction in the same amount as the participant recognizes ordinary income.

 

   

When a SAR is exercised, a participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the cash received or, if the SAR is paid in shares, the fair market value of the shares received as of the date of exercise.

Upon the exercise of stock options or SARs, the compensation committee may require that the participant pay the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligations (as calculated at the applicable minimum statutory rate). The compensation committee may also accept payment of tax withholding obligations through any of the exercise price payment methods described in the 2022 Plan.

The Company will be entitled to a tax deduction with respect to an nonqualified option in the same amount as the participant recognizes income. The Company is not entitled to a deduction as a result of the grant or exercise of an ISO.

 

   

Restricted Stock Units and Restricted Stock:    A participant will not recognize any income at the time an RSU or award of restricted stock is granted, nor will the Company be entitled to a deduction at that time.

 

   

Upon settlement of an RSU:    The participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares received or, if the RSU is paid in cash, the amount payable.

 

   

Upon vesting of shares of restricted stock:    In the year in which shares of restricted stock are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (i.e., in the year that the shares vest), the participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of vesting over the amount, if any, the participant paid for the shares. A participant may, however, elect within 30 days after being granted restricted stock to recognize ordinary income in the year of receipt instead of the year of vesting. If an election is made, the amount of income recognized by the participant will be equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of receipt over the amount, if any, the participant paid for the shares.

Payroll taxes are required to be withheld from the participant on the amount of ordinary income recognized by the participant. The Company will be entitled to a tax deduction in the same amount as the participant recognizes income.

Cash Awards.    A participant will not recognize any income at the time a cash-based award is granted. The participant will recognize income at the time that cash is paid to the participant pursuant to a cash-based award, in the amount paid. The Company will satisfy the participant’s tax withholding obligations by withholding cash from the payment. The Company will be entitled to a tax deduction in the same amount as the participant recognizes income.

New Plan Benefits

Awards under the 2022 Plan are subject to the discretion of the compensation committee of the D-Wave Quantum Board and thus the grants that may be made to eligible persons under the 2022 Plan are not currently determinable.

Interests of DPCM’s Directors and Officers in the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal

When you consider the recommendation of our Board in favor of approval of the 2022 Plan, you should keep in mind that certain of our directors and officers have interests in the 2022 Plan that are different from, or in addition to, your interests as a stockholder or warrant holder, including, among other things, the potential future issuance of awards to Emil Michael as a director of D-Wave Quantum. See the section titled “The Transaction—Interests of Certain Persons in the Transaction” for a further discussion.

 

287


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information

As of December 31, 2021, DPCM had no compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which equity securities of DPCM were authorized for issuance.

Registration with the SEC

If the 2022 Plan is approved by our stockholders and becomes effective, D-Wave Quantum intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 registering the shares reserved for issuance under the 2022 Plan as soon as reasonably practicable after D-Wave Quantum becomes eligible to use such form.

Vote Required for Approval

Approval of the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting, voting as a single class. Failure to vote by proxy or to vote online at the virtual Special Meeting or an abstention from voting will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal.

Adoption of the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal is conditioned on the approval of the Transaction Proposal and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal at the Special Meeting.

The closing is conditioned on the approval of the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal at the Special Meeting.

The Sponsor has agreed to vote the shares of DPCM common stock owned by them in favor of the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal. See “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements —Sponsor Support Agreement” for more information.

Recommendation of the DPCM Board of Directors

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS

THAT DPCM STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR”

THE EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL.

 

288


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL NO. 3—THE EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN PROPOSAL

Overview

Our board of directors approved the D-Wave Quantum Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) and adopt the ESPP, effective as of the consummation of the Transaction, subject to the approval of our shareholders. The purpose of the ESPP is to provide eligible employees of the Company and certain designated subsidiaries with a convenient opportunity to purchase shares of our common stock. We believe by providing eligible employees with an opportunity to increase their proprietary interest in the success of the Company, the ESPP will motivate employees to offer their maximum effort to the Company and help focus them on the creation of long-term value consistent with the interests of our shareholders.

If approved by our shareholders, the ESPP will become effective upon the consummation of the Transaction.

Summary of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Set forth below is a summary of the material terms of the ESPP. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the ESPP, a copy of which is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex E. We urge our shareholders to read carefully the entire ESPP before voting on this proposal.

Administration.     The compensation committee of our board of directors (or any person or institution selected by the compensation committee) will administer the ESPP. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of our common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the ESPP, the plan administrator has full discretion to administer and interpret the ESPP and to adopt such rules, regulations and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable and to determine, among other things, the duration, frequency, start date and end dates of offering periods. The ESPP includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. D-Wave Quantum intends that the 423 Component will qualify as options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code. Except as otherwise provided in the ESPP or determined by D-Wave Quantum Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

Eligibility.     Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by the Company or one of the Company’s designated subsidiaries, will be eligible to participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, an aggregate amount equal to their contribution for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to not less than the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the first trading date of an offering or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of purchase. The administrator may impose different eligibility requirements with respect to the Non-423 Component.

Number of Shares Authorized.     Pursuant to the ESPP, we have reserved an aggregate number of shares of our common stock for issuance of awards to be granted thereunder equal to                 , subject to an annual increase on January 1st of each year for a period of ten years commencing on January 1, 2023 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2032, in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 1% of the fully-diluted number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31st of the immediately preceding calendar year (inclusive of the share reserve under the ESPP and the 2022 Plan (or any successor to either of the foregoing)), (b)              shares and (c) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our board of directors. For the avoidance of doubt, up to the maximum number of shares reserve under the ESPP may be used to satisfy purchases of shares under the 423 Component of the ESPP and any remaining portion may be used to satisfy purchases of shares under the Non-423 Component.

Limitations.     Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the 423 Component of the ESPP, as determined by the plan administrator, including: (i) being

 

289


Table of Contents

customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week; (ii) being customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year; or (iii) classified as an employee for tax purposes. No employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the 423 Component of the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our capital stock measured by vote or value pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code.

Changes to Capital Structure.     In the event that there occurs a change in the Company’s capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transactions, the plan administrator will make appropriate adjustments to (i) the class(es) and maximum number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares and purchase price applicable to all outstanding offerings and purchase rights and (iv) the class(es) and number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Corporate Transactions.     In the event of a corporate transaction, as defined in the ESPP, any then-outstanding rights to purchase shares under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute such purchase rights, then each offering period in progress will be shortened and a new purchase date will be set by the compensation committee, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.

ESPP Amendment or Termination.     Our board of directors will have the authority to amend or terminate the ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially and adversely affect any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. The Company must obtain shareholder approval of any amendment to the ESPP to the extent required by applicable law or listing rules.

Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of Participating in the ESPP

The following brief summary of the effect of U.S. federal income taxation upon the participant and the Company with respect to the shares purchased under the ESPP does not purport to be complete and does not discuss the tax consequences of a participant’s death or the income tax laws of any state or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which the participant may reside.

423 Component of the ESPP. Rights granted under the 423 Component of the ESPP, and the right of U.S. participants to make purchases thereunder, are intended to qualify under the provisions of Sections 421 and 423 of the Code. Under these provisions, no income will be taxable to a participant until the shares purchased under the ESPP are sold or otherwise disposed of. Upon sale or other disposition of the shares, the participant generally will be subject to tax in an amount that depends upon whether the sale occurs before or after expiration of the holding periods described in the following sentence. If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of more than two years from the first day of the applicable offering and one year from the applicable date of purchase, the participant will recognize ordinary income measured as the lesser of (1) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such sale or disposition over the purchase price, or (2) the excess of the fair market value of a share on the offering date that the right was granted over the purchase price for the right as determined on the offering date. Any additional gain will be treated as long-term capital gain. If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of either of these holding periods, the participant will recognize ordinary income generally measured as the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date the shares are purchased over the purchase price. Any additional gain or loss on such sale or disposition will be long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on how long the shares have been held from the date of purchase. The Company generally will not entitled to a deduction for amounts taxed as ordinary income or capital gain to a participant, except to the extent of ordinary income recognized by participants upon a sale or disposition of shares prior to the expiration of the holding periods described above.

 

290


Table of Contents

Non-423 Component of the ESPP. Under the Non-423 Component, a participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of exercise of the purchase right over the purchase price. If the participant is employed by D-Wave Quantum or one of its affiliates, that income will be subject to withholding taxes. The participant’s tax basis in those shares will be equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise of the purchase right, and the participant’s capital gain holding period for those shares will begin on the day after the shares are transferred to the participant.

New Plan Benefits

Participation in the ESPP is voluntary and each eligible employee will make an individual decision regarding whether and to what extent to participate in the ESPP. Therefore, DPCM cannot currently determine the benefits or number of shares subject to purchase rights and a new plan benefits table is thus not provided.

Interests of DPCM’s Directors and Officers in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal

When you consider the recommendation of our board of directors in favor of approval of the ESPP, you should keep in mind that certain of DPCM’s board of directors and officers have interests in the ESPP that are different from, or in addition to, your interests as a stockholder or warrant holder, including, among other things, the existence of financial and personal interests. See the section titled “The Transaction—Interests of Certain Persons in the Transaction” for a further discussion.

Vote Required for Approval

Approval of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting, voting as a single class. Failure to vote by proxy or to vote online at the virtual Special Meeting or an abstention from voting will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal.

Adoption of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal is conditioned on the approval of the Transaction Proposal and the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal at the Special Meeting.

The closing is conditioned on the approval of the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal at the Special Meeting.

The Sponsor has agreed to vote the shares of DPCM common stock owned by them in favor of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal. See “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements — Sponsor Support Agreement” for more information.

Recommendation of the DPCM Board of Directors

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS

THAT DPCM STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR”

THE EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN PROPOSAL.

 

291


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL NO. 4—THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL

The Adjournment Proposal allows the DPCM Board to submit a proposal to approve the adjournment of the Special Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary or appropriate, to permit further solicitation of proxies in the event that there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal or the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal.

Consequences if the Adjournment Proposal is Not Approved

If the Adjournment Proposal is presented to the Special Meeting and is not approved by the stockholders, the DPCM Board may not be able to adjourn the Special Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary or appropriate, to permit further solicitation of proxies in the event that there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the Transaction Proposal, the Equity Incentive Plan Proposal or the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal. In such events, the Transaction would not be completed.

Vote Required for Approval

The approval of the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock and DPCM Class B Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting, voting as a single class. Failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person (which would include presence at the virtual Special Meeting) at the Special Meeting or an abstention from voting will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on the Adjournment Proposal.

The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned upon any other proposal.

Recommendation of the DPCM Board

THE DPCM BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL.

The existence of financial and personal interests of DPCM’s directors and officers may result in a conflict of interest on the part of one or more of the directors between what she, he or they may believe is in the best interests of DPCM and its stockholders and what she, he or they may believe is best for herself, himself or themselves in determining to recommend that stockholders vote for the proposals. See the section entitled “The Transaction — Interests of Certain Persons in the Transaction” for a further discussion.

 

292


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Accounting Treatment

While the legal acquirer in the Transaction Agreement is D-Wave Quantum, for financial accounting and reporting purposes under GAAP, D-Wave will be the accounting acquirer and the Transaction will be accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization.” A reverse recapitalization does not result in a new basis of accounting and the financial statements of D-Wave Quantum represent the continuation of our financial statements in many respects. Under this method of accounting, DPCM will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. For accounting purposes, D-Wave will be deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the transaction and, consequently, the transaction will be treated as a recapitalization of D-Wave (i.e., a capital transaction involving the issuance of stock by D-Wave Quantum for the stock of D-Wave).

Appraisal and Dissenters’ Rights

Appraisal rights or dissenters’ rights are not available to holders of the DPCM Common Stock in connection with the Transaction. Dissenting D-Wave Shareholders are entitled to dissent pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement. See “Summary—Appraisal and Dissenting Rights” and “Proposal No. 1—The Transaction Proposal — Related Agreements —Plan of Arrangement.

Legal Matters

The legality of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares and D-Wave Quantum Warrants offered by the proxy statement/prospectus will be passed upon for DPCM and D-Wave Quantum by Greenberg Traurig, P.A. Certain legal matters relating to U.S. law will be passed upon for D-Wave by Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP. Certain Canadian legal matters will be passed upon for D-Wave by Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP. Certain Canadian legal matters will be passed upon for DPCM and D-Wave Quantum by Stikeman Elliott LLP.

Experts

The financial statements of D-Wave Systems Inc. at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for the years then ended, included in this proxy statement of DPCM Capital, Inc. have been so included in reliance of the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to D-Wave Systems Inc.’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 2 to the financial statements), of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on their authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of DPCM Capital, Inc. as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period March 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 appearing in this proxy statement/prospectus, have been audited by Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in its report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to substantial doubt about the ability of DPCM Capital, Inc. to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to such financial statements) appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, and are included in reliance on such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Householding Information

Unless we have received contrary instructions, it may send a single copy of this proxy statement/prospectus to any household at which two or more stockholders reside if we believe the stockholders are members of the same family. This process, known as “householding,” reduces the volume of duplicate information received at any one household and helps to reduce expenses. A number of brokers with account holders who are DPCM Stockholders will be “householding” this proxy statement/prospectus. DPCM Stockholders who participate in “householding” will continue to receive separate proxy cards. If stockholders prefer to receive multiple sets of disclosure documents at the same address this year or in future years, the stockholders should follow the instructions described below. Similarly, if an address is shared with another stockholder and together both of the

 

293


Table of Contents

stockholders would like to receive only a single set of disclosure documents, the stockholders should follow these instructions:

 

   

If the shares are registered in the name of the stockholder, the stockholder should contact us at our offices at DPCM Capital, Inc., 382 NE 191 Street, #24148, Miami, Florida 33179 or by telephone at (305) 857-5086, to inform us of their request; or

 

   

If a bank, broker or other nominee holds the shares, the stockholder should contact the bank, broker or other nominee directly.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent for our securities is Continental Stock Transfer Company.

Future Stockholder Proposals

The Special Meeting to be held on                 , 2022 will be held in lieu of the 2022 annual meeting of DPCM. The next annual meeting of stockholders will be held in 2023. For any proposal to be considered for inclusion in our proxy statement/prospectus and form of proxy for submission to the stockholders at DPCM’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders, it must be submitted in writing and comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act and DPCM’s bylaws. Such proposals must be received by us at our executive offices a reasonable time before we begin to print and mail its 2022 annual meeting proxy materials in order to be considered for inclusion in the proxy materials for the 2022 annual meeting.

 

294


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statement and other information with the SEC required by the Exchange Act. Our public filings are available to the public from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may request a copy of our filings with the SEC (excluding exhibits) at no cost by contacting us at the address and/or telephone number below.

If you would like additional copies of this proxy statement/prospectus or our other filings with the SEC (excluding exhibits) or if you have questions about the Transaction or the proposals to be presented at the Special Meeting, you should contact us at the following address and telephone number:

DPCM Capital, Inc.

382 NE 191 Street, #24148

Miami, FL 33179

(305) 857-5086

You may also obtain additional copies of this proxy statement/prospectus by requesting them in writing or by telephone from our proxy solicitation agent at the following address and telephone number:

Morrow Sodali LLC

333 Ludlow Street, 5th

Floor, South Tower

Stamford CT 06902

Tel: Toll-Free (800) 662-5200 or (203) 658-9400

You will not be charged for any of the documents you request. If your shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you should contact your broker, bank or other nominee for additional information.

If you are a DPCM Stockholder and would like to request documents, please do so by                , 2022, or five business days prior to the Special Meeting, in order to receive them before the Special Meeting. If you request any documents from us, such documents will be mailed to you by first class mail, or another equally prompt means.

This proxy statement/prospectus is part of a registration statement and constitutes a prospectus in addition to being a proxy statement for the Special Meeting. As allowed by SEC rules, this proxy statement/prospectus does not contain all of the information you can find in the registration statement or the exhibits to the registration statement. Information and statements contained in this proxy statement/prospectus are qualified in all respects by reference to the copy of the relevant contract or other document included as an Annex to this proxy statement/prospectus.

We are responsible for all the information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus. Such information does not constitute any representation, estimate or projection of any other party. This document is a proxy statement for the Special Meeting. We have not authorized anyone to give any information or make any representation about the Transaction or the parties thereto, including us, which is different from, or in addition to, that contained in this proxy statement/prospectus. Therefore, if anyone does give you information of this sort, you should not rely on it. The information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus speaks only as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies.

 

295


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited consolidated financial statements of D-Wave Systems Inc. as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

     Page  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated balance sheets

     F-4  

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

     F-5  

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity

     F-6  

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-7  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-8  

DPCM Capital, Inc. Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-41  

Financial Statements:

  

Balance Sheets

     F-42  

Statements of Operations

     F-43  

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-44  

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-45  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-46  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of D-Wave Systems Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of D-Wave Systems Inc. and its subsidiaries (together, the Company) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Substantial Doubt About the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recurring losses from operations and cash outflows from operating activities that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers Place, 250 Howe Street, Suite 1400, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6C 3S7

T: +1 604 806 7000, F: +1 604 806 7806

“PwC” refers to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an Ontario limited liability partnership.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

Vancouver, Canada

March 15, 2022

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2010.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

D-Wave Systems Inc.

Consolidated balance sheets

 

     December 31,  

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

   2021     2020  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,483     $ 21,335  

Trade accounts receivable, net

     421       590  

Research incentives receivable

     4,774       15,585  

Inventories

     2,114       2,521  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,116       1,253  

Deferred offering costs

     1,250       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

   $ 19,158     $ 41,284  

Property and equipment, net

     3,249       2,894  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     8,578       2,948  

Intangible assets, net

     272       148  

Other noncurrent assets

     1,353       187  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 32,610     $ 47,461  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Trade accounts payable

     2,109       2,176  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     3,614       3,183  

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

     1,687       1,544  

Loans payable, net, current

     220       355  

Deferred revenue, current

     2,665       4,713  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     10,295       11,971  

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

     6,990       1,440  

Loans payable, noncurrent

     12,233       1,321  

Deferred revenue, net, noncurrent

     54       —    

Other noncurrent liabilities

     18       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 29,590     $ 14,732  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Non-redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value; unlimited number of shares authorized as of December 31, 2021 and 2020; 137,765,828 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

     189,881       189,881  

Common stock, no par value; unlimited number of shares authorized; 3,166,949 and 3,061,746 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

     2,610       2,492  

Additional paid-in capital

     146,240       144,537  

Accumulated deficit

     (325,268     (293,723

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (10,443     (10,458
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,020     $ 32,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 32,610     $ 47,461  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

D-Wave Systems Inc.

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

 

     Year ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)    2021     2020  

Revenue

     6,279       5,160  

Cost of revenue

     1,750       915  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     4,529       4,245  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development, net

     25,401       20,411  

General and administrative

     11,897       11,587  

Sales and marketing

     6,179       3,714  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     43,477       35,712  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (38,948     (31,467

Other income:

    

Interest expense

     (1,728     (5,257

Government assistance

     7,167       12,027  

Gain on debt extinguishment

     —         3,873  

Gain on settlement of warrant liability

     —         7,836  

Gain on investment in marketable securities

     1,163       —    

Other income, net

     801       2,969  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income, net

     7,403       21,448  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (31,545   $ (10,019
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.28   $ (0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in calculating net loss per share, basic and diluted

     111,911,127       121,358,898  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss:

    

Net loss

   $ (31,545   $ (10,019

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     15       (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (31,530   $ (10,101
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

D-Wave Systems Inc.

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity

 

    Non-redeemable
convertible preferred
stock
    Common shares     Additional
Paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
    Total
stockholders’
(deficit)
equity
 
(In thousands of U.S. dollars,
except share data)
  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances at December 31, 2019

    135,012,939     $ 152,091       15,220,212     $ 16,337     $ 21,784     $ (283,704   $ (10,376   $ (103,868

D-Wave exercise of stock options

        11,250       10       (6         4  

D-Wave stock-based compensation

            269           269  

D-Wave issuance of preferred stock pursuant to exercise of warrants

    313,159       818                 818  

D-Wave share issuance costs

      (110               (110

D-Wave stock exchanged on transaction (See Note 2)

    (135,326,098     (152,799     (15,231,462     (16,347           (169,140

DWSI Common Stock issued on D-Wave common stock conversion (see Note 2)

        3,060,746       2,491       5,966           8,450  

DWSI Class A Preferred Stock issued on D-Wave preferred stock conversion (See Note 2)

    27,065,220       47,336           113,354           160,690  

DWSI Class B Preferred Stock issued for cash (See Note 2)

    53,958,748       43,679                 43,679  

DWSI Class B Preferred Stock issued on D-Wave convertible debt transfer (see Note 2)

    56,741,860       99,298                 99,298  

DWSI share issuance costs

      (432               (432

DWSI fair value of warrants issued for services

            450           450  

DWSI exercise of stock options

        1,000       1             1  

DWSI stock-based compensation

            2,720           2,720  

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

                (82     (82

Net loss

              (10,019       (10,019
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2020

    137,765,828       189,881       3,061,746     $ 2,492     $ 144,537     $ (293,723   $ (10,458   $ 32,729  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

D-Wave exercise of stock options

        105,203       118       (36         82  

D-Wave stock-based compensation

            1,739           1,739  

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

                15       15  

Net loss

              (31,545       (31,545
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2021

    137,765,828     $ 189,881       3,166,949     $ 2,610     $ 146,240     $ (325,268   $ (10,443   $ 3,021  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

D-Wave Systems Inc.

Consolidated statements of cash flows

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

   2021     2020  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (31,545   $ (10,019

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     1,534       1,886  

Stock-based compensation

     1,739       2,989  

Amortization of operating right of use assets

     1,068       840  

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

     269       246  

Non-cash interest expense on convertible debt

     —         5,095  

Non-cash interest expense on government assistance

     1,722       137  

Gain on settlement of warrant liability

     —         (7,836

Gain on investments in marketable securities

     (1,163     —    

Gain on debt extinguishment

     —         (3,873

Interest benefit on debt

     (19     —    

Government assistance

     (7,140     (12,027

Fair value of warrants issued for services

     —         451  

Non-cash lease expense

     —         201  

Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain)

     (100     (287

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Trade accounts receivable

     163       8,002  

Research incentive receivable

     2,236       (9,053

Inventories

     182       (652

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,012     (16

Trade accounts payable

     (379     1,279  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     578       (5,579

Deferred revenue

     (1,902     (335

Operating lease liability

     (1,031     (736
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (34,800     (29,287
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,774     (736

Purchase of software

     (225     (53
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,999     (789
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock for cash

     —         43,679  

Proceeds from government assistance

     25,147       —    

Proceeds from debt financing

     111       —    

Share issuance costs

     —         (542

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     85       5  

Debt payment

     (31     —    

Government loan payment

     (399     —    

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

     —         2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     24,913       43,144  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     34       (13

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (11,852     13,055  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   $ 21,335     $ 8,280  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 9,483     $ 21,335  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financial activities:

    

Operating lease right-of-use assets recognized in exchange for new operating lease obligations

   $ 11,870     $ 4,932  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of property and equipment included in account receivable and payable

   $ 14     $ (79
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash payments included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities

   $ 1,573     $ 1,474  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unpaid deferred costs

   $ 1,142     $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

D-Wave Systems Inc.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

1.

Description of business

D-Wave Systems Inc. (“D-Wave” or the “Company”), previously DWSI Holdings Inc. (“DWSI”) is a commercial quantum computing company that provides customers with a full suite of professional services and web-based access to its superconducting quantum computer systems and integrated software environment through its cloud service, LeapTM. Historically, the Company has developed its own annealing superconducting quantum computer systems and associated software and its current-generation quantum system is the D-Wave AdvantageTM. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company initiated the development of a gate-model quantum computing system.

References to the “Company” herein for the periods before April 14, 2020, shall be to D-Wave Inc., a federally incorporated corporation (“Old D-Wave”) and its subsidiaries, collectively. References to the “Company” from April 14, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (inclusive) shall be to DWSI and its subsidiaries, collectively. References to the “Company” herein for the periods including and after January 1, 2021, shall be to D-Wave Systems Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively.

D-Wave is a British Columbia corporation headquartered in Burnaby, British Columbia.

On February 7, 2022, DPCM Capital Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “SPAC” or “DPCM”), and D-Wave entered into a definitive Transaction Agreement by and among DPCM, D-Wave, D-Wave Quantum Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of SPAC (the “Issuer”), DWSI Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Issuer (“Merger Sub”) and a separate entity from the former DWSI, DWSI Canada Holdings ULC, a British Columbia unlimited liability company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Issuer (“CallCo”), D-Wave Quantum Technologies Inc., a British Columbia corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of CallCo, pursuant to which, among other things: a) Merger Sub will merge with and into DPCM, with DPCM surviving as a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer, and b) D-Wave will become an indirect subsidiary of the Issuer (the “Merger”).

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s revenue was derived primarily from customers located in the United States, Japan, and Germany.

 

2.

Basis of presentation and summary of significant accounting policies

The Company has prepared the accompanying financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative U.S. GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Updates (“ASUs”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).

Liquidity and going concern

The Company has prepared its consolidated financial statements assuming that it will continue as a going concern. Since its inception, the Company has incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $325.3 million and $293.7 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company incurred a net loss of $31.5 million and $10.0 million, respectively and had net cash outflows from operations of $34.8 million and $29.3 million, respectively. The Company expects to incur additional operating losses and negative cash flows from operations as it continues to expand its commercial operations and research and development programs.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company secured $25.1 million in additional financing through an arrangement with the Strategic Innovation Fund (“SIF”) to receive up to C$40 million in repayable contributions. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had received $25.1 million (C$32 million) from SIF. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $9.5 million of cash and cash equivalents and $8.9 million of working capital.

As further discussed in Note 1 – Description of the business, on February 7, 2022, the Company entered into a Transaction Agreement with DPCM. In addition to the cash resources that will be made available through the Merger, the Company anticipated $40.0 million in additional financing will be made available to the Company through a Private Investment in Public Equity (“PIPE”) offering. There can be no assurance that the Merger and the PIPE offering will be completed as currently contemplated, or at all.

As further discussed in Note 17 – Subsequent events, on March 3, 2022, the Company entered into a Venture Loan and Security Agreement (the “Venture Loan Agreement”) with PSPIB Investments II Inc. (“PSPIB”), as the lender. Under the Venture Loan Agreement, term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million have become available to the Company in three tranches, subject to certain terms and conditions. The maturity date of these term loans is the earliest of December 31, 2022, or the closing of the Merger.

To the extent additional capital is not obtained through the Merger and PIPE offering, or through the cash received in connection with the Merger, management will be required to obtain additional capital through the sale of debt or equity, or other arrangements. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to raise additional capital when needed or under acceptable terms. The sale of additional equity may dilute existing stockholders and newly issued shares may contain senior rights and preferences compared to currently outstanding shares. Any future debt may contain covenants and limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to stockholders. If the Company is unable to obtain additional financing, operations may be scaled back or discontinued. These conditions give rise to material uncertainties that may cast substantial doubt on the ability of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Such adjustments could be material.

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.

Transaction between entities under common control

In April 2020, DWSI was formed with the primary objective of facilitating additional financing from existing shareholders and additional investors.

Old D-Wave, certain shareholders holding more than 75% of the equity securities, all the holders of the convertible notes of Old D-Wave and certain parties who wished to provide equity financing to the Company executed a Recapitalization Agreement (the “Transaction”) whereby DWSI was formed. In order to facilitate the additional financing all outstanding warrants, common stock, preferred stock and convertible notes of Old D-Wave were converted or assigned to DWSI for newly issued preferred and common stock of the Company.

The Company was able to achieve this additional financing in April 2020 through the issuance of DWSI’s Class B Preferred Stock. DWSI issued 11,787,320 Class B1 Preferred Stock, 13,142,857 Class B2 Preferred

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Stock and 29,000,000 Class B3 Preferred Stock for $43.6 million of proceeds. The DWSI newly non-redeemable convertible preferred stock issue price was $1.75 per share for Class B1 and Class B2 Preferred Stock and $0.00001 for Class B3 Preferred Stock.

The Transaction was recorded as a transaction between entities under common control that led to a change in the reporting entity. In the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the assets and the liabilities and relating operations of the transferring entity (Old D-Wave) are retrospectively presented at their carrying amounts without change in the basis for all periods during which Old D-Wave was under common control. The share capital as well as the share and per share information included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the share capital of the Company after the Transaction. Differences in the par value of the common stock between the transferring and the receiving entity were reflected by adjustments to the non-redeemable convertible preferred stock and additional paid-in capital.

Amalgamation of Old D-Wave and DWSI

In order to simplify the corporate structure of DWSI Holdings Inc. and to reduce administrative costs, effective January 1, 2021, the Company completed a vertical short-form amalgamation pursuant to the British Columbia Business Corporations Act with its previously wholly owned subsidiary, Old D-Wave. Pursuant to the amalgamation, all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of Old D-Wave were cancelled, and the assets and liabilities of Old D-Wave were assumed by the Company. Immediately after the amalgamation, DWSI Holdings Inc. changed its name to D-Wave Systems Inc. No additional equity securities were issued in connection with the amalgamation and the share capital of the Company remained unchanged.

The amalgamation did not have a significant effect on the business and operations of D-Wave.

COVID-19 pandemic

The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties relating to the ongoing outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”), which the World Health Organization declared a pandemic in March 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in authorities implementing numerous measures to contain the virus, including travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter-in-place orders, and business limitations and shutdowns. Work-from-home and other measures have introduced additional operational risks, including cybersecurity risks, and may adversely affect the way the Company and its third-party partners operate. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts the Company’s workforce, business, financial condition, and results of operations will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time. If the financial markets and/or the overall economy are impacted for an extended period, the Company’s results may be materially adversely affected. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company’s business, results of operation and financial condition was not significantly impacted due to the effects of COVID-19.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. These estimates and assumptions are based on current facts, historical experience and various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates as there are changes in circumstances, facts, and experience.

The Company’s accounting estimates and assumptions may change over time in response to COVID-19 and the change could be material in future periods. As of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial

 

F-10


Table of Contents

statements, the Company is not aware of any specific event or circumstances that would require the Company to update estimates, judgments or revise the carrying value of any assets or liabilities. Actual results may differ from those estimates or assumptions.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist of legal, accounting and consulting fees incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Merger mentioned in Note 1 – Description of the business and that will be charged to shareholder’s equity upon the completion of the Merger mentioned in Note 1. Should the Merger prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs, as well as additional expenses to be incurred, will be charged to operations. As of December 31, 2021, the Company recorded $1.2 million in transaction costs in deferred offering costs in its consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2020, no transaction costs were accrued.

Operating segment

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is the chief operating decision maker, reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for allocating and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company views its operations and manages its business in one operating and reportable segment (See Note 16 - Geographic areas).

Foreign currency translation and transactions

The Company’s reporting currency is the US dollar. Generally, the functional and reporting currency of its international subsidiaries is the currency of their primary economic environment. Accordingly, all foreign balance sheet accounts have been translated into the U.S. dollars using the rate of exchange at the respective balance sheet date. Components of the consolidated statements of operation and comprehensive loss have been translated at the average exchange rate for the year or the corresponding period. Translation gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a component of stockholders’ equity. Gains or losses arising from currency exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the local functional currency are included in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. For the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company recorded $608,000 and $623,000 in foreign currency transaction gains, respectively, in other income in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Comprehensive loss

Comprehensive loss consists of two components, net loss and other comprehensive loss. The Company’s other comprehensive loss consists of foreign currency translation adjustments that result from consolidation of its foreign entities.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents consists of money held in demand depositary accounts and highly liquid investments, including commercial papers with original maturities of three months or less at the date of the purchase. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents was $9.5 million and $21.3 million as of December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively, which approximates fair value and was determined based upon Level 1 inputs. The Company’s short-term investments, including commercial papers included in cash equivalents are carried at fair market value based on market quotes and other observable inputs (Level 2 inputs).

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets to the totals presented on the consolidated statement of cash flows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Cash

   $ 9,483      $ 10,272  

Cash equivalents - commercial papers

     —          11,063  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated statements of cash flows

   $ 9,483      $ 21,335  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable, net

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company periodically reviews the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and the Company’s customers’ respective financial conditions, the amounts of receivables in dispute and the current receivables aging and current payment patterns. To the extent identified, account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. To date, the Company’s customers have proven to be credit worthy. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company did not recognize any material write-offs and has not recorded activity for its allowance for doubtful accounts.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, using the weighted average cost method, or net realizable value. Inventory that is obsolete or in excess of forecasted usage is written down to its estimated net realizable value based on the assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Inventory write-downs are charged to cost of revenue and establish a new cost basis for the inventory. Inventories include raw materials, which consist of parts and supplies used in the Company’s manufacturing process and research and development activities as well as service parts for the Company’s quantum computer systems, work-in-process and finished goods.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable property, or for leasehold improvements, the remaining term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Costs for capital assets not yet placed into service are capitalized as construction-in-progress and depreciated once placed into service. The Company’s estimated useful lives of its property and equipment are as follows:

 

    

Estimated Useful Lives

Quantum computer systems

   5 years

Lab equipment

   5 years

Computer equipment

   3 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of expected lease term or estimated useful life

Upon sale or retirement of the assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recognized in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Expenditures for general maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Intangible assets, net

The Company’s intangible assets consist of acquired computer software, including off-the-shelf software applications as well as costs associated with systems’ implementations. Computer software is stated at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment. Off-the-shelf software is amortized on a straight-line basis over three years while the costs of implementing systems are amortized over the initial licence term. Annual licence fees for off-the-shelf software are expensed as incurred.

Internally developed software

Costs related to the formulation and design of internally developed software are expensed as incurred to research and development.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and other long-term assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group to be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the underlying asset exceeds its fair value.

The Company did not record any impairment loss on long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Fair value of financial instruments

Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value under US GAAP. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:

 

   

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2—Observable inputs (other than Level 1 quoted prices), such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets or liabilities, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

   

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy on the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer.

The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, net, trade accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair values (Level 1).

The Company carries its marketable investments at cost, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments by the same issuer, as they represent

 

F-13


Table of Contents

investments in privately held companies for which there are no quoted market prices. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company estimates the fair value of its securities denominated in Canadian dollars to be C$10.2 million for both periods presented, and its securities denominated in United States dollars to be $1.2 million and $279,000, respectively. The carrying value of its securities as of December 31, 2021, and 2020 was $1.2 million and $5,000, respectively and is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

Concentration of credit risk and other risks and uncertainties

Credit risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with major and reputable financial institutions. Deposits held with the financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided by the Canadian Deposit Insurance Corporation on such deposits but may be redeemed upon demand. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions. With respect to accounts receivable, the Company monitors the credit quality of its customers as well as maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments.

Concentration risk

Agreements which potentially subject the Company to concentration risk consist principally of three customer agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2021, 15% of the Company’s total revenue was earned from a single customer, 13% was earned from a second customer and 12% was earned from a third customer. For the year ended December 31, 2020, 22% of the Company’s total revenue was earned from a single customer, 17% was earned from a second customer and 10% was earned from a third customer.

Foreign currency risk

The Company’s customers are located in the United States, Japan, Europe, Canada and other locations; therefore, foreign exchange risk exposures arise from transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional and reporting currency (United States dollars). To date, a majority of the Company’s sales have been denominated in United States dollars and a significant portion of the Company’s operating expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars. The Company also purchases certain of its key manufacturing inputs in Euros. As the Company expands its presence in international markets, the Company’s results of operations and cash flows may increasingly be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To date, the Company has not entered into any hedging arrangements to minimize the impact of these fluctuations in the exchange rates. The Company will reassess its approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in currency rates.

The Company does not believe that foreign currency risk had a material effect on its business, financial condition, or result of operations during the periods presented.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented in our consolidated financial statements. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs, and our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Leases

The Company adopted ASC 842, Leases (“ASC 842”) as of January 1, 2018. ASC 842 was adopted using the modified retrospective transition approach, with no restatement of prior periods or cumulative adjustments to

 

F-14


Table of Contents

retained earnings. Upon adoption, the Company elected the package transition practical expedients, which allowed the Company to carry forward prior conclusions related to whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, the lease classification for any expired or existing leases and initial direct costs for existing leases. The Company chose not to elect the use-of-hindsight to reassess lease term. The Company also elected not to recognize leases with an initial term of 12 months or less within the consolidated balance sheets and to recognize those lease payments on a straight-line basis in the consolidated statements of operation over the lease term. The new lease accounting standard also provides practical expedients for an entity’s ongoing accounting. The Company elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for all leases.

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and current operating lease liabilities and operating lease liabilities, net of current portion on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had no financing lease arrangements. The Company recognizes lease expense for its operating leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease. ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term. Operating lease ROU assets also include the impact of any lease incentives. Amendments to a lease are assessed to determine if it represents a lease modification or a separate contract. Lease modifications are reassessed as of the effective date of the modification using an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date. For modified leases, the Company also reassesses the lease classification as of the effective date of the modification.

The interest rate used to determine the present value of the future lease payments is the Company’s incremental borrowing rate, because the interest rate implicit in the Company’s leases is not readily determinable. The incremental borrowing rate is estimated to approximate the interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar terms and payments, and in economic environments where the leased asset is located.

The Company’s lease terms include periods under options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option in the measurement of its ROU assets and liabilities. The Company considers contractual-based factors such as the nature and terms of the renewal or termination, asset-based factors such as physical location of the asset and entity-based factors such as the importance of the leased asset to the Company’s operations to determine the lease term. The Company generally uses the base, non-cancelable, lease term when determining the ROU assets and lease liabilities. The right-of-use asset is tested for impairment in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment.

Government assistance

US GAAP for profit-oriented entities does not define government assistance; nor is there specific guidance applicable to government assistance.

During the years ended 2021 and 2020, the Company received various forms of government assistance including (i) government grants (ii) investment credits, and (iii) government loans, for research and development initiatives from Canadian government agencies.

The Company recognizes grants and investment tax credits relating to qualifying scientific research and development expenditures as a reduction of the related eligible expenses (research and development expenses) in its consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Grants and investment tax credits are recognized in the period during which the related qualifying expenses are incurred, provided that the conditions under which the grants and investment tax credits have been met. The Company recognizes grants and

 

F-15


Table of Contents

investment tax credits in an amount equal to the estimated qualifying expenses incurred in each period multiplied by the applicable reimbursement percentage. Grants and investment tax credits that are recognized upon incurring qualifying expenses in advance of receipt of grant funding or proceeds from research and development incentives are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as research incentives receivable. In circumstances where the grants received relates to prior period eligible expenses, the Company recognizes them as government assistance in its consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss in the current period.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded Sustainable Development Technology Canada and BC Innovative Clean Energy (“SDTC”) grants of $7.6 million, as an offset to its research and development expenses in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company did not record any SDTC grants during the year ended December 31, 2021.

During the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company recorded a Scientific Research and Experimental Development (“SR&ED”) investment tax credit of $1.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively, as an offset to its research and development expenses in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The Company has received government loans under funding agreements that bear interest at rates that are below market rates of interest or interest-free. The Company accounts for the imputed benefit arising from the difference between a market rate of interest and the rate of interest charged as additional grant funding, and records interest expense for the loans at a market rate of interest. On the date that loan proceeds are earned, the Company recognizes the portion of the loan proceeds allocated to grant funding as a discount to the carrying value of the loan and as other liability, which is subsequently recognized as additional government assistance upon draw down of the qualified loan amounts.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded the interest benefit on Strategic Innovation Fund (“SIF”) government loans for $7.2 million, as government assistance in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded the interest benefit on SIF and Technology Partnership of Canada (“TPC”) government loans for $12.0 million, as government assistance in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. See Note 8 – Loans payable for further details on government loans.

Revenue recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and accounts for certain contract costs in accordance with FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs-Contracts with Customers.

The standard was adopted on a full retrospective method on January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASC 606 had no impact on the Company and as such there was no recorded transition adjustment. The core principle of ASC 606 is that an entity shall recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

To support this core principle, the Company applies the following five step approach:

 

   

Identify the contract with the customer

 

   

Identify the performance obligations

 

   

Determine the transaction price

 

   

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations

 

   

Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The Company generates revenue through subscription sales to access its Quantum Computing as a Service (“QCaaS”) cloud platform and from professional services related to the practical applications of quantum computing technology to solve its customers’ business challenges, to develop quantum proofs-of-concepts, pilot hybrid quantum applications and to put those applications into production. In addition, the Company also earns revenue from providing training regarding quantum computing systems and building related applications. In arrangements with re-sellers of the Company’s cloud services, the re-seller is considered the customer and the Company does not have any contractual relationships with the re-sellers’ end users. For these arrangements, revenue is recognized at the amount charged to the re-seller and does not reflect any mark-up to the end user.

When the Company determines that its contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations, for these arrangements, the Company allocates the transaction price based on the relative standalone selling price (“SSP”) method by comparing the SSP of each distinct performance obligation to the total value of the contract. The Company uses a range of amounts to estimate SSP for products and services sold together in a contract to determine whether there is a discount to be allocated based on the relative SSP of the various products and services. In instances where SSP is not directly observable, such as when the Company does not sell the product or service separately, the Company determines the SSP using information that may include market conditions and other observable inputs. Standalone selling price is typically established as a range. In situations in which the stated contract price for a performance obligation is outside of the applicable standalone selling price range and has a different pattern of transfer to the customer than the other performance obligations in the contract, the Company will reallocate the total transaction price to each performance obligation based on the relative standalone selling price of each.

The transaction price is the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods and services to the customer. Revenue is recorded based on the transaction price, which includes fixed consideration and estimates of variable consideration. The amount of variable consideration included in the transaction price is constrained and is included only to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.

The Company’s contracts with customers may include renewals or other options at fixed prices. Determining whether such options are considered distinct performance obligations that provide the customer with a material right and therefore should be accounted for separately requires significant judgment. Judgment is required to determine the standalone selling price for each renewal option to determine whether the renewal pricing is reflective of the standalone selling price or is reflective of a discount that would provide the customer with a material right. Based on the Company’s assessment of standalone selling prices, the Company determined that there were no significant material rights provided to its customers requiring separate recognition.

The timing of revenue recognition may not align with the right to invoice the customer. The Company records accounts receivable when it has the unconditional right to issue an invoice and receive payment, regardless of whether revenue has been recognized. Deferred revenue is primarily composed of fees related to QCaaS, which are generally billed in advance and recognized as revenue over the related subscription term. Unbilled receivables relate to revenue recognized for milestones completed under professional services contracts for which the related milestone billing has not yet occurred.

In instances where the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of the right to invoice, the Company has determined that a significant financing component generally does not exist. The primary purpose of the Company’s invoicing terms is to provide customers with simplified and predictable way of purchasing the products and services and not to receive financing from or provide financing to the customer. Additionally, the Company has elected the practical expedient terms that permit an entity not to recognize a significant financing component if the time between the transfer of a good or service and payment is one year or less.

Payment terms on invoiced amounts are typically net 30 days. The Company does not offer rights of return for its services in the normal course of business and contracts generally do not include service-type warranties

 

F-17


Table of Contents

that provide any incremental service to the customer beyond providing assurance that the services conform to applicable specifications or customer-specific or subjective acceptance provisions. The Company also excludes from revenue government-assessed and imposed taxes on revenue-generating activities that are invoiced to customers.

Revenue from QCaaS is recognized evenly over the contractual period, on a straight-line basis over the subscription term, beginning on the date that the service is made available to the customer. Professional services are recognized as they are earned based on the terms of the contract or based on the cost-to-cost method. Under the cost-to-cost method, revenue is recognized based upon the ratio that incurred costs bear to total estimated contract costs with related cost of revenue recorded as the costs are incurred. Each month management reviews estimated contract costs through a process of aggregating actual costs incurred and estimating additional costs to completion based upon the current available information and status of the contract. The effect of any change in the estimated gross margin rate for a contract is reflected in revenues in the period in which the change is known. Provisions for the full amount of anticipated losses on contracts are made in the period in which they become determinable.

Contract assets and contract liabilities

The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections may result in accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities (deferred revenue) on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. A receivable is recorded in the period we deliver products or provide services when we have an unconditional right to payment. Contract assets primarily relate to the value of products and services transferred to the customer for which the right to payment is not just dependent on the passage of time. Contract assets are transferred to accounts receivable when rights to payment become unconditional.

A contract liability is recognized when the Company receives payment or has an unconditional right to payment in advance of the satisfaction of performance. The contract liabilities represent (1) deferred product revenue related to the value of products that have been shipped and billed to customers and for which control has not been transferred to the customers, and (2) deferred service revenue, which is recorded when we receive consideration, or such consideration is unconditionally due, from a customer prior to transferring services to the customer under the terms of a contract. Deferred service revenue typically results from maintenance and other service contracts.

Cost to obtain and fulfilling contracts

The Company has elected to apply the practical expedient to expense contract acquisition costs as incurred when the expected amortization period is one year or less. The Company capitalizes incremental costs incurred to fulfill its contracts that (i) relate directly to the contract, (ii) are expected to generate resources that will be used to satisfy the Company’s performance obligation(s) under the contract, and (iii) are expected to be recovered through revenue generated under the contract.

The Company has not identified any costs that are incremental to the acquisition of customer contracts that would be capitalized as deferred costs on the balance sheet in accordance with ASC 340-40. Incremental costs incurred to fulfill the Company’s contracts that meet the capitalization criteria in ASC 340-40 have historically been immaterial. Accordingly, the Company has not capitalized any contract fulfillment costs as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of expenses related to delivering the Company’s services, including direct labor costs, direct services costs and depreciation and amortization related to the Company’s quantum computing systems and related software.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Research and development costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred in performing research and development activities, including personnel costs, stock-based compensation, employee benefits, facility costs, depreciation, manufacturing expenses and all other costs for the Company’s hardware, software and engineering personnel who design and develop the Company’s quantum computing systems and research new quantum computing technologies. Unlike a standard computer, design and development efforts continue throughout the useful life of the Company’s quantum computing systems to ensure proper calibration and optimal functionality. Research and development expenses also include purchased hardware and software costs related to quantum computing systems constructed for research purposes that are not probable of providing future economic benefit and have no alternate future use.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are primarily included in sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. During the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, these costs were $887,000 and $1.0 million, respectively.

Stock-based compensation

The Company measures its stock-based awards made to employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period using the straight-line method and is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. As such, the Company’s stock-based compensation is reduced for the estimated forfeitures at the grant date and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Stock-based compensation expenses to non-employees as consideration for services received are measured on the date of performance at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, whichever can be more reliably measured. Compensation expense for options granted to non-employees is remeasured each period as the underlying options vest.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions, which determine the fair value of share-based awards, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the option’s expected term, the price volatility of the underlying common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of the common stock. The assumptions used to determine the fair value of the stock awards represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.

Common stock valuations

The Company obtained third-party valuations to estimate the fair value of its common stock for purposes of measuring stock-based compensation expense. The third-party valuations were prepared using methodologies, approaches, and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Accounting & Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (“Practice Guide”).

In accordance with the Practice Guide, the Company considered the following methods for allocating the enterprise value across its classes of capital stock to determine the fair value of its common stock at each valuation date.

 

   

Option Pricing Method (“OPM”). The OPM estimates the value of the common equity of D-Wave using the various inputs in the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The OPM treats the rights of the

 

F-19


Table of Contents
 

holders of common stock as equivalent to that of call options on any value of the enterprise above certain break points of value based upon the liquidation preferences of the holders of D-Wave preferred stock, as well as their rights to participation, and the stock prices of the outstanding options. Thus, the value of the common stock can be determined by estimating the value of its portion of each of these call option rights. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event, such as a merger or sale. Given the common stock represents a non-marketable equity interest in a private enterprise, an adjustment to the preliminary value estimates had to be made to account for the lack of liquidity that a stockholder experiences. This adjustment is commonly referred to as a discount for lack of marketability (“DLOM”).

 

   

Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method (“PWERM”). The PWERM employs additional information not used in the OPM, including various market approach calculations depending upon the likelihood of various discrete future liquidity scenarios, such as the sale of D-Wave to a special purpose acquisition company (“SPAC”), as well as the probability of remaining a private company. The PWERM is typically used when the range of possible future outcomes and liquidity events for an enterprise, including a business combination such as a merger of D-Wave and a SPAC, has narrowed, giving the enterprise a higher degree of confidence in the achievement of a particular outcome. As such, the PWERM can give more weight to the likely liquidity scenarios as compared to the normative distribution of the outcomes in the OPM.

For financial reporting purposes, the Company also retrospectively assessed the deemed fair value of its common stock used for calculating and recording stock-based compensation charges after considering the fair value reflected on subsequent valuation reports and other facts and circumstances on the date of grant. The Company used a linear interpolation method to estimate the fair value between valuation dates. The Company believes that the linear interpolation methodology provides the most reasonable basis for the valuation of its common stock because the Company did not identify any significant events that occurred during the intervening periods that would have caused a material change in fair value.

In addition to considering the results of these third-party valuation reports, our board of directors used assumptions based on various objective and subjective factors, combined with management judgment, to determine the fair value of our common stock as of each grant date, including:

 

   

the prices at which the Company sold shares of non-redeemable convertible preferred stock and the superior rights and preferences of the non-redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to its common stock at the time of each grant:

 

   

external market conditions affecting the research and development industry and trends within the industry.

 

   

the Company’s stage of development and business strategy

 

   

the Company’s financial condition and operating results, including its levels of available capital resources, and forecasted results.

 

   

developments in the Company’s business.

 

   

the progress of the Company’s research and development efforts.

 

   

equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; and

 

   

general market conditions and the lack of marketability of its common stock.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions that are subjective, such as those regarding the Company’s expected future revenue, expenses and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies and the probability of possible future

 

F-20


Table of Contents

events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact the Company’s valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of its common stock.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or in the Company’s tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statements and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates and laws in effect for the years in when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred income taxes are classified as current or non-current, based on the classification of the related assets and liabilities giving rise to the temporary differences. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers factors such as past operating results and expected future taxable income within each jurisdiction in which the Company operates.

To the extent that new information becomes available, which causes the Company to change its judgment regarding the adequacy of tax liabilities or valuation allowances, such changes will impact income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made. Interest and penalties, if any, related to accrued liabilities for potential tax assessments are included in income tax expense.

The Company follows the authoritative guidance under ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions recognized in the financial statements. ASC 740 provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits.

Net income (loss) per share

The Company calculates earnings per share using the two-class method under ASC 260 Earnings Per Share.

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period, including potential dilutive shares assuming the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and of convertible preferred stock.

For periods in which the Company has reported net losses, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per share, since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Recently adopted accounting standards and amendments

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act, until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company is provided the option to adopt new or revised accounting guidance as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) either (1) within the same periods as those otherwise applicable to public business entities, or (2) within the same time periods as private companies, including early adoption when permissible.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

With the exception of standards, the Company elected to early adopt, when permissible, the Company has elected to adopt new or revised accounting guidance within the same time period as private companies, as indicated below.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) – Measurement of Credit Losses of Financial Instruments, along with various updates and improvements. The standard, including subsequently issued amendments, requires the Company to measure credit losses for financial assets measured at amortized costs based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. For available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will be required to recognize credit losses through an allowance for credit losses. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted. Based on the composition of the Company’s trade receivables and other financial assets, current market conditions and historical credit loss activity, the adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosure.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) – Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement which amends the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, modifying, and adding certain disclosures. ASU 2018-13 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company adopted the requirements of Topic 820 on January 1, 2020, with such adoption not having a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-08, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718), which requires entities to measure and classify share-based payment awards granted to a customer by applying the guidance in Topic 718. The amount recorded as a reduction in the transaction price should be based on the grant-date fair value of the share-based payment award. The ASU is effective in years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company adopted ASU 2019-08 to account for warrants issued on January 1, 2020.

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which removes certain exceptions related to intra-period tax allocations and deferred tax accounting on outside basis differences in foreign subsidiaries and equity method investments. Additionally, it provides other simplifying measures for the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2021 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt, Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity. ASU 2020-06 simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current U.S. GAAP. Consequently, more convertible debt instruments will be reported as a single liability instrument with no separate accounting for embedded conversion features. The standard removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception, which will permit more equity contracts to qualify for the exception. The standard also simplifies the diluted net income per share calculation in certain areas. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of the standard on the financial statements.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
3.

Revenue from contracts with customers

Disaggregation of revenue

The following table depicts the disaggregation of revenue by type of products or services and timing of transfer of products or services (in thousands):

 

     Years ended
December 31,
 
     2021      2020  

Type of products or services

     

QCaaS

   $ 4,424      $ 4,313  

Professional services

     1,786        426  

Other revenue

     69        421  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue, net

   $ 6,279      $ 5,160  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Timing of revenue recognition

     

Revenue recognized over time

   $ 6,090      $ 4,688  

Revenue recognized at a point in time

     189        472  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue, net

   $ 6,279      $ 5,160  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other revenue includes printed circuit board sales.

Revenue by geographical markets is presented in Note 16 - Geographic areas.

Contract balances

The following table provides information about account receivable, contract assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2021, and 2020 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Contract assets:

     

Trade account receivable, net

   $ 421      $ 590  

Unbilled receivables, which are included in ‘Prepaid expenses and other current assets’

     17        10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contract assets

     438        600  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contract liabilities:

     

Deferred revenue, current

     2,665        4,713  

Deferred revenue, noncurrent

     54        —    

Customer deposit, which are included in ‘Accrued expenses and other current liabilities’

     21        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contract liabilities

     2,740        4,713  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Changes in deferred revenue from contracts with customers were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years ended
December 31,
 
     2021      2020  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 4,713      $ 4,921  

Deferral of revenue

     4,092        4,513  

Recognition of deferred revenue

     (6,086      (4,721
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of period

   $ 2,719      $ 4,713  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Remaining performance obligations

A significant number of the Company’s product and service sales are short-term in nature with a contract term of one year or less. For those contracts, the Company has utilized the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-14 exempting the Company from disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations if the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less.

As of December 31, 2021, the aggregate amount of remaining performance obligations that were unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied related to customer contracts was $2.7 million. This amount included deferred revenue on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, of which approximately 98% is expected to be recognized to revenue in the next 12 months.

As of December 31, 2020, the aggregate amount of remaining performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied related to customer contracts was $4.7 million which included deferred revenue on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, of which approximately 100% was expected to be recognized to revenue in the next 12 months.

 

4.

Fair value of financial instruments

As of December 31, 2021, there were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value.

The following tables present information about the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicating the level of the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine such fair values as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

 

     Fair value measurement as of
December 31, 2020, using
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

        

Cash equivalents:

        

Commercial paper

   $ —        $ 11,063      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —        $ 11,063      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Other liabilities:

        

Warrant liabilities

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2020, there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3.

 

F-24


Table of Contents
5.

Balance sheet details

Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Raw materials

   $ 2,103      $ 2,516  

Work-in-process

     11        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 2,114      $ 2,521  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Prepaid expenses:

     

Prepaid software

   $ 531      $ 469  

Prepaid rent

     151        187  

Prepaid commissions

     84        102  

Prepaid services

     125        179  

Other

     156        133  

Other current assets:

     

Security deposits

     52        173  

Unbilled receivables

     17        10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 1,116      $ 1,253  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other noncurrent assets

Other noncurrent assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Investment in securities

   $ 1,169      $ 5  

Long-term deposits

     184        182  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other noncurrent assets

   $ 1,353      $ 187  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Accrued expenses:

     

Accrued professional services

   $ 1,953      $ 1,534  

Accrued compensation and related benefits

     1,108        1,211  

Other accruals

     318        147  

Other current liabilities:

     

Other payroll expenses

     175        291  

Customer deposits

     21        —    

Current portion of long-term debt, net

     39        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 3,614      $ 3,183  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Quantum computer systems

   $ 13,425      $ 12,103  

Lab equipment

     6,645        6,315  

Computer equipment

     3,305        2,954  

Leasehold improvements

     1,074        1,072  

Furniture and fixtures

     316        316  

Construction-in-progress

     285        502  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     25,050        23,262  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (21,801      (20,368
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 3,249      $ 2,894  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020 was $1.4 million and $1.9 million, respectively. The Company has not acquired any property and equipment under capital leases.

 

7.

Intangible assets, net

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Capitalized software

   $ 1,087      $ 862  

Other intangible assets

     35        35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

     1,122        897  

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (850      (749
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

   $ 272      $ 148  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $101,000 and $64,000, respectively.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
8.

Loans payable, net

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, loans payable, net consisted of refundable government loans. The following table shows the component of loans payable, net (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Loans payable, beginning of year

   $ 13,624      $ 5,555  

SIF contribution

     16,786        11,661  

Payments

     (399      —    

TPC debt forgiveness

     —          (3,873

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

     (167      281  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans payable, end of year

   $ 29,844      $ 13,624  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Discount, beginning of year

   $ (11,948    $ —    

SIF discount on additional contribution

     (7,167      (11,199

TPC discount on additional contribution

     —          (748

Government interest expense

     1,728        232  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

     (4      (233
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Discount, end of year

   $ (17,391    $ (11,948
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Loans payable, net

   $ 12,453      $ 1,676  

Short-term portion

     220        355  

Long-term portion

     12,233        1,321  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans payable, net

     12,453        1,676  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TPC liability

During the period from 2010 through 2021, the Company received funding totalling C$12.5 million from TPC. The obligation associated with that funding was required to be repaid on a fixed schedule due in May of each year.

On November 23, 2020, the Company entered into an amendment which forgave C$5.0 million of unpaid accrued debt principal and interest owed from 2019 through 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded the debt forgiveness of $3.9 million in gain on debt extinguishment in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

The amendment also waived the interest charge on the remaining C$2.5 million of principal and revised the repayment schedule to C$500,000 due annually on April 30, 2021, to April 30, 2025. This repayable contribution is repayable over 5 years. The initial fair value of the TPC loan is determined by using a discounted cash flow analysis. The only significant assumption used in determining the discounted cash flow is the discount rate used by Management of 25%. Loans received under government funding agreements are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as loans payable.

SIF liability

On November 20, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with SIF, whereby SIF agreed to make a repayable contribution to the Company of up to C$40.0 million (“the Contribution”). Funds from the loan are to be used for projects involving the adaption of research findings for commercial applications that have the potential for market disruption; development of current product and services through the implementation of new or incremental technology that will enhance the Company’s competitive capability; and development of process improvements which reduce the environmental footprint of current production through the use of new or improved technologies.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The annual repayment of the Contribution is calculated based upon a formula using the Company’s fiscal year revenue multiplied by a repayment rate. The contractual repayment period is 15 years and commences in the first year in which the Company reports annual revenue of $70.0 million (the “Benchmark Year”). In each of those years, an annual repayment amount is due. Each annual repayment must be paid by April 30 of the year following the year for which the annual repayment due will be calculated. If the Benchmark Year is not achieved within 14 years following the fiscal year in which the project is completed, the SIF loan is forgiven. The SIF loan is initially recorded at fair value, and subsequently at amortized cost. As the SIF contribution is interest free, the difference between the carrying value and initial fair value is recorded as government assistance on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

The initial fair value of the SIF loan is determined by using a discounted cash flow analysis for the loan, which requires a number of assumptions. The significant assumptions used in determining the discounted cash flows include estimating the amount and timing of future revenue for the Company and the discount rate. The Company’s estimates of future revenues are derived from several significant assumptions including expected success of LeapTM and partnerships with large scale resellers. In determining the appropriate discount rates, the Company considered the weighted average cost of capital for the Company, risk adjusted based on the development risks of the Company’s product. Management used a discount rate of 26% to discount the SIF loan. Should projected revenue not be achieved as predicted, the adjustment to the fair value of the SIF loan could be material. The original fair value of the loan and the subsequent amortized cost value is highly sensitive to timing of loan payments and discount rate. A 5% decrease in projected revenue over the term of the SIF loan may decrease the carrying value by $157,000. At December 31, 2021, the carrying value of the loan approximates its fair value.

Repayments of the SIF contributions could also be triggered upon default of the agreement, or termination of the agreement, or upon a change of control that has not been approved by the Canadian government. As of the date of these financial statements, the Company has applied for approval from the Canadian government for the transaction with DPCM and is awaiting final confirmation of approval. In the event approval is not granted, the drawn amount of the SIF loan becomes repayable.

During the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company recognized $3.1 million and $11.7 million, respectively, in research incentives receivable related to approved eligible expenditure claims from SIF. For the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020 the difference (“discount”) between the book value and initial fair value totalling $7.2 million and $12.0 million was recorded as government assistance. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the carrying value of the loan increased by $3.8 million due to additional SIF contributions and a change in management’s forecast of future revenue

 

9.

Leases

The Company leases real estate, including offices and manufacturing facilities and has entered into various other agreements with respect to assets used in conducting its business. The Company’s leases have remaining lease terms ranging from less than 1 year to 10 years. Some of the lease agreements contain rent holidays and rent escalation clauses that were included in the calculation of the right of use of assets and lease liabilities.

The Company’s building leases are subject to annual operating cost charges that may change from time to time during the lease term. The Company’s lease liabilities are not remeasured as a result of changes to the operating costs; rather, these changes are treated as variable lease payments and recognized in the period in which the obligation for the payments was incurred. The annual operating costs are a non-lease component of the contracts; however, the Company has elected to adopt the practical expedient whereby such costs are not separated from the lease component.

In determining the initial values of the lease obligations, the Company made a number of assumptions, including using a weighted average discount rate of 18% or 20% and using the foreign exchange rate at the date of calculation in order to translate any foreign currency balances.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company recorded operating lease costs of $1.3 and $1.4 million, respectively. The lease costs are reflected in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss as follow (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Research and development

   $ 268      $ 268  

General and administrative

     1,057        1,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease costs

   $ 1,324      $ 1,426  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average remaining lease terms and discount rates for operating leases were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2021     2020  

Weighted average remaining lease term in years

     2.89       2.39  

Weighted average discount rate (1)

     18     20

Future minimum operating lease payment under non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2021, were as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,    Operating
leases
 

2022

   $ 1,687  

2023

     1,384  

2024

     1,179  

2025

     1,212  

2026

     1,245  

Thereafter

     9,648  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 16,355  
  

 

 

 

 

10.

Income taxes

Income tax expense

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of loss before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020 (in thousands):

 

     Years ended
December 31,
 
     2021      2020  

Domestic

   $ (27,205    $ (7,784

International

     (4,340      (2,235
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

   $ (31,545    $ (10,019
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2021, and 2020 are as follows:

 

     Years ended
December 31,
 
     2021      2020  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 59,916      $ 54,018  

Research and development credit carryforwards

     13,675        12,003  

Scientific research and experimental development deductions

     23,071        20,137  

Depreciation and amortization

     5,634        5,256  

Convertible notes

     (4      1,156  

Deferred revenue

     165        401  

Other accruals and reserves

     730        440  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     103,187        93,411  

Valuation Allowance

     (97,143      (89,139
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net

   $ 6,044      $ 4,272  

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Marketable securities

     (315      —    

Loans payable

     (5,729      (4,272
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (6,044      (4,272
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate, primarily due to the Company’s history of incurring losses, which have not been utilized, the foreign rate differential related to subsidiary earnings, and other permanent differences.

A summary reconciliation of the effective tax rate calculated at the combined Canadian federal and provincial statutory corporate tax rate is as follows:

 

     Years ended
December 31,
 
     2021     2020  

Federal and provincial statutory tax rate

     27     27

Foreign losses taxed at different rates

     0     1

Research and development credits

     0     (3 )% 

Permanent differences

     (2 )%      18

Other

     1     7

Change in valuation allowance

     (26 )%      (50 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     0     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and the amount of which are uncertain.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company maintained a valuation allowance with respect to its subsidiaries’ net operating losses that it believes is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company will continue to reassess the valuation allowance annually and if future evidence allows for a partial or full release of the valuation allowance, a tax benefit will be recorded accordingly.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had Canadian tax losses carried forward of approximately $155.7 million that will expire between 2027 and 2041 as well as Scientific Research and Experimental Development expenditures of approximately $100.3 million that can be carried forward indefinitely, which are available to be applied against future taxable income. In addition, the Company has investment tax credits of approximately $13.5 million that will expire between 2023 and 2041 that are available to be applied against future Canadian federal income taxes payable. The Company also has US tax losses carried forward of approximately $43.9 million which may be applied against future taxable income, of which $18.4 million will expire between 2032 and 2037, while $25.5 million can be carried forward indefinitely. Future utilization of US tax losses carried forward is subject to certain limitations under the Internal Revenue Code (IRC), including limitations under IRC section 382. The Company has not performed a full analysis under IRC section 382.

 

11.

Common stock and non-redeemable convertible preferred stock

The Company’s capital structure consists of common shares and non-redeemable convertible preferred stock.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company was authorized to issue an unlimited number of common stock with no par value. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 the Company had 3,166,948 and 3,061,745 shares issued and outstanding, respectively.

The Company’s non-redeemable convertible preferred shares as of December 31, 2021 consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

Non-redeemable convertible preferred stock

   Shares
authorized
     Shares issued
and
Outstanding
     Original
issue price
     Carrying
value
 

Class A

     Unlimited        27,065,219      $ 1.75      $ 47,336  

Class B1

     Unlimited        52,700,609        1.75        119,977  

Class B2

     Unlimited        29,000,000        1.75        23,000  

Class B3

     Unlimited        29,000,000        0.00001        0.29  

Issuance costs

              (432
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total preferred stock

     Unlimited        137,765,828         $ 189,881  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s non-redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2020 consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

Non-redeemable convertible preferred stock

   Shares
authorized
     Shares issued
and
outstanding
     Original
issue price
     Carrying
value
 

Class A

     Unlimited        27,065,219      $ 1.75      $ 47,336  

Class B1

     Unlimited        52,700,609        1.75        119,977  

Class B2

     Unlimited        29,000,000        1.75        23,000  

Class B3

     Unlimited        29,000,000        0.00001        0.29  

Issuance costs

              (432
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total preferred stock

     Unlimited        137,765,828         $ 189,881  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s non-redeemable convertible preferred stock contains the following rights:

Dividends

The holders of Class A Preferred Shares (“Class A”) are entitled, subject to the rights of the Class B1 Preferred Share (“Class B1”) holders, the Class B2 Preferred Share (“Class B2”) holders and holders of any other class of shares entitled to receive dividends in priority or concurrently with the holders of the Common Shares, to receive dividends if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors (“BOD”).

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The holders of Class B1 are entitled, concurrently with holders of the Class B2 and holders of any other class of shares entitled to receive dividends in priority or concurrently with the holders of the Common Shares and the Class A, to receive dividends if, as and when declared by the BOD.

The holders of Class B3 Preferred Shares (“Class B3”) shall in no circumstances be entitled to receive any dividends from the Company, whether on a dissolution event or otherwise, and the BOD of the Company shall not declare any dividends on the Class B3.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, no dividends have been declared by the Company.

Liquidation rights

Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, or upon certain change of control or asset sale events where holders of not less than 2/3rds of the outstanding voting preferred shares of the Company have not elected otherwise, the holders of the outstanding Class B2 shall be entitled to receive, pari passu with the holders of the Class B1 and prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of the Class A and Common Share, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) one times the original issue price plus any dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, or (ii) an amount that would have been paid had such shares been converted into Common Shares immediately prior to such liquidation or deemed liquidation.

After distribution to the Class B2 and Class B1 holders, holders of the Class A shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of Common Shares, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the original issue price plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) an amount that would have been payable had such share been converted into Common Shares immediately prior to such liquidation or deemed liquidation.

The remaining assets will be distributed to holders of the Company’s Common Share.

In the event of any dissolution event, the holders of Class B3 Preferred Shares then outstanding shall not be entitled to participate and share in any distribution of the property or assets of the Company.

Conversion

Each Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 will be convertible, at the option of its holder, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by its holder, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable Common Shares as is determined by dividing the Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 original issue price by the respective Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 conversion price in effect at the time of conversion. The Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 conversion price will initially be equal to $1.75 and is subject to adjustment.

Upon either (i) that date and time which is immediately prior to a public offering of Common Shares with a concurrent listing on The Toronto Stock Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange or quotation for trading on Nasdaq (National Market) or such other stock exchange having received the approval of the directors of the Company which raises aggregate gross proceeds (prior to deduction of any underwriting discounts and registration expenses) of not less than $40 million at a price per Common Share that values the Company at not less than $250 million (a “Qualified IPO”), or (ii) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of Class A, Class B1 or Class B2 holding at least 2/3rds of the shares of such class, then (a) all outstanding shares of such class will automatically be converted into Common Shares, at the then effective conversion rate and (b) such shares may not be reissued by the Company.

No shareholder will (i) convert any number of Class B2 unless such shareholder causes the same number of Class B3 (on a one-for-one basis) to be delivered to the Company for cancellation concurrently with the conversion of such Class B2, or (ii) transfer, or cause to be transferred, any Class B2 or Class B3 to any

 

F-32


Table of Contents

purchaser, unless such shareholder causes the purchaser of such Class B2 or Class B3, as applicable, to purchase such equivalent amount (on a one-for-one basis) of the Class B2 (in the case of the Class B3) or the Class B3 (in the case of the Class B2), as applicable, concurrently with the purchase of such Class B2 or Class B3, as applicable.

Redemption

In the event of a deemed liquidation event or a Qualified IPO the holders of the Class B3 shall not be entitled to any payment, dividend, or distribution of securities, or to participate and share in any distribution of the property of assets of the Company, and immediately prior to a deemed liquidation event or the listing of the securities of the Company pursuant to a Qualified IPO, all of the Class B3 will be deemed null and void and cancelled, without any payment or other distribution whatsoever to the holders of the Class B3 (the “Cancellation Date”). For certainty, from and after the Cancellation Date, the Class B3 shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of shareholders in respect thereof.

Voting Rights

The holders of Class A, Class B1, Class B2 and Class B3 are entitled to receive notice of, and to attend, all meetings of the shareholders of the Company and to that number of votes equal to the number of whole Common Shares into which the Class A, Class B1, Class B2 and Class B3 held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote on such matter, at all meetings of shareholders, except for meetings at which only holders of another specified class or series of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class or series, and will vote together with the holders of Common Shares and the Voting Preferred Shares on an as-converted to Common Share basis as a single class class, all provided that (i) the holders of Class B2 shall not be entitled to vote, at a meeting or otherwise, on any resolution pertaining to the election, appointment or removal of a director of the Company, and (ii) the holders of Class B3 are only entitled to vote to the extent that the vote pertains to the election, appointment or removal of a director of the Company.

 

12.

Stock-based compensation

In connection with a transaction between entities under common control by which the Company became the reporting entity in April 2020, the Board of Directors approved the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “New Plan”) by which options granted under the New Plan were presenting similar commercial terms of the options granted under the D-Wave December 2013 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan. In the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes, options issued under previous stock option plans and respective compensation expenses are retrospectively presented as if such options had been issued and outstanding under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan for all periods during which the previous reporting entity was under common control.

Options granted under the Plan generally vest over four years with a one-year cliff. Upon the first anniversary of the vesting start date, 25% of the options vest; the remaining 75% of the options vest in 36 equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the vesting start date, provided the option holder continues to have a full-time active employment or service relationship with the Company on each vesting date. The options expire on the 10th anniversary of the grant date. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, 16,336,134 and 12,654,807 options granted under the Plan remained outstanding, respectively.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Stock option valuation

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires estimates of highly subjective assumptions, which affect the fair value of each stock option.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The Company estimates its risk-free interest rate by using the yield on actively traded non-inflation-indexed U.S. treasury securities with contract maturities equal to the expected term.

 

   

Expected Term. The expected term of the Company’s options represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company has estimated the expected term of its employee awards using the SAB Topic 14 Simplified Method allowed by the FASB and SEC, for calculating expected term as it has limited historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate expected term. Certain of the Company’s options began vesting prior to the grant date, in which case the Company uses the remaining vesting term at the grant date in the expected term calculation.

 

   

Expected Volatility. As the Company is privately held and there has been no public market for its common stock to date, the expected volatility is based on the average historical stock price volatility of comparable publicly-traded companies in its industry peer group, financial, and market capitalization data.

 

   

Expected dividend Yield. The Company has not declared or paid dividends to date and does not anticipate declaring dividends. As such, the dividend yield has been estimated to be zero.

 

   

Fair Value of Underlying Common Stock. Because the Company’s common stock is not yet publicly traded, the Company must estimate the fair value of common stock. The Board of Directors considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock at each meeting in which awards are approved. The factors considered include, but are not limited to: (i) the results of contemporaneous independent third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock; (ii) the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of the Company’s Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock relative to those of its common stock; (iii) the lack of marketability of the Company’s common stock; (iv) actual operating and financial results; (v) current business conditions and projections; (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions; and (vii) precedent transactions involving the Company’s shares.

The assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

 

     Years ended
December 31,
 
     2021      2020  

Expected dividend yield

     0%        0%  

Expected volatility

     56%        45%  

Expected term (years)

     8.53        9.41  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.87%        0.43%  

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Common stock option activity

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity during the periods presented (in thousands except share and per share data):

 

     Number of
options
outstanding
     Weighted
average
exercise
price ($)
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value ($)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

     12,654,807        0.81        9.38        —    

D-Wave options granted

     4,369,866        0.82        —          —    

D-Wave options exercised

     (105,203      0.81        —          —    

D-Wave options forfeited

     (171,204      0.81        —          —    

D-Wave options expired

     (412,132      0.81        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

     16,336,134        0.81        8.55        80,179  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options unvested as of December 31, 2021

     6,943,273        0.81        8.53        77,423  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2021

     9,392,861        0.81        8.20        46,116  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options was calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock for those stock options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company’s common stock.

The weighted average grant date fair values per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were $1.99 and $0.35, respectively.

The total fair values of the stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were $1,733,745 and $1,035,000, respectively.

Common stock warrants

A continuity of the Company’s United States dollar common stock warrants issued and outstanding is as follows:

 

     Number
of
common
stock
warrants
     Weighted
average
exercise
price ($)
     Number of
preferred
stock
warrants
     Weighted
average
exercise
price ($)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

     617,972        1.75        3,247,637        1.92  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted during the period

     —          —          —          —    

Expired during the period

     —          —          —          —    

Exercised during the period

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

     617,972        1.75        3,247,637        1.92  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company did not record any movements during the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2021, the following United States dollar common stock warrants were outstanding and exercisable:

 

     Number of
warrants
outstanding
     Weighted
average
exercise
price ($)
     Expiry Date      Number
exercisable
 
     617,972      $ 1.75        14-April-22        617,972  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total, December 31, 2021

     617,972      $ 1.75           617,972  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021, the following United States dollar preferred stock warrants were outstanding and exercisable:

 

     Number of
warrants
outstanding
     Weighted
average
exercise
price ($)
     Expiry Date      Number
exercisable
 
     3,247,637      $ 1.92        29-Nov-26        1,299,055  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total, December 31, 2021

     3,247,637      $ 1.92           1,299,055  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

The following table summarizes the stock-based compensation expense classified in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years ended
December 31,
 
     2021      2020  

Research and development

   $ 338      $ 1,513  

General and administrative

     1,164        1,346  

Sales and marketing

     237        130  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 1,739      $ 2,989  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

13.

Related party transactions

In 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with a third-party consulting firm who also held options for common stock in the Company. Such agreement was not outstanding as of December 31, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company paid the third-party consulting firm $380,000 for advisory services, and the agreement expired on December 31, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company did not pay the third-party consulting firm for advisory services. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no open balances to the third-party consulting firm.

In March 2022, the Company entered into a Venture Loan Agreement with PSPIB, in an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million. PSPIB is an affiliate of Public Sector Pension Investment Board which holds 46.8%, on a fully diluted basis, of D-Wave common shares as of December 31, 2021. For details refer to Note 17 – Subsequent events.

 

14.

Commitment and contingencies

Warrant Transaction Agreements

In November 2020, contemporaneously with a revenue arrangement, DWSI entered into a contract, pursuant to which DWSI agreed to issue to a customer a warrant to acquire up to 3,247,637 shares of Class A Preferred

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Share (the “Warrant Preferred Shares”), subject to certain vesting events. As the warrant was issued in connection with an existing commercial agreement with a customer, the value of the warrant was determined to be consideration payable to the customer and consequently will be treated as a reduction to revenue recognized under the corresponding revenue arrangement. Approximately 40% of the Warrant Preferred Shares vested and became immediately exercisable on August 13, 2020. The remaining Warrant Preferred Shares will vest and become exercisable upon satisfaction of certain milestones based on revenue generated under the commercial agreement with the customer, to the extent certain prepayments are made by the customer. The exercise price for the Warrant Preferred Shares is $1.92 per share and the warrant is exercisable through November 29, 2026.

The fair value of the Warrant Preferred Shares at the date of issuance was determined to be $1.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2021, no Warrant Preferred Shares were vested or probable of vesting. As of December 31, 2020, Warrant Preferred Shares with a fair value of $451,000 were vested. During the year ended December 31, 2020, $451,000 of the warrant was recorded into cost of revenue.

In April 2020, DWSI entered into a contract pursuant to which DWSI agreed to issue to a customer a warrant to acquire a fixed number of 617,972 shares in the capital stock of DWSI (“Warrant Common Share” and collectively with the Warrant Preferred Shares, the “Warrant Shares”), at a fixed price of $1.75 per Warrant Common Share. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, no Warrant Common Shares were vested or probable of vesting.

The Company estimated the fair value of Warrant Shares on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires estimates of highly subjective assumptions, which affect the fair value of each warrant. The estimated fair value of Class A Preferred Shares and common stock was based on the Class A Preferred Shares and common stock offering price due to its proximity to the grant date of the Warrant Shares. The estimated term is based on the contractual life of the Warrant Shares. The remaining assumptions were developed consistent with the methodologies described further in Note 12 - Share Based Compensation.

The Warrant Preferred Shares are presented in the permanent equity on the balance sheets as the underlying shares are not redeemable, as discussed further in Note 11 - Common stock and non-redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Lease obligation

In November 2021, the Company amended a building lease to extend the term by 10 years and six months through December 31, 2033. The lease amendment constituted a modification as it extended the original lease term and required evaluation of the remeasurement of the lease liability and corresponding right-of-use asset. The reassessment resulted in continuing to classify the lease as an operating lease and remeasurement of the lease liability on the basis of the extended lease term. The total right-of-use asset recorded in association with the lease extension was $6.7 million with a corresponding operating lease liability.

Litigation

From time to time, the Company may become involved in various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of its business and may be subject to third-party infringement claims.

In the normal course of business, the Company may agree to indemnify third parties with whom it enters into contractual relationships, including customers, lessors, and parties to other transactions with the Company, with respect to certain matters. The Company has agreed, under certain conditions, to hold these third parties harmless against specified losses, such as those arising from a breach of representations or covenants, other third-party claims that the Company’s products when used for their intended purposes infringe the intellectual property rights of such other third parties, or other claims made against certain parties. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of liability under these indemnification obligations due to the Company’s limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances that are likely to be involved in each particular claim.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company has not been subject to any pending litigation claims.

 

15.

Earnings per share

The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Numerator:

     

Net Income

   $ (31,545    $ (10,019
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     111,911,127        121,358,989  

Effect of stock options

     20,202        16,521  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.28    $ (0.08
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s potentially dilutive securities were the stock options and warrants to purchase common stock and preferred stock.

Since the Company was in a loss position for all periods presented, basic net loss per share is the same as diluted net loss per share for all periods as the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding would have been anti-dilutive.

Potentially dilutive securities (upon conversion) that were not included in the diluted per share calculations because they would be anti-dilutive were as follows:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
 
     2021      2020  

Options to purchase common shares

     16,336        12,655  

Warrants to purchase common shares

     618        618  

Warrants for preferred shares

     3,248        3,248  

 

16.

Geographic areas

The following table presents a summary of revenue by geography for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
 
     2021      2020  

United States

   $ 3,425      $ 3,119  

Japan

     1,614        1,630  

Germany

     741        155  

Other

     499        256  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 6,279      $ 5,160  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other includes EMEA, Canada and Australia.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the long-lived assets, consisting of property and plant, net, and operating lease right-of-use assets, by geographic area as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Canada

   $ 11,251      $ 4,984  

United States

     576        858  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

   $ 11,827      $ 5,842  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in Canada and in the United States.

Significant customers

The Company had significant customers during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. A significant customer is defined as one that makes up ten percent or more of total revenues in a particular year or ten percent of outstanding accounts receivable balance as of the year end.

 

     December 31,  
     2021     2020  

Customer A

     15     22

Customer B

     13     17

Customer C

     12     10

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 there were no significant customers with ten percent or more of outstanding accounts receivable balances.

All revenues derived from major customers above are included in the United States and Germany during the year ended December 31, 2021 and the United States and Japan during the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

17.

Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated all events occurring through March 15, 2022, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were issued, and during which time, nothing has occurred outside the normal course of business operations that would require disclosure except the following:

Venture loan and security agreement.

On March 3, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), the Company entered into the Venture Loan and Security Agreement (the “Venture Loan Agreement”), by and between D-Wave, D-Wave US Inc., D-Wave Government Inc., D-Wave Commercial Inc., D-Wave International Inc., D-Wave Quantum Solutions Inc., and Omni Circuit Boards Ltd. (collectively, the ”Borrowers”, and each, a “Borrower”), as borrowers, and PSPIB Unitas Investments II Inc., as the lender. Under the Venture Loan Agreement, term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million have become available to the Company in three tranches, subject to certain terms and conditions.

The first tranche in an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million was advanced on the Effective Date. Subject to certain terms and conditions being satisfied, the second tranche in an aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million will be advanced prior to June 30, 2022 and the third tranche in an aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million will be advanced prior to November 15, 2022.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

All advances outstanding under the Venture Loan Agreement will bear interest at a rate equal to the greater of either (i) the Prime Rate (as reported in The Wall Street Journal) plus 7.25%, and (ii) 10.5%. Interest on the outstanding advances is payable monthly, on the first business day of each calendar month through the earliest of December 31, 2022 and the closing of the Merger (the “Maturity Date”).

The Company will pay an end of term charge of 5.0% of the aggregate amount of the advances made under the Venture Loan Agreement on the earliest date of (i) the Maturity Date; (ii) the date that the Company prepays all of the outstanding principal in full, or (iii) the date the loan payments are accelerated due to an event of default (as defined in the Venture Loan Agreement).

The Venture Loan Agreement is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets and contains certain operational covenants. As of the date of the proxy statement/prospectus, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under our Venture Loan Agreement.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of

DPCM Capital, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of DPCM Capital, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows of the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period March 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period March 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Explanatory Paragraph – Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company’s business plan is dependent on the completion of a business combination and the Company’s cash and working capital as of December 31, 2021 are not sufficient to complete its planned activities. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/S/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, NY

March 14, 2022

 

F-41


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
     2021     2020  

ASSETS

    

Current assets

    

Cash

   $ 124,720     $ 1,084,557  

Prepaid expenses

     176,223       389,413  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     300,943       1,473,970  

Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account

     300,183,322       300,058,477  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 300,484,265     $ 301,532,447  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Current Liabilities – Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 2,889,095     $ 270,054  

Deferred underwriting fee payable

     10,500,000       10,500,000  

Warrant liabilities

     10,787,400       38,700,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     24,176,495       49,470,054  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)

    

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption 30,000,000 shares at redemption value

     300,000,000       300,000,000  

Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

     —         —    

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding (excluding 30,000,000 shares subject to possible redemption)

     —         —    

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 7,500,000 shares issued and outstanding

     750       750  

Additional paid-in capital

     —         —    

Accumulated deficit

     (23,692,980     (47,938,357
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Deficit

     (23,692,230     (47,937,607
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   $ 300,484,265     $ 301,532,447  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2021
    For the period
March 24, 2020
(inception)
through December 31,
2020
 

Operating and formation costs

   $ 3,781,644     $ 343,208  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (3,781,644     (343,208

Other income (expenses):

    

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

     115,883       48,914  

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     27,912,600       (26,740,000

Transaction cost allocated to warrants

     —         (381,556

Unrealized gain on marketable securities held in Trust Account

     8,962       9,563  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expenses), net

     28,037,445       (27,063,079
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     24,255,801       (27,406,287

Provision for income taxes

     10,424       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 24,245,377     $ (27,406,287
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class A common stock

     30,000,000       13,986,486  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share, Class A common stock

   $ 0.65     $ (1.28
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class B common stock

     7,500,000       7,500,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share, Class B common stock

   $ 0.65     $ (1.28
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT)

FOR THE PERIOD MARCH 24, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

     Class B
Common Stock
    Stock
Subscription
Receivable
from
   

Additional

Paid-in

    Accumulated    

Total

Stockholders’

 
     Shares     Amount     Shares     Capital     Deficit     (Deficit)  

Balance — March 24, 2020 (inception)

     —       $ —         —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor

     8,625,000       863       (25,000     24,137       —         —    

Collection of stock subscription receivable from stockholder

     —         —         25,000       —         —         25,000  

Proceeds in excess of fair value for Private Placement Warrants

     —         —         —         2,640,000       —         2,640,000  

Forfeiture of Founder Shares

     (1,125,000     (113     —         113       —         —    

Remeasurement of Class A common stock to redemption Value

     —         —         —         (2,664,250     (20,532,070     (23,196,320

Net loss

     —         —         —         —         (27,406,287     (27,406,287
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2020

     7,500,000       750       —         —         (47,938,357     (47,937,607

Net income

     —         —         —         —         24,245,377       24,245,377  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2021

     7,500,000     $ 750       —       $ —       $ (23,692,980   $ (23,692,230
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    For the Period
March 24, 2020
through
December 31,
 
     2021     2020  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 24,245,377     $ (27,406,287

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

     (115,883     (48,914

Transaction cost allocatable to warrants

     —         381,556  

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     (27,912,600     26,740,000  

Unrealized gain on marketable securities held in Trust Account

     (8,962     (9,563

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses

     213,190       (389,413

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     2,619,041       270,054  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (959,837 )      (462,567 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

    

Investment of cash into Trust Account

     —         (300,000,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         (300,000,000 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor

     —         25,000  

Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid

     —         294,000,000  

Proceeds from sale of Private Placements Warrants

     —         8,000,000  

Proceeds from promissory note—related party

     —         250,000  

Repayment of promissory note—related party

     —         (250,000

Payments of offering costs

     —         (477,876
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —         301,547,124  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash

     (959,837     1,084,557  

Cash – Beginning of period

     1,084,557       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash – End of period

   $ 124,720     $ 1,084,557  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplementary cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 10,424     $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Cash investing and financing activities:

    

Accretion for Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

   $ —       $ 23,196,320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred underwriting fee payable

   $ —       $ 10,500,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

DPCM Capital, Inc. (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated in Delaware on March 24, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of entering into a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”).

Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company intends to focus on businesses in the technology sector. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity through December 31, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation, the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and subsequent to the Initial Public Offering, identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the marketable securities held in the Trust Account.

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on October 20, 2020. On October 23, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 30,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the shares of Class A common stock and warrants included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares” and “Public Warrants”, respectively), generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000, which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 8,000,000 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”, and collectively with the Public Warrants, the “Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, in a private placement to CDPM Sponsor Group, LLC (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of $8,000,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $16,977,876, consisting of $6,000,000 of underwriting fees, $10,500,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $477,876 of other offering costs.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on October 23, 2020, an amount of $300,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), located in the United States and invested only in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds held in the Trust Account, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete a Business Combination with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair

 

F-46


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

market value of at least 80% of the value of the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into an initial Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

The Company will provide its holders of the outstanding Public Shares (the “public stockholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially $10.00 per Public Share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants.

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 either prior to or upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or other reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction or do not vote at all.

Notwithstanding the above, if the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to its Founder Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination, (b) to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) and (c) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination or (ii) with respect to any other provision

 

F-47


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity, unless the Company provides the public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment. However, if the Sponsor acquires Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

The Company will have until October 23, 2022 to complete a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Sponsor acquires Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriter has agreed to waive its rights to its deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within in the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.00 per Public Share or (2) such lesser amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay the Company’s taxes. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriter of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (except the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

Liquidity and Going Concern

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $124,720 in its operating bank accounts, and an adjusted working capital deficit of $2,404,830, which excludes $183,322 of interest earned on the Trust Account that is available to pay franchise and income taxes payable.

The Company will need to raise additional capital through loans or additional investments from its initial stockholders, officers or directors or their affiliates. The Company’s initial stockholders, officers or directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion, to meet the Company’s working capital needs. Accordingly, the Company may not be able to obtain additional financing. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital, it may be required to take additional measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, curtailing operations, suspending the pursuit of a potential transaction and reducing overhead expenses. The Company cannot provide any assurance that new financing will be available to it on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 205-40, “Basis of Presentation – Going Concern,” management has determined that the expected shortfall in working capital over the period of time between the date these financial statement are issued and its estimated Business Combination date raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern until the earlier of the consummation of the business combination or the date the Company is required to liquidate. Based on the above factors, management determined there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued. The financial statements do not include any adjustment that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern. The Company’s sponsor, officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion, to meet the Company’s working capital needs.

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not

 

F-49


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. One of the more significant accounting estimates included in these financial statements is the determination of the fair value of the warrant liabilities (as described in Note 8). Such estimates may be subject to change as more current information becomes available and accordingly the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Marketable Securities Held in Trust Account

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, substantially all of the assets held in the Trust Account were held in U.S. Treasury securities. Interest income is recognized when earned. The Company’s portfolio of marketable securities is comprised solely of U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 185 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of paragraphs (d)(2), (d)(3) and (d)(4) of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act. Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering

 

F-50


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

and the private placement, $300 million was placed in the Trust Account and invested in money market funds that invest in U.S. government securities. All of the Company’s investments held in the Trust Account are classified as trading securities. Trading securities are presented on the balance sheet at fair value at the end of each reporting period. Gains and losses resulting from the change in fair value of investments held in Trust Account are included in interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account in the accompanying statement of operations. The estimated fair values of investments held in Trust Account are determined using available market information.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consisted of legal, accounting and other expenses incurred through the Initial Public Offering that were directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs were allocated to the separable financial instruments issued in the Initial Public Offering based on a relative fair value basis, compared to total proceeds received. Offering costs allocated to warrant liabilities were expensed as incurred in the statements of operations. Offering costs associated with the Class A common stock issued were initially charged to temporary equity and then accreted to common stock subject to redemption upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $16,596,320 were charged to temporary equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. Transaction costs related to derivative liability incurred through the balance sheets date and directly related to the Initial Public Offering amounting to $381,556, were charged to operations upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Warrant Liabilities

The Company accounts for the Warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815-40 under which the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, the Company classifies the Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjust the Warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in our statements of operations. The Private Placement Warrants and the Public Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available are valued using a binomial lattice model. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, the Public Warrant quoted market price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date.

Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights that is either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, Class A common stock subject to possible redemption is presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheets.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable common stock to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

Immediately upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company recognized the accretion from initial book value to redemption amount value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable Class A common stock resulted in charges against additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit.

At December 31, 2020, the Class A common stock subject to redemption reflected in the balance sheets is reconciled in the following table:

 

Gross proceeds

   $ 300,000,000  

Less:

  

Proceeds allocated to Public Warrants

   $ (6,600,000

Class A common stock issuance costs

   $ (16,596,320

Plus:

  

Accretion of carrying value to redemption value

   $ 23,196,320  
  

 

 

 

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

   $ 300,000,000  
  

 

 

 

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

FASB ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was enacted in response to COVID-19 pandemic. Under ASC 740, the effects of changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period which the new legislation is enacted. The CARES Act made various tax law changes including among other things (i) increasing the limitation under Section 163(j) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”) for 2019 and 2020 to permit additional expensing of interest (ii) enacting a technical correction so that qualified improvement property can be immediately expensed under IRC Section 168(k), (iii) making modifications to the federal net operating loss rules including permitting federal net operating losses incurred in 2018, 2019, and 2020 to be carried back to the five preceding taxable years in order to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes and (iv) enhancing the recoverability of alternative minimum tax credits. Given the Company’s full valuation allowance position and capitalization of all costs, the CARES Act did not have an impact on the financial statements.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

Net Income (Loss) per Common Stock

Net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The Company applies the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Accretion associated with the redeemable shares of Class A common shares is excluded from earnings per share as the redemption value approximates fair value.

The calculation of diluted income (loss) per share does not consider the effect of the warrants issued in connection with the (i) Initial Public Offering, and (ii) the private placement since the exercise of the warrants is contingent upon the occurrence of future events. The warrants are exercisable to purchase 18,000,000 shares of Class A common stock in the aggregate. As of December 31, 2021, the Company did not have any dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into common stock and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock is the same as basic net income (loss) per share of common stock for the periods presented.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share of common stock (in dollars, except per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     Year Ended
December 31,
     For the period March 24, 2020
through December 31,
 
     2021      2020  
     Class A      Class B      Class A     Class B  

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common stock

          

Numerator:

          

Allocation of net income (loss), as adjusted

   $ 19,396,302      $ 4,849,075      $ (17,839,941   $ (9,566,346

Denominator:

          

Basic and diluted weighted average common stock outstanding

     30,000,000        7,500,000        13,986,486       7,500,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common stock

   $ 0.65      $ 0.65      $ (1.28   $ (1.28

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account.

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature, except for warrant liabilities (see Note 10).

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value on the grant date and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

Recent Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, “Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity” (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. ASU 2020-06 removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception and it also simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 30,000,000 Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant. Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share (see Note 8).

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 8,000,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $8,000,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Private Placement Warrants.

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On June 22, 2020, the Company issued an aggregate of 5,750,000 shares of Class B common stock to the Sponsor (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, for which the Company received

 

F-54


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

payment for the Founder Shares on August 21, 2020. On August 18, 2020, the Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 80,000 Founder Shares to the Company’s independent directors for their original purchase price of approximately $0.004 per share. Subsequently, on August 27, 2020, the Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 70,000 Founder Shares to the Company’s special advisors for their original purchase price. These 150,000 Founder Shares were not subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriter’s over-allotment option was not exercised. On October 2, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend of 1,437,500 shares with respect to the Class B common stock, resulting in an aggregate of 7,187,500 Founder Shares issued and outstanding. On October 2, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 18,750 Founder Shares to one of the Company’s special advisors. On October 20, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend of 1,437,500 shares with respect to the Class B common stock, resulting in an aggregate of 8,625,000 Founder Shares issued and outstanding. All shares and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share transactions.

The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 1,125,000 shares of Class B common stock subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor to the extent that the underwriter’s over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part, so that the initial stockholders would own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. On December 7, 2020, the underwriter’s election to exercise its over-allotment option expired unexercised, resulting in the forfeiture of 1,125,000 shares by the Sponsor. Accordingly, there are 7,500,000 Founder Shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The initial stockholders have agreed that, subject to certain limited exceptions, the Founder Shares will not be transferred, assigned or sold until the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination or (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the stockholders having the right to exchange their common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Administrative Services Agreement

The Company entered into an agreement, commencing on October 20, 2020 through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination and its liquidation, to pay the Sponsor a total of up to $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. For the year ended December 31, 2021 and the period from March 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company incurred $120,000 and $20,000 for these services, respectively, of which $140,000 and $20,000 of such fees is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying December 31, 2021 and 2020 balance sheets, respectively.

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain of the Company’s directors and officers may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans, but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working

 

F-55


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-Business Combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no amounts outstanding under any Working Capital Loans.

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement

Pursuant to a registration and stockholder rights agreement entered into on October 20, 2020, the holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) will be entitled to registration rights requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to Class A common stock). The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration and stockholder rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriter is entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $10,500,000 in the aggregate. Subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement, (i) the deferred fee will be placed in the Trust Account and released to the underwriter only upon the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the deferred fee will be waived by the underwriter in the event that the Company does not complete a Business Combination.

Termination of Jam City Business Combination

On May 19, 2021, the Company entered into a business combination agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with VNNA Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and the Company’s direct, wholly-owned subsidiary (“VNNA Merger Sub”), Jam City, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Jam City”), and New Jam City, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Jam City (“New JC LLC”), relating to the contemplated Business Combination between the Company and Jam City (the “Jam City Business Combination”).

On July 23, 2021, the Company entered into a Termination of Business Combination Agreement (the “Termination Agreement”) with VNNA Merger Sub, the Sponsor, Jam City and New JC LLC, pursuant to which the parties agreed to mutually terminate the Business Combination Agreement effective as of July 23, 2021. As a result of the termination of the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination Agreement is void and there is no liability under the Business Combination Agreement on the part of any party thereto, except as set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, and each of the transaction agreements entered into in connection with the Business Combination Agreement, including, but not limited to, (i) the Sponsor Support Agreement,

 

F-56


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

dated as of May 19, 2021, by and among the Company, the Sponsor, Jam City and New JC LLC, (ii) the Stockholder Support Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2021, by and among the Company and certain stockholders of Jam City, and (iii) the subscription agreements entered into between the Company and certain investors concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2021, were automatically either terminated in accordance with their terms or of no further force and effect. Pursuant to the Termination Agreement, subject to certain exceptions, the Company and Jam City also agreed, on behalf of themselves and their respective related parties, to a release of claims relating to the Jam City Business Combination. The Company intends to continue to pursue a Business Combination.

NOTE 7. STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Preferred Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Class A Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 30,000,000 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, including 30,000,000 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption which is presented as temporary equity.

Class B Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 7,500,000 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.

Holders of Class B common stock will have the right to elect all of the Company’s directors prior to a Business Combination. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders except as required by law.

The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of a Business Combination, the ratio at which shares of Class B common stock shall convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination and any private placement-equivalent warrants issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans).

NOTE 8. WARRANT LIABILITIES

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 10,000,000 Public Warrants and 8,000,000 Private Placement Warrants outstanding.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Public Warrants will become exercisable 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A common stock underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration. No warrant will be exercisable and the Company will not be obligated to issue a share of Class A common stock upon exercise of a warrant unless the share of Class A common stock issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants.

The Company will agree that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than twenty business days after the closing of a Business Combination, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days following a Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but the Company will be required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

Redemption of warrants when the price per share of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00. Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants (except with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

 

   

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

 

   

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders (the “Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like).

If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Redemption of warrants when the price per share of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00. Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

F-58


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

   

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Class A common stock;

 

   

if, and only if, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like); and

 

   

if the Reference Value is less than $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like), the Private Placement Warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Public Warrants, as described above.

 

   

if, and only if, there is an effective registration statement covering the issuance of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating thereto available throughout the 30-dayperiod after written notice of redemption is given, or an exemption from registration is available.

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of Class A common stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per Class A common (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the initial stockholders or their affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the initial stockholders or their affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of a Business Combination on the date of the consummation of a Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 and $18.00 per share redemption trigger prices will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 100% and 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, respectively.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement

 

F-59


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

NOTE 9 — INCOME TAX

The Company’s net deferred tax assets (liability) at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

 

     December 31,      December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Deferred tax assets (liability)

     

Net operating loss carryforward

   $ 25,292      $ 72,074  

Startup/Organizational Expenses

     816,763        —    

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

     (889      (12,280
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     841,166        59,794  

Valuation Allowance

     (841,166      (59,794
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liability), net

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period March 24, 2020 through December 31, 2020 consists of the following:

 

     December 31,      December 31,  
     2021      2020  

Federal

     

Current

   $ 10,424      $ —    

Deferred

     (682,641      (59,794

State and Local

     

Current

     —          —    

Deferred

     (98,731      —    

Change in valuation allowance

     781,372        59,794  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax provision

   $ 10,424      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $106,299 and $343,209 of U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryovers available to offset future taxable income. Federal and state net operating loss can be carried forward indefinitely.

In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After consideration of all of the information available, management believes that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realization of the deferred tax assets and has therefore established a full valuation allowance. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the change in the valuation allowance was $781,372. For the period from March 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the change in the valuation allowance was $59,794.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

A reconciliation of the federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period March 24, 2020 through December 31, 2020 is as follows:

 

     December 31,
2021
    December 31,
2020
 

Statutory federal income tax rate

     21.00     21.0

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     2.79     0.0

Change in fair value of warrants

     (27.38 )%      (20.5 )% 

Transaction costs allocable to warrants

     0.00     (0.3 )% 

Business combination expense

     0.46     0.0

True ups

     0.04     0.0

Valuation allowance

     3.13     (0.2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax provision

     0.04     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and is subject to examination by the various taxing authorities. The Company’s tax returns since inception remain open to examination by the taxing authorities. The Company considers Florida to be a significant state tax jurisdiction.

NOTE 10. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows the guidance in ASC 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

 

        

 

Level 1:

  

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

 

Level 2:

  

Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

 

Level 3:

  

Unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

At December 31, 2021, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $300,182,974 in U.S. Treasury Securities and $348 in cash.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

 

Description    Level      December 31,
2021
     Level      December 31,
2020
 

Assets:

           

Marketable securities held in Trust Account

     1      $ 300,183,322        1      $ 300,058,477  

Liabilities:

           

Warrant Liability – Public Warrants

     1      $ 5,993,000        3      $ 21,500,000  

Warrant Liability – Private Placement Warrants

     2        4,794,400        3      $ 17,200,000  

The Warrants are accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40 and are presented within warrant liabilities in the balance sheets. The warrant liabilities are measured at fair value at inception and on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value presented within change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the statements of operations.

The Warrants were initially valued using a binomial lattice model, which is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The binomial lattice model’s primary unobservable input utilized in determining the fair value of the Warrants is the expected volatility of the common stock. The expected volatility as of the Initial Public Offering date was derived from observable public warrant pricing on comparable ‘blank-check’ companies without an identified target. The expected volatility as of subsequent valuation dates was implied from the Company’s own Public Warrant pricing. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, the close price of the Public Warrant price was used as the fair value of the Warrants as of each relevant date. The measurement of the Public Warrants after the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units is classified as Level 1 due to the use of an observable market quote in an active market. The subsequent measurements of the Private Placement Warrants after the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units are classified as Level 2 due to the use of an observable market quote for a similar asset in an active market.

The estimated fair value of the Level 3 Warrants was determined based upon the following significant inputs:

 

     December 31,
2020
 

Exercise price

   $ 11.50  

Stock price

   $ 10.41  

Volatility

     28.4

Term

     5.00  

Risk-free rate

     0.39

Dividend yield

     0.00

 

F-62


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

The following table presents the changes in the fair value of Level 3 warrant liabilities:

 

     Private
Placement
     Public      Warrant
Liabilities
 

Fair value as of January 1, 2021

   $ 17,200,000      $ 21,500,000      $ 38,700,000  

Change in fair value

     (12,240,000      (15,507,000      (27,912,600

Transfers to Level 1

     —          (5,993,000      (5,993,000

Transfers to Level 2

     (4,794,400      —          (4,794,400
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2021

   $ —        $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2 and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period in which a change in valuation technique or methodology occurs. The estimated fair value of the Public Warrants transferred from a Level 3 measurement to a Level 1 fair value measurement during the year ended December 31, 2021 was approximately $6.0 million. The estimated fair value of the Private Placement Warrants transferred from a Level 3 measurement to a Level 2 fair value measurement during the year ended December 31, 2021 was approximately $4.8 million.

NOTE 11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, other than the below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

Transaction Agreement

On February 7, 2022, the Company entered into a transaction agreement (the “Transaction Agreement”) with D-Wave Quantum Inc., a Delaware corporation and the Company’s direct, wholly-owned subsidiary (“NewCo”), DWSI Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of NewCo (“Merger Sub”), DWSI Canada Holdings ULC, a British Columbia unlimited liability company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of NewCo (“CallCo”), D-Wave Quantum Technologies Inc., a British Columbia corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of CallCo (“ExchangeCo”), and D-Wave Systems Inc., a British Columbia company (“D-Wave”), relating to a proposed Business Combination between the Company and D-Wave (the “Proposed Transaction”).

The Transaction Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, covenants and closing conditions, including, but not limited to, approval by the Company’s stockholders of the Transaction Agreement and the Proposed Transaction.

Sponsor Support Agreement

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, the Company entered into a sponsor support agreement with the Sponsor, NewCo and D-Wave, pursuant to which, among other things, the Sponsor agreed to (i) vote in favor of the Transaction Agreement and the Proposed Transaction, (ii) a certain number of NewCo common shares becoming subject to certain vesting conditions immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the closing of the Proposed Transaction, (iii) reimburse or otherwise compensate the Company for certain expenses in excess of the Company’s permitted expenses under the Transaction Agreement and (iv) the forfeiture of certain Founder Shares.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2021

 

Transaction Support Agreements

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, the Company entered into transaction support agreements with D-Wave and certain D-Wave shareholders (collectively, the “Supporting Shareholders”), pursuant to which each such Supporting Shareholder agreed to, among other things, support and vote in favor of the Company Arrangement Resolution (as defined in the Transaction Agreement).

PIPE Subscription Agreements

Concurrently with the execution of the Transaction Agreement, the Company entered into subscription agreements with NewCo and certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which, among other things, each PIPE Investor subscribed to and agreed to purchase on the date of the Closing (the “Closing Date”), and NewCo agreed to issue and sell to each such PIPE Investor on the Closing Date, the number of NewCo common shares (“PIPE Shares”) equal to the purchase price set forth therein, divided by $10.00 and multiplied by the Exchange Ratio (as defined in the Transaction Agreement), totaling $40.0 million of PIPE Shares in the aggregate, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Annex A

TRANSACTION AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.,

D-WAVE QUANTUM INC.,

DWSI HOLDINGS INC.,

DWSI CANADA HOLDINGS ULC,

D-WAVE QUANTUM TECHNOLOGIES INC.,

AND

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 7, 2022

 

A-1


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     8  

Section 1.1

  Definitions      8  

ARTICLE II CLOSING

     25  

Section 2.1

  Closing of the Transactions      25  

Section 2.2

  Closing Statements      26  

Section 2.3

  Withholding Rights      27  

ARTICLE III THE MERGER

     27  

Section 3.1

  Effective Time      27  

Section 3.2

  The Merger      27  

Section 3.3

  Effect of the Merger      27  

Section 3.4

  Governing Documents      27  

Section 3.5

  Directors and Officers of the Surviving Company      27  

Section 3.6

  Effect of the Merger on Securities of SPAC and Merger Sub      28  

Section 3.7

  Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action      29  

ARTICLE IV THE ARRANGEMENT

     29  

Section 4.1

  The Arrangement      29  

Section 4.2

  Treatment of Company Options and Company Warrants      32  

Section 4.3

  U.S. Securities Law Matters      32  

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RELATING TO THE GROUP COMPANIES

     33  

Section 5.1

  Organization and Qualification      33  

Section 5.2

  Capitalization of the Group Companies      34  

Section 5.3

  Authority      35  

Section 5.4

  Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities      35  

Section 5.5

  Consents and Requisite Governmental Approvals; No Violations      36  

Section 5.6

  Permits      36  

Section 5.7

  Material Contracts      36  

Section 5.8

  Absence of Changes      38  

Section 5.9

  Litigation      38  

Section 5.10

  Compliance with Applicable Law      38  

Section 5.11

  Employee Plans      38  

Section 5.12

  Environmental Matters      41  

Section 5.13

  Intellectual Property      41  

Section 5.14

  Labor Matters      44  

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Section 5.15

  Insurance      46  

Section 5.16

  Tax Matters      46  

Section 5.17

  Brokers      48  

Section 5.18

  Real and Personal Property      48  

Section 5.19

  Transactions with Affiliates      48  

Section 5.20

  Data Privacy and Security      49  

Section 5.21

  Compliance with International Trade & Anti-Corruption Laws      49  

Section 5.22

  Reporting Issuer      50  

Section 5.23

  Information Supplied      50  

Section 5.24

  Investigation; No Other Representations      50  

Section 5.25

  EXCLUSIVITY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      50  

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RELATING TO THE SPAC PARTIES

     51  

Section 6.1

  Organization and Qualification      51  

Section 6.2

  Authority      51  

Section 6.3

  Consents and Requisite Governmental Approvals; No Violations      51  

Section 6.4

  Brokers      52  

Section 6.5

  Information Supplied      52  

Section 6.6

  Capitalization of the SPAC Parties      52  

Section 6.7

  Restrictions on Transfer      53  

Section 6.8

  SEC Filings      53  

Section 6.9

  Trust Account      54  

Section 6.10

  Transactions with Affiliates      55  

Section 6.11

  Litigation      55  

Section 6.12

  Compliance with Applicable Law      55  

Section 6.13

  SPAC Party Activities      55  

Section 6.14

  Internal Controls; Listing; Financial Statements      55  

Section 6.15

  No Undisclosed Liabilities      56  

Section 6.16

  Tax Matters      56  

Section 6.17

  Investigation; No Other Representations      57  

Section 6.18

  EXCLUSIVITY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      57  

ARTICLE VII COVENANTS

     57  

Section 7.1

  Conduct of Business of the Company      57  

Section 7.2

  Efforts to Consummate      60  

Section 7.3

  Confidentiality and Access to Information      61  

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Section 7.4

  Public Announcements      62  

Section 7.5

  Tax Matters      63  

Section 7.6

  Exclusive Dealing      64  

Section 7.7

  Preparation of Registration Statement / Proxy Statement      65  

Section 7.8

  SPAC Stockholder Approval      66  

Section 7.9

  Conduct of Business of SPAC      66  

Section 7.10

  Stock Exchange Listing      67  

Section 7.11

  Exchangeable Shares      68  

Section 7.12

  Trust Account      68  

Section 7.13

  Company Shareholder Approval; PIPE Subscription Agreements; Founder Support Agreement      68  

Section 7.14

  SPAC Indemnification; Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance      68  

Section 7.15

  Company Indemnification; Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance      69  

Section 7.16

  Post-Closing Directors and Officers      70  

Section 7.17

  A&R NewCo Charter and A&R NewCo Bylaws      70  

Section 7.18

  NewCo Incentive Equity Plan      70  

Section 7.19

  Parent Guarantee      71  

Section 7.20

  PCAOB Financials      71  

Section 7.21

  Exchange of SPAC Class B Common Shares      71  

ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS

     71  

Section 8.1

  Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties      71  

Section 8.2

  Other Conditions to the Obligations of the SPAC Parties      71  

Section 8.3

  Other Conditions to the Obligations of the Company      72  

Section 8.4

  Frustration of Closing Conditions      73  

ARTICLE IX TERMINATION

     73  

Section 9.1

  Termination      73  

Section 9.2

  Effect of Termination      74  

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS

     74  

Section 10.1

  Non-Survival      74  

Section 10.2

  Entire Agreement; Assignment      74  

Section 10.3

  Amendment      75  

Section 10.4

  Notices      75  

Section 10.5

  Governing Law      76  

Section 10.6

  Fees and Expenses      76  

Section 10.7

  Construction; Interpretation      76  

 

A-4


Table of Contents

Section 10.8

  Exhibits and Schedules      76  

Section 10.9

  Parties in Interest      77  

Section 10.10

  Severability      77  

Section 10.11

  Counterparts; Electronic Signatures      77  

Section 10.12

  Knowledge of Company; Knowledge of SPAC      77  

Section 10.13

  No Recourse      77  

Section 10.14

  Extension; Waiver      78  

Section 10.15

  Waiver of Jury Trial      78  

Section 10.16

  Submission to Jurisdiction      78  

Section 10.17

  Remedies      79  

Section 10.18

  Trust Account Waiver      79  

ANNEXES AND EXHIBITS

 

Annex A

  

Supporting Company Shareholders

Exhibit A

  

Form of PIPE Subscription Agreement

Exhibit B

  

Form of Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

Exhibit C

  

Company Arrangement Resolution

Exhibit D

  

Plan of Arrangement

Exhibit E

  

Exchangeable Share Term Sheet

 

A-5


Table of Contents

TRANSACTION AGREEMENT

THIS TRANSACTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of February 7, 2022, is made by and among DPCM Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SPAC”), D-Wave Quantum Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of SPAC (“NewCo”), DWSI Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of NewCo (“Merger Sub”), DWSI Canada Holdings ULC, a British Columbia unlimited liability company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of NewCo (“CallCo”), D-Wave Quantum Technologies Inc., a British Columbia corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of CallCo (“ExchangeCo” and together with SPAC, NewCo, Merger Sub and CallCo, the “SPAC Parties”), and D-Wave Systems Inc., a British Columbia company (the “Company”). The SPAC Parties and the Company shall be referred to herein from time to time collectively as the “Parties”. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in Section 1.1.

WHEREAS, (a) SPAC is a blank check company incorporated as a Delaware corporation on March 24, 2020 and incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, and (b) each of the SPAC Parties (other than SPAC) is, as of the date of this Agreement, a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of SPAC that was incorporated for purposes of consummating certain transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the applicable Ancillary Documents;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Governing Documents of SPAC, SPAC is required to provide an opportunity for its stockholders to have their outstanding SPAC Class A Shares redeemed on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein in connection with obtaining the SPAC Stockholder Approval;

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Sponsor, SPAC, NewCo and the Company are entering into a sponsor support agreement (the “Sponsor Support Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Sponsor has agreed to (a) vote in favor of this Agreement and the Transactions, (b) a certain number of NewCo Common Shares becoming subject to certain vesting conditions immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the Closing, with such shares thereafter subject to the vesting and forfeiture provisions set forth therein (the “Sponsor Share Adjustment”), (c) use commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions reasonably necessary to consummate the Transactions, including providing support to backstop SPAC Stockholder Redemptions, (d) reimburse or otherwise compensate SPAC for any SPAC Expenses in excess of Permitted SPAC Expenses, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Sponsor Support Agreement and (e) the forfeiture of certain SPAC Class B Shares;

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, each Company Shareholder (with respect to all Equity Securities held thereby) set forth on Annex A hereto (collectively, the “Supporting Company Shareholders”) will duly execute and deliver to SPAC a transaction support agreement (collectively, the “Transaction Support Agreements”), pursuant to which each such Supporting Company Shareholder will agree to, among other things, support and vote in favor of the Company Arrangement Resolution;

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”) are entering into a subscription agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “PIPE Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, each PIPE Investor has agreed to subscribe for and purchase on the Closing Date, and NewCo has agreed to issue and sell to each such PIPE Investor on the Closing Date, the number of NewCo Common Shares set forth in the applicable PIPE Subscription Agreement in exchange for the purchase price set forth therein (such equity financing, the “Initial PIPE Financing”), in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, at the Effective Time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), Merger Sub shall merge with and into SPAC (the “Merger”), with SPAC continuing as the surviving company after the Merger (the “Surviving Company”), as a result of which SPAC will become a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of NewCo;

 

A-6


Table of Contents

WHEREAS, as a result of the Merger, (a) each issued and outstanding SPAC Common Share shall no longer be outstanding and shall be automatically converted into and exchanged for one NewCo Common Share and (b) each outstanding SPAC Warrant shall be assumed by NewCo and, subject to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, thereafter exercisable to purchase one (1) NewCo Common Share;

WHEREAS, immediately following the Merger, by means of an Arrangement under the BCBCA, (a) CallCo will acquire all of the issued and outstanding Company Shares held by Ineligible Holders and Eligible Holders that do not elect to receive Exchangeable Shares in exchange for NewCo Common Shares (the “NewCo Share Exchange”), (b) CallCo will contribute the Company Shares acquired from such holders to ExchangeCo in exchange for ExchangeCo Common Shares, (c) following the NewCo Share Exchange, ExchangeCo will acquire of all of the issued and outstanding Company Shares held by Eligible Holders that elect to receive Exchangeable Shares in exchange for Exchangeable Shares (the “Canadian Share Exchange”) and (d) the Company will become a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ExchangeCo, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement and in accordance with the provisions of applicable Law;

WHEREAS, at the Closing, NewCo, Sponsor, the other holders of SPAC Class B Shares and each Company Shareholder shall, pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement, become bound by a registration rights and lock-up agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, each of Sponsor, the other holders of SPAC Class B Shares and the Company Shareholders party thereto (a) will agree not to effect any sale or distribution of any Equity Securities of NewCo held by any of them during the lock-up period described therein and (b) will be granted certain registration rights with respect to their respective NewCo Common Shares, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the board of directors of SPAC (the “SPAC Board”) has unanimously (a) approved this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents to which SPAC is or will be a party and the Transactions, including the Merger, and (b) recommended, among other things, approval of this Agreement and the Transactions, including the Merger, by the SPAC Stockholders entitled to vote thereon;

WHEREAS, the board of directors of NewCo has approved this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents to which NewCo is or will be a party and the Transactions;

WHEREAS, the board of directors of Merger Sub has unanimously (a) determined that the Transactions, including the Merger, are in the best interests of Merger Sub and NewCo (as sole stockholder of Merger Sub) and (b) approved and recommended the adoption and approval by NewCo of this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents to which Merger Sub is or will be a party and the Transactions, including the Merger;

WHEREAS, NewCo, in its capacity as the sole stockholder of Merger Sub, has (a) determined that the Transactions, including the Merger, are in the best interests of Merger Sub and (b) approved the Agreement, the Ancillary Documents to which Merger Sub is or will be a party and the Transactions, including the Merger;

WHEREAS, the board of directors of CallCo has approved this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents to which CallCo is or will be a party and the Transactions;

WHEREAS, the board of directors of ExchangeCo has approved this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents to which CallCo is or will be a party and the Transactions;

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company (the “Company Board”) has unanimously (a) determined that the Transactions are in the best interests of the Company and fair to the Company Shareholders, (b) approved this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents to which the Company is or will be a party and the Transactions and (c) resolved to recommend that the Company Shareholders vote in favor of the Company Arrangement Resolution;

 

A-7


Table of Contents

WHEREAS, certain of the Company Shareholders have executed or will execute concurrently with this Agreement certain waivers, approvals or other documents related to rights under the Shareholders Agreements and the Governing Documents of the Company to give effect to the Transactions;

WHEREAS, each of the Parties intends for Canadian tax purposes that the Canadian Share Exchange will occur on a tax deferred basis for certain Eligible Holders under subsection 85(1) or (2) of the Tax Act; and

WHEREAS, each of the Parties intends for U.S. federal income tax purposes that the NewCo Share Exchange, the Merger, each applicable equity financing comprising the PIPE Financing and, if applicable, the Canadian Share Exchange, viewed together, constitute an exchange governed by Section 351 of the Code (the “Intended Tax Treatment”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, each intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below.

A&R NewCo Bylaws” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.17(b).

A&R NewCo Charter” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.17(a).

Action” means any claim, action, cause of action, demand, lawsuit, arbitration, inquiry, audit, notice of violation, hearing, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate or informal proceeding), litigation, citation, summons, subpoena or investigation of any nature, civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or otherwise, whether at law or in equity.

Additional PIPE Financing” means a private placement or placements of NewCo Common Shares, other than the Initial PIPE Financing, consented to by SPAC and the Company.

Additional SPAC SEC Reports” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8.

Adjusted Equity Value” means the sum of (a) the Equity Value, plus (b) the Aggregate Company Option Exercise Price, plus (c) the Aggregate Company Warrant Exercise Price, less (d) Company Expenses in excess of $25,000,000, less (e) $38,033,370, less (f)(x) $10.00 multiplied by (y)(i) the number of NewCo Common Shares issued in the Initial PIPE Financing less (ii)(A) the number of Newco Common Shares issued in the Initial PIPE Financing divided by (B) the Exchange Ratio.

Affected Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative thereto.

Aggregate Closing PIPE Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds actually received (or deemed received) by NewCo in respect of the PIPE Financing (whether prior to or on the Closing Date). For the

 

A-8


Table of Contents

avoidance of doubt, any cash proceeds received (or deemed received) by NewCo or any of its Affiliates in respect of any amounts funded under a PIPE Subscription Agreement prior to the Closing Date and not refunded or otherwise used prior to the Closing shall constitute, and be taken into account for purposes of determining, the Aggregate Closing PIPE Proceeds (without, for the avoidance of doubt, giving effect to, or otherwise taking into account the use of any such proceeds).

Aggregate Company Option Exercise Price” means the aggregate exercise price that would be payable to the Company in respect of all Company Options (whether vested or unvested) if all Company Options were exercised in full immediately prior to the Effective Time (without giving effect to any “net” exercise or similar concept).

Aggregate Company Warrant Exercise Price” means the aggregate exercise price that would be payable to the Company in respect of all Company Warrants (whether vested or unvested) if all Company Warrants were exercised in full immediately prior to the Effective Time (without giving effect to any “net” exercise or similar concept). For greater clarity, the Aggregate Company Warrant Exercise Price represents the amount that the holders of Company Warrants would have to pay to exercise their warrants, assuming that all such warrants were fully vested at that time and as such, shall not include any payments required in order to accelerate vesting.

Aggregate Transaction Proceeds” means an amount equal to (a) the sum of (i) the aggregate cash proceeds available for release at Closing to any SPAC Party (or any designees thereof acceptable to the Company) from the Trust Account in connection with the Transactions (after, for the avoidance of doubt, giving effect to the SPAC Stockholder Redemption and any restrictions placed on the use of such cash proceeds in connection with any backstop or other similar arrangements), (ii) other unrestricted cash on the balance sheet of any SPAC Party at Closing and (iii) the Aggregate Closing PIPE Proceeds, minus (b) the Deducted SPAC Expenses and Liabilities.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Amended 10-K Filings” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8.

Ancillary Documents” means the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, the Sponsor Support Agreement, the PIPE Subscription Agreements, the Transaction Support Agreements and each other agreement, document, instrument and/or certificate executed, or contemplated by this Agreement to be executed, in connection with the Transactions.

Anti-Corruption Laws” means, collectively, (a) the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), (b) the Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (Canada), (c) the UK Bribery Act 2010 and (d) any other anti-bribery or anti-corruption Laws or Orders related to combatting bribery, corruption and money laundering.

Arrangement” means an arrangement under Part 9, Division 5 of the BCBCA on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan of Arrangement, subject to any amendments or variations to the Plan of Arrangement made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement or made at the direction of the Court in accordance with the Final Order with the prior written consent of SPAC and the Company, each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

Arrangement Dissent Rights” means the rights of dissent in respect of the Arrangement described in the Plan of Arrangement.

Arrangement Effective Time” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

BCBCA” means Business Corporations Act (British Columbia).

Broker” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b)(i).

 

A-9


Table of Contents

Business Data” means all business information and data, including Personal Data (whether of employees, contractors, consultants, customers, consumers, or other persons and whether in electronic or any other form or medium) that is accessed, collected, used, processed, stored, shared, distributed, transferred, disclosed, destroyed, or disposed of by any of the Company IT Systems, Company Products or otherwise in the course of the conduct of the businesses of any of the Group Companies.

Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks in New York, New York, Wilmington, Delaware and Vancouver, British Columbia are open for the general transaction of business.

CallCo” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Canadian Share Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

CBA” means any collective bargaining agreement or other Contract with any labor union, labor organization, or works council.

Certificate of Merger” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Class A Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b).

Class B Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.21.

Class B Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(c).

Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Closing Press Release” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(b).

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Company Acquisition Proposal” means (a) any direct or indirect acquisition, in one or a series of transactions, (i) of or with the Company or any of its controlled Affiliates or (ii) of all or a material portion of assets, Equity Securities or businesses of the Company or any of its controlled Affiliates (in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, recapitalization, purchase or issuance of Equity Securities, offer or otherwise), or (b) any equity or similar investment in the Company or any of its controlled Affiliates, in each case, other than and with the consent of SPAC (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), any acquisition of Equity Securities of the Company or similar investment in the Company of up to $50,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, none of this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or the Transactions shall constitute a Company Acquisition Proposal.

Company Arrangement Resolution” means a special resolution of the Company Shareholders and holders of the Company Options in respect of the Arrangement to be considered at the Company Shareholders Meeting, in substantially the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit C.

Company Board” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Company Closing Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

Company Common Shares” means the common shares in the capital of the Company.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

Company D&O Persons” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.15(a).

Company Disclosure Schedules” means the disclosure schedules to this Agreement delivered to SPAC by the Company on the date of this Agreement in connection with the execution of this Agreement.

Company Equity Plan” means the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan of the Company, dated April 14, 2020, as amended from time to time.

Company Expenses” means, as of any determination time, the aggregate amount of fees, expenses, commissions or other amounts incurred by or on behalf of, and otherwise payable (and not otherwise expressly allocated to a SPAC Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any Ancillary Document), whether or not due, by any Group Company in connection with the negotiation, preparation or execution of this Agreement or any Ancillary Documents, the performance of its covenants or agreements in this Agreement or any Ancillary Document or the consummation of the Transactions, including (a) the fees and expenses of outside legal counsel, accountants, advisors, brokers, investment bankers, consultants or other agents or service providers of any Group Company and (b) any other fees, expenses, commissions or other amounts that are expressly allocated to any Group Company pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, Company Expenses shall not include any SPAC Expenses.

Company Fundamental Representations” means the representations and warranties set forth in the first sentence of Section 5.1(a) (Organization and Qualification), solely in respect of the Company, clauses (i), (iii)(B) and (iv)(A) of Section 5.2(a), (Capitalization of the Group Companies), Section 5.3 (Authority), Section 5.8(a) (No Company Material Adverse Effect) and Section 5.17 (Brokers).

Company Information Circular” means the notice of the Company Shareholders Meeting to be sent to the Company Shareholders, and the accompanying management information circular to be prepared in connection with the Company Shareholders Meeting, together with any amendments thereto or supplements thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Company IT Systems” means all computer systems, Software, and hardware, communication systems, servers, network equipment or other technology and related documentation, in each case, owned, licensed or leased by a Group Company.

Company Licensed Intellectual Property” means Intellectual Property Rights owned or purported to be owned by any Person (other than a Group Company) that is licensed to any Group Company or to which any Group Company has right to use.

Company Material Adverse Effect” means any change, event, effect or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate with any other change, event, effect or occurrence, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (a) the business, results of operations, financial condition or assets of the Group Companies, taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of the Company to consummate the Transactions, in each case, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that, in the case of clause (a), none of the following shall be taken into account in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: any adverse change, event, effect or occurrence arising after the date of this Agreement from or related to (i) general business or economic conditions in or affecting the United States or Canada, or changes therein, or the global economy generally, (ii) any national or international political or social conditions in the United States, Canada or any other country, including the engagement by the United States, Canada or any other country in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence in any place of any military or terrorist attack, sabotage or cyberterrorism, (iii) changes in conditions of the financial, banking, capital or securities markets generally in the United States, Canada or any other country or region in the world, or changes therein, including changes in interest rates in the United States, Canada or any other country and changes in exchange rates for the currencies of any countries, (iv) changes in

 

A-11


Table of Contents

any applicable Laws, (v) any change, event, effect or occurrence that is generally applicable to the industries or markets in which any Group Company operates, (vi) the execution or public announcement of this Agreement or the pendency or consummation of the Transactions, including the impact thereof on the relationships, contractual or otherwise, of any Group Company with employees, customers, investors, contractors, lenders, suppliers, vendors, partners, licensors, licensees, payors or other third parties related thereto, (vii) any failure by any Group Company to meet, or changes to, any internal or published budgets, projections, forecasts, estimates or predictions (although the underlying facts and circumstances resulting in such failure may be taken into account to the extent not otherwise excluded from this definition pursuant to clauses (i) through (vi) or (viii)), or (viii) any hurricane, tornado, flood, earthquake, tsunami, natural disaster, mudslides, wild fires, epidemics, pandemics (including COVID-19) or quarantines, acts of God or other natural disasters or comparable events in the United States, Canada or any other country or region in the world, or any escalation of the foregoing; provided, however, that any change, event, effect or occurrence resulting from a matter described in any of the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) or clause (viii) may be taken into account in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur to the extent such change, event, effect or occurrence has or has had a disproportionate adverse effect on the Group Companies, taken as a whole, relative to other participants operating in the industries or markets in which the Group Companies operate.

Company Non-Party Affiliates” means, collectively, each Company Related Party and each former, current or future Affiliate, Representative, successor or permitted assign of any Company Related Party (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company). As it relates to the Company, the term “Non-Party Affiliates” means “Company Non-Party Affiliates.”

Company Option” means, as of any determination time, each option to purchase Company Common Shares granted under the Company Equity Plan that is outstanding and unexercised, whether vested or unvested.

Company Owned Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property Rights that are owned or purported to be owned by any of the Group Companies.

Company Preferred Shares” means the Class A Preferred Shares, Class B1 Preferred Shares, Class B2 Preferred Shares and Class B3 Preferred Shares in the capital of the Company.

Company Product” means any Software or other products (excluding any Public Software therein), designed, developed, manufactured, performed, licensed, sold, distributed or other otherwise made available by or on behalf of any Group Company, from which a Group Company has derived previously, is currently deriving or expects to derive, revenue from the sale or provision thereof, including Products currently under development by any Group Company that are material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole.

Company Registered Intellectual Property” means all Registered Intellectual Property owned or purported to be owned by, or filed, by or in the name of, any Group Company.

Company Related Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.19.

Company Required Approval” means the approval of (i) the Company Shareholders by way of resolution passed by Company Shareholders representing at least two-thirds of the votes cast by Company Shareholders, in person or by proxy at the Company Shareholders Meeting and, (ii) the Company Shareholders and the holders of Company Options by way of resolution passed by Company Shareholders and holders of Company Options representing at least two-thirds of the votes cast by Company Shareholders and holders of Company Options, voting together as a single class, in person or by proxy at the Company Shareholders Meeting.

Company Shareholders” means, collectively, the holders of Company Shares as of any determination time prior to the Effective Time.

Company Shareholders Meeting” means the meeting of the Company Shareholders, including any adjournment or postponement thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, that is to be convened as provided by the Interim Order to consider, and if deemed advisable approve, the Company Arrangement Resolution.

 

 

A-12


Table of Contents

Company Shares” means, collectively, the Company Preferred Shares and the Company Common Shares.

Company Warrant” means, as of any determination time, each warrant to purchase Company Shares that is outstanding and unexercised, whether vested or unvested.

Confidential Information” means any material information, knowledge or data concerning the business and/or affairs of the Group Companies that is not already generally available to the public.

Confidentiality Agreement” means that certain Confidentiality Agreement by and between the Company and SPAC, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Consent” means any notice, authorization, qualification, registration, filing, notification, waiver, order, consent or approval to be obtained from, filed with or delivered to, a Governmental Entity or other Person.

Consideration” means the aggregate number of Consideration Shares equal to (a) the Adjusted Equity Value divided by (b) $10.00.

Consideration Shares” means NewCo Common Shares and Exchangeable Shares.

Contract” or “Contracts” means any agreement, contract, license, sublicense, lease, obligation, undertaking or other commitment or arrangement (whether written or oral) that is legally binding upon a Person or any of his, her or its properties or assets.

Copyrights” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Intellectual Property Rights.

Court” means the Supreme Court of British Columbia.

COVID-19” means SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19 and any evolutions thereof or related or associated epidemics, pandemic or disease outbreaks.

COVID-19 Measures” means any quarantine, “shelter in place,” “stay at home,” workforce reduction, social distancing, shut down, closure, sequester or any other Law, governmental order, action, directive, guidelines or recommendations by any Governmental Entity in connection with or in response to COVID-19, including, but not limited to, the United States Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act of 2020 and any administrative or other guidance relating thereto.

Creator” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.13(d).

Deducted SPAC Expenses and Liabilities” means an amount equal the sum of (a) the Unpaid SPAC Expenses (provided that to the extent such amount exceeds the Permitted SPAC Expenses and such excess has been reimbursed by Sponsor or Sponsor has forfeited Sponsor SPAC Shares (as defined in the Sponsor Support Agreement), in each case, pursuant to Section 1.1(c)(iii) of the Sponsor Support Agreement, such excess shall not be included in this clause) and (b) the Unpaid SPAC Liabilities.

Delayed 10-Q Filing” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8.

Depositary” means a bank or trust company selected by SPAC in its reasonable discretion and reasonably acceptable to the Company, which Depositary will perform the duties described in a depositary agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the parties.

DGCL” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

Disabling Devices” means undisclosed Software viruses, time bombs, logic bombs, trojan horses, trap doors, back doors, or other computer instructions, intentional devices or techniques that are designed to threaten, infect, assault, vandalize, defraud, disrupt, damage, disable, maliciously encumber, hack into, maliciously incapacitate, infiltrate or maliciously slow or shut down a computer system or any component of such computer system, including any such device affecting system security or compromising or disclosing user data in an unauthorized manner.

Effective Time” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Electing Company Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Plan of Arrangement.

Eligible Holder” means a Company Shareholder that is (a) a resident of Canada for purposes of the Tax Act and not exempt from tax under Part I of the Tax Act; (b) a partnership, any member of which is a resident of Canada for purposes of the Tax Act and not exempt from tax under Part I of the Tax Act; or (c) Public Sector Pension Investment Board.

Employee Benefit Plan” means each employee benefit or compensatory plan, program, policy or Contract that any Group Company maintains, sponsors or contributes to, or under or with respect to which any Group Company has any Liability, including, without limitation, those relating to employment, incentive, equity or equity-based, retirement, health and welfare, severance, change in control and retention, other than any plan sponsored or maintained by a Governmental Entity.

Environmental Laws” means all Laws, Orders, and recognized and generally accepted engineering practices and industry standards, relating to pollution or the protection of human health, safety, the environment, and/or natural resources, or Laws and Orders relating to releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Substance into the environment, or Laws and Orders otherwise relating to the manufacture, storage, use, treatment, transportation, handling, importation, exportation, sale, distribution, labeling, recycling, processing or testing of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Substance, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq.), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. App. §1801 et seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq.), the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §1251 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. §2601 et seq.) and the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. §653 et seq.).

Equity Securities” means any share, share capital, capital stock, partnership, membership, joint venture or similar interest in any Person (including any stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights), and any option, warrant, restricted share units, right or security (including debt securities) convertible, exchangeable or exercisable therefor.

Equity Value” means $1,200,000,000.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Exchangeable Share Provisions” means the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Exchangeable Shares, which rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions shall be consistent with the terms set out in the Exchangeable Share Term Sheet, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof;

Exchangeable Share Term Sheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(f).

Exchangeable Shares” means the exchangeable shares in the capital of ExchangeCo.

ExchangeCo” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

ExchangeCo Common Shares” means the shares of ExchangeCo’s non-par value common stock.

Excluded Share” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(g).

Federal Securities Laws” means the Exchange Act, the Securities Act and the other U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder or otherwise.

Final Order” means the final order of the Court pursuant to Section 291 of the BCBCA, in a form acceptable to the Company and SPAC, each acting reasonably, approving the Arrangement, as such order may be amended by the Court, provided that any such amendment is reasonably acceptable to each of the Company and SPAC, or with the consent of both the Company and SPAC, each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, at any time prior to the Effective Time or, if appealed, then, unless such appeal is withdrawn, abandoned or denied, as affirmed or as amended, on appeal, provided that any such amendment is acceptable to each of both the Company and SPAC, each acting reasonably.

Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(a).

Fraud” means an act or omission by a Party, and requires: (a) a false or incorrect representation or warranty expressly set forth in this Agreement, (b) with actual knowledge (as opposed to constructive, imputed or implied knowledge) by the Party making such representation or warranty that such representation or warranty expressly set forth in this Agreement is false or incorrect, (c) an intention to deceive another Party, to induce him, her or it to enter into this Agreement, (d) another Party, in justifiable or reasonable reliance upon such false or incorrect representation or warranty expressly set forth in this Agreement, causing such Party to enter into this Agreement, and (e) another Party to suffer damage by reason of such reliance. For the avoidance of doubt, “Fraud” does not include any claim for equitable fraud, promissory fraud, unfair dealings fraud or any torts (including a claim for fraud or alleged fraud) based on negligence or recklessness.

GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Governing Documents” means the legal document(s) by which any Person (other than an individual) establishes its legal existence or which govern its internal affairs. For example, the “Governing Documents” of a U.S. corporation are its certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws and the “Governing Documents” of a British Columbia company are its notice of articles and articles.

Governmental Entity” means any United States, Canadian, international or other (a) federal, state, provincial, local, municipal or other government entity, (b) governmental or quasi-governmental entity of any nature (including any governmental agency, branch, department, official, or entity and any court or other tribunal) or (c) body exercising or entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory, or taxing authority or power of any nature, including any arbitrator or arbitral tribunal (public or private).

“Government Grant” means any grant, incentive, subsidy, award, participation, exemption, status or other benefit from any Governmental Entity granted to, provided to, or enjoyed by any Group Company.

Group Company” and “Group Companies” means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Hazardous Substance” means any materials, substances, pollutants, or contaminants, including any hazardous, toxic, dangerous, flammable, explosive, infectious or radioactive substances or wastes that are regulated by, defined, declared, or controlled in or under, or may give rise to standards of conduct or Liability pursuant to, any Environmental Law or Order, including, without limitation, any petroleum products or byproducts, asbestos, lead, polychlorinated biphenyls or related waste, per- and poly-fluoroakyl substances, mold, or radon.

 

 

A-15


Table of Contents

Indebtedness” means, as of any time, without duplication, with respect to any Person, the outstanding principal amount of, accrued and unpaid interest on, fees and expenses arising under or in respect of (a) indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) other obligations evidenced by any note, bond, debenture or other debt security, (c) obligations for the deferred purchase price of property or assets, including “earn-outs” and “seller notes” (but excluding any trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business), (d) reimbursement and other obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments, in each case, solely to the extent drawn, (e) leases required to be capitalized under GAAP, (f) derivative, hedging, swap, foreign exchange or similar arrangements, including swaps, caps, collars, hedges or similar arrangements, (g) breakage costs, prepayment or early termination premiums, penalties, or other fees or expenses payable as a result of the Transactions in respect of any of the items in the foregoing clauses (a) through (f) and (h) any of the obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above directly or indirectly guaranteed by such Person or secured by any assets of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person.

Ineligible Holder” means a Company Shareholder that is not an Eligible Holder.

Initial PIPE Financing” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Intellectual Property Rights” means all right, title and interest and benefit in and to intellectual property of every nature, whether registered or unregistered, and related priority rights protected, created or arising under the Laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction or under any international convention, including all (a) patents and patent applications, industrial designs and design patent rights, including any continuations, divisionals, continuations-in-part and provisional applications and statutory invention registrations, and any patents issuing on any of the foregoing and any reissues, reexaminations, substitutes, supplementary protection certificates, extensions of any of the foregoing (collectively, “Patents”); (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names, brand names, trade dress rights, logos, Internet domain names, corporate names and other source or business identifiers, together with the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, and all applications, registrations, extensions and renewals of any of the foregoing (collectively, “Marks”); (c) copyrights and works of authorship, database and design rights, mask work rights and moral rights, whether or not registered or published, and all registrations, applications, renewals, extensions and reversions of any of any of the foregoing (collectively, “Copyrights”); (d) trade secrets, trade rights, know-how and other Confidential Information, including invention disclosures, inventions and formulae, processes, works, customer and supplier lists (including lists of prospects), Technology, inventions, engineering and other proprietary processes, data, specifications, prototypes, designs, records, drawings and calculations, web addresses, web sites, licenses, sub-licenses, whether patentable or not; (e) rights in or to Software or other Technology; and (f) any other intellectual or proprietary rights protectable, arising under or associated with any of the foregoing and all derivative works related thereto, including the right to prosecute and perfect such interests and rights to sue, oppose, cancel, interfere and enjoin based upon such interests, including such rights based on past infringement, if any, in connection with any of the foregoing and such all other rights protected by any Law anywhere in the world.

Intended Tax Treatment” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Interim Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(a).

Interim Order” means the interim order of the Court contemplated by Section 4.1(a) of this Agreement and made pursuant to Section 291 of the BCBCA, in a form acceptable to the Company and SPAC, each acting reasonably, providing for, among other things, the calling and holding of the Company Shareholders Meeting, as the same may be amended by the Court, provided that any such amendment is reasonably acceptable to each of the Company and SPAC, or with the consent of SPAC and the Company, each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

Investment Canada Act” means the Investment Canada Act (Canada).

 

A-16


Table of Contents

Investment Canada Act Approval” means NewCo has notified the Minister of the Transaction and (i) the Minister has not sent to NewCo a notice under subsection 25.2(1) of the Investment Canada Act within the prescribed time period and the Governor in Council has not made an order under subsection 25.3(1) of the Investment Canada Act in respect of the Transaction within the prescribed time period; (ii) if such a notice has been sent or such an order has been made, NewCo has subsequently received (A) a notice under paragraph 25.2(4)(a) of the Investment Canada Act indicating that a review of the Transaction on grounds of national security will not be commenced, (B) a notice under paragraph 25.3(6)(b) of the Investment Canada Act indicating that no further action will be taken in respect of the Transaction, or (C) a copy of an order under paragraph 25.4(1)(b) authorizing the Transaction; or (iii) if the Minister determines that a notification is not required under sections 11 and 12 of the Investment Canada Act then 45 days have passed after notifying the Minister of the Transaction.

Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940.

IPO” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.18.

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

JOBS Act” means the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

Latest Balance Sheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(a).

Law” means any federal, state, local, provincial, foreign, national or supranational statute, law (including common law), act, statute, ordinance, treaty, rule, code, regulation or other binding directive or guidance issued, promulgated or enforced by a Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over a given matter.

Leased Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.18(b).

Liability” or “liability” means any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, known or unknown, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable, including those arising under any Law (including any Environmental Law), Proceeding or Order and those arising under any Contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or undertaking.

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, license or sub-license, charge or other similar encumbrance or interest (including, in the case of any Equity Securities, any voting, transfer or similar restrictions).

Marks” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Intellectual Property Rights.

Material Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(a).

Material Permits” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6.

Merger” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Merger Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(c).

Merger Sub” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Merger Sub Common Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(e).

Ministermeans the Minister of Innovation, Science and Industry.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Misrepresentation” means an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact that is required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances in which it was made.

NewCo” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

NewCo Board” means the board of directors of NewCo.

NewCo Common Shares” means the shares of NewCo’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

NewCo Incentive Equity Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.18.

NewCo Share Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

NewCo Warrants” means the SPAC Warrants as of and following the Effective Time, which having been assume by NewCo shall be exercisable, in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement, for NewCo Common Shares.

NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Off-the-Shelf Software” means any Software that is made generally and widely available to the public on a commercial basis and is licensed to any of the Group Companies on a non-exclusive basis under standard terms and conditions.

Order” means any writ, order, judgment, injunction, decision, determination, award, ruling, subpoena, verdict or decree entered, issued or rendered by any Governmental Entity.

Other Withholding Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

Parties” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Patents” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Intellectual Property Rights.

Payment Spreadsheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(c).

PCAOB” means the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

PCAOB Financials” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.20.

Permits” means any approvals, authorizations, clearances, licenses, registrations, permits, certificates, franchises, grants, quotas, registrations, consents, and orders of a Governmental Entity.

Permitted Liens” means (a) mechanic’s, materialmen’s, carriers’, repairers’ and other similar statutory Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business for amounts that are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which sufficient reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, (b) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due and payable as of the Closing Date or which are being contested in good faith and for which sufficient reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, (c) encumbrances and restrictions on real property (including easements, covenants, conditions, rights of way and similar restrictions) that do not prohibit or materially interfere with any of the Group Companies’ use or occupancy of such real property, (d) zoning, building codes and other land use Laws regulating the use or occupancy of real property or the activities conducted thereon which are imposed by any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over such real property and which are not violated by the use or

 

A-18


Table of Contents

occupancy of such real property or the operation of the businesses of the Group Company and do not prohibit or materially interfere with any of the Group Companies’ use or occupancy of such real property, (e) cash deposits or cash pledges to secure the payment of workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, social security benefits or obligations arising under similar Laws or to secure the performance of public or statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which are not yet due and payable, (f) grants by any Group Company of non-exclusive rights in non-material Intellectual Property Rights in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (g) other Liens that do not materially and adversely affect the value, use or operation of the asset subject thereto.

Permitted SPAC Expenses” means the sum of (a) $35,000,000 plus (b) an amount up to $100,000 to the extent paid by SPAC to the PIPE Financing placement agents in connection with the Initial PIPE Financing plus (c) an amount equal to any fees payable by SPAC to the PIPE Financing placement agents in connection with the Additional PIPE Financing, if applicable.

Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint stock company, unincorporated organization or association, trust, joint venture or other similar entity, whether or not a legal entity.

Personal Data” means any data (a) relating to an identified or identifiable natural person (e.g., name, address telephone number, email address, financial account number, government-issued identifier), (b) used or intended to be used or which allows one to identify, contact, or precisely locate an individual, including any internet protocol address or other persistent identifier, and or (c) that is otherwise subject to any applicable Laws or any privacy policies of the Company governing data relating to an identified or identifiable natural person, including data defined as “personal data,” “personal information,” “personally identifiable information” or similar terms by applicable Privacy Law.

PIPE Financing” means, collectively, the Initial PIPE Financing and any Additional PIPE Financing.

PIPE Investors” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

PIPE Subscription Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Plan of Arrangement” means the Plan of Arrangement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D with such changes as may be mutually agreed to by SPAC and the Company (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by either SPAC or the Company, as applicable).

Post-Redemption SPAC Share Number” means the aggregate number of SPAC Class A Common Shares outstanding (other than any Excluded Shares) after giving effect to the SPAC Stockholder Redemption.

Privacy and Data Security Policies” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.20(a).

Privacy Laws” means any of the following to the extent relating to the Processing of Personal Data or data-related notifications: (a) all applicable Laws; (b) each Group Company’s own external-facing privacy policies; and (c) applicable provisions of Contracts to which any Group Company is a party or is otherwise bound.

Proceeding” means any lawsuit, litigation, action, audit, inquiry, investigation, examination, claim, complaint, charge, proceeding, suit or arbitration (in each case, whether civil, criminal or administrative and whether public or private) pending by or before or otherwise involving any Governmental Entity.

Process” (or “Processing” or “Processes”) means the collection, use, storage, processing, recording, distribution, transfer, import, export, protection (including security measures), disposal or disclosure or other activity regarding data (whether electronically or in any other form or medium).

 

 

A-19


Table of Contents

Prospectus” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.18.

Public Shareholders” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.18.

Public Software” means any Software that contains, includes, incorporates, or has instantiated therein, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any Software that is distributed as free software, open source software (e.g., Linux), whether pursuant to any license that is now or in the future approved by the Open Source Initiative and listed at http://www.opensource.org/licenses, which licenses include all versions of the GNU General Public License (GPL), the GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), the GNU Affero GPL, the MIT license, the Eclipse Public License, the Common Public License, the CDDL, the Mozilla Public License (MPL), the Artistic License, the Netscape Public License, the Sun Community Source License (SCSL), and the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL) or any similar licensing or distribution models, including under any terms or conditions that impose any requirement that any Software using, linked with, incorporating, distributed with or derived from such Public Software (a) be made available or distributed in source code form; (b) be licensed for purposes of making derivative works; or (c) be redistributable at no, or a nominal, charge.

Real Property Leases” means all leases, sub-leases, licenses, or other agreements, in each case, pursuant to which any Group Company leases or sub-leases any real property.

Redemption Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(d).

Reference Date” means January 1, 2019.

Registered Intellectual Property” means all issued Patents, pending Patent applications, registered Marks, pending applications for registration of Marks, registered Copyrights, pending applications for registration of Copyrights and Internet domain name registrations.

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Registration Statement / Proxy Statement” means a registration statement of NewCo on Form S-4 relating to the Transactions and containing a prospectus of NewCo and proxy statement of SPAC.

Representatives” means with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and its and such Affiliates’ respective directors, managers, officers, employees, accountants, consultants, advisors, attorneys, agents and other representatives.

Sanctions and Export Control Laws” means any Law or Order related to (a) import and export controls, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations and such other controls administered by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection, (b) economic sanctions, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, Global Affairs Canada, the European Union, any European Union Member State, the United Nations, and Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or any other similar Governmental Entity with jurisdiction over any Group Company from time to time or (c) anti-boycott measures.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Schedules” means, collectively, the Company Disclosure Schedules and the SPAC Disclosure Schedules.

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

SEC Guidance” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8.

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933.

 

A-20


Table of Contents

Securities Laws” means Federal Securities Laws and other applicable foreign and domestic securities or similar Laws (including the applicable Canadian provincial and territorial securities laws).

Security Incident” means any action that results in an actual or reasonably suspected cyber or security incident that could have an adverse effect on a Company IT System, Personal Data or any Company trade secret (including any processed thereby or contained therein), including an occurrence that jeopardizes or is reasonably believed to jeopardize the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of a Company IT System, Personal Data or any Company trade secret.

Shareholder Agreements” means the Shareholder Agreement between the Company and certain of its shareholders dated April 14, 2020, as amended, and the Investor Right Agreement between the Company and certain of its shareholders dated April 14, 2020, as amended.

Signing Filing” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(b).

Signing Press Release” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(b).

Software” shall mean any and all (a) computer programs and software, including any and all software implementations of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in (and including all) source code or object code; (b) databases and compilations, including any and all data and collections of data, whether machine readable or otherwise; (c) descriptions, flowcharts and other work product used to design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, screens, user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons; and (d) all documentation, including user manuals and other training documentation, related to any of the foregoing.

SPAC” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

SPAC Acquisition Proposal” means any direct or indirect acquisition (or other business combination), in one or a series of related transactions, by SPAC (a) of or with an unaffiliated entity or (b) of all or a material portion of the assets, Equity Securities or businesses of an unaffiliated entity (in the case of each of clause (a) and (b), whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, purchase or issuance of Equity Securities, tender offer or otherwise). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, none of this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or the Transactions shall constitute a SPAC Acquisition Proposal.

SPAC Board” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

SPAC Board Recommendation” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8.

SPAC Class A Shares” means the shares of SPAC’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

SPAC Class B Shares” means the shares of SPAC’s Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

SPAC Closing Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

SPAC Common Shares” means the SPAC Class A Shares and SPAC Class B Shares.

SPAC D&O Persons” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.14(a).

SPAC Disclosure Schedules” means the disclosure schedules to this Agreement delivered to the Company by SPAC on the date of this Agreement in connection with the execution of this Agreement.

SPAC Expenses” means, as of any determination time, the aggregate amount of fees, expenses, commissions or other amounts incurred by or on behalf of, or otherwise payable (and not otherwise expressly

 

A-21


Table of Contents

allocated to a Group Company or any holder of Company Shares, Company Options or Company Warrants pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any Ancillary Document), whether or not due, by a SPAC Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation or execution of this Agreement or any Ancillary Documents, the performance of its covenants or agreements in this Agreement or any Ancillary Document or the consummation of the Transactions, including (a) the fees and expenses of outside legal counsel, accountants, advisors, brokers, investment bankers, consultants, or other agents or service providers of any SPAC Party and (b) any other fees, expenses, commissions or other amounts that are expressly allocated to any SPAC Party pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein and for the avoidance of doubt, SPAC Expenses shall (i) not include (A) any Company Expenses and (B) the cash underwriting discount previously paid prior to the date of this Agreement by SPAC to UBS upon consummation of SPAC’s initial public offering in the aggregate amount of six million dollars ($6,000,000) and (ii) include the deferred underwriting fee owed by SPAC to UBS pursuant to the UBS Letter Agreement in the aggregate amount of ten million five hundred thousand dollars ($10,500,000).

SPAC Financial Statements” means all of the financial statements of SPAC included in the SPAC SEC Reports.

SPAC Fundamental Representations” means the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.1 (Organization and Qualification), Section 6.2 (Authority), Section 6.4 (Brokers), and Section 6.6 (Capitalization of the SPAC Parties).

SPAC Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c)(iv).

SPAC Liabilities” means, as of any determination time, the aggregate amount of Liabilities of the SPAC Parties that are due and payable by the SPAC Parties as of such time. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, SPAC Liabilities shall not include (a) any SPAC Expenses, (b) any Company Expenses or (c) any Liabilities arising out of, or related to, any Proceeding related to this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or the Transactions, including any shareholder demand or other shareholder Proceedings (including derivative claims) arising out of, or related to, any of the foregoing.

SPAC Material Adverse Effect” means any change, event, effect or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate with any other change, event, effect or occurrence, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (a) the business or financial condition of the SPAC Parties, taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of any SPAC Party to consummate the Transactions, in each case, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that, in the case of clause (a), none of the following shall be taken into account in determining whether a SPAC Material Adverse Effect has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: any adverse change, event, effect or occurrence arising after the date of this Agreement from or related to (i) general business or economic conditions in or affecting the United States or Canada, or changes therein, or the global economy generally, (ii) any national or international political or social conditions in the United States, Canada or any other country, including the engagement by the United States, Canada or any other country in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence in any place of any military or terrorist attack, sabotage or cyberterrorism, (iii) changes in conditions of the financial, banking, capital or securities markets generally in the United States, Canada or any other country or region in the world, or changes therein, including changes in interest rates in the United States, Canada or any other country and changes in exchange rates for the currencies of any countries, (iv) changes in any applicable Laws, (v) any change, event, effect or occurrence that is generally applicable to the industries or markets in which any SPAC Party operates, (vi) the execution or public announcement of this Agreement or the pendency or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the impact thereof on the relationships, contractual or otherwise, of any SPAC Party with employees, customers, investors, contractors, lenders, suppliers, vendors, partners, licensors, licensees, payors or other third parties related thereto, (vii) any failure by any SPAC Party to meet, or changes to, any internal or published budgets, projections, forecasts, estimates or predictions (although the underlying facts and circumstances resulting in such failure may be taken into account to the extent not

 

A-22


Table of Contents

otherwise excluded from this definition pursuant to clauses (i) through (vi) or (viii)), (viii) any hurricane, tornado, flood, earthquake, tsunami, natural disaster, mudslides, wild fires, epidemics, pandemics (including COVID-19) or quarantines, acts of God or other natural disasters or comparable events in the United States, Canada or any other country or region in the world, or any escalation of the foregoing, or (ix) the matters set forth on Section 1.1 of the SPAC Disclosure Schedules; provided, however, that any change, event, effect or occurrence resulting from a matter described in any of the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) or clause (viii) may be taken into account in determining whether a SPAC Material Adverse Effect has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur to the extent such change, event, effect or occurrence has or has had a disproportionate adverse effect on the SPAC Parties, taken as a whole, relative to other participants operating in the industries or markets in which the SPAC Parties operate.

SPAC Non-Party Affiliates” means, collectively, each SPAC Related Party and each of the former, current or future Affiliates, Representatives, successors or permitted assigns of any SPAC Related Party (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, SPAC).

SPAC Parties” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

SPAC Related Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10.

SPAC SEC Reports” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8.

SPAC Stockholder Approval” means the approval of each Transaction Proposal by the affirmative vote of the holders of the requisite number of SPAC Common Shares entitled to vote thereon, whether in person or by proxy at the SPAC Stockholders Meeting (or any adjournment thereof), in accordance with the Governing Documents of SPAC and applicable Law.

SPAC Stockholder Redemption” means the right of the holders of SPAC Class A Shares to redeem all or a portion of their SPAC Class A Shares (in connection with the Transactions) as set forth in Governing Documents of SPAC.

SPAC Stockholders” means the holders of SPAC Common Shares as of any determination time prior to the Effective Time.

SPAC Stockholders Meeting” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8.

SPAC Units” means the equity securities of SPAC each consisting of one SPAC Common Share and one-third of one SPAC Warrant.

SPAC Warrants” means each warrant to purchase one SPAC Class A Share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

Sponsor” means CDPM Sponsor Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Sponsor Share Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Sponsor Support Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other legal entity of which (a) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at

 

A-23


Table of Contents

the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, or (b) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof and for this purpose, a Person or Persons own a majority ownership interest in such a business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of such business entity’s gains or losses or shall be a, or control any, managing director or general partner of such business entity (other than a corporation). The term “Subsidiary” shall include all Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary.

Supporting Company Shareholders” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Surviving Company” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Tax” means any federal, provincial, state or local income, gross receipts, franchise, estimated, alternative minimum, sales, use, transfer, value added, excise, stamp, customs, duties, ad valorem, real property, personal property (tangible and intangible), capital stock, social security, unemployment, payroll, wage, employment, severance, occupation, registration, environmental, communication, mortgage, profits, license, lease, service, goods and services, withholding, premium, turnover, windfall profits or other taxes of any kind whatever, whether computed on a separate or combined, unitary or consolidated basis or in any other manner, together with any interest, deficiencies, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts imposed by any Governmental Entity with respect thereto, whether disputed or not, and including any secondary Liability for any of the aforementioned.

Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Tax Authority” means any Governmental Entity responsible for the collection or administration of Taxes or Tax Returns.

Tax Return” means returns, information returns, statements, declarations, claims for refund, schedules, designations, elections, notices, attachments and reports relating to Taxes required to be filed with any Governmental Entity, including any amendment of any of the foregoing.

Technology” means all designs, formulas, algorithms, procedures, techniques, methods, processes, concepts, ideas, know-how, programs, models, routines, Software, hardware, equipment, data, databases, tools, inventions, creations, improvements and all recordings, graphs, drawings, reports, analyses, other writings, and any other embodiment of the above, in any form, whether or not specifically listed herein.

Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(d).

Transaction Litigation” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(d).

Transaction Proposals” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8.

Transaction Support Agreements” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Plan of Arrangement and the Ancillary Documents.

Trust Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.18.

Trust Account Released Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.18.

Trust Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9.

 

A-24


Table of Contents

Trustee” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9.

UBS” means UBS Securities LLC, Inc.

UBS Letter Agreement” means that certain Letter Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2020, by and between UBS and SPAC.

Unit Separation” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).

Unpaid Company Expenses” means the Company Expenses that are unpaid as of immediately prior to the Closing.

Unpaid SPAC Expenses” means the SPAC Expenses that are unpaid as of immediately prior to the Closing.

Unpaid SPAC Liabilities” means the SPAC Liabilities as of immediately prior to the Closing.

WARN” means the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act of 1988 as well as similar foreign, state or local Laws.

Warrant Agreement” means the Warrant Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2020, by and between SPAC and the Trustee, as amended or amended and restated.

Warrant Agreement Amendment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(d).

Willful Breach” means a material breach of this Agreement by a Party that is a consequence of an act undertaken or a failure to act by the breaching Party with the knowledge that the taking of such act or such failure to act would, or would reasonably be expected to, constitute or result in a breach of this Agreement.

Withholding Obligation” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

ARTICLE II

CLOSING

Section 2.1 Closing of the Transactions. The closing of the Transactions (the “Closing”) shall take place electronically by exchange of the closing deliverables by the means provided in Section 10.11 as promptly as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than the third (3rd) Business Day, following the satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, waiver) of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE VIII (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction or waiver of such conditions) (the “Closing Date”) or at such other place, date and/or time as SPAC and the Company may agree in writing; provided that the Parties shall cause the Arrangement to become effective in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement.

Section 2.2 Closing Statements; Payment Spreadsheet.

(a) No later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, SPAC shall deliver to the Company a written notice setting forth SPAC’s good faith estimate, as of the Closing, of the amount of (i) cash that will be in the Trust Account, (ii) Unpaid SPAC Expenses (including a list of all such Unpaid SPAC Expenses together with written invoices and wire transfer instructions for the payment thereof), (iii) Unpaid SPAC Liabilities and (iv) the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds (the “SPAC Closing Statement”).

(b) No later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to SPAC a written notice setting forth the Company’s good faith estimate, as of the Closing, of the amount of

 

A-25


Table of Contents

(i) Company Expenses (including a list of all such Company Expenses together with written invoices and wire transfer instructions for the payment thereof), (ii) the Indebtedness of the Company, (iii) the Aggregate Company Option Exercise Price and (iv) the Aggregate Company Warrant Exercise Price (the “Company Closing Statement”).

(c) As promptly as practicable following delivery by (i) SPAC pursuant to Section 2.2(a) of the SPAC Closing Statement and (ii) the Company pursuant to Section 2.2(b) of the Company Closing Statement and, in any event, not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date and based upon the SPAC Closing Statement and the Company Closing Statement, the Company shall calculate Adjusted Equity Value and deliver to SPAC a schedule (the “Payment Spreadsheet”) setting forth (A) the Company’s good faith calculation of the Consideration and (B) the portion of the Consideration Shares payable to each Company Shareholder (including the allocation of NewCo Common Shares and Exchangeable Shares). As promptly as practicable following the Company’s delivery of the Payment Spreadsheet, the Company and SPAC shall work together in good faith to finalize the calculation of the Consideration and the Payment Spreadsheet and the Company shall consider in good faith and incorporate any reasonable comments made by SPAC. The allocation of the Consideration Shares set forth in the Payment Spreadsheet shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, be final and binding on the Parties and shall be used by the SPAC Parties for purposes of issuing the Consideration Shares to each Company Shareholder (including the allocation of NewCo Common Shares and Exchangeable Shares) pursuant to ARTICLE IV, absent manifest error. In issuing the Consideration Shares and pursuant to ARTICLE IV, the SPAC Parties shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, be entitled to rely fully on the information set forth in the Payment Spreadsheet, absent manifest error.

Section 2.3 Withholding Rights.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each of the Parties, the Depositary and any other Person that has any withholding obligation with respect to any amount paid or deemed paid hereunder (any such Person, an “Other Withholding Agent”) shall be entitled to deduct and withhold or direct a Party, the Depositary or any Other Withholding Agent to deduct and withhold on their behalf, from any consideration paid, deemed paid or otherwise deliverable to any Person under this Agreement or the Plan of Arrangement (an “Affected Person”), such amounts as are required to be deducted or withheld with respect to such payment or deemed payment under the Tax Act, the Code or any provision of any federal, provincial, territorial, state, local or other tax Law (a “Withholding Obligation”); provided, that a Party, the Depositary or any Other Withholding Agent, as applicable, shall (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly notify the Affected Person in advance of any anticipated withholding and (ii) reasonably cooperate with such Affected Person to minimize the amount of any applicable withholding. Such deducted or withheld amounts shall be timely remitted to the appropriate Governmental Entity as required by applicable Law. To the extent that amounts are so deducted or withheld and remitted to the appropriate Governmental Entity, such deducted or withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement as having been paid to the Affected Person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid or deemed paid.

(b) The Parties, the Depositary and any Other Withholding Agent shall also have the right to:

(i) withhold and sell, or direct a Party, the Depositary or any Other Withholding Agent to deduct and withhold and sell on their behalf, on their own account or through a broker (the “Broker”), and on behalf of any Affected Person; or

(ii) require the Affected Person to irrevocably direct the sale through a Broker and irrevocably direct the Broker to pay the proceeds of such sale to a Party, the Depositary or any Other Withholding Agent as appropriate (and, in the absence of such irrevocable direction, the Affected Person shall be deemed to have provided such irrevocable direction), such number of NewCo Common Shares or Exchangeable Shares (or the NewCo Common Shares exchanged therefor) delivered or deliverable to such Affected Person pursuant to this Agreement or the Plan of Arrangement or the Exchangeable Share Provisions as is necessary to produce sale proceeds (after deducting commissions payable to the Broker and other costs and expenses) sufficient to fund any Withholding Obligations. Any Exchangeable Shares to be sold in accordance with this

 

A-26


Table of Contents

Section 2.3 shall first be exchanged for NewCo Common Shares in accordance with their terms and the NewCo Common Shares delivered in respect of such Exchangeable Shares shall be sold. Any such sale of NewCo Common Shares shall be affected on a public market and as soon as practicable following the Closing Date. Each of the Parties, the Depositary, the Broker or any Other Withholding Agent, as applicable, shall act in a commercially reasonable manner in respect of any withholding obligation; however, none of the Parties, the Depositary, the Broker or any Other Withholding Agent will have or be deemed to have any fiduciary duty to any stockholder of NewCo or Company Shareholder and will not be liable for any loss arising out of any sale of such NewCo Common Shares, including any loss relating to the manner or timing of such sales, the prices at which the NewCo Common Shares are sold or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

THE MERGER

Section 3.1 Effective Time. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, on the Closing Date, the Parties shall cause the Merger to be effected by filing a certificate of merger (a “Certificate of Merger”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in such form as is required by, and executed in accordance with, the relevant provisions of the DGCL and reasonably agreed by the Parties. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Effective Time” shall mean the time at which the Certificate of Merger has been duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and has become effective in accordance with the DGCL or such later time as SPAC and Merger Sub may agree and specify in the Certificate of Merger pursuant to the DGCL.

Section 3.2 The Merger. At the Effective Time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL, Merger Sub shall, automatically and without any action on the part of any Party, be merged with and into SPAC, following which the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall cease and SPAC shall continue as the Surviving Company after the Effective Time and as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of NewCo.

Section 3.3 Effect of the Merger. At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, all the property, rights, privileges, agreements, powers and franchises, debts, liabilities, duties and obligations of SPAC and Merger Sub shall become the property, rights, privileges, agreements, powers and franchises, debts, liabilities, duties and obligations of the Surviving Company, which shall include the assumption by the Surviving Company of any and all agreements, covenants, duties and obligations of SPAC and Merger Sub set forth in this Agreement to be performed after the Effective Time.

Section 3.4 Governing Documents. At the Effective Time, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Merger Sub as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Company, except all references to the name of Merger Sub shall be replaced by the name of the Surviving Company, until, thereafter changed or amended as provided therein (except that no such change or amendment shall have the effect of affecting the Company’s obligations pursuant to Section 7.14) or by applicable Law.

Section 3.5 Directors and Officers of the Surviving Company. SPAC shall take necessary corporate action so that, immediately after the Effective Time, (a) the directors of the Surviving Company shall be the individuals identified by the Company prior to the Closing Date, until any such director’s successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified, or until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal and (b) the officers of the Surviving Company shall be the individuals identified by the Company prior to the Closing Date, each to hold office in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL and the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Company.

 

 

A-27


Table of Contents

Section 3.6 Effect of the Merger on Securities of SPAC and Merger Sub. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of the Parties or any other Person, the following shall occur:

(a) SPAC Units. To the extent any SPAC Units remain outstanding and unseparated, immediately prior to the Effective Time, the SPAC Common Shares and the SPAC Warrants comprising each such issued and outstanding SPAC Unit immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically separated (the “Unit Separation”) and the holder of each SPAC Unit shall be deemed to hold one (1) SPAC Common Share and one-third of one (1/3) SPAC Warrant. The SPAC Common Shares and SPAC Warrants held following the Unit Separation shall be converted in accordance with the applicable terms of this Section 3.6.

(b) SPAC Class A Common Shares. At the Effective Time, each issued and outstanding SPAC Class A Common Share (other than any Excluded Shares and after giving effect to the SPAC Stockholder Redemption) shall be automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive from the Depositary, for each SPAC Class A Common Share, a number of NewCo Common Shares (the “Class A Consideration”) equal to the lower of: (A) 1.4541326; and (B) (1) (x) the Post-Redemption SPAC Share Number, plus (y) 5,000,000 divided by (2) the Post-Redemption SPAC Share Number (the lower of (A) and (B), the “Exchange Ratio”), following which, each SPAC Class A Common Share shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and shall cease to exist by virtue of the Merger and each former holder of SPAC Class A Common Shares shall thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to the SPAC Class A Common Shares, except as provided herein or by applicable Law. NewCo shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the NewCo Common Shares issued pursuant to this Section 3.6(b) to be issued in book-entry form as of the Effective Time.

(c) SPAC Class B Common Shares. At the Effective Time, each issued and outstanding SPAC Class B Common Share (other than any Excluded Shares) shall be automatically converted into and exchanged for the right to receive from the Depositary, one NewCo Common Share (the “Class B Consideration” and together with the Class A Consideration, the “Merger Consideration”), following which, each SPAC Class B Common Share shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and shall cease to exist by virtue of the Merger and each former holder of SPAC Class B Common Shares shall thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to the SPAC Class B Common Shares, except as provided herein or by applicable Law. NewCo shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the NewCo Common Shares issued pursuant to this Section 3.6(c) to be issued in book-entry form as of the Effective Time.

(d) SPAC Warrants. Pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of any holder of a SPAC Warrant, each SPAC Warrant that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically and irrevocably be converted into one (1) NewCo Warrant on the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time under the terms of the Warrant Agreement. The Parties shall take all lawful action to effect the aforesaid provisions of this Section 3.6(d), including causing the Warrant Agreement to be amended or amended and restated to the extent necessary to give effect to this Section 3.6(d), including adding NewCo as a party thereto (the “Warrant Agreement Amendment”).

(e) Merger Sub Common Shares. At the Effective Time, each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Merger Sub (the “Merger Sub Common Shares”) that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically convert into one (1) share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Surviving Company. The shares of common stock of the Surviving Company shall have the same rights, powers and privileges as the shares so converted and shall constitute the only issued and outstanding share capital of the Surviving Company.

(f) No Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.6, none of the Parties or the Surviving Company or the Depositary shall be liable to any Person for any amount properly paid to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar applicable Law. Any portion of the Merger Consideration remaining unclaimed by SPAC Stockholders immediately prior to such time when the amounts would otherwise escheat to, or become property of, any Governmental Entity shall become, to the extent

 

A-28


Table of Contents

permitted by applicable Law, the property of the Company free and clear of any claims or interest of any Person previously entitled thereto.

(g) Excluded Shares. Each SPAC Common Share held in SPAC’s treasury or owned by the Company or any other wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company or SPAC immediately prior to the Effective Time (each, an “Excluded Share”), shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be paid or payable to any Person with respect thereto.

(h) Delivery of Merger Consideration. (a) All NewCo Common Shares delivered upon the exchange of SPAC Common Shares in accordance with the terms of this ARTICLE III shall be deemed to have been exchanged and paid in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to the securities represented by such SPAC Common Shares and (b) at the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of SPAC shall be closed and there shall be no further registration of transfers on the register of members of SPAC of the SPAC Common Shares that were issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Section 3.7 Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action. If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest the Surviving Company following the Merger with full right, title and possession to all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of SPAC and Merger Sub, the officers and directors (or their designees) of the Surviving Company are fully authorized in the name of their respective corporations or otherwise to take, and will take, all such lawful and necessary action, so long as such action is not inconsistent with this Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

THE ARRANGEMENT

Section 4.1 The Arrangement. On the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, the Parties shall proceed to effect the Arrangement under Part 9, Division 5 of the BCBCA immediately following the Effective Time (the “Arrangement Effective Time”), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan of Arrangement.

(a) The Interim Order. As soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within three (3) Business Days after the date that the Registration Statement is declared effective, the Company shall apply, pursuant to Part 9, Division 5 of the BCBCA and, in cooperation with SPAC (which shall include the opportunity for SPAC and its Representatives to review all relevant documents by SPAC and the incorporation of all reasonable comments from SPAC and its Representatives thereon), prepare, file and diligently pursue an application to the Court for the Interim Order in respect of the Arrangement, which shall identify that the Transaction Support Agreements have been executed by each of the Supporting Company Shareholders and shall provide, among other things:

(i) for the class(es) of persons to whom notice is to be provided in respect of the Arrangement and the Company Shareholders Meeting, and for the manner in which such notice is to be provided;

(ii) that the required level of approval for the Company Arrangement Resolution shall be the Company Required Approval;

(iii) that, in all other respects, the terms, restrictions and conditions of the Governing Documents of the Company, including quorum requirements and all other matters, shall apply in respect of the Company Shareholders Meeting;

(iv) for the grant of the Arrangement Dissent Rights to Company Shareholders as contemplated by the Plan of Arrangement;

(v) for the notice requirements regarding the presentation of the application to the Court for the Final Order;

 

A-29


Table of Contents

(vi) that it is the intention of the Parties to rely upon Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act in connection with the exchange of the Electing Company Shares for the Exchangeable Shares in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement, based on the Court’s approval of the Arrangement, which approval through the issuance of the Final Order will constitute its determination of the fairness of the Arrangement;

(vii) that the Company Shareholders Meeting may be adjourned or postponed from time to time by the Company, with the consent of the SPAC (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or as otherwise agreed by the Parties without the need for additional approval of the Court, and may be held virtually;

(viii) that the record date for the Company Shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Company Shareholders Meeting will not change in respect of any adjournment(s) or postponement(s) of the Company Shareholders Meeting;

(ix) confirmation of the record date for the purposes of determining the Company Shareholders entitled to receive material and vote at the Company Shareholders Meeting in accordance with the Interim Order;

(x) that the Canadian Share Exchange shall be limited such that Eligible Holders electing to receive Exchangeable Shares (other than Public Sector Pension Investment Board) will not hold greater than 19.9% of NewCo on a pro forma fully diluted basis; and

(xi) for such other matters as the Parties may agree are reasonably necessary to complete the Transactions.

(b) The Company Shareholders Meeting.

(i) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Interim Order, and the provision of the SPAC Information, the Company shall convene and conduct the Company Shareholders Meeting in accordance with the Governing Documents of the Company, applicable Laws and the Interim Order as soon as reasonably practicable and shall not adjourn, postpone or cancel (or propose the adjournment, postponement or cancellation of) the Company Shareholders Meeting without the prior written consent of SPAC, except in the case of an adjournment as required for quorum purposes. The Company shall consult with SPAC in fixing the record date for the Company Shareholders Meeting and the date of the Company Shareholders Meeting, give notice to SPAC of the Company Shareholders Meeting and allow SPAC’s Representatives to attend the Company Shareholders Meeting. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the Company Required Approval in respect of the Company Arrangement Resolution, including instructing the management proxyholders named in the Company Information Circular to vote any discretionary or blank proxy submitted by the Company Shareholders in favor of such action, and shall take all other action reasonably necessary or advisable to secure the Company Required Approval.

(ii) The Company shall provide SPAC with (A) updates with respect to the aggregate tally of the proxies received by the Company in respect of the Company Arrangement Resolution, (B) updates with respect to any communication (written or oral) from any Company Shareholder in opposition to the Arrangement or any purported exercise or withdrawal of Arrangement Dissent Rights and written communications sent by or on behalf of the Company to any such person, and shall cooperate and consult in good faith with SPAC in advance in connection with any discussions or communications with any person in opposition to the Arrangement, (C) the right to demand postponement or adjournment of the Company Shareholders Meeting if, based on the tally of proxies, the Company will not receive the Company Required Approvals; provided, that the Company shall not be permitted to postpone the Company Shareholders Meeting more than the earlier of (1) five (5) Business Days prior to the Termination Date and (2) ten (10) days from the date of the first Company Shareholders Meeting without the prior written consent of SPAC, and (D) the right to review and comment on all material communications sent to the Company Shareholders regarding the Transactions and to participate in any material discussions, negotiations or Proceedings with or including any such Company Shareholders regarding the Transactions. The Company shall not (y) make any payment or settlement offer, or agree to any payment or settlement prior to the Effective Time with respect to Arrangement Dissent Rights, or (z) waive any failure by

 

A-30


Table of Contents

any Company Shareholder to timely deliver a notice of exercise of Arrangement Dissent Rights, in each case without the prior written consent of SPAC.

(c) The Company Information Circular.

(i) The Company shall promptly prepare and complete, in good faith consultation with SPAC, the Company Information Circular together with any other documents required by applicable Law in connection with the Company Shareholders Meeting and the Arrangement, and the Company shall, as promptly as practicable after obtaining the Interim Order, cause the Company Information Circular and such other documents to be delivered to each Company Shareholder and other person as required by the Interim Order and applicable Law.

(ii) The Company shall ensure that the Company Information Circular (A) complies in all material respects with the Governing Documents of the Company, the Interim Order and applicable Law, (B) does not contain any Misrepresentation, except with respect to SPAC Information included in the Company Information Circular and (C) provides the Company Shareholders with sufficient information, which is explained in sufficient detail, to permit them to form a reasoned judgment concerning the matters to be placed before the Company Shareholders Meeting.

(iii) Without limiting the generality of Section 4.1(c)(ii), the Company shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, ensure that the Company Information Circular includes (A) a statement that the Company Board has unanimously determined that the Arrangement is in the best interests of the Company and fair to the Company Shareholders, and recommends that the Company Shareholders vote in favor of the Company Arrangement Resolution and (B) a statement that each Supporting Company Shareholder has entered into a Transaction Support Agreement pursuant to which such Supporting Company Shareholder has agreed to support and vote in favor of the Company Arrangement Resolution.

(iv) SPAC shall reasonably assist the Company in the preparation of the Company Information Circular, including obtaining and furnishing to the Company any information with respect to the SPAC Parties required to be included under applicable Laws in the Company Information Circular (the “SPAC Information”), and ensuring that the SPAC Information does not contain any Misrepresentation. The Company shall give SPAC and its Representatives a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on drafts of the Company Information Circular and other related documents, and shall accept the reasonable comments made by SPAC and its Representatives, and agrees that all information relating to the SPAC Parties included in the Company Information Circular must be in a form and content reasonably satisfactory to SPAC. The Company shall provide SPAC and its Representatives with a final copy of the Company Information Circular prior to its delivery to the Company Shareholders.

(v) Each Party shall promptly notify the other Party if it becomes aware that the Company Information Circular contains a Misrepresentation, or otherwise requires an amendment or supplement. The Parties shall reasonably cooperate in the preparation of any such amendment or supplement as required or appropriate, and the Company shall promptly deliver or otherwise disseminate any such amendment or supplement to the Company Shareholders as required by the Court or applicable Law.

(d) The Final Order. The Company shall take all steps necessary or desirable to submit the Arrangement to the Court and diligently pursue an application for the Final Order pursuant to Part 9, Division 5 of the BCBCA, as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after the Company Required Approval is obtained for the Company Arrangement Resolution as provided for in the Interim Order, unless otherwise agreed, in writing, by the Company and SPAC.

(e) Court Proceedings.

(i) In connection with all Court proceedings relating to obtaining the Interim Order and the Final Order, the Company shall: (A) diligently pursue (and SPAC shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in diligently pursuing), the Interim Order and the Final Order; (B) provide SPAC and its Representatives with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon drafts of all materials to be filed with the Court in

 

A-31


Table of Contents

connection with the Arrangement, and reasonably consider the comments of SPAC and its Representatives, and all information relating to the SPAC Parties included in such materials must be in a form and content reasonably satisfactory to SPAC; (C) provide on a timely basis copies of any notice of appearance, response to petition, evidence or other documents served on the Company or its legal counsel in respect of the application for the Interim Order or the Final Order or any appeal from them, and any notice, written or oral, indicating the intention of any person to appeal, or oppose the granting of, the Interim Order or the Final Order; (D) ensure that all material filed with the Court in connection with the Arrangement is consistent with this Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement; (E) not file any material with the Court in connection with the Arrangement or serve any such material, and will not agree to modify or amend any materials so filed or served, except as contemplated by this Agreement or with SPAC’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that SPAC is not required to agree or consent to any increase or variation in the form of the Consideration or other modification or amendment to such materials that expands or increases SPAC’s obligations, or diminishes or limits SPAC’s rights, set forth in any such materials or under any such filed or served materials, this Agreement, the Arrangement, the Plan of Arrangement or the Transaction Support Agreements (F) subject to this Agreement, oppose any proposal from any person that the Final Order contain any provision inconsistent with the Plan of Arrangement or this Agreement, and if at any time after the issuance of the Final Order and prior to the Arrangement Effective Time, the Company is required by the terms of the Final Order or by applicable Law to return to Court with respect to the Final Order, it will do so only after notice to, and in good faith consultation and cooperation with, SPAC; and (G) not object to legal counsel to SPAC making such submissions on the hearing of the motion for the Interim Order and the application for the Final Order as such counsel considers appropriate, provided SPAC advises the Company of the nature of any such submissions prior to the hearing and such submissions are consistent with this Agreement and the Plan of Arrangement.

(ii) Subject to the terms of this Agreement (and Section 10.3 hereof), SPAC will reasonably cooperate with, and assist the Company in, seeking the Interim Order and the Final Order, including by providing the Company on a timely basis any material information reasonably required or reasonably requested to be supplied by SPAC in connection therewith.

Section 4.2 Treatment of Company Options and Company Warrants. The Parties acknowledge that the outstanding Company Options and Company Warrants shall be treated in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement.

Section 4.3 U.S. Securities Law Matters. The Parties agree that the Arrangement will be carried out with the intention, and the Parties will use their commercially reasonable efforts to ensure, that all Exchangeable Shares issued under the Arrangement will be issued by ExchangeCo, whether in the United States, Canada or any other country, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 3(a)(10) thereunder. In order to ensure the availability of the exemption under Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act and to facilitate the SPAC Parties’ compliance with other U.S. Securities Laws, the parties agree that the Arrangement will be carried out on the following basis:

(a) the Court will be asked to approve the procedural and substantive fairness of the terms and conditions of the Arrangement;

(b) in accordance with Section 4.1(a)(vi), prior to the issuance of the Interim Order, the Court will be advised of the intention of ExchangeCo to rely on the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act with respect to the issuance of Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Arrangement, based on the Court’s approval of the Arrangement;

(c) prior to the issuance of the Interim Order, the Company will file with the Court a draft copy of the proposed text of the Company Information Circular together with any other documents required by Law in connection with the Company Shareholders Meeting;

(d) the Court will be advised prior to the hearing of the Court to give approval of the Arrangement that its approval of the Arrangement will be relied upon as a determination that the Court has satisfied itself as to

 

A-32


Table of Contents

the procedural and substantive fairness of the terms and conditions of the Arrangement to all Persons who are entitled to receive Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Arrangement;

(e) the Company will ensure that each Company Shareholder entitled to receive Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Arrangement will be given adequate and appropriate notice advising them of their right to attend the hearing of the Court to approve the procedural and substantive fairness of the terms and conditions of the Arrangement and providing them with sufficient information necessary for them to exercise that right;

(f) the Final Order will expressly state that the Arrangement is approved by the Court as being procedurally and substantively fair to all Persons entitled to receive Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Arrangement;

(g) the Interim Order will specify that each Person entitled to receive Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the Arrangement will have the right to appear before the Court at the hearing of the Court to give approval of the Arrangement;

(h) the Court will hold a hearing before approving the fairness of the terms and conditions of the Arrangement and issuing the Final Order; and

(i) each Person entitled to receive Exchangeable Shares will be advised that Exchangeable Shares issued pursuant to the Arrangement have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act will be issued in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 3(a)(10) of the U.S. Securities Act.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RELATING TO THE GROUP COMPANIES

Subject to Section 10.8, except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the SPAC Parties as follows:

Section 5.1 Organization and Qualification.

(a) Each Group Company is a corporation, limited liability company or other applicable business entity duly organized, incorporated or formed, as applicable, validly existing and in good standing (or the equivalent thereof, if applicable, in each case, with respect to the jurisdictions that recognize the concept of good standing or any equivalent thereof) under the Laws of its jurisdiction of formation, organization, amalgamation or continuation (as applicable). Section 5.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth the jurisdiction of organization, incorporation, amalgamation, continuation or formation (as applicable) for each Group Company. Each Group Company has the requisite corporate, limited liability company or other applicable business entity power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its businesses as presently conducted, except where the failure to have such power or authority would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(b) True and complete copies of the Governing Documents of each Group Company have been made available to SPAC, in each case, as amended and in effect as of the date of this Agreement, and no action has been taken to amend or supersede such Governing Documents of each Group Company. The Governing Documents of each Group Company are in full force and effect, and no Group Company is in breach or violation of any provision set forth in its Governing Documents.

(c) Each Group Company is duly qualified or licensed to transact business and is in good standing (or the equivalent thereof, if applicable, in each case, with respect to the jurisdictions that recognize the concept of good standing or any equivalent thereof) in each jurisdiction in which the property and assets owned, leased or operated by it, or the nature of the business conducted by it, makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except where the failure be so duly qualified or licensed and in good standing would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

A-33


Table of Contents

Section 5.2 Capitalization of the Group Companies.

(a) Section 5.2(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true and complete statement as of the date of this Agreement of (i) the number and class or series (as applicable) of all of the Equity Securities of the Company issued and outstanding, (ii) the identity of the Persons that are the holders thereof, (iii) with respect to each Company Option, (A) the date of grant, (B) any applicable exercise (or similar) price, (C) any applicable expiration (or similar) date, (D) whether each Company Option is vested or unvested together with any applicable vesting schedule (including acceleration provisions) (E) the name of the applicable registered holder, identifying whether such holder is not an employee of the Company, and (F) the number of Company Shares issuable upon exercise, and (iv) with respect to each Company Warrant, (A) any applicable exercise (or similar) price, (B) any applicable expiration (or similar) date, (C) the name of the registered holder, and (D) the number of Company Shares issuable upon exercise of each Company Warrant. All of the Equity Securities of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued. All of the outstanding Company Shares are fully paid and non-assessable. The Company Equity Plan and the issuance of Company Shares under such plan (including all outstanding Company Options) have been duly authorized by the Company Board in compliance with Law and the terms of the Company Equity Plan.

(b) The Equity Securities of the Company (i) were not issued in violation of the Governing Documents of the Company or any other Contract to which the Company is party or bound, (ii) were not issued in violation of any preemptive rights, call option, right of first refusal or first offer, subscription rights, transfer restrictions or similar rights of any Person, (iii) have been offered, sold and issued in compliance with applicable Law, including Securities Laws and (iv) are free and clear of all Liens (other than transfer restrictions under the Governing Documents of the Company, the Shareholder Agreements and applicable Securities Law). Except as set forth on Section 5.2(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules and those either permitted by Section 7.1(b) or issued, granted or entered into in accordance with Section 7.1(b), the Company has no outstanding (x) equity appreciation, phantom equity or profit participation rights or (y) options, restricted shares, restricted share units, phantom shares, warrants, purchase rights, subscription rights, conversion rights, exchange rights, repurchase rights, redemption rights, calls, puts, rights of first refusal or first offer or other Contracts that could require the Company to issue, sell or otherwise cause to become outstanding or to acquire, repurchase or redeem any Equity Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Securities of the Company. Other than the Shareholder Agreements, there are no voting trusts, proxies or other Contracts with respect to the voting or transfer of the Company’s Equity Securities.

(c) Section 5.2(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true and complete statement as of the date hereof of (i) the number and class or series (as applicable) of all of the Equity Securities of each Subsidiary of the Company issued and outstanding and (ii) the identity of the Persons that are holders thereof. Except as issued pursuant to the Company Equity Plan, as of the date hereof, there are no outstanding (A) equity appreciation, phantom equity or profit participation rights or (B) options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, phantom stock, warrants, purchase rights, subscription rights, conversion rights, exchange rights, repurchase rights, redemption rights, calls, puts, rights of first refusal or first offer or other Contracts that could require any Subsidiary of the Company to issue, sell or otherwise cause to become outstanding or to acquire, repurchase or redeem any Equity Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Securities of the Subsidiaries of the Company. Other than the Shareholder Agreements, there are no voting trusts, proxies or other Contracts to which any Group Company is a party with respect to the voting or transfer of any Equity Securities of any Subsidiary of the Company.

(d) Except as set forth on Section 5.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, none of the Group Companies owns or holds (of record, beneficially, legally or otherwise), directly or indirectly, any Equity Securities in any Person (other than other Group Companies) or the right to acquire any such Equity Security, and none of the Group Companies are a partner or member of any partnership, limited liability company or joint venture.

(e) Section 5.2(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list of all Indebtedness of the Group Companies as of the date of this Agreement, including the principal amount of such Indebtedness, the outstanding balance as of the date of this Agreement, and the debtor and the creditor thereof.

 

A-34


Table of Contents

(f) All dividends or distributions on the securities of all of the Group Companies that have been declared or authorized have been paid in full.

Section 5.3 Authority. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Ancillary Document, to which it is or will be a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder (subject to obtaining the Interim Order, Final Order and Company Required Approval) and to consummate the Transactions. Subject to the receipt of the Interim Order, Final Order and Company Required Approval of the Company Arrangement Resolution, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents to which the Company is or will be a party and the consummation of the Transactions have been (or, in the case of any Ancillary Document entered into after the date of this Agreement, will be upon execution thereof) duly authorized by all necessary corporate (or other similar) action on the part of the Company. This Agreement and each Ancillary Document to which the Company is or will be a party has been or will be, upon execution thereof, as applicable, duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes or will constitute, upon execution and delivery thereof, as applicable, a valid, legal and binding agreement of the Company (assuming that this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which the Company is or will be a party are or will be upon execution thereof, as applicable, duly authorized, executed and delivered by the other Persons party thereto), enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and subject to general principles of equity).

Section 5.4 Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities.

(a) The Company has made available to SPAC a true and complete copy of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group Companies as of December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and changes of equity of the Group Companies for the years then ended, together with the auditor’s reports thereon (the “Audited Financial Statements”), and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Group Companies as of September 30, 2021 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and changes of equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 (the “Latest Balance Sheet”) (the “Interim Financial Statements” and, together with the Audited Financial Statements, the “Financial Statements”), which are attached as Section 5.4(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules. The Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) (A) were prepared in accordance with Law and GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated (except as may be specifically indicated in the notes thereto) and (B) fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position, results of operations, cash flows and changes of equity of the Group Companies as at the date thereof and for the period indicated therein.

(b) Except (i) as set forth on the face of the Latest Balance Sheet, (ii) for Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the Latest Balance Sheet, (iii) for Liabilities incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation or execution of this Agreement or any Ancillary Documents, the performance by the Company of its covenants or agreements in this Agreement or any Ancillary Document to which it is or will be a party or the consummation of the Transactions and (iv) for Liabilities that are not and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, no Group Company has any Liabilities of a type that are required to be reflected or reserved for on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements.

(c) The Company has established and maintain systems of internal accounting controls that are designed to provide, in all material respects, reasonable assurance that (i) all transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization and (ii) all transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of proper and accurate financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for the Group Companies’ assets.

(d) Except as set forth on Section 5.4(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, since the Reference Date, neither the Company, nor to the Company’s knowledge, an independent auditor of the Company, has identified any (i) “significant deficiency” in the internal controls over financial reporting of the Group

 

A-35


Table of Contents

Companies to the Company’s knowledge, (ii) “material weakness” in the internal controls over financial reporting of the Group Companies to the Company’s knowledge or (iii) fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees of the Group Companies who have a significant role in the internal controls over financial reporting of the Group Companies.

(e) Since the Reference Date, (i) no Group Company has received or otherwise had or obtained knowledge of any written complaint, allegation, assertion or claim regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies or methods of any Group Company or their respective internal accounting controls, and (ii) there have been no internal investigations regarding accounting or revenue recognition discussed with, reviewed by or initiated at the direction of the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, general counsel, the Company Board or any committee thereof.

Section 5.5 Consents and Requisite Governmental Approvals; No Violations.

(a) No consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity is required on the part of the Company with respect to the Company’s execution, delivery or performance of its obligations under this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents to which the Company is or will be party or the consummation of the Transactions, except for (i) the Investment Canada Act Approval, (ii) the filing with the SEC of (A) the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement and the declaration of the effectiveness thereof by the SEC and (B) such reports under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as may be required in connection with this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or Transactions, (iii) the filing of any documents required by the Final Order, the Interim Order and filings required pursuant to the Plan of Arrangement or (iv) any other consents, approvals, authorizations, designations, declarations, waivers or filings, the absence of which would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(b) None of the execution or delivery by the Company of this Agreement or any Ancillary Documents to which it is or will be a party, the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions will, directly or indirectly (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) (i) result in a breach of any provision of the Company’s Governing Documents, (ii) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute a default or give rise to any right of termination, Consent, cancellation, amendment, modification, suspension, revocation or acceleration under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of (A) any Contract to which any Group Company is a party or (B) any Material Permits, (iii) violate, or constitute a breach under, any Order or applicable Law to which any Group Company or any of its properties or assets are bound or (iv) result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the assets or properties (other than any Permitted Liens) or Equity Securities of any Group Company, except, in the case of any of clauses (ii) through (iv) above, as would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.6 Permits. Each of the Group Companies has all Permits (the “Material Permits”) that are required to own, lease or operate its properties and assets and to conduct its business as currently conducted, except where the failure to hold the same is not or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole. Except as is not and would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, (i) each Material Permit is in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, and (ii) no written notice of revocation, cancellation or termination of any Material Permit has been received by any Group Company. Neither the Company nor any Group Company is or has been in a conflict with, or in default, breach or violation of (i) any Law applicable to the Company or by which any property or asset of the Company is bound or affected, or (ii) a Material Permit, except, in each case, for any such conflicts, defaults, breaches or violations that are not or would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole.

Section 5.7 Material Contracts.

(a) Section 5.7(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list of the following Contracts to which a Group Company is, as of the date of this Agreement, a party (each Contract required to be set forth on Section 5.7(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, together with each Contract entered into after the date of

 

A-36


Table of Contents

this Agreement that would be required to be set forth on Section 5.7(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules if entered into prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, collectively, the “Material Contracts”):

(i) any Contract relating to (A) Indebtedness of any Group Company or (B) the placing of a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any material assets or properties of any Group Company;

(ii) any (A) Contract relating to any (x) development or outsourcing involving aggregate payments in excess of $250,000 per year or (y) strategic alliance, joint venture or partnership; (B) other Contract with respect to material Company Licensed Intellectual Property (other than any Contract of the type described in clauses (A) through (C) of Section 5.13(c)); or (C) any Contract which involves the license or grant of rights to material Company Owned Intellectual Property (including any covenants not to sue or agreements to not assert rights) by any Group Company but excluding any nonexclusive licenses (or sublicenses) of Company Owned Intellectual Property granted to customers in the ordinary course of business that are substantially in the same form as the Group Companies’ standard form customer agreements as have been provided to SPAC;

(iii) any Contract that (A) limits or purports to limit, in any material respect, the freedom of any Group Company to engage or compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any area or that would so limit or purport to limit, in any material respect, the operations of SPAC or any of its Subsidiaries after the Closing, (B) contains any exclusivity, “most favored nation” or similar provisions, obligations or restrictions not in favor of a Group Company or (C) contains any other provisions restricting or purporting to restrict the ability of any Group Company to sell, manufacture, develop, commercialize, test or research products, directly or indirectly through third parties, or to solicit any potential employee or customer in any material respect or that would so limit or purports to limit, in any material respect, SPAC or any of its Subsidiaries after the Closing;

(iv) any Contract requiring any future capital commitment or capital expenditure (or series of capital expenditures) by any Group Company in an amount in excess of (A) $500,000 annually or (B) $1,000,000 over the life of the agreement;

(v) any Contract requiring any Group Company to guarantee the Liabilities of any Person (other than the Company or a Subsidiary) or pursuant to which any Person (other than the Company or a Subsidiary) has guaranteed the Liabilities of a Group Company, in each case in excess of $250,000;

(vi) any Contract under which any Group Company has, directly or indirectly, made or agreed to make any loan, advance, or assignment of payment to any Person (other than the Company or a Subsidiary) or made any capital contribution to, or other investment in, any Person (other than the Company or a Subsidiary);

(vii) any Contract required to be disclosed on Section 5.19 of the Company Disclosure Schedules;

(viii) any Contract with any Person (A) pursuant to which any Group Company (or SPAC or any of its Subsidiaries after the Closing) may be required to pay milestones, royalties or other contingent payments based on any research, exploration, testing, development, collection, regulatory filings or approval, sale, distribution, commercial manufacture or other similar occurrences, developments, activities or events or (B) under which any Group Company grants to any Person any right of first refusal, right of first negotiation, option to purchase, option to license or any other similar rights with respect to any assets or properties of any Group Company or any material Intellectual Property Rights;

(ix) any Contract (A) governing the terms of, or otherwise related to, the employment, engagement or services of any current director, manager, officer, employee, individual independent contractor or other service provider of a Group Company whose annual salary (or, in the case of an independent contractor, annual compensation) is in excess of $300,000, or (B) providing for any success, change of control, retention, transaction bonus, severance or other similar payment or amount to any Person as a result of or in connection with this Agreement or the Transactions;

(x) any Contract for the disposition of any portion of the assets or business of any Group Company or for the acquisition by any Group Company of the assets or business of any other Person (other than

 

A-37


Table of Contents

acquisitions or dispositions made in the ordinary course of business), or under which any Group Company has any continuing obligation with respect to an “earn-out”, contingent purchase price or other contingent or deferred payment obligation;

(xi) any settlement, conciliation or similar Contract (A) the performance of which would be reasonably likely to involve any payments after the date of this Agreement, (B) with a Governmental Entity or (C) that imposes or is reasonably likely to impose, at any time in the future, any material non-monetary obligations on any Group Company (or SPAC or any of its Subsidiaries after the Closing);

(xii) any Contract with any Governmental Entity to which the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party; and

(xiii) any other Contract the performance of which requires either (A) annual payments to or from any Group Company in excess of $250,000 or (B) aggregate payments to or from any Group Company in excess of $500,000 over the life of the agreement, and, in each case, that is not terminable by the applicable Group Company without penalty upon less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice.

(b) (i) Each Material Contract is valid and binding on the applicable Group Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, the counterparties thereto, and is in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms against such Group Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, the counterparties thereto (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and subject to general principles of equity), (ii) the applicable Group Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, the counterparties thereto are not in material breach of, or default under, any Material Contract and (iii) to the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred that (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) that would result in a breach of, or default under, any Material Contract by the applicable Group Company or the counterparties thereto that is not or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole. The Company has made available to SPAC true and complete copies of all Material Contracts in effect as of the date hereof.

Section 5.8 Absence of Changes. During the period from the date of the Latest Balance Sheet and ending on the date of this Agreement, (a) no Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred and (b) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, any Ancillary Document or in connection with the Transactions, the Group Companies have conducted their businesses in the ordinary course in all material respects, except as required by applicable Law (including any Law, Order, directive, guideline or recommendation by any Governmental Entity in connection with or in response to COVID-19) or as reasonably necessary or prudent in light of COVID-19.

Section 5.9 Litigation. There is no Proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against any Group Company that, if adversely decided or resolved, has been or would reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole. Neither the Group Companies nor any of their respective properties or assets is subject to any material Order. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no material Proceedings by a Group Company pending against any other Person.

Section 5.10 Compliance with Applicable Law. Each Group Company (a) conducts (and since the Reference Date has conducted) its business in accordance with all Laws and Orders applicable to such Group Company and is not in violation of any such Law or Order and (b) has not received any written communications from a Governmental Entity that alleges that such Group Company is not in compliance with any Law or Order, except in each case, as is not and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole.

Section 5.11 Employee Plans.

(a) Section 5.11(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true and complete list of all Employee Benefit Plans (including, for each such Employee Benefit Plan, identifying its jurisdiction). With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, the Group Companies have made available to SPAC true and complete

 

A-38


Table of Contents

copies of the material documents pursuant to which the plan is maintained, funded and administered, including, for each Employee Benefit Plan, to the extent applicable, (i) the most recent plan document and all amendments thereto, (ii) the most recent funding agreement (including any trust Contract or insurance Contract), (iii) the most recent service provider Contracts (including third-party administrative services, record-keeper, investment management and other services Contracts), (iv) copies of the most recent summary plan description and any summaries of material modifications, (v) copies of the IRS Form 5500 annual report and accompanying schedules and nondiscrimination testing results, in each case, for the two (2) most recent plan years, (vi) copies of the most recently received IRS determination, opinion or advisory letter for each such Employee Benefit Plan,(vii) the most recently prepared actuarial valuation report, (viii) all material correspondence with any applicable Governmental Entity for the current year and the previous three (3) years, and (ix) the most recent employee booklet or employee handbook.

(b) Except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, no member of the Group Companies nor any ERISA Affiliate currently sponsors, maintains or contributes to, nor has, within the past six (6) years, sponsored, maintained or been required to contribute to, nor has any liability or obligation (contingent or otherwise) under (i) a multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA), (ii) a single employer pension plan (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA) subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, (iii) a multiple employer plan subject to Section 413(c) of the Code or (iv) a multiple employer welfare arrangement under ERISA as defined under Section 3(40) of ERISA. For purposes of this Agreement, “ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any entity that together with any member of the Group Companies would be deemed a “single employer” for purposes of Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA or Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Code.

(c) Each Employee Benefit Plan has been established, maintained operated, and administered in all material respects in accordance with its terms and all applicable Laws. Each Employee Benefit Plan and each Contract that constitutes a nonqualified deferred compensation plan subject to Section 409A of the Code has been administered and operated, in compliance with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the treasury regulations thereunder, except where the failure to so comply is not and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole. No Employee Benefit Plan or Contract provides for any gross ups for any taxes imposed under Sections 409A and/or 4999 of the Code.

(d) Except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, each Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code or Section 401(k) of the Code has (i) timely received a favorable determination letter from the IRS covering all of the provisions applicable to the Employee Benefit Plan for which determination letters are currently available that the Employee Benefit Plan is so qualified and each trust established in connection with such Employee Benefit Plan is exempt from federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code or (ii) is entitled to rely on a favorable opinion letter from the IRS, and to the Company’s knowledge, no fact or event has occurred since the date of such determination or opinion letter or letters from the IRS that could reasonably be expected to result in the loss of the qualified status of any such Employee Benefit Plan or the exempt status of any such trust.

(e) There are no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, claims or Proceedings or disputes with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) and, to the Company’s knowledge, no fact or event exists that could reasonably be expected to give rise to any such Proceeding. With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, all material contributions, distributions, reimbursements and premium payments that are due have been timely made in accordance with the terms of such Employee Benefit Plan and applicable Law, or if not yet due, properly accrued.

(f) There has not been any prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code and other than a transaction that is exempt under a statutory or administrative exemption) nor any reportable events (within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA) with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in liability to the Group Companies except for any such transactions or reportable events that, individually or in the aggregate, have not been and would not

 

A-39


Table of Contents

reasonably be expected be material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole. There have been no acts or omissions by the Group Companies or any ERISA Affiliate that have been or would reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the Group Companies, taken as a whole., including giving rise to any material fines, penalties, Taxes or related charges under Sections 502 or 4071 of ERISA or Section 511 or Chapter 43 of the Code for which the Group Companies or any ERISA Affiliate may be liable.

(g) Except to the extent required by applicable Law and except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, none of the Employee Benefit Plans nor Contracts provides, nor do the Group Companies have or reasonably expect to have any obligation to provide retiree medical benefits to any current or former employee, officer, director or consultant of any member of the Group Companies after termination of employment or service except as may be required under Section 4980B of the Code and Parts 6 and 7 of Title I of ERISA and the regulations thereunder or other applicable laws.

(h) Except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, the Group Companies and each ERISA Affiliate have complied with the notice and continuation coverage requirements, and all other requirements, of Section 4980B of the Code and Parts 6 and 7 of Title I of ERISA, and the regulations thereunder, with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan that is, or was during any taxable year for which the statute of limitations on the assessment of federal income Taxes remains open, by consent or otherwise, a group health plan within the meaning of Section 5000(b)(1) of the Code.

(i) Except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, the Group Companies and each Employee Benefit Plan that is a “group health plan” as defined in Section 733(a)(1) of ERISA (each, a “Health Plan”) is and has been in compliance with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (“PPACA”), and no event has occurred, and no condition or circumstance exists, that could reasonably be expected to subject the Group Companies, any ERISA Affiliate or any Health Plan to any material liability for penalties or excise taxes under Code Section 4980D or 4980H or any other provision of the PPACA.

(j) Except as set forth on Section 5.11(j) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of Transactions will not materially (alone or in combination with any other event) (i) result in any payment or benefit becoming due to or result in the forgiveness of any Indebtedness of any current or former director, manager, officer, employee, individual independent contractor or other service providers of any of the Group Companies, (ii) increase the amount or value of any compensation or benefits payable to any current or former director, manager, officer, employee, individual independent contractor or other service providers of any of the Group Companies or (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting or forfeiture, or trigger any payment or funding of any compensation or benefits to any current or former director, manager, officer, employee, individual independent contractor or other service providers of any of the Group Companies. The Transactions shall not be the direct or indirect cause of any amount paid or payable by the Group Companies being classified as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code.

(k) Each Employee Benefit Plan that is required to be registered or intended to be tax exempt has been registered (and, where applicable, accepted for registration) and is tax exempt and has been maintained in good standing, to the extent applicable, with each Governmental Entity. To the Company’s knowledge, no fact or circumstance exists that could adversely affect the preferential tax treatment ordinarily accorded to any such Employee Benefit Plan. All material contributions required to have been made by or on behalf of the Group Companies with respect to plans or arrangements maintained or sponsored a Governmental Entity (including national or provincial pension scheme, social security, unemployment insurance, severance or termination indemnities) have been timely made or fully accrued.

(l) No Employee Benefit Plan is: (i) a “registered pension plan” (within the meaning of subsection 248(1) of the Tax Act); (ii) a “retirement compensation arrangement” (within the meaning of subsection 248(1) of the Tax Act); or (iii) has any material unfunded or underfunded Liabilities. No Employee Benefit Plan is

 

A-40


Table of Contents

intended to be, or has ever been determined or alleged by a Governmental Entity to be, a “salary deferral arrangement” within the meaning of subsection 248(1) of the Tax Act.

Section 5.12 Environmental Matters. Except as is not and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole:

(a) the operations of the Group Companies have complied, and currently do comply, in all respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and Orders.

(b) None of the Group Companies have received any written notice, report, Order, or communication from any Governmental Entity or any other Person regarding any actual, alleged, or potential violation of, or Liability under, any Environmental Laws and Orders.

(c) There are (and since the Reference Date there has been) no Proceedings pending or, threatened in writing against any Group Company in respect of any Environmental Laws and/or Orders.

(d) There has been no manufacture, release, treatment, storage, disposal, arrangement for disposal, transport or handling of, distribution, release, contamination by, or exposure of any Person, or ownership or operation of any property or facility contaminated by, any Hazardous Substances, and there have been no releases of any Hazardous Substances at any of the Leased Real Property in concentrations or circumstances that are regulated by or required by Environmental Laws to be reported, investigated or remediated by the Group Company.

(e) The Group Companies have not assumed, undertaken, provided an indemnity with respect to or otherwise become subject to any Liability of any other Person under any Environmental Law or Order.

(f) The use, handling, manufacture, treatment, processing, storage, generation, release, discharge and disposal of Hazardous Substances by each Group Company comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and Orders.

The Group Companies have made available to SPAC copies of all environmental assessments, audits and reports and all other material environmental, and health and safety documents that are in any Group Company’s possession or control relating to the current or former operations, properties or facilities of the Group Companies.

Section 5.13 Intellectual Property.

(a) Section 5.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true and complete list of (i) all currently issued or pending Company Registered Intellectual Property, (ii) Company Licensed Intellectual Property and (iii) material unregistered Marks, Copyrights, Software or Technology owned or purported to be owned by any Group Company, in each case, as of the date of this Agreement. Section 5.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules lists, for each item of Company Registered Intellectual Property as of the date of this Agreement (A) the owner(s) of such item, (B) the jurisdictions in which such item has been issued or registered or filed, (C) the issuance, registration or application date, as applicable, for such item and (D) the issuance, registration or application number, as applicable, for such item.

(b) As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing, all necessary fees and filings with respect to any material Company Registered Intellectual Property have been timely submitted to the relevant intellectual property office or Governmental Entity and Internet domain name registrars to maintain such material Company Registered Intellectual Property in full force and effect. As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing, no issuance or registration obtained and no application filed by the Group Companies for any material Intellectual Property Rights has been cancelled, abandoned, allowed to lapse or not renewed, except where such Group Company has, in its reasonable business judgment, decided to cancel, abandon, allow to lapse or not renew such issuance, registration or application. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no Proceedings pending, including litigations, interference, re-examination, inter parties review, reissue, opposition, nullity, or cancellation proceedings pending that relate to any of the Company Registered Intellectual Property and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such Proceedings are threatened by any Governmental Entity or any other Person.

 

A-41


Table of Contents

(c) A Group Company exclusively owns all right, title and interest in and to all material Company Owned Intellectual Property and duly licenses or otherwise has the right to use all Company Licensed Intellectual Property, free and clear of all Liens or obligations to others (other than Permitted Liens or as set out in the applicable license). For all Patents owned by the Group Companies, each inventor on the Patent has assigned their rights to a Group Company. No Group Company has (i) transferred ownership of, or granted any exclusive license with respect to, any material Company Owned Intellectual Property to any other Person or (ii) granted any customer the right to use any material Company Product or service on anything other than a non-exclusive basis. Section 5.13(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list of all current Contracts for Company Licensed Intellectual Property as of the date of this Agreement to which any Person has been granted any license or covenant not to sue under, or otherwise has received or acquired any right (whether or not exercisable) or interest in, any Company Owned Intellectual Property, other than (A) licenses to Off-the-Shelf Software, (B) licenses to Public Software and (C) non-disclosure agreements and licenses granted by employees, individual consultants or individual contractors of any Group Company pursuant to Contracts with employees, individual consultants or individual contractors, in each case, that do not materially differ from the Group Companies’ form therefor that has been made available to SPAC. The applicable Group Company has valid rights under all Contracts for Company Licensed Intellectual Property to use, sell, license and otherwise exploit, as the case may be, all Company Licensed Intellectual Property licensed pursuant to such Contracts as the same is currently used, sold, licensed and otherwise exploited by such Group Company, except as is not and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole. The Company Owned Intellectual Property specified in Section 5.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules and the Company Licensed Intellectual Property specified in Section 5.13(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedules constitutes all material Intellectual Property Rights used or held for use by the Group Companies in the operation of their respective businesses is sufficient for the conduct of such businesses (including offering of Company Products) as currently conducted. The Company Owned Intellectual Property is subsisting and, to the Company’s knowledge, valid and enforceable. To the Company’s knowledge, the Company Licensed Intellectual Property is valid, subsisting and enforceable, and, to the Company’s knowledge, all of the Group Companies’ rights in and to the Company Licensed Intellectual Property, are valid and enforceable (in each case, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and subject to general principles of equity). The consummation of the Transactions will not (x) impair any rights under, or cause any Group Company to be in violation of or default under, any license or other agreement to use any Intellectual Property Rights or under which it grants any Person rights to use any Intellectual Property Rights, (y) give rise to any termination or modification of, or entitle any other party to terminate or modify, any such material licenses or other agreements, or (z) require the payment of (or increase the amount of) any royalties, fees, or other consideration with respect to any use or exploitation of any Intellectual Property Rights, in each case, except as is not, and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole.

(d) Each Group Company’s founders, employees, consultants, advisors and independent contractors who independently or jointly contributed to or otherwise participated in the authorship, invention, creation, improvement, modification or development of any material Company Owned Intellectual Property since the Reference Date (each such person, a “Creator”) have agreed to maintain and protect the trade secrets and Confidential Information in the possession or control of all Group Companies. No Group Company has disclosed any such trade secrets or Confidential Information that is material to the businesses of the Group Companies, taken as a whole, to any other Person other than pursuant to a written confidentiality agreement under which such other person agrees to maintain the confidentiality and protect such Confidential Information. Each Group Company’s Creators have assigned or have agreed to a present assignment to such Group Company all material Intellectual Property Rights authored, invented, created, improved, modified or developed by such person in the course of such Creator’s employment or other engagement with such Group Company.

(e) Each Group Company has taken all reasonable steps to safeguard and maintain the secrecy of any trade secrets, know-how and other Confidential Information owned by or in the possession or control of any Group Company. To the Company’s knowledge, there has been no violation or unauthorized access to or

 

A-42


Table of Contents

disclosure of any trade secrets, know-how or confidential information of or in the possession of by any Group Company, or of any written obligations with respect to such.

(f) None of the Company Owned Intellectual Property and, to the Company’s knowledge, none of the Company Licensed Intellectual Property is subject to any outstanding Order that restricts in any manner the use, sale, transfer, licensing or exploitation thereof by the Group Companies or affects the validity, use or enforceability of any such Company Owned Intellectual Property, except as is not and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole

(g) Neither the conduct of the businesses of the Group Companies nor any of the Company Products nor the design, development, manufacturing, reproduction, use, marketing, offer for sale, sale, importation, exportation, distribution, maintenance or other exploitation of any Company Product infringes, constitutes or results from an unauthorized use or misappropriation of or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property Rights of any other Person, except as is not and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole.

(h) Since the Reference Date, there is no Proceeding pending nor has any Group Company received any written communications or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other communications (i) alleging that a Group Company has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property Rights of any other Person, (ii) challenging the validity, enforceability, use or exclusive ownership of any Company Owned Intellectual Property or (iii) inviting any Group Company to take a license under any Patent or consider the applicability of any Patents to any products or services of the Group Companies or to the conduct of the business of the Group Companies.

(i) To the Company’s knowledge, no Person is infringing, misappropriating, misusing, diluting or violating any Company Owned Intellectual Property in any material respect. Since the Reference Date, no Group Company has made any written claim against any Person alleging any infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any Company Owned Intellectual Property in any material respect.

(j) The Group Companies owns, leases, licenses, or otherwise has the legal right to use all Company IT Systems, and such Company IT Systems are sufficient for the needs of the business of the Group Companies as currently conducted. The Group Companies maintain commercially reasonable disaster recovery procedures and facilities, and since the Reference Date, there has not been any material failure with respect to any of the Products or other Company IT Systems that has not been remedied or replaced in all material respects. Each Group Company has purchased or otherwise obtained, possesses and is in compliance with valid licenses to use all of the Software present on the computers and other Software-enabled electronic devices that it owns or leases or that is otherwise used by such Group Company and/or its employees in connection with the Group Company business, except as is not and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole. Except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, no Group Company has disclosed or delivered to any escrow agent or any other Person, other than employees or contractors who are subject to confidentiality obligations, any of the source code that is Company Owned Intellectual Property, and no other Person has any right to, contingent or otherwise, including to obtain access to or use, any such source code. To the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) will, or would reasonably be expected to, result in the unauthorized delivery, license or disclosure of any source code that is owned by a Group Company or otherwise constitutes Company Owned Intellectual Property to any Person who is not, as of the date the event occurs or circumstance or condition comes into existence, a current employee or contractor of a Group Company subject to confidentiality obligations with respect thereto.

(k) No Public Software (or any modification or derivative thereof) has been used, licensed, or distributed by or on behalf of any of the Group Companies in a manner that:

(i) requires any Company Owned Intellectual Property to be licensed, sold, disclosed, distributed, hosted or otherwise made available, including in source code form and/or for the purpose of making derivative works, for any reason,

 

A-43


Table of Contents

(ii) grants, or requires any Group Company to grant, the right to decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer or otherwise derive the source code or underlying structure of any Company Owned Intellectual Property,

(iii) limits in any manner the ability to charge license fees or otherwise seek compensation in connection with marketing, licensing or distribution of any Company Owned Intellectual Property, or

(iv) otherwise imposes any limitation, restriction or condition on the right or ability of any Group Company to use, hold for use, license, host, distribute or otherwise dispose of any Company Owned Intellectual Property, other than compliance with notice and attribution requirements, in each case, except as is not and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole.

(l) The Group Companies are and have been in material compliance with all applicable licenses for all Public Software that is used in, incorporated into, combined with, linked with, distributed with, provided to any Person as a service in connection with, provided via a network as a service or application in connection with, or otherwise made available with, any Company Product.

(m) Section 5.2(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets for a complete and accurate list of all Government Grants or funding of any university, college, other educational institution or research center or other Governmental Entity that were received by or provided to any Group Company since the Reference Date and used in the development of any Company Products.

Section 5.14 Labor Matters.

(a) Since the Reference Date, (i) none of the Group Companies (A) has or has had any Liability for any arrears of wages or other compensation for services (including salaries, wage premiums, vacation pay, commissions, fees or bonuses), or any penalties, fines, interest, or other sums for failure to pay or delinquency in paying such compensation, and (B) has or has had any Liability for any payment to any trust or other fund governed by or maintained by or on behalf of any Governmental Entity with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security, social insurances or other benefits or obligations for any employees of any Group Company (other than routine payments to be made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice); (ii) all amounts due or accrued due, as of the Effective Time, for all salary, wages, vacation with pay, commissions, bonuses, sick days and benefits under the Employee Plans have either been paid or have been properly accrued and accurately recorded in the books and records of the Company or any Group Company; and (iii) the Group Companies have withheld all amounts required by applicable Law or by agreement to be withheld from wages, salaries and other payments to employees or independent contractors or other service providers of each Group Company, except, in each case, as has not or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole.

(b) Since the Reference Date, there has been no “group termination”, “mass layoff” or “plant closing” as defined by WARN or provincial employment standards legislation, as applicable, related to any Group Company, and the Group Companies have not incurred any material Liability under WARN nor will they incur any Liability under WARN as a result of the Transactions. Except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, none of the Group Companies has been affected by any transaction or engaged in layoffs or employment terminations sufficient in number to trigger application of WARN. Except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, no employee of any Group Company has suffered an “employment loss” as defined by WARN within the last six (6) months.

(c) No Group Company is a party to or bound by any CBA and no employees of any Group Company are represented by any labor union, labor organization, works council, employee delegate, representative or other employee collective group with respect to their employment, whether by way of certification, interim certification, voluntary recognition or succession rights, and there is no application pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, for any labor union, labor organization, works council, employee

 

A-44


Table of Contents

delegate, representative or other employee collective group to be certified as the bargaining agent of any employees of any Group Company. Since the Reference Date, no Group Company is or has been engaged in any unfair labor practice and there has been no actual or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened unfair labor practice charges, material labor grievances, material labor arbitrations, strikes, lockouts, work stoppages, slowdowns, picketing, handbilling or other material labor disputes against or affecting any Group Company. Since the Reference Date, there have been no actual, pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened labor organizing activities with respect to any employees of any Group Company and no trade union has applied to have any Group Company declared a common or related employer pursuant to applicable Law in any jurisdiction in which any Group Company carries on business or in which any employee of a Group Company resides.

(d) Except as has not or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, no employee layoff, facility closure or shutdown (whether voluntary or by Order), reduction-in-force, furlough, temporary layoff, material work schedule change or reduction in hours, or reduction in salary or wages, or other workforce changes affecting employees of the Group Companies has occurred since March 1, 2020 or is currently contemplated, planned or announced, except as required by applicable Law (including any Law, Order, directive, guideline or recommendation by any Governmental Entity in connection with or in response to COVID-19) in connection with or in response to COVID-19. The Group Companies have not experienced any employment-related Liabilities with respect to COVID-19, except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole. No current or former employee of any Group Company has filed or threatened any Proceedings against any Group Company related to COVID-19, except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole.

(e) Except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, the Group Companies are, and for the last three (3) years have been, in compliance with all Laws and Contracts relating to employment, including all applicable Contracts and Laws related to wages, hours, vacation, profit distribution, bonuses, terms and conditions of employment, collective bargaining, equal opportunity and employment discrimination or harassment, safety and health, COVID-19, terms and conditions of employment, termination of employment, overtime payment and classification, meal and rest breaks, plant closings, employee whistle-blowing, immigration and employment eligibility verification, employee privacy, defamation, background checks and other consumer reports regarding employees and applicants, employment practices, negligent hiring or retention, classification of employees, consultants and independent contractors, labor relations, unemployment insurance, the collection and payment of withholding and/or social security taxes and any similar tax, employee benefits, layoffs, furloughs, facility closures or shutdowns, temporary layoffs, reductions in hours, and workers’ compensation (collectively “Employment Matters”).

(f) There are, and in the last three (3) years there have been, no Proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened relating to any Employment Matter that could reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole. None of the Group Companies is a party to, or otherwise bound by, any consent decree with, or citation by, any Governmental Entity relating to any Employment Matter that could reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole,.

(g) Except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, to the knowledge of the Company, each employee of each Group Company in the United States is (i) a United States citizen, (ii) a United States national, (iii) a lawful permanent resident of the United States, or (iv) an alien authorized to work in the United States either specifically for a Group Company or for any United States employer. Except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, each of the Group Companies has completed a Form I-9 (Employment Eligibility Verification) for each employee hired in the United States since the Reference Date, and each such Form I-9 has since been updated as required by applicable Law and, to the Company’s knowledge, is correct and complete. Further, where required

 

A-45


Table of Contents

by applicable Law, each Group Company utilizes E-Verify pursuant to the terms of the E-Verify Memorandum of Understanding, except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole.

(h) Except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, to the Company’s knowledge, (i) no employee or independent contractor is in violation of any material term of any Contract or any other common law obligation or Contract relating to confidential or proprietary information, intellectual property, competition, solicitation, or related matters; and (ii) the continued employment by the Group Companies by their respective employees, and the performance of the contracts with the Group Companies by their respective independent contractors, will not result in any such violation.

(i) The Company has made available to the SPAC all material written personnel policies, rules and procedures applicable to employees that have been adopted by the Group Companies.

(j) The Company has provided a true, correct and complete listing, as of February 7, 2022, showing without names or employee numbers, whether actively at work or not each individual employed by each Group Company by position title, together with such employee’s annual base salary or wage; status as “exempt” or “nonexempt” for employment classification purposes; accrued leave as of the date hereof; annual vacation entitlement in days, their accrued and unused vacation days as of January 1, 2022, and any other annual paid time off entitlement in days; any incentive or bonus arrangements with respect to such employee; and any contractual change of control entitlements, without cause termination notice (or payment in lieu of such notice) obligations or severance potentially payable to such employee upon termination of employment (other than such as results by applicable Law from the employment of an employee without an agreement as to termination notice or severance). The Company has provided a true, correct and complete listing, as of February 7, 2022, of the name of each individual engaged by each Group Company as an independent contractor, together with such individual’s compensation arrangement with each Group Company and whether such individual has entered into a written agreement regarding his or her contractor engagement.

(k) Each Group Company has promptly, thoroughly and impartially investigated all sexual harassment allegations made by or about any employee or independent contractor of any Group Company in the last three (3) years, except as has not been or would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole. With respect to each such allegation with potential merit, the applicable Group Company has taken prompt corrective action that is reasonably calculated to prevent further harassment. The Group Companies do not reasonably expect any material liabilities or losses with respect to any such allegations.

Section 5.15 Insurance. The Company has made available to SPAC true and complete copies of all material policies of fire, liability, workers’ compensation, property, casualty and other forms of insurance owned or held by any Group Company as of the date of this Agreement. All such policies are in full force and effect, all premiums due and payable thereon as of the date of this Agreement have been paid in full as of the date of this Agreement. No claim by any Group Company is pending under any such policies as to which coverage has been denied or disputed, or rights reserved to do so, by the underwriters thereof, except as is not and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole.

Section 5.16 Tax Matters. Except as is not and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole:

(a) Each Group Company has prepared and filed all Tax Returns required to have been filed by it, all such Tax Returns are true and complete in all respects and prepared in compliance in all respects with all applicable Laws and Orders, and each Group Company has paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it regardless of whether shown on a Tax Return.

(b) Each Group Company has timely withheld and paid the appropriate Tax Authority all Taxes required to have been so withheld and paid.

 

A-46


Table of Contents

(c) No Group Company is currently the subject of a Tax audit or examination or has been informed in writing of the commencement or anticipated commencement of any Tax audit or examination that has not been resolved or completed.

(d) No Group Company has consented to extend or waive the time in which any Tax may be assessed or collected by any Tax Authority, other than any such extensions or waivers that are no longer in effect or that were extensions of time to file Tax Returns obtained in the ordinary course of business.

(e) No “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Law), private letter rulings, technical advice memoranda or similar agreements or rulings have been entered into or issued by any Tax Authority with respect to any Group Company which agreement or ruling would be effective after the Closing Date.

(f) No Group Company is or has been a party to any “listed transaction” as defined in Section 6707A of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local, or non-U.S. Law).

(g) There are no Liens for Taxes on any assets of the Group Companies other than Permitted Liens.

(h) During the two (2)-year period ending on the date of this Agreement, no Group Company was a distributing corporation or a controlled corporation in a transaction purported or intended to be governed by Section 355 of the Code.

(i) No Group Company (i) has been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated, combined, affiliated, unitary or similar Tax Return (other than a group consisting only of Group Companies) or (ii) has any Liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than a Group Company) under Section 160 of the Tax Act or Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury Regulations (or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Law), as a transferee or successor or by Contract (other than any Contract entered into in the ordinary course of business and the principal purpose of which does not relate to Taxes), or pursuant to any applicable Law or otherwise.

(j) No Group Company is a party to any Tax allocation, Tax sharing, Tax indemnity, Tax gross-up or similar agreements (other than (i) one that is included in a Contract entered into in the ordinary course of business that is not primarily related to Taxes, or (ii) with any other Group Company) and no Group Company is a party to any joint venture, partnership or other arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. Tax purposes.

(k) No Group Company has, or has ever been deemed to have, for purposes of the Tax Act or any relevant provincial legislation, acquired or had the use of property for proceeds greater than the fair market value thereof from, or disposed of property for proceeds less than the fair market value thereof to, or received or performed services or had the use of property for other than the fair market value from or to, or paid or received interest or any other amount other than at a fair market value rate to or from, any Person with whom it does not deal at arm’s length within the meaning of the Tax Act. Each Group Company has complied in all respects with the transfer pricing provisions of applicable Tax Laws.

(l) The Company Shares are not “taxable Canadian property” within the meaning of the Tax Act.

(m) Except as set forth on Section 5.16(m) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, since the Reference Date, there are no circumstances which exist and would result in, or which have existed and resulted in, the application of any of sections 78, 80, 80.01, 80.02, 80.03 or 80.04 of the Tax Act, or any equivalent provincial provision to a Group Company.

(n) Since the Reference Date, no written claims have ever been made by any Tax Authority in a jurisdiction where a Group Company does not file Tax Returns that such Group Company is or may be subject to taxation by the jurisdiction.

(o) The Company is, and has been since its formation, treated as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

A-47


Table of Contents

(p) No Group Company has taken or agreed to take any action not contemplated by this Agreement and/or any Ancillary Document that would reasonably be expected to prevent the Transactions from qualifying for the Intended Tax Treatment.

(q) No Group Company is required to include an item of income, or exclude an item of deduction, for any period or portion of any period ending on or after the Closing Date as a result of (i) an installment sale transaction occurring on or before the Closing governed by Section 453 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. applicable Laws); (ii) a transaction occurring on or before the Closing reported as an open transaction for U.S. federal income Tax purposes (or any similar doctrine under state, local, or non-U.S. applicable Laws); (iii) any prepaid amounts, deposits, or advance payments received on or prior to the Closing Date outside the ordinary course of business; (iv) a change in method of accounting requested or occurring on or prior to the Closing Date or the use of a cash or improper method of accounting on or prior to the Closing Date (including for the avoidance of doubt any adjustments under Section 481 of the Code relating to any of the foregoing or any similar provisions under state, local, or non-U.S. applicable Laws); (v) an agreement entered into with any Governmental Entity (including a “closing agreement” under Section 7121 of the Code) on or prior to the Closing Date; (vi) any deferred intercompany transaction or excess loss account; (vii) an income inclusion under Sections 951 or 951A of the Code or Subchapter K of the Code relating to income accruing prior to the Closing with respect to any interest held by any Group Company or any Subsidiary in a “controlled foreign corporation” (as defined in Section 957 of the Code) or entity classified as a partnership at or prior to the Closing; (viii) any election to defer income under the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Law) made by the Company at or prior to the Closing; or (ix) the forgiveness pursuant to COVID-19 Measures of indebtedness incurred prior to the Closing by any Group Company. The Group Companies are not and shall not be required to include any amount in income pursuant to Section 965 of the Code or pay any installment of the “net tax liability” or any other Tax pursuant to Section 965 of the Code. No Group Company has, pursuant to COVID-19 Measures, deferred until after the Closing the payment of any payroll Taxes the due date for the original payment of which was at or prior to the Closing.

Section 5.17 Brokers. No broker, finder, investment banker or other Person, other than Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the Transactions based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates for which any of the Group Companies has any obligation.

Section 5.18 Real and Personal Property.

(a) Owned Real Property. No Group Company owns any real property.

(b) Leased Real Property. Section 5.18(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true and complete list (including street addresses) of all real property leased by any of the Group Companies that is material or leased pursuant to leases or agreements under which annual rental payments exceed $250,000 (the “Leased Real Property”). True and complete copies of all such Real Property Leases have been made available to SPAC. Each Real Property Lease is in full force and effect and is a valid, legal and binding obligation of the applicable Group Company party thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms against such Group Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, each other party thereto (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and subject to general principles of equity). There is no material breach or default by any Group Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any counterparty under any Real Property Lease, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred which (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) would constitute a material breach or default under any Real Property Lease or would permit termination of, or a material modification or acceleration thereof, by any counterparty to any Real Property Lease.

Section 5.19 Transactions with Affiliates. Section 5.19 of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth all Contracts between (a) any Group Company, on the one hand, and (b) any officer, director, employee, partner, member, manager, direct or indirect holder of Equity Securities or Affiliate of any Group Company (other than,

 

A-48


Table of Contents

for the avoidance of doubt, any other Group Company) or any family member of the foregoing Persons, on the other hand (each Person identified in this clause (b), a “Company Related Party”), other than (i) Contracts with respect to a Company Related Party’s employment with (including benefit plans and other ordinary course compensation from) any of the Group Companies entered into in the ordinary course of business, (ii) Contracts with respect to a Person’s status as a holder of Company Shares, Company Options or Company Warrants and (iii) Contracts entered into after the date of this Agreement that are either permitted pursuant to Section 7.1(b) or entered into in accordance with Section 7.1(b).

Section 5.20 Data Privacy and Security. Except as is not and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole:

(a) Each Group Company has implemented (i) written policies relating to the Processing of Personal Data as and to the extent required by applicable Law and (ii) reasonable data security safeguards designed to protect the security and integrity of its Company IT Systems and any Personal Data or other Business Data, including implementing reasonable procedures designed to prevent unauthorized access and the introduction of Disabling Devices (collectively, the “Privacy and Data Security Policies”). Each Group Company currently and since the Reference Date has complied in all material respects with (A) all applicable Privacy Laws and (B) any applicable Privacy and Data Security Policies (collectively, the “Privacy and Data Security Requirements”). No Group Company has inserted and, to the knowledge of the Company, no other Person has inserted or alleged to have inserted any Disabling Device in any of the Company IT Systems or Company Product.

(b) The Company has not received notice of any pending Proceedings, nor has there been any material Proceedings against any Group Company initiated by any Person (including (i) the United States Federal Trade Commission, any state attorney general or similar state official, (ii) the Office of the Privacy Commissioner of Canada, or (iii) any other Governmental Entity) alleging that any Processing of Personal Data by or on behalf of a Group Company (A) is in violation of any applicable Privacy Laws or (B) is in violation of any Privacy and Data Security Requirements.

(c) Since the Reference Date, (i) there has been no unauthorized access to or Processing of Personal Data in the possession or control of any Group Company and (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, there have been no Security Incidents with respect to any Company IT Systems, or Personal Data.

(d) Each Group Company owns or has license to use the Company IT Systems as necessary to operate the business of each Group Company as currently conducted.

Section 5.21 Compliance with International Trade & Anti-Corruption Laws.

(a) Neither the Group Companies nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of their Representatives, or any other Persons acting for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, is or has been, in the last five (5) years, (i) a Person named on any Sanctions and Export Control Laws-related list of designated Persons maintained by a Governmental Entity; (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory which is itself the subject of or target of any Sanctions and Export Control Laws; (iii) an entity owned in any part, directly or indirectly, by one or more Persons described in clause (i) or (ii); or (iv) otherwise engaging in dealings with or for the benefit of any Person described in clauses (i) through (iii) or any country or territory which is or has, in the last five (5) years, been the subject of or target of any Sanctions and Export Control Laws (at the time of this Agreement, the Crimea region of Ukraine, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Venezuela and Syria).

(b) In the last five (5) years, none of the Group Companies have received from any Governmental Entity or any other Person any notice, inquiry, or internal or external allegation, made any voluntary or involuntary disclosure to a Governmental Entity, or conducted any internal investigation or audit concerning any actual or potential violation or wrongdoing, in each case, related to, or in connection with Sanctions and Export Control Laws.

(c) Neither the Group Companies nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of their Representatives, or any other Persons acting for or on behalf of any of the foregoing has (i) made, offered, promised, paid or

 

A-49


Table of Contents

received any unlawful bribes, kickbacks or other similar payments to or from any Person, (ii) made or paid any contributions, directly or indirectly, to a domestic or foreign political party or candidate that violate Anti-Corruption Laws or (iii) otherwise made, offered, received, authorized, promised or paid any improper payment prohibited under any Anti-Corruption Laws.

(d) The Group Companies have adopted a system of policies, procedures, and internal controls to the extent required by applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and any such policies, procedures and internal controls are reasonably designed to prevent violations of such Anti-Corruption Laws.

Section 5.22 Reporting Issuer(a) . None of the Group Companies is a reporting issuer (as such term is defined in the Securities Act (British Columbia)).

Section 5.23 Information Supplied. None of the information supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of the Group Companies expressly for inclusion or incorporation by reference prior to the Closing in the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement will, when the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement is declared effective or when the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement is mailed to the SPAC Stockholders or at the time of the SPAC Stockholders Meeting, and in the case of any amendment thereto, at the time of such amendment, contain any Misrepresentation.

Section 5.24 Investigation; No Other Representations.

(a) Each Group Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its respective Representatives, acknowledges, represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it has conducted its own independent review and analysis of, and, based thereon, has formed an independent judgment concerning, the business, assets, condition, operations and prospects of, the SPAC Parties and (ii) it has been furnished with or given access to such documents and information about the SPAC Parties and their respective businesses and operations as it and its Representatives have deemed necessary to enable it to make an informed decision with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents and the Transactions.

(b) In entering into this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is or will be a party, each Group Company has relied solely on its own investigation and analysis and the representations and warranties expressly set forth in ARTICLE VI and in the Ancillary Documents to which it is or will be a party and no other representations or warranties of any SPAC Party, any SPAC Non-Party Affiliate or any other Person, either express or implied, and each Group Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its respective Representatives, acknowledges, represents, warrants and agrees that, except for the representations and warranties expressly set forth in ARTICLE VI and in the Ancillary Documents to which it is or will be a party, none of the SPAC Parties, any SPAC Non-Party Affiliate or any other Person makes or has made any representation or warranty, either express or implied, in connection with or related to this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or the Transactions.

Section 5.25 EXCLUSIVITY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. NOTWITHSTANDING THE DELIVERY OR DISCLOSURE TO ANY SPAC PARTY OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY DOCUMENTATION OR OTHER INFORMATION (INCLUDING ANY FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL DATA), EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE V OR THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS, NONE OF THE COMPANY, ANY COMPANY NON-PARTY AFFILIATE OR ANY OTHER PERSON MAKES, AND THE COMPANY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS, INCLUDING AS TO THE MATERIALS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS AND AFFAIRS OR HOLDINGS OF THE GROUP COMPANIES THAT HAVE BEEN MADE AVAILABLE TO ANY SPAC PARTY OR ANY OF THEIR REPRESENTATIVES OR IN ANY PRESENTATION OF THE BUSINESS AND AFFAIRS OF THE GROUP COMPANIES BY THE MANAGEMENT OR ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY OR OTHERS IN

 

A-50


Table of Contents

CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS, AND NO STATEMENT CONTAINED IN ANY OF SUCH MATERIALS OR MADE IN ANY SUCH PRESENTATION SHALL BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE OR DEEMED TO BE RELIED UPON BY ANY SPAC PARTY, ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES OR ANY SPAC NON-PARTY AFFILIATE IN EXECUTING, DELIVERING OR PERFORMING THIS AGREEMENT, THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS. EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN ARTICLE V OR THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS, IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT ANY COST ESTIMATES, PROJECTIONS OR OTHER PREDICTIONS, ANY DATA, ANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION OR ANY MEMORANDA OR OFFERING MATERIALS OR PRESENTATIONS, INCLUDING ANY OFFERING MEMORANDUM OR SIMILAR MATERIALS MADE AVAILABLE BY OR ON BEHALF OF ANY GROUP COMPANY ARE NOT AND SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO BE OR TO INCLUDE REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY, ANY COMPANY NON-PARTY AFFILIATE OR ANY OTHER PERSON, AND ARE NOT AND SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO BE RELIED UPON BY ANY SPAC PARTY, ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES OR ANY SPAC NON-PARTY AFFILIATE IN EXECUTING, DELIVERING OR PERFORMING THIS AGREEMENT, THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RELATING TO THE SPAC PARTIES

Subject to Section 10.8, (a) except as set forth on the SPAC Disclosure Schedules, or (b) except as set forth in any SPAC SEC Reports (excluding any disclosures in any “risk factors” section that do not constitute statements of fact, disclosures in any forward-looking statements disclaimers and other disclosures that are generally cautionary, predictive or forward-looking in nature), each SPAC Party hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

Section 6.1 Organization and Qualification. Each SPAC Party is an exempted company, corporation, limited liability company or other applicable business entity duly organized, incorporated or formed, as applicable, validly existing and in good standing (or the equivalent thereof, if applicable, in each case, with respect to the jurisdictions that recognize the concept of good standing or any equivalent thereof) under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization, incorporation or formation (as applicable).

Section 6.2 Authority. Each SPAC Party has the requisite exempted company, corporate, limited liability company or other similar power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Ancillary Document to which it is or will be a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder (subject to obtaining the Interim Order, Final Order and Company Required Approval), and to consummate the Transactions. Subject to the receipt of the Interim Order, Final Order and SPAC Stockholder Approval, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents to which a SPAC Party is or will be a party and the consummation of the Transactions have been (or, in the case of any Ancillary Document entered into after the date of this Agreement, will be upon execution thereof) duly authorized by all necessary exempted company, corporate, limited liability company or other similar action on the part of such SPAC Party. This Agreement has been and each Ancillary Document to which a SPAC Party is or will be a party will be, upon execution thereof, duly and validly executed and delivered by such SPAC Party and constitutes or will constitute, upon execution thereof, as applicable, a valid, legal and binding agreement of such SPAC Party (assuming this Agreement has been and the Ancillary Documents to which such SPAC Party is or will be a party are or will be, upon execution thereof, as applicable, duly authorized, executed and delivered by the other Persons party hereto or thereto), enforceable against such SPAC Party in accordance with their terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and subject to general principles of equity).

 

A-51


Table of Contents

Section 6.3 Consents and Requisite Governmental Approvals; No Violations.

(a) No consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity is required on the part of a SPAC Party with respect to such SPAC Party’s execution, delivery or performance of its obligations under this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents to which it is or will be party or the consummation of the Transactions, except for (i) the Investment Canada Act Approval; (ii) the filing with the SEC of (A) the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement and the declaration of the effectiveness thereof by the SEC and (B) such reports under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as may be required in connection with this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or the Transactions, (iii) such filings with and approvals of NYSE to permit the NewCo Common Shares to be issued in connection with the Transactions (including the NewCo Common Shares issuable pursuant to the exchange or exercise of the Exchangeable Shares) to be listed on NYSE, (iv) the SPAC Stockholder Approval or (v) any other consents, approvals, authorizations, designations, declarations, waivers or filings, the absence of which would not have a SPAC Material Adverse Effect.

(b) None of the execution or delivery by a SPAC Party of this Agreement or any Ancillary Document to which it is or will be a party, the performance by a SPAC Party of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation by a SPAC Party of the Transactions will, directly or indirectly (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) (i) result in a breach of any provision of the Governing Documents of a SPAC Party, (ii) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute a default or give rise to any right of termination, Consent, cancellation, amendment, modification, suspension, revocation or acceleration under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any Contract to which a SPAC Party is a party, (iii) violate, or constitute a breach under, any Order or applicable Law to which any such SPAC Party or any of its properties or assets are bound or (iv) result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the assets or properties (other than any Permitted Liens) of a SPAC Party, except in the case of any of clauses (ii) through (iv) above, as would not have a SPAC Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.4 Brokers. No broker, finder, investment banker or other Person, other than UBS, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the Transactions based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of any SPAC Party for which a SPAC Party has any obligation.

Section 6.5 Information Supplied. None of the information supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of any SPAC Party expressly for inclusion or incorporation by reference prior to the Closing in the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement will, when the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement is declared effective or when the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement is mailed to the SPAC Stockholders or at the time of the SPAC Stockholders Meeting, and in the case of any amendment thereto, at the time of such amendment, contain any Misrepresentation.

Section 6.6 Capitalization of the SPAC Parties.

(a) Section 6.6(a) of the SPAC Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true and complete statement of the number and class or series (as applicable) of the issued and outstanding SPAC Common Shares and SPAC Warrants. All outstanding Equity Securities of SPAC have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. Such Equity Securities (i) were not issued in violation of the Governing Documents of SPAC and (ii) are not subject to any preemptive rights, call option, right of first refusal, subscription rights, transfer restrictions or similar rights of any Person (other than transfer restrictions under applicable Securities Laws or under the Governing Documents of SPAC) and were not issued in violation of any preemptive rights, call option, right of first refusal, subscription rights, transfer restrictions or similar rights of any Person. Except for the SPAC Common Shares and SPAC Warrants set forth on Section 6.6(a) of the SPAC Disclosure Schedules (assuming that no SPAC Stockholder Redemptions are effected), immediately prior to Closing, there shall be no other Equity Securities of SPAC issued and outstanding.

 

A-52


Table of Contents

(b) As of the execution of this Agreement, (i) the authorized share capital of NewCo is 1,000 NewCo Common Shares and 0 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 100 NewCo Common Shares are issued and outstanding, (ii) the authorized share capital of Merger Sub is 1,000 Merger Sub Common Shares and 0 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 100 Merger Sub Common Shares are issued and outstanding, (iii) the authorized share capital of CallCo is an unlimited number of common shares without par value and one is issued and outstanding and (iv) the authorized share capital of ExchangeCo is an unlimited number ExchangeCo Common Shares and one ExchangeCo Common Share is issued and outstanding.

(c) Prior to the Effective Time, NewCo will reserve for issuance the NewCo Common Shares to be issued upon conversion of the Exchangeable Shares.

(d) Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or the Transactions or as otherwise either permitted pursuant to Section 7.9 or issued, granted or entered into, as applicable, in accordance with Section 7.9, there are no outstanding (A) equity appreciation, phantom equity or profit participation rights or (B) options, restricted stock, phantom stock, warrants, purchase rights, subscription rights, conversion rights, exchange rights, calls, puts, rights of first refusal or first offer or other Contracts that could require SPAC to issue, sell or otherwise cause to become outstanding or to acquire, repurchase or redeem any Equity Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Securities of SPAC.

(e) Following the Merger and the Arrangement, except as contemplated by the Arrangement, NewCo will own, directly or indirectly, all of the outstanding shares of each SPAC Party other than the Exchangeable Shares to be issued to Company Shareholders in the Arrangement or in connection with the Arrangement, and ExchangeCo will be a “taxable Canadian corporation” within the meaning of the Tax Act.

(f) The Exchangeable Shares to be issued in connection with the Arrangement will be duly and validly issued by ExchangeCo and fully paid and non-assessable. The term sheet summarizing the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Exchangeable Shares is set forth in Exhibit E hereto (the “Exchangeable Share Term Sheet”).

(g) The NewCo Common Shares to be issued in connection with the Merger and the Arrangement will be duly and validly issued by NewCo and fully paid and non-assessable.

Section 6.7 Restrictions on Transfer. The NewCo Common Shares and the Exchangeable Shares to be issued pursuant to the Merger and the Arrangement shall be registered or qualified for distribution, or exempt from or not subject to any requirement for registration or qualification from distribution, under Securities Laws. Such NewCo Common Shares shall not be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (subject to restrictions on transfers applicable to “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) and such Exchangeable Shares shall be subject to restrictions on transfer under Rules 145(c) and (d) under the Securities Act. Such NewCo Common Shares and such Exchangeable Shares shall not be subject to any “hold period” resale restrictions under National Instrument 45-102 – Resale of Securities of the Canadian Securities Administrators.

Section 6.8 SEC Filings. SPAC has timely filed (taking into account any additional time permitted under Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act or any successor provision thereof) or furnished all statements, forms, reports and documents required to be filed or furnished by it prior to the date of this Agreement with the SEC pursuant to Federal Securities Laws since its initial public offering (collectively, and together with any exhibits and schedules thereto and other information incorporated therein, and as they have been supplemented, modified or amended since the time of filing, the “SPAC SEC Reports”), and, as of the Closing, will have filed or furnished all other statements, forms, reports and other documents required to be filed or furnished by it subsequent to the date of this Agreement with the SEC pursuant to Federal Securities Laws through the Closing (collectively, and together with any exhibits and schedules thereto and other information incorporated therein, and as they have been supplemented, modified or amended since the time of filing, but excluding the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement, the “Additional SPAC SEC Reports”). Each of the SPAC SEC Reports, as of their respective dates of filing, and as of the date of any amendment or filing that superseded the

 

A-53


Table of Contents

initial filing, complied and each of the Additional SPAC SEC Reports, as of their respective dates of filing, and as of the date of any amendment or filing that superseded the initial filing, will comply, in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Federal Securities Laws (including, as applicable, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) applicable to the SPAC SEC Reports or the Additional SPAC SEC Reports (for purposes of the Additional SPAC SEC Reports, assuming that the representation and warranty set forth in Section 5.23 is true and correct in all respects with respect to all information supplied by or on behalf of Group Companies expressly for inclusion or incorporation by reference therein). As of their respective dates of filing, the SPAC SEC Reports did not contain any Misrepresentation (for purposes of the Additional SPAC SEC Reports, assuming that the representation and warranty set forth in Section 5.23 is true and correct in all respects with respect to all information supplied by or on behalf of Group Companies expressly for inclusion or incorporation by reference therein). As of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding or unresolved comments in comment letters received from the SEC with respect to the SPAC SEC Reports. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no representation or warranty is made as to any statement or information that relates to (i) the topics referenced in the SEC’s “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies” issued by SEC staff on April 12, 2021 and (ii) the classification of SPAC Common Shares as permanent or temporary equity (the “SEC Guidance”), and no correction, amendment or restatement of any of the SPAC SEC Reports due to the SEC Guidance shall be deemed to be a breach of any representation or warranty by SPAC. As a result of the SEC Guidance, SPAC was unable to timely file its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2021 (the “Delayed 10-Q Filing”) and filed the Delayed 10-Q Filing on July 2, 2021. In addition, as a result of the SEC Guidance, on each of June 24, 2021 and December 21, 2021, SPAC filed an amendment to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Amended 10-K Filings”).

Section 6.9 Trust Account. As of the date of this Agreement, SPAC has an amount in cash in the Trust Account equal to at least $300,000,000. The funds held in the Trust Account are (a) invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations and (b) held in trust pursuant to that certain Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated October 20, 2020 (the “Trust Agreement”), between SPAC and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”). There are no separate agreements, side letters or other agreements or understandings (whether written or unwritten, express or implied) that would cause the description of the Trust Agreement in the SPAC SEC Reports to be inaccurate in any material respect or, to SPAC’s knowledge, that would entitle any Person to any portion of the funds in the Trust Account (other than (i) in respect of deferred underwriting commissions or Taxes, (ii) the SPAC Stockholders who shall have elected to redeem their SPAC Class A Shares pursuant to the Governing Documents of SPAC or (iii) if SPAC fails to complete a business combination within the allotted time period set forth in the Governing Documents of SPAC and liquidates the Trust Account, subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement, SPAC (in limited amounts to permit SPAC to pay the expenses of the Trust Account’s liquidation, dissolution and winding up of SPAC) and then the SPAC Stockholders). Prior to the Closing, none of the funds held in the Trust Account are permitted to be released, except in the circumstances described in the Governing Documents of SPAC and the Trust Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement, SPAC has performed all material obligations required to be performed by it, and is not in material default or delinquent in performance or any other respect (claimed or actual) in connection with the Trust Agreement, and, to SPAC’s knowledge, no event has occurred which (with due notice or lapse of time or both) would constitute such a material default under the Trust Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no Proceedings pending with respect to the Trust Account. Since October 20, 2020, SPAC has not released any money from the Trust Account (other than interest income earned on the funds held in the Trust Account as permitted by the Trust Agreement). Upon the consummation of the Transactions (including the distribution of assets from the Trust Account (A) in respect of deferred underwriting commissions or Taxes or (B) to the SPAC Stockholders who have elected to redeem their SPAC Class A Shares pursuant to the Governing Documents of SPAC, each in accordance with the terms of and as set forth in the Trust Agreement), SPAC shall have no further obligation under either the Trust Agreement

 

A-54


Table of Contents

or the Governing Documents of SPAC to liquidate or distribute any assets held in the Trust Account, and the Trust Agreement shall terminate in accordance with its terms.

Section 6.10 Transactions with Affiliates. Section 6.10 of the SPAC Disclosure Schedules sets forth all Contracts between (a) SPAC, on the one hand, and (b) any officer, director, employee, partner, member, manager, direct or indirect equityholder or Affiliate of SPAC or the Sponsor, on the other hand (each Person identified in this clause (b), a “SPAC Related Party”), other than (i) Contracts with respect to a SPAC Stockholder’s or a holder of SPAC Warrants’ status as a holder of SPAC Common Shares or SPAC Warrants, as applicable and (ii) Contracts entered into after the date of this Agreement that are either permitted pursuant to Section 7.9 or entered into in accordance with Section 7.9.

Section 6.11 Litigation. There is (and since its organization, incorporation or formation, as applicable, there has been) no Proceeding pending or, to SPAC’s knowledge, threatened against any SPAC Party that, if adversely decided or resolved, would be material to the SPAC Parties, taken as a whole. None of the SPAC Parties nor any of their respective properties or assets is subject to any material Order. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no material Proceedings by any SPAC Party pending against any other Person.

Section 6.12 Compliance with Applicable Law. Each SPAC Party is (and since its organization, incorporation or formation, as applicable, has been) in compliance with all applicable Laws, except as would not have a SPAC Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.13 SPAC Party Activities. Each of NewCo, Merger Sub, CallCo and ExchangeCo was incorporated and organized solely for the purpose of entering into this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents to which it is or will be a party, the performance of its covenants and agreements in this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, the consummation of the Merger and the Arrangement, as applicable, and the consummation of the Transactions and has not engaged in any activities or business, other than those incident or related to, or incurred in connection with, its organization, incorporation, corporate existence or the negotiation, preparation or execution of this Agreement or any Ancillary Document to which it is or will be a party, the performance of its covenants or agreements in this Agreement or any Ancillary Document, the consummation of the Merger or the Arrangement, as applicable, or the consummation of the Transactions.

Section 6.14 Internal Controls; Listing; Financial Statements.

(a) Except as is not required in reliance on exemptions from various reporting requirements by virtue of SPAC’s status as an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, or “smaller reporting company” within the meaning of the Exchange Act, since its initial public offering, and except as described in the Amended 10-K Filings, (i) SPAC has established and maintained a system of internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15 and Rule 15d-15 under the Exchange Act) sufficient to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of SPAC’s financial reporting and the preparation of SPAC’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP and (ii) SPAC has established and maintained disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 and Rule 15d-15 under the Exchange Act) designed to ensure that material information relating to SPAC is made known to SPAC’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within SPAC.

(b) SPAC has not taken any action prohibited by Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

(c) Since its initial public offering, SPAC has complied in all material respects with all applicable listing and corporate governance rules and regulations of NYSE. The classes of securities representing issued and outstanding SPAC Class A Shares are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and are listed for trading on NYSE. As of the date of this Agreement, there is no material Proceeding pending or, to SPAC’s knowledge, threatened against SPAC by NYSE or the SEC with respect to any intention by such entity to deregister SPAC Class A Shares or prohibit or terminate the listing of SPAC Class A Shares on NYSE. SPAC has not taken any action that is designed to terminate the registration of SPAC Class A Shares under the Exchange Act.

 

A-55


Table of Contents

(d) After giving effect to the Amended 10-K Filings, the SPAC SEC Reports contain true and complete copies of the applicable SPAC Financial Statements. After giving effect to the Amended 10-K Filings, the SPAC Financial Statements (i) fairly present in all material respects the financial position of SPAC as at the respective dates thereof, and the results of its operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the respective periods then ended (subject, in the case of any unaudited interim financial statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments (none of which is expected to be material) and the absence of notes thereto), (ii) were prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods indicated (except, in the case of any audited financial statements, as may be indicated in the notes thereto and subject, in the case of any unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments (none of which is expected to be material) and the absence of notes thereto), (iii) in the case of the audited SPAC Financial Statements, were audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and (iv) comply in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements and with the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Exchange Act and the Securities Act in effect as of the respective dates thereof (including Regulation S-X or Regulation S-K, as applicable).

(e) Except as described in the Amended 10-K Filings, SPAC has established and maintains systems of internal accounting controls that are designed to provide, in all material respects, reasonable assurance that (i) all transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization and (ii) all transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of proper and accurate financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for SPAC’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets. SPAC maintains and, for all periods covered by the SPAC Financial Statements, has maintained books and records of SPAC in the ordinary course of business that are accurate and complete and reflect the revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities of SPAC in all material respects.

(f) Since its incorporation, neither SPAC, nor to the SPAC’s knowledge, an independent auditor of SPAC, has identified any (i) “significant deficiency”or “material weakness” in the internal controls over financial reporting of SPAC, except as described in the Amended 10-K Filings, or (ii) fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees of SPAC who have a significant role in the internal controls over financial reporting of SPAC.

Section 6.15 No Undisclosed Liabilities. Except for the Liabilities (a) incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation or execution of this Agreement or any Ancillary Document, the performance of its covenants or agreements in this Agreement or any Ancillary Document or the consummation of the Transactions, (b) that are incurred in connection with or incident or related to a SPAC Party’s organization, incorporation or formation, as applicable, or continuing corporate (or similar) existence, in each case, which are immaterial in nature, (c) that are incurred in connection with activities that are administrative or ministerial, in each case, which are immaterial in nature, (d) that are either permitted pursuant to Section 7.9 or incurred in accordance with Section 7.9 or (d) set forth or disclosed in the SPAC Financial Statements included in the SPAC SEC Reports, none of the SPAC Parties has any material Liabilities of the type required to be set forth on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

Section 6.16 Tax Matters. Except as is not and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the SPAC Parties, taken as a whole:

(a) Each SPAC Party has prepared and filed all Tax Returns required to have been filed by it, all such Tax Returns are true and complete in all respects and prepared in compliance in all respects with all applicable Laws and Orders, and SPAC has paid all Taxes required to have been paid or deposited by it regardless of whether shown on a Tax Return.

(b) Each SPAC Party has timely withheld and paid the appropriate Tax Authority all Taxes required to have been so withheld and paid.

(c) No SPAC Party is currently the subject of a Tax audit or examination or has been informed in writing of the commencement or anticipated commencement of any Tax audit or examination that has not been resolved or completed.

 

A-56


Table of Contents

(d) No SPAC Party has consented to extend or waive the time in which any Tax may be assessed or collected by any Tax Authority, other than any such extensions or waivers that are no longer in effect or that were extensions of time to file Tax Returns obtained in the ordinary course of business.

(e) No “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Law), private letter rulings, technical advice memoranda or similar agreements or rulings have been entered into or issued by any Tax Authority with respect to any SPAC Party which agreement or ruling would be effective after the Closing Date.

(f) None of the SPAC Parties is and none of the SPAC Parties has been a party to any “listed transaction” as defined in Section 6707A of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Law).

(g) No SPAC Party is a party to any Tax allocation, Tax sharing, Tax indemnity, Tax gross-up or similar agreements (other than one that is included in a Contract entered into in the ordinary course of business that is not primarily related to Taxes) and no SPAC Party is a party to any joint venture, partnership or other arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. Tax purposes.

(h) There are no Liens for Taxes on any assets of any SPAC Party other than Permitted Liens.

(i) No SPAC Party (i) has been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated, combined, affiliated, unitary or similar Tax Return (other than a group only of the SPAC and its Subsidiaries, if any) or (ii) has any Liability for the Taxes of any Person under Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury Regulations (or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Law), as a transferee or successor or by Contract (other than any Contract entered into in the ordinary course of business and the principal purpose of which does not relate to Taxes), or pursuant to any applicable Law or otherwise.

(j) SPAC does not and has not at any time carried on business in Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act. SPAC does not have and has never had a permanent establishment in Canada. SPAC does not and has never filed Tax Returns in Canada. SPAC is not nor has it ever been liable to pay or remit any Canadian Taxes. No claim has ever been made by any Governmental Entity in Canada that the SPAC is or may be required to file Tax Returns in Canada, or is or may be subject to the imposition of Tax in Canada, and there is no basis for any such claims to be made.

(k) No SPAC Party has taken or agreed to take any action not contemplated by this Agreement and/or any Ancillary Document that would reasonably be expected to prevent the Transactions from qualifying for the Intended Tax Treatment.

Section 6.17 Investigation; No Other Representations.

(a) Each SPAC Party, on its own behalf and on behalf of its Representatives, acknowledges, represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it has conducted its own independent review and analysis of, and, based thereon, has formed an independent judgment concerning, the business, assets, condition, operations and prospects, of the Group Companies and (ii) it has been furnished with or given access to such documents and information about the Group Companies and their respective businesses and operations as it and its Representatives have deemed necessary to enable it to make an informed decision with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents and the Transactions.

(b) In entering into this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is or will be a party, each SPAC Party has relied solely on its own investigation and analysis and the representations and warranties expressly set forth in ARTICLE V and in the Ancillary Documents to which it is or will be a party and no other representations or warranties of the Company, any Company Non-Party Affiliate or any other Person, either express or implied, and each SPAC Party, on its own behalf and on behalf of its Representatives, acknowledges, represents, warrants and agrees that, except for the representations and warranties expressly set forth in ARTICLE V and in the Ancillary Documents to which it is or will be a party, none of the Company, any Company Non-Party Affiliate or any other Person makes or has made any representation or warranty, either express or implied, in connection with or related to this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or the Transactions.

 

A-57


Table of Contents

Section 6.18 EXCLUSIVITY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. NOTWITHSTANDING THE DELIVERY OR DISCLOSURE TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY DOCUMENTATION OR OTHER INFORMATION (INCLUDING ANY FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL DATA), EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE VI OR THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS, NONE OF THE SPAC PARTIES, ANY SPAC NON-PARTY AFFILIATE OR ANY OTHER PERSON MAKES, AND EACH SPAC PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS, INCLUDING AS TO THE MATERIALS RELATING TO THE BUSINESS AND AFFAIRS OR HOLDINGS OF ANY SPAC PARTY THAT HAVE BEEN MADE AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES OR IN ANY PRESENTATION OF THE BUSINESS AND AFFAIRS OF ANY SPAC PARTY BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE MANAGEMENT OF ANY SPAC PARTY OR OTHERS IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS, AND NO STATEMENT CONTAINED IN ANY OF SUCH MATERIALS OR MADE IN ANY SUCH PRESENTATION SHALL BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE OR DEEMED TO BE RELIED UPON BY THE COMPANY, ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES OR ANY COMPANY NON-PARTY AFFILIATE IN EXECUTING, DELIVERING OR PERFORMING THIS AGREEMENT, THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS. EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN ARTICLE VI OR THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS, IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT ANY COST ESTIMATES, PROJECTIONS OR OTHER PREDICTIONS, ANY DATA, ANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION OR ANY MEMORANDA OR OFFERING MATERIALS OR PRESENTATIONS, INCLUDING ANY OFFERING MEMORANDUM OR SIMILAR MATERIALS MADE AVAILABLE BY OR ON BEHALF OF ANY SPAC PARTY ARE NOT AND SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO BE OR TO INCLUDE REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY SPAC PARTY, ANY SPAC NON-PARTY AFFILIATE OR ANY OTHER PERSON AND ARE NOT AND SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO BE RELIED UPON BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES OR ANY COMPANY NON-PARTY AFFILIATE IN EXECUTING, DELIVERING OR PERFORMING THIS AGREEMENT, THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS.

ARTICLE VII

COVENANTS

Section 7.1 Conduct of Business of the Company.

(a) From and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Company shall, and the Company shall cause its Subsidiaries to, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Document, as required by applicable Law, as set forth on Section 7.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, or as consented to in writing by SPAC (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), operate the business of the Group Companies in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practice in all material respects.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Company shall, and the Company shall cause its Subsidiaries to, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Document, as required by applicable Law, as set forth on Section 7.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules or as consented to in writing by SPAC (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), not do any of the following:

(i) issue, sell, pledge, dispose of, grant or encumber, or authorize the issuance, sale, pledge, disposition, grant or encumbrance of, any shares of any Equity Securities of any Group Company, or any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights of any kind to acquire any shares of such Equity Securities

 

A-58


Table of Contents

(including any phantom interest) of any Group Company other than (A) the issuance of Company Options to employees in the ordinary course of business, (B) the issuance of Equity Securities upon the exercise of or settlement of Company Options or Company Warrants, (B) the issuance of Equity Securities to any lender in connection with a permitted incurrence of Indebtedness and (C) any issuance of Equity Securities consented to by SPAC pursuant to the definition of “Company Acquisition Proposal” or otherwise;

(ii) declare, set aside, make or pay a dividend on, or make any other distribution or payment in respect of, any Equity Securities of any Group Company or repurchase or redeem any outstanding Equity Securities of any Group Company, other than dividends or distributions, declared, set aside or paid by any of the Company’s Subsidiaries to the Company or any Subsidiary that is, directly or indirectly, wholly owned by the Company;

(iii) (A) merge, consolidate, combine or amalgamate any Group Company with any Person or (B) purchase or otherwise acquire (whether by merging or consolidating or amalgamating with, purchasing any Equity Security in or a substantial portion of the assets of, or by any other manner) any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity or organization or division thereof;

(iv) adopt any amendments, supplements, restatements or modifications to any Group Company’s Governing Documents or the Company Equity Plan;

(v) incur, create or assume any Indebtedness which would result in the Group Companies having aggregate Indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $50,000,000 (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, intercompany loans between the Company and any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries);

(vi) (A) amend, modify or terminate any Material Contracts (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any expiration or automatic extension or renewal of any Material Contract pursuant to its terms or entering into additional work or purchase orders pursuant to, and in accordance with the terms of, any Material Contract), (B) waive any material benefit or right under any Material Contract or (C) enter into any Contract that would constitute a Material Contract, in each case, other than in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) except in the ordinary course of business, make any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or guarantees for the benefit of, or any investments in, any Person, other than (A) intercompany loans or capital contributions between the Company and any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries and (B) the reimbursement of expenses of employees and consultants in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(viii) except as required under the terms of any Employee Benefit Plan, (A) other than in the ordinary course of business, establish, amend, modify, adopt, enter into or terminate any material Employee Benefit Plan or any other benefit or compensation plan, policy, program, or Contract that would be an Employee Benefit Plan if in effect as of the date of this Agreement, (B) materially increase or decrease any salary, bonus, benefit, incentive or any other compensation payable to any current or former director, executive officer or employee with an annual salary exceeding $500,000 of any Group Company, (C) take any action to accelerate any payment, right to payment, or benefit, or the funding of any payment, right to payment or benefit, payable or to become payable to any current or former director, executive officer or employee with an annual salary exceeding $500,000 of any Group Company or (D) waive or release any noncompetition, non-solicitation, no-hire, nondisclosure, noninterference, nondisparagement or other restrictive covenant obligation of any current or former director or executive officer or employee with an annual salary exceeding $500,000 of any Group Company;

(ix) make an entity classification election for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any of the Group Companies, enter into any Tax sharing or Tax indemnification agreement (except solely between or among Group Companies), or fail to pay any material Taxes when due (including estimated Taxes) other than those that are being contested in good faith and for which sufficient reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP;

 

A-59


Table of Contents

(x) enter into any settlement, conciliation or similar Contract the performance of which would involve the payment by the Group Companies in excess of $250,000, in the aggregate;

(xi) authorize, recommend, propose or announce an intention to adopt, or otherwise effect, a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction involving any Group Company;

(xii) change any Group Company’s methods of accounting in any material respect, other than changes that are made in accordance with PCAOB standards;

(xiii) enter into any Contract with any broker, finder, investment banker or other Person under which such Person is or will be entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the Transactions;

(xiv) except in the ordinary course of business, make any success, change of control, retention, transaction bonus, severance or other similar payment or amount to any Person as a result of or in connection with this Agreement or the Transactions;

(xv) terminate, hire or engage a director, executive officer or employee with an annual salary exceeding $500,000 of any Group Company; or

(xvi) enter into any Contract to take, or cause to be taken, any of the actions set forth in this Section 7.1.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7.1 or this Agreement to the contrary, (a) nothing set forth in this Agreement shall give SPAC, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the operations of the Group Companies prior to the Effective Time, (b) any action taken, or omitted to be taken, by any Group Company to the extent such act or omission is reasonably determined by the Company to be necessary to comply with any Law, Order, directive, pronouncement or guideline issued by a Governmental Entity providing for business closures, “sheltering-in-place” or other restrictions that relates to, or arises out of, COVID-19 shall in no event be deemed to constitute a breach of this Section 7.1 and (c) any action taken, or omitted to be taken, by any Group Company to the extent that the Company reasonably determines that such act or omission is necessary in response to COVID-19 to maintain and preserve in all material respects the business organization, assets, properties and material business relations of the Group Companies, taken as a whole, shall not be deemed to constitute a breach of this Section 7.1.

Section 7.2 Efforts to Consummate.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, each of the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary or advisable to consummate and make effective as promptly as reasonably practicable the Transactions (including (i) the satisfaction, but not waiver, of the closing conditions set forth in ARTICLE VIII and, in the case of any Ancillary Document to which such Party will be a party after the date of this Agreement, to execute and deliver such Ancillary Document when required pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the PIPE Financing on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the PIPE Subscription Agreements and (iii) amending the Plan of Arrangement and any other Ancillary Document to the extent necessary to implement the terms of any other definitive documentation agreed upon by the Parties in connection with the Exchangeable Share structure). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain, file with or deliver to, as applicable, any Consents of any Governmental Entities or other Persons necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the Transactions. The Company and SPAC shall each bear 50% of the costs incurred in connection with obtaining such Consents and any filing fees or other costs payable to a Governmental Entity in connection the preparation, filing or mailing of the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement and any printing, mailing or similar fees or costs in connection with the preparation, filing or mailing of the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement (excluding legal fees); provided, however, that, subject to Section 10.6, each Party shall bear its out-of-pocket costs and expenses in

 

A-60


Table of Contents

connection with the preparation of any such Consents. NewCo shall submit promptly, but in any event within seven (7) Business Days after the date of this Agreement the notification pursuant to Sections 11 and 12 of the Investment Canada Act and each Party shall respond as promptly as reasonably practicable to any requests by any Governmental Entity for additional information and documentary material that may be requested, pursuant to the Investment Canada Act. SPAC shall promptly inform the Company of any material communication between any SPAC Party, on the one hand, and any Governmental Entity, on the other hand, and the Company shall promptly inform SPAC of any material communication between the Company, on the one hand, and any Governmental Entity, on the other hand, in either case, regarding any of the Transactions. Without limiting the foregoing, each Party and their respective Affiliates shall not extend any waiting period, review period or comparable period under the Investment Canada Act or enter into any agreement with any Governmental Entity not to consummate Transactions, except with the prior written consent of SPAC and the Company.

(b) From and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, the SPAC Parties, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall give counsel for the Company (in the case of any SPAC Party) or SPAC (in the case of the Company), a reasonable opportunity to review in advance, and consider in good faith the views of the other in connection with, any proposed written communication to any Governmental Entity specifically relating to the Transactions. Each of the Parties agrees not to participate in any substantive meeting or discussion, either in person or by telephone with any Governmental Entity specifically relating to Transactions unless it consults with, in the case of any SPAC Party, the Company, or, in the case of the Company, SPAC in advance and, to the extent not prohibited by such Governmental Entity, gives, in the case of any SPAC Party, the Company, or, in the case of the Company, SPAC, the opportunity to attend and participate in such meeting or discussion. SPAC will cause the proxy statement to be mailed to SPAC Stockholders as promptly as practicable after the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement is declared effective under the Securities Act.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, in the event that this Section 7.2 conflicts with any other covenant or agreement in this ARTICLE VII that is intended to specifically address any subject matter, then such other covenant or agreement shall govern and control solely to the extent of such conflict.

(d) Without limiting the Parties’ rights and obligations under Section 4.1(a), Section 4.1(d) and Section 4.1(e), from and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, SPAC, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall each notify the other in writing promptly after learning of any shareholder demands or other shareholder Proceedings (including derivative claims and Arrangement Dissent Rights) relating to this Agreement, any Ancillary Document or any matters relating thereto (collectively, the “Transaction Litigation”) commenced against, in the case of SPAC, any SPAC Party or any of their respective Representatives (in their capacity as a representative of a SPAC Party) or, in the case of the Company, any Group Company or any of their respective Representatives (in their capacity as a representative of a Group Company). Subject and in addition to Section 4.1(b)(ii) with respect to Arrangement Dissent Rights, SPAC and the Company shall each (i) keep the other reasonably informed regarding any Transaction Litigation, (ii) give the other the opportunity to, at its own cost and expense, participate in the defense, settlement and compromise of any such Transaction Litigation and reasonably cooperate with the other in connection with the defense, settlement and compromise of any such Transaction Litigation, (iii) consider in good faith the other’s advice with respect to any such Transaction Litigation, (iv) reasonably cooperate with each other and (v) refrain from settling or compromising any Transaction Litigation without the prior written consent of SPAC or the Company, as applicable (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

Section 7.3 Confidentiality and Access to Information.

(a) The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the information having been and being provided in connection with this Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions is subject to the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that this Section 7.3(a) or the

 

A-61


Table of Contents

Confidentiality Agreement conflicts with any other covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Ancillary Document that contemplates the disclosure, use or provision of information or otherwise, then such other covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or such Ancillary Document, as applicable, shall govern and control to the extent of such conflict.

(b) From and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, upon reasonable advance written notice, the Company shall provide, or cause to be provided, to SPAC and its Representatives during normal business hours reasonable access to the directors, officers, books and records and properties of the Group Companies for reasonable purposes related to the consummation of the Transactions (in a manner so as to not interfere with the normal business operations of the Group Companies). Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Group Companies shall be required to provide to SPAC or any of its Representatives any information (i) if and to the extent doing so would (A) violate any Law to which any Group Company is subject, including any Privacy Law, (B) result in the disclosure of any trade secrets of third parties in breach of any Contract with such third party, (C) violate any legally-binding obligation of any Group Company with respect to confidentiality, non-disclosure or privacy or (D) jeopardize protections afforded to any Group Company under the attorney-client privilege or the attorney work product doctrine (provided that, in case of each of clauses (A) through (D), the Company shall, and shall cause the other Group Companies to, use reasonable best efforts to (x) provide such access as can be provided (or otherwise convey such information regarding the applicable matter as can be conveyed) without violating such privilege, doctrine, Contract, obligation or Law and (y) provide such information in a manner without violating such privilege, doctrine, Contract, obligation or Law), or (ii) if any Group Company, on the one hand, and any SPAC Party, any SPAC Non-Party Affiliates or any of their respective Representatives, on the other hand, are adverse parties in a litigation and such information is reasonably pertinent thereto; provided that the Company shall, in the case of clause (i) or (ii), provide prompt written notice of the withholding of access or information on any such basis unless such written notice is prohibited by applicable Law.

(c) From and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, upon reasonable advance written notice, SPAC shall provide, or cause to be provided, to the Company and its Representatives during normal business hours reasonable access to the directors, officers, books and records of the SPAC Parties for reasonable purposes related to the consummation of the Transactions (in a manner so as to not interfere with the normal business operations of the SPAC Parties). Notwithstanding the foregoing, SPAC shall not be required to provide, or cause to be provided to, the Company or any of its Representatives any information (i) if and to the extent doing so would (A) violate any Law to which any SPAC Party is subject, (B) result in the disclosure of any trade secrets of third parties in breach of any Contract with such third party, (C) violate any legally-binding obligation of any SPAC Party with respect to confidentiality, non-disclosure or privacy or (D) jeopardize protections afforded to any SPAC Party under the attorney-client privilege or the attorney work product doctrine (provided that, in case of each of clauses (A) through (D), SPAC shall use, and shall cause the other SPAC Parties to use, reasonable best efforts to (x) provide such access as can be provided (or otherwise convey such information regarding the applicable matter as can be conveyed) without violating such privilege, doctrine, Contract, obligation or Law and (y) provide such information in a manner without violating such privilege, doctrine, Contract, obligation or Law), or (ii) if a SPAC Party or the Sponsor or any of their respective Representatives, on the one hand, and any Group Company, any Company Non-Party Affiliate or any of their respective Representatives, on the other hand, are adverse parties in a litigation and such information is reasonably pertinent thereto; provided that SPAC shall, in the case of clause (i) or (ii), provide prompt written notice of the withholding of access or information on any such basis unless such written notice is prohibited by applicable Law.

Section 7.4 Public Announcements.

(a) Subject to Section 7.4(b), Section 7.7 and Section 7.8, none of the Parties or any of their respective Representatives shall issue any press releases or make any public announcements with respect to this Agreement or the Transactions without the prior written consent of the Company, in the case of a public announcement by SPAC or its Affiliates, or SPAC, in the case of a public announcement by the Company or its

 

A-62


Table of Contents

Affiliates (such consents, in either case, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided, however, that each Party and their respective Representatives may issue or make, as applicable, any such press release, public announcement or other communication (i) for routine disclosures to Governmental Entities made by the Company in the ordinary course of business, (ii) if such press release, public announcement or other communication is required by applicable Law, in which case the disclosing Party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, first allow such other Parties to review such announcement or communication and have the opportunity to comment thereon and the disclosing Party shall consider such comments in good faith, (iii) to the extent such announcements or other communications contain only information previously disclosed in a public statement, press release or other communication previously approved in accordance with this Section 7.4 and (iv) to Governmental Entities in connection with any Consents required to be made under this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or in connection with the Transactions.

(b) The initial press release concerning this Agreement and the Transactions shall be a joint press release in the form agreed by the Company and SPAC prior to the execution of this Agreement and such initial press release (the “Signing Press Release”) shall be released as promptly as reasonably practicable after the execution of this Agreement, and in any case within one (1) Business Day of the day thereof. Promptly after the execution of this Agreement, SPAC shall file a current report on Form 8-K (the “Signing Filing”) with the Signing Press Release and a description of this Agreement as required by, and in compliance with, the Securities Laws, which the Company shall have the opportunity to review and comment upon prior to filing and SPAC shall consider such comments in good faith. The Company, on the one hand, and SPAC, on the other hand, shall mutually agree upon (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by either the Company or SPAC, as applicable) a press release announcing the consummation of the Transactions (the “Closing Press Release”) prior to the Closing, and, on the Closing Date (or such other date as may be mutually agreed to in writing by SPAC and the Company prior to the Closing), the Parties shall cause the Closing Press Release to be released. In connection with the preparation of each of the Signing Press Release, the Signing Filing and the Closing Press Release, each Party shall, upon written request by any other Party, furnish such other Party with all information concerning itself, its directors, officers and equityholders, and such other matters as may be reasonably necessary for such press release or filing.

Section 7.5 Tax Matters.

(a) Tax Treatment. The Parties intend that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the NewCo Share Exchange, the Merger, each applicable equity financing comprising the PIPE Financing and, if applicable, the Canadian Share Exchange, viewed together, constitute an exchange governed by Section 351 of the Code. No Party has taken (or failed to take) any action or caused any action to be taken (or to fail to be taken) and will not take (or fail to take) any action or will cause any action to be taken (or to fail to be taken) (in each case other than any action provided for or prohibited by this Agreement and/or any Ancillary Document), or has any knowledge of any fact or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to prevent the relevant Transactions from qualifying for the Intended Tax Treatment. In connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement or the SEC’s review thereof, or a tax opinion with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Transactions provided for purposes of the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement, each Party shall use reasonable best efforts to execute and deliver customary tax representation letters in support of the Intended Tax Treatment as their respective tax advisors may reasonably request in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such advisor. The Parties shall not take any position in any Tax Return, Tax Proceeding, or otherwise for Tax purposes inconsistent with the Intended Tax Treatment, unless otherwise required by a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall not be interpreted to prevent a person from reporting the relevant Transactions pursuant to other applicable nonrecognition provisions of the Code, including under Section 368 of the Code, to the extent any such position is not, in and of itself, conflicting with the qualification of the relevant Transactions for the Intended Tax Treatment.

(b) Tax Matters Cooperation. Each of the Parties shall (and shall cause their respective Affiliates to) cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by another Party, in connection with the filing of

 

A-63


Table of Contents

relevant Tax Returns, and any tax audit or other tax proceeding. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other Party’s request) the provision (with the right to make copies) of records and information reasonably relevant to any Tax Proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.

(c) Section 85 Elections. Each beneficial owner of Company Shares who is an Eligible Holder (other than an Eligible Holder described in paragraph (c) of the definition of Eligible Holder), and who has validly elected (or for whom the registered holder has validly elected on such beneficial owner’s behalf) to receive Exchangeable Shares shall be entitled to make an income tax election pursuant to subsection 85(1) of the Tax Act, or subsection 85(2) of the Tax Act if such beneficial owner is a partnership (and in each case, where applicable, the analogous provisions of provincial income tax Law), with respect to the transfer of its Company Shares to ExchangeCo and the receipt of Exchangeable Shares in respect thereof, subject to and in accordance with the Plan of Arrangement.

(d) Additional Tax Covenants. The Parties hereby adopt this Agreement as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a). NewCo shall cause the SPAC and the Company not to liquidate or be treated as liquidating for U.S. federal income tax purposes following the Transactions for a period of at least two years after the Closing.

(e) Transfer Taxes. All federal, state, local, non-U.S. transfer, excise, sales, use, value added, registration, stamp, recording, property and similar Taxes or fees applicable to, imposed upon, or arising out of the Transactions and all related interest and penalties shall be paid by the Company.

Section 7.6 Exclusive Dealing.

(a) From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Company shall not, and shall cause the other Group Companies not to, and shall cause its and their respective Representatives not to, directly or indirectly: (i) solicit, initiate, knowingly encourage (including by means of furnishing or disclosing information), knowingly facilitate, discuss or negotiate, directly or indirectly, any inquiry, proposal or offer (written or oral) with respect to a Company Acquisition Proposal; (ii) furnish or disclose any non-public information to any Person in connection with, or that could reasonably be expected to lead to, a Company Acquisition Proposal; (iii) enter into any Contract or other arrangement or understanding regarding a Company Acquisition Proposal; (iv) prepare or take any steps in connection with a public offering of any Equity Securities of any Group Company (or any Affiliate or successor of any Group Company); or (v) otherwise cooperate in any way with, or assist or participate in, or knowingly facilitate or knowingly encourage any effort or attempt by any Person to do or seek to do any of the foregoing. The Company agrees to (A) notify SPAC promptly upon receipt of any Company Acquisition Proposal by any Group Company, and to describe the material terms and conditions of any such Company Acquisition Proposal in reasonable detail (including the identity of the Persons making such Company Acquisition Proposal) and (B) keep SPAC reasonably informed on a current basis of any modifications to such offer or information.

(b) From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, the SPAC Parties shall not, and each of them shall cause its Representatives not to, directly or indirectly: (i) knowingly solicit, initiate, encourage (including by means of furnishing or disclosing information), knowingly facilitate, discuss or negotiate, directly or indirectly, any inquiry, proposal or offer (written or oral) with respect to a SPAC Acquisition Proposal; (ii) furnish or disclose any non-public information to any Person in connection with, or that could reasonably be expected to lead to, a SPAC Acquisition Proposal; (iii) enter into any Contract or other arrangement or understanding regarding a SPAC Acquisition Proposal; or (iv) otherwise cooperate in any way with, or assist or participate in, or knowingly facilitate or knowingly encourage any effort or attempt by any Person to do or seek to do any of the foregoing. SPAC agrees to (A) notify the Company promptly upon receipt of any SPAC Acquisition Proposal by any SPAC Party, and to describe the material terms and conditions of any such SPAC Acquisition Proposal in reasonable detail (including the identity of any person or entity making such SPAC Acquisition Proposal) and (B) keep the Company reasonably informed on a current basis of any modifications to such offer or information.

 

A-64


Table of Contents

For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that the covenants and agreements contained in this Section 7.6 shall not prohibit the Company, any SPAC Party or any of their respective Representatives from taking any actions in the ordinary course that are not otherwise in violation of this Section 7.6 (such as answering phone calls) or informing any Person inquiring about a possible Company Acquisition Proposal or SPAC Acquisition Proposal, as applicable, of the existence of the covenants and agreements contained in this Section 7.6.

Section 7.7 Preparation of Registration Statement / Proxy Statement.

(a) As promptly as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement, SPAC and the Company shall prepare and mutually agree upon (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by either of SPAC or the Company, as applicable), and NewCo shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable following the delivery of the PCAOB Financials, file with the SEC, the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement (it being understood that the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement shall include a prospectus of NewCo and proxy statement of SPAC which will be used for SPAC Stockholders Meeting to adopt and approve the Transaction Proposals in accordance with and as required by SPAC’s Governing Documents, applicable Law, and any applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and NYSE). Each of SPAC and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (a) cause the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement to comply in all material respects with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC (including, with respect to the Group Companies, the provision of financial statements of, and any other information with respect to, the Group Companies for all periods, and in the form, required to be included in the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement under Securities Laws (after giving effect to any waivers received) or in response to any comments from the staff of the SEC); (b) promptly notify the other of, reasonably cooperate with each other with respect to and respond promptly to any comments of the staff of the SEC; (c) have the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as reasonably practicable after it is filed with the SEC; and (d) keep the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement effective through the Closing in order to permit the consummation of the Transactions. SPAC, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall promptly furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the other all information concerning such Party, its Non-Party Affiliates and their respective Representatives that may be required or reasonably requested in connection with any action contemplated by this Section 7.7 or for inclusion in any other statement, filing, notice or application made by or on behalf of NewCo or SPAC to the SEC or NYSE in connection with the Transactions. If any Party becomes aware of any information that should be disclosed in an amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement, then (i) such Party shall promptly inform, in the case of any SPAC Party, the Company, or, in the case of the Company, SPAC, thereof; (ii) such Party shall prepare and mutually agree upon with, in the case of SPAC, the Company, or, in the case of the Company, SPAC (in either case, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), an amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement; (iii) NewCo shall file such mutually agreed upon amendment or supplement with the SEC; and (iv) the Parties shall reasonably cooperate, if appropriate, in mailing such amendment or supplement to the SPAC Stockholders. SPAC shall as promptly as reasonably practicable advise the Company of the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement, the issuance of any stop order relating thereto or the suspension of the qualification of Consideration Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, and SPAC and the Company shall each use commercially reasonable efforts to have any such stop order or suspension lifted, reversed or otherwise terminated. Each of the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that none of the information related to him, her or it or any of his, her or its Non-Party Affiliates or its or their respective Representatives, supplied by or on his, her or its behalf for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement will, at the time the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement is initially filed with the SEC, at each time at which it is amended, at the time it becomes effective under the Securities Act, at the time it is mailed to the SPAC Stockholders or at the time of the SPAC Stockholders Meeting contain any Misrepresentation. From and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing or termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, the SPAC Parties, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall give counsel for the Company (in the case of any SPAC Party) or SPAC (in the case of the Company), a reasonable opportunity to review in advance,

 

A-65


Table of Contents

and consider in good faith the views of the other in connection with, any proposed written communication to the SEC or the NYSE relating to the Transactions. Each of the Parties agrees not to participate in any substantive meeting or discussion, either in person or by telephone with the SEC or the NYSE in connection with the Transactions unless it consults with, in the case of any SPAC Party, the Company, or, in the case of the Company, SPAC in advance and, to the extent not prohibited by the SEC or the NYSE, gives, in the case of any SPAC Party, the Company, or, in the case of the Company, SPAC, the opportunity to attend and participate in such meeting or discussion.

Section 7.8 SPAC Stockholder Approval. As promptly as reasonably practicable following the time at which the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement is declared effective under the Securities Act, SPAC shall (x) duly give notice of and (y) use reasonable best efforts to duly convene and hold a meeting of its shareholders (the “SPAC Stockholders Meeting”) in accordance with the Governing Documents of SPAC, for the purposes of obtaining the SPAC Stockholder Approval and, if applicable, any approvals related thereto and providing its shareholders with the opportunity to elect to effect a SPAC Stockholder Redemption. SPAC shall (i) through the SPAC Board, recommend to its shareholders (the “SPAC Board Recommendation”), (A) the adoption and approval of this Agreement and the Transactions; (B) the adoption and approval of each other proposal that the staff of the SEC indicates is necessary in its comments to the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement or in correspondence related thereto; (C) the adoption and approval of each other proposal reasonably agreed to by SPAC and the Company as necessary or appropriate in connection with the consummation of the Transactions; (D) if necessary, the Class B Adjustment, and (E) the adoption and approval of a proposal for the adjournment of the SPAC Stockholders Meeting, if necessary, to permit further solicitation of proxies because there are not sufficient votes to approve and adopt any of the foregoing (such proposals in (A) through (E) collectively, the “Transaction Proposals”), and (ii) include such recommendation contemplated by clause (i) in the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, SPAC may adjourn the SPAC Stockholders Meeting (A) to solicit additional proxies for the purpose of obtaining the SPAC Stockholder Approval, (B) for the absence of a quorum, (C) to allow reasonable additional time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that SPAC has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable Law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by the SPAC Stockholders prior to the SPAC Stockholders Meeting or (D) if the holders of SPAC Class A Shares have elected to redeem a number of Class A Shares as of such time that would reasonably be expected to result in the condition set forth in Section 8.3(b) not being satisfied; provided that, without the consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), in no event shall SPAC adjourn the SPAC Stockholders Meeting to a date that is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the SPAC Stockholders Meeting was originally scheduled or less than ten (10) days prior to the Termination Date (excluding any adjournments required by applicable Law). Except as otherwise required by applicable Law, SPAC covenants that none of the SPAC Board or SPAC nor any committee of the SPAC Board shall withdraw or modify, or propose publicly or by formal action of the SPAC Board, any committee of the SPAC Board or SPAC to withdraw or modify, in a manner adverse to the Company, the SPAC Board Recommendation or any other recommendation by the SPAC Board or SPAC of the proposals set forth in the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement.

Section 7.9 Conduct of Business of SPAC. From and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, SPAC shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, as applicable, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Document (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with the PIPE Financing), as required by applicable Law, as set forth on Section 7.9 of the SPAC Disclosure Schedules or as consented to in writing by the Company (such consent (other than with respect to Section 7.9(f)) not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by the Company), do any of the following:

(a) other than the Warrant Agreement Amendment, adopt any amendments, supplements, restatements or modifications to the Trust Agreement, Warrant Agreement or the Governing Documents of any SPAC Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

A-66


Table of Contents

(b) declare, set aside, make or pay a dividend on, or make any other distribution or payment in respect of, any Equity Securities of SPAC or any of its Subsidiaries, or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or offer to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any outstanding Equity Securities of SPAC or any of its Subsidiaries;

(c) split, combine, reclassify, subdivide or consolidate any of its Equity Securities or issue any other security in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for its Equity Securities;

(d) other than non-interest bearing working capital loans provided by Sponsor to SPAC, incur, create or assume any Indebtedness or guarantee any Liability of any Person (other than any SPAC Party);

(e) make any loans or advances to, or capital contributions in, any other Person, other than to, or in, SPAC or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) other than the Additional PIPE Financing, issue any Equity Securities of SPAC, NewCo or any of their respective Subsidiaries or grant any additional options, warrants or stock appreciation rights with respect to Equity Securities of SPAC, NewCo or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

(g) enter into, amend, modify or renew any Contract with any SPAC Related Party;

(h) engage in any activities or business, or incur any material SPAC Liabilities, other than any activities, businesses or SPAC Liabilities that are either permitted under this Section 7.9 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any activities, businesses or SPAC Liabilities contemplated by, incurred in connection with or that are otherwise incidental or attendant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Document, the performance of any covenants or agreements hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions) or in accordance with this Section 7.9;

(i) authorize, recommend, propose or announce an intention to adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution;

(j) (i) make, change or revoke any material election concerning Taxes or amend any Tax Returns, (ii) enter into any material Tax closing agreement, (iii) settle, compromise or agree to the entry of judgment with respect to any Proceeding related to Taxes, (iv) enter into any Tax sharing, Tax allocation or Tax indemnification agreement, (v) make a request for a Tax ruling to any Governmental Entity, or (vi) consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to or relating to any material Tax claim, assessment or reassessment, other than any such extension or waiver that is obtained in the ordinary course of business;

(k) enter into any Contract with any broker, finder, investment banker or other Person under which such Person is or will be entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the Transactions;

(l) other than any Transaction Litigation, which is subject to Section 7.2(d), commence, release, assign, compromise, settle or agree to settle any Proceeding;

(m) except as required by GAAP (or any interpretation thereof) or applicable Law, make any change in accounting methods, principles or practices; or

(n) enter into any Contract to take, or cause to be taken, any of the actions set forth in this Section 7.9.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7.9 or this Agreement to the contrary, nothing set forth in this Agreement shall give the Company, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the operations of any SPAC Party prior to the Closing.

Section 7.10 Stock Exchange Listing. SPAC shall use its reasonable best efforts to (a) cause the NewCo Common Shares issuable in accordance with this Agreement (including the NewCo Common Shares issuable pursuant to the exchange or exercise of the Exchangeable Shares) to be approved for listing on NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance thereof, and (b) to satisfy any applicable initial and continuing listing

 

A-67


Table of Contents

requirements of NYSE, in each case as promptly as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement, and in any event prior to the Effective Time. The Company shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, reasonably cooperate with SPAC and its Representatives in connection with the foregoing.

Section 7.11 Exchangeable Shares. SPAC shall and, where appropriate, shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

(a) cause ExchangeCo to create the Exchangeable Shares prior to the Effective Time in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Company and consistent with Exhibit E hereto; and

(b) at the Effective Time, execute and deliver such agreements and take such other actions as are necessary to cause the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Exchangeable Shares to be consistent with Exhibit E hereto.

Section 7.12 Trust Account. Upon satisfaction or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, waiver of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE VIII and provision of notice thereof to the Trustee, (a) at the Closing, SPAC shall (i) cause the documents, certificates and notices required to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement to be so delivered, and (ii) make all appropriate arrangements to cause the Trustee to (A) pay as and when due all amounts, if any, payable to the Public Shareholders of SPAC pursuant to the SPAC Stockholder Redemption, (B) pay the amounts due to UBS for its deferred underwriting commissions pursuant to the UBS Letter Agreement and as set forth in the Trust Agreement and (C) immediately thereafter, pay all remaining amounts then available in the Trust Account as directed by SPAC in accordance with the Trust Agreement, and (b) thereafter, the Trust Account shall terminate, except as otherwise provided therein.

Section 7.13 Company Shareholder Approval; PIPE Subscription Agreements; Founder Support Agreement.

(a) The Company covenants that none of the Company Board or the Company nor any committee of the Company Board shall withdraw or modify, or propose publicly or by formal action of the Company Board, any committee of the Company Board or Company to withdraw or modify, in a manner adverse to SPAC, the recommendation referred to in Section 4.1(c)(iii) that the Company Shareholders vote in favor of the Company Arrangement Resolution or any other recommendation by the Company Board or the Company of the proposals set forth in the Company Information Circular.

(b) SPAC (on behalf of itself or any other SPAC Party) or the Company, as applicable, may not terminate, modify or waive or consent to the termination, modification or waiver of any provisions of any PIPE Subscription Agreement or the Sponsor Support Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided that any modification or waiver that is solely ministerial in nature or otherwise immaterial and does not affect any economic or any other material term of any PIPE Subscription Agreement shall not require the prior written consent of the other Party.

Section 7.14 SPAC Indemnification; Directors and Officers Insurance.

(a) Each Party agrees that (i) all rights to indemnification or exculpation now existing in favor of the directors and officers of each SPAC Party, as provided for under applicable Law, in the applicable SPAC Party’s Governing Documents or under indemnification agreements in effect as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, in either case, solely with respect to any matters occurring on or prior to the Effective Time, shall survive the Transactions and shall continue in full force and effect from and after the Effective Time for a period of six (6) years and (ii) NewCo will perform and discharge, or cause to be performed and discharged, all obligations to provide such indemnity and exculpation during such six (6)-year period. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, during such six (6)-year period, NewCo shall advance, or caused to be advanced, expenses in connection with such indemnification as provided in the applicable SPAC Party’s Governing Documents or other applicable agreements as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time. The indemnification and liability limitation or exculpation provisions of the SPAC Parties’ Governing Documents or

 

A-68


Table of Contents

indemnification agreements shall not, during such six (6)-year period, be amended, repealed or otherwise modified following the Effective Time in any manner that would materially and adversely affect the rights thereunder of individuals who, as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, or at any time prior to such time, were directors or officers of any SPAC Party (the “SPAC D&O Persons”) entitled to be so indemnified, have their liability limited or be exculpated with respect to any matters occurring on or prior to the Effective Time and relating to the fact that such SPAC D&O Person was a director or officer of any SPAC Party on or prior to the Effective Time, unless such amendment, repeal or other modification is required by applicable Law.

(b) NewCo shall not have any obligation under this Section 7.14 to any SPAC D&O Person when and if a court of competent jurisdiction shall ultimately determine (and such determination shall have become final and non-appealable) that the indemnification of such SPAC D&O Person in the manner contemplated hereby is prohibited by applicable Law.

(c) SPAC shall purchase, at or prior to the Closing, and NewCo shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, in effect for a period of six (6) years following the Effective Time, without any lapses in coverage, a “tail” policy providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for the benefit of those Persons who are currently covered by any comparable insurance policies of the SPAC Parties in effect as of the date of this Agreement with respect to matters occurring on or prior to the Effective Time. Such “tail” policy shall provide coverage on terms (with respect to coverage and amount) that are substantially the same as the coverage provided under SPAC’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies in effect as of the date of this Agreement.

(d) If NewCo or any of its successors or assigns (i) shall merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or merge, amalgamate or be liquidated into any other corporation or entity and shall not be the surviving or continuing corporation or entity of such consolidation, amalgamation or merger or (ii) shall transfer all or substantially all of their respective properties and assets as an entity in one or a series of related transactions to any Person, then in each such case, proper provisions shall be made so that the successors or assigns of NewCo shall assume all of the obligations set forth in this Section 7.14.

(e) The SPAC D&O Persons entitled to the indemnification, liability limitation, exculpation or insurance coverage set forth in this Section 7.14 are intended to be third-party beneficiaries of this Section 7.14. This Section 7.14 shall survive the consummation of the Transactions and shall be binding on all successors and assigns of NewCo.

Section 7.15 Company Indemnification; Directors and Officers Insurance.

(a) Each Party agrees that (i) all rights to indemnification or exculpation now existing in favor of the directors and officers of the Group Companies, as provided for under applicable Law, in the Group Companies’ Governing Documents or under indemnification agreements in effect as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, in either case, solely with respect to any matters occurring on or prior to the Effective Time, shall survive the Transactions and shall continue in full force and effect from and after the Effective Time for a period of six (6) years and (ii) NewCo will cause the applicable Group Companies to perform and discharge all obligations to provide such indemnity and exculpation during such six (6)-year period. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, during such six (6)-year period, NewCo shall cause the applicable Group Companies to advance expenses in connection with such indemnification as provided in the Group Companies’ Governing Documents or other applicable agreements in effect as of immediately prior to the Effective Time. The indemnification and liability limitation or exculpation provisions of the Group Companies’ Governing Documents shall not, during such six (6)-year period, be amended, repealed or otherwise modified following the Effective Time in any manner that would materially and adversely affect the rights thereunder of individuals who, as of the Effective Time or at any time prior to the Effective Time, were directors or officers of the Group Companies (the “Company D&O Persons”) entitled to be so indemnified, have their liability limited or be exculpated with respect to any matters occurring prior to Closing and relating to the fact that such Company D&O Person was a director or officer of any Group Company on or prior to the Effective Time, unless such amendment, repeal or other modification is required by applicable Law.

 

A-69


Table of Contents

(b) None of NewCo or the Group Companies shall have any obligation under this Section 7.15 to any Company D&O Person when and if a court of competent jurisdiction shall ultimately determine (and such determination shall have become final and non-appealable) that the indemnification of such Company D&O Person in the manner contemplated hereby is prohibited by applicable Law.

(c) NewCo shall purchase at the direction of the Company, at or prior to the Closing, and shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, in effect for a period of six (6) years following the Effective Time, without lapses in coverage, a “tail” policy providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for the benefit of those Persons who are currently covered by any comparable insurance policies of the Group Companies in effect as of the date of this Agreement with respect to matters occurring on or prior to the Effective Time.

(d) If NewCo or any of its successors or assigns (i) shall merge or consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or entity and shall not be the surviving or continuing corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) shall transfer all or substantially all of their respective properties and assets as an entity in one or a series of related transactions to any Person, then in each such case, proper provisions shall be made so that the successors or assigns of NewCo shall assume all of the obligations set forth in this Section 7.15.

(e) The Company D&O Persons entitled to the indemnification, liability limitation, exculpation or insurance coverage set forth in this Section 7.15 are intended to be third-party beneficiaries of this Section 7.15. This Section 7.15 shall survive the consummation of the Transactions and shall be binding on all successors and assigns of NewCo.

Section 7.16 Post-Closing Directors and Officers.

(a) The size and composition of the NewCo Board immediately after the Closing shall be determined by the Company in consultation with SPAC; provided, at least one director shall be designated by Sponsor with the consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). At least a majority of the NewCo Board shall qualify as independent directors under the Securities Act and the NYSE rules.

(b) Immediately after the Closing, the officers of NewCo shall be as determined by the Company, which individuals shall serve in such capacity in accordance with the terms of the A&R NewCo Bylaws.

Section 7.17 A&R NewCo Charter and A&R NewCo Bylaws.

(a) At or prior to the Effective Time, NewCo shall cause an amended and restated certificate of incorporation of NewCo in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Parties (the “A&R NewCo Charter”) to be filed with, and declared effective by, the Delaware Secretary of State.

(b) At or prior to the Effective Time, NewCo shall adopt amended and restated bylaws in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Parties (the “A&R NewCo Bylaws”).

Section 7.18 NewCo Incentive Equity Plan. Prior to the Effective Time, the NewCo Board shall approve and adopt an equity incentive plan that is reasonable and customary for a public company of similar size to and circumstances of the Company on such terms as the Company and SPAC may mutually agree (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by either the Company or SPAC, as applicable) (the “NewCo Incentive Equity Plan”), in the manner prescribed under applicable Laws, effective as of the Closing Date. Nothing in this Section 7.18, express or implied, shall (i) create any rights or remedies of any nature whatsoever, including third party beneficiary rights, in any Person (other than the Parties) by reason of this Section 7.18, (ii) create any right in any Person to continued employment or service with NewCo or any of its Affiliates, or any particular term or condition of employment or service, (iii) limit the ability of NewCo or any of its Affiliates from: (y) terminating the employment or service of any Person at any time for any or no reason, (z) adopting, establishing, amending, modifying or terminating any benefit or compensation plan, policy, program, agreement or arrangement, other than the NewCo Incentive Equity Plan, or (iv) be construed to establish, amend, modify or terminate any benefit or compensation plan, policy, program, agreement or arrangement.

 

A-70


Table of Contents

Section 7.19 Parent Guarantee. SPAC hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and punctual performance by the other SPAC Parties of each and every obligation of such SPAC Parties arising under this Agreement and the Arrangement, including, without limitation, the due and punctual payment and delivery of the Consideration pursuant to the Arrangement.

Section 7.20 PCAOB Financials. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to deliver true and complete copies of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group Companies as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and changes of equity of the Group Companies for the years then ended, together with the auditor’s reports thereon (i) prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated (except as may be specifically indicated in the notes thereto), (ii) fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position, results of operations, cash flows and changes of equity of the Group Companies as at the date thereof and for the period indicated therein, and (iii) prepared in accordance with the auditing standards of the PCAOB (collectively, the “PCAOB Financials”), not later than March 31, 2022.

Section 7.21 Adjustment to SPAC Class B Common Shares. Prior to the Effective Time, SPAC shall take all actions necessary to cause the SPAC Class B Common Shares to convert into NewCo Common Shares as set forth in Section 3.6(c), including, any required amendments to the certificate of incorporation of SPAC (the “Class B Adjustment”).

ARTICLE VIII

CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS

Section 8.1 Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties. The obligations of the Parties to consummate the Transactions are subject to the satisfaction or, if permitted by applicable Law, waiver by the Company and SPAC of the following conditions:

(a) the Company Arrangement Resolution shall have been approved by the Company Required Approval at the Company Shareholders Meeting in accordance with the Interim Order;

(b) the Interim Order and the Final Order shall have been obtained on terms consistent with this Agreement and shall not have been set aside or modified in a manner unacceptable to either SPAC or the Company, each acting reasonably, on appeal or otherwise;

(c) the Investment Canada Act Approval shall have been obtained;

(d) no Order or Law issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Transactions shall be in effect;

(e) the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement shall have become effective in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act, no stop order shall have been issued by the SEC and shall remain in effect with respect to the Registration Statement / Proxy Statement, and no proceeding seeking such a stop order shall have been threated or initiated by the SEC and remain pending;

(f) the SPAC Stockholder Approval shall have been obtained; and

(g) after giving effect to the Transactions (including the PIPE Financing), SPAC shall have at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Exchange Act) immediately after the Effective Time.

Section 8.2 Other Conditions to the Obligations of the SPAC Parties. The obligations of the SPAC Parties to consummate the Transactions are subject to the satisfaction or, if permitted by applicable Law, waiver by SPAC (on behalf of itself and the other SPAC Parties) of the following further conditions:

(a) (i) the Company Fundamental Representations shall be true and correct (except, with respect to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.2(a), to the extent any inaccuracies are taken into account

 

A-71


Table of Contents

in the Payment Spreadsheet and the allocation of NewCo Common Shares and Exchangeable Shares) (without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “Company Material Adverse Effect” or any similar limitation set forth herein) in all respects as of the Closing Date, as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent that any such representation and warranty is made as of an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date), and (ii) the representations and warranties of the of the Company set forth in ARTICLE V (other than the Company Fundamental Representations) shall be true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “Company Material Adverse Effect” or any similar limitation set forth herein) in all respects as of the Closing Date, as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent that any such representation and warranty is made as of an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct, taken as a whole, does not cause a Company Material Adverse Effect;

(b) the Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with the covenants and agreements required to be performed or complied with by the Company under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing;

(c) since the date of this Agreement, no Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred that is continuing; and

(d) at or prior to the Closing, the Company shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to SPAC a certificate duly executed by an authorized officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions specified in Section 8.2(a), Section 8.2(b) and Section 8.2(c) are satisfied, in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to SPAC.

Section 8.3 Other Conditions to the Obligations of the Company. The obligations of the Company to consummate Transactions are subject to the satisfaction or, if permitted by applicable Law, waiver by the Company of the following further conditions:

(a) (i) with respect to the SPAC Class B Shares only, the representation in the first sentence of Section 6.6(a) shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date, as though made on and as of the Closing Date, (ii) the SPAC Fundamental Representations (other than, with respect to the SPAC Class B Shares only, the representation in the first sentence of Section 6.6(a)) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent that any such representation and warranty is made as of an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), and (iii) the representations and warranties of the SPAC Parties contained in ARTICLE VI of this Agreement (other than the SPAC Fundamental Representations) shall be true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “SPAC Material Adverse Effect” or any similar limitation set forth herein) in all respects as of the Closing Date, as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent that any such representation and warranty is made as of an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct as of such earlier date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct, taken as a whole, does not cause a SPAC Material Adverse Effect;

(b) the SPAC Parties shall have performed and complied in all material respects with the covenants and agreements required to be performed or complied with by them under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing;

(c) the Aggregate Transaction Proceeds shall be equal to or greater than $115,000,000;

(d) in the event Aggregate Transaction Proceeds would be equal to or less than $130,000,000 as of the redemption deadline for the SPAC Stockholder Redemption (the “Redemption Deadline”) based on elections by holders of SPAC Class A Shares to redeem as of such date and a good faith estimate of Unpaid SPAC Expenses and other amounts through Closing, the Sponsor shall have complied with, and consummated the transfers contemplated by, Section 1.1(c)(ii) of the Sponsor Support Agreement.

 

A-72


Table of Contents

(e) the NewCo Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Transactions (including the NewCo Common Shares issuable pursuant to the exchange or exercise of the Exchangeable Shares) shall have been approved for listing on NYSE;

(f) since the date of this Agreement, no SPAC Material Adverse Effect has occurred that is continuing;

(g) SPAC shall have taken all actions necessary or appropriate such that the Class B Adjustment and the Sponsor Share Adjustment will take effect at or prior to the Closing; and

(h) at or prior to the Closing, SPAC shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Company a certificate duly executed by an authorized officer of SPAC, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions specified in Section 8.3(a), Section 8.3(b) and Section 8.3(f) are satisfied, in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

Section 8.4 Frustration of Closing Conditions. The Company may not rely on the failure of any condition set forth in this ARTICLE VIII to be satisfied if such failure was proximately caused by the Company’s failure to use reasonable best efforts to cause the Closing to occur, as required by Section 7.2, or a breach of this Agreement. None of the SPAC Parties may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in this ARTICLE VIII to be satisfied if such failure was proximately caused by a SPAC Party’s failure to use reasonable best efforts to cause the Closing to occur, as required by Section 7.2, or a breach of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION

Section 9.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the Transactions may be abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) by mutual written consent of SPAC and the Company;

(b) by SPAC, if any of the representations or warranties set forth in ARTICLE V shall not be true and correct or if the Company has failed to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of the Company set forth in this Agreement (including an obligation to consummate the Closing) such that the condition to Closing set forth in either Section 8.2(a) or Section 8.2(b) could not be satisfied and the breach or breaches causing such representations or warranties not to be true and correct, or the failures to perform any covenant or agreement, as applicable, is (or are) not cured or cannot be cured within the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is delivered to the Company by SPAC, and (ii) the Termination Date; provided, however, that none of the SPAC Parties is then in breach of this Agreement so as to prevent the condition to Closing set forth in either Section 8.3(a) or Section 8.3(b) from being satisfied;

(c) by the Company, if any of the representations or warranties set forth in ARTICLE VI shall not be true and correct or if any SPAC Party has failed to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of such applicable SPAC Party set forth in this Agreement (including an obligation to consummate the Closing) such that the condition to Closing set forth in either Section 8.3(a) or Section 8.3(b) could not be satisfied and the breach or breaches causing such representations or warranties not to be true and correct, or the failures to perform any covenant or agreement, as applicable, is (or are) not cured or cannot be cured within the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is delivered to SPAC by the Company and (ii) the Termination Date; provided, however, the Company is not then in breach of this Agreement so as to prevent the condition to Closing set forth in Section 8.2(a) or Section 8.2(b) from being satisfied;

(d) by either SPAC or the Company, if the Transactions shall not have been consummated on or prior to August 7, 2022 (the “Termination Date”); provided, that (i) the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(d) shall not be available to SPAC if any SPAC Party’s breach of any of its covenants or obligations under this Agreement shall have proximately caused the failure to consummate the Transactions

 

A-73


Table of Contents

on or before the Termination Date, and (ii) the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(d) shall not be available to the Company if the Company’s breach of its covenants or obligations under this Agreement shall have proximately caused the failure to consummate the Transactions on or before the Termination Date;

(e) by either SPAC or the Company, if any Governmental Entity shall have issued an Order or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the Transactions and such Order or other action shall have become final and nonappealable;

(f) by either SPAC or the Company if the SPAC Stockholders Meeting has been held (including any adjournment thereof), has concluded, SPAC’s shareholders have duly voted and the SPAC Stockholder Approval was not obtained; or

(g) by either SPAC or the Company, if the Company Required Approval shall not have been obtained at the Company Shareholders Meeting in accordance with the Interim Order.

(h) by the Company, if the condition set forth in Section 8.3(c) is not satisfied as of the date that is twenty (20) days following the SPAC Stockholders Meeting (or the later date that the SPAC Stockholders Meeting is reconvened following all adjournments permitted pursuant to Section 7.8) or at any time thereafter.

(i) by SPAC, if the PCAOB Financials shall not have been delivered to SPAC in accordance with Section 7.20 on or before April 30, 2022.

Section 9.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1, this entire Agreement shall forthwith become void (and there shall be no Liability or obligation on the part of the Parties and their respective Non-Party Affiliates) with the exception of Section 7.3(a), this Section 9.2, Section 10.2 through Section 10.18 and ARTICLE I (to the extent related to the foregoing), each of which shall survive such termination and remain valid and binding obligations of the Parties and the Confidentiality Agreement shall survive such termination and remain valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto in accordance with their respective terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1 shall not affect any Liability on the part of any Party for any Willful Breach of any covenant or agreement set forth in this Agreement prior to such termination or Fraud.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Non-Survival. Other than the representations and warranties in Section 5.24, Section 5.25, Section 6.17 and Section 6.18, each of which shall survive following the Effective Time, or as otherwise provided in the last sentence of this Section 10.1 each of the representations, warranties, agreements or covenants of the Parties set forth in this Agreement shall terminate at the Effective Time, such that no claim for breach of any such representation, warranty, agreement or covenant, detrimental reliance or other right or remedy (whether in contract, in tort, at law, in equity or otherwise) may be brought with respect thereto after the Effective Time against any Party, any Company Non-Party Affiliate or any SPAC Non-Party Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each covenant and agreement contained herein that, by its terms, expressly contemplates performance after the Effective Time shall so survive the Effective Time in accordance with its terms, and each covenant and agreement contained in any Ancillary Document that, by its terms, expressly contemplates performance after the Effective Time shall so survive the Effective Time in accordance with its terms and any other provision in any Ancillary Document that expressly survives the Effective Time shall so survive the Effective Time in accordance with the terms of such Ancillary Document.

Section 10.2 Entire Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement (together with the Ancillary Documents) constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to the subject matter

 

A-74


Table of Contents

hereof. This Agreement may not be assigned by any Party without the prior written approval of the other Parties. Any attempted assignment of this Agreement not in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.2 shall be void.

Section 10.3 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written agreement executed and delivered by each of the Parties. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence and any purported amendment by any Party or Parties effected in a manner which does not comply with this Section 10.3 shall be void, ab initio.

Section 10.4 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given) by delivery in person, by e-mail (having obtained electronic delivery confirmation thereof (i.e., an electronic record of the sender that the e-mail was sent to the intended recipient thereof without an “error” or similar message that such e-mail was not received by such intended recipient)), or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) (upon receipt thereof) to the other Parties as follows:

 

  (a)

If to any SPAC Party, to:

DPCM Capital, Inc.

382 NE 191 Street, #24148

Miami, FL 33179

Attention: Emil Michael

Email:       legal@dpcmcapital.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Greenberg Traurig, P.A.

333 SE 2nd Avenue

Miami, FL 33131

Attention: Alan I. Annex, Esq.

Email:       annexa@gtlaw.com

 

  (b)

If to the Company, to:

D-Wave Systems Inc.

3033 Beta Avenue

Burnaby, BC V5G 4M9

Attention: Tanya Rothe

E-mail:     legal@dwavesys.com

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Adam M. Givertz

          Ian M. Hazlett

E-mail: agivertz@paulweiss.com

     ihazlett@paulweiss.com

 

Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP

Suite 2600, 595 Burrard Street

Vancouver, B.C. V7X 1L3

Attention: Steven McKoen, Q.C.

E-mail: steven.mckoen@blakes.com

or to such other address as the Party to whom notice is given may have previously furnished to the others in writing in the manner set forth above.

 

A-75


Table of Contents

Section 10.5 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware; provided, however, the laws of the Province of British Columbia, Canada and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein shall also apply to the corporate matters related to the Company Information Circular, the Company Shareholders Meeting and the Plan of Arrangement.

Section 10.6 Fees and Expenses. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents and the Transactions, including the fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, shall be paid by the Party incurring such fees or expenses; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, (a) if this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, the Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, all Unpaid Company Expenses and SPAC shall pay, or cause to be paid, all Unpaid SPAC Expenses and (b) if the Closing occurs, then SPAC shall pay, or cause to be paid, all Unpaid Company Expenses and all Unpaid SPAC Expenses.

Section 10.7 Construction; Interpretation. The term “this Agreement” means this Transaction Agreement together with the Schedules and Exhibits hereto, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated in accordance with the terms hereof. The headings set forth in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. No Party, nor its respective counsel, shall be deemed the drafter of this Agreement for purposes of construing the provisions hereof, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed according to their fair meaning and not strictly for or against any Party. Unless otherwise indicated to the contrary herein by the context or use thereof: (a) the words, “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the Schedules and Exhibits, and not to any particular section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph or clause set forth in this Agreement; (b) masculine gender shall also include the feminine and neutral genders, and vice versa; (c) words importing the singular shall also include the plural, and vice versa; (d) the words “include,” “includes” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (e) references to “$” or “dollar” or “US$” shall be references to United States dollars; (f) the word “or” is disjunctive but not necessarily exclusive; (g) the words “writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form; (h) the word “day” means calendar day unless Business Day is expressly specified; (i) the word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” means the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if”; (j) all references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits or Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement; (k) the words “provided” or “made available” or words of similar import (regardless of whether capitalized or not) shall mean, when used with reference to documents or other materials required to be provided or made available to SPAC, any documents or other materials posted to the electronic data site maintained by the Company in connection with the Transactions or otherwise provided to SPAC or its Representatives in electronic form, in each case, prior to the execution of this Agreement; (l) all references to any Law will be to such Law as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or re-enacted from time to time; and (m) all references to any Contract are to that Contract as amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof (subject to any restrictions on amendments or modifications set forth in this Agreement). If any action under this Agreement is required to be done or taken on a day that is not a Business Day, then such action shall be required to be done or taken not on such day but on the first succeeding Business Day thereafter.

Section 10.8 Exhibits and Schedules. All Exhibits and Schedules, or documents expressly incorporated into this Agreement, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and are hereby made a part hereof as if set out in full in this Agreement. The Schedules shall be arranged in sections and subsections corresponding to the numbered and lettered Sections and subsections set forth in this Agreement. Any item disclosed in the Company Disclosure Schedules or in the SPAC Disclosure Schedules corresponding to any Section or subsection of ARTICLE V (in the case of the Company Disclosure Schedules) or ARTICLE VI (in the case of the SPAC Disclosure Schedules) shall be deemed to have been disclosed with respect to every other section and subsection of ARTICLE V (in the case of the Company Disclosure Schedules) or ARTICLE VI (in the case of the SPAC

 

A-76


Table of Contents

Disclosure Schedules), as applicable, where the relevance of such disclosure to such other Section or subsection is reasonably apparent on the face of the disclosure. The information and disclosures set forth in the Schedules that correspond to the section or subsections of ARTICLE V or ARTICLE VI may not be limited to matters required to be disclosed in the Schedules, and any such additional information or disclosure is for informational purposes only and does not necessarily include other matters of a similar nature.

Section 10.9 Parties in Interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each Party and its successors and permitted assigns and, except as provided in Section 7.14, Section 7.15 and Section 10.13 (which, in each case, will be for the benefit of the Persons named therein), nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any rights, benefits or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 10.10 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable Law, all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the Transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable Law, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the Transactions are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Section 10.11 Counterparts; Electronic Signatures. This Agreement and each Ancillary Document (including any of the closing deliverables contemplated hereby) may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement or any Ancillary Document (including any of the closing deliverables contemplated hereby) by e-mail, Docusign, or scanned pages shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart to this Agreement or any such Ancillary Document.

Section 10.12 Knowledge of Company; Knowledge of SPAC. For all purposes of this Agreement, the phrase “to the Company’s knowledge” and “known by the Company” and any derivations thereof shall mean as of the applicable date, the actual knowledge of the individuals set forth on Section 10.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, assuming reasonable due inquiry. For all purposes of this Agreement, the phrase “to SPAC’s knowledge” and “to the knowledge of SPAC” and any derivations thereof shall mean as of the applicable date, the actual knowledge of the individuals set forth on Section 10.12(b) of the SPAC Disclosure Schedules, assuming reasonable due inquiry. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the individuals set forth on Section 10.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules or Section 10.12(b) of the SPAC Disclosure Schedules shall have any personal Liability or obligations regarding such knowledge.

Section 10.13 No Recourse. Except for claims pursuant to any Ancillary Document by any party(ies) thereto against any Non-Party Affiliate, and then solely with respect to claims against the Non-Party Affiliates that are party to the applicable Ancillary Document, each Party agrees on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Company Non-Party Affiliates, in the case of the Company, and the SPAC Non-Party Affiliates, in the case of SPAC, that (a) this Agreement may only be enforced against, and any action for breach of this Agreement may only be made against, the Parties, and no claims of any nature whatsoever arising under or relating to this Agreement, the negotiation hereof or its subject matter, or the Transactions shall be asserted against any Non-Party Affiliate, and (b) none of the Non-Party Affiliates shall have any Liability arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the negotiation hereof or its subject matter, or the Transactions, including with respect to any claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) for breach of this Agreement or in respect of any written or oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith, as expressly provided herein, or for any actual or alleged inaccuracies, misstatements or omissions with respect to any information or materials of any kind furnished by the Company, SPAC or any Non-Party Affiliate concerning any Group Company, any SPAC Party, this Agreement or the Transactions.

 

A-77


Table of Contents

Section 10.14 Extension; Waiver. At any time prior to the Closing, the Company may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the SPAC Parties set forth herein, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the SPAC Parties set forth herein or (c) waive compliance by the SPAC Parties with any of the agreements or conditions set forth herein. At any time prior to the Closing, SPAC, may (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the Company set forth herein, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the Company set forth herein or (iii) waive compliance by the Company with any of the agreements or conditions set forth herein. Any agreement on the part of any such Party to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed on behalf of such Party. Any waiver of any term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement. The failure of any Party to assert any of its rights hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of such rights.

Section 10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES EACH HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY PROCEEDING, CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION (A) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR UNDER ANY ANCILLARY DOCUMENT OR (B) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ANCILLARY DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO OR ANY FINANCING IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY, IN EACH CASE, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING, CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT THE PARTIES MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH SUCH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (C) EACH SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (D) EACH SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.15.

Section 10.16 Submission to Jurisdiction. Each of the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware declines to accept jurisdiction, any state or federal court within the State of Delaware), for the purposes of any Proceeding, claim, demand, action or cause of action (a) arising under this Agreement or under any Ancillary Document or (b) in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the Parties in respect of this Agreement or any Ancillary Document or any of the Transactions, and irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such Proceeding in any such court, and further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such Proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion or as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any Proceeding claim, demand, action or cause of action against such Party (i) arising under this Agreement or under any Ancillary Document or (ii) in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the Parties in respect of this Agreement or any Ancillary Document or any of the Transactions, (A) any claim that such Party is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the courts as described in this Section 10.16 for any reason, (B) that such Party or such Party’s property is exempt or immune from the jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) and (C) that (x) the Proceeding,

 

A-78


Table of Contents

claim, demand, action or cause of action in any such court is brought against such Party in an inconvenient forum, (y) the venue of such Proceeding, claim, demand, action or cause of action against such Party is improper or (z) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced against such Party in or by such courts. Each Party agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth in Section 10.4 shall be effective service of process for any such Proceeding, claim, demand, action or cause of action.

Section 10.17 Remedies. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any and all remedies provided herein will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by Law or equity upon such Party, and the exercise by a Party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy. The Parties agree that irreparable damage for which monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy, would occur in the event that the Parties do not perform their respective obligations under the provisions of this Agreement (including failing to take such actions as are required of them hereunder to consummate the Transactions) in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise breach such provisions. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, in each case, without posting a bond or undertaking and without proof of damages and this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Each of the Parties agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief when expressly available pursuant to the terms of this Agreement on the basis that the other parties have an adequate remedy at law or an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or equity.

Section 10.18 Trust Account Waiver. Reference is made to the final prospectus of SPAC, filed with the SEC (File Nos. 333-249274 and 333-249575) on October 23, 2020 (the “Prospectus”). The Company acknowledges and agrees and understands that SPAC has established a trust account (the “Trust Account”) containing the proceeds of its initial public offering (the “IPO”) and from certain private placements occurring simultaneously with the IPO (including interest accrued from time to time thereon) for the benefit of SPAC’s public shareholders (including overallotment shares acquired by SPAC’s underwriters, the “Public Shareholders”), and SPAC may disburse monies from the Trust Account only in the express circumstances described in the Prospectus. For and in consideration of SPAC entering into this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company hereby agrees on behalf of itself and its Representatives that, notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Agreement, none of the Company or any of its Representatives does now or shall at any time hereafter have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account or distributions therefrom, or make any claim against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom), regardless of whether such claim arises as a result of, in connection with or relating in any way to, this Agreement or any proposed or actual business relationship between SPAC or any of its Representatives, on the one hand, and, the Company or any of its Representatives, on the other hand, or any other matter, and regardless of whether such claim arises based on contract, tort, equity or any other theory of legal liability (any and all such claims are collectively referred to hereafter as the “Trust Account Released Claims”). The Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its Representatives, hereby irrevocably waives any Trust Account Released Claims that it or any of its Representatives may have against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) now or in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, or Contracts with SPAC or its Representatives and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) for any reason whatsoever (including for an alleged breach of any agreement with SPAC or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit or prohibit the Company’s right to pursue a claim against SPAC pursuant to this Agreement for legal relief or for Fraud against monies or other assets of SPAC held outside the Trust Account (other than distribution therefrom directly or indirectly to SPAC’s public stockholders), or for specific performance or other equitable relief in connection with the Transactions.

* * * * *

 

A-79


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has caused this Transaction Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf as of the day and year first above written.

 

DPCM CAPITAL, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Emil Michael

Name:

 

Emil Michael

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

D-WAVE QUANTUM INC.

By:

 

/s/ Emil Michael

Name:

 

Emil Michael

Title:

 

President

DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

By:

 

/s/ Emil Michael

Name:

 

Emil Michael

Title:

 

President

DWSI CANADA HOLDINGS ULC

By:

 

/s/ Emil Michael

Name:

 

Emil Michael

Title:

 

President

D-WAVE QUANTUM

TECHNOLOGIES INC.

By:

 

/s/ Emil Michael

Name:

 

Emil Michael

Title:

 

President

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

By:

 

/s/ Alan Baratz

Name:

 

Alan Baratz

Title:

 

CEO

[Signature Page to Transaction Agreement]

 

A-80


Table of Contents

Annex B

FORM OF 2022 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

D-Wave Quantum Inc.

2022 Equity Incentive Plan

1. Purpose. The purpose of the D-Wave Quantum Inc. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) is to (i) attract and retain individuals to serve as employees, consultants or Directors of D-Wave Quantum Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, whether existing or thereafter acquired or formed, and any and all successor entities, the “Company”) by providing them the opportunity to acquire an equity interest in the Company or other incentive compensation and (ii) align the interests of the foregoing with those of the Company’s stockholders.

2. Effective Date; Duration. The effective date of the Plan is [●], 2022 (the “Effective Date”), which is the date that the Plan was approved by the stockholders of the Company. The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which date no Awards may be granted under the Plan, shall be the 10th anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Expiration Date”); provided, however, that such expiration shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.

3. Definitions. The following definitions shall apply throughout the Plan:

(a) “Affiliate” means each Subsidiary of the Company, and (i) any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company and/or (ii) to the extent provided by the Committee, any person or entity in which the Company has a significant interest. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any person or entity, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

(b) “Award” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Stock-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award granted under the Plan.

(c) “Award Agreement” means any agreement (whether in written or electronic form) or other instrument or document evidencing any Award (other than an Other Cash-Based Award) granted under the Plan (including, in each case, in electronic form), which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant (as determined by the Committee).

(d) “Beneficial Ownership” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under Section 13 of the Exchange Act.

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “Cause” means, with respect to any Participant, unless otherwise required under applicable law, “cause” as defined in such Participant’s Employment Agreement, if any, or if not so defined, except as otherwise provided in such Participant’s Award Agreement, such Participant’s: (i) having engaged in material misconduct in providing services to the Company; (ii) having engaged in conduct that he or she knew or reasonably should have known would be materially injurious to the Company; (iii) having been convicted of, or having entered a plea bargain or settlement admitting guilt for, (x) a felony or (y) any other criminal offense involving moral turpitude, fraud or, in the course of the performance of the Participant’s service to the Company, material dishonesty; (iv) unlawful use or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s premises or while performing the

 

B-1


Table of Contents

Participant’s duties and responsibilities to the Company; or (v) commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation, in each case against the Company. Any determination by the Company that the Company had Cause to terminate the Participant’s Employment Agreement for the purposes of any outstanding Award held by such Participant will have no effect on the determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(g) “Change in Control” means, unless the applicable Award Agreement or the Committee provides otherwise, the first to occur of any of the following events:

(i) the acquisition by any Person or related “group” (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) of Persons, or Persons acting jointly or in concert, of Beneficial Ownership (including control or direction) of 50% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then-outstanding Shares, including Shares issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Shares or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote in the election of Directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”), but excluding any acquisition by the Company, or by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company;

(ii) a change in the composition of the Board such that members of the Board during any consecutive 24-month period (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease to constitute a majority of the Board. Any person becoming a Director through election or nomination for election approved by a valid vote of the Incumbent Directors shall be deemed an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual becoming a Director as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board, shall be deemed an Incumbent Director;

(iii) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company; or

(iv) the consummation of a reorganization, recapitalization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving (x) the Company or (y) any of its Subsidiaries, but in the case of this clause (y) only if Outstanding Company Voting Securities are issued or issuable (a “Business Combination”), or sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to an entity that is not an Affiliate of the Company (a “Sale”), unless immediately following such Business Combination or Sale: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the entity that acquired all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company in such Sale (in either case, the “Surviving Company”), or the ultimate parent entity that has Beneficial Ownership of sufficient voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or analogous governing body) of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”), is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination or Sale (or, if applicable, is represented by Shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination or Sale), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination or Sale, (B) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination or Sale were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination or Sale.

 

B-2


Table of Contents

(h) “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto. References to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successors thereto.

(i) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or subcommittee thereof or, if no such committee or subcommittee thereof exists, or if the Board otherwise takes action hereunder on behalf of the Committee, the Board.

(j) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value of $0.0001 per share (and any stock or other securities into which such common stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).

(k) “Company” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Plan.

(l) “Director” means any member of the Company’s Board.

(m) “Deferred Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan.

(n) “Disability” means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, a determination that a Participant is disabled in accordance with a long-term disability insurance program maintained by the Company or a determination by the Company or applicable governmental entity having jurisdiction over the Participant that the Participant is totally disabled.

(o) “dollar” or$” shall refer to United States dollars.

(p) “Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 of the Plan.

(q) “Eligible Director” means a Director who satisfies the conditions set forth in Section 4(a) of the Plan.

(r) “Eligible Person” means any (i) individual employed by the Company, (ii) Director or officer of the Company, (iii) consultant or advisor to the Company who may be offered securities registrable on Form S-8 under the Securities Act, or (iv) prospective employee, director, officer, consultant or advisor who has accepted an offer of employment or service from the Company (and would satisfy the provisions of clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above once such individual begins employment with or providing services to the Company).

(s) “Employment Agreement” means any employment, severance, consulting or similar agreement (including any offer letter) between the Company and a Participant.

(t) “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto. References to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successors thereto.

(u) “Expiration Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 of the Plan.

(v) “Fair Market Value” means, (i) with respect to a Share on a given date, (x) if the Shares are listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of a Share reported on such exchange on such date or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such a sale was reported or (y) if the Shares are not listed on any national securities exchange, the amount determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of a Share or (ii) with respect to any other property on any given date, the amount determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of such other property as of such date; provided, however, as to Awards granted on or with a date of grant of the pricing of the Company’s initial public offering (if any), “Fair Market Value” shall be equal to the per Share price offered to the public in connection with such initial public offering.

 

B-3


Table of Contents

(w) “Immediate Family Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 15(b)(ii) of the Plan.

(x) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth in the Plan.

(y) “Intrinsic Value” with respect to an Option or SAR means (i) the excess, if any, of the price or implied price per Share in a Change in Control or other event over (ii) the exercise or hurdle price of such Award multiplied by (iii) the number of Shares covered by such Award.

(z) “Indemnifiable Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(e) of the Plan.

(aa) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(bb) “NYSE” means New York Stock Exchange

(cc) “Option” means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

(dd) “Option Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 7 of the Plan.

(ee) “Other Cash-Based Award” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan that is denominated and/or payable in cash, including cash awarded as a bonus or upon the attainment of specific performance criteria or as otherwise permitted by the Plan or as contemplated by the Committee.

(ff) “Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

(gg) “Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 6 of the Plan.

(hh) “Performance Conditions” means specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, units or any combination of the foregoing), which may be determined in accordance with GAAP or on a non-GAAP basis, including, without limitation, on the following measures: (i) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); (ii) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (iii) net revenue or net revenue growth; (iv) gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth; (v) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (vi) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, net assets, capital, gross revenue or gross revenue growth, invested capital, equity or sales); (vii) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow and cash flow return on capital), which may be but are not required to be measured on a per share basis; (viii) earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (ix) gross or net operating margins; (x) productivity ratios; (xi) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total shareholder return); (xii) expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; (xiii) operating efficiency; (xiv) customer satisfaction; (xv) working capital targets; (xvi) measures of economic value added or other “value creation” metrics; (xvii) enterprise value; (xviii) stockholder return; (xix) client or customer retention; (xx) competitive market metrics; (xxi) employee retention; (xxii) personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including, but not limited, to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets); (xxiii) system-wide revenues; (xxiv) cost of capital, debt leverage year-end cash position or book value; (xxv) strategic objectives, development of new product lines and related revenue, sales and margin targets, or international operations; or (xxvi) any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the aforementioned performance criteria may be stated as a percentage of another performance criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the Company as a whole, and/or one or more divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative

 

B-4


Table of Contents

departments of the Company or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above performance criteria may be compared to the performance of a group of comparator companies, or a published or special index that the Committee deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices. The Performance Conditions may include a threshold level of performance below which no payment shall be made (or no vesting shall occur), levels of performance at which specified payments shall be made (or specified vesting shall occur), and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment shall be made (or at which full vesting shall occur). The Committee shall have the authority to make equitable adjustments to the Performance Conditions as may be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

(ii) “Permitted Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section 15(b)(ii) of the Plan.

(jj) “Person” has the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Shares of the Company.

(kk) “Released Unit” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(g)(ii) of the Plan.

(ll) “Restricted Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a) of the Plan.

(mm) “Restricted Stock” means any Share subject to certain specified restrictions and forfeiture conditions, granted pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

(nn) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a contractual right granted pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan that is denominated in Shares. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver Shares, cash, other securities or other property, or a combination thereof, subject to certain specified restrictions, granted pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

(oo) “SAR Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(c) of the Plan.

(pp) “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or other interpretive guidance.

(qq) “Share” means a share of Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share.

(rr) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

(ss) “Subsidiary” means (i) any corporation or other entity a majority of whose outstanding voting stock or voting power is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the Company and (ii) any other entity which the Committee determines should be treated as a “Subsidiary.”

(tt) “Substitute Award” means an Award granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock; provided, however, that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

 

B-5


Table of Contents

4. Administration.

(a) Authority of the Committee. The Committee shall administer the Plan, and shall have the sole and plenary authority to (i) designate Participants, (ii) determine the type, size, and terms and conditions of Awards to be granted and to grant such Awards (including Substitute Awards), (iii) determine the method by which an Award may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, suspended or repurchased by the Company, (iv) determine the circumstances under which the delivery of cash, property or other amounts payable with respect to an Award may be deferred, either automatically or at the Participant’s or Committee’s election, (v) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and supply any omission in the Plan and any Award granted under the Plan, (vi) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan, (vii) accelerate or modify the vesting, delivery or exercisability of, or payment for or lapse of restrictions on, or waive any condition in respect of, Awards and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan or to comply with any applicable law. To the extent determined by the Board and/or required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (if applicable and if the Board is not acting as the Committee under the Plan), or any exception or exemption under applicable securities laws or the applicable rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Shares are listed or quoted, as applicable, it is intended that each member of the Committee shall, at the time such member takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan, be (1) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and/or (2) an “independent director” under the rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Shares are listed or quoted, or a person meeting any similar requirement under any successor rule or regulation (“Eligible Director”). However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as an Eligible Director shall not invalidate any Award granted or action taken by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted or taken under the Plan.

(b) Delegation. The Committee may delegate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any person(s) selected by it, except for grants of Awards to persons who are members of the Board or are otherwise subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. To the extent permitted by applicable law, including under Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant Options, SARs, Restricted Stock Units or other Awards in the form of rights to Shares, except that such delegation shall not be applicable to any Award for a Person then covered by Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and the Committee may delegate to one or more committees of the Board (which may consist of solely one Director) the authority to grant all types of awards, in accordance with applicable law. Any such delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time.

(c) International Participants. As further set forth in Section 15(g) of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority to amend the Plan and Awards to the extent necessary to permit participation in the Plan by Eligible Persons who are located outside of the United States or are subject to laws outside of the United States on terms and conditions comparable to those afforded to Eligible Persons located within the United States; provided, however, that no such action shall be taken without stockholder approval if such approval is required by applicable securities laws or regulations or NYSE listing guidelines.

(d) Decisions Binding. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions regarding the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons and entities, including, without limitation, the Company, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award and any stockholder of the Company.

(e) Limitation of Liability. No member of the Board or the Committee, nor any employee or agent of the Company (each such person, an “Indemnifiable Person”), shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder (unless constituting fraud or a

 

B-6


Table of Contents

willful criminal act or willful criminal omission). Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be involved as a party, witness or otherwise by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made under the Plan or any Award Agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Company’s approval (not to be unreasonably withheld), in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Indemnifiable Person, and the Company shall advance to such Indemnifiable Person any such expenses promptly upon written request (which request shall include an undertaking by the Indemnifiable Person to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined as provided below that the Indemnifiable Person is not entitled to be indemnified); provided that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding, and once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of recognized standing of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts or omissions or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Person’s fraud or willful criminal act or willful criminal omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Persons may be entitled under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, as a matter of law, individual indemnification agreement or contract, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Persons or hold them harmless.

(f) Board. The Board may at any time and from time to time grant Awards and administer the Plan with respect to such Awards. In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority granted to the Committee under the Plan.

5. Grant of Awards; Available Shares for Awards; Limitations.

(a) Awards. The Committee may grant Awards to one or more Eligible Persons. All Awards granted under the Plan shall vest and, if applicable, become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Committee and as set forth in an Award Agreement, including, without limitation, attainment of Performance Conditions.

(b) Available Shares. Subject to Section 11 of the Plan and subsection (e) below, the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall not exceed [●], plus the number of Shares set forth in the next sentence (the “Share Pool”). Subject to Section 11 of the Plan and subsection (e) below, the Share Pool will automatically increase on January 1 of each year for a period of ten years commencing on January 1, 2023 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2033, in an amount equal to 5% of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock on December 31 of the preceding year; provided, however, that the Board may act prior to January 1st of a given year to provide that the increase for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock.

(c) Incentive Stock Options Limit. The maximum number of Shares that may be delivered pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan shall not exceed [●].

(d) Director Compensation Limit. The maximum amount (based on the fair value of Shares underlying Awards on the grant date as determined in accordance with applicable financial accounting rules) of Awards that may be granted in any single fiscal year to any non-employee member of the Board, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee member of the Board during such fiscal year, shall be $[●] (or in the event such non-employee member of the Board is first appointed or elected to the Board during such fiscal year, $[●]). For the avoidance of doubt, in a year in which a non-employee member of the Board serves as an

 

B-7


Table of Contents

employee or consultant (including as an interim officer), such limit shall not apply to compensation approved to be paid to such non-employee member of the Board by the other non-employee members of the Board in respect of such service as an employee or consultant. The limitations in this Section 5(d) shall apply commencing [●].

(e) Share Counting. For clarity, the Share Pool is a limit on the number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards and does not limit the granting of Awards, except that the Company will keep available at all times the number of Shares reasonably required to satisfy its obligations to issue Shares pursuant to such Awards. Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by, as applicable, the NYSE and its applicable rules and guidance, and such issuance will not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. The following actions do not result in an issuance of Shares under the Plan and accordingly do not reduce the number of Shares subject to the Share Pool and available for issuance under the Plan: (1) the expiration or termination of any portion of an Award without the shares covered by such portion of the Award having been issued, (2) the settlement of any portion of an Award in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than Shares), (3) the withholding of Shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; or (4) the withholding of Shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award. The following Shares previously issued pursuant to an Award and accordingly initially deducted from the Share Pool will be added back to the Share Pool and again become available for issuance under the Plan: (1) any Shares that are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such Shares; (2) any Shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; and (3) any Shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

(f) Source of Shares. Shares delivered by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued Shares, Shares held in the treasury of the Company, Shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase, or a combination of the foregoing.

(g) Substitute Awards. Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not approved in contemplation or such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Substitute Awards issued or intended as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be counted against the aggregate number of Incentive Stock Options available under the Plan.

6. Eligibility. Participation shall be for Eligible Persons who have been selected by the Committee or its delegate to receive grants under the Plan (each such Eligible Person, a “Participant”). Holders of options and other types of awards granted by a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines are eligible for grants of Substitute Awards under the Plan to the extent permitted under applicable regulations of any stock exchange on which the Company is listed.

7. Options.

(a) Generally. Each Option shall be subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and in the applicable Award Agreement. All Options granted under the Plan shall be Nonqualified Stock Options unless the Award

 

B-8


Table of Contents

Agreement expressly states otherwise. Incentive Stock Options shall be granted subject to and in compliance with Section 422 of the Code, and only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company and who are eligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option under the Code. If for any reason an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option or portion thereof shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option properly granted under the Plan.

(b) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share for each Option, which is the purchase price per Share underlying the Option, shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant and, except in the case of a Substitute Award, such exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Option.

(c) Vesting, Exercise and Expiration. The Committee shall determine the manner and timing of vesting, exercise and expiration of Options. The period between the date of grant and the scheduled expiration date of the Option (“Option Period”) shall not exceed 10 years, unless the Option Period (other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option) would expire at a time when trading in the Shares is prohibited by the Company’s insider-trading policy or a Company-imposed “blackout period,” in which case, unless otherwise provided by the Committee, the Option Period may be extended automatically until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition (so long as such extension shall not violate Section 409A of the Code) or the Committee may provide for the automatic exercise of such Option prior to the expiration of the Option Period. The Committee may accelerate the vesting and/or exercisability of any Option, which acceleration shall not affect any other terms and conditions of such Option.

(d) Method of Exercise and Form of Payment. No Shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until the Participant has paid the exercise price to the Company in full, and an amount equal to any applicable U.S. federal, state and local income and employment taxes and non-U.S. income and employment taxes, social contributions and any other tax-related items required to be withheld. Options may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company or its designee (including a third-party administrator) in accordance with the terms of the Option and the Award Agreement, accompanied by payment of the exercise price and such applicable taxes. The exercise price and delivery of all applicable required withholding taxes shall be payable (i) in cash or by check or cash equivalent or (ii) by such other method as the Committee may permit, in its sole discretion, including without limitation: (A) in the form of other property (including previously owned Shares; provided that such Shares are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes; (B) if there is a public market for the Shares at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which the Company or its designee (including third-party administrators) is delivered a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the Shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes against delivery of the Shares to settle the applicable trade; or (C) by means of a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of Shares otherwise deliverable in respect of an Option that are needed to pay for the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes. In all events of cashless or net exercise, any fractional Shares shall be settled in cash.

(e) Notification upon Disqualifying Disposition of an Incentive Stock Option. Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date on which the Participant makes a disqualifying disposition of any Share acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including, without limitation, any sale) of such Share before the later of (i) two years after the date of grant of the Incentive Stock Option and (ii) one year after the date of exercise of the Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, retain possession, as agent for the applicable Participant, of any Share acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instruction from such Participant as to the sale of such Share.

 

B-9


Table of Contents

(f) Compliance with Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in a manner that the Committee determines would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any other applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Shares of the Company are listed or quoted.

(g) Incentive Stock Option Grants to 10% Stockholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7, if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Participant who owns stock representing more than 10 percent of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of a parent or subsidiary of the Company (within the meaning of Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code), the Option Period shall not exceed five years from the date of grant of such Option and the exercise price shall be at least 110% of the Fair Market Value (on the date of grant) of the shares subject to the Option.

(h) $100,000 Per Year Limitation for Incentive Stock Options. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

8. Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs).

(a) Generally. Each SAR shall be subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and in the applicable Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. The exercise or hurdle price per Share for each SAR shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant and, except in the case of a Substitute Award, such exercise or hurdle price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such SAR.

(c) Vesting, Exercise and Expiration. The Committee shall determine the manner and timing of vesting, exercise and expiration of SARs. The period between the date of grant and the scheduled expiration of the SAR (the “SAR Period”) shall not exceed 10 years, unless the SAR Period would expire at a time when trading in the Shares is prohibited by the Company’s insider-trading policy or a Company-imposed “blackout period,” in which case, unless otherwise provided by the Committee, the SAR Period may be extended automatically until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition (so long as such extension shall not violate Section 409A of the Code) or the Committee may provide for the automatic exercise of such SAR prior to the expiration of the SAR Period. The Committee may accelerate the vesting and/or exercisability of any SAR, which acceleration shall not affect any other terms and conditions of such SAR.

(d) Method of Exercise and Form of Payment. SARs may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company or its designee (including a third-party administrator) in accordance with the terms of the SAR and the Award Agreement, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised and the date on which such SARs were awarded. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the holder thereof an amount equal to the number of Shares subject to the SAR that are being exercised multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the exercise date over the exercise price, less an amount equal to any applicable U.S. federal, state and local income and employment taxes and non-U.S. income and employment taxes, social contributions and any other tax-related items required to be withheld. The Company shall pay such amount in cash, in Shares valued at Fair Market Value as determined on the date of exercise, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Any fractional Shares shall be settled in cash.

9. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Generally. Each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit shall be subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. The Committee shall establish restrictions applicable to Restricted

 

B-10


Table of Contents

Stock and Restricted Stock Units, including the period over which the restrictions shall apply (the “Restricted Period”), and the time or times at which Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall become vested. The Committee may accelerate the vesting and/or the lapse of any or all of the restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, which acceleration shall not affect any other terms and conditions of such Awards. No Share shall be issued at the time an Award of Restricted Stock Units is made, and the Company will not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of any such Award.

(b) Stock Certificates; Escrow or Similar Arrangement. Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause Share(s) to be registered in the name of the Participant, which may be evidenced in any manner the Committee may deem appropriate, including in book-entry form subject to the Company’s directions or the issuance of a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant. In such event, the Committee may provide that such certificates shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Participant pending vesting and release of restrictions, in which case the Committee may require the Participant to execute and deliver to the Company or its designee (including third-party administrators) (i) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable, and (ii) the appropriate stock power (endorsed in blank) with respect to the Restricted Stock.

(d) Voting and Rights as a Stockholder. Subject to the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder with respect to Awards of Restricted Stock, including, without limitation, the right to vote such Shares of Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee or in an Award Agreement, a Restricted Stock Unit shall not convey to the Participant the rights and privileges of a stockholder with respect to the Share subject to the Restricted Stock Unit, such as the right to vote or the right to receive dividends, unless and until a Share is issued to the Participant to settle the Restricted Stock Unit.

(e) Restrictions; Forfeiture. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units awarded to the Participant shall be subject to forfeiture until the expiration of the Restricted Period and the attainment of any other vesting criteria established by the Committee, and shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of any forfeiture, all rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock (or as a stockholder with respect thereto) and to such Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, shall terminate without further action or obligation on the part of the Company. The Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in applicable laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date of grant of the Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award, such action is appropriate.

(f) Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units.

(i) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any Shares of Restricted Stock and the attainment of any other vesting criteria, the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement shall be of no further force or effect, except as set forth in the Award Agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration the Company shall deliver to the Participant or such Participant’s beneficiary or Permitted Transferee (via book-entry notation or, if applicable, in stock certificate form) the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (rounded down to the nearest full Share). To the extent provided in an Award Agreement, dividends, if any, that may have been withheld by the Company and attributable to the Restricted Stock shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or in Shares (or a combination of cash and Shares) having a Fair Market Value (on the date of distribution) equal to the amount of such dividends, upon the release of restrictions on the Restricted Stock.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period and the attainment of any other vesting criteria established by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or such Participant’s beneficiary (via book-entry notation or, if applicable, in stock

 

B-11


Table of Contents

certificate form), one Share (or other securities or other property, as applicable) for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit that has not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired and any other such vesting criteria are attained (“Released Unit”); provided, however, that the Committee may elect to (A) pay cash or part cash and part Shares in lieu of delivering only Shares in respect of such Released Units or (B) defer the delivery of Shares (or cash or part Shares and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period if such extension would not cause adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering Shares, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date on which the Shares would have otherwise been delivered to the Participant in respect of such Restricted Stock Units. To the extent provided in an Award Agreement, dividend equivalents, if any, that may have been withheld by the Company and attributable to the Restricted Stock Units shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or in Shares (or a combination of cash and Shares) having a Fair Market Value (on the date of distribution) equal to the amount of such dividends, upon the release of restrictions on the Restricted Stock Units.

(g) Legends on Restricted Stock. Each certificate representing Shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan, if any, shall bear as appropriate a legend substantially in the form of the following in addition to any other information the Company deems appropriate until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such Shares:

TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE D-WAVE QUANTUM INC. 2022 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF                 , BETWEEN D-WAVE QUANTUM INC. AND                 . A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF D-WAVE QUANTUM INC.

10. Other Stock-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards. The Committee may issue unrestricted Shares, rights to receive future grants of Awards, or other Awards denominated in Shares (including performance shares or performance units), or Awards that provide for cash payments based in whole or in part on the value or future value of Shares (“Other Stock-Based Awards”) and Other Cash-Based Awards under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts as the Committee shall from time to time determine. Each Other Stock-Based Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which may include conditions including, without limitation, the payment by the Participant of the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date of grant. Each Other Cash-Based Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced in such form as the Committee may determine from time to time.

11. Changes in Capital Structure and Similar Events. In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) that affects the Shares or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service, accounting principles or law, such that in any case an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate, then the Committee shall (other than with respect to Other Cash-Based Awards), to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code, make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including, without limitation, any or all of the following:

(i) adjusting any or all of (A) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) that may be delivered in respect of Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, without limitation, adjusting any or all of the limitations under Section 5 of the Plan) and (B) the terms of any outstanding Award, including, without

 

B-12


Table of Contents

limitation, (1) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate, (2) the exercise price with respect to any Award and/or (3) any applicable performance measures (including, without limitation, Performance Conditions and performance periods);

(ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of Awards (including awards in respect of an acquired company), accelerating the delivery, vesting and/or exercisability of, lapse of restrictions and/or other conditions on, or termination of, Awards or providing for a period of time (which shall not be required to be more than ten (10) days) for Participants to exercise outstanding Awards prior to the occurrence of such event (and any such Award not so exercised shall terminate or become no longer exercisable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(iii) cancelling any one or more outstanding Awards (including awards in respect of an acquired company) and causing to be paid to the holders thereof, in cash, Shares, other securities or other property, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which, if applicable, may be based upon the price per Share received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in such event), including, without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Option or SAR, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the Shares subject to such Option or SAR over the aggregate exercise price of such Option or SAR, respectively (it being understood that, in such event, any Option or SAR having a per Share exercise price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value (as of the date specified by the Committee) of a Share subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor);

provided, however, that the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding Awards to reflect any “equity restructuring” (within the meaning of the Financial Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto)). Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, any adjustment in Incentive Stock Options under this Section 11 (other than any cancellation of Incentive Stock Options) shall be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code, and any adjustments under this Section 11 shall be made in a manner that does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Any such adjustment hereunder, upon notice, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes. In anticipation of the occurrence of any event listed in the first sentence of this Section 11, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Committee in its sole discretion may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award or as it otherwise may determine during a period of up to 30 days prior to, and/or up to 30 days after, the anticipated occurrence of any such event. For the sake of clarity, as a condition to the receipt of an Award under this Plan, a Participant will be deemed to have agreed that the Award will be subject to the terms of any agreement governing any transaction (including a Change in Control) described in the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on the Participant’s behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

12. Effect of Termination of Service or a Change in Control on Awards.

(a) Termination. To the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any applicable Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, the circumstances in which, and to the extent to which, an Award may be exercised, settled, vested, paid or forfeited in the event of the Participant’s termination of service prior to the end of a performance period or vesting, exercise or settlement of such Award.

(b) Change in Control. The provisions of this Section 12(b) shall apply only in the case an applicable Award Agreement specifically provides that it shall apply. Except to the extent otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, or any applicable employment, consulting, change-in-control, severance or other agreement between

 

B-13


Table of Contents

the Participant and the Company, in the event of a Change in Control, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary:

(i) If the acquirer or successor company in such Change in Control has agreed to provide for the substitution, assumption, exchange or other continuation of Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, then, if the Participant’s employment with or service to the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause (and other than due to death or Disability) on or within 12 months following a Change in Control, then unless otherwise provided by the Committee, all Options and SARs held by such Participant shall become immediately exercisable with respect to 100% of the shares subject to such Options and SARs, and that the Restricted Period (and any other conditions) shall expire immediately with respect to 100% of the shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units and any other Awards (other than an Other Cash-Based Award) held by such Participant (including a waiver of any applicable Performance Conditions); provided that if the vesting or exercisability of any Award would otherwise be subject to the achievement of Performance Conditions, the portion of such Award that shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable shall be based on the assumed achievement of actual or target performance as determined by the Committee.

(ii) If the acquirer or successor company in such Change in Control has not agreed to provide for the substitution, assumption, exchange or other continuation of Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, then unless otherwise provided by the Committee, all Options and SARs held by such Participant shall become immediately exercisable with respect to 100% of the shares subject to such Options and SARs, and the Restricted Period (and any other conditions) shall expire immediately with respect to 100% of the shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units and any other Awards (other than an Other Cash-Based Award) held by such Participant (including a waiver of any applicable Performance Conditions); provided that if the vesting or exercisability of any Award would otherwise be subject to the achievement of Performance Conditions, the portion of such Award that shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable shall be based on the assumed achievement of actual or target performance as determined by the Committee.

(iii) In addition, the Committee may upon at least ten (10) days’ advance notice to the affected Participants, cancel any outstanding Award and pay to the holders thereof, in cash, securities or other property (including of the acquiring or successor company), or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per Share received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in the event (it being understood that any Option or SAR having a per-share exercise or hurdle price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value (as of the date specified by the Committee) of a Share subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor). Notwithstanding the above, the Committee shall exercise such discretion over the timing of settlement of any Award subject to Code Section 409A at the time such Award is granted.

To the extent practicable, the provisions of this Section 12(b) shall occur in a manner and at a time that allows affected Participants the ability to participate in the Change in Control transaction with respect to the Shares subject to their Awards.

13. Deferred Awards. The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants Deferred Awards, which may be a right to receive Shares or cash under the Plan (either independently or as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan), including, as may be required by any applicable law or regulations or determined by the Committee, in lieu of any annual bonus, commission or retainer that may be payable to a Participant under any applicable, bonus, commission or retainer plan or arrangement. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Deferred Awards, including, without limitation, the method of converting the amount of annual bonus into a Deferred Award, if applicable, and the form, vesting, settlement, forfeiture and cancellation provisions or any other criteria, if any, applicable to such Deferred Awards. Shares underlying a Share-denominated Deferred Award, which is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria, including forfeiture or cancellation provisions, set by the Committee shall not be issued until or following the date that those conditions and criteria have been satisfied. Deferred Awards shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose (including any limitation on the right to vote a Share underlying a Deferred Award or the right to receive any dividend, dividend equivalent or

 

B-14


Table of Contents

other right), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate. The Committee may determine the form or forms (including cash, Shares, other Awards, other property or any combination thereof) in which payment of the amount owing upon settlement of any Deferred Award may be made.

14. Amendments and Termination.

(a) Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any applicable rules or requirements of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Shares may be listed or quoted, for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards); provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary, unless the Committee determines that such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination is either required or advisable in order for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy any applicable law or regulation. No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension, after termination of the Plan or after the Expiration Date.

(b) Amendment of Award Agreements. The Committee may, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of any applicable Award Agreement or the Plan, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award Agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after the Participant’s termination of employment or service with the Company); provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant unless the Committee determines that such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination is either required or advisable in order for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy any applicable law or regulation. For clarity, unless otherwise required by applicable law, no shareholder approval shall be required for any of the following amendments: (i) the Committee reduces the exercise price of any Option or of any SAR, (ii) the Committee cancels any outstanding Option or SAR and replaces it with a new Option or SAR (with a lower exercise price, as the case may be) or other Award or cash in a manner that would either (A) be reportable on the Company’s proxy statement or Form 10-K (if applicable) as Options that have been “repriced” (as such term is used in Item 402 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act) or (B) result in any “repricing” for financial statement reporting purposes (or otherwise cause the Award to fail to qualify for equity accounting treatment), (iii) take any other action that is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of the applicable securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Share is listed or quoted and/or (iv) cancel any outstanding Option or SAR that has a per Share exercise price (as applicable) at or above the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of cancellation, and pay any consideration to the holder thereof, whether in cash, securities or other property, or any combination thereof.

15. General.

(a) Award Agreements; Other Agreements. Each Award (other than an Other Cash-Based Award) under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall be delivered (whether in written or electronic form) to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Plan and any Award Agreement or employment, change-in-control, severance or other agreement in effect with the Participant, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

B-15


Table of Contents

(b) Nontransferability.

(i) Each Award shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime or, if permissible under applicable law or the Plan, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative or beneficiary or Permitted Transferee. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as set forth below in clause (ii), and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may permit Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred by the Participant, without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt, to (A) any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or any successor form of registration statements promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, the “Immediate Family Members”); (B) a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant or the Participant’s Immediate Family Members; (C) a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or stockholders are the Participant and the Participant’s Immediate Family Members; or (D) any other transferee as may be approved either (1) by the Board or the Committee or (2) as provided in the applicable Award Agreement (each transferee described in clause (A), (B), (C) or (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”); provided that the Participant gives the Committee or its delegate advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee or its delegate notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan.

(iii) The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding subsection shall apply to the Permitted Transferee, and any reference in the Plan, or in any applicable Award Agreement, to the Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that, unless otherwise provided by the Committee: (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the Shares to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award Agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; (D) the consequences of the termination of the Participant’s employment by, or services to, the Company under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the transferred Award, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement; and (E) any non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, non-disclosure or other restrictive covenants contained in any Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate shall continue to apply to the Participant and the consequences of the violation of such covenants shall continue to be applied with respect to the transferred Award, including without limitation the clawback, forfeiture and detrimental conduct provisions of Section 15(u) of the Plan.

(c) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. The Committee may specify in the applicable Award Agreement that any or all dividends, dividend equivalents or other distributions, as applicable, paid on Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units prior to vesting or settlement, as applicable, be paid either in cash or in additional Shares and either on a current or deferred basis and that such dividends, dividend equivalents or other distributions may be reinvested in additional Shares, which may be subject to the same restrictions as the underlying Awards.

(d) No Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or an Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash or other securities shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any

 

B-16


Table of Contents

fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be cancelled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

(e) Tax Withholding.

(i) The Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right (but not the obligation) and is hereby authorized to withhold, from any cash, Shares, other securities or other property deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to the Participant, the amount (in cash, Shares, other securities or other property) of any required withholding taxes (up to the maximum permissible withholding amounts) in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action that the Committee or the Company deems necessary to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of paragraph (i) above, the Committee may permit the Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability by (A) payment in cash, (B) the delivery of Shares (which Shares are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value on such date equal to such withholding liability or (C) having the Company withhold from the number of Shares otherwise issuable or deliverable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of Shares with a Fair Market Value on such date equal to such withholding liability. In addition, subject to any requirements of applicable law, the Participant may also satisfy the tax withholding obligations by other methods, including selling Shares that would otherwise be available for delivery; provided that the Board or the Committee has specifically approved such payment method in advance.

(f) No Claim to Awards; No Rights to Continued Employment, Directorship or Engagement. No employee, Director of the Company, consultant providing service to the Company, or other person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company, or to continue in the employ or the service of the Company, nor shall it be construed as giving any Participant who is a Director any rights to continued service on the Board.

(g) International Participants. With respect to Participants who reside or work outside of the United States or are subject to non-U.S. legal restrictions or regulations, the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan or appendices thereto, or outstanding Awards, with respect to such Participants, in order to conform such terms with or accommodate the requirements of local laws, procedures or practices or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for the Participant, the Company or its Affiliates. Without limiting the generality of this subsection, the Committee is specifically authorized to adopt rules, procedures and sub-plans with provisions that limit or modify rights on death, disability, retirement or other terminations of employment, available methods of exercise or settlement of an Award, payment of income, social insurance contributions or payroll taxes, withholding procedures and handling of any stock certificates or other indicia of ownership that vary with local requirements. The Committee may also adopt rules, procedures or sub-plans applicable to particular Affiliates or locations.

(h) Beneficiary Designation. The Participant’s beneficiary shall be the Participant’s spouse (or domestic partner if such status is recognized by the Company and in such jurisdiction) or, if the Participant is otherwise unmarried at the time of death, the Participant’s estate, except to the extent that a different beneficiary is designated in accordance with procedures that may be established by the Committee from time to time for such purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under such Committee-established procedures and/or applicable law who is living (or in existence) at the time of death of a

 

B-17


Table of Contents

Participant residing or working outside the United States, any required distribution under the Plan shall be made to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or to such other individual as may be prescribed by applicable law.

(i) Termination of Employment or Service. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions related to the termination of employment of or service of a Participant. Unless determined otherwise by the Committee: (i) neither a temporary absence from employment or service due to illness, vacation or leave of absence (including, without limitation, a call to active duty for military service through a Reserve or National Guard unit) nor a transfer from employment or service with the Company to employment or service with an Affiliate (or vice versa) shall be considered a termination of employment or service with the Company; and (ii) if the Participant’s employment with the Company terminates, but such Participant continues to provide services with such Company in a non-employee capacity (including as a non-employee Director) (or vice versa), such change in status shall not be considered a termination of employment or service with the Company for purposes of the Plan.

(j) No Rights as a Stockholder. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or any Award Agreement, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of Shares that are subject to Awards hereunder until such Shares have been issued or delivered to that person.

(k) Government and Other Regulations.

(i) Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to authorize the Committee or Board or any members thereof to take any action contrary to applicable law or regulation, or rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Shares are listed or quoted.

(ii) The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in Shares or other consideration shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any Shares pursuant to an Award unless such Shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such Shares may be offered for sale or sold without such registration pursuant to and in compliance with the terms of an available exemption. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the Shares to be offered for sale or sold under the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to provide that all Shares or other securities of the Company delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award Agreement, U.S. federal securities laws, or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service upon which such Shares or other securities of the Company are then listed or quoted and any other applicable federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws, rules, regulations and other requirements, and, without limiting the generality of Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates of Shares or other securities of the Company delivered under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Shares or other securities of the Company delivered under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop-transfer orders. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that it in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

(iii) The Committee may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Company’s acquisition of Shares from the public markets, the Company’s issuance of Shares to the Participant, the

 

B-18


Table of Contents

Participant’s acquisition of Shares from the Company and/or the Participant’s sale of Shares to the public markets illegal, impracticable or inadvisable. If the Committee determines to cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, unless prevented by applicable laws, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the Shares would have been vested or delivered, as applicable), over (B) the aggregate exercise price (in the case of an Option or SAR) or any amount payable as a condition of delivery of Shares (in the case of any other Award). Such amount shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award or portion thereof.

(l) Payments to Persons Other Than Participants. If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for such person’s affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or such person’s estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative or a beneficiary designation form has been filed with the Company) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to such person’s spouse, child or relative, or an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(m) Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options or awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

(n) No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company, on the one hand, and the Participant or other person or entity, on the other hand. No provision of the Plan or any Award shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or to otherwise segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company.

(o) Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board (and each such member’s respective designees) shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent, registered public accounting firm of the Company and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any agent of the Company or the Committee or the Board, other than such member or designee.

(p) Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.

(q) Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof, or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction that could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(r) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or entity or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or, if it cannot be construed or deemed

 

B-19


Table of Contents

amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be construed or deemed stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or entity or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(s) Obligations Binding on Successors. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

(t) Section 409A of the Code.

(i) It is intended that the Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. Each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with the Plan or any other plan maintained by the Company, including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code, and the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Participant or any beneficiary harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties. With respect to any Award that is considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, references in the Plan to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each of the payments that may be made in respect of any Award granted under the Plan is designated as a separate payment.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments or deliveries in respect of any Awards that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code or, if earlier, the Participant’s date of death. All such delayed payments or deliveries will be paid or delivered (without interest) in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day.

(iii) In the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award that would otherwise be considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code would be accelerated upon the occurrence of (A) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, or (B) a Disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the Disability also satisfies the definition of “disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(u) Clawback/Forfeiture. The Committee shall have full authority to implement any policies and procedures necessary to comply with Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any rules promulgated thereunder and any other regulatory regimes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Committee may cancel an Award if the Participant, without the consent of the Company, (A) has engaged in or engages in activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the interests of the Company while employed by or providing services to the Company, including fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities or (B) violates a non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, non-disclosure or other similar agreement with the Company, as determined by the Committee, or if the Participant’s employment or service is terminated for Cause. In any such event the Committee may determine that the Participant will forfeit any compensation, gain or other value realized thereafter on the vesting, exercise or settlement of such Award, the sale or other transfer of such Award, or the sale of Shares acquired in respect of such Award, and must promptly repay such amounts to the Company. If the Participant receives any amount in excess of what the Participant should have received

 

B-20


Table of Contents

under the terms of the Award for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), all as determined by the Committee, then the Participant shall be required to promptly repay any such excess amount to the Company. In addition, the Company shall retain the right to bring an action at equity or law to enjoin the Participant’s activity and recover damages resulting from such activity. Further, to the extent required by applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Shares are listed or quoted, or if so required pursuant to a written policy adopted by the Company, Awards shall be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements (and such requirements shall be deemed incorporated by reference into all outstanding Award Agreements).

(v) No Representations or Covenants with Respect to Tax Qualification. Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify an Award for favorable U.S. or non-U.S. tax treatment or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment, the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment. The Company shall be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on holders of Awards under the Plan.

(w) No Interference. The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreement and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company, the Board, the Committee or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants, or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, or preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Shares or the rights thereof or that are convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of their assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

(x) Expenses; Titles and Headings. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

(y) Whistleblower Acknowledgments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing in this Plan or any Award Agreement will (i) prohibit a Participant from making reports of possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity in accordance with the provisions of and rules promulgated under Section 21F of the Exchange Act or Section 806 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or of any other whistleblower protection provisions of federal law or regulation, or (ii) require prior approval by the Company of any reporting described in clause (i).

(z) Lock-Up Agreements. The Committee may require a Participant receiving Shares pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Shares, to enter into a shareholder agreement or “lock-up” agreement in such form as the Committee shall determine is necessary or desirable to further the Company’s interests.

(aa) Restrictive Covenants. The Committee may impose restrictions on any Award with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, non-disclosure or other restrictive covenants as it deems necessary or appropriate in its sole discretion.

*    *    *

As adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on [                ], 2022.

As approved by the stockholders of the Company on [                ], 2022.

 

B-21


Table of Contents

Annex C

FORM OF EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

D-Wave Quantum Inc.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

1. Purpose. The purpose of this Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) of D-Wave Quantum Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), is to provide eligible Employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries with a convenient opportunity to purchase Common Stock of the Company. The Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. The Company intends (but makes no undertaking or representation to maintain) the 423 Component to qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code (including, without limitation, extending and limiting participation, and prescribing certain terms of any Offering). Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component. The Plan was adopted by the Company on [●], 2022, and approved by the Company’s stockholders on [●].

2. Definitions. The following definitions shall apply throughout the Plan.

(a) “423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the Non-423 Component, pursuant to which purchase rights under offerings that satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to eligible Employees.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto. References to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successors thereto.

(d) “Committee” means a committee appointed by the Board. In the absence of a contrary designation by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board shall be the Committee hereunder.

(e) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (and any stock or other securities into which such common stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).

(f) “Company” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(g) “Compensation” means the base pay (determined on such date as may be established by the Committee) received by an Employee from the Company or a Designated Subsidiary. Base pay shall (i) be determined prior to any salary reduction contributions under a cafeteria plan pursuant to Section 125 of the Code, any salary reduction amounts pursuant to a qualified transportation benefit program pursuant to Section 132(f) of the Code, and any elective deferrals to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan and to a cash or deferred plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code and (ii) exclude any imputed income arising under any group insurance or benefit program, travel expenses, business and relocation expense, and income received in connection with stock options or other equity-based awards.

(h) “Continuous Status as an Employee” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee. Continuous Status as an Employee shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) sick leave, military leave, or other bona fide leave of absence that is required by law to be considered uninterrupted service or that is otherwise approved by the Committee if the period of such leave does not exceed 90 days, or if longer, so long as the individual’s right to reemployment as an Employee is guaranteed either by contract or statute; or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between and among the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries; provided, that if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to an Offering

 

C-1


Table of Contents

under the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the Participant’s option to purchase Shares under the Plan will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code; and if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component, the exercise of the Participant’s option to purchase Shares under the Plan will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Component. The Board may establish different and additional rules governing transfers between separate Offerings within the 423 Component and between Offerings under the 423 Component and Offerings under the Non-423 Component. For purposes of clarification, the disposition of a Designated Subsidiary (such that it ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company) shall constitute a termination of the Continuous Status as an Employee of any Employee employed by such Designated Subsidiary.

(i) “Contributions” means all amounts credited to the notional account of a Participant pursuant to the Plan.

(j) “Corporate Transaction” means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation, or other capital reorganization of the Company with or into another corporation, or any other transaction or series of related transactions in which the Company’s stockholders immediately prior thereto own less than 50% of the voting stock of the Company (or its successor or ultimate parent company) immediately thereafter, but excluding any acquisition of voting stock by the Company or any of its affiliates or by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates.

(k) “Designated Subsidiaries” means all direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Company, except with respect to any of such Subsidiaries that the Committee has determined is not eligible to participate in the 423 Component.

(l) “Employee” means any person who (A) (i)is customarily employed by the Company or one of its Designated Subsidiaries for at least 20 hours per week and more than five (5) months in a calendar year, and (ii) is classified as an employee for tax purposes; or (B), solely with respect to the Non-423 Component, any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates as determined by the Committee from time to time.

(m) “Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto. References to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successors thereto.

(n) “Fair Market Value” means, for any date, with respect to a Share, the closing sales price of a Share on the primary exchange on which the Common Stock is traded on such date or, in the event that the Common Stock is not traded on such date, then the immediately preceding trading date. In the absence of an established market for Common Stock, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be determined in good faith by the Committee and such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons. The “Fair Market Value” of all other property shall be determined in good faith by the Committee, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(o) “Fully-Diluted Common Stock” means, as of any date, the aggregate number of (i) shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding and (ii) securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock (whether vested or unvested).

(p) “Indemnifiable Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 27.

(q) “Maximum Number of Shares” means, with respect to a given Offering Period, a number of Shares equal to the quotient of (x) $25,000 divided by (y) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Offering Date; provided, that the Board may determine a different Maximum Number of Shares for purposes of any Offering under the Non-423 Component.

(r) “New Purchase Date” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 16(b).

 

C-2


Table of Contents

(s) “Non-423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the 423 Component, pursuant to which options to purchase Shares under Offerings that are not intended to satisfy the requirements for an employee stock purchase plan (that is not intended to be qualified under Section 423 of the Code) may be granted to eligible Employees.

(t) “Offering Date” means the first day of each Offering Period, as determined in accordance with Section 3.

(u) “Offering Period” means a period described in Section 3.

(v) “Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

(w) “Plan Administrator” means such person or institution selected by the Committee (and in the absence of any such designation, means the Committee).

(x) “Participant” means an eligible Employee who has elected to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 5.

(y) “Purchase Date” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, June 30 and December 31 of each calendar year or, in the event that the Common Stock is not traded on such date, the immediately preceding trading date, as applicable.

(z) “Purchase Price” means, with respect to a given Offering Period, an amount equal to 85% (or such greater percentage as designed by the Committee) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on (i) the Purchase Date or (ii) the Offering Date, whichever amount is lower; provided, that the Purchase Price will in no event be less than the par value of a Share.

(aa) “Reserves” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 16(a).

(bb) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 adopted under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(cc) “Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. References to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successors thereto.

(dd) “Share” means a share of Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 16.

(ee) “Subsidiary” means a corporation which is a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Offering Periods. The Plan shall be implemented by a series of consecutive Offering Periods commencing on [January 1] and ending on [December 31] of each calendar year. The Committee shall have the authority to change the duration (subject to a maximum Offering Period of 27 months with respect to the 423 Component), frequency, start date, and end dates of Offering Periods.

4. Eligibility. Subject to the requirements of Section 5 and the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code (and unless different dates are established by the Committee in respect of any Offering Period), a person shall be eligible to participate in an Offering Period if such person is an Employee as of the date on which an election for participation in the Offering is required pursuant to Section 5(b) below; provided, however, that the Committee may provide that an Employee shall not be eligible to participate in an Offering Period if: (i) such Employee is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code; (ii) such Employee has not met a service requirement designated by the Committee pursuant to Section 423(b)(4) (A) of the Code (which

 

C-3


Table of Contents

service requirement may not exceed two years); and/or (iii) such Employee is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction and the grant of a right to purchase Common Stock under the Plan to such Employee would be prohibited under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase Common Stock under the Plan to such Employee in compliance with the laws of such foreign jurisdiction would cause the Plan to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, further, that any exclusion in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) shall be applied in an identical manner under each Offering Period to all Employees, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator may impose different eligibility requirements with respect to the Non-423 Component.

5. Participation.

(a) Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary. Except as set forth in Section 7(b) below, participation in one or more of the offerings under the Plan shall neither limit, nor require, participation in any other offering.

(b) An eligible Employee may become a Participant in respect of an Offering Period by electing to participate in the manner approved by the Committee. An Employee who elects to participate in an Offering Period shall do so at least ten (10) days prior to the Offering Date, unless a different time for electing to participate is set by the Committee.

(c) A Participant’s election shall indicate either a fixed dollar amount or a percentage of such Participant’s Compensation, in either case, as may be determined by the Committee, to be contributed during the applicable Offering Period; provided, however, that (i) a Participant’s election shall be subject to the limitations of Section 7(b), and (ii) a Participant shall not be entitled to elect more than 15% of such Participant’s Compensation.

(d) The deduction rate selected by a Participation shall remain in effect for subsequent Offering Periods unless the Participant (i) submits a new election in the manner approved by the Committee, (ii) withdraws from the Plan, or (iii) terminates employment or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan.

6. Method of Payment of Contributions.

(a) Payroll deductions shall be made from a Participant’s Compensation during an Offering Period in an aggregate amount equal to the Participant’s contribution election for such Offering Period. All payroll deductions made by a Participant shall be credited to their notional account under the Plan. Participant may not make a prepayment or any additional payments into such notional account. Payroll deductions in respect of any Offering Period shall commence on the Offering Date and shall end on the final day of the final payroll period ending on or prior to the applicable Purchase Date, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10.

(b) Participants on an authorized leave of absence during an Offering Period may continue to participate in such Offering Period; provided, however, that a Participant on an authorized leave of absence will have contributions suspended during such leave of absence and, absent any other instruction from such Participant, such contributions will resume upon the next payroll following such Participant’s return from such leave of absence.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 7(b) herein (with respect to the 423 Component), or as otherwise determined by the Administrator to be necessary and advisable under the circumstances in its sole discretion, a Participant’s payroll deductions may be decreased by the Company to zero during any Offering Period.

 

C-4


Table of Contents

7. Grant of Option.

(a) On each Offering Date, each Participant shall be deemed to have been granted an option to purchase as many Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole Share) as may be purchased with their Contributions during the related Offering Period at the Purchase Price; provided, however, that such option shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7(b) below and Section 11, and may be reduced pursuant to Section 6, in each case, if applicable.

(b) Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of the Plan, each option to purchase Shares under the 423 Component shall be limited as necessary to prevent any Employee from (i) immediately after the grant, owning capital stock of the Company and holding outstanding options to purchase capital stock of the Company possessing, in the aggregate, more than 5% of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary, including for this purpose any stock attributed to such Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code, (ii) acquiring rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as described in Section 423 of the Code or any other similar arrangements maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of the Company and its Subsidiaries which accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding and exercisable at any time, or (iii) purchasing, in respect of any Offering Period, more than the Maximum Number of Shares.

8. Exercise of Option; Interest.

(a) Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, their option for the purchase of Shares will be exercised automatically on the applicable Purchase Date, and the number of full Shares subject to the option will be purchased at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated Contributions in their notional account. No fractional Shares shall be issued. Any amounts accumulated in a Participant’s notional account that are not used to purchase Shares (other than any amount that is not sufficient to purchase a full Share) shall be returned to them pursuant to such procedures as are established by the Administrator. Notwithstanding Section 9 below, the Shares purchased upon exercise of an option hereunder shall be deemed to be transferred to the Participant as of the Purchase Date. During their lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase Shares hereunder is exercisable only by them.

(b) At the time an option granted under the Plan is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued to a Participant under the Plan is disposed of, the Participant must make adequate provisions for any applicable federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, that arise upon the Purchase Date or the disposition of the Common Stock. At any time, the Company or a Designated Subsidiary may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or disposition of Common Stock by the Participant earlier than as described in Section 423(a)(1) of the Code.

(c) No interest will be paid or allowed on any money paid into the Plan or credited to the notional account of any Participant.

9. Delivery. As promptly as practicable after each Purchase Date, the number of Shares purchased by each Participant upon exercise of their option shall be deposited into an account established in the Participant’s name with the Plan Administrator. The Committee may determine that no Share purchased in respect of an offering may be transferred out of such Participant’s account with the Plan Administrator other than in connection with a “disposition” (as such term is used in Section 423(a)(1) of the Code) of such Share for the longer of (x) two (2) years following the Offering Date applicable to such Share and (y) one (1) year following the Purchase Date applicable to such Share.

 

C-5


Table of Contents

10. Voluntary Withdrawal; Termination of Employment.

(a) A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to their notional account under the Plan at any time prior to the applicable Purchase Date by giving written notice to the Plan Administrator in the manner directed by the Company. All of the Participant’s Contributions credited to their notional account with respect to an Offering Period will be paid to them as soon as administratively practicable after receipt of their notice of withdrawal, their option for the current Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further Contributions for the purchase of Shares may be made by the Participant with respect to such Offering Period. A Participant’s withdrawal from the Plan during an Offering Period will not have any effect upon their eligibility to participate in a succeeding Offering Period or in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company.

(b) Upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Status as an Employee prior to a Purchase Date for any reason, including retirement or death, the Contributions credited to their notional account will be returned to them, and their option will be automatically terminated; provided, however, that in the event of the death of a Participant, the Company shall deliver the Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant or, if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such amounts to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant.

11. Shares.

(a) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16, the maximum number of Shares that shall be issued under the Plan shall be [●], plus the number of Shares that are automatically added on January 1st of each year for a period of ten years commencing on January 1, 2023 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2032, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year (inclusive of the share reserve for the Plan and of the Company’s 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (or any successor to either of the foregoing)), and (ii) [●] Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year to provide that there will be no January 1st increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year will be a lesser number of Shares than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock reserved under this Section 11 may be used to satisfy purchases of Shares under the 423 Component and any remaining portion of such maximum number of shares may be used to satisfy purchases of Shares under the Non-423 Component. If the Committee determines at any time that, on a given Purchase Date, the number of Shares with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed the number of Shares that are available for issuance under the Plan on such Purchase Date, the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the Shares available for purchase on such Purchase Date, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Purchase Date, and the Committee may, in its discretion (x) continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (y) terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 17 below.

(b) Shares to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant.

(c) The Shares purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including Shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

12. Administration.

(a) Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall administer the Plan and shall have the sole and plenary power to (i) interpret and administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in, and supply any omission in the Plan; (ii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and

 

C-6


Table of Contents

appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (iii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation to the foregoing, by changing the duration (subject to a maximum Offering Period of 27 months), frequency, start date, and end dates of Offering Periods and/or the Purchase Dates. The authority of the Committee includes, without limitation, the authority to (x) determine procedures for setting or changing payroll deduction percentages, and obtaining necessary tax withholdings, and (y) adopt amendments to the Plan in accordance with Section 17. All designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions by the Committee (or its delegate) regarding the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time, and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, the Company, any affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any option, and any shareholder of the Company. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

(b) The Committee may delegate any or all of its authority and obligations under this Plan to such committee or committees (including without limitation, a committee of the Board) or officer(s) of the Company as they may designate.

(c) Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to authorize the Committee to take any action contrary to applicable law or regulation, or rules of the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted.

(d) Notwithstanding any delegation of authority hereunder, the Board may itself take any action permitted under the Plan in its discretion at any time, and any reference in this Plan document to the rights and obligations of the Committee shall be construed to apply equally to the Board. Any references to the Board mean the Board only.

13. Transferability. Neither amounts accumulated in a Participant’s notional account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive Shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or as provided in Section 10) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge, or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds in accordance with Section 10.

14. Use of Funds. All Contributions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such Contributions.

15. Reports. Statements of account will be made available to Participants by the Company or the Plan Administrator in the form and manner designated by the Committee.

16. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization; Corporate Transactions.

(a) Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, (i) the number of Shares covered by each option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, (ii) the number of Shares that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but that have not yet been placed under option (collectively, the “Reserves”), (iii) the number of Shares set forth in Section 11 above, and (iv) the Purchase Price for each then-current Offering Period shall, if applicable, be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, a reverse stock split, a stock dividend, a subdivision, combination, or reclassification of the Common Stock (including any such change in the number of shares of Common Stock effected in connection with a change in domicile of the Company), or any other increase or decrease in the number of Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, or any increase or decrease in the value of a Share resulting from a spinoff or split-up; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be

 

C-7


Table of Contents

made by the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding, and conclusive. Except as expressly provided above, no issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an option.

(b) In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise provided by the Committee. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, each option outstanding under the Plan shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall be substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation. If the successor corporation (or its parent or subsidiary) refuses to assume or substitute for outstanding options, each Offering Period then in progress shall be shortened and a new Purchase Date shall be set by the Committee (the “New Purchase Date”), as of which New Purchase Date any Offering Period then in progress will terminate. The New Purchase Date shall be on or before the date of consummation of the Corporate Transaction, and the Company shall notify each Participant in writing, at least ten (10) days prior to the New Purchase Date, that the Purchase Date for their option has been changed to the New Purchase Date and that their option will be exercised automatically on the New Purchase Date, unless prior to such date he or she has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10. For purposes of this Section 16, an option granted under the Plan shall be deemed to be assumed, without limitation, if at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Corporate Transaction, each holder of an option under the Plan would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the option the same number and kind of Shares or the same amount of property or cash, or number of securities (or combination thereof) as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to the transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the option at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the option as provided for in this Section 16); provided, however, that if the consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code), the Committee may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the option to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary equal in Fair Market Value to the per-Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

(c) If the Company consummates the sale or transfer of a Designated Subsidiary, business unit, or division to an unaffiliated person or entity, or the spin-off of a Designated Subsidiary, business unit, or division to shareholders during an Offering Period, the Contributions credited to the notional account of each Participant employed by such Designated Subsidiary, business unit, or division, as applicable, as of the time of such sale, transfer, or spin-off with respect the offering to which such Offering Period relates will be returned to the Participant without interest, and the Participant’s option will be automatically terminated.

(d) The existence of the Plan shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company, the Board, the Committee, or the shareholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization, or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants, or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, or preferred or prior-preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Shares or the rights thereof or that are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Affiliate, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of their assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

17. Amendment or Termination.

(a) The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any applicable rules or

 

C-8


Table of Contents

requirements of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service on which the Shares may be listed or quoted); provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant unless the Committee determines that such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination is either required or advisable in order for the Company or the Plan to satisfy any applicable law or regulation.

(b) Except as provided in Section 16, no such termination of the Plan may affect options previously granted, provided that the Plan or an Offering Period may be terminated by the Board on a Purchase Date or by the Board’s setting a new Purchase Date with respect to an Offering Period then in progress if the Board determines that termination of the Plan and/or the Offering Period is in the best interests of the Company and the stockholders or if continuation of the Plan and/or the Offering Period would cause the Company to incur adverse accounting charges as a result of a change after the effective date of the Plan in the generally accepted accounting principles applicable to the Plan.

(c) Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected, the Committee shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld that may be made during an Offering Period, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Committee determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

18. No Rights to Continued Employment. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an affiliate, or to continue in the employ or the service of the Company or an affiliate.

19. Beneficiary Designation. The Participant’s beneficiary shall be the Participant’s spouse (or domestic partner if such status is recognized by the Company and in such jurisdiction), or if the Participant is otherwise unmarried at the time of death, the Participant’s estate, except to the extent that a different beneficiary is designated in accordance with procedures that may be established by the Committee from time to time for such purpose, subject to compliance with all applicable laws.

20. Equal Rights and Privileges. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary and in accordance with Section 423 of the Code, solely with respect to the 423 Component, all eligible Employees who are granted options under the Plan shall have the same rights and privileges.

21. No Rights as a Shareholder. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of Shares that are subject to options hereunder until such Shares have been issued or delivered to that person.

22. Withholding. To the extent required by applicable federal, state, or local law, a Participant must make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment of any withholding or similar tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan.

23. Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

 

C-9


Table of Contents

24. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

(a) The Plan and the issuance and delivery of Shares under the Plan are subject to compliance with all applicable U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. laws, rules, and regulations (including but not limited to state, U.S. federal, and non-U.S. securities law, and margin requirements) and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory, or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules, and regulations.

(b) Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of the Plan to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any Shares pursuant to the Plan unless such Shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such Shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to and in compliance with the terms of an available exemption. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the Shares to be offered or sold under the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to provide that all Shares delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, U.S. federal securities laws, or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation service upon which such Shares are then listed or quoted and any other applicable federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws, rules, regulations, and other requirements, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates of Common Stock delivered under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Common Stock delivered under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop-transfer orders.

25. Term of Plan; Effective Date. The Plan was adopted by the Board on [●], 2022 and approved by the Company’s stockholders on [●], 2022. The Plan shall be effective on the date of such stockholder approval (the “Effective Date”), and shall continue in force and effect until terminated under Section 17. Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the ten (10) year anniversary of the Effective Date and (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan have been sold.

26. Additional Restrictions of Rule 16b-3. The terms and conditions of options granted hereunder to, and the purchase of Shares by, persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3. This Plan shall be deemed to contain, and such options shall contain, and the Shares issued upon exercise thereof shall be subject to, such additional conditions and restrictions as may be required by Rule 16b-3 to qualify for the maximum exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to Plan transactions.

27. Indemnification. No member of the Board or the Committee, nor any employee or agent of the Company exercising authority delegated by the Board or the Committee hereunder (each such person, an “Indemnifiable Person”), shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made in the administration of the Plan (unless constituting fraud or a willful criminal act or willful criminal omission). Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit, or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be involved as a party or witness or otherwise by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Company’s approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against such

 

C-10


Table of Contents

Indemnifiable Person, and the Company shall advance to such Indemnifiable Person any such expenses promptly upon written request (which request shall include an undertaking by the Indemnifiable Person to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined as provided below that the Indemnifiable Person is not entitled to be indemnified); provided, that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit, or proceeding, and once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of recognized standing of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts or omissions or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Person’s fraud or willful criminal act or willful criminal omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Company’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Persons may be entitled under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, as a matter of law, individual indemnification agreement or contract or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Persons or hold them harmless.

28. Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the shareholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options or awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

29. No Trust or Fund Created. The Plan shall not create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any affiliate, on the one hand, and the Participant or other person or entity, on the other hand. No provision of the Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or to otherwise segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records, or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company.

30. Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board (and each such member’s respective designees) shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company and its affiliates and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any agent of the Company or the Committee or the Board, other than such member or designee.

31. Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance, or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.

32. Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof, or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction that could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

33. Section 409A of the Code. The 423 Component is exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted to so be exempt from Section 409A of the Code. The Non-423 Component is intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception and any ambiguities shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Committee determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Section 409A of the Code or that any

 

C-11


Table of Contents

provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Committee determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Section 409A of the Code, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Committee would not violate Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee with respect thereto.

34. Severability. If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or entity, or would disqualify the Plan under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan, such provision shall be construed or deemed stricken as to such jurisdiction, person, or entity, and the remainder of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

35. Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings shall control.

* * *

 

C-12


Table of Contents

Annex D

EXCHANGEABLE SHARE PROVISIONS

To be filed by amendment

 

D-1


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Item 20. Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant. The DGCL provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for indemnification by the Registrant of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its Certificate of Incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for such limitation of liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

The Registrant will enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided in the Registrant’s Bylaws. Each indemnification agreement provides for indemnification and advancements by the Registrant of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from his or her service to the Registrant or, at our request, service to other entities, as officers or directors to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract qualified directors.

The Registrant will also maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is to be provided (1) to its directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, while acting in their capacity as directors and officers of the Registrant, and (2) to the Registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the Registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to any indemnification provision contained in the Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or otherwise as a matter of law.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)    Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

2.1†    Transaction Agreement, dated February 7, 2021, by and among DPCM Capital, Inc., D-Wave Quantum Inc., DWSI Holdings Inc., DWSI Canada Holdings ULC, D-Wave Quantum Technologies Inc. and D-Wave Systems Inc. (included as Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus).
3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of DPCM Capital Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-249274), filed with the SEC on October 2, 2020).
3.2    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of DPCM Capital Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-39638), filed with the SEC on October 26, 2020).
3.3    Bylaws of DPCM Capital Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-249274), filed with the SEC on October 2, 2020).


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

3.4    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of D-Wave Quantum Inc.
3.5    Amended and Restated Bylaws of D-Wave Quantum Inc.
4.1    Specimen Unit Certificate of DPCM Capital Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-249274), filed with the SEC on October 2, 2020).
4.2    Specimen Class  A Common Stock Certificate of DPCM Capital Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No.  333-249274), filed with the SEC on October 2, 2020).
4.3    Specimen Warrant Certificate of DPCM Capital Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-249274), filed with the SEC on October 2, 2020).
4.4+    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of D-Wave Quantum Inc.
4.5    Warrant Agreement, dated October 20, 2020, between Continental Stock Transfer  & Trust Company and DPCM Capital Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No.  001-39638), filed with the SEC on October 26, 2020).
4.6+    Form of Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement.
4.7+    Exchangeable Share Provisions (included as Annex D to the proxy statement/prospectus).
5.1+    Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, P.A.
8.1+    Tax Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, P.A.
10.1    Letter Agreement, dated October  20, 2020, among DPCM Capital, Inc., CDPM Sponsor Group, LLC, and each of the executive officers, directors and initial stockholders of DPCM Capital, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-39638), filed with the SEC on October 26, 2020).
10.2    Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated October 20, 2020, between Continental Stock Transfer  & Trust Company and DPCM Capital, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No.  001-39638), filed with the SEC on October 26, 2020).
10.3    Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement, dated October  20, 2020, among DPCM Capital, Inc. and certain securityholders party thereto. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No.  001-39638), filed with the SEC on October 26, 2020).
10.4    Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated October  20, 2020, between DPCM Capital, Inc. and CDPM Sponsor Group, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No.  001-39638), filed with the SEC on October 26, 2020).
10.5    Form of Indemnity Agreement of DPCM Capital, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-249274), filed with the SEC on October 2, 2020).
10.6    Promissory Note, dated as of April  8, 2020, issued to CDPM Sponsor Group, LLC by DPCM Capital, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-249274), filed with the SEC on October 2, 2020).
10.7    Founder Shares Subscription Agreement, dated June  22, 2020, between DPCM Capital, Inc. and CDPM Sponsor Group, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-249274), filed with the SEC on October 2, 2020).
10.8    Administrative Services Agreement, dated October  20, 2020, between DPCM Capital, Inc. and CDPM Sponsor Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No.  001-39638), filed with the SEC on October 26, 2020).


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

10.9    Plan of Arrangement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-39638), filed with the SEC on February 11, 2022).
10.10    Sponsor Support Agreement, dated February 7, 2021, by and among the Registrant, CDPM Sponsor Group, LLC, the Registrant, D-Wave Quantum Inc. and D-Wave Systems Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-39638), filed with the SEC on February 11, 2022).
10.11    Form Transaction Support Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-39638), filed with the SEC on February 11, 2022).
10.12    Form of PIPE Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-39638), filed with the SEC on February 11, 2022).
10.13    Form of Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of DPCM Capital Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-39638), filed with the SEC on February 11, 2022).
10.14+    Form of Exchangeable Share Support Agreement.
10.15+    Form of Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement.
10.16†    Agreement, dated as of September  22, 2005, between Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada as represented by the Minister of Industry and D-Wave Systems Inc., as amended.
10.17    Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2018, between Canada Foundation for Sustainable Development Technology and D-Wave Systems Inc.
10.18†    Amendment No. 1 to Contribution Agreement, dated as of May  25, 2020, between Canada Foundation for Sustainable Development Technology and D-Wave Systems Inc.
10.19    Agreement, dated as of November  20, 2020, among D-Wave Systems Inc., DWSI Holdings Inc., each as recipients, and Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada as represented by the Minister of Industry.
10.20    Amendment Agreement No. 1 to Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2021, between D-Wave Systems Inc., (resulting from the amalgamation of D-Wave Systems Inc. with its parent company DWSI Holdings Inc.) and Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada as represented by the Minister of Industry.
10.21    Triple Net Lease, dated as of January 15, 2013, between Embarcadero Joint Venture and D-Wave Systems Inc.
10.22    First Amendment to Lease, dated as of January 29, 2018, between Embarcadero Joint Venture and D-Wave Commercial Inc.
10.23    Lease Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2012, among 0727219 Ltd., PCI Beta Holdings Inc. and D-Wave Systems Inc.
10.24    Amendment of Lease, dated as of October 11, 2012, among 0727219 Ltd., PCI Canada Way Limited Partnership and D-Wave Systems Inc.
10.25    Lease Extension and Modification Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2021, between Redstone Enterprises Ltd. and D-Wave Systems Inc.
10.26†    Lease Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2017, between 0937847 B.C. Ltd. and Omni Circuit Boards Ltd.
10.27†    Agreement for Pilot Line Operation, dated as of July 31, 2006, by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation and D-Wave Systems Inc., as amended.
10.28†    Agreement for Semiconductor Line Operation, dated as of December  23, 2017, by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation and D-Wave Systems Inc., as amended.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

10.29#†    Full-Time Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2020, between D-Wave Commercial Inc. and Alan Baratz.
10.30#†    Form of DWSI Holdings Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan Award Agreement – Option between Alan Baratz and DWSI Holdings Inc.
10.31#†    Full-time Employment Agreement dated as of August 20, 2021, between D-Wave Commercial Inc. and John Markovich.
10.32#†    Form of D-Wave Systems Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan Award Agreement – Option between John Markovich and D-Wave Systems Inc.
10.33#†    Full-time Employment Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2018, between D-Wave Commercial Inc. and Jennifer Studer Houston
10.34#†    Form of D-Wave Systems Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan Award Agreement – Option between Jennifer Houston and D-Wave Systems Inc.
10.35#    DWSI Holdings Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan
10.36+    Form of Indemnification Agreement of D-Wave Quantum Inc.
10.37#    Form of 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (included as Annex B to this proxy statement/ prospectus).
10.38#    Form of 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (included as Annex C to this proxy statement/prospectus).
10.39    Venture Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March  3, 2022, between D-Wave, D-Wave US Inc., D-Wave Government Inc., D-Wave Commercial Inc., D-Wave International Inc., D-Wave Quantum Solutions Inc. and Omni Circuit Boards Ltd., as Borrower, and PSPIB Unitas Investments II Inc., as Lender
10.40    DWSI Holdings Inc. Warrant Certificate for Purchase of Preferred Shares dated as of November 24, 2020 held by Amazon.com NV Investment Holdings LLC
21.1    List of subsidiaries of D-Wave Quantum Inc.
23.1    Consent of Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm of DPCM Capital Inc.
23.2    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm of D-Wave Systems Inc.
23.3+    Consent of Greenberg Traurig, P.A. (included on Exhibit 5.1).
24    Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
99.1+    Consent of Alan Baratz to be named as a director of D-Wave Quantum Inc.
99.2+    Consent of Steven M. West to be named as a director of D-Wave Quantum Inc.
99.3+    Consent of Eduard van Gelderen to be named as a director of D-Wave Quantum Inc.
99.6+    Preliminary Proxy Card.
101.INS+    XBRL Instance Document
101.CAL+    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.SCH+    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.DEF+    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB+    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101.PRE+    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
107    Calculation of Filing Fee Table

 

#

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.


Table of Contents
+

To be filed by amendment.

Certain portions of this exhibit (indicated by “[*****]”) have been redacted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(6).

Item 22. Undertakings

 

  (a)

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)     To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)     To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii)     To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof), which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii)     To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)     That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)     To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)     That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchasers:

(i)     Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5)     That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)     any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)     any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;


Table of Contents

(iii)     the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)     any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(b)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

(1)     That prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of this form.

(2)     That every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (1) immediately preceding or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(d)     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(e)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of Form S-4, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(f)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Miami, State of Florida, on March 15, 2022.

 

D-Wave Quantum Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Emil Michael

Name:

 

Emil Michael

Title:

 

President


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Emil Michael, Ignacio Tzoumas and Kyle Wood as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power to act alone, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement on Form S-4, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or resubstitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following person in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature    Title    Date

/s/ Emil Michael

   President and    March 15, 2022
Emil Michael    Director (Principal Executive
Officer and Principal Financial
and Accounting Officer)
  

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

D-WAVE QUANTUM INC.

D-Wave Quantum Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of the Delaware (as it now exists or may hereafter be amended and supplemented, the “DGCL”), hereby certifies that:

ONE: The name of the corporation is D-Wave Quantum Inc. (the “Corporation”). The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 24, 2022 (the “Original Certificate”).

TWO: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, attached hereto as Exhibit A, is incorporated herein by reference, and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Original Certificate.

THREE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.


The Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer on March 2, 2022.

 

D-WAVE QUANTUM INC.
By:  

/s/ Emil Michael

Name:   Emil Michael
Title:   President

 


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

D-WAVE QUANTUM INC.

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the corporation is D-Wave Quantum Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

Address; Registered Office

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

Purposes

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

ARTICLE IV

Capital Stock

Section 4.1 Authorized Stock. The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 695,000,000. Of such shares, 675,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of $0.0001 per share, and 20,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of $0.0001 per share.

Section 4.2 Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares for each such series and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be

 

 

1


permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding and not by more than the number of remaining authorized but undesignated shares of Preferred Stock. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof irrespective of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock (such certificate, a “Preferred Stock Designation”).

Section 4.3 Voting. Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation).

ARTICLE V

Management of the Business

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

Section 5.1 Board of Directors. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. Subject to any rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors. Other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, which shall be as provided for or fixed pursuant to a Preferred Stock Designation, the directors of the Corporation shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office into three (3) classes, designated as Class I directors, Class II directors and Class III directors, respectively (the “Classified Board”). The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes of the Classified Board, which assignments shall become effective at the same time the Classified Board becomes effective. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors, with the number of directors in each class to be

 

2


divided as nearly equal as reasonably possible. The initial Class I directors shall serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of the stockholders following the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate; the initial Class II directors shall serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate; and the initial Class III directors shall serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting following the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate. At each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation beginning with the first annual meeting of the stockholders following the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate, subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, which shall be as provided for or fixed pursuant to a Preferred Stock Designation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of the stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which such director’s term expires and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified at an annual meeting of stockholders in accordance with the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate and the Bylaws or until his or her earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity.

Section 5.2 Removal of Directors.

(a) Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to remove directors elected by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, following the initial effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate, neither the entire Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed from office without cause.

(b) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to remove directors elected by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, any individual director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the election of such directors.

Section 5.3 Vacancies and Newly Created DirectorshipsSection 5.4 . Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors or fill vacancies in respect of such directors, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors or by the sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with this paragraph shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 5.5 Adoption, Amendment or Repeal of Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the

 

3


Corporation (the “Bylaws”) or any provision or provisions thereof. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws or any provision or provisions thereof by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 5.6 Stockholder Actions.

(a) The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

(c) The right of stockholders of the Corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders is hereby denied.

(d) Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

ARTICLE VI

Limitation of Liability

The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law. In furtherance thereof, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing two sentences shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or modification. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this ARTICLE VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE VI shall only be prospective and shall not adversely affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any officer or director under this ARTICLE VI as in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability.

 

4


ARTICLE VII

Exclusive Forum

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) and any appellate court therefrom shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the following claims or causes of action under Delaware statutory or common law: (a) any derivative claim or cause of action brought on behalf of the Corporation; (b) any claim or cause of action for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders; (c) any claim or cause of action against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as each may be amended from time to time); (d) any claim or cause of action seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as each may be amended from time to time, including any right, obligation or remedy thereunder); (e) any claim or cause of action as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (f) any claim or cause of action against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation, governed by the internal-affairs doctrine or otherwise related to the corporation’s internal affairs, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This ARTICLE VII shall not apply to claims or causes of action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933 Act, as amended (the “1933 Act”), or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other federal securities laws for which there is exclusive federal or concurrent federal and state jurisdiction.

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the 1933 Act.

ARTICLE VIII

Certificate Amendments

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal, at any time and from time to time, any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon the stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended herein are granted subject to this reservation.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in

 

5


addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock Designation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) ARTICLE V, ARTICLE VI, ARTICLE VII and ARTICLE VIII.

* * * *

 

6

Exhibit 3.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

D-WAVE QUANTUM INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1 Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

Section 1.2 Other Offices. The corporation may also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors of the corporation (the “Board of Directors”), and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 2.1 Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 3.1 Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”) and Section 3.10 below.

Section 3.2 Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. The corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and proposals of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an

 

1


annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed or such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the corporation) at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 3.2(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.2. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1934 Act”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Amended and Restated Bylaws (“Bylaws”), and only such nominations shall be made and such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures below.

(i) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 3.2(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 3.2(b)(iv) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 3.2(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (1) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (C) the class or series and number of shares of each class or series of capital stock of the corporation that are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (D) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (E) all other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved and whether or not proxies are being or will be solicited), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the corporation’s proxy statement and associated proxy card as a nominee of the stockholder and to serving as a director if elected); and (2) all of the information required by Section 3.2(b)(v). The nominating stockholders shall also provide any other information reasonably requested from time to time by the corporation within ten business days after each such request. The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such annual meeting.

(ii) To be qualified to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director, the nominee must deliver (in accordance with the time periods set forth in Section 3.2(b)(iv) or upon request of the Secretary: (1) a completed and signed written questionnaire (in the form provided by the Secretary) with respect to the background and qualification of such

 

2


person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made; (2) information as necessary to permit the Board of Directors to determine if such nominee (A) is independent under, and satisfies the audit, compensation or other board committee independence requirements under, the applicable rules and listing standards of the principal national securities exchanges upon which the stock of the corporation is listed or traded, any applicable rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body with jurisdiction over the corporation, or any publicly disclosed standards used by the Board of directors in determining and disclosing the independence of the directors and committee members, (B) is not or has not been, within the past three years, an officer or director of a competitor, as defined in Section 8 of the Clayton Antitrust Act of 1914, as amended from time to time, or (C) is not a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses) or has been convicted in a criminal proceeding within the past 10 years; (3) a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary) that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person will act or vote as a director on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the corporation or any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply with such person’s fiduciary duties as a director under applicable law, (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the corporation, (C) will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the corporation that are applicable to directors and (D) currently intends to serve as a director for the full term for which he or she is standing for election; and (4) such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee for election as a director and to serving as a director if elected. The Secretary shall provide any Stockholder the forms of the written questionnaire, representation and agreement referred to in this Section 3.2(b)(ii) upon written request therefor.

(iii) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 3.2(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 3.2(b)(iv), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 3.2(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (1) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (2) the information required by Section 3.2(b)(v).

 

3


(iv) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 3.2(b)(i) or Section 3.2(b)(iii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, prior to the first anniversary of the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 3.2(b)(iv), in the event that (1) the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or, if later than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the corporation or (2) the corporation did not have an annual meeting in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(v) The written notice required by Section 3.2(b)(i) or Section 3.2(b)(iii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and each Stockholder Associated Person (each, a “Proponent” and collectively, the “Proponents”): (1) the name and address of each Proponent, including, if applicable, such name and address as they appear on the corporation’s books and records; (2) the class, series and number of shares of each class or series of the capital stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) by each Proponent (provided, that for purposes of this Section 3.2(b)(v), such Proponent shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own all shares of any class or series of capital stock of the corporation as to which such Proponent has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future); (3) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal (and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the corporation) between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (4) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation at the time of giving notice, will be entitled to vote at the meeting, and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 3.2(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 3.2(b)(iii)); (5) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 3.2(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 3.2(b)(iii)); (6) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (7) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous 12-month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

 

4


(c) A stockholder providing the written notice required by Section 3.2(b)(i) or Section 3.2(b)(iii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (ii) the date that is five Business Days (as defined below) prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five Business Days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 3.2(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five Business Days after the later of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting or the public announcement of such record date. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.2(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two Business Days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two Business Days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.2(b)(iv) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class (as defined below) to be elected to the Board of Directors at the next annual meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under Section 3.2(b)(iv) and there is no public announcement by the corporation naming the nominees for the Expiring Class at least 100 days before the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 3.2 and that complies with the requirements in Section 3.2(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 3.2(b)(iv), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships in such Expiring Class, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, “Expiring Class” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at an annual meeting, unless the person is nominated in accordance with either clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 3.2(a) and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.2(b), Section 3.2(c), and Section 3.2(d), as applicable. Only such business shall be conducted at any annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) of Section 3.2(a) and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.2(b) and Section 3.2(c), as applicable. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Section 3.2(b)(v)(4) and Section 3.2(b)(v)(5), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, or that such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination or such business may have been solicited or received. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.2, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting of stockholders

 

5


of the corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the corporation. For purposes of this Section 3.2, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.2, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(iii). Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock to nominate and elect directors pursuant to and to the extent provided in any applicable provision of the Certificate of Incorporation.

(g) For purposes of Section 3.2 and Section 3.3,

(i) “affiliates” and “associates” have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”);

(ii) “Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks are closed in New York, New York or Vancouver, British Columbia;

(iii) “close of business” means 5:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the corporation on any calendar day, whether or not the day is a Business Day;

(iv) “Derivative Transaction” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

(1) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation;

(2) that otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation;

(3) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit from changes in value or price with respect to any securities of the corporation; or

 

6


(4) that provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, with respect to any securities of the corporation, which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation or similar right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member; and

(v) “public announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act or by such other means reasonably designed to inform the public or security holders in general of such information, including, without limitation, posting on the corporation’s investor relations website.

(vi) “Stockholder Associated Person” means, with respect to any stockholder, (i) any other beneficial owner of stock of the corporation that are owned by such stockholder and (ii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the stockholder or such beneficial owner. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controls,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Section 3.3 Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption). The corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.4. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special

 

7


meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the corporation) at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 3.2(b)(i) and Section 3.2(b)(v). The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such special meeting. In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 3.2(b)(i) and Section 3.2(b)(v) shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than 120 days prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such meeting or the tenth day following the day on which the corporation first makes a public announcement of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 3.2(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at the special meeting unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (i) or clause (ii) of this Section 3.3(c). Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or if the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Section 3.2(b)(v)(4) and Section 3.2(b)(v)(5), to declare that such nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination may have been solicited or received. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.3, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder (meeting the requirements specified in Section 3.2(e)) does not appear at the special meeting of stockholders of the corporation to present a nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the corporation.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.3, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act with respect to matters set forth in this Section 3.3. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934

 

8


Act are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 3.3(c).

Section 3.4 Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. Such notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such record date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. Such notice may be given by personal delivery, mail or with the consent of the stockholder entitled to receive notice, by facsimile or electronic transmission. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. If delivered by courier service, the notice is given on the earlier of when the notice is received or left at the stockholder’s address. If sent via electronic mail, notice is given when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address in accordance with applicable law unless (a) the stockholder has notified the corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail or (b) electronic transmission of such notice is prohibited by applicable law. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders (to the extent required) may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his or her attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 3.5 Quorum and Vote Required.

(a) At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairperson of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares represented thereat and entitled to vote thereon, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

(b) Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) on

 

9


such matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws or any applicable stock exchange rules, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws or any applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstention and broker non-votes) on such matter shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 3.6 Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed present in person and may vote at such meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 3.7 Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or adjournment thereof, except as otherwise provided by applicable law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the corporation

 

10


a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.

Section 3.8 List of Stockholders. The corporation shall prepare, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number and class of shares registered in the name of each stockholder; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect all of the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network or other electronic means as permitted by applicable law, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by applicable law.

Section 3.9 Action without Meeting. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the corporation except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders duly called in accordance with these Bylaws and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

Section 3.10 Remote Communication. For the purposes of these Bylaws, if authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders may, by means of remote communication: (i) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and (ii) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (1) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (2) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (3) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

Section 3.11 Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed, is absent or refuses to act, the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving or the Chief Executive Officer is absent or refuses to act, the President, or, if the President is absent or refuses to act, a chairperson of the meeting designated by the Board of Directors, or, if the Board of Directors does not designate such chairperson, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairperson of the

 

11


meeting of stockholders. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors may appoint the Chief Executive Officer as chairperson of the meeting. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary or other officer or other person directed to do so by the chairperson of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairperson shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters that are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

Section 3.12 Voting Procedures and Inspectors at Meetings of Stockholders. The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, shall appoint one or more inspectors, who may be employees of the corporation, to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Board of Directors may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (b) determine the shares represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of their duties. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be determined by the person presiding at the meeting and shall be announced at the meeting. No ballot, proxy, vote or any revocation thereof or change thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

 

12


ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 4.1 Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

Section 4.2 Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL.

Section 4.3 Terms of Directors. The terms of directors shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 4.4 Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships on the Board of Directors shall be filled as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 4.5 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time of delivery of the notice or at any later time specified therein. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 4.6 Removal. Directors shall be removed as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 4.7 Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware that has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware as designated and called by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

13


(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place, if any, of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be transmitted orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least three days before the date of the meeting.

(e) Waiver of Notice. Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 4.8 Quorum and Voting.

(a) The presence of a majority of the total number of directors then in office shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors; provided, however, in no case shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of the total number of Board of Directors that the corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 4.9 Action without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. Such consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

14


Section 4.10 Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services on the Board of Directors or any committee thereof as may be approved by the Board of Directors, or a committee thereof to which the Board of Directors has delegated such responsibility and authority, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof to which the Board of Directors has delegated such responsibility and authority, including, without limitation, a fixed sum and reimbursement of expenses incurred, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors, as well as reimbursement for other reasonable expenses incurred with respect to duties as a member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 4.11 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees in accordance with Section 141(c) of the DGCL. Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise, at all meetings of such committee, a majority of the then authorized number of members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the members of the committee present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the committee. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings. Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules and procedures for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules and procedures, each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business pursuant to ARTICLE IV.

Section 4.12 Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

Section 4.13 Lead Independent Director. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or if the Chairperson is not an independent director, one of the independent directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors (“Lead Independent Director”). The Lead Independent Director will preside over meetings of the independent directors and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Board of Directors and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.14 Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the Lead Independent Director has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his or her absence, any Assistant

 

15


Secretary or other officer, director or other person directed to do so by the person presiding over the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 5.1 Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem appropriate or necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors or by a committee thereof to which the Board of Directors has delegated such responsibility.

Section 5.2 Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed, subject to such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors or by a committee thereof to which the Board of Directors has delegated such responsibility or, if so authorized by the Board of Directors, by the Chief Executive Officer or another officer of the corporation.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board of Directors, shall have the general powers and duties of supervision, direction, management and control of the business and officers of the corporation as are customarily associated with the position of Chief Executive Officer. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of President. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board of Directors, shall have the general powers and duties of supervision, direction, management and control of the business and officers of the corporation as are customarily associated with the position of President. The President shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors (or the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer and President are not the same person and the Board of Directors has delegated the designation of the President’s duties to the Chief Executive Officer) shall designate from time to time.

 

16


(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. A Vice President may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant (unless the duties of the President are being filled by the Chief Executive Officer). A Vice President shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary and Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts, votes and proceedings thereof in the minute books of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer.

(g) Duties of Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Treasurer or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Treasurer in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, and each Assistant Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or

 

17


the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 5.3 Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 5.4 Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 5.5 Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, or by any duly authorized committee thereof or any superior officer upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 6.1 Execution of Corporate Instruments.

(a) The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute, sign or endorse on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by applicable law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

(b) All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall from time to time authorize so to do.

(c) Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors or otherwise required by applicable law, the execution, signing or endorsement of any corporate instrument or document by or on behalf of the corporation may be effected manually, by facsimile or (to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to such policies and procedures as the corporation may have in effect from time to time) by electronic signature.

(d) Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to

 

18


bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 6.2 Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of or interests in other corporations or entities owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 7.1 Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by any two authorized officers of the corporation (it being understood that each of the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary shall be an authorized officer for such purpose), certifying the number, and the class or series, of shares owned by such holder in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 7.2 Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 7.3 Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the

 

19


corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes or series owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 7.4 Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.4(a).

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 7.5 Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

Section 7.6 Additional Powers of the Board. In addition to, and without limiting, the powers set forth in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as it shall deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer, and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the corporation, including the use of uncertificated shares of stock, subject to the provisions of the DGCL, other applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws. The Board of Directors may appoint and remove transfer agents

 

20


and registrars of transfers, and may require all stock certificates to bear the signature of any such transfer agent and/or any such registrar of transfers.

ARTICLE VIII

DIVIDENDS

Section 8.1 Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 8.2 Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, determines proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose or purposes as the Board of Directors shall determine to be conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE IX

FISCAL YEAR

Section 9.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10.1 Right to Indemnification. The corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or, while a director or officer of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity or enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (except for judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in any action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.3, the corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 10.2 Prepayment of Expenses. To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered

 

21


Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by applicable law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this ARTICLE X or otherwise.

Section 10.3 Claims. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this ARTICLE X is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

Section 10.4 Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this ARTICLE X shall not be exclusive of any other rights that such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 10.5 Other Sources. The corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity or enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other entity or enterprise.

Section 10.6 Amendment or Repeal. Any amendment or repeal of the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE X shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment or repeal.

Section 10.7 Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses. This ARTICLE X shall not limit the right of the corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

ARTICLE XI

NOTICES

Section 11.1 Notice to Stockholders. Notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 3.4. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by applicable law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

Section 11.2 Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in Section 11.1, as otherwise provided in these Bylaws

 

22


(including by any of the means specified in Section 4.7(d)), or by overnight delivery service. Any notice sent by overnight delivery service or U.S. mail shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

Section 11.3 Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

Section 11.4 Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

Section 11.5 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under applicable law or any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

Section 11.6 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

Section 12.1 Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.6 and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of these Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the

 

23


holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

24

Exhibit 10.16

“TPC” AGREEMENT NO. 720-493141

TECHNOLOGY PARTNERSHIPS CANADA

THE PROJECT MERCURY

This Agreement made

 

Between:   

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA

as represented by the Minister of Industry

  
   (hereinafter referred to as “the Minister”)   
And:    D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC, a corporation duly incorporated under the laws of Canada having its head office located at 320 - 1985 West Broadway, Vancouver, British Columbia V6J 4Y3   
   (hereinafter referred to as “the Proponent”)   

WHEREAS in a context in which innovation is essential in an increasingly knowledge-based economy, the Minister is charged with the achievement of Canada’s objectives of increasing economic growth, creating jobs and wealth, and supporting sustainable development; and

WHEREAS the Technology Partnerships Canada (“TPC”) Program is specifically designed to promote the above objectives by means of strategically investing in research, development and innovation in order to encourage private sector investment, and so maintain and grow the technology base and technological capabilities of Canadian industry throughout the country; and

WHEREAS the Minister agrees to make a TPC investment in the Proponent’s project described in this Agreement, considering that:

 

(i)

the Project will enhance Canadian national capability in the field of quantum information technology;

 

(ii)

the resulting technologies are expected to offer significant performance advantages in the field of high performance computing;

 

(iii)

the Project will strengthen the Greater Vancouver high-technology cluster, and

 

(iv)

the Project is expected to generate significant jobs and leverage additional R&D activity in Canada;

 

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


Page 2 of 57

 

AND WHEREAS the entering into this Agreement is not contingent upon any export performance on the part of the Proponent.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective obligations set out below, the parties hereto agree as follows.

Article 1 - Deadline for receipt of signed agreement

 

1.1

This Agreement must be signed by the Proponent and received by the Minister within thirty (30) days of its signature on behalf of the Minister, failing which it will be null and void.

Article 2 - Documents forming part of this Agreement

 

2.1

The following documents form an integral part of this Agreement:

These Articles of Agreement

Schedule 1 - TPC General Conditions

Schedule 2 - The Project

Schedule 3 - Claims and TPC Project Cost Principles

Schedule 4 - Contractual Benefits

Schedule 5 - Reporting Requirements

Schedule 6 - Project Fact Sheet for News release

Schedule 7 - Special Purpose Equipment

 

2.2

In the event of conflict or inconsistency, the order of precedence amongst the documents forming part of this Agreement shall be:

These Articles of Agreement,

Schedule 1 - General Conditions

Schedule 2 - The Project

Other Schedules

Article 3 - The Proponent’s Obligations

 

3.1

The Proponent will carry out the Project Mercury (“the Project”) as described in Schedule 2, will make claims in accordance with Schedule 3, will provide the benefits mentioned in Schedule 4, will issue the reports required under Schedule 5 and will fulfil all of its other obligations hereunder, in a diligent and professional manner using qualified personnel.

 

3.2

The Proponent shall ensure that the Project is completed on or before 31 December

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


Page 3 of 57

 

  2007 (“Project Completion Date”), unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Minister.

Article 4 - The Contribution

 

4.1

Subject to all the other provisions of this Agreement, the Minister will make a Contribution to the Proponent in respect of the Project, of the lesser of:

 

  (a)

30 per cent of the Eligible Costs; and

 

  (b)

$9,512,000.

 

4.2

The Minister will not contribute to any Eligible Costs incurred by the Proponent prior to 1 August 2004 nor after the Project Completion Date, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Minister.

 

4.3

Unless the Minister agrees otherwise in writing, the amount of the Contribution will not exceed the following amounts in the relevant Government Fiscal Years of the Project as follows:

2004/05: $ 1,307,000

2005/06: $ 2,091,000

2006/07: $ 3,545,000

2007/08: $ 2,569,000

The Minister will consider any request to reprofile these funds, but the Minister will have no obligation to pay any greater amount in any of the said Fiscal Years except to the extent that such reprofiling will have been agreed to by the Minister.

Article 5 - Environmental Assessment

 

5.1

The Minister has determined that no assessment of the Project is required under the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act.

Article 6 - Other Government Assistance

 

6.1

The Proponent hereby acknowledges that, except for scientific research and experimental development tax credits, deductions or allowances, no other federal, provincial or municipal government financial assistance other than that described below has been requested or received by the Proponent for the Eligible Costs of the Project.

 

  SR&ED tax credits   $[*****]
  Provincial tax credits:   $[*****]

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


Page 4 of 57

 

  BDC  

$[*****]

  Total:   $[*****]

 

6.2

The Proponent will inform the Minister promptly in writing of any other federal, provincial or municipal government assistance (except for scientific research and experimental development tax credits, deductions or allowances) to be received for the Eligible Costs of the Project and the Minister will have the right to reduce the Contribution under this Agreement to the extent of any such assistance.

Article 7 - Addresses

 

7.1

Any notice to the Minister will be addressed to:

Director, Enabling Technologies

Technology Partnerships Canada

10th Floor

300 Slater Street

Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C8

Fax No: (613) 954-9117

 

7.2

Any notice to the Proponent will be addressed to:

President and CEO

D-Wave Systems Inc.

320-1985 West Broadway

Vancouver, BC V5C 6G9

Fax (604) 630-1434

Article 8 - Special Conditions

 

8.1

Alternate Dispute Resolution

If a dispute arises concerning the application or interpretation of this Agreement, the parties will attempt to resolve the matter through good faith negotiation, and may, if necessary and the parties consent in writing, resolve the matter through mediation by a mutually acceptable mediator or arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Code set out in the schedule to the Commercial Arbitration Act (Canada), and all regulations made pursuant to that Act.

 

8.2

Liquidated Damages Clause

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


Page 5 of 57

 

8.2.1

If in accordance with Article 8.2 of the General Conditions (Schedule 1), the Minister declares that an event of default has occurred and directs the Proponent to transfer and deliver to the Minister, title to, possession of, and all rights of the Proponent in the Intellectual Property, then the Proponent shall immediately comply or as an alternative, the Proponent may offer to pay a settlement amount (“the Settlement Amount”), as determined by the formula in Article 8.2.2, and the Minister shall accept this offer.

 

8.2.2

The Settlement Amount shall be [*****] which is approximately [*****] times the cumulative royalty payment amount of [*****] referred to in Article A. 2.2 of Schedule 4.

If some repayments have already been made to the Minister under Section A (“the Payments to Minister”) of Schedule 4, the Settlement Amount shall be reduced by the repayments so paid by the Proponent. In the event that the total TPC contribution disbursed falls short of its maximum authorized amount of $9,512,000 (Nine Million Five Hundred and Twelve Thousand) at no fault of the Proponent, the Settlement Amount shall be pro-rated downward to reflect the actual contribution made by the Minister.

 

8.2.3

The Settlement Amount due to the Minister under Article 8.2 shall be paid by the Proponent within thirty (30) days of the Minister directing the Proponent to transfer and deliver to the Minister, title to, possession of, and all rights of the Proponent in the Intellectual Property, otherwise the Proponent shall immediately comply with the Minister’s direction regarding the Intellectual Property.

 

8.2.4

The Minister and the Proponent agree that if the Settlement Amount, as determined by the formula in Article 8.2.2, is paid in full by the Proponent, then the Agreement is deemed to be terminated in accordance with Section 7 of the General Conditions (Schedule 1).

 

8.3

Equity Equivalency Clause

 

8.3.1

The Minister shall grant the Proponent an option to terminate this Agreement in the event of a change in ownership. A change in ownership shall be deemed by the Minister to have occurred if and when a new person or entity becomes the beneficial owner of the shares of Common Stock (“the Common Shares”) of the Proponent carrying in excess of fifty (50) per cent of the voting rights attached to all Common Shares issued and outstanding (“the Change in Ownership”). The Proponent shall advise the Minister in writing, at least, thirty (30) days prior to any anticipated Change in Ownership. For greater certainty, the Change of Ownership shall be deemed as a “Material Change” as this term is described in Article 2 of the General Conditions (Schedule 1).

 

8.3.2

If as a result of the Change of Ownership, the Proponent decides to withdraw from the project (“the Event of Withdrawal”), the Minister shall not deem the Event of Withdrawal

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


Page 6 of 57

 

  as an event of default and the remedies set forth in subsection 8.2 of the General Condition (Schedule 1) shall not apply.

 

8.3.3

Within ninety (90) days following the Event of Withdrawal, the Proponent shall pay to the Minister an amount of money equal to the value of the Common Shares in the capital of the Proponent (“the Equity Equivalency”), valued at the price per share payable on the transaction date that gave rise to the Change in Ownership. The number of Common Shares in the Equity Equivalency shall be determined by an independent qualified professional, given the actual contribution(s) made by the Minister to the Proponent at the time the contribution(s) were made, as if this contribution(s) were capitalised as an investment in equity capital of the Proponent. The Proponent shall cover all expenses associated with this valuation.

 

8.3.4

In the event of stock splits, stock consolidations, or stock reclassifications that have occurred prior to the Event of Withdrawal, the Equity Equivalency position of the Minister shall be adjusted accordingly, so that the virtual ownership interest of the Minister is maintained intact as described below:

Stock Splits

In the event of any subdivision, re-division, or change of the Common Shares of the Proponent into a greater number of Common Shares at any time while this Agreement is in force, the new Equity Equivalency number of Common Shares shall thereafter be such greater number of Common Shares of the Proponent as would have resulted from said subdivision, re-division, or change had the Minister actually held the previous Equity Equivalency number of Common Shares immediately prior to such subdivision, re-division, or change.

Stock Consolidation

In the event of any consolidation of the Common Shares of the Proponent into a lesser number of Common Shares at any time while this Agreement is in force, the new Equity Equivalency number of Common Shares shall thereafter be such lesser number of Common Shares of the Agreement as would have resulted from such consolidation had the Minister actually held the previous number of Common Shares immediately prior to such consolidation.

Reclassifications

 

  (a)

In the event of any reclassification of Common Shares of the Proponent, resulting, but not limited to, the payment of a stock dividend other than dividends in the ordinary course, capital re-organization, or amalgamation of the Proponent with another corporation or the sale or conveyance of the undertaking or assets of the

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


Page 7 of 57

 

  Proponent, as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to another entity, including pursuant to a take-over bid at, any time while this Agreement is in force, the new Equity Equivalency number of Common Shares shall thereafter be the number of Common Shares of the Proponent or of the appropriate class or classes resulting from such reclassification that the Minister would have been entitled to receive in respect of the number of Common Shares had the Minister actually held the previous Equity Equivalency number of Common Shares before such reclassification; and

 

  (b)

In the event of any amalgamation, merger or transfer of the undertaking or assets of the Proponent as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to another corporation (‘the Successor Corporation’), the Successor Corporation resulting from such amalgamation, merger, or transfer (if not the Proponent) shall be deemed to assume the due and punctual performance and observance of each and every covenant and condition contained herein to be performed and observed by the Proponent.

 

8.3.5

Any payment due to the Minister under this Article shall be payable within ninety (90) days of the transaction date that gave rise to the Change in Ownership. Any late payment shall incur interest charges at the Interest Rate set forth in Schedule 1. Upon payment by the Proponent to the Minister of the monetary value of the Equity Equivalency pursuant to Section 8.3.3 with interest, if applicable, this Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with Section 7 of the General Conditions (Schedule 1).

 

8.4

Financial Risk Management Clause

For greater certainty, a deterioration in the Proponent’s financial position, as solely assessed by the Minister, shall be deemed as a material event within the definition of Article 2, General Conditions (Schedule 1), the provisions of Article 8, General Conditions (Schedule 1), shall apply.

 

8.5

Expenditure Incurred Prior to Approval of this Project

For greater certainty, the TPC contribution shall not exceed 20 per cent of its maximum amount for the period from the Eligibility Date until the Approval Date of this Project.

 

8.6

Expenditures Incurred Outside of Canada

For greater certainty, the TPC contribution towards foreign costs shall be the lesser of 20 per cent of the total maximum amount of the TPC contribution of $1,900,000 (One million nine hundred thousand).

 

8.7

Required Government Approval Clause:

All payments to be made by the Minister to the Proponent, pursuant to this Agreement, on or after December 31, 2006 are subject to the required Governmental approvals, including Treasury

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


Page 8

 

8.6

Expenditures Incurred Outside of Canada

For greater certainty, the TPC contribution towards foreign costs shall be the lesser of 20 per cent of the total maximum amount of the TPC contribution of $1,900,000 (one million nine hundred thousand).

 

8.7

Required Government Approval Clause:

All payments to be made by the Minister to the Proponent, pursuant to this Agreement, on or after December 31, 2006 are subject to the required governmental approvals, including Treasury Board. In the event that the Minister is prevented from disbursing the full amount of the Contribution, the Parties agree to review the effects of such a shortfall in the Contribution on the implementation of the Agreement and to adjust, as appropriate, the mutual obligations specified therein.

Article 9 - Entire Agreement

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all previous documents, negotiations, arrangements, undertakings and understandings related to its subject matter.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement through duly authorized representatives.

 

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA,

as represented by the Minister of Industry

   
Per:  

/s/ Tom Wright

                 Sept 20/05                     
  Technology Partnerships Canada (TPC)     Date
  Tom Wright - Executive Director    
D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.    
Per:  

/s/ Geordie Rose

    Sept 22/05                     
  GEORDIE ROSE     Date
  President & CEO     File No.: 720-493141

 

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


LOGO    Technology Partnerships Canada    Partenariat technologique Canada        
   An Agency of Industry Canada    Un organisme d’Industrie Canada   

TPC PROJECT No. 720-493141

AMENDMENT NO. 01

TECHNOLOGY PARTNERSHIPS CANADA

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement made

 

Between:   

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA,

as represented by the Minister of Industry

        (hereinafter referred to as the “Minister”)

And:   

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC., a corporation duly incorporated under the laws of the province of Canada, having its head office located at 320-1985 West Broadway, Vancouver, British Columbia V6J 4Y3

        (hereinafter referred to as “the Proponent”).

WHEREAS the Minister and the Proponent entered into a Contribution Agreement dated the 22nd day of September 2005, under the Technology Partnerships Canada Program (the “Contribution Agreement”); and

WHEREAS the Minister and the Proponent now wish to amend the Contribution Agreement.

In consideration of their respective obligations set out in the Contribution Agreement, the parties agree to amend the Contribution Agreement as follows:

1. This Amendment Agreement must be signed by the Proponent and received by the Minister within thirty (30) days of its signature on behalf of the Minister, failing which it will be null and void.

2. On page 1 of the Contribution Agreement:

 

DELETE:

   “320-1985 West Broadway, Vancouver, British Columbia V6J 4Y3”, and

REPLACE:

   with the following:
   “100-4401 Still Creek Drive, Burnaby, British Columbia V5C 6G9”

 

LOGO     CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. LOGO


Page 2 of 2

 

3. At Article 7.2, delete and replace with the following:

“President and CEO

D-Wave Systems Inc.

100-4401 Still Creek Drive

Burnaby, British Columbia

V5C 6G9

FAX No. (604) 630-1434

All provisions of the Contribution Agreement remain in full force and effect, except as modified by this Amendment Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Amendment Agreement through duly authorized representatives.

 

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA,

as represented by the Minister of Industry

   
Per:  

/s/ Jeff Moore

    Apr 22/06                    
  Technology Partnerships Canada     Date
  Jeff Moore, Executive Director    
D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.    
Per:  

/s/ David Gillard

                 May 12, 2006                    
  DAVID GILLARD, CFO     Date
  Name & Title    

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No. 01

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


LOGO   Industry Canada   Industrie Canada  
 

Industrial

Technologies Office

 

Office des

technologies industrielles

 
     

TPC PROJECT No. 720-493141

AMENDMENT NO. 02

INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES OFFICE

CONSENT AND AMENDING AGREEMENT #2

This Agreement made

 

Between:   

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA,

as represented by the Minister of Industry

        (hereinafter referred to as the “Minister”)

And:   

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC., a corporation duly incorporated under the laws of Canada, having its head office located at 100-4401 Still Creek Drive, Burnaby, British Columbia V5C 6G9

        (hereinafter referred to as the “Proponent”).

   Each a “Party” and collectively the “Parties

WHEREAS the Minister and the Proponent entered into a Contribution Agreement (the “Original Agreement”) dated the 22nd day of September 2005, under the former Technology Partnerships Canada Program;

WHEREAS the Original Agreement was subsequently amended on the 12th day of May 2006 by an amending agreement no. 1 (collectively with the Original Agreement, the “Contribution Agreement”);

WHEREAS the Parties have agreed to amend the Contribution Agreement in order to, among others: (i) extend the Project Completion Date by two years, (ii) revise the Statement of Work, (iii) reduce the authorized assistance and revise repayment terms, and (iv) modify the Equity Equivalency Clause;

WHEREAS the Minister has agreed that the Proponent manufacture certain resulting products outside of Canada; and

 

  

TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No. 02

LOGO   

 

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


2 of 36

 

WHEREAS to date $6,080,030 has been disbursed by the Minister and the amount of $1,118,970 remains to be claimed,

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH in consideration of their respective obligations set out in the Contribution Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:

Interpretation

 

  1.

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Contribution Agreement.

Execution

 

  2.

This Agreement must be signed by the Proponent and received by the Minister within thirty (30) days of its signature on behalf of the Minister, failing which it will be null and void.

Consent

 

  3.

Notwithstanding subsection 1 (a) of part B (Contractual Benefits) of Schedule 4 (Contractual Benefits), the Minister consents to the Proponent manufacturing the Poseidon processor resulting from the Project, and future generations of more powerful processors, outside of Canada.

Amendment

The Parties agree to amend the terms of the Contribution Agreement as follows:

 

  4.

In Article 3 - The Proponent’s Obligations, Sub-article 3.2 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following;

3.2     The Proponent shall ensure that the Project is completed on or before December 31, 2009 (“Project Completion Date”), unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Minister.”

 

  5.

In Article 4 – The Contribution, Sub-article 4.1 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No. 02

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


3 of 36

 

4.1     Subject to all other provisions of this Agreement, the Minister will make a Contribution to the Proponent in respect of the Project, of the lesser of:

(a) 30% of the Eligible Costs; and

(b) $7,199,000”

 

  6.

In Article 4 – The Contribution, Sub-article 4.3 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

4.3     Unless the Minister agrees otherwise in writing, the amount of the Contribution will not exceed the following amounts in the relevant Government Fiscal Years of the Project as follows:

2004-05: $765,300

2005-06: $1,509,300

2006-07: $1,782,300

2007-08: $2,321,400

2008-09: $821,700

2009-10: $0

The Minister will consider any request to reprofile these funds, but the Minister will have no obligation to pay any greater amount in any of the said Fiscal Years except to the extent that such reprofiling will have been agreed to by the Minister.”

 

  7.

In Article 8 – Special Conditions, Section 8.2.2 of Sub-article 8.2 – Liquidated Damages Clause, is hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced by the following:

8.2.2 The Settlement Amount shall be [*****] which is approximately [*****] times the cumulative royalty payment amount of [*****] referred to in Article A. 2.2 of Schedule 4.

If some repayments have already been made to the Minister under Section A (“the Payments to Minister”) of Schedule 4, the Settlement Amount shall be reduced by the repayments so paid by the Proponent. In the event that the total TPC contribution disbursed falls short of its maximum authorized amount of $7,199,000 (Seven Million One Hundred and Ninety Nine) at no fault of the

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No. 02

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


4 of 36

 

Proponent, the Settlement Amount shall be pro-rated downward to reflect the actual contribution made by the Minister.’’

 

  8.

In Article 8 – Special Conditions, Sections 8.3.2 and 8.3.3 of Sub-article 8.3 - Equity Equivalency Clause, are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced by the following:

8.3.2 If as a result of the Change of Ownership, or in order to facilitate a Change in Ownership, the Proponent decides to withdraw from the Project, then, by no later than ninety (90) days after the Change of Ownership occurs, the Proponent shall deliver a written notice (the “Notice of Intent to Withdraw”) to the Minister at the address set out in Article 7 advising of the Proponent’s decision to withdraw from the Project. At the same time, the Proponent shall provide the Minister with a draft calculation of the Equity Equivalency (as defined in Section 8.3.3 below) by an independent qualified professional at a nationally-recognized firm. The Minister has 30 (thirty) days to accept the calculation of Equity Equivalency. If the Minister does not accept the calculation within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt by the Minister of the calculation, the Minister and the Proponent may resolve the calculation of the Equity Equivalency through the alternate dispute resolution as provided for in Article 8.1. The date upon which the Minister accepts the Equity Equivalency calculation, shall be deemed to be “the Event of Withdrawal”. The Minister shall not deem the Event of Withdrawal as an event of default and the remedies set forth in subsection 8.2 of the General Condition (Schedule 1) shall not apply.

8.3.3 Within sixty (60) days following the Minister’s acceptance of calculation of Equity Equivalency, the Proponent shall pay to the Minister an amount of money equal to the value of the Common Shares in the capital of the Proponent (the “Equity Equivalency”), valued at the price per share payable on the transaction date of the Change in Ownership. The number of Common Shares in the Equity Equivalency shall be determined according to the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) standards given the actual contribution(s) made by the Minister to the Proponent at the time the contribution(s) were made, as if this contribution(s) were capitalised as an investment in equity capital of the Proponent. The Proponent shall cover all expenses associated with this valuation.”

 

  9.

In Article 8 – Special Conditions, Section 8.3.5 of Sub-article 8.3 - Equity Equivalency Clause, is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No. 02

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


5 of 36

 

8.3.5 Late payment shall incur interest charges at the Interest Rate set forth in Schedule 1. Upon payment by the Proponent to the Minister of the monetary value of the Equity Equivalency pursuant to Section 8.3.3. with interest, if applicable, this Agreement shall be terminated and the Proponent and the Minister shall be deemed to have fulfilled all of their respective obligations under the Agreement except that the audit rights of the Minister under Section 5 of the General Conditions (Schedule 1) and the Minister’s right to receive reimbursement for overpayment under Section 4 of the General Conditions (Schedule 1) will survive for one year following termination of the Agreement.”

 

  10.

In Article 8 – Special Conditions, Sub-article 8.6 - Expenditures Incurred Outside of Canada is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

 

  “8.6

Expenditures Incurred Outside of Canada

For greater certainty, the TPC contribution towards foreign costs shall be the lesser of 20 per cent of the total maximum amount of the TPC contribution and $1,439,800 (one million four hundred and thirty nine thousand eight hundred)”

 

  11.

In Article 8 – Special Conditions, Sub-article 8.7 – Required Government Approval Clause, the date of “December 31, 2006” is hereby deleted and replaced by the date of “December 31, 2009”.

 

  12.

In Article 8 – Special Conditions, the following new Sub-article 8.8 is hereby added following Sub-article 8.7:

 

  “8.8

Pre Disbursement Condition

Notwithstanding Article 4 of this Agreement, the Minister’s obligation to disburse any portion the Remaining Amount will be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a)

The Proponent obtaining fully executed term sheets, copy of which will be provided to the Minister, from investors confirming additional financing in the minimum amount of $12,000,000, net of all estimated fees, costs and expenses, to be raised during the period from November 1, 2009 to June 30, 2010, by way of equity financing, venture debt financing or other financial arrangement in form and substance acceptable to the Minister; and

 

  (b)

The postponement of any payment due by the Proponent on account of such additional financing, including but not limited to payment of dividends or

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No. 02

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


6 of 36

 

  interest or repayment of principal, until the Project as described in Schedule 2 is completed to the satisfaction of the Minister.

If such conditions are not met on or before June 30, 2010, the Minister shall not be obligated to release the Remaining Amount yet to be claimed under this Agreement.

For the purposes hereof, the “Remaining Amount” means the last amount of $1,118,970 under the Contribution.”

 

  13.

In Schedule 2 – The Project, the Statement of Work and Forms A, B, C, D, El, E2, and E3 are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the revised Statement of Work and Forms A, B, C, Cl, C2, C3, C4, C5, D, El, E2, and E3 attached hereto as Annex 1.

 

  14.

In Schedule 4 - Contractual Benefits, in Part A-Payments to Minister, Subsections 2.2 and 2.3 are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced by the following:

 

  “2.2

Royalty Period

The Royalty Period will begin on 1 January 2010 and will end on 31 December 2021. Within the Royalty Period from 1 January 2010 until 31 December 2021, the Proponent will pay until the amount of [*****] accrues or until 31 December 2021, whichever occurs first. If, however, cumulative royalties are less than [*****] by 31 December 2021, then the royalty period will continue until the earlier of 31 December 2029 or until a cumulative royalty ceiling of [*****] is reached, whichever occurs first.

 

  2.3

Royalty Statements and Payments

The Proponent will provide to the Minister an annual statement of the Gross Business Revenues, certified by the Proponent’s Chief Financial Officer, within four (4) months of the end of each company fiscal year 31 December, together with the related royalty payment. The first statement and related royalty payment must be provided to the Minister by 30 April 2011 in respect of the fiscal year ending 31 December 2010, and by 30 April each year thereafter in regard to the previous fiscal year. Payments shall be made by cheque to the order of the Receiver General and sent to the Minister.”

 

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No. 02

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


7 of 36

 

  15.

In Schedule 5 - Reporting Requirements, the Form TPC-1 is hereby deleted and replaced with the revised Form TPC-1 attached hereto as Annex 2.

General

 

  16.

Each of the Parties shall, at the request of the other Party to this Agreement, execute such documents and do such acts as may be reasonably required to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

 

  17.

This Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as are necessary, and when executed by all parties hereto, such counterparts shall constitute one agreement.

 

  18.

Except as amended by this Agreement, all of the provisions of the Contribution Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until such time as the Contribution Agreement is terminated.

 

  19.

The Contribution Agreement and this Agreement will henceforth be read together and will have the effect as if all the provisions of such agreements were contained in one instrument.

 

  20.

This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

  21.

No modification, supplement or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by all of the Parties hereto.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No. 02

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


8 of 36

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement through duly authorized representatives.

 

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT

OF CANADA, as represented by the Minister of Industry

Per:

 

/s/ Simon Brault

    July 19/2010                    
 

Industrial Technologies Office

                Date
 

SIMON BRAULT for

   
 

Sylvain Laporte, Executive Director

 

            

 

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

 

Per:

 

/s/ Vern Brownell

    July 27, 2010                    
                  Date
  VERN BROWNELL, CEO    
 

Name & Title

   

 

 

TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No. 02

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

 

TPC PROJECT No. 720-493141

AMENDMENT NO. 03

INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES OFFICE

AMENDING AGREEMENT #3

This Agreement made

 

Between:        HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA,
   as represented by the Minister of Industry
  

(hereinafter referred to as the “Minister”)

And:    D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC., a corporation duly incorporated under the laws of Canada, having its head office located at 3033 Beta Avenue, Burnaby, British Columbia V5G 4M9
  

(hereinafter referred to as the “Proponent”).

   Each a “Party” and collectively the “Parties

WHEREAS the Minister and the Proponent entered into a Contribution Agreement on September 22, 2005 as amended by an amending agreement no.l dated May 12, 2006 and by an amending agreement no. 2 dated July 27, 2010 (collectively, the “Contribution Agreement”), under the former Technology Partnerships Canada Program whereby the Minister agreed to provide a contribution in the maximum amount of $7,199,000; and

WHEREAS the Parties have agreed to amend the Contribution Agreement in order to, inter alia: (i) clarify the obligations with respect to granting security, and (ii) revise certain remedies in case of default,

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH in consideration of their respective obligations set out in the Contribution Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:

Interpretation

 

  1.

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Contribution Agreement.

Execution

 

  2.

This Agreement must be signed by the Proponent and received by the Minister within thirty (30) days of its signature on behalf of the Minister, failing which it will be null and void.


CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

 

Amendment

The Parties agree to amend the terms of the Contribution Agreement as follows:

 

  3.

In the appearances, the address of the Proponent is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:

“3033 Beta Avenue, Burnaby, British Columbia V5G 4M9”

 

  4.

In Article 7 – Addresses, in Article 7.2 the contact information of the Proponent is deleted and replaced by the following:

“President and CEO

D-Wave Systems Inc.

3033 Beta Avenue,

Burnaby, British Columbia

V5G 4M9

FAX No. (604) 630-1434”

 

  5.

In Article 8 – Special Conditions, Sub-article 8.2.1 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

“8.2.1 If the Minister declares that an event of default has occurred in relation to paragraphs 8.1(a) or (b) of Schedule 1 – General Conditions, or as a result of the failure of the Proponent to comply with subsection 6.6 of Schedule 1 – General Conditions (Intellectual Property), section A (Payments to Minister) or subsection B. l(Work in Canada) of Schedule 4 or the provisions that may be part of the Agreement regarding the disposal of special purpose equipment, the Minister may require the Proponent to pay a settlement amount (the “Settlement Amount”) as determined by the formula in Article 8.2.2.”

 

  6.

In Article 8 – Special Conditions, Sub-article 8.2.3 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

“8.2.3 The Settlement Amount due to the Minister under Article 8.2 shall be paid by the Proponent within thirty (30) days of the Minister declaring the default.”

 

  7.

In Schedule 1 – General Conditions, Paragraph 6.6(b) is hereby amended by adding the following at the end of the paragraph:

“For greater clarity, the Proponent may grant a security interest on the Intellectual Property in favour of a creditor from time to time.”

 

  8.

In Schedule 1 – General Conditions, the last paragraph of Subsection 8.2 is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:


CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

 

  “(d)

terminate this Agreement;

 

  (e)

post a notice on the Industry Canada website disclosing that the Proponent is in default under the provisions of this Agreement and describing generally the remedies, if any, that the Minister has accordingly exercised; and

 

  (f)

any other remedy available at law.”

General

 

  9.

Each of the Parties shall, at the request of the other Party to this Agreement, execute such documents and do such acts as may be reasonably required to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

 

  10.

This Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as are necessary, and when executed by all parties hereto, such counterparts shall constitute one agreement.

 

  11.

Except as amended by this Agreement, all of the provisions of the Contribution Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until such time as the Contribution Agreement is terminated.

 

  12.

The Contribution Agreement and this Agreement will henceforth be read together and will have the effect as if all the provisions of such agreements were contained in one instrument.

 

  13.

This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

  14.

No modification, supplement or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by all of the Parties hereto.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]


CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement through duly authorized representatives.

 

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT

OF CANADA, as represented by the Minister of Industry

Per:  

LOGO

    Jan 22, 2014                    
  Repayment Recovery Director             Date
     
D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.    
Per:   /s/ Warren Wall     JAN 21, 2014                    
  WARREN WALL, COO             Date
  Name & Title    


LOGO   

Industry Canada

Industrial

Technologies Office

  

Industrie Canada

Office des

technologies industrielles

  

TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No. 4

INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES OFFICE

TECHNOLOGY PARTNERSHIPS CANADA

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT NO. 4

This Amendment Agreement made

 

Between:   
  

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA,

as represented by the Minister of Industry

   (the “Minister”)
And:   
   D-Wave Systems Inc., a corporation duly incorporated under the laws of Canada, having its head office located at 3033 Beta Avenue, Burnaby, British Columbia V5G 4M9
   (the “Proponent”).

Each a “Party” to this Amendment Agreement and collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS

 

A-

The Minister and the Proponent entered into a Contribution Agreement dated September 22, 2005 under the Technology Partnerships Canada (“TPC”) Program, which was subsequently amended by an amendment agreement no. 1 dated May 12, 2006, an amendment agreement no. 2 dated July 27, 2010, and an amendment agreement no. 3 dated January 22, 2014. The Contribution Agreement and the Amendment Agreements are collectively referred to as the “Contribution Agreement”;

 

B-

The Minister and the Proponent have agreed to amend, inter alia, the repayment obligations under the Contribution Agreement.

 

LOGO
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


NOW THEREFORE in consideration of their respective obligations set out below, the Parties hereto acknowledge and agree as follows:

Interpretation

 

1.

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Contribution Agreement.

Execution

 

2.

This Amendment Agreement must be signed by the Proponent and received by the Minister within thirty (30) days of its signature on behalf of the Minister, failing which it shall be null and void.

Amendment

 

3.

In Article 8 - Special Conditions, Section 8.2.2 of Sub-article 8.2 - Liquidated Damages Clause, is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

“8.2.2 The Settlement Amount shall be [*****] which is approximately [*****] times the remaining repayment amount of $12,000,000 (twelve million) as illustrated in Table 2.1 of Schedule 4.

If, after December 31, 2015, repayments have been made to the Minister under Section A (“Payments to Minister”) of Schedule 4, the Settlement Amount shall be reduced by one and a half (112) times the repayments so paid by the Proponent.”

 

4.

Schedule 4 - Contractual Benefits of the Contribution Agreement, Section A (“Payments to Minister”) shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following revised Section A (“Payments to Minister”):

 

  “A-

PAYMENTS TO MINISTER

 

  1.

Definitions

“Repayment Period” means the period during which repayments are due, as specified in section 2.1 below.

 

2

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


  2.

Repayments

 

  2.1

Repayment Period

The Repayment Period will begin on January 1, 2010 and will end on May 31, 2021.

 

  2.2

Annual Repayment

The Proponent shall repay the amount of $12,501,327 (twelve million five hundred and one thousand three hundred twenty seven). The first payment of $227,686 shall be payable upon the execution of this Amendment Agreement, and each year thereafter by May 31 (“Annual Repayment”), as set out in Table 2.1 below.

Table 2.1.: Annual Repayments

 

Proponent Fiscal Year

Ending (PFYE)           

   Annual Repayment Due
(Canadian $)
     Repayment Due Date  

Dec. 31, 2010-2014

     501,327        April 30, 2011-2015*  

December 31, 2015

     227,686       
Date of the execution of
Amendment Agreement #4
 
 

January 31, 2017

     1,772,314        May 31, 2017  

January 31, 2018

     2,500,000        May 31, 2018  

January 31, 2019

     2,500,000        May 31, 2019  

January 31, 2020

     2,500,000        May 31, 2020  

January 31, 2021

     2,500,000        May 31, 2021  
  

 

 

    

Total

     12,501,327     
  

 

 

    

 

*

Repayments collected to date

Payments shall be made by cheque to the order of the Receiver General of Canada and sent to:

Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada

Attn: Programs and Services Directorate

235 Queen Street, 2nd floor

Ottawa Ontario, K1A 0H5

 

3

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


  2.3

Late Payments

Interest shall be payable on any portion of the Annual Repayment remaining unpaid, calculated and payable at the Interest Rate, from the date upon which the Annual Repayment is due, until payment in full has been received by the Minister. Interest shall be payable in accordance with the foregoing notwithstanding any other remedies available to the Minister in the event of Default by the Proponent under this Agreement.

Whenever any payment date under this section falls on a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday, payment will be due on the next day following which is not a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday.”

 

5.

Schedule 4, Section B - Contractual Benefits to Canada of the Contribution Agreement, sub-section 1 (a) shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following revised sub-section 1(a):

 

  “1.

Work in Canada

 

  (a)

Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Minister, the Proponent will ensure that the Intellectual Property is exploited through the production in Canada of resulting products until the end of the Repayment Period as set out in section 2.1 of this Schedule.”

 

6.

Schedule 5 - Reporting Requirements, of the Contribution Agreement, Forms TPC-1, TPC-2, and TPC-3 are hereby deleted and replaced with the revised Forms TPC-1, TPC- 2, and TPC-3 attached hereto as Annex A.

General

 

7.

Each of the Parties shall, at the request of the other Party to this Amendment Agreement, execute such documents and do such acts as may be reasonably required to carry out the terms of this Amendment Agreement.

 

8.

This Amendment Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as are necessary, and when executed by all parties hereto, such counterparts shall constitute one agreement.

 

9.

Except as amended by this Amendment Agreement, all of the provisions of the Contribution Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until such time as the Contribution Agreement expires.

 

4

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


10.

The Contribution Agreement and this Amendment Agreement will henceforth be read together and will have the effect as if all the provisions of such agreements were contained in one instrument.

 

11.

No modification, supplement or amendment to this Amendment Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by all of the Parties hereto.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

5

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Amendment Agreement through duly authorized representatives.

 

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA

as represented by the Minister of Industry

Per:

 

/s/ Lisa Setlakwe

    Date: July 21, 2016                    
Name:   Lisa Setlakwe            
Title:   Executive Director,    
  Industrial Technologies Office    
D-Wave Systems Inc.
Per:  

/s/ WARREN WALL        

    Date: July 25, 2016                    
Name:   WARREN WALL    
Title:   COO    

I have authority to bind the Corporation.

 

6

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


Annexe A

FORM TPC - 1

REPORT ON EXPECTED & ACTUAL REPAYMENTS TO THE MINISTER

 

APPLICANT NAME:    D-Wave Systems Inc.
PROJECT NO:    720-493141

 

1

   2      3      4

YEAR

ENDING

   EXPECTED
PAYMENT
(in $)
     ACTUAL
PAYMENT
(in $)
     DUE
DATE

Dec 31, 2010

        3,575      April 30, 2011

Dec 31, 2011

        81,883      April 30, 2012

Dec 31, 2012

        84,488      April 30, 2013

Dec 31, 2013

        161,164      April 30, 2014

Dec 31, 2014

        170,217      April 30, 2015

Dec 31, 2015

     227,686         Date of the execution of

Amendment Agreement #4

Jan 31, 2017

     1,772,314         May 31, 2017

Jan 31, 2018

     2,500,000         May 31, 2018

Jan 31, 2019

     2,500,000         May 31, 2019

Jan 31, 2020

     2,500,000         May 31, 2020

Jan 31, 2021

     2,500,000         May 31, 2021
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     12,000,000        501,327     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER:                                          

REPORT DATE:                     

 

7

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


FORM TPC - 2

REPORT ON JOB CREATION AND MAINTENANCE

 

PROPONENT: D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

  

PROJECT NO.: 720-493141

 

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

The intent of this schedule is to identify the number of PYs expended on Project related activities during any one year of the duration of the Agreement, according to category of employment. Both part-time and full-time employees should be claimed, as employment of all types represents a Project benefit. Part-time work should be converted into PY units on the basis normally used by the Proponent provided it is between 1800 and 2000 hours of work paid in a given year.

Data is to be provided based on a 52 week calendar year and should be expressed in PY units.

Direct PYs are to be counted. The term “direct PY” relates to the work performed in Canada by employees of the proponent. Only those direct PYs which result from the project are to be counted. Work performed outside of Canada by Canadian employees is not to be included except for eligible activities performed as part of the Statement of Work during the Work Phase. Reported PYs may be performed by existing staff or by new hires. These PYs are normally located in the Proponent’s facility and involve an eligible operation or activity supported by the industrial assistance program. During the Benefits Phase, these PYs normally pertain to production/distribution activities associated with the supported facility, product or processes of the proponent.

Indirect PYs refer to work performed in Canada as a result of the project by employees who are not employed by the Proponent, and normally at a location other than the Proponent’s facility. Apart from the following two exceptions, indirect PYs are never to be included in the PY count:

1) Sub-contracted PYs in the Work phase of R&D/innovation projects are included in the PY count, provided that the related activity is explicitly set out in the Statement of Work in the Contribution Agreement.

2) Benefit phase production PYs of related entities to the Proponent are included in the PY count, provided that the Contribution Agreement explicitly includes PY reporting requirements on the parties concerned and provides the Minister access to the related facilities for monitoring purposes.

Reporting during the Work phase requires a yearly breakdown by category of employment. Reporting during the Benefits phase requires the average number of PYs during this phase by category of employment.

 

 

8

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


TPC Project No. 720-493141

STRATEGIC INNOVATION FUND

TECHNOLOGY PARTNERSHIPS CANADA

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT NO. 5

This Amendment Agreement made

 

Between:   
  

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA,

as represented by the Minister of Industry

   (the “Minister”)
And:   
   D-Wave Systems Inc., a corporation duly incorporated under the laws of Canada, having its head office located at 3033 Beta Avenue, Burnaby, British Columbia V5G 4M9
   (the “Proponent”).

Each a “Party” to this Amendment Agreement and collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS

 

A-

The Minister and the Proponent entered into a Contribution Agreement dated September 22, 2005 under the Technology Partnerships Canada (“TPC”) Program, which was subsequently amended by an amendment agreement no. 1 dated May 12, 2006, and amendment agreement no. 2 dated July 27, 2010, and an amendment agreement no. 3 dated January 22, 2014, and an amendment agreement no. 4 dated July 25, 2016. The Contribution Agreement and the Amendment Agreements are collectively referred to as the “Contribution Agreement”;

 

B-

The Minister and the Proponent have agreed to amend, inter alia, the recipient’s fiscal year end, adjust the settlement amount in the liquidated damages clause, adjust the repayment terms including the total repayment amount and extend the repayment period end date under the Contribution Agreement.


TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No.5

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of their respective obligations set out below, the Parties hereto acknowledge and agree as follows:

Interpretation

 

1.

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Contribution Agreement.

Execution

 

2.

This Amendment Agreement must be signed by the Proponent and received by the Minister within thirty (30) days of its signature on behalf of the Minister, failing which it shall be null and void.

Amendment

 

3.

All references to the Recipient Fiscal Year End are changed from January 31 to December 31.

 

4.

In Article 8 - Special Conditions, of the Contribution Agreement, Section 8.2.2 of Subarticle 8.2 - Liquidated Damages, is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

8.2.2 The Settlement Amount shall be [*****] dollars ([*****]) which is [*****] times the total remaining repayment amount of two million, five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000) as illustrated in Table 2.1of Schedule 4.”

 

5.

Schedule 4 - Contractual Benefits of the Contribution Agreement, Section A (“Payments to Minister”) shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following:

 

  “A -

PAYMENTS TO MINISTER

 

  1.

Definitions

Repayment Period” means the period during which repayments are due, as specified in section 2.1 below.

 

  2.

Repayments

 

2


TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No.5

 

  2.1

Repayment Period

The Repayment Period will begin on January 1, 2010 and will end on April 30, 2025.

 

  2.2

Annual Repayment

The Proponent shall repay the remaining repayment amount of $2,500,000 with payments of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) payable on April 30, 2021 and on April 30, each year thereafter (“Annual Repayment”), for a total repayment amount of seven million, five hundred, one thousand, two hundred and thirty-seven dollars ($7,501,237) as set out in Table 2.1 below.

Table 2.1.: Annual Repayments

 

Proponent Fiscal Year

Ending (PFYE)

   Annual Repayment Due
(Canadian $)
     Repayment Due Date

December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2017

     5,001,327      Actual

December 31, 2018

     0      May 31, 2019

December 31, 2019

     0      May 31, 2020

December 31, 2020

     500,000      April 30, 2021

December 31, 2021

     500,000      April 30, 2022

December 31, 2022

     500,000      April 30, 2023

December 31, 2023

     500,000      April 30, 2024

December 31, 2024

     500,000      April 30, 2025
  

 

 

    

Total

     7,501,327     
  

 

 

    

Payments shall be paid by cheque issued to the order of the Receiver General of Canada and sent to:

Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada

Attn: Programs and Services Directorate

235 Queen Street, 2nd floor

Ottawa Ontario, K1A 0H5

 

3


TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No.5

 

Attn: Director, Programs and Services Directorate

Payments may also be paid via electronic funds transfer. In such a case, the Recipient should contact the Minister for information on how to make payments via electronic funds transfer.

 

  2.3

Late Payments

Interest shall be payable on any portion of the Annual Repayment remaining unpaid, calculated and payable at the Interest Rate, from the date upon which the Annual Repayment is due, until payment in full has been received by the Minister. Interest shall be payable in accordance with the foregoing notwithstanding any other remedies available to the Minister in the event of Default by the Proponent under this Agreement.

Whenever any payment date under this section falls on a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday, payment will be due on the next day following which is not a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday.”

General

 

6.

Each of the Parties shall, at the request of the other Party to this Amendment Agreement, execute such documents and do such acts as may be reasonably required to carry out the terms of this Amendment Agreement.

 

7.

This Amendment Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as are necessary, and when executed by all parties hereto, such counterparts shall constitute one agreement.

 

8.

Except as amended by this Amendment Agreement, all of the provisions of the Contribution Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until such time as the Contribution Agreement expires.

 

9.

The Contribution Agreement and this Amendment Agreement will henceforth be read together and will have the effect as if all the provisions of such agreements were contained in one instrument.

 

10.

No modification, supplement or amendment to this Amendment Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by all of the Parties hereto.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

4


TPC Project No. 720-493141

Amendment No.5

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Amendment Agreement through duly authorized representatives.

 

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA

as represented by the Minister of Industry

Per:  

/s/ Colette Kaminsky

    Date: November 23, 2020
Name:   Colette Kaminsky    
Title:  

Director General,

Strategic Innovation Fund

 

            

 
D-Wave Systems Inc.
Pre:  

/s/ Alan Baratz

    Date: November 23, 2020
Name:   Dr. Alan Baratz    
Title:  

Chief Executive Officer,

D-Wave Systems Inc.

   
I have authority to bind the Corporation.

 

5

Exhibit 10.17

 

LOGO

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT TECHNOLOGY CANADA

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.0

 

INTERPRETATION

     3  

2.0

 

TERM

     12  

3.0

 

CONTRIBUTION PAYMENTS

     12  

4.0

 

ELIGIBLE PROJECT COSTS

     16  

5.0

 

REPORTING

     16  

6.0

 

ACCOUNTS, AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS

     17  

7.0

 

COVENANTS OF THE ELIGIBLE RECIPIENT

     17  

8.0

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     18  

9.0

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     21  

10.0

 

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

     22  

11.0

 

INDEMNITY

     23  

12.0

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     24  

13.0

 

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

     24  

14.0

 

ASSIGNMENT

     27  

15.0

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     27  

16.0

 

PUBLICITY AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     28  

17.0

 

NOTICES

     29  

18.0

 

GENERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS

     29  

19.0

 

LIMITS ON FUNDING

     31  

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule A    Work Plan and Statement of Project Objectives
Schedule B    Project Milestones, Deliverables, Metrics and Risks
Schedule C    Project Financials
Schedule D    Consortium Members, Participants and Key Suppliers/Subcontractors
Schedule E    Project Reporting Requirements
Schedule F    Environmental and Economic Benefits
Schedule G    Accepted Practices

 

SDTC-2017-A-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 2 of 68


CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

THIS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made in triplicate this 10th day of July, 2018 (the “Effective Date”) between Canada Foundation for Sustainable Development Technology, a corporation without share capital continued under the Canada Foundation for Sustainable Development Technology Act (Canada) (“SDTC”) and D-Wave a corporation incorporated under the laws of British Columbia (hereinafter referred to as the “Eligible Recipient”).

WHEREAS SDTC is a not for profit foundation constituted for the purpose of fostering the development and adoption of technologies that contribute to Sustainable Development Technologies infrastructure in Canada by contributing to the rapid development, demonstration and pre-commercialization of technological solutions which address climate change, clean air, clean water and clean soil; and

WHEREAS SDTC has entered into Funding Agreement Seven dated June 2, 2017 pertaining to the Sustainable Development Technology Fund (the “SD Tech Fund”) with Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada represented by the Minister of Industry; and

WHEREAS SDTC and the Eligible Recipient agree that for the Eligible Recipient to perform the Project entitled “Development of a Next-Generation Commercial Quantum Computer’’ as described in the Proposal dated June 14th, 2017 (the “Proposal Date”) and Work Plan attached hereto as Schedule A and assigned the Project number SDTC-2017-A-3278 to develop and demonstrate the technology described therein for the purpose of commercializing it, the Eligible Recipient will require financial assistance from SDTC; and

WHEREAS SDTC is willing to provide a Contribution to the Eligible Recipient for the Project on and subject to the terms and conditions contained herein; and

WHEREAS SDTC has entered into a Shared Cost Arrangement Agreement with the Funding Partner by which the Funding Partner has agreed to provide a portion of the funding regarding the Project contemplated by this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein SDTC and the Eligible Recipient agree as follows:

 

1.0

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

In this Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings respectively and other terms may be defined elsewhere in this Agreement

Acceptance” means written acknowledgement by the Acceptance Authority that the supplies or services including reports conform to applicable contract requirements, and “Accept” shall mean the act of providing an Acceptance.

Acceptance Authority” means SDTC or any of its delegates.

Accepted Practices” means generally accepted practices for use by Eligible Recipients in calculating, reporting and verifying Technology Impacts and Project Impacts, as set out in Schedule G, attached hereto.

Agreement”, “hereto”, “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and similar expressions refer to this Agreement, as may be amended, restated or replaced from time to time, and not to any particular section of this Agreement and includes the Schedules attached hereto.

Airborne Contaminants” means Criteria Air Contaminants, air toxics and other hazardous air pollutant emissions including those found in the “List of Toxic Substances” in Schedule 1 of the

 

SDTC-2017-A-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 3 of 68


CEPA and those referred to in Canada’s National Pollutant Release Inventory established pursuant to section 48 of the CEPA.

ASPE” means accounting standards for private enterprises that are, for the purposes of applying the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, in effect in Canada, including those published in the handbook of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.

Audited Project Report” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.2 hereof.

Background Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property that is not first conceived, developed or reduced to practice by an Eligible Recipient pursuant to the Project and that is proprietary to and/or the confidential information of the Eligible Recipient.

Budget” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Schedule C hereof, as same may be amended in accordance with Section 3.8 hereof.

Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday in the Province of British Columbia.

CEPA” means the Canadian Environmental Protection Act. 1999 S.C. 1999, c33.

Claim” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.3 hereof.

Completion Date” means the date on which the Project is completed in accordance with the Work Plan.

Competitive Entities” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 12.3 hereof.

Confidential Information” means any information, whether printed, in machine readable form or otherwise, that is proprietary or confidential to the disclosing party and disclosed to the receiving party and which is (a) disclosed by the disclosing party in writing and is marked as “Confidential” (or like designation) at the time of disclosure, or (b) disclosed by the disclosing party in any other manner and is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and is also summarized and designated as confidential in a written memorandum delivered to the receiving party within thirty (30) days of the disclosure.

Consortium” means collectively the entities listed in Schedule D.

Consortium Member” means a member of the Consortium and listed under the heading “Consortium Members” in Schedule D and, who through collaboration, cooperation and contribution of resources participates in the carrying out of the Project.

Contaminant” means any physical, chemical, biological or radiological substance in air, Soil, or Water that has an adverse effect on human health or the environment. This includes any chemical substance whose concentration exceeds background concentrations or which is not naturally occurring in the environment.

Contaminated Sites” means sites at which Contaminants occur in concentrations: (1) above background levels and pose, or are likely to pose, an immediate or long-term hazard to human health or the environment, or (2) exceeding levels specified in relevant federal, provincial, territorial, municipal and local policies and regulations.

Contingency Fee” means any payment or other compensation that is contingent upon or is calculated upon the basis of a degree of success in soliciting or obtaining this Agreement, including the funding contemplated hereby, or negotiating the whole or any part of its terms.

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 4 of 68


“Contribution” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.1 hereof.

“Criteria Air Contaminant” means nitrogen oxides, sulphur oxides, carbon monoxide, volatile organic compounds, and particulate matter including total particulate matter (TPM), particulate matter less than 10 micrometers (PM10) and particulate matter less than 2.5 micrometers (PM2.5).

“Deliverables” means all Project requirements including but not limited to reports that are outlined in Schedule E. Deliverables may be priced or not-priced.

“Demonstration” means the testing of a design of new, modified or improved products, processes or services at pilot scale, field scale or initial full scale, provided that these same projects are not intended to be converted or used for industrial application or commercial exploitation within the Period of Funding. It does not include routine or periodic alterations to existing products, production lines, manufacturing processes, services and other ongoing commercial operations even though those alterations may represent improvements.

“Development” means the translation and technological advancement of applied research findings into a plan, blueprint, design or implementation of new, modified or improved products, processes or services, including the creation and testing of a prototype that would not be intended to be commercially used within the Period of Funding.

“Eligible Project” means a Project for which an application for funding is submitted to SDTC and the Funding Partner in accordance with the “2017- 2020 Joint Call for Applications for the Development of Pre-Commercial Clean Energy Projects and Technologies” that is carried on in British Columbia by an Eligible Recipient to develop and demonstrate new Sustainable Development Technologies, including:

 

  a)

technologies related to energy end-use technologies, such as transportation and building technologies, and technologies to reduce ground level ozone;

 

  b)

technologies related to the hydrogen economy, such as mobile and stationary fuel cells, the production, distribution and storage of hydrogen as well as transition fuels and related technologies;

 

  c)

technologies related to the sustainable production of fossil fuels (“clean fossil fuel technologies”), such as the efficient combustion or conversion of fossil fuels (including advanced coal gasification), C02 capture and storage, more efficient technologies for surface and in-situ oil sands production, and access to frontier and unconventional natural gas resources;

 

  d)

renewable energy technologies, including biomass, solar, wind, wave and tidal technologies;

 

  e)

greenhouse gas emissions reduction technologies related to areas other than energy production and use, including technologies to reduce C02 in cement manufacturing;

 

  f)

air quality improvement technologies, including toxic substance recovery systems, particulate control technologies and acid rain technologies;

 

  g)

enabling or cross-cutting technologies, including sensors and controls, closed loop process waste or air, water and soil treatment technologies, and process technologies for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency;

 

  h)

water quality and quantity improvement technologies, including, the conservation of water and the disinfection and the mitigation or abatement of contaminants in water, sewage or

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 5 of 68


  sludges generated in the treatment of wastewater or potable water; including associated equipment for detection, quantification, analysis and calibration;

 

  I)

waste management technologies, including those designed to prevent, reduce, or eliminate solid waste generation or discharge, as well as materials recovery processes, composting, thermal treatment, and biotechnology-based systems, and associated equipment for detection, quantification, analysis, and calibration; or

 

  j)

soil quality improvement technologies, including the Remediation of Contaminants in Soil and Sediments, through containment, removal, recovery, reduced bio-availability, and destruction methods applied either in-situ or ex-situ using physical, chemical, thermal or biological processes, and associated equipment for detection, quantification, analysis, and calibration.

“Eligible Project Costs” means costs which may be funded through a contribution by SDTC, are directly attributable to an Eligible Project and include:

 

  a)

salaries and benefits, including administrative labour related to the Eligible Project;

 

  b)

professional, scientific, technical and contractual services costs (e.g. trades, contracts for Project and financial audits, third party verification);

 

  c)

field testing services;

 

  d)

feasibility studies related to the Eligible Project;

 

  e)

license fees and permits;

 

  f)

supplies and equipment, including the costs to purchase, rent, fabricate and install supplies and equipment;

 

  g)

purchase, installation, repair, up-grade, testing and commissioning of equipment, materials and products, including diagnostic and testing tools and instruments;

 

  h)

furniture (pro-rated amount as applicable);

 

  i)

laboratory and field supplies and materials;

 

  j)

reasonable travel and conference expenses related to the Eligible Project;

 

  k)

printing and production services;

 

  l)

shipping costs, including customs costs;

 

  m)

utilities, waste removal, consumables (i.e. items used up completely during the Project such as motor oil, lubricants, transmission fluids);

 

  n)

data collection services, including processing, analysis and management;

 

  o)

communication and distribution costs;

 

  p)

translation costs;

 

  q)

capital items specifically required for the delivery of the Eligible Project, including the lease of land or license to use land, data collection equipment, prototypes, pilot plants or

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 6 of 68


  demonstration facilities, provided they have no residual value beyond the Period of Funding, as determined by IFRS or ASPE; and

 

  r)

the depreciation expense of capital items during the Period of Funding (i.e. cost of utilization) that have residual value as determined by IFRS or ASPE.

“Eligible Recipient” means, for the sole purpose of receiving money from SDTC and not for any other purpose, a recipient, other than an Excluded Recipient, that is established in Canada, has expertise in Sustainable Development Technologies and is:

 

  a)

a for-profit corporation, a partnership, a limited partnership or a business trust and has entered into a contract relating to the carrying out of an Eligible Project with one or more of the following legal entities:

 

  i.

another corporation;

 

  ii.

a partnership, a limited partnership or a business trust which has expertise in Sustainable Development Technologies;

 

  iii.

a university, a college or another provincially accredited post-secondary educational institution;

 

  iv.

a research institute;

 

  v.

an individual who has expertise in Sustainable Development Technologies;

 

  vi.

a not-for-profit corporation, one of its purposes being to undertake, fund or otherwise support the Development or Demonstration of Sustainable Development Technologies; or

 

  b)

a for-profit corporation, a partnership, a limited partnership or a business trust, and one or more of the following legal entities:

 

  i.

another corporation;

 

  ii.

a partnership, a limited partnership or a business trust which has expertise in Sustainable Development Technologies;

 

  iii.

a university, a college or another provincially accredited post-secondary educational institution;

 

  iv.

a research institute;

 

  v.

an individual who has expertise in Sustainable Development Technologies; or

 

  vi.

a not-for-profit corporation, one of its purposes being to undertake, fund or otherwise support the Development or Demonstration of Sustainable Development Technologies;

which have entered into a collaborative arrangement for carrying out an Eligible Project and are applying jointly to SDTC for the purpose of receiving money from SDTC; or

 

  c)

a not-for-profit corporation, one of its purposes being to undertake, fund or otherwise support the Development or Demonstration of Sustainable Development Technologies;

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 7 of 68


“Emission Reduction” means the mitigation or abatement of Greenhouse Gas or Airborne Contaminant emissions.

“Environmental Assessment” means an environmental assessment conducted in accordance with the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act and the regulations thereunder, or an environmental assessment required under any other applicable federal, provincial, territorial or municipal legislation.

“Environmental Benefits” means a reduction in negative environmental impacts as a result of Project and subsequent market rollout activities.

“Evaluator” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 7.10 hereof.

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 13.1 hereof.

“Excluded Recipient” means, subject to any exemption designated by the Government of Canada under the Funding Agreement any (a) federal department (as defined in section 2 of the FAA), (b) departmental corporation (as defined in section 2 of the FAA), (c) parent Crown Corporation or wholly owned subsidiary of a parent Crown Corporation (as defined in subsection 83(1) of the FAA), (d) any not-for-profit corporation or trust controlled by a federal department, departmental corporation, parent Crown Corporation or wholly owned subsidiary of a parent Crown Corporation, or (e) any provincial department or ministry or municipality.

“FAA” means the Financial Administration Act (Canada).

“Financial Statements” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 5.2 hereof.

“Funding Agreement” means the Funding Agreement Seven dated June 2, 2017 between SDTC and Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada represented by the Minister of Industry.

“Funding Partner” means Her Majesty The Queen In Right Of The Province Of British Columbia, represented by the Minister of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources, with whom SDTC has entered into agreements, understandings and/or cooperation arrangements from time to time.

“Government Funding” means any grant, loan or other financial assistance from any federal, provincial or municipal government or government agency, including funding from SDTC pursuant to this Agreement and federal and provincial SRED tax credits which relate to Project development work.

“Governmental Entity” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 8.1e) hereof.

“Greenhouse Gases” means those gaseous constituents identified in article 1 of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change and further elaborated in Annex A of the Kyoto Protocol.

“Groundwater” means all subsurface water that occurs beneath the water table in rocks and geologic formations that are fully saturated.

“Holdback” means money that is retained by SDTC for future disbursement until all Project requirements have been completed as defined in Section 3.4 hereof.

“IFRS” means international financial reporting standards which are, for the purposes of applying the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, in effect in Canada, including those published in the handbook of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants, as the same are generally applied to Persons carrying on the type of business or activity carried on by SDTC.

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 8 of 68


“Insurance Policies” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 7.8 hereof.

“Intellectual Property Right” means any and all (by whatever name or term known or designated) tangible and intangible and now known or hereafter existing (a) rights associated with works of authorship throughout the universe, including but not limited to copyrights and moral rights, (b) trade secret rights, (c) patents, designs, algorithms and other industrial property rights, (d) all other intellectual and industrial property and proprietary rights of every kind and nature throughout the universe and however designated (other than trademark and trade name rights and similar rights), whether arising by operation of law, contract, license or otherwise, and (e) all registrations, applications, renewals, extensions, continuations, divisions or reissues thereof now or hereafter in force throughout the universe (including without limitation rights in any of the foregoing).

“Market Impact” means the Technology Impact that is attributable to the market penetration of the technology or technologies.

“Milestone” means a milestone determined in respect of the Project as set forth in Schedule B attached hereto, the achievement of which entitles the Eligible Recipient to submit a Claim to SDTC for payment of an installment of the Contribution, which Milestone may be amended pursuant to Section 3.8 hereof.

“Minister” means the Minister within the meaning of the Canada Foundation for Sustainable Development Technology Act R.S.C., 2001, c. 23.

“Non-Eligible Project Costs” mean any costs other than Eligible Costs, and, for greater certainty include:

 

  a)

general overhead costs of the Eligible Recipient, including operating costs related to general maintenance and repairs;

 

  b)

costs to decommission the Project;

 

  c)

capital costs associated with ongoing scientific or technical activities of the Eligible Recipient;

 

  d)

costs associated with the subsequent diffusion of the technology;

 

  e)

fees and expenses incurred in relation to lobbying or government relation activities;

 

  f)

contingency fees; and

 

  g)

legal, financing fees and costs.

“Payment Date” means the date on which an installment of the Contribution is paid by SDTC to the Eligible Recipient.

“Period of Funding” means a maximum period of five (5) years during which the Project receives funding for the execution of the Project, excluding the three (3) year reporting period which follows the completion of the Project.

“Primary Effects” means the specific elements or activities for the reduction of Greenhouse Gases, Airborne Contaminants, Contaminants in Water or Contaminants in Soil (e.g. reducing Greenhouse Gas or Airborne Contaminant emissions, storing carbon dioxide, enhancing Greenhouse Gas or Airborne Contaminant removals, increasing Water treatment efficiency, or

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 9 of 68


reducing human exposure to available Contaminants in Soil) that the Project is intended to achieve.

“Project” means the Project described, or referred to in Schedule A, and defined in the Proposal.

“Project Assessment Boundary” means the spatial and temporal limits of the relevant Primary Effects and Secondary Effects that will be taken into account in the calculation of Emission Reductions, or reduction of Contaminants in air, Soil or Water, for the Project.

“Project Impact” means the Technology Impact attributable to the Project, calculated upon completion of the Project. In calculating the Project Impact, both positive and negative impacts within the Project Assessment Boundary shall be taken into consideration.

“Project Intellectual Property” means any and all intellectual and industrial property developed, produced, created or invented in connection with the performance of the Project including, without limitation, data, techniques, methods, processes, know-how, inventions, improvements, enhancements, designs, formulae, photographs, drawings, plans, specifications, reports, studies, technical and procedural manuals, programs including firmware and software (in source code and object code form}, whether susceptible to copyright or not, proprietary and confidential information, including technical data and customer and supplier lists, trade secrets and know-how and databases, and all Intellectual Property Rights therein.

“Project Oversight Committee” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 3.9 hereof.

“Proposal” means the written document(s) submitted (whether electronically or otherwise) to SDTC by the Eligible Recipient in response to the request for Phase II full proposal.

“Proposal Date” means the date of the Proposal specified in the third recital to this Agreement.

“Remediation” means the improvement of a Contaminated Site to prevent, minimize or mitigate damage to human health or the environment. Remediation involves the development and application of a planned approach that removes, destroys, contains or otherwise reduces the availability of Contaminants to receptors of concern.

“Removal Enhancement” means the augmented removal of Greenhouse Gases and/or Airborne Contaminants from the atmosphere; or the augmented removal or destruction of Contaminants in Water and Soil.

“SDIRS” means the Sustainable Development Impact Reporting Suite as defined in Schedule E.

“Secondary Effects” means effects that are not Primary Effects and are changes in the emissions of Greenhouse Gas or Airborne Contaminants, or Contaminants, resulting from the Project which are identifiable and quantifiable in a commercially reasonable manner.

“Sediment” means an assemblage of individual particles of various origins either suspended in a water column (suspended sediment) or situated at the bottom of a surface of water column (benthic sediment).

“Shared Cost Arrangement Agreement” means the agreement between SDTC and the Funding Partner under which SDTC agreed to facilitate a contribution by the Funding Partner in respect of the Project.

“Soil” means an assemblage of individual particles of various origins situated above the bedrock ranging in size from very fine clays (<0.001 mm) through silts and sands, to gravels (>2.0 mm).

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 10 of 68


“Surface Water” means natural water bodies, such as rivers, streams, brooks, and lakes, as well as artificial water courses, such as irrigation, industrial and navigational canals, in direct contact with the atmosphere.

“Sustainable Development” means development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs, including technologies that will mitigate, substitute or sequester greenhouse gas emissions and reduce Criteria Air Contaminants.

“Sustainable Development Technologies” means technologies that make progress towards Sustainable Development and are related to climate change, clean air, clean water or clean soil, and are designed to support the British Columbia government’s energy, economic, environmental and greenhouse gas reduction priorities and advance British Columbia’s clean energy sector.

“Technology Impact” means the increase or decrease (through Emission Reductions or Removal Enhancements) of emissions of Greenhouse Gases or Airborne Contaminants, and the increase or decrease of Contaminants in Water or Soil, attributable to a technology or technologies, as calculated using Accepted Practices.

“Wastewater” means the contents of sanitary, storm, or combined sewer systems, including liquid wastes from human, agricultural, biological processes, precipitation, runoff, manufacturing, materials processing, industries, institutions, landfills, and households, or similar activities, as well as intercepted storm water runoff.

“Water” means Groundwater, Surface Water, Groundwater under direct influence of Surface Water, Wastewater or seawater.

“Work Plan” means the Work Plan and Statement of Project Objectives for the Project attached hereto as Schedule A.

 

1.2

In this Agreement:

 

  a)

unless the context otherwise requires, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and in particular the definitions of words and expressions set forth in Section 1.1 hereof shall be applied to such words and expressions when used in either the singular or the plural form;

 

  b)

references to, or to any particular provision of, a document shall be construed as references to that document as amended to the extent permitted by this Agreement and in force at any time;

 

  c)

any reference to a statutory provision shall include that provision as from time-to-time modified or re-enacted providing that in the case of modifications or re-enactments made after the date of this agreement the same shall not have effective substantive change to that provision;

 

  d)

unless otherwise indicated, references to Articles, Sections, Subsections or Schedules should be construed as references to the applicable Articles, Sections, Subsections or Schedules;

 

  e)

the division of this Agreement into Sections, the insertion of headings and the provision of a table of contents are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement;

 

  f)

unless otherwise indicated all dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement, including the symbol“$”, refer to lawful money of Canada; and

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 11 of 68


  g)

unless the context otherwise requires, words importing a particular gender shall include the other gender.

 

1.3

In the event of any inconsistency between a provision in the body of this Agreement and a provision in a Schedule or the Proposal, then:

 

  a)

a specific provision takes precedence over a general provision; and

 

  b)

otherwise, the following order of precedence shall apply:

 

  i.

this Agreement;

 

  ii.

the applicable Schedule;

 

  iii.

the Proposal.

 

1.4

Where any representation, warranty or other statement in this Agreement is expressed to be made by any party to its knowledge or is otherwise expressed to be limited in scope to matters known to a party, or of which a party is aware, it shall mean such knowledge as is actually known to, or which would have or should have come to the attention of, such party, or if such party is a corporation the officers or employees of such party who have overall responsibility for or knowledge of the matters relevant to such statement and such party hereby confirms that it has made appropriate inquiries of all such officers and employees. Any reference to an Eligible Recipient’s knowledge in respect to a Consortium Member refers to knowledge based on such Eligible Recipient’s due inquiry of employees of such Consortium Member.

 

1.5

The following are the Schedules attached to and incorporated in this Agreement by reference and deemed to be a part hereof:

 

  a)

Schedule A Work Plan and Statement of Project Objectives

 

  b)

Schedule B Project Milestones, Deliverables, Metrics and Risks

 

  c)

Schedule C Project Financials

 

  d)

Schedule D Consortium Members, Participants and Key Suppliers/Subcontractors

 

  e)

Schedule E Project Reporting Requirements

 

  f)

Schedule F Environmental and Economic Benefits

 

  g)

Schedule G Accepted Practices

 

2.0

TERM

 

2.1

The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier in accordance with Section 13.0 hereof, shall continue in full force and effect until the Acceptance by SDTC of the third annual SDIRS Reports on the Project as provided in Sections 5.0 and 8.0 in Schedule E.

 

3.0

CONTRIBUTION PAYMENTS

 

3.1

Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, SDTC shall pay to the Eligible Recipient up to the lesser of: (a) 23.1 %of the Eligible Project Costs, or (b) $12,000,000 (the

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 12 of 68


“Contribution”), payable in installments as provided in Schedule C attached hereto. SDTC shall not make any payment on account of any cost incurred by the Eligible Recipient prior to October 1, 2017 or in excess of the costs set out in the Budget attached hereto as Schedule C. Any Person that does not have legal capacity in Canada or Excluded Recipient may collaborate with the Eligible Recipient in relation to the Project, and may contribute in-kind or advisory work, or perform work under contract to the Eligible Recipient, provided that such parties do not receive direct funding from SDTC.

The Eligible Recipient acknowledges that a portion of the Contribution is being provided indirectly by the Funding Partner under the Shared Cost Arrangement Agreement, and that SDTC is facilitating the payment of such portion by accepting payment from the Funding Partner and including such amounts in the Contribution provided for under this Agreement.

 

3.2

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

 

  a)

the Contribution shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Eligible Project Costs for the Project;

 

  b)

the Eligible Recipient shall contribute a minimum of twenty-five percent (25%) of the Eligible Project Costs for the Project in cash, in-kind goods or services, or a combination thereof;

 

  c)

SDTC shall not have any obligation to pay the Contribution, or any installment thereof, unless SDTC has received sufficient allocated funds from the Government of Canada and the Funding Partner to enable it to make such Contribution;

 

  d)

SDTC shall not have any obligation to pay the Contribution, or any installment thereof, unless the Eligible Recipient(s), on or before each Payment Date, has established, to the satisfaction of SDTC, that the Eligible Recipient through enforceable commitments or otherwise, has the financial capacity to finance the Project; and

 

  e)

the Eligible Recipient shall declare and certify to SDTC in writing all direct sources of funding for the Project, whether in place, requested or anticipated to be requested, including Government Funding identified by specific government programs.

 

3.3

Installments of the Contribution shall be paid to the Eligible Recipient upon the achievement of various Project Milestones and upon receipt by SDTC and SDTC Acceptance of all required reports. A written claim (“Claim”) requesting an installment payment for a Milestone and all associated required reports shall be submitted by the Eligible Recipient upon the achievement of each Milestone in accordance with the schedule of payments set out in Schedule C attached hereto. Early delivery is permitted, provided that SDTC shall not be required to release payment until the dates specified in Schedule C. Each Claim shall include a statement of Eligible Project Costs incurred in connection with the Milestone and shall be certified by an officer of the Eligible Recipient and accompanied by such supporting documentation as SDTC may require. Where the amount of any item of a Claim exceeds $1000.00, invoices, receipts or other supporting documentation shall be available for review by SDTC to support the Claim with respect to such items. Upon Acceptance by SDTC of a Claim for payment of an installment of the Contribution, SDTC shall pay to the Eligible Recipient such installment of the Contribution. SDTC shall have 45 days from the receipt of all required reports to provide notice of Acceptance or rejection of a Claim. If a Claim is rejected by SDTC then SDTC will give notice of such rejection to the Eligible Recipient, together with its reasons therefore, and the Eligible Recipient shall have 20 days to provide revised reports in support of such Claim. SDTC shall have 10 days to provide notice of Acceptance or rejection of revised reports. If the Claim is again rejected by SDTC then the aforementioned process and time periods for the submission of reports will continue until such

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 13 of 68


  time as the Claim is accepted or the Agreement is terminated. Any Claim that is reasonably rejected by SDTC after three (3) submissions shall constitute an Event of Default.

 

3.4

SDTC shall withhold ten percent (10%) (the “Holdback”) from each installment of the Contribution payable hereunder until:

 

  a)

the Project has been completed to the satisfaction of SDTC;

 

  b)

all required reports have been received and approved by SDTC; and

 

  c)

SDTC has accepted the Audited Project Report;

at which time, SDTC shall, subject to Section 3.5 hereof, pay the Holdback to the Eligible Recipient.

 

3.5

The obligation of SDTC to make a payment to the Eligible Recipient of each installment of the Contribution is subject to the fulfillment, or the waiver by SDTC, in its sole discretion, of each of the following conditions on or before the time of each such payment:

 

  a)

Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. Each representation and warranty contained in Section 8.0 hereof shall be true on and as of the Payment Date with the same force and effect as though such representation and warranty had been made on and as of that date; and

 

  b)

Performance. The Eligible Recipient shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Eligible Recipient prior to or on the Payment Date; and

 

  c)

Disbursement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, including for greater certainty any Schedule hereto, SDTC shall not, and shall have no obligation to, pay any part of a Claim subsequent to March 31, 2023 unless SDTC shall have first obtained in form satisfactory to SDTC authorization from the Government of Canada in accordance with the Funding Agreement to disburse funds subsequent to such date.

 

3.6

It is expressly understood that this Agreement has been authorized and delivered by SDTC in reliance on environmental assurances and disclosures set forth in the Proposal, and that

 

  a)

where the Project requires an Environmental Assessment the Eligible Recipient has provided a summary of the results;

 

  b)

where the Project does not require an Environmental Assessment, the Eligible Recipient has provided written confirmation that a self-assessment of environmental impacts associated with the Project was conducted and that any necessary mitigating measures will be implemented; and

 

  c)

in the event part of the Project is a “Project” as defined in the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act and is to be carried out or conducted outside of Canada, the Eligible Recipient has conducted an Environmental Assessment of the Project in accordance with the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act or in accordance with a process that is in effect in the foreign state where the Project will take place and consistent with the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act.

 

3.7

The Eligible Recipient acknowledges and agrees that upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 14 of 68


  a)

SDTC has paid a Claim and later determines that the Claim contained a cost which was a Non-Eligible Project Cost;

 

  b)

The Eligible Recipient is not in compliance with Section 3.2b) hereof or provides less funding for the Project than specified in the Budget;

 

  c)

SDTC’s Contribution to the Project exceeds 50% of the Project’s Eligible Project Costs; or

 

  d)

The Eligible Recipient(s) receives revenue from the sale or commercial use of Project assets during the Period of Funding;

the amount of the overpayment under (a) or (c) above, the shortfall in the Eligible Recipient’s contribution to the Project as required under Section 3.2b) hereof, or the proceeds from the sale or commercial use of Project assets, as the case may be, shall constitute a debt due to SDTC and the Eligible Recipient shall repay such amount to SDTC immediately. Without limitation, SDTC shall be entitled to set-off any such amount against future installments of the Contribution. With respect to (i) proceeds derived from the sale of a Project asset or (ii) the revenue derived from the commercial use of Project assets during the Period of Funding, the Eligible Recipient shall pay to SDTC an amount equal to that proportion of such proceeds or revenue that SDTC’s Contribution bears to the Eligible Project Costs of the Project, in each case to a maximum amount equal to the Contribution hereunder. For greater certainty, the sale of a Project asset shall include the sale of any capital item, material or equipment considered to be an Eligible Project Cost and the commercial use of Project assets shall include the sale, lease or disposal of any goods or services produced using Project assets.

The Eligible Recipient shall immediately give notice in writing to SDTC of the occurrence of an event set out in one or more of the Sections 3.7b), c) or d) hereof, specifying in detail the nature of the event.

 

3.8

The Eligible Recipient may propose reasonable amendments to any or all of the Work Plan, Milestones or Budget, and shall provide SDTC with written notice of the proposed amendment, including its scope, anticipated cost and anticipated results. SDTC shall have the right to review the proposed amendment and to consult with the Eligible Recipient and with any external consultants as deemed appropriate by SDTC in respect thereof. Within sixty (60) days of SDTC’s receipt of the aforementioned amendment notice: (i) if SDTC at SDTC’s own discretion, after consultation with the Eligible Recipient and with any external consultants as deemed appropriate by SDTC, does not agree with the proposed amendment, it shall not be Accepted; or (ii) if SDTC agrees with the proposed amendment, it shall so advise the Eligible Recipient in writing and this Agreement shall be amended in accordance with Section 18.3 hereof. Lack of consent by SDTC to a proposed amendment shall not preclude the Eligible Recipient from submitting any other reasonable proposed amendment in respect of any or all of the Work Plan, Milestones or Budget at any other time.

 

3.9

The Eligible Recipient acknowledges that SDTC and the Funding Partner shall establish a project oversight committee (the “Project Oversight Committee”) for the Project, consisting of representatives appointed by the Funding Partner and SDTC. The Funding Partner will be entitled to appoint representatives to the Project Oversight Committee, and SDTC will be entitled to appoint representatives to the Project Oversight Committee. The objectives of the Project Oversight Committee are to:

 

  a)

meet with such frequency as may be required for the effective operation of the Project;

 

  b)

monitor the progress of the Project;

 

  c)

review the Eligible Recipient’s Claims;

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 15 of 68


  d)

provide guidance to the Eligible Recipient about the Project regarding technical and financial matters as needed;

 

  e)

provide strategic direction to the Eligible Recipient; and

 

  f)

make recommendations to the Eligible Recipient on the Budget, as requested.

 

3.10

The Eligible Recipient shall forward all invoices and applicable reports quoting this Agreement number 2017-A-3278 to:

SDTC

45 O’Connor Street

Suite 1850

Ottawa, Ontario

K1P 1A4

Attention: Aman Chahal

Manager, Projects

 

4.0

ELIGIBLE PROJECT COSTS

 

4.1

The Eligible Recipient hereby certifies that (a) all costs described as Eligible Project Costs in Schedule C and submitted to SDTC for payment of an installment of the Contribution are accurate and are Eligible Project Costs of the Project, (b) all labour rates submitted in the budget as Eligible Project Costs are equal to the salary of the actual employee performing the work or if paid to a consultant and not an employee are the lowest labour rates charged by any consultant to a third party, and (c) the cost claimed for any services or equipment submitted as an Eligible Project Cost shall not include profit to the Eligible Recipient or any Consortium Member or any party related to or otherwise not at arm’s length to any of them and must be supported by invoice, and (d) all costs for labour rates claimed will be directly related to the person undertaking the work.

 

4.2

SDTC will determine whether a cost is an Eligible Project Cost or a Non-Eligible Project Cost and such determination shall be final and binding upon the Eligible Recipient.

 

5.0

REPORTING

 

5.1

The Eligible Recipient shall submit to SDTC, at least annually, in such form and containing such information as SDTC may require from time to time the reports and information set forth in Schedule E, together with such other information and reports as may from time to time reasonably be requested by SDTC.

 

5.2

Upon request from SDTC the Eligible Recipient will furnish to SDTC (i) the unaudited balance sheet of the Eligible Recipient (the “Balance Sheet”) as at such interim period as may be reasonably requested by SDTC and the related unaudited statements of operations and cash flows for the requested period, and (ii) the audited balance sheet of the Eligible Recipient and the related audited statements of operations and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, (collectively, the “Financial Statements”). The Financial Statements shall be complete and correct, shall be in accordance with the books and records of the Eligible Recipient and present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the Eligible Recipient, as at the dates and for the periods indicated, and shall be prepared in accordance with IFRS or ASPE, consistently applied.

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 16 of 68


5.3

Subject to Section 10.0 hereof, the Eligible Recipient hereby grants to SDTC a limited license (with a right to sublicense to the Funding Partner) to copy and distribute all information and/or reports submitted to it pursuant to this Section 5.0 hereof for the purposes of SDTC (or the Funding Partner) fulfilling its obligations hereunder and its obligations to the Government of Canada or other governmental authorities.

 

5.4

Upon completion of the Project, the Eligible Recipient shall provide SDTC with a certificate of an officer of the Eligible Recipient setting out any contributions or payments received by the Eligible Recipient in respect of the Project in addition to, or from sources other than, those named in its Proposal, and shall further certify as to any amounts owing to SDTC resulting from such over-funding and/or over-payment either as a result of changes in Project costs or accounting errors, or both.

 

6.0

ACCOUNTS, AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS

 

6.1

During the term of this Agreement, and for a further period of not less than four (4) years subsequent to termination the Eligible Recipient(s) shall:

 

  a)

maintain and preserve proper books, accounts and records of its financial contributions both, cash and in-kind, all its costs and expenses incurred and paid in connection with the Project and shall keep invoices, receipts and vouchers relating thereto;

 

  b)

maintain and preserve proper and accurate records relating to the environmental impact, sales revenues, employment impacts, technology developments (including patents and patent applications) and other impacts of the Project; and

 

  c)

on demand, make available to SDTC such books, accounts, records, invoices, receipts and vouchers referred to above and permit SDTC to examine, audit and take copies and extracts from such documents.

 

6.2

The Project shall be audited at the expense of the Eligible Recipient, by an auditor acceptable to SDTC at the end of the Project and such auditor shall prepare a final financial project audit report (the “Audited Project Report”) based upon such audit. The Project may also be audited by SDTC’s auditors or another auditor acceptable to SDTC, at SDTC’s cost, at such other time or times as SDTC may require.

 

6.3

The Eligible Recipient shall ensure that SDTC or its designate or the Funding Partner has access during normal working hours to any premise, or place where the Project is being carried out for the purpose of inspecting and assessing the progress of the Project and all matters relating thereto.

 

6.4

The Eligible Recipient shall permit the Minister and the Auditor General of Canada or their representatives to audit, or cause to have audited, the accounts and records of the Eligible Recipient as those accounts and records relate to the Project and shall cooperate with and allow access to the Minister and the Auditor General of Canada to the books and records of the Eligible Recipient and to the business premises and the Project site of the Eligible Recipient in order for the Minister and the Auditor General of Canada to conduct any such audit.

 

7.0

COVENANTS OF THE ELIGIBLE RECIPIENT

 

7.1

The Eligible Recipient shall complete the Project by the Completion Date unless the Completion Date is extended by SDTC in consultation with the Funding Partner.

 

7.2

The Eligible Recipient shall carry out the Project promptly, diligently and in a professional manner and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including all

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 17 of 68


  workplans, milestones, financials and all other requirements set out in the schedules, and the Proposal.

 

7.3

The Eligible Recipient shall comply with all federal, provincial and municipal laws in relation to the Project.

 

7.4

The Eligible Recipient shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that within three (3) years of the Completion Date the Project Intellectual Property and technology developed in connection with the Project, including any products, processes or services relating thereto, is made commercially available for the benefit of Canadians.

 

7.5

The Eligible Recipient shall comply in carrying out the Project, in all material respects, with all applicable environmental laws as such laws relate to the Project, and, to the extent that the Project was the subject of a self-assessment of environmental impacts to cause all mitigation measures identified to be fully undertaken and performed.

 

7.6

Except as provided in the Proposal, the Eligible Recipient shall not subcontract all or any part of the Project unless the Eligible Recipient has obtained the prior written consent of SDTC. Every subcontract made by the Eligible Recipient shall provide that the subcontractor shall comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement that are applicable to the subcontract.

 

7.7

The Eligible Recipient will not knowingly permit any member of the Legislative Assembly of British Columbia to be admitted, directly or indirectly to any share or part of any contract, agent or commission made pursuant to this Agreement or in relation to the Project or to obtain any benefits arising therefrom.

 

7.8

The Eligible Recipient shall maintain valid policies of employer’s liability insurance and of insurance with respect to its properties and business (the “Insurance Policies”) of the kinds and in the amounts which are customary for the nature and scope of the business carried on by the Eligible Recipient and for the Project.

 

7.9

The Eligible Recipient shall give written notice to SDTC of any (i) change in control of the Eligible Recipient, and (ii) any change in the composition of the Consortium Members or other entities listed in Schedule D attached hereto.

 

7.10

Subject to any confidentiality obligations of the Eligible Recipient to third parties, the Eligible Recipient will provide access to any individual conducting an evaluation of SDTC that is in the employ of, or engaged by, Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, as represented by the Minister (the “Evaluator”) to the appropriate records and information sources relating to the Project to enable the Evaluator to conduct such evaluation and the Eligible Recipient shall cooperate with the Evaluator in respect of the Evaluator carrying out such evaluation of SDTC.

 

8.0

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

8.1

The Eligible Recipient hereby represents and warrants on its own behalf and on behalf of the Consortium and each Consortium Member, and the Eligible Recipient hereby acknowledges that SDTC is relying on such representations and warranties for the purpose of entering into this Agreement and making payment of any installment of the Contribution:

 

  a)

Corporate Power and Due Authorization

The Eligible Recipient has the corporate power and capacity to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Eligible Recipient and is a valid and binding obligation of the Eligible Recipient enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy,

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 18 of 68


insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and the fact that equitable remedies, including the remedies of specific performance and injunction, may only be granted in the discretion of a court.

 

  b)

Incorporation and Status

The Eligible Recipient is duly incorporated and organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where, by reason of its business or assets, it is required to be qualified or licensed.

 

  c)

Contribution Eligibility

The Eligible Recipient satisfies the eligibility requirements established in this Agreement and the Project Is an Eligible Project.

 

  d)

Sources of Funding

The Eligible Recipient has satisfied the requirements of Section 3.2 hereof. All direct sources of funding for the Project, including funding from government programs, are set out in Schedule C, attached hereto in the Eligible Project Funding Contribution Table.

 

  e)

No Conflicts

The execution and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and compliance with their respective provisions by the Eligible Recipient will not (i) conflict with or violate any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of the Eligible Recipient, (ii) except as provided for or required in this Agreement, require on the part of the Eligible Recipient any filing with, or any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any court, arbitration tribunal, administrative agency or commission or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency (each of the foregoing is hereafter referred to as a “Governmental Entity”), (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, any contract, lease, sublease, license, sublicense, franchise, permit, indenture, agreement or mortgage for borrowed money, instrument of indebtedness or other arrangement to which the Eligible Recipient is a party or by which the Eligible Recipient is bound or to which its assets are subject, other than any of the foregoing events which do not and will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Eligible Recipient, (iv) result in the imposition of any security interest upon any assets of the Eligible Recipient, or (v) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, law, rule or regulation applicable to the Eligible Recipient or any of its properties or assets.

 

  f)

Governmental Consents

No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity is required on the part of the Eligible Recipient in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement except such filings as shall have been made prior to and shall be effective on and as of the Effective Date.

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 19 of 68


  g)

Accuracy of Proposal

All factual matters contained in the Proposal and in all material submitted in support are true and accurate, and that all estimates, forecasts and other related matters involving judgment were prepared in good faith and to the best of its ability, skill and judgment and that all costs submitted to SDTC as Eligible Project Costs for reimbursement as an installment of the Contribution hereunder are Eligible Project Costs.

 

  h)

Litigation

There is no action, suit, proceeding, or judgment or governmental inquiry or investigation, pending, or, to the best of the Eligible Recipient’s knowledge, any basis therefore or threat thereof, against the Eligible Recipient or to the best of the Eligible Recipient’s knowledge, any of the Consortium Members, or which questions the validity of this Agreement, or the right of the Eligible Recipient to enter into this Agreement, or which might result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a material adverse effect, nor is there any litigation pending, or, to the best of the Eligible Recipient’s knowledge, any basis therefore or threat thereof, against the Eligible Recipient or any Consortium Member by reason of the actual or proposed activities of the Eligible Recipient or the Consortium Member.

 

  i)

Insurance

The Insurance Policies are in full force and effect and the Eligible Recipient is not in default (i) with respect to the payment of any premium or (ii) with respect to any material provisions contained in such policies. The Eligible Recipient and, to the best knowledge of the Eligible Recipient, each Consortium Member maintain valid policies of worker’s compensation insurance to the extent required by law.

 

  j)

Absence of Changes

Since the Proposal Date, there has not been (a) any change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operations of the Eligible Recipient or the Consortium or any Consortium Member from that reflected in the Proposal and the Financial Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business that have not been, either individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse; (b) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the Project or the properties or business of the Eligible Recipient or any Consortium Member.

 

  k)

Permits

The Eligible Recipient has all requisite licenses, permits and certificates, including environmental, work, health and safety permits, from federal, provincial and local authorities necessary to conduct its business and to carry out the Project. The Eligible Recipient and each Consortium Member has complied, and will in carrying out the Project comply, in all material respects, with all applicable laws.

 

  l)

Environmental Matters

The Eligible Recipient and each Consortium Member has complied, and will comply in carrying out the Project, in all material respects, with all applicable environmental laws as such laws relate to the Project. There is no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Eligible Recipient, threatened civil or criminal litigation, written notice of violation, formal administrative proceeding, or investigation, inquiry or information request by any Governmental Entity, relating to any environmental law involving the Eligible Recipient or

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 20 of 68


any Consortium Member. The Eligible Recipient and each Consortium Member has complied with any and all requirements to perform an Environmental Assessment with respect to the Project and has notified SDTC of the need for, and the completion of such Environmental Assessment(s).

 

  m)

Disclosures

Neither the Proposal, this Agreement, nor any Schedule attached hereto, nor any report, certificate or instrument furnished to SDTC in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the financial projections provided by the Eligible Recipient, when read together, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

  n)

International Agreements

The Eligible Recipient has conducted an assessment of trade and competition impacts, including compliance with international agreements and has concluded that the marketing and commercialization of this technology resulting from the Project will not be in conflict with any international agreements.

 

  o)

Contingency Fees

The Eligible Recipient has not incurred any liability for, and will not, pay or agree to pay, either directly or indirectly, any Contingency Fees for (i) the solicitation, negotiation, or obtaining of the Contribution for the Project, (ii) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (iii) the entering into of this Agreement, to any person, including a broker, consultant or advisor.

 

8.2

SDTC hereby represents and warrants to the Eligible Recipient and hereby acknowledges that the Eligible Recipient is relying on such representations and warranties for the purpose of entering into this Agreement:

 

  a)

Corporate Power and Due Authorization

SDTC has the corporate power and capacity to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by SDTC and is a valid and binding obligation of SDTC enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and the fact that equitable remedies, including the remedies of specific performance and injunction, may only be granted in the discretion of a court.

 

  b)

Incorporation and Status

SDTC is duly incorporated and organized and validly existing under the laws of Canada and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where, by reason of its business or assets, it is required to be qualified or licensed.

 

9.0

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

9.1

Subject to Section 13.2d) hereof, title to all Intellectual Property Rights in Project Intellectual Property shall vest in the Eligible Recipient and/or Consortium Members, in the manner agreed

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 21 of 68


  upon by the Eligible Recipient and the Consortium Members, and, for greater certainty, shall not vest in SDTC.

 

9.2

The Eligible Recipient shall ensure that all employees or contractors working on the Project assign any and all Intellectual Property Rights in and to any Project Intellectual Property to the Eligible Recipient or a Consortium Member and that each such employee or contractor or any other person working on or contributing to the development of Project Intellectual Property executes a written permanent waiver of moral rights (as that term is defined in the Copyright Act, R.S.C., c. C-42} in any copyright arising in connection with the Project Intellectual Property.

 

9.3

The Eligible Recipient shall disclose to SDTC all arrangements and agreements among the Consortium Members with respect to the ownership of all Project Intellectual Property.

 

9.4

The Eligible Recipient shall disclose to SDTC, concurrent with the execution of this Agreement, all security interests, liens, encumbrances or other restrictions (each, a “Security Interest”) on or against all Project Intellectual Property. In addition, throughout the term of this Agreement, the Eligible Recipient shall disclose to SDTC in writing in advance its intention to grant over all or any part of the Project Intellectual Property a Security Interest in favour of a third party, including any Consortium Member. The Eligible Recipient will update such information promptly to SDTC in writing should any such Security Interest, or the details thereof change, terminate or be amended in any way throughout the term of this Agreement.

 

9.5

The Eligible Recipient agrees to do and execute or cause to be made, done or executed all such further and other things, acts, deeds, documents, applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and assurances as may be necessary or reasonably required to give full effect to the assignment to Canada pursuant to Section 13.2d) hereof of the Eligible Recipient’s rights in the Project Intellectual Property, including all Intellectual Property Rights therein or relating thereto. The Eligible Recipient hereby irrevocably designates and appoints SDTC and its duly authorized officers and agents as the Eligible Recipient’s agent and attorney in fact, to act for and on behalf of the Eligible Recipient to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of letters patent or copyright registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by the Eligible Recipient.

 

10.0

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

10.1

Any Confidential Information received by either party hereto (a “receiving party”) pursuant to this Agreement shall be used, disclosed, or copied, only for the purposes of, and only in accordance with, this Agreement. The receiving party shall use, as a minimum, the same degree of care as it uses to protect its own Confidential Information of a similar nature, but no less than reasonable care, to prevent the unauthorized use, disclosure or publication of Confidential Information. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

  a)

the receiving party shall only disclose Confidential Information to its bona fide employees, contractors or suppliers who need to obtain access thereto for purposes consistent with this Agreement;

 

  b)

the receiving party shall not make or have made any copies of Confidential Information except those copies which are necessary for the purposes of this Agreement; and

 

  c)

the receiving party shall affix to any copies it makes of the Confidential Information, all proprietary notices or legends affixed to the Confidential Information as they appear on the copies of the Confidential Information originally received from the disclosing party.

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 22 of 68


10.2

The Eligible Recipient recognizes the necessity for SDTC to provide verification pursuant to the Funding Agreement to Her Majesty the Queen (the “Crown”) in Right of Canada as represented by the Minister of Industry that the purpose and objectives of SDTC are being achieved. The Eligible Recipient shall cooperate with SDTC to enable SDTC to effectively report to the Crown, provided however that SDTC shall not disclose Confidential Information received from the Eligible Recipient to the Crown unless such Information is aggregated with similar information from other projects and is not attributed to the Eligible Recipient or other Consortium Members, in which case the information will be deemed not to be Confidential Information. Such aggregated information may include Greenhouse Gas emissions reduction and clean air impacts reporting, both estimated and actual, and all other information reported under Section 5.0 hereof after it has been compiled by sector, sub-sector, technology segment and/or region.

 

10.3

The receiving party shall not be bound by obligations restricting disclosure and use set forth in this Agreement with respect to any Confidential Information which:

 

  a)

was known by the receiving party prior to disclosure, as evidenced by its business records;

 

  b)

was lawfully in the public domain prior to its disclosure, or lawfully becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement or any other confidentiality obligation on behalf of any third party;

 

  c)

was disclosed to the receiving party by a third party provided such third party, or any other party from whom such third party receives such information, is not in breach of any confidentiality obligation in respect of such information;

 

  d)

is independently developed by the receiving party, as evidenced by its business records; or

 

  e)

is disclosed when such disclosure is compelled pursuant to legal, judicial, or administrative proceedings, or otherwise required by law, provided that the receiving party advises the disclosing party of any such disclosure in a timely manner prior to making any such disclosure (so that either party can apply for such legal protection as may be available with respect to the confidentiality of the information which is to be disclosed), and provided that the receiving party shall apply for such legal protection as may be available with respect to the confidentiality of the Confidential Information which is required to be disclosed.

 

10.4

Except for disclosures authorized under the terms of this Agreement, the receiving party shall notify the disclosing party immediately upon learning of any disclosure of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information.

 

10.5

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, SDTC may provide any reports, financial statements, certificates or other documents, and any Confidential Information or other information, received from the Eligible Recipient under terms of this Agreement to the Funding Partner, so long as the Funding Partner is subject to the obligations of confidentiality with respect thereto that are substantially the same (with appropriate adjustments to address the different governance structures of SDTC and the Funding Partner) as SDTC’s obligations of confidentiality under this Agreement.

 

11.0

INDEMNITY

 

11.1

The Eligible Recipient shall indemnify and save harmless SDTC and its board of directors, members, employees and agents and the Government of Canada from and against any and all

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 23 of 68


  claims, damages, loss, costs and expenses which they or any of them may at any time incur or suffer as a result of or arising out of:

 

  a)

any injury to persons (including injuries resulting in death) or loss of or damage to property which may be or be alleged to be caused by or suffered as a result of the carrying out of the Project or any part thereof, except to the extent caused by the negligence of SDTC, its board members, employees or agents;

 

  b)

any claim, demand or action for the infringement or alleged infringement of any Intellectual Property Right of a third party based upon the use thereof by the Eligible Recipient or upon the use of the Project Intellectual Property by SDTC or the Government of Canada in accordance with the terms hereof; and

 

  c)

any claim, demand or action made by a third party against them or any of them based upon SDTC’s capacity as a provider of financial assistance under this Agreement, including without limitation, any claim in respect of materials or services provided by a third party to the Eligible Recipient or to a subcontractor or supplier of the Eligible Recipient.

 

12.0

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

12.1

IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF ANTICIPATED PROFITS, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THESE LIMITATIONS SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY.

 

12.2

Except for claims under Section 11.1b) hereof, neither party shall be liable to the other for damages in excess of the amount of the Contribution actually paid to the Eligible Recipient by SDTC pursuant to this Agreement.

 

12.3

The Eligible Recipient hereby acknowledges that SDTC may provide funding to numerous companies, entities and consortia, some of which may be competitive with the Eligible Recipient or Consortium Members or which may be competitive with the technology developed in connection with the Project (“Competitive Entities”). SDTC shall not be liable to the Eligible Recipient for any claim arising out of, or based on: (i) the provision of funding by SDTC to any Competitive Entity; or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of SDTC to assist a Competitive Entity (in the capacity as a director of such company or otherwise), whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Eligible Recipient or the Project, provided that SDTC will in all circumstances maintain the confidentiality of all information provided to it by the Eligible Recipient in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

 

13.0

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

 

13.1

The following shall constitute events of default (each an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

 

  a)

the Eligible Recipient becomes bankrupt or insolvent, goes into receivership, or takes the benefit of any statute from time to time in force relating to bankrupt or insolvent debtors;

 

  b)

an order is made or resolution passed for the winding up of the Eligible Recipient, or the Eligible Recipient is dissolved;

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 24 of 68


  c)

the Eligible Recipient has knowingly made any misrepresentations to SDTC in respect of the Proposal or this Agreement;

 

  d)

the Eligible Recipient Is in material breach of this Agreement and such material breach has not been remedied by the Eligible Recipient within sixty (60) days of receiving notice of such material breach from SDTC; or

 

  e)

the rejection by SDTC of the third consecutive submission of any one report in support of a Claim under Section 3.3 hereof.

 

13.2

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, SDTC may, in its sole discretion exercise one or more of the following options:

 

  a)

terminate the whole or any part of this Agreement;

 

  b)

suspend or terminate SDTC’s obligation to pay any further installments of the Contribution in respect of the Project, including monies due or accruing due which have not yet been paid;

 

  c)

in the event of a breach by the Eligible Recipient of Section 3.2 hereof, exercise the remedies described in Section 3.7 hereof;

 

  d)

upon fifty (50) days written notice to the Eligible Recipient and provided that the Eligible Recipient has not repaid the disbursed Contribution prior to the expiry of such fifty (50) day period, cause the Eligible Recipient to convey directly to Canada any and all Project Intellectual Property and obtain from the Eligible Recipient any required license to exercise the Intellectual Property Rights in the Background Intellectual Property;

 

  e)

upon fifty (50) days written notice to the Eligible Recipient and provided that the Eligible Recipient has not repaid the disbursed Contribution prior to the expiry of such fifty (50) day period, have the Eligible Recipient transfer and assign to SDTC all of the Eligible Recipient’s right, title and interest in and to equipment, capital assets and supplies purchased by the Eligible Recipient to carry out the Project (to the extent such were acquired and reimbursed by SDTC); and/or

 

  f)

direct the Eligible Recipient to repay forthwith all or any part of the Contribution paid by SDTC pursuant to this Agreement.

 

13.3

In the event that SDTC exercises its rights under Section 13.2d) hereof, the Eligible Recipient shall:

 

  a)

obtain a written permanent waiver of moral rights (as that term is defined in the Copyright Act, R.S.C., c. C-42), in a form acceptable to SDTC, from every author that contributed to any Intellectual Property Rights which arose from the Project and which are subject to copyright protection; and

 

  b)

at the expense of SDTC, afford Canada all reasonable assistance in the preparation of applications and in the prosecution of any applications for registration of any Intellectual Property Right which arose from the Project.

 

13.4

In the event that the Eligible Recipient determines in good faith that (i) the Project should be terminated prior to completion or (ii) at any time after completion of the Project commercialization is not reasonably commercially feasible, the Eligible Recipient shall provide SDTC with detailed written reasons for the termination of the Project or termination of commercialization as the case may be. SDTC shall have a period of sixty (60) days to assess

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 25 of 68


  the Project and the reasons for the Eligible Recipient’s determination that the Project should not continue. In connection with such assessment by SDTC, SDTC may engage the services of consultants and advisors and the Eligible Recipient shall be responsible for the fees and expenses relating thereto. In the event that SDTC agrees that the Project or commercialization as the case may be, should be terminated, SDTC shall give notice to the Eligible Recipient that as of the date of such notice from SDTC:

 

  a)

this Agreement shall be terminated; and

 

  b)

SDTC shall have no obligation to pay any further installments of the Contribution in respect of the Project, other than amounts due or accruing due as of the date of termination which have not yet been paid.

 

13.5

In the event that SDTC does not agree that the Project should be terminated, then SDTC shall give notice to the Eligible Recipient that as of the date of such notice from SDTC:

 

  a)

this Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with Section 13.2 hereof;

 

  b)

SDTC shall have no obligation to pay any further installments of the Contribution in respect of the Project, including amounts due or accruing due as of the date of termination which have not yet been paid; and

 

  c)

upon fifty (50) days written notice to the Eligible Recipient and provided that the Eligible Recipient has not repaid the disbursed Contribution prior to the expiry of such fifty (50) day period, the Eligible Recipient shall transfer and assign to Canada all of the Eligible Recipient’s right, title and interest in and to the Project Intellectual Property.

 

13.6

SDTC may terminate this Agreement, terminate its obligations to make Contributions or reduce the amount of Contributions otherwise required to be made pursuant to this Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Eligible Recipient (“Notice of Termination”), without penalty in the event that:

 

  a)

the Funding Agreement is materially amended, expired or terminated for any reason;

 

  b)

SDTC has not received sufficient allocated funds from the Government of Canada to enable SDTC to pay the Contribution; or

 

  c)

an order is made or resolution passed for the winding up of SDTC or the dissolution of SDTC.

 

13.7

If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with section 13.6:

 

  a)

any Claims submitted by the Eligible Recipient prior to the effective date of the Notice of Termination shall be processed by SDTC in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

  b)

SDTC shall have no obligation to pay any further installments of the Contribution, including amounts due or accruing as of the effective date of the Notice of Termination; and

 

  c)

the Eligible Recipient releases SDTC from any and all claims relating to such termination (other than the payment of any part of the Contribution properly payable by SDTC to the Eligible Recipient in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof).

 

13.8

If upon expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, there are, at the date of such termination, any amounts paid by SDTC to the Eligible Recipient as part of the Contribution which have not been expended by the Eligible Recipient on such date on Eligible

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 26 of 68


  Project Costs, the Eligible Recipient shall upon receipt of written notice from SDTC, repay all such amounts to SDTC in full. In the event the Eligible Recipient does not repay any and all such amounts to SDTC within thirty {30) days of the date of a written demand from SDTC to the Eligible Recipient requiring such repayment, such failure to repay shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement and SDTC shall have, in addition to all rights and recourses to recover monies owing at law or in equity, the rights set forth in Sections 13.2d) and {e) and Section 13.3 of this Agreement.

 

13.9

Fees and Expenses

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are completed, the Eligible Recipient shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket, due diligence and other related expenses of SDTC including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of legal counsel to SDTC relating to the negotiation and settlement of this Agreement and the fees paid to consultants and advisors pursuant to Section 13.4 hereof. Such expenses, if incurred, shall be deducted from an installment of the Contribution paid by SDTC to the Eligible Recipient pursuant to the terms hereof. The Eligible Recipient and Consortium Members shall bear their respective expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, all fees and expenses of agents, representatives, counsel and accountants, and in no event shall SDTC be responsible for such costs.

 

14.0

ASSIGNMENT

 

14.1

This Agreement shall not be assigned in whole or in part by the Eligible Recipient without the prior written consent of SDTC and any assignment made without that consent is void and of no force or effect.

 

15.0

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

15.1

Best Endeavours to Settle Disputes

In the event of any dispute, claim, question or difference arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any breach hereof, the parties hereto shall use reasonable efforts to settle such dispute, claim, question or difference. To this effect, they shall consult and negotiate with each other, in good faith and understanding of their mutual interests, to reach a just and equitable solution satisfactory to all parties.

 

15.2

Mediation

If a dispute arising out of this Agreement cannot be settled amicably through negotiation, then the parties agree that either party may submit the dispute to mediation {as administered by the Arbitration and Mediation Institute of Canada Inc.) upon written notice to the other party. The cost of mediation shall be borne equally by the parties.

 

15.3

Arbitration

 

  a)

Except as is expressly provided in this Agreement, if the parties do not reach a solution pursuant to Sections 15.1 or 15.2 hereof within a period of thirty {30) Business Days, then upon written notice by any party to the other, the dispute, claim, question or difference shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitrations Act (British Columbia) and any amendments thereto, based upon the following:

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 27 of 68


  i.

the arbitration tribunal shall consist of one arbitrator appointed by mutual agreement of the parties, or in the event of failure to agree within ten (10) Business Days, any party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint an arbitrator. The arbitrator shall be qualified by education and training to pass upon the particular matter to be decided;

 

  ii.

the arbitrator shall be instructed that time is of the essence in proceeding with his determination of any dispute, claim, question or difference and, in any event, the arbitration award must be rendered within thirty (30) Business Days of the submission of such dispute to arbitration;

 

  iii.

the arbitration shall take place in Vancouver, British Columbia and shall, unless otherwise mutually agreed among the parties, be conducted in English;

 

  iv.

the arbitration award shall be given in writing and shall be final and binding on the parties, not subject to any appeal, and shall deal with the question of costs of arbitration and all matters related thereto;

 

  v.

each party shall bear the cost of preparing its own case. The arbitrator shall have the right to include in the award the prevailing party’s costs of arbitration and reasonable fees of attorneys, accountants, engineers and other professionals incurred by it in connection with the arbitration; and

 

  vi.

judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any Court having jurisdiction, or, application may be made to such Court for a judicial recognition of the award or an order of enforcement thereof, as the case may be. In addition, if it appears to either party that the arbitrator lacks the power to give effective interim relief, such party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for such relief.

 

16.0

PUBLICITY AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

 

16.1

The Eligible Recipient will acknowledge the financial support of SDTC and the Funding Partner in all publicly disseminated information relating to the Project unless otherwise directed by SDTC.

 

16.2

The Eligible Recipient hereby consents and agrees to the participation by SDTC or a representative of the Government of Canada and the Funding Partner at any public event relating to the Project organized by the Eligible Recipient, the Consortium or a Third Party and to have the event take place on a date mutually agreed upon by the Eligible Recipient and SDTC. If directed by SDTC, the Eligible Recipient shall use the corporate name and logo of SDTC and the name and logo of the Funding Partner and the Government of Canada’s wordmark provided that such use is strictly in accordance with the policies of SDTC and the Government of Canada and the Funding Partner, as applicable relating thereto and only as it relates to the Project and for no other use without the prior written consent of SDTC.

 

16.3

No press releases, public announcements or other material prepared by the Eligible Recipient, the Consortium or a Third Party for promotional and general information purposes relating to the Project, SDTC, the Funding Partner or the Contribution shall be issued or distributed to the public without the prior written approval of SDTC and the Eligible Recipient shall use the framework for press releases provided by SDTC which recognizes the contribution to the Project of SDTC, the Government of Canada and the Funding Partner. At the request of SDTC, press releases, public announcements and other material prepared by the Eligible Recipient, the Consortium or a Third Party relating to the Project shall be in both English and French. Any such press releases, public announcements or other material shall be submitted to SDTC for review and approval at least ten Business Days prior to scheduled release to the public.

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 28 of 68


16.4

Each of SDTC and the Funding Partner may issue press releases and other materials it has prepared for promotional and general information purposes which refer to the Eligible Recipient, the Consortium, the Project and the Contribution without the approval or consent of the Eligible Recipient.

 

17.0

NOTICES

 

17.1

Notices under this Agreement shall be issued to the following individuals. Notification may be via fax or mail/courier to the following address:

To SDTC:

Sustainable Development Technology Canada

45 O’Connor Street

Suite 1850

Ottawa, ON Canada

K1P 1A4

Attention: Projects Coordinator

Fax: 613 234-0303

To Eligible Recipient:

D-Wave Systems Inc.

3033 Beta Avenue

Burnaby, BC Canada

V5G 4M9

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (604) 630-1434

Reports, notices, requests and documents are deemed to have been received, if sent by registered mail, when the postal receipt is acknowledged by the other party; by facsimile or electronic mail, when transmitted and receipt is confirmed; and by messenger or specialized courier agency, when delivered.

 

18.0

GENERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS

 

18.1

Time is of the Essence

Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

 

18.2

Excusable Delays

The dates and times by which either party is required to perform any obligation under this Agreement shall be postponed automatically to the extent, for the period of time, and to the degree that the party is prevented from so performing by circumstances beyond its reasonable control. Said circumstances shall include acts of nature, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war, epidemics, government regulations imposed after the fact, fire, power failures, earthquakes or other disasters. A party seeking relief under this Section shall, as promptly as possible under the circumstances, provide the other party with written notice of the circumstances, and its anticipated scope and time of postponement of its obligations.

 

18.3

Amendments

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 29 of 68


This Agreement may only be amended, modified or supplemented by a written agreement signed by authorized representatives of both parties.

 

18.4

Legal Relationship

Nothing contained herein as between SDTC and the Eligible Recipient, or as between the Minister and the Eligible Recipient, shall create the relationship of principal and agent, master and servant, settler and trustee, employer and employee, partner or joint venturer and neither party shall have any right to obligate or bind the other in any manner. The Eligible Recipient shall not, and shall ensure that the Consortium Members do not, make any representation that the Eligible Recipient is an agent of either SDTC or the Minister nor make any representation that could reasonably lead any member of the public to believe that the Eligible Recipient or any Consortium Member is an agent of either SDTC or the Minister.

 

18.5

Severability

If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction from which no further appeal lies or is taken, that provision shall be deemed to be severed herefrom and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and shall remain valid and enforceable; provided that in the event that any portion of this Agreement shall have been so determined to be or become invalid or unenforceable, the parties shall negotiate in good faith such changes to this Agreement as will best preserve for the parties the benefits and obligations of such offending portion.

 

18.6

No Implied Waivers; Rights Cumulative.

No failure on the part of the parties to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege under this Agreement, or provided by statute or at law or in equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, the right or power to terminate this Agreement, shall impair, prejudice or constitute a waiver of any such right, power, remedy or privilege or be construed as a waiver of any breach of this Agreement or as an acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power, remedy or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or privilege.

 

18.7

Further Assurances

Each of the parties covenants and agrees that it will sign such further agreements, assurances, waivers and documents, and do and perform or cause to be done and performed such further and other acts and things as may be necessary or desirable from time to time in order to give full effect to this Agreement and every part hereof.

 

18.8

Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein. The courts of the Province of British Columbia shall have exclusive and original jurisdiction in any action or proceedings brought under this Agreement or for the purpose of enforcing this Agreement or any provision of it and the parties irrevocably attorn to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of British Columbia.

 

18.9

Entire Agreement

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous negotiations, communications, and other agreements, whether written or verbal, between the parties.

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 30 of 68


18.10

Successors and Assigns

This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

18.11

Language of Agreement

This Agreement has been drafted in the English language at the express wish of the parties. Le present document a été rédigé dans la langue anglaise à la volonté expresse des parties.

 

19.0

LIMITS ON FUNDING

 

19.1

The preparation of this Agreement by SDTC and the completion of any blanks herein shall not be construed as an offer by SDTC to the Eligible Recipient. This Agreement shall not be binding on SDTC until it has been executed by SDTC and the Eligible Recipient and a fully executed copy is delivered to the head office of SDTC in Ottawa. Unless fully executed, this document shall expire on July 31, 2018 and any potential funding described herein may be unilaterally withdrawn by SDTC.

[Remainder of this page left Intentionally blank.]

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 31 of 68


IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto as of the Effective Date.

 

CANADA FOUNDATION FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT TECHNOLOGY     D-Wave Systems Inc.

/s/ Kevin Lindsey

   

/s/ Vern Brownell

Kevin Lindsey

Acting Vice President, Performance

    Vern Brownell, CEO

/s/ Ziyad Rahme

   

Ziyad Rahme

VP Investments, for Leah Lawrence, President and CEO

   

 

SDTC-2017-C-3278    SDTC CONFIDENTIAL    Page 32 of 68

Exhibit 10.18

 

LOGO

May 25, 2020

Mr. Alan Baratz

CEO

D-Wave Systems Inc.

3033 Beta Ave

Burnaby, BC V5G 4M9

Re:    SDTC 2017-C-3278-M3 D-Wave Systems Inc.

Dear Mr. Baratz:

As discussed previously, SDTC has approved a modification to your Project to increase the funding provided by SDTC by $10,000,000. Adding the COVID-19 related relief payment of $500,000 received in March 2020, this brings the total funding provided by SDTC to $20,500,000. payments include $2,000,000 of funding provided by BC-ICE bringing the total amount provided to $22,500,000.

As stipulated in the previous notice of November 26, 2019 regarding this modification, D-Wave must meet certain conditions to receive the additional funds. These conditions are listed below along with the evidence provided by D-Wave:

 

Condition

 

Evidence of Fulfillment Provided

•   D-Wave to receive private funds (not including public sector funding or debt financing) before SDTC provides additional funding, with a [*****] ratio of private funding to SDTC funding.

 

•   Shareholder agreement template from closing.

 

•   Image of D-Wave System Inc.’s [*****] account [*****] with a closing balance on April 15, 2020 of [*****] supporting that the private funds have been transferred.

•   D-Wave to convert all existing Convertible Notes to equity once additional private funding has been confirmed.

 

•   D-Wave’s recapitalization was accomplished via the capitalization and incorporation of a new company (DWSI Holdings Inc.) which has acquired all outstanding securities of D-Wave Systems Inc. During this transaction, all outstanding convertible notes were converted into new equity in DWSI Holdings as spelled out in the letter to shareholders and the recapitalization agreement. The new capitalization table also indicates that all the only current forms of securities issued by DWSI Holdings Inc. are in the form of common or preferred shares or warrants.

•   D-Wave to set aside protected funds sufficient for severance obligations to employees.

 

•   Based on the information provided, SDTC believes D-Wave has met the terms and conditions relating to severance obligations. Therefore, this condition is waived with the understanding that this has been discussed and D-Wave will adhere to best practices regarding severance.

•   D-Wave to confirm that changes in the structure of the senior management team addressing SDTC concerns about integration of the business strategy and technology development have been approved by the D-Wave Board.

 

•   Prior to the fundraise, D-Wave appointed Alan Baratz CEO and has adjusted their go-to-market plan to focus almost exclusively on [*****].

•   SDTC’s designate will continue to participate as an observer on the D-Wave Board to assist with the transition, which is anticipated to coincide with the end of the SDTC Project.

 

•   D-Wave passed a Board resolution to make Leo De Bever (Board member of SDTC) a Board Invitee.


To accomplish this modification, a Clause in the Contribution Agreement along with two schedules need to be revised. Attached please find the amended Clause 3.1 of the Contribution Agreement, Schedule B (Revision 2) and Schedule C (Revision 1). The changes in Schedule B (Revision 2) reflect the changes to the deliverables in Milestones 2 and 3 as agreed upon by D-Wave and SDTC along with an updated SDTC Project Reporting Schedule. The changes in Clause 3.1 and Schedule C (Revision 1) reflect D-Wave’s increases in Project spending, the SDTC Board approved modification in funding amount and the payment schedule associated with this.

SDTC is also asking DWSI Holdings Inc. (as the new parent company of D-Wave Systems Inc.) to provide a guarantee to D-Wave’s ability to fulfill this agreement; this document has been provided separately.

Please sign the amendment below and return to indicate your agreement with the above.

Should you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact me at (343) 803-0794 or by email (d.smith@sdtc.ca).

Sincerely,

 

/s/ David Smith

David Smith

Investment Lead

Attach.


D-Wave - SDTC Contribution Agreement Amendment – May 25, 2020

The parties agree that Section 3.1, Schedule B and Schedule C of the Contribution Agreement executed on July 10, 2018 and Schedule B-revision 1 approved September 9, 2019 are replaced by their revisions presented below and are no longer in effect. All other sections of the Contribution Agreement remain unchanged and in effect.

CANADA FOUNDATION FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT TECHNOLOGY

 

/s/ Christine Charbonneau

   

2020-Jun-17

   

/s/ Leah Lawrence

   

2020-Jun-17

Christine Charbonneau     Date     Leah Lawrence     Date
VP, Corporate Services         President & CEO    
D-Wave Systems Inc.            

/s/ Alan Baratz

   

2020-Jun-05

       
Alan Baratz     Date        
CEO            

The parties agree that section 3.1 of the Contribution Agreement (pgs. 12-13) now read as follows (change indicated with italics):

 

3.1

Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, SDTC shall pay to the Eligible Recipient up to the lesser of (a) 23.6% of the Eligible Project Costs, or (b) $22,500,000 Contribution payable in installments as provided in Schedule C attached hereto. SDTC shall not make any payment on account of any cost incurred by the Eligible Recipient prior to October 1, 2017 or in excess of the costs set out in the Budget attached hereto as Schedule C. Any Person that does not have legal capacity in Canada or Excluded Recipient may collaborate with the Eligible Recipient in relation to the Project, and may contribute in-kind or advisory work, or perform work under contract to the Eligible Recipient, provided that such parties do not receive direct funding from SDTC.

The Eligible Recipient acknowledges that a portion of the Contribution is being provided indirectly by the Funding Partner under the Shared Cost Arrangement Agreement, and that SDTC is facilitating the payment of such portion by accepting payment from the Funding Partner and including such amounts in the Contribution provided for under this Agreement.

The parties further agree that Schedules B (pgs. 43-48) and C (pgs. 49-51) of the Contribution Agreement and the Schedule B-revision 1 approved September 9, 2019 are replaced by the following revisions:

Exhibit 10.19

SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

STRATEGIC INNOVATION FUND

Development and Commercialization of Next-Generation Quantum Computer

This Agreement made

 

Between:

 
 

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA

 

(“Her Majesty”)

 

as represented by the Minister of Industry

 

(the “Minister”)

And:

 
  D-Wave Systems Inc., a corporation duly incorporated under the laws of Canada, having its head office located at 3033 Beta Ave., Burnaby, BC V5G 4M9

And:

 
  DWSI Holdings Inc., a corporation duly incorporated under the laws of British Columbia, having its head office located at 3033 Beta Ave., Burnaby, BC V5G 4M9
 

(each a “Recipient” and collectively the “Recipients ”)

RECITALS

WHEREAS

 

  I-

The Strategic Innovation Fund (“SIF”) is designed to encourage research and development, and accelerate the technology transfer and commercialization of innovative products, services, and processes; facilitate the growth and expansion of firms; secure economically significant mandates within or to Canada; and, advance industrial research and technology demonstration activities through collaboration;

 

  II-

Neither the entering into this Agreement nor the provision by the Minister of the Contribution is contingent upon export performance on the part of the Recipients;

 

1


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

  III-

the Project is in respect of SIF’s research and development (“R&D”) and commercialization (Stream 1);

 

  IV-

the Project involves:

 

   

Adaption of research findings for commercial applications that have the potential for market disruption;

 

   

Development of current products and services through the implementation of new or incremental technology that will enhance the Recipient’s competitive capability;

 

   

Development of process improvements which reduce the environmental footprint of current production through the use of new or improved technologies

 

  V-

The Minister has agreed to make a repayable contribution to the Recipients in support of the Recipients’ Eligible Supported Costs (as defined herein) of the Project with total Project costs of one hundred and nineteen million, eight hundred and sixty-seven thousand dollars ($119,867,000);

NOW, THEREFORE in accordance with the mutual covenants and agreements herein, Her Majesty and the Recipients agree as follows:

 

1.

Purpose of the Agreement

The purpose of this Agreement is to set out respective obligations and the terms and conditions under which the Minister will provide funding in support of the Project (as defined herein).

 

2.

Interpretation

 

2.1

Definitions.

In this Agreement, a capitalized term has the meaning given to it in this section, unless otherwise specified:

Acquisition or Divestiture” means an acquisition of a business, the sale of a business or a merger or amalgamation.

Activity” means a significant task that must take place in order to complete the Project. It has duration, during which time the work of that task is performed, and may have resources and costs associated with that task as set out in Form C1—PROJECT COSTS BREAKDOWN of Schedule 1—Statement of Work .

Affiliated Person” means an affiliated person as defined in the Income Tax Act, as amended.

 

2


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

Agreement” means this contribution agreement including all the schedules attached hereto, as such may be amended, restated or supplemented, from time to time.

Background Intellectual Property” means Intellectual Property that is not Project Intellectual Property and that is required for the carrying out of the Project or the exploitation of the Project Intellectual Property.

Background Intellectual Property Rights ” means the Intellectual Property Rights in Background Intellectual Property.

Benefits Commitments” means those activities described in Subsection 6.2 of this Agreement that will generate benefits to Canada.

Benefits Phase” means the period from the Project Completion Date to and including the last day of the Term.

Change in Control” of the Recipients means:

 

(a)

if the Recipient is a public company, the acquisition by an individual or company (or two or more of them acting in concert) that results in its or their direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 20% or more of outstanding shares of voting stock of the Recipient; or

 

(b)

if the Recipient is a private company, the acquisition by an individual or company (or two or more of them acting in concert) that results in its or their direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the voting stock in the Recipient; or

 

(c)

if the Recipient enters into a binding obligation to sell, sells or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets.

Claim Period” means the following quarters of a calendar year: January 1 to March 31, April 1 to June 30, July 1 to September 30 and October 1 to December 31.

Collaboration” means the Recipient’s association with one or more Collaboration Partners for the purpose of research and development.

Collaboration Partner” means, other than the Recipients and sub-contractors, any small and medium-sized Canadian based enterprise, any Canadian research institute, any licensed or accredited academic, post-secondary institution in Canada that is/are involved in the Collaboration.

Contribution” means the funding, in Canadian dollars, made available by the Minister under this Agreement.

“CO-OP Term” means a four (4) month full-time position.

 

3


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

Dispose” or “Disposal” means, as regards a Project Asset, the transferring outside Canada, use for a purpose other than research and development by the Recipients, selling, leasing or otherwise disposing including, in the case of a prototype or pilot plant, the transfer to commercial production, but in any event, shall not include abandoning the Project Asset for legitimate business reasons, such as the disposal of obsolete or disused equipment or materials.

Eligibility Date” means May 1, 2020.

Eligible Costs” means the costs associated with work performed in Canada, or outside of Canada to the extent explicitly permitted in this Agreement that are incurred and paid by the Recipient in respect of the Project, and in accordance with Schedule 3—Cost Principles, excluding any costs prohibited or deemed ineligible elsewhere in this Agreement.

Eligible Not-Supported Costs” any costs that are specifically identified in Schedule 1—Statement of Work as not being supported including those Eligible Costs that are in excess of limits imposed on indirect (overhead) costs under Schedule 3—Cost Principles of this Agreement.

Eligible Supported Costs” means any Eligible Costs, excluding Eligible Not-Supported Costs.

Event of Default” means the events of default listed in Subsection 14.1 of this Agreement.

Execution Date” means the date of the last signature to this Agreement such that the Agreement is signed and dated by all Parties.

Fair Market Value” means the price that would be agreed to in an open and unrestricted market between knowledgeable and willing parties dealing at arm’s length, who are fully informed and not under any compulsion to transact.

Force Majeure” means any cause which is unavoidable or beyond the reasonable control of the Recipients, including war, riot, insurrection, strikes, or any act of God or other similar circumstance and which could not have been reasonably circumvented by the Recipients without incurring unreasonable cost.

“FTE” or “Full Time Equivalent” means each employee or, where applicable, intern, who works for the Recipients on a full-time basis (i.e. they are responsible to work at least 2,000 hours for the Recipients when calculated on an annual basis) and, in the case of hourly paid employees or interns who are responsible to work for the Recipients less than on a full-time basis, each equivalent to such a full-time worker, where the number of such equivalents is calculated by dividing (a) by (b) where (a) = the aggregate of all hours worked by such individuals for the Recipients including hours taken by them as paid

 

4


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

vacation, sick leave, and for other similar reasons, calculated on an annual basis, and (b) = 2,000 hours.

Government Fiscal Year” means the period from April 1 of one year to March 31 of the following year.

“Highly Skilled” means an employee that requires specialized training in order to operate, manage or participate in the Project. This may include scientists, engineers, managers and specialized trades.

Intellectual Property” means all inventions, whether or not patented or patentable, all commercial and technical information, whether or not constituting trade secrets, and all copyrightable works, industrial designs, integrated circuit topographies, and distinguishing marks or guises, whether or not registered or registrable.

Intellectual Property Rights” means all rights recognized by law in or to Intellectual Property, including but not limited to Intellectual Property rights protected through legislation. These shall include patents, copyrights, industrial design rights, integrated circuit topography rights, rights in trademarks and trade names, all rights in applications and registrations for any of the foregoing, and all rights in trade secrets and confidential information.

Interest Rate” means the Bank Rate, as defined in the Interest and Administrative Charges Regulations, in effect on the due date, plus 300 basis points, compounded monthly. The Interest Rate for a given month can be found at: http://www.tpsgc-pwgsc.gc.ca/recgen/txt/taux-rates-eng.html

Master Schedule” means a summary-level Project schedule that identifies the major Activities and work breakdown structure components and Milestones as reflected in Form A—MASTER SCHEDULE of Schedule 1—Statement of Work.

Material Change” is a significant change in the scope, objectives, outcomes or benefits of the Project including without limitation, the following:

 

(a)

The Project is not completed or not expected to be completed by the Project Completion Date;

 

(b)

the Total Estimated Eligible Costs set out in Form C2—ESTIMATED COST BREAKDOWN BY FISCAL YEAR of Schedule 1—Statement of Work are expected to be reduced or are expected to be exceeded by twenty percent (20%) or more;

 

(c)

a change in the locations where the Project is to be performed as identified in Form D—PROJECT LOCATION AND COSTS of Schedule 1—Statement of Work.

 

5


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

Maximum Amount to be Repaid” means 1.5 times the actual amount disbursed by the Minister to the Recipients under this Agreement.

Milestone” means a significant point or event in the Project as set forth in Form B—MILESTONES of Schedule 1—Statement of Work.

Party” means the Minister, or the Recipients or any Guarantor, and “Parties” means all of them.

Project” means the project as described in Schedule 1—Statement of Work.

Project Asset” means an asset which, in whole or in part, has been acquired, created, developed, advanced and/or contributed to by the Contribution.

Project Completion Date ” means June 30, 2022.

Project Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property conceived, produced, developed or reduced to practice in carrying out the Project by the Recipients and/or any Affiliated Persons of the Recipients, or any of their employees, agents, contractors or assigns.

Project Intellectual Property Rights” means the Intellectual Property Rights in the Project Intellectual Property.

Public Office Holder” means a public office holder as defined in the Lobbying Act, as amended.

Resulting Products” means all products, services or processes produced using the Project Intellectual Property or that incorporate any of the Project Intellectual Property.

“Recipient Fiscal Year” means the period for which each Recipient’s accounts in respect of its business or property are prepared for purposes of assessment under the Income Tax Act, as amended.

Repayment Period” means the repayment period set out in Section 2 of Schedule 5—Repayments to the Minister.

Schedule” means a schedule to this Agreement, including any amendments or supplements.

Similar Goods” means goods or services that closely resemble the goods or services being transferred, in respect of their component materials, form, function and characteristics, and are capable of performing an equivalent function as, and of being commercially interchangeable with, the goods being transferred.

 

6


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

Technology Readiness Level” or “TRL” means technology readiness according to the Technology Readiness Level scale described below.

 

Technology Readiness Level    Description
TRL 1—Basic principles observed and reported    Lowest level of technology readiness. Scientific research begins to be translated into applied research and development (R&D). Examples might include paper studies of a technology’s basic properties.
TRL 2—Technology concept and/or application formulated    Invention begins. Once basic principles are observed, practical applications can be invented. Applications are speculative, and there may be no proof or detailed analysis to support the assumptions.
TRL 3—Analytical and experimental critical function and/or characteristic proof of concept    Active R&D is initiated. This includes analytical studies and laboratory studies to physically validate the analytical predictions of separate elements of the technology.
TRL 4—Product and/or process validation in laboratory environment    Basic technological products and/or processes are tested to establish that they will work.
TRL 5—Product and/or process validation in relevant environment    Reliability of product and/or process innovation increases significantly. The basic products and/or processes are integrated so they can be tested in a simulated environment.
TRL 6—Product and/or process prototype demonstration in a relevant environment    Prototypes are tested in a relevant environment. Represents a major step up in a technology’s demonstrated readiness. Examples include testing a prototype in a simulated operational environment.
TRL 7—Product and/or process prototype demonstration in an operational environment    Prototype near or at planned operational system and requires demonstration of an actual prototype in an operational environment (e.g. in a vehicle).
TRL 8—Actual product and/or process completed and qualified through test and demonstration    Innovation has been proven to work in its final form and under expected conditions. In almost all cases, this TRL represents the end of true system development.

 

7


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

Technology Readiness Level    Description

TRL 9—Actual product and/or process proven successful

   Actual application of the product and/or process innovation in its final form or function.

Term” means the duration of this Agreement as set out in Subsection 3.2 of this Agreement.

Work Phase” means the period of time from the Eligibility Date to and including the Project Completion Date.

Years to Repay” means 15 years.

2.2    Singular/Plural. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or plural shall include the singular and the plural.

2.3    Entire Agreement. Unless amended in writing by the Parties, this Agreement comprises the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the Project. No prior document, negotiation, provision, undertaking or agreement in relation to the subject matter of this Agreement has legal effect. No representation or warranty, whether express, implied or otherwise, has been made by the Minister to the Recipients, except as expressly set out in this Agreement.

2. 4    Inconsistency. In case of inconsistency or conflict between a provision contained in the part of the Agreement preceding the signatures and a provision contained in any of the Schedules to this Agreement, the provision contained in the part of the Agreement preceding the signatures will prevail.

2.5    Schedules. This Agreement contains the following Schedules as described below, which form an integral part of this Agreement:

Schedule 1—Statement of Work

Schedule 2—Communications Obligations

Schedule 3—Cost Principles

Schedule 4—Reporting Requirements

Schedule 5—Repayments to the Minister

Schedule 6—Resolution Process

 

3.

Duration of Agreement

 

8


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

3.1    Execution. This Agreement must be signed by the Recipients and received by the Minister within thirty (30) days of their signature by the Minister, failing which it will be null and void.

3.2    Duration of Agreement. This Agreement will commence on the Execution Date and will expire, subject to Subsection 3.3, on the later of fifteen (15) years after the start of the repayment period or the date of the last repayment to the Minister unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

3.3    Survival Period. Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 3.2 above, the rights and obligations described in the following Sections or Subsections will survive for a period of three (3) years beyond the Term or early termination of the Agreement:

Section 7—Government Funding

Subsection 8.5—Overpayment by Minister

Section 9—Reporting, Monitoring, Audit and Evaluation

Subsection 10.2(d)—Disposal of Assets

Subsection 13.1—Indemnification

Subsection 13.2—Limitation of Liability

Section 14—Default and Remedies

Section 16—Confidentiality

Subsection 17.2—Interest

Subsection 17.3—Set-off Rights of Minister

Subsection 17.8—Applicable Law

 

4.

The Contribution

4.1    Contribution. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Minister agrees to make a repayable Contribution to the Recipients in respect of the Project in an amount not exceeding the lesser of (a) and (b) as follows:

(a) forty-six and thirty-eight hundreths percent (46.38%) of the Eligible Supported Costs; and

(b) forty million dollars ($40,000,000).

4.2    Funding Period. The Minister will not contribute to any Eligible Supported Costs incurred by the Recipients prior to the Eligibility Date or after the Project Completion Date. In no event will Eligible Supported Costs incurred prior to the Execution Date exceed twenty percent (20%) of the “Total Estimated Eligible Supported Costs” set out in Form C2—ESTIMATED COST BREAKDOWN BY FISCAL YEAR of Schedule 1—Statement of Work.

4.3    Fiscal Year. The payment of the Contribution per Government Fiscal Year is estimated at amounts specified in Form C2—ESTIMATED COST BREAKDOWN BY FISCAL YEAR of Schedule 1—Statement of Work . The Minister will have no obligation to pay any amounts in any Government Fiscal Year other than those specified in Form C2—ESTIMATED COST BREAKDOWN BY FISCAL YEAR of Schedule 1—Statement of

 

9


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

Work. If, for a given Government Fiscal Year, the Recipients claim an amount less than the estimated Contribution for that Government Fiscal Year specified in Form C2 - ESTIMATED COST BREAKDOWN BY FISCAL YEAR of Schedule 1—Statement of Work, the Minister may consider any request to re-profile the excess funds to future Government Fiscal Years before the Project Completion Date.

4.4    Overruns. The Recipients shall be responsible for all costs of the Project, including cost overruns, if any.

4.5    Holdbacks. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Minister will withhold up to ten percent (10%) of the Contribution until:

 

  (a)

the Project is completed to the satisfaction of the Minister;

 

  (b)

the final report described in Subsection 8.3(c) has been submitted to the satisfaction of the Minister; and

 

  (c)

the Minister has approved the final claim described in Subsection 8.3.

 

5.

Recipients’ Obligations

5.1    Project Completion Date. The Recipients agree to carry out the Project in a diligent and professional manner using qualified personnel, and complete same on or before the Project Completion Date.

5.2    Project Location. Except as otherwise permitted in Subsection 6.5 below, the Recipients agree to carry out the project exclusively in Canada.

5.3    Benefits Commitments. The Recipients agree to conduct Benefits Commitments exclusively in Canada.

5.4    Repayment. The Recipients agree to make all repayments due to the Minister as set out in Schedule 5—Repayments to the Minister.

5.5    Compliance. The Recipients agree to satisfy and comply with all other terms, conditions and obligations contained in this Agreement.

5.6    Joint Commitment. The two Recipients agree that they are jointly and severally liable for the terms, conditions and obligations contained in this Agreement (including the terms, conditions and obligations applicable to their subsidiaries). Further, D-Wave Systems Inc. is the operating company and as such it will be the Recipient directly conducting this project, submitting claims (and receiving payments), and submitting reports. However, there may be instances where one of them may send or receive information, funds, etc. on behalf of both, subject to the concurrence of the Minister.

 

10


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

6.

Special Conditions

 

6.1

The Recipients covenant and agree to the following:

 

6.1.1 Pre-disbursement

Upon submission of the first claim, the Recipients shall provide evidence to the Minister, to the Minister’s satisfaction, that they have available funds to carry out the Project and continue operating for the remainder of the Government Fiscal Year in which the claim is received by the Minister, or for a period of six months from the day the claim is received by the Minister, whichever is greater. No disbursement of the Contribution shall be made prior to the Recipients providing such satisfactory evidence. If the Recipients fail to satisfy such condition within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the receipt of the first claim, the Minister may, at his discretion, terminate the Agreement upon written notice.

Subsequently, at the beginning of each new Government Fiscal Year, the Recipients shall provide evidence to the Minister, to the Minister’s satisfaction, that they have available funds to carry out the Project and continue operating for that Government Fiscal Year. No disbursement of the Contribution shall be made prior to the Recipients providing such satisfactory evidence. If the Recipients fail to satisfy such condition within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the beginning of each Government Fiscal Year, the Minister may, at his discretion, terminate the Agreement upon written notice.

 

6.1.2

 Minister’s Consent to Change in Control.

In the event that the Minister does not provide his/her consent to any Change in Control as required within this Agreement, the Recipients may terminate this Agreement upon payment of three hundred percent (300%) the Contribution disbursed, less any amount already repaid to the Minister as of the date of the written notice from the Minister informing the Recipients of the decision, at which time the Parties will be released from their obligations under this Agreement (except for those obligations that survive beyond the term of the Agreement, excluding Subsection 10.2(d)—Disposal of Assets).

 

6.2

Benefits Commitments.

The Recipients covenant and agree to the following:

 

6.2.1

 Create and maintain high-skilled jobs in Canada.

 

(a)

maintain their current [*****] full time equivalents (FTEs), and create [*****] new FTEs in Canada including [*****] Highly Skilled positions during the Work Phase;

 

11


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

(b)

maintain at least [*****] FTEs and create an additional [*****] FTEs during the Benefits Phase;

 

(c)

contribute to the development of tomorrow’s workforce in the digital and quantum ecosystem, over the Term. The Recipients will:

 

  (i)

create and maintain at least [*****] CO-OP positions annually from post-secondary institutions during the Work Phase; and,

 

  (ii)

create and maintain at least [*****] CO-OP positions annually from post-secondary institutions during the Benefits Phase.

6.2.2 Maintain or increase investments in Canada.

 

(a)

invest at least [*****] in gross R&D spending in Canada during the Work Phase, and an additional [*****] during the Benefits Phase. The total gross R&D spending in Canada over the Term is to be [*****];

 

(b)

the annual gross R&D spending is to be verified by the Recipients’ external auditor and either stated in their audited financial statements or provided in a separate statement signed by the external auditor. As the commitment in (a) is in Canadian dollars, statements must also express progress in Canadian dollars.

6.2.3 Expand collaborations with academia and non-profit organizations nationally to share knowledge and spur innovation.

 

(a)

maintain at least [*****] collaborations with Canadian post-secondary institutions and/or research centers, universities and/or non-profit organizations during the Work Phase;

 

(b)

maintain at least [*****] collaborations and create a minimum of [*****] additional collaborations with Canadian post-secondary institutions and/or research centers, universities and/or non-profit organizations during the Benefits Phase; and

 

(c)

host open houses, workshops, seminars and other events annually at secondary schools and post-secondary institutions in Canada to increase exposure to careers in Science, Technology, Engineering, and Math (STEM) during the Benefits Phase.

6.2.4 Commitment to inclusive hiring practices and employee training.

 

(a)

create and have a diversity and gender equity plan in place within one (1) year of the Execution Date, and report on the achievement of diversity and gender equity

 

12


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

  goals on an annual basis for the Term. The action plan will contain baseline figures, measurable goals and outcomes, and include the following commitments:

(i) Targets in respect to achieving and maintaining pay equity and increasing female representation within the Recipients’ organisation.

(ii) Best efforts to engage Indigenous Communities on labour market opportunities, supply chain opportunities, making investments that support partnership, and raising awareness of careers in STEM;

 

(b)

determine the baseline figure of females they employ in STEM positions in their diversity and gender equity plan, and increase female representation in STEM positions to rank above the average as reported by the BC Technology Industry Association for gender diversity for high technology companies in British Columbia, by the end of the Term.

6.2.5 Commitment to support the development of the quantum computer ecosystem in Canada.

 

(a)

make available [*****] hours per month of quantum computing cloud access, including system-programming and annual training courses, to qualified members of the quantum-computing ecosystem in Canada towards their development during the Work Phase; and

 

(b)

make best efforts to involve the National Research Council to assist the Recipients in determining qualified members of the Canadian quantum computing ecosystem.

6.2.6 Development of a Strategy to Create and Retain IP in Canada.

The Recipients shall provide to the Minister within one (1) year of the Execution Date, their IP strategy and policy as pertains to the Project that supports the creation and retention of IP in Canada; including educational awareness training for employees, and report annually on any changes during the Term.

6.2.7 Maintain footprint in Canada and facilities Closure.

The Recipients’ R&D facilities and head office location in Canada will remain open for the Term.

In the event of a closure of one of the R&D facilities or the head office location in Canada during the Term, all remedies available to the Minister as set out in the Agreement may be exercised.

6.2.8 Canadian Suppliers to the Recipients.

The Recipients shall use best efforts to identify and to develop locally based suppliers capable of meeting their needs aligned with the Project activities.

 

13


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

6.3    Development of Business Sustainability Plan.

The Recipients shall provide to the Minister, to the Minister’s satisfaction, a business sustainability plan by April 1, 2021. This plan should clearly demonstrate, to the Minister’s satisfaction, that the Recipients will be financially self-sustainable by the Project Completion Date. If the Recipients fail to satisfy this condition, the Minister may, at his discretion, terminate the Agreement upon written notice according to Schedule 6—Resolution Process.

6.4    Board Invitee Status on D-Wave Systems Inc.’s and DWSI Holdings Inc.’s Boards of Directors.

The Recipients will invite a representative from SIF, or a designate from Innovation, Science and Economic Development (ISED), to attend all of their Board of Directors meetings as a Board Invitee, as defined in the Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Agreement of the Recipients, for the Term.

6.5    Work Outside Canada

In consideration of the Minister providing the Contribution, the Recipients shall incur a minimum of 90% of the project Eligible Supported Costs in Canada, and may incur up to 10% of project Eligible Supported Costs for work outside of Canada. Any cost over the threshold of 10% will be considered ineligible and will not be subject to claim.

6.6    Offset of the overdue repayment amount to the Crown for the existing Technology Partnerships Canada (TPC) Agreement (#720-493141).

In consideration of the Minister providing this Contribution under the SIF program the Recipients accept the right of the Minister to deduct overdue repayment amounts due to the Crown for the TPC (#720-493141) Agreement, if any, from claim amounts to be claimed and to be paid under this Agreement and/or under future federal grants and contributions agreements with the Recipients.

6.7    Additional Reporting

 

6.7.1

In addition to Schedule 4—Reporting Requirements and on an annual basis and for the Term, the Recipients shall provide information identifying the Project’s achievements relative the planned outcomes and benefits including:

 

  a)

Number of FTEs (jobs) created or maintained with average and range of salary levels;

 

  b)

Market share secured or captured;

 

  c)

Composition of workforce, including diversity and gender representation;

 

  d)

Dollars spent on gross Canadian R&D as verified by an external auditor;

 

14


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

  e)

Productivity improvement levels;

 

  f)

Number and details of post-secondary institution collaborations;

 

  g)

Number and activities of co-op engagements;

 

  h)

Training activities of the workforce.

 

6.7.2

In addition to Schedule 4—Reporting Requirements and on an annual basis and for the Term, the Recipients shall provide information on the Project derived benefits including but not limited to information on:

 

  a)

Impact to the growth of the Canadian supply chain;

 

  b)

New intellectual property generated;

 

  c)

R&D and Product Development levels as a function of revenue;

 

  d)

Details of increased collaborations, including associated costs and activities;

 

  e)

Efforts to reduce environmental footprint;

 

  f)

Productivity improvement levels.

 

6.8

Amendment. The Recipients shall provide written notice to the Minister of any changes which may have an impact on Schedule 1—Statement of Work or on the Benefits Commitments in accordance with 6.2 of this Agreement. The Recipients shall provide to the satisfaction of the Minister sufficient written reasons to justify modifications to the Agreement. At the Minister’s sole discretion, the Minister may request a formal amendment to be executed by the Parties. The Parties agree to negotiate in good faith such amendments. Failure to agree may result in the Minister declaring an Event of Default in accordance with 14.1 of this Agreement, after implementing the Resolution Process specified in Schedule 6—Resolution Process.

 

7.

Government Funding

7.1    The Recipients represent that the list below states all funding from federal, provincial, territorial or municipal governments in Canada (“Government Funding”) for this Project, requested or received by the Recipients or that the Recipients currently expect to request or receive to cover any of the Eligible Supported Costs. The list below excludes provincial and federal investment tax credits.

 

Federal

   $  [*****]  

Federal

   $ [*****]  

Federal

   $ [*****]  

Provincial

   $ [*****]  

Territorial

   $  [*****]  

Municipal

   $  [*****]  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $  [*****]  

7.2    The Recipients shall inform the Minister of any change to the amount of Government Funding identified in Subsection 7.1. The Recipients shall also inform the

 

 

15


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

Minister of any provincial and federal investment tax credits, received or expected to be received by the Recipients for the Eligible Supported Costs. Such notice must be made promptly in writing, and in any case not later than thirty (30) days following any change. In the event of additional Government Funding, the Minister will have the right to either reduce the Contribution to the extent of any additional funding received by the Recipients or require the Recipients to repay the Contribution hereunder equal to the amount of any such additional funding received by the Recipients in accordance with Subsection 8.5.

7.3 In no instance will the total Government Funding (including SIF funding, provincial and federal investment tax credits) towards Eligible Supported Costs of the Project be allowed to exceed seventy-five percent (75%) of total Eligible Supported Costs.

 

8.

Claims and Payments

8.1 Separate Records. The Recipients shall maintain accounting records that account for the Contribution paid to the Recipients and the related Project costs, separate and distinct from any other sources of funding.

8.2 Claims Procedures. The Minister will reimburse claims for Eligible Supported Costs submitted for a Claim Period, provided there is no Event of Default and the claims are:

 

  (a)

submitted for each Claim Period, except for the first claim which will start on the Eligibility Date;

 

  (b)

submitted within forty-five (45) days of the end of each Claim Period;

 

  (c)

accompanied with details of all costs being claimed according to Schedule 3 – Cost Principles, which have been incurred by the Recipients and which will be substantiated by such documents as may be required by the Minister and presented in accordance with the Activities and the Milestones contained Schedule 1—Statement of Work ;

 

  (d)

certified, in a form satisfactory to the Minister, by the chief financial officer of the Recipients or such other person considered satisfactory to the Minister;

 

  (e)

adjusted, if necessary, by including a deduction for expenses included in a previous claim which were not eligible supported expenses according to Eligible Supported Costs definition in this Agreement or which were not paid by the Recipients;

 

  (f)

accompanied by a report containing:

 

 

16


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

  (i)

the Recipients’ revised projections of the Project cash flows for the current Government Fiscal Year;

 

  (ii)

an identification of any planned or completed Disposal;

 

  (iii)

an itemized list of foreign sub-contracting costs, if any;

 

  (iv)

the foreign exchange rates used in the claim;

 

  (v)

progress report as specified in Subsection 1.2 of Schedule 4 - Reporting Requirements; and

 

  (vi)

such other information as the Minister may request from time to time.

 

  (g)

accompanied by a statement from the Recipients repeating and confirming the representations set out in Section 10 of this Agreement as required by Subsection 10.3, and a certification that there are no Events of Defaults (and no state of facts exist which, with the giving of notice or the passing of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default);

 

  (h)

substantially (± ten percent (10%)) consistent with the cost estimates of Schedule 1—Statement of Work ; and

 

  (i)

accompanied by the Recipients’ travel policy (first claim only).

8.3 Final Claim Procedures. D-Wave Systems Inc. shall submit, within forty-five (45) days after the Project Completion Date, the final claim along with:

 

  (a)

an itemized statement certified by D-Wave Systems Inc.’s chief financial officer, or such other person considered satisfactory to the Minister, attesting to the total Eligible Supported Costs for the Project incurred and paid;

 

  (b)

a statement of the total government funding (federal, provincial and municipal funding as well as tax credits) received or requested to cover the Eligible Supported Costs of the Project; and

 

  (c)

a final progress report on the Project, as more fully described in Subsection 1.3 of Schedule 4—Reporting Requirements.

8.4 Payment Procedures.

 

  (a)

The Minister shall review and approve the documentation submitted by D-Wave Systems Inc. following the receipt of its claim and in the event of any deficiency in the documentation, the Minister will notify D-Wave

 

17


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

Systems Inc. and it shall immediately take action to address and rectify the deficiency.

 

  (b)

Subject to the maximum Contribution amounts set forth in Subsection 4.1 and all other conditions contained in this Agreement, the Minister shall pay to the Recipients a percentage of the Eligible Supported Costs set forth in the Recipients’ claim based on the sharing ratio identified under Form C2 – ESTIMATED COST BREAKDOWN BY FISCAL YEAR, in accordance with the Minister’s customary practices.

 

  (c)

The Minister may request at any time that the Recipients provide satisfactory evidence to demonstrate that all Eligible Supported Costs claimed have been paid.

8.5 Overpayment by Minister. Where the Minister determines that the amount of the Contribution disbursed exceeds the amount to which the Recipients are entitled, the Recipients shall repay to the Minister, promptly and no later than thirty (30) days from notice from the Minister, the amount of the overpayment together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of the notice to the day of payment to the Minister in full. Any such amount is a debt due to Her Majesty and is recoverable as such.

 

9.

Reporting, Monitoring, Audit and Evaluation

9.1 Reports. The Recipients agree to provide the Minister with the reports as described in Schedule 4—Reporting Requirements, to the Minister’s satisfaction.

9.2 Additional Information. Upon request of the Minister and at no cost to the Minister, the Recipients shall promptly elaborate upon any report submitted or provide such additional information as may be requested.

9.3 Minister’s Right to Audit Accounts and Records . The Recipients shall, at their own expense, maintain and preserve in Canada and make available for audit and examination by the Minister or the Minister’s representatives all books, accounts and records relating to this Agreement or the Project held by the Recipients, their Affiliated Persons, agents and contractors and of the information necessary to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including repayment to the Minister. The Minister will have the right to conduct such audits at the Minister’s expense as may be considered necessary.

Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Minister, the Recipients and their Affiliated Persons, agents and contractors shall maintain and preserve all books, accounts, invoices, receipts and records and all other documentation related to this Agreement until the end of the Recipients Fiscal Year that ends seven (7) years after the fiscal year of the date on which they were created.

9.4 Auditor General Rights. The Recipients recognize, acknowledge and accept that the Auditor General of Canada may, at the Auditor General’s cost, after consultation

 

18


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

with the Recipients, conduct an inquiry under the authority of subsection 7.1 (1) of the Auditor General Act in relation to any funding agreement (as defined in subsection 42 (4) of the Financial Administration Act) with respect to the use of the Contribution received.

For the purposes of any such inquiry undertaken by the Auditor General, the Recipients shall provide, upon request and in a timely manner, to the Auditor General or anyone acting on behalf of the Auditor General,

 

  (a)

all records held by the Recipients, their Affiliated Persons, agents or contractors relating to this Agreement and the use of the Contribution provided under this Agreement; and

 

  (b)

such further information and explanations as the Auditor General, or anyone acting on behalf of the Auditor General, may request relating to this Agreement or the use of the Contribution.

9.5 Access to Records. The Recipients shall, at all times, ensure that their agents, employees, assigns, contractors, and Affiliated Persons are obligated to provide to the Minister or the Auditor General or their authorized representatives records and other information that are in possession of those agents, employees, assigns, contractors, and Affiliated Persons and that relate to this Agreement or to the use of the Contribution.

9.6 Access to Premises. The Recipients and their Affiliated Persons shall provide the representatives of the Minister reasonable access to premises to inspect and assess the progress of the Project or any element thereof and supply promptly on request such data as the Minister may reasonably require for statistical or Project evaluation purposes.

9.7 Evaluation. The Recipients shall, at their own expense, participate in the preparation of case studies reporting on the outcomes of the Project, to be completed by the Minister or the Minister’s agents, in order to assist in the Minister’s preparation of an overall evaluation of the value and effectiveness of SIF.

 

10.

Representations, Warranties and Covenants

10.1 Representations. Each of the Recipients represents and warrants that:

 

  (a)

it is duly incorporated under Canadian law and validly existing and in good standing and has the power and authority to carry on its business, to hold property and to enter into this Agreement and undertakes to take all necessary action to maintain itself in good standing, to preserve its legal capacity and to remain incorporated in a Canadian jurisdiction;

 

  (b)

signatories to the Agreement have been duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement;

 

19


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

  (c)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized and that when executed and delivered, the Agreement will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

  (d)

it is under no obligation or prohibition, nor is it subject to or threatened by any actions, suits or proceedings that could or would prevent compliance with the Agreement. The Recipients shall inform the Minister forthwith of any such occurrence;

 

  (e)

the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by a Recipients of its obligations hereunder will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both:

 

  (i)

violate the provisions of the applicable Recipients’ by-laws, any other corporate governance document subscribed to by the Recipients or any resolution of the Recipients;

 

  (ii)

violate any judgment, decree, order or award of any court, government agency, regulatory authority or arbitrator; or

 

  (iii)

conflict with or result in the breach or termination of any material term or provision of, or constitute a default under, or cause any acceleration under, any license, permit, concession, franchise, indenture, mortgage, lease, equipment lease, contract, permit, deed of trust or any other instrument or agreement by which it is bound;

 

  (f)

it has obtained or will obtain all necessary licences and permits in relation to the Project, which satisfy the requirements of all regulating bodies of appropriate jurisdiction;

 

  (g)

it owns or holds sufficient rights in any Intellectual Property required to carry out the Project; and,

 

  (h)

the description of the Project in Schedule 1—Statement of Work is complete and accurate.

10.2 Covenants. Each of the Recipients covenants and agrees that:

 

  (a)

it is solely responsible for providing or obtaining the funding, in addition to the Contribution, required to carry out the Project and the fulfilment of the Recipients’ other obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (b)

no Material Change within the control of the Recipients will be made without the prior written consent of the Minister. In the event that the Minister does not consent to such a Material Change, the Minister may

 

20


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

exercise the remedies set out in Subsection 14.3;

 

  (c)

no Change in Control will be made without the prior written consent of the Minister, except according to the provisions of Section 6.1.2 or this Section 10.2.

(i)    In the case where the Recipient is a private company, the Recipient shall notify the Minister, in writing, no later than thirty (30) days prior to the date from which the Recipient expects to have a Change in Control, and the Minister will confirm no later than thirty (30) days after receiving notification from the Recipient if it consents to the Change in Control. Subject to subsection 17.13, consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

(ii)    In the case where the Recipient is a public company, the Recipient shall notify the Minister, in writing, of any Change in Control no later than thirty (30) days following any Change in Control.

(iii)    Prior to providing consent, the Minister may, as a result of notification of the Change in Control, require additional due diligence to determine the impacts of the Change in Control, such as the following, but not be limited to: the legal status of the Recipient pursuant to the Strategic Innovation Fund’s program terms and conditions; the impact on the Recipient’s finances and the Project to ensure that the Recipient is able to complete the Project; and, any other considerations that may emerge. The purpose of the due diligence is to ensure that the Minister can fully evaluate any additional considerations that were not identified at the time of authorizing the funding. In the event that the Minister does not consent to such a Change in Control, the Minister may exercise the remedies set out in Subsection 14.3;

 

  (d)

it shall retain possession and control of all Project Assets the cost of which has been contributed to by the Minister under the Agreement, and the Recipients shall not Dispose of the same without the prior written consent of the Minister, other than in the ordinary course of business where the aggregate book value of such Project Assets for each occurrence is no greater than two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000), provided that quantum computing systems that are Project Assets may be used for commercial purposes so long as Recipients retains ownership over those Project Assets;

 

  (e)

it shall, in advance and in writing, and subject to Paragraphs 10.2 (c) and (d) of this Agreement, notify the Minister in the event of any Acquisition or Divestiture. In the case where the Recipient is a public company, the Recipient shall notify the Minister in writing of any Acquisition or Divestiture contemporaneously with any press release, or filing of a public regulatory notice in respect of such Acquisition or Divestiture;

 

21


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

  (f)

that it shall not make any dividend payments or other shareholder distributions that would prevent it from implementing the Project or satisfying any other of the Recipients’ obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the making of repayments to the Minister hereunder;

 

  (g)

it shall comply with the federal visibility requirements set out in Schedule 2—Communications Obligations; and

 

  (h)

it shall comply with all laws and regulations applicable to it.

10.3    Renewal of Representations. It is a condition precedent to any disbursement under this Agreement that the representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement are true at the time of payment and that the Recipients are not in default of compliance with any terms of this Agreement.

 

11.

Intellectual Property

11.1    Background Intellectual Property. The Recipients must own the Background Intellectual Property or hold sufficient Background Intellectual Property Rights (including by way of licenses) to permit the Project to be carried out and the Project Intellectual Property to be exploited by the Recipients.

11.2    Project Intellectual Property. Ownership and exploitation of the Project Intellectual Property to which the Minister has contributed, and the ownership of Project Intellectual Property Rights therefore, shall vest in and be owned by the Recipients and shall remain in Canada for the Term unless otherwise agreed to by the Minister. Subject to the Minister’s written consent, the Recipients may grant a security interest in their Project Intellectual Property.

11.3    Licence of Project Intellectual Property. The Recipients agree not to grant any exclusive right or exclusive license to any of the Project Intellectual Property without the prior written consent of the Minister, except in respect of an end-user licensee in conjunction with the sale of Resulting Products.

11.4    Non-exclusive Licences. The Recipients will have the right to issue non-exclusive licenses of any of its Project Intellectual Property, to any person or entity, whether in or outside of Canada with the goal of commercializing the Project Intellectual Property, only if the Recipients are entitled to financial return equal to Fair Market Value, directly from such licenses. The Recipients must seek the Minister’s consent for any other licensing activities of the Project Intellectual Property that do not meet the aforementioned goal and condition or are otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

The Recipients will have the right to issue a non-exclusive license for non-commercial purposes, in the context of R&D collaborations.

 

22


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

The Recipients will have the right to issue end-user licenses in conjunction with the resulting products and services.

11.5    Protection of Project Intellectual Property. The Recipients shall take appropriate steps to protect and enforce the Project Intellectual Property. The Recipients shall provide information to the Minister in that regard, upon request.

11.6    Crown Ownership of Intellectual Property. The Crown will not have an ownership interest in the Project Intellectual Property nor will the Crown acquire new rights in Background Intellectual Property by virtue solely of having provided the Contribution. Rights attributed to the Crown in any other way including under the Public Servants Inventions Act are not in any way affected by this Agreement.

 

12.

Environmental and Other Requirements

12.1    The Recipients represent that the Project is not a “designated project” and is not being carried out on “federal lands” as such terms are defined in the Impact Assessment Act (“IAA 2019”).

12.2    The Recipients shall, in respect of the Project, comply with all federal, provincial, territorial, municipal and other applicable laws, including but not limited to, statutes, regulations, by-laws, rules, orders, ordinances and decrees governing the Recipients or the Project, or both, relating to environmental protection and the successful implementation of and adherence to any mitigation measures, monitoring or follow-up program that may be prescribed by the Minister or other federal, provincial, territorial, municipal tribunals or bodies, and certifies to the Minister that they have done so to date.

12.3    The Recipients will provide the Minister with reasonable access to any Project site for the purpose of ensuring that the terms and conditions of any environmental approval are met, and that any mitigation, monitoring or follow-up measure required has been carried out.

12.4    If as a result of changes to the Project or otherwise, an assessment is required in accordance with IAA for the Project, the Minister and the Recipients agree that the Minister’s obligations under this Agreement will be suspended from the moment that the Minister informs the Recipients, until (i) a decision statement has been issued to the Recipients or, if applicable, the Minister has decided that the Project is not likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects or the Governor in Council has decided that the significant adverse environmental effects are justified in the circumstances, and (ii) if required, an amendment to this Agreement has been signed, setting out any conditions included in the decision statement.

12.5    Aboriginal consultation. The Recipients acknowledge that the Minister’s obligation to pay the Contribution is conditional upon Her Majesty satisfying any obligation that Her Majesty may have to consult with or to accommodate any Aboriginal groups, which may be affected by the terms of this Agreement.

 

23


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

12.6    Official Languages. The Recipients agree that any public acknowledgement of the Minister’s public support for the Project will be expressed in both official languages.

 

13.

Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

13.1    Indemnification. Except for any claims arising from the gross negligence of, or willful misconduct by, the Minister’s employees, officers, agents or servants, the Recipients agree, at all times, to indemnify and save harmless, the Minister and any of his/her officers, servants, employees or agents from all and against all claims and demands, actions, suits or other proceedings (and all losses, costs and damages relating thereto) by whomsoever made, brought or prosecuted (all of the foregoing collectively, the “Claims”), where such Claims are asserted or arise from the Minister being a Party to this Agreement and exercising his/her rights and performing his obligations under this Agreement, to the extent such Claims result from:

 

  (a)

the Project, its operation, conduct or any other aspect thereof;

 

  (b)

the performance or non-performance of this Agreement, or the breach or failure to comply with any term, condition, representation or warranty of this Agreement by the Recipients, their Affiliated Persons, their officers, employees and agents, or by a third party or its officers, employees, or agents;

 

  (c)

the design, construction, operation, maintenance and repair of any part of the Project; or,

 

  (d)

any omission or other wilful or negligent act or delay of the Recipients, their Affiliated Person or a third party and their respective employees, officers, or agents.

13.2    Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Minister shall not be liable for any direct, indirect, special or consequential damages of the Recipients nor for the loss of revenues or profits arising from, based upon, occasioned by or attributable to the execution of this Agreement, regardless of whether such a liability arises in tort (including negligence), contract, fundamental breach or breach of a fundamental term, misrepresentation, breach of warranty, breach of fiduciary duty, indemnification or otherwise.

13.3    Her Majesty, her agents, employees and servants will not be held liable in the event the Recipients enter into a loan, a capital or operating lease or other long-term obligation in relation to the Project for which the Contribution is provided.

 

14.

Default and Remedies

 

 

24


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

14.1    Event of Default. The Minister may, subject to the requirements of Section 14.2, declare that an Event of Default has occurred if:

 

  (a)

the Recipients have failed or neglected to pay Her Majesty any amount due in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  (b)

the Project is not completed in accordance with Schedule 1 – Statement of Work to the Minister’s satisfaction by the Project Completion Date or the Project is abandoned in whole or in part;

 

  (c)

the Recipients have not, in the opinion of the Minister, met or satisfied a term, covenant or condition of this Agreement;

 

  (d)

the Recipients become bankrupt or insolvent, goes into receivership, or take the benefit of any statute, from time to time in force, relating to bankrupt or insolvent debtors;

 

  (e)

an order is made or either Recipient has passed a resolution for the winding up or dissolution of the Recipient, or either Recipient is dissolved or wound up;

 

  (f)

the Recipients have in the opinion of the Minister, ceased to carry on business or have sold all or substantially all of their assets or enters into a letter of intent or binding obligation to sell all or substantially all of their assets;

 

  (g)

the Recipients have not met or satisfied a term or condition under any other contribution agreement or agreement of any kind with Her Majesty;

 

  (h)

the Recipients fails to fulfill any of the contractual obligations set out in this Agreement;

 

  (i)

a representation, covenant, warranty or statement contained herein or in any document, report or certificate delivered to the Minister hereunder or in connection therewith is false or misleading at the time it was made; and

 

  (j)

the Recipients fail to comply with the obligations regarding audit and evaluation, as set out in Section 9.

14.2    Notice and Rectification Period. Except in the case of an Event of Default under paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) of Subsection 14.1 above, the Minister will not declare that an Event of Default has occurred unless the Parties have attempted to resolve the issue in accordance with Schedule 6 – Resolution Process. If the Parties are unable to resolve this issue, the Minister may give written notice to the Recipients of the occurrence which, in the Minister’s opinion, constitutes an Event of Default and the Recipients fail, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the notice, either to correct the

 

25


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

condition or event or demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Minister that they have taken such steps as are necessary to correct the condition, failing which the Minister may declare that an Event of Default has occurred.

14.3    Remedies on Default. If, after following the process in Schedule 6 – Resolution Process, the Minister declares that an Event of Default has occurred, the Minister may immediately exercise one or more of the following remedies, in addition to any remedy available at law:

 

  (a)

suspend or terminate any obligation by the Minister to contribute or continue to contribute to the Eligible Supported Costs including any obligation to pay any amount owing prior to the date of such suspension;

 

  (b)

require the Recipients to repay to the Minister all or part of the Contribution paid by the Minister, together with interest from the day of demand at the Interest Rate;

 

  (c)

require the Recipients to pay the Minister the total of all amounts required to be repaid pursuant to this Agreement or the Maximum Amount to be Repaid, whichever shall be the greater, less any amount already repaid to the Minister together with interest from the day of demand at the Interest Rate;

 

  (d)

terminate the Agreement; and

 

  (e)

post a notice on a Government of Canada website disclosing that the Recipients have committed an Event of Default under the provisions of this Agreement and describing generally the remedies, if any, that the Minister has accordingly exercised.

14.4    The Recipients acknowledge the policy objectives served by the Minister’s agreement to make the Contribution, that the Contribution comes from the public monies, and that the amount of damages sustained by Her Majesty in an Event of Default is difficult to ascertain and therefore, that it is fair and reasonable that the Minister be entitled to exercise any or all of the remedies provided for in this Agreement and to do so in the manner provided for in this Agreement, if an Event of Default occurs.

 

15.

Miscellaneous

15.1    Compliance with Lobbying Act. Each Recipient warrants and represents:

 

  (a)

that it has filed all Lobbying Act returns required to be filed in respect of persons employed by the Recipient who communicate and/or arrange meetings with Public Office Holders as part of their employment duties, and that it will continue to do so;

 

26


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

  (b)

that it has not contracted with any person to communicate and/or arrange meetings with Public Office Holders for remuneration that is or would be contingent in any way upon the success of such person arranging meetings with Public Office Holders, or upon the approval of the Recipient’s application for SIF funding, or upon the amount of SIF funding paid or payable to the Recipient under this Agreement;

 

  (c)

that it will not contract with any person to communicate and/or arrange meetings with Public Office Holders for remuneration that is or would be contingent upon the success of such person arranging meetings with Public Office Holders, or upon the amount of SIF funding paid or payable to the Recipient under this Agreement;

 

  (d)

all persons who are or have been contracted by the Recipient to communicate and/or arrange meetings with Public Office Holders in respect of this Agreement are in full compliance with the registration and other requirements of the Lobbying Act; and

 

  (e)

it shall at all times ensure that any persons contracted to communicate and/or arrange meetings with Public Office Holders in respect of the Agreement are in full compliance with the requirements of the Lobbying Act.

15.2    Members of Parliament. The Recipients represent and warrant that no member of the House of Commons will be admitted to any share or part of this Agreement or to any benefit to arise therefrom. No person who is a member of the Senate will, directly or indirectly, be a party to or be concerned in this Agreement.

15. 3    Compliance with Post-Employment Provisions. The Recipients confirm that no current or former public servant or public office holder to whom the Values and Ethics Code for the Public Service, the Values and Ethics Code for the Public Sector, the Policy on Conflict of Interest and Post-Employment or the Conflict of Interest Act apply, will derive a direct benefit from this Agreement unless the provision or receipt of such benefits is in compliance with such legislation and codes.

15.4    The Recipients acknowledge that the representations and warranties in this section are fundamental terms of this Agreement. In the event of breach of these, the Minister may exercise the remedies set out in Subsection 14.3.

 

16.

Confidentiality

16.1    Consent Required. Subject to Schedule 2—Communications Obligations, the Access to Information Act, the Privacy Act and the Library and Archives Act of Canada, each Party shall keep confidential and shall not without the consent of the other Party disclose the contents of the Agreement and the documents pertaining thereto, including any reports and information submitted by the Recipients to the Minister in relation with

 

27


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

this Agreement, whether provided before or after the Agreement was entered into, or of the transactions contemplated herein (the “Confidential Information”). Each Party may however, without the other Party’s consent, disclose the Confidential Information to its potential investors, directors, officers, employees, affiliates and its affiliates’ directors, officers and employees, provided that such potential investors, affiliates, directors, officers or employees are bound by confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as this Agreement, as well as to its financial and legal advisors who are bound by confidentiality obligations by law or regulation.

16.2    International Dispute. Notwithstanding Subsection 16.1 of this Agreement, the Recipients waive any confidentiality rights to the extent such rights would impede Her Majesty from fulfilling her notification obligations to a world trade panel for the purposes of the conduct of a dispute, in which Her Majesty is a party or a third party intervener. The Minister is authorized to disclose the contents of this Agreement and any documents pertaining thereto, whether predating or subsequent to this Agreement, or of the transactions contemplated herein, where in the opinion of the Minister, such disclosure is necessary to the defence of Her Majesty’s interests in the course of a trade remedy investigation conducted by a foreign investigative authority, and is protected from public dissemination by the foreign investigative authority. The Minister shall notify the Recipients of such disclosure.

16.3    Financing, Licensing and Subcontracting. Notwithstanding Subsection 16.1 of this Agreement, the Minister hereby consents to the Recipients disclosing this Agreement, and any portion or summary thereof, for any of the following purposes:

 

  (a)

securing additional financing;

 

  (b)

licensing for commercial exploitation; or

 

  (c)

confirming to agents, contractors and subcontractors of the Recipients that all agents, contractors and subcontractors must agree to provide the Minister and the Auditor-General with access to their records and premises, provided that any person to whom this Agreement or any portion or summary thereof is disclosed shall execute a non-disclosure agreement prior to such disclosure.

16.4    Repayments. Notwithstanding Subsection 16.1 of this Agreement, the Minister may disclose any information relating to the amount of each repayment made by the Recipients whether due or paid.

 

17.

General

17.1    Debt due to Canada. Any amount owed to Her Majesty under this Agreement shall constitute a debt due to Her Majesty and shall be recoverable as such. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Recipients agree to make payment of any such debt forthwith on demand.

 

28


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

17.2    Interest. Debts due to Her Majesty will accrue interest in accordance with the Interest and Administrative Charges Regulations, in effect on the due date, compounded monthly on overdue balances payable, from the date on which the payment is due, until payment in full is received by Her Majesty. Any such amount is a debt due to Her Majesty and is recoverable as such.

17.3    Set-off Rights of Minister. Without limiting the scope of the set-off rights provided for under the Financial Administration Act, it is understood that the Minister may set off against the Contribution any amounts owed by the Recipients to the Minister under legislation or contribution agreements and the Recipients shall declare to the Minister all amounts outstanding in that regard when making a claim under this Agreement.

17.4    No Assignment of Agreement. No Party shall assign the Agreement or any part thereof without the prior written consent of the Minister. Any attempt by a Party to assign this Agreement or any part thereof, without the express written consent of the Minister, is void.

17.5    Annual Appropriation. Any payment by the Minister under this Agreement is subject to there being an appropriation for the Government Fiscal Year in which the payment is to be made; and to cancellation or reduction in the event that departmental funding levels are changed by Parliament. If the Minister is prevented from disbursing the full amount of the Contribution due to a lack or reduction of appropriation or departmental funding levels, the Minister and the Recipients agree to review the effects of such a shortfall in the Contribution on the implementation of this Agreement.

17.6    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is binding upon the Recipients, their successors and permitted assigns.

17.7    Event of Force Majeure . The Recipients will not be in default by reason only of any failure in the performance of the Project in accordance with Schedule 1 – Statement of Work if such failure arises without the fault or negligence of the Recipients and is caused by any event of Force Majeure.

17.8    Applicable Law. This Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the province of British Columbia and federal laws of Canada applicable therein. The word “law” used herein has the same meaning as in the Interpretation Act, as amended.

17.9    Dispute Resolution. If a dispute arises concerning the application or interpretation of this Agreement, the Parties will attempt to resolve the matter through good faith negotiation, and may, if necessary and the Parties consent in writing, resolve the matter through mediation or arbitration by a mutually acceptable mediator or by arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Code set out in the schedule to the Commercial Arbitration Act (Canada), as amended, and all regulations made pursuant to that Act.

 

29


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

17.10    No Amendment. No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless it is made in writing and signed by the Parties hereto.

17.11    Contribution Agreement Only. This Agreement is a contribution agreement only, not a contract for services or a contract of service or employment, and nothing in this Agreement, the Parties relationship or actions is intended to create, or be construed as creating, a partnership, employment or agency relationship between them. The Recipients are not in any way authorized to make a promise, agreement or contract and to incur any liability on behalf of Her Majesty or to represent themselves as an agent, employee or partner of Her Majesty, including in any agreement with a third party, nor shall the Recipients make a promise, agreement or contract and incur any liability on behalf of Her Majesty, and the Recipients shall be solely responsible for any and all payments and deductions required by the applicable laws.

17.12    No Waiver. The rights and remedies of the Minister under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any right or remedy that he or she would otherwise have. The fact that the Minister refrains from exercising a remedy he or she is entitled to exercise under this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of such right and any partial exercise of a right will not prevent the Minister in any way from later exercising any other right or remedy under this Agreement or other applicable law.

17.13    Consent of the Minister. Whenever this Agreement provides for the Minister to render a decision or for the Recipients to obtain the consent or agreement of the Minister, such decision shall be reasonable on the facts and circumstance and such consent or agreement will not be unreasonably withheld but the Minister may make the issuance of such consent or agreement subject to reasonable conditions.

17.14    No conflict of interest. The Recipients and their Affiliated Persons, consultants and any of their respective advisors, partners, directors, officers, shareholders, employees, agents and volunteers shall not engage in any activity where such activity creates a real, apparent or potential conflict of interest in the sole opinion of the Minister, with the carrying out of the Project. For greater certainty, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a conflict of interest includes a situation where anyone associated with the Recipients owns or has an interest in an organization that is carrying out work related to the Project.

17.15    Disclose potential conflict of interest. The Recipients shall disclose to the Minister without delay any actual or potential situation that may be reasonably interpreted as either a conflict of interest or a potential conflict of interest.

17.16    Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited by law or otherwise deemed ineffective will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or ineffectiveness and will be severable without invalidating or otherwise affecting the remaining provisions of the Agreement.

 

30


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

17.17    Signature in Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts and such counterparts may be delivered by acceptable electronic transmission, including portable document format (PDF), each of which when executed and delivered is deemed to be an original, and when taken together, will constitute one and the same Agreement.

17.18    Currency. Unless otherwise indicated, all dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement are to the currency of Canada.

17.19    Tax. The Recipients acknowledge that financial funding from government programs may have tax implications for its organization and that advice should be obtained from a qualified tax professional.

 

18.

Contact Information & Notices

18.1    Form and Timing of Notice. Any notice or other communication under this Agreement shall be made in writing. The Minister or the Recipients may send any written notice by any pre-paid method, including regular or registered mail, courier or email. Notice will be considered as received upon delivery by the courier, upon the Party confirming receipt of the email or one (1) day after the email is sent, whichever the sooner or five (5) calendar days after being mailed.

18.2    Any notices to the Minister in fulfillment of obligations such as claims, reporting, and any other documents stipulated under this Agreement, will be addressed to:

Strategic Innovation Fund

Attn: Senior Director

8th Floor

235 Queen Street

Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0H5

Fax No: (613) 954-5649

Email address: to be provided by SIF upon request from the Recipients

Notwithstanding the foregoing, claims forms will not be sent by email unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Minister.

18.3    Any notices to the Recipients will be addressed to:

D-Wave Systems Inc.

Attn: General Counsel

3033 Beta Ave

Burnaby, BC V5G 4M9

Fax No: 604-630-1434

Email address: legal@dwavesys.com

DWSI Holdings Inc.

Attn: General Counsel

 

31


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

3033 Beta Ave

Burnaby, BC V5G 4M9

Fax No: 604-630-1434

Email address: legal@dwavesys.com

18.4    Change of Contact Information. Each of the Parties may change the address, which they have stipulated in this Agreement by notifying in writing the other Party of the new address, and such change shall be deemed to take effect fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of such notice.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

32


SIF AGREEMENT NO. 811-811923

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement through duly authorized representatives.

 

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA

as represented by the Minister of Industry

     
Per:   

/s/ Colette Kaminsky

     

6-Nov-2020

  
   Strategic Innovation Fund                        Date   
   Colette Kaminsky, Director General         
           

 

D-Wave Systems Inc.

        
Per:   

/s/ Alan Baratz

     

20-Nov-2020

  
   Alan Baratz, CEO       Date   
  

 

I have the authority to bind the Corporation.

        

 

DWSI Holdings Inc.

        
Per   

/s/ Alan Baratz

     

20-Nov-2020

  
   Alan Baratz, CEO       Date   
  

 

I have the authority to bind the Corporation.

        

 

33

Exhibit 10.20

SIF Project Agreement No. 811-811923

STRATEGIC INNOVATION FUND

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT NO. 1

This Amendment Agreement made

 

Between:

  

 

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA,

as represented by the Minister of Industry.

  

(the “Minister”)

And:

  

 

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC., (resulting from the amalgamation of D-Wave Systems Inc. (D-Wave) with its parent company DWSI Holdings Inc.),
a corporation duly amalgamated under the laws of British Columbia, having its head office located at 3033 Beta Ave., Burnaby, BC
Canada V5G 4M9.

  

(the “Recipient”)

Each a “Party” to this Amendment Agreement and collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS

 

A-

The Minister, D-Wave Systems Inc. (“D-Wave”) and DWSI Holdings Inc. (“DWSI”) entered into a contribution agreement executed on November 20, 2020 under the Strategic Innovation Fund. The contribution agreement is referred to as the “Contribution Agreement”;

 

B-

On December 7, 2020, the Minister was informed of the intention to proceed with the amalgamation of D-Wave with DWSI, as of January 1, 2021 in connection with an internal reorganization;


SIF Project No. 811-811923

 

C-

On January 1, 2021 by operation of law, the Recipient as the resulting corporation of the amalgamation of D-Wave and DWSI became liable for all obligations of D-Wave and DWSI including those under the Contribution Agreement; and

 

D-

The Minister and the Parties have agreed to amend the Contribution Agreement, inter alia, to reflect the amalgamation of D-Wave and DWSI in the Contribution Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of their respective obligations set out below, the Parties hereto acknowledge and agree as follows:

Interpretation

 

1.

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Contribution Agreement.

Execution

 

2.

This Amendment Agreement must be signed by the Parties and received by the Minister within thirty (30) days of its signature on behalf of the Minister, failing which it shall be null and void.

Amendment

 

3.

In the Contribution Agreement, all references to “Recipients” shall be replaced by “Recipient”.

 

4.

In the Contribution Agreement, all references to DWSI Holdings Inc. and/or D-Wave Systems Inc. shall be read as meaning D-Wave Systems Inc., as amalgamated.

 

5.

Schedule 4, Section 3.1 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“The Recipient will provide the Minister a copy of their consolidated financial statements, accompanied by an externally prepared audit report or review report (as determined by the Minister) that has been issued by a licensed public accountant, or another alternative acceptable to the Minister, within four (4) months of the Recipient’s Fiscal Year end.”

 

2


SIF Project No. 811-811923

 

General

 

6.

Each of the Parties shall, at the request of the other Party to this Amendment Agreement, execute such documents and do such acts as may be reasonably required to carry out the terms of this Amendment Agreement.

 

7.

This Amendment Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as are necessary, and when executed by all Parties hereto, such counterparts shall constitute one agreement.

 

8.

Except as amended by this Amendment Agreement, all of the provisions of the Contribution Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until such time as the Contribution Agreement is terminated.

 

9.

The Contribution Agreement and this Amendment Agreement will henceforth be read together and will have the effect as if all the provisions of such agreements were contained in one instrument.

 

10.

No modification, supplement or amendment to this Amendment Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by all of the Parties hereto.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

3


SIF Project No. 811-811923

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have executed this Amendment Agreement through duly authorized representatives.

 

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF CANADA

as represented by the Minister of Industry

    
Per:  

/s/ Denis Langevin

    

Date:

 

2021.08.24

Name:  

Denis Langevin

                   
Title:  

A/Director, Investment Operations

      
 

Strategic Innovation Fund

      

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

      
Per:  

/s/ Alan Baratz

    

Date:

 

24-Aug-2021

Name:

  Alan Baratz       

Title:

 

CEO

      
I have authority to bind the Corporation.       

 

4

Exhibit 10.21

Triple Net Lease

PARTIES

This Lease, executed in duplicate at Palo Alto, California, this 15th day of January, 2013, by and between Embarcadero Joint Venture, a California general partnership, and D-Wave Systems Inc., a Canadian corporation, hereinafter referred to respectively as “Lessor” and “Lessee”, without regard to number or gender,

PREMISES

1.    WITNESSETH: That Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hires from Lessor those certain premises, hereinafter referred to as “the Premises,” situated in the City of Palo Alto, County of Santa Clara, State of California, and more particularly described as an approximate 6,000 square foot light industrial unit within an approximate 18,000 square foot freestanding light industrial building (“Building”) which unit is commonly known as 2650 East Bayshore Road. The Premises shall include the Lessee’s non-exclusive use of the driveways and twenty-four undesignated on-site parking spaces.

USE

2.    The Premises shall be used and occupied by Lessee solely for general office, research & development, fabrication and testing of quantum computing technologies, including coating of wafers, software development and legal uses incidental thereto and for no other purpose without the prior written consent of Lessor.

TERM

3.    The term shall be for sixty-three (63) months, commencing on the first day of February, 2013 (the “Commencement Date”), and ending on the last day of April, 2018.

RENTAL

4.    Base Monthly Rent shall be payable to the Lessor without defense, deduction or offset at the address set forth in paragraph 23 below, or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Lessor, in the following amounts:

Upon execution hereof, Eleven Thousand Four Hundred and No/100ths Dollars ($11,400.00) shall be due as Base Monthly Rent for May, 2013. Base Monthly Rent for the months of February, March and April 2013 shall be abated. Commencing June 1, 2013 and on the first day of each succeeding month to and including January 1, 2014, Eleven Thousand Four Hundred and No/100ths Dollars ($11,400.00) shall be due. Commencing February 1, 2014 and on the first day of each succeeding month to and including January 1, 2015, Eleven Thousand Seven Hundred Forty Two and No/100ths Dollars ($11,742.00) shall be due. Commencing February 1, 2015 and on the first day of each succeeding month to and including January 1, 2016, Twelve Thousand Ninety Four and 26/100ths Dollars ($12,094.26) shall be due. Commencing February 1, 2016 and on the first day of each succeeding month to and including January 1, 2017, Twelve Thousand Four Hundred Fifty Seven and 09/100ths Dollars ($12,457.09) shall be due.

 

1


Commencing February 1, 2017 and on the first day of each succeeding month to and including January 1, 2018, Twelve Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty and 80/100ths Dollars ($12,830.80) shall be due. Commencing February 1, 2018 and on the first day of each succeeding month to and including April 1, 2018, Thirteen Thousand Two Hundred Fifteen and 72/100ths Dollars ($13,215.72) shall be due.

Base Monthly Rent shall be paid monthly in advance. In addition, Lessee shall pay to Lessor with the Base Monthly Rent, as additional rent, a monthly management fee equal to three percent (3%) of the Base Monthly Rent. All other costs and charges payable by Lessee in accordance with the terms of this Lease (including but not limited to property taxes, insurance premiums and maintenance costs) shall be deemed to be additional rent. An estimate of the known, recurring expenses for the 2012 calendar year is attached hereto as Exhibit A. See Exhibit A.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

5.    Lessee has deposited with Lessor $38,490.00 as security for the full and faithful performance of each and every term, provision, covenant and condition of this Lease. In the event Lessee defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions, covenants or conditions of this Lease, including, but not limited to the payment of rent, and such default has not been cured by Lessee within any applicable cure period specified in this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of such security for the payment of any rent in default or for any other sum which Lessor may spend or be required to spend by reason of Lessee’s uncured default. If Lessor uses any portion of the security deposit to cure any default by Lessee hereunder, Lessee shall replenish the security deposit to the original amount within ten (10) days of written notice from Lessor. Lessee’s failure to do so shall constitute a material breach of this Lease as well as an “Event of Default”. Should no Event of Default exist as of the expiration of the term of this Lease, the security or any balance thereof shall be returned to Lessee or, at the option of Lessor, to the last assignee of Lessee’s interest in this Lease within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the term hereof or after Lessee has vacated the Premises, whichever is later. Lessee shall not be entitled to any interest on said security deposit. Lessor shall not be required to keep the aforesaid deposit in a separate account but may commingle said funds with Lessor’s other accounts.

Subject to the foregoing, and provided that no Event of Default has occurred, Lessor shall, upon Lessor’s receipt of the twenty-fourth month of paid Base Monthly Rent, return one-third of the security deposit ($12,830) to Lessee, and shall do likewise upon receipt of the thirty-sixth month of paid Base Monthly rent, retaining the remaining one-third through the balance of the Lease term.

POSSESSION

6.    If Lessor, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee on the Commencement Date, as hereinbefore specified, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Lessor, or Lessor’s agents, be liable to Lessee for any loss or damage resulting therefrom; but in that event the commencement and termination dates of the Lease and all other dates affected thereby shall be revised to conform to the date of

 

2


Lessor’s delivery of possession. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the period of delay of delivery exceeds thirty (30) days, Lessee, at its option, may declare this Lease null and void by notice to Lessor at any time prior to delivery of the Premises. See Paragraph 37.

ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES AND CONSENT TO SURRENDER

7.    By entry hereunder, the Lessee accepts the Premises from Lessor in its “as is”, “where is” condition. Lessor has made no representations or warranties respecting the Premises and Lessee has investigated and inspected the Premises and has satisfied itself that the Premises are suitable for the Lessee’s intended use thereof and are in compliance with applicable laws and codes as of the Commencement Date; provided, however, Lessor hereby warrants that it shall repair any material defects in the roof covering, HVAC, electrical and plumbing systems existing as of the commencement of the Lease, provided Lessee gives Lessor written notice specifying such defects in reasonable detail within sixty (60) days following Lease Commencement. Except as otherwise set forth in paragraph 38 of this Lease, Lessor shall have no obligation to contribute toward any improvements to the Premises whatsoever. The Lessee agrees on the last day of the term hereof, or on sooner termination of this Lease, to surrender to Lessor the Premises, which shall, except as otherwise provided in paragraph 9 below, include all alterations, additions, and improvements which may have been made in, to, or on the Premises by Lessor or Lessee, in the same good condition as at Lessee’s entry into the Premises excepting for such wear and tear as would be normal for the period of the Lessee’s occupancy. The Lessee, on or before the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease, shall remove all Lessee’s personal property and trade fixtures from the Premises and all property not so removed shall be deemed to be abandoned by the Lessee. If the Premises are not surrendered at the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease, the Lessee shall indemnify the Lessor against loss or liability resulting from delay by the Lessee in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded on such delay. See Paragraph 38.

USES PROHIBITED

8.    Lessee shall not commit, or suffer to be committed, any waste upon the Premises, or any nuisance, or other act or thing which may disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in or around the buildings in which the Premises may be located, or allow any sale by auction upon the Premises, or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, or place any loads upon the floor, walls, or roof which endanger the structure, or place any harmful liquids in the drainage system of the building. No waste materials or refuse shall be dumped upon or permitted to remain upon any part of the Premises outside of the building proper. No materials, supplies, equipment, finished products or semi-finished products, raw materials or articles of any nature shall be stored upon or permitted to remain on any portion of the Premises outside of the buildings proper, and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Lessee shall conduct all activities indoors.

ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS

9.    Lessee shall make no alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or any

 

3


part thereof (collectively “Alterations”) without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Lessor. All Alterations shall be in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Lessor and shall be carried out by a reputable licensed contractor and in compliance with all applicable laws, codes, rules and regulations. The Lessor may impose as a condition to the aforesaid consent such additional reasonable requirements as Lessor may deem necessary in Lessor’s sole discretion, including without limitation requirements respecting the manner in which the work is done, Lessor’s right of approval of the contractor by whom the work is to be performed, and the times during which it is to be accomplished. Upon written request of Lessor prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Lessee will remove any or all Alterations installed by or for Lessee. All Alterations not specified to be removed shall at the expiration of earlier termination of the Lease become the property of the Lessor and remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises. All movable furniture, business and trade fixtures, and machinery and equipment shall remain the property of the Lessee and may be removed by the Lessee at any time during the Lease term. Items which are not to be deemed as movable furniture, business and trade fixtures, or machinery and equipment shall include heating, lighting, electrical systems, air conditioning, partitioning, carpeting, or any other installation which has become an integral part of the Premises. The Lessee will give the Lessor five (5) business days notice prior to the commencement of any Alterations work and will at all times permit notices of non-responsibility to be posted and to remain posted until the completion of Alterations. See Paragraph 38.

MAINTENANCE OF PREMISES AND OPERATING EXPENSES

10.    Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost, keep and maintain the Premises and appurtenances and every part thereof, including but not limited to the glass and glazing, plumbing, and electrical systems, any store front and all components of the interior of the Premises in good order, condition, and repair. Lessor shall, at Lessor’s cost and expense, maintain the structural integrity of the exterior walls, and structural portions of the roof, foundations and floors, plumbing to main water and sewer lines and electricity from electrical panel to service line, except that Lessee shall pay, as additional rent, the cost of any repairs or replacements thereto necessitated by the negligence or wrongful act of the Lessee or Lessee’s agents or employees. Lessor shall, at Lessee’s expense (but subject to reimbursement by Lessee as provided below), maintain, repair and (if necessary in the judgment of Lessor’s experts) replace the roof covering, HVAC system, landscaping, sidewalks, parking lot surface, any fire monitoring systems, and exterior paint (“Lessor’s Maintenance Services”) during the term of this Lease, as may be extended.

In addition to Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor Property Taxes, Insurance and Operating expenses and charges payable by Lessee in accordance with the terms of this Lease (including but not limited to property taxes, insurance premiums and maintenance costs) that shall be deemed to be additional rent. An estimate of the known, recurring expenses charged to each Tenant on pro-rata bases for the 2012 calendar year is attached hereto as Exhibit A. See Exhibit A.

Lessee shall reimburse Lessor as Additional Rent, Lessee’s pro rata share of the cost incurred by Lessor in performing Lessor’s Maintenance Services, within thirty (30) days

 

4


after receipt of invoice from Lessor; provided, however, that (except where replacement of the parking lot surface, landscaping, roof covering or HVAC system components are necessitated by the acts of the Lessee or Lessee’s agents or employees, in which event Lessee shall pay the costs thereof in a lump sum on demand), costs of replacement (as opposed to repair) of the foregoing shall be amortized over the useful life thereof, and Lessee shall pay Lessor as Additional Rent a monthly payment equal to the monthly amortization, together with interest on the unamortized amount at an annual rate of interest (the “Interest Rate”) equal to the sum of the “prime rate” charged on business loans by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., plus three percent (3%). Lessee expressly waives the benefits of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford the Lessee the right to make repairs at Lessor’s expense or to terminate this Lease because of Lessor’s failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition or repair.

FIRE AND EXTENDED COVERAGE INSURANCE AND SUBROGATION

11.    Lessee shall not use, or permit the Premises, or any part thereof, to be used, for any purposes other than that for which the Premises are hereby leased and no use shall be made or permitted to be made on the Premises, nor acts done, which would cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering the Premises, or any part thereof, nor shall Lessee sell or permit to be kept, used or sold, in or about the Premises, any article which may be prohibited by the standard form of fire insurance policies. Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with any and all requirements, pertaining to the Premises, of any insurance organization or company, necessary for the maintenance of reasonable fire and public liability insurance, covering said building and appurtenances.

11.1    Lessee shall, at its expense, obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease (i) a policy of commercial general liability insurance (including cross liability), with minimum coverages of Two Million and no/100ths Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence combined single limit for bodily injury and for property damage, with a Two Million and no/100ths Dollars ($2,000,000.00) general aggregate limit, with the Premises as the “location” under a per location aggregate endorsement, insuring Lessee and naming Lessor, Lessor’s Officers, Lessor’s property manager and Lessor’s lender as Additional Insureds as their interests may appear, against any liability arising out of the condition, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises, (ii) worker’s compensation in statutory limits, and (iii) if Lessee operates owned, leased or non-owned vehicles at the Premises, comprehensive automobile liability insurance with a minimum coverage of $1,000,000 per occurrence, combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage. Evidence of coverage must be in the form of a Certificate of Insurance accompanied by the appropriate Additional Insured endorsements. The limits of said insurance shall not limit the liability of Lessee hereunder.

11.2    Lessee shall at its expense, keep in force during the term of this Lease, a policy of fire and property damage insurance in a “special” form, insuring Lessee’s inventory, fixtures, equipment and personal property within the Premises for the full replacement value thereof. Upon execution of this Lease and annually thereafter upon renewal of such policies, Lessee shall provide Lessor with certificates of insurance, together with such endorsements as Lessor may require in its sole discretion, evidencing

 

5


coverages the Lessee is required to carry pursuant to 11.1 and 11.2. The policies shall provide for thirty (30) days advance written notice of cancellation to Lessor and Lessor’s lender. The policies shall otherwise be in a form reasonably acceptable to Lessor and be issued by an insurance company licensed in the State of California and reasonably acceptable to Lessor.

11.3    Lessor shall maintain a policy of commercial general liability insurance and a policy or policies of fire and property damage insurance in a “special” form including rental interruption coverage, with, at the option of Lessor, earthquake endorsements, covering loss or damage to the Building including Lessee’s leasehold improvements installed with the written consent of Lessor, for the full replacement cost thereof.

11.4    Lessee shall pay to Lessor as additional rent, during the term hereof, upon receipt of an invoice therefore, Lessee’s pro rata share of the premiums and deductibles (provided, the deductible amount shall be amortized over the useful life of the improvement for which such insurance deductible is applicable and Lessee shall only be obligated to reimburse Lessor for the amortized portion of the deductible amount that occurs during the term of this Lease as may be extended) for any insurance obtained by Lessor pursuant to 11.3 above. Lessor may obtain such insurance for the Premises separately, or together with other property which Lessor elects to insure together under blanket policies of insurance. In such case Lessee shall be liable for only such portion of the premiums for such blanket policies as are allocable to the Premises. It is understood and agreed that Lessee’s obligation under this paragraph shall be prorated to reflect the commencement and termination dates of the Lease.

11.5    Lessee and Lessor each hereby waive any and all rights of recovery against the other, or against the officers, directors, employees, partners, agents and representatives of the other, for loss of or damage to the property of the waiving party or the property of others under its control, to the extent such loss or damage is insured against under any insurance policy carried or required to be carried by Lessor or Lessee hereunder. Each party shall notify their respective insurance carriers of this waiver.

ABANDONMENT

12.    Lessee shall not abandon the Premises at any time during the term; and if Lessee shall abandon or surrender the Premises, or be dispossessed by process of law, or otherwise, any personal property belonging to Lessee and left on the Premises shall be deemed to be abandoned, at the option of Lessor, except such property as may be mortgaged to Lessor.

FREE FROM LIENS

13.    Lessee shall keep the Premises and the property in which the Premises are situated, free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Lessee.

COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS

 

6


14.    Lessee shall, at his sole cost and expense, comply with all statutes, codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and other requirements of all Municipal, State and Federal authorities (collectively, “Laws”) now in force, or which may hereafter be in force, pertaining to the Premises, and shall faithfully observe in the use of the Premises all Municipal ordinances and State and Federal statutes now in force or which may hereafter be in force. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Lessee in any action or proceeding against Lessee, whether Lessor be a party thereto or not, that Lessee has violated, or that the Premises are not in compliance with, any Laws in the use of the Premises, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Lessor and Lessee. Lessee’s obligations under this paragraph 14 shall include the obligation to make, at Lessee’s sole cost, any alterations or improvements to the Premises which are required by applicable Laws, provided that (a) as to such alterations or improvements which are not required by reason of Lessee’s particular use of the Premises or by reason of other alterations or improvements being undertaken by Lessee, Lessee shall only be required to pay an allocable portion of the costs of such required alterations or improvements based on the ratio of the remaining Lease term to the useful life of such alterations or improvements, and (b) Lessee shall not be required to pay any portion of the cost of alterations or improvements which are legally required to be made as of the date of this Lease and as to which Lessor receives notice of such requirement prior to the date thirty (30) days after the date Lessor delivers possession of the Premises to Lessee.

INDEMNIFICATION OF LESSOR

15.    Neither Lessor nor Lessor’s agents, nor any shareholder, constituent partner or other owner of Lessor or any agent of Lessor nor any contractor, officer, director or employee of any thereof shall be liable to Lessee and Lessee waives all claims against Lessor and such other persons for any injury to or death of any person or for loss of use of or damage to or destruction of property in or about the Premises by or from any cause whatsoever, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessee agrees to indemnify and hold Lessor, Lessor’s agents, the shareholders, constituent partners and/or other owners of Lessor or any agent of Lessor, and all contractors, officers, directors and employees of any thereof (collectively, “Indemnitees”), and each of them, harmless from and to protect and defend each Indemnitee against any and all claims, demands, suits, liability, damage or loss and against all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in connection therewith, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee (a) arising out of any injury or death of any person or damage to or destruction of property occurring in, on or about the Premises, from any cause whatsoever, or (b) occurring in, on or about the Premises, when such claim, injury or damage is caused or allegedly caused in whole or in part by the act, neglect, default, or omission of any duty by Lessee, its former or current agents, contractors, employees, invitees, or subtenants, or (c) arising from any failure of Lessee to observe or perform any of its obligations hereunder. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such termination.

ADVERTISMENTS AND SIGNS

 

7


16.    Lessee shall not place or permit to be placed, in, upon or about the Premises any unusual or extraordinary signs, or any signs not approved by the city or other governing authority. The Lessee shall not place, or permit to be placed, upon the Premises, any signs, advertisements or notices without the written consent of the Lessor first had and obtained. Any sign so placed on the Premises shall be so placed upon the understanding and agreement that Lessee shall remove same at the termination of the tenancy herein created and repair any damage or injury to the Premises caused thereby, and if not so removed by Lessee then Lessor may have same so removed at Lessee’s expense. Any sign placed without the express written consent of Lessor may be removed by Lessor at Lessee’s sole expense. Subject to the foregoing and Lessor’s approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld, Lessee shall be permitted to its pro rata share of Building and monument signage at its sole expense.

UTILITIES

17.    Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone service and all other service supplied to the Premises. If the Premises are not served by separate water, gas and/or electrical meters, Lessee shall pay to Lessor its share of the costs of such utilities for the entire property of which the Premises are a part, as determined by Lessor based on square footage or other equitable method.

ATTORNEY’S FEES

18.    In case suit should be brought for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due hereunder, or because of the breach of any other covenant herein, the losing party shall pay to prevailing party a reasonable attorney’s fee, which shall be deemed to have accrued on the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

19.    The occurrence of any one or more of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Lessee:

(a)    Lessee fails to pay any Base Monthly Rent or additional rent under this Lease as and when it becomes due and payable and such failure continues for more than ten (10) days; or

(b)    Lessee fails to perform or breaches any other covenant of this Lease to be performed or observed by Lessee as and when performance or observance is due and such failure or breach continues for more than ten (10) days after Lessor gives written notice thereof to Lessee; provided, however, that if such failure or breach cannot reasonably be cured within such period of ten (10) days, an Event of Default shall not exist as long as Lessee commences with due diligence and dispatch the curing of such failure or breach within such period of ten (10) days and, having so commenced, thereafter prosecutes with diligence and dispatch and completes the curing of such failure or breach within a reasonable time; or

 

8


(c)    Lessee files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtors’ relief law of any jurisdiction; makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers of Lessee or of any substantial part of Lessee’s property; or

(d)    A court or government authority enters an order, and such order is not vacated within thirty (30) days, appointing a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to Lessee or with respect to any substantial part of Lessee’s property; or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtors’ relief law of any jurisdiction; or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of Lessee; or

(e)    Lessee abandons the Premises.

19.1    If an Event of Default occurs, Lessor shall have the right at any time to give a written termination notice to Lessee and, on the date specified in such notice, Lessee’s right to possession shall terminate and this Lease shall terminate. Upon such termination, Lessor shall have the right to recover from Lessee:

(i)    The worth at the time of award of all unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination;

(ii)    The worth at the time of award of the amount by which all unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Lessor proves could not have been reasonably avoided;

(iii)    The worth at the time of award of the amount by which all unpaid rent for the balance of the term of this Lease after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Lessor proves could not be reasonably avoided; and

(iv)    All other amounts necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximently caused by Lessee’s failure to perform all of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom.

The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be computed by allowing interest at the maximum annual rate allowed by law for business loans (not primarily for personal, family or household purposes) not exempt from the usury law at the time of termination or, if there is no such maximum annual interest rate, at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in clause (iii) above shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). For the purpose of determining unpaid rent under clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the rent reserved in this Lease shall be deemed to be the

 

9


total rent payable by Lessee under this Lease, including Base Monthly Rent, additional rent and all other sums payable by Lessee under this Lease.

19.2    Even though Lessee has breached this Lease, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Lessor does not terminate Lessee’s right to possession, and Lessor shall have all of its rights and remedies, including the right, pursuant to California Civil Code section 1951.4, to recover all rent as it becomes due under this Lease. Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon initiative of Lessor to protect Lessor’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Lessee’s right to possession unless written notice of termination is given by Lessor to Lessee.

19.3    The remedies provided for in this Lease are in addition to all other remedies available to Lessor at law or in equity by statute or otherwise.

19.4    If Lessee shall fail to perform any obligation or covenant pursuant to this Lease within a reasonable period of time (not to exceed 15 days) following notice from Lessor to do so, then Lessor may, at its election and without waiving any other remedy it may otherwise have under this Lease or at law, perform such obligation or covenant and Lessee shall pay to Lessor, as Additional Rent, the costs incurred by Lessor in performing such obligation or covenant.

LATE CHARGES AND INTEREST

20.    Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on Lessor by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any installment of rent or any other sum due from Lessee shall not be received by Lessor or Lessor’s designee within ten (10) days after such amount shall be due, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by Lessee. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

If any rent or other sums due and payable under the Lease remains delinquent for a period in excess of ten (10) calendar days, then, in addition to any late charge payable, Lessee shall pay to Lessor interest on any rent that is not so paid from the date due until paid at the Interest Rate.

SURRENDER OF LEASE

21.    The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Lessor, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at the option of Lessor, operate as an

 

10


assignment to Lessor of any or all such subleases or subtenancies.

TAXES

22.    The Lessee shall be liable for all taxes levied against personal property and trade or business fixtures. The Lessee also agrees to pay, as additional rent, during the term of this Lease and any extensions thereof all real estate taxes plus the yearly installments of any special assessments which are of record or which may become of record during the term of this Lease. Within thirty (30) days after delivery to Lessee of a tax bill or Lessor’s invoice for taxes, Lessee shall pay such taxes to the taxing authority or to Lessor, as instructed by Lessor. If Lessee fails to pay such taxes within such 30-day period, then Lessee shall pay, as additional rent, any late fees, penalties or interest assessed by the taxing authorities, plus interest on such amounts at the rate set forth in paragraph 20 above. If the Premises are a portion of a tax parcel or parcels and this Lease does not cover an entire tax parcel or parcels, the taxes and assessment installments allocated to the Premises shall be pro-rated on a square footage or other equitable basis, as calculated by the Lessor. It is understood and agreed that the Lessee’s obligation under this paragraph will be pro-rated to reflect the commencement and termination dates of this Lease.

NOTICES

23.    All notices to be given to Lessee may be given in writing personally, by commercial overnight courier or by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to Lessee at the said Premises, whether or not Lessee has departed from, abandoned or vacated the Premises, and any other address of Lessee set forth below. Notices given in accordance with this paragraph shall be deemed received one business day after sent by commercial overnight courier, three business days after being deposited in the United States mail, or when delivered if delivered personally. All notices to be given to Lessor may be given in writing personally or by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to Lessor at the following address or such other address as Lessor may, from time to time designate:

c/o Renault & Handley

625 Ellis Street, Suite 101

Mountain View, CA 94043

ENTRY BY LESSOR

24.    Subject to Lessee’s reasonable security requirements and provided such activities do not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Lessee’s business at the Premises, Lessee shall, upon not less than one (1) business day’s oral notice (except in the case of emergency), permit Lessor and its agents to enter into and upon the Premises for the purpose of inspecting the same or for the purpose of maintaining the building in which the Premises are situated, or for the purpose of making repairs, alterations or additions to any other portion of said building, including the erection and maintenance of such scaffolding, canopies, fences and props as may be required without any rebate of rent. Except in the case of emergency, the Lessor shall take all commercially reasonable

 

11


measures to schedule the repairs, alterations and additions at a time convenient to Lessee. Lessee shall permit Lessor and its agents to place upon the Premises any usual or ordinary “For Sale” sign or, at any time within one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the expiration of this Lease, to place upon the Premises any “For Lease” sign and exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants at reasonable hours.

DESTRUCTION OF PREMISES

25.    In the event of a partial destruction of the Premises during the term of this Lease from any cause covered by insurance carried, or required to be carried, by Lessor under this Lease, Lessor shall forthwith repair the same, provided such repairs can be made within one hundred eighty (180) days under the laws and regulations of State, Federal, County or Municipal authorities, but such partial destruction shall in no way annul or void this Lease, except that Lessee shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of rent while such repairs are being made, such proportionate reduction to be based upon the extent to which the making of such repairs shall interfere with the business carried on by Lessee in the Premises. If the cause of such repairs is not so covered by insurance or if such repairs cannot be made in one hundred eighty (180) days, Lessor may, at its option, exercised by written notice to Lessee given within thirty (30) days after the partial destruction of the Premises occurs (“Repair Election Notice”), either (a) make such repairs within a reasonable time, this Lease continuing in full force and effect and the rent to be proportionately reduced as aforesaid in this paragraph provided, or (b) terminate this Lease. In the event that Lessor elects to make such repairs even though the repairs will take more than one hundred eighty (180) days, this Lease may be terminated by Lessee by written notice to Lessor given within fifteen (15) days after delivery to Lessee of the Repair Election Notice . In respect to any partial destruction which Lessor is obligated to repair or may elect to repair under the terms of this paragraph, the provision of Section 1932, Subdivision 2, and of Section 1933, Subdivision 4, of the Civil Code of the State of California are waived by Lessee. In the event that the building in which the Premises may be situated be destroyed to the extent of not less than 33 1/3% the replacement cost thereof, Lessor may elect to terminate this Lease, whether the Premises be injured or not. A total destruction of the building in which the Premises may be situated shall terminate this Lease. In the event of any dispute between Lessor and Lessee relative to the provisions of this paragraph, they shall each select an arbitrator, the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator and the three arbitrators so selected shall hear and determine the controversy and their decision thereon shall be final and binding upon both Lessor and Lessee, who shall bear the cost of such arbitration equally between them.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

26.    The Lessee shall not assign, transfer, or hypothecate the leasehold estate under this Lease, or any interest therein, and shall not sublet the Premises, or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or suffer any other person or entity to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the Lessor. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a subletting or assignment. The Lessee shall, by thirty (30) days written notice, advise the Lessor of

 

12


its intent to assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof for any part of the term hereof, which notice shall include a description of all of the material terms of such assignment or subletting, and a reasonably detailed description of the proposed assignee or sublessee and its business and financial condition. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Lessee’s notice, Lessor shall either give approval to Lessee to assign the Lease or sublease the portion of the Premises described in Lessee’s notice, or notify Lessee of Lessor’s disapproval. In addition, Lessor shall have the right to terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises described in Lessee’s notice on the date specified in Lessee’s notice. If Lessee intends to assign this Lease or sublet the entire Premises and Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall be terminated on the date specified in Lessee’s notice. If, however, this Lease shall terminate pursuant to the foregoing with respect to less than all the Premises, the rent, as defined and reserved hereinabove shall be adjusted on a pro rata basis to the number of square feet retained by Lessee, and this Lease as so amended shall continue in full force and effect. If the Lessor approves an assignment or subletting, the Lessee may assign or sublet immediately after receipt of the Lessor’s written approval. In the event Lessee is allowed to assign, transfer or sublet the whole or any part of the Premises, with the prior written consent of Lessor, then no assignee, transferee or sublessee shall assign or transfer this Lease, either in whole or in part, or sublet the whole or any part of the Premises, without also having obtained the prior written consent of the Lessor. In the event of any approved assignment or subletting, Lessee shall pay to the Lessor, as additional rent, fifty percent (50%) of all assignment proceeds and rents received by the Lessee from its assignee or sublessee which are in excess of the amount payable by the Lessee to the Lessor hereunder, after deducting the amount of any market rate real estate brokerage commissions paid by Lessee in connection with the assignment or subletting. Any sublessee must provide liability insurance as required under the Lease, naming Lessor and its property manager as additional insureds. A consent of Lessor to one assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use by any other person shall not release Lessee from any of the Lessee’s obligations hereunder or be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent similar or dissimilar assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use by any other person. Any such assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use without such consent shall be void and shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Lessee and shall, at the option of Lessor exercised by written notice to Lessee, terminate this Lease. The leasehold estate under this Lease shall not, nor shall any interest therein, be assignable for any purpose by operation of law without the written consent of Lessor, As a condition to its consent, Lessor may require Lessee to pay all expenses in connection with the assignment, and Lessor may require Lessee’s assignee or transferee (or other assignees or transferees) to assume in writing all of the obligations under this Lease.

Any dissolution, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or other reorganization of Lessee, or the sale or other transfer in the aggregate over the term of the Lease of a controlling percentage of the capital stock of Lessee (excluding transfers over a national securities exchange), or the sale or transfer of all or a substantial portion of the assets of Lessee, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of Lessee’s interest in this Lease; provided that, a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or sale of assets shall not require Lessor’s consent hereunder unless Lessee’s tangible net worth (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) immediately after such transaction is less

 

13


than Lessee’s tangible net worth immediately prior to such transaction. The phrase “controlling percentage” means the ownership of and the right to vote stock possessing more than fifty percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of Lessee’s capital stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote for the election of directors. If Lessee is a partnership, a withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of Law, of any general partner, or the dissolution of the partnership, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of Lessee’s interest in this Lease. In the event that, through a merger, stock sale or other transaction, Lessee becomes the subsidiary of any other entity (a “parent”), Lessor shall have the right to require that the parent guaranty all of Lessee’s obligations under the Lease pursuant to a form of guaranty reasonably satisfactory to Lessor.

CONDEMNATION

27.    If any part of the Premises shall be taken for any public or quasi-public use, under any statue or by right of eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof, and a part thereof remains which is susceptible of occupation hereunder, this Lease shall, as to the part so taken, terminate as of the date title shall vest in the condemnor or purchaser, and the rent payable hereunder shall be adjusted so that the Lessee shall be required to pay for the remainder of the term only such portion of such rent as the value of the part remaining after such taking bears to the value of the entire Premises prior to such taking; but in such event Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease as of the date when title to the part so taken vests in the condemnor or purchaser. If all of the Premises, or such part thereof be taken so that there does not remain a portion susceptible for occupation hereunder or suitable for Lessee’s use, this Lease shall thereupon terminate. If a part or all of the Premises be taken, all compensation awarded upon such taking shall go to the Lessor and the Lessee shall have no claim thereto. Lessee may pursue a separate claim with the condemning authority for loss of goodwill and moving expenses only.

EFFECT OF CONVEYANCE

28.    The term “Lessor” as used in this Lease, means only the owner for the time being of the land and building containing the Premises, so that, in the event of any sale of said land or building, the Lessor shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of the Lessor hereunder, and it shall be deemed and construed, without further agreement between the parties and the purchaser at any such sale, that the purchaser of the building has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of the Lessor hereunder. If any security be given by the Lessee to secure the faithful performance of all or any of the covenants of this Lease on the part of the Lessee, the Lessor shall transfer and deliver the security, as such, to the purchaser at any such sale, and thereupon the Lessor shall be discharged from any further liability in reference thereto. Upon the written request of Lessor, Lessee shall execute an estoppel certificate as may be required in connection with any such sale.

SUBORDINATION

29.    Lessee agrees that this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed

 

14


of trust or other instrument of security which has been or shall be placed on the land and building or land or building of which the Premises form a part, and this subordination is hereby made effective without any further act of Lessee. The Lessee shall, at any time hereinafter, on demand, execute any instruments, releases, estoppel certificates, or other documents that may be required by any mortgagee, mortgagor, or trustor or beneficiary under any deed of trust for the purpose of subjecting and subordinating this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument of security, and the failure of the Lessee to execute any such instruments, releases or documents, shall constitute a default hereunder. Notwithstanding Lessee’s obligations, and the subordination of the Lease, under this paragraph 29, no mortgagee, trustee or beneficiary under any deed of trust or other instrument of security which may be placed on the Premises shall have the right to terminate the Lease or disturb Lessee’s occupancy thereunder so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Lease. If requested by Lessor, Lessee shall promptly provide Lessor with the most recent annual financial statements of Lessee or, if financial statements of Lessee are not available, then financial statements of Lessee’s parent corporation or other parent entity.

WAIVER

30.    The waiver by a party of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition therein contained. All waivers must be in writing. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Lessor shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Lessee of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Lessee to pay the particular rental so accepted, regardless of Lessor’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent.

HOLDING OVER

31.    Any holding over after the expiration or other termination of the term of this Lease with the written consent of Lessor, shall be construed to be a tenancy from month-to-month, at a rental to be negotiated by Lessor and Lessee prior to the expiration of said term, and shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable. Any holding over after the expiration or other termination of the term of this Lease without the written consent of Lessor shall be construed to be a tenancy at sufferance on all the terms set forth herein, except that the Base Monthly Rent shall be an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Monthly Rent payable by Lessee immediately prior to such holding over, or the fair market rent for the Premises as of such date, whichever is greater.

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

32.    The covenants and conditions herein contained shall, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of all of the parties hereto; and all of the parties hereto shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder.

 

15


TIME

33.    Time is of the essence of this Lease.

MARGINAL CAPTIONS; COMPLETE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT

34.    The marginal headings or titles to the paragraphs of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part thereof. This instrument is the complete and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and may not be modified orally or in any other manner than by an agreement in writing signed by all of the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

ENVIRONMENTAL OBLIGATIONS

35.    Lessee’s obligations under this paragraph 35 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

35.1    As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” shall mean any toxic or hazardous substance, material or waste or any pollutant or infectious or radioactive material, including but not limited to those substances, materials or wastes regulated now or in the future under any of the following statutes or regulations and any and all of those substances included within the definitions of “hazardous substances, “ “hazardous materials,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous chemical substance or mixture,” “imminently hazardous chemical substance or mixture,” “toxic substances,” “hazardous air pollutant,” “toxic pollutant,” or “solid waste” in the (a) Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1990 (“CERCLA” or “Superfund”), as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (“SARA”), 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq., (b) Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (“RCRA”), 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq., (c) Federal Water Pollution Control Act (“FSPCA”), 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq., (d) Clean Air Act (“CAA”), 42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq., (e) Toxic Substances Control Act (“TSCA”), 14 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq., (f) Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. § 1801, et seq., (g) Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act (“California Superfund”), Cal. Health & Safety Code § 25300 et seq., (h) California Hazardous Waste Control Act, Cal. Health & Safety code § 25100 et seq., (i) Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (“Porter-Cologne Act”), Cal. Water Code § 13000 et seq., (j) Hazardous Waste Disposal Land Use Law, Cal. Health & Safety codes § 25220 et seq., (k) Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986 (“Proposition 65”), Cal. Health & Safety code § 25249.5 et seq., (1) Hazardous Substances Underground Storage Tank Law, Cal. Health & Safety code § 25280 et seq., (m) Air Resources Law, Cal. Health & Safety Code § 39000 et seq., and (n) regulations promulgated pursuant to said laws or any replacement thereof, or as similar terms are defined in the federal, state and local laws, statutes, regulations, orders or rules. The term “Hazardous Materials” shall also mean any and all other biohazardous wastes and substances, materials and wastes which are, or in the future become, regulated under applicable Laws for the protection of health or the environment, or which are classified as hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, as defined, listed or regulated by any federal, state or local law, regulation or order or by common law decision. The term “Hazardous Materials” shall include, without limitations, (i) trichloroethylene,

 

16


tetrachloroethylene, perchloroethylene and other chlorinated solvents, (ii) any petroleum products or franctions thereof, (iii) asbestos, (iv) polychlorinated biphenyls, (v) flammable explosives, (vi) urea formaldehyde, (vii) radioactive materials and waste, and (viii) materials and wastes that are harmful to or may threaten human health, ecology or the environment.

35.2    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Lessee, at its sole cost, shall comply with all Laws relating to the storage, use and disposal of Hazardous Materials; provided, however, that Lessee shall not be responsible for contamination of the Premises by Hazardous Materials existing as of the date the Premises are delivered to Lessee, unless caused by Lessee. Lessee shall not store, use or dispose of any Hazardous Materials except for those Hazardous Materials (“Permitted Materials”) which are (a) listed in a Hazardous Materials management plan (“HMMP”) which Lessee shall submit to appropriate government authorities as and when required under applicable Laws, and (b) are either normal quantities of ordinary office supplies or are approved in writing by Lessor. Lessee may use, store and dispose of Permitted Materials provided that (i) such Permitted Materials are used, stored, transported, and disposed of in strict compliance with applicable Laws, and (ii) such Permitted Materials shall be limited to the materials listed on and may be used only in the quantities specified in the HMMP. In no event shall Lessee cause or permit to be discharged into the plumbing or sewage system of the Premises or onto the land underlying or adjacent to the Premises any Hazardous Materials. If the presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises caused or permitted by Lessee results in contamination or deterioration of water or soil, then Lessee shall promptly take any and all action necessary to clean up such contamination, but the foregoing shall in no event be deemed to constitute permission by Lessor to allow the presence of such Hazardous Materials.

35.3    Lessee shall immediately notify Lessor in writing of:

(a)    Any enforcement, cleanup, removal, or other governmental or regulatory action instituted, completed or threatened against Lessee related to any Hazardous Materials;

(b)    Any claim made or threatened by any person against Lessee or the Premises relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery compensation, loss or injury resulting from or claimed to result from any Hazardous Materials; and,

(c)    Any reports made to any environmental agency arising out of or in connection with any Hazardous Materials in, discharged at, or removed from the Premises, including any complaints, notices, warnings or asserted violations in connection therewith.

Lessee shall also supply to Lessor as promptly as possible, and in any event within five (5) business days after Lessee first receives or sends the same, with copies of all claims, reports, complaints, notices, warnings or asserted violations related in any way to the existence of Hazardous Materials at, in, under or about the Premises or Lessee’s use thereof. Lessee shall, upon Lessor’s request, promptly deliver to Lessor copies of any documents or information relating to the use, storage or disposal of Hazardous Material

 

17


on or from the Premises.

35.4    Upon termination or expiration of the Lease, Lessee at its sole expense shall cause all Hazardous Materials placed in or about the Premises, by Lessee, its agents, contractors, or invitees, and all installations (whether interior or exterior) made by or on behalf of Lessee relating to the storage, use, disposal or transportation of Hazardous Materials to be removed from the property and transported for use, storage or disposal in accordance and compliance with all Laws and other requirements respecting Hazardous Materials used or permitted to be used by Lessee. If required by law, codes or regulations, Lessee shall apply for and shall obtain from all appropriate regulatory authorities (including any applicable fire department or regional water quality control board) all permits approvals and clearances necessary for the closure of the Premises and shall take all other actions as may be required to complete the closure of the Premises. In addition, if Lessor has reasonable grounds to believe that Lessee has breached its obligations under Section 35.2 or that Hazardous Materials have been spilled or released on or about the Premises during the term of this Lease, then Lessor may require that, prior to vacating the Premises, Lessee shall undertake and submit to Lessor an environmental site assessment from an environmental consulting company reasonably acceptable to Lessor.

35.5    At any time prior to expiration of the Lease term, subject to reasonable prior notice (not less than forty-eight (48) hours) and Lessee’s reasonable security requirements and provided such activities do not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Lessee’s business at the leased Premises, Lessor shall have the right to enter in and upon the Premises in order to conduct appropriate tests of water and soil to determine whether levels of any Hazardous Materials in excess of legally permissible levels has occurred as a result of Lessee’s use thereof. Lessor shall furnish copies of all such test results and reports to Lessee and, at Lessee’s option and cost, shall permit split sampling for testing and analysis by Lessee. Such testing shall be at Lessee’s expense if Lessor has a reasonable basis for suspecting and confirms the presence of Hazardous Materials in the soil or surface or ground water in, on, under, or about the Premises, which has been caused by or resulted from the activities of Lessee, its agents, contractors, or invitees.

35.6    Lessor may voluntarily cooperate in a reasonable manner with the efforts of all governmental agencies in reducing actual or potential environmental damage. Lessee shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease or to any reduction in or abatement of rent by reason of such compliance or cooperation. Lessee agrees at all times to cooperate fully with the requirements and recommendations of governmental agencies regulating, or otherwise involved in, the protection of the environment.

35.7    Lessee shall indemnify, defend by counsel reasonably acceptable to Lessor, protect and hold Lessor and each of Lessor’s partners, employees, agents, attorney’s, successors, and assignees, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, liabilities, penalties, forfeitures, losses or expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) or death of or injury to any person or damage to any property whatsoever arising from or caused in whole or in part, directly or indirectly by (A) the presence in, or under or about the Premises or discharge in or from the Premises of any Hazardous

 

18


Materials caused by Lessee, its agents, employees, invitees, contractors, assignees, or Lessee’s use, analysis, storage, transportation, disposal, release, threatened release, discharge or generation of Hazardous Materials to, in, on, under, about or from the leased Premises, or (B) Lessee’s failure to comply with any Hazardous Materials Law. Lessee’s obligations hereunder shall include, without limitation, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, all costs, of any required or necessary repair, cleanup or detoxification or decontamination of the Premises, and the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial action or other required plans in connection therewith, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease. For purposes of indemnity provision hereof, any actions or omissions of Lessee or by employees, agents, assignees, contractors or subcontractors of Lessee or others acting for or on behalf of Lessee (whether or not they are negligent, intentional, willful or unlawful) shall be strictly attributable to Lessee.

FURNITURE

36.    During the term of the Lease as may be extended, Lessee shall have the use of the existing furniture and lab benches owned by Lessor and located within the Premises. Said usage shall be at no additional charge and without warranty.

EARLY POSSESSION

37.    Upon full execution of this Lease, Lessor’s receipt of Base Monthly Rent for May, 2013, the security deposit, and Lessee’s Certificate of Insurance evidencing Lessee’s required insurance coverage under the Lease, including the requisite additional insured endorsements, Lessor shall grant early occupancy of the Premises prior to Lease Commencement on all the terms and conditions of this Lease, excepting the payment of Base Monthly Rent or additional rent for the purpose of Lessee constructing its tenant improvements and installing equipment, materials, or other equipment necessary for the conduct of Lessee’s business (the “Early Occupancy Period”), provided, however, during the Early Occupancy Period, Lessee shall be responsible to pay for its utilities expenses. Lessee’s responsibility for all other operating expenses shall commence upon Lease Commencement.

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

38.    Lessee shall engage a licensed general contractor to design and construct its tenant improvements, subject to the provisions of paragraphs 7 and 9 hereof, including obtaining Lessor’s consent to the final plans, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (“Tenant Improvements”). Lessee may use and upgrade the existing clean room, CDA compressor and furniture at no additional charge during the Lease term. Lessor shall provide Lessee a tenant improvement allowance of up to Thirty Thousand and No/100ths Dollars ($30,000.00) toward the construction of its tenant improvements (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”), provided, however, Lessee shall be solely responsible for the cost of its Tenant Improvements which are in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Lessor shall reimburse Lessee the Tenant Improvement Allowance upon 1) Lessee’s completion of the Tenant Improvements, 2) Lessor’s receipt of paid invoices and unconditional waivers and releases from the Lessee’s general contractor and any

 

19


subcontractors who have filed preliminary lien notices against the property and 3) Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises for the purpose of conducting business.

OPTION TO EXTEND

30.    Provided that at the time of exercise, (a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (b) no more than two (2) Events of Default have occurred during the Term of this Lease, Lessee shall have one (1) option to extend the term of this Lease (“Option to Extend”) for a period of five (5) years, commencing April 1, 2018 (“Option Period”) on all the same terms and conditions of the Lease excepting the Base Monthly Rent which shall be at ninety-five percent (95%) of the then-current fair market rental value for the Premises as improved (“FMV”). In no event however, shall the Base Monthly Rent for the Option Period be less than that being paid for the month most immediately preceding the Option Period without the consent of the Lessor. In establishing the fair market rental value for the Premises, the parties shall consider only direct leases for comparable R&D space in Palo Alto occurring during the year most immediately preceding Lessee’s written notice of exercise of the Option to Extend. Considerations in establishing comparability of recently leased spaces shall include the date of the lease, age and quality of the building and interior improvements, parking ratio, and relative proximity to the Premises.

Lessee may exercise its Option to Extend by giving written notice to Lessor of its intent to do so not less than six (6) months nor more than nine (9) months prior to the Option Period. Lessee’s exercise of option shall be irrevocable. Lessor and Lessee shall negotiate FMV within thirty (30) days following Lessee’s written notice as set forth above. In the event Lessor and Lessee cannot agree upon FMV within the thirty-day period set forth above, then each party shall within five (5) days, select a licensed commercial real estate broker who is active in industrial and R&D space rentals in Palo Alto and the two brokers so appointed shall meet within twenty-one (21) days of their appointment to make a determination of FMV, taking into account the considerations set forth above. The determination of the brokers as set forth herein shall be binding upon the parties. If the two brokers so appointed cannot reach agreement within five (5) days of their initial meeting, then the two shall immediately thereafter appoint a third broker with the same qualifications and within twenty-one (21) days of the third broker’s appointment, all shall meet to make a determination of FMV. If agreement cannot be reached, then the two closest appraisals shall be averaged, and such figure shall become the Base Monthly Rent for the Option Period and be binding on both parties. Each party shall pay the fee of their respective broker and both parties shall share the cost of the third broker if necessary.

THIS LEASE HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR SUBMISSION TO YOUR ATTORNEY WHO WILL REVIEW THE DOCUMENT AND ASSIST YOU TO DETERMINE WHETHER YOUR LEGAL RIGHTS ARE ADEQUATELY PROTECTED. RENAULT & HANDLEY IS NOT AUTHORIZED TO GIVE LEGAL AND TAX ADVICE. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY RENAULT & HANDLEY OR ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL

 

20


SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION RELATING THERETO. THESE ARE QUESTIONS FOR YOUR ATTORNEY WITH WHOM YOU SHOULD CONSULT BEFORE SIGNING THIS DOCUMENT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed these presents, the day and year first above written.

 

LESSOR:       LESSEE:   
Embarcadero Joint Venture,       D-Wave Systems Inc., a   
a California general partner-       Canadian corporation   
ship by Handley Management         
Corporation, its Managing         
General Partner         

 

/s/ Milla Handley

     

/s/ Vern J. Brownell

  
Milla Handley, Vice President       Vern J. Brownell, President   

 

21


Addendum to Triple Net Lease

dated as of January, 2013 (“Lease”)

by and between D-Wave Systems Inc., a Canadian corporation (“Lessee”) and

Embarcadero Joint Venture, a California general partnership (“Lessor”) for

Premises located at 2650 East Bayshore Road, Palo Alto, California.

This Addendum is attached to and made a part of the Lease and all terms and conditions of this Addendum are hereby incorporated into the Lease by this reference. All capitalized terms used and not defined in this Addendum shall have the meanings given them in the Lease. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Addendum, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall control. Paragraph numbers set forth in this Addendum corresponding to the Paragraph numbers of the Lease to the extent applicable.

Exclusions to Common Area Operating Expenses. Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include (1) any real estate brokerage commissions or other costs incurred in procuring tenants, or any fee in lieu of commissions; (2) ground lease payments (if any); (3) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building or any law, code, regulation, ordinance or the like that would not have been incurred but for such violation; (4) Landlord’s general corporate overhead; (5) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord (other than in the parking facility for the Building); (6) bad debt expenses and interest, principal, points and fees on debts or amortization on any ground lease, mortgage or mortgages or any other debt instrument encumbering the Building (including the real property on which the Building is situated); (7) marketing costs, including leasing commissions and attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building; (8) costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of other tenants’ or occupants’ improvements made for tenants or other occupants in the Building or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants in the Building ; (9) depreciation, amortization (except as otherwise provided in this Lease) and interest payments, except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party, where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party’s services, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and when depreciation or amortization is permitted or required, the item shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life; (10) expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building, without charge; (11) costs (including in connection therewith all attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and/or payments in lieu thereof) arising from claims, disputes or potential disputes in connection with potential or actual claims, litigation or arbitrations

 

22


pertaining to another tenant of the Building; (12) costs incurred in connection with the original construction or any future expansion of the Building or Project; (13) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of Hazardous Substances existing at the Building as of the Commencement Date and not caused by Lessee, or to remove, remedy, treat or contain any Hazardous Substances existing at the Building as of the Commencement Date and not caused by Lessee; (14) travel expenses; and (15) art work.

Exclusions from Real Property Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Real Property Taxes” shall not include (i) Lessor’s general income taxes, inheritance, estate, succession, transfer, gift, franchise, or capital stock tax, or (ii) any Taxes for any time prior to the Commencement Date or after the expiration date of this Lease.

Leasing Commissions. Lessor shall pay a real estate leasing commission to Lessee’s Broker and Lessor’s Broker. Said commission schedule shall be paid with respect to the initial Term of the Lease only under a 6%, 6%, 6%, 5%, 4% commission rate schedule, split 50/50 between Lessee’s Broker and Lessor’s Broker. The commissions shall be paid 50% upon full execution of this Lease and 50% upon the Commencement Date.

 

23

Exhibit 10.22

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This First Amendment to Lease (“First Amendment”), dated as of January 29, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Embarcadero Joint Venture, a California general partnership (“Lessor”), and D-Wave Commercial Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”), as successor to D-Wave Systems, Inc., a Canadian corporation (“Original Lessee”), amends that certain Lease, dated January 15, 2013, by and between Lessor and Original Lessee, (the “Lease”), for the Premises located at 2650 East Bayshore Road, Palo Alto, California with reference to the following facts:

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, the term of the Lease is currently scheduled to expire on April 30, 2018.

B. WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee desire to amend the Lease to (i) extend the Lease term for a period of sixty-two (62) months, (ii) provide for Base Monthly Rent payable under the Lease for the extended term, and (iii) amend certain other provisions of the Lease, all as more particularly set forth herein.

C. WHEREAS, Original Lessee assigned, and Lessee assumed, the Lease pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of the Effective Date between Original Lessee and Lessee.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Lessor and Lessee agree as follows:

1. RECITALS; DEFINED TERMS: The recitals set forth above are incorporated by reference into this First Amendment as though set forth at length. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

2. TERM: The Lease is hereby extended for a period of sixty-two (62) months, commencing on May 1, 2018 and terminating on June 30, 2023 (the “Extended Term”). During the Extended Term, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall be applicable except as set forth herein.

3. RENTAL: Base Monthly Rent for the Extended Term shall be payable to Lessor without defense, deduction or offset at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by Lessor in the following amounts:

Base Monthly Rent shall be abated for the months of May 2018 and June 2018.

Commencing on July 1, 2018, and on the first day of each and every succeeding


month to and including April 1, 2019, $16,080.00 shall be due.

Commencing on May 1, 2019, and on the first day of each and every succeeding month to and including April 1, 2020, $16,562.40 shall be due.

Commencing on May 1, 2020, and on the first day of each and every succeeding month to and including April 1, 2021, $17,059.27 shall be due.

Commencing on May 1, 2021, and on the first day of each and every succeeding month to and including April 1, 2022, $17,571.05 shall be due.

Commencing on May 1, 2022, and on the first day of each and every succeeding month to and including April 1, 2023, $18,098.18 shall be due.

Commencing on May 1, 2023, and on the first day of each and every succeeding month to and including June 1, 2023, $18,641.13 shall be due.

4. CONDITION OF PREMISES AND ALTERATIONS: Lessee has accepted possession of the Premises, and Lessor shall have no obligation to alter or improve the Premises, or to pay any costs of any such alterations or improvements.

For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Lessor hereby discloses to Lessee, and Lessee hereby acknowledges, that the exterior areas of the Premises have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp), and certain modifications have been made to the exterior areas of the Premises to comply with applicable accessibility standards under state law. Lessee acknowledges that Lessor has provided Lessee with a copy of the CASp report and a disability access inspection certificate, and Lessee agrees to keep such report and certificate confidential except as necessary for Lessee to complete repairs and corrections of violations of construction-related accessibility standards that the Lessee agrees to make. Except for the above-described inspection of the exterior areas of the Premises, Lessor hereby discloses to Lessee, and Lessee hereby acknowledges, that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a CASp. As required by Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby states as follows:

“A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related

 

2


accessibility standards within the premises.”

In furtherance of the foregoing, Lessor and Lessee hereby agree as follows:

Upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Lessor, Lessee shall have the right to require a CASp inspection of the Premises. If Lessee requires a CASp inspection of the Premises, then: (a) Lessor and Lessee shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection during such 30-day period; (b) the contract with the CASP inspector shall require the inspector to perform the inspection in accordance with the standard of care applicable to experts performing such inspections, Lessor shall be an intended third party beneficiary of such contract, and the contract shall otherwise be subject to Lessor’s reasonable approval; (c) the CASp inspection shall be conducted (i) at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, (ii) by a CASp reasonably approved in advance by Lessor, (iii) in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Lessor, and (iv) shall be addressed to, and, upon completion, promptly delivered to, Lessor and Lessee; (d) the information in the inspection shall not be disclosed by Lessee to anyone other than contractors, subcontractors, and consultants of Lessee who are retained by Lessee to complete any repairs or correct violations to the extent that Lessee has agreed to undertake such repairs or corrections or who otherwise have a need to know the information therein and who are directed not to further disclose such information; and (e) Lessee shall correct any violations of the construction related accessibility standards within or relating to the Premises, in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 9 of the Lease, at Lessee’s cost, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 14 of the Lease.

5. LEASE GUARANTY; EVENTS OF DEFAULT: As of the Effective Date, Lessee has delivered to Lessor a Continuing Lease Guaranty executed by Original Lessee, as guarantor (“Guarantor”) for the benefit of Lessor, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. From and after the Effective Date, Paragraph 19 of the Lease is hereby amended to include the following additional subparagraphs in the definition of the term “Event of Default”:

“(f) Guarantor files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtors’ relief law of any jurisdiction; makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers of Lessee or of any substantial part of Guarantor’s property; or

“(g) A court or government authority enters an order, and such order is not vacated within thirty (30) days, appointing a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to Guarantor or with respect to any substantial part of Guarantor’s property; or constituting an order for

 

3


relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other debtors’ relief law of any jurisdiction; or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of Guarantor; or

“(h) Any dissolution, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or other reorganization of Guarantor, or the sale or other transfer in the aggregate over the term of the Lease of a controlling percentage of the capital stock of Guarantor (excluding transfers over a national securities exchange), or the sale or transfer of all or a substantial portion of the assets of Guarantor, excluding a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or sale of assets as to which Guarantor provides prior written notice to Lessor of the material terms of such transaction together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lessor that Guarantor’s tangible net worth (or the tangible net worth of the surviving entity in a merger, if other than Guarantor), determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, immediately after such transaction is not less than Guarantor’s tangible net worth immediately prior to such transaction. The phrase “controlling percentage” or “control” means the ownership of and the right to vote stock possessing more than fifty percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of Guarantor’s capital stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote for the election of directors.”

6. FULL FORCE & EFFECT: As of the date hereof, the Lease is in full force and effect. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” shall mean the Lease as amended by this First Amendment.

7. ENTIRETY: The Lease, as amended by this First Amendment, is the entire agreement between the parties and there are no agreements or representations between the parties except as expressed herein. Moreover, no subsequent change or modification of the Lease, as amended, shall be binding unless in writing and fully executed by Lessor and Lessee.

8. BROKERS: Lessor and Lessee each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any broker, finder or other person who has a right to a fee or commission in connection with this First Amendment, except Lessor’s broker, Renault & Handley, and Lessee’s broker, CBRE, Inc. Lessor and Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless against any loss or liability arising from a breach of the foregoing representation and warranty by Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be. Lessor shall be responsible for any commission owing to Lessor’s broker. Lessee shall be responsible for any commission owing to Lessee’s broker.

9. MISCELLANEOUS: Any inconsistencies or conflicts between the terms and provisions of the Lease and the terms and provisions of this First Amendment shall be resolved in favor of the terms and provisions of this First Amendment. This First Amendment may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, including

 

4


delivery by facsimile transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

10. AUTHORITY: Lessor and Lessee each represent and warrant to the other that it has full authority to enter into and perform this First Amendment without the consent or approval of any other person or entity including, without limitation, any mortgagees, partners, ground lessors, or other superior interest holders or interested parties. Each person signing this First Amendment on behalf of Lessor or Lessee represents and warrants that he or she has the full and complete authority, corporate, partnership or otherwise, to bind Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, to this First Amendment.

IN WITNESS THEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed this First Amendment to Lease as of the Effective Date.

 

Lessee:

 

    Lessor:

 

  

D-Wave Commercial Inc., a Delaware

corporation

    Embarcadero Joint Venture, a California

general partnership

 

  
By:  

/s/ Vern J. Brownell

                                

By

 

 

 

Handley Management Corporation, Its

Managing General Partner

 

  
    By:   

/s/ Jacob Foraker

                               
Name:   Vern J. Brownell       Name:    Jacob Foraker   
Its:   CEO       Its:    President and CEO   
Date:   January 25, 2018       Date:    January 29, 2018   

 

5


EXHIBIT A

Form of Continuing Lease Guaranty

 

6


CONTINUING LEASE GUARANTY

THIS GUARANTY, is made as of January     , 2018, by D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC., a Canadian corporation, with offices at 3033 Beta Avenue, Burnaby, British Columbia, V5G 4M9 (“Guarantor”), to EMBARCADERO JOINT VENTURE, a California general partnership with offices at 625 Ellis Street, Mountain View, CA 94043 (“Lessor”).

RECITALS

In connection with that certain Lease dated January 15, 2013 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of January    , 2018 (the “First Amendment”) and as may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Lease”), between Lessor and Lessee, which Lease has been assigned by Guarantor to D-Wave Commercial Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee,” which term shall include its successors and assigns), for premises (the “Premises”) located at 2650 East Bayshore Road, Palo Alto, California, Lessor is requiring Guarantor to guarantee Lessee’s obligations under the Lease.

Guarantor will derive substantial benefit from the Lease by virtue of owning an interest in Lessee.

NOW, THEREFORE, as a material inducement to Lessor’s agreement to enter into the First Amendment, Guarantor agrees as follows:

WITNESSETH:

1. Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to Lessor, and agrees fully to pay, perform and discharge, as and when payment, performance and discharge are due, all of the covenants, obligations and liabilities of Lessee under the Lease and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, supplements, substitutions and replacements of the Lease arising from and after the date of this Guaranty (the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall continue and remain in full force and effect until all of the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully paid, performed and discharged.

2. The obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall not be affected, modified or impaired by the occurrence of any of the following events, whether or not with notice to, or the consent of, Guarantor: (a) the waiver, surrender, compromise, settlement, release or termination of any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; (b) the failure to give notice to Guarantor of the occurrence of an event of default under the Guaranteed Obligations; (c) the extension of the time for the payment, performance or discharge of any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; (d) the amendment or modification (whether material or otherwise) of the Lease or the Guaranteed Obligations in any respect; (e) any failure, omission, delay or lack on the part of Lessor to enforce, assert or exercise any right, power or remedy conferred on Lessor under the Lease; (f) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets, marshalling of assets and liabilities, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition

 

- 1 -


with creditors or adjustment of debts, or other similar proceedings affecting Lessee or Guarantor or any of the assets of either of them; (g) the release or discharge by operation of law of Lessee from the payment, performance or discharge of any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations (unless such release or discharge arises out of Lessor’s material breach of its obligations under the Lease as evidenced by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction); (h) the release or discharge by operation of law of Guarantor from any or all of the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty; or (i) the invalidity or unenforceability of any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantor acknowledges that Lessor would not enter into the Lease without this Guaranty and that Lessor is relying on this Guaranty.

3. The obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantor agrees that Lessor shall have the right to proceed against Guarantor directly and independently of Lessee. A separate action may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor whether or not an action is brought against Lessee or Lessee is joined in any such action. Guarantor authorizes Lessor and Lessee, without notice to, demand of, or consent from Guarantor and without releasing or affecting Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty, from time to time to amend, modify, renew, extend, supplement or replace the Lease or the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise change the terms of the Lease or the Guaranteed Obligations, to take and hold security for the Guaranteed Obligations, and to enforce, waive, surrender, impair, compromise or release any such security or any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations or any person or entity liable for any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantor shall be and remain bound under this Guaranty notwithstanding any such act or omission by Lessee or Lessor. Guarantor waives all rights under section 2845 of the California Civil Code and waives the right to require Lessor to proceed against Lessee, to proceed against or exhaust any security held by Lessor, or to pursue any other remedy in Lessor’s power. Lessor shall have the right to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Lessee or any security held by Lessor. Guarantor waives all rights under section 2849 of the California Civil Code and waives the right, if any, to the benefit of, or to direct the application of, any security held by Lessor. Guarantor waives (a) any defense arising out of any alteration of the Guaranteed Obligations, (b) any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of Guarantor against Lessee or any security held by Lessor, and (c) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Lessee or by reason of the cessation or reduction from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Lessee other than (a) full payment, performance and discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations, or (b) discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations arising out of a material breach by Lessor of its obligations under the Lease as evidenced by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The cessation or reduction of the liability of Lessee for any reason (other than (a) full payment, performance and discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations, or (b) discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations arising out of a material breach by Lessor of its obligations under the Lease as evidenced by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) shall not release or affect in any way the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty.

4. If Lessee becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against Lessee, or Lessee makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, and in any such proceeding any or all of

 

- 2 -


the Guaranteed Obligations are terminated or rejected or any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations are modified or abrogated, Guarantor agrees that Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment of the Guaranteed Obligations must be returned by Lessor upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Lessee, Guarantor, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

5. Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping Guarantor informed of the financial condition of Lessee and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of failure to pay, perform or discharge any of the Guaranteed Obligations which diligent inquiry would reveal, and Guarantor agrees that Lessor has no duty to advise Guarantor of information known to Lessor regarding such condition or any such circumstance. Guarantor acknowledges that repeated and successive demands may be made and payments or performance made hereunder in response to such demands as and when, from time to time, Lessee defaults in the payment, performance or discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations. Notwithstanding any such payments and performance hereunder, this Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to any and all subsequent defaults by Lessee. It is not necessary for Lessor to inquire into the capacity, authority or powers of Lessee or the partners, directors, officers, employees or agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of Lessee, and all of the Guaranteed Obligations made or created in reliance upon the purported exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder.

6. If Lessee and Guarantor fail to pay, perform and discharge, as and when payment, performance and discharge are due, all of the Guaranteed Obligations, Lessor shall have the right, but no obligation, and without releasing Lessee or Guarantor from any of the Guaranteed Obligations, to pay, perform and discharge any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations on behalf of Lessee and Guarantor. Guarantor shall, on demand, pay to Lessor all sums expended by Lessor in the payment, performance and discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations, together with interest on all such sums from the date of expenditure to the date all such sums are paid by Lessee or Guarantor to Lessor at the maximum annual interest rate allowed by law for business loans (not primarily for personal, family or household purposes) not exempt from the usury law on such date of expenditure, or, if there is no such maximum annual interest rate, at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum. Guarantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty. Guarantor agrees to pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which are incurred by Lessor in the enforcement of this Guaranty. If any provision of this Guaranty is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Guaranty shall not be affected. This Guaranty may not be amended or modified in any respect except by a written instrument signed by Guarantor and Lessor. As used in this Guaranty, the singular shall include the plural. This Guaranty shall bind and inure to the benefit of Guarantor and Lessor and their respective transferees, personal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns. This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

- 3 -


7. All notices, demands, requests, advises or designations (“Notices”) which may be or are required to be given by Lessor to Guarantor hereunder or under the Lease shall be in writing. All Notices to Guarantor shall be sufficiently given, made or delivered if personally served or sent by United States certified or registered mail, or by overnight courier, postage prepaid, addressed to the address set forth above, or such other address or addresses as Guarantor may specify in writing from time to time. Each Notice shall be deemed received on the date of the personal service, the day after the sending thereof by overnight courier, or three (3) days after the mailing thereof, in the manner herein provided, as the case may be.

8. The parties to this Lease agree that the terms of this Guaranty shall be confidential and that the parties shall not disclose the terms thereof to any third party, except as mutually agreed and except as required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties are permitted to disclose the terms of this Guaranty to their respective financial consultants, lenders and prospective lenders.

9. Guarantor represents and warrants to Lessor as follows:

(a) Guarantor is a corporation, duly organized and in good standing under the federal laws of Canada;

(b) Guarantor has the full power, authority, legal capacity and legal right to execute and deliver, and to perform and observe the provisions of, this Guaranty including the payment of all moneys required hereunder;

(c) no consent of any person (including any trustee, guardian, conservator or similar officer for or holder of any obligations of Guarantor), and no consent, license, approval or authorization of, or registration or filing with, any governmental authority, bureau or agency is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of, and payment under, this Guaranty, except to the extent such approvals have been obtained, and the execution, delivery and performance and payment by Guarantor of this Guaranty has been duly authorized by all requisite action;

(d) this Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Guarantor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement thereof may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, or (ii) the non-availability of equitable or legal remedies which are discretionary with the courts; and

(e) the execution, delivery, performance and payment of this Guaranty does not and will not contravene any applicable law, regulation, order or decree, or any provision of any indenture, mortgage, contract or other agreement to which Guarantor is a party.

10. The Parties hereto consent to personal jurisdiction in the County of Santa Clara, California and agree that the exclusive venue and place of trial for the resolution of any disputes arising in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of this Guaranty shall

 

- 4 -


be in the courts of the State of California in the County of Santa Clara, or, if such courts do not have jurisdiction, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The Parties hereby consent to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding commenced in connection with this Agreement by the mailing of a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Party to be served, at its address set forth above, or such other address or addresses as Guarantor may specify in writing from time to time. The Parties irrevocably agree that such service shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the relevant Party or Parties in any such suit, action or proceeding, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon such Party or Parties. Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the right of a Party to serve process in any manner otherwise permitted by law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has executed this Guaranty as of the date first hereinabove written.

 

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC., a Canadian corporation

By:  

/s/ Vern J.Brownell

Name: Vern J. Brownell

Its: President and CEO

 

- 5 -

Exhibit 10.23

THIS LEASE dated the 25th day of July, 2012

BETWEEN:

0727219 B.C. LTD.

(“Nominee”)

and

PCI BETA HOLDINGS INC.

(“Beneficial Owner” and together with the Nominee, the “Landlord”)

and

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

(“Tenant”)

BACKGROUND

 

A.

The Nominee is the registered owner and the Beneficial Owner is the beneficial owner of the Lands (as hereinafter defined) on which the Landlord has constructed a Building (as hereinafter defined).

 

B.

The Landlord has agreed to lease the Building and the Lands to the Tenant on the terms and conditions set out below.

AGREEMENTS

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which each party acknowledges, the parties covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1     Defined Terms

In this Lease:

 

  (a)

“Basic Rent” has the meaning set out in Section 3.2;

 

  (b)

“Building” means the building located on the Lands, including the heating, ventilating and air conditioning (“HVAC”), mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems, back-up power generators and related equipment in or on the Building, and all other base building systems, including but not limited to those listed in Exhibit A, and the Storage Tanks, excluding the Tenant’s trade fixtures and personal property;


  (c)

“Environmental Reports” means:

 

  (i)

Stage 1 Preliminary Site Investigation, 3033 Beta Avenue, Burnaby, B.C., prepared by Keystone Environmental Ltd., dated June 18, 2012: and

 

  (ii)

Stage 2 Preliminary Site Investigation, 3033 Beta Avenue, Burnaby, B.C., prepared by Keystone Environmental Ltd, dated June 21, 2012;

 

  (d)

“HST” means the “harmonized sales tax” or any similar or replacement sales tax, value added tax, multi-stage tax, goods and services tax, business transfer tax, whatsoever called payable under the Excise Tax Act (Canada) or any replacement legislation;

 

  (e)

“Hazardous Substance” means any substance which, when released into the Building or any part thereof, or into the natural environment, is likely to cause, at any time, material harm or degradation to the Building or the Lands or any part of either of them, or to the natural environment or material risk to human health, and includes, without limitation, any flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons, hydro chlorofluorocarbons, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, radon gas, chemicals known to cause cancer or other toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic substances or related materials, petroleum and petroleum products, or any substance declared to be hazardous or toxic or a pollutant, dangerous good, deleterious substance, effluent, hazardous waste or special waste, or words of similar meaning under any laws now or hereafter enacted, which affect or apply to the Building, the Landlord, the Tenant, or any of them;

 

  (f)

“Lands” means the lands described as:

Parcel Identifier: 003-021-700

Lot 48, District Lot 70, Group 1

New Westminster District Plan 62014

(3033 Beta Ave, Burnaby, British Columbia);

 

  (g)

“Operating Costs” means, without duplication, the reasonable costs, fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Landlord for the maintenance, repair, management and operation of the Lands and the Building in a first class manner and condition including, without limitation:

 

  (i)

the cost of maintenance, repairs and replacements of or to the Building and other improvements on the Lands that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are chargeable to operating expenses as distinguished from capital repairs or replacements;

 

  (ii)

the cost of gardening, landscaping, ice and snow removal and waste and garbage removal;

 

  (iii)

the cost of window cleaning;

 

- 2 -


  (iv)

the cost of utilities and water and sewer charges billed to the Landlord for the Premises;

 

  (v)

the cost of maintenance contracts for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning equipment and any other building systems;

 

  (vi)

an amount for depreciation of the capital cost of replacements made by the Landlord during the Term to HVAC systems or the back-up power generator and related equipment in or on the Building, such depreciation to be at rates determined according to generally accepted accounting principles and based on an estimated useful life of fifteen (15) years from the date of completion of the replacement;

 

  (vii)

the cost of the Landlord’s premiums for the insurance policies required pursuant to Section Section 5.1;

 

  (viii)

sign rental costs;

 

  (ix)

parking lot cleaning, lining and repair; and

 

  (x)

a management fee of three percent (3%) of the Basic Rent, Operating Costs and Realty Taxes as described herein;

but excluding:

 

  (xi)

the cost of capital replacements to the structure of the Building, including, without limitation, the foundations, bearing walls, roof and roof structure (but expressly excluding the roof membrane), save and except:

 

  (xii)

where such replacements are caused or necessitated by the actions and/or negligence of the Tenant or those for whom in law it is responsible, and

 

  (A)

for depreciation referred to in Section 1.1 (g)(vi) of this definition,

in which in each of the foregoing cases the applicable cost shall be included in “Operating Costs”;

 

  (B)

interest on or principal repayments of debt;

 

  (C)

costs in respect of which the Landlord is reimbursed by proceeds of insurance;

 

  (D)

costs incurred in respect of the Landlord’s negligence;

 

  (E)

costs of repairs and maintenance to the extent covered by guarantees or warranties; and

 

  (F)

janitorial service, in the event such service is managed directly by the Tenant;

 

- 3 -


  (h)

“Premises” means the Building and the Lands;

 

  (i)

“Realty Taxes” means all taxes, rates, duties, levies and assessments whatsoever whether municipal, provincial or federal which are now or in the future levied, charged or assessed upon the Premises or upon any part or parts thereof and all improvements now or hereafter erected or placed on the Lands, or charged against the Landlord on account thereof, and those levied, imposed, assessed. charged or rated for education, schools. parking, local improvements. public works or for any other public purpose, but excluding any taxes which are personal to the Landlord, such as capital taxes or taxes assessed on the income of the Landlord. Realty Taxes shall also include all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in obtaining or attempting to obtain a reduction or prevent an increase in the amount of such Realty Taxes and the reasonable costs of all consultants retained by the Landlord in connection therewith;

 

  (j)

“Rentable Area” is equal to 42,281 square feet;

 

  (k)

“Storage Tanks” means the existing underground storage tanks located on the Lands; and

 

  (l)

“Term” means the term commencing on the 1st day of July, 2013 (“Commencement Date”) and expiring on the 30th day of June, 2023 subject to Section 2.2 and Section 2.3.

ARTICLE2

DEMISE AND TERM

Section 2.1     Demise

The Landlord leases the Premises to the Tenant for the Term, and the Tenant leases the Premises from the Landlord for the Term, subject to all encumbrances registered against title to the Lands in the Land Title Office and subject to the terms of this Lease.

Section 2.2     Extension

If the Tenant is not then in default of this Lease beyond any applicable cure period, it may by giving written notice to the Landlord not earlier than fifteen (15) months and not later than twelve (12) months before the expiry of the Term or the first extension thereof in accordance with this Section 2.2, extend the term of this Lease for a further term of five (5) years on the same terms and conditions of this Lease, except the Basic Rent will be the fair market rent for the Premises as at the commencement date of the extension period in the state in which they are required to be maintained under the terms of this Lease, but shall exclude the value of any leasehold improvements made by the Tenant, at the Tenant’s cost, after the Commencement Date, such Basic Rent to be as agreed upon by the Landlord and the Tenant not later than three (3) months prior to the expiry of the Term or the first ex1ension term, as the case may be, and, failing such agreement by such date, as determined by a single arbitrator in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Act (B.C.). The Landlord and the Tenant acknowledge and agree that

 

- 4 -


pursuant to this Section 2.2, the Tenant is given the option of renewing the Term only for two extension terms of five (5) years each, and at the expiry of the second extension term, if applicable, there will be no further rights of renewal or extension.

Section 2.3     Tenant Termination Right

The Tenant will have the right to terminate this Lease on July 1, 2019 by providing the Landlord with at least twelve (12) months prior written notice and payment upon serving such notice of nine (9) months Basic Rent, Operating Costs and Realty Taxes (“Termination Payment”). For greater clarity, if the Tenant exercises this termination right, the Termination Payment will be in addition to, and will not be applicable to, any rent payable under the terms of this Lease until termination of this Lease on July 1, 2019.

Section 2.4     Security Deposit

The Tenant shall provide a security deposit as follows:

 

  (a)

a cheque for two (2) months gross rent (Basic Rent plus Operating Costs and Realty Taxes (collectively, the “Gross Rent”)) plus HST, payable to the Landlord shall be tendered within two (2) business days after both parties have fully executed this Lease; and

 

  (b)

the amount of five (5) months Gross Rent plus HST, shall be held back from the payment of the Tl Allowance from the Landlord to the Tenant pursuant to Section 2.7 of this Lease,

(collectively, the “Deposit”),

to be held as a security deposit in accordance with the Lease to be applied to the costs or losses incurred by the Landlord with respect to any uncured default by the Tenant pursuant to the Lease and to be repaid to the Tenant (plus interest from the date it was paid to the Landlord until the date it is repaid to the Tenant, calculated based on the Bank of Canada rates applicable during the period it was held by the Landlord) within a reasonable period of time after termination of this Lease less any deduction for amounts then owed by the Tenant to the Landlord in respect of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that the Tenant has not been in uncured default of any of the terms or conditions of this Lease, the Landlord shall refund to the Tenant: (i) the amount of one (1) months Gross Rent within thirty (30) days of the first anniversary of the Commencement Date; (ii) the amount of two (2) months Gross Rent within thirty (30) days of the second anniversary of the Commencement Date; and (iii) the amount of two (2) months Gross Rent within thirty (30) days of the third anniversary of the Commencement Date, provided that, for greater certainty, the Landlord shall continue to hold the remaining amount of the Deposit, being two (2) months Gross Rent, throughout the Term in accordance with this Section 2.4.

Section 2.5     Fixturing Period

Provided that the Tenant is not in breach of any of its obligations under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period, the Tenant may occupy the Premises from August 1, 2012 (the

 

- 5 -


“Possession Date”) to the Commencement Date (the “Fixturing Period”), for the purposes of improving the Premises to carry out its business, including completion of the Tenant Improvements described below. During the Fixturing Period, the Landlord and the Tenant shall be bound by all the provisions of the Lease, saving those requiring payment of Basic Rent, Operating Costs and Realty Taxes; provided, however, that the Tenant will be required to pay its own utility costs, insurance costs and garbage removal costs during the Fixturing Period. Should the Tenant begin operating its business on the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the Tenant shall provide the Landlord with certificates of insurance evidencing the placement by the Tenant of the insurance policies required by the Landlord to be placed by the Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

Section 2.6     Tenant’s Improvements

Except for the Landlord’s Work and as otherwise provided in this Lease, the Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and option, for all leasehold improvements to the Premises in order to finish the Premises in a sufficient manner to allow the Tenant to conduct its business (the “Tenant’s Work”). The Tenant shall submit working drawings and specifications of the Tenant’s Work to the Landlord for the Landlord’s prior written approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Landlord shall provide its written approval (or explanation for any withholding of approval) to the Tenant within ten (10) business days of receiving such drawings and specifications. The Tenant shall have the right to build a bike rack to be covered and enclosed (lockable for security) in a non-intrusive location on the Lands selected in consultation with the Landlord acting reasonably and subject to any required city approvals.

Section 2.7     Tenant Improvement Allowance

Provided the Tenant has taken occupancy of the Premises, and the Tenant is not in breach of any of its obligations under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period, the Landlord will pay to the Tenant, as a contribution towards the cost of the Tenant rendering the Premises fit for its purposes (the “Tenant Improvements”), Thirty Five Dollars ($35.00) per square foot of the Rentable Area of the Premises (the “Tl Allowance”), subject to the holdback from the Tl Allowance in accordance with Section 2.4(b). The Tl Allowance shall be payable by the Landlord upon the later of the following:

 

  (a)

this Lease, and any documents related thereto, shall have been executed and delivered by the Tenant and delivered to the Landlord;

 

  (b)

the Tenant shall have provided to the Landlord original copies of invoices paid by the Tenant in respect of the Tenant Improvements in an amount equal to or exceeding the amount claimed for reimbursement;

 

  (c)

the Tenant shall have provided the Landlord with a statutory declaration of a senior officer of the Tenant confirming that all of the Tenant’s contractors, sub-trades, workmen and suppliers have been paid in full and that no liens arising from the Tenant Improvements have been or may be placed against the Premises and/or the Lands;

 

- 6 -


  (d)

the Landlord being satisfied that all statutory lien periods in respect of the Tenant Improvements have expired and no liens have been registered, filed or claimed in respect of any of the Tenant Improvements against the Premises and/or the Lands;

 

  (e)

the Tenant shall have provided to the Landlord as built drawings in respect of the Tenant Improvements in a form and content satisfactory to the Landlord;

 

  (f)

the Tenant shall have obtained an occupancy permit from the City of Burnaby for the Premises and the Tenant shall be in occupation of the whole of the Premises;

 

  (g)

the Tenant shall have provided to the Landlord a WorkSafe BC clearance letter and/or certificate in respect of the Tenant’s general contractor and/or its sub-trades confirming that the general contractor and/or sub-trades are active, in good standing, and have met the WorkSafe BC’s criteria for advance clearance; and

 

  (h)

the Commencement Date.

The Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that the obligation of the Landlord to provide the Tl Allowance pursuant to this Section 2.7 is exclusive and personal to the Tenant. The Tenant agrees that it shall be liable for and shall pay as and when due all amounts due and payable on account of the Tenant’s Work and the Tenant Improvements notwithstanding its entitlement to the Tl Allowance. Subject to the receipt of the Landlord’s approval pursuant to Section 2.6, the Landlord and the Tenant agree that the Tenant may use the Tl Allowance to install non-standard leasehold improvements, including any specific equipment required for the operation of the Tenant’s business.

Section 2.8     Landlord’s Work

On or before the Commencement Date, the Landlord shall at its cost professionally clean the brick facade of the building and upgrade the landscaping of the project in consultation with the Tenant, with both the Tenant and Landlord acting reasonably regarding the scope of the exterior upgrade work.

ARTICLE 3

RENT

Section 3.1     Intent of Lease

This is a carefree net lease to the Landlord, and it is the mutual intention of the parties hereto that the Basic Rent to be paid hereunder shall be net to the Landlord, clear of all taxes, costs and charges arising from or relating to the Premises.

 

- 7 -


Section 3.2     Basic Rent

During the Term the Tenant will pay to the Landlord, at such place as the Landlord designates and, except as may otherwise be set out in this Lease, without deduction, set off or abatement whatsoever, rent (the “Basic Rent”) as follows:

 

  (a)

From July 1, 2013 to June 30, 2018: Seven Hundred Thirty Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Seventeen Dollars and Fifty Cents ($739,917.50) per annum (based on Seventeen Dollars and Fifty Cents ($17.50) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises), plus HST thereon payable in equal consecutive monthly instalments of Sixty One Thousand Six Hundred Fifty Nine Dollars and Seventy Nine Cents ($61,659.79) plus HST in advance on the first day of each calendar month;

 

  (b)

From July 1, 2018 to June 30, 2023: Eight Hundred Twenty Four Thousand Four Hundred Seventy Nine Dollars and Fifty Cents ($824,479.50) per annum (based on Nineteen Dollars and Fifty Cents ($19.50) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises), plus HST thereon payable in equal consecutive monthly instalments of Sixty Eight Thousand Seven Hundred Six Dollars and Sixty Three Cents ($68,706.63) plus HST in advance on the first day of each calendar month.

If the Term commences on any day other than the first or ends on any day other than the last day of a calendar month, all Rent for the fractions of a month at the commencement or expiration of the Term shall be pro-rated on a per diem basis based on a period of three hundred sixty five (365) days or three hundred sixty six (366) days, as the case may be.

Section 3.3     Operating Costs

 

  (a)

Throughout the Term, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord monthly instalments on account of Operating Costs, plus applicable HST, which are preliminarily estimated to be Twenty Thousand Six Hundred One Dollars and Seventy Nine Cents ($20,601.79) per month.

 

  (b)

Upon reasonable prior written notice to the Tenant, the Landlord may adjust the amount of such monthly payments from time to time during the Term, so that the aggregate of such payments will reasonably approximate the Operating Costs for the same period.

 

  (c)

It is understood and agreed that the amount referred to in Section 3.3(a) is only an estimated amount. Within sixty (60) days after each lease year during the Term and within sixty (60) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, the Landlord shall deliver a detailed statement itemizing all components of the Operating Costs for the previous twelve (12) months and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, or the Landlord shall repay to the Tenant, after the Landlord’s determination of Operating Costs for such period, the amount by which the actual Operating Costs payable, as calculated by the Landlord, exceeds, or is exceeded by, as the case may be, the estimated Operating Costs received by the Landlord for that period.

 

- 8 -


  (d)

Subject to Section 6.4 and Section 6.6, and Tenant’s obligations under Section 6.1, the Landlord will operate, maintain, repair and replace the Premises in the same state as on the Commencement Date, subject to reasonable wear and tear, and the cost thereof shall be included in Operating Costs payable by the Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

 

  (e)

By written notice to the Landlord, the Tenant may designate all or a portion of the Premises as an area for which the Tenant will provide its own janitorial services, at the Tenant’s own cost, and any such area will be excluded from the calculation of the Tenant’s proportionate share of such services in the Operating Costs.

Section 3.4     Realty Taxes

 

  (a)

The Landlord shall pay to the taxing authority as and when due all Realty Taxes that may be levied, rated, charged or assessed against the Premises. Any penalties incurred as a result of the Landlord’s delay in paying any Realty Taxes shall be the sole expense of the Landlord.

 

  (b)

The Tenant shall, on the first day of each and every month during the Term and within the time or times hereinafter provided, pay directly to the Landlord or as the Landlord may direct from time to time, the amount the Landlord may reasonably require so that on the date the Realty Taxes are due and payable to the taxing authority, the Tenant shall have paid to the Landlord the full amount of the Realty Taxes then due in respect of Realty Taxes for the Premises. Such amount is preliminarily estimated to be Nine Thousand Four Hundred Twenty Four Dollars and Seventy One Cents ($9,424.71) monthly.

 

  (c)

The Tenant agrees to provide the Landlord within ten (10) business days after demand therefor by the Landlord with a copy of any Realty Tax bills and real property assessment notices for the Premises received by the Tenant. The Tenant will, upon request, promptly deliver to the Landlord receipts for payment of all such Realty Taxes paid to any such taxing authorities, as aforesaid, and will furnish and deliver all such other information in connection therewith as the Landlord may reasonably require.

 

  (d)

The amount referred to in Section 3.4(b) is only an estimated amount. The Landlord may amend such estimated amount for such period or periods as the Landlord may reasonably determine from time to time, and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amended estimated amount in monthly instalments in advance during such period, together with all other rental payments provided for in this Lease. When the final real property tax bill in any year has been received, which relates to the period for which payments have been made by the Tenant pursuant to this Section 3.4, the parties hereto agree to adjust all payments made by the Tenant on account of Realty Taxes in accordance with such final Realty Tax bill. If the actual amount of the Realty Taxes is different than the payments made by the Tenant on account thereof, the Tenant shall pay the amount of any underpayment to the Landlord, or the Landlord will refund the amount of any overpayment to the Tenant, as the case may be, within ten (10) business days of written request.

 

- 9 -


Section 3.5     Business Taxes

In each and every year during the Term, the Tenant shall pay and discharge when the same becomes due and payable, all taxes, rates, duties, assessments and other charges that may be levied, rated, charged or assessed against or in respect of all improvements, equipment and facilities on or in the Premises and every tax and licence fee in respect of any and every business carried on thereon or therein or in respect of the use or occupancy thereof by the Tenant and any and every permitted occupant of the Premises (other than corporate income, profits or excess profit taxes assessed upon the income of the Landlord), whether any such assessment tax, rate, duty or licence fee is charged by any federal, municipal, provincial, school or other bodies during the Term.

ARTICLE 4

USE OF PREMISES AND TENANT COVENANTS

Section 4.1     Permitted Use

The Tenant will use the Premises solely for the purpose of general office use, a computer physics laboratory and product assembly, and for ancillary uses. The Tenant will not use the Premises or permit them to be used for any other purpose without the Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, nor for any unlawful purpose.

Section 4.2     Parking

The Tenant will be entitled to the use of all outdoor parking spaces on the Lands. Starting on the Commencement Date, the Tenant shall pay the Landlord Fifty Dollars ($50.00) per month for each stall, which may be adjusted annually by the Landlord based on the Government of Canada published City of Vancouver Consumer Price Index.

Section 4.3     Tenant Covenants

The Tenant agrees as follows:

 

  (a)

to operate the Premises in a good, efficient and business-like manner in the best interests of the Building, and in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of governmental authorities;

 

  (b)

to keep the Premises in a clean, orderly and sanitary condition, and to repaint and redecorate at reasonable intervals;

 

  (c)

to comply with all reasonable requests of the Landlord relating to energy conservation that do not unreasonably interfere with the Tenant’s business;

 

  (d)

to pay directly to the supplier when due all charges for any utilities separately metered and billed to the Tenant, or that the Landlord directs the Tenant to pay directly;

 

- 10 -


  (e)

not to damage, or impair the efficient and proper operation of the Building, the Lands or any equipment located on them;

 

  (f)

not to commit or permit to be committed waste upon the Premises or any nuisance;

 

  (g)

subject to the Landlord’s compliance with the Tenant’s standard protocol with respect to entering restricted portions of the Premises and with the proviso that the Tenant may refuse entry to any person on any reasonable and lawful basis, including but not limited to compliance with applicable laws or the Tenant’s contractual obligations to third parties, to allow the Landlord upon two (2) business days prior written notice (except in an emergency when no notice is required) to enter the Premises at any reasonable time or times, with as little interference to the conduct of the Tenant’s business as is reasonably possible, to enable the Landlord to inspect the Premises and comply with or cause the Tenant to comply with any laws now or in the future applicable to the Premises whether or not the application of the laws to the Premises results from an act or omission of the Landlord or any other person;

 

  (h)

if the Tenant has knowledge, or has reasonable cause to believe, that any Hazardous Substances has come to be located on, under or above the Premises, to give written notice of such condition to the Landlord;

 

  (i)

if the Landlord has reasonable cause to believe that the Premises have become contaminated with any Hazardous Substances, to allow the Landlord upon reasonable prior notice (except in an emergency when no notice is required) to enter the Premises and obtain samples from the Premises for the purpose of analyzing the same to determine whether and to what extent the Premises or the environment have become so contaminated and to the extent that contamination is found and that such contamination was caused by the Tenant or by those for whom in law the Tenant is responsible, to reimburse the Landlord for the costs of such inspection, sampling and analysis. The Landlord shall immediately clean-up or ensure the immediate clean-up, of any release of the contaminant which was not caused by the Tenant or by those for whom in law the Tenant is responsible (which clean-up shall include any necessary restoration or remediation to a condition that complies with any and all government regulations and where the release was not caused by the Tenant or by those for whom in law the Tenant is responsible, the Tenant shall not incur any costs or expenses associated with such clean-up or restoration or remediation);

 

  (j)

to provide the Landlord annually upon request, the Tenant’s policy and operating procedures relating to the generation, use, manufacture, storage, handling, transfer, treatment, refining, processing and production of Hazardous Substances on or in the Premises, including spill reporting requirements, inventory and waste manifests; and

 

  (k)

to indemnify and save harmless the Landlord and its directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including without limitation, legal fees and costs on a solicitor and own client basis arising out of or in any way connected with the

 

- 11 -


  use, generation, storage, escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, release, discharge, disposal or presence on, under, about or from the Premises, the Lands or the Building of any Hazardous Substances during the Term by the Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees, contractors or any others under the control of the Tenant or for whom the Tenant is responsible in law including, without limitation, the cost of any required or necessary repair, remediation or detoxification and preparation of any closure or other required plans in connection therewith and such indemnity obligations of the Tenant will survive the expiry or sooner termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 5

INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

Section 5.1     Landlord’s Insurance

The Landlord will take out and keep in force, as would a prudent owner of similar premises, comprehensive general liability insurance (which shall be secondary to the Tenant’s liability insurance as to the acts and omissions of the Tenant and those for whom the Tenant is in law liable) and all risks property insurance on the Building (excluding leasehold improvements) and such other forms of insurance, as the Landlord or its mortgagee reasonably considers necessary to the full extent of the replacement value. The Landlord’s property insurance policies shall contain a waiver of subrogation against the Tenant, its agents, employees and those for whom it is in law responsible. The Tenant is not relieved of any liability arising from its acts, fault, negligence or omissions and no insurable interest is conferred on the Tenant under the Landlord’s policies nor does the Tenant have the right to receive any proceeds under the policies.

Section 5.2     Tenant’s Insurance

The Tenant at its expense will provide and maintain in force during the Term the following insurance:

 

  (a)

comprehensive general liability insurance concerning the Premises and the Tenant’s business of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence; the insurance will include, without limitation, liability for personal injury or death, contractual liability, property damage and contingent employer’s liability and will name the Landlord and its mortgagee as additional insured;

 

  (b)

all risks (including flood, sewer and drain back-up, earthquake and sprinkler leakage) property insurance on insurable property including merchandise, furniture, fixtures and leasehold improvements, to the full replacement value, on a stated amount coinsurance basis, with a reasonable deductible;

 

  (c)

broad comprehensive boiler and machinery insurance on all objects owned or operated by the Tenant or others on behalf of the Tenant on the Premises; and

 

  (d)

business interruption insurance providing coverage for twelve (12) months loss of insurable gross earning or profit.

 

- 12 -


Section 5.3     Insurance Terms

Any policy of insurance under Section 5.2 will name the Landlord as an additional insured, contain a waiver of subrogation in favour of the Landlord and its employees, agents and mortgagee, incorporate the standard mortgage clause, contain a cross-liability clause in favour of the Landlord and its mortgagee where it is named, be in a form and with insurers satisfactory to the Landlord, and contain a clause requiring the insurer not to cancel or change the insurance without first giving the Landlord fifteen (15) days prior written notice. The Tenant agrees to provide the Landlord with certificates of insurance required by this Lease.

Section 5.4     Tenant’s Contractor’s Insurance

The Tenant will require any contractor performing work on the Premises to carry and maintain, at no expense to the Landlord, comprehensive general liability insurance and other insurance in amounts and on terms reasonably determined by the Landlord, and to provide the Landlord with satisfactory proof of that insurance from time to time.

Section 5.5     Landlord’s Right to Insure

If the Tenant does not provide or maintain in force the insurance required under this Lease or provide proof of the insurance when requested by the Landlord, the Landlord may take out the necessary insurance and pay the premiums, and the Tenant will pay to the Landlord the amount of such premium on the next succeeding rental payment date.

Section 5.6     Acts Conflicting with Insurance

The Tenant will not do or permit to be done any act or thing, which may render void or conflict with any policy of insurance, including any applicable regulations of fire insurance underwriters, by which the Premises or the Building are insured. If any such policies are cancelled or reduced, or threatened to be cancelled or reduced, by reason of any act or omission of the Tenant, the Landlord will have the right at its option to place such insurance at the expense of the Tenant and to remedy the circumstances which may prevent the issuance of the insurance. If the premium paid in respect of any policy is increased by any act or omission of the Tenant, upon receipt of written evidence of such increase, the Tenant will pay to the Landlord at the Landlord’s option on the next succeeding rental payment date the amount by which the premium has been increased. All of the remedies of the Landlord in this Section 5.6 may be taken without limiting or affecting any other right or remedy in this Lease.

Section 5.7     Indemnity

The Tenant will indemnify the Landlord and save it harmless from and against all claims, actions, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses in connection with loss of life, personal injury or damage to property arising from any occurrence on the Premises or occupancy or use of the Premises, occasioned wholly or in part by an act or omission of the Tenant, its officers, employees, agents, customers, contractors or other invitees, except caused by the negligence, wilful act or omission of the Landlord, and those for whom is it in law responsible. The provisions of this Section 5.7 will survive the expiry or sooner termination of the Lease.

 

- 13 -


Section 5.8     Mutual Release

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding Section 5.7, each of the Landlord and the Tenant hereby releases the other and waives all claims against the other and those for whom the other is at law responsible with respect to occurrences insured against or required to be insured against by the releasing party, whether any such claims arise as a result of the negligence or otherwise of the other or those for whom it is in law responsible. Such release and waiver shall be effective only to the extent of proceeds of insurance received by the releasing party and proceeds which would have been received if the releasing party obtained all insurance required to be obtained by it under this Lease and for this purpose deductible amounts shall be deemed to be proceeds of insurance not received.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.8, the Landlord and the Tenant shall each be liable to any third party (being any person other than the Landlord and the Tenant and their respective insurers) to the extent of their respective fault or negligence and each shall be entitled to full indemnity and contribution from the other to the extent of the other’s fault or negligence.

Section 5.9     Limitation of Landlord’s Liability

The Landlord shall deliver the base building systems, the HVAC and the back-up power generator and related equipment in or on the Building, including but not limited to those items listed in Exhibit A, in good working order with relevant reports as applicable confirming the same; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for damages at any time for any defects, latent or otherwise, in, or any breakdown of or interruption of, any of the equipment, machinery, utilities, appliances, or apparatus in the Building, nor shall the Landlord be responsible or liable for damages at any time for loss of life, or injury or damage to any person or to any property or business of the Tenant, or those claiming by, through, or under the Tenant, caused by or resulting from the bursting, breaking, leaking, running, seeping, overflowing, or backing up of water, steam, gas, sewage, snow, or ice in any part of the Premises or caused by or resulting from acts of God or the elements, or resulting from any defect or negligence in the occupancy, construction, operation, or use of the Premises, or any of the equipment, fixtures machinery, appliances, or apparatus therein, provided in all such events the Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete any required repairs as quickly as possible.

ARTICLE 6

MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS. ALTERATIONS AND FIXTURES

Section 6.1     Tenant’s Maintenance and Repairs

The Tenant will at its cost:

 

  (a)

subject to Section 6.4 and Section 6.6 keep the interior of the Building, including leasehold improvements, all the Tenant’s trade fixtures and personal property, and all interior and exterior glass windows and partitions, in good repair to the condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to reasonable wear and tear;

 

- 14 -


  (b)

subject to compliance with the Tenant’s standard protocol with respect to entering restricted portions of the Premises and with the proviso that the Tenant may refuse entry to any person on any reasonable and lawful basis, including but not limited to compliance with applicable laws or the Tenant’s contractual obligations to third parties, permit the Landlord upon two (2) business days prior written notice to enter and view the state of repair and maintenance of the Building, and will make such repairs and replacements as are the responsibility of the Tenant under this Lease, in a good and workmanlike manner as the Landlord may reasonably require by notice in writing within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice, or within such longer time as may be reasonable given the nature of the repair, and if the Tenant neglects to do so, the Landlord may reasonably enter the Building and make such repairs and replacements and all expenses in so doing will be recoverable as rent in arrears under this Lease;

 

  (c)

reimburse the Landlord within ten (10) business days of written request for the repair of any damage caused to any part of the Premises caused by or through the wilful act, negligence or omission of the Tenant, and others for whom it is responsible under law, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the Landlord in so doing will be recoverable as rent in arrears under this Lease; and

 

  (d)

discharge any liens and other encumbrances filed at any time against the Premises by reason of any act of the Tenant, its officers, employees, agents, customers, contractors or other invitees within fifteen (15) business days of notice thereof and if the Tenant fails to do so the Landlord may at its option pay into Court the amount required to obtain a discharge of any such lien and any amount so paid including costs and disbursements on a solicitor client basis will be payable by the Tenant to the Landlord and recoverable by the Landlord as rent; the Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord may file a notice of interest in the applicable land title office under the provisions of the Builders Lien Act or any legislation in amendment or substitution thereof evidencing that the Landlord is not responsible for any of the Tenant’s improvements; the Tenant agrees to cooperate with the Landlord in respect of the same and, if necessary, to execute and deliver all other instruments and take any actions necessary to give effect to the same.

Section 6.2     Alterations. Installations and Fixtures

The Tenant will make no alterations, repairs, installations, removals, improvements, change any locks, install any fixtures or leasehold improvements in or about the Premises, or do anything which may affect the proper operation of the Building, without the Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and only after the Tenant has submitted applicable plans and specifications and after the Tenant has obtained all necessary permits and approvals. All such alterations, repairs, improvements, and installations of fixtures and improvements in the nature of floor and wall covering, light fixtures, partitions, built-in furniture and other leasehold improvements, when completed will be the property of the Landlord, without compensation to the Tenant, but the Landlord will have no responsibility for the repair, replacement, operation, maintenance or insurance of leasehold improvements, which will remain the responsibility of the Tenant The Tenant shall not be permitted access to the roof of the Building without the prior consent of the Landlord, not to be

 

- 15 -


unreasonably withheld. The Landlord hereby authorizes the Tenant upon the event of any disruption of HVAC service, to notify directly the HVAC maintenance contractors subject to the Tenant promptly advising the Landlord by notice of the aforesaid disruption and of the aforesaid notification of the maintenance contractor.

Section 6.3     Abatement of Rent

If there is damage to the Building, which prevents use of or access to the Building, and if the damage is such that the Building is rendered not reasonably capable for use by the Tenant for a period exceeding ten (10) consecutive days:

 

  (a)

unless the damage was caused by the negligence of fault of the Tenant, its officers, employees, agents, customers, contractors or other invitees or those under the control of the Tenant or for whom the Tenant is responsible in law, then the Basic Rent. Operating Costs and Realty Taxes will abate in the proportion that the part of the Building rendered unfit for occupancy bears to the whole of the Building until the Building is rebuilt; and

 

  (b)

unless this Lease is terminated under Section 6.4, the Landlord or the Tenant or both, as the case may be according to their obligations to repair under this Lease, will repair the damage with reasonable diligence.

Section 6.4     Termination in Event of Damage

If any part of the Building is damaged or destroyed by any cause, within thirty (30) days after such damage or destruction occurs, the Landlord will provide the Tenant with written notice, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord’s architect, of when the Building can be rebuilt or made fit for the purpose of the Tenant. If the Building cannot be rebuilt or made fit for the purpose of the Tenant within one hundred and twenty (120) days, the Landlord or the Tenant may, at its option within thirty (30) days after such notice is given, terminate this Lease by giving the other party written notice of termination. If the Lease is terminated under this Section 6.4, neither the Tenant nor the Landlord will be obligated to repair as provided under this Lease, the Tenant will deliver vacant possession of the Premises to the Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice of termination, and all rent will be apportioned and paid to the date on which possession is delivered, subject to any abatement to which the Tenant is entitled under Section 6.3. If no termination notice is given, the Landlord or the Tenant or both, as the case may be according to their obligations to repair under this Lease, will repair the damage with reasonable diligence.

Section 6.5     Tenant’s Remedies

If the Landlord shall default in the performance or observance of any covenant of maintenance, repair or replacement under this Lease on its part to be performed or observed, and shall not cure such default within thirty (30) days after notice from the Tenant specifying the default (or within such longer time as may be reasonable given the nature of the default, provided the Landlord commences to cure within such thirty (30) day period) then, the Tenant may, at its option, without waiving any claim for damages for the default, at any time thereafter cure such default for the account of the Landlord, and any reasonable amount paid or incurred by the

 

- 16 -


Tenant in so doing shall be deemed paid or incurred for the account of the Landlord, and the Landlord agrees to forthwith reimburse the Tenant therefore.

Section 6.6     Capital and Structural Repairs

The Landlord shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense, with no additional charge to the Tenant except to the extent such costs and expenses are included in Operating Costs or unless caused or necessitated by the actions and/or negligence of the Tenant or those for whom in law it is responsible, for all necessary capital repairs and replacements to the Premises or any part thereof including all the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and other base building systems (including but not limited to those listed in Exhibit A), and the HVAC or the back-up power generator and related equipment in or on the Building, and for any repairs to the structure of the Building, including, without limitation, the foundations, bearing walls, roof, roof structure and roof membrane, but in all cases, excluding leasehold improvements and the Tenant’s trade fixtures.

Section 6.7     Removal of Property

 

  (a)

Machinery, furniture and equipment in the nature of tenant’s trade fixtures and personal property, that are located in the Premises, shall be the property of the Tenant and may be removed by the Tenant during the Term and shall be removed by the Tenant upon the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease provided the Tenant is not then in default of payment under this Lease, and provided the Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal.

 

  (b)

Leasehold improvements, building fixtures and fixtures not in the nature of tenant’s trade fixtures, including HVAC equipment, the back-up power generator and related equipment in or on the Building and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and other base building systems, shall be and remain the property of the Landlord and shall not be removed by the Tenant from the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if requested by the Landlord to do so, upon the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease the Tenant shall remove any non-standard leasehold improvements made by the Tenant during the Term and shall repair any damage caused by such installation and removal and shall restore the Premises to the condition they were in prior to such installation.

 

  (c)

Any property required to be removed by the Tenant according to the foregoing but not so removed at the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease may, at the option of the Landlord:

 

  (i)

be removed by the Landlord and the Tenant shall forthwith on demand pay to the Landlord the cost of such removal and the cost to repair and restore the Premises as a result thereof; or

 

  (ii)

become the property of the Landlord without any payment or compensation by the Landlord to the Tenant therefor.

 

- 17 -


Section 6.8     Compliance with all Laws

Each of the Landlord and the Tenant shall, with respect to their respective activities on the Premises or under this Lease, comply with all provisions of law, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the requirements of all federal, provincial and municipal legislative enactments, by laws or regulations now or hereafter in force (including without limitation environmental laws and regulations) which relate to the Premises, or to the use thereof, or to the conduct of business therein. or to the making of any repairs, replacements, alterations, additions, changes, substitutions or improvements of or to the Premises, or to the generation, use, manufacture, storage, handling, transfer, treatment, refining, processing or production of Hazardous Substances.

ARTICLE 7

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Section 7.1     Landlord’s Consent

The Tenant will not assign, mortgage, or encumber this Lease in whole or in part, nor sublease all or any part, nor sublease all or any part of the Premises or permit them to be used or occupied by any other person (collectively “Transfer”), without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and Section 7.2 applies. Any Transfer made in violation of this Article 7 will be void.

Section 7.2     Standards for Consent

Without limiting the circumstances when it may be reasonable for the Landlord to withhold consent to a Transfer, it will be fair and reasonable for the Landlord to withhold its consent to a Transfer in the following circumstances:

 

  (a)

if the Landlord determines the financial condition of the proposed assignee, subtenant or occupant, or any indemnifier of same, is or may be insufficient to comply with its obligations under this Lease;

 

  (b)

if the use to which the Premises may be put is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease;

 

  (c)

if at the time of the proposed Transfer the Tenant is in default under this Lease;

 

  (d)

if the Transfer will result in a division of the Premises; or

 

  (e)

if the Tenant has not received a bona fide written offer for assignment or sublet or has not provided a copy of such offer to the Landlord at the time of requesting the Landlord’s consent.

 

- 18 -


Section 7.3     Terms of Transfer

The following applies to any Transfer:

 

  (a)

the Landlord, acting reasonably, has the right to approve the form of Transfer;

 

  (b)

in spite of any Transfer, the Tenant will remain fully liable to perform all the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease;

 

  (c)

the Tenant will at the time of Transfer require the assignee to agree in writing with the Landlord to fulfill all obligations under this Lease.

Section 7.4     Permitted Transfers

Notwithstanding Section 7.1, but subject to Section 7.3(b) and Section 7.3(c), the Tenant shall not be required to obtain the Landlord’s prior written consent in respect of:

 

  (a)

any Transfer to an affiliate or subsidiary of the Tenant (as defined in the Canada Business Corporations Act);

 

  (b)

the occurrence of any merger, amalgamation, reorganization or corporate restructuring of the Tenant or any Transfer to any entity or corporation that is a successor to the Tenant formed as a result thereof; or

 

  (c)

any Transfer to any purchaser of all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Tenant,

(collectively “Permitted Transfers”).

Section 7.5     Assignment by Landlord

 

  (a)

If the Landlord sells or otherwise transfers an interest in the Building, the Land or this Lease, in whole or in part, to the extent that the transferee is responsible for compliance with the obligations of the Landlord under this Lease, the Landlord without further written agreement will be released from all of its obligations in this Lease.

 

  (b)

The Landlord shall be entitled to assign its interest as landlord under this Lease to an affiliate or subsidiary of the Landlord (as defined in the Canada Business Corporations Act) upon providing notice of such assignment to the Tenant.

ARTICLE 8

SUBORDINATION AND STATUS STATEMENT

Section 8.1     Subordination

So long as the mortgagee agrees that the Tenant, if not in default beyond any applicable cure period, may continue to occupy the Premises until termination, this Lease will be subject and

 

- 19 -


subordinate to all charges by way of mortgage now or in the future granted in respect of the Land or the Building, and the Tenant will subordinate this Lease to every such mortgage and will execute promptly a document of subordination if requested by the Landlord, subject to such reasonable amendments as the Tenant may require, in which the Tenant will also agree to attorn to the Landlord’s mortgagee if it becomes a mortgagee in possession or takes action to realize on the mortgage.

Section 8.2     Status Statement

Whenever requested in writing by the Landlord or its mortgagee, the Tenant will promptly provide a certificate in writing as to the status of the Lease, including whether it is in full force and effect, is modified or unmodified, confirming the rental payable and the state of accounts between the Landlord and the Tenant, the existence or non-existence of defaults, and any other matters pertaining to this Lease as may be reasonably required.

ARTICLE 9

DEFAULT

Section 9.1     Tenant’s Default

If:

 

  (a)

the Tenant fails to pay any rent or any other amount owing under this Lease when due and such failure is not cured by the Tenant within five (5) business days after notice of such failure from the Landlord;

 

  (b)

the Tenant fails to observe or perform any of its other obligations under this Lease and the Tenant has not, within fifteen (15) days after notice from the Landlord specifying the default, cured the default or, if the cure reasonably requires a longer period, if the Tenant does not commence to cure the default within the fifteen (15) day period or thereafter does not diligently pursue the cure of such default to completion to the satisfaction of the Landlord, acting reasonably; or

 

  (c)

re-entry is permitted under other terms of the Lease;

the Landlord, in addition to any other right or remedy, may do either or both of the following:

 

  (d)

re-enter and remove all persons and property of the Tenant from the Premises and the property of the Tenant may be removed and stored elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of the Tenant, all without service of notice and without the Landlord being guilty of trespass or being liable for loss; and

 

  (e)

terminate this Lease and all of the Tenant’s rights under it.

 

- 20 -


Section 9.2     Bankruptcy

If:

 

  (a)

any of the goods and chattels of the Tenant on the Premises during the Term are seized by a creditor or the Tenant receives a notice from a creditor that the creditor intends to realize on security located on the Premises;

 

  (b)

a receiver is appointed to control the conduct of the business of the Tenant on or from the Premises;

 

  (c)

the Tenant becomes bankrupt or insolvent or takes the benefit of any legislation in force for bankrupt or insolvent debtors;

 

  (d)

proceedings are instituted for the winding-up or termination of the corporate existence of the Tenant;

 

  (e)

without notice to the Landlord the Premises are vacant for ten (10) days or more;

 

  (f)

without the consent of the Landlord the Tenant abandons or attempts to abandon the Premises or disposes of the bulk of its goods and chattels on the Premises; or

 

  (g)

the Lease or the Tenant’s assets are taken under a writ of execution or security instrument,

then the Landlord may re-enter and take possession of the Premises as though the Tenant or other occupant was holding over after the expiration of the Term and this Lease may, at the Landlord’s option, be immediately terminated by notice left at the Premises.

Section 9.3     Acceleration of Rent

If any of the events in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 occur, the then current month’s rent and the rent for the next three (3) months, will immediately become due and payable as rent in arrears, and the Landlord may recover it in the same manner as rent in arrears including taking distress action.

Section 9.4     Right to Relet

 

  (a)

If the Landlord re-enters, it may at its option, without terminating the Tenant’s rights, make alterations and repairs to facilitate reletting, and relet the Premises, or any part, as the Tenant’s agent for such period of time and at such rent and on such other terms as the Landlord wishes.

 

  (b)

Upon reletting, all rent and monies received by the Landlord will be applied, first to the payment of indebtedness other than rent due from the Tenant to the Landlord, second to the payment of costs and expenses of the reletting excluding brokerage, legal and repair expenses, and third to the payment of rent due and

 

- 21 -


  unpaid under this Lease. The residue, if any, will be applied to the payment of future rent as it becomes due and payable.

 

  (c)

If at any time the rent received from the reletting is less than the rent to be paid under this Lease, the Tenant will pay the deficiency to the Landlord to be calculated and paid monthly.

Section 9.5     Re-entry

No re-entry or entry will be construed as an election by the Landlord to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of intention to terminate is given to the Tenant Despite a reletting without termination, the Landlord may elect at any time to terminate this Lease for a previous breach.

Section 9.6     Landlord Perform Tenant’s Covenants

If after notice from the Landlord the Tenant fails to perform an obligation under this Lease, the Landlord may perform the obligation and may enter the Premises without notice and do everything the Landlord considers necessary. The Tenant will pay as rent all costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord plus fifteen percent (15%) overhead upon presentation of a bill. The Landlord will not be liable for any loss or damages resulting from negligence or otherwise resulting from such action.

Section 9.7     Damages

If the Landlord terminates this Lease in accordance with this Article 9 then in addition to other remedies, it may recover from the Tenant all costs incurred and damages suffered including the cost of recovering the Premises.

Section 9.8     Distress

None of the property of the Tenant located at the Premises is exempt from levy by distress. This Section 9.8 may be pleaded as estoppel against the Tenant in an action brought to claim exemption.

ARTICLE 10

ACCESS BY LANDLORD

Section 10.1     Access and Entry

The Landlord will have the following rights, subject to compliance with the Tenant’s standard protocol with respect to entering restricted portions of the Premises and with the proviso that the Tenant may refuse entry to any person on any reasonable and lawful basis, including but not limited to compliance with applicable laws or the Tenant’s contractual obligations to third parties:

 

  (a)

the Landlord and its agents may enter the Premises on two (2) business days prior written notice to examine them and show them to a prospective purchaser,

 

- 22 -


  or mortgagee, or for any other reasonable purpose. Provided the Tenant has not exercised its Option to Extend as provided for in this Lease, or is not then in the process of negotiating the renewal of the Lease in good faith with the Landlord, then during the last six (6) months of the Term, the Landlord may place a “For Lease” sign on the Premises and the Tenant will not interfere with the sign.

 

  (b)

If after the required notice to the Tenant (except in an emergency when no notice is required), the Tenant is not available to open and permit entry to the Premises, the Landlord or its agents may enter by a master key or use reasonable force without being liable for damages or trespass. Nothing in this imposes any liability on the Landlord to effect repairs or maintenance.

 

  (c)

To carry out tests and inspections or prepare designs for safety, environmental or renovation purposes to enable the Landlord to perform its obligations or exercise its rights under this Lease.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the exercise of its rights under this Section 10.1, the Landlord shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize disruption of the Tenant’s business to the extent reasonably possible in the circumstances and so that any construction, alteration, addition, change, expansion or reduction does not materially and adversely affect the Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises.

ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1     Holding Over

If the Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Term, and the Landlord accepts rent, there is no tacit renewal of this Lease, and the Tenant will be considered to be occupying the Premises as a tenant from month to month at a rental, payable in advance on the first day of each month, equal to a sum of one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the monthly instalment of Basic Rent in effect immediately before the expiration of the Term, and either party may terminate such month to month tenancy on giving at least thirty (30) days notice to the other of the effective date of such termination, and otherwise all terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to the extent they are applicable to a tenancy from month to month.

Section 11.2     Rules and Regulations

So long as they do not impair or reduce any of the Tenant’s rights under this Lease or result in additional cost or charges to the Tenant, the Landlord may make, modify and enforce reasonable rules and regulations related to maintaining the Building in good condition. All rules and regulations become a part of this Lease and the Tenant will comply with them. The Landlord will give the Tenant at least thirty (30) days written notice of proposed changes to the rules and regulations. In the event of a conflict between such rules and regulations and this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall govern.

 

- 23 -


Section 11.3     Quiet Enjoyment

Subject to the observance and performance by the Tenant of all its obligations under this Lease, the Tenant may use the Premises in accordance with the provisions of this Lease without interference by the Landlord, or any party claiming through the Landlord.

Section 11.4     Interpretation

Where the context requires, the singular includes the plural and vice versa, and the masculine, feminine and neuter include each other. If two (2) or more individuals or entities compose the Tenant, the liability of each under this Lease is joint and several.

Section 11.5     Registration

The Tenant shall be permitted, at its cost, to register in the appropriate Land Title Office its leasehold interest in the Leased Premises against title to the Lands by way of a short form of this Lease, such registration form to be prepared by the Tenant’s solicitor and approved by the Landlord, acting reasonably. At the Tenant’s sole cost, the Landlord and the Tenant agree to execute contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease whatever additional documents are reasonably required to permit registration of the Tenant’s leasehold interest.

Section 11.6     Interest

All overdue monies payable to the Landlord by the Tenant or to the Tenant by the Landlord on any account will bear interest at the rate equal to the annual rate of interest announced by the Royal Bank of Canada as a reference rate for its commercial loans made in Canada, plus three percent (3%) (the “Interest Rate”) from the due date until paid in full.

Section 11.7     No Waiver

The waiver by the Landlord or the Tenant of a breach of an obligation in this Lease will not be considered to be a waiver of a subsequent breach of that or another obligation. The subsequent acceptance of rent by the Landlord will not be a waiver of a preceding breach at the time of the acceptance of rent. No obligation in this Lease will be considered to have been waived by the Landlord or the Tenant unless the waiver is in writing and signed.

Section 11.8     Notices

Any notice to be given under this Lease must be given in writing and will be considered to be given if delivered by hand or if mailed by prepaid registered post:

 

  (a)

To the Tenant:

at the Premises.

 

- 24 -


  (b)

To the Landlord at:

#1700 – 1030 West Georgia Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

V6E 2Y3

Any notice to be given under this Lease will be considered to have been received, if delivered by hand upon delivery or if mailed upon the fifth (5th) business day following posting.

Section 11.9     Time of Essence

Time will be of the essence in this Lease.

Section 11.10     Severance

If any provision of this Lease or the application to any person of any provision is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease or its application will not be affected.

Section 11.11     No Modification

No representation, understanding or agreement has been made or relied upon except as expressly set out in this Lease. This Lease may only be modified in writing signed by each party against whom the modification is enforceable.

Section 11.12     Successors

This Lease binds and benefits the parties and their respective heirs, administrators, successors and permitted assigns. No rights benefit an assignee of the Tenant unless the Landlord has consented to the assignment under Article 7 of this Lease, to the extent such consent is required under Article 7. If the Landlord sells or transfers the Lands or the Building or both, the Tenant will attorn to the purchaser on the same terms and conditions.

Section 11.13     Peaceful Surrender

The Tenant will at the expiration or sooner determination of this Lease, immediately surrender the Premises in a peaceable way and in the state of repair specified in Article 6.

Section 11.14     Governing Law

This Lease shall be interpreted under and is governed by the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable thereunder, and all disputes with respect to this Lease shall be within the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of British Columbia.

Section 11.15     Counterparts

This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which so executed shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement and

 

- 25 -


this agreement may be signed and transmitted by a facsimile copy thereof or signed electronically and transmitted by email, both of which shall be the same effect as signing an original hereof.

Section 11.16     Landlord Lien Waiver

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if, after the Possession Date, the Tenant shall have granted or in future shall grant a security interest to a third party with respect to any of the Tenant’s personal property located at the Premises and not paid for in whole or in part by the Landlord which the Tenant is permitted under this Lease to remove at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, the Landlord shall, upon written request from the Tenant, enter into a waiver agreement in the form attached as Exhibit B.

ARTICLE 12

LANDLORD’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 12.1     Representations and Warranties

The Landlord represents and warrants that:

 

  (a)

it has the full right and authority to lease the Premises in accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein;

 

  (b)

as of the date hereof, to the knowledge of the Landlord, except as disclosed by the Environmental Reports, the Premises are not in breach of any applicable environmental laws; and

 

  (c)

at the Commencement Date, the base building systems, including all HVAC systems, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, the back-up power generator and related equipment and other base building systems. are in good working order and repair.

ARTICLE 13

ENVIRONMENTAL

Section 13.1     Underground Storage Tanks

 

  (a)

The Landlord and the Tenant acknowledge that there are currently underground storage tanks (the “Storage Tanks”) located under the Lands, which were in existence prior to the commencement of the Term and are the property of the Landlord and which the Tenant will use during the Term.

 

  (b)

The Tenant further acknowledges that the Landlord intends to and shall be permitted to move the Storage Tanks above ground at any time prior to or after the Possession Date. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Tenant agrees that, in addition to the Landlord’s rights under Section 10.1 of this Lease, the Landlord shall be entitled to access all or any portion of the Lands

 

- 26 -


  following the Possession Date in order to complete all work required to move the Storage Tanks above ground (the “Storage Tanks Work”). The Landlord shall be required to provide the Tenant with two (2) business days prior written notice prior to commencement of the Storage Tanks Work, and thereafter shall be entitled to continued access to all or any portion of the Lands until completion of the Storage Tanks Work. The Landlord agrees that it shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize disruption of the Tenant’s business to the extent reasonably possible in the circumstances and so that the Storage Tanks Work does not materially and adversely affect the Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises.

 

  (c)

The Landlord and the Tenant agree that so long as the Tenant uses the Storage Tanks in a reasonable and diligent manner as would a prudent owner and user of same and in accordance with all safety codes and environmental laws:

 

  (i)

the Landlord will be solely responsible for the maintenance of the Storage Tanks (which maintenance will include preventative maintenance to ensure compliance with applicable environmental laws) and to conduct on a regular basis, but no less than once annually, testing to determine if there is any leakage from the Storage Tanks of Hazardous Substances; and

 

  (ii)

the Landlord will clean-up, or ensure the clean-up, of the Lands as and when required by environmental laws (including any necessary restoration or remediation of the Lands to a condition that complies with any and all environmental laws) in circumstances where a release of Hazardous Substances from the Storage Tanks has occurred and such release is directly related to the acts or omissions or negligence of the Landlord; it being understood and agreed that the Landlord will not be responsible or liable for the costs associated with cleaning up, restoring or remediating the Lands if and to the extent that any release of Hazardous Substances from the Storage Tanks is caused by or results from or arises in connection with the acts, omissions or negligence of the Tenant or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, invitees, contractors or those for whom it is responsible in law.

 

  (d)

If the Tenant elects not to use or to cease using the Storage Tanks, the Tenant shall forthwith notify the Landlord of such election and the Landlord shall be entitled to proceed to decommission the Storage Tanks, and in such event shall take all reasonable steps to minimise any disruption caused by such decommissioning to the Tenant’s business operations carried out at the Premises.

Section 13.2     Indemnity

In addition to any liability imposed on the Landlord at law, the Landlord shall indemnify and save harmless the Tenant and its directors, officers and employees from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including without limitation, the cost of any required or necessary repair, remediation or detoxification and preparation of any closure or other required plans in connection therewith and reasonable legal fees and costs directly arising

 

- 27 -


out of or attributable to the use, generation, storage (including the Storage Tanks), escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, release, discharge, disposal or presence on, under, about or from the Lands or the Building of any Hazardous Substances brought onto the Lands by the Landlord or in circumstances where a release of Hazardous Substances from the Storage Tanks has occurred and such release is directly related to the acts or omissions or negligence of the Landlord, save and except that the foregoing indemnity shall not apply or be of any force or effect if such use, generation, storage, escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, release, discharge, disposal or presence on, under, about or from the Lands or the Building of any Hazardous Substances results or arises from the use of the Storage Tanks by the Tenant in a manner other than a reasonable and diligent manner as would a prudent owner and user of same and in accordance with all safety codes and environmental laws, or the acts or omissions or negligence of, the Tenant and/or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, invitees, contractors or those under the control of the Tenant or for whom the Tenant is responsible in Jaw. Such indemnification shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

0727219 B.C. LTD.
By:  

LOGO

  Authorized Signatory
PCI BETA HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

LOGO

  Authorized Signatory
D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.
By:   /s/ Warren Wall
  Authorized Signatory

 

- 28 -


EXHIBIT A  TO LEASE - BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS

For further clarification the following Base Building Systems shall be provided at the Premises by the Landlord as of the Possession Date in accordance with the terms of the Lease in good working order:

 

   

170 ton roof mounted chiller with cold water loop and air conditioning, 2 ton roof mounted air conditioner (for server room), and a 4 ton roof mounted air conditioner

 

   

21 separate fan coil units on the operations side

 

   

Pumps and VFD drives for hot and cold loops

 

   

Make-up unit with ~ 20000 CFM capacity

 

   

Main electrical service at 600 V, 1600 amp, 3 phase

 

   

Fire protection system

 

   

1075 kW diesel powered turbine generator to provide back-up power

EXISTING EQUIPMENT

The following list of existing equipment and facilities (the “Existing Equipment”) shall be provided by the Landlord to the Tenant in good working order for the Tenant’s use during the Term, and any extension thereto. Such equipment to be professionally maintained by the Tenant throughout the Term and returned to the Landlord in good working order, clean and suitable for reuse, reasonable wear and tear excepted:

 

   

Registered and permitted hazardous waste storage facility

 

   

30+ individual lab working areas with lab furniture and lab benches, but not including chairs

 

   

11 fume hoods

 

   

Dedicated clean room

 

   

Temperature controlled environment throughout the facility computer monitored and controlled

 

   

225kVA uninterrupted power supply (UPS) to bridge the time delay between the generator start-up (<30 s) and the power outage to critical systems and instrumentation (connected to marked receptacles)

 

- 29 -


   

Oil-less air compressor provides clean air and zero air (medical grade air) to the lab and to a nitrogen generator

 

   

Nitrogen generator

 

   

Distribution system for the gases throughout the lab

 

   

Centralized high vacuum pump with distribution system though the lab

 

   

Fume extraction system for fume hoods and for extraction locations throughout the lab

 

   

Elevated shipping receiving bay with dock leveller

 

   

Independent alarm system including door-mounted sensors, motion detectors and a comprehensive system of heat, smoke and glass break detectors and video surveillance cameras (inside 9 cameras and outside 5 cameras)

 

- 30 -


EXHIBIT B TO LEASE- FORM OF WAIVER AGREEMENT

WAIVER AGREEMENT

This Waiver Agreement (hereinafter referred to as this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of        ,     2012 by and among Lender, Landlord and Tenant (all as defined below).

RECITALS:

                    (“Lender”) has agreed to, among other things, provide financing, which is secured by all equipment and other personal property assets (collectively, “Equipment”), to D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. (“Tenant”), pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                          ,        , between each Lender and Tenant (including any supplements, extensions, renewals and replacements thereof, the “Loan Agreement”), some or all of which Equipment may be located upon that certain real property located at 3033 Beta Avenue, Burnaby, British Columbia (the “Real Property”).

Tenant is a party to that certain Lease Agreement dated July 25, 2012 (as the same may hereafter be amended, the “Lease”), with 0727219 B.C. LTD. and its beneficial owner PCI BETA HOLDINGS INC. (collectively, “Landlord”). Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases the Real Property from Landlord.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and promises contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

Landlord has an interest in the Real Property as owner and landlord.

 

2.

Landlord agrees that the Equipment shall at all times be deemed personal property, even though it may be placed on or affixed to the Real Property. During the term of the Lease and for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt from Landlord of a notice of termination of the Lease, Lender shall have the right, at all reasonable times upon prior written notice to Landlord, to enter upon the Real Property to take possession and dispose of the Equipment pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement or otherwise, free of any claim to, interest in, or lien on the Equipment in favour of Landlord; provided that if Lender in removing the Equipment damages any improvements of Landlord on the Real Property, Lender will, at its own expense, cause the same to be promptly repaired to its original condition prior to such damage.

 

3.

During the term of the Lease. any right or interest in the Equipment that Landlord now has or may hereafter acquire because of the location or installation of the Equipment on the Real Property or otherwise is hereby made subject, subordinate and inferior to the rights of Lender to the Equipment under the terms of the Loan Agreement; provided, that Landlord shall continue to retain all rights it may otherwise have against Tenant including, without limitation, to bring an action in unlawful detainer and trespass against Tenant for non-payment of the Lease or any other breaches of agreements with Landlord, subject to Lender’s rights with respect to the Equipment during the term of the Lease and for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt from Landlord of a notice of termination of the Lease. If Tenant abandons the Equipment located on the Real

 

- 31 -


  Property upon expiration or earlier termination of the term of the Lease, Lender shall have the option to remove the Equipment from the Real Property within thirty (30) days after Lender receives written notice from Landlord of such expiration or earlier termination of the term of the Lease. The Landlord may remove and store the Equipment and require Lender to pay reasonable removal and storage costs if at the expiration of the thirty (30) day period the lender has not removed the Equipment from the Real Property.

 

4.

Each reference herein to Lender and Landlord shall be deemed to include their respective successors and assigns, all of whom shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of the provisions hereof.

 

5.

All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth below. Lender, Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the others designate another address for receipt of future notices.

 

6.

Lender will deliver written notice to Landlord within a reasonable time following the expiry or earlier termination of the Loan Agreement, at which time this Agreement will expire.

Executed this     day of             , 2012.

 

LANDLORD:
0727219 B.C. LTD.
By:  

                     

  Authorized Signatory
PCI BETA HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

                     

  Authorized Signatory
Address for Notices:
#1700 – 1030 West Georgia Street
Vancouver, B.C. V6E 2Y3
Attention: Mr. Dan Turner
Fax: (604) 688-2328

 

- 32 -


TENANT:
D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.
By:  

                     

  Authorized Signatory
Address for Notices:
3033 Beta Avenue
Burnaby, BC V5G 4M9
Attention: Lease Administrator
Fax:  

     

LENDER:
[LENDER NAME]
By:  

                     

  Authorized Signatory

 

Address for Notices:

     

     

Attention:  

     

Phone:  

     

Fax:  

     

 

- 33 -

Exhibit 10.24

AMENDMENT OF LEASE

THIS AGREEMENT dated for reference the 11th day of October, 2012.

BETWEEN:

0727219 B.C. LTD.

(the “Nominee”)

and

PCI CANADA WAY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

(the “Beneficial Owner” and together with the Nominee, the “Landlord”)

and

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

(“Tenant”)

WHEREAS:

 

A.

Pursuant to a lease dated the 25th day of July, 2012 between the Nominee, PCI Beta Holdings Corp. (“PCI Beta”) and the Tenant, as assigned by PCI Beta to the Beneficial Owner pursuant to an assignment of lease and notice of assignment to tenant dated the 25th day of July (collectively, the “Lease”), the Landlord leased to the Tenant the Premises, as more particularly described in the Lease; and

 

B.

The Landlord and the Tenant have agreed to amend the Lease on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

WITNESSES that in consideration of the mutual covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Landlord and the Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.

Unless the context otherwise requires, terms which are used in this Agreement (including in the recitals) and not otherwise defined herein, have the meanings given to them by the Lease.

 

2.

The Lease is hereby amended as follows:

 

  (a)

Section 4.2 is amended by deleting the words “Fifty Dollars ($50.00)” and replacing them with “Sixty Dollars ($60.00)”.

 

3.

This Agreement is expressly made a part of the Lease to the same extent as if incorporated therein, mutatis mutandis, and the parties hereto agree that all agreements, covenants, conditions and provisos contained in the Lease except as amended herein shall be and remain unaltered and in full force and effect during the Term and any renewals thereof. The Landlord and the Tenant acknowledge and agree to perform and observe, respectively, the obligations of the Landlord and the Tenant under the Lease as amended hereby.

 

4.

Each of the parties shall at all times hereafter execute such further assurances with respect to this Agreement as the other party may reasonably require.


5.

This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

6.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia.

 

7.

Time is of the essence of this Assignment.

 

8.

This Agreement may be signed in separate counterparts and delivered by facsimile or other electronic transmission and each of such counterparts shall constitute an original document and such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Landlord and the Tenant have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above mentioned.

LANDLORD:

 

0727219 B.C. LTD.
By:  

LOGO

  Authorized Signatory

PCI CANADA WAY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

by its general partner, PCI CANADA WAY (GP) LTD.

By:  

LOGO

  Authorized Signatory
TENANT:
D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.
By:   /s/ Warren Wall
  Authorized Signatory

 

2

Exhibit 10.25

 

LOGO

LEASE EXTENSION AND MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT MADE EFFECTIVE AS OF NOVEMBER 8, 2021

BETWEEN

REDSTONE ENTERPRISES LTD.

(the “Landlord”)

AND

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

(the “Tenant”)

 

 

WHEREAS:

 

A.

By a Lease dated July 25, 2012 (the “Lease”) between 0727219 B.C. Ltd. and PCI Beta Holdings Inc., as further assigned to PCI Canada Way Limited Partnership (the “Original Landlord”) and Tenant, the Original Landlord demised unto the Tenant, for and during a period of Ten (10) years commencing on July 1, 2013 and ending on June 30, 2023 (the “Term”), that certain land described as parcel identifier 003-021-700, lot 48, district lot 70, Group 1, New Westminster District Plan 62014 and the building designated as 3033 Beta Ave, Burnaby, British Columbia (the “Premises”), comprising approximately 42,281 square feet of rentable area, as more particularly described in the Lease;

 

B.

By an Amendment of Lease dated October 11, 2012 (the “First Modification”) between the Original Landlord and the Tenant, the parties agreed to amend Section 4.2 of the Lease, as more particularly described in the First Modification;

 

C.

The Lease and the First Modification, collectively will be referred to herein, as the “Lease”;

 

D.

The Landlord is the successor in interest to the Original Landlord; and

 

E.

The Landlord and the Tenant have agreed to extend the Term and amend the terms of the Lease in the manner set out herein (the “Agreement”).

THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each of the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.

For the purposes of this Agreement and unless there is a definition specifically herein contained, any words, terms or phrases that are defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning herein.

 

1


LOGO

 

2.

Extended Term: The Landlord and the Tenant hereby agree to extend the Term of the Lease by Ten (10) years and Six (6) months, commencing on July 1, 2023 and ending on December 31, 2033 (the “Extended Term”), on and subject to the terms of the Lease, except as amended herein.

 

3.

Lease Amendments: Notwithstanding the above, the parties acknowledge and agree that effective as of January 1, 2022 (the “Effective Date”) the Lease is hereby amended to provide as follows:

 

  (a)

Section 1.1 (I) of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(I) “Term” means the term commencing on the 1st day of July, 2013 (“Commencement Date”) and as further extended expiring on the 31st day of December, 2033 subject to Section 2.2”

 

  (b)

Section 2.2 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Section 2.2 Extension

Provided that the Tenant is not then in breach of the Lease beyond any applicable cure period, and the Tenant is D-Wave Systems Inc. or a person who is a permitted transferee following a Transfer or Permitted Transfer under Article 7 of the Lease, the Tenant shall have one (1) option to extend the Lease with respect to the Premises for a Five (5) year period (the “Extended Term”) on the same terms and conditions set out in the Lease, save only for the Basic Rent, any free rent, Landlord’s Work, or other Tenant inducements and this option to extend. The Basic Rent and tenant improvement allowance during the Extended Term will be at fair market rates taking into account all economic factors (excluding the value of any improvements paid for by the Tenant) as agreed upon between the parties, and failing such agreement, as determined by a single arbitrator pursuant to the British Columbia Commercial Arbitration Act. To exercise this right, the Tenant shall give written notice to the Landlord no later than twelve (12) months prior to the expiry of the Term, otherwise the option to extend shall be deemed waived.”

 

  (c)

Section 2.3 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and no longer in force and effect.

 

  (d)

Section 3.2 (a) and (b) of the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Time Period

   Per Sq. Ft
Per Annum
     Per Annum      Monthly
Installments
 

From July 1, 2013 up to and including June 30, 2018

   $ 17.50      $ 739,917.50      $ 61,659.79  

From July 1, 2018 up to and including December 31, 2021

   $ 19.50      $ 824,479.50      $ 68,706.63  

From January 1, 2022 up to and including December 31, 2022

   $ 21.00      $ 887,901.00      $ 73,991.75  

 

2


LOGO

 

From January 1, 2023 up to and including December 31, 2023

   $   22.00      $ 930,182.00      $ 77,515.17  

From January 1, 2024 up to and including December 31, 2024

   $   23.00      $ 972,463.00      $ 81,038.58  

From January 1, 2025 up to and including December 31, 2025

   $   24.00      $ 1,014,744.00      $ 84,562.00  

From January 1, 2026 up to and including December 31, 2026

   $   25.00      $ 1,057,025.00      $ 88,085.42  

From January 1, 2027 up to and including December 31, 2027

   $   26.00      $ 1,099,306.00      $ 91,608.83  

From January 1, 2028 up to and including December 31, 2028

   $   27.00      $ 1,141,587.00      $ 95,132.25  

From January 1, 2029 up to and including December 31, 2029

   $   28.00      $ 1,183,868.00      $ 98,655.67  

From January 1, 2030 up to and including December 31, 2030

   $   29.00      $ 1,226,149.00      $ 102,179.08  

From January 1, 2031 up to and including December 31, 2031

   $   30.00      $ 1,268,430.00      $ 105,702.50  

From January 1, 2032 up to and including December 31, 2032

   $   31.00      $ 1,310,711.00      $ 109,225.92  

From January 1, 2033 up to and including December 31, 2033

   $   32.00      $ 1,352,992.00      $ 112,749.33  

For greater certainty, the Tenant shall also pay all Operating Costs and Realty Taxes and any and all other amounts due as required, in accordance with the Lease, throughout the Term.

 

  (e)

Section 3.3 (a) of the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Throughout the Term, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord monthly instalments on account of Operating Costs, plus applicable taxes. 120 days prior to the end of each fiscal year, the Tenant may approach the Landlord to make any commercial reasonable suggestions to the Operating Costs budget for the upcoming year. The Landlord acting reasonably, will consider the Tenant’s suggestions when preparing the upcoming years Operating Costs budget.”

 

  (f)

Section 4.2 of the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Section 4.2 Parking

The Tenant will use and pay for all 79 outdoor parking spaces on the Lands at the monthly rental rate of $75.00 per stall plus applicable taxes, which may be adjusted annually by the Landlord by 3%.”

 

3


LOGO

 

4.

Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance: Upon signature of this Agreement, if and so long as the Conditions of Advance set out below are satisfied, the Landlord shall provide, as an inducement to enter into this Agreement, a tenant improvement allowance (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”), in the following amount and upon the following terms and conditions:

 

Amount:    $36.00 per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises, plus applicable taxes, to be fully utilised by December 31, 2024.
Payment Date:    Within Thirty (30) business days after the date that all of the Conditions of Advance have been completed or satisfied.
Payment Method:    Direct payment to the Tenant or the Tenant’s contractors, at the Tenant’s option.

Conditions of Advance:

 

  1.

The Lease Extension and Modification Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Tenant in form acceptable to the Landlord, and the Tenant is not in default thereof.

 

  2.

All necessary permits and approvals for all aspects of the Tenant’s Work have been obtained.

 

  3.

The Tenant has provided the Landlord with an invoice for the Tenant Improvement Allowance which includes its current and valid tax registration number(s) and all necessary breakdowns and backup information as reasonably required by the Landlord.

 

  4.

The Tenant has completed all the Tenant’s Work or a portion of the Tenant’s Work outlined in the invoice in strict accordance with the requirements of the Lease and the plans and specifications approved by the Landlord.

 

  5.

There are no liens, claims or charges outstanding with respect to the Tenant’s Work and sufficient evidence thereof is provided to the Landlord.

 

  6.

If the payment is being made directly to the Tenant, the Tenant has executed and delivered a statutory declaration of a senior officer as to the actual cost of The Tenant’s Work and confirming the payment thereof in full.

The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be subject to deduction of any amounts then owing by the Tenant to the Landlord. The Landlord shall be entitled to withhold a portion of the amount to be advanced by it in order to comply with the provisions of the Construction Lien Act of the Province in which the Building is situated, or similar legislation or any worker’s compensation or occupational health and safety legislation and shall advance such withheld portion to the Tenant when evidence of payment and compliance are presented to the Landlord or at the expiration of the lien period so long as it has received no notice of a claim for lien. If notice of a claim for lien has been received by the Landlord referable to the Tenant’s Work prior to payment of the amounts to be paid to the Tenant or the Tenant’s contractors, the Landlord shall be entitled to withhold payment until such claim for lien has been completely vacated.

The Tenant Improvement Allowance may be used for non-standard leasehold improvements, any specific equipment required for the operation of the Tenant’s business, and costs related to repairing existing equipment on the Premises. Any non-standard

 

4


LOGO

 

leasehold improvements or building control systems must be completed by the Landlord’s approved contractors for the Building.

 

5.

Save and except for any of the Landlord’s obligations to maintain and repair the Premises, as set out in the Lease, the Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord is leasing the Premises to the Tenant on an “as is” basis, and that the Landlord has no obligation to provide any tenant improvement allowance, free rent or other inducement to the Tenant or otherwise with respect to the Extended Term of the Lease provided for in this Agreement save for the terms outlined in the Lease or this Agreement.

 

6.

The parties confirm and ratify the terms and conditions contained in the Lease as amended by this Agreement.

 

7.

This Agreement will, from the date of this Agreement, be read and construed together with the Lease, and this Agreement, as amended hereby, shall continue in full force and effect for the remainder of the Term of the Lease in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

 

8.

This Agreement will enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of the parties.

 

9.

This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile or electronic transmission) in any number of counterparts, each of which when delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.

 

10.

The parties acknowledge that the Landlord is holding a Deposit in the amount of $203,115.33 and shall continue to hold the Deposit throughout the Extended Term.

 

5


LOGO

 

11.

Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

REDSTONE ENTERPRISES LTD.

(Landlord)

By:  

/s/ Ali Nanji

Name:   Ali Nanji
Title:   President
By:  

/s/ Holly Kingan

Name:   Holly kingan
Title:   Director of Leasing

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

(Tenant)

By:  

/s/ John M. Markovich

  Authorized Signatory for and on behalf of D-Wave Systems Inc.
Name:   John M. Markovich
Title:   CFO

 

6

Exhibit 10.26

LEASE

Between

0937847 B.C. LTD.

and

OMNI CIRCUIT BOARDS LTD.


THIS LEASE is dated for reference December 15, 2017

 

BETWEEN:

  
   0937847 B.C. LTD.
   23196 Francis Avenue
   Fort Langley, BC V1M 2S3
   (the “Landlord”)

AND:

  
   OMNI CIRCUIT BOARDS LTD.
   #3, 12760 Bathgate Way
   Richmond, BC V6V 1Z4
   (the “Tenant”)

In consideration of the covenants and agreements in this Lease, the Landlord and the Tenant covenant and agree as follows:

 

1

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Lease Summary

The following lease summary of basic terms is attached to and forms a part of this Lease:

 

       

 

(a)   Landlord:

  

0937847 B.C. Ltd.

23196 Francis Avenue

Fort Langley, BC V1M 2S3

E-mail: [*****]

Telephone: [*****]

 

(b)   Tenant:

  

Omni Circuit Boards Ltd.

#3, 12760 Bathgate Way

Richmond, BC V6V 1Z4

Attention: President

 

(c)   Premises:

  

Unit 3 & Unit 4 together referred to as the “Premises”:

 

Unit 3,12760 Bathgate Way Richmond V6V 1Z4, legally described:

Strata Lot 45 Section 30 Block 5 North Range 5 West New Westminster

District Strata Plan NW1200

 

Unit 4, 12760 Bathgate Way Richmond V6V 1Z4, legally described:

Strata Lot 45 Section 30 Block 5 North Range 5 West New Westminster

District Strata Plan NW1200

 

(d)   Leasable Area:

  

Unit 3: 3,540 square feet

Unit 4: 3,604 square feet

Aggregate Total: 7,144 square feet


 

(e)   Term:

   5 years from the Commencement Date, plus any Renewal Term

       

 

(f)   Commencement Date

   The Term will commence on the Closing Date as defined in the Purchase Agreement between Paul James Jackson and D-Wave Systems Inc. (the “Commencement Date”)
 

(g)   Expiry Date

   The Term will expire on the later of that date that is five years from the Commencement Date and the last date of any Renewal Term.
 

1.  Basic Rent:

  

 

Year of Term

   Rate per square
foot per annum of
Leaseable Area
     Annual Rent      Monthly
Installment
 
Years 1-5    $ 10.50      $ 75,012.00      $ 6,251.00  

 

 

2.  Additional Rent The Estimate for the Tenant’s Additional Rent for the first Year of the term is $1,409.00

  

 

(h)   Deposit:

   $12,502.00 held by the Landlord in accordance with Section 3.9 of this Lease.
 

(i) Permitted Use:

   General office use, activities related to [*****]
 

(j) Additional Terms:

   See Schedule B for options to renew
     See Schedule C for right of first refusal
 

1.2  Definitions. In this Lease:

 

  (a)

“Additional Rent” means:

 

  (i)

Strata Fees;

 

  (ii)

Property Taxes;

 

  (iii)

management fee equivalent to 2.5% of the Basic Rent;

 

  (iv)

all other sums which may be payable to the Landlord hereunder or reimbursable to the Landlord hereunder, including, without limitation, all interest and penalties payable by the Tenant hereunder, whether or not such sums are referred to as Rent or Additional Rent or otherwise, but Additional Rent will not include the Basic Rent;

 

  (b)

“Basic Rent” means the amount specified as such in Section 1.1, the Lease Summary;

 

  (c)

“Buildings” means collectively the commercial buildings, improvements, structures and facilities erected or to be erected on or under the Lands and all expansions, alterations, additions and relocations thereto, within, upon or under the Lands;

 

  (d)

“Commencement Date” means the date specified as such in Section 1.1, the Lease Summary;

 

  (e)

“Common Property” has the same definition as “common property” in the Strata Property Act with respect to the Strata Plan;

 

2


  (f)

“Expiry Date” means the date specified as such in Section 1.1, the Lease Summary;

 

  (g)

“GST” means the tax levied under the Excise Tax Act (Canada) as the same may be amended or substituted from time to time;

 

  (h)

“Lands” means all of those lands which form part of the Strata Plan and includes all the Buildings thereon from time to time;

 

  (i)

“Landlord” means the owner or the mortgagees in possession for the time being of the Premises only during and in respect of their respective periods of interest in the Premises;

 

  (j)

“Lease” means this agreement together with all Schedules attached hereto;

 

  (k)

“Leasable Area” means the aggregate of the areas specified in the Lease Summary in Section 1.1;

 

  (l)

“Leasehold Improvements” means all fixtures (other than the Tenant’s trade fixtures), improvements, additions, partitions, equipment, and alterations from time to time made to or installed in the Premises by any person;

 

  (m)

“Premises” means the portion of the Building shown outlined in heavy dark lines and identified as on the plan attached hereto as Schedule A, together with the Leasehold Improvements;

 

  (n)

“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest, expressed as an annual rate, at the relevant time or times, being charged by the Royal Bank of Canada, Main Branch, Vancouver, B.C., as its “prime rate” to its most favoured commercial customers at the time;

 

  (o)

“Renewal Term” means the optional renewal period described in Schedule B;

 

  (p)

“Rent” means the Basic Rent and the Additional Rent;

 

  (q)

“Rental Year” means each successive twelve (12) calendar month period (or part thereof) throughout the Term commencing on the Commencement Date;

 

  (r)

“Roof means the roof membrane, roof insulation, and roof deck of the Building;

 

  (s)

“Sales Taxes” means any and all taxes, fees, levies, charges, assessments, rates, duties, and excises (whether characterized as sales taxes, purchase taxes, goods and services taxes, or any other form) which are imposed on the Landlord, which the Landlord is liable to pay or which the Landlord is liable to collect and remit, and which are levied, rated, or assessed on the act of entering into this Lease or otherwise on account of this Lease, on the use or the occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof, on the Rent payable under this Lease or any portion thereof, or in connection with the business of renting the Premises or any portion thereof to the Tenant, including, without limitation, GST;

 

  (t)

“Schedule” means the following schedules which form part of this lease:

 

Schedule “A”–   Strata Plan
Schedule “B”–   Options to renew
Schedule “C”–   Right to first refusal
Schedule “D”–   Prohibited uses
Schedule “E”–   Strata Bylaws

 

3


  (u)

“Sign” means any sign, picture, notice, lettering, direction, or other advertising or informational device of whatever nature;

 

  (v)

“Strata Fees” means any amounts or operating costs determined by the Strata Corporation, including without limitation, monthly strata fees and any special levies assessed against the Premises;

 

  (w)

“Strata Corporation” means NW1200, being the strata corporation which was created by the deposit of the Strata Plan in the Land Title Office. The owners of the strata lots in the Strata Plan are the members of the Strata Corporation under the name “The Owners, Strata Plan NW1200”;

 

  (x)

“Strata Plan” means Strata Plan NW1200 which is attached as Schedule A of this Lease;

 

  (y)

“Strata Property Act” means the Strata Property Act [SBC 1998] Chapter 43;

 

  (z)

“Taxes” means all taxes, fees, levies, charges, assessments, rates, duties, and excises which are now or may during the Term be levied, imposed rated, or assessed upon or with respect to the Premises or any part thereof or any personal property used therefor, whether levied, imposed, rated, or assessed by the government of Canada, the government of British Columbia, or any political subdivision, political corporation, district, municipality, city, or other political or public entity, and whether or not now customary or in the contemplation of the parties on the Commencement Date. Without restricting the generality of the foregoing, Taxes will include all:

 

  (i)

real property taxes, general and special assessments, and capital taxes;

 

  (ii)

taxes, fees, levies, charges, assessments, rates, duties, and excises for transit, housing, schools, police, fire, or other governmental services, or for purported benefits to the Premises; and

 

  (iii)

local improvement taxes, service payments in lieu of taxes, and taxes, fees, levies, charges, assessments, rates, duties, and excises, however described, that may be levied, rated, or assessed as a substitute for, or as an addition to, in whole or in part, any property taxes or local improvement taxes;

 

  (aa)

“Term” means the term specified in the Section 1.1, including the Renewal Term , if any;

 

  (bb)

“Transfer” means any transfer, assignment, charge, mortgage, sublease, licence, sharing of possession, parting with possession, or any other disposition of this Lease or any estate or interest therein or the Premises or any part thereof, including without limitation a transfer by operation of law; and

 

  (cc)

“Transferee” means any person to whom a Transfer is made or intended to be made.

1.3    Statutory references. Unless otherwise specified, each reference to a statute is deemed to be a reference to that statute, and to the regulations made under that statute, as amended or re-enacted from time to time.

1.4    Number and gender. Unless otherwise specified, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender include all genders.

 

4


1.5    Time of day. Unless otherwise specified, references to time of day or date mean the local time or date in Richmond, British Columbia.

1.6    Use of the word “including”. The word “including” when following any general term or statement will not be construed as limiting the general term or statement to the specific matter immediately following the word “including” or to similar matters, and the general term or statement will be construed as referring to all matters that reasonably could fall within the broadest possible scope of the general term or statement.

1.7    Currency. All reference to amounts of money mean lawful currency of Canada.

1.8    Extent of obligations. Whenever the Landlord or the Tenant is obliged to observe or perform an obligation under this Lease, such obligation will extend throughout the Term and any Renewal Term and, except to the extent otherwise stated in this Lease, throughout any period of overholding.

1.9    Governing law. This Lease and each of the documents contemplated by or delivered under or in connection with this Lease are governed exclusively by, and are to be enforced, construed and interpreted exclusively in accordance with, the laws of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable in British Columbia which will be deemed to be the proper law of this Lease.

1.10    Severability. Each provision of this Lease is severable. If any provision of this Lease is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of that provision will not affect

 

  (a)

the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Lease, or

 

  (b)

the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction, except that if:

 

  (c)

on the reasonable construction of this Lease as a whole, the applicability of the other provision presumes the validity and enforceability of the particular provision, the other provision will be deemed also to be invalid or unenforceable, and

 

  (d)

as a result of the determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that any part of this Lease is unenforceable or invalid and, as a result of this sections, the basic intentions of the parties in this Lease are entirely frustrated, the parties will use all reasonable efforts to amend, supplement or otherwise vary this Lease to confirm their mutual intention in entering into this Lease.

1.11    Time of essence. Time is of the essence of this Lease.

1.12    Relationship. The relationship of the parties is that of landlord and tenant and neither anything set forth herein, nor any act of either the Landlord or the Tenant, will create, or be deemed or construed to create, any other relationship including principal/agency, partnership or joint venture.

 

2

DEMISE AND TERM

2.1    Demise. The Landlord, in consideration of the rents, covenants, agreements and conditions herein to be paid, observed and performed by the Tenant, does hereby demise and lease to the Tenant the Premises for the Term and the Tenant hereby accepts that demise and lease.

2.2    Term. The Term will consist of the number of years set out in section 1.1, commencing on the Commencement Date.

 

5


3

RENT

3.1    Basic Rent and Additional Rent. The Tenant will pay to the Landlord during the Term the following Rent payable to the Landlord’s specified in section 1.1, the Lease Summary or at such other place as the Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, in the following instalments:

 

  (a)

the Basic Rent (plus applicable Sales Tax) payable in advance in consecutive monthly instalments on the first day of each and every month in each and every year of the Term, commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing until and including the first day of the month in which the Expiry Date falls;

 

  (b)

the Additional Rent payable in advance in consecutive monthly instalments on the first day of each and every month in each and every year of the Term, commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing until and including the first day of the month in which the Expiry Date falls, unless indicated otherwise in this Lease;

 

  (c)

If the Term commences on any day other than the first day of a calendar month or ends on any day other than the last day of the calendar month, all Rent for the fractions of a month at the commencement or expiration of the Term will be pro-rated on a per diem basis based on a period of three hundred sixty five (365) days or three hundred sixty six (366) days, as the case may be; and

 

  (d)

if any of the Tenant’s payments to the Landlord are dishonored on presentation, the Landlord will be entitled to payment of $100.00 to the Landlord for each dishonored payment.

3.2    Reporting on Tenant’s Additional Rent and Sales Tax. The Landlord will have the right to make reasonable estimates of the amount of Additional Rent and Sales Tax for each Rental Year during the Term. As soon as reasonably practical following the end of each Rental Year of the Term, the Landlord will deliver to the Tenant a statement showing the actual amount of the Tenant’s Additional Rent and Sales Tax. The Tenant will have the right to audit the statement and the Landlord will provide the Tenant with all information reasonably requested by the Tenant to perform the audit. If the Tenant disputes the audit statement the tenant must request the audited statement within 30 business days of receiving the audit statement. If an overpayment of the Tenant’s Additional Rent or Sales Tax has been made by the Tenant, the Landlord will credit such amount to the Additional Rent or Sales Tax for the next ensuing period or, if there is no ensuing period, such amount will be forthwith paid to the Tenant. If an amount remains owing to the Landlord in respect of the Additional Rent or Sales Tax, the Tenant will pay such amount forthwith to the Landlord. The covenants contained in this section 3.2 will survive the termination or expiration of this Lease, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary.

3.3    Interest on amounts in arrears. When Rent, including any interest accrued thereon, payable hereunder by the Tenant to the Landlord is in arrears, the same will bear interest at a rate equal to 4% per annum above the Prime Rate at the time such Basic Rent or Additional Rent became due, compounded monthly, from the date such rent became due to and including the date of payment. The Landlord will have all remedies for the collection of such interest as it has for the recovery of Basic Rent in arrears.

3.4    Net lease. This is a carefree net lease to the Landlord, and it is the mutual intention of the parties hereto that the Basic Rent to be paid hereunder shall be net to the Landlord, clear of all taxes, costs and charges arising from or relating to the Premises.

3.5    Irregular periods. If, for any reason, it becomes necessary to calculate Basic Rent or Additional Rent for irregular periods, an appropriate pro rata adjustment will be made on a daily basis in order to compute such rent for such irregular periods, unless otherwise expressly set out in this Lease.

 

6


3.6    Dispute as to costs. If the Tenant disputes the amount of any money to be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord pursuant to this Lease and the parties are not able to mutually agree on the amount owing within 60 days of the Tenant’s notice to the Landlord of such dispute, the certificate of an independent chartered accountant or a certified general accountant appointed by mutual agreement of the Landlord and the Tenant will determine such amount. The cost of obtaining such certificate will be borne equally by the parties unless the tenant requests this on more than 3 occasions over the term of the lease, after which, any costs of obtaining such certificate will be borne by Tenant.

3.7    Landlord’s taxes. Subject to the obligation of the Tenant to pay the Additional Rent, the Landlord will pay all Taxes with respect to the Premises as and when due, subject to lawful deferral.

3.8    Electronic Transfer. The Tenant will make all Rent payments by way of electronic transfer to the Landlord.

3.9    Deposit. The Landlord acknowledges receipt from the Tenant of a security deposit in the sum set out in section 1.1 to be held by the Landlord and returned to the Tenant upon the expiry of the Term, provided that the Tenant vacates the Premises by no later than the expiry date of this Lease and leaves same in good order, condition and repair, in accordance with the Tenant’s obligation to repair and maintain, and free and clear of all encumbrances, and that the Tenant has paid all amounts due to the Landlord pursuant to this Lease. If at any time during the Term or upon expiration of the Term, the Tenant fails to observe or perform any of its material obligations as defined in section 14.2 under this Lease, the Landlord may, in addition to its other rights under this Lease or at law or in equity, apply the deposit, or so much thereof as is necessary, to reimburse the Landlord for actual loss or damage the Landlord has suffered by reason of the Tenant’s breach. If the Landlord so applies the whole or part of the deposit during the Term, the Tenant will remit to the Landlord forthwith a sum equal to the amount so applied by the Landlord.

3.10    Tenant’s Taxes and Other Charges. The Tenant will pay, as and when due, to the government authority or person to which same are owing or are by law to be paid or to the Landlord pursuant hereto, all taxes, license fees, rates, duties, excise, local improvement charges and assessments as well as any costs or penalties in lieu thereof or in addition thereto due to the actions of the Tenant (collectively the “Charges”) imposed, levied, assessed or charged during the Term upon or relating to:

 

  (a)

operations at, occupancy of, or conduct of business in or from the Premises either by or with the permission of the Tenant;

 

  (b)

fixtures or personal property in the Premises which have been installed or placed therein by or for the benefit of the Tenant;

 

  (c)

rent paid or payable by the Tenant to the Landlord for the Premises or for the use and occupancy of all or any part thereof;

 

  (d)

electricity, light, heat, power, water, telephone and utilities of whatever nature or kind (including works and services in connection therewith) used in or supplied to or for the benefit of the Premises; and

 

  (e)

goods and services which the Landlord, at the Tenant’s request, provides or causes to be provided to or for the benefit of the Tenant on the Premises;

whether or not such Charges are payable at law by the Tenant or by the Landlord and whether or not same are allocated separately in respect of the Premises. The Landlord’s rights with respect to the collection of rent will apply equally to the Landlord’s rights to recover from the Tenant all such Charges. Upon request by the Landlord, the Tenant will deliver promptly to the Landlord evidence satisfactory to the Landlord of payment of all such Charges.

 

4

USE, OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES; PROVISION OF LANDLORD’S SERVICES

 

7


4.1    Examination of Premises. The Tenant will inspect the Premises prior to commencement of the Term and the taking of possession of the Premises will be conclusive evidence as against the Tenant that, at the time of possession, the Premises were in good and satisfactory condition.

4.2    Possession. The Tenant will take possession of the Premises on the Commencement Date.

4.3    Use of Premises. The Tenant will not use or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used for any purpose other than that set out in section 1.1, provided that at no time will the Premises be used for any activity prohibited by the bylaws and rules and regulations relating to Strata Plan NW1200 in Schedule E

4.4    Prohibited uses. Without limiting the generality of section 4.4, the Tenant will not conduct or advertise on or from the Premises as any part of its business any activities that are deemed as ineligible activities by the Landlord’s mortgagee, as set out in Schedule D.

4.5    No nuisance, overloading or waste. At no time during the Term will the Tenant carry on or permit or suffer to be carried on in the Premises or elsewhere on the Lands anything which is noxious or offensive or which constitutes a public or private nuisance or which annoys or disturbs or causes nuisance or damage to the occupiers or owners of lands and premises adjoining or in the vicinity of the Premises or the Lands. The Tenant will not permit any overloading of the floor of the Premises. The Tenant will not cause any waste or damage to the Premises.

4.6    Exterior Signage: Subject to government approvals, municipal requirements, compliance with the Landlord’s signage criteria and the Landlord’s prior written approval, acting reasonably, the Tenant may install and maintain signage on the exterior of the Premises. The Tenant is responsible for obtaining and paying for its signage, graphics work and utility costs. For greater certainty, all signage must be approved by the Landlord prior to installation.

4.7    Tenant’s other signs. Except as set out in section 4.6, the Tenant will not erect, paint, display, place, affix or maintain or permit to be erected, painted, displayed, placed, affixed or maintained any sign, awning, decoration, picture, lettering, symbol or notice of any nature or kind whatsoever (herein called the “Signs”) either on the exterior walls or doors of the Premises or within the Premises if any such Signs are visible from the exterior thereof or in the Common Property without first obtaining the Landlord’s written consent, which consent may be subject to the Strata Corporation and which may not be unreasonably withheld by the Landlord. The Tenant, at its cost, will acquire all requisite statutory permits which may be required by law to erect or maintain any such approved Signs. The Tenant will cause any Signs to be maintained in a proper state of repair and will indemnify and save harmless the Landlord from all personal injuries or property damage or loss to any person caused by the existence of any such Signs.

4.8    Condition of Premises. The Tenant will not permit the Premises to become untidy or unsightly and will not permit refuse to accumulate therein.

4.9    Not to affect Landlord’s or Strata Corporation’s insurance. The Tenant will not to the best of it’s knowledge do or omit to do or permit to be done or omitted to be done on the Premises or elsewhere on the Lands anything which would directly or indirectly cause the insurance premiums in respect of the Lands, Building or liability insurance to be increased. If any insurance policy of the Landlord or the Strata Corporation is cancelled or threatened to be cancelled by an insurer, or if the Landlord or the Strata Corporation, acting reasonably, believe that any insurance policy of the Landlord or the Strata Corporation may be cancelled by an insurer by reason of the use and occupation of the Premises by the Tenant or by an assignee, sub-tenant or anyone permitted by the Tenant to be on the Premises, then the Landlord acting reasonably, may deliver a period of notice as may be possible under the circumstance for the Tenant to remedy such situation as a result of which the threatened cancellation has arisen and so long as the holder of the policy evidencing the Landlord or Strata Corportion insurance shall permit the correction of such condition or conditions without cancellation of

 

8


the Landlord’s Insurance or the Strata Corporation Insurance and the Tenant proceeds expeditiously to correct the said condition or conditions. If the Tenant has not remedied same within such time period then the Landlord, at its option and without prejudice to its other rights and remedies, may terminate this Lease at any time thereafter upon written notice to the Tenant. In the event of such termination the Tenant will immediately deliver up vacant possession of the Premises to the Landlord and the Landlord may re-enter and take possession of same and, at its option and at the expense of the Tenant, may rectify the situation which was the cause of such cancellation or threatened cancellation.

4.10    Odour control. Without limiting the generality of section 4.9 of this Lease, where odour is emitted from the Premises due to the Tenant’s actions, the Tenant will supply, install and maintain during the Term of this Lease, sufficient odour control systems to ensure compliance with section 4.9 and any rules and regulations of the Strata Corporation. The Tenant will ensure that all such systems are designed in accordance with sound engineering practice and comply with all applicable government requirements, codes and regulations. The Tenant will be solely responsible for all costs associated with the design, supply, installation, legal compliance and maintenance of all such systems and equipment.

4.11    Zoning. The Tenant will be solely responsible for ensuring that its use of the Premises complies with all applicable zoning bylaws.

 

5

ASSIGNMENT, SUB-LETTING AND SALE

5.1    Consent required. The Tenant covenants with the Landlord not to assign, sublet or transfer the Lease of the premises without first obtaining the Landlord’s consent in writing which consent may not be unreasonably withheld. In spite of any assignment, sublet or transfer, the Tenant will remain fully liable to perform all the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease. The Landlord shall be entitled to assign it interest as Landlord under this lease to an affiliate or subsidiary of the Landlord (as defined in the Canada Business Corporations Act) upon providing notice of such assignment to the Tenant

5.2    No advertising of the Premises. The Tenant will not advertise the whole or any part of the Premises or this Lease for purposes of a Transfer and will not print, publish, post, display or broadcast any notice or advertisement to that effect, and will not permit any broker or other person to do any of the foregoing, unless the complete text and format of any such notice, advertisement, or offer is first approved in writing by the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Without in any way restricting or limiting the Landlord’s right to refuse any text or format on other grounds, any text or format proposed by the Tenant will not contain any reference to the rental rate for the Premises.

5.3    Landlord’s conveyance. Should the tenant not exercise the Tenant’s Right of First Refusal set out in Schedule C, the Landlord may convey or assign or otherwise divest itself of its interest in the Lands provided that the transferee is responsible for the compliance with the obligations of the Landlord under the lease, the Landlord will be relieved of its obligations under this Lease from and after the effective date of such conveying, assigning or divesting, except for the obligation to account to the Tenant for any monies then due and payable to the Tenant by the Landlord pursuant to this Lease.

 

6

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND BUILDERS’ LIENS

6.1    Compliance with laws. The Tenant, during the Term and at its own expense, will promptly comply with all statutory requirements of every competent federal, provincial, municipal, regional and other statutory authority and all requirements of fire insurance underwriters in force from time to time during the Term which relate to the Tenant’s use of the Premises or the making by the Tenant of any alterations, replacements, changes, improvements, repairs or additions to the Premises or the conduct by the Tenant of any business conducted in or from the Premises or on the Lands.

 

9


6.2    Builders’ liens. The Tenant will not suffer or permit any lien under the Builders Lien Act or like statute to be registered against title to the Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises or against title to the Lands by reason of labour, services or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to the Tenant or anyone holding any interest through or under the Tenant during the Term. If any such lien is registered, the Tenant will procure registration of its discharge forthwith after the lien has come to the notice of the Tenant. If the Tenant desires to contest in good faith the amount or validity of any lien and has so notified the Landlord and if the Tenant has deposited with the Landlord or has paid into Court to the credit of the lien action, the amount of the lien claim plus an amount for costs, then the Tenant may defer payment of such lien claim for a period of time sufficient to enable the Tenant to contest the claim with due diligence. The Landlord may, but will not be obliged to, discharge any such lien, or may require the Tenant to discharge any such lien, at any time if, in the Landlord’s judgment, the Premises or the Tenant’s interest therein or the Lands become liable to any forfeiture or sale or are otherwise in jeopardy or if such lien restricts any transfer or encumbering of the Lands by the Landlord, and any amount paid in good faith by the Landlord in so doing, together with all reasonable costs and expenses of the Landlord, will be reimbursed to the Landlord by the Tenant forthwith on reasonable request. Nothing herein contained will be deemed to authorize the Tenant, or imply consent or agreement on the part of the Landlord, to subject the Landlord’s estate and interest in the Lands or Premises to any lien.

 

7

REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS

7.1    Repair and maintenance by the Tenant. The Tenant, throughout the Term and at its own expense, will repair, maintain and keep the Premises and all improvements, appurtenances and equipment of the Tenant therein and thereon in good repair and condition, as is fitting for a comparable development whether such repairs are ordinary or extra-ordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, excepting from such standard of repair and maintenance damage by fire and other insurable risks, reasonable wear and tear (to the extent only that such reasonable wear and tear is consistent with maintenance in good order and condition of the Premises generally) and repairs for which the Landlord is responsible under this Lease. “Repairs” will include replacements and renewals when necessary. Repairs and maintenance to the electrical, heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, sprinkler and plumbing fixtures and equipment will only be performed as per the Strata bylaws at the cost of the Tenant. The Tenant will be responsible for all upgrading requests or orders for the Premises by any applicable government authority, which relate to the particular business operations of the Tenant in the Premises and which are not of general application to all tenants.

7.2    Inspection and emergencies. The Landlord, by its representatives, may enter upon the Premises at all reasonable times upon reasonable notice and in compliance with the Tenant’s security and confidentiality policies and during any emergency without notice to inspect the state of repair and maintenance and the use of the Premises. Any such entry will be subject to the Tenant’s right to quiet enjoyment contained in this Lease or implied by law.

7.3    Landlord’s approval. The Tenant will not make any repairs, replacements, alterations or improvements to any part of the Premises without first obtaining the Landlord’s written approval (and the Strata Corporation’s approval, if required). The Tenant will submit to the Landlord:

 

  (a)

details of the proposed work including drawings and specifications conforming to good construction practice and approved by the Landlord or consultants designated by the Landlord;

 

  (b)

evidence satisfactory to the Landlord that the Tenant has obtained, at its expense, all necessary consents, permits, licenses and inspections from all governmental and regulatory authorities having jurisdiction. All such Tenant’s work, repairs, replacements, alterations or improvements by the Tenant to the Premises approved of by the Landlord will be performed:

 

  (i)

at the sole cost of the Tenant;

 

  (ii)

in a good and workmanlike manner,

 

10


  (iii)

in accordance with the drawings and specifications approved by the Landlord or its consultants,

 

  (iv)

subject to the reasonable regulations, controls and inspection of the Landlord during the repairs, replacements, alterations or improvements,

 

  (v)

the Tenant will pay for all expenses incurred for labour performed upon, and materials incorporated into, the Premises as same fall due, and

 

  (c)

certificates of insurance evidencing course of construction insurance on a comprehensive, all risks form on a completed value basis, including drain and sewer backup, earthquake and flood insurance, and comprehensive general liability insurance, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord.

The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any alterations proposed by the Tenant may also be subject to approval by the Strata Corporation.

7.4    Repair and maintenance by the Landlord. The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Landlord cannot repair the Building as the Strata Corporation is the only entity with that right. The Landlord will, at all times throughout the Term, but subject to the balance of section 7 and reasonable wear and tear, maintain and repair, or use its best efforts to cause to be maintained and repaired by the Strata Corporation, as would a prudent owner of a reasonably similar strata commercial complex, having regard to size, age and location, the structure of the Buildings.

7.5    Repair where the Tenant is at fault. Notwithstanding any other terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease if the Buildings or any part thereof or the Common Property (including those Common Property within or passing through the Premises), or any equipment, machinery, facilities or improvements contained therein or made thereto, or the Roof, Roof membrane or Roof deck or outside walls of the Buildings or any other structural portions thereof require repair or become damaged or destroyed through the negligence, carelessness or misuse of the Tenant (or those for whom it is in law responsible) or through it in any way stopping up or damaging the heating apparatus, water pipes, drainage pipes or other equipment or facilities or parts of the Buildings, the cost of the resulting repairs, replacements or alterations plus any other reasonable costs will be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord.

7.6    Notice by the Tenant. The Tenant will, forthwith after it becomes aware of same, notify the Landlord of any material damage to, or deficiency or defect in any part of the Buildings, including the Premises, any equipment or utility systems, or any installations located therein, notwithstanding the fact that the Landlord may have no obligations with respect to them.

 

8

COMMON PROPERTY, ALTERATIONS TO BUILDINGS AND LAND

8.1    Storage. The Tenant will not store anything on or within the Common Property.

8.2    Use of Common Property. Subject to this Lease, and to such other regulations of the Strata Corporation the Tenant will have for itself and its licensees and invitees the non-exclusive right to use the Common Property, in common with others entitled thereto for their proper and intended purposes as reasonably stipulated by the Landlord and the regulations of the Strata Corporation. The Tenant acknowledges that the Common Property are subject to the exclusive control and management of the Strata Corporation. The Tenant covenants that it will cause its employees, licensees, and invitees to observe all regulations made with respect to the Common Property by the Strata Corporation and the strata management company, from time to time.

 

11


8.3    Parking. The Premises includes the use of five parking stalls and access to a shared visitor parking. Parking stalls are maintained by The Strata Corporation and the Tenant will abide by the bylaws set out in Schedule E section 37.

8.4    Alterations to the Common Property. It is understood and agreed that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Strata Corporation may have the right at all times and from time to time throughout the Term to make alterations to the Common Property.

 

9

SURRENDER OF PREMISES AND REMOVAL OF FIXTURES

9.1    Surrender. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and the Term and any period of overholding, the Tenant will surrender to the Landlord possession of the Premises and the fixtures and improvements therein (subject to this section 9), all of which will become the property of the Landlord without any claim by or compensation to the Tenant, all in good order, condition and repair in accordance with the Tenant’s obligation to repair and maintain, and free and clear of all encumbrances and all claims of the Tenant or of any person claiming by or through or under the Tenant and all the rights of the Tenant under this Lease will terminate save as herein expressly set out.

9.2    Document of surrender. Upon expiration of this Lease or if this Lease and the Term are terminated for any reason, the Tenant will deliver to the Landlord forthwith upon reasonable request a document surrendering this Lease.

9.3    Condition of Premises. Without restricting the generality of section 9.1, the Tenant, immediately before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, will leave the Premises in a clean condition.

9.4    Removal of trade fixtures and fixtures. The Tenant, at the expiration of the Term, may remove from the Premises all the Tenant’s trade fixtures. If the Tenant damages the Premises during such removal the Tenant will make good such damage at its expense. In no event will the Tenant remove from the Premises any heating, ventilating or air-conditioning systems in or serving the Premises, floor coverings affixed to the floor of the Premises either by cement or perimeter fastenings, light fixtures, storefront, doors, plumbing equipment and fixtures and internal stairways, all of which are deemed to be Leasehold Improvements. The Tenant agrees that any goods, alterations, additions, improvements and fixtures made to or installed upon or in the Premises, whether before or after the Commencement Date, other than unattached moveable trade fixtures, will immediately upon affixation become the property of the Landlord and remain upon and be surrendered to the Landlord with the Premises as part thereof upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, unless the Landlord, by notice in writing, requires the Tenant to remove same. The Landlord will be entitled upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease to require the Tenant to, and the Tenant will, remove forthwith its goods, alterations, additions, improvements and fixtures and anything in the nature of improvements made or installed by the Tenant or by the Landlord on behalf of the Tenant to or in the Premises, including signs, and to make good any damage caused to the Premises by such removal at the Tenant’s cost. If the Tenant does not so remove, the Landlord may do so and, at its option, may cause such goods, alterations, additions, improvements and fixtures to be stored, sold or destroyed and the Tenant will be responsible for the reasonable cost of such removal. The Landlord will not be responsible for any damage caused to the Tenant’s property by reason of such removal and will not incur any liability to the Tenant in the event that it elects to have such items sold or destroyed.

 

10

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

10.1    Non-liability. The Landlord will not be liable or responsible in any way for any injury that may be sustained by the Tenant or any invitee or licensee of the Tenant, or of any other person who may be upon the Premises, in the Buildings or in or on the Common Property, or for any loss of or damage or injury to property belonging to or in the possession of the Tenant or any invitee or licensee of the Tenant or any other person, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Landlord will not be liable or responsible in any way for any

 

12


injury, loss or damage to person or property., except to the extent that same results from the negligence of the Landlord or those for whom it is in law responsible.

10.2    Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease, a party (the “lndemnitor”)will indemnify and save harmless the other party (the “Indmenitee”) and those for whom it is in law responsible from and against any and all liabilities, damages, costs, expenses, causes of actions, claims, suits and judgments which the Indemnitee may incur or suffer or be put to by reason of or in connection with or arising from:

 

  (a)

any breach, violation or non-performance by the Indemnitor of any obligation contained in this Lease to be observed or performed by the Indemnitor;

 

  (b)

any damage to the property of the Indemnitor or any person claiming through or under the Indemnitor, or any of them, or damage to any other property howsoever occasioned by the condition, use, occupation, repair or maintenance of the Premises, caused by the Indemnitor, except to the extent that same results from the negligence of the Indemnitee or those for whom it is in law responsible;

 

  (c)

any injury to any person, including death resulting at any time therefrom, occurring in or about the Premises and caused by the Indemnitor, except to the extent that same results from the negligence of the Indemnitee or those for whom it is in law responsible; and

 

  (d)

any wrongful act or neglect of the Indemnitor, and those for whom it is in law responsible, in or about the Premises, the Lands and Building.

Should the Indemnitee without fault on its part, be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against the Indemnitor, then the Indemnitor will protect, indemnify and hold the Indemnitee harmless and will promptly pay all costs, expenses and legal fees (on a solicitor and own client basis) incurred or paid by the Indemnitee in connection with such litigation upon reasonable request. The Indemnitor will also promptly pay upon reasonable request all costs, expenses and legal fees (on a solicitor and own client basis) that may be incurred or paid by the Indemnitee in enforcing the terms, covenants and conditions in this Lease.

10.3    Survival of indemnification. The indemnification referred to in section 10.2 will survive the termination or expiration of this Lease, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary.

 

11

INSURANCE

11.1    Tenant’s insurance. The Tenant, at its cost, will obtain and keep in force throughout the Term

 

  (a)

“all risk” property insurance (including drain and sewer backup, earthquake and flood insurance) on a replacement cost basis, covering all the Tenant’s property in the Premises and property for which the Tenant is legally liable or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant in the Premises, including its furniture, equipment, fittings, trade fixtures and stock-in-trade, but excluding Leasehold Improvements which are affixed to the Premises and owned by the Landlord;

 

  (b)

commercial general liability insurance (including broad form tenant’s legal liability and contractual liability to cover the responsibilities assumed under sections 10.2 and 19.9 hereof) against claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death or property damage occurring upon or in or about the Premises and Lands, such coverage to include the activities and operations conducted by the Tenant and those for whom the Tenant is in law responsible. Such policies will be written on a comprehensive basis with inclusive limits of not less than $5,000,000 per occurrence or such higher limit as the Landlord, acting reasonably, requires from time to time;

 

  (c)

business interruption insurance in such amount as will reimburse the Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils insured against and other perils commonly insured against by prudent

 

13


  tenants or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils, all written on a gross earnings form; and

 

  (d)

any other form of insurance and such higher limits as the Landlord, acting reasonably, or any mortgagee of the Landlord, requires from time to time in form, in amounts and for insurance risks against which a prudent tenant would insure.

11.2    Policies. The Tenant will effect all insurance policies with reputable insurers licensed to do business in British Columbia, and upon terms and in amounts, as to deductibles and otherwise, that a reasonable person in the business of the Tenant would effect. The Tenant will deliver to the Landlord upon reasonable request from time to time, certificates of insurance evidencing all coverage, limits and endorsements and will deliver to the Landlord a certificate of renewal for each policy not less than 10 days prior to its respective expiry date. Within 30 days of the date of delivery of the certificates of insurance, the Tenant will deliver to the Landlord signed copies of any specified endorsement for each policy. The Tenant will pay the premium for each policy. If the Tenant fails to purchase or to keep in force such insurance the Landlord may effect such insurance, at the Tenant’s cost. The indemnities and other obligations of the Tenant under this Lease will not be limited in any way by the insurance requirements set forth in this section 11.

11.3    Landlord as insured. The Tenant will cause all insurance policies to contain an undertaking by the insurer(s) to notify the Landlord at least 30 days prior to cancellation or to making any other change material to the Landlord’s interests. The commercial general liability policy of the Tenant will include the Landlord, and its officers and employees, as additional insureds with cross-liability and severability of interest clauses. Such insurance will be primary coverage with respect to any insurance or self-insurance programs maintained by the Landlord and no insurance held or owned by the Landlord will be called upon to contribute to a loss, except for that which arises by the negligence of the Landlord or those for whom it is in law responsible.

11.4    Subrogation. The parties hereby waive their rights of recovery as against each other and those for whom they are in law responsible. Each party will cause all applicable insurance policies to contain a waiver of subrogation clause in favour of the other party (and in the case of the Landlord, the Landlord’s mortgagee or mortgagees) and those for whom they are in law responsible.

 

12

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION AND EXPROPRIATION

12.1    Abatement of Rent. If there is damage to the Premises, or the Building, which prevents use of or access to the Premises or the supply of services essential to the Premises and if the damage is such that the Premises or a part of the Premises is rendered not reasonably capable of use by the Tenant for the conduct of its business for a period of time exceeding 10 consecutive days:

 

  (a)

unless the damage was caused by the negligence of the Tenant or an assignee, subtenant, concessionaire, licensee or an officer, employee, customer or other invitee of the Tenant, the Basic Rent for the period beginning on the occurrence of the damage until at least a substantial part of the Premises is again reasonably capable of use and occupancy for the purpose aforesaid will abate in the proportion that the area of the part of the Premises rendered not reasonably capable of use by the Tenant for the conduct of its business bears to the Leasable Area of the Premises;

 

  (b)

unless this Lease is terminated under paragraph 12.2, the Landlord or the Tenant or both, as the case may be (according to the nature of the damage and their respective obligations to repair), will repair the damage with all reasonable diligence, but any abatement of Rent to which the Tenant is entitled under this paragraph will not extend beyond the date by which a reasonable person, given all of the Tenant’s circumstances should have completed its repairs with reasonable diligence.

 

12.2

Termination in Event of Damage.:

 

14


  (a)

The Landlord, by written notice to the Tenant given within 60 days of the occurrence of damage to the Premises or the Building, may terminate this Lease if the Building or the Premises is damaged by any cause and in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord either cannot be repaired or rebuilt with reasonable diligence within 180 days after the occurrence of the damage or the cost of repairing or rebuilding it would exceed by more than $100,000 the proceeds of the applicable insurance available for that purpose, or

 

  (b)

The Tenant, by written notice to the Landlord given within 60 days of the occurrence of damage to the Premises or the Building, may terminate this Lease if the Building or the Premises are damaged by any cause and in the reasonable opinion of the Tenant the damage is such that the Premises or a substantial part of the Premises are rendered not reasonably capable of use by the Tenant for the conduct of its business and cannot be repaired or rebuilt with reasonable diligence within 60 days after the occurrence of the damage.

If this Lease is terminated under either (a) or (b) above, neither the Landlord nor the Tenant will be bound to repair the Premises or the Building and the Tenant will deliver up possession of the Premises to the Landlord with reasonable speed but in any event within 30 days after the giving of the notice of termination, and all Rent will be apportioned and paid to the date on which possession is delivered up, subject to any abatement to which the Tenant may be entitled under paragraph 12.1.

12.3    Expropriation. Both the Landlord and the Tenant agree to cooperate with each other in respect of any expropriation of all or any part of the Premises or any other part of the Buildings, so that each may receive the maximum award in the case of any expropriation to which they are respectively entitled at law.

 

13

QUIET ENJOYMENT

13.1    Quiet enjoyment. If the Tenant duly and punctually pays the Rent and complies with its obligations under this Lease, then, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease, the Tenant will be entitled to peaceably possess and enjoy the Premises during the Term without any interruption or disturbance from the Landlord or any person or persons claiming by, through or under the Landlord.

 

14

PERFORMANCE OF TENANT’S COVENANTS, DEFAULT AND BANKRUPTCY

14.1    Landlord may perform covenants. If the Tenant is in default of any of its material obligations under this Lease and fails to remedy the default within 30 days of having been given written notice of the default, then the Landlord, without limiting any other remedy which it may have, will have the right to remedy any such default and for such purpose may at any time enter upon the Premises. No entry for such purpose will be deemed to be a re-entry by the Landlord, a breach of the covenant of quiet enjoyment, or a cause a forfeiture or termination of this Lease nor a trespass. In order to cure such default, the Landlord may do such things as are necessary to cure the default and such things as may be incidental thereto (including the right to make repairs and to expend monies). The Tenant will reimburse the Landlord for the aggregate of all expenses reasonably incurred by the Landlord in remedying any such default. The Landlord will be under no obligation to remedy any default of the Tenant and will not incur any liability to the Tenant for any action or omission in the course of its remedying or attempting to remedy any such default unless such act amounts to negligence on the part of the Landlord or those for whom it is in law responsible.

 

14.2

    Rights of termination. If and whenever:

 

  (a)

the Premises become vacant or remain unoccupied for thirty days or more without written notice to the Landlord or are not used for the purpose herein permitted or are used for a purpose other than herein permitted or the Tenant fails to move into or take possession of the Premises and open for business as aforesaid;

 

15


  (b)

the Premises are used for a purpose other than herein permitted or the Tenant fails to move into or take possession of the Premises and open for business as aforesaid;

 

  (c)

any Basic Rent or Additional Rent remains unpaid more than five days after receipt of notice by the Tenant from the Landlord specifying such breach;

 

  (d)

there is a material breach of any of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder (other than as set out in the other clauses of this section) which is not cured within 30 days after delivery of notice by the Landlord to the Tenant specifying such breach, provided that if any default of the Tenant can only be cured by the performance of work or the furnishing of materials and if such work cannot reasonably be completed or such materials reasonably obtained and utilized within said 30 days, then such default will not be deemed to continue if the Tenant proceeds promptly with such work as may be necessary to cure the default and continues diligently to complete such work; or

 

  (e)

the Tenant assigns, sub-lets or parts with possession of the Premises without the Landlord’s consent as required herein;

then in any such case, notwithstanding any prior waiver of breach of covenant the Landlord, at its option, may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy it may then have or be entitled to, immediately or at any time thereafter and without notice or any form of legal process take possession of the Premises and expel the Tenant and those claiming through or under it and remove its or their effects, forcibly if necessary, without being deemed guilty of any manner of trespass, any statute or law to the contrary notwithstanding.

14.3    Bankruptcy. If and whenever:

 

  (a)

a receiver, guardian, trustee in bankruptcy or any other similar officer is appointed to take charge of all or any substantial part of the Tenant’s property by a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

  (b)

a petition is filed for the re-organization of the Tenant under any provision of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act or any law of Canada or any province thereof or of the jurisdiction in which the Tenant is incorporated relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, then in force;

 

  (c)

the Tenant becomes insolvent; or

 

  (d)

if any application or petition or certificate or order is made or granted for the winding up or dissolution of the Tenant, voluntarily or otherwise;

then in any such case this Lease, at the option of the Landlord, will thereupon terminate and the Term will immediately become forfeited and void and the current month’s rent and the next ensuing three months’ rent including Additional Rent, will immediately become due and payable and the Landlord, without notice or any form of legal process, may re-enter and take possession of the Premises and expel the Tenant and those claiming under it and remove its or their effects, forcibly if necessary, without being deemed guilty of trespass, any statute or law to the contrary notwithstanding.

14.4    Waiver of benefit of legislation and seizure. If the Tenant vacates the Premises leaving any Rent unpaid, the Landlord, in addition to any remedy otherwise provided at law or in equity may seize and sell all the Tenant’s goods and chattels, within the Premises and apply the proceeds of such sale upon Rent and upon the cost of the seizure and sale . If the Landlord, being entitled so to do, levies distress against the Tenant’s goods and chattels, the Landlord may use such force as the Landlord may deem necessary for the purpose and for gaining admission to the Premises without the Landlord being liable for any loss or damage caused thereby.

14.5    Re-entry and damages. If following a breach of this Lease by the Tenant, the Tenant has not cured the breach following the written notice period required by this Lease, the Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice of termination to the Tenant, or by posting notice of termination on the exterior of the

 

16


Premises, and in such event the Tenant will forthwith vacate and surrender the Premises. The Landlord may make alterations and repairs considered by the Landlord necessary to facilitate a sub-letting, including changing the door locks for the Premises, and sub-let the Premises or any part thereof as agent of the Tenant for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as the Landlord in its reasonable discretion considers advisable. Upon each sub-letting all rent and other money received by the Landlord from the sub-letting will be applied, first to the payment of indebtedness other than Basic Rent due hereunder from the Tenant to the Landlord, second to the payment of costs and expenses of the sub-letting including brokerage fees and solicitors’ fees and costs of the alterations and repairs, and third to the payment of Basic Rent due and unpaid hereunder. The residue, if any, will be held by the Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent as it becomes due and payable. If the Rent received from the sub-letting during a month is less than the Rent to be paid during that month by the Tenant, the Landlord may recover the deficiency from the Tenant. The deficiency will be calculated and paid monthly. If the Landlord terminates this Lease for any breach and elects to claim damages for such breach, the Tenant will pay to the Landlord on demand therefor:

 

  (a)

Rent up to the time of re-entry or termination;

 

  (b)

all additional charges and Additional Rent payable by the Tenant pursuant to the provisions hereof up until the date of re-entry or termination whichever is later;

 

  (c)

such expenses as the Landlord may incur or have incurred in connection with re-entering or terminating and reletting, collecting sums due or payable by the Tenant or realizing upon assets seized, including brokerage expense and legal fees and disbursements determined on a solicitor and own client basis, and the expense of keeping the Premises in good order and repairing and maintaining the same and preparing the Premises for re-letting; and

 

  (d)

any difference between the Rent that the Tenant would have paid during the unexpired portion of the Term had it not been terminated, and the amount of rent received by the Landlord under the sub-letting or re-letting, as applicable.

14.6    Remedies of the Landlord are cumulative. The remedies of the Landlord in Section 14 of this Lease are cumulative and are in addition to any remedies of the Landlord at law or in equity. No remedy will be deemed to be exclusive and the Landlord may from time to time have recourse to one or more of all the available remedies specified herein or at law or in equity.

14.7    Legal fees. If the Landlord retains a lawyer or other person reasonably necessary for the purpose of assisting it in enforcing any of its rights under Section 14 of this Lease in the event of default by the Tenant, the Landlord will be entitled to collect from the Tenant the reasonable costs of all such services on a solicitor and own client basis.

 

15

IMPOSSIBILITY OF PERFORMANCE

15.1    Non-performance. Whenever a party is unable to fulfil any obligation hereunder in respect of the provision of any service, utility, work or repair by reason of being unable to obtain the materials, goods, equipment, service, utility or labour required to enable it to fulfil such obligation or by reason of any law or regulation or by reason of any other cause beyond its reasonable control, the party will be entitled to extend the time for fulfilment of such obligation by a time equal to the duration of the delay or restriction. The other party will not be entitled to any compensation for any inconvenience, nuisance or discomfort thereby occasioned or to cancel this Lease. The party, in the event of such interruption, will proceed to overcome same with all reasonable diligence.

 

16

REGULATIONS

16.1    Regulations. The parties and their licensees and invitees will be bound by all such reasonable regulations as are made by the Strata Corporation. All such regulations will be deemed to be incorporated into and form part of this Lease.

 

17


17

OVERHOLDING

17.1    Overholding. If the Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration of the Term and without the execution and delivery of a new lease or without the express consent in writing of the Landlord, the Landlord may re-enter and take possession of the Premises and remove the Tenant therefrom and the Landlord may use reasonable force without being liable in respect thereof or for any loss or damage to the Tenant occasioned thereby. While the Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the Expiry Date, the tenancy, in the absence of written agreement, will be from month to month only at a Basic Rent per month equal to two times the Basic Rent payable in respect of the month immediately preceding expiration of the Term, payable in advance on the first day of each month, and the Tenant will be subject to all terms of this Lease, except that the tenancy will be from month to month only and a tenancy from year to year will not be created by implication of law or otherwise.

 

18

INSPECTION

18.1    Inspection. The Landlord or its representatives may exhibit the Premises at reasonable times to prospective tenants during the last 6 months of the Term and may also exhibit the Premises at reasonable times upon reasonable notice to the Tenant and in compliance with the Tenant’s security and confidentiality policies throughout the Term for the purposes of the Landlord’s own financing, for insurance and appraisal purposes and for prospective purchasers.

18.2    Landlord’s signs. The Landlord from time to time may place upon the Premises and any of the Common Property a notice of reasonable dimensions and reasonably placed so as not to interfere with the business of the Tenant stating that the Lands are for sale, and, during the last six months of the Term, may similarly place a sign stating that the Premises are to be let.

 

19

ENVIRONMENTAL

19.1    Definitions. For the purpose of this section:

 

  (a)

“Environmental Law” means all federal, provincial, municipal or local laws, statutes or ordinances in effect from time to time relating to environmental matters, including all rules, regulations, policies, guidelines, criteria or the like promulgated under or pursuant to any such laws;

 

  (b)

“Hazardous Substance” means any contaminant, pollutant, dangerous goods, waste, toxic or noxious substance, hazardous substance, hazardous waste, hazardous product, deleterious substance, reportable substance, radioactive material or explosive as defined in or pursuant to any Environmental Law;

 

  (c)

“Notice” means any citation, directive, order, claim, litigation, investigation proceeding, judgment, letter or other communication, written or oral, actual or threatened, from any person, including any governmental agency; and

 

  (d)

“Permit” means any authorization, permit, license, approval or administrative consent issued pursuant to any Environmental Law.

19.2    Compliance with Environmental Laws. The Tenant will comply at all times with all Environmental Laws and all Permits.

19.3    Notice to Landlord. The Tenant will forthwith notify the Landlord of the occurrence of any of the following and will provide the Landlord with copies of all relevant documentation in connection therewith:

 

18


  (a)

a release of a Hazardous Substance by the Tenant or those for whom it is in law responsible in or about the Premises, except in strict compliance with Environmental Law and any applicable Permits;

 

  (b)

the receipt by the Tenant of a Notice from any governmental agency of non-compliance pursuant to any Environmental Law, including a Notice of non-compliance respecting a Permit;

 

  (c)

the receipt by the Tenant of a Notice of a claim by a third party relating to environmental concerns; or

 

  (d)

the receipt by the Tenant of information which indicates that Hazardous Substances are being used, dissipated, stored, disposed of or introduced into the environmental by a third party in or about the Premises in a manner other than that authorized under Environmental Law.

19.4     Storage of Hazardous Substances. Notwithstanding the generality of section 19.2, the Tenant will not store, use, treat, dispose or introduce into the environment of Hazardous Substances in or about the Premises, except in compliance with applicable Environmental Law.

19.5    Investigations. If the Landlord receives reasonable information that Hazardous Substances are being dissipated, used, stored, disposed of or introduced into the environment by anyone in or about the Premises in a manner other than that authorized under Environmental Law, the Landlord with give notice to the Tenant to I conduct a reasonable investigation by a qualified third party. This could include searches, testing, drilling and sampling (“lnvestigations”).The cost of obtaining such investigations will be borne by the Tenant.

19.6    Remediation. If remedial work is required due to the Tenant’s storage, use, treatment, disposal or introduction of Hazardous Substances on or in the Premises, except in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, the Tenant will take all necessary action, at the cost of the Tenant, to restore the Premises to a level acceptable to the Landlord and to all governmental authorities having jurisdiction.

19.7    Permits. Upon the request of the Landlord from time to time, the Tenant will provide to the Landlord documentary evidence satisfactory to the Landlord, acting reasonably, that all Permits are valid and in good standing.

19.8    No representation or warranty. The Landlord represents and warrants to the Tenant that as of the date of the Lease, none of the Premises, the Building or the Lands contain any Hazardous Substances thereon or therein except in compliance with applicable environmental laws..

 

19.9

Environmental indemnity.

 

a)

The Tenant will indemnify and save harmless the Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and shareholders from and against any and all losses, claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities, including all reasonable costs of defending or denying the same, and all reasonable costs of investigation, monitoring, remedial response, removal, restoration or permit acquisition and including all reasonable solicitor’s fees (on a solicitor and own client basis) and disbursements in connection therewith which at any time may be paid or incurred by or claimed against the Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and shareholders arising, directly or indirectly, out of:

 

  (a)

a breach by the Tenant, or those for whom it is in law responsible, of any of the covenants contained in section 19 of this Lease;

 

  (b)

the non-compliance by the Tenant or those for whom it is responsible in law with any Environmental Law;

 

19


  (c)

any reasonable action taken by the Landlord with respect to the non-compliance by the Tenant or those for whom it is responsible in law with any Environmental Law; or

 

  (d)

any reasonable action taken by the Landlord in compliance with any Notice of any governmental authority due to the non-compliance by the Tenant or those for whom it is responsible in law with any Environmental Law,

and such indemnity will survive the termination or expiration of this Lease notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary.

 

b)

The Landlord will indemnify and save harmless the Tenant, its officers, directors, employees, agents and shareholders from and against any and all losses, claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities, including all reasonable costs of defending or denying the same, and all reasonable costs of investigation, monitoring, remedial response, removal, restoration or permit acquisition and including all reasonable solicitor’s fees (on a solicitor and own client basis) and disbursements in connection therewith which at any time may be paid or incurred by or claimed against the Tenant, its officers, directors, employees, agents and shareholders arising, directly or indirectly prior to the Tenant occupying the premise, out of any Hazardous Substances or Environmental Laws, other than those for which the Tenant must indemnify the Landlord as set out in Section 19.9.1, and such indemnity will survive the termination or expiration of this Lease, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary.

 

20

LANDLORD’S WORK AND TENANT’S WORK

20.1    Landlord’s Work. The Landlord will not be doing any work to the Premises and the Tenant will take possession of the Premises on an “As-ls” basis as of December 15, 2017.

20.2    Tenant’s Work. Any work to the Premises will be performed and supplied by the Tenant at its own cost and expense and in accordance to the terms of this Lease.

 

21

MISCELLANEOUS

21.1    Waiver. No waiver of any default will be binding unless acknowledged in writing by the other party.

21.2    Condoning. Any condoning, excusing or overlooking by a party of any default by the other party will not operate as a waiver of the party’s rights hereunder in respect of any subsequent default.

21.3    Subordination and attornment. This Lease at the request of the Landlord will be subject, subordinated and postponed to all mortgages and other security instruments which may now or hereafter charge or affect the Premises or the Lands and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of same, to the intent that such mortgages and other security instruments and all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof will have priority over this Lease notwithstanding the respective dates of execution or registration thereof. The Tenant will execute promptly any document in confirmation of such subordination, postponement and priority which the Landlord may request. The Tenant will, promptly on request by any mortgagee of the Landlord, attorn as tenant to any such mortgagee or any purchaser of the Lands on any foreclosure or sale proceedings taken under any mortgage of the Lands, and will recognize such mortgagee or purchaser as the landlord under this Lease, for the unexpired residue of the Term of, and upon all of the terms and conditions of, this Lease.

21.4    Estoppel certificate. The Tenant will execute and deliver, within 10 business days of any request by the Landlord from time to time, a certificate in favour of any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Landlord, or as otherwise reasonably required by the Landlord, certifying the status of this Lease, any modifications or

 

20


breaches of this Lease within the knowledge of the Tenant, and the status of the rent account, all with the intent that any such certificate may be relied upon by any party to whom it is directed.

21.5    Representations and entire agreement. Each party acknowledges and agrees that the other party has made no representations, covenants, warranties, guarantees, promises or agreements (verbal or otherwise) other than those contained in this Lease, that no agreement collateral hereto will be binding upon a party unless made in writing and signed by the party and that this Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant.

21.6    Notices. Any notice, request or demand herein provided or permitted to be given must be in writing and will be sufficiently given if personally served, mailed by prepaid registered post, sent by facsimile transmission, or sent by e-mail at the address, fax number, or e-mail address listed in section 1.1 for the applicable party. Any notice mailed as aforesaid will be presumed, for the purposes of this Lease, to have been given three days following the day on which such notice is mailed and any notice sent by facsimile transmission will be presumed, for the purposes of this Lease, to have been given on the first business day of the recipient following the date on which it was sent. Any party may at any time give written notice to the others in accordance with this section 21.4 of any change of address, e-mail address, or facsimile number and after the giving of such notice the address, e-mail address, or facsimile number therein specified will be deemed to be the address, e-mail address, or facsimile number of such party for the purpose of giving notices hereunder. If the postal service is interrupted or is substantially delayed, any notice, demand, request or other instrument will only be delivered in person or sent by facsimile transmission.

21.7    No registration. Neither the Tenant nor anyone on the Tenant’s behalf or claiming under the Tenant will register this Lease or any assignment or sublease of this Lease or any document evidencing any interest of the Tenant in this Lease or the Premises, against the Lands or any part thereof without the prior written consent of the Landlord. If the Landlord so consents in writing, only a short form of lease consented to by the Landlord (containing no financial particulars) will be registered and the Tenant will pay all costs of preparation and registration of such short form lease, including the costs of any explanatory plan required by the Land Title Office. If any document has been registered, then forthwith upon the expiration, termination or surrender of this Lease, the Tenant, at its cost, will register a discharge of same at the Land Title Office and such obligation will survive the expiration, termination or surrender of this Lease.

21.8    Confidentiality. Each party will keep confidential and will cause its employees, officers and agents to keep confidential, the terms and conditions of this Lease, except to the extent that it is reasonably required to disclose same, on a confidential basis, to its agents, affiliates, investors, directors, shareholders, financial and legal advisors, lenders and prospective purchasers, or as required by law.

21.9    Enurement This Lease and everything herein contained will enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and each of their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

0937847 B.C. LTD.
Per:  

LOGO

  Authorized Signatory
OMNI CIRCUIT BOARDS LTD.
Per:  

LOGO

  Authorized Signatory

 

22


Schedule “A” – Strata Plan


LOGO

STRATA PLAN OF LOT 138 OF SECTIN 30 BLOCK 5 NORTH RANGE 5 WEST PLAN 55135 N.W.D.
THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF RICHMOND
First Sheet 1 of 6 Sheets
STRATA PLAN 1300 PHASE, Deposited and registered of New Westminster. BC
This 17 day of Oct, 1978
KEY-PLAN SCALE 1,1000
BATHGATE WAY
JACOMBS ROAD
“FOR MAILING ADDRESS OF THE STRATA CORPORATION SEARCH THE STRATA PLAN GENERAL INDEX”
NAME OF DEVELOPMENT
CIVIC ADDRESS
LEGEND
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

STRATA TITLES ACT
FORM 1 FORM 2 FORM 3
LOT NO SHEET NO SCHEDULE OF UNIT ENTITLEMENT SCHEDULE OF INTEREST UPON DESTRUCTION SCHEDULE OF VOTING RIGHTS
123456789
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
UNIT OF ENTITLEMENT 147
INTEREST UPON DESTRUCTION 713 679
NUMBER OF VOTES 147 127 138
AGGREGATE 2617 12766 2617
CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL SECTION 4(2)
Approved as phase 1 of a 4 phase strata plan under the strata Titles Act
Dated at Richmond, B.c.
this 25th day of August, 1978
SIGNATURES
WITNESSES OWNERS
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

BUILDING B SCALE 1: 250
Sheet 3 of 6 sheets
strata plan 1200 phase 1
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

BUILDING B SCALE 1: 250
Sheet 4 of 6 sheets
strata plan 1200 phase 1
FRONT ELEVATION - EAST SIDE
FRONT ELEVATION - WEST SIDE
END ELEVATION - NORTH SIDE
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

BUILDING B SCALE 1: 250
Sheet 5 of 6 sheets
strata plan 1200 phase 1
RECORD OF BY-LAWS AND ORDERS, ETC.
FILING DOCUMENTS
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

Sheet 5 of 6 sheets
strata plan 1200 phase 1
DEALINGS AFFECTING THE COMMON PROPERTY.
REGISTRATION DOCUMENTS
NUMBER DATE NATURES & PARTICULARS
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

STRATA PLAN OF LOT BB OF SECTION 30 BLOCK 5 NORTH RANGE 5 WEST PLAN 55135 N.W.D
THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF RICHMOND.
BATHGATE WAY
NAME OF DEVELOPMENT
CIVIC ADDRESS
LEGEND
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

CONDOMINUM ACT
Second Sheet 2 of 4 Sheets
STRATA PLAN NW 1200
PHASE 2
CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL SECTION 8 (2)
SIGNATURES WITNESS
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

BUILDING A SCALE 1:250
Sheet 3 of 4 Sheets STRATA PLAN NW 1200 PHASE 2
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

BUILDING A SCALE 1:250
Sheet 4 of 4 Sheets STRATA PLAN NW 1200 PHASE 2
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

STRATA PLAN LOT 138 OF SECTION 30 BLOCK 5 NORTH RANGE 5 WEST PLAN 55135 N.W.D
THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF RICHMOND
BATHGATE WAY
LEGEND
NAME OF DEVELOPMENT
CIVIC ADDRESS
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

Sheet 2 of 4 5heets STRATA PLAN NW 1200 PHASES 3 AND 4
CONDONIUM ACT.
FORM 1 FORM 2 FORM 3
LOT NO. SHEET NO. SCHEDULE OF UNIT ENTITLEMENT UNIT ENTITLEMENT SCHEDULE OF INTERERST UPON DESTRUCTION INTEREST UPON DESTRUCTION
SCHEDULE OF VOTING RIGHTS
NUMBER OF VOTES
AGGREGATE 3681 18087 3681
SIGNATURES WITNESS OWNERS:
CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

BUILDING C SCALE 1:250
Sheet 3 of 5 Sheets STRATA PLAN NW 1200 PHASE 2
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

BUILDING D SCALE 1:250
Sheet 3 of 4 Sheets STRATA PLAN NW 1200 PHASE 2
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


LOGO

SCALE 1:250
Sheet 5 of 5 Sheets STRATA PLAN NW 1200 PHASE 3 AND 4
FRONT ELEVATION
BUILDING
C D
EAST WEST NORTH SIDE
END ELEVATION BUILDING D
Status: Filed Plan #: NWS1200 App #: N/A Ctrl # (Altered) RCVD: 1998-02-12 RQST: 2017-11-23 09.57.09


Schedule “B” – Option to Renew

Option to Renew. If the Tenant duly and punctually observes and performs the covenants, agreements and provisos in the Lease on the part of the Tenant to be observed and performed, the Tenant may, at the expiration of the Term upon the Tenant’s written request delivered to the Landlord not later than 6 months and not earlier than 12 months prior to the expiration of the Term, extend the Term for an additional one time period of five years (the “Renewal Term”) upon all the terms, covenants, agreements and provisos contained in the Lease except:

 

  (a)

the Basic Rent, which will be the then fair market rental which could reasonably be obtained by the Landlord for the Premises (based on the then current state of the Premises, and including the value of any fixtures or improvements in the Premises and excluding the Tenant’s trade fixtures) from a willing tenant dealing at arm’s length with the Landlord, having regard to all relevant circumstances, including the size, location and condition of the Premises, with no rent abatement or tenant inducements, provided that the annual Basic Rent payable during the Renewal Term will not be less than the annual Basic Rent (excluding any rent abatement or tenant inducements) payable during the last year of the Term. If the Landlord and the Tenant have not mutually agreed on the amount of such Basic Rent by three months prior to the commencement of the Renewal Term, then such Basic Rent will be decided by binding arbitration pursuant to the Arbitration Act (British Columbia), with the costs of such arbitration split equally between the Landlord and the Tenant; and

 

  (b)

this right of renewal.

Until the Basic Rent has been determined as provided herein, the Tenant will continue to pay Basic Rent at the rate prior to the Tenant’s exercise of this right of renewal, and upon determination of the Basic Rent payable during the Renewal Term, the Landlord and the Tenant will make the appropriate readjustments.


Schedule “C” – Tenant’s Right of First Refusal

Right of First Refusal. The Landlord hereby grants to the Tenant a right of first refusal (the “Right of First Refusal”), irrevocable within the Term of this Lease (including any Renewal Term) to purchase the Premises on the terms and conditions specified in this Schedule C. The Landlord hereby covenants and agrees that it will not, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term (including any Renewal Term), sell, agree to sell, transfer, or in any manner dispose of or agree to dispose of the Premises or any part of them except pursuant to a bona fide arm’s length offer (the “Third-party Offer”) that is for cash consideration only and in accordance with the following procedure:

 

  (a)

if the Landlord receives a Third-party Offer that it is prepared to accept, the Landlord will send a notice of its intention to accept such Third-party Offer together with a duplicate copy of such Third-party Offer to the Tenant;

 

  (b)

the notice and other documents sent to the Tenant pursuant to subclause (a) above will constitute an offer (the “Offer”) to the Tenant to sell to the Tenant the Premises on exactly the same terms and conditions as provided in the Third-party Offer;

 

  (c)

the Offer will be open for acceptance by the Tenant for a period of 7 days from the date the Offer is received by the Tenant;

 

  (d)

if the Tenant accepts the Offer by written notice to the Landlord within the time limit specified in subclause (c) above then there will be a binding agreement of purchase and sale for the Premises between the Tenant and the Landlord on the terms and conditions of the Offer;

 

  (e)

if the Tenant does not accept the Offer by written notice to the Landlord within the time limit specified in subclause (c) above then the Landlord may accept the Third-party Offer and may complete the sale and purchase contemplated therein;

 

  (f)

if the sale and purchase pursuant to the agreement constituted by the acceptance of the Third- party Offer does not complete on the intended closing date, or within three months after that if agreed to by the Landlord and the Third Party, then the Right of First Refusal will again continue to be binding between the Landlord and the Tenant on the terms and conditions of this Schedule C; and

 

  (g)

for greater clarity, the Third Party Offer, and the respective Right of First Refusal, may be for a portion of the Premises (for example, the offer may be for Unit 3 only or Unit 4 only) or for the Premises as a whole, as negotiated by the Landlord at its sole discretion. In any event, if the Tenant receives notice, as contemplated in the Right of First Refusal, of the sale, transfer or disposition of the Premises in its entirety (including both Unit 3 and Unit 4) the Tenant will not have the right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to only a portion of the Premises and will have to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to the Premises in its entirety.

The Tenant will have no right to assign this Right of First Refusal except to an affiliate of the Tenant. Time is of the essence of this Right of First Refusal.


Schedule “D” – Prohibited Uses

The Tenant will not conduct or advertise on or from the Premises as any part of its business any of the following ineligible activities:

 

(a)

businesses that are sexually exploitive or that are inconsistent with generally accepted community standards of conduct and propriety, including those that feature sexually explicit entertainment, products or services; businesses that are engaged in or associated with illegal activities;

 

(b)

businesses that operate as stand-alone nightclubs, bars, lounges, cabarets, casinos, discotheques, video arcades, pool and billiard halls, and similar operations;


Schedule “E” – Strata Plan NW1200 Bylaws


BYLAWS

STRATA PLAN - NW 1200

Preamble

These bylaws bind the strata corporation and the owners, tenants and occupants to the same extent as if the bylaws had been signed by the strata corporation and each owner, tenant and occupant and contained covenants on the part of the strata corporation with each owner, tenant and occupant and on the part of each owner, tenant and occupant with every other owner, tenant and occupant and with the strata corporation to observe and perform their provisions.

Unless otherwise stated, all terms have the meanings prescribed in the Strata Property Act, S.B.C. 1998, c. 43 (the “Act”).

Duties of Owners, Tenants, Occupants and Visitors

 

1.

Compliance with bylaws and rules

 

1.1

All owners, tenants, occupants and visitors must comply strictly with the bylaws and rules of the strata corporation adopted from time to time.

 

2.

Payment of strata fees and special levies

 

2.1

An owner must pay strata fees on or before the first day of the month to which the strata fees relate.

 

2.2

Where an owner fails to pay strata fees in accordance with bylaw 2.1, outstanding strata fees will be subject to an interest charge of 10% per annum, compounded annually.

 

2.3

In addition to interest, failure to pay strata fees on the due date will result in a fine of $50.00 for each contravention of bylaw 2.1.

 

2.4

An owner must provide the strata corporation or its agent with twelve (12) consecutive, monthly post-dated cheques for strata fees for the fiscal year of the strata corporation, dated as of the first day of each month or, if applicable, written authorization for monthly automatic debit from the owner’s bank account.

 

2.5

Failure by an owner to submit twelve (12) monthly, post-dated strata fee cheques or written authorization for automatic debit in accordance with bylaw 2.4 is a contravention of bylaw 2.4 and the strata corporation will levy a fine of $25.00 for each contravention. Each dishonoured cheque or dishonoured automatic debit will be subject an administration charge of $25.00.

 

2.6

Strata corporation must apply all funds first to outstanding charges or fines and then to strata fees.

 

2.7

A special levy is due and payable on the date or dates noted in the resolution authorizing the special levy.


2.8

Failure to pay a special levy on the due date will result in a fine of $50.00 for each contravention of bylaw 2.7.

 

2.9

Where an owner fails to pay a special levy in accordance with bylaw 2.7, outstanding special levies will be subject to an interest charge of 10% per annum, compounded annually.

 

3.

Repair and maintenance of property by owner

 

3.1

An owner must repair and maintain the owner’s strata lot, except for repair and maintenance that is the responsibility of the strata corporation under these bylaws.

 

3.2

An owner who has the use of limited common property must repair and maintain it, except for repair and maintenance that is the responsibility of the strata corporation under these bylaws.

 

4.

Use of property

 

4.1

An owner, tenant, occupant or visitor must not use a strata lot, the common property, limited common property or common assets in a way that causes a nuisance or hazard to another person,

 

  (a)

causes unreasonable noise,

 

  (b)

unreasonably interferes with the rights of other persons to use and enjoy the common property, common assets or another strata lot,

 

  (c)

is illegal, or

 

  (d)

is contrary to a purpose for which the strata lot or common property is intended as shown expressly or by necessary implication on or by the strata plan.

 

4.2

An owner, tenant, occupant or visitor must not cause a disturbance or interfere with the comfort of other owners, tenants, occupants or visitors.

 

4.3

An owner, tenant, occupant or visitor must not use musical, electronic or other sound producing devices in a strata lot or on common property, including limited common property which, in the opinion of the council, cause a disturbance or interfere with the comfort of other owners, tenants, occupants or visitors in a strata lot or on common property, including limited common property.

 

4.4

An owner tenant or occupant must keep all exterior strata lot doors fully closed when working inside a strata lot with hammers, air tools or electrical tools.

 

4.5

An owner, tenant, occupant or visitor must not cause damage, other than reasonable wear and tear, to the common property, common assets or those parts of a strata lot which the

 

2


  strata corporation must repair and maintain under these bylaws or insure under section 149 of the Act.

 

4.6

An owner is responsible for any damage caused by occupants, tenants, customers, employees, agents or visitors to the owner’s strata lot.

 

4.7

An owner shall indemnify and save harmless the strata corporation from the expense of any maintenance, repair or replacement rendered necessary to the common property, limited common property, common assets or to any strata lot by the owner’s act, omission, negligence or carelessness or by that of an owner’s visitors, occupants, customers, employees, agents or tenants, but only to the extent that such expense is not reimbursed from the proceeds received by operation of any insurance policy. In such circumstances, and for the purposes of bylaws 4.1, 4.5 and 4.6, any insurance deductible paid or payable by the strata corporation shall be considered an expense not covered by the proceeds received by the strata corporation as insurance coverage and will be charged to the owner.

 

4.8

No strata lot may be used for automotive purposes.

 

4.9

Bylaw 4.8 does not apply to strata lots 1 (1-12840 Bathgate Way), 6 (6-12840 Bathgate Way), 11 (11-12840 Bathgate Way), 16 (16-12840 Bathgate Way), 20 (2-12880 Bathgate Way), 21 (3-12880 Bathgate Way), 23 (5-12880 Bathgate Way), 24 (6-12880 Bathgate Way), 26 (8-12880 Bathgate Way) and 32 (12-12800 Bathgate Way) (the “Non- conforming Lots”) as long as the Non-conforming Lots are being continuously used for any automotive purposes after October 28, 1993, being the date this by-law was first adopted by the Strata Corporation. However, upon any of the Non-conforming Lots ceasing to be actively and continuously used for an automotive purpose, then this exception shall no longer apply and from that time forward bylaw 4.8 will apply to such strata lot, it will no longer be considered to be a Non-conforming Lot, and it may not at any time thereafter be sued for any automotive purpose. The decision of the Strata Council, acting reasonably, as to whether or not a Non-conforming Lot has ceased being used for an automotive purpose will be final and binding on the owners and occupiers form time to time of the strata lot in question.

 

    

For the purposes of bylaws 4. 8 and 4. 9, “ Automotive purposes” means, with respect to the use of a strata lot, the use of all or any portion of that strata lot for:

 

  (i)

any work on automobiles, motorcycles, trucks, boats, carts, trailers, and any other machine or equipment, which uses or involves an internal combustion engine;

 

  (ii)

any removal, repair, alteration, fabrication or installation of parts, components, systems or accessories from, to, for or on anything referred to in subsection (i) above; or

 

  (iii)

any sale at retail or wholesale, or any storage or distribution, of parts or accessories for anything referred to in subsection (i) above.

 

3


    

Bylaws 4.8 and 4.9 are inserted here for the convenience of owners only. Bylaws 4.8and 4.9 were filed by the owners on January 8, 1999 under registration number BNOO4465. Bylaw 4.8 and 4.9 remain in force and effect from January 8, 1999 and have not been repealed amended or replace since that date.

 

5.

Inform strata corporation

 

5.1

An owner must notify the strata corporation of:

 

  (a)

within two weeks of becoming an owner; the owner’s name and any occupants’ names, strata lot number and mailing address outside the strata plan, if any; and

 

  (b)

any mortgage or other dealing in connection with the strata lot within two weeks of such mortgaging or other dealing.

 

5.2

On request by the strata corporation, a tenant must inform the strata corporation of the tenant’s name.

 

6.

Obtain approval before altering a strata lot

 

6.1

An owner must obtain the written approval of the strata corporation before making or authorizing an alteration to a strata lot that involves any of the following:

 

  (a)

the structure of a building;

 

  (b)

the exterior of a building including the roof;

 

  (c)

patios, chimneys, stairs or other things attached to the exterior of a building;

 

  (d)

doors, windows or skylights on the exterior of a building, or that front on the common property;

 

  (e)

fences, railings or similar structures that enclose the common property;

 

  (f)

common property located within the boundaries of a strata lot;

 

  (g)

those parts of the strata lot, which the strata corporation must insure under section 149 of the Act;

 

  (h)

wiring, plumbing, piping, heating, ventilation, air conditioning and other services; and

 

  (i)

the installation of all signage.

 

6.2

The strata corporation must not unreasonably withhold its approval under bylaw 6.1, but may require as a condition of its approval that the owner agree, in writing, to take responsibility for any expenses relating to the alteration and to indemnify and hold harmless the strata corporation for any future costs in connection with the alteration.

 

4


6.3

An owner intending to apply to the strata corporation for permission to alter a strata lot must submit, in writing, detailed plans and written description of the intended alteration.

 

7.

Obtain approval before altering common property

 

7.1

An owner, occupant or tenant must not alter, or permit to be altered, a strata lot in any manner which, in the opinion of the council, will alter the exterior appearance of a building.

 

7.2

An owner must obtain the written approval of the strata corporation before making or authorizing an alteration to common property, including limited common property or common assets. For greater certainty, this bylaw 7.2 applies to the installation of all signage.

 

7.3

An owner, as part of its application to the strata corporation for permission to alter common property, limited common property or common assets, must:

 

  (a)

submit, in writing, detailed plans and description of the intended alteration;

 

  (b)

obtain all applicable permits, licenses and approvals from the appropriate governmental authorities and provide copies to the strata council; and

 

  (b)

obtain the consent of the owners by written approval of the strata council under bylaw 7.2.

 

7.4

The strata corporation may require, as a condition of its approval, that the owner agree, in writing, to certain terms and conditions, including, not exhaustively, the following:

 

  (a)

that alterations be done in accordance with the design or plans approved by the strata council or its duly authorized representatives;

 

  (b)

that the standard of work and materials be not less than that of the existing structures;

 

  (c)

that all work and materials necessary for the alteration be at the sole expense of the owner;

 

  (d)

that the owner from time to time of the strata lot receiving the benefit of an alteration to common property, limited common property or common assets must, for so long as the person remains an owner, be responsible for all present and future maintenance, repairs and replacements, increases in insurance, and any damage suffered or cost incurred by the strata corporation as a result, directly or indirectly, of the alterations to common property, limited common property or common assets;

 

  (e)

that the owner and any subsequent owner on title who receives the benefit of such alteration, must, with respect only to claims or demands arising during the time that they shall have been owner, indemnify and hold harmless the strata corporation, its council members, employees and agents from any and all claims and demands whatsoever arising out of or in any manner attributable to the

 

5


  alteration. Any costs or expenses incurred by the strata corporation as the result of such claim or demand will be the responsibility of the owner from time to time of the strata lot who has benefited from the alteration and the said costs or expenses incurred must be charged to that owner and shall be added to and become part of the strata fees of that owner for the month next following the date upon which the cost or expenses are incurred, but not necessarily paid by the strata corporation, and shall become due and payable on the due date of payment of monthly strata fees.

 

7.5

An owner who has altered common property, limited common property or common assets prior to the passage of these bylaws shall be subject to their content and intent to the extent that any damages suffered or costs incurred by the strata corporation as a result, directly or indirectly, of the alteration, must be borne by the owner who has benefited from the alteration.

 

7.6

An owner who, subsequent to the passage of bylaws 7.1 to 7.5 inclusive, alters common property or limited common property without adhering strictly to these bylaws, must restore, at the owner’s sole expense, the common property, limited common property or common assets, as the case may be, to its condition prior to the alteration. If the owner refuses or neglects to restore the alteration to its original condition, the strata corporation may conduct the restoration, at the expense of the owner who altered the common property or limited common property. The cost of such alteration shall be added to and become part of the strata fees of that owner for the month next following the date on which the cost was incurred and will become due and payable on the due date of payment of monthly strata fees.

 

8.

Permit entry to strata lot

 

8.1

An owner, tenant occupant or visitor must allow a person authorized by the strata corporation to enter the strata lot or limited common property;

 

  (a)

in an emergency, without notice, to ensure safety or prevent significant loss or damage;

 

  (b)

at a reasonable time, on 48 hours’ written notice,

 

  (i)

to inspect, repair, renew, replace or maintain common property, common assets and any portions of a strata lot that are the responsibility of the strata corporation to repair, replace, renew and maintain under these bylaws or the Act or to insure under section 149 of the Act; or to ensure an occupant’s compliance with the Act, bylaws and rules.

 

  (ii)

If forced entry to a strata lot is required due to required emergency access and the inability to contact the owner of the strata lot, the owner shall be responsible for all costs of forced entry incurred by the strata corporation.

 

6


8.2

The notice referred to in bylaw 8.1(b) must include the date and approximate time of entry, and the reason for entry.

Powers and Duties of Strata Corporation

 

9.

Repair and maintenance of property by strata corporation

 

9.1

The strata corporation must repair and maintain all of the following:

 

  (a)

common assets of the strata corporation;

 

  (b)

common property that has not been designated as limited common property;

 

  (c)

limited common property, but the duty to repair and maintain it is restricted to

 

  (i)

repair and maintenance that in the ordinary course of events occurs less often than once a year, and

 

  (ii)

the following, no matter how often the repair or maintenance ordinarily occurs:

 

  A.

the structure of a building;

 

  B.

the exterior of a building;

 

  C.

patios, chimneys, stairs, balconies and other things attached to the exterior of a building;

 

  D.

doors, windows and skylights on the exterior of a building or that front on common property;

 

  E.

fences, railings and similar structures that enclose common property;

 

  (d)

a strata lot, but the duty to repair and maintain it is restricted to

 

  (i)

the structure of a building,

 

  (ii)

the exterior of a building,

 

  (iii)

patios, chimneys, stairs, balconies and other things attached to the exterior of a building,

 

  (iv)

doors, windows and skylights on the exterior of a building or that front on common property, and

 

  (v)

fences, railings and similar structures that enclose common property.

 

7


9.2

If the strata corporation is required to enter a strata lot for the purpose of maintaining, repairing or renewing common property, the strata corporation, in carrying out any work or repairs, must do so in a proper and workmanlike manner and must make good any damage to the strata lot occasioned by such works and restore the strata lot to its former condition, leaving the strata lot clean and free from debris.

Council

 

10.

Council size

 

10.1

The council must have at least 3 and not more than 7 members.

 

11

Council eligibility

 

11.1

No person may stand for councillor continue to be on council with respect to a strata lot if the strata corporation is entitled to register a lien against that strata lot under section 116(1) of the Act.

 

11.2

No person may stand for councillor continue to be on council with respect to a strata lot if there are amounts owing to the strata corporation charged against the strata lot in respect of administration fees, bank charges, fines, penalties, interest or the costs, including the legal costs, of remedying a contravention of the bylaws or rules.

 

11.3

No person may stand for councillor continue to be on council with respect to a strata lot if there are amounts owing to the strata corporation charged against the strata lot in respect of administration fees, bank charges, fines, penalties, interest or the costs, including the legal costs, of remedying a contravention of the bylaws or rules for which the owner is responsible under section 131 of the Act.

 

12.

Council members’ terms

 

12.1

The term of office of a council member ends at the end of the annual general meeting at which the new council is elected.

 

12.2

A person whose term as council member is ending is eligible for re-election.

 

13.

Removing council member

 

13.1

Unless all the owners are on the council, the strata corporation may, by a resolution passed by a two-thirds (2/3) vote at an annual or special general meeting, remove one or more council members. The strata corporation must pass a separate resolution for each council member to be removed.

 

13.2

After removing a council member, the strata corporation may hold an election at the same annual or special general meeting to replace the council member for the remainder of the term or the remaining members of the council may appoint a replacement council member for the remainder of the term.

 

8


13.3

If the strata corporation removes all of the council members, the strata corporation must hold an election at the same annual or special general meeting to replace the council members for the remainder of the term up to, at least, the minimum number of council members required by bylaw of the strata corporation for the remainder of the term.

 

13.4

The council may appoint the remaining council members necessary to achieve a quorum for the strata corporation, even if the absence of the members being replaced leaves the council without a quorum.

 

13.5

A replacement council member appointed pursuant to bylaws 13.2 and 13.4 may be appointed from any person eligible to sit on the council.

 

14.

Replacing council member

 

14.1

If a council member resigns or is unwilling or unable to act, the remaining members of the council may appoint a replacement council member for the remainder of the term.

 

14.2

A replacement council member may be appointed from any person eligible to sit on the council.

 

14.3

The council may appoint a council member under bylaw 14.2 even if the absence of the member being replaced leaves the council without a quorum.

 

14.4

If all the members of the council resign or are unwilling or unable to act, persons holding at least 25% of the strata corporation’s votes may hold a special general meeting to elect a new council by complying with the provisions of the Act, the regulations and the bylaws respecting the calling and holding of meetings.

 

15.

Officers

 

15.1

At the first meeting of the council held after each annual general meeting of the strata corporation, the council must elect, from among its members, a president, a vice- president, a secretary and a treasurer.

 

15.2

A person may hold more than one office at a time, other than the offices of president and vice president.

 

15.3

The vice president has the powers and duties of the president

 

  (a)

while the president is absent or is unwilling or unable to act,

 

  (b)

if the president is removed, or

 

  (c)

for the remainder of the president’s term if the president ceases to hold office.

 

15.4

The strata council may vote to remove an officer.

 

9


15.5

If an officer other than the president is removed, resigns, is unwilling or unable to act, the council members may elect a replacement officer from among themselves for the remainder of the term.

 

16.

Calling council meetings

 

16.1

Any council member may call a council meeting by giving the other council members at least one week’s notice of the meeting, specifying the reason for calling the meeting.

 

16.2

The notice in bylaw 16.1 does not have to be in writing.

 

16.3

A council meeting may be held on less than one week’s notice if

 

  (a)

all council members consent in advance of the meeting, or

 

  (b)

the meeting is required to deal with an emergency situation, and all council members either

 

  (i)

consent in advance of the meeting, or

 

  (ii)

are unavailable to provide consent after reasonable attempts to contact them.

 

16.4

Bylaw 14(4) of the Schedule of Bylaws to the Act does not apply to the strata corporation.

 

17.

Requisition of council hearing

 

17.1

By application in writing, an owner or tenant may request a hearing at a council meeting stating the reasons for the request.

 

17.2

If a hearing is requested under bylaw 17.1, the council must hold a meeting to hear the applicant within one (1) month of the date of receipt by the council of the application.

 

17.3

If the purpose of the hearing is to seek a decision of the council, the council must give the applicant a written decision within one week of the date of the hearing.

 

18.

Quorum of council

 

18.1

A quorum of the council is

 

  (a)

1, if the council consists of one member,

 

  (b)

2, if the council consists of 2, 3 or 4 members,

 

  (d)

3, if the council consists of 5 or 6 members, and

 

  (e)

4, if the council consists of 7 members.

 

10


18.2

Council members must be present in person at the council meeting to be counted in establishing quorum.

 

19.

Council meetings

 

19.1

The council may meet together for the conduct of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it thinks fit.

 

19.2

At the option of the council, council meetings may be held by electronic means, so long as all council members and other participants can communicate with each other.

 

19.3

If a council meeting is held by electronic means, council members are deemed to be present in person.

 

19.4

Owners may attend council meetings as observers.

 

19.5

Despite bylaw 19.4, no observers may attend those portions of council meetings that deal with any of the following:

 

  (a)

bylaw contravention hearings under section 135 of the Act; or

 

  (b)

any other matters if the presence of observers would, in the council’s opinion, unreasonably interfere with an individual’s privacy.

 

20.

Voting at council meetings

 

20.1

At council meetings, decisions must be made by a majority of council members present in person at the meeting.

 

20.2

If there is a tie vote at a council meeting, the president may break the tie by casting a second, deciding vote.

 

20.3

The results of all votes at a council meeting must be recorded in the council meeting minutes.

 

21.

Council to inform owners of minutes

 

21.1

The council must circulate to or post for owners the minutes of all council meetings within 2 weeks of the meeting, whether or not the minutes have been approved.

 

22.

Delegation of council’s powers and duties

 

22.1

Subject to bylaws 22.2, 22.3 and 22.4, the council may delegate some or all of its powers and duties to one or more council members or persons who are not members of the council, and may revoke the delegation.

 

11


22.2

The council may delegate its spending powers or duties, but only by a resolution that:

 

  (a)

delegates the authority to make an expenditure of a specific amount for a specific purpose, or

 

  (b)

delegates the general authority to make expenditures in accordance with bylaw 22.3.

 

22.3

A delegation of a general authority to make expenditures must

 

  (a)

set a maximum amount that may be spent, and

 

  (b)

indicate the purposes for which, or the conditions under which, the money may be spent.

 

22.4

The council may not delegate its powers to determine, based on the facts of a particular case,

 

  (a)

whether a person has contravened a bylaw or rule, or

 

  (d)

whether a person should be fined, and the amount of the fine.

 

23.

Spending restrictions

 

23.1

A person may not spend the strata corporation’ s money unless the person has been delegated the power to do so in accordance with these bylaws.

 

23.2

Bylaw 21(2) of the Schedule of Bylaws to the Act does not apply to the strata corporation.

 

23.3

The strata corporation may, at the discretion of the council, cause the books and accounts of the strata corporation to be audited by a chartered accountant or certified general accountant and, when audited, submit the report of the auditor to the annual general meeting.

 

24.

Limitation on liability of council member

 

24.1

A council member who acts honestly and in good faith is not personally liable because of anything done or omitted in the exercise or intended exercise of any power or the performance or intended performance of any duty of the council.

 

24.2

Bylaw 24.1 does not affect a council member’s liability, as an owner, for a judgment against the strata corporation.

 

24.3

All acts done in good faith by the council are, even if it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment or continuance in office of a member of council, as valid as if the council member had been duly appointed or had duly continued in office.

 

12


Enforcement of Bylaws and Rules

 

25.

Fines

 

25.1

Except where specifically stated to be otherwise in these bylaws, the strata corporation may fine an owner or tenant:

 

  (a)

$200.00 for each contravention of a bylaw, and

 

  (b)

$50.00 for each contravention of a rule.

 

25.2

The council must, if it determines in its discretion that an owner, tenant or occupant is in repeated contravention of any bylaws or rules of the strata corporation, levy fines and the fines so levied shall be immediately added to the strata fees for the strata lot and shall be due and payable together with the strata fees for the strata lot in the next month following such contravention.

 

26.

Continuing contravention

 

26.1

Except where specifically stated to be otherwise in these bylaws, if an activity or lack of activity that constitutes a contravention of a bylaw or rule continues, without interruption, for longer than 7 days, a fine may be imposed every 7 days.

Annual and Special General Meetings

 

27.

Quorum of meeting

 

27.1

If within 1/2 hour from the time appointed for an annual or special general meeting, a quorum is not present, the meeting stands adjourned for a further 1/2 hour on the same day and at the same place. If within a further 1/2 hour from the time of the adjournment, a quorum is not present, the eligible voters, present in person or by proxy, constitute a quorum.

 

    

This bylaw 27.1 is an alternative to section 48(3) of the Act. This bylaw does not apply to a meeting demanded pursuant to section 43 of the Act and failure to obtain a quorum for a meeting demanded pursuant to section 43 terminates, and does not adjourn, that meeting.

 

28.

Person to chair meeting

 

28.1

Annual and special general meetings must be chaired by the president of the council.

 

28.2

If the president of the council is unwilling or unable to act, the meeting must be chaired by the vice president of the council.

 

13


28.3

If neither the president nor the vice president of the council chairs the meeting, a chair must be elected by the eligible voters present in person or by proxy from among those persons, eligible to vote, who are present at the meeting.

 

29.

Participation by other than eligible voters

 

29.1

Tenants and occupants may attend annual and special general meetings, whether or not they are eligible to vote.

 

29.2

Persons who are not eligible to vote, may not participate in the discussion at a meeting.

 

29.3

Tenants, who are not eligible to vote, must leave the meeting if requested to do so by a resolution passed by a majority vote at the meeting.

 

30.

Voting

 

30.1

Except on matters requiring a unanimous vote, the vote for a strata lot may not be exercised if the strata corporation is entitled to register a lien against that strata lot under section 116( 1) of the Act.

 

30.2

Except on matters requiring a unanimous vote, the vote for a strata lot may not be exercised if there are amounts owing to the strata corporation charged against the strata lot in respect of administration fees, bank charges, fines, penalties, interest or the costs, including the legal costs, of remedying a contravention of the bylaws or rules.

 

30.3

Except on matters requiring a unanimous vote, the vote for a strata lot may not be exercised if there are amounts owing to the strata corporation charged against the strata lot in respect of administration fees, bank charges, fines, penalties, interest or the costs, including the legal costs, of remedying a contravention of the bylaws or rules, including legal costs, for which the owner is responsible under section 131 of the Act.

 

30.4

At an annual or special general meeting, voting cards must be issued to eligible voters.

 

30.5

At an annual or special general meeting a vote is decided on a show of voting cards, unless an eligible voter requests a precise count.

 

30.6

If a precise count is requested, the chair must decide whether it will be by show of voting cards or by roll call, secret ballot or some other method.

 

30.7

The outcome of each vote, including the number of votes for and against the resolution if precise count is requested, must be announced by the chair and recorded in the minutes of the meeting.

 

30.8

If there is a tie vote at an annual or special general meeting, the president, or, if the president is absent or unable or unwilling to vote, the vice president, may break the tie by casting a second, deciding vote.

 

30.9

Despite anything in bylaws 30.1 to 30.8 (inclusive), an election of council or removal of a council member must be held by secret ballot, if the secret ballot is requested by an Eligible voter.

 

14


31.

Electronic attendance at meetings - Delete.

 

32.

Order of business

 

32.1

The order of business at annual and special general meetings is as follows:

 

  (a)

certify proxies and corporate representatives and issue voting cards;

 

  (b)

determine that there is a quorum;

 

  (c)

elect a person to chair the meeting, if necessary;

 

  (d)

present to the meeting proof of notice of meeting or waiver of notice;

 

  (e)

approve the agenda;

 

  (f)

approve minutes from the last annual or special general meeting;

 

  (g)

deal with unfinished business;

 

  (h)

receive reports of council activities and decisions since the previous annual general meeting, including reports of committees, if the meeting is an annual general meeting;

 

  (i)

ratify any new rules made by the strata corporation under section 125 of the Act;

 

  (j)

report on insurance coverage in accordance with section 154 of the Act, if the meeting is an annual general meeting;

 

  (k)

approve the budget for the corning year in accordance with section 103 of the Act, if the meeting is an annual general meeting;

 

  (l)

deal with new business, including any matters about which notice has been given under section 45 of the Act;

 

  (m)

elect a council, if the meeting is an annual general meeting;

 

  (n)

terminate the meeting.

Voluntary Dispute Resolution

 

33.

Voluntary’ dispute resolution

 

33.1

A dispute among owners, tenants, the strata corporation or any combination of them may be referred to a dispute resolution committee by a party to the dispute if

 

  (a)

all the parties to the dispute consent, and

 

  (b)

the dispute involves the Act, the regulations, the bylaws or the rules.

 

15


33.2

A dispute resolution committee consists of

 

  (a)

one owner or tenant of the strata corporation nominated by each of the disputing parties and one owner or tenant chosen to chair the committee by the persons nominated by the disputing parties, or

 

  (b)

any number of persons consented to, or chosen by a method that is consented to, by all the disputing parties.

 

33.3

The dispute resolution committee must attempt to help the disputing parties to voluntarily end the dispute.

Small Claims Court Proceedings

 

34.

Authorization to proceed

 

34.1

The strata corporation may proceed under the Small Claims Act, without further authorization by the owners, to recover from an owner, by an action in debt in Small Claims Court, money owing to the strata corporation, including money owing as administration fees, bank charges, fines, penalties, interest or the costs, including legal costs, of remedying a contravention of the bylaws or rules and to recover money which the strata corporation is required to expend as a result of the owner’s act, omission, negligence or carelessness or by that of an owner’s visitors, occupants, guests, employees, agents, tenants or a member of the owner’s family.

Marketing Activities by Owners and Occupants

 

35.

Sale of a strata lot

 

35.1

Real estate signs must not be displayed in a strata lot or on the common property except in the location designated by the strata corporation for real estate signs.

Insurance

 

36.

Insuring against major perils

 

36.1

The strata corporation must insure against major perils, as set out in regulation 9.1 (2), including, without limitation, earthquakes.

Parking

 

37.

Parking

 

37.1

The strata council may allocate parking stalls to the owners in such manner as it sees fit. No person may park any boat, trailer or camper or other similar item on common property, limited common property or land that is a common asset.

 

37.2

An owner, occupant, tenant, employee, customer, agent, or visitor leaving a parked vehicle on the common property, limited common property or land that is a common asset does so at their own risk. The strata corporation is not liable for any loss or damage to such vehicle.

 

16


37.3

An owner, occupant, tenant, employee, customer, agent or visitor must not store a vehicle on common property, limited common property or on land that is a common asset.

 

37.4

An owner, occupant, tenant, employee, customer, agent or visitor must not park a vehicle on common property, limited common property or land that is a common asset if that vehicle is:

 

  (a)

not roadworthy;

 

  (b)

unlicensed; or

 

  (c)

uninsured.

 

    

On request by council, a vehicle owner must provide proof of current vehicle insurance, satisfactory to the council.

 

37.5

An owner, occupant or tenant must not park on any part of the common property, limited common property or land that is a common asset except in parking stalls designated for their strata lot, without prior written permission of the council.

 

37.7

An owner, occupant or tenant must not park at any time of day or night in parking stalls designated as visitor stalls.

 

37.8

Employees and visitors may park in parking stalls designated for visitor parking stalls for a maximum of 12 hours in a 24 hour period, whether or not those hours are consecutive hours.

 

37.9

An owner, occupant or tenant must not park a vehicle or permit a vehicle to be parked or left unattended in a way that interferes with or obstructs no parking zones, access lanes, sidewalks, walkways, passages, driveways, or parking stalls assigned to other strata lots.

 

37.10

An owner, occupant or tenant must ensure that visitors, customers, employees and agents do not park a vehicle or permit a vehicle to be parked or be left unattended in a way that interferes with or obstructs no parking zones, access lanes, sidewalks, walkways, passages, driveways, or parking stalls assigned to other strata lots.

 

37.11

No person may double-park a vehicle.

 

37.12

A vehicle parked in contravention of any of bylaws 37.1 to 37.11 (inclusive) will be subject to removal by a towing company authorized by council, and all costs associated with such removal will be charged to the owner of the strata lot.

 

37.13

An owner, occupant, tenant or visitor must not use any parking area as a work area for carpentry, renovations, repairs (including, but not exhaustively, sawing, drilling and the use of any adhesive or hardening compounds) or perform any work on vehicles, including not exhaustively replacing or removing any automotive fluids, sanding, painting, motor tune ups, repairs whether mechanical or otherwise.

 

37.14

An owner must not sell; lease or license parking stalls to any person.

 

17


37.15

An owner, occupant, or visitor operating a vehicle in the parking areas must not exceed 10 km/hour.

 

37.16

An owner, occupant or tenant may wash a vehicle, but must do so in a manner does not cause a nuisance or annoyance to other owners, occupants or tenants. Once washing is completed, the owner, occupant or tenant must hose down the area and remove all dirt, refuse and excess water.

Appearance of strata lots

 

38.

Cleanliness

 

38.1

An owner, tenant or occupant must not allow a strata lot to become unsanitary or untidy. Rubbish, dust, garbage, boxes, packing cases and other similar refuse must not be thrown, piled or stored on common property.

 

38.2

An owner, occupant, employee, customer, agent, or tenant leaving any personal property on the common property does so at his or her own risk. The strata corporation is not liable for any loss or damage to such personal property.

 

38.3

Personal property left on the common property may be removed and disposed of by the strata corporation at the risk and expense of the owner.

 

39.

Miscellaneous

 

39.1

An owner, tenant or visitor must not hinder or restrict sidewalks, entrances, exits and other parts of the common property. Hindrance and restriction includes the keeping of personal items and garbage.

 

39.2

An owner, occupant or tenant must not erect or display or permit to be erected or displayed any signs, fences, billboards, placards, advertising, notices or other fixtures of any kind on the common property or in a strata lot, unless authorized by the council. This shall include exterior painting and the addition of wood, ironwork, concrete or other materials.

 

39.3

An owner, occupant or tenant must not display or erect fixtures, poles, racks, storage sheds and similar structures permanently or temporarily on common property, limited common property or land that is a common asset.

 

39.4

An owner, occupant or tenant must not erect or hang over or outside any window or door of a strata lot or on the common property, awnings, shades or screens with the prior written consent of the council. No television antenna, satellite dish or similar structure or appurtenances thereto may be erected on or fastened to the common property, limited common property or any strata lot except as approved and authorized by the council.

 

39.5

An owner, occupant or tenant must not do any act or thing or neglect or fail to do any act or thing which would or could increase the risk of fire or the rate of fire insurance premium with respect thereto.

 

18


39.6

An owner, occupant or tenant must not do or permit to be done anything that may cause damage to trees, plants, bushes, flowers or lawns, and grounds so as to damage trees, plants bushes or lawns or to interfere with the cutting or watering of the lawns of the maintenance of the common property generally.

 

39.7

An owner, occupant or tenant must report immediately to the strata council, or its designated representative, any failure of the water pipes, sprinkler or electrical systems likely to cause danger or damage.

 

39.8

An owner, occupant or tenant must not store any personal property on common property, limited common property or land that is a common asset.

 

39.9

An owner, occupant or tenant must not store hazardous or flammable substances on common property, limited common property or land that is a common asset.

 

39.10

An owner, occupant or tenant having a waste disposal container on strata property must keep the lids closed when not in active use and is responsible for keeping the area around such container clean and free of debris.

 

40.

Severability

 

40.1

The provisions of these bylaws are deemed to be independent and severable and the invalidity in whole or in part of any bylaw shall not affect the validity of the remaining bylaws or portions thereof, which shall continue in full, force and effect as if such invalid portion or portions had never been included herein.

 

19

Exhibit 10.27

AGREEMENT FOR PILOT LINE OPERATION

BY AND BETWEEN

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION

AND

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

 

Page  1  of 28


PILOT LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT

This Pilot Line Operation Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of 31 July, 2006 (“Effective Date”) by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation, a Delaware corporation with offices located at 198 Champion Court, San Jose, California, 95134(“Cypress”) and D-Wave Systems Inc., a company continued under the federal laws of Canada and having its head office at Suite 100 - 4401 Still Creek Drive, Burnaby, British Columbia, V5C 6G9 (“Customer”) (the “Party” or “Parties” as applicable).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Cypress owns and operates its 8” wafer pilot line (interchangeably referred to as “Lines” or “Pilot Lines”) in its facilities in San Jose;

WHEREAS, the Line is equipped to run various Cypress process technologies;

WHEREAS, Customer desires to purchase available capacity of Pilot Lines, such capacity to be used by Customer for the manufacture of wafers.

WHEREAS, Customer desires a license to certain process technology and Cypress desires to grant to Customer certain modules of its existing process technology as necessary for Customer’s use and operation of the Pilot Lines.

NOW THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Affiliateshall mean any entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Cypress or Customer. For purposes of this definition, “control” shall mean beneficial ownership of (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares of the subject entity entitled to vote in the election of directors (or, in the case of an entity that is not a corporation, for the election of the corresponding managing authority); or (ii) such lesser percentage as is the maximum control or ownership right permitted in the country where the subject entity exists. A “Wholly Owned Affiliate” shall mean an entity that is at least eighty percent (80%) controlled by a Party to this Agreement.

Section 1.2 “Change of Controlshall mean an event or series of related events under which (a) an unrelated third party is or becomes the beneficial owner of shares of stock of a Party representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding capital stock or interests entitled to vote generally in elections of such Party’s directors (the “Voting Interests”), as measured immediately following its acquisition of such shares, or (b) a Party consolidates or merges with or into an unrelated third party, or conveys, transfers or leases all or substantially all of its assets to an unrelated third party, if the shareholders of a party’s Voting Interests immediately before such transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, immediately following such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the

 

Page  2  of 28


combined voting power of the outstanding voting interests of the entity resulting from such transaction.

Section 1.3Engineering Activitiesmeans any non-standard Activity requested by Customer, said non-standard Activity as defined in Cypress specification 001-05660. Customer will pay additional costs for Engineering Activities as necessary and requested by Customer herein. Requests for Engineering Activities and the additional charges for such non-standard Activities shall be as defined in the Cypress specification 001-05660.

Section 1.4 “Engineering Servicesmeans services performed by Cypress’s personnel, agents or subcontractors.

Section 1.5 “Intellectual Property Rightsshall mean any or all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) all Patent Rights; (ii) all trade secrets and other rights in know-how and confidential or proprietary information; (iii) all copyrights, copyrights registrations and applications therefor and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world; (iv) all mask works, mask work registrations and applications therefor, and any equivalent or similar rights in semiconductor masks, superconductor masks, layouts, architectures or topology; and (v) any corresponding or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.

Section 1.6 “Lineor “Pilot Line” shall mean the pilot semiconductor wafer manufacturing line at the Premises, or any alternative replacement or substitute site thereto, as equipped to build 8” wafers, as the case may be.

Section 1.7 A Moveor “Activityshall mean one (1) wafer going through one (1) wafer production process step as delineated by Cypress in its normal operating practice as consistently applied. A wafer production process step constitutes the manipulations, actions performed and/or taken, and processes, procedures and/or associated equipment used in a single physical transformation of a wafer or one or more layers thereon, including, but not limited to: (i) forming, depositing or growing a dielectric, semiconductive, superconductive and/or conductive material layer; (ii) removing, etching or polishing a dielectric, semiconductive, superconductive and/or conductive material layer; (iii) (selectively) irradiating, patterning, masking and/or developing one (or more) layers of polymeric, dielectric, semiconductive, superconductive and/or conductive materials; (iv) implanting dopant atoms, ions or compounds through or into a dielectric, semiconductive, superconductive and/or conductive material layer, or otherwise changing or altering the chemical composition of such materials; (v) annealing, alloying, hardening, softening, planarizing or roughening a dielectric, semiconductive, superconductive and/or conductive material layer; and (vi) electrical testing of wafers at 30 minutes per wafer or less.

Section 1.8Minimum Batch Sizeshall mean the minimum total number of wafers in a Process Batch.

 

Page  3  of 28


Section 1.9 “Moves per Inventory” (M/I) is defined as the activities generated in a given day divided by the average Work In Progress (WIP) that is not on hold for engineering development or on problem lot for engineering evaluation.

Section 1.10 Non-Hold WIP” shall mean wafers which can be processed and are not subject to any move-restrictions by Customer.

Section 1.11 “Patent Rightsshall mean all of the following to the extent entitled to an Effective Filing Date prior to and during the term of this Agreement, and claiming, covering or encompassing any invention, design or other subject matter incorporated in a module or otherwise derived directly or indirectly from or related directly or indirectly to their activities on the Line: (i) all patents, utility models, design registrations, certificates of invention and other governmental grants for the protection of inventions or industrial designs anywhere in the world and all reissues, renewals, re-examinations and extensions thereof; (ii) all applications for any of the foregoing including without limitation any international, provisional, divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, and continuing prosecution applications; and (iii) all rights in, arising out of, or associated with any of the foregoing anywhere in the world. As used above, “Effective Filing Date” means the earliest effective priority filing date in the particular country for any patent, utility model, design registration, certificate of invention or other governmental grant for the protection of inventions or industrial designs or any application for any of the foregoing, as determined on a claim by claim basis. By way of example, it is understood that the Effective Filing Date for a United States Patent is the earlier of (i) the actual filing date of the United States patent application which issued into such patent, (ii) the priority date under 35 U.S.C. § 119 for such patent, or (iii) the priority date under 35 U.S.C. § 120 for such patent.

Section 1.12 Pilot Product” means wafer manufactured by Cypress for testing by Customer hereunder prior to qualification by Customer per Customer’s qualification specifications, excluding all Pre-Pilot Products.

Section 1.13 “Premisesshall mean Cypress’ wafer fabrication facility located at 3901 North First Street, San Jose, CA 95134.

Section 1.14 Pre-Pilot Product” means prototypes of Products provided to Customer by Cypress.

Section 1.15 “Problem Lotmeans a Process Batch or Process Lot that is not moveable due to unforeseen issues that must be dispositioned by engineering.

Section 1.16 “Process Engineermeans an employee or contractor of Cypress assigned by Cypress to provide services to Customer under this Agreement.

Section 1.17 Process Lotor Process Batch” shall mean a group of wafers that are processed together as a group.

Section 1.18 “Production Productmeans products or wafers ordered by Customer after qualification and issuance of a prototype approval by Customer.

 

Page  4  of 28


Section 1.19 Proprietary Product” shall mean a product made and/or sold by a Party hereto with respect to which: (i) there is no product made or sold by the other Party hereto or by a third party that is pin-compatible with such product; (ii) has the same form, fit and function as a product defined in subsection (i) of this Section; or (iii) the making or selling Party is legally or contractually restricted from granting further licenses to make or sell such product.

Section 1.20 “Resident Dateshall mean the date that Customer defines as the date in which they will commence Activity Allocation with the ability to place people at the Premises.

Section 1.21 “Standard Operating Procedureor SOPshall mean Cypress’s then-current standard pilot line operating procedure, including the standard operating manual, specification, and other applicable documentation.

Section 1.22 Wafer Starts” shall mean the amount of new wafers that shall be allowed into the line.

ARTICLE II

PILOT LINE OPERATION

Section 2.1 Pilot Line Operation. Cypress operates the Pilot Line on seven days a week, for a total of one hundred sixty eight (168) hours per week. Cypress operates the Pilot Line in accordance with its standard pilot line SOP. The Pilot Lines are operated on a four-shift basis per week. Cypress shall provide Customer a copy of its then-current SOP prior to the Effective Date.

Section 2.2 Activity Allocation to Customer.

(a) Cypress will continue to operate the Pilot Line in accordance with its then current SOP. Cypress shall allocate Wafer Starts on a weekly basis and review and assign Activities on a daily basis, and shall provide the detail of such Activity allocation in Exhibit A attached hereto.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the allocation of Activities to Customer will be made by Cypress in its sole reasonable discretion and in accordance with Cypress’ SOP for the allocation of Activities for Cypress’ own use. Cypress shall ensure that Customer will have no lesser priority in such allocation over the course of each day (including with respect to use of all equipment on the Line) than the priority of Cypress’ internal operating divisions and other Cypress Pilot Line partners for each day during such period.

(c) Customer will have the responsibility of maintaining Customer’s Non-Hold WIP (Work In Progress) at levels defined by Cypress to ensure they receive their Activity Allocation. Cypress will not be held accountable for Activity Allocation missed by Customer if Customer does not maintain the Non-Hold WIP level required by Cypress. The standard procedure for calculating Non-Hold WIP is as follows:

 

Page  5  of 28


Daily Required Non-Hold WIP =       Quarterly Activity Allocation  
      (13 wk/qtr x 7 day/wk x 1.5 M/I)  

(d) The minimum Process Batch size is twelve (12) wafers for wafers in the Pre-Pilot, Pilot Production and Production Phases. Any process batch that is smaller than 12 wafers will be charged as if 12 wafers are in the Process Batch, thus the minimum activity charge is 12 for any step. The Maximum Process Batch size is 25 wafers.

Section 2.3 Carryforward. Customer acknowledges that if for any reason whatever (including without limitation a fall in yield rates or other cause outside of Customer’s independent control) it does not use during any Cypress fiscal quarter the Activities allotted to it by Cypress as aforesaid, Customer shall not have the right to carry forward any unused Activity allocation into any subsequent Cypress fiscal quarter.

Section 2.4 Payment.

(a) Cypress shall invoice Customer quarterly for the Activities carried out on behalf of Customer in that quarter at a cost of $[*****] per Activity.

(b) The Activity unit cost includes:

(i) access to the equipment listed in Exhibit B;

(ii) access to Cypress’ MES (Manufacturing Execution System) system (Ingres) to provide equipment status, particle monitoring data, process control charts and operations reports;

(iii) the on-site support referred to in Section 2.9 below; and

(iv) up to [*****] hours ([*****] hours per week x 13 weeks) of engineering support in the first three (3) months following the Resident Date, including training, initial recipe consultation, initial run card set up and verification.

(c) Activities completed outside Cypress shall be invoiced to Customer at Cypress’ cost and shall also be charged as an activity against Customer’s activity allocation.

Section 2.5 Additional Allocations. If Customer desires, upon a thirty (30) day notice, they may increase their Move allocation by up to 35% for a fiscal quarter at a cost of $[*****] per Move. Additional allocations shall be provided at Cypress’ sole discretion, and according to payment terms to be negotiated by the Parties.

Section 2.6 Resident Date. Customer shall notify Cypress of its Resident Date, as applicable, within four (4) weeks from the Effective Date.

 

Page  6  of 28


Section 2.7 Safety. Customer acknowledges that safety is of utmost importance to Cypress. Customer shall comply with Cypress’s environmental, health, and safety site policies, procedures, and programs. It is the Customer’s responsibility to understand all site policies, procedures, and programs relating to environmental protection, safety and health and to ensure that Customer’s employees and subcontractors understand and comply with such policies, procedures, and programs. This includes, but is not limited to, Chemical Handling, Lock-Out-Tag-Out, EHS and OHS safety rules, tool and use of safety gear. Customer also understands that all chemicals brought on to the Premises or any Cypress location must be approved by Cypress’s Environmental Health and Safety officer in order to maintain compliance with Local, State and Federal codes.

Section 2.8 Line Management.

(a) Cypress’s Managing Director of SVTC shall exercise day-to-day managerial authority over the Line, including without limitation over the allocation of Activities, within the parameters established by this Agreement. Subject to the remainder of this Section, Cypress’s Managing Director of SVTC shall also be in charge of all aspects of the operation, development and planning of the Line.

(b) An operating committee (“Operating Committee”) shall be constituted of employees of each Party with decision-making authority and shall meet once every two weeks at a regularly scheduled time to review operational results and approve future operational matters, including changes to the Pilot Line operating procedures. The Operating Committee shall attempt to resolve by good faith negotiations any operating disputes that arise with respect to the Line, or any other disputes arising under this Agreement, except as specifically set forth herein.

(c) Cypress shall hold a daily Pilot Line operations meeting in which the daily Activities on the Line are reviewed, discussed and planned. A representative of Customer (which may be a Process Engineer or Customer Personnel) is expected to attend all operations meetings.

Section 2.9 Limited Support for Customer Personnel. Customer acknowledges that Cypress will not be providing support or facilities for Customer Personnel except as shall be set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, and in particular without limiting the generality of the foregoing shall not make available to any such persons any clerical, administrative or technical support personnel other than for the limited purposes explicitly referred to herein. In addition to the cubicle or other office space made available to Customer Personnel hereunder, Cypress shall make available office telephones and internet connectivity in each cubicle and shall provide access to conference rooms (subject to allowing access to such rooms on an equal priority basis to other Cypress Pilot Line partners), break rooms, printers, faxes, copiers, equipment for engineering only time for recipe development or optimization (subject to allowing access to such equipment on an equal priority basis to other Cypress Pilot Line partner engineering only time), and reasonable IT support for each of the Customer Personnel. Cypress shall also ensure that all Customer Personnel are provided prompt and unqualified access at all times to data and information residing on Cypress equipment and computers relevant to Customer, including,

 

Page  7  of 28


without limitation, recipes, move information, WIP information, M/I metric data, run cards, e-test data and lab data.

ARTICLE III

PROCESS ENGINEERING SERVICES

Section 3.1 Engineering Services.

(a) Cypress shall provide [*****] full-time (40 working hours per week, 52 weeks per year) Process Engineers to conduct Engineering Activities in support for process development and integration of Customer’s process technologies into the Pilot Line. The Process Engineers shall provide services in accordance with the roles and responsibilities specified in Exhibit D attached hereto.

(b) Customer shall have the right to reduce the amount of Engineering Services required on ninety (90) days written notice to Cypress.

(c) If Customer desires, upon a thirty (30) day notice, they may request additional Engineering Activities and/or Process Engineers from Cypress. Additional allocations shall be provided at Cypress’ sole discretion, and according to payment terms to be negotiated by the Parties.

Section 3.2 Nomination of Process Engineers.

(a) Cypress shall nominate the Process Engineers within two (2) weeks from the Effective Date, and shall provide Customer with details as to each Process Engineer’s education, experience and employment history.

(b) Within one (1) week Customer shall advise Cypress whether the nominated Process Engineers are acceptable. Customer shall have the right to reject a Process Engineer on reasonable grounds, including but not limited to, suitability of the Process Engineer’s education, experience and employment history.

(c) In the event Customer rejects a Process Engineer, Cypress shall nominate an alternate Process Engineer within one (1) week of Customer’s notice of rejection. Customer shall advise Cypress as to the acceptability of the alternate Process Engineer within one (1) week of Cypress’ nomination of same.

(d) Within two (2) weeks of Customer’s notification to Cypress of the acceptability of the Process Engineers, the Process Engineers shall be assigned to Customer.

Section 3.3 Dedication of Process Engineers. The Process Engineers assigned to Customer shall be dedicated solely to Customer during the term of this Agreement and shall not be reassigned by Cypress without Customer’s written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

Page  8  of 28


Section 3.4 Replacement of Process Engineers.

(a) Customer shall have the right to require replacement of a Process Engineer on reasonable grounds, including but not limited to, progress on the Engineering Activities and the working relationship of the Process Engineer with Customer Personnel.

(b) In the event Customer notifies Cypress that replacement of a Process Engineer is required, Cypress shall nominate an alternate Process Engineer in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2 above.

Section 3.5 Payment.

(a) Cypress shall invoice Customer [*****] at the end of each quarter for Engineering Services and Customer will not be liable to Cypress for any other costs in relation to the Engineering Services or the Process Engineers, including but not limited to insurance, employment-related benefits, vacation, taxes or pension costs.

(b) In the event the level of Engineering Services is reduced by Customer, Cypress shall invoice Customer an amount equivalent to the proportionate reduction of working hours of the Process Engineers.

Section 3.6 Direction of Process Engineers.

(a) The Process Engineers shall carry out the Engineering Activities at Customer’s sole direction.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 3.6(a) or any other provisions of the Agreement, the Parties acknowledge that the Process Engineers shall remain employees of Cypress, and nothing in this Agreement renders the Process Engineers employees of Customer for the purposes of this Agreement or at law, nor do the Process Engineers have any express or implied right or authority to assume or create any obligations on behalf of or in the name of Customer or to bind Customer to any contract, agreement or undertaking with any third party.

ARTICLE IV

EQUIPMENT

Section 4.1 The Pilot Line. The Pilot Line is equipped to run various process technologies utilizing the equipment listed in Exhibit B.

Section 4.2 Equipment Ownership for the Line. Except as otherwise set forth herein, Cypress shall own and bear all the costs associated with ownership of the Line.

Section 4.3 Customer Equipment.

 

Page  9  of 28


(a) Upon Customer’s request, Cypress shall, at its sole discretion, permit Customer to install Customer Equipment in a clean room on the Premises. Customer shall bear the responsibility and cost of such installation and clean room rental. “Customer Equipment” shall mean and include any upgrades to Customer Equipment and any equipment on the Line owned by Customer. Customer shall pay the applicable taxing authority each tax invoice with respect to Customer Equipment. Customer shall also pay all costs to upgrade such Customer Equipment, provided that any such upgrade is performed in accordance with Customer’s specifications. Cypress warrants that Customer has the right to remove any Customer Equipment in a way that minimizes disturbance to the Line on reasonable notice without any financial responsibility to Cypress. Customer shall bear the cost of installation, deinstallation and removal of Customer Equipment and any damages resulting therefrom.

(b) Customer shall bear all costs associated with ownership of any Customer Equipment or upgrade, including sales or use taxes or property taxes imposed on or otherwise determined on the basis of any such equipment or upgrade, and any insurance costs associated with Customer Equipment. Neither party shall undertake any upgrade to equipment solely owned by the other party, without such other party’s prior written approval.

(c) Cypress shall have no responsibility to Customer for loss or damage to any Customer Equipment, unless such damage or loss is caused by an act or omission of Cypress.

(d) Customer shall have no responsibility to Cypress for loss or damage to any equipment solely owned and used by Cypress, unless such loss or damage is caused by an act or omission of Customer.

(e) Customer shall be responsible for securing insurance for Customer Equipment on Premises or Cypress’s facilities.

Section 4.4 Equipment Maintenance. Except as set forth elsewhere herein, Cypress shall cover the costs of maintaining all equipment and upgrades installed at all times on the Line, excluding the costs of maintaining Customer Equipment (as defined below).

Section 4.5 Use of Equipment. All equipment listed in Exhibit B may be used in manufacturing the products of either Party without cost to Customer other than such amount payable under ARTICLE VI. Customer Equipment shall only be used to manufacture Customer products or otherwise for the benefit of Customer and for no other purpose. Customer will not have access to equipment that is not included in Exhibit B under this contract unless the new equipment replaces a piece of equipment listed in Exhibit B.

Section 4.6 Right of Access to Equipment. Customer acknowledges that Cypress owns or otherwise assumes responsibility for the infrastructure and facilities supporting the Line, as well as the equipment comprising the Line on the date hereof. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, each Party hereto shall have an unimpeded right of access to all equipment and upgrades on the Line as if such Party was the co-owner of all such equipment or upgrade.

 

Page  10  of 28


Section 4.7 Customer solely owned equipment. Cypress, at its sole discretion, may allow Customer to make modifications to the Premises reasonably necessary for the installation and operation of the Customer Equipment. Customer shall also follow all Local, State, and Federal codes in the installation of their equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Customer shall be entitled to enter immediately upon Premises and take possession of the Customer Equipment if it is being misused or used in breach of this Agreement. Customer shall pay for the cost of installing Customer Equipment on the Premises, provided that Customer has provided its prior written approval of such cost. Cypress shall have no obligation to install or permit the installation of Customer Equipment on the Premises if Customer refuses to pay for such installation.

ARTICLE V

CUSTOMER PERSONNEL

Section 5.1 Moving to Cypress Facilities. Subject in each case to Cypress’s prior review and approval (which may not be unreasonably withheld), any time after the Resident Date, and with a four-week prior written notice to Cypress, Customer may move a maximum of 2 employees into 1 double cubicle or other office space to be provided by Cypress at the Premises.

Section 5.2 Status of Personnel.

(a) Customer acknowledges that all of the responsibilities and duties of the employer of all employees, contractors and agents (“Personnel”, and, for greater clarity, Customer Personnel explicitly excludes the Process Engineers) of Customer working at Cypress’ facilities with respect to such persons’ compliance with Customer’s obligations under this Agreement are those of Customer, and covenants and agrees that Customer itself will assume responsibility for such persons’ compliance as stated above. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Customer shall itself impose on each of the Customer Personnel all of such persons’ obligations hereunder, by contract or otherwise, and otherwise ensure that the principal duty of each of the Customer Personnel shall be to Customer, notwithstanding the location of such employee’s place of work and the constraints imposed there.

(b) Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless Cypress against and from any claim, loss, cost expense or damage, including attorney’s fees and other legal expenses (“Loss”), against or suffered by Cypress or any Affiliate of Cypress resulting from any third party claim or claim by Customer (i) that any such Customer Personnel is an employee of Cypress (such Losses including without limitation any employee benefit that any such person claims to be entitled to from Cypress as an employee of Cypress, unless a binding determination is made that such a person is actually an employee of Cypress, and not Customer Personnel), (ii) based upon any grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful act or grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful omission of any such person (such Losses including without limitation any fire or other catastrophic loss to the Line or any significant portion of the Line attributable to any such grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful act or grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful

 

Page  11  of 28


omission, or (iii) based upon any breach by any such person of any obligation of that person to Customer imposed by this Agreement.

(c) If the entire Line is shut down solely as a result of grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful acts or omissions of Customer Personnel, Cypress shall be entitled to recover from Customer all Losses associated with such shutdown of the entire Line. Cypress’ Loss shall be defined, for purposes of this paragraph, as $10 million per calendar quarter, applied pro rata during the period beginning from such shutdown of the entire Line to the first day that the entire Line achieves at least 75% of the daily Moves that consist of Standard Activities for any consecutive two (2) day period that were achieved on a daily average in the month before such shutdown, provided that the payment for Losses described in this paragraph is conditioned upon Cypress’ use of its best efforts to bring the entire Line back into operation as soon as possible after any such shutdown.

(d) Cypress acknowledges that all of the responsibilities and duties of the employer of all of the Cypress Personnel working at Cypress’ facilities with respect to such persons’ compliance with Cypress’s obligations under this Agreement are those of Cypress, and covenants and agrees that Cypress itself will assume responsibility for such persons’ compliance as stated above. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Cypress shall itself impose on each of the Cypress Personnel all of such persons’ obligations hereunder, by contract or otherwise.

(e) Cypress shall indemnify and hold harmless Customer against and from any claim, loss, cost expense or damage, including attorney’s fees and other legal expenses (“Loss”), against or suffered by Customer or any Affiliate of Customer resulting from any third party claim or claim by Cypress Personnel (i) that any such Cypress Personnel is an employee of Customer (such Losses including without limitation any employee benefit that any such person claims to be entitled to from Customer as an employee of Customer unless a binding determination is made that such a person is actually an employee of Customer, and not Cypress), (ii) based upon any grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful act or grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful omission of any such person, or (iii) based upon any breach by any such person of any obligation of that person to Cypress imposed by this Agreement.

(f) Each party’s indemnity obligations hereunder are conditioned upon the party seeking indemnity providing the indemnifying party (a) prompt written notice of any such claim, (b) sole control over the defense and settlement of any such claim and (c) reasonable cooperation, information and assistance, at the indemnifying party’s expense, in the defense of any such claim.

Section 5.3 Security.

(a) Customer acknowledges that security of Cypress’ facilities generally and of Cypress’ computer systems and networks in particular is of paramount importance to Cypress. Customer Personnel will not be authorized to enter any zone of Cypress’ campus other than the Premises or the parking lot unaccompanied by an employee of

 

Page  12  of 28


Cypress. For security purposes, Cypress will require each one of the Customer Personnel to wear a security badge at all times that each is on Cypress’ property and to conform with the site policies and procedures.

(b) No Customer Personnel will have access to any internal Cypress computer or networking facilities except as agreed to. The access shall enable each such person to conduct technological development activities in accordance herewith. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each one of the Customer Personnel shall be assigned his or her own password in order to obtain any such access.

(c) Cypress shall keep and maintain logs of access to its network and systems by Customer Personnel, and in the event it is discovered that any such person shall have intentionally gained unauthorized access to any portion of Cypress’ systems or network and improperly removed, used or disclosed any Confidential Information in material breach of this Agreement, such persons shall immediately be barred from all of Cypress’ facilities and such persons’ actions shall be deemed to constitute a breach of this Agreement by Customer.

Section 5.4 Insurance. Customer represents that it shall procure, and at all times during the term of this Agreement shall maintain, levels of insurance, as necessary to cover activities and obligations undertaken by Customer and its subcontractors while working on Premises or present at Cypress’s facility. Customer shall provide evidence of insurance to Cypress on the Effective Date of this Agreement, and at any other time upon request by Cypress.

ARTICLE VI

CUSTOMER PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

Section 6.1 Regular Payments.

(a) All information on prices, fees, costs to be paid by Customer thereof not otherwise set out in this Agreement or in Exhibit C herein shall be negotiated in good faith by the Parties. Unless otherwise specifically stated in the applicable Exhibit, the payment terms shall be as described below in Section 5.9.

(b) Each Party hereto shall carry at its expense at all times during the term hereof business interruption insurance as it shall deem necessary.

Section 6.2 Taxes. Customer shall pay all taxes that Customer is required to pay under applicable law.

Section 6.3 Extraordinary Expenses. To the extent that Customer intends to utilize raw materials (e.g., EPI wafers) that are more expensive than those used by Cypress, or to take any other action that it expects (or should expect in the exercise of prudent technical and commercial judgment) will increase expenses of running the Line above those obtaining in the normal course (any expense so incurred, an “Extraordinary Expense”), Cypress will invoice Customer in accordance with Section 6.6. No Extraordinary Expenses shall be incurred without the prior written approval of Customer.

 

Page  13  of 28


Section 6.4 Reticle Expenses.

(a) Customer will have the option to purchase photomasks through Cypress’s vendor at a mark-up of 25%.

(b) Customer shall be responsible for reticle design, however, Cypress shall provide tape-out support to Customer and will ensure that reticles are compatible with Cypress equipment unless customer chooses not to use Engineering Services during the reticle ordering process.

Section 6.5 Training. Included in the Start-Up Costs (see Section 6.1) shall be up to [*****] hours (equivalent to [*****] hours per week) of Cypress Engineering Services to be used for equipment training, wafer management training and integration support. These hours of up to [*****] per week can be used by Customer during the first 2 years of this Agreement.

Section 6.6 Non Recurring Engineering. After the initial set-up included in the Start-Up Costs (see Section 6.1) Customer will have the option to purchase from Cypress additional start-up Engineering Services at a rate of [*****] per hour. Customer understands that such Engineering Services may not always be available due to staffing availability.

Section 6.7 Installation/Deinstallation. Customer and Cypress shall in good faith negotiate the terms and conditions of the installation and deinstallation of Customer Equipment if Cypress grants Customer’s request for the installation of Customer Equipment on Premises or Cypress facility pursuant to Section 3.4 above.

Section 6.8 Cleanroom Rental. Customer shall sign Cypress’s Clean Room Rental Agreement if Cypress grants Customer’s request to install Customer Equipment pursuant to Section 3.4 above.

Section 6.9 Payment Terms.

(a) Customer will be invoiced monthly based upon Activities allocated as described in Section 2.2(a)(“Activity Allocation”). The invoice will be for a minimum number of Moves equal to the monthly Activity Allocation. If the actual Moves for the preceding month are more than the Activity Allocation, the total Moves will be invoiced.

(b) All other payments required hereunder shall be invoiced on a monthly basis at the beginning of each calendar month and will be paid within thirty (30) days of receipt of a valid invoice. Each Cypress invoice hereunder shall be accompanied by a detailed report containing all supporting information, as Customer may reasonably request, necessary to determine the amounts due hereunder. This report will include Activity Allocation, actual Moves, quantity of moves invoiced and other payment due and payable.

ARTICLE VII

LICENSES

 

Page  14  of 28


Section 7.1 No License from Customer. Customer does not grant Cypress any license or right to use any Customer technology, products or processes except as necessary for Cypress to provide Engineering Services or other services requested by Customer pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 7.2 License from Cypress.

(a) In exchange for a one-time payment of $[*****] by Customer to Cypress, Cypress (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates) hereby grants to Customer a worldwide, non-exclusive, irrevocable and perpetual (except solely as set forth in Section 12.7), royalty free and paid up right and license, under all Intellectual Property Rights, to use and modify only those steps of the Cypress’s recipes or process technology included in Cypress’s SVTC Standard Recipe Book (“Licensed Technology”) necessary to use or modify Customer’s process technology (or processes) for the manufacture of Customer’s products, (including any unique equipment configurations and modifications used therein and any unique semiconductor, superconductor and/or integrated circuit structures resulting from such module(s) and any Patent Rights and/or other intellectual property rights encompassing, covering or protecting such unique module(s), recipes, information, equipment configurations and/or modifications, and structures), solely for the manufacture of Customer products at any location. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, such right and license shall include (i) the right to have Customer products made by third party manufacturers, and (ii) the right to sublicense such rights to third parties solely as a part of a license to such party of a complete Customer process for the manufacture of a Customer product.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Customer shall not have a license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, export, lease or otherwise dispose of products which compete with Cypress’ Proprietary Products; provided, however, that Cypress acknowledges and agrees that nonvolatile memory products do not (and shall not be deemed to) compete with any Cypress’ Proprietary Products, now or in future.

(c) Cypress shall take or cause its Affiliates to take whatever action is necessary to convey the license contemplated hereby by such Affiliates. Cypress shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Customer and their respective officers, agents, and employees from any losses, liabilities, damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) resulting from any third party claim that the Licensed Technology infringes, violates or misappropriates the intellectual property or proprietary rights of any third party. Cypress shall not be so obligated to defend, indemnify, or hold harmless Customer and/or their respective officers, agents, and employees to the extent that any such claim is based upon modification to the Cypress baseline 0.09um process technology made by or on behalf of Customer.

Section 7.3 Infringement Claims. Upon the reasonable request of a Party receiving a claim from a third party that its intellectual property has been infringed, the other Party agrees to provide information and non-monetary assistance to such requesting Party (at the requesting Party’s expense) as may be reasonably necessary for said requesting Party’s defense against such

 

Page  15  of 28


third party infringement claim. Any Party receiving such third party infringement claim may settle or make an agreement with said third party without the prior consent of the other Party as long as said other Party’s assets and business activities are not affected by such third party settlement or agreement.

Section 7.4 No Other Rights. Except as expressly provided in this ARTICLE VII and ARTICLE VIII hereof, neither Party grants to the other Party any license, right, title or interest in or to any Intellectual Property Rights, technical information or other subject matter, whether by implication, estoppel or otherwise. Each Party shall ensure that the sale or other transfer of any product hereunder does not imply or convey any right or license to a third party under any Intellectual Property Right of the other Party (except as expressly provided herein) even if such product may only be used in or with another component or subject matter covered by such Intellectual Property Right. The licenses granted in this Agreement shall not be construed as granting or implying any right of enforcement for a Party under the technology or Intellectual Property Rights of the other Party. All rights not specifically granted herein are reserved by the Party owning the respective technology and Intellectual Property Rights.

ARTICLE VIII

TECHNOLOGY OWNERSHIP

Section 8.1 Joint Development. Cypress and Customer acknowledge that in order to integrate Customer’s process technology into Cypress’ Pilot Line, intellectual effort will be required by both Parties.

Section 8.2 Ownership of Arising Intellectual Property. Any Intellectual Property Rights that are invented, developed, created, improved or authored pursuant to this Agreement shall be owned as follows:

(a) Cypress shall own all right, title and interest in and to any modifications, improvements or derivative works of any of the Licensed Technology and all Intellectual Property Right therein, made or conceived of during the term of this Agreement (“Cypress Technology.”)

(b) Subject to Cypress’s rights in Cypress Technology, Customer shall own all right, title and interest in and to any Intellectual Property Rights therein that are modifications, improvements or derivative works of any Superconducting Technology, made or conceived during the term of this agreement. “Superconducting Technology” shall mean technology in possession of superconducting properties, such as zero electrical resistance, when operated at cryogenic temperatures, and comprised of superconducting devices, such as Josephson junctions.

ARTICLE IX

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; LIABILITY LIMIT

 

Page  16  of 28


Section 9.1 Cypress Warranties. Cypress represents, warrants and covenants to Customer that (i) Cypress has the full right and authority to enter into this Agreement and grant the rights and licenses granted herein; (ii) Cypress has not previously granted and will not grant any rights that prevent Cypress from fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement; (iii) Cypress is not controlled (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof) by any other entity as of the Effective Date; (iv) Cypress will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in connection with its performance under this Agreement; (v) the Licensed Technology does not, and will not, contain any confidential or proprietary information of or Intellectual Property of, nor infringe, violate or misappropriate the Intellectual Property of, any third party, and no claims of any such infringement, violation or misappropriation have been made by any third party; and (vi) Cypress does not currently have any Proprietary Products, business or customers that relate to Superconducting Technology.

Section 9.2 Customer Warranties. Customer represents, warrants and covenants to Cypress that (i) Customer has the full right and authority to enter into this Agreement and grant the rights and licenses granted herein; (ii) Customer has not previously granted and will not grant any rights that prevent Customer from fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement; (iii) Customer is not controlled (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof) by any other entity as of the Effective Date.

Section 9.3 Disclaimer of Warranties. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS AGREEMENT, CYPRESS AND CUSTOMER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES HEREUNDER, AND THE CYPRESS AND CUSTOMER TECHNOLOGY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF CYPRESS OR CUSTOMER TECHNOLOGY, PATENTED OR UNPATENTED.

Section 9.4 Limitation on Liability. EXCEPT FOR BODILY INJURY AND EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH A PARTY’S BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT UNDER ANY CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO LIMIT EITHER PARTY’S PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS IN THE EVENT OF EARLY TERMINATION.

ARTICLE X

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 10.1 Confidential Information. The Parties have signed a Non Disclosure Agreement (NDA) to cover any disclosure of Confidential Information prior to the signing of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, the Parties agree that, for the term of this Agreement and for seven (7) years thereafter, the receiving Party shall keep in confidence and not publish or otherwise disclose and shall not use for any purpose any information furnished to it by the other Party hereto pursuant to this Agreement or prior thereto, whether directly or

 

Page  17  of 28


indirectly, and whether in writing, orally or by the inspection of tangible objects or data (including without limitation documents, prototypes, samples, plant and equipment) of a confidential or proprietary nature (“Confidential Information”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Confidential Information shall include enterprise software, each Party’s technology, products and manufacturing processes, and financial information concerning Cypress’s and Customer’s customers, suppliers and their respective products and proposed products. Each Party shall take all steps necessary (including, without limitation, establishing password protection schemes with respect to equipment and computers) to ensure that all Confidential Information is only accessible by (and disclosed to) those employees who have a need to know such information in order to carry out the express purposes of this Agreement and who are bound in writing to confidentiality obligations no less restrictive than those set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information that, in each case as demonstrated by written documentation:

(a) was already known to the receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, at the time of disclosure;

(b) was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the receiving Party;

(c) became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure and other than through any act or omission of the receiving Party in breach of this Agreement;

(d) was subsequently lawfully disclosed to the receiving Party without restriction by a person other than a Party or developed by employees of the receiving Party who did not have access to any information or materials disclosed by the disclosing Party; or

(e) was independently developed by the receiving Party without the use of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

A material breach of a Party’s obligations under this Section 10.1 shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

Section 10.2 Independent Development. The disclosing Party acknowledges that the receiving Party may currently or in the future be developing information internally, or receiving information from other parties, that is similar to the Confidential Information. Nothing in this Agreement will prohibit the receiving party from developing or having developed for it products, concepts, systems or techniques that are similar to or compete with the products, concepts, systems or techniques contemplated by or embodied in the Confidential Information provided that the receiving Party does not violate any of its obligations under this Agreement in connection with such development. Neither Party shall have any obligation to limit or restrict the assignment of its employees or consultants as a result of their having had access to Confidential Information.

Section 10.3 Permitted Disclosures. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.1 above, each Party hereto may disclose the other Party’s information to the extent such disclosure

 

Page  18  of 28


is reasonably necessary for exercising the rights expressly granted to it under this Agreement (including the right to grant sublicenses, if applicable), filing or prosecuting patent applications, prosecuting or defending litigation, complying with applicable governmental regulations, submitting information to tax or other governmental authorities, provided that if a Party is required to make any such disclosure of the other Party’s Confidential Information, to the extent it may legally do so, it will give reasonable advance notice to the latter Party of such disclosure and, save to the extent inappropriate in the case of patent applications or otherwise, will secure confidential treatment of such information prior to its disclosure (whether through protective orders or otherwise). If the Party whose Confidential Information is to be disclosed has not filed a patent application with respect to such Confidential Information, it may require the other Party to delay the proposed disclosure (to the extent the disclosing Party may legally do so), for up to ninety (90) days, to allow for the filing of such an application.

Section 10.4 Terms of Agreement; Publicity. Each of the Parties hereto agrees not to disclose to any third party the financial terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto, except to advisors, independent accountants, investors and others on a need-to-know basis under circumstances that reasonably ensure the confidentiality thereof, or to the extent required by law. Any press release relating to this Agreement or to the Line which is issued by one Party and which mentions the other Party shall be jointly released by the Parties or, if released by one Party, approved by the other Party.

ARTICLE XI

NONSOLICITATION

Section 11.1 Nonsolicitation. During the period beginning on the Effective Date, neither Party shall, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the other Party (i) solicit, encourage, or take any other action which is intended to induce or encourage, any employee of the other Party or of any of its Affiliates to terminate his or her employment with the other Party or its Affiliate, as the case may be, or (ii) except as otherwise set forth herein, interfere in any manner with the contractual or employment relationship between the other Party and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and their respective employees, on the other hand.

ARTICLE XII

TERM AND TERMINATION

Section 12.1 Initial Term. The initial term of this Agreement shall end on the 5th anniversary of the Resident Date.

Section 12.2 Renewal. The term will be extended automatically by one year starting upon the 5th anniversary of the Resident Date, unless either Party shall have given the other Party ninety (90) days prior written notice of its intention to terminate this Agreement.

Section 12.3 Post-Development Manufacturing. On or before the later of the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Resident Date and six (6) months prior to manufacturing

 

Page  19  of 28


production, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith terms for a post-development manufacturing agreement.

Section 12.4 Early Termination.

(a) Customer may terminate this Agreement after the Resident Date upon giving Cypress ninety (90) days written notice, such notice being effective to prevent a scheduled increase in Activity allotment from occurring. Customer shall make an immediate non-refundable payment for ninety (90) days of Moves at the current Activity allotment, which Activities and Moves shall occur during the notice period.

(b) In the event that the Line is not in normal operation, or the average Activities allotted to Customer on the Line for any forty-five (45) day period is less than fifty percent (50%) of Move Allotment, for a reason not attributable to any negligence or intentional misconduct of Customer, or if the Line is permanently damaged and Cypress indicates that it does not intend to rebuild the Line, such action will be considered to be an early termination by Cypress as of the day the Line ceases to be in normal operation. Cypress shall not incur any costs in the event of termination by Customer pursuant to this Section 12.4(b).

(c) In the event that Cypress’s interest in the Pilot Line is sold, transferred or proposed to be sold or transferred to a third party (“Transfer”), in whole or in part, Customer shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement upon giving Cypress written notice. The forgoing sentence shall not apply in the event of a Transfer of Cypress’s interest to a Cypress Affiliate. Cypress shall immediately return to Customer or destroy (at Customer’s option) all of Customer’s Confidential Information in its possession. No part of Customer’s Confidential Information may be disclosed to the third party without the prior written consent of Customer.

(d) In the event that operation of the Line, in whole or in part, is proposed by Cypress or a transferee to be shut down for a period longer than thirty (30) days, Customer shall have advance notice of such a plan not less than 120 days in advance, and Customer shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement upon giving Cypress written notice.

(e) Termination pursuant to Section 12.4(b), Section 12.4(c) or Section 12.4(d) shall not trigger any obligation or liability on Customer to make any payment to Cypress, including, but not limited to the payment referenced in Section 12.4(a).

Section 12.5 Termination for Breach.

(a) Either Party to this Agreement may terminate this Agreement in the event the other Party shall have materially breached or defaulted in the performance of any of its material obligations hereunder, and such default shall have continued for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof was provided to the breaching Party by the non-breaching Party. Failure to make a timely payment required under this Agreement shall be a material breach or default hereunder. Any termination shall become effective at the

 

Page  20  of 28


end of such thirty (30) day period unless the breaching Party (or any other party on its behalf) has cured any such breach or default prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) day period. In the event either Party terminates this Agreement because of the material breach of the other Party, the non-breaching Party’s termination of this Agreement shall not trigger any obligation to make the payment referenced in Section 12.4 above.

(b) The Parties to this Agreement acknowledge that the harm to the other Party suffered as a result of any infringement or misappropriation of the other Party’s unlicensed intellectual property may be far-reaching and substantial. Accordingly, upon written notification to a Party of any infringement or misappropriation of the other Party’s intellectual property that has not been cured as set forth in part (a) of this section, the notifying Party may make application to the Mediator to mediate the dispute; if Cypress is the notifying Party, it may also make application to the Mediator to remove Customer Personnel from Cypress’s premises under Section 12.6 hereof.

Section 12.6 Customer Personnel. No later than the date of termination hereof, or as ordered by the Mediator, Customer shall cause all Customer Personnel to have removed all of their personal property from Cypress premises. After that date, no such persons shall have any right to access Cypress premises, except such reasonable access as Cypress and Customer shall agree in advance in writing in furtherance of the purposes hereof.

Section 12.7 Survival; Effect of Termination. Section 5.2 and ARTICLE VII, ARTICLE VIII, ARTICLE IX, ARTICLE X, and ARTICLE XIII shall survive the expiration and any termination of this Agreement for any reason, except that if Cypress terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.5(a) as a result of Customer’s theft of Cypress’s intellectual property under this Agreement, the license granted in Section 7.2 shall not survive.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1 Governing Law. This Agreement and any dispute arising from the performance or breach hereof shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflicts of laws.

Section 13.2 Jurisdiction; Venue. The Parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state courts of New York (or, if there is federal jurisdiction, the United States District Courts in the Southern District of New York), and the Parties consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of these courts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may apply, after compliance with the provisions of Section 13.5, to any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction to enforce its intellectual property or proprietary rights or to obtain a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, permanent injunction or other injunctive relief to protect its interests, without breach of this Section 13.2 and without any abridgment of the powers of the courts set forth above. The prevailing party in any action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement shall be entitled to an award of its costs and attorneys’ fees.

 

Page  21  of 28


Section 13.3 Assignment.

(a) Without the prior written consent of the other Party, neither Party, either voluntarily or by operation of law, shall assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively “Transfer”) this Agreement in whole or in part; provided, however, that this Agreement or a Party’s rights and licenses hereunder may be Transferred:

(i) by Cypress to a Cypress Affiliate or by Customer to a Customer Affiliate (but only so long as any such affiliate remains a Cypress Affiliate or a Customer Affiliate, as applicable) without the prior written consent of the other Party, and

(ii) in connection with a Change of Control of one Party without the consent of the other Party, provided that written notice of such Transfer is given to the other Party within fourteen (14) days of the consummation of such Transfer and the remaining or surviving entity agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Any attempted or purported Transfer of this Agreement which does not comply with this Section shall be null and void, have no force or effect, and confer no rights upon any third parties. However, if the only non-compliance is a result of failure to provide notice within fourteen (14) days under Section 13.3(a)(ii), then the non-complying party can cure by providing the required notice at a later time. Subject to compliance with the provisions of this Section, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, assigns and transferees.

Section 13.4 Force Majeure. Nonperformance of any Party shall be excused to the extent that performance is rendered impossible by strike, fire, earthquake, flood, governmental acts or orders or restrictions, or any other reason where failure to perform is beyond the reasonable control of the nonperforming Party. If a Party’s performance is prevented by a Force Majeure condition for a period of more than forty-five days, the other Party may terminate this Agreement without further obligation or liability.

Section 13.5 Dispute Resolution and Mediation.

(a) In the event a dispute arises under this Agreement which cannot be resolved by the Operating Committee, the dispute shall be brought to the attention of the presidents of Cypress and Customer for a prompt meeting to resolve the dispute. If this meeting fails to resolve the dispute, the Parties shall refer the dispute to a mediator selected by the Parties, except for claims for injunctive or other equitable relief, which may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction. The Parties shall select a Mediator to mediate such disputes which may arise under this Agreement within 30 days of the Effective Date hereof. In the event of a referral of a dispute to the Mediator, each Party shall submit, in writing, its position on such dispute to the Mediator and conduct a one day mediation session. If the matter is not resolved or if an alternative method of dispute resolution is not agreed upon within thirty (30) days after the one day mediation, either

 

Page  22  of 28


Party may begin litigation proceedings. This procedure shall be a prerequisite before either Party may take any additional action hereunder (except as set forth above).

(b) In the event that Cypress reasonably suspects that a violation of Section 10.1 has occurred, Cypress may immediately petition the Mediator, in writing, for Customer Personnel to be removed from Cypress’ premises, who is empowered, under this Agreement, to order the removal of Customer Personnel from Cypress’ premises if Cypress proves that Customer has materially breached such Section of this Agreement.

Section 13.6 No Implied Waivers; Rights Cumulative. No failure on the part of either Party hereto to exercise and no delay in exercising any right under this Agreement, or provided by statute or at law or in equity or otherwise, shall impair, prejudice or constitute a waiver of any such right, nor shall any partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

Section 13.7 Independent Contractors. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended implicitly, or is to be construed, to constitute Cypress or Customer as partners in the legal sense. No Party hereto shall have any express or implied right or authority to assume or create any obligations on behalf of or in the name of any other Party or to bind any other Party to any contract, agreement or undertaking with any third party.

Section 13.8 Notices. All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (1) personally delivered or (2) sent by facsimile and registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case to the respective address specified below, or such other address as may be specified in writing to the other Party hereto:

 

Cypress:

  

Cypress Semiconductor Corporation

3901 North First Street

San Jose, CA 95134

Attn: Shahin Sharifzadeh, EVP WW Manufacturing

cc: Cypress Legal Department

Customer:

  

D-Wave Systems Inc.

Suite 100 - 4401 Still Creek Drive

Burnaby, British Columbia, V5C 6G9

Attn: Jeremy P. Hilton, VP Technology

Cc: D-Wave Legal Department

Section 13.9 Modification. No amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both Parties hereto. No provision of this Agreement shall be varied, contradicted or explained by any oral agreement, course of dealing or performance or any other matter not set forth in an agreement in writing and signed by both Parties.

Section 13.10 Severability. If any provision hereof should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, this Agreement shall be deemed amended by the insertion of a valid, legal and enforceable substitute provision that most nearly reflects the original intent of the

 

Page  23  of 28


Parties, and all other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and shall be liberally construed in order to carry out the intentions of the Parties hereto as nearly as may be possible. Such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 13.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 13.12 Headings. Headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the construction of or be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

Section 13.13 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, both written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous understandings or agreements, whether written or oral, between the Parties with respect to such subject matter.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in duplicate originals as of the date first above written.

 

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION     D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Shahin Sharifzadeh

    Signature:  

/s/ Herbert J. Martin

Printed Name:   Shahin Sharifzadeh     Printed Name:   Herbert J. Martin
Title:   EVP WW Manufacturing     Title:   CEO
Date:  

7/31/06

    Date:  

7/21/06

 

Page  24  of 28


EXHIBIT C

TO THE PILOT LINE AGREEMENT

PRICES, FEES, AND COSTS

 

LOGO

ARTICLE XIVSVTC, a Division of Cypress Semiconductor

 

To:

   Jeremy Hilton, DWave
From:    Julian Searle, SVTC.
Date:    05/22/2006
Subject:    SVTC Business Proposal for Dwave
Reference:    Dwave Process flow: PP File [2nd Cypress Fab Requirement 6DEO2]
Quotation:    WW18-2006-Dwave

Dear Jeremy,

SVTC is pleased to present the following wafer fabrication and engineering services proposal to develop your Superconducting Technology. As a customer, your team will fully leverage our SVTC infrastructure. This organization has demonstrated success over many years by rapidly and repeatedly developing technology for volume manufacturing. Given our alignment on these topics, this document summarizes the elements of the business agreement.

 

   

(5) Year Agreement with the first (2) years being a firm commitment for activity allocation and full time engineering support. The subsequent years are for SVTC commercial manufacturing of the developed process.

 

   

The activity allocations are based on an estimate of [*****] activities per wafer at a rate of [*****] wafers per week in the first (4) Quarters, ramping to [*****] wafers per week in the second year. This is estimated from the referenced DWave process flow document

 

   

First Year Activity allocation commitment:

 

   

Q1: [*****] A’s @ $[*****] /A = $[*****]

 

   

Q2: [*****] A’s @ $[*****] /A = $[*****]

 

   

Q3: [*****] A’s @ $[*****] /A = $[*****]

 

   

Q4: [*****] A’s @ $[*****] /A = $[*****]

 

   

Total Year One Activity Allocation Funding = $[*****]

 

   

Second Year Activity allocation commitment:

 

   

Q1: [*****] A’s @ $[*****] /A = $[*****]

 

   

Q2: [*****] A’s @ $[*****] /A = $[*****]

 

   

Q3: [*****] A’s @ $[*****] /A = $[*****]

 

   

Q4: [*****] A’s @ $[*****] /A = $[*****]

 

Page  25  of 28


   

Total Year One Activity Allocation Funding = $[*****]

 

   

Activity Allocation Funding Includes:

 

   

Access to SVTC equipment set as defined in Appendix A.

 

   

Access to SVTC CAM system (Ingres) to provide equipment status, particle monitoring data, process control charts and operations reports.

 

   

On site support and office cubicles for up to [*****] engineers on-site

 

   

Engineering support for initial first quarter work for up to [*****] hours per week. This support includes

 

   

Training

 

   

Initial recipe consultation

 

   

Initial run card set up and verification

 

   

Cycle Time commitment

 

   

1.5 M/I (Moves per Inventory) averaged over a period of one quarter

 

   

If SVTC is unable to transact all activities in a quarter due M/I <1.5, then Dwave will be charged only for activities actually executed during that quarter

 

   

(2) Full Time Engineers for support for process development and integration solutions

 

   

$[*****] /Qtr

 

   

Total year one funding = $[*****]

 

   

Total year two funding = $[*****]

 

   

Access to Cypress SVTC standard recipe library: $[*****]

 

   

Reticle’s

 

   

Cypress SVTC preferential pricing @ Toppan +[*****]%. SVTC will provide tape-out support to Dwave and also will ensure that reticles are compatible with SVTC operations. Dwave is responsible for the design of the reticle.

 

   

ASP is approximately $[*****] for [*****]um masks and $[*****] for [*****]um masks

 

   

Outside Process Steps Pricing:

 

   

SVTC cost for outside processing, plus

 

   

Process steps completed outside are billed as activity events against total quarterly allocation

 

   

Silicon Wafers: Material Cost

 

   

Counted as an activity cost

 

   

Min lot size in the FAB - [*****] wafers per lot

 

   

Post Development Manufacturing

 

Page  26  of 28


   

Commercials to be defined and agreed upon by Q6 of the agreement, and/or (6) months prior to manufacturing production.

 

   

In addition to the above Si Processing services, SVTC would like to offer to Dwave the following additional services. Commercials to be discussed after understanding DWave needs.

 

   

Option to install Dwave owned sputter tool in SVTC clean room, approximately a 12x12 footprint.

 

   

Clean Room Rental based on standard facilitization: $[*****]/Qtr.

 

   

Consulting: Provide technical and management consulting. This includes guidance based on years of development best practices perfected by Cypress/SVTC.

 

   

Design: This includes complete RTL to GDS-II type of design support and access to several Silicon-proven IP.

We are looking forward to discuss the content of this proposal and work through your feedback and inputs to arrive upon a mutually beneficial relationship. Thank you for the opportunity to earn your business.

Sincerely,

/s/ Julian Searle

Julian Searle

Business Development Manager.

3901 North First Street, San Jose CA. 95134

Tel: 408-943-4773, Fax: 408-943-2745

 

Page  27  of 28


EXHIBIT D

TO THE PILOT LINE AGREEMENT

ENGINEERING ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The SVTC contracted Engineers shall work under direct guidance of Dwave. Dwave will be responsible for setting the milestone and project expectations and will be responsible for the overall functionality of any Dwave products and process flows. The below list is a summary of what tasks the SVTC contracted Engineers will provide as needed to Dwave on a best effort basis.

Set up Scanner Jobs

Metrology Set up (Measurement recipes)

Tool Training

Process Tool Selection

Choose Recipes

Create / Modify Recipes

Write Run cards

Resolve customer integration issues

Problem Lot Dispositioning

Process parameter consulting

Development suggestions

Yield improvement activities

Design rule consulting (CD, O/L Specs, etc.)

Tape out support

SPC Chart Set up

SPC Chart Management (reviews, etc.)

Set up Tool Quals (customer specific)

Tool Performance Optimization

Photochem work (hand dispense, tests, etc.)

Contamination Recovery Procedures (Substitute Process Checklist setup)

Process shift recovery procedures (OCAPs)

Photo rework procedures

 

Page  28  of 28


ADDENDUM TO PILOT LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT

This Addendum to Pilot Line Operation Agreement (this “Addendum”) is made and entered into as of August 2nd, 2006 (the “Addendum Effective Date”) by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Cypress”) and Dwave Systems inc (“Dwave”) (each of Cypress and Dwave, a “Party” and collectively, the “Parties”), as an addendum and amendment to the Pilot Line Operation Agreement between the Parties effective July 31st, 2006 (the “Agreement”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1.

Section 3.5a: Payment of the Agreement as amended by the Addendum is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“Section 3.5a Cypress shall invoice customer per the following table for Engineering services and customer will not be liable to Cypress for any other costs in relation to Engineering Services or the Process Engineers, including but not limited to insurance, employment related benefits, vacation, taxes or pension costs. Payment terms are Net 30.

 

Invoice Date;

   Amount:  

August 30th 2006

     [*****]  

November 30th 2006

     [*****]  

January 30th 2007

     [*****]  

April 30th 2007

     [*****]  

July 30th 2007

     [*****]  

October 30th 2007

     [*****]  

January 30th 2008

     [*****]  

April 30th 2008

     [*****]  

 

  2.

Exhibit C: Prices, Fees and Costs of the agreement as amended by the Addendum is hereby modified to include the following:

 

Invoice Date:

   Amount:  

August 15th 2006

     [*****]  

December 30th 2006

     [*****]  

Invoices for the SVTC Standard Reticle library shall be per the above table.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in duplicate originals as of the date first above written.

 

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION     DWAVE SYSTEMS, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Bert Bruggeman

    Signature:  

/s/ David Gillard

Printed Name:   Bert Bruggeman     Printed Name:   David Gillard
Title:   Managing Director, SVTC     Title:   CFO
Date:  

8/2/06

    Date:  

August 14, 2006


SVTC Technologies, LLC    Company Confidential

 

AMENDMENT dated April 1st, 2008 to

AGEEMENT FOR PILOT LINE OPERATION BY AND BETWEEN CYPRESS

SEMICUNDUCTOR AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS, INC., Dated 31 July 2006

D-Wave Systems and Cypress Semiconductor are parties to the above entitled Agreement, henceforth referred to as the “Agreement.” The operating entity within Cypress Semiconductor that was obligated to perform and that has performed the services pursuant to the Agreement, was sold in March, 2007 and is now no longer legally affiliated with Cypress. The successor entity is SVTC Technologies, LLC., (“SVTC”), a Delaware limited liability company, whose address is 3901 North First Street, San Jose, CA 95134, (the same address as stated for the “Premises” in section 1.13 of the Agreement). If not previously provided, this Amendment serves to satisfy the notice requirements of Section 13.3 of the Agreement. Accordingly, SVTC and D-Wave, who referred to in the Agreement as “Customer,” do hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1.    The first paragraph of the Agreement shall be modified to reflect that SVTC has taken the place of Cypress as a party to the Agreement. The SVTC address will be as stated above.

2.    All references to “Cypress” in the Agreement are deemed to be changed to “SVTC.”

3.    Section 1.3 is amended to state as follows: Engineering Activitiesmeans a wafer or group of wafers going through a non standard process flow as requested by Customer, said Activity as defined in specification 001-05660. Customer will pay additional costs for Engineering Activities as necessary and requested by Customer herein. Requests for Engineering Activities and the additional charges for such Activities shall be as defined in the specification 001-05660.”

4.    Section 3.3 is amended to state as follows: “SVTC will use its best efforts to assure that the Process Engineers assigned to Customer shall be dedicated to Customer during the term of this Agreement and not be reassigned by SVTC, provided however, that SVTC reserves the right to make changes as required to comply with all it contractual obligations and in light of possible staff limitations. If a reassignment is required, Customer will be notified at least four weeks in advance and be provided with the rational for the required change.”

5.    Section 3.6 (a) is amended to state as follows: “The Process Engineers shall carry out the Engineering Activities at Customer’s sole direction, provided they stay within SVTC guidelines and standard operating procedures. Other than the forgoing Engineering Activities, the assigned Process Engineers shall abide by all SVTC employee rules and procedures and remain under the operation control of their assigned manager.”

6.    Section 8.2 (b) is amended to state as follows: “Subject to SVTC’s rights in SVTC Technology, Customer shall own all right, title and interest in and to any Intellectual Property Rights that are modifications, improvements or derivative works of any Superconducting Technology, including such modifications, improvements or derivative works that are made or conceived pursuant to this Agreement. “Superconducting Technology” shall mean technology in possession of superconducting properties, such as zero electrical resistance, when operated at

 

Page 1 of 14


SVTC Technologies, LLC    Company Confidential

 

cryogenic temperatures, and comprised of superconducting devices, such as Josephson junctions.”

7.    Section 9.1 is amended to state as follows: “SVTC represents, warrants and covenants to Customer that (i) SVTC has the full right and authority to enter into this Agreement and grant the rights and licenses granted herein; (ii) SVTC has not previously granted and will not grant any rights that prevent SVTC from fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement; (iii) SVTC is not controlled (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof) by any other entity as of the Effective Date; (iv) SVTC will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in connection with its performance under this Agreement; (v) that to the best of its knowledge the Licensed Technology does not, and will not, contain any confidential or proprietary information of or Intellectual Property of, nor infringe, violate or misappropriate the Intellectual Property of, any third party, and no claims of any such infringement, violation or misappropriation have been made by any third party; and (vi) SVTC represents that it does not currently have any Proprietary Products that relate to Superconducting Technology”

8.    Section 13.8 is amended to substitute SVTC as the entity at the above address, Attn: Scott Marquardt with cc: Legal Department.

9.    The Exhibit A To The Pilot Line Agreement is replaced by the Schedule A-Description Of Services attached hereto.

The parties warrant and represent that this Amendment has been signed by each party’s duly authorized representative, who has authority to enter into contracts on behalf of such party.

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED    
For SVTC     For Customer
By:  

LOGO

    By:  

LOGO

Signature   Signature

 

Page 2 of 14


SVTC Technologies, LLC    Company Confidential

 

Schedule A-Description of Services

SVTC shall provide D-Wave with access to SVTC’s Pilot Line for a three and one half (3.5) year period commencing upon the Start Date in order to process silicon wafers in support of D-Wave development of the process flow for a quantum computer using manufacturing processes that exist or are being developed by D-Wave and SVTC engineers, and D-Wave will be allocated a specific number of Activities, as well as other support and services, as described herein (“Services”). SVTC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform the Services requested by D-Wave, subject to the ability of SVTC to perform these Services on SVTC’s existing equipment and equipment contributed by D-Wave using standard materials and process recipes that are compatible with the equipment and resources of SVTC.

Services to be provided:

 

    

Metric

Fab Access

   Yes

Included Activities

   [*****]/quarter

Recipe Library Access

   Limited

Full Time Equivalent Engineers

   [*****]

Cubicle and Office Space(s)

   1 closed office (4 engineers)

Engineers Training

   [*****] engineers. To be completed by YE 2008

Terms:

 

  1.

Recipe Library access as per Section 4.5 Use Of Equipment and Section 7.2 License from Cypress of the “Agreement for Pilot Line Operation”

  2.

Activities will be counted per SVTC activity spec 001-05660 (SVTC Production Activities Methodology and Accounting) attached at the end of this proposal.

  3.

Minimum wafer lot size in the SVTC Pilot Line for this project will be 12 wafers. Any lot requested by D-Wave that is less than 12 wafers will be counted as a 12-wafer lot for accounting and billing purposes

  4.

One Fulltime Equivalent Engineer (FTEE) is equal to forty hours of engineering time/week

  5.

Fees for all services provided by SVTC to D-Wave will be invoiced at the end of each month and payment shall be due within 30 days

 

Page 3 of 14


SVTC Technologies, LLC    Company Confidential

 

SVTC Fab Access and Start-Up Services:

 

Fab Access Services Include:

1.    24X7 operational support for Activities on the SVTC Pilot Line.
2.   

24 X 7 access to SVTC equipment installed as of the contract date in SVTC San Jose

3.   

SVTC provided Customer Program Manager to coordinate all services

4.   

Access to the SVTC San Jose MES system and runcard generation program

5.   

SVTC metrology systems and data management

6.   

On-Site Housing

  

1 closed office (4 engineers)

7.   

Cycle Time Commitment

   Standard - 1.5 M/l (Moves per Inventory) averaged over a period of one quarter for non hold inventory

Additional Services:

 

Additional Services available upon request as Extraordinary Expense

Process Engineering Support

   Process Module Development and/or Integration at [*****]/hour for services not covered by Fulltime Equivalent Engineers (FTEE)

Reticles

   OPC and Procurement Support available

Foundry Transfer

   Specific capabilities available

Analytical Services

   Full service capabilities available

Training

   Additional engineering training available

Prices, Fees and Costs:

 

Quarterly fees

   Quarterly
Q2-Q3-Q4 ‘08
   Quarterly
(till contract end)

Fab Access Fee

   [*****]    [*****]

Included Activities(1)

   [*****]    [*****]

Additional Activities Fees(2)

   [*****]/act    [*****]/act

Engineering Fee

   [*****]    [*****]

Engineering (FTE)(3)

   [*****]    [*****]

Additional engineering hours

   [*****]/hr

Office space (1 office)

   [*****]    [*****]

TOTAL

   [*****]    [*****]

Clarification notes:

Note 1-SVTC will track Activities on a quarterly basis and D-Wave shall pay for any overages per the Agreement. These Activities must be used during the current quarter and cannot be rolled over to subsequent quarters.

Note 2-Additional Activities are subject to availability at SVTC’s sole discretion and are allocated in increments of 500 act/Q. Additional activities requests must be made with at least 15 days advance notice.

Note 3-SVTC will make the reasonable effort to assign to the program adequate engineering resources with the expertise listed in Exhibit A

 

Page 4 of 14


SVTC Technologies, LLC    Company Confidential

 

Additional Activities, Engineering Hours, Additional Tool Training, access to additional equipment and resources, and other Extraordinary Expenses (“Additional Services”) shall be made available at SVTC’s sole discretion and shall be agreed to in writing prior to being performed by SVTC. D-Wave shall pay for all Additional Services per the terms of the “Agreement for Pilot Line Operation”.

Hionix process development

Certain wafer activities are performed at Hionix, a supplier not affiliated with SVTC. All wafer activities run by SVTC engineers at Hionix will not be charged to Customer. All wafer activities run by SVTC operators and technicians will be charged at the standard rate of [*****] activity.

Customer is responsible for all charges billed by Hionix.

Payment Terms: Net 30 days.

Early Termination Fee:

Customer may cancel the contract at any time with 90 days written notice and Customer will pay for the outstanding balance through the date that the contract becomes terminated.

 

Page 5 of 14


SVTC Technologies, LLC    Company Confidential

 

Title: SVTC Production Activities Methodology and Accounting

Spec 001-05660

ARTICLE I Purpose/Scope

Purpose: The purpose of this specification is to define and understand activities and how they are accounted for.

Scope: This specification covers manufacturing operations for SVTC.

ARTICLE II Responsibilities

It is the responsibility of the Fab Director that all activity counting be fair and accurate as well as represent the work and time contributed by SVTC technical production resources.

It is the responsibility’ of the Fab Manager to train SVTC Fab personnel on correct barcoding procedures as well as to verify that all activity counting is correct and within the guidelines of this specification.

ARTICLE III Referenced Documents

00-00064—SVTC Record Retention Policy

08-00049—FAB 1 Photoresist Rework

27-00002—Product Request Notice

ARTICLE IV Materials: N/A

ARTICLE V Equipment: N/A

ARTICLE VI Safety: N/A

ARTICLE VI Critical Requirements Summary: N/A

ARTICLE VII Operating Procedures and Responsibilities

This Section defines the terms Activity, Engineering Activity, Process Step, Batch, Split, Lot and RSC.

An Activity is the movement of a one wafer through a Process Step.

A Batch is either a single wafer or a group of wafers utilizing fab equipment to move through a specified process.

A Process Step is either a single step or a group of sub steps that promote or support a single major step. A Process Step is further defined as a step that is part of a manufacturing process or the learning of said processes.

 

Page 6 of 14


SVTC Technologies, LLC    Company Confidential

 

An Engineering Activity is a wafer or group of wafers going through a non standard process flow.

A Split is when a lot is divided so that each group of wafers may be processed separately

A Lot is a group of wafers started together with a specific number ID, and traveler.

A Lot is a wafer or group of wafers defined by a lot number. A batch is a wafer or group of wafers that is being moving through a specified process.

An RSC means Run Status Change. It is a document typically attached to a traveler that changes either the method or number of wafers to be processed for any given step.

Activity counting in its natural form is defined as a Batch of material moving through a Process Step. One Lot with one wafer through a Process Step counts as one Activity.

One lot through a Process Step counts as one multiplied by the number of wafers in the Lot. If a Lot has 16 wafers and moves through a Process Step then 16 activities are documented and accrued.

As reference to these definitions we can use the following example;

PDME—Pad Mask Etch is the step name

The subsequent sub steps that support the main step are

 

  1.

Etch Lot

 

  2.

Etch Check

 

  3.

D-Strip Plasma Strip

 

  4.

Solvent Strip—Wet Solvent Strip

 

  5.

Descum—Gasonics

 

  6.

Final Inspect

The main step PDME and the subsequent sub steps are defined then as the Process Step. The main step PDME is part of a manufacturing process

A technician reads a Lot traveler. The traveler requests the Lot of 16 wafers move through PDME.

After checking that the wafer count and scribe are correct, the technician proceeds through each sub step (1-6) Section 8.3. Each sub step requires that a barcode label is read and that date, time and initials are added to the Lot traveler for documentation purposes.

 

Page 7 of 14


SVTC Technologies, LLC    Company Confidential

 

When the Lot is complete through the last of the sub steps i.e. Final Inspect, then the lot is said to be complete; out of the step.

The 16 wafers in the Lot were run together so the lot is considered one Batch. When the technician barcodes through the Final Inspect the Ingress Database is automatically updated

The Batch was successfully processed through a group of sub-steps which supported the Process Step. 16 Activities were accrued.

Example 2: A Lot has 16 wafers. At implant step PTI we perform a Split so that 1/2 of the Lot receives a larger dose of phosphorus at a greater acceleration. The second half of the Lot receives the standard or control implant dose and acceleration.

At the implant step the lot is sorted and split as required so that the control wafers (8) and the split wafers (8) are separated into two Batches. Each Batch is then run as defined by the RSC.

As defined in section 8.4 each Batch is always equal to the original Lot size. In this example we’ve run 2 Batches each containing 8 wafers. In a Split situation each Batch is counted as the full Lot. So each Batch is counted as 16 wafers. We ran 2 Batches on this Lot through this Process Step, consequently 32 activities were accrued.

The Split can be ordered by the customer using two different methods.

 

  1.

Write the Split as part of the traveler in the appropriate step.

 

  a.

Implant 1, Implant 2, etc.

 

  2.

Write and attach an RSC that explains the split. Reference Specification 27-00002.

The Engineering Activity is recorded using the Ingres database system

The Engineering Activity is documented on the RSC. The production representative verify’s that the RSC is correct and then checks for Splits or other Engineering Activities. Once confirmed, the step and Engineering Activity is written on the RSC.

After the production supervisor verifies the Engineering Activity count the customer is to acknowledge the engineering activity by counter signing the RSC. This confirms the acknowledgement and acceptance of the forecasted Engineering Activities.

***

8.3.6.1.2 If the Split or Look Ahead Wafer is performed by Customer/engineer, no extra activity is charged.

 

Page 8 of 14


SVTC Technologies, LLC    Company Confidential

 

When the Lot gets to the RSC Split step the fab technician informs either the on site supervisor, the expeditor or the lead that he has an RSC Split. The expeditor confirms the RSC and then enters the information into the Ingress Database.

The number of Splits is multiplied by the total number of wafers in the Lot equaling the Engineering Activity for that step.

Reference Form A.

Form A is entitled “Golden Run Card.” It is a graphic representation of a four step flow. The Golden Run Card demonstrates Engineering Activity counts for a standard, 2 way and 3 way Splits.

 

  1.

12 wafers through 4 standard steps

 

  2.

12 wafers through 3 standard steps with a look ahead through FOM. The Look ahead wafer was created as part of the short loop flow.

 

  3.

Same as #2 except the Look ahead wafer was created using an attached RSC.

 

  4.

12 wafers through 3 standard steps. At STINITE there is a 2 way Split. The split was created as part of the short loop flow.

 

  5.

Same as #4 except the Split was created using an attached RSC.

 

  6.

12 wafers through 3 standard steps. There is a 3 way Split at STINITE. The 3 way split was created as part of the short loop flow.

 

  7.

Same as #7 except the Split was created using an attached RSC.

Reference Form B.

Form B is entitled RSC Engineering Activities and is a flow chart which demonstrates Engineering Activities for Splits, Look ahead’s, Metrology measurement and Photo reworks

 

  1.

Splits

 

  a.

Demonstrates Activity flow and rules that govern Split lot creation procedures

 

  2.

Look Ahead

 

  a.

Defines Engineering Activity for a Look Ahead wafer through a step.

 

  3.

Metrology – Measurements

 

Page 9 of 14


SVTC Technologies, LLC    Company Confidential

 

  a.

Defines Engineering Activity for various wafer group sizes through a measurement equipment in the fab.

 

  4.

Photo Re-work

 

  a.

Defines rules for rework Engineering Activity. Makes allowances for Production errors. Reference 08-00049.

ARTICLE IX Quality Requirements: N/A

ARTICLE X Records

Storage location and retention period for records is specified in procedure 00-00064 (SVTC Record Retention Policy).

ARTICLE XI Preventive Maintenance

ARTICLE XII Posting Sheets/Forms/Appendix

Form A: Golden Run Card

***

Form B: Engineering Activities Flow Chart

 

Page 10 of 14


 

LOGO

 

Page 11 of 14


 

LOGO

 

Page 12 of 14


SVTC Technologies, LLC    Company Confidential

 

Document History Page

Document Title:             ADDENDUM dated                     TO

Document Number:

 

Rev.

   ECN
No.
  

Orig. of
Change

  

Description of Change

**    403339    TE    New Spec defining Activity accounting and reporting for SVTC.
*A    412528    TE    Update Form B: Engineering Activities Flow Chart.
*B    422884    TE/ SBSTMP    Update Form B: Engineering Activities Flow Chart.
*C    470505    SBS/ SBSTMP    Update Form B: Engineering Activities Flow Chart – RSC Split Wfrs lot as child lot.
*D    483839    SBS/ SBSTMP    Updated Form B: @ CD Overlay.
*E    507804    RP   

Added section: 8.3.6.1.2 regarding wafer activity.

Added box to Form B that reads: No change if ENG. or customer perform.

F    NA    TM    Removed Cypress references

 

Page 13 of 14


SVTC Technologies, LLC    Company Confidential

 

Document History Page

Document Title:                          ADDENDUM dated                     TO

Document Number:

Distribution:    SVTC Operations

Posting:            None

 

Page 14 of 14


AMENDMENT

dated Jun 3rd, 2008 to

AMENDMENT dated April 1st, 2008 to

AGREEMENT FOR PILOT LINE OPERATION BY AND BETWEEN CYPRESS

SEMICONDUCTOR AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS, INC., Dated 31 July 2006

An AMENDMENT dated April 1st, 2008 to AGREEMENT FOR PILOT LINE OPERATION BY AND BETWEEN CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS, INC., Dated 31 July 2006 (the “Amendment”) was entered into effective as of April 1st, 2008 (“Effective Date”) by and between SVTC TECHNOLOGIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with principal offices at 3901 North First Street, San Jose, CA 95134, USA, (“SVTC”) and D-Wave Systems Inc., a company continued under the federal laws of Canada and having its head office at 4401 Still Creek Dr Suite 100, Burnaby, British Columbia, V5C 6G9 (“Customer”). SVTC and Customer collectively are the parties.

The parties hereby agree to amend the Amendment as follows:

Schedule A – Description Of Services

Section: Price, Fees and Costs

Clarification notes

Note 2 shall read:

Additional Activities are subject to availability at SVTC’s sole discretion. Additional activities requests must be made with at least 15 days advance notice.

Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the parties make no other changes to the Agreement. All capitalized terms that are not defined in this Amendment One are defined as per the Agreement.

The parties warrant and represent that each party’s duly authorized representative, who has authority to enter into contracts on behalf of such party, has signed this Amendment.

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED         
For SVTC    For Customer   
By:  

LOGO

     By:   

LOGO

  
Signature    Signature   
Date of signature:  

7/21/08

     Date of signature:   

7/14/08

  


AMENDMENT 4

This Amendment, (“Amendment”), dated December 29, 2008 (“Effective Date”) is to the Agreement for Pilot Line Operation dated July 31, 2006 between SVTC Technologies, LLC (“SVTC”) (as the legal successor in interest to Cypress Semiconductor Corporation) and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“D-Wave”), as amended August 2, 2006, April 1, 2008 and June 3, 2008 (the “Agreement”). The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in a writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

1.    Modification of Schedule A – Description of Services. For the period starting January 1, 2009 and ending December 31, 2009, Schedule A to the Agreement is replaced by Exhibit A4, attached hereto. On January 1, 2010, the Agreement and Schedule A shall revert to the terms as set out in the Agreement as amended April 1, 2008 and June 3, 2008.

2.    Effect of this Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control. Except as amended or otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the agreement remain in full force and effect. All terms of article 12 (Miscellaneous) of the Agreement shall apply to this Amendment and the interpretation thereof.

LIST OF ATTACHMENTS: Following is a list of attachments to this Amendment, including all Schedules and Exhibits. Any future added attachment must include a dated Amendment or provision referencing the Agreement and must be executed by all parties.

Exhibit A4

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below,

 

SVTC Technologies, LLC    Customer:    D-Wave Systems Inc.   
Signature:   

/s/ Bert Bruggeman

      Signature:   

/s/ Warren H.J. Wall

  
Printed Name:    Bert Bruggeman       Printed Name:    Warren H.J. Wall   
Title:    VP, Operations       Title:    VP & Chief Operating Officer   
Date:   

2/6/09

      Date:   

FEB 6, 2009

  

SVTC Technologies

3901 North First Street, San Jose, CA 95134

T 408-240-7000

www.svtc.com


D-Wave Systems

AMEND448213-002

 

 

Exhibit A4

Commercial Terms

For D-Wave’s 2009 Development at SVTC

1.0 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

SVTC shall provide D-Wave with access to SVTC’s Line for the one year period starting January 1, 2009 (the “Start Date”) and ending December 31, 2009 (the “End Date”), collectively, the “Project Duration”, in order to process silicon wafers in support of D-Wave’s Proposal for 2009 Development at SVTC. SVTC will use manufacturing processes that exist or are being developed by D-Wave and/or SVTC engineers, and D-Wave will be allocated a specific number of Activities, as well as other support and services, as described herein (“Services”). SVTC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform the Services requested by D-Wave, subject to the ability of SVTC to perform these Services on SVTC’s existing equipment and equipment contributed by D-Wave using standard materials and process recipes that are compatible with the equipment and resources of SVTC.

2.0 SUMMARY OF SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED:

 

     Metric

•  Fab Access

•  Included Activities

  

Yes, as set out below

[*****]/quarter, to be counted per SVTC activity spec 001-05660 (SVTC Production Activities Methodology and Accounting) attached to this Exhibit A4

•  Recipe Library Access

 

•  Engineering Services

•  Cubicle and Office Space(s)

  

Yes, per Section 4.5 Use of Equipment and Section 7.2 License from Cypress of the Agreement

Yes, as set out below

1 closed office (4 engineers)

3.0 SVTC SERVICE DEFINITIONS:

Fab Access Services Include:

 

1.

24 x 7 operational support for Activities on the SVTC Line

 

2.

24 x 7 access to SVTC equipment installed as of the date of this Amendment in SVTC San Jose

 

3.

SVTC provided Customer Program Manager (CPM) to coordinate all services

 

4.

Access to the SVTC MES system for runcard generation and wafer flow management

 

5.

SVTC metrology systems and data management

 

6.

Cycle Time Commitment (Standard - 1.5 M/l (Moves per Inventory) averaged over a period of one quarter for non hold inventory

 

12-19-2008    Page 1    Confidential


D-Wave Systems

CMD452793

 

 

Engineering Services – Fixed Fee Process Engineering Support:

 

1.

Up to [*****] Hours / Quarter for four Quarters

 

2.

Contracted engineering time may be utilized for the following development tasks:

 

  a.

New Recipe Creation: Creation of a new recipe or modification of an existing recipe in order to process D-Wave wafers

 

  b.

New Recipe Development: Development of new recipes to certain defined specs using best known methods

 

  c.

Consulting on technical questions

 

  d.

Problem lot disposition

 

  e.

Outsource investigations and Demo support

 

3.

These services are to be executed under D-Wave’s direction and management

 

4.

SVTC will make reasonable efforts to assign to the program adequate engineering resources with the expertise listed in Exhibit A of the Amendment dated April 1, 2008.

4.0 ADDITIONAL SERVICES:

 

Additional Services available upon request as Extraordinary Expense

Process Engineering Support    Process Module Development and/or Integration for services not covered by Fixed Fee Process Engineering Support set out herein

Reticles

   Reticle layout, frame build, OPC and procurement support available priced upon request

Foundry Transfer

   Specific capabilities available

Analytical Services

   Full service capabilities available priced upon request

Training

   Additional Engineering training available

5.0 PRICES, FEES AND COSTS:

 

Item

   Fees      Frequency  

Fab Access

 

•  Included Activities: [*****] / Quarter

 

•  Customer Engineering Tool Access (upon Certification)

 

10 Wafer Minimum Lot Size (Any lot requested by customer less than 10 wafers will be counted as a 10-wafer lot for accounting & invoicing purposes)

     [*****]        quarterly  

Activity Fee for activities in excess of the included [*****] Activities / Quarter

     [*****]        per Activity  

Engineering Services - Fixed Fee Process Engineering Support

 

•  Up to [*****] Hours / Quarter

 

•  Duration for 4 quarters

     [*****]        quarterly  

Engineering Services for hours exceeding contracted hours per quarter

     [*****]        hourly  

 

12-19-2008    Page 2    Confidential


D-Wave Systems

AMEND448213-002

 

 

6.0 FEE SCHEDULE:

 

Fees    1st Quarter      2nd Quarter      3rd Quarter      4th Quarter      Total  

Fab Access

     [*****]        [*****]        [*****]        [*****]        [*****]  

Included Activities

     [*****]        [*****        [*****]        [*****]        [*****]  

Engineering Services

     [*****]        [*****]        [*****]        [*****]        [*****]  

Included Engineering Hours

     [*****]        [*****]        [*****]        [*****]        [*****]  

Total

     [*****]        [*****]        [*****]        [*****]        [*****]  

7.0 TERMS:

 

1)

On January 1, 2010, the Agreement and Schedule A shall revert to the terms as set out in the Agreement as amended April 1, 2008 and June 3, 2008 and this Exhibit A3 shall be of no force and effect.

 

2)

Fees for all services provided by SVTC to D-Wave shall be invoiced the first day of each SVTC fiscal quarter. Any activities or engineering hours in excess of the contracted amount will be invoiced at the end of the quarter with the contract amount calculated to the SVTC fiscal work week calendar.

 

3)

Q109 Quarterly Fees will be paid upon the signing and execution by SVTC and D-Wave of this Amendment. Q209-Q409 Quarter Fees will be held in escrow for SVTC for up-front payment at the beginning of each respective quarter.

 

4)

With 30 days notice, D-Wave may increase the amount of Engineering Services requested by up to [*****] Hours (quarterly). In such a case, the quarterly charges for Engineering Services shall be increased by the number of hours increased times [*****] per hour.

 

5)

With 90 days notice, D-Wave may reduce the amount of Engineering Services requested by up to [*****] Engineering Hours (quarterly). In such a case, the quarterly charges for Engineering Services shall be reduced by the number of hours reduced times [*****] per hour.

 

6)

If D-Wave consumes fewer than the quarterly Activity Allocation ([*****] activities) in any given quarter, D-Wave may roll forward up to [*****] activities (“Carry-Forward Activities”) to subsequent quarters, to be applied to any excess activities (beyond the Activity Allocation) used in subsequent quarters, up to and including the quarter ending December 31, 2010. All unused Carry-Forward Activities shall expire at the end of the 2010 calendar year.

 

7)

Additional Activities, Engineering Hours, Additional Tool Training, access to additional equipment and resources, and other Extraordinary Expenses (“Additional Services”) shall be made available at SVTC’s sole discretion and shall be agreed to in writing prior to being performed by SVTC. D-Wave shall pay for all Additional Services per the terms of the Agreement.

 

8)

Hionix Process Development. Certain wafer activities are performed at Hionix, a supplier not affiliated with SVTC. All wafer activities run by SVTC engineers at Hionix will not be charged to D-Wave. D-Wave will be responsible for all charges billed by Hionix.

8.0 LICENSED TECHNOLOGY:

The Services listed above and SVTC’s process technology, including recipes and steps, used in the performance of services shall be provided and licensed to D-Wave under the terms, conditions and limitations of the Agreement and this Amendment, which shall override and supersede any terms and conditions in any other documents.

 

12-19-2008    Page 3    Confidential


VIA MAIL & EMAIL PDF       LOGO

Joe Hustein

SVTC Legal Counsel

408-240-7143

Tanya J. Rothe

General Counsel and Director of Intellectual Property

D-Wave Systems Inc.

100 – 4401 Still Creek Drive

Burnaby, BC V5C 6G9 Canada

March 25, 2009

Dear Tanya,

This letter is to confirm our telephone conversations that our companies agree to two minor changes in the recently executed Amendment 4 to the agreement between our companies. Specifically, in Exhibit A4 to the Amendment 4, the reference in Section 7.0 (Terms), sub-section 1) where it says Exhibit “A3”, it shall be changed “A4” and the second change is that the second sentence of sub-section 3), mentioning fees held in escrow shall be deleted in its entirety.

Please sign and date below and return a copy for our files. Thanks for your help in resolving this so expeditiously.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Joe Hustein

Joe Hustein

On behalf of D-Wave Systems Inc., I agree to the above,

 

Signature:  

/s/ WARREN WALL

 

Date:

 

April 7, 2009

Print name and title:  

WARREN WALL, COO

   

SVTC Technologies

3901 North First Street, San Jose, CA 95134

T 408 240-7000 F 408 240-7010

www.svtc.com


D-Wave Systems

AMEND448213-003

 

 

AMENDMENT 5

This Amendment 5. (“Amendment”), dated July 1, 2009 (“Effective Date”) is to the Master Services Agreement dated July 31, 2006 (“Agreement”) between SVTC Technologies, LLC (“SVTC”), and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“Company”). The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

Beginning July 1, 2009 and continuing until December 31, 2009 after which it expires, the Company shall have the option to pay a one-time fee of [*****] for the right to have one (1) hot lot at a time.

Hot lot status-is provided on-the following terms:

- Once a lot has been designated a hot lot by the Company, it shall remain as a hot lot until is fully completed.

- Minimum number of steps for hot lot status is 10

- M/I commitment is 2.8

Effect of this Amendment: In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control.

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below,

 

  SVTC Technologies, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Brian A. Stein

Printed Name:  

Brian A. Stein

Title:  

CFO

Date:  

8/24/09

Customer:   D-Wave Systems Inc,
Signature:  

/s/ Warren Wall

Printed Name:  

Warren Wall

Title:  

COO

Date:  

July 23, 2009

 

07-02-2009    Page 1 of 1    Confidential


D-Wave Systems

AMEND448213-004

 

 

AMENDMENT 6

This Amendment 6, (“Amendment”), dated November 2, 2009 (“Effective Date”) is to the Master Services Agreement dated July 31, 2006 between SVTC Technologies, LLC (“SVTC”) (as the legal successor in interest to Cypress Semiconductor Corporation), and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“Company”), as previously amended on August 2, 2006, April 1, 2008, June 3, 2008, December 29, 2008 and July 1, 2009 (collectively the “Agreement”). The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in a writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

Modification of Exhibit A4 - Commercial Terms

For the calendar quarter beginning September 28, 2009 and ending December 27, 2009, the Fab Access fee as stated in Exhibit A4 of Amendment 4 dated December 29, 2008 shall be modified to reflect the following:

The Fab Access fee for the quarter is increased from [*****] as currently stated to a quarterly fee of [*****], such amount will include 5.000 activities during the quarter. The [*****] fee is a minimal financial commitment to be paid even if less than the [*****] allocation of activities is used. If the actual number of activities exceeds [*****], each additional activity shall be additionally billed at the rate of [*****] per activity. The [*****] fee and [*****] activity allocation was calculated by adding [*****] activities at [*****] per activity plus another [*****] activities at [*****] per activity.

Effect of this Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control. Except as amended or otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the agreement remain in full force and effect and shall apply to this Amendment and the interpretation thereof.

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below,

 

  SVTC Technologies, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Brain A. Stein

Printed Name:  

Brain A. Stein

Title:  

CFO

Date:  

11/5/09

Customer:   D-Wave Systems Inc.
Signature:  

/s/ Warren Wall

Printed Name:  

Warren Wall

Title:  

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

Date:  

NOVEMBER 5, 2009

 

10-29-2009    Page 1 of 1    Confidential


D-Wave Systems

AMEND448213-005

 

 

AMENDMENT 7

This Amendment, (“Amendment”), dated December 28, 2009 (“Effective Date”) is to the Pilot Line Operation Agreement dated July 31, 2006 (“Agreement”) between SVTC Technologies, LLC (“SVTC”), as successor interest on the Agreement to Cypress Semiconductor, and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“Company” or “D-Wave”). The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in a writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

 

  l)

The Agreement is hereby amended to include attached Exhibit A7 describing services that will be provided by SVTC for Customer starting on the Effective Date. SVTC will provide to Customer the services described in Exhibit A7 for the fees set forth therein, subject to any additional terms and conditions set forth therein. Starting on December 28, 2009, attached Exhibit A7, including the service and fee provisions therein, shall replace and supersede the provisions of prior Exhibit A to the Agreement in its entirety.

Effect of this Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control. Except as amended or otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect and shall apply to this Amendment and the interpretation thereof.

LIST OF ATTACHMENTS: Following is a list of attachments to this Amendment, including all Schedules and Exhibits. Any future added attachment must include a dated Amendment or provision referencing the Agreement and must be executed by all parties.

Exhibit A 7 – Commercial Terms

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below.

 

  SVTC Technologies, LLC

Signature:

 

/s/ Brian A Stein

Printed Name:

 

Brian A Stein

Title:

 

CFO

Date:

  January 22, 2010

Customer:

  D-Wave Systems inc.

Signature:

 

/s/ Warren Wall

Printed Name:

 

Warren Wall

Title:

 

COO

Date:

   

 

12-23-2009    Page 1 of 5    Confidential


D-Wave Systems

AMEND448213-005

 

 

Exhibit A7

Commercial Terms

For D-Wave Systems Inc.’s Continuing Development

 

START DATE: 12-28-2009    DURATION: Six (6) Quarters

SVTC proposes the date (“Start Date”) above is the date on which SVTC will begin providing the following services under these revised commercial terms. The above Project Duration will commence upon the (“Start Date”) and continue for one SVTC fiscal quarter, ending June 27, 2012. On June 28, 2012, the Agreement and Schedule A shall revert to the terms as set out in the Agreement as amended August 2, 2006, April 1, 2008, June 3, 2008, December 29, 2008 and July 27, 2009.

1.0 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

SVTC shall provide services in support of D-Wave Systems Inc.’s Continuing Development. SVTC will use manufacturing processes that exist or are being developed by D-Wave Systems Inc., and D-Wave Systems Inc. will be allocated a specific number of Activities, as well as other support and services, as described herein (“Services”). SVTC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform the Services requested by D-Wave Systems Inc., subject to the ability of SVTC to perform these Services on SVTC’s existing equipment and equipment contributed by D-Wave Systems Inc. using standard materials and process recipes that are compatible with the equipment and resources of SVTC.

2.0 SUMMARY OF SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED:

 

   

Fab Access

 

   

Engineering Services

 

   

Process Library Access

 

   

On-site Lockable Office Space

3.0 SVTC SERVICE DEFINITIONS:

Fab Services:

 

1.

24 X 7 operational support for processing wafers in the SVTC Line

 

2.

24 X 7 access to SVTC equipment installed as of the date of this Amendment in SVTC San Jose

 

3.

Activities will be counted per SVTC activity spec W1-0003 (SVTC Production Activities Methodology and Accounting) attached to this Exhibit A7

 

4.

SVTC provided Customer Program Manager (CPM) to coordinate all services

 

5.

Access to the SVTC MES system for runcard generation and wafer flow management

 

6.

On-Site Workspace: Workspace with phones and internet access

 

7.

SVTC metrology systems and data management

 

8.

Cycle Time Commitment: 1.5 M/l (Move Activities per Inventory) averaged over one quarter for non-hold inventory

 

12-23-2009    Page 2 of 5    Confidential


D-Wave Systems

AMEND448213-005

 

 

Engineering Services:

 

1.

Contracted engineering time may be utilized for the following development tasks

 

  a.

New Recipe Creation: Creation of a new recipe or modification of an existing recipe in order to process Customer wafers

 

  b.

New Recipe Development: Development of new recipes to certain defined specs using best known methods

 

  c.

Consulting on technical questions

 

  d.

Problem lot disposition

 

  e.

Outsource investigations and Demo support

 

2.

These services are to be executed under customers direction and management

4.0 ADDITIONAL SERVICES:

 

Additional Services are subject to availability at SVTC’s sole discretion for additional fees
Additional Start Up Services    Additional engineers up to [*****] per year may be started up for an additional per engineer fee for the duration of the program
Additional Cubicles & Lockable Office Space    Subject to availability priced upon request
Reticles    Reticle layout, frame build, OPC and procurement support available priced upon request

Analytical Services

   Full service capabilities available priced upon request

5.0 SVTC SERVICE FEES:

 

Item

   Fees      Frequency  

Fab Services

•  Included Activities: see Section 6.0 Fee Schedule below

 

10 Wafer Minimum Lot Size (Example: Any lot requested by customer less than 10 wafers will be counted as a 10-wafer lot for accounting & invoicing purposes)

     See Section 6.0     

Engineering Services - Fixed Fee Process Engineering Support

 

•  Included Engineering Hours: see Section 6.0 Fee Schedule below

 

•  Duration for 6 quarters

     See Section 6.0     

Additional Items

   Fees      Frequency  

Additional On-Site Workspace and facilities

•  Lockable for 4 additional engineers

     Included     

Equipment Hosting Fee

     See Section 6.0     

 

12-23-2009    Page 3 of 5    Confidential


D-Wave Systems

AMEND448213-005

 

 

6.0 FEE SCHEDULE: (CY IS CALENDAR YEAR; Q IS QUARTER; ALL ARE SVTC FISCAL QUARTERS)

 

Fees

   CY Q1 2010    CY Q2 2010    CY Q3 2010    CY Q4 2010    CYQ1 2011    CY Q2 2011

Fab Services

   [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]

Included Activities

   [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]

Excess Activity Fee for activities in excess of the included activities

   [*****]/Act    [*****]/Act    [*****]/Act    [*****]/Act    [*****]/Act    [*****]/Act

Engineering Services

   [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]

Included Engineering Hours

   [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]

Excess Hours for Engineering Services for hours exceeding contracted hours per quarter

   [*****]/Hr    [*****]/Hr    [*****]/Hr    [*****]/Hr    [*****]/Hr    [*****]/Hr

Equipment Hosting Fee

   NA    NA    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]

Total

   [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]    [*****]

7.0 TERMS:

 

1)

Fees for all contracted services provided by SVTC to D-Wave shall be invoiced the first day of each SVTC fiscal quarter and will be due within 30 days of date of invoice. Fees incurred in excess of the contracted fees for Fab Services (Excess Activities) and Engineering Services (Excess Hours) will be invoiced at the end of each fiscal quarter. Other than the foregoing, SVTC shall invoice Customer when services are rendered, products shipped and/or deliverables are provided in the SVTC fiscal month that they occur. Payments shall be due within 30 days from date of invoice.

 

2)

Fees for contracted services provided by SVTC to D-Wave, for the period commencing on January 1, 2010 and ending May 31, 2010 shall be invoiced the last day of each SVTC fiscal month and will be due within 30 days of date of invoice. Actual usage plus any adjustments to fulfill the contracted fee requirements shall be invoiced at the end of the 3rd month of the fiscal quarter.

 

3)

Additional Activities, Engineering Hours, Additional Tool Training, access to additional equipment and resources, and other Extraordinary Expenses (“Additional Services”) shall be made available at SVTC’s sole discretion and shall be agreed to in writing prior to being performed by SVTC D-Wave Systems Inc. shall pay for all Additional Services per the terms of the Master Services Agreement.

 

4)

With 60 days notice. D-Wave may increase or decrease the amount of Engineering Services requested by up to [*****] Hours (quarterly). In such a case, the quarterly charges for Engineering Services shall be increased or decreased by the number of hours increased or decreased times [*****] per hour.

 

5)

Hionix Process Development. Certain wafer activities are performed at Hionix, a supplier not affiliated with SVTC. All wafer activities run by SVTC engineers at Hionix will not be charged to D-Wave. D-Wave will be responsible for all charges billed by Hionix.

 

6)

SVTC firmly commits that they will install the [*****] in the San Jose facility and will supply the space and facilities necessary to support the tool in the timeframe specified by D-Wave if D-Wave wishes to proceed. SVTC is not yet able to provide firm installation costs for the [*****] , but will have pricing secured prior to January 15th, 2010. All costs estimates will be provided to D-Wave for its review and approval. A management surcharge will be applied by

 

12-23-2009    Page 4 of 5    Confidential


D-Wave Systems

AMEND448213-005

 

 

SVTC for its supervision of the work and this charge will be fully disclosed to D-Wave. D-Wave is not obligated to move forward with tool installation at SVTC.

 

7)

If installed, SVTC will agree to support the [*****] with SVTC personnel and/or to facilitate coverage by [*****] or another qualified third party vendor. The vendor selection for service support will be at the discretion of D-Wave, subject to approval of SVTC. Should D-Wave select a support vendor other than SVTC, a mutually agreed upon management fee for SVTC will be assessed.

 

8)

The Equipment Hosting Fee shall cover all D-Wave activities processed in the D-Wave owned [*****] and there shall be no additional activity charge assessed against D-Wave, regardless of whether the material is run by D-Wave personnel or SVTC personnel.

 

9)

The 90 days referred to in Section 12.4(a) of the Master Services Agreement is reduced to 60 days.

 

10)

Hot lot status shall be billed at a rate of $[*****]K per every two quarters and shall extend for the duration on this agreement.

8.0 LICENSED TECHNOLOGY:

The Services listed above and SVTC’s process technology, including recipes and steps, used in the performance of services shall be provided and licensed to Customer under the terms, conditions and limitations of the Agreement, which shall override and supersede any terms and conditions in any other documents.

 

12-23-2009    Page 5 of 5    Confidential


D-Wave Systems

AMEND448213-006

 

 

AMENDMENT 8

This Amendment, (“Amendment”), dated February 22, 2010 (“Effective Date”) is to the Pilot Line Operation Agreement dated July 31, 2006 (“Agreement”) between SVTC Technologies, LLC (“SVTC”), and D-Wave Systems Inc, (“Company”), SVTC is the legal successor in interest to Cypress Semiconductor on the Agreement. The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in a writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

SVTC and Company agree that the fees for office space, as described in Schedule A to the prior Amendment dated April 1, 2008, shall continue and remain in effect for the Duration stated in Amendment 7, dated December 28, 2009,

Effect of this Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control. Except as amended or otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the agreement remain in full force and effect and shall apply to this Amendment and the interpretation thereof,

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below,

 

  SVTC Technologies, LLC

Signature:

 

/s/ Brain A. Stein

Printed Name:

 

Brain A. Stein

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

Date:

 

March 15, 2010

Customer:

  D-Wave Systems Inc.

Signature:

 

/s/ Warren Wall

Printed Name:

 

Warren Wall

Title:

 

COO

Date:

 

March 1, 2010

 

02-22-2010    Page 1 of 1    Confidential


D-Wave Systems

AMEND448213-007

 

 

AMENDMENT 9

This Amendment 9, (“Amendment”), dated March 18, 2010 (“Effective Date”) is to the Pilot Line Operation Agreement dated July 31, 2006 (“Agreement”) between SVTC Technologies, LLC (“SVTC”), and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“Customer”). SVTC is the legal successor in interest to Cypress Semiconductor on the Agreement. The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in a writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

 

  1)

SVTC and Customer agree to defer a portion of the CY Q2, 2010 (SVTC Fiscal Quarter 1 2011) (April, May and June of 2010) quarterly commitments to pay fees for Fab Services Activities and Engineering Service hours. Customer’s current quarterly commitment as stated in Table 6, of Exhibit A7, attached to prior Amendment 7, is [*****] Activities and [*****] Engineering Services hours. The commitments will be modified as follows.

 

  2)

Fab Services Activities:

The modified commitment shall be reduced to [*****] Activities for the quarter, spread over the three months. Fees covering [*****] Activities will be invoiced the last day of each of the first two SVTC fiscal months of the quarter and will be due within 30 days of invoice. The remaining [*****] Activities of the [*****] commitment, plus any adjustments due to higher actual usage, will be invoiced on the last day of the third SVTC fiscal month and payment shall be due within 30 days from date of invoice.

Customer agrees that it shall be financially committed to pay for the [*****] Activities deferred from the prior [*****] Activities commitment during the following two quarters (July, August and September of 2010 and October, November and December of 2010), such commitment in addition to the prior quarterly commitments as stated in Table 6, of Exhibit A7, attached to prior Amendment 7, for those quarters. Fees for the [*****] Activities shall be invoiced at the agreed rate for the applicable quarter, either when actually used or to the extent not used, then the last day of SVTC’s December fiscal month and payment shall be due within 30 days from date of invoice.

 

  3)

Engineering Service Hours:

The modified commitment shall be reduced to [*****] Engineering Services hours for the quarter, spread over the three months. Fees covering [*****] Engineering Services hours will be invoiced the last day of each of the first two months and will be due within 30 days of invoice. The remaining [*****] Engineering Services hours of the [*****] hours commitment, plus any adjustments due to higher actual usage, will be invoiced on the last day of the third SVTC fiscal month and payment shall be due within 30 days from date of invoice.

Customer agrees it shall be financially committed to pay for the [*****] Engineering Services hours deferred from the prior [*****] hours commitment, during the following two quarters (July, August and September of 2010 and October, November and December of 2010), such commitment in addition to the prior quarterly commitments as stated in Table 6, of Exhibit A7, attached to prior Amendment 7, for those quarters. Fees for the [*****] hours shall be invoiced at the agreed rate for the applicable quarter, either when actually used or to the extent not used, then the last day of SVTC’s December fiscal month and payment shall be due within 30 days from date of invoice.

Effect of this Amendment: In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control. Except as amended or otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions

 

03-18-2010    Page 1 of 2    Confidential


D-Wave Systems

AMEND448213-007

 

 

of the agreement remain in full force and effect and shall apply to this Amendment and the interpretation thereof.

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below,

 

  SVTC Technologies, LLC

Signature:

 

/s/ Brian A. Stein

Printed Name:

 

Brian A. Stein

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

Date:

 

April 7, 2010

Customer:

  D-Wave Systems Inc.

Signature:

 

/s/ Warren Wall

Printed Name:

 

Warren Wall

Title:

 

COO

Date:

 

April 7, 2010

 

03-18-2010    Page 2 of 2    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-008

Initials: SVTC: BAS Customer: WW

 

 

AMENDMENT 10

This Amendment 10, (“Amendment”), dated August 2, 2010 (“Effective Date”) is to the Pilot Line Operation Agreement dated July 31, 2006 between SVTC Technologies, LLC (‘‘SVTC”), and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“D-Wave”), as previously amended on August 2, 2006, April 1, 2008, June 3, 2008, December 29, 2008, July 1, 2009, November 2, 2009, December 28, 2009, February 22, 2010 and March 18, 2010 (collectively the “Agreement”). SVTC is the legal successor in interest to Cypress Semiconductor on the Agreement. The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in a writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

 

  1)

The Agreement is hereby amended to include attached Exhibit A10 describing services that will be provided by SVTC for D-Wave starting on the Effective Date.

 

  2)

Section 7 subparagraph 6 of Exhibit A7, attached to Amendment 7, date December 28, 2009 is deleted in its entirety. The referenced Endura system was never installed and no costs were ever incurred.

 

  3)

Section 7 subparagraph 7 of Exhibit A7, attached to Amendment 7, date December 28, 2009 is deleted, replaced and superseded with the following:

D-Wave has purchased an [*****] which is to be installed at SVTC for use with services provided to D-Wave by SVTC. D-Wave shall pay SVTC for the installation of the [*****] as detailed in attached Exhibit A10 and the [*****] constitutes “Customer Equipment” under the Agreement. Upon installation, SVTC will support the [*****] with SVTC personnel and/or facilitate coverage by the original equipment manufacturer or another qualified third party vendor. The vendor selection for service support will be at the discretion of D-Wave, subject to approval of SVTC acting reasonably.

SVTC acknowledges and agrees that SVTC has no interest in the [*****] and that neither SVTC nor anyone claiming through SVTC will make any claim whatsoever to the tool. SVTC shall provide such documents and/or information as is reasonably requested by D-Wave in order for D-Wave to protect D-Wave’s ownership interest in the [*****], including but not limited to documents and/or information D-Wave requires to acquire insurance coverage or to effect UCC or similar registrations in any jurisdiction D-Wave reasonably deems necessary.

As set out in Section 4.3(a) of the Agreement, D-Wave may remove the tool in a way that minimizes disturbance to the Line on reasonable notice without any financial responsibility to SVTC.

As set out in Section 4.5 of the Agreement, the [*****] shall only be used to manufacture D-Wave products or otherwise for the benefit of D-Wave and for no other purpose, and in particular, SVTC shall ensure that except with the written consent of D-Wave, magnetic materials shall not be used in conjunction with or to operate or to maintain the [*****].

 

  4)

Section 7 subparagraph 8 of Exhibit A7, attached to Amendment 7, date December 28, 2009 shall be replaced and superseded with the following.

Due to the payment of the Equipment Hosting Fee, all D-Wave Activities processed in the [*****]

 

07-30-2010    Page 1 of 3    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-008

Initials: SVTC:              Customer: WW

 

 

shall not be counted in the Included Activities and there shall be no additional Activity charge assessed against D-Wave, regardless of whether the [*****] processing is performed by D-Wave or SVTC personnel.

Effect of this Amendment: In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control. Except as amended or otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the agreement remain in full force and effect and shall apply to this Amendment and the interpretation thereof.

LIST OF ATTACHMENTS: Following is a list of attachments to this Amendment, including all Schedules and Exhibits. Any future added attachment must include a dated Amendment or provision referencing the Agreement and must be executed by all parties.

Exhibit A - Commercial Terms

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below,

 

  SVTC Technologies, LLC

Signature:

 

/s/ Brian A. Stein

Printed Name:

 

Brian A. Stein

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

Date:

 

9/2/10

Customer:

  D-Wave Systems Inc.

Signature:

 

/s/ Warren Wall

Printed Name:

 

Warren Wall

Title:

 

COO

Date:

 

sept 1, 2010

 

07-30-2010    Page 2 of 3    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-008

Initials: SVTC: BAS Customer: WW

 

 

Exhibit A10

Commercial Terms

For D-Wave Systems Inc.’s [*****] Equipment Installation

 

START DATE: 08-02-2010

  

DURATION: Three (3) Months

SVTC proposes the date above on which SVTC will begin providing the following services under the Pilot Line Operation Agreement (“Start Date”). Project Duration is the period of time for the project described in this Amendment.

1.0 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

SVTC shall install the [*****] by D-Wave into SVTC FAB. SVTC shall use a licensed subcontractor, of SVTC’s choosing, to perform the necessary installation work.

2.0 SVTC SERVICE FEE SCHEDULE:

 

Item

   Fees      Frequency  

a) Installation of [*****] tool

     

• Materials

     [*****]     

• Labor

     [*****]     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     [*****]        Onetime fee  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

3.0 TERMS:

 

1)

Fees for services provided by SVTC to Customer shall be invoiced 15 days Prior to the start of the installation work and shall be due 30 days from date of invoice.

2)

Equipment Hosting Fees shall be charged per the commercial terms in Exhibit A7 attached to Amendment 7. Equipment Hosting Fees will be prorated from date of commencement of installation.

 

07-30-2010    Page 3 of 3    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-009

Initials: SVTC: JM Customer: WW

 

 

AMENDMENT 11

This Amendment 11, (“Amendment”), dated January 1, 2011 (“Effective Date”) is to the Pilot Line Operation Agreement dated July 31, 2006 (“Agreement”) between SVTC Technologies, LLC (“SVTC”), and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“Company”). SVTC is the legal successor in interest to Cypress Semiconductor on the Agreement. The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in a writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

 

  1)

Company desires to reduce the Engineering Services listed in Section 6, of Exhibit A7 in Amendment 7, dated December 28, 2009. Section 7, subparagraph 4, requires 60 days notice for a request for a reduction, however, Company has provided less than 60 days notice.

 

  2)

SVTC agrees this time to waive the 60 day requirement and to this time accept Company’s request to reduce the number of Engineering Hours from [*****] hours to [*****] hours during the period of time for CY Q1 2011 and CY Q2 2011 (January 1, 2011 to June 30, 2011). The hourly rate shall remain the same at [*****]/hour.

Effect of this Amendment: In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control. Except as amended or otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the agreement remain in full force and effect and shall apply to this Amendment and the interpretation thereof.

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below,

 

  SVTC Technologies, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Jon Myers

Printed Name:  

Jon Myers

Title:  

Vice President, Sales and Marketing

Date:  

12/23/2010

 

Company:   D-Wave Systems Inc.
Signature:  

/s/ Warren Wall

Printed Name:  

Warren Wall

Title:  

COO

Date:  

December 23, 2010

 

12-14-2010    Page 1 of 1    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-010

Initials: SVTC: MM Customer:             

 

 

AMENDMENT 12

This Amendment 12, (“Amendment”), dated March 28, 2011 (“Effective Date”) is to the Pilot Line Operation Agreement dated July 31, 2006 (“Agreement”) between SVTC Technologies, LLC (“SVTC”), and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“Company”). SVTC is the legal successor in interest to Cypress Semiconductor on the Agreement. The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in a writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

 

  1)

The Agreement is hereby amended to include attached Exhibit A12 describing services that will be provided by SVTC for Customer starting on the Effective Date. SVTC will provide to Company the services described in Exhibit A12 for the fees set forth therein, subject to any additional terms and conditions set forth therein. Starting on March 28, 2011, attached Exhibit A12, including the service and fee provisions therein, shall replace and supersede the provisions of prior Exhibit A7 to the Agreement in its entirety.

Effect of this Amendment: In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control. Except as amended or otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the agreement remain in full force and effect and shall apply to this Amendment and the interpretation thereof.

LIST OF ATTACHMENTS: Following is a list of attachments to this Amendment, including all Schedules and Exhibits. Any future added attachment must include a dated Amendment or provision referencing the Agreement and must be executed by all parties.

Exhibit A12 - Commercial Terms

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below,

 

  SVTC Technologies, LLC
Signature:  

/s Michael Moore

Printed Name:  

Michael Moore

Title:  

VP, General Manager Silicon Services

Date:  

march 29, 2011

 

Company:   D-Wave Systems Inc.
Signature:  

/s/ Warren Wall

Printed Name:  

Warren Wall

Title:  

COO

Date:  

MARCH 29, 2011

 

02-23-2011    Page 1 of 5    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-010

Initials: SVTC: MM Customer:            

 

 

Exhibit A12

Commercial Terms

For D-Wave Systems Inc.’s Continuing Development

 

START DATE: 03-28-2011   DURATION: Eight (8) Quarters

SVTC proposes the date above on which SVTC will begin providing the following services under the Agreement (“Start Date”). Project Duration is the period of time for the project described in this Amendment.

 

1.0

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

SVTC shall provide research and development services in support of D-Wave Systems Inc.’s Continuing Development. SVTC will use manufacturing processes that exist or are being developed by D-Wave Systems Inc. (D-Wave), and D-Wave will be allocated a specific number of Activities, as well as other support and services, as described herein (“Services”). SVTC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform the Services requested by D-Wave, subject to the ability of SVTC to perform these Services on SVTC’s existing equipment and equipment contributed by D-Wave using standard materials and process recipes that are compatible with the equipment and resources of SVTC.

2.0 SUMMARY OF SERVICES THAT MAY BE PROVIDED:

 

   

Fab Services

 

   

Engineering Services

 

   

Process Library Access

 

   

Additional On-Site Workspace including Lockable Office Space

3.0 SVTC SERVICE DEFINITIONS:

Fab Services:

 

1.

24 X 7 operational support for processing wafers in the SVTC Line

 

2.

24 X 7 access to SVTC equipment installed as of the date of this Amendment in SVTC San Jose

 

3.

Activities will be counted per SVTC activity spec W1-0003 (SVTC Production Activities Methodology and Accounting) attached to this Exhibit A12.

 

4.

SVTC provided Customer Program Manager (CPM) to coordinate all services

 

5.

Access to the SVTC MES system for wafer flow management

 

6.

On-Site Workspace: Workspace with phones and internet access

 

7.

SVTC metrology systems and data management

 

8.

Cycle Time Commitment: 1.5 M/I (Move Activities per Inventory) averaged over one quarter for non-hold inventory

 

02-23-2011    Page 2 of 5    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-010

Initials: SVTC: MM Customer:            

 

 

Engineering Services: (Defined in the Agreement)

 

1.

Contracted engineering services may be utilized for the following development tasks

 

  a.

New Recipe Creation: Creation of a new recipe or modification of an existing recipe in order to process Customer wafers

 

  b.

New Recipe Development: Development of new recipes to certain defined specs using best known methods

 

  c.

Consulting on technical questions

 

  d.

Problem lot disposition

 

  e.

Outsource investigations and Demo support

 

  f.

Project meeting attendance as normally scheduled or as requested by customer

 

2.

These services are to be executed in collaboration with customer direction and management

 

4.0

ADDITIONAL SERVICES**:

 

Additional Training

Services

 

 

Additional engineers up to [*****] per year may be started up for an additional per engineer fee for the duration of the program, priced upon request

 

Additional Cubicles &

Lockable Office Space

 

 

Subject to availability priced upon request

 

Reticles

 

 

Reticle layout, frame build, OPC and procurement support available priced upon request

 

Analytical Services

 

 

Full service capabilities available priced upon request

 

** Additional Services subject to availability

 

02-23-2011    Page 3 of 5    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-010

Initials: SVTC: MM Customer:            

 

 

5.0

SVTC SERVICE FEE SCHEDULE:

 

Item    Fees     

Frequency

a)  Fab Services-Tiered Pricing

Tier 1

•  Included Activities: [*****]

•  Activity Rate: [*****] per activity

10 Wafer Minimum Lot Size (Example: Any lot requested by D-Wave less than 10 wafers will be counted as a 10-wafer lot for accounting & invoicing purposes)

     [*****]      quarterly

Activity Fee for activities in excess of [*****] activities

     [*****]      per activity

b)  Fab Services-Tiered Pricing

Tier 2

•  Included Activities: [*****]

•  Activity Rate: [*****] per activity

10 Wafer Minimum Lot Size (Example: Any lot requested by D-Wave less than 10 wafers will be counted as a 10-wafer lot for accounting & invoicing purposes)

     [*****]      quarterly

Activity Fee for activities in excess of the included [*****] activities

     [*****]      per activity

b)  Engineering Services-Process Engineering Support -Allocation

•  Included Hours: Up to [*****] Hours / Quarter

     [*****]      quarterly

Engineering Services for hours exceeding Allocation

     [*****]      hourly

Additional Items

   Fees     

Frequency

c)  Additional On-Site Workspace and facilities

•  Lockable for 4 engineers (in addition to the facilities provided in the Agreement, including but not limited to Sections 2.9 and 5.1)

     [*****]      quarterly

d)  Equipment Hosting Fee

     [*****]      quarterly

 

6.0

TERMS:

 

 

02-23-2011    Page 4 of 5    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-010

Initials: SVTC: MM Customer:            

 

 

1)

Fees for all contracted services provided by SVTC to D-Wave shall be invoiced 15 days prior to the start of each SVTC fiscal quarter and will be due on the first day of the quarter. Fees incurred in excess of the contracted fees for Fab Services (Excess Activities) and Engineering Services (Excess Hours) will be invoiced at the end of each fiscal quarter. Other than the foregoing, SVTC shall invoice D-Wave when services are rendered, products shipped and/or deliverables are provided in the SVTC fiscal month that they occur. Payments shall be due within 30 days from date of invoice.

2)

D-Wave must provide SVTC with advanced written notice of its election of the Fab Services Tier, section 5 above, at least 30 days prior to the start of an SVTC fiscal quarter. If no written notice is received 30 days prior to the beginning of the first quarter covered by this Exhibit A12, the Fab Services Tier will be set to Tier 1 for that quarter. The Fab Services Tier cannot be altered during a quarter. If no written notice is received 30 days prior to the beginning of subsequent quarters, the Fab Services Tier will be set to the level of the prior quarter.

3)

Additional Activities, Engineering Hours, Additional Tool Training, access to additional equipment and resources, and other Extraordinary Expenses (“Additional Services”) shall be made available at SVTC’s sole discretion and shall be agreed to in writing prior to being performed by SVTC. D-Wave Payments shall be due within 30 days from date of invoice.

4)

The Equipment Hosting Fee shall cover all D-Wave activities processed in the D-Wave owned [*****] system and there shall be no additional activity charge assessed against D-Wave, regardless of whether the material is run by D-Wave personnel or SVTC personnel.

5)

Hot lot status shall be billed at a rate of [*****] per every two quarters and shall extend for the duration on this agreement.

6)

With 30 days notice, D-Wave may increase or decrease the Engineering Services Allocation requested by up to [*****] Hours (quarterly). In such a case, the quarterly charges for Engineering Services shall be increased or decreased by the number of hours increased or decreased times [*****] per hour. D-Wave may only request one engineering allocation change per quarter. D-Wave may not decrease the Engineering Services Allocation below [*****] hours and may not increase the Engineering Services Allocation above [*****] hours.

7)

With 60 days notice, D-Wave may cancel the Additional On-site Workspace and facilities set out in Section 5.0(c) of this Schedule A12. To avoid further charges D-Wave must completely vacate the Additional On-site Workspace and facilities prior to the 60th day after giving notice.

8)

The 90 days referred to in Section 12.4(a) of the Agreement is reduced to 60 days.

 

7.0

LICENSED TECHNOLOGY:

The Services listed above and SVTC’s process technology, including recipes and steps, used in the performance of services shall be provided and licensed to D-Wave under the terms, conditions and limitations of the Agreement, which shall override and supersede any terms and conditions in any customer provided documents.

 

02-23-2011    Page 5 of 5    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-011

Initials: SVTC: KAK Customer: WW

 

 

 

AMENDMENT 13

This Amendment 13, (“Amendment”), dated June 15, 2011 (“Effective Date”) is to the Pilot Line Operation Agreement dated July 31, 2006 (“Agreement”) between SVTC Technologies, LLC (“SVTC”), and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“Customer”). SVTC is the legal successor in interest to Cypress Semiconductor on the Agreement. The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in a writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

 

  1)

SVTC and Customer agree the Minimum Financial Commitment for Activities and Engineering Services Hours, for SVTC fiscal quarter 2 (June 27, 2011 through September 25, 2011), shall be [*****] which will include [*****] Activities and [*****] which will include [*****] Hours. SVTC shall invoice Customer for Activities in excess of the MFC at the rate of [*****] per Activity and Engineering Services Hours in excess of the MFC at the rate of [*****] per Hour.

 

  2)

SVTC and Customer agree the Minimum Financial Commitment for Activities and Engineering Services Hours, for SVTC fiscal quarter 3 (September 26, 2011 through December 25, 2011), shall be [*****] which will include [*****] Activities and [*****] which will include [*****] Hours. SVTC shall invoice Customer for Activities in excess of the MFC at the rate of [*****] per Activity and Engineering Services Hours in excess of the MFC at the rate of [*****] per Hour. Customer may increase its Activities forecast, increasing the MFC for that quarter, or may decrease its Activities forecast to no lower than tier 1, as stated is subsection a), of section 5 of Exhibit A12 to the Agreement; such changes in forecast to be provided in writing to SVTC on or before August 30, 2011. Customer may increase its Hours forecast no higher than [*****], increasing the MFC for that quarter, or may decrease its forecast to no lower than [*****], decreasing the MFC for that quarter; such changes in forecast to be provided in writing to SVTC on or before August 30, 2011.

Effect of this Amendment: In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control. Except as amended or otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the agreement remain in full force and effect and shall apply to this Amendment and the interpretation thereof.

 

06-15-2011    Page 1 of 2    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-011

Initials: SVTC:             Customer: WW

 

 

 

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below,

 

SVTC Technologies, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Kevin Kassekert

Printed Name:  

Kevin Kassekert

Title:  

General Manager

Date:  

6/24/11

Customer:   D-Wave Systems Inc.
Signature:  

/s/ WARREN WALL

Printed Name:  

WARREN WALL

Title:  

COO

Date:  

JUNE 24, 2011

 

06-15-2011    Page 2 of 2    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-012

Initials: SVTC: KK Customer:            

 

 

AMENDMENT 14

This Amendment 14, (“Amendment”), dated August 29, 2011 (“Effective Date”) is to the Pilot Line Operation Agreement dated July 31, 2006 (“Agreement”) between SVTC Technologies, LLC (“SVTC”), and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“Customer”). SVTC is the legal successor in interest to Cypress Semiconductor on the Agreement. The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in a writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

For SVTC fiscal quarter 3 (September 26, 2011 through December 25, 2011), SVTC and Customer agree to revise Section 6, Term 1 in Amendment 12 to the following:

- One third of the quarterly MFC fees for Activities and Engineering Services Hours, as specified in Amendment 13, will be due on the first day of each calendar month(October 1st, November 1st and December 1st). Fees incurred in excess of the MFC will be invoiced at the end of each SVTC fiscal month and payment shall be due within 30 days from date of invoice.

Effect of this Amendment: In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control. Except as amended or otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the agreement remain in full force and effect.

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below,

 

 

SVTC Technologies, LLC

Signature:  

/s/ Kevin Kassekert

Printed Name:  

Kevin Kassekert

Title:  

General Manager

Date:  

9/12/11

Customer:   D-Wave Systems Inc.
Signature:  

/s/ Warren Wall

Printed Name:  

Warren Wall

Title:  

COO

Date:  

SEP 9, 2011

 

09-02-2011    Page 1 of 1    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-013

Initials: SVTC: KK Customer: WW

 

 

AMENDMENT 15

This Amendment 15, (“Amendment”), dated March 13, 2012 (“Effective Date”) is to the Pilot Line Operation Agreement dated July 31, 2006, as amended numerous times (“Agreement”) between SVTC Technologies, LLC (“SVTC”), and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“Company”). SVTC is the legal successor in interest to Cypress Semiconductor on the Agreement. The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in a writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

 

  1)

For SVTC fiscal quarter 1 of SVTC fiscal year 2013 (March 26, 2012 through July 1, 2012), SVTC and Customer agree to revise Section 6, Term 1 in Amendment 12 to the following:

 

  2)

Fees for all contracted services provided by SVTC to D-Wave shall be due per the payment schedule in the table below. Fees incurred in excess of the contracted fees for Fab Services (Excess Activities) and Engineering Services (Excess Hours) will be invoiced at the end of each fiscal quarter. Other than the foregoing, SVTC shall invoice D-Wave when services are rendered, products shipped and/or deliverables are provided in the SVTC fiscal month that they occur. Payments shall be due within 30 days from date of invoice.

 

Fees

   1st
Instalment
   2nd
Instalment
   Total  

Fab Services

   [*****]    [*****]      [*****]  

Included Activities

   [*****]    [*****]      [*****]  

Engineering Services

   [*****]    [*****]      [*****]  

Included Engineering Hours

   [*****]    [*****]      [*****]  

Additional On-Site Workspace

   [*****]    N/A      [*****]  

Hot Lot Status (for SVTC fiscal Q1 and Q2)

   [*****]    N/A      [*****]  

Equipment Hosting Fee

   [*****]    N/A      [*****]  

Taxes

   [*****]    [*****]      [*****]  

Total

   [*****]    [*****]      [*****]  

Payment Schedule

        

Due on or before 3/23/2012

   [*****]   

Due on or before 4/2/2012

   [*****]   

Due on or before 6/22/2012

      [*****]

Effect of this Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control. Except as amended or otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the agreement remain in full force and effect and shall apply to this Amendment and the interpretation thereof.

(Signatures on following page)

 

03-13-2012    Page 1 of 2    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-013

Initials: SVTC: KK Company: WW

 

 

 

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below,

 

  SVTC Technologies, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Kevin Kassekert

Printed Name:  

Kevin Kassekert

Title:  

Vice President, Silicon Services

Date:  

3/15/2012

Customer:   D-Wave Systems Inc.
Signature:  

/s/ WARREN WALL

Printed Name:  

WARREN WALL

Title:  

COO

Date:  

MARCH 14, 2012

 

03-13-2012    Page 2 of 2    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-014

Initials: SVTC:             Company: WW

 

 

AMENDMENT 16

This Amendment, (“Amendment”), dated June 25, 2012 (“Effective Date”) is to the Pilot Line Operation Agreement dated July 31, 2006 (“Agreement”) between SVTC Technologies, LLC (“SVTC”), and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“Customer”). SVTC is the legal successor in interest to Cypress Semiconductor on the Agreement. The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in a writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

 

  1)

The Agreement is hereby amended to include attached Exhibit A16 describing services that will be provided by SVTC for Customer starting on the Effective Date. SVTC will provide to Customer the services described in Exhibit A16 for the fees set forth therein, subject to any additional terms and conditions set forth therein. Starting on June 25, 2012, attached Exhibit A16, including the service and fee provisions therein, shall replace and supersede the provisions of prior Exhibit A12 to the Agreement in its entirety.

Effect of this Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control. Except as amended or otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

LIST OF ATTACHMENTS: Following is a list of attachments to this Amendment, including all Schedules and Exhibits. Any future added attachment must include a dated Amendment or provision referencing the Agreement and must be executed by all parties.

 

 Exhibit A16 - Commercial Terms

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below,

 

  SVTC Technologies, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Kevin Kassekert

Printed Name:  

Kevin Kassekert

Title:  

Vice President, Silicon Services

Date:  

 

Customer:   D-Wave Systems Inc.
Signature:  

/s/ WARREN WALL

Printed Name:  

WARREN WALL

Title:  

COO

Date:  

JUNE 15, 2012

 

06-13-2012    Page 1 of 6    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-014

Initials: SVTC:             Customer: WW

 

 

Exhibit A16

Commercial Terms

For D-Wave Systems Inc.’s Continuing Development

 

START DATE: 06-25-2012

DURATION: Eight (8) Quarters

SVTC proposes the date above on which SVTC will begin providing the following services under the Master Services Agreement (’’Start Date”). Project Duration is the period of time for the project described in this Amendment.

 

1.0

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

SVTC shall provide research and development services in support of D-Wave Systems Inc.’s Continuing Development. SVTC will start with semiconductor processes that exist or are being developed by D-Wave Systems Inc., and will provide other support as described herein (“Services”). SVTC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform the Services requested by D-Wave Systems Inc., subject to the ability of SVTC to perform these Services on SVTC’s existing equipment and using standard materials and process recipes that are compatible with the equipment and resources of SVTC.

 

2.0

SUMMARY OF SERVICES THAT MAY BE PROVIDED:

 

   

Fab Services

   

Engineering Services

   

Process Library Access

   

Additional On-Site Workspace including Lockable Office Space

 

3.0

SVTC SERVICE DEFINITIONS:

 

Fab Services:

1.  24 X 7 operational support for processing wafers in the SVTC Line

2.  24 X 7 access to SVTC equipment installed as of the date of this Amendment in SVTC San Jose

3.  Activities will be counted per SVTC activity spec W1-0003 (SVTC Production Activities Methodology and Accounting) attached to this Exhibit A12.

4.  SVTC provided Customer Program Manager (CPM) to coordinate all services

5.  Access to the SVTC MES system for wafer flow management

6.  On-Site Workspace: Workspace with phones and internet access

7.  SVTC metrology systems and data management

8.  Cycle Time Commitment: 1.5 M/l (Move Activities per Inventory) averaged over one quarter for non-hold inventory

 

06-13-2012    Page 2 of 6    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-014

Initials: SVTC:             Customer: WW

 

 

Engineering Services: (Defined in the Agreement)

 

1.

Contracted engineering services may be utilized for the following development tasks

 

  a.

New Recipe Creation: Creation of a new recipe or modification of an existing recipe in order to process Customer wafers

 

  b.

New Recipe Development: Development of new recipes to certain defined specs using best known methods

 

  c.

Consulting on technical questions

 

  d.

Problem lot disposition

 

  e.

Outsource investigations and Demo support

 

  f.

Project meeting attendance as normally scheduled or as requested by Customer

 

2.

These services are to be executed in collaboration with customers direction and management

 

4.0

ADDITIONAL SERVICES**:

 

Additional Training Services

   Additional engineers up to [*****] per year may be started up for an additional per engineer fee for the duration of the program, priced upon request

Additional Cubicles &

Lockable Office Space

   Subject to availability priced upon request

Reticles

   Reticle layout, frame build, OPC and procurement support available priced upon request

Analytical Services

   Full service capabilities available priced upon request

**Additional Services subject to availability

 

06-13-2012    Page 3 of 6    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-014

Initials: SVTC:             Customer: WW

 

 

5.0

SVTC SERVICE FEE SCHEDULE:

 

Fab Services—Tiered Pricing

   Fees      Frequency  

a)  Fab Services—Tiered Pricing

Tier 1

•  Included Activities: [*****]

•  Activity Rate: [*****] per activity

10 Wafer Minimum Lot Size (Example: Any lot requested by D-Wave less than 10 wafers will be counted as a 10-wafer lot for accounting & invoicing purposes)

  

 

 

 

[*****]

 

 

  

 

 

 

quarterly

 

 

Activity Fee for activities in excess of [*****] activities

     [*****]        per activity  

b)  Fab Services—Tiered Pricing

Tier 2

•  Included Activities: [*****]

•  Activity Rate: [*****] per activity

10 Wafer Minimum Lot Size (Example: Any lot requested by D-Wave less than 10 wafers will be counted as a 10-wafer lot for accounting & invoicing purposes)

  

 

 

 

[*****]

 

 

  

 

 

 

quarterly

 

 

Activity Fee for activities in excess of the included [*****] activities

     [*****]        per activity  

c)  Fab Services—Tiered Pricing

Tier 3

•  Included Activities: [*****]

•  Activity Rate: [*****] per activity

10 Wafer Minimum Lot Size (Example: Any lot requested by D-Wave less than 10 wafers will be counted as a 10-wafer lot for accounting & invoicing purposes)

  

 

 

 

[*****]

 

 

  

 

 

 

quarterly

 

 

Activity Fee for activities in excess of the included [*****] activities

     [*****]        per activity  

d)  Fab Services—Tiered Pricing

Tier 4

•  Included Activities: [*****]

•  Activity Rate: [*****] per activity

10 Wafer Minimum Lot Size (Example: Any lot requested by D-Wave less than 10 wafers will be counted as a 10-wafer lot for accounting & invoicing purposes)

  

 

 

 

[*****]

 

 

  

 

 

 

quarterly

 

 

Activity Fee for activities in excess of the included [*****] activities

     [*****]        per activity  

Engineering Services

   Fees      Frequency  

e)  Engineering Services—Process Engineering Support—Allocation (Year 1)

•  Included Hours: Up to [*****] Hours / Quarter

     [*****]        quarterly  

Engineering Services for hours exceeding Allocation

     [*****]        hourly  

f)   Engineering Services—Process Engineering Support—Allocation (Year 2)

•  Included Hours: Up to [*****] Hours / Quarter

     [*****]        quarterly  

Engineering Services for hours exceeding Allocation

     [*****]        hourly  

 

06-13-2012    Page 4 of 6    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-014

Initials: SVTC:             Customer: WW

 

 

Additional Items

   Fees      Frequency  

g)  Additional On-Site Workspace and facilities

•  Lockable for 4 engineers (in addition to the facilities provided in the Agreement, including but not limited to Sections 2.9 and 5.1)

     [*****]        quarterly  

h)  Equipment Hosting Fee

     [*****]        quarterly  

i)   Integrated Partner (Outsourced development steps, such as [*****] and [*****] and does not include reticles, will be pass through to D-wave with a 20% mark-up)

     20%        pass through  

 

7.0

TERMS:

 

1)

Fees for all contracted services provided by SVTC to D-Wave shall be invoiced 15 days prior to the start of each SVTC fiscal quarter and will be due on the final day of the quarter in which the invoice has been submitted. Fees incurred in excess of the contracted fees for Fab Services (Excess Activities) and Engineering Services (Excess Hours) will be invoiced at the end of each fiscal quarter. Other than the foregoing, SVTC shall invoice D-Wave when services are rendered, products shipped and/or deliverables are provided in the SVTC fiscal month that they occur. Payments shall be due within 30 days from date of invoice.

 

2)

D-Wave must provide SVTC with advanced written notice of its election of the Fab Services Tier, section 5 above, at least 30 days prior to the start of an SVTC fiscal quarter. The Fab Services Tier cannot be altered during a quarter. If no written notice is received 30 days prior to the beginning of subsequent quarters, the Fab Services Tier will be set to the level of the prior quarter. Upon contract signature D-Wave must provide written notice of its election of the Fab Services Tier for the first (1st) quarter (June 25, 2012 through September 23, 2012) of the agreement.

 

3)

Incentive: SVTC shall provide D-wave an additional [*****] activities and [*****] engineering hours free of charge. These additional activities and engineering hours are to be used within the second quarter (September 24, 2012 through December 23, 2012) of this agreement. Any unused hours at the end of the second quarter of this agreement shall expire.

 

4)

Subject to the approval of D-Wave’s Board of Directors and to D-Wave obtaining all required approvals (including, but not limited to all required shareholder and government approvals) following execution of this Amendment and each time SVTC makes a request under this section, which approvals may be withheld by the Board of Directors or the relevant approving person(s) in their sole and absolute discretion:

(a) When the estimated cost of Activity and Engineering services in any quarter to which this Amendment applies exceeds [*****] by at least [*****] (the “Excess Amount”), 50% of the Excess Amount will be paid for by D-Wave in the form of equity instead of cash (“Base Equity”), and SVTC may, by written notice in its invoice for the upcoming quarter, request that more than the Base Equity be paid for by D-Wave in the form of equity instead of cash (the additional amount to be specified in the notice (“Additional Equity”), and the Base Equity and the Additional Equity, if any, together being the “Equity Amount”, and the maximum Equity Amount being [*****]), be paid for by D-Wave in the form of equity instead of cash (the “SVTC Shares”), the SVTC Shares to be non-voting shares of the class and series and at the price last offered to D-Wave’s Major Shareholders (as defined in the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement dated November 24, 2010, as amended, between D-Wave and certain of its shareholders), in a number equal to the Equity Amount divided by the price of the relevant shares; and

(b) At the next meeting of D-Wave’s Board of Directors following SVTC having completed the additional Activity and Engineering services in the relevant quarter to D-Wave’s satisfaction, D-Wave having obtained all required non-Board approvals (including, but not limited to all required shareholder and government approvals, which approvals may be withheld by the relevant approving person(s) in their sole and absolute discretion) and SVTC having provided all required information, signatures and any other paperwork or documentation, D-Wave will seek approval of its Board of Directors to issue SVTC Shares to SVTC, which approval may be withheld by the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion, in which case D-Wave will, within 30 days of the Board of Directors’ rejection of approval pay the Equity Amount to SVTC in cash;

(c) D-Wave will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any approval required for it to comply with this section, however, if D-Wave is not able to obtain all required approvals before 30 days before the end of the quarter following the

 

06-13-2012    Page 5 of 6    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-014

Initials: SVTC:             Customer: WW

 

 

quarter in which the additional Activity and Engineering services to which the Equity Amount applies were performed, D-Wave will pay SVTC the Equity Amount in cash and no shares will be issued to SVTC; and

(d) At any time during the applicability of this Amendment and at its sole and absolute discretion, D-Wave may advise SVTC in writing that SVTC will no longer have the option of partial compensation in the form of equity set out in this section, at which point any outstanding Equity Amount for which shares have not been issued and all further payments to SVTC shall be payable to SVTC fully in cash.

 

5)

Additional Activities, Engineering Hours, Additional Tool Training, access to additional equipment and resources, and other Extraordinary Expenses (“Additional Services”) shall be made available at SVTC’s sole discretion and shall be agreed to in writing prior to being performed by SVTC. D-Wave Payments shall be due within 30 days from date of invoice.

 

6)

The Equipment Hosting Fee shall cover all D-Wave activities processed in the D-Wave owned [*****] system and there shall be no additional activity charge assessed against D-Wave, regardless of whether the material is run by D-Wave personnel or SVTC personnel.

 

7)

Starting at the beginning of the second quarter (September 24, 2012 through December 23, 2012) of this agreement Hot lot status shall be billed at rate of [*****] per quarter and shall extend for the duration on this agreement.

 

8)

D-Wave will commit to a minimum [*****] engineering hours ([*****] FTE) and a maximum of [*****] engineering hours ([*****] FTE) in each quarter, the amount to be set 30 days prior to the start of each quarter (varying no more than [*****] hours per quarter) and to a minimum [*****] hours ([*****] FTE) per year. The price per hour will be set according to the Engineering Services Allocation as described in section 5.0 above.

 

9)

With 60 days notice, D-Wave may cancel the Additional On-site Workspace and facilities set out in Section 5.0(c) of this Schedule A12. To avoid further charges D-Wave must completely vacate the Additional On-site Workspace and facilities prior to the 60th day after giving notice.

 

9)

The 90 days referred to in Section 12.4(a) of the Agreement is reduced to 60 days.

 

8.0

LICENSED TECHNOLOGY:

The Services listed above and SVTC’s process technology, including recipes and steps, used in the performance of services shall be provided and licensed to Customer under the terms, conditions and limitations of the Master Services Agreement, which shall override and supersede any terms and conditions in any customer provided documents.

 

06-13-2012    Page 6 of 6    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-015

Initials: SVTC:             Customer: WW

 

 

AMENDMENT 17

This Amendment, (“Amendment”), dated September 10, 2012 (“Effective Date”) is to the Pilot Line Operation Agreement dated July 31, 2006 (“Agreement”) between SVTC Technologies, LLC (“SVTC”), and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“Customer”). SVTC is the legal successor in interest to Cypress Semiconductor on the Agreement. The Agreement mandates that all changes must be in a writing signed by the parties. Except as provided below, all the provisions of the Agreement shall remain in effect and apply to the amended language. Accordingly, the parties agree to the following:

 

  1)

The parties agree that Section 7.0 term 4 of Exhibit A16 to the Agreement shall not apply during the time frame of SVTC fiscal quarter 2 (June 25, 2012 to September 23, 2012) and quarter 3 (September 24, 20-12 to December 23, 2012) and that D-Wave will pay SVTC in cash the full amount of the Activities and Engineering Services for those SVTC fiscal quarters.

 

  2)

Section 7.0 term 3 of Exhibit Al 6 to the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and the following substituted in its place:

“3) Incentive: SVTC shall provide D-Wave an additional [*****] activities and [*****] engineering hours free of charge. These additional activities and engineering hours are to be used within the third quarter (December 24, 2012 to March 31, 2013) of this agreement. Any unused hours at the end of the third quarter of this agreement shall expire.”

 

  3)

Customer agrees to prepay to SVTC on or before September 21, 2012 all of the quarterly amounts for Fab Services (activities) and Engineering Services (engineering hours), as specified below, that would be due to SVTC for its fiscal quarter 3 (September 24, 2012 through December 23, 2012) at one and half times the value of such quarterly commitment.

Quarter 3 Commitment:

 

   

Fab Services Tier 3—equal to [*****] activities)

 

   

Engineering Services—equal to [*****] hours)

 

  4)

The foregoing paragraphs of this Amendment will be effective only upon written verification from SVTC’s Board of Directors that the Q3 Fab-1 Operations Plan is approved and sufficiently funded to continue Services for the current D-Wave process of record to the end of Q3, except that the portion of paragraph 1 above that pertains to SVTC’s fiscal quarter 2 (June 25, 2012 to September 23, 2012) shall be immediately effective, irrespective of the Board approval provided for herein.

Effect of this Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control. Except as amended or otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the agreement remain in full force and effect and shall apply to this Amendment and the interpretation thereof.

<signatures on following page>

 

09-10-2012    Page 1 of 2    Confidential


D-Wave Systems Inc.

AMEND448213-015

Initials: SVTC:             Customer: WW

 

 

With due authority from our respective companies, we hereby signify our consent to this Agreement by signing below,

 

  SVTC Technologies, LLC

Signature:

 

/s/ Kevin Kassekert

Printed Name:

 

Kevin Kassekert

Title:

 

Vice President, General Manager Silicon Services

Date:

 

 

 

Customer:

  D-Wave Systems Inc.

Signature:

 

/s/ WARREN WALL

Printed Name:

 

WARREN WALL

Title:

 

COO

Date:

 

SEPT 14, 2012

 

09-10-2012    Page 2 of 2    Confidential

Exhibit 10.28

AGREEMENT

FOR

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION

BY AND BETWEEN

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION

AND

D-WAVE SYSTEMS


SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT

This Semiconductor Line Operation Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of 23-DEC-17 (“Effective Date”) by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation, a Delaware corporation with offices located at 198 Champion Court, San Jose, California, 95134 (“Cypress”) and D-Wave Systems Inc, a company continued under the federal laws of Canada and having its head office at Suite 100 – 4401 Still Creek Drive, Burnaby, British Columbia, V5C 6G9 (“Customer”) (the “Party” or “Parties” as applicable).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Cypress owns and operates its 8” wafer semiconductor line (interchangeably referred to as “Lines” or “Semiconductor Lines”) in its facilities in Bloomington MN;

WHEREAS, the Line is equipped to run Cypress’ proprietary semiconductor process technologies;

WHEREAS, Customer desires to purchase available capacity of the Lines, such capacity to be used by Customer for the manufacture of wafers; and

WHEREAS, Customer desires a license to certain modules of Cypress’ process technology and Cypress desires to grant to Customer license to certain modules of its existing process technology as necessary for Customer use and operation of the Lines.

NOW THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

ARTICLE 1.1 AMoveor “Activity” shall mean one (1) wafer going through one (1) semiconductor wafer production process step as delineated by Cypress in its normal operating practice as consistently applied. A semiconductor wafer production process step constitutes the manipulations, actions performed and/or taken, and processes, procedures and/or associated equipment used in a single physical transformation of a wafer or one or more layers thereon, including, but not limited to: (i) forming, depositing or growing a dielectric, semiconductive and/or conductive material layer; (ii) removing, etching or polishing a dielectric, semiconductive and/or conductive material layer; (iii) (selectively) irradiating, patterning, masking and/or developing one (or more) layers of polymeric, dielectric. semiconductive and/or conductive materials; (iv) implanting dopant atoms, ions or compounds through or into a dielectric, semiconductive and/or conductive material layer, or otherwise changing or altering the chemical composition of such materials; (v) annealing, alloying, hardening, softening,


planarizing or roughening a dielectric, semiconductive and/or conductive material layer; and (vi) electrical testing of wafers at 30 minutes per wafer or less.

ARTICLE 1.2 “Affiliateshall mean any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Cypress or Customer. For purposes of this definition, “control” shall mean beneficial ownership of (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares of the subject entity entitled to vote in the election of directors (or, in the case of an entity that is not a corporation, for the election of the corresponding managing authority); or (ii) such lesser percentage as is the maximum control or ownership right permitted in the country where the subject entity exists. A “Wholly Owned Affiliate” shall mean an entity that is at least eighty percent (80%) controlled by a Party to this Agreement.

ARTICLE 1.3 “Change of Controlshall mean an event or series of related events under which (a) an unrelated third party is or becomes the beneficial owner of shares of stock of a Party representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding capital stock or interests entitled to vote generally in elections of such Party’s directors (the “Voting Interests”), as measured immediately following its acquisition of such shares, or (b) a Party consolidates or merges with or into an unrelated third party, or conveys, transfers or leases all or substantially all of its assets to an unrelated third party, if the shareholders of a party’s Voting Interests immediately before such transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, immediately following such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting interests of the entity resulting from such transaction.

ARTICLE 1.4 “Engineering Activitiesmeans any non-standard Activity (as defined in Cypress specification 001-05660) requested by Customer. Customer will pay additional costs for Engineering Activities as necessary and requested by Customer herein. Requests for Engineering Activities and the additional charges for such non-standard Activities shall be as defined in the Cypress specification 001-05660.

ARTICLE 1.5 “Engineering Services” means services performed by Cypress’s personnel, agents or subcontractors.

ARTICLE 1.6 “Engineering Tech Services” means services performed by Cypress’s Engineering Techs.

ARTICLE 1.7 “Process Engineer” means an employee or contractor of Cypress assigned by Cypress to provide services to Customer under this agreement excluding Cypress’ Engineering Techs.

 

2


ARTICLE 1.8 “Engineering Tech” means an engineering employee or contractor of Cypress that is paid on an hourly basis, assigned by Cypress to provide services to Customer under this agreement.

ARTICLE 1.9 “Engineering Hour Commitment” means the amount of minimum quantity of hours of Engineering Services that Customer has committed to purchase in a given quarter.

ARTICLE 1.10 “Engineering Tech Hour Commitment” means the amount of minimum quantity of hours of Engineering Tech Services that Customer has committed to purchase in a given quarter.

ARTICLE 1.11 “Intellectual Property Rightsshall mean any or all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) all Patent Rights; (ii) all trade secrets and other rights in know-how and confidential or proprietary information; (iii) all copyrights, copyrights registrations and applications therefore and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world. (iv) all mask works, mask work registrations and applications therefore, and any equivalent or similar rights in semiconductor masks, layouts, architectures or topology; and (v) any corresponding or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.

ARTICLE 1.12 “Line”, “Lines”, orSemiconductor Lineshall mean the semiconductor wafer manufacturing line at the Premises, or any alternative replacement or substitute site thereto, as equipped to build 8” semiconductor wafers.

ARTICLE 1.13 “Patent Rightsshall mean all of the following to the extent entitled to an Effective Filing Date prior to and during the term of this Agreement, and claiming, covering or encompassing any invention, design or other subject matter incorporated in a module or otherwise derived directly or indirectly from or related directly or indirectly to their activities on the Line: (i) all patents, utility models, design registrations, certificates of invention and other governmental grants for the protection of inventions or industrial designs anywhere in the world and all reissues, renewals, reexaminations and extensions thereof; (ii) all applications for any of the foregoing including without limitation any international, provisional, divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, and continuing prosecution applications; and (iii) all rights in, arising out of, or associated with any of the foregoing anywhere in the world. As used above, “Effective Filing Date” means the earliest effective priority filing date in the particular country for any patent, utility model, design registration, certificate of invention or other governmental grant for the protection of inventions or industrial designs or any application for any of the foregoing, as determined on a claim by claim basis. By way of example, it is understood that the Effective Filing Date for a United States Patent is the earlier of (i) the actual filing date of the United States patent application which issued into such patent, (ii) the priority

 

3


date under 35 U.S.C. § 119 for such patent, or (iii) the priority date under 35 U.S.C. § 120 for such patent.

ARTICLE 1.14 “Premisesshall mean Cypress’ wafer fabrication facility located at 2401 East 86th Street, Bloomington, MN 55425.

ARTICLE 1.15 “Minimum Batch Sizeshall mean the minimum total number of wafers in a Process Batch.

ARTICLE 1.16 “Wafer Startsshall mean the amount of new wafers that shall be allowed into the line.

ARTICLE 1.17 “Non-Hold WIPshall mean semiconductor wafers which can be processed and are not subject to any move-restrictions by Customer.

ARTICLE 1.18 “Problem Lot” means a Process Batch or Process Lot that is not moveable and must be dispositioned by engineering due to unforeseen issues and/or is on Cypress’ Problem Lot tracking system.

ARTICLE 1.19 “Moves per Inventory” (M/I) is defined as the activities generated in a given day divided by the average Work In Progress (WIP) that is not on hold for engineering development or on Problem Lot for engineering evaluation.

ARTICLE 1.20 “Process Batchor “Process Lot” shall mean a group of wafers that are processed together as a group.

ARTICLE 1.21 “Proprietary Productshall mean a product made and/or sold by a Party hereto with respect to which: (i) there is no product made or sold by the other Party hereto or by a third party that is pin-compatible with such product; (ii) has the same form, fit and function as a product defined in subArticle (i) of this Article; or (iii) the making or selling Party is legally or contractually restricted from granting further licenses to make or sell such product.

ARTICLE 1.22 “Resident Date” shall mean the date that Customer defines as the date in which they will commence Activity Allocation with the ability to place people at the Premises.

ARTICLE 1.23 “Standard Operating ProcedureorSOPshall mean Cypress’s current standard Line operating procedure, including the standard operating manual, specification, and other applicable documentation

ARTICLE II

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION

ARTICLE 2.1 Semiconductor Line Operation Cypress operates the Line on seven days a week, for a total of one hundred sixty eight (168) hours per week. Cypress

 

4


operates the Line in accordance with its standard semiconductor line operating procedure (“SOP”). The Line is operated on a four shift basis per week.

ARTICLE 2.2 Activity Allocation to Customer.

(a) The Customer no later than 45 days prior to the start of each Cypress fiscal quarter will notify Cypress in writing if they wish to modify the Activity Allocation, the corresponding Minimum Quarterly Commitment, and the additional Activity charge for Activities in Excess of the Activity Allocation. See Appendix 3 for the 4 Activity Allocation tiers available to the Customer. If no Activity Allocation change is received within the specified time, the Customer will remain at their most recent Activity Allocation.

(b) The initial Activity Allocation at the commencement of the contract will be [*****] Activities/Qtr.

(c) Cypress will continue to operate the Line in accordance with its then current SOP. Cypress shall allocate Wafer Starts on a weekly basis and review and assign Activities on a daily basis. Regardless of this start allocation procedure; as long as the Customer WIP is not 100% greater than Daily Required Non-Hold WIP defined below, there will be no restriction on wafer starts for the Customer.

(d) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the allocation of Activities to Customer will be made by Cypress in its sole reasonable discretion and in accordance with Cypress’ SOP for the allocation of Activities for Cypress’ own use. Cypress shall ensure that Customer will have no lesser priority in such allocation over the course of each day (for a given lot priority type, ie. standard vs. hot) than the priority of Cypress’ internal operating divisions and other Cypress Line partners for each day during such period.

(e) Customer will have a responsibility to maintain their Non-Hold WIP (Work In Progress) at levels defined by both Parties to insure they receive their activity allocation. Cypress will not be held accountable for Activity Allocation missed by Customer if Customer does not maintain the Non-Hold WIP level required by Cypress. The standard procedure for calculating Non-Hold WIP is as follows:

 

Daily Required Non-Hold WIP =  

Quarterly Activity Allocation

 
  (13 wk/qtr x 7 day/wk x 1.5 M/I)  

(f) The minimum Process Batch size is twelve (12) wafers. Any Process Batch that is smaller than 12 wafers will be charged as if 12 wafers are in the Process

 

5


Batch, thus the minimum activity charge is 12 for any process step. The Maximum Process Batch size is 25 wafers.

(g) Customer will be charged additional Activities for non-standard Activities that may be requested on a process batch. Requests for non-standard Activities and the additional charges for such non-standard Activities shall be as defined in the Cypress specification 001-05660.

(h) Any non-standard Activity that is considered and billed as a billable Engineering Service or Engineering Tech Service will be charged as a standard Activity and non-standard Activity charges will not apply unless there is any production impact or effort for this processing.

ARTICLE 2.3 Carryforward. Customer acknowledges that if for any reason whatever (including without limitation a fall in yield rates or other cause outside of Customer’s independent control), except for the case where Cypress does not meet its M/I commitment as defined in Appendix 3 during any Cypress fiscal quarter, it does not use during any Cypress fiscal quarter the Activities allotted to it by Cypress as aforesaid in ARTICLE 2.2(a), Customer shall not have the right to carry forward any unused Activity Allocation into any subsequent Cypress fiscal quarter. In the case where Cypress does not meet its M/I commitment defined in Appendix 3 during any Cypress fiscal quarter and the Customer does not use during any Cypress fiscal quarter the Activities allotted to it by Cypress as aforesaid in ARTICLE 2.2(a), Customer shall have the right to carryforward up to the Activity Allocation minus the ratio of the M/I actually received over the M/I committed multiplied by the Activity Allocation. For the avoidance of any doubt, this carryforward does not relieve the Customer of any minimum payment allocation for the Activity Commitment.

ARTICLE 2.4 Safety: Customer acknowledges that safety is of utmost importance to Cypress. Employees of Customer are to follow Cypress Health and Safety practices while on Cypress Property. This includes, but is not limited to, Chemical Handling, Lock-Out-Tag-Out, tool and use of safety gear. Customer also understands that all chemicals brought on to the Premise must be approved by Cypress’ Environmental Health and Safety officer in order to maintain compliance with Local, State and Federal codes.

ARTICLE 2.5 Resident Date: The Resident Date shall be January 7, 2013.

ARTICLE 2.6 Line Management.

(a) Cypress’ Minnesota Site Managing Director shall exercise day-to-day managerial authority over the Line, including without limitation over the allocation of Activities, within the parameters established by this Agreement.

 

6


Subject to the remainder of this Article, Cypress’ Minnesota Site Managing Director shall also be in charge of all aspects of the operation, development and planning of the Line.

(b) An operating committee (“Operating Committee”) shall be constituted of employees of each Party with decision making authority and shall meet once every two weeks at a regularly scheduled time to review operational results and approve future operational matters, including changes to the Semiconductor Line operating procedures. The Operating Committee shall attempt to resolve by good faith negotiations any operating disputes that arise with respect to the Line, or any other disputes arising under this Agreement, except as specifically set forth herein.

ARTICLE III

PROCESS ENGINEERING SERVICES

ARTICLE 3.1 Engineering Services.

(a) Cypress shall provide Process Engineers and Engineering Techs to conduct Engineering Services and Engineering Tech Services in support for process development and integration of Customer’s process technologies into the Semiconductor Line.

(b) The Customer no later than 45 days prior to the start of each Cypress fiscal quarter will notify Cypress in writing if they wish to modify the Engineering Hour Commitment and the Engineering Tech Hour Commitment and the associated minimum Engineering Services payment and Engineering Tech Services payment. See Appendix 3 for associated pricing. If no Engineering Hour Commitment change is received within the time specified, the Customer will remain at their most recent Engineering Hour Commitment. If no Engineering Tech Hour Commitment change is received within the time specified, the Customer will remain at their most recent Engineering Tech Hour Commitment.

(c) The initial Engineering Hour Commitment will be [*****] hours per quarter

(d) The initial Engineering Tech Hour Commitment will be [*****] hours per quarter.

(e) If Cypress initiates a change in the Cypress Process Engineer lead, then D-Wave will have right of approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld, and any training required for the new lead will not be billable

ARTICLE 3.2 Direction of Process Engineers.

(a) The Process Engineers shall carry out the Engineering Services at Customer’s sole direction.

 

7


(b) Notwithstanding ARTICLE 3.2(a) or any other provisions of the Agreement, the Parties acknowledge that the Process Engineers shall remain employees of Cypress, and nothing in this Agreement renders the Process Engineers employees of Customer for the purposes of this Agreement or at law, nor do the Process Engineers have any express or implied right or authority to assume or create any obligations on behalf of or in the name of Customer or to bind Customer to any contract, agreement or undertaking with any third party.

ARTICLE 3.3 Carryforward. Customer acknowledges that if for any reason whatever (including without limitation a fall in yield rates or other cause outside of Customer’s independent control), except for the case where Cypress does not meet its M/I commitment as defined in Appendix 3 during any Cypress fiscal quarter, it does not use during any Cypress fiscal quarter the Engineering Hours Commitment or the Engineering Tech Hour Commitment allotted to it by Cypress as aforesaid ARTICLE 3.1, Customer shall not have the right to carry forward any unused Engineering Hours into any subsequent Cypress fiscal quarter. In the case where Cypress does not meet its M/I commitment defined in Appendix 3 during any Cypress fiscal quarter and the Customer does not use during any Cypress fiscal quarter the Engineering Hours allotted to it by Cypress as aforesaid in ARTICLE 2.2(a), Customer shall have the right to carryforward up to the Engineering Hour Allocation minus the ratio of the M/I actually received over the M/I committed multiplied by the Engineering Hour Allocation. In the case where Cypress does not meet its M/I commitment defined in Appendix 3 during any Cypress fiscal quarter and the Customer does not use during any Cypress fiscal quarter the Engineering Tech Hours allotted to it by Cypress as aforesaid in ARTICLE 2.2(a), Customer shall have the right to carryforward up to the Engineering Tech Hour Allocation minus the ratio of the M/I actually received over the M/I committed multiplied by the Engineering Tech Hour Allocation. For the avoidance of any doubt, this carryforward does not relieve the Customer of any minimum payment allocation for the Engineering Tech Hour Commitment.

ARTICLE IV

EQUIPMENT

ARTICLE 4.1 The Line. The Line is equipped to run various process technologies utilizing the equipment present on the Premises. The equipment on the line specific to D-Wave’s process is listed in Appendix 1.

ARTICLE 4.2 Equipment Ownership for the Line. Except as otherwise set forth herein, Cypress shall own and bear all the costs associated with ownership of the Line.

 

8


ARTICLE 4.3 Customer Equipment.

(a) Upon Customer’s request. Cypress shall, at its sole discretion, permit Customer to install Customer Equipment in a clean room on the Premises. Customer shall bear the responsibility and cost of such installation and clean room rental. “Customer Equipment” shall mean and include any upgrades to Customer Equipment and any equipment on the Line owned by Customer. Customer shall pay the applicable taxing authority each tax invoice with respect to Customer Equipment. Customer shall also pay all costs to upgrade such Customer Equipment, provided that any such upgrade is performed in accordance with Customer’s specifications. Cypress warrants that Customer has the right to remove any Customer Equipment in a way that minimizes disturbance to the Line on reasonable notice without any financial responsibility to Cypress. Customer shall bear the cost of installation, deinstallation and removal of Customer Equipment and any damages resulting therefrom.

(b) Customer shall bear all costs associated with ownership of any Customer Equipment or upgrade, including sales or use taxes or property taxes imposed on or otherwise determined on the basis of any such equipment or upgrade, and any insurance costs associated with Customer Equipment. Neither party shall undertake any upgrade to equipment solely owned by the other party, without such other party’s prior written approval.

(c) Cypress shall have no responsibility to Customer for loss or damage to any equipment solely owned and used by Customer, unless such loss or damage is caused by an act or omission of Cypress.

(d) Customer shall have no responsibility to Cypress for loss or damage to any equipment solely owned and used by Cypress, unless such loss or damage is caused by an act or omission of Customer.

(e) Customer shall be responsible for securing insurance for Customer Equipment on Premises or Cypress’s facilities.

ARTICLE 4.4 Equipment Maintenance. Except as set forth elsewhere herein, Cypress shall cover the costs of maintaining all Cypress owned equipment and upgrades installed at all times on the Line excluding the costs of maintaining Customer owned equipment. Cypress shall ensure that all equipment maintenance activities are timely and professionally completed and that the equipment is in good working condition at all times during the term of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 4.5 Use of Equipment. All equipment and upgrades installed at any time or from time to time on the Line may be used in manufacturing the products of either Party without cost to Customer other than such amount payable under Article V.

ARTICLE 4.6 Right of Access to Equipment. Customer acknowledges that Cypress owns or otherwise assumes responsibility for the infrastructure and facilities

 

9


supporting the Line, as well as the equipment comprising the Line on the date hereof. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, Cypress shall operate the Line on behalf of Customer and Customer will not be permitted to access the equipment on the Line. However, Customer will be allowed to have hands on access to required metrology equipment for review and inspection of Customer’s products on the Line.

ARTICLE 4.7 Customer solely owned equipment. Cypress, at its sole discretion, may allow Customer to make modifications to the Premises reasonably necessary for the installation and operation of the Customer Equipment. Customer shall also follow all Local, State, and Federal laws, regulations, and codes in the installation of their equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Customer shall be entitled to enter the Premises and take possession of the Customer Equipment if it is being misused or used in breach of this Agreement. Customer shall pay for the cost of installing Customer Equipment on the Premises, provided that Customer has provided its prior written approval of such cost. Cypress shall have no obligation to install or permit the installation of Customer Equipment on the Premises if Customer refuses to pay for such installation.

ARTICLE V

PERSONNEL

ARTICLE 5.1 Moving to Cypress Facilities. Subject in each case to Cypress’s prior review and approval (which may not be unreasonably withheld), any time after the Resident Date, and with a four-week prior written notice to Cypress, Customer may move a maximum of 3 employees into 1 large cubicle or other office space to be provided by Cypress at the Premises.

ARTICLE 5.2 Status of Personnel.

(a) Customer acknowledges that all of the responsibilities and duties of the employer of all employees, contractors and agents (“Personnel”, and for greater clarity, Customer Personnel explicitly excludes the Process Engineers) of Customer working at Cypress’ facilities with respect to such persons’ compliance with Customer’s obligations under this Agreement are those of Customer, and covenants and agrees that Customer itself will assume responsibility for such persons’ compliance as stated above. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Customer shall itself impose on each of the Customer Personnel all of such persons’ obligations hereunder, by contract or otherwise, and otherwise ensure that the principal duty of each of the Customer Personnel shall be to Customer, notwithstanding the location of such employee’s place of work and the constraints imposed there.

 

10


(b) Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless Cypress against and from any claim, loss, cost expense or damage, including attorney’s fees and other legal expenses (“Loss”), against or suffered by Cypress or any Affiliate of Cypress resulting from any third party claim or claim by Customer Personnel (i) that any such Customer Personnel is an employee of Cypress (such Losses including without limitation any employee benefit that any such person claims to be entitled to from Cypress as an employee of Cypress, unless a binding determination is made that such a person is actually an employee of Cypress, and not Customer Personnel) or (ii) based upon any grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful act or grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful omission of any such person (such Losses including without limitation any fire or other catastrophic loss to the Line or any significant portion of the Line attributable to any such act or omission, or (iii) based upon any breach by any such person of any obligation of that person to Customer imposed by this Agreement.

(c) If the entire Line is shut down solely as a result of grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful acts or omissions of Customer Personnel, Cypress shall be entitled to recover from Customer all Losses associated with such shutdown of the entire Line. Cypress’ Loss shall be defined, for purposes of this paragraph, as $30 million per calendar quarter, applied pro rata during the period beginning from such shutdown of the entire Line to the first day that the entire Line achieves at least 75% of the daily Moves that consist of Standard Activities for any consecutive two (2) day period that were achieved on a daily average in the month before such shutdown, provided that the payment for Losses described in this paragraph is conditioned upon Cypress’ use of its best efforts to bring the entire Line back into operation as soon as possible after any such shutdown.

(d) Cypress acknowledges that all of the responsibilities and duties of the employer of all of the Cypress Personnel working at Cypress’ facilities with respect to such persons’ compliance with Cypress’s obligations under this Agreement are those of Cypress, and covenants and agrees that Cypress itself will assume responsibility for such persons’ compliance as stated above. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Cypress shall itself impose on each of the Cypress Personnel all of such persons’ obligations hereunder, by contract or otherwise.

(e) Cypress shall indemnify and hold harmless Customer against and from any claim, loss, cost expense or damage, including attorney’s fees and other legal expenses (“Loss”), against or suffered by Customer or any Affiliate of Customer resulting from any third party claim or claim by Cypress Personnel (i) that any such Cypress Personnel is an employee of Customer (such Losses including without limitation any employee benefit that any such person claims to be entitled to from Customer as an employee of Customer unless a binding determination is made that such a person is actually an employee of Customer, and not Cypress Personnel) or (ii) based upon any grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful act or grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful omission of any such person, or (iii)

 

11


based upon any breach by any such person of any obligation of that person to Cypress imposed by this Agreement.

(f) Each party’s indemnity obligations hereunder are conditioned upon the party seeking indemnity providing the indemnifying party (a) prompt written notice of any such claim, (b) sole control over the defense and settlement of any such claim (c) reasonable cooperation, information and assistance, at the indemnifying party’s expense, in the defense of any such claim, and (d) not settling the claim without the prior written approval of the indemnifying party, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

ARTICLE 5.3 Limited Support for Customer Personnel. Customer acknowledges that Cypress will not be providing support or facilities for Customer Personnel except as shall be set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, and in particular without limiting the generality of the foregoing shall not make available to any such persons any clerical, administrative or technical support personnel other than for the limited purposes explicitly referred to herein. In addition to the cubicle or other office space made available to Customer Personnel hereunder, Cypress shall make available office telephones and internet connectivity in each cubicle and shall provide access to conference rooms (subject to allowing access to such rooms on an equal priority basis to internal Cypress meetings) and reasonable IT support for each of the Customer Personnel. Cypress shall also ensure that all Customer Personnel are provided prompt and unqualified access at all times to data and information residing on Cypress equipment and computers relevant to Customer, including, without limitation, recipes, move information, WIP information, M/I metric data, run cards, e-test data and lab data.

ARTICLE 5.4 Security.

(a) Customer acknowledges that security of Cypress’ facilities generally and of Cypress’ computer systems and networks in particular is of paramount importance to Cypress. Customer Personnel will not be authorized to enter any zone of Cypress’ campus other than the Premises or the parking lot unaccompanied by an employee of Cypress. For security purposes, Cypress will require each one of the Customer Personnel to wear a security badge at all times that each is on Cypress’ property and to conform with the site policies and procedures.

(b) No Customer Personnel will have access to any internal Cypress computer or networking facilities except as agreed to. The access shall enable each such person to conduct technological development activities in accordance herewith. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each one of the Customer Personnel shall be assigned his or her own password in order to obtain any such access.

(c) Cypress shall keep and maintain logs of access to its network and systems by Customer Personnel, and in the event it is discovered that any such person shall

 

12


have intentionally gained unauthorized access to any portion of Cypress’ systems or network and improperly removed, used or disclosed any Confidential Information in material breach of this Agreement, such persons shall immediately be barred from all of Cypress’ facilities and such persons’ actions shall be deemed to constitute a breach of this Agreement by Customer.

ARTICLE 5.5 Insurance. Customer represents that it shall procure, and at all times during the term of this Agreement shall maintain, levels of insurance, as necessary to cover activities and obligations undertaken by Customer and its subcontractors while working on Premises or present at Cypress’s facility. Customer shall provide evidence of insurance to Cypress on the Effective Date of this Agreement, and at any other time upon request by Cypress.

ARTICLE VI

CUSTOMER PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

ARTICLE 6.1 Regular Payments.

(a) All prices, fees, and costs to be paid by Customer not otherwise set out in this Agreement or in Appendix C herein shall be negotiated in good faith by the Parties. Unless otherwise specifically stated in the applicable Appendix, the payment terms shall be as described below in ARTICLE 6.7.

(b) Each Party hereto shall carry at its expense at all times during the term hereof business interruption insurance as it shall deem necessary.

ARTICLE 6.2 Taxes. Customer shall pay all customs duties or any sales, use, excise, ad valorem, VAT, or other taxes required on services provided to Customer under applicable law other than taxes on Cypress’ income.

ARTICLE 6.3 Extraordinary Expenses. To the extent that Customer intends to utilize raw materials (e.g., EPI wafers) that are more expensive than those used by Cypress, or to take any other action that it expects (or should expect in the exercise of prudent technical and commercial judgment) will increase expenses of running the Line above those obtaining in the normal course (any expense so incurred, an “Extraordinary Expense”), Cypress will invoice Customer for such Extraordinary Expenses. No Extraordinary Expenses shall be incurred without the prior written approval of Customer

ARTICLE 6.4 Reticle Expense.

(a) Customer will have the option to purchase photomasks through Cypress’s vendor at prices to be quoted upon request.

(b) Customer shall be responsible for reticle design, however, Cypress shall provide tape-out support to Customer and will ensure that reticles are compatible with Cypress equipment unless customer chooses not to use Engineering Services during the

 

13


reticle ordering process.

ARTICLE 6.5 Installation/Deinstallation. Customer and Cypress shall in good faith negotiate the terms and conditions of the installation and deinstallation of Customer Equipment if Cypress grants Customer’s request for the installation of Customer Equipment on Premises or Cypress facility pursuant to ARTICLE 4.3 above.

ARTICLE 6.6 Cleanroom Rental. Customer shall sign Cypress’s Clean Room Rental Agreement if Cypress grants Customer’s request to install Customer Equipment pursuant to ARTICLE 4.3 above.

ARTICLE 6.7 Payment Terms.

(a) Customer will be invoiced monthly based upon Activities allocated as described in ARTICLE 2.2 (“Activity Allocation”). The invoice will be for a minimum number of Moves equal to the monthly Activity Allocation. If the actual Moves for the preceding month are more than the Activity Allocation, the total Moves will be invoiced based upon the committed activity tier pricing.

(b) Customer will be invoiced monthly based upon Engineering Hour Commitment allocated as described in ARTICLE III (“Engineering Services”). The invoice will be for a minimum number of Engineering Hours equal to the monthly Engineering Hour Allocation. If the actual Engineering Hours for the preceding month are more than the Engineering Hour Allocation, the total Engineering Hours will be invoiced based upon the committed Engineering Hours at the rate defined for committed engineering hours in Appendix 3 plus any additional engineering hours at the non-committed engineering hour rate defined in Appendix 3.

(c) All other payments required hereunder shall be invoiced on a monthly basis at the beginning of each calendar month and will be paid within thirty (30) days of receipt of a valid invoice. Each Cypress invoice hereunder shall be accompanied by a detailed report containing all supporting information, as Customer may reasonably request, necessary to determine the amounts due hereunder. This report will include Activity Allocation, actual Moves, quantity of moves invoiced and other payment due and payable.

ARTICLE VII

TECHNOLOGY OWNERSHIP

ARTICLE 7.1 Joint Development. Cypress and Customer acknowledge that in order to integrate Customer’s process technology into Cypress’ Line, intellectual effort will be required by both Parties.

ARTICLE 7.2 Ownership of Arising Intellectual Property. Any Intellectual Property Rights that are invented, developed, created, improved or authored pursuant to this Agreement shall be owned as follows:

 

14


(a) Cypress shall own all right, title and interest in and to any modifications, improvements or derivative works of any of the Licensed Technology and all Intellectual Property Right therein, made or conceived of during the term of this Agreement (“Cypress Technology”).

(b) Subject to Cypress’s rights in Cypress Technology, Customer shall own all right, title and interest in and to any Intellectual Property Rights therein that are modifications, improvements or derivative works of any Superconducting Technology, made or conceived during the term of this agreement. “Superconducting Technology” shall mean technology in possession of superconducting properties, such as zero electrical resistance, when operated at cryogenic temperatures, and comprised of superconducting devices, such as Josephson junctions.

ARTICLE VIII

LICENSES

ARTICLE 8.1 No License from Customer. Customer does not grant Cypress any license or right to use any Customer technology, products or processes except as necessary for Cypress to provide Engineering Services or other services requested by Customer pursuant to this Agreement.

ARTICLE 8.2 License from Cypress.

(a) Cypress (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates) hereby grants to Customer a worldwide, non-exclusive, irrevocable and perpetual (except solely as set forth in ARTICLE 12.6), royalty free and paid up right and license, under all Intellectual Property Rights, to use and modify only those steps of Cypress’ baseline process technology included in, or necessary to use or modify, Customer’s process (or processes) (excluding any process recipes or other information included in and unique to Cypress’ Self Aligned Contact module, SONOS Gate modules, and Tungsten Gate modules (as defined in Cypress’ Specifications as of the Effective Date), including any unique equipment configurations and modifications used therein and any unique semiconductor and/or integrated circuit structures resulting from such module[s] and any Patent Rights and/or other intellectual property rights encompassing, covering or protecting such unique module[s], recipes, information, equipment configurations and/or modifications, and structures) (“Licensed Technology”) for the manufacture of Customer’s products at any location. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, such right and license shall include (i) the right to have Customer products made by third party manufacturers, and (ii) the right to sublicense such rights to third parties solely as a part of a license to such party of a complete Customer process. Except as set forth in this Article, Cypress does not grant to Customer or any Customer Affiliate a license under any Cypress technology.

 

15


(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Customer shall not have a license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, export, lease or otherwise dispose of products which compete with Cypress’ Proprietary Products in United States within five years after termination of this agreement; provided, however, that Cypress acknowledges and agrees that Customer’s Superconducting Technology products do not (and shall not be deemed to) compete with any Cypress’ Proprietary Products, now or in future.

(c) Cypress shall take or cause its Affiliates to take whatever action is necessary to convey the license contemplated hereby by such Affiliates. Cypress shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Customer and their respective officers, agents, and employees from any losses, liabilities, damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) resulting from any third party claim that the Licensed Technology infringes, violates or misappropriates the intellectual property or proprietary rights of any third party. Cypress shall not be so obligated to defend, indemnify, or hold harmless Customer and/or their respective officers, agents, and employees to the extent that any such claim is based upon modification to the Cypress baseline process technology made by or on behalf of Customer. In addition, Company shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Cypress and their respective officers, agents, and employees from any losses, liabilities, damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) resulting from any third party claim that Company’s process or products infringe, violate or misappropriate the intellectual property or proprietary rights of any third party. Company shall not be so obligated to defend, indemnify, or hold harmless Cypress and/or their respective officers, agents, and employees to the extent that any such claim is based upon modification to the process or product by Cypress. Each party’s indemnity obligations hereunder are conditioned upon the party seeking indemnity providing the indemnifying party (a) prompt written notice of any such claim, (b) sole control over the defense and settlement of any such claim (c) reasonable cooperation, information and assistance, at the indemnifying party’s expense, in the defense of any such claim, and (d) not settling the claim without the prior written approval of the indemnifying party, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

ARTICLE 8.3 Infringement Claims. Upon the reasonable request of a Party receiving a claim from a third party that its intellectual property has been infringed, the other Party agrees to provide information and non-monetary assistance to such requesting Party (at the requesting Party’s expense) as may be reasonably necessary for said requesting Party’s defense against such third party infringement claim. Any Party receiving such third party infringement claim may settle or make an agreement with said third party without the prior consent of the other Party as long as (i) said other Party’s assets and business activities are not affected by such third party settlement or agreement, and (ii) said other Party is not obligated to indemnify the Party that received the claim.

 

16


ARTICLE 8.4 No Other Rights. Except as expressly provided in ARTICLE VIII hereof, neither Party grants to the other Party any license, right, title or interest in or to any Intellectual Property Rights, technical information or other subject matter, whether by implication, estoppel or otherwise. Each Party shall ensure that the sale or other transfer of any product hereunder does not imply or convey any right or license to a third party under any Intellectual Property Right of the other Party (except as expressly provided herein) even if such product may only be used in or with another component or subject matter covered by such Intellectual Property Right. The licenses granted in this Agreement shall not be construed as granting or implying any right of enforcement for a Party under the technology or Intellectual Property Rights of the other Party. All rights not specifically granted herein are reserved by the Party owning the respective technology and Intellectual Property Rights.

ARTICLE IX

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; LIABILITY LIMIT

ARTICLE 9.1 Cypress Warranties. Cypress represents, warrants and covenants to Customer that (i) Cypress has the full right and authority to enter into this Agreement and grant the rights and licenses granted herein; (ii) Cypress has not previously granted and will not grant any rights that prevent Cypress from fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement; (iii) Cypress is not controlled (as defined in ARTICLE 1.2 hereof) by any other entity as of the Effective Date; (iv) Cypress will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in connection with its performance under this Agreement; (v) the Licensed Technology does not, and will not, contain any confidential or proprietary information of or Intellectual Property of, nor infringe, violate or misappropriate the Intellectual Property of, any third party, and no claims of any such infringement, violation or misappropriation have been made by any third party (provided that the sole remedy for breach of this warranty will be indemnity pursuant to ARTICLE 8.2( c)); and (vi) Cypress does not currently have any Proprietary Products, business or customers that relate to Superconducting Technology.

ARTICLE 9.2 Customer Warranties. Customer represents, warrants and covenants to Cypress that (i) Customer has the full right and authority to enter into this Agreement and grant the rights and licenses granted herein; (ii) Customer has not previously granted and will not grant any rights that prevent Customer from fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement; (iii) Customer is not controlled (as defined in ARTICLE 1.2 hereof) by any other entity as of the Effective Date.

ARTICLE 9.3 Disclaimer of Warranties. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS AGREEMENT, CYPRESS AND CUSTOMER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO DEVELOPMENT AND

 

17


MANUFACTURING ACTIVITIES HEREUNDER AND THE CYPRESS AND CUSTOMER TECHNOLOGY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF CYPRESS OR CUSTOMER TECHNOLOGY, PATENTED OR UNPATENTED.

ARTICLE 9.4 Limitation on Liability. EXCEPT FOR BODILY INJURY AND EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH A PARTY’S BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT UNDER ANY CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

ARTICLE X

CONFIDENTIALITY

ARTICLE 10.1 Confidential Information. The Parties have signed a Non Disclosure Agreement (NDA) to cover any disclosure of Confidential Information prior to the signing of the Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, the Parties agree that, for the term of this Agreement and for seven (7) years thereafter, the receiving Party shall keep in confidence and not publish or otherwise disclose and shall not use for any purpose any information furnished to it by the other Party hereto pursuant to this Agreement or prior thereto, whether directly or indirectly, and whether in writing, orally or by the inspection of tangible objects or data (including without limitation documents, prototypes, samples, plant and equipment) of a confidential or proprietary nature (“Confidential Information”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Confidential Information shall include enterprise software, Customer technology, products and manufacturing processes, and financial information concerning Cypress’ and Customer’s customers, suppliers and their respective products and proposed products. Without limiting Cypress obligations under this Article, Cypress shall take all steps necessary (including, without limitation, establishing password protection schemes with respect to equipment and computers) to ensure that all Customer Confidential Information (including that residing on any Cypress equipment or computers) is only accessible by (and disclosed to) those Cypress employees who have a need to know such information in order to carry out the express purposes of this Agreement and who are bound in writing to confidentiality obligations no less restrictive than those set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information that, in each case as demonstrated by written documentation:

(a) was already known to the receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, at the time of disclosure;

 

18


(b) was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the receiving Party;

(c) became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure and other than through any act or omission of the receiving Party in breach of this Agreement;

(d) was subsequently lawfully disclosed to the receiving Party without restriction by a person other than a Party or developed by employees of the receiving Party who did not have access to any information or materials disclosed by the disclosing Party; or

(e) was independently developed by the receiving Party without the use of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

A material breach of a Party’s obligations under this ARTICLE X.l shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 10.2 Permitted Disclosures. Notwithstanding the provisions of ARTICLE 10.1 above, each Party hereto may disclose the other Party’s information under NDA to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary for exercising the rights expressly granted to it under this Agreement (including the right to grant sublicenses, if applicable), filing or prosecuting patent applications, prosecuting or defending litigation, complying with applicable governmental regulations, submitting information to tax or other governmental authorities, provided that if a Party is required to make any such disclosure of the other Party’s Confidential Information, to the extent it may legally do so, it will give reasonable advance notice to the latter Party of such disclosure and, save to the extent inappropriate in the case of patent applications or otherwise, will secure confidential treatment of such information prior to its disclosure (whether through protective orders or otherwise). If the Party whose Confidential Information is to be disclosed has not filed a patent application with respect to such Confidential Information, it may require the other Party to delay the proposed disclosure (to the extent the disclosing Party may legally do so), for up to ninety (90) days, to allow for the filing of such an application.

ARTICLE 10.3 Independent Development. The disclosing Party acknowledges that the receiving Party may currently or in the future be developing information internally, or receiving information from other parties, that is similar to the Confidential Information. Nothing in this Agreement will prohibit the receiving party from developing or having developed for it products, concepts, systems or techniques that are similar to or compete with the products, concepts, systems or techniques contemplated by or embodied in the Confidential Information provided that the receiving Party does not violate any of its obligations under this Agreement in connection with such development. Neither Party shall have any obligation to limit

 

19


or restrict the assignment of its employees or consultants as a result of their having had access to Confidential Information.

ARTICLE 10.4 Terms of Agreement; Publicity. Each of the Parties hereto agrees not to disclose to any third party the financial terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto, except to advisors, independent accountants, investors and others on a need-to-know basis under circumstances that reasonably ensure the confidentiality thereof, or to the extent required by law. Any press release relating to this Agreement or to the Line which is issued by one Party and which mentions the other Party shall be jointly released by the Parties or, if released by one Party, approved by the other Party. Cypress may disclose that Customer is a customer of Cypress but may not represent Customer’s superconducting process as its own. Customer may disclose that Cypress is a fabrication contractor for Customer.

ARTICLE XI

NONSOLICITATION

ARTICLE 11.1 Nonsolicitation. During the period beginning on the Effective Date, neither Party shall, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the other Party (i) solicit, encourage, or take any other action which is intended to induce or encourage, any employee of the other Party or of any of its Affiliates to terminate his or her employment with the other Party or its Affiliate, as the case may be, or (ii) except as otherwise set forth herein, interfere in any manner with the contractual or employment relationship between the other Party and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and their respective employees, on the other hand. Nothing in this Agreement shall restrict either party from hiring employees of the other party as a result of general advertising such as job listings posted to the internet.

ARTICLE XII

TERM AND TERMINATION

ARTICLE 12.1 Initial Term. The initial term of this Agreement shall end on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date.

ARTICLE 12.2 Renewal. The term will be extended automatically by one year upon each anniversary of the Effective Date, starting with the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, unless either Party shall have given the other Party six (6) months prior written notice of its intention to terminate this Agreement.

ARTICLE 12.3 Early Termination.

 

20


(a) Customer may terminate this Agreement after the Resident Date upon giving Cypress one (1) year written notice.

(b) Cypress may terminate this Agreement after the Resident Date upon giving Customer one (1) year written notice.

(c) In the event that the Line is not in normal operation, or the average Activities allotted to Customer on the Line for any forty-five (45) day period is less than fifty percent (50%) of Move Allotment, for a reason not attributable to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Customer, or if the Line is permanently damaged and Cypress indicates that it does not intend to rebuild the Line, such action will be considered to be an early termination by Cypress as of the day the Line ceases to be in normal operation. Cypress shall not incur any costs in the event of termination by Customer pursuant to this ARTICLE 12.3(c).

(d) In the event that Cypress’s interest in the Line is sold, transferred or proposed to be sold or transferred to a third party (“Transfer”), in whole or in part, Customer shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement upon giving Cypress written notice. The forgoing sentence shall not apply in the event of a Transfer of Cypress’s interest to a Cypress Affiliate. Cypress shall immediately return to Customer or destroy (at Customer’s option) all of Customer’s Confidential Information in its possession. No part of Customer’s Confidential Information may be disclosed to the third party without the prior written consent of Customer.

(e) In the event that operation of the Line, in whole or in part, is proposed by Cypress or a transferee to be shut down for a period longer than thirty (30) days, Customer shall have advance notice of such a plan not less than 120 days in advance, and Customer shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement upon giving Cypress written notice.

(f) Termination pursuant to ARTICLE 12.3(a), (c), (d) or (e) shall not trigger any obligation or liability on Customer to make any payment to Cypress.

ARTICLE 12.4 Termination for Breach.

(a) Either Party to this Agreement may terminate this Agreement in the event the other Party shall have materially breached or defaulted in the performance of any of its material obligations hereunder, and such default shall have continued for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof was provided to the breaching Party by the non-breaching Party. Failure to make a timely payment required under this Agreement shall be a material breach or default hereunder. Any termination shall become effective at the end of such thirty (30) day period unless the breaching Party (or any other party on its behalf) has cured any such breach or default prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) day period. In the event either Party terminates this Agreement because of the material breach of the other Party, then the non-

 

21


breaching Party’s termination of this Agreement shall not trigger any obligation to make the payment referenced in Section 12.4 above.

(b)The Parties to this Agreement acknowledge that the harm to the other Party suffered as a result of any infringement or misappropriation of the other Party’s unlicensed intellectual property may be far-reaching and substantial. Accordingly, upon written notification to a Party of any infringement or misappropriation of the other Party’s intellectual property that has not been cured as set forth in part (a) of this section, the notifying Party may make application to the Mediator to mediate the dispute; if Cypress is the notifying Party, it may also make application to the Mediator to remove Customer Personnel from Cypress’s premises under Section 12.5 hereof.

ARTICLE 12.5 Customer Personnel. No later than the date of termination hereof, or as ordered by the Mediator, described in ARTICLE 13.5(b) Customer shall cause all Customer Personnel to have removed all of their personal property from Cypress premises. After that date, no such persons shall have any right to access Cypress premises, except such reasonable access as Cypress and Customer shall agree in advance in writing in furtherance of the purposes hereof.

ARTICLE 12.6 Survival; Effect of Termination.

(a) ARTICLE 5.2, ARTICLE VII, ARTICLE VIII, ARTICLE IX, and ARTICLE XIII shall survive the expiration and any termination of this Agreement for any reason, except that if Cypress terminates this Agreement pursuant to Article 12.4(a) as a result of Customer’s intentional and deliberate theft of Cypress’ intellectual property not licensed under this Agreement, and if such intentional and deliberate theft is established in a court of law, the license granted in Article 7.2 shall not survive.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

ARTICLE 13.1 Governing Law. This Agreement and any dispute arising from the performance or breach hereof shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflicts of laws.

ARTICLE 13.2 Jurisdiction; Venue. The Parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state courts of New York (or, if there is federal jurisdiction, the United States District Courts in the Southern District of New York), and the Parties consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of these courts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may apply, after compliance with the provisions of ARTICLE 13.5, to any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction to enforce its intellectual property or proprietary rights or to

 

22


obtain a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, permanent injunction or other injunctive relief to protect its interests, without breach of this ARTICLE 13.2 and without any abridgment of the powers of the courts set forth above. The prevailing party in any action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement shall be entitled to an award of its costs and attorneys’ fees.

ARTICLE 13.3 Assignment.

(a) Without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, neither Party, either voluntarily or by operation of law, shall assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively “Transfer”) this Agreement in whole or in part; provided, however, that this Agreement or a Party’s rights and licenses hereunder may be Transferred:

(i) by Cypress to a Cypress Affiliate or by Customer to a Customer Affiliate (but only so long as any such affiliate remains a Cypress Affiliate or a Customer Affiliate, as applicable) without the prior written consent of the other Party, and

(ii) in connection with a Change of Control of one Party without the consent of the other Party, provided that written notice of such Transfer is given to the other Party within fourteen (14) days of the consummation of such Transfer and the remaining or surviving entity agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Any attempted or purported Transfer of this Agreement which does not comply with this ARTICLE 13.3 shall be null and void, have no force or effect, and confer no rights upon any third parties. However, if the only non-compliance is a result of failure to provide notice within fourteen (14) days under ARTICLE 13.3(a)(ii), then the non-complying party can cure by providing the required notice at a later time. Subject to compliance with the provisions of this ARTICLE 13.3, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, assigns and transferees.

ARTICLE 13.4 Force Majeure. Nonperformance of any Party (other than with respect to payment obligations) shall be excused to the extent that performance is rendered impossible by strike, fire, earthquake, flood, governmental acts or orders or restrictions, or any other reason where failure to perform is beyond the reasonable control of the nonperforming Party. If either party’s performance is prevented by a Force Majeure condition for a period of more than forty-five days, the other party may terminate this Agreement without further obligation or liability.

ARTICLE 13.5 Dispute Resolution and Mediation.

(a) In the event a dispute arises under this Agreement which cannot be resolved by the Operating Committee, the dispute shall be brought to the attention of the

 

23


applicable Vice President at Cypress and Customer for a prompt meeting to resolve the dispute. If this meeting fails to resolve the dispute, the Parties shall refer the dispute to a mediator selected by the Parties (“Mediator”), except for claims for injunctive or other equitable relief, which may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction. The Parties shall select a Mediator to mediate such disputes which may arise under this Agreement within 30 days of the Effective Date hereof. In the event of a referral of a dispute to the Mediator, each Party shall submit, in writing, its position on such dispute to the Mediator and conduct a one-day mediation session. If the matter is not resolved or if an alternative method of dispute resolution is not agreed upon within thirty (30) days after the one-day mediation, either Party may begin litigation proceedings. This procedure shall be a prerequisite before either Party may take any additional action hereunder (except as set forth above).

(b) In the event that Cypress reasonably suspects that a violation ARTICLE X has occurred, Cypress may immediately petition the Mediator, in writing, for Customer Personnel to be removed from Cypress’ premises, who is empowered, under this Agreement, to order the removal of Customer Personnel from Cypress’ premises if Cypress proves that Customer has materially breached such Article of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 13.6 No Implied Waivers; Rights Cumulative. No failure on the part of either Party hereto to exercise and no delay in exercising any right under this Agreement, or provided by statute or at law or in equity or otherwise, shall impair, prejudice or constitute a waiver of any such right, nor shall any partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

ARTICLE 13.7 Independent Contractors. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended implicitly, or is to be construed, to constitute Cypress or Customer as partners in the legal sense. No Party hereto shall have any express or implied right or authority to assume or create any obligations on behalf of or in the name of any other Party or to bind any other Party to any contract, agreement or undertaking with any third party.

ARTICLE 13.8 Notices. All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (1) personally delivered or (2) sent by facsimile and registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case to the respective address specified below, or such other address as may be specified in writing to the other Party hereto:

 

Cypress:    Cypress Semiconductor Corporation
   198 Champion Court
   San Jose, CA 95134
   Attn: Mike Moore, CMI Foundry Senior Director
   cc: General Counsel

 

24


Customer:    D-Wave Systems Inc.
   Suite 100 – 4401 Still Creek Drive
   Burnaby. British Columbia, V5C 6G9
   Attn: Warren Wall, Chief Operating Officer
   cc: General Counsel

ARTICLE 13.9 Modification. No amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both Parties hereto, No provision of this Agreement shall be varied, contradicted or explained by any oral agreement, course of dealing or performance or any other matter not set forth in an agreement in writing and signed by both Parties.

ARTICLE 13.10 Severability. If any provision hereof should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, this Agreement shall be deemed amended by the insertion of a valid, legal and enforceable substitute provision that most nearly reflects the original intent of the Parties, and all other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and shall be liberally construed in order to carry out the intentions of the Parties hereto as nearly as may be possible. Such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 13.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

ARTICLE 13.12 Headings. Headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the construction of or be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

ARTICLE 13.13 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, both written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous understandings or agreements, whether written or oral, between the Parties with respect to such subject matter.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in duplicate originals as of the date first above written.

 

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION       D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

/s/ Minh Pham

     

/s/ Warren Wall

Minh Pham       Warren Wall
EVP Operations       Chief Operating Officer

 

25


Appendix 3 – Pricing and Quarterly Commitments

Activities

 

   

In order to allow D-WAVE to have as much flexibility as possible, Cypress is providing 4 engagement tiers to D-WAVE

 

Tier Level

  ACTIVITIES QTR     ACTIVITY RATE     QTRLY COMMITMENT  

Tier 1

    [*****     [*****     [*****

Tier 2

    [*****     [*****     [*****

Tier 3

    [*****     [*****     [*****

Tier 4

    [*****     [*****     [*****

Engineering techs

 

   

If D-WAVE commits to greater than [*****] hours/quarter, Cypress will provide Engineering Tech Services to D-WAVE at the rate of [*****].

 

   

D-WAVE will need to commit to a quantity of Engineering Tech Hours that Cypress will make available at this rate; beyond this committed amount this service will be provided as available at [*****]/HR

 

   

Cypress will provide 1 eng tech ([*****] hours) at no cost to D-WAVE at [*****] activity/qtr commitment level and above.

Engineering

 

   

Cypress will provide engineering services at the rate of [*****]/hr

 

   

D-WAVE will need to commit to a quantity of engineering that Cypress will make available at this rate; beyond this committed amount this service will be provided as available at [*****]/HR

M/I Commitment

 

   

Cypress’ M/I Commitment as defined in Article 1.19 is 2.0

Engineering Tech Credit

 

   

As long as Customer agrees to an Engineering Hour Commitment of [*****] hours or greater for any quarter, any unused Engineering Tech Hours for that aforementioned quarter can be credited towards Engineering hours at a rate of [*****] and applied to the Engineering Hour costs.

 

26


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

This First Amendment (the “Amendment”), which is entered into on March 28, 2013 (“Effective Date”), amends the terms of the Semiconductor Line Operation Agreement dated December 23, 2012 (the “Agreement”), executed by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation (“Cypress”) and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“D-Wave”).

WHEREAS, Cypress has offered to incentivize D-Wave to run at a higher level of contractual commitment for the remainder of 2013.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1)

Modify the quantity of Activities and the corresponding Activity rate for a tier 3 commitment from [*****] Activities at [*****]/Activity with a quarterly commitment of [*****] Activities at [*****]/Activity with a quarterly commitment of [*****].

 

  2)

This Modification will apply only to Cypress Fiscal Quarters of Q2, 2013; Q3, 2013; and Q4, 2013.

 

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION       D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

/s/ Mehran Sedigh

     

/s/ Warren Wall

Mehran Sedigh       Warren Wall
VP Front End Manufacturing       Chief Operating Officer


SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS

This Second Amendment (the “Amendment”), which is entered into on June 30, 2013 (“Effective Date”), amends the terms of the Semiconductor Line Operation Agreement dated December 23, 2012 (the “Agreement”) and the First Amendment (“Amendment 1”) dated March 28, 2013, executed by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation (“Cypress”) and D-Wave Systems (“D-Wave”).

WHEREAS, Cypress has offered to incentivize D-Wave to run at a higher level of Engineering contractual commitment for the remainder of 2013.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1)

The parties agree to modify the commitment level established in Amendment 1 as follows: D-wave will commit to running an average of a minimum of [*****] activities per quarter for the three quarters defined in Amendment 1 (Cypress Fiscal Quarters of Q2, 2013; Q3, 2013; and Q4, 2013) and also commit to running at [*****] Engineering hours for Q2, 2013; 520 Engineering hours for Q3, 2013 and will commit to a level at or above [*****] Engineering hours by August 15, 2013 for Q4; 2013. These activities will be invoiced as follows: [*****] for Q2, 2013; [*****] for Q3, 2013; and [*****] for Q4, 2013, and the Engineering hours will be invoiced as follows: [*****] for Q2, 2013; [*****] for Q3, 2013; and [*****]/hr for the committed hours for Q4, 2013. Any activities in excess of [*****] activities/quarter multiplied by 3 quarters) total activities for these three quarters in aggregate will be reconciled in the December, 2013 invoice at a rate of [*****]/Activity. Excess Engineering hours will be invoiced at the rate defined in the Agreement: [*****]/hr for any hours in excess of the committed hours.

 

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION       D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

/s/ Mehran Sedigh

     

/s/ Warren Wall

Mehran Sedigh       Warren Wall
VP Front End Manufacturing       Chief Operating Officer


Third AMENDMENT

TO

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS

This Third Amendment (the “Amendment”), which is entered into on December 20, 2013 (“Effective Date”), amends the terms of the Semiconductor Line Operation Agreement dated December 23, 2012 (the “Agreement”) the First Amendment (“Amendment 1”) dated March 28, 2013, and the Second Amendment (“Amendment 2”) dated June 30, 2013 executed by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation (“Cypress”) and D-Wave Systems (“D-Wave”).

WHEREAS, Cypress has offered to incentivize D-Wave to make a longer term commitment to Cypress.

NOW THEREFORE, In consideration of this longer term commitment, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1)

D-Wave will have the flexibility to consume between [*****] Activities/Qtr to [*****] Activities in a given quarter for a flat rate of [*****]/Qtr, subject to item 2 below.

 

  2)

In the event that D-Wave consumes in excess of [*****] activities in 2014, all Activities in excess of [*****] Activities will be billed as an additional charge of [*****]/Activity in the final billing of 2014.

 

  3)

The parties agree to remove any requirement for Engineering Hours to be committed. All Engineering hours provided by Cypress to D-Wave will be provided at [*****]/Hour.

 

  4)

The parties agree to remove any requirement for Engineering Tech Hours to be committed. All Engineering Tech hours provided by Cypress to D-Wave above [*****] hours per quarter will be provided at [*****]/Hour. For clarity, Cypress will continue to provide up to [*****] Engineering Tech hours per quarter at no charge as defined in Appendix 3.

 

  5)

Cypress will also offer D-Wave the opportunity to purchase access to a Hot Lot, as defined in Cypress’ operation specs, at all times during a quarter for a flat of [*****]. As a special consideration to D-Wave, Cypress will allow D-Wave to change which lot is on Hot at as often as once a week.

 

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION       D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

/s/ Mehran Sedigh

     

/s/ Warren Wall

Mehran Sedigh       Warren Wall
VP Front End Manufacturing       Chief Operating Officer


FOURTH AMENDMENT

TO

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS

This Fourth Amendment (the “Amendment”), which is entered into on September 24,2014 (“Effective Date”), amends the terms of the Semiconductor Line Operation Agreement dated December 23, 2012 (the “Agreement”) the First Amendment (“Amendment 1”) dated March 28, 2013, and the Second Amendment (“Amendment 2”) dated June 30, 2013, and the Third Amendment (“Amendment 3”) dated December 20, 2013 executed by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation (“Cypress”) and D-Wave Systems (“D-Wave”).

WHEREAS, D-Wave would like to run products on their technology for customers (“Third Party”) that are other than customers for their end product and Cypress would like to enable D-Wave in performing this service.

NOW THEREFORE, In consideration of this expanded business model, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1)

D-Wave will have the flexibility to start lots and run experiments for Third Party customers.

 

  2)

Cypress will be notified upon lot start, if a lot is intended for a Third Party.

 

  3)

Any lot that is for a Third Party will not count towards the Tier Level commitments that D-Wave has made pursuant to this contract or any of its amendments. A separate Tier Level shall be established for Third Party customers in aggregate, as follows:

 

Tier Level

   Activities/Qtr      Activity Rate      Qtrly Commitment  

Tier 1

     No minimum        [*****      None  

Tier 2

     [*****      [*****      [*****

Tier 3

     [*****      [*****      [*****

Tier 4

     [*****      [*****      [*****

 

  4)

For the purposes of clarity, the Third Party activities will be included in the Engineering Tech [*****] activity/qtr commitment.

 

  5)

The parties agree that all minimum lot size criteria will still apply.

 

  6)

All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall apply.

 

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION       D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

/s/ Mehran Sedigh

     

/s/ Warren Wall

Mehran Sedigh       Warren Wall
VP Front End Manufacturing       Chief Operating Officer


Fifth AMENDMENT

TO

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS

This Fifth Amendment (the “Amendment”), which is entered into on November 26,2014 (“Effective Date”), amends the terms of the Semiconductor Line Operation Agreement dated December 23, 2012 (the “Agreement”) the First Amendment (“Amendment 1”) dated March 28, 2013, the Second Amendment (“Amendment 2”) dated June 30,2013, the Third Amendment (“Amendment 3”) dated December 20,2013, and the Fourth Amendment (“Amendment 4”) dated September 24, 2014 executed by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation (“Cypress”) and D-Wave Systems (“D-Wave”).

WHEREAS, Cypress has offered to incentivize D-Wave to make a longer term commitment to Cypress.

NOW THEREFORE, In consideration of this longer term commitment, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1)

D-Wave will have the flexibility to consume between [*****] Activities/Qtr to [*****] Activities in a given quarter for a flat rate of [*****] per quarter, subject to item 2 below.

 

  2)

In the event that D-Wave consumes in excess of [*****] activities in 2015, all Activities in excess of [*****] Activities will be billed as an additional charge of [*****]/Activity in the final billing of 2015.

 

  3)

In the event that D-Wave consumes less than [*****] activities in 2015, such activities will not carry over to be used later, nor will they be subject to a refund or convertible as payment against any other type of charge.

 

  4)

The parties agree to remove any requirement for Engineering Hours or Engineering Tech Hours to be committed.

 

  5)

All Engineering Hours provided by Cypress to 0-Wave will be provided at [*****] per Hour. All Engineering Tech Hours provided by Cypress to D-Wave above [*****] hours per quarter will be provided at [*****]/Hour. For clarity, Cypress will continue to provide up to [*****] Engineering Tech Hours per quarter at no charge as defined in Appendix 3.

 

  6)

D-Wave will have the opportunity to put [*****] lot per quarter on HOT status following WireA ETEST up to end of line ETEST, at a charge of [*****] per quarter. For the sake of clarity, this HOT lot status and duration is based on the Washington3 lot #2 flow with [*****] activities and up to [*****] wafers. Any requests by 0-Wave to put additional lots on HOT status will need to be approved by Cypress and D-Wave subject to fab capacity and budget availability.

 

  a)

The actual charge for the HOT lot will be based on the actual lot movement of [*****] steps & cycle time performance above the 2.0 M/I rate. The parties agree the scale will be [*****] for [*****] steps in prorated for the lot average M/I above 2.0 and up to 3.0. Example: 2.50 M/I & [*****] steps = [*****] * [*****] 3.0 M/I & [*****] steps = [*****] *1.0* [*****].

 

  b)

The parties agree the calculation for lot performance will be the average M/I while the lot is on Hot status less any time the lot has been stopped by the customer or awaiting customer decision. The charge will be prorated for the exact step count and M/I performance.

 

  c)

The parties agree that Dwave can remove the Hot status after 1 week without penalty. if Hot status is cancelled in less than a week there will be a [*****] set up fee assessed in addition to the charges defined in section 6a above.

 

  d)

The parties agree that if a HOT lot is requested for a new device at CMI that delays due to metrology job set up is either removed from the calculation or the metrology step is skipped. [*****] steps are excluded.

 

  e)

The parties agree that if a HOT lot has non-standard processing requirements the impact to the M/I calculation will be negotiated either before the lot status change is granted or before the experiment is added to the lot.

 

  f)

The maximum charge for HOT status per lot under this agreement will be capped at [*****].


CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION       D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

/s/ Mehran Sedigh

     

/s/ Warren Wall

Mehran Sedigh       Warren Wall
VP Front End Manufacturing       Chief Operating Officer


Sixth AMENDMENT

TO

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS

This Sixth Amendment (the “Amendment”), which is entered into on March 6, 2015 (“Effective Date”), amends the terms of the Semiconductor Line Operation Agreement dated December 23, 2012 (the “Agreement”) the First Amendment (“Amendment 1”) dated March 28, 2013, the Second Amendment (“Amendment 2”) dated June 30, 2013, the Third Amendment (“Amendment 3”) dated December 20, 2013, and the Fourth Amendment (“Amendment 4”) dated September 24, 2014, and the Fifth Amendment (“Amendment 5”) dated November 26, 2014 executed by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation (“Cypress”) and D-Wave Systems (“D-Wave”).

WHEREAS, Cypress has offered to incentivize D-Wave to make a longer term commitment to Cypress.

NOW THEREFORE, In consideration of this longer term commitment, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1)

D-Wave will commit to the [*****] activity level Q1 & Q2 2015. D-Wave will have the flexibility to consume between [*****] Activities/Qtr to [*****] Activities in a given quarter for a flat rate of [*****] per quarter, subject to items 3 & 4 below.

 

  2)

D-Wave will commit to the [*****] activity level Q3 & Q4 2015. D-Wave will have the flexibility to consume between [*****] Activities/Qtr to [*****] Activities in a given quarter for a flat rate of [*****] per quarter, subject to items 3 & 4 below.

 

  3)

In the event that D-Wave consumes in excess of [*****] activities in 2015, all Activities in excess of [*****] Activities will be billed as an additional charge of [*****]/Activity in the final billing of 2015.

 

  4)

If D-Wave lots on a quarterly average, using Cypress’ standard M/I (not included in the calculation: [*****] & [*****] (using Cypress’ standard calculation) does not achieve a M/I of 2.0 or [*****] of 0.9 M/I then the following will apply for Q2, Q3 & Q4 in 2015:

 

  a.

D-Wave will receive [*****] activities for use through 2016 at no additional charge. This will be administered quarterly.

 

  b.

D-Wave will have the option to either use the additional activity credit against any overage of activities consumed in 2015 (section 3 above) or apply these activities to their 2016 contract.

 

  5)

The 2 performance penalties described above cannot be additive in a given quarter.

 

  6)

There will be [*****] rolling hot lot available to use for Dwave wip that will be managed by the Cypress customer manager for D-wave.

 

  7)

Cypress support personnel for the D-Wave project will include Mike Lindstrom, Mark Nelson & Eric Ma.


CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION       D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

/s/ Mehran Sedigh

     

/s/ Warren Wall

Mehran Sedigh       Warren Wall
VP Front End Manufacturing       Chief Operating Officer


Seventh AMENDMENT

TO

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS

This Seventh Amendment (the “Amendment 7”), which is entered into on January 4, 2016 (“Effective Date”), amends the terms of the Semiconductor Line Operation Agreement dated December 23, 2012 (the “Original Agreement”) the First Amendment (“Amendment 1”) dated March 28, 2013, the Second Amendment (“Amendment 2”) dated June 30, 2013, the Third Amendment (“Amendment 3”) dated December 20, 2013, and the Fourth Amendment (“Amendment 4”) dated September 24, 2014, and the Fifth Amendment (“Amendment 5”) dated November 26, 2014, and the Sixth Amendment (“Amendment 6”) dated March 10, 2015 executed by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation (“Cypress”) and D-Wave Systems (“D-Wave”). (Hereinafter Original Agreement, Amendment 1, Amendment 2, Amendment 3, Amendment 4, Amendment 5 and Amendment 6 collectively “Agreement”).

WHEREAS, Cypress has offered to incentivize D-Wave to make a longer term commitment to Cypress.

NOW THEREFORE, In consideration of this longer term commitment, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1)

D-Wave will commit to the [*****] Activity level per quarter for 2016. D-Wave will have the flexibility to consume between [*****] Activities/Qtr to [*****] Activities in a given quarter for a flat rate of [*****] per quarter, subject to sections 2 & 3 below.

 

  2)

In the event that D-Wave consumes in excess of [*****] Activities in 2016, all Activities in excess of [*****] Activities will be billed as an additional charge of [*****]/Activity in the final billing of 2016.

 

  3)

If D-Wave lots on a quarterly average, using Cypress’ standard M/I (not included in the calculation: [*****] lost) & [*****] steps (using Cypress’ standard calculation) does not achieve a M/I of 2.0 or [*****] steps of 0.9 M/I then the following will apply only for 2016:

 

  a.

D-Wave will receive [*****] Activities for use through 2017 at no additional charge. This will be administered quarterly.

 

  b.

D-Wave will have the option to either use the additional Activity credit against any overage of Activities consumed in 2016 (Section 2 above) or apply these Activities to their 2017 contract.

 

  4)

The 2 benefits described in Section 3 (a) and (b) above cannot be additive in a given quarter.

 

  5)

There will be [*****] rolling hot lot available to use for Dwave wip that will be managed by the Cypress customer manager for D-wave.

 

  6)

Cypress support personnel for the D-Wave project in 2016 will include Mike Lindstrom, Eric Ma. Mark Nelson will be available for consultation.


  7)

All definitions contained in the Agreement shall have the same meanings and apply to this Amendment 7. Except as modified by this Amendment 7, the remaining terms and conditions of the Agreement are unchanged and apply with equal force and effect. If there is a conflict between the contents of the Agreement and this Amendment 7, then the content of this Amendment 7 shall prevail.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment 7 as of the date first above written.

 

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION       D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

/s/ Mehran Sedigh

     

/s/ Warren Wall

Mehran Sedigh       Warren Wall
VP Front End Manufacturing       Chief Operating Officer


Eighth AMENDMENT

TO

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS

This Eighth Amendment (the “Amendment 8”), which is entered into on June 24, 2016 (“Effective Date”), amends the terms of the Semiconductor Line Operation Agreement dated December 23, 2012 (the “Original Agreement”) the First Amendment (“Amendment 1”) dated March 28, 2013, the Second Amendment (“Amendment 2”) dated June 30, 2013, the Third Amendment (“Amendment 3”) dated December 20, 2013, and the Fourth Amendment (“Amendment 4”) dated September 24, 2014, and the Fifth Amendment (“Amendment 5”) dated November 26, 2014, and the Sixth Amendment (“Amendment 6”) dated March 10, 2015, and the Seventh Amendment (“Amendment 7”) dated January 4, 2016 executed by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation (“Cypress”) and D-Wave Systems (“D-Wave”). (Hereinafter Original Agreement, Amendment 1, Amendment 2, Amendment 3, Amendment 4, Amendment 5 and Amendment 6 and Amendment 7 collectively “Agreement’’).

WHEREAS, D-Wave purchased certain [*****] ([*****]) for use by Cypress in providing services to D-Wave; and

WHEREAS, D-Wave and Cypress have agreed that D-Wave would like for Cypress to have the ability to use the [*****] for customers other than D-Wave so long as Cypress takes on the cost of consumables for the [*****].

NOW THEREFORE, The parties agree as follows:

 

  1)

D-Wave hereby authorizes Cypress to use the [*****] to provide services for customers other than D-Wave.

 

  2)

Cypress will provide D-Wave with a one-time credit redeemable only within 2016 for [*****] additional activities to be provided within 2016. The credit is redeemable only for additional activities beyond those activities that D-Wave has already committed to purchase.

 

  3)

Cypress will pay for consumables required to keep the [*****] operating within their specifications.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment 8 as of the date first above written.

 

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION       D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

/s/ Mehran Sedigh

     

/s/ Warren Wall

Mehran Sedigh       Warren Wall
VP Front End Manufacturing       Chief Operating Officer


Ninth AMENDMENT

TO

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS

This Ninth Amendment (the “Amendment 9”), which is entered into on July 21, 2016 (“Effective Date”), amends the terms of the Semiconductor Line Operation Agreement dated December 23, 2012 (the “ Original Agreement”) the First Amendment (“Amendment 1”) dated March 28, 2013, the Second Amendment (“Amendment 2”) dated June 30, 2013, the Third Amendment (“Amendment 3”) dated December 20, 2013, and the Fourth Amendment (“Amendment 4”) dated September 24, 2014, and the Fifth Amendment (“Amendment 5”) dated November 26, 2014, and the Sixth Amendment (“Amendment 6”) dated March 10, 2015, and the Seventh Amendment(“ Amendment 7”) dated January 4, 2016, and the eighth Amendment (“Amendment 8”) dated June 24, 2016 executed by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation (“Cypress”) and D-Wave Systems (“D-Wave”). (Hereinafter Original Agreement, Amendment 1, Amendment 2, Amendment 3, Amendment 4, Amendment 5 and Amendment 6 and Amendment 7 and Amendment 8 collectively “Agreement”).

WHEREAS, Cypress would like to offer D-Wave hot lot services for third party customers.

NOW THEREFORE, The parties agree as follows:

 

  1)

D-Wave has the opportunity to access a hot lot to use for third party customers, as defined in Cypress’ operation specs, at a rate of [*****] per quarter. Cypress will allow D-wave to change which 3rd party lot is hot as often as once per week. D-Wave may use this hot lot for their own material should they wish.

 

  2)

D-Wave will pay Cypress a [*****] fee each quarter in advance, by the first day of each calendar quarter. For the first quarter of this contract, Q3 2016, if the hot lot request is initiated mid-quarter the fee will be prorated accordingly to no lower than [*****], based on the percentage of the quarter for which the hot lot is used. For clarity, if the hot lot is used for less than 30% of the quarter, the fee for such quarter will be [*****]. The Hot lot access renews automatically for the next quarter unless D-Wave provides notice of cancellation at least 30 days prior to the start of the quarter it would like to cancel.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment 8 as of the date first above written.

 

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION     D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

/s/ Mehran Sedigh

   

/s/ Warren Wall

Mehran Sedigh     Warren Wall
VP Front End Manufacturing     Chief Operating Officer


TENTH AMENDMENT

TO

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS

This Tenth Amendment (“Amendment 10”), which is entered into on December 21, 2016 (“Effective Date”), amends the terms of the Semiconductor Line Operation Agreement dated December 23, 2012 (the “Original Agreement”), as already amended by the First Amendment (“Amendment 1”) dated March 28, 2013, the Second Amendment (“Amendment 2”) dated June 30, 2013, the Third Amendment (“Amendment 3”) dated December 20, 2013, And the Fourth Amendment (“Amendment 4”) dated September 24, 2014, and the Fifth Amendment (“Amendment 5”) dated November 26, 2014, the Sixth Amendment 6”) dated March 10, 2015, the Seventh Amendment (“Amendment 7”) dated January 4, 2016, the eighth Amendment (“Amendment 8”) dated June 24, 2016, and the ninth , Amendment (“Amendment 9”) dated July 21, 2016, executed by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation (“Cypress”) and D-Wave Systems (“D-Wave”). (the Original Agreement as so amended, the “Agreement”).

WHEREAS, Cypress has offered to incentivize D-Wave to make a longer term commitment to Cypress.

NOW THEREFORE, In consideration of this longer term commitment, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1)

D-Wave will commit to the [*****] activity level per quarter for 2017. D-Wave will have the flexibility to consume between [*****] Activities/Qtr to [*****] Activities in a given quarter for a flat rate of [*****] per quarter, subject to items 2 & 3 below.

 

  2)

In the event that D-Wave consumes in excess of [*****] activities in 2016, all Activities in excess of [*****] Activities will be billed as an additional charge of [*****]/Activity in the final billing of 2017.

 

  3)

If D-Wave lots on a quarterly average, using Cypress’ standard M/I (not included in the calculation. [*****] & [*****] steps (using Cypress’ standard calculation ) does not achieve a M/I of 2.0 or [*****] of 0.9 M/I then the following will apply for 2017:

 

  a.

D-Wave will receive [*****] activities for use through 2018 at no additional charge. This will be administered quarterly.

 

  b.

D-Wave will have the option to either use the additional activity credit against any overage of activities consumed in 2017 (section 2 above) or apply these activities to their 2018 contract.

 

  4)

The 2 performance penalties described in section 3 above cannot be additive in a given quarter.

 

  5)

There will be [*****] rolling hot lot per quarter available to use for Dwave wip that will be managed by the Cypress customer manager for D-wave.

 

  6)

Cypress support personnel for the D-Wave project will include Mike Lindstrom, Eric Ma. Mark Nelson will be available for consultation.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment 10 as of the date first above written.

 

CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION     D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

/s/ Mehran Sedigh

   

/s/ Warren Wall

Mehran Sedigh     Warren Wall
VP Front End Manufacturing     Chief Operating Officer


ELEVENTH AMENDMENT

TO

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

SKYWATER TECHNOLOGY FOUNDRY, INC. AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

This Eleventh Amendment (“Amendment 11”), which is entered into on May 30, 2018 (“Effective Date”), amends the terms of the Semiconductor Line Operation Agreement dated December 23, 2012 by and between Cypress Semiconductor Corporation (“Cypress”) and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“D-Wave”) (the “2012 Agreement”), as already amended by the First Amendment (“Amendment 1”) dated March 28, 2013, the Second Amendment (“Amendment 2”) dated June 30, 2013, the Third Amendment (“Amendment 3”) dated December 20, 2013, and the Fourth Amendment (“Amendment 4”) dated September 24, 2014, and the Fifth Amendment (“Amendment 5”) dated November 26, 2014, the Sixth Amendment (“Amendment 6”) dated March 10, 2015, the Seventh Amendment (“Amendment 7”) dated January 4, 2016, the Eighth Amendment (“Amendment 8”) dated June 24, 2016, and the Ninth Amendment (“Amendment 9”) dated July 21, 2016, and the Tenth Amendment (“Amendment 10”) dated December 21, 2016.

WHEREAS:

 

  A.

On December 23, 2012, Cypress and D-Wave entered the 2012 Agreement whereby, among other things:

 

  a.

D-Wave transferred its then-current superconducting process technology stack (the “D-Wave Stack”) at Cypress;

 

  b.

Cypress granted to D-Wave a transferable, worldwide, non-exclusive, irrevocable, royalty free and paid up, perpetual and sublicensable license to certain of Cypress’ semi-conductor process technology, including the right to use the process technology to have D-Wave products made by third party manufacturers (the “2012 Cypress License”);

 

  c.

D-Wave owns all Superconducting Technology developed by D-Wave or developed by Cypress during Cypress’ performance of services for D-Wave under the 2012 Agreement (the “Current Superconducting Technology IP”); and

 

  d.

Cypress obtained no license or right to use any D-Wave technology, products or processes, including but not limited to the D-Wave Stack and any Current Superconducting Technology IP, except as necessary for Cypress to provide engineering services or other services requested by D-Wave under the 2012 Agreement;

 

  B.

On September 30, 2017, Cypress assigned the 2012 Agreement to SkyWater Technology Foundry, Inc. (“SkyWater”), which assignment D-Wave consented to on November 9, 2017 on conditions that included the following:

 

  a.

Cypress assigned all of its rights and delegated all of its duties to SkyWater effective September 30, 2017; and

 

  b.

SkyWater accepted assignment of Cypress’s rights and assumed all of Cypress’s duties and obligations under the Original Agreement from and after September 30, 2017 (the “Assignment”);

 

  C.

SkyWater is developing superconducting recipes (the “SkyWater SC Recipes”), which foundry services are being developed without use of or access to D-Wave’s confidential information or intellectual property, including but not limited to the D-Wave Stack or the Current Superconducting Technology IP;

 

  D.

SkyWater and D-Wave (the “Party’’ or “Parties” as applicable) wish to consolidate all the previous 10 amendments to the 2012 Agreement and the Assignment into this Amendment 11, and make the further amendments set out in this Amendment 11;


NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of this consolidation, the parties agree to further amend the 2012 Agreement as follows (together the 2012 Agreement, the Assignment and this Amendment 11 constitute the “Current Agreement”):

 

1.1

SkyWater confirms that it is the successor in interest to Cypress and hereby covenants and agrees to be bound by all terms and conditions of the Current Agreement and all obligations of Cypress under the Current Agreement, from and after September 30, 2017. Furthermore, D-Wave hereby covenants and agrees to be bound by all terms and conditions of the Current Agreement and all obligations of D-Wave under the Current Agreement, from and after December 23, 2012, with SkyWater having the full rights previously afforded to Cypress under the Current Agreement.

 

1.2

SkyWater represents and warrants that it has all necessary rights and licenses to be able to meet all of the obligations of Cypress set out in the Current Agreement from and after September 30, 2017, and that nothing in this Amendment 11 or the Assignment impairs or modifies the 2012 Cypress License. D-Wave acknowledges and agrees that SkyWater cannot grant a license to any Cypress intellectual property. However, SkyWater acknowledges that the license granted to D-Wave under Article 8.2 of the 2012 Agreement includes any modifications, improvements or derivative works of the Licensed Technology and all Intellectual Property Rights therein, made or conceived by Cypress during the period that started on December 23, 2012 and ended on September 30, 2017.

 

1.3

SkyWater hereby grants to D-Wave a worldwide, non-exclusive, irrevocable and perpetual license to any Intellectual Property Rights used by SkyWater in the course of providing services to D-Wave, including any modifications, improvements or derivative works of the Licensed Technology and all Intellectual Property Rights therein made or conceived by SkyWater in the course of providing services to D-Wave during the period that started on October 1, 2017 and that will end on termination of the Current Agreement (the “SkyWater License”). All of the terms of Article 8 of the 2012 Agreement apply to the SkyWater License.

 

1.4

SkyWater will ensure that all SkyWater personnel that work on the D-Wave project are familiar with the terms of the Current Agreement, and in particular, SkyWater will ensure that all SkyWater personnel understand all Intellectual Property Rights in the Current Agreement and that the SkyWater personnel must comply strictly with the confidentiality provisions of Article 10.1 of the Current Agreement. SkyWater will ensure that SkyWater personnel are aware that the Intellectual Property Rights of D-Wave (as defined in the Current Agreement) are the rights of D-Wave and that SkyWater has no right or license to any D-Wave intellectual property, including but not limited to the D-Wave Stack and the Current Superconducting Technology IP. SkyWater will ensure that any Intellectual Property Rights of D-Wave are not shared with, disclosed to, or used by, any person, except SkyWater personnel or agents of SkyWater providing engineering services or other services requested by D-Wave under the Current Agreement. SkyWater also acknowledges and agrees that SkyWater may not use the SkyWater SC Recipes to provide services to persons other than D-Wave in any manner that infringes on D-Wave’s intellectual property rights.

 

1.5

To assist SkyWater in educating its personnel and to clearly articulate each party’ rights, the parties have prepared a non-exhaustive list of Intellectual Property Rights existing as of


  September 30, 2017, which has been attached as Exhibit A to this Amendment 11. The Parties will meet regularly to review the then-current processes being used by SkyWater to provide services to D-Wave under the Current Agreement.

 

1.6

SkyWater will not use any SkyWater SC Recipes to provide services to D-Wave without D-Wave’s express consent. In the event D-Wave provides such consent, any SkyWater SC Recipes so used form part of the Licensed Technology, except that D-Wave may only sublicense the SkyWater SC Recipes to third parties for the purpose of those third parties providing services to D-Wave or for the purpose of those third parties providing services to D-Wave’s customers.

 

1.7

SkyWater will provide reasonable notice, and work with D-Wave for any change in tech lead for the D-Wave project SkyWater wishes to make in accordance with Article 3.1(e).

 

1.8

Non-Exclusivity. Both Parties acknowledge and accept that nothing in this Agreement, the Assignment, nor any Amendments preclude either Party from pursuing or developing intellectual property, including Superconducting Technology, semiconductor process technology, or processes substantially similar to items listed in Appendix A, provided that in doing so the Party does not violate the terms of the Current Agreement nor infringe on any intellectual property right of the other Party.

 

1.9

Articles 12.1 and 12.2 of the Agreement are hereby amended by deleting and replacing “fifth” with “tenth” in each Article.

 

1.10

Article 12.6 of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “Article 7.2” with “Article 8.2”

 

1.11

Article 13.8 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting and replacing the contact information for notices as follows:

 

SkyWater:    SkyWater Technology Foundry, Inc.
   2401 East 86th St.
   Bloomington, MN, 55425Attention: Mike Moore, EVP Sales and Marketing
   Cc:         General Counsel
D-Wave:    D-Wave Systems Inc.
   3033 Beta Avenue
   Burnaby, BC V5G 4M9
   Attention: Jeremy P. Hilton, SVP
   Cc:         General Counsel

 

1.12

The following apply to the period starting on October 1, 2017 and ending on termination of the Current Agreement or until otherwise agreed upon by SkyWater and D-Wave in writing:

 

  1)

A commitment for minimum Activity consumption within a calendar year (“Annual Commit” or “Annual Commitment”) will be documented in a memo signed by representatives at the VP level or higher from both companies, and shall be comprised of Production and Non-Production Activity Commitments The “Minimum Quarterly Commitment” (or “Quarterly Commit” or “Commit’’) shall be 25% of the corresponding Annual Commitment.


  2)

Activity billing for each quarter will be based on the Annual Commit level. D-Wave will be billed monthly at a flat rate equal to one third of 25% of the Annual Commit.

 

  3)

In the event that D-Wave consumes Activities in excess of the Annual Commit in a given year all non-production Activities in excess of the Annual Commit will be billed as an additional charge of the yearly average of the quarterly Commit rates/activity in the final billing of each calendar year.

 

  4)

In the event that D-Wave consumes in excess of the committed Production Activities in a given year all Production Activities in excess of the committed amount will be billed as an additional charge at the appropriate tiered level with respect to the total Production Activities consumed within the respective quarter in the final billing of each calendar year.

 

  5)

[*****] Hot lot option has been added at a cost of [*****] per quarter. If not needed for the entire quarter the cost can be prorated based on the number of weeks used with a minimum fee of [*****]

 

  6)

Hot Hand Carry (HHC) cost is based on a [*****] step process and is applicable only for selected Hot lots. Cost will be pro-rated for the actual numbers steps while on HHC with a minimum upgrade fee of [*****] charges while on HHC will be [*****] the lot size times the number of splits.

 

  7)

Costs for Activities, engineering hours, engineering tech hours, hot, and the cost to upgrade a hot lot to a hot hand carry lot are based on the following table for tiered commits (note that there is no requirement for any Engineering Hours or Engineering Tech Hours to be committed)

ACTIVITY ANNUAL COMMIT THRESHOLDS

 

COMMIT

  ACTIVITY RATE   QTR ACTIVITY
BILLING TOTAL
  ENGINEERING
HOURLY RATE
  ENGINEERING TECH
HOURLY RATE
  FREE
ENGINEERING
TECH HOURS
  HOT LOT COST   2ND HOT LOT
COST
  HOT HAND
CARRY LOT
UPGRADE COST

[*****]

  [*****]   ACTUAL   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]

[*****]

  [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]

[*****]

  [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]

[*****]

  [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]

[*****]

  [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]

[*****]

  [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]

[*****]

  [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]

[*****]

  [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]

[*****]

  [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]

[*****]

  [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]

[*****]

  [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]   [*****]

 

  8)

Production Activity rates will be applied to lots that run through the entire process with no more than [*****] steps. With the following two exceptions:

 

  a.

For [*****] steps that are included in the process flow [*****] or new ones that get added to the process flow, SkyWater will not count and/or eliminate the [*****] requirement to perform these steps. For [*****] measurements requests that are not included in the active process flow or the active recipe spec the [*****] will be counted.

 

  b.

For the [*****] steps [*****] used solely for “look ahead wafers” (LAW’s) for targeting the [*****] will not be counted. Any [*****] at this step after SkyWater has completed the development of a process that can achieve a performance of+/- [*****] for the [*****] without a LAW would be included in the total count.

 

  9)

Costs for Production Activities are based on the following table for tiered Commits:


PRODUCTION ANNUAL COMMIT THRESHOLDS

 

COMMIT

   ACTIVITY RATE   QTR ACTIVITY
BILLING TOTAL
   HOT LOT COST
(PRODUCTION)
  2ND HOT LOT
COST
(PRODUCTION)

[*****]

   [*****]   ACTUAL    [*****]   [*****]

[*****]

   [*****]   [*****]    [*****]   [*****]

[*****]

   [*****]   [*****]    [*****]   [*****]

[*****]

   [*****]   [*****]    [*****]   [*****]

 

  10)

Costs for 3rd party Activities, engineering hours, engineering tech hours & hot lots are based on the following table for tiered Commits:

3rd PARTY ACTIVITY ANNUAL COMMIT THRESHOLDS

 

COMMIT

   3RD PARTY
ACTIVITY RATE
   QTR ACTIVITY
BILLING TOTAL
   3RD PARTY HOT
LOT COST / QTR

[*****]

   [*****]    ACTUAL    [*****]

[*****]

   [*****]    ACTUAL    [*****]

[*****]

   [*****]    ACTUAL    [*****]

[*****]

   [*****]    ACTUAL    [*****]

 

  11)

3rd party hot lot charges can be pro-rated for the number of weeks used in quarter with a minimum fee of [*****].

 

  12)

If D-Wave lots on a quarterly average, using SkyWater’s standard M/1 (not included in the calculation: [*****] & [*****] steps (using SkyWater’s standard calculation), does not achieve a M/1 of 2.0 or [*****] steps of 0.9 M/1 then the following will apply:

 

  a.

D-Wave will receive [*****] Activities for use through the following year at no additional charge. This will be administered quarterly.

 

  b.

D-Wave will have the option to either use the additional Activity credit against any overage of activities consumed in the current calendar year (section 2 above) or apply these activities to their consumption in the following calendar year.

 

  13)

The 2 performance penalties described in section 3 above cannot be additive in a given quarter.

 

  14)

Hot lots will be managed by the SkyWater customer manager for D-Wave.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment 11 as of the date first above written.

 

SKYWATER TECHNOLOGY FOUNDRY, INC.     D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.


/s/ Michael Moore

   

/s/ Jeremy Hilton

Michael Moore     Jeremy Hilton
EVP Sales & Marketing     Sr. Vice President


TWELFTH AMENDMENT

TO

SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

SKYWATER TECHNOLOGY FOUNDRY, INC. AND D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

This TWELFTH AMENDMENT (“12th Amendment”), entered into on and effective as of April 30, 2020 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), amends the terms of the SEMICONDUCTOR LINE OPERATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated December 23, 2012, as amended from time to time by eleven (11) prior amendments, the last of which was dated May 30, 2018, by and between SkyWater Technology Foundry, Inc. (“SkyWater”) and D-Wave Systems Inc. (“D-Wave”), each a “Party” and collectively, the “Parties”.

WHEREAS:

 

A.

On May 30, 2018 the Parties consolidated all previous ten (10) amendments to the Agreement, into an eleventh amendment to the Agreement (“11th Amendment”); and

 

B.

In connection with the foregoing and to address the Parties’ revised needs, the Parties wish to further amend the Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

 

1.

Revised Activity Billing. As of the Effective Date of this Amendment, Sections 2, 3 and 4 of Article 1.12 of the 11th Amendment are deleted and replaced with the following:

 

  2)

Activity billing for each quarter will be based on the Annual Commit level. Subject to 3) or 4), D-Wave will be billed monthly at a flat rate equal to one third of 25% of the Annual Commit (the “Monthly Commit”).

 

  3)

In the event that D-Wave consumes Activities in excess of the Monthly Commit in a given month all non-production Activities in excess of the Monthly Commit will be billed as an additional charge in the billing for that month using the same rates from the Annual Commit.

 

  4)

In the event that D-Wave consumes in excess of the committed Production Activities in a given month all Production Activities in excess of the committed amount will be billed as an additional charge at the appropriate tiered level with respect to the total Production Activities consumed within that month in the billing for that month.

 

2.

Miscellaneous.

 

  2.1

It is understood between the Parties that, other than as expressly amended herein, all the terms of the Agreement, as previously amended, will remain unchanged and applicable. To the extent that there is any inconsistency between the terms of this 12th Amendment and the Agreement, as previously amended, the terms of this 12th Amendment shall govern.

 

  2.2

The entirety of the terms of this 12th Amendment, are incorporated into the Agreement by reference.

(Signature page to follow)

 

SkyWater and D-Wave Proprietary    Page 1 of 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this 12th Amendment as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

SKYWATER TECHNOLOGY FOUNDRY, INC.     D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven P. Wold

    By:  

/s/ Alan Baratz

Name:   Steven P. Wold     Name:   Alan Baratz
Title:   Chief Financial Officer     Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date:   Apr 30, 2020     Date:   Apr 30, 2020

Signature page to Twelfth Amendment to Semiconductor Line Operation Agreement

 

SkyWater and D-Wave Proprietary    Page 2 of 2

Exhibit 10.29

 

LOGO  

[D-Wave Commercial Inc.

2650 E. Bayshore Rd.

Palo Alto, CA 94303]

www.dwavesys.com

 

January 01, 2020

Alan Baratz

[*****]

[*****]

Full-Time Amended and Restated Employment Agreement

WHEREAS

 

  A.

On or about July 5, 2017, you and D-Wave Commercial Inc. (the “Company”) entered into an employment agreement (the “Original Agreement”);

 

  B.

Since July 5, 2017, the Original Agreement has been amended by mutual written consent on a number of occasions, including but not limited to by letter agreements dated July 28, 2017 and April 17, 2019;

 

  C.

The Company is offering you a promotion to President and CEO, effective January 1, 2020, subject to your execution of this amended and restated employment agreement (the “Agreement”);

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions of your employment with D-Wave Commercial Inc. (the “Company”). If you agree with these terms and conditions, please return to us a signed copy of this Agreement.

1. Term: Your employment with the Company commenced on August 14, 2017 (the “Commencement Date”) and your employment with the Company will continue under the terms and conditions of this Agreement until your employment is terminated as hereinafter provided.

2. Position and Duties:

(a) Position and Duties and Responsibilities: You will be employed by the Company in the position of President and CEO. You will perform or fulfil such duties and responsibilities as normally or usually associated with that position and such other duties and responsibilities as may be directed from time to time by the Company in its sole discretion. You will abide by the policies, directions and practices of the Company. In its sole discretion, the Company may alter, amend, create or terminate policies, directions and practices. The terms and conditions of this Agreement, unless otherwise modified by the Company in writing as set out in Section 12, will continue to apply to you despite any such changes.

(b) Location of Work: You understand and agree that the Company is an international organization with an expanding business in the marketplace. Accordingly, a fundamental requirement of your position is that you will be required to regularly travel both inside and outside of North America as required by the Company in performance of your duties. In addition, from time to time as required by the Company in its sole discretion, you may be required to temporarily or permanently relocate from an existing principal place of work to such other location anywhere in the United States as needed by the Company and be assigned new reporting relationships. Any major change in the location of your employment will be subject to expense reimbursement in accordance with the Company’s policies.

(c) Scope and Hours of Work: During your employment, and subject to the Company’s business needs, you will perform at least 40 hours per week of work on such dates and times as determined by the Company in its sole discretion. While working you will devote your full time, attention and abilities to the effective and competent performance of your duties and responsibilities and you will give the Company the full benefit of your knowledge, expertise, technical skill and ingenuity. You are required to work such hours as are necessary to properly and effectively perform your duties and this may involve working hours that fall outside your usual working hours. You are not entitled to overtime pay or to time off in lieu.

3. Compensation:

(a) Rate of Pay: You will be paid an annual base salary of USD$350,000, payable in equal installments on

 

Page 1 of 9


LOGO  

[D-Wave Commercial Inc.

2650 E. Bayshore Rd.

Palo Alto, CA 94303]

www.dwavesys.com

 

the 15th and last day of each month, less all required or permitted withholdings and remissions, according to the Company’s regular payroll schedule (the “Base Salary”). Upon the closing of a Qualified Financing as defined in the November 2019 Convertible Note Purchase Agreement between D-Wave and certain shareholders (a “Qualified Financing”), the board of directors of D-Wave will review the Base Salary and a recommendation for adjusting the Base Salary will be made as a part of the recommendation for adjustment of the base salaries of all senior executives.

(b) Performance Bonus: You will be eligible to participate in the Management Bonus Plan for D-Wave, with a target bonus of 50% of Base Salary, based on attainment of objectives for D-Wave, the Company and personal objectives within the fiscal year. The terms of, funding of, and setting and evaluation of achievement of the D-Wave, Company and personal objectives is in the sole discretion of the board of directors of D-Wave.

(c) Employee Stock Option Plan: As of the date of this Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, you have been granted certain stock options by the board of directors of D-Wave, under D-Wave’s Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Following the close of a Qualified Financing, the Company will recommend to the board of directors of D-Wave that:

 

  (i)

you be granted an additional option to purchase up to 3,700,000 Class A voting common shares of D-Wave at an exercise price to be determined by the board of directors of D-Wave in their sole discretion; vesting in accordance with the Plan, except that in the event a Change in Control of D-Wave as defined in the Plan occurs, (1) options which would have vested within the 24 months following the Change of Control will vest immediately on the date of the Change of Control and thereafter the balance of unvested options will vest 24 months earlier than they would have vested, and (2) if your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without cause within 12 months after the Change in Control, all outstanding options will vest immediately on the date of the termination; and all other terms and conditions in accordance with the Plan. The board of directors of D-Wave has the sole discretion to determine whether to grant the option and the terms and conditions applicable to the option, including but not limited to the number and type of shares, the price and the vesting period; and

 

  (ii)

if the board of directors of D-Wave makes changes to or grants additional options to employees of D-Wave or its Affiliates following and related to the closing of a Qualified Financing, that all of your options, including the additional options to be granted in (i), be treated in the same way that the board of directors of D-Wave treats such other employee options following and related to the closing of a Qualified Financing;

(d) Tax Preparation Assistance: The Company will reimburse you for reasonable tax accounting expenses as documented by third-party receipts up to a maximum of USD$7,500 per year. Any additional taxes or statutory deductions, including but not limited to any Canadian, provincial, US, state or city income taxes, withholding taxes or statutory deductions you may incur are yours to bear and may be deducted and remitted by the Company, regardless of whether such taxes are assessed or collected for more than one jurisdiction.

(e) Vacation Entitlement: You will be entitled to an annual paid vacation equal to four weeks per calendar year, prorated for any partial year of employment. Any vacation will be taken at such time or times as mutually agreed by the parties, and in compliance with the policies of the Company as amended from time to time. Failing such agreement, the Company may schedule your vacation time or times based on business considerations of the Company. Vacation accrues on a daily basis. Vacation can accrue up to a maximum of six paid weeks. Once the cap is reached, no further vacation time will accrue until some vacation time is used.

(f) Medical Insurance and Other Benefits: The Company will make available to you the insured benefit plans customarily available to its US based full-time employees at your level (the “Benefits”). Your participation in some of the Benefits may be mandatory in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Benefits. The terms and conditions of the Benefits, and your ability to qualify for the Benefits, will be determined by the plans or policies from time to time established, amended or purchased by the Company in its sole discretion. The Company retains the right to establish new Benefits and to eliminate, modify or alter any Benefits or benefit

 

Page 2 of 9


LOGO  

[D-Wave Commercial Inc.

2650 E. Bayshore Rd.

Palo Alto, CA 94303]

www.dwavesys.com

 

carriers from time to time and at any time in its sole discretion without advance notice. The terms and conditions of this Agreement will continue to apply to you despite any such changes. The Company’s obligations will not be to act as a self-insurer unless otherwise expressly stated in the terms and conditions of the applicable Benefits. The Company will, where applicable, pay premiums to an insurance carrier of its choice. All decisions regarding eligibility and coverage will be made by such insurance carrier; the Company will not bear any responsibility or liability therefore.

4. Confidentiality:

(a) Access to Confidential Information: You acknowledge that in the course of performing and fulfilling your duties and responsibilities to the Company, you may be entrusted with Confidential Information, and that the disclosure of the Confidential Information to suppliers, partners, collaborators, resellers, customers, competitors or clients of the Company or its Affiliates or to the general public will be highly detrimental to the best interests and business of the Company and its Affiliates. “Affiliates” means any entity or corporation, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company.

(b) Definition:Confidential Information” means trade secrets and information that is not generally known to the public or that would be reasonably considered confidential and proprietary to the Company, its Affiliates, its suppliers, partners, collaborators, resellers, customers and clients, and includes but is not limited to:

 

  (i)

trade secrets, know-how, concepts, ideas whether patentable or not, methods, processes, formulae, apparatus, standards, product specifications and processing procedures;

 

  (i)

revenue, costs, pricing and other financial data;

 

  (ii)

any client, customer or business partner information (including without limitation, names, preferences, financial information, addresses or telephone numbers);

 

  (iii)

all access codes, systems software applications, software/systems source and object codes, data, documentation, program files, flow charts, operational procedures, locations of operations, merchant numbers and merchant support and verification numbers; and

 

  (iv)

the private affairs of the Company and its Affiliates or any other proprietary information of the Company and its Affiliates related to their business and affairs, whether acquired in the course of your employment with the Company or incidentally.

(c) Exclusions: Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4(b), “Confidential Information” does not include information or data which:

 

  (i)

is in the public domain at the date of its disclosure to you, or which thereafter enters the public domain through no fault of yours or of any other person owing a duty of confidentiality to the Company and its Affiliates (but only after it enters the public domain); or

 

  (ii)

was in your possession on a non-confidential basis prior to being disclosed under this Agreement as reasonably demonstrated by your written records;

provided that information which comprises part of the Confidential Information will not be included within the foregoing exceptions merely because individual parts of the information were within the public domain, or were within your prior possession.

(d) Use and Disclosure: You acknowledge that you will receive the Confidential Information solely for the purpose of carrying out your duties and responsibilities as an employee of the Company. Except as may be specifically required in the course of carrying out such duties and responsibilities, you will not, during the term of your employment with the Company or at any time thereafter:

 

Page 3 of 9


LOGO  

[D-Wave Commercial Inc.

2650 E. Bayshore Rd.

Palo Alto, CA 94303]

www.dwavesys.com

 

  (i)

disclose any Confidential Information to any person or entity, without the prior written consent of the Company; or

 

  (ii)

use or exploit, directly or indirectly, the Confidential Information for any purpose other than the proper purposes of the Company.

Despite the foregoing, if you are required by law to disclose any Confidential Information, to the extent permitted by law, you will promptly notify the Company that you may be required to disclose Confidential Information and you will consult with and cooperate with the Company in any attempt to resist or narrow such disclosure or to obtain an order or other assurance that such information will be accorded confidential treatment. Notwithstanding any disclosure required by law, the Confidential Information disclosed will, for all other purposes, continue to be treated as Confidential Information under this Agreement.

(e) Return: Upon the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason, or upon the written request of the Company at any time, you will return immediately to the Company all Confidential Information then in your possession or under your control, including all written information, tapes, discs or memory devices and copies thereof including, without limitation, all papers, drawings, notes, notebooks, correspondence, records, reports, lists, photographs, memoranda, manuals, specifications, designs, devices and documents, and any other material on any medium in your possession or control pertaining to the Company. You will also return any computers, phones, keys, pass cards, identification cards or other property belonging to the Company.

5. Corporate Opportunities and Intellectual Property:

(a) Opportunities: Any business opportunities related to:

 

  (i)

the current business or prospective business of the Company or its Affiliates;

 

  (ii)

any of the Confidential Information or any of the Property (as defined below); or

 

  (iii)

any work performed by you for the Company;

which become known to you during the period of your employment with the Company must be promptly and fully disclosed and made available by you to the Company, and you agree not to take or omit to take, without the prior written approval of the Company, any action if the result would be to divert from the Company or its Affiliates any such opportunity.

(b) Property Ownership: You acknowledge and agree that all right, title and interest in and to any information, documents, drawings, plans, models, works, trade secrets, inventions, discoveries, methods, improvements, research materials, designs, algorithms, user interfaces, application programming interfaces, software and databases, including all Confidential Information and including all intellectual property rights associated therewith, that:

 

  (i)

relate to the Company’s or its Affiliates’ business, as it may be conducted from time to time, and is made or conceived directly or indirectly by you during the course of your employment, whether or not conceived or made during your regular working hours and whether or not you are specifically instructed to make or develop the same and whether made solely, jointly or in combination with others;

 

  (ii)

are made or conceived directly or indirectly by you during the course of your employment and during your regular working hours, whether or not you are specifically instructed to make or develop the same or whether made solely, jointly or in combination with others; or

 

  (iii)

are made or conceived directly or indirectly by you during the course of your employment and using the Company’s or its Affiliates’ tools and equipment, whether or not conceived or made

 

Page 4 of 9


LOGO  

[D-Wave Commercial Inc.

2650 E. Bayshore Rd.

Palo Alto, CA 94303]

www.dwavesys.com

 

  during your regular working hours and whether or not you are specifically instructed to make or develop the same and whether made solely, jointly or in combination with others

(collectively the “Property”), will be for the benefit of the Company or its Affiliates, as applicable, and will be considered to have been made under and by virtue of this Agreement and will immediately become the property of the Company or its Affiliates, as applicable. Any invention described in a patent application filed by or on behalf of you, or which is disclosed to third parties by you within one (1) year after terminating your employment with the Company which relates to your work with the Company, is rebuttably presumed to have been conceived or made during the period of your employment by the Company using the trade secrets or other intellectual property rights of the Company or its Affiliates, and you hereby assign and agree to assign the invention and all rights therein to the Company as provided by this Agreement, including any application or registration related to such invention. The assignment or offer to assign set forth in this Section Error! Reference source not found.Error! Reference source not found. does not apply to an invention in relation to which you can clearly show by corroborating evidence that such invention was made without the use of the Company’s or its Affiliates’ trade secrets or other intellectual property rights and was made entirely on your own time, without the use of Company’s or its Affiliates’ equipment, supplies or facilities, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of the Company or its Affiliates, or (ii) to the Company’s or its Affiliates’ actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by you for the Company or its Affiliates.

(c) Assignments: You hereby assign and agree to assign to the Company your entire right, title and interest in and to any and all of the Property and to all letters patent, design patents, industrial designs, copyright, mask works, trade-marks, trade secret rights, and all other intellectual property rights, and all applications therefor which may be or may have been filed on the Property by or for you or in your name, or which may have been issued to you or for your benefit, whether filed or issued in the United States, Canada or any other country whatsoever, including the right to claim priority thereof, to file directly in the Company’s own name, to have patents grant in the Company’s own name, and to pursue damages for infringement of any such rights, including for past infringement. You further agree to execute any papers evidencing such assignment, including executing counterpart or short form assignment documents, and to fully cooperate as may be requested by the Company, at the Company’s own expense, in evidencing such assignment and in securing intellectual property rights in the Property.

(d) Moral Rights: You forever waive and release in favor of the Company and its Affiliates any right, title or interest you have or may have in and to the Property including, without limitation, any right to claim authorship or anonymity, any right to restrain or claim damages for any modification, alteration or deletion of the Property or any part thereof, any right to restrain the use or reproduction of the Property, and any right to use or reproduce the Property, in each case, in any context and in connection with any product, service, cause or institution, and any right or benefit in law known as “moral” rights or any similar law anywhere in the world and all rights under the Canadian Copyright Act.

(e) Publications: You will not publish or disclose, or assist others to do so, any particulars of the Property or of any Confidential Information to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the Company.

(f) Removal of Property: All records, files, source or object codes, data, materials, tapes, documents, equipment, drawings, plans, models and the like relating to the Confidential Information or the Property is and will remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its Affiliates, as applicable. Except as authorized by the Company, you will not remove physically, electronically or in any other manner whatsoever from the premises of the Company or store or permit to be stored in any location other than the premises of the Company the Property or the Confidential Information or any records, files, source or object codes, data, materials, tapes, documents, equipment, drawings, plans, models and the like relating to the Confidential Information or Property.

(g) Third Party Confidential Information and Conflicts of Interest: The Company relies on its Confidential Information and Property and respects the confidential information and property of others. For this reason, the Company does not want, does not need and will not accept the confidential information or property of any third

 

Page 5 of 9


LOGO  

[D-Wave Commercial Inc.

2650 E. Bayshore Rd.

Palo Alto, CA 94303]

www.dwavesys.com

 

party, including but not limited to any of your former employers. You represent and warrant to the Company that by entering into this Agreement with the Company you will not be in breach of any laws or agreement with any third party nor will you be in a position of conflict of interest to any third party. In particular, you represent and warrant to the Company that you are not subject to any law, agreement with or other obligation that would restrict your ability to perform your employment duties to the Company or that would in any way impair the Company’s ownership of the Confidential Information or Property. During your employment with the Company, you are strictly prohibited from using or disclosing to the Company any information that you obtained in confidence from a third party. You understand and agree that any breach of this Section, regardless of the materiality of the breach, will constitute immediate grounds for termination of your employment for cause.

6. Restrictive Covenant:

 

  (a)

The parties acknowledge that the Company’s and its Affiliates’ business is highly competitive and that in the course of your employment you will be privy to Confidential Information and other proprietary information concerning the Company’s and its Affiliates’ business and that the Company’s and its Affiliates’ business would be vulnerable to competition from you.

 

  (b)

Accordingly, you will not during the term of your employment with the Company and following the date that your employment with the Company ceases (regardless of who initiated the termination and whether the termination was with or without cause), either individually or in partnership, or in conjunction in any way with any other persons, whether as principal, agent, consultant, shareholder, guarantor, creditor, or in any other manner whatsoever:

 

  (i)

other than in the performance of your duties and responsibilities, use any of the Company’s and its Affiliates’ trade secrets for any reason without the express written permission of the Company, including to:

 

  (1)

engage in, carry on or otherwise be concerned with or have any interest in, or advise, lend money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of, permit your name, or any part thereof, to be used or employed by any person, firm, association, syndicate or corporation engaged in or concerned with a business competitive with that of the Company or its Affiliates; or

 

  (2)

solicit, interfere with or endeavor to entice away from the Company or its Affiliates, accept any business from or the patronage of or enter into the employment of or render any service to, sell to or contract or attempt to contract with, any person, firm, or corporation who was, during the term of your employment, a client, customer or supplier of the Company or its Affiliates, or a prospective client, customer or supplier of the Company or its Affiliates; or

 

  (ii)

for a one (1) year period following the termination of your employment with the Company, directly solicit or induce or attempt to solicit or induce any person who was employed by the Company or its Affiliates on the date of the termination of your employment, to terminate his or her employment with the Company or its Affiliates or to commence an employment or other business relationship with another entity.

 

  (c)

The parties agree that the foregoing provisions are reasonable and necessary in order to protect the interests of the Company and its Affiliates.

 

  (d)

You agree and acknowledge that this covenant is given for good and valuable consideration (receipt of which is hereby acknowledged) and that by reason of your unique knowledge of and association with the business of the Company and its Affiliates, the scope of this covenant as to both time and area is reasonable and commensurate with the protection of the legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates. Section 6 of this Agreement applies regardless of the reason for your cessation of employment from the Company, and is severable from the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

Page 6 of 9


LOGO  

[D-Wave Commercial Inc.

2650 E. Bayshore Rd.

Palo Alto, CA 94303]

www.dwavesys.com

 

  (e)

The parties agree that if a court of competent jurisdiction will limit, restrict or otherwise change the time period or the types of business referred to in this Section, then the limited, restricted or changed time period or types of business determined by such a court will, for the purposes of this Section 6, be deemed to be the original time period and/or types of business referred to in such Sections as if they were the original time period and business set out herein.

7. Resignation: You can resign from employment with the Company by providing to the Company one (1) month prior written notice of your resignation.

8. Termination:

(a) With Cause: The Company may immediately terminate your employment if you exhibit conduct of any kind that would justify an employer in the State of Washington discharging an employee for cause at common law.

(b) Without Cause: At any time, the Company may terminate your employment pursuant to this Agreement at its sole discretion for any reason, without cause, by providing you with twelve (12) months Base Salary as a lump sum payment, twelve months Base Salary continuance, or a combination of the two. By way of example, and for purposes of clarity, the provision of two months Base Salary continuance and ten months Base Salary as a lump sum payment will be in compliance with this Agreement. Base Salary continuance will be in semi-monthly instalments on the same schedule as the regular Company payroll. The provision of Base Salary as a lump sum payment, payment of Base Salary continuance, or combination of the two will be in satisfaction of all rights and claims, either under statue or common law, that you may have arising from your employment and the termination of employment.

9. Irreparable Harm: You acknowledge and agree that a breach of any of the covenants of this Agreement by you may not be adequately compensated for by monetary award, and may cause irreparable harm to the Company and its Affiliates. Accordingly, you agree that in addition to all of the remedies available to the Company and its Affiliates at law or in equity, including the right to seek recovery of damages, the Company will be entitled as a matter of right to apply for equitable relief (including without limitation, injunctive relief) in any court of competent jurisdiction, enjoining any threatened or actual breach, to ensure your compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

10. Assignment and Enurement: You may not assign this Agreement, or any part of this Agreement or any of your rights under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company may assign this Agreement to any other entity at any time in its sole discretion. This Agreement enures to the benefit of and is binding upon you and the Company and the respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns.

11. Severability: If any provision or portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, then that provision or portion will be severed from this Agreement unless otherwise provided. The rest of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

12. Entire Agreement: This Agreement contains the whole agreement between you and the Company with respect to your employment with the Company, and there are no representations, warranties, collateral terms or conditions, express or implied, other than as set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, negotiations, discussions, undertakings, representations, warranties and understandings, whether written or oral, express or implied, statutory or otherwise, between you and the Company. You hereby waive any right to assert a claim in tort based on any pre-contractual representations, negligent or otherwise, made by the Company. You also hereby confirm that you have not been induced to enter into this Agreement by any prior agreement, negotiation, discussion, undertaking, representation, warranty, or understanding, whether written or oral, express or implied, statutory or otherwise, between you and the Company. No change or modification of this Agreement will be valid unless it is in writing and executed by both parties. The terms and conditions of this Agreement will govern your employment with the Company, regardless of the length of employment or any changes to your position, compensation, title and regardless of whether such change is

 

Page 7 of 9


LOGO  

[D-Wave Commercial Inc.

2650 E. Bayshore Rd.

Palo Alto, CA 94303]

www.dwavesys.com

 

material or otherwise.

13. Notice: Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder must be in writing and will be sufficiently given or made if delivered or sent by email or by registered mail to the address of the parties set out on page 1 hereof. Any notice so given will be deemed to have been given and to have been received on the day of delivery if it is a business day and otherwise on the next succeeding business day or, if mailed, on the third business day following the mailing thereof (excluding each day during which there exists any interruption of postal services due to strike, lockout or other cause). Addresses for notice may be changed by giving notice in accordance with this Section.

14. Non-waiver: No failure or delay by you or the Company in exercising any power or right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of such power or right. Any consent or waiver by you or by the Company to any breach or default under this Agreement will be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

15. Survival of Terms: The provisions of Sections 4 to 19 of this Agreement will survive the termination of your employment and this Agreement.

16. Collection and Use of Personal Information: You acknowledge that the Company will, and hereby consent to the Company collecting, using and disclosing personal information about you where reasonably necessary for security, employment and business purposes in accordance with applicable legislation and any privacy policy of the Company that may be in effect from time to time.

17. Further Assistance and Independent Legal Advice: The parties will execute and deliver any documents and perform any acts necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement. You also represent and warrant to the Company and acknowledge and agree that you have been provided an opportunity to seek and were not prevented nor discouraged by the Company from seeking independent legal advice prior to signing and delivering this Agreement.

18. Governing Laws: This Agreement will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of Washington State without reference to its conflict of law principles), and the courts of Washington State will have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute arising from or in any way related to this Agreement.

19. Waiver of Jury trial: EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED TO ITS SUBJECT MATTER.

 

Page 8 of 9


LOGO  

[D-Wave Commercial Inc.

2650 E. Bayshore Rd.

Palo Alto, CA 94303]

www.dwavesys.com

 

THE PARTIES have executed this agreement as of the date written above.

D-WAVE COMMERCIAL INC.

 

Per:  

/s/ V. PAUL LEE

  V. PAUL LEE, CHAIR, D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

I acknowledge and accept the terms and conditions of my employment with the Company as set out above.

 

Per:  

/s/ ALAN BARATZ

 

ALAN BARATZ

 

Page 9 of 9

Exhibit 10.30

DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

FORM OF 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

AWARD AGREEMENT - OPTION

Date:

To: Alan Baratz

[*****]

[*****]

(the “Award Holder”):

DWSI Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) hereby offers the Award Holder the following option to purchase Shares of the Company pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan established by the Company (the “Plan”) subject to the additional terms and conditions set out below (the “Award”), and this agreement being the “Award Agreement”). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

I.

NOTICE OF AWARD

This Award is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are deemed to be incorporated in this Award Agreement, and is subject to the following specific provisions:

 

Date of Grant:   
Vesting Start Date   
Number of Shares:    Common Shares
Exercise Price:    US$0.81 per Share (the “Exercise Price”)
Term:    10 years from the Date of Grant, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the Plan.
Exercise Period:    From the Date of Grant until the Expiry Date
Vesting Periods:    The Award will vest as follows:
  

(a)   25% upon the Award Holder’s completion of twelve months of full-time active employment (see Note) with DWSI or one of DWSI’s wholly-owned subsidiaries (together, the “D-Wave Group”) following the Vesting Start Date; and

  

(b)   the remaining 75% 1/36 (2.77%) at the end of each month of full-time active employment by the Award Holder with the D-Wave Group thereafter such that the Award Holder will be fully vested after the Award Holder has completed, commencing on the Vesting Start Date, 48 months of full-time active employment with the D-Wave Group, except that in the event a Change in Control of DWSI as defined in the Plan occurs, (1) options which would have vested within the 24 months following the Change of Control will vest immediately on the date of the Change of Control and thereafter the balance of unvested options will vest 24


 

months earlier than they would have vested, and (2) if employment with the D-Wave Group is terminated by the D-Wave Group without cause within 12 months after the Change in Control, all outstanding options will vest immediately on the date of the termination; and all other terms and conditions in accordance with the Plan.

  Note: “Active Employment” means that the Award Holder is actively engaged in providing services to the D-Wave Group. If the Award Holder’s employment is terminated involuntarily, the Award Holders’ Active Employment immediately ceases and vesting immediately ceases on the date that the Award Holder is provided with notice of termination of employment. Vesting will not continue even if the Award Holder receiving notice of termination of employment continues to receive compensatory payments or pay in lieu of working notice from a member of the D-Wave Group. If the Award Holders’ employment has been terminated voluntarily by the Award Holder delivering a notice of resignation, the Award Holder ceases to be actively employed and vesting immediately ceases on the date specified in such resignation notice as the last day of work by the Award Holder.
Qualified Share Option   Yes

Expiry Date:

In no event may this Award be exercised after the Term as provided above and this Award may be subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan.

This Award may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Exercise Period by notice in writing to the Company in the form of the Exercise Notice (attached as Schedule B to the Plan, a copy of which is attached to this Award Agreement) specifying: (a) the Award Holder’s desire to exercise this Award to purchase Shares; (b) the number of Shares with respect to which the Award Holder is exercising this Award; (c) the aggregate Exercise Price. The Company may also require the Award Holder to sign further documentation in respect of the Shares to be purchased.

As noted in the Plan, the Shares to be issued to the Award Holder as a result of the exercise of this Award may only be issued if the issuance is in compliance with applicable securities laws. Such Shares are subject to the Constating Documents. The sale by the Award Holder of those Shares is subject to the resale rules under applicable securities laws and the Constating Documents. If the Award Holder is in doubt about the requirements of applicable securities laws or the Constating Documents, the Award Holder should seek independent legal advice.

 

II.

AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Award. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Award Holder, this Award to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Award above, at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Notice of Award above, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.


This Award is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option (“ISO”) as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Award shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Share Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Award (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such non-qualification, such Award (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Affiliate or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to the Award Holder (or any other person) due to the failure of the Award to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Award.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Award shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Period set out in the Notice of Award above and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Award shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Award, the number of Shares with respect to which the Award is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Award shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless such issuance and such exercise comply with applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Award Holder on the date on which the Award is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of (a), (b) and (d), at the election of the Award Holder:

(a) cash;

(b) cheque;

(c) upon approval of the Board, and at the Board’s sole and absolute discretion, consideration received by the Company in a form other than (a) or (b); or

(d) for Award Holders not subject to tax in Canada, surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

4. Restrictions on Exercise. This Award may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

5. Non-Transferability. Neither this Award Agreement nor any portion of the Award may be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Award Holder only by the Award Holder. The terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Award Holder.


6. Term of Award. This Award may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Award above, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

7. Award Holder’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Award is exercised, the Award Holder shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Award, deliver to the Company their Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, or in such other form as the Company may require.

8. Reliance End Date. Until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), the Award Holder shall not transfer this Award or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Award, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Award Holder upon the death or Disability of the Award Holder. Until the Reliance End Date, the Award and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Award, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

9. Lock-Up Period. The Award Holder hereby agrees that the Award Holder shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company held by the Award Holder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

The Award Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company, the Award Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 9 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. the Award Holder agrees that any transferee of the Award or Shares acquired pursuant to the Award shall be bound by this Section 9.


10. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding. The Award Holder agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Award Holder) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Award exercise. the Award Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Award granted to the Award Holder herein is an ISO, and if the Award Holder sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, the Award Holder shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Award Holder agrees that the Award Holder may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Award Holder.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Award that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the Award Holder prior to the exercise of the Award, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Award Holder. The Award Holder acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Award equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. The Award Holder agrees that if the IRS determines that the Award was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, the Award Holder shall be solely responsible for the Award Holder’s costs related to such a determination.

11. Drag Along.

(a) Definitions in this Section are as set out in the shareholders’ agreement amongst the Company and certain of its shareholders dated April 14, 2020, as amended from time to time.

(b) If:

 

  (i)

Bound Shareholders (the “Selling Shareholders”), holding not less than 75% of the Equity Securities (calculated on a Fully Diluted Basis) that are subject to the SHA, approve the Transfer to a Person or Persons acting jointly or in concert (a “Drag Along Purchaser”) of all of their Equity Securities; and

 

  (ii)

the Drag Along Purchaser offers to acquire all of the remaining outstanding Equity Securities of all other kinds or classes from each of the other securityholders of the Company on equivalent terms and conditions for each kind or class of security, mutatis mutandis, as those agreed to by the Selling Shareholders;


(the “Drag Along Offer”), then the Award Holder must Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Drag Along Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) if the Transfer of the Equity Securities of the Selling Shareholders and the Other Securityholders to the Drag Along Purchaser pursuant to the Drag Along Offer will result in a Change of Control, the accelerated vesting provision in Article 13.10 will be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the change of control; and (B) the Selling Shareholders will provide the Award Holder with at least fifteen (15) days’ notice prior to the Transfer requirement being effective, in order that the Award Holder may exercise any vested portion of this Award (including the amount that would vest through accelerated vesting) prior to the requirement to Transfer this Award.

(c) Proxy and Power of Attorney. Award Holder hereby constitutes and appoints as the proxy of the Award Holder and hereby grants a power of attorney to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with full power of substitution, to execute and deliver the documentation referred to in this Section 11 on behalf of the Award Holder if the Award Holder fails to Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser within fifteen (15) days of a request to do so being made by the Company. This proxy and power of attorney is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Company and the Award Holder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement and, as such, each is coupled with an interest and will be irrevocable unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires. Award Holder revokes any and all previous proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the Award and will not hereafter, unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires, purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect to the Award, deposit the Award into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Award Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any Person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the Award or this Award Agreement.

(d) Joinder to Shareholders’ Agreement. If and when requested by the Company, the Award Holder hereby agrees to execute a joinder to the Shareholders’ Agreement in such form as requested by the Company, whereby the Award Holder will become party to the Shareholders’ Agreement.

12. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Award Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Award Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Award Holder. This Award Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of British Columbia.

13. No Guarantee of Continued Service. THE AWARD HOLDER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE AWARD PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING THE AWARD HOLDER) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. THE AWARD HOLDER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE AWARD


HOLDER’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING THE AWARD HOLDER) TO TERMINATE THE AWARD HOLDER’S RELATIONSHIP AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

The Award Holder acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that they are familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Award subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Award Holder has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Award Agreement. The Award Holder hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement. The Award Holder further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

AWARD HOLDER     DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

   

 

Residence Address     Title

 

   


EXHIBIT A

DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

AWARD EXERCISE NOTICE - OPTION

 

To:

DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

1. Exercise of Award. Effective as of today,             , 20     , the undersigned (the “Award Holder”) hereby elects to exercise the Award Holder’s Option to purchase Common Shares of (the “Shares”) of DWSI Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”, and the Option being the “Award”) and the agreement between the Award Holder and the Company dated             , 20     (the “Award Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment. the Award Holder herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Award Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Award.

3. Representations of the Award Holder. The Award Holder acknowledges that the Award Holder has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by the Award Holder or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4 (the “Right of FirstRefusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to an arm’s length Person; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 4 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by cheque), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the


assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 4, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 4 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Award Holder’s lifetime or on the Award Holder’s death by will or intestacy to the Award Holder’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Award Holder’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4. “Immediate Family” as used herein means spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 4, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Shares of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

5. Tax Consultation. The Award Holder understands that the Award Holder may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Award Holder’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Award Holder represents that the Award Holder has consulted with any tax consultants the Award Holder deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Award Holder is not relying on the Company for any taxadvice.

6. Restrictive Legends.

(a) Legends. The Award Holder understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by provincial, state or federal securities laws, including but not limited to the following:

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (i) [insert the distribution date], AND (ii) THE DATE THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE


NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

7. Stop-Transfer Notices. The Award Holder agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

8. Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

9. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Award Holder and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

10. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by the Award Holder or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

11. Drag Along.

(a) Definitions in this Section are as set out in the shareholders’ agreement amongst the Company and certain of its shareholders dated April 14, 2020, as amended from time to time.

(b) If:


  (i)

Shareholders of the Company (the “Selling Shareholders”), holding not less than 75% of the Equity Securities (calculated on a Fully Diluted Basis) that are subject to the SHA, approve the Transfer to a Person or Persons acting jointly or in concert (a “Drag Along Purchaser”) of all of their Equity Securities, including their Shares and/or Awards; and

 

  (ii)

the Drag Along Purchaser offers to acquire the Award(s) of Award Holders on equivalent terms and conditions as those agreed to by the Selling Shareholders;

(the “Drag Along Offer”), then the Award Holder must Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Drag Along Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) if the Transfer of the Equity Securities of the Selling Shareholders and the Other Securityholders to the Drag Along Purchaser pursuant to the Drag Along Offer will result in a change of control, the accelerated vesting provision in Article 13.10 will be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the change of control; and (B) the Selling Shareholders will provide the Award Holder with at least fifteen (15) days’ notice prior to the Transfer requirement being effective, in order that the Award Holder may exercise any vested portion of this Award (including the amount that would vest through accelerated vesting) prior to the requirement to Transfer this Award.

(c) Proxy and Power of Attorney. Award Holder hereby constitutes and appoints as the proxy of the Award Holder and hereby grants a power of attorney to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with full power of substitution, to execute and deliver the documentation referred to in this Section 11 on behalf of the Award Holder if the Award Holder fails to Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser within fifteen (15) days of a request to do so being made by the Company. This proxy and power of attorney is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Company and the Award Holder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement and, as such, each is coupled with an interest and will be irrevocable unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires. Award Holder revokes any and all previous proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the Award and will not hereafter, unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires, purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect to the Award, deposit the Award into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Award Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any Person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the Award or this Award Agreement.

(d) Joinder to Shareholders’ Agreement. If and when requested by the Company, the Award Holder hereby agrees to execute a joinder to the Shareholders’ Agreement in such form as requested by the Company, whereby the Award Holder will become party to the Shareholders’ Agreement.

12. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of British Columbia. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

13. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Award Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Award


Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Award Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Award Holder.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
AWARD HOLDER     DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

   

 

Residence Address     Title

 

   


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

AWARD HOLDER   :   
COMPANY   :    DWSI HOLDINGS INC. COMMON SHARES (“the Securities”)
AMOUNT   :   
DATE   :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the Award Holder represents to the Company the following:

(a) The Award Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. The Award Holder is acquiring these Securities for investment for the Award Holder’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) The Award Holder acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Award Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, the Award Holder understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if the Award Holder’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. The Award Holder further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Award Holder further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. The Award Holder understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) The Award Holder is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Award to the Award Holder, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand- off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal


transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) The Award Holder further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. The Award Holder understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

AWARD HOLDER

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

Exhibit 10.31

 

LOGO   

D-Wave Commercial Inc.

 

2650 E Bayshore Road

Palo Alto, California USA 94303

www.dwavesys.com

August 20, 2021

John Markovich

[*****]

[*****]

Full-Time Employment Agreement

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions of your employment with D-Wave Commercial Inc. (the “Company”). If you agree with these terms and conditions, please return to us a signed copy of this Agreement.

 

1.

Term: Subject to the Company being satisfied in its sole discretion with your references, your employment with the Company will commence on August 20, 2021 (the “Commencement Date”) and your employment with the Company will continue under the terms and conditions of this Agreement until your employment is terminated as hereinafter provided.

2. Position and Duties:

 

(a)

Position and Duties and Responsibilities: You will be employed by the Company in the position of Chief Financial Officer. You will perform or fulfil such duties and responsibilities as normally or usually associated with that position and such other duties and responsibilities as may be directed from time to time by the Company in its sole discretion. You will abide by the policies, directions, and practices of the Company. In its sole discretion, the Company may alter, amend, create, or terminate policies, directions and practices. The terms and conditions of this Agreement, unless otherwise modified by the Company in writing as set out in Section 12, will continue to apply to you despite any such changes.

 

(b)

Location of Work: We have agreed that your principal place of work will be your home in [*****] You must remain a [*****] resident for tax and employment laws purposes and you are not authorized to relocate outside of [*****] without our consent. You understand and agree that the Company is an international organization with an expanding business in the marketplace. Accordingly, a fundamental requirement of your position is that you will be required to regularly travel both inside and outside of North America as required by the Company in performance of your duties. In addition, from time to time as required by the Company in its sole discretion, you may be required to temporarily or permanently relocate from an existing principal place of work to such other location anywhere in the United States as needed by the Company and be assigned new reporting relationships. Any major change in the location of your employment will be subject to expense reimbursement in accordance with the Company’s policies.

 

(c)

Scope and Hours of Work: During your employment, and subject to the Company’s business needs, you will perform at least 40 hours per week of work on such dates and times as determined by the Company in its sole discretion. While working you will devote your full time, attention and abilities to the effective and competent performance of your duties and responsibilities and you will give the Company the full benefit of your knowledge, expertise, technical skill and ingenuity. You are required to work such hours as are necessary to properly and effectively perform your duties and this may involve working hours that fall outside your usual working hours. Your base salary is paid to you in full and final compensation for all hours that you work for the Company, and you are not entitled to overtime pay or to time off in lieu.

3. Compensation:

 

(a)

Rate of Pay: You will be paid an annual base salary of USD$325,000, payable in equal installments on the 15th and last day of each month, less all required or permitted withholdings and remissions, according to the Company’s regular payroll schedule (the “Base Salary”).


(b)

Performance Bonus: You will be eligible to participate in the 2021 Bonus Plan of D-Wave Systems Inc. (“D-Wave Corporate”) and any company-wide performance-based bonus plan in a future year that applies to permanent full-time employees of D-Wave Corporate or its wholly-owned subsidiaries who are at the level of EVP. Payment of any bonus to you is subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable bonus plan. Your on-target bonus under the D-Wave Corporate 2021 Bonus Plan is 40% of the Base Salary, pro- rated for 2021 to reflect the Commencement Date, based on achievement of the corporate objectives under the D-Wave Corporate 2021 Bonus Plan, and your personal objectives set by the CEO in relation to the D- Wave Corporate 2021 Bonus Plan. The adoption of, terms of, funding of, and setting and evaluation of achievement of the corporate objectives is in the sole discretion of the board of directors of D- Wave Corporate. The setting and evaluation of the achievement of your personal objectives is in the sole discretion of the CEO.

 

(c)

Employee Equity Incentive Plan: Subject to approval by the board of directors of D-Wave Corporate, you will be entitled to participate in the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan of D-Wave Corporate (the “Plan”) in accordance with the terms of the Plan. After your employment with the Company has commenced, the CEO will recommend to the board of directors of D-Wave Corporate that you be granted an option to purchase Common Shares (as defined below) under the Plan (the “Award”) as follows:

 

  (i)

up to 1,687,602 Common Shares of D-Wave Corporate at an exercise price to be determined by the board of directors of D-Wave Corporate in their sole discretion;

 

  (ii)

vesting as follows (the “Vesting Schedule”):

 

  (1)

1/48 (2.0833%) at the end of each month of full-time Active Employment (as defined in the Award Agreement) with the Company following the Commencement Date, such that the Award will be fully vested after you have completed, commencing on the Commencement Date, 48 months of full-time Active Employment with the Company; and

 

  (2)

in the event a Change in Control of D-Wave Corporate (as defined in the Plan) occurs, and your employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in Section 8(d) below) within twelve (12) months after the Change in Control, that portion of the Award which would, but for your termination, have vested within the twenty-four (24) months following the Change in Control will vest immediately on the date of the termination; and

 

  (3)

all other terms and conditions in accordance with the Plan, including any terms and conditions specified by the board of directors of D-Wave Corporate in the grant.

The board of directors of D-Wave Corporate has the sole discretion to determine whether to grant the Award and the terms and conditions applicable to the Award, including but not limited to the number and type of shares, the price and the vesting period.

4. Confidentiality:

 

(a)

Access to Confidential Information: You acknowledge that in the course of performing and fulfilling your duties and responsibilities to the Company, you may be entrusted with Confidential Information, and that the disclosure of the Confidential Information to suppliers, partners, collaborators, resellers, competitors or customers of the Company or its Affiliates or to the general public will be highly detrimental to the best interests and business of the Company and its Affiliates. “Affiliates” means any entity or corporation, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company.

 

(b)

Definition: Confidential Information” means trade secrets and information that is not generally known to the public or that would be reasonably considered confidential and proprietary to the Company, its Affiliates and their suppliers, partners, collaborators, resellers and customers, and includes but is not limited to:

 

Page 2 of 9


  (i)

trade secrets, know-how, concepts, ideas whether patentable or not, methods, processes, formulae, apparatus, standards, product specifications and processing procedures;

 

  (ii)

revenue, costs, pricing and other financial data;

 

  (iii)

any customer or business partner information (including without limitation, names, preferences, financial information, addresses or telephone numbers);

 

  (iv)

all access codes, systems software applications, software/systems source and object codes, data, documentation, program files, flow charts, operational procedures, locations of operations, merchant numbers and merchant support and verification numbers; and

 

  (v)

the private affairs of the Company and its Affiliates, or any other proprietary information of the Company or its Affiliates related to their business and affairs, whether acquired in the course of your employment with the Company or incidentally.

 

(c)

Exclusions: Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4(b), “Confidential Information” does not include information or data which:

 

  (i)

is in the public domain at the date of its disclosure to you, or which thereafter enters the public domain through no fault of yours or of any other person owing a duty of confidentiality to the Company or its Affiliates (but only after it enters the public domain); or

 

  (ii)

was in your possession on a non-confidential basis prior to being disclosed under this Agreement as reasonably demonstrated by your written records;

provided that information which comprises part of the Confidential Information will not be included within the foregoing exceptions merely because individual parts of the information were within the public domain or were within your prior possession.

 

(d)

Use and Disclosure: You acknowledge that you will receive the Confidential Information solely for the purpose of carrying out your duties and responsibilities as an employee of the Company. Except as may be specifically required in the course of carrying out such duties and responsibilities, you will not, during the term of your employment with the Company or at any time thereafter:

 

  (i)

disclose any Confidential Information to any person or entity, without the prior written consent of the Company; or

 

  (ii)

use or exploit, directly or indirectly, the Confidential Information for any purpose other than the proper purposes of the Company.

Despite the foregoing, if you are required by law to disclose any Confidential Information, to the extent permitted by law, you will promptly notify the Company that you may be required to disclose Confidential Information and you will consult with and cooperate with the Company in any attempt to resist or narrow such disclosure or to obtain an order or other assurance that such information will be accorded confidential treatment. Notwithstanding any disclosure required by law, the Confidential Information disclosed will, for all other purposes, continue to be treated as Confidential Information under this Agreement.

 

(e)

Return: Upon the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason, or upon the written request of the Company at any time, you will return immediately to the Company all Confidential Information then in your possession or under your control, including all written information, tapes, discs or memory devices and copies thereof including, without limitation, all papers, drawings, notes, notebooks, correspondence, records, reports, lists, photographs, memoranda, manuals, specifications, designs, devices and documents, and any other material on any medium in your possession or control pertaining to the Company. You will also return any computers, phones, keys, pass cards, identification cards or other property belonging to the Company.

 

Page 3 of 9


5. Corporate Opportunities and Intellectual Property:

 

(a)

Opportunities: Any business opportunities related to:

 

  (i)

the current business or prospective business of the Company or its Affiliates;

 

  (ii)

any of the Confidential Information or any of the Property (as defined below); or

 

  (iii)

any work performed by you for the Company;

which become known to you during the period of your employment with the Company must be promptly and fully disclosed and made available by you to the Company, and you agree not to take or omit to take, without the prior written approval of the Company, any action if the result would be to divert from the Company or its Affiliates any such opportunity.

 

(b)

Property Ownership: You acknowledge and agree that all right, title and interest in and to any information, documents, drawings, plans, models, works, trade secrets, inventions, discoveries, methods, improvements, research materials, designs, algorithms, user interfaces, application programming interfaces, software and databases, including all Confidential Information and including all intellectual property rights associated therewith, that:

 

  (i)

relate to the Company’s or its Affiliates’ business, as it may be conducted from time to time, and is made or conceived directly or indirectly by you during the course of your employment, whether or not conceived or made during your regular working hours and whether or not you are specifically instructed to make or develop the same and whether made solely, jointly or in combination with others;

 

  (ii)

are made or conceived directly or indirectly by you during the course of your employment and during your regular working hours, whether or not you are specifically instructed to make or develop the same or whether made solely, jointly or in combination with others; or

 

  (iii)

are made or conceived directly or indirectly by you during the course of your employment and using the Company’s or its Affiliates’ tools and equipment, whether or not conceived or made during your regular working hours and whether or not you are specifically instructed to make or develop the same and whether made solely, jointly or in combination with others;

(collectively the “Property”), will be for the benefit of the Company or its Affiliates, as applicable, and will be considered to have been made under and by virtue of this Agreement and will immediately become the property of the Company or its Affiliates, as applicable. Any invention described in a patent application filed by or on behalf of you, or which is disclosed to third parties by you within one (1) year after terminating your employment with the Company which relates to your work with the Company, is rebuttably presumed to have been conceived or made during the period of your employment by the Company using the trade secrets or other intellectual property rights of the Company or its Affiliates, and you hereby assign and agree to assign the invention and all rights therein to the Company as provided by this Agreement, including any application or registration related to such invention. The assignment or offer to assign set forth in this Section 5(b) does not apply to an invention in relation to which you can clearly show by corroborating evidence that such invention was made without the use of the Company’s or its Affiliates’ trade secrets or other intellectual property rights and was made entirely on your own time, without the use of Company’s or its Affiliates’ equipment, supplies or facilities, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of the Company or its Affiliates, or (ii) to the Company’s or its Affiliates’ actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by you for the Company or its Affiliates.

 

(c)

Assignments: You hereby assign and agree to assign to the Company your entire right, title and interest in and to any and all of the Property and to all letters patent, design patents, industrial designs, copyright, mask works, trade-marks, trade secret rights, and all other intellectual property rights, and all applications therefor which may be or may have been filed on the Property by or for you or in your name, or which may

 

Page 4 of 9


  have been issued to you or for your benefit, whether filed or issued in the United States or any other country whatsoever, including the right to claim priority thereof, to file directly in the Company’s own name, to have patents grant in the Company’s own name, and to pursue damages for infringement of any such rights, including for past infringement. You further agree to execute any papers evidencing such assignment, including executing counterpart or short form assignment documents, and to fully cooperate as may be requested by the Company, at the Company’s own expense, in evidencing such assignment and in securing intellectual property rights in the Property.

 

(d)

Moral Rights: You forever waive and release in favor of the Company and its Affiliates any right, title or interest you have or may have in and to the Property including, without limitation, any right to claim authorship or anonymity, any right to restrain or claim damages for any modification, alteration or deletion of the Property or any part thereof, any right to restrain the use or reproduction of the Property, and any right to use or reproduce the Property, in each case, in any context and in connection with any product, service, cause or institution, and any right or benefit in law known as “moral” rights or any similar law anywhere in the world and all rights under the Canadian Copyright Act.

 

(e)

Publications: You will not publish or disclose, or assist others to do so, any particulars of the Property or of any Confidential Information to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(f)

Removal of Property: All records, files, source or object codes, data, materials, tapes, documents, equipment, drawings, plans, models and the like relating to the Confidential Information or the Property is and will remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company or its Affiliates, as applicable. Except as authorized by the Company, you will not remove physically, electronically or in any other manner whatsoever from the premises of the Company or store or permit to be stored in any location other than the premises of the Company the Property or the Confidential Information or any records, files, source or object codes, data, materials, tapes, documents, equipment, drawings, plans, models and the like relating to the Confidential Information or Property.

 

(g)

Third Party Confidential Information and Conflicts of Interest: The Company relies on its Confidential Information and Property and respects the confidential information and property of others. For this reason, the Company does not want, does not need and will not accept the confidential information or property of any third party, including but not limited to any of your former employers. You represent and warrant to the Company that by entering into this Agreement with the Company you will not be in breach of any laws or agreement with any third party nor will you be in a position of conflict of interest to any third party. In particular, you represent and warrant to the Company that you are not subject to any law, agreement with or other obligation that would restrict your ability to perform your employment duties to the Company or that would in any way impair the Company’s ownership of the Confidential Information or Property. During your employment with the Company, you are strictly prohibited from using or disclosing to the Company any information that you obtained in confidence from a third party. You understand and agree that any breach of this Section, regardless of the materiality of the breach, will constitute immediate grounds for termination of your employment for Cause.

6. Restrictive Covenant:

 

(a)

The parties acknowledge that the Company’s and its Affiliates’ business is highly competitive and that in the course of your employment you will be privy to Confidential Information and other proprietary information concerning the Company’s and its Affiliates’ business and that the Company’s and its Affiliates’ business would be vulnerable to competition from you.

 

(b)

Accordingly, you will not during the term of your employment with the Company and following the date that your employment with the Company ceases (regardless of who initiated the termination and whether the termination was with or without Cause), either individually or in partnership, or in conjunction in any way with any other persons, whether as principal, agent, consultant, shareholder, guarantor, creditor, or in any other manner whatsoever:

 

Page 5 of 9


  (i)

other than in the performance of your duties and responsibilities, use any of the Company’s and its Affiliates’ trade secrets for any reason without the express written permission of the Company, including to:

 

  (1)

engage in, carry on or otherwise be concerned with or have any interest in, or advise, lend money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of, permit your name, or any part thereof, to be used or employed by any person, firm, association, syndicate or corporation engaged in or concerned with a business competitive with that of the Company or its Affiliates; or

 

  (2)

solicit, interfere with or endeavor to entice away from the Company or its Affiliates, accept any business from or the patronage of or enter into the employment of or render any service to, sell to or contract or attempt to contract with, any person, firm, or corporation who was, during the term of your employment, a customer or supplier of the Company or its Affiliates, or a prospective customer or supplier of the Company or its Affiliates; or

 

  (ii)

for a one (1) year period following the termination of your employment with the Company, directly solicit or induce or attempt to solicit or induce any person who was employed by the Company or its Affiliates on the date of the termination of your employment, to terminate his or her employment with the Company or its Affiliates or to commence an employment or other business relationship with another entity.

 

(c)

The parties agree that the foregoing provisions are reasonable and necessary in order to protect the interests of the Company and its Affiliates.

 

(d)

You agree and acknowledge that this covenant is given for good and valuable consideration (receipt of which is hereby acknowledged) and that by reason of your unique knowledge of and association with the business of the Company and its Affiliates, the scope of this covenant as to both time and area is reasonable and commensurate with the protection of the legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates. Section 6 of this Agreement applies regardless of the reason for your cessation of employment from the Company, and is severable from the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

(e)

The parties agree that if a court of competent jurisdiction will limit, restrict or otherwise change the time period or the types of business referred to in this Section, then the limited, restricted or changed time period or types of business determined by such a court will, for the purposes of this Section 6, be deemed to be the original time period and/or types of business referred to in such Sections as if they were the original time period and business set out herein.

7. Resignation: You can resign from employment with the Company by providing to the Company two (2) weeks’ prior written notice of your resignation. The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to not require that you attend work for any portion of this two (2) week notice period in which case your Base Salary would continue for the balance of the notice period and your benefits would, at the option of the Company, cease effective on your last day of work.

8. Termination:

 

(a)

With Cause: The Company may immediately terminate your employment for Cause (as defined in Section 8(d) below).

 

(b)

Without Cause: At any time, the Company may terminate your employment pursuant to this Agreement at its sole discretion for any reason, without Cause, by providing you with twelve (12) months’ Base Salary as a lump sum payment, twelve months’ Base Salary continuance, or a combination of the two, on the express condition that on or about the effective date of any such termination you sign and do not thereafter revoke the Company’s standard form of release of any claims or entitlements from or against the Company arising from or related to your hiring, benefits, employment or the termination of your employment, whether pursuant to statute, contract, tort, common law, or otherwise. By way of example, and for purposes of

 

Page 6 of 9


  clarity, the provision of two months Base Salary continuance and ten months Base Salary as a lump sum payment will be in compliance with this Agreement. Base Salary continuance will be in semi-monthly instalments on the same schedule as the regular Company payroll. The provision of Base Salary as a lump sum payment, payment of Base Salary continuance, or combination of the two will be in satisfaction of all rights and claims, either under statue or common law, that you may have arising from your employment and the termination of employment.

 

(c)

Your employment with the Company is “at will” according to the laws of the State of Colorado. As an at-will employee, you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time with or without Cause and with or without notice except where applicable United States federal, Colorado state or local law provides otherwise. The Company also has sole discretion to modify the terms and conditions of your employment. No representative of the Company, other than the CEO has the authority to change the “at-will” status of any employee, and in order to be effective, the change must be in writing.

 

(d)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

 

  i.

your willful failure to perform your duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness);

 

  ii.

your willful failure to comply with any valid and legal directive of the Company’s CEO or the board of directors of D-Wave Corporate;

 

  iii.

your willful engagement in dishonesty, illegal conduct, or gross misconduct, which is, in each case, materially injurious to the Company or its Affiliates;

 

  iv.

your embezzlement, misappropriation, or fraud, whether or not related to your employment with the Company;

 

  v.

your conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony, if such crime is work-related, materially impairs your ability to perform services for the Company, or results in material harm to the Company or its Affiliates;

 

  vi.

your material violation of the Company’s or D-Wave Corporate’s written policies or codes of conduct, including written policies related to discrimination, harassment, performance of illegal or unethical activities, and ethical misconduct;

 

  vii.

your willful unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information (as defined in Section 4(b), above);

 

  viii.

your material breach of any material obligation under this Agreement or any other written agreement between you and the Company; or

 

  ix.

your engagement in conduct that brings or is reasonably likely to bring the Company, D-Wave Corporate or its Affiliates negative publicity or into public disgrace, embarrassment, or disrepute.

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act on your part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by you in bad faith or without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.

9. Irreparable Harm: You acknowledge and agree that a breach of any of the covenants of this Agreement by you may not be adequately compensated for by monetary award, and may cause irreparable harm to the Company and its Affiliates. Accordingly, you agree that in addition to all of the remedies available to the Company and its Affiliates at law or in equity, including the right to seek recovery of damages, the Company and its Affiliates will be entitled as a matter of right to apply for equitable relief (including without limitation, injunctive relief) in any court of competent jurisdiction, enjoining any threatened or actual breach, to ensure your compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Page 7 of 9


10. Assignment and Enurement: You may not assign this Agreement, or any part of this Agreement or any of your rights under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company may assign this Agreement to any other entity at any time in its sole discretion. This Agreement enures to the benefit of and is binding upon you and the Company and the respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns.

11. Severability: If any provision or portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, then that provision or portion will be severed from this Agreement unless otherwise provided. The rest of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

12. Entire Agreement: This Agreement contains the whole agreement between you and the Company with respect to your employment with the Company, and there are no representations, warranties, collateral terms or conditions, express or implied, other than as set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, negotiations, discussions, undertakings, representations, warranties and understandings, whether written or oral, express or implied, statutory or otherwise, between you and the Company. You hereby waive any right to assert a claim in tort based on any pre-contractual representations, negligent or otherwise, made by the Company. You also hereby confirm that you have not been induced to enter into this Agreement by any prior agreement, negotiation, discussion, undertaking, representation, warranty, or understanding, whether written or oral, express or implied, statutory or otherwise, between you and the Company. No change or modification of this Agreement will be valid unless it is in writing and executed by both parties. The terms and conditions of this Agreement will govern your employment with the Company, regardless of the length of employment or any changes to your position, compensation, title and regardless of whether such change is material or otherwise.

13. Notice: Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder must be in writing and will be sufficiently given or made if delivered or sent to you or the Company’s General Counsel at legal@dwavesys.com or by registered mail to the address of the parties set out on page 1 hereof. Any notice so given will be deemed to have been given and to have been received on the day of delivery if it is a business day and otherwise on the next succeeding business day or, if mailed, on the third business day following the mailing thereof (excluding each day during which there exists any interruption of postal services due to strike, lockout or other cause). Addresses for notice may be changed by giving notice in accordance with this Section.

14. Non-waiver: No failure or delay by you or the Company in exercising any power or right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of such power or right. Any consent or waiver by you or by the Company to any breach or default under this Agreement will be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

15. Survival of Terms: The provisions of Sections 4 to 18 of this Agreement will survive the termination of your employment and this Agreement.

16. Collection and Use of Personal Information: You acknowledge that the Company will, and hereby consent to the Company collecting, using and disclosing personal information about you where reasonably necessary for security, employment and business purposes in accordance with applicable legislation and any privacy policy of the Company that may be in effect from time to time.

17. Further Assistance and Independent Legal Advice: The parties will execute and deliver any documents and perform any acts necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement. You also represent and warrant to the Company and acknowledge and agree that you have been provided an opportunity to seek and were not prevented nor discouraged by the Company from seeking independent legal advice prior to signing and delivering this Agreement.

18. Governing Laws: This Agreement will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Colorado (without reference to its conflict of law principles), and the courts of the State of Colorado will have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute arising from or in any way related to this Agreement.

THE PARTIES have executed this agreement as of the date written above.

 

Page 8 of 9


D-WAVE COMMERCIAL INC.
Per:  

/s/ Alan Baratz

  ALAN BARATZ, PRESIDENT AND CEO

I acknowledge and accept the terms and conditions of my employment with the Company as set out above.

 

Per:  

/s/ John Markovich

  JOHN MARKOVICH

 

Page 9 of 9

Exhibit 10.32

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

FORM OF 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

AWARD AGREEMENT - OPTION

Date:    

 

To:

JOHN MARKOVICH, [*****] (the “Award Holder”):

D-Wave Systems Inc. (the “Company”) hereby offers the Award Holder the following option to purchase Shares of the Company pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan established by the Company (the “Plan”) subject to the additional terms and conditions set out below (the “Award”), and this agreement being the “Award Agreement”). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

I.

NOTICE OF AWARD

This Award is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are deemed to be incorporated in this Award Agreement, and is subject to the following specific provisions:

 

Date of Grant:   
Vesting Start Date   
Number of Shares:    Common Shares
Exercise Price:    US$0.82 per Share (the “Exercise Price”)
Term:    10 years from the Date of Grant, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the Plan.
Exercise Period:    From the Date of Grant until the Expiry Date
Vesting Periods:    The Award will vest as follows:
  

(a)   1/48 (2.0833%) at the end of each month of full-time Active Employment, with the Company or one of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries (together, the “D-Wave Group”) following the Commencement Date of the Award Holder’s employment (as defined in the Employment Agreement) such that the Award will be fully vested after the Award Holder has completed, commencing on the Commencement Date, 48 months of full-time Active Employment with the D-Wave Group; and

  

(b)   in the event a Change in Control of the Company (as defined in the Plan) occurs, and the Award Holder’s employment with a member of the D-Wave Group is terminated by the member of the D-Wave Group for whom the Award Holder is employed on the date of termination without cause within twelve (12) months after the Change in Control, that portion of the Award which would, but for the Award Holder’s termination, have vested within the twenty-four (24) months following the Change in Control will vest immediately on the date of the termination.

 

1

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


   Active Employment” or “Actively Employed” means that the Award Holder is actively engaged in providing services to a member of the D-Wave Group, and if the Award Holder’s employment with a member of the D-Wave Group is terminated involuntarily, the Award Holder immediately ceases to be Actively Employed and vesting immediately ceases on the date that the Award Holder is provided with notice of termination of employment; vesting will not continue even if the Award Holder continues to receive compensatory payments or pay in lieu of working notice from a member of the D-Wave Group, and if the Award Holder’s employment has been terminated voluntarily by the Award Holder delivering a notice of resignation, the Award Holder ceases to be Actively Employed and vesting immediately ceases on the date specified in such resignation notice as the last day of work by the Award Holder, or if no such date is specified, the date of such resignation notice is delivered.

Expiry Date:

In no event may this Award be exercised after the Term as provided above and this Award may be subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan.

This Award may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Exercise Period by notice in writing to the Company in the form of the Exercise Notice (attached as Schedule B to the Plan, a copy of which is attached to this Award Agreement) specifying: (a) the Award Holder’s desire to exercise this Award to purchase Shares; (b) the number of Shares with respect to which the Award Holder is exercising this Award; (c) the aggregate Exercise Price. The Company may also require the Award Holder to sign further documentation in respect of the Shares to be purchased.

As noted in the Plan, the Shares to be issued to the Award Holder as a result of the exercise of this Award may only be issued if the issuance is in compliance with applicable securities laws. Such Shares are subject to the Constating Documents. The sale by the Award Holder of those Shares is subject to the resale rules under applicable securities laws and the Constating Documents. If the Award Holder is in doubt about the requirements of applicable securities laws or the Constating Documents, the Award Holder should seek independent legal advice.

 

II.

AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Award. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Award Holder, this Award to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Award above, at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Notice of Award above, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

2. Exercise of Award.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Award shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Period set out in the Notice of Award above and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Award shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Award, the number of Shares with respect to which the Award is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise

 

2

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Award shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless such issuance and such exercise comply with applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Award Holder on the date on which the Award is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of (a), (b) and (d), at the election of the Award Holder:

(a) cash;

(b) cheque;

(c) upon approval of the Board, and at the Board’s sole and absolute discretion, consideration received by the Company in a form other than (a) or (b); or

(d) for Award Holders not subject to tax in Canada, surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

4. Restrictions on Exercise. This Award may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

5. Non-Transferability. Neither this Award Agreement nor any portion of the Award may be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Award Holder only by the Award Holder. The terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Award Holder.

6. Term of Award. This Award may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Award above, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

7. Award Holder’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Award is exercised, the Award Holder shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Award, deliver to the Company their Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, or in such other form as the Company may require.

8. Reliance End Date. Until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), the Award Holder shall not transfer this Award or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Award, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Award Holder upon the death or Disability of the Award Holder. Until the Reliance End Date, the Award and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Award, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent

 

3

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

9. Lock-Up Period. The Award Holder hereby agrees that the Award Holder shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company held by the Award Holder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

The Award Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company, the Award Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 9 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. the Award Holder agrees that any transferee of the Award or Shares acquired pursuant to the Award shall be bound by this Section 9.

10. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding. The Award Holder agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Award Holder) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Award exercise. the Award Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Award granted to the Award Holder herein is an ISO, and if the Award Holder sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, the Award Holder shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Award Holder agrees that the Award Holder may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Award Holder.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Award that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income

 

4

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


recognition by the Award Holder prior to the exercise of the Award, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Award Holder. The Award Holder acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Award equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. The Award Holder agrees that if the IRS determines that the Award was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, the Award Holder shall be solely responsible for the Award Holder’s costs related to such a determination.

11. Drag Along.

(a) Definitions in this Section are as set out in the Shareholder Agreement (defined in Article 9.1 of the Company’s articles (the “Articles”)) amongst the Company and certain of its shareholders dated April 14, 2020, as amended from time to time.

(b) If:

 

  (i)

Bound Shareholders (the “Selling Shareholders”), holding not less than 75% of the Equity Securities (calculated on a Fully Diluted Basis) that are subject to the SHA, approve the Transfer to a Person or Persons acting jointly or in concert (a “Drag Along Purchaser”) of all of their Equity Securities; and

 

  (ii)

the Drag Along Purchaser offers to acquire all of the remaining outstanding Equity Securities of all other kinds or classes from each of the other securityholders of the Company on equivalent terms and conditions for each kind or class of security, mutatis mutandis, as those agreed to by the Selling Shareholders;

(the “Drag Along Offer”), then the Award Holder must Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Drag Along Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) if the Transfer of the Equity Securities of the Selling Shareholders and the Other Securityholders to the Drag Along Purchaser pursuant to the Drag Along Offer will result in a Change of Control, the accelerated vesting provision in Section I. Notice of Award will be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the change of control; and (B) the Selling Shareholders will provide the Award Holder with at least fifteen (15) days’ notice prior to the Transfer requirement being effective, in order that the Award Holder may exercise any vested portion of this Award (including the amount that would vest through accelerated vesting) prior to the requirement to Transfer this Award.

(c) Proxy and Power of Attorney. Award Holder hereby constitutes and appoints as the proxy of the Award Holder and hereby grants a power of attorney to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with full power of substitution, to execute and deliver the documentation referred to in this Section 11 on behalf of the Award Holder if the Award Holder fails to Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser within fifteen (15) days of a request to do so being made by the Company. This proxy and power of attorney is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Company and the Award Holder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement and, as such, each is coupled with an interest and will be irrevocable unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires. Award Holder revokes any and all previous proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the Award and will not hereafter, unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires, purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect

 

5

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


to the Award, deposit the Award into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Award Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any Person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the Award or this Award Agreement.

(d) Joinder to Shareholder Agreement. As required by Article 27.4 of the Articles, as a condition of receiving this Award, the Award Holder must become a party to the Shareholder Agreement by executing the joinder to the Shareholder Agreement attached as Exhibit C unless the Award Holder is already a party to the Shareholder Agreement.

12. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Award Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Award Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Award Holder. This Award Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of British Columbia.

13. No Guarantee of Continued Service. THE AWARD HOLDER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE AWARD PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING THE AWARD HOLDER) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. THE AWARD HOLDER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE AWARD HOLDER’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING THE AWARD HOLDER) TO TERMINATE THE AWARD HOLDER’S RELATIONSHIP AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

The Award Holder acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that they are familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Award subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Award Holder has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Award Agreement. The Award Holder hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement. The Award Holder further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

AWARD HOLDER     D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By
John Markovich    

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

   

 

Residence Address (Line 1)     Title

 

   
Residence Address (Line 2)    

 

6

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


EXHIBIT A

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

AWARD EXERCISE NOTICE - OPTION

 

To:

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

1. Exercise of Award. Effective as of today,             , 20    , the undersigned (the “Award Holder”) hereby elects to exercise the Award Holder’s Option to purchase Common Shares of (the “Shares”) of D-Wave Systems Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”, and the Option being the “Award”) and the agreement between the Award Holder and the Company dated August 20, 2021 (the “Award Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment. the Award Holder herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Award Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Award.

3. Representations of the Award Holder. The Award Holder acknowledges that the Award Holder has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by the Award Holder or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to an arm’s length Person; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 4 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by cheque), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

7

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 4, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 4 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Award Holder’s lifetime or on the Award Holder’s death by will or intestacy to the Award Holder’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Award Holder’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4. “Immediate Family” as used herein means spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 4, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Shares of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

5. Tax Consultation. The Award Holder understands that the Award Holder may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Award Holder’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Award Holder represents that the Award Holder has consulted with any tax consultants the Award Holder deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Award Holder is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Restrictive Legends.

(a) Legends. The Award Holder understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by provincial, state or federal securities laws, including but not limited to the following:

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (i) [insert the distribution date], AND (ii) THE DATE THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

8

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

7. Stop-Transfer Notices. The Award Holder agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

8. Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

9. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Award Holder and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

10. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by the Award Holder or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

11. Drag Along.

(a) Definitions in this Section are as set out in the Shareholder Agreement (as defined in Article 9.1 of the Company’s articles), as amended from time to time.

(b) If:

 

  (i)

Shareholders of the Company (the “Selling Shareholders”), holding not less than 75% of the Equity Securities (calculated on a Fully Diluted Basis) that are subject to the SHA, approve the Transfer to a Person or Persons acting jointly or in concert (a “Drag Along Purchaser”) of all of their Equity Securities, including their Shares and/or Awards; and

 

  (ii)

the Drag Along Purchaser offers to acquire the Award(s) of Award Holders on equivalent terms and conditions as those agreed to by the Selling Shareholders;

 

9

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


(the “Drag Along Offer”), then the Award Holder must Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Drag Along Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) if the Transfer of the Equity Securities of the Selling Shareholders and the Other Securityholders to the Drag Along Purchaser pursuant to the Drag Along Offer will result in a change of control, the accelerated vesting provision in Section I. Notice of Award will be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the change of control; and (B) the Selling Shareholders will provide the Award Holder with at least fifteen (15) days’ notice prior to the Transfer requirement being effective, in order that the Award Holder may exercise any vested portion of this Award (including the amount that would vest through accelerated vesting) prior to the requirement to Transfer this Award.

(c) Proxy and Power of Attorney. Award Holder hereby constitutes and appoints as the proxy of the Award Holder and hereby grants a power of attorney to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with full power of substitution, to execute and deliver the documentation referred to in this Section 11 on behalf of the Award Holder if the Award Holder fails to Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser within fifteen (15) days of a request to do so being made by the Company. This proxy and power of attorney is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Company and the Award Holder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement and, as such, each is coupled with an interest and will be irrevocable unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires. Award Holder revokes any and all previous proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the Award and will not hereafter, unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires, purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect to the Award, deposit the Award into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Award Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any Person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the Award or this Award Agreement.

(d) Shareholder Agreement. The Award Holder is party to the Shareholder Agreement.

12. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of British Columbia. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

13. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Award Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Award Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Award Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Award Holder.

 

10

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


Submitted by:     Accepted by:
AWARD HOLDER     D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

   

 

    Title
Address:     Address:

 

   

 

 

   

 

   

 

    Date Received

 

11

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

AWARD HOLDER   :   
COMPANY   :    D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. COMMON SHARES (“the Securities”)
AMOUNT   :   
DATE   :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the Award Holder represents to the Company the following:

(a) The Award Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. The Award Holder is acquiring these Securities for investment for the Award Holder’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) The Award Holder acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Award Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, the Award Holder understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if the Award Holder’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. The Award Holder further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Award Holder further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. The Award Holder understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) The Award Holder is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Award to the Award Holder, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand- off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

12

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) The Award Holder further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. The Award Holder understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

AWARD HOLDER

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

13

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


EXHIBIT C

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This JOINDER AGREEMENT (this “Joinder Agreement”), dated August 20, 2021 is made by JOHN MARKOVICH (the “Joining Party”), and delivered to D-Wave Systems Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the Company’s Shareholder Agreement dated April 14, 2020, as the same may be amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time (the “Shareholder Agreement”) entered into among the Company and the Bound Shareholders. Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein will have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Shareholder Agreement.

WHEREAS the Joining Party wishes to become the registered and beneficial owner of the following Equity Securities (the “Securities”):

 

  (a)

Option to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,687,602 Common Shares of the Company;

AND WHEREAS the Joining Party wishes to become a party to the Shareholder Agreement and is required to complete, execute and deliver to the Company this Joinder Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this Joinder Agreement and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the Joining Party makes the following representations and warranties to the Company and covenant, acknowledge and agree as follows:

 

1.

By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party hereby:

 

  (a)

joins in the Shareholder Agreement for all purposes and agrees to be bound by and have the benefit of the provisions of the Agreement;

 

  (b)

becomes a Bound Shareholder under, and as defined in, the Shareholder Agreement and with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Bound Shareholder;

 

  (c)

agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Shareholder Agreement as they exist on the date hereof without amendment;

 

  (d)

agrees that, from and after the date hereof, each reference in the Shareholder Agreement to “Bound Shareholder” shall mean and be a reference to the Joining Party; and

 

  (e)

represents and warrants to and agrees with the Company that:

 

  (i)

the Joining Party has all the requisite capacity and authority to execute, deliver and perform their obligations under this Joinder Agreement and the Shareholder Agreement and the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken and that this Joinder Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement enforceable against the Joining Party in accordance with its terms;

 

  (ii)

the Joining Party has provided to the Company all information in the Joining Party’s care or possession requested by the Company with respect to the Joining Party’s business and activities that is reasonably necessary to determine if the Joining Party is in competition with Company; and

 

14

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


  (iii)

the Joining Party satisfies the representations and warranties set out in Section 2.7 of the Shareholder Agreement.

 

2.

The Joining Party acknowledges and confirms that they have received a copy of the Shareholder Agreement and the schedules thereto, and have received such independent legal advice with respect to such agreement as the Joining Party considers necessary.

 

3.

This agreement will be governed by the laws in force in British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

This Joinder Agreement may be signed in counterparts and may be delivered by pdf, email and other electronic means, and such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall be deemed to be executed on or as of the date first written above.

 

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.
Per:  

/s/ Alan Baratz

  (Authorized Signatory)
JOINING PARTY:
 

/s/ John Markovich

Name:   John Markovich
 
Address:  

[*****]

 

[*****]

 

[*****]

 

 

Tel:  

[*****]

Email:  

[*****]

 

15

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


SECTION 2.7 EXTRACTED FROM

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

DATED APRIL 14, 2020

2.7 Bound Shareholders Representations & Warranties. Each Bound Shareholder hereby represents and warrants to each other Bound Shareholder and the Company that such Bound Shareholder as of the Reference Date or the date of the instrument under which the Bound Shareholder became party to this Agreement:

 

  (a)

the Bound Shareholder is the registered and beneficial owner of the Equity Securities (or has disclosed in writing to the Company the identity of the beneficial owner which is acceptable to the Company, acting reasonably) shown beside the Bound Shareholder’s name in Schedule A attached to this Agreement (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time) and such Equity Securities are free and clear of any mortgage, lien or encumbrance or security interest, and the Bound Shareholder is not subject to any agreement under which any mortgage, lien, encumbrance or security interest may be created upon any of its Equity Securities;

 

  (b)

the Bound Shareholder is not in any way subject or party to any unsatisfied judgments, consent decrees, injunctions, litigation, proceedings, actions or claims (and to the best of the knowledge of the Bound Shareholder no such matters are pending or threatened against the Bound Shareholder) which could result in a judgment against the Bound Shareholder leading to the impairment or loss of the Bound Shareholder’s title to or interest in its Equity Securities;

 

  (c)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement (including, if applicable, by a Joinder Agreement) has been duly authorized by such Bound Shareholder and this Agreement (or, if applicable, the Joinder Agreement) has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Bound Shareholder;

 

  (d)

this Agreement (and, if applicable, the Joinder Agreement signed by such Bound Shareholder) constitute(s) the valid and binding obligation of such Bound Shareholder enforceable against such Bound Shareholder in accordance with its terms, subject to limitations on enforcement imposed by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting the enforcement of the rights of creditors and others and except to the extent that equitable remedies are only available in the discretion of the court from which they are sought;

 

  (e)

if the Bound Shareholder is not an individual, the Bound Shareholder is not violating, contravening, breaching or creating a default under any law, statute, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Bound Shareholder by becoming party to this Agreement or performing the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (f)

if the Bound Shareholder is not an individual, the Bound Shareholder is duly created and is validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of creation and has the legal power, capacity, right and authority to own its assets and enter into and perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement;

 

  (g)

if the Bound Shareholder is an individual, the Bound Shareholder is not in a relationship in respect of which a property division that affects the Equity Securities pursuant to the Family Law Act (British Columbia), or any applicable similar legislation in any other jurisdictions, has occurred;

 

16

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


  (h)

if the Bound Shareholder is an individual, the Bound Shareholder is not violating, contravening, breaching or creating a default under any law, statute, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to him or her by becoming party to this Agreement or performing the provisions of this Agreement; and

 

  (i)

if the Bound Shareholder is an individual, the Bound Shareholder has the capacity to enter into and perform his or her obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

17

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

Exhibit 10.33

 

LOGO   D-Wave Commercial Inc.
  2650 E. Bayshore Rd.
  Palo Alto, CA 94303
  www.dwavesys.com

May 31, 2018

Jennifer Studer Houston

[*****]

[*****]

Full-Time Employment Agreement

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions of your employment with D-Wave Commercial Inc. (the “Company”). If you agree with these terms and conditions, please return to us a signed copy of this Agreement.

1. Term: Your employment with the Company will commence on July 9, 2018 or such other date as may be agreed to between you and the Company (the “Commencement Date”) and your employment with the Company will continue under the terms and conditions of this Agreement until your employment is terminated as hereinafter provided.

2. Position and Duties:

(a) Position and Duties and Responsibilities: You will be employed by the Company in the position of Senior Vice President, Marketing. You will perform or fulfil such duties and responsibilities as normally or usually associated with that position and such other duties and responsibilities as may be directed from time to time by the Company in its sole discretion. You will abide by the policies, directions and practices of the Company. In its sole discretion, the Company may alter, amend, create or terminate policies, directions and practices. The terms and conditions of this Agreement, unless otherwise modified by the Company in writing as set out in Section 12, will continue to apply to you despite any such changes.

(b) Location of Work:

 

  (i)

You understand and agree that the Company is an international organization with an expanding business in the marketplace. Accordingly, a fundamental requirement of your position is that you will be required to regularly travel both inside and outside of North America as required by the Company in performance of your duties.

 

  (ii)

On the basis that the Company successfully obtains a work permit on your behalf, you agree that you will work in the offices of D-Wave Systems Inc. (“D-Wave Corporate”) in Burnaby, British Columbia, up to two weeks per month for the first six months of your employment.

 

  (i)

For the tax year ending December 31, 2018 your business travel to Canada may create tax consequences for you and for the Company. To the extent that the Company requires you to travel, and such travel creates negative tax implications (such as additional taxes, filing expense or tax deductions), the Company will equalize your taxes, including expenses related to taxes, such that you will be no worse and no better than if you had not traveled for Company required business purposes. This equalization is herein referred to as the “Tax Equalization”.

 

  (ii)

The Company will extend to you the benefit of Tax Equalization for the tax year ending December 31, 2018. During this tax year, D-Wave will deduct and remit any required payroll deductions in the United States and will pay any required Canadian withholdings on your behalf. If the Company remits any Canadian withholdings on your behalf, and if you are owed a refund of such withholdings, you must repay to the Company any such tax refund. If Canadian tax returns are required to be filed, this situation may complicate your tax returns, both in the United States and in Canada. If such complications occur, the Company will arrange for both your Canadian and your United States tax returns to be prepared by professional and independent tax

 

Page 1 of 8


LOGO  

D-Wave Commercial Inc.

2650 E. Bayshore Rd.

Palo Alto, CA 94303

www.dwavesys.com

 

  preparers chosen by the Company, for the tax year ending December 31, 2018.

(c) Scope and Hours of Work: During your employment, and subject to the Company’s business needs, you will perform at least 40 hours per week of work on such dates and times as determined by the Company in its sole discretion. While working you will devote your full time, attention and abilities to the effective and competent performance of your duties and responsibilities and you will give the Company the full benefit of your knowledge, expertise, technical skill and ingenuity. You are required to work such hours as are necessary to properly and effectively perform your duties and this may involve working hours that fall outside your usual working hours. You are not entitled to overtime pay or to time off in lieu.

3. Compensation:

(a) Rate of Pay: You will be paid an annual base salary of USD$250,000, payable in equal installments on the 15th and last day of each month, less all required or permitted withholdings and remissions, according to the Company’s regular payroll schedule (the “Base Salary”).

(b) Performance Bonus: You will be eligible to participate in the Management Bonus Plan for D-Wave Corporate, with a target bonus of 25% of Base Salary, based on attainment of objectives for D-Wave Corporate, the Company and personal objectives within the fiscal year. The terms of, funding of, and setting and evaluation of achievement of the D-Wave Corporate, Company and personal objectives is in the sole discretion of the board of directors of D-Wave Corporate.

(c) Employee Stock Option Plan: Subject to approval by the board of directors of D-Wave Corporate, you will be entitled to participate in the Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan of D-Wave Corporate (the “Plan”) in accordance with the terms of the Plan. After your employment with the Company has commenced, the CEO of D-Wave Corporate will recommend to the board of directors of D-Wave Corporate that you be granted an option to purchase:

 

  (i)

up to 465,000 Class A voting common shares of D-Wave Corporate at an exercise price to be determined by the board of directors of D-Wave Corporate in their sole discretion;

 

  (ii)

vesting in accordance with the Plan, except that in the event a Change in Control of D-Wave Corporate as defined in the Plan occurs (1) after you have successfully completed six (6) months of active employment with the Company following the Commencement Date, and (2) your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without cause within twelve (12) months after the Change in Control, options which would, but for your termination, have vested within the twelve (12) months following the Change in Control will vest immediately on the date of the termination;

and all other terms and conditions in accordance with the Plan. As of the date of this Agreement, standard vesting for employees at your level is 25% upon completion of 12 months of active full-time employment with the Company following the grant date and the remaining 75% vesting 1/36 at the end of each month of full-time employment with the Company thereafter, so that the option is fully vested after completion of 48 months of active full-time employment following the grant date. The board of directors of D-Wave Corporate has the sole discretion to determine whether to grant the option and the terms and conditions applicable to the option, including but not limited to the number and type of shares, the price and the vesting period.

(d) Vacation Entitlement: You will be entitled to an annual paid vacation equal to four weeks per calendar year, prorated for any partial year of employment. Any vacation will be taken at such time or times as mutually agreed by the parties, and in compliance with the policies of the Company as amended from time to time. Failing such agreement, the Company may schedule your vacation time or times based on business considerations of the Company. Vacation accrues on a daily basis. You may not take paid vacation that has not been earned. Vacation can accrue up to a maximum of six paid weeks. Once the cap is reached, no further vacation time will accrue until some vacation time is used.

 

Page 2 of 8


(e) Medical Insurance and Other Benefits: The Company will make available to you the insured benefit plans customarily available to its US based full-time employees at your level (the “Benefits”). Your participation in some of the Benefits may be mandatory in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Benefits. The terms and conditions of the Benefits, and your ability to qualify for the Benefits, will be determined by the plans or policies from time to time established, amended or purchased by the Company in its sole discretion. The Company retains the right to establish new Benefits and to eliminate, modify or alter any Benefits or benefit carriers from time to time and at any time in its sole discretion without advance notice. The terms and conditions of this Agreement will continue to apply to you despite any such changes. The Company’s obligations will not be to act as a self-insurer unless otherwise expressly stated in the terms and conditions of the applicable Benefits. The Company will, where applicable, pay premiums to an insurance carrier of its choice. All decisions regarding eligibility and coverage will be made by such insurance carrier; the Company will not bear any responsibility or liability therefore.

4. Confidentiality:

(a) Access to Confidential Information: You acknowledge that in the course of performing and fulfilling your duties and responsibilities to the Company, you may be entrusted with Confidential Information, and that the disclosure of the Confidential Information to competitors or clients of the Company or to the general public will be highly detrimental to the best interests and business of the Company.

(b) Definition:Confidential Information” means trade secrets and information that is not generally known to the public or that would be reasonably considered confidential and proprietary to the Company and its business partners, and includes but is not limited to:

 

  (i)

trade secrets, know-how, concepts, ideas whether patentable or not, methods, processes, formulae, apparatus, standards, product specifications and processing procedures;

 

  (i)

revenue, costs, pricing and other financial data;

 

  (ii)

any client, customer or business partner information (including without limitation, names, preferences, financial information, addresses or telephone numbers);

 

  (iii)

all access codes, systems software applications, software/systems source and object codes, data, documentation, program files, flow charts, operational procedures, locations of operations, merchant numbers and merchant support and verification numbers; and

 

  (iv)

the private affairs of the Company or any other information which you may acquire during the course of your employment with the Company with respect to the business and affairs of the Company, whether acquired in the course of employment or incidentally.

(c) Exclusions: Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4(b), “Confidential Information” does not include information or data which you can prove:

 

  (i)

is in the public domain at the date of its disclosure to you, or which thereafter enters the public domain through no fault of yours or of any other person owing a duty of confidentiality to the Company (but only after it enters the public domain); or

 

  (ii)

was in your possession on a non-confidential basis prior to being disclosed under this Agreement as reasonably demonstrated by your written records;

provided that information which comprises part of the Confidential Information will not be included within the foregoing exceptions merely because individual parts of the information were within the public domain, or were within your prior possession.

(d) Use and Disclosure: You acknowledge that you will receive the Confidential Information solely for the purpose of carrying out your duties and responsibilities as an employee of the Company. Except as may be specifically required in the course of carrying out such duties and responsibilities, you will not, during the term of your employment with the Company or at any time thereafter:

 

Page 3 of 8


  (i)

disclose any Confidential Information to any person or entity; or

 

  (ii)

use or exploit, directly or indirectly, the Confidential Information for any purpose other than the proper purposes of the Company.

Despite the foregoing, if you are required by law to disclose any Confidential Information then you will promptly notify the Company that you may be required to disclose Confidential Information and you will consult with and cooperate with the Company in any attempt to resist or narrow such disclosure or to obtain an order or other assurance that such information will be accorded confidential treatment. Notwithstanding any disclosure required by law, the Confidential Information disclosed will, for all other purposes, continue to be treated as Confidential Information under this Agreement.

(e) Return: Upon the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason, or upon the written request of the Company at any time, you will return immediately to the Company all Confidential Information then in your possession or under your control, including all written information, tapes, discs or memory devices and copies thereof including, without limitation, all papers, drawings, notes, notebooks, correspondence, records, reports, lists, photographs, memoranda, manuals, specifications, designs, devices and documents, and any other material on any medium in your possession or control pertaining to the Company. You will also return any keys, pass cards, identification cards or other property belonging to the Company.

5. Corporate Opportunities and Intellectual Property:

(a) Opportunities: Any business opportunities related to:

 

  (i)

the current business or prospective business of the Company;

 

  (ii)

any of the Confidential Information or any of the Property (as defined below); or

 

  (iii)

any work performed by you for the Company;

which become known to you during the period of your employment with the Company must be promptly and fully disclosed and made available by you to the Company, and you agree not to take or omit to take, without the prior written approval of the Company, any action if the result would be to divert from the Company any such opportunity.

(b) Property Ownership: You acknowledge and agree that all right, title and interest in and to any information, documents, drawings, plans, models, works, trade secrets, inventions, discoveries, methods, improvements, research materials, software and databases, including all Confidential Information and including all intellectual property rights associated therewith, that:

 

  (i)

relate to the Company’s business, as it may be conducted from time to time, and is made or conceived directly or indirectly by you during the course of your employment, whether or not conceived or made during your regular working hours and whether or not you are specifically instructed to make or develop the same and whether made solely, jointly or in combination with others;

 

  (ii)

are made or conceived directly or indirectly by you during the course of your employment and during your regular working hours, whether or not you are specifically instructed to make or develop the same or whether made solely, jointly or in combination with others; or

 

  (iii)

are made or conceived directly or indirectly by you during the course of your employment and using the Company’s tools and equipment, whether or not conceived or made during your regular working hours and whether or not you are specifically instructed to make or develop the same and whether made solely, jointly or in combination with others

(collectively the “Property”), will be for the benefit of the Company and will be considered to have been made under and by virtue of this Agreement and will immediately become the property of the Company. Any invention described in a patent application filed by or on behalf of you, or which is disclosed to third parties by you within

 

Page 4 of 8


one (1) year after terminating your employment with the Company which relates to your work with the Company, is rebuttably presumed to have been conceived or made during the period of your employment by the Company using the trade secrets of the Company, and you hereby assign the invention and all rights there in to the Company as provided by this Agreement, unless you clearly show by corroborating evidence that such invention was made without the use of the Company’s trade secrets and was made entirely on your own time, without the use of Company equipment, supplies or facilities.

(c) Assignments: You hereby assign, set over and transfer and agree to assign, to the Company your entire right, title and interest in and to any and all of the Property and to all letters patent, design patents, industrial designs, copyright, mask works, trade-marks, trade secret rights, and all other intellectual property rights, and all applications therefor which may be or may have been filed on the Property by or for you or in your name, or which may have been issued to you or for your benefit, whether filed or issued in the United States, Canada or any other country whatsoever. You further agree to execute any papers evidencing such assignment, set over or transfer, including executing counterpart or short form assignment documents, and to fully cooperate as may be requested by the Company, at the Company’s own expense, in evidencing such assignment, set over or transfer and in securing intellectual property rights in the Property.

(d) Moral Rights: You forever waive and release in favor of the Company any right, title or interest you have or may have in and to the Property including, without limitation, any right to claim authorship or anonymity, any right to restrain or claim damages for any modification, alteration or deletion of the Property or any part thereof, any right to restrain the use or reproduction of the Property, and any right to use or reproduce the Property, in each case, in any context and in connection with any product, service, cause or institution, and any right or benefit in law known as “moral” rights or any similar law anywhere in the world and all rights under the Canadian Copyright Act.

(e) Publications: You will not publish or disclose, or assist others to do so, any particulars of the Property or of any Confidential Information to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the Company.

(f) Removal of Property: All records, files, source or object codes, data, materials, tapes, documents, equipment, drawings, plans, models and the like relating to the Confidential Information or the Property will remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Except as authorized by the Company, you will not remove physically, electronically or in any other manner whatsoever from the premises of the Company or store or permit to be stored in any location other than the premises of the Company the Property or the Confidential Information or any records, files, source or object codes, data, materials, tapes, documents, equipment, drawings, plans, models and the like relating to the Confidential Information or Property.

(g) Third Party Confidential Information and Conflicts of Interest: The Company relies on its Confidential Information and Property and respects the confidential information and property of others. For this reason, the Company does not want, does not need and will not accept the confidential information or property of any third party, including but not limited to any of your former employers or clients. You represent and warrant to the Company that by entering into this Agreement with the Company you will not be in breach of any laws or agreement with any third party nor will you be in a position of conflict of interest to any third party. In particular, you represent and warrant to the Company that you are not subject to any law, agreement with or other obligation that would restrict your ability to perform your employment duties to the Company or that would in any way impair the Company’s ownership of the Confidential Information or Property. During your employment with the Company, you are strictly prohibited from using or disclosing to the Company any information that you obtained in confidence from a third party. You understand and agree that any breach of this Section, regardless of the materiality of the breach, will constitute immediate grounds for termination of your employment for cause.

6. Restrictive Covenant:

 

  (a)

The parties acknowledge that the Company’s business is highly competitive and that in the course of your employment you will be privy to Confidential Information and other information concerning the Company’s business and that the Company’s business would be vulnerable to competition from you.

 

  (b)

Accordingly, you will not during the term of your employment with the Company and for a six (6) month period following the date that your employment with the Company ceases (regardless of who initiated the termination and whether the termination was with or without cause), directly or indirectly

 

Page 5 of 8


  accept employment with any person or entity engaged in an activity that is competitive with the Company.

 

  (c)

The parties agree that the foregoing provisions are reasonable and necessary in order to protect the interests of the Company.

 

  (d)

You agree and acknowledge that this covenant is given for good and valuable consideration (receipt of which is hereby acknowledged) and that by reason of your unique knowledge of and association with the business of the Company, the scope of this covenant as to both time and area is reasonable and commensurate with the protection of the legitimate interests of the Company. Section 6 of this Agreement applies regardless of the reason for your cessation of employment from the Company, and is severable from the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

  (e)

You acknowledge that the damages the Company may suffer for breach of Sections 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement may be irreparable, and in any event would be difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain, and you agree that the Company will have the right to an injunction or other available equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction, enjoining any threatened or actual breach. The existence of a right to an injunction or other available equitable relief will not preclude the Company from pursuing any other rights and remedies at law or in equity which it may have, including the right to seek recovery of damages.

 

  (f)

The parties agree that if a court of competent jurisdiction will limit, restrict or otherwise change the geographical area, the time period or the types of business referred to in this Section, then the limited, restricted or changed geographical area, time period or types of business determined by such a court will, for the purposes of this Section 6, be deemed to be the original geographic area and/or time period and/or types of business referred to in such Sections as if they were the original geographic area, time period and business set out herein.

7. Resignation: You can resign from employment with the Company by providing to the Company one (1) month prior written notice of your resignation. At any time during this notice period, the Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.

8. Employment at Will:

(a) Your employment with the Company is “at will” according to the laws of the State of Washington. As an at-will employee, you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time with or without cause and with or without notice except where applicable United States federal, Washington state or local law provides otherwise. The Company also has sole discretion to modify the terms and conditions of your employment. No representative of the Company, other than the CEO has the authority to change the “at-will” status of any employee, and in order to be effective, the change must be in writing.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 8(a), in the event a Change in Control of D-Wave Corporate as defined in the Plan occurs and your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without cause during the twelve (12) month period following the Change in Control, on the express condition that on or about the effective date of any such termination you sign and do not thereafter revoke the Company’s standard form of release of any claims or entitlements from or against the Company arising from or related to the termination of your employment, whether pursuant to statute, contract, tort, common law, or otherwise, the Company will provide you six (6) months notice, six (6) months Base Salary in lieu of notice, or a combination of the two. By way of example, and for purposes of clarity, the provision of one (1) month notice and five (5) months Base Salary will be in compliance with this Agreement. Pay in lieu of notice will include whatever vacation pay is minimally required by law for the notice period in which the pay in lieu is provided.

9. Irreparable Harm: You acknowledge and agree that a breach of any of the covenants of this Agreement by you cannot be adequately compensated for by monetary award, and may cause irreparable harm to the Company. Accordingly, you agree that in addition to all of the remedies available to the Company at law or in equity, the Company will be entitled as a matter of right to apply for equitable relief (including without limitation, injunctive relief) to ensure your compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Page 6 of 8


10. Assignment and Enurement: You may not assign this Agreement, or any part of this Agreement or any of your rights under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company may assign this Agreement to any other entity at any time in its sole discretion. This Agreement enures to the benefit of and is binding upon you and the Company and the respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns.

11. Severability: If any provision or portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, then that provision or portion will be severed from this Agreement unless otherwise provided. The rest of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

12. Entire Agreement: This Agreement contains the whole agreement between you and the Company with respect to your employment with the Company, and there are no representations, warranties, collateral terms or conditions, express or implied, other than as set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, negotiations, discussions, undertakings, representations, warranties and understandings, whether written or oral, express or implied, statutory or otherwise, between you and the Company. You hereby waive any right to assert a claim in tort based on any pre-contractual representations, negligent or otherwise, made by the Company. You also hereby confirm that you have not been induced to enter into this Agreement by any prior agreement, negotiation, discussion, undertaking, representation, warranty, or understanding, whether written or oral, express or implied, statutory or otherwise, between you and the Company. No change or modification of this Agreement will be valid unless it is in writing and initialed by both parties. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall govern your employment with the Company, regardless of the length of employment or any changes to your position, compensation, title and regardless of whether such change is material or otherwise.

13. Notice: Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder must be in writing and will be sufficiently given or made if delivered or sent by registered mail to the address of the parties set out on page 1 hereof. Any notice so given will be deemed to have been given and to have been received on the day of delivery if it is a business day and otherwise on the next succeeding business day or, if mailed, on the third business day following the mailing thereof (excluding each day during which there exists any interruption of postal services due to strike, lockout or other cause). Addresses for notice may be changed by giving notice in accordance with this Section.

14. Non-waiver: No failure or delay by you or the Company in exercising any power or right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of such power or right. Any consent or waiver by you or by the Company to any breach or default under this Agreement will be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

15. Survival of Terms: The provisions of Sections 4 to 18 of this Agreement will survive the termination of your employment and this Agreement.

16. Collection and Use of Personal Information: You acknowledge that the Company will, and hereby consent to the Company collecting, using and disclosing personal information about you where reasonably necessary for security, employment and business purposes in accordance with applicable legislation and any privacy policy of the Company that may be in effect from time to time.

17. Further Assistance and Independent Legal Advice: The parties will execute and deliver any documents and perform any acts necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement. You also represent and warrant to the Company and acknowledge and agree that you have been provided an opportunity to seek and were not prevented nor discouraged by the Company from seeking independent legal advice prior to signing and delivering this Agreement.

18. Governing Laws: This Agreement will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of California without reference to its conflict of law principles), and the courts of California will have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute arising from or in any way related to this Agreement.

 

Page 7 of 8


THE PARTIES have executed this agreement as of the date written above.

D-WAVE COMMERCIAL INC.

 

Per:  

/s/ Vern J. Brownell

  VERN J. BROWNELL

I acknowledge and accept the terms and conditions of my employment with the Company as set out above.

 

Per:  

/s/ Jennifer Studer Houston

  JENNIFER STUDER HOUSTON

 

Page 8 of 8

Exhibit 10.34

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

FORM OF 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

AWARD AGREEMENT - OPTION

Date:

To: Jennifer Houston

[*****]

[*****]

(the “Award Holder”):

D-Wave Systems Inc. (the “Company”) hereby offers the Award Holder the following option to purchase Shares of the Company pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan established by the Company (the “Plan”) subject to the additional terms and conditions set out below (the “Award”), and this agreement being the “Award Agreement”). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

I.

NOTICE OF AWARD

This Award is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are deemed to be incorporated in this Award Agreement, and is subject to the following specific provisions:

 

Date of Grant:   
Vesting Start Date   
Number of Shares:    Common Shares
Exercise Price:    US$0.82 per Share (the “Exercise Price”)
Term:    10 years from the Date of Grant, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the Plan.
Exercise Period:    From the Date of Grant until the Expiry Date
Vesting Periods:    The Award will vest as follows:
  

(a)   25% upon the Award Holder’s completion of twelve months of full-time active employment (see Note 3) with D-Wave or one of D-Wave’s wholly-owned subsidiaries (together, the “D-Wave Group”) following the Vesting Start Date; and

  

(b)   the remaining 75% 1/36 (2.77%) at the end of each month of full-time Active Employment by the Award Holder with the D-Wave Group thereafter such that the Option will be fully vested after the Award Holder has completed, commencing on the Vesting Start Date, 48 months of full- time Active Employment with the D-Wave Group, except that in the event a Change in Control of D-Wave as defined in the Plan occurs and the Award Holder’s employment with the D-Wave Group is terminated by the D-Wave Group without cause within 12 months after the Change in Control, that portion of the Award which would, but for the Award Holder’s termination, have vested within the 12 months following the Change in Control will vest immediately on the date of the termination.

 

1

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


  “Active Employment” means that the Award Holder is actively engaged in providing services to the D-Wave Group. If the Award Holder’s employment is terminated involuntarily, the Award Holders’ Active Employment immediately ceases and vesting immediately ceases on the date that the Award Holder is provided with notice of termination of employment. Vesting will not continue even if the Award Holder continues to receive compensatory payments or pay in lieu of working notice from a member of the D-Wave Group. If the Award Holders’ employment is terminated voluntarily by the Award Holder delivering a notice of resignation, the Award Holder’s Active Employment ceases and vesting immediately ceases on the date specified in such resignation notice as the last day of work by the Award Holder.

Expiry Date:

In no event may this Award be exercised after the Term as provided above and this Award may be subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan.

This Award may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Exercise Period by notice in writing to the Company in the form of the Exercise Notice (attached as Schedule B to the Plan, a copy of which is attached to this Award Agreement) specifying: (a) the Award Holder’s desire to exercise this Award to purchase Shares; (b) the number of Shares with respect to which the Award Holder is exercising this Award; (c) the aggregate Exercise Price. The Company may also require the Award Holder to sign further documentation in respect of the Shares to be purchased.

As noted in the Plan, the Shares to be issued to the Award Holder as a result of the exercise of this Award may only be issued if the issuance is in compliance with applicable securities laws. Such Shares are subject to the Constating Documents. The sale by the Award Holder of those Shares is subject to the resale rules under applicable securities laws and the Constating Documents. If the Award Holder is in doubt about the requirements of applicable securities laws or the Constating Documents, the Award Holder should seek independent legal advice.

 

II.

AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Award. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Award Holder, this Award to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Award above, at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Notice of Award above, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

2. Exercise of Award.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Award shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Period set out in the Notice of Award above and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Award shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Award, the number of Shares with respect to which the Award is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Award shall be deemed to be exercised upon

 

2

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless such issuance and such exercise comply with applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Award Holder on the date on which the Award is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of (a), (b) and (d), at the election of the Award Holder:

(a) cash;

(b) cheque;

(c) upon approval of the Board, and at the Board’s sole and absolute discretion, consideration received by the Company in a form other than (a) or (b); or

(d) for Award Holders not subject to tax in Canada, surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

4. Restrictions on Exercise. This Award may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

5. Non-Transferability. Neither this Award Agreement nor any portion of the Award may be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Award Holder only by the Award Holder. The terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Award Holder.

6. Term of Award. This Award may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Award above, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

7. Award Holder’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Award is exercised, the Award Holder shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Award, deliver to the Company their Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, or in such other form as the Company may require.

8. Reliance End Date. Until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), the Award Holder shall not transfer this Award or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Award, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Award Holder upon the death or Disability of the Award Holder. Until the Reliance End Date, the Award and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Award, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

 

3

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


9. Lock-Up Period. The Award Holder hereby agrees that the Award Holder shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company held by the Award Holder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

The Award Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company, the Award Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 9 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. the Award Holder agrees that any transferee of the Award or Shares acquired pursuant to the Award shall be bound by this Section 9.

10. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding. The Award Holder agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Award Holder) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Award exercise. the Award Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Award granted to the Award Holder herein is an ISO, and if the Award Holder sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, the Award Holder shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Award Holder agrees that the Award Holder may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Award Holder.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Award that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the Award Holder prior to the exercise of the Award, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Award Holder. The Award Holder acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per

 

4

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


Share exercise price of this Award equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. The Award Holder agrees that if the IRS determines that the Award was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, the Award Holder shall be solely responsible for the Award Holder’s costs related to such a determination.

11. Drag Along.

(a) Definitions in this Section are as set out in the Shareholder Agreement (defined in Article 9.1 of the Company’s articles (the “Articles”)) amongst the Company and certain of its shareholders dated April 14, 2020, as amended from time to time.

(b) If:

 

  (i)

Bound Shareholders (the “Selling Shareholders”), holding not less than 75% of the Equity Securities (calculated on a Fully Diluted Basis) that are subject to the SHA, approve the Transfer to a Person or Persons acting jointly or in concert (a “Drag Along Purchaser”) of all of their Equity Securities; and

 

  (ii)

the Drag Along Purchaser offers to acquire all of the remaining outstanding Equity Securities of all other kinds or classes from each of the other securityholders of the Company on equivalent terms and conditions for each kind or class of security, mutatis mutandis, as those agreed to by the Selling Shareholders;

(the “Drag Along Offer”), then the Award Holder must Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Drag Along Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) if the Transfer of the Equity Securities of the Selling Shareholders and the Other Securityholders to the Drag Along Purchaser pursuant to the Drag Along Offer will result in a Change of Control, the accelerated vesting provision in Section I. Notice of Award will be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the change of control; and (B) the Selling Shareholders will provide the Award Holder with at least fifteen (15) days’ notice prior to the Transfer requirement being effective, in order that the Award Holder may exercise any vested portion of this Award (including the amount that would vest through accelerated vesting) prior to the requirement to Transfer this Award.

(c) Proxy and Power of Attorney. Award Holder hereby constitutes and appoints as the proxy of the Award Holder and hereby grants a power of attorney to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with full power of substitution, to execute and deliver the documentation referred to in this Section 11 on behalf of the Award Holder if the Award Holder fails to Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser within fifteen (15) days of a request to do so being made by the Company. This proxy and power of attorney is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Company and the Award Holder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement and, as such, each is coupled with an interest and will be irrevocable unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires. Award Holder revokes any and all previous proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the Award and will not hereafter, unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires, purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect to the Award, deposit the Award into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Award Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any Person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the Award or this Award Agreement.

 

5

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


(d) Joinder to Shareholder Agreement. As required by Article 27.4 of the Articles, as a condition of receiving this Award, the Award Holder must become a party to the Shareholder Agreement by executing the joinder to the Shareholder Agreement attached as Exhibit C unless the Award Holder is already a party to the Shareholder Agreement.

12. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Award Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Award Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Award Holder. This Award Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of British Columbia.

13. No Guarantee of Continued Service. THE AWARD HOLDER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE AWARD PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING THE AWARD HOLDER) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. THE AWARD HOLDER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE AWARD HOLDER’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING THE AWARD HOLDER) TO TERMINATE THE AWARD HOLDER’S RELATIONSHIP AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

The Award Holder acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that they are familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Award subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Award Holder has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Award Agreement. The Award Holder hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement. The Award Holder further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

AWARD HOLDER     D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By
   

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

   

 

 

 

Residence Address (Line 1)     Title

 

   
Residence Address (Line 2)    

 

6

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


EXHIBIT A

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

AWARD EXERCISE NOTICE - OPTION

 

To:

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

1. Exercise of Award. Effective as of today,             , 20    , the undersigned (the “Award Holder”) hereby elects to exercise the Award Holder’s Option to purchase Common Shares of (the “Shares”) of D-Wave Systems Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”, and the Option being the “Award”) and the agreement between the Award Holder and the Company dated             , 20      (the “Award Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment. the Award Holder herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Award Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Award.

3. Representations of the Award Holder. The Award Holder acknowledges that the Award Holder has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by the Award Holder or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to an arm’s length Person; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 4 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by cheque), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

7

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 4, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 4 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Award Holder’s lifetime or on the Award Holder’s death by will or intestacy to the Award Holder’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Award Holder’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4. “Immediate Family” as used herein means spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 4, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Shares of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

5. Tax Consultation. The Award Holder understands that the Award Holder may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Award Holder’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Award Holder represents that the Award Holder has consulted with any tax consultants the Award Holder deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Award Holder is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Restrictive Legends.

(a) Legends. The Award Holder understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by provincial, state or federal securities laws, including but not limited to the following:

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (i) [insert the distribution date], AND (ii) THE DATE THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

8

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

7. Stop-Transfer Notices. The Award Holder agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

8. Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

9. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Award Holder and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

10. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by the Award Holder or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

11. Drag Along.

(a) Definitions in this Section are as set out in the Shareholder Agreement (as defined in Article 9.1 of the Company’s articles), as amended from time to time.

(b) If:

 

  (i)

Shareholders of the Company (the “Selling Shareholders”), holding not less than 75% of the Equity Securities (calculated on a Fully Diluted Basis) that are subject to the SHA, approve the Transfer to a Person or Persons acting jointly or in concert (a “Drag Along Purchaser”) of all of their Equity Securities, including their Shares and/or Awards; and

 

  (ii)

the Drag Along Purchaser offers to acquire the Award(s) of Award Holders on equivalent terms and conditions as those agreed to by the Selling Shareholders;

 

9

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


(the “Drag Along Offer”), then the Award Holder must Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Drag Along Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) if the Transfer of the Equity Securities of the Selling Shareholders and the Other Securityholders to the Drag Along Purchaser pursuant to the Drag Along Offer will result in a change of control, the accelerated vesting provision in Section I. Notice of Award will be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the change of control; and (B) the Selling Shareholders will provide the Award Holder with at least fifteen (15) days’ notice prior to the Transfer requirement being effective, in order that the Award Holder may exercise any vested portion of this Award (including the amount that would vest through accelerated vesting) prior to the requirement to Transfer this Award.

(c) Proxy and Power of Attorney. Award Holder hereby constitutes and appoints as the proxy of the Award Holder and hereby grants a power of attorney to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with full power of substitution, to execute and deliver the documentation referred to in this Section 11 on behalf of the Award Holder if the Award Holder fails to Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser within fifteen (15) days of a request to do so being made by the Company. This proxy and power of attorney is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Company and the Award Holder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement and, as such, each is coupled with an interest and will be irrevocable unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires. Award Holder revokes any and all previous proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the Award and will not hereafter, unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires, purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect to the Award, deposit the Award into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Award Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any Person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the Award or this Award Agreement.

(d) Shareholder Agreement. The Award Holder is party to the Shareholder Agreement.

12. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of British Columbia. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

13. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Award Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Award Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Award Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Award Holder.

 

10

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


Submitted by:       Accepted by:
AWARD HOLDER       D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.

                     

     

                     

Signature       By

                     

     

                     

Print Name       Print Name

                     

     

                     

      Title
Address:       Address:

                     

     

                     

                     

     

                     

     

                     

      Date Received

 

11

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

AWARD HOLDER   :   
COMPANY   :    D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. COMMON SHARES (“the Securities”)
AMOUNT   :   
DATE   :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the Award Holder represents to the Company the following:

(a) The Award Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. The Award Holder is acquiring these Securities for investment for the Award Holder’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) The Award Holder acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Award Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, the Award Holder understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if the Award Holder’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. The Award Holder further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Award Holder further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. The Award Holder understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) The Award Holder is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Award to the Award Holder, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand- off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

12

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) The Award Holder further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. The Award Holder understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

AWARD HOLDER

                     

Signature

    

Print Name

    

Date

 

13

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


EXHIBIT C

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This JOINDER AGREEMENT (this “Joinder Agreement”), dated                      is made by                    (the “Joining Party”), and delivered to D-Wave Systems Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the Company’s Shareholder Agreement dated April 14, 2020, as the same may be amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time (the “Shareholder Agreement”) entered into among the Company and the Bound Shareholders. Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein will have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Shareholder Agreement.

WHEREAS the Joining Party wishes to become the registered and beneficial owner of the following Equity Securities (the “Securities”):

 

  (a)

Option to purchase up to an aggregate of [INSERT NUMBER] Common Shares of the Company;

AND WHEREAS the Joining Party wishes to become a party to the Shareholder Agreement and is required to complete, execute and deliver to the Company this Joinder Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this Joinder Agreement and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the Joining Party makes the following representations and warranties to the Company and covenant, acknowledge and agree as follows:

 

1.

By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party hereby:

 

  (a)

joins in the Shareholder Agreement for all purposes and agrees to be bound by and have the benefit of the provisions of the Agreement;

 

  (b)

becomes a Bound Shareholder under, and as defined in, the Shareholder Agreement and with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Bound Shareholder;

 

  (c)

agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Shareholder Agreement as they exist on the date hereof without amendment;

 

  (d)

agrees that, from and after the date hereof, each reference in the Shareholder Agreement to “Bound Shareholder” shall mean and be a reference to the Joining Party; and

 

  (e)

represents and warrants to and agrees with the Company that:

 

  (i)

he/she has all the requisite capacity and authority to execute, deliver and perform his/her obligations under this Joinder Agreement and the Shareholder Agreement and the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken and that this Joinder Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement enforceable against him/her in accordance with its terms;

 

  (ii)

he/she has provided to the Company all information in his/her care or possession requested by the Company with respect to his/her business and activities that is reasonably necessary to determine if the Joining Party is in competition with Company; and

 

14

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


  (iii)

he/she satisfies the representations and warranties set out in Section 2.7 of the Shareholder Agreement.

 

2.

The Joining Party acknowledges and confirms that he/she has received a copy of the Shareholder Agreement and the schedules thereto, and has received such independent legal advice with respect to such agreement as the Joining Party considers necessary.

 

3.

This agreement will be governed by the laws in force in British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

This Joinder Agreement may be signed in counterparts and may be delivered by pdf, email and other electronic means, and such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall be deemed to be executed on or as of the date first written above.

 

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.
Per:  

                     

  (Authorized Signatory)
JOINING PARTY:

                     

Name:  

                     

Address:  

                     

 

                     

 

                     

 

                     

Tel:  

                     

Email:  

                     

 

15

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


SECTION 2.7 EXTRACTED FROM

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

DATED APRIL 14, 2020

2.7 Bound Shareholders Representations & Warranties. Each Bound Shareholder hereby represents and warrants to each other Bound Shareholder and the Company that such Bound Shareholder as of the Reference Date or the date of the instrument under which the Bound Shareholder became party to this Agreement:

 

  (a)

the Bound Shareholder is the registered and beneficial owner of the Equity Securities (or has disclosed in writing to the Company the identity of the beneficial owner which is acceptable to the Company, acting reasonably) shown beside the Bound Shareholder’s name in Schedule A attached to this Agreement (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time) and such Equity Securities are free and clear of any mortgage, lien or encumbrance or security interest, and the Bound Shareholder is not subject to any agreement under which any mortgage, lien, encumbrance or security interest may be created upon any of its Equity Securities;

 

  (b)

the Bound Shareholder is not in any way subject or party to any unsatisfied judgments, consent decrees, injunctions, litigation, proceedings, actions or claims (and to the best of the knowledge of the Bound Shareholder no such matters are pending or threatened against the Bound Shareholder) which could result in a judgment against the Bound Shareholder leading to the impairment or loss of the Bound Shareholder’s title to or interest in its Equity Securities;

 

  (c)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement (including, if applicable, by a Joinder Agreement) has been duly authorized by such Bound Shareholder and this Agreement (or, if applicable, the Joinder Agreement) has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Bound Shareholder;

 

  (d)

this Agreement (and, if applicable, the Joinder Agreement signed by such Bound Shareholder) constitute(s) the valid and binding obligation of such Bound Shareholder enforceable against such Bound Shareholder in accordance with its terms, subject to limitations on enforcement imposed by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting the enforcement of the rights of creditors and others and except to the extent that equitable remedies are only available in the discretion of the court from which they are sought;

 

  (e)

if the Bound Shareholder is not an individual, the Bound Shareholder is not violating, contravening, breaching or creating a default under any law, statute, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Bound Shareholder by becoming party to this Agreement or performing the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (f)

if the Bound Shareholder is not an individual, the Bound Shareholder is duly created and is validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of creation and has the legal power, capacity, right and authority to own its assets and enter into and perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement;

 

  (g)

if the Bound Shareholder is an individual, the Bound Shareholder is not in a relationship in respect of which a property division that affects the Equity Securities pursuant to the Family Law Act (British Columbia), or any applicable similar legislation in any other jurisdictions, has occurred;

 

16

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION


  (h)

if the Bound Shareholder is an individual, the Bound Shareholder is not violating, contravening, breaching or creating a default under any law, statute, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to him or her by becoming party to this Agreement or performing the provisions of this Agreement; and

 

  (i)

if the Bound Shareholder is an individual, the Bound Shareholder has the capacity to enter into and perform his or her obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

17

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC. - PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

Exhibit 10.35

DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

 

PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

     3  

2.

 

DEFINITIONS

     3  

3.

 

ELIGIBILITY

     7  

4.

 

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     7  

4.1

 

Overall Administration

     7  

4.2

 

Composition of Committee

     7  

4.3

 

Authority

     7  

4.4

 

Operational Administration

     9  

4.5

 

No Liability

     9  

5.

 

GRANT OF AWARDS

     9  

5.1

 

Grant by the Board

     9  

5.2

 

Recommendation of Committee

     9  

5.3

 

Award Agreements

     9  

5.4

 

Exercise Price

     9  

5.5

 

Number of Shares Available for Awards

     10  

5.6

 

No Right to Employment or Continued Engagement as a Director or Consultant

     10  

5.7

 

Grants to Directors

     10  

5.8

 

Delivered Shares

     10  

6.

 

OPTIONS

     10  

6.1

 

General

     10  

6.2

 

Term

     10  

6.3

 

Exercise Period Not to Exceed Term

     11  

6.4

 

Vesting

     11  

6.5

 

Exercise of Options

     11  

6.6

 

Consideration Payable

     12  

6.7

 

Issuance of Shares

     12  

6.8

 

Extension of Expiring Options Prior to Public Listing

     12  

6.9

 

Cashless Exercise of Options

     12  

7.

 

SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

     13  

8.

 

RESTRICTED SHARES

     13  

9.

 

RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS

     14  

10.

 

PERFORMANCE AWARDS

     15  

 

i


10.1

 

General

     15  

10.2

 

Grant of Performance Awards

     15  

11.

 

OTHER SHARE-BASED AWARDS

     15  

12.

 

TERMINATION PROVISIONS FOR ALL AWARDS

     16  

12.1

 

Termination of Awards

     16  

12.2

 

No Compensation on Termination

     16  

12.3

 

Termination of Employee Awards

     16  

12.4

 

Change of Employment

     16  

12.5

 

Termination of Non-Employee Director Awards

     16  

12.6

 

Termination of Consultant Awards

     17  

13.

 

OTHER RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ALL AWARDS

     17  

13.1

 

Consideration and Payments

     17  

13.2

 

Fractional Shares

     17  

13.3

 

Individual or Tandem Grants

     18  

13.4

 

Transfer and Assignment

     18  

13.5

 

Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Amalgamation, Dissolution, etc.

     18  

13.6

 

Compliance with Regulatory Laws

     19  

13.7

 

Loans

     20  

13.8

 

Amendments

     20  

13.9

 

Withholding

     20  

13.10

 

Drag Along

     21  

13.11

 

Going Public Agreements

     21  

13.12

 

No Rights as Shareholder

     21  

13.13

 

Termination of Plan

     22  

14.

 

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING U.S. PARTICIPANTS

     22  

14.1

 

Board Discretion Regarding Qualification

     22  

14.2

 

Options granted to Non-Employees

     22  

14.3

 

Additional Terms and Conditions

     22  

14.4

 

At-Will Employment

     23  

14.5

 

Section 409A

     23  

14.6

 

Legend

     23  

14.7

 

Taxes

     24  

15.

 

GENERAL

     24  

15.1

 

No Representation or Warranty

     24  

15.2

 

Notices

     24  

15.3

 

Corporate Action

     24  

15.4

 

Severability

     24  

15.5

 

No Trust

     25  

15.6

 

Further Assurances

     25  

15.7

 

Governing Law

     25  

 

ii


DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.

PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of the Plan is to provide eligible Participants an opportunity from time to time to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company and to secure for the Company and its shareholders the benefits inherent in such an interest, namely: developing the interest of eligible Participants in the growth and development of the Company, providing an incentive to eligible Participants to further the success of the Company, attracting and retaining eligible Participants, and rewarding eligible Participants with the benefits associated with having a proprietary interest in the Company.

 

2.

DEFINITIONS

In this Plan, except as otherwise expressly provided or as the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a)

Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the BCBCA;

 

  (b)

Award” means any Option, SAR, Restricted Shares, RSU, Performance Award or Other Share-Based Award granted under the Plan;

 

  (c)

Award Agreement” means any agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing any Award granted under the Plan, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant;

 

  (d)

Award Holder” means a Participant who has been granted one or more Awards under this Plan;

 

  (e)

BCBCA” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), as amended from time to time, and every statute that may be substituted therefor, and in the case of any such amendment or substitution, any reference in this Agreement to the BBCBCA shall be read as referring to the amended or substituted provisions therefor;

 

  (f)

Board” means the board of directors of the Company;

 

  (g)

Change in Control” means when any Person, together with any Affiliate or “associate”, as defined by the BCBCA, of such Person acquires the “beneficial ownership”, as defined in the BCBCA, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or the occurrence of a transaction requiring shareholder approval of the acquisition of the Company by an entity other than the Company or an Affiliate through purchase of assets, by amalgamation or otherwise;

 

  (h)

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and all rules, regulations and Internal Revenue Service or Treasury guidance thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Code shall include any successor provision thereto;

 

  (i)

Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee as may be designated by the Board. If the Board does not designate the Committee, references herein to the “Committee” shall refer to the Board;

 

3


  (j)

Common Shares” means common shares in the capital of the Company from time to time;

 

  (k)

Company” means DWSI Holdings Inc.;

 

  (l)

Constating Documents” means the incorporating documents of the Company, including, without limitation, the articles, by-laws and any unanimous shareholders agreement, together with any amendments thereto or replacements thereof;

 

  (m)

Consultant” means any person, including an advisor but excluding Directors and Employees, engaged by the Company or an Affiliate under a written contract to render consulting, advisory or other services to the Company or an Affiliate;

 

  (n)

Date of Grant” means the date specified by the Board at the time it grants an Award, or, if no such date is specified, the date upon which the Award was granted;

 

  (o)

Director” means a member of the Board or a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate;

 

  (p)

“Disability” means the inability of an Award Holder to fulfil their duties to the Company by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of six months or for any period of six months (whether or not consecutive) in any consecutive twelve month period, as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion;

 

  (q)

Employee” means a person who is employed by the Company or an Affiliate, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Committee in its discretion, subject to any requirements of applicable law;

 

  (r)

Exercise Notice” has the meaning given to it in Section 5;

 

  (s)

Exercise Period” means, with respect to any Award, the period during which an Award Holder may purchase or acquire the Shares pursuant to Awards that have vested between the Date of Grant and the Expiry Date;

 

  (t)

Exercise Price” means the exercise price per Share for each applicable Award as determined by the Board pursuant to section 5.4;

 

  (u)

Expiry Date” means the earlier of the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant, termination or expiry of the Award in accordance with the Plan, and the date specified in the relevant Award Agreement, provided that with respect to RSUs or Performance Awards granted to an Award Holder who is subject to Canadian taxation on the Date of Grant, the Expiry Date shall be no later than the date which is three years following the end of the year in which the Date of Grant occurs and shall, in all cases, be in compliance with the requirements pertaining to the exception to the application of the salary deferral arrangement rules in paragraph (k) of the definition of “salary deferred arrangement” in subsection 248(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada), as such section may be amended or re-enacted from time to time;

 

  (v)

Fair Market Value” means, with respect to Shares as of any particular date, the determination made by the Board by the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation

 

4


  method which includes consideration of all relevant available facts and circumstances that impact the value of the Company, including as applicable, the value of tangible and intangible assets of the Company, the present value of anticipated future cash flows of the Company, the market value of equity interests in similar corporations and other entities engaged in trades or businesses substantially similar to those engaged in by the Company (the value of which can be readily determined through nondiscretionary, objective means), recent arm’s length transactions involving the sale or transfer of the common shares, control premiums, minority ownership discounts, discounts for lack of marketability, reserves and holdbacks related to recent transactions, and valuations made for other purposes that have a material economic effect on the Company, its shareholders or its creditors, and the Board’s method of determining fair market value under the Plan shall be consistently applied and shall be consistent with valuation methods used to value the Shares for other purposes. In the event that the Shares are publicly traded on a Securities Exchange (within the meaning of section 409A of the Code), the fair market value means, for any particular date, the last sale price of the Shares on the applicable Securities Exchange or, if no reported sales take place on the applicable date, the average of the high bid and low asked price of the Shares as reported for such date or, if no such quotation is made on such date, on the next preceding day on which there were quotations, provided that such quotations shall have been made within the ten (10) business days preceding the applicable date;

 

  (w)

Inside Director” means a Director who is also an Employee of the Company;

 

  (x)

Non-Qualified Share Option” means an Option that is not a Qualified Share Option, as designated in the applicable Award Agreement or pursuant to Section 11;

 

  (y)

Officer” means a duly appointed officer of the Company;

 

  (z)

Option” means an Award that is a non-assignable and non-transferable option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

  (aa)

Other Share-Based Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 11;

 

  (bb)

Participant” means an Employee, Director or Consultant of or an Affiliate of the Company, or such other Person as determined by the Board;

 

  (cc)

“Performance Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section Error! Reference source not found.;

 

  (dd)

Person” means any individual, partnership, joint venture, syndicate, sole proprietorship, company or corporation with or without share capital, trust, trustee, executor, administrator, or other legal personal representatives, regulatory body or agency, government or governmental agency, authority or entity howsoever designated or constituted;

 

  (ee)

Plan” means this equity compensation plan of the Company, as amended, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time;

 

  (ff)

Plan Shares” means Shares allotted or reserved from time to time by the Board for issuance pursuant to the exercise of Awards;

 

5


  (gg)

Qualified Share Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Award Agreement;

 

  (hh)

Restricted Share” means any Share granted pursuant to Section 8;

 

  (ii)

RSU” or restricted share unit, means a contractual right granted pursuant to Section 8 that is denominated in Shares, with each RSU representing a right to receive the value of one Share (or percentage of such value) in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, and which may include the right to receive dividend equivalents;

 

  (jj)

SAR” or “Share Appreciation Right”, means any right granted pursuant to Section 7 to receive upon exercise by an Award Holder or settlement, in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise or settlement over (ii) the Exercise Price or hurdle price of the right on the date of grant, or if granted in connection with an Option, on the date of grant of the Option;

 

  (kk)

Securities Exchange” has the meaning given to it in Section 13.11;

 

  (ll)

Shareholder” means a holder of a Share;

 

  (mm)

Share” or “Shares” means the shares of any class in the capital of the Company with the right to vote at a general meeting of shareholders;

 

  (nn)

Subsidiary” means a company that is a subsidiary of the Company as determined in accordance with the BCBCA;

 

  (oo)

Substitute Awards” means an Award granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, an outstanding award previously granted by a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines.

 

  (pp)

Termination” “Terminate” or “Terminated” means, for the purposes of this Plan with respect to an Award Holder, that the Award Holder has for any reason ceased to provide active services as an Employee, Director or Consultant. An Award Holder is Terminated on the date of delivery of the written or oral notice of Termination given by an Award Holder to the Company or by the Company to the Award Holder or such other date as is expressly set out in such notice, regardless of whether the termination is voluntary or involuntary or with or without cause and notwithstanding that the Award Holder may or may not be entitled to additional notice of termination, garden leave or similar benefits pursuant to statute or otherwise. An Employee will not be deemed to have ceased to provide active service in the case of:

 

  (i)

absence on approved sick leave or other leave mandated by statute; or

 

  (ii)

any other leave of absence approved by the Board, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company and issued and promulgated to employees in writing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Board will have sole discretion to determine whether an Award Holder has ceased to provide active services to the Company and the

 

6


  effective date on which the Award Holder ceased to provide active services, and the earlier of such date and the date the employment, director or consulting agreement between the Award Holder and the Company or an Affiliate of the Company terminates in accordance with its terms (the “Termination Date”).

 

  (qq)

Transfer” includes any sale, exchange, assignment, gift, bequest, disposition, mortgage, charge, pledge, encumbrance, grant of a security interest or other arrangement by which possession, legal title or beneficial ownership passes from one Person to another, or to the same Person in a different capacity, whether or not voluntarily and whether or not for value, and any agreement to effect any of the foregoing; and the words “Transferred”, “Transferring” and similar words have corresponding meanings.

 

  (rr)

U.S. Award Holder” means an Award Holder who, on the Date of Grant, is a United States citizen or resident within the meaning of the Code; and

 

  (ss)

U.S. Subsidiary” means a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of subsection 424(f) of the Code or any successor provision.

 

3.

ELIGIBILITY

All Participants will be eligible to participate in the Plan to the extent approved by the Committee or the Board. Eligibility to participate does not and will not confer upon any Participant any right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan. The extent to which any Participant will be entitled to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan will be determined in the final and absolute discretion of the Board.

 

4.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

4.1

Overall Administration

The Plan will be administered by the Board or the Committee. The Board or the Committee may issue rules and regulations for administration of the Plan.

 

4.2

Composition of Committee

To the extent applicable and necessary or desirable to comply with applicable regulatory regimes, any action by the Committee shall require the approval of Committee members who are (i) independent, within the meaning of and to the extent required by applicable rulings and interpretations of the applicable Securities Exchange on which the Shares are quoted or traded; and (ii) not an Inside Director. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of the Committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the Committee.

 

4.3

Authority

The Board or Committee, as applicable, will have the authority to implement and carry out the Plan, including without limitation, the authority to:

 

  (a)

designate Participants;

 

  (b)

determine the Participants to whom Awards will be granted;

 

  (c)

determine the type or types of Awards (including Substitute Awards) to be granted to a Participant under the Plan;

 

7


  (d)

determine the number of Shares to be issuable pursuant to (or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated in connection with) Awards;

 

  (e)

determine the terms and conditions of any Award, including but not limited to:

 

  (i)

the time or times at which Awards may be granted;

 

  (ii)

the Exercise Price for each applicable Award;

 

  (iii)

the time or times when each Award will become vested and the duration of the Exercise Period and whether an Award has become exercisable;

 

  (iv)

whether restrictions or limitations are to be imposed on Shares, and the nature of such restrictions or limitations, if any, and determine whether such restrictions or limitations have been satisfied; and

 

  (v)

subject to Section 13.8, any modification of the Exercise Period or the Expiry Date regarding any Award, based on such factors as the Board may determine and in accordance with applicable law;

 

  (f)

determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, cashless exercise, broker-assisted cashless exercise or any combination thereof, or cancelled, forfeited or suspended, and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, cancelled, forfeited or suspended;

 

  (g)

determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other Awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee;

 

  (h)

interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan, including any Award Agreement;

 

  (i)

establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan;

 

  (j)

grant waivers with respect to the Plan, an Award or an Award Agreement, amend or modify an Award or an Award Agreement, and correct any defect or reconcile any inconsistency with the Plan, an Award or an Award Agreement, including any amendments, modifications or corrections required to ensure compliance with applicable law or the requirements of applicable Securities Exchanges; and

 

  (k)

make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Plan to the contrary, the Board shall, subject to applicable law, have full discretion as to the implementation of the Plan and all decisions, interpretations and constructions of the Board of any provisions of the Plan, any questions arising under the Plan, any Award, any Award Agreement or any other document executed pursuant to the Plan, and any determinations made with respect to any Award will be final, conclusive and binding on all Award Holders and all other Persons including the Company, its shareholders and Participants.

 

8


4.4

Operational Administration

The day-to-day administration of the Plan may be delegated to such Officers, committees (including the Committee) and Employees of the Company as the Board may determine from time to time.

 

4.5

No Liability

 

  (a)

No member of the Board will be liable for any action or determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award granted under it.

 

  (b)

The Company makes no representations or warranties to any person regarding the tax consequences of participating in the Plan, including but not limited to, being granted an Award under the Plan, entering into an Award Agreement or exercising an Award under the Plan and Participants must seek their own tax advice on such matters. Participants who receive an Award must pay all applicable taxes assessed against the Participant by a competent taxation authority, if any, which are required by law to be paid in consequence of the Participant’s participation in the Plan, and each Participant will indemnify and hold harmless the Company from all liability, if any, for any of the following that are assessed against the Participant by a competent taxation authority: tax, penalty, interest or any other amount of any kind whatsoever arising by consequence of the performance by the Company’s obligations under the Plan or any Award Agreement.

 

5.

GRANT OF AWARDS

 

5.1

Grant by the Board

The Board may, at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan, grant to a Participant an Award or Awards in respect of the number of Shares the Board determines and the Board may specify the Date of Grant, the Exercise Price, vesting timing and conditions, Expiry Date and such other terms and conditions of the Award.

 

5.2

Recommendation of Committee

The Committee of the Board will provide the Board from time to time with its recommendations in respect of the granting of Awards to Participants.

 

5.3

Award Agreements

Each Award granted to a Participant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement, substantially in the form attached as Schedule A or Schedule B, as applicable, or in such other form approved by the Board, which agreement may include other terms approved by the Board (and which need not be the same for each Participant and which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by an Award Holder).

 

5.4

Exercise Price

The Exercise Price per Share purchasable under an Award will be determined by the Board at the time of the grant of the Award by the Board provided, however, that, except in the case of Substitute Awards, such exercise price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Award.

 

9


5.5

Number of Shares Available for Awards

Unless altered by the Board and subject to Section 13.5, the maximum number of Plan Shares available for granting of Awards under the Plan and all other plans of a similar nature will not exceed the number of Shares listed in Schedule D. No Award may be granted by the Board which would have the effect of causing the total number of all Shares subject to purchase under outstanding Awards to exceed the number of Plan Shares. If an Award expires, terminates, is surrendered, is cancelled or otherwise becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full (each, a “Surrendering Event”), the Shares previously subject to such Award will be available for future grant under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). The Company will reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as would be required to satisfy all of the outstanding Awards granted under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in section 16 of the Plan, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Awards as well as the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Qualified Share Options will equal the number of Shares listed in Schedule D (to the extent not issued or issuable pursuant to outstanding Awards), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan as a result of a Surrendering Event pursuant to this Section 5.5.

 

5.6

No Right to Employment or Continued Engagement as a Director or Consultant

The granting of an Award to a Participant under the Plan does not confer upon the Participant any right or expectation of employment by, or continued employment by, the Company or any Affiliate, or any right or expectation of engagement, or continued engagement, as a Director or Consultant by the Company or any Affiliate, nor will it interfere in any way with the Company’s right to terminate any such relationship at any time, with or without cause.

 

5.7

Grants to Directors

Grants to Directors are solely at the discretion of the Board and if the Board proposes to grant an Award to a Director, that Director will not participate in the decision of the Board to grant such Award. The grant of Awards to a Director shall not restrict the Board from providing additional compensation to the Director in another form.

 

5.8

Delivered Shares

Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or Shares acquired by the Company.

 

6.

OPTIONS

 

6.1

General

The Board is authorized to grant Awards that are Options to Participants with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6 and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case consistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Board shall determine.

 

6.2

Term

The term of an Option may be determined by the Board, but in any event, subject to accelerated termination of an Option and other early termination as provided for in the Plan or an Award Agreement, each Option will expire on the earlier of:

 

10


  (a)

the Expiry Date; and

 

  (b)

the tenth anniversary of the date that the Shares become publicly listed for trading on a Securities Exchange,

provided that the Board may (but shall not be required to) provide in an Award Agreement for an extension of the Expiry Date in the event the exercise of the Option would be prohibited by law at the time of expiration pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement or this Plan.

 

6.3

Exercise Period Not to Exceed Term

In no event will the Exercise Period for an Option exceed the term of the Option.

 

6.4

Vesting

 

  (a)

Subject to Section 6.4(c) and the termination provisions herein, each Option will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule as determined by the Board.

 

  (b)

Vesting During Leaves of Absence. Except as required by operation of law or as approved by the Board, vesting of an Option will be suspended during any absence of more than 30 days in connection with approved sick leave, leave mandated by statute, or other leave of absence approved by the Board. Vesting will resume and continue upon the Award Holder’s return from such leave.

 

  (c)

Accelerated Vesting. The Board will have the discretion to accelerate the date upon which any portion of any Option may vest. If the application of vesting causes any Option to become exercisable with respect to a fractional Share, such Share shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.

 

6.5

Exercise of Options

 

  (a)

Once an Option has vested in accordance with Section 6.4, an Option may be exercised by the Award Holder from time to time, at any time until its terms expire or earlier termination of the Option in accordance with the Plan or the relevant Award Agreement.

 

  (b)

Options that have vested and have not expired, may be exercised at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part, provided that:

 

  (i)

an Option may not be exercised for fewer than the lesser of (A) 1000 shares and (B) all vested Shares in the Option if the Option has terminated early in accordance with Section 12; and

 

  (ii)

an Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

  (c)

The Award Holder may elect to purchase all or a portion of the Shares which are then vested, by delivering to the Company a notice in the form attached as Schedule B (the “Exercise Notice”), or such other form or forms as may be approved by the Board, and providing the Company with payment in full of the Exercise Price for the Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, subject to any required tax withholding as provided by Section 13.9.

 

11


  (d)

If a legal representative of the Award Holder or someone other than the Award Holder intends to exercise an Option, and is permitted to exercise such Option under the terms of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company that such person has the right to exercise the Option.

 

  (e)

The Option may not be exercised unless such exercise is in compliance with all applicable securities laws, as they are in effect on the date of exercise.

 

6.6

Consideration Payable

The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Committee. Such consideration, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, the Award Agreement and the Plan, may consist entirely of: (i) cash or certified cheque or combination thereof; (ii) net settlement or broker-assisted cashless exercise; or (iii) to the extent expressly permitted by the Committee, (A) except for an Award Holder that is resident in Canada, other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised; or (B) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by applicable laws.

 

6.7

Issuance of Shares

Unless exercised pursuant to any net settlement or broker-assisted cashless exercise policy that may be adopted by the board from time to time, upon provision to the Company of the Exercise Notice and payment in full of the amounts described in Section 6.1 and 6.2, the Company will issue to the Award Holder (or their legal representative) the number of Shares acquired by the Award Holder (or its legal representative) and will deliver, within a reasonable period of time, a share certificate or certificates representing the number of Shares acquired (or electronic transfer in lieu thereof). If exercised pursuant to any net settlement or broker-assisted cashless exercise policy that may be adopted by the board from time to time, upon provision to the Company of the Exercise Notice, the Company will pay to the Award Holder such amount as determined in accordance with such cashless exercise policy net of any applicable withholding taxes.

 

6.8

Extension of Expiring Options Prior to Public Listing

Notwithstanding any other term of this Plan, provided that the Shares have not become publicly listed and posted for trading on a Securities Exchange, the Committee may review each unexpired Option that has been granted under the Plan and, on a case-by-case basis, determine whether to extend such Option’s Expiry Date, (subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, and subject to any other applicable terms and conditions of the Plan, as the Plan may be amended from time to time.. The Board will consider the Committee’s recommendation with respect to each Option, and shall have the sole and exclusive discretion as to whether, and on what terms and conditions, to extend the expiry date of any particular Option, which decision shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

 

6.9

Cashless Exercise of Options

The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion, adopt a net settlement or broker-assisted cashless exercise policy.

 

12


7.

SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case consistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:

 

  (a)

The Exercise Price or hurdle price per Share under a SAR shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that, except in the case of Substitute Awards, such Exercise Price or hurdle price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such SAR.

 

  (b)

The term of each SAR shall be fixed by the Committee but shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant of such SAR.

 

  (c)

The Committee shall determine the time or times at which a SAR may vest and/or be exercised or settled in whole or in part. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, the provisions set forth in Section 12 shall apply to any SAR. The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that an “in-the-money” SAR shall be automatically exercised on its expiration date.

 

  (d)

The Award Holder may elect to exercise all or a portion of its vested SARs by delivering to the Company a notice in the form attached as Schedule C or such other form as may be approved by the Board, and providing the Company with such other information, applicable payment in full of the Exercise Price for the rights with respect to which the SAR is being exercised, and any required tax withholding as provided by Section 13.9.

 

8.

RESTRICTED SHARES

The Committee is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Shares to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case consistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:

 

  (a)

The Company may grant Restricted Shares to such Participant or Participants in such number and at such times as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine, as a bonus or similar payment in respect of services rendered by the Participant for a fiscal year of the Company or otherwise as compensation, including as an incentive for future performance by the Participant.

 

  (b)

The Award Agreement for Awards of Restricted Shares shall specify:

 

  (i)

the vesting schedule;

 

  (ii)

the Exercise Price, which, to the extent required by applicable law, will not be less than the par value of a Share;

 

  (iii)

the consideration permissible for the payment of the purchase price of the Restricted Shares, which shall be satisfied in one of the following ways: (i) in cash at the time of purchase; (ii) by services rendered or to be rendered to the Company; or (iii) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board; and (iv) transferability.

 

13


  (c)

Shares of Restricted Shares shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose (including any limitation on the right to vote a Share of Restricted Shares or the right to receive any dividend, dividend equivalent or other right), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate.

 

  (d)

Any Share of Restricted Shares granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of a share certificate or certificates. In the event any share certificate is issued in respect of shares of Restricted Shares granted under the Plan, such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Award Holder and may bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Share.

 

  (e)

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, the provisions set forth in Section 12 shall apply to any Award of Restricted Shares.

 

9.

RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS

The Committee may grant RSUs to such Participant or Participants in such number and at such times as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine, as a bonus or similar payment in respect of services rendered by a Participant for a fiscal year of the Company or otherwise as compensation, including as an incentive for future performance by a Participant. The Committee is authorized to grant Awards of RSUs to Participants in accordance with the terms hereof and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case consistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including:

 

  (a)

The Award Agreement shall specify the vesting schedule and the delivery schedule (which may include deferred delivery later than the vesting date).

 

  (b)

Shares of RSUs shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate.

 

  (c)

Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of RSUs, as the Committee deems appropriate. Such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional RSUs by dividing (1) the aggregate amount or value of the dividends paid with respect to that number of Shares equal to the number of RSUs then credited by (2) the Fair Market Value per Share on the payment date for such dividend. The additional RSUs credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying RSUs to which they relate.

 

  (d)

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, the provisions set forth in Section 12 shall apply to any RSU.

 

  (e)

A Director that is not an Employee and is subject to Canadian taxation shall not be entitled to receive RSUs.

 

14


10.

PERFORMANCE AWARDS

 

10.1

General

The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Awards to Participants pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 10 and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case consistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine.

 

10.2

Grant of Performance Awards

 

  (a)

The Committee may grant Performance Awards to such Participant or Participants in such number and at such times as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine, as a bonus or similar payment in respect of services rendered by the Participant for a fiscal year of the Company or otherwise as compensation, including as an incentive for future performance by the Participant.

 

  (b)

Performance Awards may be denominated as a cash amount, number of Shares or a combination thereof and are Awards which may be earned upon achievement or satisfaction of performance conditions specified by the Committee. In addition, the Committee may specify that any other Award shall constitute a Performance Award by conditioning the right of an Award Holder to exercise the Award or have it settled or vest, and the timing thereof, upon achievement or satisfaction of such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions.

 

  (c)

Subject to the terms of the Plan, the performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length of any performance period, the termination provisions to apply pursuant to Section 12, the amount of any Performance Award granted and the amount of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any Performance Award shall be determined by the Committee.

 

  (d)

Performance Awards will be settled only after the end of the relevant Performance Period.

 

  (e)

The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which, and the extent to which, Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of an Award Holder’s Termination, including without limitation, the application of the provisions set forth in Section 12.

 

11.

OTHER SHARE-BASED AWARDS

The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Shares or factors that may influence the value of Shares, including convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Shares, purchase rights for Shares, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or business units thereof or any other factors designated by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Shares delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 11 shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods and in such forms, including cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 11.

 

15


12.

TERMINATION PROVISIONS FOR ALL AWARDS

 

12.1

Termination of Awards

The termination provisions of this Section 12 are subject to early termination as provided for in the Plan or an Award Agreement.

 

12.2

No Compensation on Termination

If an Award Holder’s employment or service as a Director or a Consultant Terminates for any reason, voluntarily or involuntarily, any part of an Award that has not vested will immediately cease vesting on the Termination Date and the Award Holder will not be entitled to any compensation in respect of any part of an Award that has not vested.

 

12.3

Termination of Employee Awards

For Award Holders who are Employees (including Employees who are also Directors), upon the Termination Date:

 

  (a)

in the event of the Termination of the Award Holder’s employment for cause, the Award will expire immediately upon the Termination Date and the Award Holder will not be entitled to exercise any unexercised part of the Award, vested or not vested, or to any compensation in connection therewith;

 

  (b)

in the event of the Termination of the Award Holder’s employment for any other reason other than those set out in Section 12.3(a) or death, any vested but unexercised part of the Award may be exercised until the earlier of 90 days following the Termination Date and the date its term expires, as applicable; or

 

  (c)

in the event of the Termination of the Award Holder’s employment due to the Award Holder’s death, any vested but unexercised part of an Award held by such Award Holder upon the Award Holder’s date of death may be exercised by the Award Holder’s legal representative until the earlier of 180 days following the Termination Date and the date its term expires.

 

12.4

Change of Employment

Awards will not be affected by any change of employment within or among the Company and its Affiliates, provided that the Award Holder continues to be an Employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

12.5

Termination of Non-Employee Director Awards

For Award Holders who are Directors but not Employees:

 

  (a)

if an Award Holder ceases to hold office as a Director due to removal in accordance with section 129 of the BCBCA or due to becoming otherwise disqualified to hold office as a Director, the Award will expire immediately upon the Termination Date and the Award Holder will not be entitled to exercise any unexercised part of the Award, vested or not vested, or to any compensation in connection therewith;

 

  (b)

if an Award Holder ceases to hold office as a Director for any reason other than those set out in Section 12.4(a), death or Disability, all non-vested Awards granted to such Award

 

16


  Holder will expire upon the Termination Date and any vested but unexercised part of the Award may be exercised until the earlier of 90 days following the date the Award Holder ceases to be a Director and the date its term expires, as applicable;

 

  (c)

if an Award Holder ceases to hold office as a Director because the Director was found by the Board to have a Disability that materially restricts their ability to act as a Director, any vested but unexercised part of an Award held by such Award Holder upon the Termination Date may be exercised by the Award Holder until the earlier of 180 days following the Termination Date and the date its term expires; or

 

  (d)

in the event the Award Holder dies while a Director, any vested but unexercised part of an Award held by such Award Holder upon the Award Holder’s date of death may be exercised by the Award Holder’s legal representative until the earlier of 180 days following the Termination Date and the date its term expires.

 

12.6

Termination of Consultant Awards

For Award Holder who are Consultants, if an Award Holder’s services as a Consultant are Terminated for any reason, including but not limited to termination of the agreement, in accordance with its terms, between the Consultant and the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with respect to the consulting services, all non-vested Awards granted to such Award Holder will expire upon the Termination Date and any vested but unexercised part of the Award may be exercised until the earlier of 90 days following the Termination Date and the date its term expires.

 

13.

OTHER RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ALL AWARDS

 

13.1

Consideration and Payments

 

  (a)

Awards shall be granted for such cash or other consideration, if any, as the Committee determines; provided that in no event shall Awards be issued for less than such minimal consideration as may be required by applicable law.

 

  (b)

Subject to the terms of the Plan, payments or transfers to be made by the Company upon the grant, exercise or settlement of an Award may be made in the form of cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee in its discretion at the time of grant, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules and procedures may include provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of dividend equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments

 

13.2

Fractional Shares

No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash or other securities shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

 

17


13.3

Individual or Tandem Grants

Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with any other Award or any award granted under any other plan of the Company. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards, or in addition to or in tandem with awards granted under any other plan of the Company, may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards granted under any other plan of the Company.

 

13.4

Transfer and Assignment

Except as provided in Section 13.10, or as otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, Awards granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by the Award Holder, and may not be made subject to any other alienation, sale, pledge, hypothecation, disposal, encumbrance, execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise than by will or by the operation of laws. During the lifetime of the Award Holder an Award will be exercisable only by the Award Holder, and any elections with respect to an Award, may be made only by the Award Holder. The terms of the Award shall be binding upon the executors, administrators and heirs of the Award Holder.

 

13.5

Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Amalgamation, Dissolution, etc.

 

  (a)

Changes in Capitalization. The number of Shares subject to an outstanding Award, and the number of Shares which have been authorized and reserved for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, as well as the Exercise Price for each such outstanding Award, will be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a share split, reverse share split, share dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, subdivision, consolidation, combination or reclassification of the Shares, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, and if the adjustment would result in fractional number of Shares, the number of Shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Such adjustment will be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  (b)

Amalgamation, Merger or Asset Sale. In the event of an amalgamation or merger of the Company with or into any other company or companies (other than an amalgamation or merger with a wholly-owned subsidiary or a transaction in which there is no substantial change in shareholders of the Company) or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (and the right to do so is hereby expressly reserved), whether by way of statutory amalgamation, plan of arrangement, sale of assets and undertaking, or otherwise howsoever, then the successor corporation may assume, convert, replace or substitute any or all outstanding Awards, which assumption, conversion, replacement or substitution will be binding on the holder of the Award, with (i) equivalent Awards or (ii) substantially similar consideration to the holder of the Award as was provided to shareholders of the Company (after taking into account the existing provisions, restrictions and terms of the Award). In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute an Award, the Award will fully vest and the Company will notify the holder of the Award in writing in advance of the amalgamation, merger or sale that the Award will be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Award will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

  (c)

Dissolution or Liquidation. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the dissolution or liquidation of the

 

18


  Company. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Company will notify each Award Holder as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Board, in its sole discretion, may provide for a Award Holder to have the right to exercise his or her Award until fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Shares covered by the Award, including Shares as to which the Award would not otherwise be exercisable.

 

  (d)

Shareholder Approval. Any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares under Section 5.5 that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to this Section 13.5 shall be subject to shareholder approval within 12 months before or after such date, to the extent required by section 422 of the Code, or other applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

13.6

Compliance with Regulatory Laws

 

  (a)

The Plan and each Award will be subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Board determines that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares subject to such Award upon any Securities Exchange or under any provincial, state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, Securities Exchange, or the holders of the Shares generally, is necessary or desirable, as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such Award or the issue or purchase of Shares thereunder, no such Award may be granted or exercised in whole or in part or settled unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been affected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board.

 

  (b)

For further clarity:

 

  (i)

Legal Compliance. No Award will be granted and no Share will be issued pursuant to the exercise or vesting of an Award unless the grant of the Award, exercise of such Award, settlement of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares complies with all applicable laws and the Constating Documents.

 

  (ii)

Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to make such representations and warranties at the time of any such exercise which, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, are required by law.

 

  (iii)

Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance or any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

 

  (iv)

Resale Restrictions. All certificates for Shares and/or other securities delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such resale and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the applicable securities regulatory authority, any Securities Exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then quoted, traded or listed, and any applicable securities laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

19


13.7

Loans

The Board may, in its discretion, but subject always to the BCBCA, applicable laws, and the articles of the Company, authorize the Company to grant loans, on such terms as are permitted by law and as the Board may determine, to Award Holders to enable them to purchase Shares, provided that all Shares purchased with the proceeds of such loans will be held in escrow or in trust by an escrow agent or trustee appointed by the Company until the loan has been repaid in full to the Company.

 

13.8

Amendments

 

  (a)

The Board shall have the power to, at any time and from time to time, either prospectively or retrospectively, and without shareholder approval, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, changes of a clerical or grammatical nature and changes regarding the vesting of Awards; provided however that:

 

  (i)

such amendment, suspension or termination is in accordance with applicable laws and the rules of any Securities Exchange on which the Shares are listed;

 

  (ii)

no such amendment, suspension or termination shall be made at any time to the extent such action would adversely affect the existing rights of an Award Holder with respect to any then outstanding Award held by such Award Holder, as determined by the Board acting in good faith, without the Award Holder’s consent;

 

  (iii)

the Board shall obtain shareholder approval of the following:

 

  (A)

such approval as may be required pursuant to the Constating Documents and applicable law, including securities laws and the rules and policies of a Securities Exchange upon which the Shares of the Company are listed; and

 

  (B)

any amendment that would reduce the Exercise Price or hurdle price of an outstanding Award (other than pursuant to Section 13.5).

 

  (b)

If the Plan is terminated, the provisions of the Plan and any administrative guidelines and other rules and regulations adopted by the Board and in force on the date of termination will continue in effect as long as any Award or any rights pursuant thereto remain outstanding and, notwithstanding the termination of the Plan, the Board shall remain able to make such amendments to the Plan or the Award as they would have been entitled to make if the Plan were still in effect.

 

13.9

Withholding

The Company shall be authorized to withhold from any Award granted or any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to an Award Holder, including any payment made to an Award Holder pursuant to any net settlement or broker-assisted cashless exercise policy that may be adopted from time to time, the amount (in cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, or any combination thereof) of applicable withholding taxes due in respect of an Award, its exercise or settlement or any payment or transfer under such Award or under the Plan and to take such other action (including providing for elective payment of such amounts in cash or Shares by such Award Holder) as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes; provided that if the Committee allows the withholding, net settlement or surrender of Shares (for Award Holders not subject to Canadian tax) to satisfy an Award

 

20


Holder’s tax withholding obligations, the Company shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for applicable federal, provincial or state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

 

13.10

Drag Along

Definitions in this Section are as set out in the shareholders’ agreement amongst the Company and certain of its shareholders dated April 14, 2020, as amended from time to time. If:

 

  (a)

shareholders of the Company (the “Selling Shareholders”), holding not less than 75% of the Equity Securities (calculated on a Fully Diluted Basis), approve the Transfer to a Person or Persons acting jointly or in concert (a “Drag Along Purchaser”) of all of their Equity Securities; and

 

  (b)

the Drag Along Purchaser offers to acquire all of the remaining outstanding Equity Securities of all other kinds or classes from each of the other securityholders of the Company on equivalent terms and conditions for each kind or class of security, mutatis mutandis, as those agreed to by the Selling Shareholders;

(the “Drag Along Offer”), then all Award Holders must Transfer all of their Awards to the Drag Along Purchaser in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Drag Along Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) if the Transfer of the Equity Securities of the Selling Shareholders and the Other Securityholders to the Drag Along Purchaser pursuant to the Drag Along Offer will result in a Change of Control, any accelerated vesting in an Award will be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the change of control; and (B) the Selling Shareholders will provide Award Holders with at least fifteen (15) days notice prior to the Transfer requirement being effective, in order that Award Holders may exercise any vested portion of their Award(s) (including any amount that would vest through accelerated vesting) prior to the requirement to Transfer their Award(s).

 

13.11

Going Public Agreements

If the Company proceeds to list the Shares on a Securities Exchange or commences a public offering, each Participant will promptly enter into all such escrow, pooling or other agreements as are required by the securities regulatory authorities, the Securities Exchange, the agents or underwriters in connection with such listing or public offering. In the event thereof, this Plan and the granting and exercise of any Awards hereunder will also be subject to such other terms and conditions as are set out from time to time in the rules and policies on security based compensation awards of the Securities Exchange and any securities commission having authority and such rules and policies shall be deemed to be incorporated into and become a part of this Plan. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of such rules and policies and of this Plan, the provisions of such rules and policies shall govern.

 

13.12

No Rights as Shareholder

Until the Shares are actually issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the securities register of the Company) upon exercise of an Award, the Award Holder will not have any rights as a member or shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder will exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Award.

 

21


13.13

Termination of Plan

Except as otherwise provided herein, Awards may be granted pursuant to the Plan only until April 14, 2030. The termination of the Plan will have no effect on outstanding Awards, which will continue in effect in accordance with their terms and conditions and the terms and conditions of the Plan and Award Agreements.

 

14.

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING U.S. PARTICIPANTS

 

14.1

Board Discretion Regarding Qualification

At the time of grant, the Board, in its discretion, may either grant Qualified Share Options or Non-Qualified Share Options.

 

14.2

Options granted to Non-Employees

Options granted to an Award Holder who is a United States citizen or resident within the meaning of the Code and who is not an employee of the Company or a U.S. Subsidiary will not be Qualified Share Options.

 

14.3

Additional Terms and Conditions

In addition to the terms and conditions of Options granted under the Plan referred to in the preceding sections, Options granted to a U.S. Award Holder that are granted by the Company as Qualified Share Options will be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

  (a)

Options will be designated in the Award Agreement as either Qualified Share Options or Non-Qualified Share Options;

 

  (b)

the Exercise Price of an Option determined in accordance with Section 5.4 shall be at least equal to the Fair Market Value as of the date of grant; provided, however, if the U.S. Award Holder is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner (within the meaning of section 424(d) of the Code), of more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of shares in the capital of the Company or a U.S. Subsidiary or any “parent corporation” of the Company (within the meaning of section 424(e) of the Code) at the time a Qualified Share Option is granted to the U.S. Award Holder, the exercise price of such Qualified Share Option will be equal to at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share on the date such Qualified Share Option is granted;

 

  (c)

Qualified Share Options may not be transferred, assigned or pledged in any manner other than by will or applicable laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the U.S. Award Holders’ lifetime only by the U.S. Award Holder;

 

  (d)

no Qualified Share Options may be granted after the date immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the date this Plan was adopted by the Board or was approved by the Company’s shareholders, except that if an amendment and restatement of this Plan increasing the Plan term has subsequently been approved by the Company’s shareholders, no Qualified Share Options may be granted after the date immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the date of such subsequent approval by the Board or the Company’s shareholders;

 

22


  (e)

notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, such Option by its terms must not be exercisable after the expiry of ten years from the date the Option is granted; provided, however, if the U.S. Award Holder is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner (within the meaning of section 424(d) of the Code), of more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of shares in the capital of the Company or a U.S. Subsidiary or any “parent corporation” of the Company (within the meaning of section 424(e) of the Code) at the time a Qualified Share Option is granted to the U.S. Award Holder, the term of the Qualified Share Option shall be five years from the Date of Grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement;

 

  (f)

any Qualified Share Option granted under this Plan may be modified by the Company to disqualify such Options from treatment as a Qualified Share Option;

 

  (g)

notwithstanding a designation of Options granted to a U.S. Award Holder as Qualified Share Options, an Option shall not be treated as Qualified Share Options and shall be treated as Non-Qualified Share Options to the extent that the Option, together with any other “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of section 422 of the Code, but without regard to subsection (d) of that section) under the Plan and any other “incentive stock option” plans of the Company, any U.S. Subsidiary, and any “parent corporation” (within the meaning of section 424(e) of the Code), are exercisable for the first time by an Award Holder during any calendar year with respect to Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date such Options were granted and in the order in which such Options were granted, in excess of U.S.$100,000 (or such other limit as may be required by the Code from time to time).

 

14.4

At-Will Employment

The grant, vesting, exercise or settlement of Awards hereunder does not confer upon the U.S. Award Holder any right with respect to continuation of such Award Holder’s employment relationship with the Company, nor will it interfere in any way with the Company’s right to terminate such Award Holder’s employment relationship at any time, with or without cause.

 

14.5

Section 409A

With respect to Awards subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”), and the provisions of the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A, and the Plan shall be operated accordingly. If any provision of the Plan or any term or condition of any Award would otherwise frustrate or conflict with this intent, the provision, term or condition will be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict. Notwithstanding anything else in the Plan, if the Board considers an Award Holder to be one of the Company’s “specified employees” under Section 409A of the Code at the time of such Award Holder’s separation from service (as defined in Section 409A) and the amount hereunder is “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, any distribution that otherwise would be made to such Award Holder with respect to this Award as a result of such termination shall not be made until the date that is six months after such separation.

 

14.6

Legend

In addition to any legend placed on Shares under this Plan pursuant to s. 13.6(b)(iv), unless and until Shares issuable upon the exercise of Awards are registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Shares issued under this Plan to an Award Holder who is a resident of the United States of America will contain the following legend, as amended or supplemented by applicable laws:

 

23


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

 

14.7

Taxes

Notwithstanding this Part 14, the Company does not assume responsibility for the income or other tax consequences for Award Holders or U.S. Award Holders under the Plan and they are advised to consult their own tax advisors.

 

15.

GENERAL

 

15.1

No Representation or Warranty

The Company makes no representation or warranty as to the present or future value of any Shares issued in accordance with the Plan or the Awards.

 

15.2

Notices

All notices to be given by the Company to an Award Holder will be in writing and will be sufficient if mailed, couriered, electronically or personally delivered to the address set out in the relevant Award Agreement or such other address as advised by the Award Holder in a written notice delivered to the Company in accordance with this section. All notices to be given by an Award Holder to the Company will be in writing and will be delivered to the Company at its registered corporate office in Vancouver, British Columbia.

 

15.3

Corporate Action

Nothing contained in this Plan or in any Award will be construed so as to prevent the Company from taking corporate action which is deemed by the Company to be appropriate or in the best interest of the Company, whether or not such action would have an adverse effect on the Plan or any Award.

 

15.4

Severability

If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award

 

24


under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

15.5

No Trust

Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and a Participant or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

 

15.6

Further Assurances

Each Award Holder will, when requested to do so by the Company, sign and deliver all such documents relating to the granting or exercise of Awards deemed necessary or desirable by the Company.

 

15.7

Governing Law

The Plan is established under the laws of the Province of British Columbia, and the rights of all parties and the construction and effect of each provision of the Plan will be determined according to the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the courts of British Columbia (and the Supreme Court of Canada, if applicable) shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all disputes arising hereunder.

Approved by the Board on April 14, 2020.

 

25


SCHEDULE A

DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AWARD AGREEMENT - OPTION

 

Date:

 

To:

[NAME OF AWARD HOLDER AND ADDRESS] (the “Award Holder”):

DWSI Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) hereby offers the Award Holder the following option to purchase Shares of the Company pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan established by the Company (the “Plan”) subject to the additional terms and conditions set out below (the “Award”), and this agreement being the “Award Agreement”). All capitalized terms without separate definition herein have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan. [EACH AWARD HOLDER TO BE PROVIDED A COPY OF THE PLAN]

 

I.

NOTICE OF AWARD

This Award is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are deemed to be incorporated in this Award Agreement, and is subject to the following specific provisions:

 

Date of Grant:   
Number of Shares:    ● Common Shares
Exercise Price:    US$● per Share (the “Exercise Price”)
Term:    ● years, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the Plan.
Exercise Period:    From the Date of Grant until the Expiry Date
Vesting Periods:    [The Award will vest as follows: ]
[Qualified Share Option]    [Yes]/[No]

Expiry Date:

In no event may this Award be exercised after the Term as provided above and this Award may be subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan.

This Award may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Exercise Period by notice in writing to the Company in the form of the Exercise Notice (attached as Schedule B to the Plan, a copy of which is attached to this Award Agreement) specifying: (a) the Award Holder’s desire to exercise this Award to purchase Shares; (b) the number of Shares with respect to which the Award Holder is exercising this Award; (c) the aggregate Exercise Price. The Company may also require the Award Holder to sign further documentation in respect of the Shares to be purchased.

As noted in the Plan, the Shares to be issued to the Award Holder as a result of the exercise of this Award may only be issued if the issuance is in compliance with applicable securities laws. Such Shares are subject to the Constating Documents. The sale by the Award Holder of those Shares is subject to the resale rules under applicable securities laws and the Constating Documents. If the Award Holder

 

26


is in doubt about the requirements of applicable securities laws or the Constating Documents, the Award Holder should seek independent legal advice.

 

II.

AGREEMENT

1.    Grant of Award. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Award Holder, this Award to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Award above, at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Notice of Award above, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

[THIS PARAGRAPH TO BE INCLUDED ONLY AS APPLICABLE] This Award is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option (“ISO”) as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Award shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Share Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Award (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such non-qualification, such Award (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Affiliate or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to the Award Holder (or any other person) due to the failure of the Award to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2.    Exercise of Award.

(a)    Right to Exercise. This Award shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Period set out in the Notice of Award above and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement.

(b)    Method of Exercise. This Award shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Award, the number of Shares with respect to which the Award is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Award shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless such issuance and such exercise comply with applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Award Holder on the date on which the Award is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3.    Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of (a), (b) and (d), at the election of the Award Holder:

(a)     cash;

(b)     cheque;

(c)    upon approval of the Board, and at the Board’s sole and absolute discretion, consideration received by the Company in a form other than (a) or (b); or

(d)    for Award Holders not subject to tax in Canada, surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear

 

27


of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

4.    Restrictions on Exercise. This Award may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

5.    Non-Transferability. Neither this Award Agreement nor any portion of the Award may be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Award Holder only by the Award Holder. The terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Award Holder.

6.    Term of Award. This Award may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Award above, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Award Agreement.

[THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS 7 TO 10 TO BE INCLUDED IN AWARD AGREEMENTS FOR U.S. AWARD HOLDERS ONLY:]

7.    Award Holder’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Award is exercised, the Award Holder shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Award, deliver to the Company their Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, or in such other form as the Company may require.

8.    Reliance End Date. Until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), the Award Holder shall not transfer this Award or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Award, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Award Holder upon the death or Disability of the Award Holder. Until the Reliance End Date, the Award and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Award, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

9.    Lock-Up Period. The Award Holder hereby agrees that the Award Holder shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company held by the Award Holder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst

 

28


recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

The Award Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company, the Award Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. the Award Holder agrees that any transferee of the Award or Shares acquired pursuant to the Award shall be bound by this Section 4.

10.    Tax Obligations.

(a)    Tax Withholding. The Award Holder agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Award Holder) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Award exercise. the Award Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b)    Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Award granted to the Award Holder herein is an ISO, and if the Award Holder sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, the Award Holder shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Award Holder agrees that the Award Holder may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Award Holder.

(c)    Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Award that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the Award Holder prior to the exercise of the Award, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Award Holder. The Award Holder acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Award equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. The Award Holder agrees that if the IRS determines that the Award was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, the Award Holder shall be solely responsible for the Award Holder’s costs related to such a determination.

11.    Drag Along.

(a)    Definitions in this Section are as set out in the shareholders’ agreement amongst the Company and certain of its shareholders dated April 14, 2020, as amended from time to time.

 

29


(b)    If:

 

  (i)

Bound Shareholders (the “Selling Shareholders”), holding not less than 75% of the Equity Securities (calculated on a Fully Diluted Basis) that are subject to the SHA, approve the Transfer to a Person or Persons acting jointly or in concert (a “Drag Along Purchaser”) of all of their Equity Securities; and

 

  (ii)

the Drag Along Purchaser offers to acquire all of the remaining outstanding Equity Securities of all other kinds or classes from each of the other securityholders of the Company on equivalent terms and conditions for each kind or class of security, mutatis mutandis, as those agreed to by the Selling Shareholders;

(the “Drag Along Offer”), then the Award Holder must Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Drag Along Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing: [[TO BE INCLUDED ONLY IF THE AWARD CONTAINS ACCELERATING VESTING] (A) if the Transfer of the Equity Securities of the Selling Shareholders and the Other Securityholders to the Drag Along Purchaser pursuant to the Drag Along Offer will result in a Change of Control, the accelerated vesting provision in Section [] will be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the change of control; and (B)] the Selling Shareholders will provide the Award Holder with at least fifteen (15) days notice prior to the Transfer requirement being effective, in order that the Award Holder may exercise any vested portion of this Award [(including the amount that would vest through accelerated vesting)] prior to the requirement to Transfer this Award.

(c)    Proxy and Power of Attorney. Award Holder hereby constitutes and appoints as the proxy of the Award Holder and hereby grants a power of attorney to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with full power of substitution, to execute and deliver the documentation referred to in this Section 11 on behalf of the Award Holder if the Award Holder fails to Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser within fifteen (15) days of a request to do so being made by the Company. This proxy and power of attorney is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Company and the Award Holder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement and, as such, each is coupled with an interest and will be irrevocable unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires. Award Holder revokes any and all previous proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the Award and will not hereafter, unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires, purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect to the Award, deposit the Award into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Award Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any Person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the Award or this Award Agreement.

(d)    Joinder to Shareholders’ Agreement. If and when requested by the Company, the Award Holder hereby agrees to execute a joinder to the Shareholders’ Agreement in such form as requested by the Company, whereby the Award Holder will become party to the Shareholders’ Agreement.

12.    Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Award Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the

 

30


Award Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Award Holder. This Award Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of British Columbia.

13.    No Guarantee of Continued Service. THE AWARD HOLDER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE AWARD PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING THE AWARD HOLDER) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. THE AWARD HOLDER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE AWARD HOLDER’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING THE AWARD HOLDER) TO TERMINATE THE AWARD HOLDER’S RELATIONSHIP AS AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

The Award Holder acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that they are familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Award subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Award Holder has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Award Agreement. The Award Holder hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement. The Award Holder further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

AWARD HOLDER     DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

    

   

 

Signature     By

    

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

    

   

 

    Title

    

   
Residence Address    

 

31


EXHIBIT B

DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

AWARD EXERCISE NOTICE - OPTION

 

To:

DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

1.    Exercise of Award. Effective as of today,             , 20    , the undersigned (the “Award Holder”) hereby elects to exercise the Award Holder’s Option to purchase Common Shares of (the “Shares”) of DWSI Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”, and the Option being the “Award”) and the agreement between the Award Holder and the Company dated             , 20     (the “Award Agreement”).

2.    Delivery of Payment. the Award Holder herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Award Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Award.

3.     Representations of the Award Holder. The Award Holder acknowledges that the Award Holder has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4.    Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by the Award Holder or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a)    Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to an arm’s length Person; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b)    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c)    Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 4 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d)    Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by cheque), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the

 

32


assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e)    Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 4, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 4 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f)    Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 1 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Award Holder’s lifetime or on the Award Holder’s death by will or intestacy to the Award Holder’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Award Holder’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4. “Immediate Family” as used herein means spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 4, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.

(g)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Shares of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

5.    Tax Consultation. The Award Holder understands that the Award Holder may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Award Holder’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Award Holder represents that the Award Holder has consulted with any tax consultants the Award Holder deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Award Holder is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6.    Restrictive Legends.

(a)    Legends. The Award Holder understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by provincial, state or federal securities laws, including but not limited to the following:

[The following language to be used for all Award Holders]

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (i) [insert the distribution date], AND (ii) THE DATE THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE

 

33


ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

[The following additional language to be used for U.S. Award Holders only]

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

7.    Stop-Transfer Notices. The Award Holder agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

8.    Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or []other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

9.    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Award Holder and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

10.    Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by the Award Holder or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

11.     Drag Along.

(a)    Definitions in this Section are as set out in the shareholders’ agreement amongst the Company and certain of its shareholders dated April 14, 2020, as amended from time to time.

(b)    If:

 

  (i)

Shareholders of the Company (the “Selling Shareholders”), holding not less than 75% of the Equity Securities (calculated on a Fully Diluted Basis) that are subject to the SHA, approve the Transfer to a Person or Persons

 

34


  acting jointly or in concert (a “Drag Along Purchaser”) of all of their Equity Securities, including their Shares and/or Awards; and

 

  (ii)

the Drag Along Purchaser offers to acquire the Award(s) of Award Holders on equivalent terms and conditions as those agreed to by the Selling Shareholders;

(the “Drag Along Offer”), then the Award Holder must Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Drag Along Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing: [[TO BE INCLUDED ONLY IF THE AWARD CONTAINS ACCELERATING VESTING] (A) if the Transfer of the Equity Securities of the Selling Shareholders and the Other Securityholders to the Drag Along Purchaser pursuant to the Drag Along Offer will result in a change of control, the accelerated vesting provision in Section [•] will be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the change of control; and (B)] the Selling Shareholders will provide the Award Holder with at least fifteen (15) days notice prior to the Transfer requirement being effective, in order that the Award Holder may exercise any vested portion of this Award [(including the amount that would vest through accelerated vesting)] prior to the requirement to Transfer this Award.

(c)    Proxy and Power of Attorney. Award Holder hereby constitutes and appoints as the proxy of the Award Holder and hereby grants a power of attorney to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with full power of substitution, to execute and deliver the documentation referred to in this Section 11 on behalf of the Award Holder if the Award Holder fails to Transfer this Award to the Drag Along Purchaser within fifteen (15) days of a request to do so being made by the Company. This proxy and power of attorney is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Company and the Award Holder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement and, as such, each is coupled with an interest and will be irrevocable unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires. Award Holder revokes any and all previous proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the Award and will not hereafter, unless and until this Award Agreement terminates or expires, purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect to the Award, deposit the Award into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Award Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any Person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the Award or this Award Agreement.

(d)    Joinder to Shareholders’ Agreement. If and when requested by the Company, the Award Holder hereby agrees to execute a joinder to the Shareholders’ Agreement in such form as requested by the Company, whereby the Award Holder will become party to the Shareholders’ Agreement.

12.    Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of British Columbia. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

13.    Entire Agreement. The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Award Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Award Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Award Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Award Holder.

 

35


Submitted by:     Accepted by:
AWARD HOLDER     DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

   

 

Title    
Address:     Address:

 

   

 

    

   

 

        

 

Date Received    

 

36


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

AWARD HOLDER    :   
COMPANY    :    DWSI HOLDINGS INC. COMMON SHARES (“the Securities”)
AMOUNT    :   
DATE    :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the Award Holder represents to the Company the following:

(a)    The Award Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. The Award Holder is acquiring these Securities for investment for the Award Holder’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)    the Award Holder acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Award Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, the Award Holder understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if the Award Holder’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. The Award Holder further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Award Holder further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. The Award Holder understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c)    The Award Holder is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Award to the Award Holder, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand- off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

37


In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d)    The Award Holder further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. The Award Holder understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

AWARD HOLDER

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

38


SCHEDULE B

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

AWARD AGREEMENT – [RESTRICTED SHARE / RSU / PERFORMANCE AWARD / OTHER]

Date: ●

To: [NAME OF AWARD HOLDER AND ADDRESS]:

DWSI Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) hereby offers you the following Award pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan established by the Company (the “Plan”), a copy of which is available for review at the office of the Company and will be provided to the Award Holder upon request, subject to the terms and conditions set out below. All capitalized terms without separate definition have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.

The Award is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are deemed to be incorporated in this agreement, and is subject to the following specific provisions:

 

Date of Grant:   
Type of Award:    [Restricted Share] [RSU] [Performance Award] [Other]
Number of Shares:    ● Common Shares
Exercise Price:    US$● per Share
Term:    ● years, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the Plan.
Exercise Period:    From the Date of Grant until the Expiry Date
Expiry Date:   
[Vesting Periods:]    [The Award will vest as follows: ]

FOR SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS:

[This Share Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Exercise Period by notice in writing to the Company in the form of the Exercise Notice (attached as Schedule C to the Plan, a copy of which is attached to this Award Agreement) specifying: (a) the Award Holder’s desire to exercise your SAR; (b) the number of Shares with respect to which the Award Holder is exercising this SAR; and (c) the aggregate Exercise Price. The notice must be accompanied by a certified cheque or bank draft in favor of the Company in full payment of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares then being purchased plus such amount, if any, as is required for withholding taxes. The Company may also require the Award Holder to sign further documentation in respect of the Shares to be purchased.]

[This Share Appreciation Right shall be automatically exercised on its expiration date].

FOR ALL AWARDS:

 

39


As noted in the Plan, the Shares or other consideration to be issued to you as a result of the exercise of this Award may only be issued if the issuance is in compliance with applicable securities laws and the Company’s Constating Documents. The sale by the Award Holder of any Shares so acquired is subject to the resale rules under applicable securities laws and the Constating Documents. If the Award Holder is in doubt about the requirements of applicable securities laws or the Constating Documents, the Award Holder should seek independent legal advice.

1.    Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by the Award Holder or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a)    Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to a non-arms’ length person; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b)    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c)    Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 1 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d)    Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by cheque), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e)    Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 1, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 1 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f)    Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 1 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Award Holder’s

 

40


lifetime or on the Award Holder’s death by will or intestacy to the Award Holder’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Award Holder’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 1. “Immediate Family” as used herein means spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 1, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 1.

(g)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Shares of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control of the Company in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

2.    Lock-Up Period. The Award Holder hereby agrees that the Award Holder shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company held by the Award Holder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Shares (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

FOR SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS ADD THE FOLLOWING:

3.    the Award Holder’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Share Appreciation Right is exercised, the Award Holder shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Share Appreciation Right, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached as Exhibit A to Schedule C of the Plan, or in such other form as the Company may require.

4.    Reliance End Date. Until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), the Award Holder shall not transfer this Award or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Award, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Award Holder upon the death or Disability of the Award Holder. Until the Reliance End Date, the Award and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Award, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

If you would like to accept this Award on the terms and conditions noted, please sign in the space provided below.

DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

 

41


Per:                    Authorized Signatory

[I / We], [NAME OF AWARD HOLDER] hereby accept the above Award and agree to the terms and conditions described in this Award Agreement, including the terms and conditions of the Plan and agree to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Plan, as of this day of             , 20●.

[NAME OF AWARD HOLDER]

Signature

 

Witness:                                                                                               
(Please print name)

 

42


SCHEDULE C

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHT UNDER

THE 2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

TO:    DWSI HOLDINGS INC. (the “Company”)

FROM:                                                          

DATE:                                                           

RE:    Exercise of Share Appreciation Right

Please be advised that in connection with Share Appreciation Right granted pursuant to an Award Agreement dated             , 20     the undersigned hereby wishes to exercise their Share Appreciation Right in respect of                     Shares of DWSI Holdings Inc. at a per Share [Exercise Price or hurdle price] of $         . The Award Holder confirms that such Share Appreciate Rights have vested in accordance with the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan.

The Award Holder hereby agrees to assist DWSI Holdings Inc. in the filing of, and will timely file, all reports that the Award Holder may be required to file under the applicable laws, if any. The Award Holder further acknowledge: (a) that any Shares to be issued to me as a result of the exercise of my Share Appreciation Right may only be issued if the issuance is in compliance with applicable securities laws; (b) such Shares are subject to the constating documents of the Company; and (c) any sale or transfer of such Shares is subject to the resale rules under applicable securities laws and the constating documents of the Company.

[Please prepare the share certificate, if any, in the following name(s):

NOTE: If any Shares are to be registered in a name other than the Award Holder’s name, please advise the Company. The Plan requires the Company’s approval for registration in a name other than the Award Holder’s name and states the limited circumstances in which this will be permitted.

 

          Sincerely,  
 

         

          Signature  
 

 

          Print or type name of Award Holder

Notice received on             , 20     .

 

43


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

AWARD HOLDER:  
COMPANY:   DWSI HOLDINGS INC. COMMON SHARES (the “Securities”)
AMOUNT:  
DATE:  

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned the Award Holder represents to the Company the following:

(a)    The Award Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. The Award Holder is acquiring these Securities for investment for The Award Holder’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)    The Award Holder acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Award Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, the Award Holder understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if the Award Holder’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. The Award Holder further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Award Holder further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. The Award Holder understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c)    The Award Holder is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the share appreciation right to the Award Holder, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

44


In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the share appreciation right, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144,which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d)    The Award Holder further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. The Award Holder understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

AWARD HOLDER

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

45


SCHEDULE D

ALLOTTED PLAN SHARES

As of April 14, 2020, the aggregate number of Plan Shares allotted and reserved for issuance under the Plan and any other plans of a similar nature will not exceed 15% of the Company’s aggregate Common Shares, on a fully diluted basis.

 

46

Exhibit 10.39

Execution Copy

VENTURE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of March 3, 2022

by and among

PSPIB UNITAS INVESTMENTS II INC.,

a Canadian corporation

as a Lender and Collateral Agent

And

D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC., a British Columbia corporation

D-WAVE US INC., a Delaware corporation

D-WAVE GOVERNMENT INC., a Delaware corporation

D-WAVE COMMERCIAL INC., a Delaware corporation

D-WAVE INTERNATIONAL INC., a Canadian corporation

D-WAVE QUANTUM SOLUTIONS INC., a Canadian corporation

OMNI CIRCUIT BOARDS LTD., a British Columbia corporation

3033 Beta Avenue,

as Borrower

Loan A Commitment Amount: $15,000,000

Loan B Commitment Amount: $5,000,000

Loan C Commitment Amount: $5,000,000

Loan A Commitment Termination Date: March 28, 2022

Loan B Commitment Termination Date: June 30, 2022, 2022

Loan C Commitment Termination Date: November 15, 2022

 


The Lenders, Collateral Agent and Borrower hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions and Construction.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Account Control Agreement” means an agreement acceptable to the Collateral Agent that perfects via control Lender’s and Collateral Agent’s security interest in Borrower’s deposit accounts and/or securities accounts, or enables lender to provide instructions to financial institutions in Canada with respect to deposit accounts maintained at such institutions.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the stock of another entity of such Person, any other Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person and each of such Person’s officers, directors, managers, joint venturers or partners. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” of a Person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting Equity Securities, by contract or otherwise and the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

Agreement” means this certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Lender(s) signatory hereto dated as of the date on the cover page hereto (as it may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented in a writing signed by Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lenders).

Anti-Terrorism Laws” means any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC and the laws of Canada (including, without limitation, the Proceeds of Crime Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada), as amended).

Borrower” means, singularly and collectively, jointly and severally, D-Wave Systems, D-Wave US Inc., a Delaware corporation, D-Wave Government Inc., a Delaware corporation, D-Wave Commercial Inc., a Delaware corporation, D-Wave International Inc. a corporation existing under the laws of Canada, D-Wave Quantum Solutions Inc., a corporation existing under the laws of Canada, Omni Circuit Boards Ltd., a corporation existing under the laws of British Columbia, and any other entity joined hereto as a “Borrower” from time to time.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required to close in State of New York or the Province of British Columbia, Canada.

 

 

-1-


Canadian Security Agreement” means that certain General Security Agreement by each of D-Wave Systems, D-Wave International Inc., D-Wave Quantum Solutions Inc. and Omni Circuit Boards Ltd. in favour of the Collateral agent and the Lenders dated on or about the date hereof, as may be amended modified or restated from time to time.

Claim” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Code” means (a) with respect to D-Wave US Inc., D-Wave Government Inc. and D-Wave Commercial Inc. or any assets located in the United States, the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in the State of New York, as amended from time to time; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the creation and/or perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in Delaware or another jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall also mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in Delaware or such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such creation, perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection; and (b) with respect to D-Wave Systems, D-Wave International Inc., D-Wave Quantum Solutions Inc. and Omni Circuit Boards Ltd. or any assets located in Canada, the PPSA.

Collateral” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

Collateral Agent” means PSP Lender, when acting as the “Collateral Agent” hereunder, or any successor collateral agent appointed by Lenders.

Commitment Amount” means the Loan A Commitment Amount, the Loan B Commitment Amount, or the Loan C Commitment Amount, as applicable.

Commitment Fee” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(c) of this Agreement.

Consolidated” means the consolidation of accounts in accordance with GAAP.

D-Wave Systems” means D-Wave Systems Inc., a corporation existing under the laws of British Columbia.

De-SPAC Transaction” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.10(b) of this Agreement.

Default ” means any Event of Default or any event which with the passing of time or the giving of notice or both would become an Event of Default hereunder.

Default Rate” means the per annum rate of interest equal to five percent (5%) over the Loan Rate, but such rate shall in no event be more than the highest rate permitted by applicable law to be charged in New York State on commercial loans of a similar size in a default situation.

Disclosure Schedule” means Exhibit A attached hereto.

Environmental Laws” means all foreign, federal, state, provincial or local laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative

 

 

-2-


orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authorities, in each case relating to environmental, health, safety and land use matters, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act.

Equity Securities” of any Person means (a) all common stock, preferred stock, participations, shares, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests in and of such Person (regardless of how designated and whether or not voting or non-voting or constituting “investment property” under the Code or applicable provisions of the Securities Transfer Act or other applicable legislation in any other jurisdiction) and (b) all warrants, options and other rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

ERISA” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.12 of this Agreement.

Event of Default” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8 of this Agreement.

Final Payment” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2(g)(i) of this Agreement.

Funding Certificate” means a certificate executed by a duly authorized Responsible Officer of Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as Lenders may agree to accept.

Funding Date ” means any date on which a Loan is made to or on account of Borrower under this Agreement.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the United States of America from time to time, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority” means (a) any federal, state, county, municipal or foreign government, or political subdivision thereof, (b) any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, department, instrumentality or public body, (c) any court or administrative tribunal, or (d) with respect to any Person, any arbitration tribunal or other non-governmental authority to whose jurisdiction that Person has consented.

Go-Public Transaction” means an initial public offering, whether on a treasury or secondary basis, to the public, of any securities in Canada or the United States by way of a prospectus, registration statement or other similar disclosure document, or a direct listing transaction, which results in such securities being freely tradable in a jurisdiction to and between members of the public without the requirement of filing a further prospectus or similar disclosure document, and shall include other comparable go-public transactions such as a reverse take-over transaction, a go-public transaction with a special-purpose acquisition company (SPAC), or analogous “blank check company” effected via a “de-SPAC” transaction or analogous transaction.

Hazardous Materials” means all those substances which are regulated by, or which may form the basis of liability under, any Environmental Law, including all substances identified under any Environmental Law as a pollutant, contaminant, hazardous waste, hazardous constituent,

 

-3-


special waste, hazardous substance, hazardous material, or toxic substance, or petroleum or petroleum derived substance or waste.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount of, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade payables aged less than one hundred fifty (150) days), (d) all capital lease obligations of such Person, (e) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligation or liability is assumed, (f) all obligations or liabilities of others guaranteed by such Person, and (g) any other obligations or liabilities which are required by GAAP to be shown as debt on the balance sheet of such Person.

Indemnified Person” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title and interest in and to patents, patent rights (and applications and registrations therefor and divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same), trademarks and service marks (and applications and registrations therefor and the goodwill associated therewith), whether registered or not, inventions, copyrights (including applications and registrations therefor and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof), whether published or unpublished, mask works (and applications and registrations therefor), trade names, trade styles, software and computer programs, source code, object code, trade secrets, licenses, methods, processes, know how, drawings, specifications, descriptions, and all memoranda, notes, and records with respect to any research and development, all whether now owned or subsequently acquired or developed by such Person and whether in tangible or intangible form or contained on magnetic media readable by machine together with all such magnetic media (but not including embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code or the PPSA, as applicable).

Intellectual Property Security Agreement” means that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.

Internal Revenue Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Investment” means the purchase or acquisition of any Equity Securities, or any obligations or other securities of or issued by, or any interest in, any Person, or the extension of any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or any other investment in, or deposit with, any Person.

Landlord Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form provided by Lenders to Borrower or such other form as Lenders may agree to accept.

Lender” means each Lender as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement and “Lenders” means all such Lenders.

Lenders’ Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation,

 

-4-


documentation, drafting, amendment, modification, administration, perfection and funding of the Loan Documents; and all of each Lender’s attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal or review), including the exercise of any rights or remedies afforded hereunder or under applicable law, whether or not suit is brought, whether before or after bankruptcy or insolvency, including all fees and costs incurred by any Lender in connection with such Lender’s enforcement of its rights in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding filed by or against Borrower, any Subsidiary or their respective Property.

Lien” means any voluntary or involuntary security interest, pledge, bailment, lease, mortgage, hypothecation, conditional sales and title retention agreement, encumbrance or other lien with respect to any Property in favor of any Person.

Loan” means each advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement.

Loan A” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan A Commitment Amount.

Loan A Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan A Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan B” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan B Commitment Amount.

Loan B Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan B Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan C” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan C Commitment Amount.

Loan C Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan C Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the Canadian Security Agreement, each Landlord Agreement, each Account Control Agreement and all other documents, instruments and agreements entered into in connection with this Agreement.

 

 

-5-


Loan Rate” means, with respect to each Loan, the sum of (a) the per annum rate of interest from time to time published in The Wall Street Journal, or any successor publication thereto, as the “prime rate” then in effect, plus (b) 7.25%; provided that, in the event such rate of interest published in The Wall Street Journal is less than 3.25%, such rate shall be deemed to be 3.25% for purposes of calculating the Loan Rate, provided, further, that if the “prime rate”, (a) is no longer reported in The Wall Street Journal, (b) is no longer widely used as a benchmark market rate for new facilities of this type, or (c) becomes permanently unavailable, Lender shall select a successor benchmark rate, which successor rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice, or if there is no consistent market practice, such successor rate shall be applied in a manner reasonably determined by Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Loan Rate be less than 10.50%. The Borrower acknowledges that the “prime rate” is used for reference purposes only as an index and is not necessarily the lowest or the best interest rate charged to any borrower of Lender.

Material Adverse Change” means (i) any event, development or circumstance that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the business plan of Borrower approved by D-Wave Systems Inc.’s board on February 17, 2022 and presented to the Collateral Agent on or before the date of this Agreement.

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the condition (financial or otherwise), business, operations, Properties or prospects of Borrower and Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of Borrower to perform its Obligations under the Loan Documents, (c) the Collateral or Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s security interest in the Collateral or the priority thereof, or (d) the Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s (as applicable) ability to enforce its other rights and remedies under the Loan Documents.

Maturity Date ” means the earliest of (i) December 31, 2022, (ii) the closing of the De-Spac Transaction, (iii) the date of acceleration of such Loan following an Event of Default or (iv) the date of prepayment in full of all Obligations, whichever is applicable.

Note” means each promissory note executed in connection with a Loan in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, fees, charges, expenses and attorneys’ fees and costs and other amounts, obligations, covenants, and duties owing by Borrower to Collateral Agent or any Lender of any kind and description (whether pursuant to or evidenced by the Loan Documents, or by any other agreement between Lenders and Borrower, and whether or not for the payment of money), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including all Lenders’ Expenses and the entire Final Payment.

OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit D or such other form as Lenders may agree to accept.

Payment Date” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

 

 

-6-


Permitted Indebtedness” means and includes:

(a) Indebtedness of Borrowers to Lenders under the Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness arising from the endorsement of instruments in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Indebtedness of Borrower existing on the date hereof owing to the Strategic Innovation Fund and Technology Partnership Canada and set forth on the Disclosure Schedule;

(d) Additional Indebtedness not to exceed $3,400,000 incurred prior to June 30, 2022 under the terms of the SIF Credit Agreement;

(e) Indebtedness of Borrower secured by Liens permitted under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Liens, up to an aggregate principal amount of One Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($125,000) at any one time;

(f) intercompany Indebtedness owed by any Subsidiary to Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary, as applicable; provided that, if applicable, such Indebtedness is also permitted as a Permitted Investment by the Borrower, and such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by one or more promissory notes that are pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent, together with an endorsement in blank or as directed by the Collateral Agent; provided that, any such Indebtedness not evidenced by a promissory note as at the date hereof temporarily shall be Permitted Indebtedness and shall cease to be Permitted Indebtedness if the Borrower fails to deliver the applicable promissory note or the related endorsement in blank to the Collateral Agent (or as directed by the Collateral Agent) within 30 days; and

(g) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness; provided that (subject to the anticipated increase in the principal balance as described in clause (d) with respect to the SIF Credit Agreement) the principal amount thereof is not increased, the interest rate not increased, the maturity not shortened, and the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower.

Permitted Investments” means and includes any of the following Investments as to which Collateral Agent and each Lender have a perfected security interest:

(a) Deposits and deposit accounts with commercial banks organized under the laws of the United States, Canada, or a state or province thereof (as applicable), in each case to the extent: (i) for the deposit accounts with institutions organized under U.S. law or that of a state, each such institution is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit; (ii) each such institution has an aggregate capital and surplus of not less than Five Hundred Million Dollars ($500,000,000) and (iii) such account is covered by an Account Control Agreement, other than accounts of non-Borrower Subsidiaries in which the non-Borrower Subsidiaries maintain not more than $200,000 in the aggregate;

 

 

-7-


(b) Investments in marketable obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States or Canada, or any province of Canada and maturing not more than one (1) year from the date of issuance;

(c) Investments pursuant to or arising under currency agreements or interest rate agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business as bona fide hedge transactions;

(d) Existing Investment in 1QB Information Technologies, Inc. and QC Ware Corp. and DNA SEQ Inc.;

(e) Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries up to an aggregate amount of Sixty Million Dollars ($60,000,000), for these purposes inclusive of all intercompany borrowings, where the Collateral Agent has received a pledge and delivery of all certificates representing the Equity Securities in such Subsidiaries, together with copies of board resolutions of such Subsidiaries approving the pledge and the transfer of such Equity Securities upon a realization upon such pledge within 30 days after the date hereof; and

 

  (f)

Investments by Borrower in another Borrower.

Permitted Liens” means and includes:

 

  (a)

the Liens created by this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(b) Liens for fees, taxes, levies, imposts, duties or other governmental charges of any kind which are not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof (provided that such appropriate proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower);

 

  (c)

Liens identified on the Disclosure Schedule;

(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (provided that such appropriate proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower);

(e) Liens upon any equipment or other personal property acquired by Borrower after the date hereof, including with respect to Indebtedness described in the paragraph (d) of the Definition of Permitted Indebtedness, to secure (i) the purchase price of such equipment or other personal property, or (ii) capital lease obligations or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such equipment or other personal property; provided that (A) such Liens are confined solely to the equipment or other personal property so acquired and the amount secured does not exceed the acquisition price thereof, and (B) no such Lien shall be

 

-8-


created, incurred, assumed or suffered to exist in favor of Borrower’s officers, directors or shareholders holding five percent (5%) or more of Borrower’s Equity Securities; and

(f) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property of the Borrower entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Person” means and includes any individual, any partnership, any corporation, any business trust, any joint stock company, any limited liability company, any unincorporated association or any other entity and any domestic or foreign national, state or local government, any political subdivision thereof, and any department, agency, authority or bureau of any of the foregoing.

Project Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in the SIF Credit Agreement, provided that subsequent amendments to such document shall not be deemed to modify this definition without the prior written consent of the Agent and Lenders.

Property” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, whether tangible or intangible.

PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act (British Columbia) or any successor personal property security statutes or similar legislation of any other Canadian provinces or territorial jurisdictions, the laws of which are required by such legislation to be applied in connection with the issue, perfection, enforcement, opposability, priority, validity or effect of security interests or other applicable Liens.

PSP Lender” means PSPIB UNITAS INVESTMENTS II INC., a Canadian corporation, in its capacity as a Lender hereunder.

Receiver” has the meaning giving such term in Section 9.1 of this Agreement.

Responsible Officer” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.3 of this Agreement.

Restricted License” means any license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee and such license or agreement is material to Borrower’s business and (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with Collateral Agent’s or Lenders’ right to sell any Collateral.

Rights to Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

Sanctions” means any sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including, without limitation, OFAC and the United States Department of State), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

Scheduled Payments” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

 

 

-9-


SIF Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement dated November 20, 2020, denoted “Strategic Innovation Fund” (agreement number 811-811923) by and between Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada (represented by the Minister of Industry) and D-Wave Systems Inc. and DWSI Holdings Inc., as amended from time to time in accordance herewith and therewith.

Solvent” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.12 of this Agreement.

Subsidiary” means any legal Person of which a majority of the outstanding Equity Securities entitled to vote for the election of directors or other governing body, including serving as or voting with respect to managing member or general partner (otherwise than as the result of a default) is owned by one or more Borrowers directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries.

Subsidiary Loan Documents” means, for each Subsidiary as and when determined in good faith by the Collateral Agent that additional security documents are desirable, (i) a guaranty of the Obligations under New York law, and (ii) a security agreement (however denoted) governed by local law pursuant to which such Subsidiary grants a security interest in such Subsidiary’s assets to secure its obligations under its guaranty.

Taxes” means, collectively, any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments or withholdings (including backup withholding) or similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority including interest, penalties (other than penalties resulting from gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct) and additions to tax.

Transfer” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.4 of this Agreement.

1.2 Construction. References in this Agreement to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Exhibits,” “Schedules” and “Annexes” are to recitals, articles, sections, exhibits, schedules and annexes herein and hereto unless otherwise indicated. References in this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to any document, instrument or agreement shall include (a) all exhibits, schedules, annexes and other attachments thereto, (b) all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in replacement thereof, and (c) such document, instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time and in effect at any given time (subject, in the case of clauses (b) and (c), to any restrictions on such replacement, amendment, modification or supplement set forth in the Loan Documents). The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. The words “include” and “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not be construed to be limiting or exclusive. Unless the context requires otherwise, any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Unless otherwise indicated in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all accounting terms used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be construed, and all accounting and financial computations hereunder or thereunder shall be computed, in accordance with GAAP, and all terms describing Collateral shall be construed in accordance with the Code or the PPSA, as applicable. The terms and information set forth on the cover page of this Agreement

 

-10-


are incorporated into this Agreement. Unless otherwise expressly indicated in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, all references to dollars or other monetary amounts shall be refences to United States Dollars.

2. Loans; Repayment.

2.1 Commitments.

(a) The Commitment Amounts. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, (i) PSP Lender agrees to lend to Borrower, prior to the Loan A Commitment Termination Date, Loan A, prior to the Loan B Commitment Date, Loan B, and prior to the Loan C Commitment Termination Date, Loan C.

(b) The Loans and the Notes. The obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of and interest on each Loan shall be evidenced by a Note issued to the relevant Lender.

(c) Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of each Loan shall be used solely for working capital or general corporate purposes of Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, no portion of the proceeds shall be used to repay Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness owed to Technology Partnerships Canada in the amount of Cdn.$500,000) or used to make Investments, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Borrower or Subsidiary will use proceeds of any Loans to engage in the activities enumerated in Section 5.19.

(d) Termination of Commitment to Lend. Notwithstanding anything in the Loan Documents, each respective Lender’s obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of its Commitment Amount to Borrower hereunder shall terminate on the earlier of (i) at such Lender’s sole election, the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder, and (ii) with respect to Loan A, the Loan A Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan B, the Loan B Commitment Termination Date, and with respect to Loan C, the Loan C Commitment Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Lender’s obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of its Commitment Amount to Borrower shall terminate if, in such Lender’s sole discretion, there has been a Material Adverse Change.

2.2 Payments.

(a) Scheduled Payments. Borrower shall make a payment of accrued interest only to each applicable Lender on the outstanding principal amount of each Loan on each Payment Date for each outstanding Loan (collectively, the “Scheduled Payments”). Borrower shall make such Scheduled Payments commencing on the date set forth in the Note applicable to such Loan and continuing thereafter on the first Business Day of each calendar month (each a “Payment Date”) through the Maturity Date. In any event, all unpaid principal and accrued interest and all other Obligations shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

(b) Interim Payment. Unless the Funding Date for a Loan is the first day of a calendar month, Borrower shall pay the per diem interest (accruing at the Loan Rate from the

 

-11-


Funding Date through the last day of that month) payable with respect to such Loan on the first Business Day of the next calendar month.

(c) Payment of Interest. Borrower shall pay interest on each Loan at a per annum rate of interest equal to the Loan Rate. Interest on a Loan shall be charged commencing on the day that such Loan is made to or on behalf of Borrower, and shall continue to accrue through the date on which such Loan is repaid in full. Changes to the Loan Rate based on changes to the “prime rate” (or such substitute benchmark rate selected in accordance with the definition of “Loan Rate” set forth in Section 1.1 above) shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the “prime rate” (or such substitute benchmark rate selected in accordance with the definition of “Loan Rate” set forth in Section 1.1 above) and to the extent of any such change. Interest (including interest at the Default Rate, if applicable) shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the amount of interest payable hereunder shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount permitted by the law applicable to interest charged on commercial loans. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the amount of interest payable hereunder shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount permitted by the law applicable to interest charged on commercial loans. For purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), (i) whenever any interest or fee under this Agreement or under the Notes is calculated using a rate based on a number of days less than 365 or 366, as the case may be, such rate determined pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) the applicable rate, (y) multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the period for which such interest or fee is payable (or compounded) ends, and (z) divided by the number of days based on which such rate is calculated, (ii) the principle of deemed reinvestment of interest shall not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement, and (iii) the rates of interest stipulated in this Agreement are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields. The Borrower acknowledges and confirms that the foregoing satisfies the requirements of Section 4 of the Interest Act (Canada) to the extent it applies to the expression or statement of any interest payable hereunder.

(d) Application of Payments. All payments received by Lenders prior to an Event of Default shall be applied as follows: (i) first, to each Lender’s pro rata portion of the Lenders’ Expenses then due and owing; and (ii) second, ratably, to all Scheduled Payments then due and owing. After an Event of Default, all payments and application of proceeds shall be made as set forth in Section 9.7.

(e) Late Payment Fee. Borrower shall pay to each Lender a late payment fee equal to five percent (5%) of any Scheduled Payment not paid when due to such Lender. Alternatively, PSP Lender may determine that Borrower shall pay interest at the Default Rate on the defaulted Scheduled Payment (as well as the outstanding principal balance of the Loans) until such Scheduled Payment is paid in full.

(f) Default Rate. Borrower shall pay interest at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate on any amounts required to be paid by Borrower to Collateral Agent or any Lender under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including Scheduled Payments), payable with respect to any Loan, accrued and unpaid interest, and any fees or other amounts which remain unpaid after such amounts are due. If an Event of Default has occurred and the Obligations have been accelerated (whether automatically or by any Lender’s election), Borrower shall pay interest

 

-12-


on the aggregate, outstanding accelerated balance hereunder from the date of the Event of Default until all Events of Default are cured, at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate.

(g) Final Payment.

(i) Full Final Payment. Borrower shall pay to Lender an amount equal to five percent of the amount of the Loans advanced under this Agreement and the Notes upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of the Loans, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of the Loans, or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable (the “Final Payment”).

(ii) Advance of Final Payment. In connection with any prepayment of less than all of the outstanding principal balance of the Loans, Borrower shall pay to Lender an amount equal to five percent of the principal balance of the Loans being prepaid. Such payment shall be applied against the Final Payment.

2.3 Prepayments.

(a) Mandatory Prepayment

(i) Upon Acceleration. If the Loans are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.1(a) hereof, then Borrower, in addition to any other amounts which may be due and owing hereunder, shall immediately pay to Lenders the amount set forth in Section 2.3(b) below, as if Borrower had opted to prepay on the date of such acceleration.

(ii) Upon Issuance of Equity Securities. If any Borrower or Subsidiary issues any Equity Securities in one or more issuances, other than on a cashfree conversion of debt or other Equity Securities, and such issuances yield net proceeds in excess of $25,000,000, then Borrower shall promptly (and in all cases within three (3) Business Days) deliver to the Lenders the lesser of (i) all such proceeds in excess of $25,000,000, adding amounts owing under Section 2.2(g) thereto, and (ii) payment in full of the Obligations. This provision shall not be deemed to permit the issuance of Equity Securities in any Borrower or Subsidiary other than in D-Wave Systems Inc.

(iii) Insurance Proceeds. All insurance proceeds in excess of $25,000 shall be paid to the Collateral Agent. No payment under Section 2.2(g)(ii) shall be required, and the five percent payment on the amount of such proceeds shall be deferred until the payment made pursuant to Section 2.2(g)(i) above.

(b) Optional Prepayment. Upon ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to Lenders, Borrower may, at its option, at any time, prepay all (and not less than all) of the outstanding Loans by simultaneously paying to each Lender an amount equal to, without duplication, (i) any accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of its Loans; plus (ii) the outstanding principal balance of such Loan; plus (iii) the Final Payment, and (iv) all other sums then due and payable hereunder.

 

 

-13-


2.4 Other Payment Terms.

(a) Place and Manner. Borrower shall make all payments due to Lenders in lawful money of the United States. All payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder shall be made, in immediately available funds, not later than 10:00 a.m. in New York time, on the date on which such payment is due. Any payment received by Lender after the time set forth in the immediately preceding sentence will be deemed to have been received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and interest shall accrue through such date. Borrower shall make such payments to each Lender via wire transfer or ACH as instructed by such Lender from time to time.

(b) Date. Whenever any payment is due hereunder on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

 

  (c)

Taxes. Section 2.4(c)

(i) Unless otherwise required under applicable law, any and all payments made hereunder or under the Notes shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any and all present or future Taxes; provided that if Borrower shall be required to deduct any Taxes from such payments, then (A) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.4(c)) the relevant Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (B) Borrower shall make such deductions and (C) Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(ii) Borrower shall indemnify each Lender, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Taxes imposed or asserted directly on such Lender by any Governmental Authority on or attributable to amounts payable under this Agreement solely as a result of such Lender entering into this Agreement to the extent such Taxes are paid by such Lender, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided, however, that such indemnified Taxes shall not include income or franchise Taxes imposed on (or measured by) such Lender’s net income by the jurisdiction, or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority therein, under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or in which its applicable lending office is located. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iii) As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by Borrower hereunder to a Governmental Authority, Borrower shall deliver to Lenders the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Lenders.

(iv) If any Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which Borrower is located, or any treaty to

 

-14-


which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement, such Lender shall deliver to Borrower, at such time as reasonably requested by Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.

(v) If a Lender receives a refund in respect of taxes paid by Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.4(c), which in the sole discretion of such Lender exercised in good faith is allocable to such payment, it shall promptly pay such refund, together with any other amounts paid by Borrower in connection with such refunded Taxes, to Borrower, net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes to which such Lender has become subject as a result of its receipt of such refund) of such Lender incurred in obtaining such refund and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that Borrower, upon the request of the applicable Lender, shall repay to such Lender amounts paid over pursuant to the preceding clause (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (v), in no event will any Lender be required to pay any amount to Borrower pursuant to this paragraph (v) the payment of which would place such Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such Lender would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to Borrower or any other Person.

2.5 Procedure for Making the Loans.

(a) Notice. Other than with respect to the initial Loan advanced under this Agreement, Borrower shall notify each Lender of the date on which Borrower desires a Lender to make any Loan at least five (5) Business Days in advance of the desired Funding Date, unless the relevant Lender elects at its sole discretion to allow the Funding Date for a Loan to be made by such Lender to be within five (5) Business Days of Borrower’s notice. Borrower’s execution and delivery to Lenders of one or more Notes in respect of a Loan shall be Borrower’s agreement to the terms and calculations thereunder with respect to such Loan. Each Lender’s obligation to make any Loan shall be expressly subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.

(b) Loan Rate Calculation. Prior to each Funding Date for any Loan, the Collateral Agent shall establish the initial Loan Rate with respect to such Loan, which shall be conclusive in the absence of a manifest error.

(c) Disbursement. Lenders shall disburse the proceeds of each Loan by wire transfer to Borrower at the account specified in the Funding Certificate for such Loan.

2.6 Legal and Closing Expenses; and Commitment Fee.

 

  (a)

[Reserved]

(b) Legal, Due Diligence and Documentation Expenses. Borrower shall pay to Lenders via “netting” all of Lenders’ reasonable legal, due diligence and documentation expenses in connection with the negotiation and documentation of this Agreement and the Loan

 

-15-


Documents as described in Section 3.1(j). Any payments on account of these expenses shall be retained and deemed fully earned by the Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Loan A is not advanced, Borrower shall still be responsible for these amounts, promptly upon demand.

(c) Commitment Fee. Borrower shall pay a commitment fee to Lender in the amount of One Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($175,000) (the “Commitment Fee”). The Commitment Fee shall be paid by Borrower from the proceeds of Loan A, as described in Section 3.1(j). The Commitment Fee shall be retained by the applicable Lender and be deemed fully earned upon receipt (i.e., when retained from Loan A), regardless of whether all or any portion of Loan A, Loan B and Loan C are ever advanced. Furthermore, if Loan A is not advanced, Borrower shall still be responsible for the Commitment Fee, promptly upon demand.

3. Conditions of Loans.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing. At the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, each Lender shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Lender, all of the following (unless all Lenders have agreed to waive such condition or document, in which case such condition or document shall be a condition precedent to the making of any Loan and shall be deemed added to Section 3.2):

(a) Loan Agreement. This Agreement duly executed by Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lenders.

(b) Canadian Security Agreement. The Canadian Security Agreement, duly executed by each applicable Borrower.

(c) Secretary’s Certificate. A certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary or other officer of each Borrower, dated as of the date hereof, with copies of the following

documents attached: (i) the certificate of incorporation, articles and bylaws (or equivalent documents) of Borrower certified by an officer of such Borrower as being complete and in full force and effect on the date thereof, (ii) incumbency and representative signatures, and

(iii) resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

(d) Good Standing Certificates. A good standing certificate from Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization and the state or province in which Borrower’s principal place of business is located, each dated as of a date no earlier than three (3) Business Days prior to the date hereof, but in all cases after March 1st.

(e) Certificate of Insurance. Evidence of the insurance coverage required by Section 6.8 of this Agreement.

(f) Consents. All necessary consents of shareholders and other third parties with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(g) Legal Opinions. (A) A legal opinion of Borrower’s Canadian counsel, and (B) a legal opinion of Borrower’s United States legal counsel dated as of the date hereof,

 

 

-16-


covering customary secured lending matters, each in a form satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and the Lender.

(h) Account Control Agreements. Account Control Agreements for all of Borrower’s deposit accounts in the United States and all securities accounts, each duly executed by all of the parties thereto.

(i) Grants of Security Interests in Intellectual Property. Grants of security interests in any registered Intellectual Property, in the forms provided by Lenders, to include (i) the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, (ii) a short form assignment of collateral in form for filing in the applicable patent and trademark office upon closing with respect to the Intellectual Property other than the Project Intellectual Property, (iii) a second assignment of collateral with respect to the Project Intellectual Property to be held in escrow by Collateral Agent and Lenders pending the receipt of the consent from the applicable Governmental Authority (currently, the Minister for Industry in Canada) for the grant of security in Project Intellectual Property under the SIF Credit Agreement, and (iv) such copyright assignments as the Collateral Agent shall determine.

(j) Fees and Expenses. Payment of all fees and expenses then due hereunder or under any other Loan Document. All such fees shall be paid on a “net funding” basis, and shall be subtracted from the amount delivered as Loan A. However, interest shall accrue on such amounts as though actually advanced to Borrower on the date that the balance of Loan A is advanced.

(k) Other Documents. Such other documents and completion of such other matters, as any Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to Making Loan A, Loan B, and Loan C. The obligation of the applicable Lender to make Loan A, Loan B, or Loan C is further subject to satisfaction of the following conditions as of the applicable Funding Date:

(a) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be

continuing.

(b) Note. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered a Note in the amount of Loan A to PSP Lender, a Note in the amount of Loan B to PSP Lender, and a Note in the amount of Loan C to PSP Lender, as the case may be.

(c) UCC and PPSA Financing Statements. Lenders shall have received such documents, instruments and agreements, including UCC and PPSA financing statements or amendments to UCC and PPSA financing statements and UCC and PPSA financing statement searches, as any Lender shall reasonably request to evidence the perfection and priority of the security interests granted to Collateral Agent and each Lender pursuant to Section 4. Borrower authorizes Collateral Agent and each Lender to file any UCC and PPSA financing statements, continuations of or amendments to UCC and PPSA financing statements they deem necessary to perfect its security interest in the Collateral.

 

-17-


(d) Funding Certificate. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered to Lenders a Funding Certificate for such Loans.

(e) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct as of such Funding Date, and a certificate to that effect provided to that effect.

(f) Other Documents. Borrower shall have provided Lenders with such other documents and completion of such other matters, as any Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

(g) Minister’s Consent. In the case of Loan B and Loan C, either (i) the Borrower has received the consent from the applicable Governmental Authority (currently, the Minister for Industry in Canada) for the grant of security in Project Intellectual Property under the SIF Credit Agreement, or (ii) the Collateral Agent, in its reasonable discretion, shall have determined that Borrower is diligently pursuing such consent.

(h) Timing for Loan C. In the case of Loan C, the date of the advance of the Loan shall be on or after September 1, 2022.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver; Failure to Satisfy Conditions to Loans.

(a) Within fifteen (15) days following the advance of Loan A, Borrower

shall:

(i) use its reasonable commercial efforts to provide the Collateral Agent with each of the following:

(1) a Landlord Agreement for each location where Borrower’s books and records and the Collateral is located (unless Borrower is the fee owner thereof), in form and substance acceptable to the Collateral Agent, acting reasonably;

(2) an Account Control Agreement from the applicable depositary institution for each deposit account located in Canada, ), in form and substance acceptable to the Collateral Agent, acting reasonably; and

(ii) provide the Collateral Agent with the following from each Subsidiary specified by the Collateral Agent prior to the date on which this Agreement is executed by Borrower:

(1) the applicable Subsidiary Loan Documents, if any, executed by such Subsidiary; and

(2) certified copies of resolutions of the board of directors or other governing body of such Subsidiary authorizing the transfer of the Equity Securities issued by such Subsidiary to its Borrower parent in the event of a realization upon such Equity Securities.

 

-18-


(b) Borrower agrees (not as a condition but as a covenant) to deliver to Lenders each item required to be delivered to Lenders as a condition to each Loan, if such Loan is advanced. Borrower expressly agrees that the extension of any Loan prior to the receipt by a Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by such Lender of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such extension in the absence of a required item shall be in each Lender’s sole discretion.

(c) If the conditions for making Loan A are not satisfied on or prior to the Loan A Commitment Termination Date, then Lender may determine to (or not to) advance Loan B and Loan C in its sole discretion. If the conditions for making Loan B are not satisfied on or prior to the Loan B Commitment Termination Date, then Lender may determine to (or not to) advance Loan C in its sole discretion.

4. Creation of Security Interest.

4.1 Grant of Security Interests. Borrower grants to Collateral Agent and each Lender a valid, continuing security interest in all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising Collateral in order to secure prompt, full and complete payment of any and all Obligations and in order to secure prompt, full and complete performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under each of the Loan Documents. The “Collateral” shall mean and include all right, title, interest, claims and demands of Borrower in the following (and, upon obtaining the consent from the applicable Governmental Authority (currently, the Minister for Industry in Canada) for the grant of security in Project Intellectual Property under the SIF Credit Agreement), all Intellectual Property excluded from clause (c) below and added pursuant to Section 4.2:

(a) All goods (and embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code) and equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, including all laboratory equipment, computer equipment, office equipment, machinery, fixtures, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located;

(b) All inventory now owned or hereafter acquired, including all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above, and Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(c) All contract rights and general intangibles (other than the Project Intellectual Property) now owned or hereafter acquired, including goodwill, license agreements, franchise agreements, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, infringements, claims, software, computer programs, computer disks, computer tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, design rights, income tax refunds, payment intangibles, commercial tort claims, payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind;

 

-19-


(d) All now existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, royalties, license rights, license fees and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of technology or the rendering of services by Borrower (subject, in each case, to the contractual rights of third parties to require funds received by Borrower to be expended in a particular manner), whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(e) All documents, cash, deposit accounts, letters of credit and letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing) and other supporting obligations, certificates of deposit, instruments, promissory notes, chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic) and investment property, including all securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts and commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, wherever located, now owned or hereafter acquired and Borrower’s books relating to the foregoing; and

(f) To the extent not covered by clauses (a) through (e), all other personal property of the Borrower, whether tangible or intangible, and any and all rights and interests in any of the above and the foregoing and, any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof, including insurance, condemnation, requisition or similar payments and proceeds of the sale or licensing of Project Intellectual Property to the extent such proceeds no longer constitute Project Intellectual Property; but notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 4.2 of this Agreement below, the Collateral shall not include any Project Intellectual Property; provided, however, that the Collateral shall at all times include all accounts receivables, accounts, and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Project Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the date hereof, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

4.2 Project Intellectual Property. Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.1 of this Agreement to the contrary, upon Borrower’s receipt of the consent from the applicable Governmental Authority (currently, the Minister for Industry in Canada) for the grant of security in Project Intellectual Property under the SIF Credit Agreement, and without any further action required by Borrower, Collateral Agent or Lenders, (A) Borrower hereby grants and pledges to Collateral Agent and Lenders a continuing security interest in all of Borrower’s then owned and thereafter arising Project Intellectual Property in order to secure prompt payment of any and all Obligations and in order to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents, (B) Collateral Agent and Lenders shall be authorized to file an amendment to its UCC-1 financing statement to reflect the inclusion of the Project Intellectual Property within the description of the Collateral as well as appropriate documentation with the United Stated Patent and Trademark Office to evidence such security interest, including the Intellectual Property Security Agreement or short form assignments of the applicable Intellectual Property, and (C) Borrower shall execute and deliver, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, all

 

-20-


documents and instruments reasonably necessary to perfect such security interest, including, but not limited to, intellectual property security agreements.

4.3 After-Acquired Property. If Borrower shall at any time acquire a commercial tort claim, as defined in the Code, Borrower shall immediately notify Collateral Agent and Lenders in writing signed by Borrower of the brief details thereof and grant to Collateral Agent and each Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and each Lender.

4.4 Duration of Security Interest. Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s security interest in the Collateral shall continue until the indefeasible payment in full and the satisfaction of all Obligations, and termination of each Lender’s commitment to fund the Loans, whereupon such security interest shall terminate. Collateral Agent and each Lender shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, execute such further documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to make effective the release contemplated by this Section 4.3, including duly authorizing and delivering termination statements for filing in all relevant jurisdictions under the Code and PPSA.

4.5 Location and Possession of Collateral. The Collateral is and shall remain in the possession of Borrower at its location listed on the cover page hereof or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule. Borrower shall remain in full possession, enjoyment and control of the Collateral (except only as may be otherwise required by Collateral Agent or any Lender for perfection of the security interests therein created hereunder) and, in the absence of any then existing Default (or Event of Default), shall be entitled to manage, operate and use the same and each part thereof with the rights and franchises appertaining thereto; provided that the possession, enjoyment, control and use of the Collateral shall at all times be subject to the observance and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

4.6 Delivery of Additional Documentation Required. Borrower shall from time to time execute and deliver to Collateral Agent and Lenders, at the request of Collateral Agent or any Lender, all financing statements and other documents Collateral Agent or any Lender may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders, to perfect and continue Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ perfected security interests in the Collateral and in order to consummate fully all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents.

4.7 Right to Inspect. Collateral Agent and each Lender (through any of their officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours, to inspect the books and records of Borrower and Subsidiaries and to make copies thereof and to inspect, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral. Any inspection, test or appraisal conducted hereunder shall be conducted at the sole cost and expense of Borrower.

 

-21-


4.8 Intellectual Property.

(a) At any Lender’s request, Borrower shall register or cause to be registered with the United States Copyright Office and/or the Canadian Intellectual Property Office (i) any software (material to the business of Borrower) developed or acquired by Borrower in connection with any product developed or acquired for sale or licensing, (ii) any software (material to the business of Borrower) developed or acquired by Borrower hereafter from time to time in connection with any product developed or acquired for sale or licensing, and (iii) any major revisions or upgrades to any software that has previously been registered by or on behalf of Borrower with the United States Copyright Office and/or the Canadian Intellectual Property Office.

(b) Borrower shall promptly (and in all cases within five (5) Business Days following registration or filing) notify Lenders of any federal registration or filing by Borrower of any patent or patent application, or trademark or trademark application, or copyright or copyright application and shall promptly execute and deliver to Lenders any grants of security interests in same, in form acceptable to Lenders, to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office or the Canadian Intellectual Property Office, as applicable.

4.9 Protection of Intellectual Property. Borrower shall:

(a) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property and promptly advise Collateral Agent in writing of material infringements of which it has knowledge;

(b) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without each Lender’s written consent;

(c) provide written notice to Collateral Agent within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public); and

(d) take such commercially reasonable steps as Collateral Agent or any Lender requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Collateral Agent and Lenders to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Collateral Agent and each Lender to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Collateral Agent’s or Lenders’ rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

5. Representations and Warranties. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Organization and Qualification. Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, and qualified and licensed to do business in, and is in good standing in, any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of Property requires that it be so qualified and licensed

 

-22-


or in which the Collateral is located, except for such states as to which any failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Authority. Each Borrower and each Subsidiary has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform in accordance with the terms thereof, the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Borrower and Subsidiaries have all requisite power and authority to own and operate their Property and to carry on their businesses as now conducted. Borrower and Subsidiaries have obtained all licenses, permits, approvals and other authorizations material to the operation of their business.

5.3 Conflict with Other Instruments, etc. Neither the execution and delivery of any Loan Document to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party nor the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated nor compliance with the terms, conditions and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the articles, certificate of incorporation, the by-laws, or any other organizational documents of Borrower or such Subsidiary, any law or any regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any such Subsidiary or any of their respective property or assets may be bound or affected or any material agreement or instrument to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound or to which it or any of its Property is subject, or constitute a default thereunder or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien, other than Permitted Liens.

5.4 Authorization; Enforceability. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the security interest in the Collateral, the incurrence of the Loans, the execution and delivery of the other Loan Documents to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated have each been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrower and each Subsidiary. No authorization, consent, approval, license or exemption of, and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Person is, was or will be necessary to (a) the valid execution and delivery of any Loan Document to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party, (b) the performance of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s obligations under any Loan Document or (c) the granting of the security interest in the Collateral or the Subsidiary’s entering into the Subsidiary Loan Documents, except for filings in connection with the perfection of the security interest in any of the Collateral. The Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity.

5.5 No Liens; Intellectual Property. Borrower has good and marketable title to the Collateral, and owns the Collateral free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens. Borrower has good title and ownership of, or is licensed under, all of Borrower’s current Intellectual Property, as listed in the Intellectual Property Security Agreement. Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers, resellers and/or distributors in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Disclosure Schedule. Each patent which it owns

 

-23-


or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License (other than over the counter software). Borrower has not received any communications alleging that Borrower has violated, or by conducting its business as proposed, would violate any proprietary rights of any other Person. Borrower has no knowledge of any infringement or violation by it of the intellectual property rights of any third party and has no knowledge of any violation or infringement by a third party of any of its Intellectual Property. The Collateral and the Intellectual Property constitute substantially all of the assets and property of Borrower, and Borrower owns or has the right to use all Intellectual Property material to the business of Borrower and Subsidiaries, free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens.

5.6 Security Interest. The provisions of this Agreement create legal and valid security interests in the Collateral in favor of Collateral Agent and each Lender, and, assuming the filing of one or more financing statement(s) identifying the Collateral with the proper state and/or local authorities, the security interests in the Collateral granted to Collateral Agent and each Lender pursuant to this Agreement (a) constitute and will continue to constitute first priority security interests (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ Liens under this Agreement) and (b) are and will continue to be superior and prior to the rights of all other creditors of Borrower (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ Liens under this Agreement).

5.7 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office, Principal Place of Business and Collateral. Borrower has not done business in the past five (5) years under any name other than that specified in the Disclosure Schedule. Borrower’s jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business, and the place where Borrower maintains its records concerning the Collateral are presently located in the state and at the address set forth on the cover page of this Agreement. The Collateral is presently located at the address(es) set forth in the Disclosure Schedule.

5.8 Litigation. There are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court, arbitral tribunal, regulatory organization, administrative agency or similar body. Borrower does not have knowledge of any such pending or threatened actions or proceedings.

5.9 Financial Statements. All financial statements relating to Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate that have been or may hereafter be delivered by Borrower to Collateral Agent or any Lender (as specified) present fairly in all material respects the condition of the applicable Borrower set forth therein as of the date thereof and such Borrower’s results of operations for the period then ended.

5.10 No Material Adverse Change. No Material Adverse Change has occurred since December 31, 2020.

5.11 Full Disclosure. No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower or any Subsidiary in any Loan Document (including the Disclosure Schedule), certificate

 

-24-


or written statement furnished to Collateral Agent or any Lender contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading. There is no fact known to Borrower or any Subsidiary that materially adversely affects, or which could in the future be reasonably expected to materially adversely affect, its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

5.12 Solvency, Etc. Each Borrower and Subsidiary is Solvent (as defined below) and, after the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, each Borrower and Subsidiary will be Solvent. “Solvent” means, with respect to any Person on any date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the fair value of the liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital.

5.13 Subsidiaries. No Borrower has any direct or indirect Subsidiaries that are not Borrowers other than D-Wave UK Ltd., a company existing under the laws of the United Kingdom, D-Wave Quantum Services Europe Limited, a company existing under the laws of Ireland and D-Wave Japan Co. Ltd., a company existing under the laws of Japan, each of which is direct or indirect Subsidiary of D-Wave Systems Inc. Each Subsidiary with respect to which the Collateral Agent as requested the execution and delivery of Subsidiary Loan Documents is duly authorized to guaranty the Borrower’s performance of the Obligations and to grant a security interest (however denoted) in its Property, and to enter into the Subsidiary Loan Documents to which it is a party, and the board of directors or other governing body of each Subsidiary has duly authorized the transfer of the Equity Securities issued by it in the event of a realization upon such Equity Securities.

5.14 Capitalization. All issued and outstanding Equity Securities of Borrower and each Subsidiary are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and such securities were issued in compliance with all applicable state, provincial and federal laws, as applicable, concerning the issuance of securities.

5.15 Catastrophic Events; Labor Disputes. None of Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective Property is or has been affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or other casualty that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no disputes presently subject to grievance procedure, arbitration or litigation under any of the collective bargaining agreements, employment contracts or employee welfare or incentive plans to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party, and there are no strikes, lockouts, work stoppages or slowdowns, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, jurisdictional disputes or organizing activity occurring or threatened which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.16 Certain Agreements of Officers, Employees and Consultants.

 

-25-


(a) No Violation. To the knowledge of Borrower, no officer, employee or consultant of Borrower or any Subsidiary is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement, nondisclosure agreement, noncompetition agreement or any other material contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant relating to the right of any such officer, employee or consultant to be employed by Borrower or such Subsidiary because of the nature of the business conducted or to be conducted by Borrower or such Subsidiary or relating to the use of trade secrets or proprietary information of others, and to Borrower’s knowledge, the continued employment of Borrower’s and each Subsidiary’s officers, employees and consultants does not subject Borrower to any material liability for any claim or claims arising out of or in connection with any such contract, agreement, or covenant.

(b) No Present Intention to Terminate. To the knowledge of Borrower, no officer of Borrower or any Subsidiary, and no employee or consultant of Borrower or any Subsidiary whose termination, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, has any present intention of terminating his or her employment or consulting relationship with Borrower.

5.17 No Plan Assets. Neither Borrower nor, to the extent applicable, any Subsidiary is an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of the assets of Borrower or, to the extent applicable, any Subsidiary constitutes or will constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In addition, (a) neither Borrower nor, to the extent applicable, any Subsidiary is a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA and (b) transactions by or with Borrower or, to the extent applicable, any Subsidiary are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code currently in effect, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement.

5.18 Sanctions, Etc. None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or, any director, officer, Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and to the knowledge of Borrower, no employee or agent of Borrower or any Subsidiary, is a Person that is, or is owned or controlled by Persons that are, (a) the subject or target of any Sanctions or (b) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, as of the date hereof and at all times throughout the term of this Agreement, including after giving effect to any transfers of interests permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, none of the funds of Borrower, any Subsidiary or of their Affiliates have been (or will be) derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in the respective party (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by applicable law or the Loans are in violation of applicable law.

5.19 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not a “bank holding company” or a direct or indirect subsidiary of a “bank holding company” as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and Regulation Y thereunder of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin

 

-26-


stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and no proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

5.20 Payment of Taxes. All federal and other material tax returns, reports and statements (including any attachments thereto or amendments thereof) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries filed or required to be filed by any of them have been timely filed (or extensions have been obtained and such extensions have not expired) and all taxes shown on such tax returns or otherwise due and payable and all assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable, except for the payment of any such taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges which are being diligently contested by Borrower in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made under GAAP. To the knowledge of Borrower, no tax return of Borrower or any Subsidiary is currently under an audit or examination, and Borrower has not received written notice of any proposed audit or examination, in each case, where a material amount of tax is at issue. Borrower is not an “S corporation” within the meaning of Section 1361(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

5.21 Non-Borrower Subsidiaries. If, as and when the Collateral Agent requires that a Subsidiary enter into any Subsidiary Loan Documents, the execution and delivery to the Collateral Agent of the applicable Subsidiary Loan Documents shall constitute a joinder to the representations and warranties in this Section 5 with respect to such Subsidiary and as to such Subsidiary Loan Documents, in each case as of the date of such delivery.

6. Affirmative Covenants. Borrower, until the full and complete payment of the Obligations, covenants and agrees that:

6.1 Good Standing. Borrower shall maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, its corporate existence and its good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.2 Government Compliance. Borrower shall comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.3 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to each Lender as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month

(a) The following financial statements:

(i) for D-Wave Systems Inc., on a consolidated basis, a balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows as at, and for the month and portion of the fiscal year then ended;

 

-27-


(ii) for each of D-Wave Commercial Inc. and D-Wave Government Inc. (wholly-owned Subsidiaries of D-Wave (US) Inc., their holding company), unconsolidated versions of the financial statements described in clause (i) (as at and for the periods described in clause (i)); and

(iii) trial balances for the other Borrowers and Subsidiaries in form and substance to be agreed by Lender and Borrower, each acting reasonably,

all certified by Borrower’s president, treasurer or chief financial officer (each, a “Responsible Officer”);

(b) Borrower’s board-approved operating budget and plan for Borrower’s fiscal year 2022 shall delivered to Lenders on or prior to the date that is ninety (90) days after the end of Borrower’s 2021 fiscal year; and

(c) such other financial information as any Lender may reasonably request from time to time. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to each Lender (A) promptly upon becoming available, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders and (B) immediately upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any material legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary or the commencement of any action, proceeding or governmental investigation involving Borrower or any Subsidiary is commenced that is reasonably expected to result in either damages or costs to Borrower of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) or more or a Material Adverse Effect.

6.4 Certificates of Compliance. Each time financial statements are furnished pursuant to Section 6.3 above, Borrower shall deliver to each Lender an Officer’s Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in the form of, and certifying to the matters set forth in Exhibit D hereto.

6.5 Notice of Defaults, SPAC Termination. As soon as possible, and in any event within (a) one (1) Business day after receiving or its agents or representatives receiving notice that the De-Spac Transaction is being terminated or any of the agreements governing the De-Spac Transaction is being terminated, or (b) five (5) days after the discovery of or notice received concerning any other Default or an Event of Default, Borrower shall provide each Lender with an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the facts relating to or giving rise to such termination (together with a copy of the notice received) Default or Event of Default and the action which Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

6.6 Taxes. Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law or imposed upon any Property belonging to it, and will execute and deliver to Collateral Agent and Lenders, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; and Borrower will make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, timely payment or deposit of all tax payments and withholding taxes required of it by applicable laws (including those laws affecting US-incorporated Borrowers concerning F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A., and state disability, and for all Borrowers and Subsidiaries local, state, provincial, and federal or national income taxes), and will, upon request, furnish Collateral Agent and Lenders with proof satisfactory to each Lender

 

-28-


indicating that Borrower and each Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits; provided that Borrower need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof (provided that such proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such amounts or reserves sufficient to discharge such amounts have been provided on the books of Borrower). In addition, Borrower shall not change, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to change, its respective jurisdiction of residence for taxation purposes.

6.7 Use; Maintenance. Borrower shall keep and maintain all items of equipment and other similar types of personal property that form any significant portion or portions of the Collateral in good operating condition and repair and shall make all necessary replacements thereof and renewals thereto so that the value and operating efficiency thereof shall at all times be maintained and preserved, except for where adequate reserves have been maintained and are deployed to replace such equipment and personal property within a reasonable period of time. Borrower shall not permit any such material item of Collateral to become a fixture to real estate or an accession to other personal property, without the prior written consent of Collateral Agent and each Lender. Borrower shall not permit any such material item of Collateral to be operated or maintained in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation. With respect to items of leased equipment (to the extent Collateral Agent and Lenders have any security interest in any residual Borrower’s interest in such equipment under the lease), Borrower shall keep, maintain, repair, replace and operate such leased equipment in accordance with the terms of the applicable lease in all material respects.

6.8 Insurance. Borrower shall keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location, and as Collateral Agent or any Lender may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Collateral Agent and each Lender. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Collateral Agent and each Lender as an additional loss payee and all liability policies shall show Collateral Agent and each Lender as an additional insured and all policies shall provide that the insurer must give Collateral Agent at least thirty (30) days’ notice before canceling its policy. At Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any property policy shall, at Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s option, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, or to Lenders on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any property policy, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that (a) any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Collateral Agent and Lenders have been granted a first priority security interest and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default all proceeds payable under such property policy shall, at the option of Collateral Agent or any Lender, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, or to Lenders on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.8 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Collateral Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.8, and take any action under the policies Collateral Agent or any Lender

 

-29-


deems prudent. On or prior to the first Funding Date and prior to each policy renewal, Borrower shall furnish to Collateral Agent certificates of insurance or other evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent that insurance complying with all of the above requirements is in effect.

6.9 Further Assurances.

(a) If, as and within fifteen (15) days of receipt of a good faith request from the Collateral Agent, Borrower shall cause any specified Subsidiary to execute and deliver the Subsidiary Loan Documents specified by the Collateral Agent, together with such certificates, opinions and other deliverables that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request.

(b) Without limiting the preceding paragraph, at any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Collateral Agent or any Lender to make effective the purposes of this Agreement, including the continued perfection and priority of Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral.

6.10 Operating Covenants.

(a) Between the date hereof and June 30, 2022, received cash advances under the SIF Credit Agreement of at least $3,200,000.

(b) On before May 31, 2022, Borrower shall have filed a Form S-4 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission providing public notice of the De-SPAC Transaction.

(c) The De-SPAC Transaction shall be consummated on or before August 31, 2022.

6.11 Keeping of Books. Borrower shall keep proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

7. Negative Covenants. At all times until the full and complete payment and performance of the Obligations, Borrower covenants and agrees that Borrower shall not:

7.1 Chief Executive Office. Change its name, jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business or any of the items set forth in Section 1 of the Disclosure Schedule without ten (10) days prior written notice to Collateral Agent.

7.2 Collateral Control. Subject to its rights under Sections 4.4 and 7.4, remove any items of Collateral from Borrower’s facility located at the address set forth in the Disclosure Schedule.

7.3 Liens. Create, incur, allow or suffer, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, allow or suffer, any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any accounts except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except for Permitted Liens that arise by

 

-30-


operation of law and are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority to Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ Liens), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, or Lenders) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except (a) as otherwise permitted in Section 7.4 hereof and (b) as permitted in the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.4 Other Dispositions of Collateral. Convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, or permit any Subsidiary to convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose, of all or any part of the Collateral to any Person (collectively, a “Transfer”), except for: (a) Transfers of inventory in the ordinary course of business; and (b) Transfers of worn-out or obsolete equipment made in the ordinary course of business.

7.5 Distributions. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distributions, or permit any Subsidiary to pay any dividends or make any distributions, on their respective Equity Securities; (b) purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire, or permit any Subsidiary to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire, for value any of their respective Equity Securities (other than repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements or similar arrangements, in each case at the discretion of the employee, limited to repurchases not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate prior to the repayment of the Obligations); (c) return, or permit any Subsidiary to return, any capital to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; (d) make, or permit any Subsidiary to make, any distribution of assets, Equity Securities, obligations or securities to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; or (e) set apart any sum for any such purpose; provided, however, (A) any Subsidiary may pay dividends solely to Borrower or another wholly-owned Subsidiary, (B) Borrower may pay dividends payable solely in Borrower’s common stock, and (C) only to the extent necessary to effect the De-Spac Transaction, the Borrower or a Subsidiary may take one or more actions described in (a) through (e) above, with the prior written consent of the Lender, not to be unreasonably withheld.

7.6 Mergers, Amalgamations or Acquisitions. Merge, amalgamate or consolidate, or permit any Subsidiary to merge, amalgamate or consolidate, with or into any other Person or acquire, or permit any Subsidiary to acquire, all or substantially all of the Equity Securities or assets of another Person; provided that (a) any Subsidiary may merge or amalgamate into another Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary may merge or amalgamate into a Borrower so long as such Borrower is the surviving entity, and (c) only to the extent necessary to effect the De-Spac Transaction, Borrower or a Subsidiary may merge or amalgamate into an Affiliate that has (contemporaneously) granted first priority security over its assets in favor of the Collateral Agent (or directed payment of funds to repay all Obligations).

7.7 Change in Business or Ownership. Engage, or permit any Subsidiary to engage, in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto or have a change in Borrower’s ownership equal to or greater than twenty-five percent (25%) other than (a) by the sale by Borrower of Borrower’s Equity Securities in a public offering or (b) to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to each Lender and Collateral Agent the venture capital investors prior to the

 

-31-


execution of a definitive agreement relating to such change of ownership and any such venture capital investors that purchase or otherwise acquire twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the ownership of Borrower in one or a series of transactions have cleared each Lender’s “know your customer” checks.

7.8 Transactions With Affiliates; Creation of Subsidiaries. (a) Amend the date for the closing of the De-Spac Transaction (or waive any obligation to close) under the contracts governing the De-Spac Transaction by an aggregate of more than five (5) days, based on all such changes as compared to the date specified in the documents governing the De-Spac Transaction on the date hereof (or any further amendment or waiver after such threshold has been reached), (b) enter, or permit any Subsidiary to enter, into any contractual obligation with any Affiliate or engage in any other transaction with any Affiliate except upon terms at least as favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, as an arms-length transaction with Persons who are not Affiliates of Borrower, other than to the extent necessary to effect the De-Spac Transaction, or (c) create a Subsidiary without (i) providing at least ten (10) Business Days advance notice thereof to Lenders and (ii) if requested by Lenders, causing such Subsidiary to enter into the Subsidiary Loan Documents, in each case on terms reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and each Lender; provided that in all cases, the Subsidiary constitutes a Permitted Investment.

7.9 Indebtedness Payments. (a) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy in any manner prior to the scheduled repayment thereof any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than amounts due or permitted to be prepaid under this Agreement or under any Permitted Indebtedness under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness) or lease obligations, (b) amend, modify or otherwise change the terms of any Indebtedness for borrowed money or lease obligations so as to accelerate the scheduled repayment thereof or (c) repay any notes to officers, directors or shareholders.

7.10 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or permit, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, or permit to exist, any Indebtedness except Permitted Indebtedness.

7.11 Investments. Make, or permit any Subsidiary to make, any Investment except for Permitted Investments.

7.12 Compliance. (a) Become, or permit any Subsidiary to become, an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or undertake as one of its important activities, extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Loan for that purpose; (b) become, or permit any Subsidiary to become, subject to any other federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money; or (c) (i) fail, or permit any Subsidiary to fail, to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”), or (ii) permit, or permit any Subsidiary to permit, a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; (d) fail, or permit any Subsidiary to fail, to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect.

 

-32-


7.13 Maintenance of Accounts.

(a) Maintain any deposit account or securities account, except accounts with respect to which Collateral Agent and the applicable depository institution have entered into an Account Control Agreement; provided that with respect to deposit accounts maintained at institutions in Canada, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy this provision within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the non-Borrower Subsidiaries shall be permitted to maintain one or more deposit accounts with financial institutions located outside of the United States and Canada (such accounts, the “Foreign Bank Accounts”) over which Lender does not have a perfected security interest through one or more Account Control Agreements, provided, however, that the aggregate amount on deposit in all such Foreign Bank Accounts shall not exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) at any time, and (ii) no Account Control Agreement shall be required for a single deposit account at Wells Fargo Bank (account no. [*****]) that secures the commercial credit card of D-Wave Systems Inc., provided that such account does not have an account balance in excess of $75,000.

(b) Grant or allow any other Person (other than Collateral Agent or Lenders) to perfect a security interest in, or enter into any agreements with any Persons (other than Collateral Agent or Lenders) accomplishing perfection via control as to, any of its deposit accounts or securities accounts.

7.14 Negative Pledges Regarding Intellectual Property and Equity Securities. (i) Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien of any kind upon any Equity Securities owned by it or Intellectual Property, or Transfer any Equity Securities or any Intellectual Property, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than transfers of non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business; (ii) allow any Borrower other than D-Wave Systems Inc. to issue any Equity Securities other than to a Borrower.

7.15 Anti-Terrorism Laws. Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the Loans, whether as lender, underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise). Lenders hereby notify Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Laws, and each Lender’s policies and practices, each Lender is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies Borrower and its principals, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and its principals and such other information that will allow such Lender to identify such party in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Laws.

8. Events of Default. Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” by Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1 Failure to Pay. If Borrower fails to pay when due and payable or when declared due and payable in accordance with the Loan Documents: (a) any Scheduled Payment on the

 

-33-


relevant Payment Date or on the Maturity Date; or (b) any other portion of the Obligations within five (5) days after receipt of written notice from any Lender that such payment is due.

8.2 Certain Covenant Defaults. If Borrower fails to perform any obligation arising under any of Sections 3.3(a), 6.3, 6.5, 6.9(a) or 6.10, or violates any of the covenants contained in Section 7 of this Agreement.

8.3 Other Covenant Defaults. If Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than as set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2), in any of the other Loan Documents and Borrower has failed to cure such default within fifteen (15) days of the occurrence of such default. During this fifteen (15) day period, the failure to cure the default is not an Event of Default (but no Loan will be made during the cure period).

8.4 Material Adverse Change. If there occurs a Material Adverse Change.

8.5 Investor Abandonment. If (a) any Lender determines in its reasonable good faith judgment, that it is the clear intention of Borrower’s investors not to continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and within the timeframe necessary to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable, or (b) the De-Spac Transaction is terminated or notice is delivered from any investor to Borrower or its agents or representatives that the De-Spac Transaction is terminated.

8.6 Seizure of Assets, Etc. (a) If any material portion of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s assets (i) is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon or (ii) comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or Person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within ten (10) days, (b) if Borrower or any Subsidiary is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, (c) if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s assets or (d) if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s assets by the United States Government, or any department agency or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof; provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower.

8.7 Service of Process. (a) The service of process upon Collateral Agent or any Lender seeking to attach by a trustee or other process any funds of Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by Collateral Agent or such Lender, (b) the delivery upon Collateral Agent or any Lender of a notice of foreclosure by any Person seeking to attach or foreclose on any funds of Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by Collateral Agent or such Lender or (c) the delivery of a notice of foreclosure or exclusive control to any entity holding or maintaining Borrower’s deposit accounts or accounts holding securities by any Person (other than Collateral Agent or any Lender) seeking to foreclose or attach any such accounts or securities.

 

-34-


8.8 Default on Indebtedness. One or more defaults shall exist under any agreement with any third party or parties which consists of the failure to pay any Indebtedness of Borrower or any Subsidiary at maturity or which results in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of Indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) or a default shall exist under any financing agreement with a Lender or any Lender’s Affiliates.

8.9 Judgments. If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) shall be rendered against Borrower or any Subsidiary and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of ten (10) days or more.

8.10 Misrepresentations. If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty, representation, statement, certification, or report made to Collateral Agent or any Lender by Borrower or any officer, employee, agent, or director of Borrower.

8.11 [Reserved]

8.12 Unenforceable Loan Document. If any Loan Document shall in any material respect cease to be, or Borrower shall assert that any Loan Document is not, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms.

8.13 Involuntary Insolvency Proceeding. (a) If a proceeding shall have been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises (i) seeking a decree or order for relief in respect of Borrower or any Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, administrator, assignee, custodian, trustee (or similar official) of Borrower or any Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its Property or (iii) for the winding- up or liquidation of its affairs, and such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed and in effect for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days or (b) such court shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in any such proceeding.

8.14 Voluntary Insolvency Proceeding. If Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (a) commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (b) consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (c) consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian (or other similar official) of Borrower or any Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its Property, (d) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (e) shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or (f) take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

9. Lenders’ Rights and Remedies.

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, no Lender shall have any further obligation to advance money or extend credit to or for the benefit of Borrower. In addition, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent and each Lender shall have the rights, options, duties and remedies of a secured party as permitted by the

 

-35-


Code, the PPSA, by law, and, in addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, Collateral Agent, on behalf of Lenders, or any Lender may, at its election, without notice of election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a) Acceleration of Obligations. Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including (i) any accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii) if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, (iii) the unpaid principal balance of the Loans and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.13 or 8.14 all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Collateral Agent or any Lender);

(b) Protection of Collateral. Make such payments and do such acts as Collateral Agent or such Lender considers necessary or reasonable to protect Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Collateral Agent or any Lender so requires and to make the Collateral available to Collateral Agent or Lenders as Collateral Agent or any Lender may designate. Borrower authorizes Collateral Agent, each Lender and their designees and agents to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which in Collateral Agent’s or such Lender’s determination appears or is claimed to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Collateral Agent and each Lender a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, for up to one hundred twenty (120) days in order to exercise any of Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(c) Appointment of Receiver. Appoint in writing a receiver, receiver and manager or interim receiver (each a “Receiver”) for all or any part of the Collateral who shall be vested with all of Collateral Agent’s or Lenders’ rights and remedies under this Agreement, at law or in equity. Any such Receiver, with respect to responsibility for its acts, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law be deemed to be the agent of the Borrowers or a Borrower and not an agent of Collateral Agent or Lender.

(d) Court Order for Receiver. Obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction and order for the appointment of a Receiver of the Borrowers or a Borrower or of any or all of the Collateral.

(e) Preparation of Collateral for Sale. Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Collateral Agent, each Lender and their agents and any purchasers at or after foreclosure are hereby granted a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid, royalty-free license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s Intellectual Property, including labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any Property of a similar nature, now or at any time hereafter owned or acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower

 

-36-


now or at any time hereafter has any rights; provided that such license shall only be exercisable in connection with the disposition of Collateral upon Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s exercise of its remedies hereunder;

(f) Sale of Collateral. Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Collateral Agent or any Lender determines are commercially reasonable (and for purposes hereof, ten (10) days’ notice of sale shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable); and

(g) Purchase of Collateral. Credit bid and purchase all or any portion of the Collateral at any public sale. Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

9.2 Set Off Right. Collateral Agent and each Lender may set off and apply to the Obligations any and all Indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower or any other assets of Borrower in Collateral Agent’s or such Lender’s possession or control.

9.3 Effect of Sale. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to the extent permitted by law, Borrower covenants that it will not at any time insist upon or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take any benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law now or at any time hereafter in force, nor claim, take nor insist upon any benefit or advantage of or from any law now or hereafter in force providing for the valuation or appraisement of the Collateral or any part thereof prior to any sale or sales thereof to be made pursuant to any provision herein contained, or to the decree, judgment or order of any court of competent jurisdiction; nor, after such sale or sales, claim or exercise any right under any statute now or hereafter made or enacted by any state or otherwise to redeem the property so sold or any part thereof, and, to the full extent legally permitted, except as to rights expressly provided herein, hereby expressly waives for itself and on behalf of each and every Person, except decree or judgment creditors of Borrower, acquiring any interest in or title to the Collateral or any part thereof subsequent to the date of this Agreement, all benefit and advantage of any such law or laws, and covenants that it will not invoke or utilize any such law or laws or otherwise hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted and delegated to Collateral Agent or any Lender, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such power, law or laws had been made or enacted. Any sale, whether under any power of sale hereby given or by virtue of judicial proceedings, shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of Borrower in and to the Property sold, and shall be a perpetual bar, both at law and in equity, against Borrower, its successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming the Property sold or any part thereof under, by or through Borrower, its successors or assigns.

9.4 Power of Attorney in Respect of the Collateral. Borrower does hereby irrevocably appoint Collateral Agent, on behalf of each Lender (which appointment is coupled with an interest) the true and lawful attorney in fact of Borrower, with full power of substitution and in its name to file any notices of security interests, financing statements and continuations and

 

-37-


amendments thereof pursuant to the Code, the PPSA or federal law, as may be necessary to perfect or to continue the perfection of Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ security interests in the Collateral. Borrower does hereby irrevocably appoint Collateral Agent, on behalf of each Lender (which appointment is coupled with an interest) on the occurrence of an Event of Default, the true and lawful attorney in fact of Borrower, with full power of substitution and in its name: (a) to ask, demand, collect, receive, receipt for, sue for, compound and give acquittance for any and all rents, issues, profits, avails, distributions, income, payment draws and other sums in which a security interest is granted under Section 4 with full power to settle, adjust or compromise any claim thereunder as fully as if Collateral Agent or such Lender were Borrower itself; (b) to receive payment of and to endorse the name of Borrower to any items of Collateral (including checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money) that come into Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s possession or under Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s control; (c) to make all demands, consents and waivers, or take any other action with respect to, the Collateral; (d) in Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s discretion to file any claim or take any other action or proceedings, either in its own name or in the name of Borrower or otherwise, which Collateral Agent or such Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect and preserve the right, title and interest of Collateral Agent and Lenders in and to the Collateral; (e) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (f) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any account or drafts against account debtors; (g) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (h) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and on terms Collateral Agent or Lenders determine reasonable; (i) transfer the Collateral into the name of Collateral Agent, any Lender or a third party as the Code or the PPSA permits; and (j) to otherwise act with respect thereto as though Collateral Agent or such Lender were the outright owner of the Collateral.

9.5 Lenders’ Expenses. If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Collateral Agent or any Lender may do any or all of the following: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; or (b) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.8 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Collateral Agent or any Lender deems prudent. Any amounts paid or deposited by Collateral Agent or any Lender shall constitute Lenders’ Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, shall bear interest at the Default Rate and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Collateral Agent or any Lender shall not constitute an agreement by Collateral Agent or any Lender to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Collateral Agent or any Lender of any Event of Default under this Agreement. Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including Lenders’ Expenses, incurred by Collateral Agent or any Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of the Obligations hereunder not performed when due.

9.6 Remedies Cumulative; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights. Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Collateral Agent and each Lender shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, the PPSA, by law, or in equity. No failure on the part of Collateral Agent or any Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The Obligations of Borrower to any Lender or Collateral Agent may

 

-38-


be enforced by such Lender or Collateral Agent against Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, it shall not be necessary for Collateral Agent or any other Lender, as applicable, to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding to enforce such Obligations.

9.7 Application of Collateral Proceeds. The proceeds and/or avails of the Collateral, or any part thereof, and the proceeds and the avails of any remedy hereunder (as well as any other amounts of any kind held by Collateral Agent or any Lender, at the time of or received by Collateral Agent or any Lender after the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder) shall be paid to and applied as follows:

(a) First, to the payment of out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including all amounts expended to preserve the value of the Collateral, of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of such sale and the exercise of any other rights or remedies, and of all proper fees, expenses, liability and advances, including reasonable legal expenses and attorneys’ fees, incurred or made hereunder by Collateral Agent or any Lender, including Lenders’ Expenses;

(b) Second, to the payment to Lenders of the amount then owing or unpaid on the Loans for any accrued and unpaid interest, the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii), if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, the principal balance of the Loans, and all other Obligations with respect to the Loans (provided, however, if such proceeds shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due, owing or unpaid upon the Loans, then first, to the unpaid interest thereon ratably, second, to the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii) ratably, if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, third, to the principal balance of the Loans ratably, and fourth, to the ratable payment of other amounts then payable to Lenders under any of the Loan Documents); and

(c) Third, to the payment of the surplus, if any, to Borrower, its successors and assigns or to the Person lawfully entitled to receive the same.

9.8 Reinstatement of Rights. If Collateral Agent or any Lender shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely, then and in every such case (unless otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction), Collateral Agent and Lenders shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder with respect to the Property subject to the security interest created under this Agreement.

10. Waivers; Indemnification.

10.1 Demand; Protest. Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by Collateral Agent or any Lender on which Borrower may in any way be liable.

10.2 Lender’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Collateral Agent and each Lender comply with their obligations, if any, under the Code or the PPSA or other corresponding law of

 

-39-


other jurisdictions (and do not engage in intentional misconduct or gross negligence), neither Collateral Agent nor any Lender shall in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause other than Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; (c) any diminution in the value thereof; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person whomsoever. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower in the absence of intentional misconduct or gross negligence by the Collateral Agent.

10.3 Indemnification and Waiver. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated:

(a) General Indemnity. Borrower agrees upon demand to pay or reimburse Collateral Agent and each Lender for all liabilities, obligations and out-of-pocket expenses, including Lenders’ Expenses and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for Collateral Agent and each Lender from time to time arising in connection with the enforcement or collection of sums due under the Loan Documents, and in connection with any amendment or modification of the Loan Documents or any “work-out” in connection with the Loan Documents. Borrower shall indemnify, reimburse and hold Collateral Agent, each Lender, and each of their respective successors, assigns, agents, attorneys, officers, directors, equity holders, servants, agents and employees (each an “Indemnified Person”) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, damages, actions, suits, demands, claims of any kind and nature (including claims relating to environmental discharge, cleanup or compliance), all costs and expenses whatsoever to the extent they may be incurred or suffered by such Indemnified Person in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), fines, penalties (and other charges of any applicable Governmental Authority), licensing fees relating to any item of Collateral, damage to or loss of use of property (including consequential or special damages to third parties or damages to Borrower’s property), or bodily injury to or death of any person (including any agent or employee of Borrower) (each, a “Claim”), directly or indirectly relating to or arising out of the use of the proceeds of the Loans or otherwise, the falsity of any representation or warranty of Borrower or Borrower’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. The foregoing indemnity shall cover, without limitation, (i) any Claim in connection with a design or other defect (latent or patent) in any item of equipment or product included in the Collateral, (ii) any Claim for infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property right, (iii) any Claim resulting from the presence on or under or the escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge, emission or release of any Hazardous Materials on the premises owned, occupied or leased by Borrower, including any Claims asserted or arising under any Environmental Law, (iv) any Claim for negligence or strict or absolute liability in tort or (v) any Claim asserted as to or arising under any Account Control Agreement or any Landlord Agreement; provided, however, Borrower shall not indemnify any Indemnified Person for any liability incurred by such Indemnified Person as a direct and sole result of such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Such indemnities shall continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Upon Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s written demand, Borrower shall assume and diligently conduct, at its sole cost and expense, the entire defense of Collateral Agent and Lenders, each of their members, partners, and each of their respective, agents, employees, directors, officers, equity holders, successors and assigns against any indemnified Claim described in this Section 10.3(a). Borrower shall not settle or compromise

 

-40-


any Claim against or involving Collateral Agent or any Lender without first obtaining Collateral Agent’s or such Lender’s written consent thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(b) Waiver. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANYWHERE ELSE, BORROWER AGREES THAT IT SHALL NOT SEEK FROM COLLATERAL AGENT OR ANY LENDER UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING ANY THEORY IN TORTS), ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.

(c) Survival; Defense. The obligations in this Section 10.3 shall survive payment of all other Obligations pursuant to Section 12.8. At the election of any Indemnified Person, Borrower shall defend such Indemnified Person using legal counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Person in such Person’s reasonable discretion, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower. All amounts owing under this Section 10.3 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after written demand.

11. Notices. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, by prepaid nationally recognized overnight courier, or by email to Borrower or to Lender, as the case may be, at their respective addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:    D-Wave Systems Inc.
   3033 Beta Avenue
   Burnaby, British Columbia V5G 4M9
   Canada
   Attention: John M. Markovich, CFO
   And to:
   legal@dwavesys.com
If to PSP Lender or the    PSPIB Unitas Investments II Inc.
Collateral Agent:    c/o PSP Investments
   1250 Boul. Rene-Levesque West, Suite 1400
   Montreal, Quebec H3B 5E9
   Canada
   Attn: Adam Smalley
   And to:
   legalnotices@investpsp.ca

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

 

-41-


12. General Provisions.

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without each Lender’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in each Lender’s sole discretion. Each Lender shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in such Lender’s rights and benefits hereunder. Collateral Agent and each Lender may disclose the Loan Documents and any other financial or other information relating to Borrower to any potential participant or assignee of any of the Loans; provided that such participant or assignee agrees to protect the confidentiality of such documents and information using the same measures that it uses to protect its own confidential information.

12.2 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

12.3 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

12.4 Entire Agreement; Construction; Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, taken together, constitute and contain the entire agreement among Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lenders and supersede any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications between the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof. Borrower acknowledges that it is not relying on any representation or agreement made by Collateral Agent, any Lender or any employee, attorney or agent thereof, other than the specific agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

(b) Construction. This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of Borrower, Collateral Agent and each Lender as of the date hereof and their respective counsel; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender. Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lenders agree that they intend the literal words of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that no parol evidence shall be necessary or appropriate to establish Borrower’s, Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s actual intentions.

(c) Amendments and Waivers. Any and all discharges or waivers of, or consents to any departures from any provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents shall not be effective without the written consent of each Lender; provided that no such discharge, waiver or consent affecting the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be effective without the written consent of the Collateral Agent. Any and all amendments and modifications of this Agreement or of any of the

 

-42-


other Loan Documents shall not be effective without the written consent of each Lender and Borrower; provided that no such amendment or modification affecting the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be effective without the written consent of the Collateral Agent. Any waiver or consent with respect to any provision of the Loan Documents shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, waiver or consent affected in accordance with this Section 12.4 shall be binding upon Collateral Agent, Lenders and on Borrower.

12.5 Reliance by Lender. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein by Borrower shall be deemed to be material to and to have been relied upon by Collateral Agent and Lenders, notwithstanding any investigation by Collateral Agent or any Lender.

12.6 No Set-Offs by Borrower. All sums payable by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be payable without notice or demand and shall be payable in United States Dollars without set-off or reduction of any manner whatsoever.

12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts (including signatures delivered by electronic means), each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

12.8 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations or commitment to fund remain outstanding. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Collateral Agent and Lenders with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 10.3 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Collateral Agent or any Lender have run.

13. Relationship of Parties. Borrower and Lenders acknowledge, understand and agree that the relationship between Borrower, on the one hand, and Lenders, on the other, is, and at all times shall remain solely that of a borrower and lender. No Lender shall, under any circumstances, be construed to be a partner or a joint venturer of Borrower or any of its Affiliates; nor shall any Lender, under any circumstances, be deemed to be in a relationship of confidence or trust or a fiduciary relationship with Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or to owe any fiduciary duty or any other duty to Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Neither Collateral Agent nor any Lender undertakes or assumes any responsibility or duty to Borrower or any of its Affiliates to select, review, inspect, supervise, pass judgment upon or otherwise inform Borrower or any of its Affiliates of any matter in connection with its or their Property, any Collateral held by Collateral Agent or any Lender or the operations of Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Borrower and each of its Affiliates shall rely entirely on their own judgment with respect to such matters, and any review, inspection, supervision, exercise of judgment or supply of information undertaken or assumed by Collateral Agent or any Lender in connection with such matters is solely for the protection of Collateral Agent and Lenders and neither Borrower nor any Affiliate is entitled to rely thereon.

 

-43-


14. Confidentiality. All information (other than periodic reports filed by Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission) disclosed by Borrower to Collateral Agent or any Lender in writing or through inspection pursuant to this Agreement that is marked confidential shall be considered confidential. Collateral Agent and each Lender agrees to use the same degree of care to safeguard and prevent disclosure of such confidential information as Collateral Agent and such Lender uses with its own confidential information, but in any event no less than a reasonable degree of care. Neither Collateral Agent nor any Lender shall disclose such information to any third party (other than (a) to another party hereto, (b) to Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s members, partners, attorneys, governmental regulators (including any self-regulatory authority) or auditors, (c) to Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s subsidiaries and affiliates, (d) on a confidential basis, to any rating agency, (e) to prospective transferees and purchasers of the Loans or any actual or prospective party (or its Affiliates) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Obligations, Borrower, any Loan Document or any payment thereunder, all subject to the same confidentiality obligation set forth herein or (f) as required by law, regulation, subpoena or other order to be disclosed) and shall use such information only for purposes of evaluation of its investment in Borrower and the exercise of Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s rights and the enforcement of its remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any information that (i) was known to the public prior to disclosure by Borrower under this Agreement, (ii) becomes known to the public through no fault of Collateral Agent or any Lender, (iii) is disclosed to Collateral Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis by a third party or (iv) is independently developed by Collateral Agent or any Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ agreement of confidentiality shall not apply if Collateral Agent or any Lender has acquired indefeasible title to any Collateral or in connection with any enforcement or exercise of Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement following an Event of Default, including the enforcement of Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

15. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE TERMS OF SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SHALL APPLY. PURSUANT TO SECTION 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATION LAWS, EACH OF BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDERS HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK. BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDERS HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.

16. Cross-Guaranty of Co-Borrowers.

16.1 Cross-Guaranty. Each Borrower (solely for purposes of this Section 16, a “Co-Borrower”) hereby agrees that such Co-Borrower is jointly and severally liable for, and hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to Lender and its successors and assigns, the full and prompt payment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and

 

-44-


performance of, all Obligations owed or hereafter owing to Lender by each other Co-Borrower. Each Co-Borrower agrees that its guaranty obligation hereunder is a continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, that its obligations under this Section 16 shall not be discharged until payment and performance, in full, of the Obligations has occurred, and that its obligations under this Section 16 shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and unaffected by:

(a) the genuineness, validity, regularity, enforceability or any future amendment of, or change in, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, document or instrument to which any Co-Borrower is or may become a party;

(b) the absence of any action to enforce this Agreement (including this Section 16) or any other Loan Document, or the waiver or consent by Lender with respect to any of the provisions hereof or thereof;

(c) the existence, value or condition of, or failure to perfect its Lien against, any security for the Obligations or any action, or the absence of any action, by Lender in respect thereof (including the release of any such security);

(d) the insolvency of any Co-Borrower or any other Person; or

(e) the current or future existence of other guarantors, including any of the Subsidiaries, and the Lenders’ or the Collateral Agent’s dealings with such other guarantors, including any release of one or more of such guarantors;

(f) to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any other action or circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge, release or defense of a surety or guarantor.

Each Co-Borrower shall be regarded, and shall be in the same position, as principal debtor with respect to the Obligations guaranteed hereunder.

16.2 Waivers by Co- Borrowers. Each Co-Borrower expressly waives all rights it may have now or in the future under any statute, at common law, at law, in equity or otherwise, to compel Lender to marshal assets or to proceed in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereunder against any other Co-Borrower, any other party or against any security for the payment and performance of the Obligations before proceeding against, or as a condition to proceeding against, such Co-Borrower. Each Co-Borrower and the Lender agrees that the foregoing waivers are of the essence of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that, but for the provisions of this Section 16 and such waivers, Lender would decline to enter into this Agreement.

16.3 Benefit of Guaranty. Each Co-Borrower agrees that the provisions of this Section 16 are for the benefit of Lender and its successors, transferees, endorsees and assigns, and nothing herein contained shall impair, as between any other Co-Borrower and the Lender, the obligations of such other Co-Borrower under the Loan Documents.

 

-45-


16.4 Waiver of Subrogation, Etc. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, and except as set forth in Section 16.7, each Co-Borrower hereby expressly and irrevocably waives any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off and any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor until the Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full in cash. Each Co-Borrower acknowledges and agrees that this waiver is intended to benefit Lender and shall not limit or otherwise affect such Co-Borrower’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this Section 16, and that Lender and its successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this Section 16.

16.5 Election of Remedies. If Lender may, under applicable law, proceed to realize its benefits under any of the Loan Documents giving Lender a Lien upon any Collateral, whether owned by any Co-Borrower or by any other Person, either by judicial foreclosure or by non-judicial sale or enforcement, Lender may, at its sole option, determine which of its remedies or rights it may pursue without affecting any of its rights and remedies under this Section 16. If, in the exercise of any of its rights and remedies, Lender shall forfeit any of its rights or remedies (including, without limitation, its right to enter a deficiency judgment against any Co-Borrower or any other Person), whether because of any applicable laws pertaining to “election of remedies” or the like, each Co-Borrower hereby consents to such action by Lender and waives any claim based upon such action, even if such action by Lender shall result in a full or partial loss of any rights of subrogation that each Co-Borrower might otherwise have had but for such action by Lender. Any election of remedies that results in the denial or impairment of the right of Lender to seek a deficiency judgment against any Co-Borrower shall not impair any other Co-Borrower’s obligation to pay the full amount of the Obligations. In the event Lender shall bid at any foreclosure or trustee’s sale or at any private sale permitted by law or the Loan Documents, Lender may bid all or less than the amount of the Obligations and the amount of such bid need not be paid by Lender but shall be credited against the Obligations. The amount of the successful bid at any such sale, whether a Lender or any other party is the successful bidder, shall be conclusively deemed to be the fair market value of the Collateral and the difference between such bid amount and the remaining balance of the Obligations shall be conclusively deemed to be the amount of the Obligations guaranteed under this Section 16, notwithstanding that any present or future law or court decision or ruling may have the effect of reducing the amount of any deficiency claim to which Lender might otherwise be entitled but for such bidding at any such sale.

16.6 Limitation. Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, each Co- Borrower’s liability under this Section 16 (which liability is in any event in addition to amounts for which such Co-Borrower is primarily liable under this Agreement) shall be limited to an amount not to exceed as of any date of determination the lesser of:

(a) the net amount of all Loans advanced to any other Co-Borrower under this Agreement and then re-loaned or otherwise transferred to, or for the benefit of, such Co-Borrower; and

(b) the amount that could be claimed by Lender from such Co-Borrower under this Section 16 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law in any jurisdiction, or under the

 

-46-


Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act and the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act, in each case after taking into account, among other things, such Co-Borrower’s right of contribution and indemnification from each other Co-Borrower under Section 16.7.

16.7 Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations.

(a) To the extent that any Co-Borrower shall make a payment under this Section 16 of all or any of the Obligations (other than Loans made to such Co-Borrower for which it is primarily liable) (a “Guarantor Payment”) that, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Co-Borrower, exceeds the amount that such Co-Borrower would otherwise have paid if each Co-Borrower had paid the aggregate Obligations satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion that such Co-Borrower’s “Allocable Amount” (as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of each of the Co-Borrowers as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then, following indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations and termination of the commitments to lend hereunder, such Co-Borrower shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Co-Borrower for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.

(b) As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any Co-Borrower shall be equal to the maximum amount of the claim that could then be recovered from such Co-Borrower under this Section 16 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law.

(c) This Section 16.7 is intended only to define the relative rights of Co-Borrowers and nothing set forth in this Section 16.7 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of Co-Borrowers, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Section 16.7 shall limit the liability of any Co-Borrower to pay the Loans made directly or indirectly to such Co-Borrower and accrued interest, fees and expenses with respect thereto for which such Co-Borrower shall be primarily liable.

(d) The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of the Co-Borrowers to which such contribution and indemnification is owing.

(e) The rights of the indemnifying Co-Borrowers against other Co-Borrowers under this Section 16 shall be exercisable upon the full and indefeasible payment of the Obligations and the termination of the commitments to lend hereunder.

16.8 Liability Cumulative. The liability of Co-Borrowers under this Section 16 is in addition to and shall be cumulative with all liabilities of each Co-Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Co-Borrower is a party or in respect of any Obligations or obligation of the other Co-Borrower, without any limitation as to

 

-47-


amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

-48-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto to have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWERS:
D-WAVE SYSTEMS INC.
By:  

/s/ Alan Baratz

Name:   Alan Baratz
Title:   President and CEO
D-WAVE US INC.
By:  

/s/ Alan Baratz

Name:   Alan Baratz
Title:   President
D-WAVE GOVERNMENT INC.
By:  

/s/ Alan Baratz

Name:   Alan Baratz
Title:   President
D-WAVE COMMERCIAL INC.
By:  

/s/ Alan Baratz

Name:   Alan Baratz
Title:   President
D-WAVE INTERNATIONAL INC.
By:  

/s/ Victoria Brydon

Name:   Victoria Brydon
Title:   Director

Venture Loan and Security Agreement


D-WAVE QUANTUM SOLUTIONS INC.
By:  

/s/ Victoria Brydon

Name: Victoria Brydon
Title:   Director
OMNI CIRCUIT BOARDS LTD.
By:  

/s/ Victoria Brydon

Name:   Victoria Brydon
Title:   Director

Venture Loan and Security Agreement


PSP LENDER:
PSPIB UNITAS INVESTMENTS II INC
By:  

/s/ Adam Smalley

Name:   Adam Smalley
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Michael Larkin

Name:   Michael Larkin
Title:   Authorized Signatory
COLLATERAL AGENT:
PSPIB UNITAS INVESTMENTS II INC
By:  

/s/ Adam Smalley

Name:   Adam Smalley
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Michael Larkin

Name:   Michael Larkin
Title:   Authorized Signatory

Exhibit 10.40

THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, DISTRIBUTED, ASSIGNED, OFFERED, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS (A) THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT COVERING SUCH TRANSACTION, OR (B) SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THIS SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS FOUR (4) MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF: (I) NOVEMBER 24, 2020 AND (II) THE DATE DWSI HOLDINGS INC. BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.

WARRANT CERTIFICATE NO. 2020-W2

WARRANTS

DWSI HOLDINGS INC.

(the “Corporation”)

November 24, 2020

Right to Purchase

3,247,637 Class A Preferred Shares

WARRANT CERTIFICATE FOR PURCHASE OF PREFERRED SHARES

THIS CERTIFICATE IS TO CERTIFY THAT, for value received and in consideration of the cancellation without exercise of Warrant Certificate No. 2019-W30 dated November 29, 2019, Amazon.com NV Investment Holdings LLC (the “Holder”) is entitled to subscribe for and purchase, upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, up to 3,247,637 fully paid and non-assessable Class A Preferred Shares (the “Warrant Shares”) in the capital of the Corporation (the “Preferred Shares”) at the price of US$1.92 per Warrant Share (the “Exercise Price”) at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. (Vancouver Time) on November 29, 2026 (the “Expiry Date”). The Warrant Shares will vest and become exercisable in accordance with the vesting terms provided in Schedule A. Schedule A is hereby incorporated into, and shall constitute part of, this Warrant Certificate.

The rights evidenced by this Warrant Certificate (the “Warrants”) may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by completing the subscription form attached hereto as Schedule B and surrendering this Warrant Certificate at the registered office of the Corporation c/o Blake,


Cassels & Graydon LLP, 2600-595 Burrard Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, V7X 1L3 (the “Exercise Location”) in accordance with the provisions for closing set forth in Section 5 below.

The Corporation represents and warrants that the total authorized and outstanding shares in the capital of the Corporation attached as Schedule C hereto is accurate as of the date hereof. The Corporation covenants, warrants and agrees that it is authorized to create and issue the Warrants and that all Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant Certificate will, upon payment by the Holder of the purchase price therefor, be fully paid and non-assessable and free of all liens, charges and encumbrances. The Corporation further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant Certificate may be exercised, the Corporation will at all times have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of Preferred Shares to provide for the exercise of such rights. The Corporation hereby represents and warrants that this Warrant Certificate is a valid and enforceable obligation of the Corporation, enforceable in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant Certificate.

THE FOLLOWING ARE THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS REFERRED TO IN THIS WARRANT:

1. (a) If the Corporation at any time declares a dividend on the Preferred Shares payable in shares of its equity securities or subdivides, redivides or otherwise changes its outstanding Preferred Shares into a greater number of shares, the Exercise Price will be proportionately reduced and the number of Warrant Shares shall be proportionately increased, and conversely, in the event that the outstanding Preferred Shares are reduced, combined or consolidated into a smaller number of shares, the Exercise Price will be proportionately increased and the number of Warrant Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

(b) If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation, or the merger or amalgamation of the Corporation with another body corporate, trust, partnership or other entity, or a sale or conveyance to any other body corporate, trust, partnership or other entity of the property and assets of the Corporation as an entirety or substantially as an entirety is effected, then as a condition of such reorganization, reclassification, merger, amalgamation, sale or conveyance, the Corporation will ensure that the Holder will have the right to purchase and receive upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in this Warrant Certificate, and in lieu of the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby, the number of shares or other securities or property of the Corporation or other body corporate, trust, partnership or other entity resulting from such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, or to which such sale or conveyance may be made, as the case may be, that would have been received by the Holder if, on the record or effective date thereof, as applicable, the Holder had been the registered holder of the number of Warrant Shares purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant Certificate. The Corporation will not effect any merger, amalgamation or sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor corporation (if other than the Corporation) resulting from such merger, amalgamation or sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation assumes, by written instrument executed and mailed or delivered to the Holder, the obligation to

 

2


deliver to the Holder such shares or securities as the Holder may be entitled to purchase, in accordance with the foregoing provisions.

(c) The adjustments provided for in this Warrant Certificate in respect of the number and class of securities that are to be received by the Holder on the exercise of the Warrants are cumulative. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 1, the term “Warrant Shares” in this Warrant Certificate shall mean securities of any class or classes that, as a result of such adjustment and all prior adjustments pursuant to this Section, the Holder is entitled to receive upon the exercise of its Warrants, and all references to the number of Warrant Shares purchasable and receivable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be deemed to be references to the number of Warrant Shares or other property or securities the Holder is entitled to receive, as a result of such adjustment and all prior adjustments pursuant to this Section, upon exercise of its Warrants.

(d) Upon any adjustments made as provided for in this Section 1, the Corporation shall give written notice to the Holder, which notice shall state the number of Warrant Shares subject to each unexercised Warrant resulting from such adjustment, and shall set forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based. If any question will at any time arise with respect to any adjustments to be made as provided for in this Section 1, such question will be conclusively determined by such firm of independent chartered accountants as may be mutually selected by the Holder and the Corporation and any such determination shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of any adjustments made.

(e) If at any time during the term of this Warrant Certificate, the Corporation shall take any action affecting the Preferred Shares, other than an action or event described in Sections 1(a) or (b) hereof, which in the opinion of the directors of the Corporation would have a material adverse effect upon the rights of the Holder, either or both the Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be adjusted in such manner and at such time by action by the directors of the Corporation, in their sole discretion, as may be equitable in the circumstances. Failure of the taking of action by the directors of the Corporation so as to provide for an adjustment prior to the effective date of any action by the Corporation affecting the Preferred Shares shall be deemed to be conclusive evidence that the directors of the Corporation have determined that it is equitable to make no adjustment in the circumstances.

2. If, at any time from the date hereof and prior to the Expiry Date:

 

  (a)

the Corporation pays any dividend payable in stock upon the Preferred Shares or makes any distribution to the holders of the Preferred Shares;

 

  (b)

there is any capital reorganization, reclassification of the capital of the Corporation, or consolidation or merger or amalgamation of the Corporation with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, another corporation; or

 

  (c)

there is a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

3


then, and in any such instance, the Corporation will give to the Holder at least seven (7) days’ prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Corporation will close or a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, or for determining rights to vote with respect to such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, or amalgamation, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, amalgamation, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, at least seven (7) days’ prior written notice of the date when the same will take place. Such notice will also specify, in the case of any such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, the date on which the holders of Preferred Shares will be entitled thereto, and, if applicable, the date on which the holders of Preferred Shares will be entitled to exchange their Preferred Shares for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, amalgamation, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Each such written notice will be given by first class mail, registered postage prepaid, or by delivery addressed to the Holder at the address of the Holder as shown on the books of the Corporation.

3. This Warrant Certificate will not entitle the Holder to any rights as a shareholder of the Corporation, including without limitation, voting rights.

4. This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable, at no cost to the Holder, upon the request of the Holder and the surrender hereof by the Holder at the registered office of the Corporation as listed above, for new Warrants of like tenor representing in the aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of Warrant Shares which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

5. The closing (the “Closing”) of each subscription for Warrant Shares made hereunder as a result of the Holder exercising its Warrants or any portion thereof shall take place at 3 p.m. on the third business day following delivery by the Holder to the Corporation at the Exercise Location of a completed subscription form in the form attached to this Certificate. At each Closing: (a) the Holder shall deliver to the Corporation this Warrant Certificate, or any Warrant Certificate issued in place hereof or upon the partial exercise by the Holder of the Warrants represented hereby, and a certified cheque, bank draft or lawyer’s trust cheque payable to or to the order of the Corporation in an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares then being subscribed for (the “Subscribed Shares”); and (b) the Corporation shall deliver to the Holder one or more certificates or other documents evidencing the Subscribed Shares.

6. The Holder may subscribe for less than the total number of Warrant Shares it is entitled to purchase pursuant to the surrendered Warrant Certificate. In the event that the Holder subscribes for less than the total number of Warrant Shares for which it is entitled to subscribe, the Corporation shall deliver to the Holder at the Closing, at no cost to the Holder, a new Warrant Certificate, in the same form as this Warrant Certificate, representing the number of Warrant Shares not subscribed for.

7. If this Warrant Certificate becomes mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to the Holder at no cost to the Holder a new Warrant Certificate of the same date and tenor as the one mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen, in exchange for and in place of such mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Warrant Certificate, upon the Holder delivering to the

 

4


Corporation a statutory declaration of loss and indemnity in the form prescribed by the Corporation’s constating documents.

8. Nothing herein contained shall prevent any amalgamation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations, or any conveyance or transfer of all or substantially all the property and assets of the Corporation to any corporation lawfully entitled to acquire and operate the same; provided however that the corporation formed by such amalgamation or merger or which acquires by conveyance or transfer all or substantially all the property and assets of the Corporation shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Canada or the United States of America, or any Province, State, District or Territory thereof.

9. If the Corporation is amalgamated or merged with or into any other corporation or corporations, or conveys or transfers all or substantially all of its property and assets to any other corporation pursuant to Section 1 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or amalgamation, or into which the Corporation has been amalgamated or merged or which has received a conveyance or transfer as aforesaid, shall succeed to and be substituted for the Corporation hereunder. Such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in this Warrant Certificate as may be appropriate in view of such amalgamation, merger or transfer.

10. Upon any Change of Control, the Corporation will provide the Holder with at least seven (7) days notice prior to the Change of Control being effective, so that Holder may exercise any vested portion of the Warrant Shares (including any amount that would vest through accelerated vesting as provided in Schedule A). For the purpose of this Warrant Certificate:

 

  (a)

Change of Control” means, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, (i) the completion of a take-over bid (whether exempt or non-exempt), amalgamation or arrangement, in each case involving the Corporation in which the owners of Equity Securities (as defined in the Shareholder Agreement referred to and defined in Article 9.1 of the Corporation’s articles (the “Shareholder Agreement”)) immediately prior to such take-over bid, amalgamation or arrangement do not, immediately after such take-over bid, amalgamation or arrangement, Control the Corporation or the surviving corporation; or (ii) any other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding Equity Securities are exchanged for or converted into cash, securities of another corporation or business organization (including the surviving entity of a take-over bid, amalgamation or arrangement), or other property in which the owners of Equity Securities immediately prior to such reorganization do not, immediately after such reorganization, Control the Corporation; and

 

  (a)

Control”, “Controlled”, “Controlling” or “Controls” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of (i) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise, or (ii) the power to elect or appoint not less than 50% of the directors, managers, general partners, or persons exercising similar authority with respect to such person.

 

5


If any one or more of the provisions or parts thereof contained in this Warrant Certificate should be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions or parts thereof contained herein shall be and shall be conclusively deemed to be, as to such jurisdiction, severable therefrom and:

 

  (a)

the validity, legality or enforceability of such remaining provisions or parts thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired by the severance of the provisions or parts thereof severed; and

 

  (b)

the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision or part thereof contained in this Warrant Certificate in any jurisdiction shall not affect or impair such provision or part thereof or any other provisions of this Warrant Certificate in any other jurisdiction.

11. The Corporation will not, directly or indirectly, by articles amendment or by reorganization, sale or transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issuance or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action: (a) avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, or (b) take any action which is inconsistent with the rights and interests granted to the Holder in this Warrant or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

12. This Warrant Certificate and all of its provisions shall enure to the benefit of the Holder, and its successors and permitted assigns and shall be binding upon the Corporation and its successors and permitted assigns. The expression the “Holder” as used herein shall include the Holder’s successors and permitted assigns whether immediate or derivative.

13. The Holder may only assign or transfer this Warrant Certificate (a) prior to the Holder becoming a Bound Shareholder (as defined in the Shareholder Agreement (a “Bound Shareholder”)), to any Affiliate of the Holder (as defined in the Shareholder Agreement (an Affiliate”)) or (b) after the Holder becomes a Bound Shareholder, in accordance with the Shareholder Agreement.

14. Prior to the earlier of an IPO (as defined in the Shareholder Agreement) and the Holder becoming a Bound Shareholder, the Corporation will provide to the Holder (all information provided shall be subject to the Mutual Nondisclosure Agreement between the Holder and the Corporation dated November 11, 2020):

 

  (a)

On or about the time that the Corporation provides certain annual and quarterly financial statements to Covered Shareholders (as defined in the Shareholder Agreement), the Corporation will provide a copy of such statements to the Holder.

 

  (b)

The Corporation will also provide within the time period that the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) requires the Corporation to provide audited financial statements to its shareholders, audited annual financial statements prepared by the Corporation’s auditors as appointed from time to time in accordance with GAAP (as defined in the Shareholder Agreement);

 

6


  (c)

The Corporation will promptly and accurately respond, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any transfer agent to promptly respond, to requests for information made on behalf of the Holder relating to: (i) accounting, tax or securities information to permit the Holder and its Affiliates to comply with their respective financial reporting and tax obligations (and any similar requirements of any governmental authority); and (ii) the actual holdings of such entity, fund or account, including in relation to the total outstanding shares in the capital of the Corporation; provided, however, that the Corporation will not be obligated to provide any such information that could reasonably result in a violation of applicable law or conflict with the Corporation’s insider trading policy or confidentiality obligation of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation does not have the information that has been requested in accordance with this paragraph readily available, the Corporation will be under no obligation to provide such information unless and until the Holder agrees to bear the cost associated with the creation and dissemination of such information.

 

  (d)

Information received by the Holder pursuant to this paragraph will be used by the Holder and its Affiliates for purposes of permitting the Holder and its Affiliates to comply with their respective financial reporting and tax obligations (and any similar requirements of any governmental authority).

15. The terms of this Warrant Certificate shall be construed exclusively in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

16. Any notice to Holder under this Warrant will be given in writing and will be sent by email, internationally recognized overnight courier service, certified mail (return receipt requested), or receipted facsimile to the address below. Holder may change its notice address by giving notice in accordance with this Section.

Amazon.com NV Investment Holdings LLC

c/o Amazon.com, Inc.

P.O. Box 81226

Seattle, WA 98108-1226

Email: AmazonWarrants@amazon.com

Fax: (206) 266-7010

Attn: General Counsel

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused this Warrant Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and dated November 24, 2020.

 

DWSI HOLDINGS INC.
Per:   /s/ Tanya J. Rothe
  Authorized Signatory

Warrant Certificate - Signature Page Warrant to AWS

Exhibit 21.1

List of subsidiaries of D-Wave Quantum Inc.

None.

 

Exhibit 23.1

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S CONSENT

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of D-Wave Quantum Inc. on Form S-4 of our report dated March 14, 2022, with respect to our audit of the financial statements of DPCM Capital, Inc. as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from March 24, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, which includes an explanatory paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, which report appears in the proxy statement/prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the heading “Experts” in such proxy statement/prospectus.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

New York, NY

March 15, 2022

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of D-Wave Quantum Inc. of our report dated March 15, 2022 relating to the consolidated financial statements of D-Wave Systems Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants

Vancouver, Canada

March 15, 2022

Exhibit 107

Calculation of Filing Fee Table

S-4

(Form Type)

D-Wave Quantum Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Table 1: Newly Forward Registered and Carry Securities

 

     

Security

Type

  

Security

Class

Title

 

Fee

Calculation

or Carry

Forward

Rule

 

Amount

Registered (1)

  

Proposed

Maximum

Offering

Price Per

Unit (2)

  

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering

Price (2)

  

Fee

Rate

  

Amount of

Registration

Fee

  

Carry

Forward

Form

Type

  

Carry

Forward

File

Number

  

Carry

Forward

Initial

effective

date

  

Filing Fee

Previously

Paid In

Connection

with Unsold

Securities to
be Carried

Forward

Newly Registered Securities

Fees to Be Paid

   Equity    Common
shares (3)(6)
  457(c),
(f)(1)
  41,303,337    $9.88    $408,076,969.56    0.0000927    $37,828.74                    

Fees to Be Paid

   Equity    Warrants (4)(6)   457(i)   18,000,000                                

Fees to Be Paid

   Equity    Common
shares
issuable on
exercise of
Warrants
(4)(5)(6)
  457(c),
(f)(1), (i)
  26,174,387    $12.21    $319,589,265.27    0.0000927    $29,625.93                    
     Total Offering Amounts         $727,666,234.83         $67,454.67                    
     Total Fees Previously Paid                                      
     Total Fee Offsets                                      
     Net Fee Due                   $67,454.67                    

 

(1)

All securities being registered will be issued by D-Wave Quantum Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (“D-Wave Quantum”). In connection with the transactions described in this registration statement and the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus (the “Transaction”), among others, (a) DWSI Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum (“Merger Sub”) shall merge with and into DPCM Capital, Inc. (“DPCM”) (the “DPCM Merger”), as a result of which DPCM will become a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum with the stockholders of DPCM receiving common shares of D-Wave Quantum, par value $0.0001 (“D-Wave Quantum Common Shares”) in the DPCM Merger; and (b) immediately following the DPCM Merger by means of a plan of arrangement under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (i) DWSI Canada Holdings ULC, a British Columbia unlimited liability company and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of D-Wave Quantum (“CallCo”) will acquire a portion of the issued and outstanding common shares, no par value, of D-Wave (the “D-Wave Common Shares” and preferred shares, no par value, of D-Wave (the “D-Wave Preferred Shares” and together, the “D-Wave Shares”) from certain holders in exchange for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares (the “NewCo Share Exchange”), (ii) CallCo will contribute such D-Wave Shares to D-Wave Quantum Technologies Inc., a British Columbia corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of CallCo (“ExchangeCo”) in exchange for common shares of ExchangeCo, (iii) following the NewCo Share Exchange, ExchangeCo will acquire the remaining issued and outstanding D-Wave Shares from the remaining holders of D-Wave Shares in exchange for exchangeable shares of ExchangeCo and (iv) as a result of the foregoing, D-Wave will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of ExchangeCo. As a result of the Transaction, both DPCM’s private warrants and public warrants (together, “DPCM Warrants” and, following their assumption by D-Wave Quantum, “D-Wave Quantum Warrants”) to purchase DPCM Class A Common Stock (as defined below), will have been assumed by D-Wave Quantum and shall be exercisable, in accordance with the terms of the warrant agreement governing the DPCM Warrants, for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares.

(2)

In accordance with Rule 457(f)(1), Rule 457(c), and Rule 457(i), as applicable, based on (i) in respect of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issued to DPCM security holders, the average of the high ($9.89) and low ($9.87) prices of the shares of DPCM’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“DPCM Class A Common Stock”) on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on March 8, 2022 and (ii) in respect of the D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of the D-Wave Quantum Warrants, the sum of (x) the average of the high ($0.75) and low ($0.67) prices for the DPCM Warrants on the NYSE on March 8, 2022 and (y) the $11.50 exercise price of the DPCM Warrants. Pursuant to Rule 457(i), no separate fee is required for the registration of D-Wave Quantum Warrants.

(3)

Represents a maximum aggregate amount of 41,303,337 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Transaction Agreement in exchange for (A) (i) 30,000,000 outstanding shares of DPCM Class A Common Stock and (ii) 6,303,337 outstanding shares of DPCM Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“DPCM Class B Common Stock”) (being 7,500,000 outstanding shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock less 1,196,663 shares of DPCM Class B Common Stock to be forfeited by CDPM Sponsor Group, LLC (the “Sponsor”) in connection with the Transaction) and (B) a bonus pool of 5,000,000 D-Wave Quantum Common Shares to be allocated the holders of DPCM Class A Common Stock that do not elect to redeem their shares in connection with the Transaction.

(4)

Represents D-Wave Quantum Warrants, being the DPCM Warrants that will be assumed by D-Wave Quantum and exercisable for D-Wave Quantum Common Shares as a result of the Transaction.

(5)

Represents the maximum number of D-Wave Quantum Common Shares underlying the D-Wave Quantum Warrants as adjusted pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, based on a maximum Exchange Ratio (as defined in the Transaction Agreement) of 1.4541326.

(6)

Pursuant to Rule 416(a), there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.